UKT: This downloaded file is very extensive and is very difficult to search. To make searching easy I have inserted the following TOC. - 111201

Contents of this page
p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p000-c1  p574-c1  p575-c1  p576-c1  p577-c1  p578-c1  p579-c1
p580-c1  p581-c1  p582-c1  p583-c1  p584-c1  p585-c1  p586-c1  p587-c1  p588-c1  p589-c1
p590-c1  p591-c1  p592-c1  p593-c1  p594-c1  p595-c1  p596-c1  p597-c1  p598-c1  p599-c1
p600-c1  p601-c1  p602-c1  p603-c1  p604-c1  p605-c1  p606-c1  p607-c1  p608-c1  p609-c1
p610-c1  p611-c1  p612-c1  p613-c1  p614-c1  p615-c1  p616-c1  p617-c1  p618-c1  p619-c1
p620-c1  p621-c1  p622-c1  p623-c1  p624-c1  p625-c1  p626-c1  p627-c1  p628-c1  p629-c1
p630-c1  p631-c1  p632-c1  p633-c1  p634-c1  p635-c1  p636-c1  p637-c1  p638-c1  p639-c1
p640-c1  p641-c1  p642-c1  p643-c1  p644-c1  p645-c1  p646-c1  p647-c1  p648-c1  p649-c1
p650-c1  p651-c1  p652-c1  p653-c1  p654-c1  p655-c1  p656-c1  p657-c1  p658-c1  p659-c1
p660-c1  p661-c1  p662-c1  p663-c1  p664-c1  p665-c1  p666-c1  p667-c1  p668-c1  p669-c1
p670-c1  p671-c1  p672-c1  p673-c1  p674-c1  p675-c1  p676-c1  p677-c1  p678-c1  p679-c1
p680-c1  p681-c1  p682-c1  p683-c1  p684-c1  p685-c1  p686-c1  p687-c1  p688-c1  p689-c1
p690-c1  p691-c1  p692-c1  p693-c1  p694-c1  p695-c1  p696-c1  p697-c1  p698-c1  p699-c1
p700-c1  p701-c1  p702-c1  p703-c1  p704-c1  p705-c1  p706-c1  p707-c1  p708-c1  p709-c1
p710-c1  p711-c1  p712-c1  p713-c1  p714-c1  p715-c1 
UKT notes

 

pa 1

pa the first labial consonant

⋙ pakāra

○kāra m. the letter or sound pa

⋙ pavarga

○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants

pa 2

pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c

• also paka in taila-paka)

• m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L

pa 3

pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc

• cf. aja-, kula- &c

• also paka in hasti-paka)

• (ā), f. guarding, protecting L

pa 4

pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut

pa 5

pa m. (only L.) wind

• a leaf

• = pūta

• (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka

paṃś

paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73

paṃsaka

paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana

pakatha

pakatha wṛ. for paktha

pakkaṭī

pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L

pakkaṇa

pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād

paktapauḍa

pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa

paktavya

paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575

pakvaśa

pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)

pakvāpakvā

pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh

pakṣ

pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14

• xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)

• to take a part or side W

≫ pakṣa

pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c

• a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat

• a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)

• the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)

• the shoulder

• the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c

• the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column 3]

• the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv

• the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha

• the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra

• each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c

• a side, party, faction

• multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings

• partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'

• mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c

• side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib

• quantity ( See keśa-)

• one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch

• a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)

• an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch

• (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp

• any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16

• N. of sev. men VP

• (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division

• the wall of a house or any wall L

• an army L

• favour L

• contradiction, rejoinder L

• the ash-pit of a fire-place L

• a royal elephant L

• a limb or member of the body L

• the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L

• proximity, neighbourhood L

• a bracelet L

• purity, perfection L

• mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]

⋙ pakṣakṛt

○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP

⋙ pakṣakṣaya

○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var

⋙ pakṣakṣepa

○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)

⋙ pakṣagama

○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying

• m. a bird R

⋙ pakṣagupta

○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L

⋙ pakṣagrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām

⋙ pakṣagrāha

○grāha (Hariv.),

⋙ pakṣagrāhin

○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)

⋙ pakṣaghāta

○ghāta See pakṣâgh○

⋙ pakṣaghna

○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var

⋙ pakṣaṃgama

○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R

⋙ pakṣacara

○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)

• an elephant strayed from the herd Kād

• the moon L

⋙ pakṣacchid

○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid

⋙ pakṣaja

○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L

• N. of partic. clouds VP

⋙ pakṣatā

○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh

• (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument

• maintaining or defending a thesis

• the essential nature of a proposition

• the being the premiss to be proved

• N. of sev. wks

• -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣatva

○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk

• the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas

• the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch

• = -tā L

⋙ pakṣadvaya

○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W

• a month (lit. 2 half months) ib

⋙ pakṣadvāra

○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch

⋙ pakṣadhara

○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)

• taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh

• m. a bird Hariv

• an elephant that has strayed from the herd L

• the moon L. (cf. -cara)

• N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat

• (ī), f. N. of wk

• -miśra m. N. of an author

• -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣadharmatāvāda

○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣanāḍī

○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr

⋙ pakṣanikṣepa

○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad

⋙ pakṣapāta

○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L

• flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7

• adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)

• a partisan, adherent W

• -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW

⋙ pakṣapātin

○pātin mfn. flying

• ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc

• ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish

• ○ti-tva n. MW

⋙ pakṣapāli

○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak

• a private or back door L

⋙ pakṣapuccha

○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr

• ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib

⋙ pakṣapuṭa

○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād

⋙ pakṣapoṣaṇa

○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP

⋙ pakṣapradoṣavrata

○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣapradyota

○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pakṣabala

○bala n. strength of wing MW

⋙ pakṣabindu

○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L

⋙ pakṣabhāga

○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L

⋙ pakṣabhukti

○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP

⋙ pakṣabheda

○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument

• the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW

⋙ pakṣamūla

○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L

⋙ pakṣayāga

○yāga m. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣaracanā

○racanā f. forming a party or faction

• -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś

⋙ pakṣarātri

○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat

⋙ pakṣavañcitaka

○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib

⋙ pakṣavat

○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c

• belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')

⋙ pakṣavadha

○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr

⋙ pakṣavāda

○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh

⋙ pakṣavāhana

○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L

⋙ pakṣavikala

○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch

⋙ pakṣavyāpin

○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW

⋙ pakṣaśas

○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh

⋙ pakṣasammita

○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr

⋙ pakṣasundara

○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L

⋙ pakṣahata

○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr

⋙ pakṣahara

○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh

⋙ pakṣahoma

○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L

• -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙ pakṣākāra

pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW

⋙ pakṣāghāta

pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr

• refutation of an argument or view W

⋙ pakṣādi

pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ

⋙ pakṣādhyāya

pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv

⋙ pakṣānta

pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh

• the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c

⋙ pākṣāntara

pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L

• another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch

⋙ pakṣābhāsa

pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pakṣāvalī

pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣāvasara

pakṣâvasara m. (L.),

⋙ pakṣāvasāna

pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon

⋙ pakṣāṣṭamī

pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ

⋙ pakṣāhati

pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW

⋙ pakṣāhāra

pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh

⋙ pakṣeśvara

pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat

⋙ pakṣotkṣepa

pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa

⋙ pakṣodgrāhin

pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW

≫ pakṣaka

pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc

• cf. sa-)

• N. of the number two Hcat

• a fan Gal

• a side door L

• a side Śiś

• a partisan L

≫ pakṣati

pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)

• the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc

• -tā f.)

• the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L

⋙ pakṣatipuṭa

○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)

≫ pakṣas

pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch

• a side RV. vi, 47, 19

• the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh

• the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh

• the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS

• a half month TāṇḍBr

• the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

≫ pakṣālikā

pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

≫ pakṣālu

pakṣālu m. a bird L

≫ pakṣi 1

pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2

• pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)

≫ pakṣi 2

pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin

⋙ pakṣikīṭa

○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW

⋙ pakṣijyotiṣa

○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣitīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙ pakṣitva

○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās

⋙ pakṣipati

○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R

⋙ pakṣipānīyaśālikā

○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L

⋙ pakṣipuṃgava

○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• of Jaṭāyu R

⋙ pakṣipravara

○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

⋙ pakṣibālaka

○bālaka m. a young bird MW

⋙ pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa

○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ pakṣimārga

○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal

⋙ pakṣimṛgatā

○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9

⋙ pakṣirāj

○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙ pakṣirāja

○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās

⋙ pakṣirājya

○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW

⋙ pakṣiśārdūla

○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance

⋙ pakṣiśālā

○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L

⋙ pakṣiśāvaka

○śāvaka m. a young bird MW

⋙ pakṣisiṃha

○siṃha (L.),

⋙ svāmin

svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column 2]

⋙ pakṣīndra

pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās

⋙ pakṣīśa

pakṣī7śa m.id. R

≫ pakṣin

pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c

• (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv

• m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c

• the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L

• N. of Śiva MBh

• a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L

• an arrow L

• a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr

• (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv

• (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut

• the day of full moon L

• N. of a Śākini L

≫ pakṣila

pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L

⋙ pakṣilasvāmin

○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad

≫ pakṣīkṛ

pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar

≫ pakṣīya

pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv

≫ pakṣu

pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)

≫ pakṣma 1

pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)

• n. lead Gal

≫ pakṣma 2

pakṣma in comp. for ○man,

⋙ pakṣmakopa

○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr

⋙ pakṣmapāta

○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh

⋙ pakṣmaprakopa

○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr

⋙ pakṣmayūkā

○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L

⋙ pakṣmasampāta

○sampāta m.= -pāta

• -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh

⋙ pakṣmaspanda

○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149

⋙ pakṣmākṣa

pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L

≫ pakṣman

pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh

• cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c

• the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8

• the filament of a flower ib. v, 85

• a thin thread L

• the leaf of a flower Kād

• a wing L

• a whisker MW

≫ pakṣmala

pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr

• having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś

• downy, soft Kād. Bālar

⋙ pakṣmaladṛś

○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh

≫ pakṣya

pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)

• changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')

• produced or occurring in a fortnight W

• (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās

⋙ pakṣyavayas

○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas

pakṣṇu

pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2

pakhoda

pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L

pagārā

pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr

paṅka

páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c

• ointment, unguent (in comp

• cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP

• moral impurity, sin L

⋙ paṅkakarvaṭa

○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L

⋙ paṅkakīra

○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L

⋙ paṅkakrīḍa

○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙ paṅkakrīḍanaka

○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L

⋙ paṅkagaḍaka

○gaḍaka m

⋙ paṅkagaṇḍī

○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙ paṅkagati

○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L

⋙ paṅkagrāha

○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L

⋙ paṅkacchid

○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav

⋙ paṅkaja

○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)

• m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)

• mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam

• -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv

• -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām

• -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP

• -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP

• -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

• -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP

• -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar

• -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh

• ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar

• ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP

• jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)

• ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var

• ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh

• (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur

⋙ paṅkajanman

○janman n. = -ja n. L

⋙ paṅkajāta

○jāta n. id

• = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś

⋙ paṅkajit

○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙ paṅkatā

○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś

⋙ paṅkadanta

○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column 3]

⋙ paṅkadigdha

○digdha mfn. mud-smeared

• -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv

• ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ paṅkaprabhā

○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L

⋙ paṅkabhāj

○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W

⋙ paṅkabhāraka

○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W

⋙ paṅkabhāva

○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh

⋙ paṅkamagna

○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ

⋙ paṅkamajjana

○majjana n. immersion in mud MW

⋙ paṅkamaṇḍuka

○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)

⋙ paṅkamaya

○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW

⋙ paṅkaruh

○ruh and n. = -ja n. L

⋙ paṅkaruha

○ruha n. = -ja n. L

• ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī

⋙ paṅkalagna

○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr

⋙ paṅkavat

○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R

⋙ paṅkavāri

○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○

⋙ paṅkavāsa

○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L

⋙ paṅkaśukti

○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L

⋙ paṅkaśūraṇa

○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)

⋙ paṅkākta

paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit

⋙ paṅkāvalī

paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)

≫ paṅkaya

paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19

• to besmear Hcar

≫ paṅkāra

paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra

• Trapa Bispinosa

• a dam, dike

• stairs, a ladder

≫ paṅkin

paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)

≫ paṅkila

paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv

• thick, condensed L

• m. a boat, canoe L

≫ paṅke

paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp

⋙ paṅkeja

○ja n. = ○ka-ja L

⋙ paṅkeruh

○ruh n. id., Prasann

⋙ paṅkeruha

○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP

• m. the Indian crane L

• -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar

• ○hâkṣī

• f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām

• ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib

⋙ paṅkeśaya

○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr

paṅkaṇa

paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa

paṅkti

paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c

• a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib

• any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)

• the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)

• any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• the earth L

• wṛ. for pakti, q.v

⋙ paṅktikaṭa

○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ paṅktikaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L

⋙ paṅktikanda

○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L

⋙ paṅktikrama

○krama m. order, succession Hit

⋙ paṅktigrīva

○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L

⋙ paṅkticara

○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L

⋙ paṅktidūṣa

○dūṣa (MBh.),

⋙ paṅktidūṣaka

○dūḍṣaka (Var.),

⋙ paṅktidūṣaṇa

○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with

⋙ paṅktidoṣa

○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh

⋙ paṅktipāvana

○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c

• -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch

⋙ paṅktibīja

○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L

⋙ paṅktimālā

○mālā f. a species of plant Gal

⋙ paṅktiratha

○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur

⋙ paṅktirādhas

○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV

⋙ paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt

○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13

⋙ paṅktiśas

○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33

≫ paṅktikā

paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat

• a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ

≫ paṅktī

paṅktī for paṅkti in comp

⋙ paṅktīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv

⋙ paṅktīhara

○hara See pāṅktīhari

⋙ paṅktyuttarā

paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt

paṅgu

paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?

• Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr

• m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)

• of Nirjita-varman Rājat

⋙ paṅgugraha

○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W

• one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW

⋙ paṅgutā

○tā f. lameness, motionlessness

• -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51

⋙ paṅgutva

○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas

⋙ paṅgubhāva

○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar

⋙ paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa

○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṅguvāsara

○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh

≫ paṅguka

paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh

≫ paṅgula

paṅgula mfn. id. L

• n. (?) lameness Suśr

• m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ paṅgūyita

paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh

pac 1

pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya

≫ pañca 1

pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar

• m. (in music) a kind of measure

pac 2

pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.

• p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]

• pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur

• pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV

• peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 120]

• aor. pákṣat RV

• apākṣīt, apakta Gr

• Prec. pacyāt ib

• fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br

• ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh

• inf. páktave AV. Br

• paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c

• (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh

• to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr

• to digest Suśr

• to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c

• (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop

• (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh

• aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c

• to be tormented Divyâv

• also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh

• Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat

• lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr

• Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)

• to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)

• to cause to ripen TBr

• to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr

• pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575, 1] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]

≫ paktavya

paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh

• to be matured or digested W

≫ pakti

paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)

• food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS

• digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr

• place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr

• ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv

• purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)

• respectability, dignity, fame Suśr

⋙ paktidṛṣṭi

○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120

⋙ paktināśana

○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr

⋙ paktiśūla

○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L

⋙ paktisthāna

○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr

≫ paktṛ

paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• digestive, promoting digestion Suśr

• m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car

⋙ paktra

pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166

⋙ paktrima

pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20

• ripe HPariś

• cooked W

≫ paktha

pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)

• pl. N. of a people ib

⋙ pakthin

pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy

• prob. N. of a man) ib

≫ pakva

pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)

• warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c

• baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c

• ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)

• grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas

• accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP

• ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib

• digested W

• n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr

• ripe corn AV

• the ashes of a burnt corpse ib

⋙ pakvakaṣāya

○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP

⋙ pakvakṛt

○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food

• m. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pakvakeśa

○keśa mfn. grey-haired W

⋙ pakvagātra

○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv

⋙ pakvatā

○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column 2]

⋙ pakvarasa

○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr

⋙ pakvavat

○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW

⋙ pakvavāri

○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L

• boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)

⋙ pakvasasyopamonnati

○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙ pakvaharitalūna

○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L

⋙ pakvātīsāra

pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr

⋙ pakvādhāna

pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr

⋙ pakvānna

pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c

⋙ pakvāśaya

pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)

⋙ pakvāśin

pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19

⋙ pakveṣṭaka

pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch

• -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ

⋙ pakveṣṭakā

pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var

• -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat

≫ pakvaka

pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6

≫ pakṣṇu

pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop

≫ pac 3

pac mfn. (ifc

• nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking

≫ paca 1

paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)

• m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L

⋙ pacapaca

○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ pacampacā

○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)

≫ paca 2

paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac

⋙ pacaprakūṭā

○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

⋙ pacalavaṇā

○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫ pacaka

pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L

≫ pacat

pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c

⋙ pacatpuṭa

○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L

≫ pacata 1

pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr

• m. fire L

• the sun L

• N. of Indra L

• n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16

≫ pacata 2

pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac

⋙ pacatabhṛjjatā

○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫ pacatikalpam

pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch

≫ pacatya

pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2

≫ pacana

pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)

• m. fire L

• (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L

• (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)

• n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr

• cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP

⋙ pacanakriyā

○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut

⋙ pacanāgāra

pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ pacanāgni

pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib

≫ pacanikā

pacanikā f. a pan L

≫ pacamānaka

pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh

≫ paci

paci m. fire L

• cooking, maturing L

≫ pacelima

pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172

• m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean

• fire

• the sun

⋙ paceluka

paceḍluka m. a cook L

≫ pacya

pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)

paccanikā

paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis

pacchabda

pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583

paj

paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575, 2]

≫ pajra

pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]

• m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib

• [575, 2] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib

• n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙ pajrahoṣin

○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)

≫ pajriya

pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV

≫ pañjaka

pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat

≫ pañjara

pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c

• a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)

• N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP

• m. (L.) the body. Udbh

• the Kali-yuga L

• a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L

• a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)

⋙ pañjarakapiñjala

○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch

⋙ pañjarakapota

○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib

⋙ pañjarakesarin

○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād

⋙ pañjaracālananyāya

○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk

⋙ pañjarabhāj

○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column 3]

⋙ pañjaraśuka

○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch

⋙ pañjarākheṭa

pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L

≫ pañjaraka

pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc

pajoka

pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat

pajja

paj-ja See 3. pad

pajihaṭikā

pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom

• a kind of metre ib

pañc

pañc See √1. pac, col. 1

≫ pañca 1

pañca See under 1. pac ib

pañca 2

pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)

⋙ pañcakapāla

○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ pañcakarṇa

○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)

• m. N. of a man TĀr

⋙ pañcakarpaṭa

○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ pañcakarma

○karma n. (L.),

⋙ pañcakarman

○karman n. (Suśr.),

⋙ pañcakarmī

○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)

• ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks

⋙ pañcakalpa

○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L

• (ī), f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcakalyāṇaka

○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat

⋙ pañcakaṣāya

○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L

• -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr

⋙ pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti

○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcakāpittha

○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr

⋙ pañcakārukī

○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L

⋙ pañcakālakriyādīpa

○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m

⋙ pañcakālapaddhati

○kāla-paddhati f

⋙ pañcakālapravartana

○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakūrca

○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh

⋙ pañcakṛtya

○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad

• (m.) a species of, plant L

⋙ pañcakṛtvas

○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr

⋙ pañcakṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr

⋙ pañcakṛṣṇala

○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut

• ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW

⋙ pañcakoṇa

○koṇa m. a pentagon Col

⋙ pañcakola

○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙ pañcakolaka

○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr

⋙ pañcakośa

○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)

• -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakrama

○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L

• N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)

⋙ pañcakrośa

○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

⋙ pañcakrośī

○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)

• ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcakroṣṭṛ

○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcakleśabheda

○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcakṣāra

○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v

⋙ pañcakhaṭva

○khaṭva n

⋙ pañcakhaṭvī

○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L

⋙ pañcagaṅga

○gaṅga n. (C.),

⋙ pañcagaṅgā

○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh

⋙ pañcagaṇayoga

○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L

⋙ pañcagaṇḍaka

○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv

⋙ pañcagata

○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col

⋙ pañcagatisamatikrānta

○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)

⋙ pañcagava

○gava n

⋙ pañcagavī

○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows

• ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L

⋙ pañcagavya

○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L

• N. of wk

• -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar

• -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk

• ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat

⋙ pañcagārgya

○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcagu

○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ pañcaguṇa

○guṇa mfn. fivefold

• having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh

⋙ pañcagupta

○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head

• cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L

• the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L

⋙ pañcagupti

○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L

⋙ pañcagṛhita

○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr

• ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,

⋙ pañcagoṇi

○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti

○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti

⋙ pañcagranthī

○granthī

⋙ pañcagrahayogaśānti

○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcagrāmī

○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ

⋙ pañcaghāta

○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙ pañcacakṣus

○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)

⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśat

○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr

⋙ pañcacandra

○candra m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ pañcacāmara

○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

• -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara

⋙ pañcacitīka

○cit˘īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c

⋙ pañcacīra

○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W

⋙ pañcacūḍa

○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)

• (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās

• (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr

• N. of an Apsaras MBh. R

• ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)

⋙ pañcacoḍā

○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb

⋙ pañcacola

○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L

⋙ pañcajana

○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)

• (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh

• N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)

• of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP

• of a Prajāpati ib

• of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv

• of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib

• (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L

• N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)

• ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)

• m. an actor, a buffoon L

• the chief of 5 men W

⋙ pañcajitaṃte

○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcajñāna

○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L

⋙ pañcaḍākinī

○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W

⋙ pañcatakṣa

○takṣa n

⋙ pañcatakṣī

○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L

⋙ pañcatattva

○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L

• (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)

• -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcatantra

○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)

• of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita

• -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcatanmātra

○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap

⋙ pañcatapa

○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn

⋙ pañcatapas

○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)

• mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)

• po'nvita mfn. id. R

⋙ pañcatā

○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151

• an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur

⋙ pañcatāra

○tāra mfn. five-starred MW

⋙ pañcatikta

○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr

• -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav

⋙ pañcatīthī

○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP

• N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās

• bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W

⋙ pañcatriṃśa

○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr

• + 35 Jyot

⋙ pañcatrinśat

○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh

• ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcatriṃśati

○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat

⋙ pañcatriṃśika

○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb

⋙ pañcatrika

○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh

⋙ pañcatva

○tva n. fivefoldness

• the 5 elements BhP

• dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit

• cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c

⋙ pañcadaka

○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ pañcadaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad

• -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1

⋙ pañcadaśa

○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c

• + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr

• consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c

• containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br

• (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var

• N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2

⋙ pañcadaśa

○daśa for ○śan in comp

• -karman n. N. of wk

• -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy

• -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS

• -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column 2]

• -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk

• -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś

• -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br

• -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr

• -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra

• -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS

• -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc

• N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr

• ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS

• ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83

• ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323

⋙ pañcadaśan

○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr

• instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c

⋙ pañcadaśama

○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP

⋙ pañcadaśika

○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb

⋙ pañcadaśin

○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr

⋙ pañcadāman

○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś

⋙ pañcadīrgha

○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L

⋙ pañcadaivata

○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp

⋙ pañcadaivatya

○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat

⋙ pañcadrāviḍajāti

○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)

⋙ pañcadrauṇika

○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh

⋙ pañcadhanus

○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pañcadhā

○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c

• bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcadhāraṇaka

○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh

⋙ pañcadhīva

○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcanakha

○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var

• m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R

• an elephant L

• a lion Gal

• a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)

• a tortoise L

⋙ pañcanada

○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)

• N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP

• m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L

• m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)

• N. of an Asura Hariv

• of a teacher VāmP

• -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk

• -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanalīya

○nalīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanavata

○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

• + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7

⋙ pañcanavati

○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. 95th

• the 95th (ch. of R.)

⋙ pañcanātha

○nātha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pañcanāman

○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV

• ○mâvali f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcanāli

○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh

⋙ pañcanidhana

○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pañcanimba

○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pañcanirgranthīsūtra

○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =

⋙ pañcanīrājana

○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W

⋙ pañcapakṣin

○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L

• ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury

⋙ pañcapakṣī

○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology

• -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms

⋙ pañcapañcaka

○pañcaka (R.),

⋙ pañcapañcan

○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)

⋙ pañcapañcanakha

○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W

⋙ pañcapañcāśa

○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)

⋙ pañcapañcāśat

○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙ pañcapañcin

○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br

⋙ pañcapaṭala

○paṭala m. or n

⋙ pañcapaṭalikā

○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcapaṭu

○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat

⋙ pañcapattra

○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R

• m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L

⋙ pañcapada

○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr

• (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)

• 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123

• the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl

• acc. sg. du.), APrāt

• N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP

• ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcapariṣad

○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh

⋙ pañcaparṇikā

○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L

⋙ pañcaparṇī

○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L

⋙ pañcaparva

○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcaparvata

○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L

⋙ pañcaparvan

○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R

• m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś

• ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column 3]

⋙ pañcapala

○pala (Yājñ.),

⋙ pañcapalika

○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas

• ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās

⋙ pañcapallava

○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara

• or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L

• or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)

⋙ pañcapaśu

○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr

• mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait

⋙ pañcapātra

○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi

• n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L

⋙ pañcapāda

○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV

• (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis

⋙ pañcapādikā

○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk

• -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms

⋙ pañcapitta

○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L

⋙ pañcapura

○pura n. N. of a city Śukas

⋙ pañcapurāṇīya

○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227

⋙ pañcapuruṣam

○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcapuṣpamaya

○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās

⋙ pañcapūlī

○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat

⋙ pañcaprakaraṇa

○prakaraṇa n

⋙ pañcaprakaraṇī

○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcaprayāga

○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367

⋙ pañcaprayoga

○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaprastha

○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP

⋙ pañcapraharaṇa

○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib

⋙ pañcaprāṇa

○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)

• ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk

⋙ pañcaprādeśa

○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr

⋙ pañcaprāsāda

○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W

⋙ pañcaphuṭṭika

○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās

⋙ pañcabaddha

○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv

⋙ pañcabandha

○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ

⋙ pañcabandhura

○bandhura See -vandh○

⋙ pañcabala

○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50

⋙ pañcabalā

○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L

⋙ pañcabāṇa

○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c

• vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabāṇī

○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish

⋙ pañcabāhu

○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv

⋙ pañcabinduprasṛta

○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś

⋙ pañcabila

○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr

⋙ pañcabīja

○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed

• or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari

• or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L

⋙ pañcabodha

○bodha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabrahmamantra

○brahma-mantra m

⋙ pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad

○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabrahmopaniṣad

○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat

⋙ pañcabhaṭṭīya

○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabhadra

○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar

• consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS

• vicious L

• m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv

• n. a partic. mixture Bhpr

⋙ pañcabhāra

○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs

⋙ pañcabhāṣāmaṇi

○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcabhuja

○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal

• m. N. of Ganêśa Gal

• a pentagon W

⋙ pañcabhūta

○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap

• -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW

• -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks

• ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr

⋙ pañcabhūryābhimukhā

○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pañcabhṛṅga

○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L

⋙ pañcabhautika

○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○

⋙ pañcamakāra

○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine

• māṃsa, meat

• matsya, fish

• mudrā, intertwining of the fingers

• and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)

⋙ pañcamantratanu

○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad

⋙ pañcamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP

⋙ pañcamahākalpa

○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338

⋙ pañcamahāpātakin

○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW

⋙ pañcamahābhūtamaya

○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pañcamahāyajña

○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcamahiṣa

○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr

⋙ pañcamāṣaka

○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙ pañcamāṣika

○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1

⋙ pañcamāsya

○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr

⋙ pañcamithyātvaṭīkā

○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcamukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp

• m. N. of Śiva L

• a lion L

• an arrow with 5 points R

• (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L

⋙ pañcamudrā

○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W

⋙ pañcamuṣṭi

○muṣṭ˘i f. Trigonella Corniculata L

⋙ pañcamuṣṭika

○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr

⋙ pañcamūtra

○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L

⋙ pañcamūrti

○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙ pañcamūrtika

○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat

⋙ pañcamūla

○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās

• n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass

• other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c

⋙ pañcameni

○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr

⋙ pañcayakṣā

○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh

⋙ pañcayajña

○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)

• -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW

⋙ pañcayāma

○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV

• N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP

⋙ pañcayuga

○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh

⋙ pañcayojana

○yojaná n. (AV.),

⋙ pañcayojanī

○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas

⋙ pañcarakṣaka

○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L

⋙ pañcarakṣā

○rakṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaratna

○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat

• or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)

• N. of sev. wks

• pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW

• -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks

• -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat

• -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras

⋙ pañcaraśmi

○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV

⋙ pañcarasā

○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L

⋙ pañcarājīphala

○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

⋙ pañcarātra

○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

⋙ pañcarātraka

○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c

• (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)

• m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS

• N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c

• dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcarātrika

○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○

⋙ pañcarāśika

○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers

• n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col

⋙ pañcarudra

○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcarūpakośa

○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcarca

○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses

• m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pañcalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)

• n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcalakṣaṇī

○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)

⋙ pañcalambaka

○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv

⋙ pañcalavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr

⋙ pañcalāṅgala

○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)

• -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaloha

○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L

⋙ pañcalohaka

○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L

⋙ pañcavaktra

○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R

• m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas

• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• a lion L

• (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat

• -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr

• -stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcavaṭa

○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L

• N. of a man Rājat

• (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column 2]

• (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh

• ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcavadanastotra

○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)

⋙ pañcavandhura

○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)

⋙ pañcavarga

○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27

• the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154

• the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)

• mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr

⋙ pañcavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)

• fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat

• m. N. of a mountain Hariv

• of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)

⋙ pañcavardhana

○vardhana m. a species of plant L

⋙ pañcavarṣa

○varṣa (KātyŚr.),

⋙ pañcavarṣeka

○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old

• ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old

⋙ pañcavarṣikamaha

○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L

⋙ pañcavarṣiya

○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr

⋙ pañcavali

○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr

⋙ pañcavalkala

○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa

• but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar

⋙ pañcavallabhā

○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal

⋙ pañcavastu

○vastu n. (?), N. of wk

⋙ pañcavātīya

○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr

⋙ pañcavāda

○vāda m. N. of wk

• -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcavārṣika

○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years

• n. and

⋙ pañcamaha

○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L

⋙ pañcavāhin

○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV

⋙ pañcaviṃśa

○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c

• containing or consisting of 25 ib

• representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

• m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr

• N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP

• -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr

⋙ pañcaviṃśaka

○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP

• consisting of 25 L

• (with vayasā) 25 years old R

⋙ pañcaviṃśat

○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat

⋙ pañcaviṃśati

○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr

• a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā

• See vetāla-)

• -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap

• -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh

• -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr

• -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L

⋙ pañcaviṃśatika

○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205

• n. the number 25 MBh

• (ā), f. See -viṃśati

⋙ pañcavikrama

○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP

⋙ pañcavigrāham

○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr

⋙ pañcavijaya

○vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcavidha

○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr

• -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcavidheya

○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra

⋙ pañcavīragoṣṭha

○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś

⋙ pañcavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW

⋙ pañcavṛt

○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙ pañcavṛtam

○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times

⋙ pañcaśata

○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP

• (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ

• fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn

• the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh

• n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh

• (ī), f. 500 Kathās

• a period of 500 years Vajracch

• N. of wk

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)

• ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaśatika

○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat

⋙ pañcaśara

○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)

• -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcaśarāva

○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim

⋙ pañcaśala

○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV

⋙ pañcaśas

○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP

⋙ pañcaśasya

○śasya See -sasya

⋙ pañcaśākha

○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R

• m. the hand Dhūrtan

⋙ pañcaśāradīya

○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcaśāstra

○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)

⋙ pañcaśikha

○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)

• m. a lion L

• N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c

• of an attendant of Śiva Kathās

• of a Gandharva L

⋙ pañcaśikhin

○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś

⋙ pañcaśirīṣa

○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column 3]

⋙ pañcaśila

○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat

⋙ pañcaśīrṣa

○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib

• m. N. of a mountain Buddh

⋙ pañcaśīla

○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126

⋙ pañcaśukla

○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙ pañcaśūraṇa

○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L

⋙ pañcaśairīṣaka

○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L

⋙ pañcaśaila

○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP

⋙ pañcaślokī

○ślokī f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaṣa

○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv

⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭa

○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭi

○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk

• -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pañcasattra

○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat

⋙ pañcasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasapta

○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP

⋙ pañcasaptata

○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcasaptati

○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)

• -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcasamāsīya

○samāsīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasavana

○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr

⋙ pañcasasya

○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L

⋙ pañcasahasrī

○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās

⋙ pañcasāṃvatsarika

○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcasāmaka

○sāmaka

⋙ pañcasāyaka

○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks

⋙ pañcasāra

○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr

• n. (?) N. of wk

⋙ pañcasiddhānta

○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)

⋙ pañcasiddhāntikā

○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)

⋙ pañcasiddhauṣadhika

○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L

⋙ pañcasiddhanṣadhī

○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib

⋙ pañcasugandhaka

○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L

⋙ pañcasūkta

○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasūtra

○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasūnā

○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418

⋙ pañcaskandha

○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī

• -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

⋙ pañcaskandhaka

○skandhaka n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaskandhī

○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh

⋙ pañcastava

○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),

⋙ pañcastavī

○stavī f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcasmṛti

○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk

⋙ pañcasrotas

○srotas n. = manas Nīlak

⋙ pañcasvarā

○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination

• -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm

• ○rêdaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcasvastyayana

○svastyayana n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcahavis

○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pañcahasta

○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP

• of a place Rājat

⋙ pañcahāyana

○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP

⋙ pañcahāva

○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)

⋙ pañcahotṛ

○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1

• m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcahotra

○hotra See -hāva

⋙ pañcahradatīrtha

○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP

⋙ pañcāṃśa

pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var

⋙ pañcākṣa

pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv

⋙ pañcākṣara

pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c

• m. N. of a poet

• (ī), f. See s.v

• -kalpa m. N. of wk

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat

• -mākātmya n. N. of wk

• -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy

⋙ pañcākṣarī

pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh

• -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcākhyāna

pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)

• -varttika n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāgni

pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W

• mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās

• maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c

• acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W

• -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr

• -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās

• -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)

• -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)

• ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch

⋙ pañcāṅga

pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column 1] Contents of this page

• any aggregate of 5 parts ib

• mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)

• having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)

• m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)

• (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr

• a kind of bandage Suśr

• n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L

• -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks

• -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)

• -tattva n. N. of wk

• -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)

• -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks

• -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv

• -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW

• -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks

• ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7

• ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāṅguri

pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV

⋙ pañcāṅgula

pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers

• m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr

• (ī), f. a species of shrub L

⋙ pañcāṅguli

pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ

• having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W

⋙ pañcāja

pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)

⋙ pañcātapā

pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)

⋙ pañcātmaka

pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcādhyāyī

pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks

⋙ pañcānana

pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L

• m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)

• a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)

• N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar

• N. of an author and other men

• (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat

• -deśa m. N. of a place Cat

⋙ pañcānandamāhātmya

pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcānugāna

pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pañcāpañcīnā

pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS

⋙ pañcāpūpa

pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV

⋙ pañcāpsaras

pañcâpsaras (R.),

⋙ pañcāpsarasa

pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)

⋙ pañcābjamaṇḍala

pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras

⋙ pañcābdakhya

pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134

⋙ pañcāmṛta

pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat

• the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2

• mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L

• n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W

• N. of a Tantra

• ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcāmla

pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr

⋙ pañcāyatana

pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416

• -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāyudha

pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāra

páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV

⋙ pañcārcis

pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP

⋙ pañcārtha

pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad

• -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk

⋙ pañcārṣeya

pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ pañcāvaṭa

pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v

⋙ pañcāvatta

pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr

• n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas

• ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch

• ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr

⋙ pañcāvadāna

pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ

⋙ pañcāvayava

pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts

• (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas

⋙ pañcāvaraṇastotra

pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pañcāvarta

pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp

⋙ pañcāvastha

pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal

⋙ pañcāvika

pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),

⋙ pañcāśīta

pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

⋙ pañcāśīti

pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)

• N. of wk

• -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)

⋙ pañcāśra

pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat

⋙ pañcāsva

pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column 2]

⋙ pañcāsuvandhura

pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP

⋙ pañcāstikāya

pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk

• -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙ pañcāsya

pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh

• m. a lion Kāv

• N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar

⋙ pañcāha

pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās

• (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days

• m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS

⋙ pañcāhika

pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcedhmīya

pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast

⋙ pañcendra

pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch

• -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW

• ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk

⋙ pañcendriya

pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W

• pl. N. of a tale

• mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh

⋙ pañceṣu

pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv

⋙ pañcopacāraka

pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân

⋙ pañcopākhyāna

pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra

• -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pañcaudana

pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV

≫ pañcaka

pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)

• bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch

• (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ

• taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n

• g. ardharcâdi)

• a partic. caste VP

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a son of Nahusha VP

• pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam

• (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)

• N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch

• n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c

• a field of battle L

• -mālā f. a kind of metre L

• -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat

• -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

• -śata n. 5 percent Bijag

• -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks

• ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)

• ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk

≫ pañcat

pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60

≫ pañcataya

pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap

• Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)

≫ pañcatha

pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha

• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578, 2] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]

≫ pañcathu

pañcathu m. time L

• the Koil or Indian cuckoo L

≫ pañcan

páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers

• nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]

• instr. ○cábhis

• dat. abl. ○cábhyas

• loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]

• gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan

• Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578, 2] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]

≫ pañcanī

pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L

≫ pañcama

pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)

• forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c

• = rucira or dakṣa L

• m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh

• -rāga Gīt

• the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP

• the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch

• N. of a Muni Cat

• (ī), f. See below

• n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)

• copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas

• cf. pañca-tattva)

• (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125

⋙ pañcamabhāgīya

○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas

⋙ pañcamarāga

○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt

⋙ pañcamavat

○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch

⋙ pañcamavilāsa

○vilāsa m

⋙ pañcamasārasaṃhitā

○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcamasvara

○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann

⋙ pañcamāra

pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr

• N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2

⋙ pañcamāsya

pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L

≫ pañcamaka

pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column 3]

≫ pañcamin

pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130

≫ pañcamī

pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c

• the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c

• a termination of the imperative Kāt

• (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā

• a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb

• = pañcanī L

• N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5

• cf. pāñcāli) L

• of a river MBh. VP

⋙ pañcamīkalpa

○kalpa m

⋙ pañcamīkramakalpalatā

○krama-kalpa-latā f

⋙ pañcamīvarivasyārahasya

○varivasyā-rahasya n

⋙ pañcamīsādhana

○sādhana n

⋙ pañcamīsudhodaya

○sudhôdaya m

⋙ pañcamīstava

○stava m

⋙ pañcamīstavarāja

○stava-rāja m. N. of wks

≫ pañcārī

pañcārī f. = pañcanī L

≫ pañcāśa

pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)

• + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150

• Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)

≫ pañcāśaka

pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur

• (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)

• N. of sev. wks

≫ pañcāśac

pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat

⋙ pañcāśacchas

○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ

≫ pañcāśat

pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ

• cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata

• Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]

⋙ pañcāśattama

○tama mf(ī)n. the [578, 3] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)

• -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pañcāśatpaṇika

○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ

⋙ pañcāśatpalika

○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat

pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk

≫ pañcāśata

pañcāśata n. (MBh.),

⋙ pañcāśati

pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty

≫ pañcāśatka

pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām

≫ pañcāśad

pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat

⋙ pañcāśadgāthā

○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk

⋙ pañcāśaddhā

○dhā ind. in fifty parts R

⋙ pañcāśadbhāga

○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130

⋙ pañcāśadvarṣa

○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr

≫ pañcāśā

pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)

≫ pañci

pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP

≫ pañcika

pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas

• (ā), f. See under pañcaka

≫ pañcin

pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy

≫ pañcī

pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can

⋙ pañcīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas

• N. of sev. wks

• -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks

⋙ pañcīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas

• -ṭīkā f. N. of wk

pañcāla

pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan

• cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)

• of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt

• (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L

• a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)

• N. of Śiva ib

• of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv

• of a serpent-demon L

• a partic. venomous insect MW

• n. (?) N. of a metre Col

• (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād

• a style of singing L

• a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W

⋙ pañcālacaṇḍa

○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr

⋙ pañcālapadavṛtti

○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L

⋙ pañcālarāja

○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

⋙ pañcālarājan

○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW

≫ pañcālaka

pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)

• m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP

• (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr

• (ikā), f. a doll L

• a style of singing L

pañci

pañci m. N. of a man VP

pañchihila

pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr

pañj

pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2

pañjala

pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L

pañji

pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L

• (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L

⋙ pañjikāraka

pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L

⋙ pañjīkara

pañjī-kara m. id. L

≫ pañjikā

pañjikā f. = [paJj˘I] L

• a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)

• a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L

• the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L

⋙ pañjikākāraka

○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe

• an almanacmaker

⋙ pañjikāpradīpa

○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column 1] Contents of this page

paṭ

paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9

• to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72

• to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar

• cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane

• cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5

• pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79

• ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr

≫ paṭa

paṭa m. (n. L

• ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)

• a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād

• monastic habit Kāraṇḍ

• a kind of bird Lalit

• Buchanania Latifolia L

• = puras-kṛta L

• (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar

• the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)

• n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L

⋙ paṭakāra

○kāra m. a weaver

• a painter L

⋙ paṭakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paṭagata

○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh

⋙ paṭacaura

○caura m. a cloth-stealer L

⋙ paṭabhedana

○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L

⋙ paṭamaṇḍapa

○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh

⋙ paṭamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth

• n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24

⋙ paṭavardhana

○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat

⋙ paṭavādya

○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal

⋙ paṭavāpa

○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. a tent L. -2

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3

⋙ paṭavāsa

○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv

⋙ paṭavāsaka

○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ paṭavāsinī

○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L

⋙ paṭaveśman

○veśman n. a tent Śiś

⋙ paṭaśātaka

○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L

⋙ paṭākṣepa

paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa

• cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)

⋙ paṭāñcala

paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm

⋙ paṭānta

paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv

⋙ paṭāntaram

paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙ paṭāntare

paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)

⋙ paṭīkṣepa

paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain

• ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar

⋙ paṭoṭaja

paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom

• a tent

• sunshine (?)

⋙ paṭottarīya

paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch

⋙ paṭauka

paṭâuka prob. = next

• -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṭaukas

paṭâukas n. a tent L

≫ paṭaka

paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L

• a camp, encampment L

• the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)

≫ paṭara

paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV

• (ī), f. g. gaurâdi

• (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)

• N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)

≫ paṭaraka

paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L

≫ paṭala

paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var

• a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)

• a basket, chest, box Bālar

• a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ

• a chip, piece, portion Kād

• a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)

• n. train, retinue L

• a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L

• m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)

• mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L

⋙ paṭalaprānta

○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L

⋙ paṭalāṃśuka

paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh

⋙ paṭalānta

paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L

≫ paṭalaka

paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād

• a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās

• (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac

• heap, mass, multitude Kāv

≫ paṭi

paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)

• = vāguli L

• a species of plant L

≫ paṭikā

paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl

⋙ paṭikāvetravānavikalpa

○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)

paṭaccara

paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')

• pl. N. of a people MBh

• n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar

paṭat

paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L

paṭatkakantha

paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi

paṭapaṭā

paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū

• and as) L

≫ paṭapaṭāya

paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L

paṭabhākṣa

paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)

paṭaha

paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column 2]

• m. beginning L

• hurting L

⋙ paṭahaghoṣaka

○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās

⋙ paṭahaghoṣaṇā

○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib

⋙ paṭahatā

○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh

⋙ paṭahadhvani

○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum

• mfn. sounding like a drum MW

⋙ paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa

○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙ paṭahabhramaṇa

○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās

⋙ paṭahaśabda

○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc

⋙ paṭahānantara

paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās

⋙ paṭahīvādaka

paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad

paṭāka

paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)

• (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)

paṭālukā

paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)

paṭi

paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1

paṭiman

paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below

paṭisa

paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa

paṭīra

paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr

• a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L

• the god of love L

• n. (only L.) Catechu

• the belly

• a sieve

• a radish

• a field

• a cloud

• bamboo manna

• height

• catarrh

• = haraṇīya

⋙ paṭīramāruta

○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar

paṭu

paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c

• smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib

• great or strong in, fit for, able to

• capable of (loc. or comp.) ib

• saline (cf. tri-)

• cruel, hard L

• healthy L

• eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)

• clear, manifest L

• m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L

• Momordica Charantia L

• Nigella Indica L

• a kind of perfume L

• a species of camphor L

• N. of a man Pravar

• of a poet Cat

• (pl.) of a people MārkP

• of a caste VP

• m. n. a mushroom L

• n. salt, pulverized salt L

⋙ paṭukaraṇa

○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML

⋙ paṭukalpa

○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭughaṇṭā

○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh

⋙ paṭujātīya

○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)

⋙ paṭutara

○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv

• -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr

• -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit

• -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ

⋙ paṭutā

○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā

⋙ paṭutṛṇaka

○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L

⋙ paṭutva

○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit

⋙ paṭudeśīya

○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭudeśya

○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch

⋙ paṭupattrikā

○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L

⋙ paṭuparṇikā

○parṇikā f. a species of plant L

⋙ paṭuparṇī

○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L

⋙ paṭumat

○mat m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ paṭumati

○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv

⋙ paṭumitra

○mitra m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ paṭurūpa

○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)

≫ paṭiman

paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)

≫ paṭiṣṭha

paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)

≫ paṭīyas

paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever

• also = prec

• very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59

≫ paṭuka

paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L

≫ paṭūkṛ

paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam

paṭuśa

paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

paṭusa

paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)

paṭola

paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca

• n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc

• a kind of cloth L

• (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L

≫ paṭolaka

paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L

• (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)

paṭaura

paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV

paṭṭa

paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh

• (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)

• the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr

• a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column 3]

• VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)

• cloth (= paṭa)

• coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)

• an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ

• a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L

• Corchorus Olitorius W

• = vidūṣaka Gal

• N. of sev. men Rājat

• (ī), f. a forehead ornament L

• a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L

• a species of Lodhra L

• a city, town (cf. -nivasana)

⋙ paṭṭakarman

○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc

• ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib

⋙ paṭṭakila

○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet

⋙ paṭṭaja

○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh

⋙ paṭṭatalpa

○talpa m. a silken bed Vet

⋙ paṭṭadevī

○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat

⋙ paṭṭadola

○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27

⋙ paṭṭanivasana

○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś

⋙ paṭṭabandha

○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙ paṭṭabandhana

○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L

⋙ paṭṭamahādevī

○mahādevī or f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭamahiṣī

○mahiṣī f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭaraṅga

○raṅga

⋙ paṭṭarañjaka

○rañjaka

⋙ paṭṭarañjana

○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙ paṭṭarañjanaka

○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L

⋙ paṭṭarāga

○rāga m. sandal L

⋙ paṭṭarājñī

○rājñī f. = -devii L

⋙ paṭṭalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix

⋙ paṭṭavastra

○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr

• mfn. = next

⋙ paṭṭavāsas

○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh

⋙ paṭṭavāsitā

○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L

⋙ paṭṭaśāka

○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L

⋙ paṭṭaśāṭaka

○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L

⋙ paṭṭaśālā

○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat

⋙ paṭṭasūtra

○sūtra n. a silk thread

• -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col

• -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat

⋙ paṭṭastha

○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv

⋙ paṭṭāṃśuka

paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)

⋙ paṭṭābhirāma

paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat

• -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks

⋙ paṭṭābhiṣeka

paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paṭṭārohā

paṭṭârohā f. = next W

⋙ paṭṭārhā

paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii

⋙ paṭṭāvali

paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks

⋙ paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya

paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

⋙ paṭṭopadhāna

paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād

⋙ paṭṭopādhyāya

paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat

⋙ paṭṭolikā

paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L

≫ paṭṭaka

paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās

• a bandage, girdle Hcat

• (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch

• a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP

• cloth, wove silk

• a species of Lodhra L

• N. of a woman L

• n. a document on a plate Rājat

• a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr

≫ paṭṭāya

paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād

≫ paṭṭi 1

paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi

⋙ paṭṭikāra

○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L

⋙ paṭṭilodhra

○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L

⋙ paṭṭilodhraka

○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L

≫ paṭṭikā

paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v

⋙ paṭṭikākhya

○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr

⋙ paṭṭikālodhra

○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib

⋙ paṭṭikāvāpaka

○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for

⋙ paṭṭikāvāyaka

○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R

⋙ paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa

○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)

≫ paṭṭin

paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr

≫ paṭṭila

paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L

paṭṭana

paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)

• (ī), f. id. L

paṭṭalā

paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)

paṭṭava

paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)

paṭṭāra

paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi

paṭṭi 2

paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)

paṭṭikā

paṭṭikā See above

paṭṭiśa

paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)

≫ paṭṭiśin

paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv

paṭṭubhaṭṭa

paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column 1] Contents of this page

paṭṭeraka

paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L

paṭh

paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c

• pf. papāṭha ib

• aor. [ap˘AThIt] Gr

• fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib

• ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c

• to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv

• to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit

• to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr

• to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch

• fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās

• Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)

• to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās

• to read or study diligently Var

≫ paṭha

paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ paṭhamañjarī

○mañjarī

⋙ paṭhasamañjarī

○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs

⋙ paṭhahaṃsikā

○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga

≫ paṭhaka

paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter

≫ paṭhana

paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat

⋙ paṭhanādhinātha

paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat

≫ paṭhanīya

paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch

≫ paṭhi

paṭhi f. = paṭhana L

≫ paṭhita

paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

⋙ paṭhitatva

○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat

⋙ paṭhitasiddha

○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās

• -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk

⋙ paṭhitāṅga

paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP

≫ paṭhitavya

paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP

⋙ paṭhitavyatva

○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch

≫ paṭhiti

paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat

≫ paṭhitṛ

paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W

paṭharvan

páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV

paḍ

paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v

⋙ paḍgṛbhi

○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV

⋙ paḍbīśa

○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),

⋙ paḍvīśa

○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

⋙ paḍviṃśa

○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse

• (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]

paṇ

paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti

• pf. peṇe Gr

• aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ

• fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14

• to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh

• to negotiate, bargain Āpast

• to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)

• to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh

• to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)

≫ paṇa

paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen

• loc. or ifc

• paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet

• paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c

• a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit

• the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās

• a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ

• a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)

• a commodity for sale L

• price L

• wealth, property L

• business L

• a publican or distiller L

• a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L

⋙ paṇakāla

○kāla m. time for playing MBh

⋙ paṇakriyā

○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar

⋙ paṇakrīta

○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat

⋙ paṇagranthi

○granthi m. a fair, market L

⋙ paṇatā

○tā f

⋙ paṇatva

○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake

• price, value W

⋙ paṇadhā

○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)

⋙ paṇabandha

○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh

• a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś

⋙ paṇasundarī

○sundarī (HPariś.),

⋙ paṇastrī

○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot

⋙ paṇāṅganā

paṇâṅganā f. id. L

⋙ paṇārdha

paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv

⋙ paṇārpaṇa

paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W

⋙ paṇārha

paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW

⋙ paṇāsthi

paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]

⋙ sthika

sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]

≫ paṇana

páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr

• sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L

• betting W

≫ paṇanīya

paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW

≫ paṇayitṛ

paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫ paṇasa

paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L

• Artocarpus Integrifolia L

≫ paṇāya

paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L

≫ paṇāya

paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)

• to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās

≫ paṇāyā

paṇāyā f. business, transaction L

• a market-place W

≫ paṇāyita

paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W

≫ paṇāyitṛ

paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm

≫ paṇāyya

paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr

≫ paṇi

paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV

• N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr

• a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP

• a market L

≫ paṇika

paṇika See pañcāśat-p○

≫ paṇita

paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L

• betted, staked MBh

• one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225

• n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh

≫ paṇitavya

paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101

• to be praised W

≫ paṇitṛ

paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish

≫ paṇin

paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)

≫ paṇīkṛ

paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)

≫ paṇya

paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr

• to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)

• to be transacted L

• (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L

• n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c

• trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)

• a booth, shop Daś

⋙ paṇyakambala

○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ paṇyajana

○jana m. a trader Var

⋙ paṇyatā

○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv

⋙ paṇyadāsī

○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś

⋙ paṇyaṃdha

○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)

⋙ paṇyapati

○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R

⋙ paṇyapariṇītā

○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv

⋙ paṇyaphalatva

○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W

⋙ paṇyabhūta

○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch

⋙ paṇyabhumi

○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr

⋙ paṇyamūlya

○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W

⋙ paṇyayoṣit

○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn

⋙ paṇyavat

○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R

⋙ paṇyavarcas

○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78

⋙ paṇyavikraya

○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car

• -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L

• ○yin m. a trader, merchant R

⋙ paṇyavilāsinī

○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās

• Unguis Odoratus L

⋙ paṇyavīthikā

○vīthikā (L.),

⋙ paṇyavīthī

○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market

⋙ paṇyaśālā

○śālā f. a bazar or shop L

⋙ paṇyastrī

○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat

⋙ paṇyahoma

○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ

⋙ paṇyāṅganā

paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās

⋙ paṇyājira

paṇyâjira n. a market L

⋙ paṇyājīva

paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L

• n. (also -ka) a market W

⋙ paṇyāndhā

paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)

⋙ paṇyārha

paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W

paṇaphara

paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var

paṇava

paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)

• a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)

• N. of a prince VP

≫ paṇavin

paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh

paṇḍ

paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29

• cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop

• cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)

≫ paṇḍa

paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)

• (ā), f. See below

⋙ paṇḍāpūrva

paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L

≫ paṇḍaka

páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)

• m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa

≫ paṇḍaga

páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column 3]

≫ paṇḍā

paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

⋙ paṇḍāvat

○vat m. a learned man L

≫ paṇḍita

paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp

• Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c

• m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh

• of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv

• incense L

⋙ paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla

○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitajātīya

○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)

⋙ paṇḍitatā

○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),

⋙ paṇḍitatva

○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill

⋙ paṇḍitaparitoṣa

○paritoṣa m. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada

○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas

⋙ paṇḍitapraśnottara

○praśnôttara n. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitamānika

○mānika (MBh.),

⋙ paṇḍitamānin

○mānin (ib. R.),

⋙ paṇḍitammanya

○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),

⋙ paṇḍitammanyamāna

○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person

⋙ paṇḍitarāja

○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar

• (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)

• of another man BhP

• -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks

⋙ paṇḍitavādin

○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW

⋙ paṇḍitavaidya

○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśaśin

○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśiromaṇi

○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat

⋙ paṇḍitaśrīvara

○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib

⋙ paṇḍitasabhā

○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW

⋙ paṇḍitasarvasva

○sarvasva n. N. of wk

⋙ paṇḍitasūri

○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitasvāmin

○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ paṇḍitāhlādinī

paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk

≫ paṇḍitaka

paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh

• m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib

≫ paṇḍitāya

paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi

≫ paṇḍitiman

paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi

≫ paṇḍu

paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next

≫ paṇḍra

paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

⋙ paṇḍraka

paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)

paṇḍālu

paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh

pat 1

pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV

• to partake of, share in (loc.) ib

• to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]

pat 2

pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te

• pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr

• paptivás RV

• papatyāt AV

• aor. apaptat RV

• Pass. apāti Br

• fut. patiṣ-yáti AV

• ○te, patitā MBh

• Cond. apatiṣyat Br

• inf. patitum ib. &c. &c

• ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br

• -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c

• to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'

• with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c

• to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit

• to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS

• to speed (trans

• cf. patayát)

• ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7

• pātáyati (ep. also ○te

• aor. apīpatat AV

• Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c

• to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr

• (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch

• to cut off (a head) Hariv

• to knock out (teeth) BhP

• to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv

• to kindle (fire) Pañc

• to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās

• to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R

• to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ

• to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173

• to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās

• (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr

• to subtract Jyot. Sch

• (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat

• Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580, 3]

≫ pat 3

pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc

• cf. akṣi-pát)

≫ pata

pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)

⋙ pataga

○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c

• the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh

• N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv

• -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R

• -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP

• -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

• ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)

• ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23

≫ pataṃ

pataṃ acc. of pata in comp

⋙ pataṃga

○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4

• any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)

• a horse Naigh. i, 14

• the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c

• N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP

• a ball for playing with BhP

• a spark (Sāy

• 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2

• a species of rice Car

• of tree L

• 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP

• N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr

• of a mountain BhP

• = -grāma Rājat

• (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP

• (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv

• (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP

• m. or n. quicksilver L

• n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr

• -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16

• -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat

• -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc

• -vat, ind, like a moth Kum

• -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv

• mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc

• ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh

⋙ pataṃgaka

○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur

• (ikā), f. a little bird MBh

• a little bee L

⋙ pataṃgama

○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP

• a bird L

⋙ pataṃgara

○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2

⋙ pataṃgin

○gin m. a bird

• (nī f.) a female bird Hariv

≫ pataka

pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c

• m. an astronomical table W

≫ patat

patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c

• m. a bird Āpast. Kāv

⋙ patatpataṃga

○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12

⋙ patatprakarṣa

○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c

≫ patatra

pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c

• a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)

≫ patatri 1

patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh

• N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ

• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

≫ patatri 2

patatri in comp. for ○trin

⋙ patatriketana

○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv

⋙ patatrirāj

○rāj (BhP.),

⋙ patatrirāja

○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),

⋙ patatrivara

○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa

≫ patatrin

patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c

• m. a bird AV. &c. &c

• a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36

• an arrow MBh. iii, 16430

• a partic. fire TS

• n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4

≫ patad

patad in comp. for ○tat

⋙ patadgraha

○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms

• a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)

• the rear of an army L

⋙ patadbhīru

○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L

≫ patana

patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150

• m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh

• (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• setting (as the sun) MBh

• going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61

• hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ

• fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv

• loss of caste, apostacy Pur

• (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var

• (in arithm.) subtraction Col

• (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W

⋙ patanadharmin

○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr

⋙ patanasīla

○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv

≫ patanīya

patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste

• n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ

≫ patantaka

patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid

≫ patama

patama m. a bird L

• a grasshopper L

• the moon L. (cf. patasa)

≫ patayālu

patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)

≫ patayiṣṇu

patayiṣṇú (RV.),

⋙ patayiṣṇuka

patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id

≫ patara

patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV

⋙ pataru

patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV

≫ patasa

patasa m. = patama L

≫ patāka

patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr

• a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)

• (ā), f. See next

≫ patākā

patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column 2]

• a flag-staff L

• a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)

• (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar

• good fortune, auspiciousness L

• N. of wk

⋙ patākāṃśuka

○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās

⋙ patākādaṇḍa

○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh

⋙ patākādhvajamālin

○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib

⋙ patākāsthāna

○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙ patākāsthānaka

○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch

⋙ patākocchrāyavat

patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh

≫ patākāya

patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac

≫ patākika

patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L

≫ patākin

patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c

• (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh

• m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib

• a flag Hariv

• a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4

• a figure used in divination L

• N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

• (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)

• N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP

≫ patāpata

patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)

≫ patita

patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)

• (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv

• fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c

• fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās

• happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas

• n. flying MBh

⋙ patitagarbhā

○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW

⋙ patitatyāgavidhi

○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ patitamūrdhaja

○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh

⋙ patitavṛtta

○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv

⋙ patitasāvitrīka

○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)

⋙ patitasthita

○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās

⋙ patitānna

patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213

⋙ patitekṣita

patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W

⋙ patitotthita

patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv

• fallen out and grown again

• -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ patitotpanna

patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W

≫ patitavya

patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688

≫ patiṣṭha

pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV

≫ patīyas

pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr

≫ patera

patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59

• a bird L

• a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L

≫ pattra

páttra n. (and m. Śātkat

• ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c

• the feather of an arrow R. Ragh

• a bird L

• any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv

• a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30

• Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr

• a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper

• a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)

• any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)

• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)

• a knife, dagger L

• = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581, 2] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]

⋙ pattrakartarī

○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm

⋙ pattrakāhalā

○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L

⋙ pattrakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)

⋙ pattrakaumudī

○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙ pattragupta

○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)

• Asteracantha Longifolia L

⋙ pattraghanā

○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L

⋙ pattracārikā

○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv

⋙ pattracchaṭā

○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish

⋙ pattraccheda

○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm

• -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)

⋙ pattracchedaka

○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L

⋙ pattracchedya

○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)

⋙ pattrajhaṃkāra

○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L

⋙ pattrataṇḍulā

○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L

• a woman L

⋙ pattrataru

○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column 3]

⋙ pattradāraka

○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L

⋙ pattradevī

○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity

⋙ pattradhārā

○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak

⋙ pattranāḍikā

○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L

⋙ pattranāmaka

○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr

⋙ pattranyāsa

○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L

⋙ pattrapati

○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73

⋙ pattraparaśu

○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L

⋙ pattraparśu

○parśu m. a fine file or saw L

⋙ pattrapāka

○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L

⋙ pattrapāṭha

○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW

⋙ pattrapāla

○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L

• (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L

⋙ pattrapāśyā

○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L

⋙ pattrapiśācikā

○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L

⋙ pattrapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),

⋙ pattrapuṭikā

○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled

⋙ pattrapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil

• (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L

⋙ pattrapuṣpaka

○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L

⋙ pattraprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables

⋙ pattrabandha

○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L

⋙ pattrabāla

○bāla m. an oar L

⋙ pattrabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),

⋙ pattrabhaṅgi

○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙ pattrabhaṅgī

○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances

⋙ pattrabhadrā

○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

⋙ pattramañjarī

○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattramāla

○māla m. Calamus Rotang L

⋙ pattramūlaka

○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi

⋙ pattrayauvana

○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W

⋙ pattrarañjana

○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW

⋙ pattraratha

○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c

• -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• ○thêndra m. id. BhP

• (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)

• ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R

⋙ pattrarekhā

○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh

⋙ pattralatā

○latā f. id. Kād

• a long knife or dagger L

• N. of a woman Hcar

⋙ pattralavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr

⋙ pattralekhā

○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv

• N. of a woman Kathās

⋙ pattravallarī

○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattravalli

○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)

• N. of 2 kinds of creeper L

⋙ pattravāja

○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv

⋙ pattravāha

○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73

• an arrow ib. xx, 25

• a letter-carrier, postman L

⋙ pattraviśeṣaka

○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh

⋙ pattravṛścika

○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr

⋙ pattraveṣṭa

○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh

⋙ pattraśabara

○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L

⋙ pattraśāka

○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)

• -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132

⋙ pattraśṛṅgī

○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ pattraśreṇī

○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ pattraśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L

⋙ pattrasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra

⋙ pattrasirā

○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L

⋙ pattrasundara

○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L

⋙ pattrasūci

○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L

⋙ pattrahasta

○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak

⋙ pattrahima

○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L

⋙ pattrākhya

pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙ pattrāṅga

pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders

• Caesalpinia Sappan

• Betula Bhojpatra

• = padmaka L

⋙ pattrāṅgulī

pattrâṅgul˘ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L

⋙ pattrāñjana

pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L

⋙ pattrāḍhya

pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal

• n. the √of long pepper L

• a species of grass L

• Caesalpinia Sappan L

⋙ pattrāmlā

pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L

⋙ pattrārūḍha

pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak

⋙ pattrālī

pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L

⋙ pattrāli

pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L

⋙ pattrāvalambana

pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk

⋙ pattrāvali

pattrâvali f. red chalk L

• ([l˘I]), a row of leaves L

• = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ

• (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW

⋙ pattrāsura

pattrâsura m. N. of a man L

⋙ pattrāhāra

pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW

⋙ pattreśvaratīrtha

pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

⋙ pattropaskara

pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L

⋙ pattrorṇa

pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L

• pl. N. of a people MBh

• wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var

• or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)

⋙ pattrollāsa

pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L

≫ pattraka

pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c

• m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)

• Achyranthes Triandra L

• (ikā), f. See below

• n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr

• = pattra-bhaṅga L

≫ pattraṇā

pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pattraya

pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id

• ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv

≫ pattrala

pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)

• n. thin sour milk L

≫ pattrāya

pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav

≫ pattri

pattri in comp. = ○trin

⋙ pattrivāha

○vāha m. a bird L

≫ pattrika

pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś

≫ pattrikā

pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc

• a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś

• N. of wk

⋙ pattrikākhya

○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L

⋙ pattrikāpraveśa

○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW

≫ pattrin

pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid

• an arrow MBh. Hariv

• a mountain L

• possessing a carriage or driving in one L

• a chariot L

• a tree L

• the wine-palm L

• a species of Achyranthes L

• a species of creeper and other plants L

• (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L

≫ patman

pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh

≫ patmin

patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ

≫ patya

patya n. falling ( See garta-)

≫ patvan

pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś

• n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)

≫ patsala

patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch

pata 2

pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L

patañcala

patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar

patañcikā

patañcikā f. a bow-string L

patañjala

patañjala m. N. of a man

• pl. his family, g. upakâdi

patañjali

patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?

• Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)

• of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)

• of a physician &c

⋙ patañjalikāvya

○kāvya n

⋙ patañjalicarita

○carita n

⋙ patañjaliyoga

○yoga m

⋙ patañjalisūtra

○sūtra n. N. of wks

pati 1

páti m. (cf. √1. vat

• when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya

• dat. pátye

• gen. abl. pátyur

• loc. pátyau

• but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions

• Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c

• a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24

• when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)

• one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89

• a √L

• f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch

• a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582, 1] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']

⋙ patiṃvarā

○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat

⋙ patikāma

○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr

⋙ patikhecara

○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')

⋙ patigaṇitaṭīkā

○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl

⋙ patighātinī

○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var

⋙ patighna

○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS

• ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch

• ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W

⋙ patijuṣṭā

○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV

⋙ patitva

○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage

⋙ patitvana

○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage

⋙ patidarśanalālasa

○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal

⋙ patidevatā

○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),

⋙ patidevā

○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others

⋙ patidviṣ

○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV

⋙ patidharma

○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh

• -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib

⋙ patiprāṇā

○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit

⋙ patimatī

○matī f. having a husband, married BhP

• having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat

⋙ patiyāna

○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh

⋙ patirip

○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV

⋙ patilaṅghana

○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)

⋙ patilālasa

○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal

⋙ patiloka

○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c

⋙ pativaṃsya

○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L

⋙ pativatī

○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column 2]

⋙ pativatnī

○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman

⋙ pativayas

○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast

⋙ patividya

○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11

⋙ pativedana

○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17

• m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1

• n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2

⋙ pativrata

○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R

• -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh

⋙ pativratā

○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c

• -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās

• -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar

• -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks

⋙ patiśuc

○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar

⋙ patiśoka

○śoka m. id

• ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal

patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙ patisevā

○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67

≫ patīya 1

patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr

• to become strong ŚBr

• to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ

• to take as husband Pañcad

≫ patīya 2

patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr

≫ patnī

pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c

• a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)

• (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582, 2]

⋙ patnīkarman

○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr

⋙ patnītva

○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP

⋙ patnīmantra

○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait

⋙ patnīyūpa

○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ patnīvat

○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr

⋙ patnīśāla

○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙ patnīśālā

○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh

⋙ patnīsaṃyāja

○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS

⋙ patnīsaṃyājana

○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr

⋙ patnīsaṃnahana

○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib

• the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch

⋙ patnyāṭa

patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L

≫ patnīka

patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)

patkāṣin

pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1

pattaṅga

pattaṅga m. (n. L

• fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr

• n. Caesalpina Sappan L

pattana

pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP

• (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L

• n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)

⋙ pattanavaṇij

○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L

⋙ pattanādhipati

pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh

pattaraṅga

pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L

pattalaka

pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP

pattalā

pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr

pattalī

pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr

pattave

páttave See √2. pat, p. 580

pattas

pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1

pattūra

pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr

• n. red sandal Bhpr

pattorṇa

pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L

pattra

pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2

pattraṅga

pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581

pattrāṇya

pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L

patni

patni for patnī, See above

path

path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move

• to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)

≫ patha

patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin

• cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)

⋙ pathakalpanā

○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L

⋙ pathadarśaka

○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW

⋙ pathasundara

○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)

⋙ pathātithi

pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat

⋙ patheṣṭhā

pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV

⋙ pathopadeśaka

pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)

≫ pathaka

pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L

• m. or n. a district, canton L

≫ pathat

pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling

• m. a road L. [Page 582, Column 3]

≫ pathanvat

páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)

≫ pathi 1

pathi for pathin in comp

⋙ pathikāra

○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi

⋙ pathikṛt

○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

• m. N. of Agni TS

⋙ pathideya

○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L

⋙ pathidruma

○druma m. Acacia Catechu L

⋙ pathipā

○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS

⋙ pathiprajña

○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W

⋙ pathipriya

○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch

⋙ pathimat

○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br

⋙ pathimadhye

○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW

⋙ pathirakṣas

○rákṣas (VS.),

⋙ pathirakṣi

○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́

≫ pathi 2

pathi loc. of pathin in comp

⋙ pathivāhaka

○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L

• m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L

⋙ pathiṣad

○ṣad (PārGṛ.),

⋙ pathiṣadi

○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way

⋙ pathiṣṭhā

○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),

⋙ pathistha

○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going

⋙ pathyaśana

pathy-aśana n

⋙ pathyodana

pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv

≫ pathika

pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W

• m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. red grapes L

⋙ pathikajana

○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2

⋙ pathikasaṃhati

○saṃhati and f. (L.),

⋙ pathikasaṃtati

○saṃtati f. (L.),

⋙ pathikasārtha

○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan

⋙ pathikāśraya

pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW

≫ pathikāya

pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh

≫ pathin

pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā

• middle pathí

• weak path

• sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]

• pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí

• du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós

• pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV

• patháyas Br.]

• pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]

• pathíbhis, ○bhyas

• pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]

• pathíṣu

• Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig

• panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to

• pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c

• range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)

• sect, doctrine L

• a division of hell Mn. iv, 90

• N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan

• Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582, 3] [pat˘i]]

≫ pathila

pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58

≫ pathī

pathī See ā-pathī

≫ pathya

pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig

• esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c

• containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid

• m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

• N. of a teacher of AV

• (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br

• Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L

• N. of sev. metres Nid. Col

• N. of a woman Kathās

• n. a species of salt L

⋙ pathyaśāka

○śāka m. a species of vegetable L

⋙ pathyāpathya

pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W

• m. or n. N. of wk

• -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks

⋙ pathyāśin

pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W

pad 1

pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop

pad 2

pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh

• Pot. padyām R

• Impv. patsva MBh

• pf. papāda RV

• pede Br

• aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]

• apatsi, patthās AV

• Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV

• fut. patsyati Br

• ○te Up

• pattā Gr

• inf. páttave RV

• ○tos, ○tum Br

• -pádas RV

• ind. p. -pádya ib

• -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br

• to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br

• Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)

• padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv

• panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84

≫ pac

pac in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ pacchabda

○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L

⋙ pacchas

○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp

• -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait

⋙ pacchauca

○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ

≫ paj

paj in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ pajja

○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pat 4

pat in comp. for 3. pad

⋙ patkāṣin

○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot

• m. a footman, foot-soldier')

⋙ pattas

○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)

• -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr

⋙ patsaṅgin

○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV

⋙ patsukha

○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv

≫ patti 1

patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L

≫ patti 2

pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)

• a hero L

• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)

• f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers

• according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh

⋙ pattikarman

○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW

⋙ pattikāya

○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L

⋙ pattikāra

○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○

⋙ pattigaṇaka

○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L

⋙ pattipaṅkti

○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W

⋙ pattisaṃhati

○saṃhati f. (L.),

⋙ pattisainya

○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry

≫ pattika

pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv

≫ pattin

pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib

≫ patsutas

patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6

⋙ patsutaḥśī

patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8

≫ pad 3

pád m. (in strong cases pā́d

• ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c

• ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'

• cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)

• a step R

• a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada

• Gk. ? ; [583, 1] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]

⋙ padanuṣaṅga

○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)

⋙ padāsa

○āsa

⋙ padāsana

○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada

⋙ padga

○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian

• m. a foot-soldier L

⋙ padghoṣa

○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV

⋙ paddhaḍī

○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)

⋙ paddhati

○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)

• sign, token Jātakam

• N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks

• a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L

• -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paddhima

○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54

⋙ padratha

○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP

⋙ padvat

○vát mfn. having feet, running

• n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV

⋙ padāvihāra

padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv

≫ pada

padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride

• a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot

• pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion

• trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky

• RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'

• sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality

• padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on

• padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter

• with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome

• with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind

• with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon

• with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal

• padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)

• a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur

• a footing, standpoint

• position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position

• padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)

• a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c

• a pretext L

• a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)

• a square on a chess-board R

• a plot of ground Inscr

• the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr

• a ray of light (m. L.)

• a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c

• a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column 2]

• = pada-pāṭha Prāt

• common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat

• any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required

• a period in an arithmetical progression Col

• a square √Sūryas

• a quadrant ib

• protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583, 2] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]

⋙ padakamala

○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L

⋙ padakāra

○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh

⋙ padakārikāratnamālā

○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙ padakāla

○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy

⋙ padakṛt

○kṛt m. = -kāra L

⋙ padakṛtya

○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas

⋙ padakaumudī

○kaumudī f. N. of wk

⋙ padakrama

○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)

• a series of quarters of verses R

• a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)

• m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh

• -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

• -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv

⋙ padakramaka

○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch

⋙ padaga

○ga mfn. going on foot

• m. a footman, foot-soldier L

⋙ padagata

○gata mfn. gone on foot

• described or recorded in a line or stanza W

⋙ padagati

○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc

⋙ padagāḍha

○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ padagotra

○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)

⋙ padaghātam

○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37

⋙ padacaturūrdhva

○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col

⋙ padacandrikā

○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks

⋙ padacihna

○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh

⋙ padacyuta

○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP

⋙ padajāta

○jāta n. a class of words Prāt

• a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L

⋙ padajñā

○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV

⋙ padajyotis

○jyotis n. N. of wk

⋙ padatā

○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt

• = next Śiś

⋙ padatva

○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch

⋙ padatvarā

○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L

⋙ padadārḍhya

○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt

⋙ padadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks

⋙ padadevatā

○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)

⋙ padadyotinī

○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt

⋙ padanidhana

○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ padanī

○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13

⋙ padanyāsa

○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c

• position of the feet in a partic. attitude W

• conduct, procedure (?), id

• writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv

• Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L

⋙ padapaṅkaja

○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L

⋙ padapaṅkti

○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc

• a series of words Kir

• a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt

• a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr

⋙ padapañcaka

○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ padapaddhati

○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R

⋙ padapadma

○padma n. = -kamala L

⋙ padapāṭha

○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi

• cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch

⋙ padapāta

○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W

⋙ padapūraṇa

○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir

• n. the action of completing a verse L

⋙ padabandha

○bandha m. a footstep, pace L

⋙ padabhañjana

○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L

⋙ padabhañjikā

○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L

• a register, journal, calendar or almanac W

⋙ padabhāvārthacandrikā

○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk

⋙ padabhraṃśa

○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar

⋙ padamañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of various wks

⋙ padamālā

○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP

⋙ padayojana

○yojana n

⋙ padayojanā

○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks

⋙ padayojanikā

○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks

⋙ padayopana

○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV

⋙ padaracanā

○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām

⋙ padaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f

⋙ padavākyaratnākara

○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m

⋙ padavākyārthapañjikā

○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks

⋙ padavādya

○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum

⋙ padavāya

○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV

⋙ padavi

○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L

⋙ padavikṣepa

○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking

• a horse's paces W

⋙ padavigraha

○vigraha (Hariv.),

⋙ padaviccheda

○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words

⋙ padavid

○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)

⋙ padavirāma

○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt

⋙ padaviṣṭambha

○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W

⋙ padavī

○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column 3]

• f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range

• acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-

• padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c

• station, situation, place, site R. Pañc

• -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)

⋙ padavṛtti

○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt

• N. of Comm. on Kpr

⋙ padavedin

○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm

⋙ padavyākhyāna

○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi

⋙ padaśabda

○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm

⋙ padaśas

○śas ind. step by step, gradually R

• word by word, APrāt. Sch

⋙ padaśāstra

○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch

⋙ padaśreni

○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās

⋙ padaṣṭhīva

○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77

⋙ padasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt

⋙ padasaṃghāṭa

○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ padasaṃghāta

○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt

• a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W

⋙ padasadhātu

○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy

⋙ padasaṃdarbha

○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

⋙ padasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R

⋙ padasamaya

○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch

⋙ padasamūha

○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch

• = -pāṭha VPrāt

⋙ padastobha

○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

• N. of wk

⋙ padastha

○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R

• = -sthita MBh. R

⋙ padasthāna

○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv

⋙ padasthita

○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās

⋙ padākrānta

padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak

⋙ padāghāta

padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L

⋙ padāṅka

padâṅka m. footmark

• -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem

⋙ padāṅgī

padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L

⋙ padāṅguṣṭha

padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)

⋙ padaji

padáji

⋙ padāti

padâti &c., See sv

⋙ padādi

padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt

• ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L

⋙ padādhyayana

padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt

• ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib

⋙ padādhyāhāravāda

padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙ padānuga

padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)

• suitable, agreeable to R

⋙ padānurāga

padânurāga m. a servant

• an army W

⋙ padānuśāsana

padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L

⋙ padānuṣaṅga

padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)

⋙ padānusāra

padânusāra m. following at one's heels

• ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm

⋙ padānusvāra

padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch

⋙ padānta

padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy

• the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ

• mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9

• -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final

⋙ padāntara

padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)

• another word Vedântas

⋙ padānveṣin

padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś

⋙ padābja

padâbja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padābhilāṣin

padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW

⋙ padābhihoma

padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait

⋙ padāmnāyasiddhi

padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk

⋙ padāmbhoja

padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padāyata

padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L

• (ā), f. a shoe L

⋙ padāravinda

padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L

⋙ padārtha

padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)

• that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur

• a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)

• a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)

• a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)

• -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)

• ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks

⋙ padāvagrāham

padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait

⋙ padāvalī

padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt

• N. of a grammar

⋙ padāvṛtti

padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt

• (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd

⋙ padāsa

padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ padāsana

padâsana n. a footstool L

⋙ padāhata

padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW

⋙ padaikadeśa

padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch

⋙ padoccaya

padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh

⋙ padopahata

padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52

≫ padaka

padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)

• m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L

• N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

• n. a step, pace MBh

• an office, dignity Rājat

• a foot BhP

• (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○

≫ padana

padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)

≫ padanīya

padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)

≫ padāji

padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L

≫ padāta

padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta

≫ padāti

padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot

• m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c

• a peon (in chess) Pañcad

• N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh

⋙ padātijana

○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh

• -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib

⋙ padātimātra

○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW

⋙ padātilava

○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)

⋙ padātyadhyakṣa

padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R

≫ padātika

padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L

⋙ padātin

padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh

• going or being on foot

• m. a foot-soldier MBh. R

⋙ tīya

tīya m. = prec. m. MBh

≫ padāra

padāra m. the dust of the feet L

• a boat L

≫ padālika

padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)

≫ padi

pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh

• = gantu Nir. v, 18)

≫ padika

padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi

• one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch

• comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat

• n. the point of the foot L

≫ padibaddha

padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS

≫ padīkṛ

padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch

• -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib

≫ paduka

paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ paduma

paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP

≫ padeka

padeka m. a hawk, falcon L

≫ padya

pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh

• hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch

• marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch

• measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals

• cf. ardha-, daśa-)

• consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt

• consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch

• forming the end, final, APrāt

• m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)

• a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt

• (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV

• a way, path, road L

• a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr

• n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c

• N. of sev. hymns

⋙ padyakādambarī

○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra

⋙ padyatrayīvyākhyāna

○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)

⋙ padyapañjāśikā

○pañjāśikā f

⋙ padyaprasūnāñjali

○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks

⋙ padyamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh

⋙ padyamālā

○mālā f

⋙ padyamuktāvalī

○muktâvalī f

⋙ padyaracanā

○racanā f

⋙ padyaveṇī

○veṇī f

⋙ padyaśataka

○śataka n

⋙ padyasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ padyatmikopaniṣad

padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙ padyāmṛta

padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry

• -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks

⋙ padyālaya

padyâlaya m

⋙ padyāvali

padyâvali f. N. of wks

≫ padra

padra

⋙ padva

padva See p. 585, col. 2

≫ padvan

padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112

≫ pan 1

pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad

⋙ pannaddhā

○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś

⋙ pannaddhrī

○naddhrī id. L

⋙ panniṣka

○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L

⋙ pannejana

○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column 2]

• (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS

⋙ panmiśra

○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56

≫ panna

panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c

• m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch

⋙ pannaga

○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c

• Cerasus Puddum L

• (ī), f. See below

• -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L

• -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L

• -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh

• -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv

• -rāja m. serpent-king MBh

• -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv

• of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP

• -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L

• -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh

⋙ pannagī

○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c

• a kind of shrub L

• -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar

⋙ pannada

○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pannarūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car

• ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib

⋙ pannāgāra

pannâgāra m. N. of a man

• pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch

padma

padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening

• often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)

• the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)

• a partic. mark or mole on the human body R

• red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L

• a partic. part of a column or pillar Var

• a kind of temple ib

• an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh

• a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)

• a kind of coitus L

• one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R

• one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c

• a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c

• a partic. constellation Var

• N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh

• a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)

• the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L

• a species of bdellium L

• lead L

• m. a species of plant L

• an elephant L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr

• of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c

• of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1

• (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas

• N. of a king MBh

• of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple

• See padma-svāmin) Rājat

• of another man ib

• of a Brāhman Lalit

• of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)

• of a monkey R

• of a mountain Var

• (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)

• a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)

• cloves L

• the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L

• N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L

• of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru

• cf. padma-priyā) L

• of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur

• mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr

⋙ padmakandāda

○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal

⋙ padmakara

○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP

• mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab

• m. N. of the sun W

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP

⋙ padmakarkaṭī

○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L

⋙ padmakarṇika

○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

⋙ padmakarṇikā

○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh

• (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

⋙ padmakalikā

○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW

⋙ padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa

○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur

⋙ padmakāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

⋙ padmakīṭa

○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

⋙ padmakuṇḍa

○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat

⋙ padmakuṭa

○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās

• n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv

⋙ padmaketana

○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh

⋙ padmaketu

○ketu m. a partic. comet Var

⋙ padmakesara

○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L

⋙ padmakośa

○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar

• ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)

• a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat

• N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)

⋙ padmakṣetra

○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L

⋙ padmakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column 3]

• N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P

• -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padmagandha

○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L

⋙ padmagandhi

○gandhi mfn. id. R

• n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙ padmagarbha

○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41

• 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)

• of Vishṇu Hariv

• of Śiva Śivag

• of the sun L

• of a lake Hit

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of a Bodhisattva L

• of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv

⋙ padmagiripurāṇa

○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend

⋙ padmagupta

○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat

⋙ padmagṛhā

○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh

⋙ padmacaraṇa

○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat

⋙ padmacāriṇī

○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr

• a partic. personification MānGṛ

⋙ padmaja

○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙ padmajātaka

○jātaka n. N. of wk

⋙ padmajāti

○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv

⋙ padmatantu

○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L

⋙ padmatā

○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd

⋙ padmadarśana

○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L

• N. of a man Kathās

⋙ padmadalekṣaṇa

○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch

⋙ padmadhara

○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab

⋙ padmanandi

○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙ padmanandin

○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

⋙ padmanābha

○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R

• N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var

• a magical formula spoken over weapons R

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib

• of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L

• of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr

• -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat

• -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col

⋙ padmanābhi

○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)

⋙ padmanāla

○nāla m. a lotus stalk L

⋙ padmanidhi

○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc

⋙ padmanibhekṣaṇa

○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW

⋙ padmanimīlana

○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak

⋙ padmanetra

○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal

• N. of a future Buddha L

⋙ padmapaṇḍita

○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmapattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)

• = -parṇa Bhpr

⋙ padmapada

○pada m. = -pāda Cat

⋙ padmaparṇa

○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ padmapāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L

• of Vishṇu Cat

• of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c

• the sun L

⋙ padmapāda

○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)

• -rahasya n. N. of wk

• ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmapura

○pura n. N. of a city Rājat

⋙ padmapurāṇa

○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas

⋙ padmapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L

• a species of bird L

• ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ padmaprabha

○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha

• of a Deva-putra Lalit

• of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L

• (with sūri) of an author Cat

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās

⋙ padmaprabhu

○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmapriyā

○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L

⋙ padmabandha

○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr

⋙ padmabandhu

○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L

• a bee L

• -kula n. N. of a family Cat

⋙ padmabīja

○bīja n. lotus-seed L

• ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L

⋙ padmabhava

○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP

⋙ padmabhāśa

○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha

• cf. -hāsa)

⋙ padmabhū

○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan

⋙ padmamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP

⋙ padmamālin

○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded

• m. N. of a Rakshas R

• (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh

⋙ padmamihira

○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat

⋙ padmamukhī

○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L

⋙ padmamūla

○mūla n. lotus-√L

⋙ padmayoni

○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of sev. men, APariś. Lalit

⋙ padmarati

○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās

⋙ padmaratna

○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L

⋙ padmaratha

○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś

⋙ padmarāga

○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat

• ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)

• (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās

⋙ padmarāja

○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat

• of a poet Cat

⋙ padmarūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued

• (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh

⋙ padmarekhā

○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L

⋙ padmalāñchana

○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king

• N. of Brahmā

• of Kubera, the sun

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī

• of Sarasvatī

• of Tārā

⋙ padmalīlāvilāsinī

○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ padmalekhā

○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat

⋙ padmalocana

○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh

⋙ padmavat

○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv

• (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)

• of a town BhP

⋙ padmavanabāndhava

○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)

• -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar

⋙ padmavarcas

○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R

⋙ padmavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv

• m. N. of a son of Yadu ib

⋙ padmavarṇaka

○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ padmavāsā

○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L

⋙ padmavāhinī

○vāhinī f. N. of wk

⋙ padmaviṣaya

○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās

⋙ padmavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L

⋙ padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin

○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L

⋙ padmaveṣa

○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās

⋙ padmavyākośa

○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13

⋙ padmavyūha

○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L

⋙ padmaśas

○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh

⋙ padmaśāyinī

○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal

⋙ padmaśekhara

○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās

⋙ padmaśrī

○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ

• of a Bodhi-sattva

• f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś

• of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat

• -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva

⋙ padmaṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)

⋙ padmasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ padmasaṃkāśa

○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW

⋙ padmasadman

○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar

⋙ padmasamāsana

○samāsana m. id. VP

⋙ padmasambhava

○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv

• N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c

⋙ padmasaras

○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc

⋙ padmasundara

○sundara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ padmasūtra

○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv

⋙ padmasena

○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās

• (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś

⋙ padmasaugandhika

○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R

• mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c

• -vat mfn. id. MBh

⋙ padmasnuṣā

○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā

• of Śrī

• of Durgā

⋙ padmasvastika

○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW

⋙ padmasvāmin

○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat

⋙ padmahasta

○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP

⋙ padmahāsa

○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)

⋙ padmahemamaṇi

○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmākara

padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās

• -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ padmākāra

padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW

⋙ padmākṣa

padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id

• n. lotus-seed W

⋙ padmāṅkamudrā

padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmāṅghri

padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat

⋙ padmācala

padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R

⋙ padmācārya

padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ padmāṭa

padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

⋙ padmādi

padmâdi a lotus-flower &c

• -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95

⋙ padmādhīśa

padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain

⋙ padmānanda

padmânanda m. N. of a poet

• -śataka n. his wk

⋙ padmāntara

padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW

⋙ padmālaṃkārā

padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmālaya

padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh

• (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv

• n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padmāvatī

padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L

• a kind of Prākṛit metre Col

• N. of Lakshmī Gīt

• of the goddess Manasā L

• of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

• of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• of a Jaina deity L

• of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv

• of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat

• of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt

• of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet

• of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib

• of a poetess Cat

• of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās

• of another city. VP

• of a river L

• of Kathās. xvii

• -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks

• -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L

⋙ padmāvabhāsa

padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ

⋙ padmāvali

padmâvali f. N. of wk

⋙ padmāsana

padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum

• a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)

• a kind of coitus L

• mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)

• m. N. of Brahmā VP

• of Śiva Śivag

• the sun L

• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

⋙ padmāhvaya

padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr

⋙ padmāhvā

padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙ padmeśaya

padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv

⋙ padmottama

padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• of a partic. world ib

• of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib

⋙ padmottara

padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L

• N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1

• of the father of Padma L

• ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain

• ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column 2]

⋙ padmotpalakumudvat

padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP

⋙ padmodbhava

padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh

• m. N. of Brahmā ib

• of a man Daś

• (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L

• -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP

⋙ padmopaniṣad

padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

• -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it

≫ padmaka

padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L

• the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c

• m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh

• a species of tree R. (B.)

• N. of a partic. constellation Hcat

• of sev. men Rājat

• n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas

• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

≫ padmakin

padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L

≫ padmāya

padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd

≫ padmāvata

padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv

≫ padmin

padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh

• possessing lotuses L

• m. an elephant L

• (nī), f. See next

≫ padminī

padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn

• cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)

• a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)

• a lotus-stalk L

• a female elephant L

• a partic. magical art MārkP

• an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389

• N. of sev. women Siṃhâs

⋙ padminīkaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr

⋙ padminīkānta

○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L

⋙ padminīkhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc

• N. of a city Siṃhâs

⋙ padminīpattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R

⋙ padminīvallabha

○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙ padminīśa

○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)

⋙ padminīṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs

≫ padmiṣṭhā

padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās

padra

padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')

• a road in a village L

• the earth L

• N. of a district L

padva

padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L

• a road L

• a car L

• mfn. See nisarga-padva

padvat

pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1

pan 2

pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV

• (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ

• paṇāya)

≫ panayāyya

panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV

≫ panasya

panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV

⋙ panasyu

panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib

≫ panāya

panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)

⋙ panāyya

paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr

≫ panita

panitá mfn. admired, praised RV

≫ panitṛ

panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib

≫ panipnat

pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib

≫ paniṣṭama

paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV

≫ paniṣṭi

pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib

≫ paniṣṭha

pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV

≫ panīyas

pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib

≫ panū

pan˘ū́ f. admiration ib

≫ panya

pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)

≫ panyas

pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib

panaka

panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl

panasa

panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c

• a thorn L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of a monkey MBh. R

• (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr

• n. the bread-fruit ib

⋙ panasatālikā

○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙ panasanālikā

○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L

⋙ panasāsthi

panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr

≫ panasikā

panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column 3]

paniṣpada

paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV

panth

panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)

≫ panthaka

panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29

• m. N. of a Brāhman L

⋙ panthalikā

panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv

panthāna

panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)

pandara

pandara m. N. of a mountain VP

panna

panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2

pannaddhā

pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1

papasya

papasya v. l. for pampasya

papi

papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)

• m. the moon L

≫ papī

papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159

≫ papīti

papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W

papu

papu m. (√3. pā) a protector

• f. a nurse L

papuri

pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal

• abundant RV

≫ papri 1

pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc

• superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)

papṛkṣeṇya

papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?

papri 2

pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS

paphaka

paphaka m. N. of a man

⋙ paphakanaraka

○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi

pabbeka

pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat

pamarā

pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L

pampasya

pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)

pampā

pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c

• of a lake Ragh. Sch

⋙ pampāmāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

pamb

pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop

pay

pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3

paya 1

paya See kat-payá

paya 2

paya in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaāhuti

○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr

⋙ payopavasana

payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P

⋙ payoṣṇī

payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),

⋙ payoṣṇikā

payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain

• ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L

≫ payaḥ

payaḥ in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaḥkandā

○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payaḥkṣīra

○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L

⋙ payaḥpayoṣṇi

○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh

⋙ payaḥpāna

○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś

⋙ payaḥpāyikā

○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś

⋙ payaḥpārāvara

○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv

⋙ payaḥpūra

○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv

⋙ payaḥpratibimba

○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh

⋙ payaḥphenī

○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L

⋙ payaḥsāman

○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ payaḥsphāti

○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)

≫ payaś

payaś in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payaścaya

○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L

≫ payas

páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain

• semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c

• a species of Andropogon Bhpr

• N. of a Sāman ŚrS

• of a Virāj RPrāt

• night Naigh. i, 7

⋙ payaskaṃsa

○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L

⋙ payaskarṇī

○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)

⋙ payaskāma

○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib

⋙ payaskāmya

○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ payaskāra

○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch

⋙ payaskumbha

○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib

⋙ payaskuśā

○kuśā f. ib

⋙ payaspa

○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W

• night MW. [Page 586, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ payaspati

○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ

⋙ payaspā

○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV

⋙ payaspātra

○pātra n. a milk-bowl L

⋙ payasvat

○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen

• overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• (ī), f. the night L

• pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13

⋙ payasvala

○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)

• m. a goat L

⋙ payasvin

○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

• (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh

• a she-goat L

• a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)

• the night L

• N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L

≫ payasa

payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)

• n. water L

≫ payasiṣṭha

payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

⋙ payiṣṭha

payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat

≫ payaska

payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L

≫ payasya 1

payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy

• m. a cat L

• N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh

• (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS

• N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L

≫ payasya 2

payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)

• Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ payāya

payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib

≫ payiṣṭha

payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above

≫ payo

payo in comp. for ○yas

⋙ payogaḍa

○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L

• m. n. an island L

⋙ payograha

○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr

• -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk

⋙ payoghana

○ghana m. water-lump, hail L

⋙ payojanman

○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L

⋙ payoda

○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv

• yielding water (as a cloud) Subh

• m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)

• N. of a son of Yadu Hariv

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ payoduh

○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV

⋙ payodhara

○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat

• (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c

• the √of Scirpus Kysoor L

• a species of sugar-cane L

• the cocoa-nut L

• a species of Cyperus L

• an amphibrach Col

• ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh

• ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv

⋙ payodhas

○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud

• the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch

⋙ payodhā

○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV

⋙ payodhārā

○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch

• N. of a river Hariv

⋙ payodhi

○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv

• -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L

⋙ payodhika

○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L

⋙ payodhra

○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)

⋙ payonidhana

○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙ payonidhi

○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv

⋙ payobhakṣa

○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp

⋙ payobhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61

⋙ payomaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās

⋙ payomānuṣī

○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh

⋙ payomukha

○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit

⋙ payomuc

○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat

• m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv

⋙ payomṛtatīrtha

○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat

⋙ payoraya

○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP

⋙ payorāśi

○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib

• N. of the number 4 L

⋙ payoruha

○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L

⋙ payolatā

○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payovāha

○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat

⋙ payovidārikā

○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L

⋙ payovṛdh

○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV

⋙ payovrata

○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP

• offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W

• (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr

• ○tá-tā f. ib

≫ payora

payora m. Acacia Catechu L

para 1

pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ

• abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt

• loc. párasmin, ○re

• nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas

• Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme

• previous (in time), former

• ancient, past

• later, future, next

• following, succeeding, subsequent

• final, last

• exceeding (in number or degree), more than

• better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc

• exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column 2]

• parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c

• strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib

• other than, different from (abl.) Prab

• left, remaining Kathās

• concerned or anxious for (loc.) R

• m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c

• a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ

• (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS

• N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br

• of another king MBh

• of a son of Samara Hariv

• (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib

• m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur

• (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās

• a species of plant L

• N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L

• a partic. measure of time Sāy

• N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)

• of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh

• highest point or degree ib

• final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)

• the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP

• N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh

• any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)

• the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull

• (in logic) genus

• existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W

• (am), ind. afterwards, later

• (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge

• astam-ayāt p○, after sunset

• mattaḥ p○, after me

• ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next

• itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now

• tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon

• nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c

• in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib

• rather, most willingly, by all means ib

• I will, so be it Divyâv

• at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib

• but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id

• yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate

• na-p○, not-but

• na paraṃ-api, not only-but also

• pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even

• na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib

• (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c

• thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c

• (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para

• Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586, 2] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]

⋙ parakathā

○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ

⋙ parakaragata

○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc

⋙ parakarman

○karman n. service for another Kām

• ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var

⋙ parakalatra

○kalatra n. another's wife

• ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W

⋙ parakāyapraveśana

○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat

⋙ parakārya

○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc

⋙ parakāla

○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt

⋙ parakṛti

○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull

⋙ parakṛtya

○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv

• mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr

• -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib

⋙ parakrama

○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt

⋙ parakrāthin

○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh

⋙ parakrānti

○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas

⋙ parakṣudrā

○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)

⋙ parakṣetra

○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn

• the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)

⋙ parakhātaka

○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś

⋙ paragata

○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh

⋙ paragāmin

○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72

⋙ paraguṇa

○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv

• mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R

⋙ paragṛhavāsa

○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙ paragehav

○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv

⋙ paragranthi

○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L

⋙ paraglāni

○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W

⋙ paracakra

○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')

• -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP

⋙ paracittajñāna

○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L

⋙ paracintā

○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv

⋙ paracchanda

○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)

• mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L

⋙ paracchidra

○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv

⋙ paraja

○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh

• coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column 3]

⋙ parajana

○jana m. another person, a stranger

• (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9

⋙ parajanman

○janman n. a future birth

• ○mika mfn. relating to it MW

⋙ parajāta

○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')

⋙ parajñānamaya

○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP

⋙ parataṅgaṇa

○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ paratattva

○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks

⋙ paratantra

○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr

• mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

• n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh

• -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam

• -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

• ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull

• ceded, sold Kathās

⋙ paratama

○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙ paratara

○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para

⋙ paratarkaka

○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var

⋙ paratarkuka

○tarkuka m. a beggar Var

⋙ paratalpa

○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast

• -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib

⋙ paratas

○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur

• farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there

• sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut

• sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c

• high above (in rank) Rājat

• (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c

• beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām

• otherwise, differently W

• ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP

• -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad

⋙ paratā

○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat

⋙ paratāpana

○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv

⋙ paratīrthika

○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L

⋙ paratoṣayitṛ

○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś

⋙ paratra

○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c

• below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch

• -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W

⋙ paratva

○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c

• = -tā Kap

• -ratnâkara m. N. of wk

⋙ paradāra

○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c

• adultery Gaut. xxii, 29

• -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W

• -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R

⋙ paraduḥkha

○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W

⋙ paradūṣaṇa

○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)

⋙ paradevatā

○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch

• -stuti f. N. of a hymn

⋙ paradeśa

○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc

• -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W

• ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic

• m. a foreigner or a traveller ib

⋙ paradoṣa

○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W

• -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh

⋙ paradravya

○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit

• ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn

⋙ paradroha

○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP

• -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn

• ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W

⋙ paradveṣin

○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W

⋙ paradhana

○dhana n. another's wealth VP

• ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit

⋙ paradharma

○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP

• another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap

⋙ paradhyāna

○dhyāna n. intent meditation W

⋙ paranindā

○nindā f. reviling others MW

⋙ paranipāta

○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ paranirmitavaśavartin

○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)

⋙ paranirvāṇa

○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad

⋙ paraṃtapa

○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c

• m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv

• of a prince of Magadha Ragh

⋙ parapakṣa

○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit

• N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)

⋙ parapatnī

○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās

⋙ parapada

○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān

⋙ paraparigraha

○parigraha m. another's property Āpast

• another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43

⋙ paraparibhava

○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch

⋙ paraparivāda

○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc

⋙ parapāka

○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c

• -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib

• -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib

• ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr

⋙ parapārabhūta

○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙ parapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26

• ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L

⋙ parapuraṃjaya

○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c

• m. N. of a king VP

⋙ parapurapraveśa

○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙ parapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid

• 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L

⋙ parapuṣṭa

○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L

• m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var

• a harlot L

• a parasitical plant L

• N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās

• -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar

• -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L

⋙ parapūruṣa

○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās

⋙ parapūrvatva

○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9

⋙ parapūrvā

○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163

• -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166

⋙ parapauravatantava

○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh

⋙ paraprakāśaka

○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙ parapraṇava

○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat

⋙ paraprayojana

○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh

⋙ parapravādin

○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv

⋙ parapreṣyatva

○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78

⋙ parabala

○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174

⋙ parabalīyas

○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut

⋙ parabrahman

○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ

• N. of anUp

• ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ parabhāga

○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās

• good fortune, prosperity L

• the last part, remainder W

⋙ parabhāgya

○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W

• ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1

⋙ parabhāva

○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2

⋙ parabhāva

○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)

⋙ parabhāṣā

○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L

⋙ parabhū

○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙ parabhūta

○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36

⋙ parabhūmi

○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country

• -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit

⋙ parabhūṣaṇa

○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)

⋙ parabhṛt

○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP

• m. a crow L. (cf. next)

⋙ parabhṛta

○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv

• (ā), f. the female Kokila ib

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād

⋙ parabhṛtikā

○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav

• N. of a woman ib

⋙ parabhṛtya

○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R

⋙ parabhedaka

○bhedaka (W.),

⋙ parabhedana

○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies

⋙ paramaṇi

○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ

⋙ paramata

○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W

• -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat

• -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks

⋙ paramada

○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS

⋙ paramantra

○mantra vḷ. for mātra

⋙ paramanthu

○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙ paramanyu

○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)

⋙ paramarma

○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull

• -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs

⋙ paramātra

○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)

⋙ paramāra

○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)

⋙ paramukhacapeṭikā

○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk

⋙ paramṛtyu

○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)

⋙ paramokṣanirāsakārikā

○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk

⋙ parampara

○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr

• (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt

• m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L

• a species of deer L

• -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W

• -bhojana n. eating continually L

⋙ paramparā

○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c

• lineage, progeny L

• hurting, killing L

• -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column 2]

• -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L

• -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch

⋙ paraparāka

○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L

⋙ paraparita

○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr

⋙ paraparīṇa

○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parayuvatiga

○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var

⋙ parayoṣit

○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut

⋙ pararamaṇa

○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc

⋙ pararāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153

⋙ pararūpa

○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy

⋙ paraloka

○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv

• -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L

• -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW

• -yāna n. = -gama ib

• -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh

• -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum

• -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr

• -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1

⋙ paravat

○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2

⋙ paravat

○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid

• helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10

• -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat

⋙ paravarga

○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ

⋙ paravallabha

○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ paravaśa

○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit

• śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150

⋙ paravaśya

○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa

• -tā f. R

⋙ paravastu

○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ paravācya

○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh

• n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30

⋙ paravāṇi

○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge

• a year

• N. of Kārttikeya's peacock

⋙ paravāda

○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP

• objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak

• ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr

⋙ paravāraṇa

○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19

⋙ paravitta

○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)

⋙ paravīrahan

○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh

⋙ paraveśman

○veśman n. another's house Var

• the dwelling of the Supreme L

⋙ paravyākṣepin

○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar

⋙ paravyūhavināśana

○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh

⋙ paravrata

○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

⋙ paraśakti

○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙ paraśarīrāveśa

○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib

⋙ paraśāsana

○śāsana n. the order of another MW

⋙ paraśiva

○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat

• -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

• ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author

⋙ paraśuci

○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP

⋙ paraśrī

○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs

⋙ paraśvas

○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)

⋙ parasaṃgata

○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh

⋙ parasaṃcāraka

○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ parasaṃjñaka

○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L

⋙ parasambandha

○sambandha m. relation or connection with another

• ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W

⋙ parasavarṇa

○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ

• ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat

⋙ parasasthāna

○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt

⋙ parasātkṛ

○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc

⋙ parasevā

○sevā f. service of another Kathās

⋙ parastrī

○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh

⋙ parasthāna

○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit

⋙ parasva

○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c

• mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch

• -graha m. seizing another's property Prab

• -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)

• -haraṇa n. = -graha L

• -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property

• -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property

• -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent

⋙ parahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat

⋙ parahan

○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh

⋙ parahita

○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W

• n. another's welfare Bhartṛ

• -grantha m. N. of wk

• -rakṣita m. N. of an author

• -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ parāṅkuśa

parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras

⋙ parāgama

parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var

⋙ parāṅga

parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv

• a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2

⋙ parāṅgada

parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L

⋙ parācita

parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column 3]

⋙ parātman

parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP

• mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP

⋙ paradhi

parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L

⋙ parādhīna

parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c

• (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat

• -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection

⋙ parananda

paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author

• -purāṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ parānīka

parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm

⋙ parānta

parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp

• 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh

⋙ parāntaka

parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv

• pl. N. of a people L

⋙ parānna

parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch

• -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ

• -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit

• m. a servant L

⋙ parāpara

parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. = -guru below

• n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W

• Grewia Asiatica Bhpr

• -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class

• N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)

• -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh

• -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority

• the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp

• -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv

• ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP

• ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1

⋙ parāmṛta

parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1

⋙ parāyaṇa

parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c

• (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car

• a religious order or division W

• (ifc

• f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c

• mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)

• principal, being the chief object or final aim ib

• dependent on (gen.) R

• leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh

• m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP

• -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh

⋙ parayatta

paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc

• (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar

⋙ parāyus

parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP

⋙ parārtha

parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh

• sexual intercourse Pañc

• another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• mfn. (also -ka) having another object

• designed for another

• dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas

• -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam

• -caryā f. care for another welfare ib

• -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW

• -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch

• ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ

⋙ parārdha

parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh

• mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c

• the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur

• (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)

⋙ parārdhaka

parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv

⋙ parārdhya

parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr

• most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib

• highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c

• more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65

• n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS

⋙ parārbuda

parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L

⋙ parāvajñā

parâvajñā f. insulting another MW

⋙ parāvat

parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast

⋙ parāvara

parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c

• handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp

• each successive BhP

• m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38

• n. the distant and near &c

• cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas

• -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh

• ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)

⋙ parāvasathaśāyin

parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit

⋙ paraśraya

paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv

• a refuge to enemies BhP

• mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh

• (ā), f. a parasitical plant L

⋙ parāśrita

parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn

• a dependent, servant slave Hit

⋙ parasaṅga

parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr

⋙ parāskandin

parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L

⋙ parāha

parâha m. the next day L

⋙ parāhata

parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W

⋙ parāhṇa

parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)

⋙ paretara

parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14

⋙ pareśa

parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur

• ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh

⋙ pareṣṭi

parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W

⋙ pareṣṭukā

parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L

⋙ paraidhita

parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)

• a servant L

⋙ paroktakhaṇḍana

parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk

⋙ paroḍhā

parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh

⋙ parodvaha

parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)

⋙ paropakaraṇa

parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ

• ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit

⋙ paropakāra

parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv

• ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others

• (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW

• -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107

⋙ paropakārin

parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)

• m. N. of a king Kathās

⋙ paropakṛta

parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW

⋙ paropakṛti

parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib

⋙ paropaga

parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L

⋙ paropajāpa

parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś

⋙ paropadeśa

parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit

⋙ paroparuddha

parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW

⋙ paropavāsa

parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast

⋙ paropasarpaṇa

parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām

≫ para 2

para in comp. for ○ras

⋙ parauru

○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)

⋙ parauṣṇih

○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chandaþs. (also parôṣṇih ib.)

⋙ paraṛkśatagātha

○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr

≫ paraḥ

paraḥ in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paraḥkṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp

⋙ paraḥpuṃsā

○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr

⋙ paraḥpuruṣa

○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paraḥśata

○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh

• containing more than 100 verses TBr

• -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paraḥśvas

○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L

⋙ paraḥṣaṣṭa

○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr

⋙ paraḥsahasra

○sahasrá (AV

• páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000

⋙ paraḥsāman

○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans

• m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh

≫ paraka

paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch

≫ parakīya

parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām

• (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh

≫ parama

paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c

• chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous

• best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart

• ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib

• (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R

• m. N. of 2 authors Cat

• n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c

• chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (am), ind. yes, very well

• (also parama- in comp

• See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paramakaṇṭha

○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy

⋙ paramakāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav

⋙ paramakrānti

○krānti f. = para-kr○

• -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch

⋙ paramakruddha

○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R

⋙ paramakrodhin

○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column 2]

⋙ paramagati

○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W

• final beatitude ib

⋙ paramagava

○gava m. an excellent bull L

⋙ paramagahana

○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W

⋙ paramacetas

○cetas n. all the heart MW

⋙ paramajā

○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)

⋙ paramajyā

○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV

⋙ paramatattva

○tattva n. the highest truth

• -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ paramatas

○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively

• worst of all MW

⋙ paramatā

○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank

• highest end or aim ŚBr

⋙ paramadāruṇa

○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh

⋙ paramaduḥkhita

○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal

⋙ paramadurmedhas

○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW

⋙ paramadru

○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib

⋙ paramadharmātman

○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh

⋙ paramananda

○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?

• cf. parân○ under para)

⋙ paramapada

○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W

• -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks

• ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP

⋙ paramaparama

○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP

⋙ paramapuṃs

○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP

⋙ paramapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. id

• -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks

⋙ paramapūruṣa

○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp

⋙ paramaprabha

○prabha m. N. of a man L

⋙ paramaprīta

○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh

⋙ paramabrahmacāriṇī

○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L

⋙ paramabrahman

○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W

⋙ paramabhāsvara

○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW

⋙ paramamanyumat

○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal

⋙ paramamahat

○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas

⋙ paramamokṣa

○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr

⋙ paramarasa

○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L

⋙ paramarahasya

○rahasya n. the deepest mystery

• -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ paramaraja

○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk

⋙ paramarkṣa

○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)

⋙ paramarddhika

○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś

⋙ paramarṣi

○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c

⋙ paramalaghumañjūṣā

○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ paramavismita

○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW

⋙ paramavyomnika

○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L

⋙ paramaśiva

○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors

⋙ paramaśobhana

○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh

⋙ paramasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ paramasaṃhṛṣṭa

○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal

⋙ paramasaṃtuṣṭa

○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R

⋙ paramasamudaya

○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4

⋙ paramasammata

○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R

⋙ paramasarvatra

○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L

⋙ paramasvadharman

○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W

⋙ paramahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)

• -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya

• -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paramākṣara

paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch

⋙ paramākhya

paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R

⋙ paramāgama

paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks

⋙ paramāṅganā

paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R

⋙ paramāṭika

paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)

⋙ paramāṇu

paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)

• the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur

• n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt

• -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk

• -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP

• ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1

⋙ paramātma

paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2

⋙ paramatma

paramátma in comp. = ○tman

• -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks

• -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar

⋙ paramātmaka

paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh

⋙ paramātman

paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh

• the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column 3]

⋙ paramādīśvara

paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh

⋙ paramādvaita

paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP

• n. pure, non-duality W

⋙ paramānanda

paramânanda m. supreme felicity

• the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c

• N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat

• -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ paramānna

paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c

⋙ paramāpakrama

paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas

⋙ paramāpad

paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW

⋙ paramāpama

paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W

⋙ paramāpsaras

paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R

⋙ paramāmṛta

paramâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙ paramāyuṣa

paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙ paramayus

paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var

⋙ paramārādhya

paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat

⋙ paramārta

paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed

• -vat ind. very piteously R

⋙ paramārtha

paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc

• ○ena, āt, in reality)

• any excellent or important object W

• the best sense ib

• the best kind of wealth ib

• -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c

• -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch

• -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch

• -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks

• -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar

• -matsya m. a real fish Ragh

• -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W

• -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib

• -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• -satya n. the real or entire truth L

• -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

• -sarit f. really a river Vikr

• -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks

• -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch

• -stuti f. N. of wk

⋙ paramarya

paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L

⋙ paramārhata

paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L

⋙ paramāvaṭika

paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)

⋙ paramāvadhi

paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W

⋙ paramāsana

paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat

⋙ paramāha

paramâha m. an excellent day L

⋙ paramekṣu

paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)

⋙ parameśa

paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh

• -stotrâvali

• f. N. of wk

⋙ parameśvara

paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God

• N. of Śiva

• of Vishṇu

• of Indra

• of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)

• a Jaina L

• N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat

• (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv

• of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)

• n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat

• -tantra n. N. of wk

• -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad

• -datta m. N. of an author

• -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks

• -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad

• -rakṣita m. N. of an author

• -varman m. N. of a man L

• -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

• -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad

• -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks

• ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad

⋙ parameṣvāsa

paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh

⋙ paramaiśvarya

paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy

⋙ paramopāsaka

paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar

≫ paramaka

paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)

≫ parame

parame loc. of ○ma in comp

⋙ parameṣṭha

○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97

• m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W

• (ā), f. a kind of metre L

⋙ parameṣṭhi

○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr

• -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr

⋙ parameṣṭhin

○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c

• m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV

• of Prajā-pati ib. &c

• a son of Prajā-pati Br

• of Brahmā MBh

• of Śiva ib

• of Vishṇu Ragh

• of Garuḍa MBh

• of Manu Cakshus MārkP

• (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L

• the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L

• a kind of Virāj RPrāt

• a kind of ammonite L

• N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh

• of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur

• du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP

• (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ parameṣṭhina

○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4

≫ paraś

paraś in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paraścatvāriṃśa

○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr

≫ paras

parás ind. beyond, further, off, away

• in future, afterwards

• (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than

• (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)

• without

• (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)

• exclusive of, except, without

• (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr

• (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority

• prec. and under paraḥ)

⋙ parastaram

○tarám (RV.),

⋙ parastarām

○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further

• parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr

⋙ parastāt

○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk

• with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c

• from afar off, from before or behind Br

• aside, apart ib

• hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c

⋙ paraspa

○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting

• n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection

⋙ paraspā

○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS

≫ paraspara

paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para

• cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ

• pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420

• (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• so also ibc. (cf. below)

• rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51

⋙ parasparajña

○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W

⋙ parasparaprīti

○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc

⋙ parasparaviruddha

○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn

⋙ parasparavivāda

○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet

⋙ parasparavyāvṛtti

○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk

⋙ parasparasakhya

○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit

⋙ parasparasamāgama

○samāgama m. the meeting one another R

⋙ parasparasukhaiṣin

○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal

⋙ parasparasthita

○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh

⋙ parasparahata

○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal

⋙ parasparahita

○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R

⋙ parasparākrandin

parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum

⋙ parasparādin

parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn

⋙ parasparānumati

parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W

⋙ parasparāmiṣatā

parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām

⋙ parasparāśraya

parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh

• m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L

⋙ parasparotpīḍana

parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit

⋙ parasparopakāra

parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance

• ○rin m. an ally or associate W

≫ parasmai

parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)

⋙ parasmaipada

○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c

• (pl.) iii, 4, 82

⋙ parasmaipadin

○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ parasmaibhāṣa

○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat

• (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch

≫ parā 1

parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp

⋙ parācintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ parātriṃśikā

○triṃśikā f. N. of wk

⋙ parādevī

○devī f. a partic. form of Devii

• -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk

⋙ parāpur

○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch

⋙ parāpūjā

○pūjā f

⋙ parāpraveśikā

○praveśikā f. N. of wks

⋙ parāprasādamantra

○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L

⋙ parārahasya

○rahasya n. N. of wk

⋙ parāvedī

○vedī f. = bṛhatī L

⋙ parāśakti

○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat

⋙ parāstotra

○stotra n. N. of wk

≫ parāt

parāt abl. of para in comp

⋙ parātpara

○para mfn. superior to the best W

• senior to the senior (cf. next)

• -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)

⋙ parātpriya

○priya m. a species of gourd L

≫ parāri

parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22

⋙ parāritna

parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt

≫ pare

pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp

⋙ paredyavi

○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)

⋙ paredyus

○dyus ind. id. W

⋙ parepa

○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L

⋙ pareprāṇa

○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās

≫ paro

paro in comp. for ○ras

⋙ paroṃhu

○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr

⋙ parokṣa

○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c

• past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)

• (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)

• (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr

• later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c

• (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up

• (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column 2]

• (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c

• one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115

• m. an ascetic L

• N. of a son of Anu BhP

• (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt

• (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt

• N. of a river VP

• -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr

• -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1

• -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP

• -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility

• -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS

• -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr

• -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS

• -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam

• -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W

• -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak

• -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām

• formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch

• ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning

• n. an absent or invisible object Hit

⋙ parogavyūti

○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV

• mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh

⋙ parogoṣṭhām

○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS

⋙ parobāhu

○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr

⋙ paromātra

○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV

⋙ parorajas

○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr

• untouched by passion MW

⋙ parolakṣa

○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L

⋙ parovaram

○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch

⋙ parovarīyas

○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh

• better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)

• n. the highest happiness ib

⋙ paroviṃśa

○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr

⋙ parośīta

○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib

⋙ parohavis

○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast

⋙ parohu

○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above

paraṇa

paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)

• n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv

• N. of a town Cat

pararu

pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)

paraśa

paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP

paraśu

paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter

• (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c

• N. of a king MBh

• wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589, 2] &c.]

⋙ paraśudhara

○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa

• of Paraśu-rāma L

⋙ paraśupalāśa

○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś

⋙ paraśuphāṇṭa

○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib

⋙ paraśumat

○mát mfn. having an axe RV

⋙ paraśurāma

○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)

• N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat

• -jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat

• -prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

• ○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks

⋙ paraśuvana

○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh

⋙ paraśuhastā

○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W

≫ paraśava

paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

⋙ paraśavya

paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)

≫ paraśvadha

paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)

⋙ paraśvadhāyudha

paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L

≫ paraśvadhin

paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh

paraśvat

paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)

parasvat

párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)

parā 2

párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per

• it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs

• it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)

⋙ parātaram

○tarám ind. further away RV

⋙ parāvat

○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br

parāk

parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column 3]

parākāśa

parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr

parākṛ

parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79

• p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard

⋙ parākaraṇa

parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W

⋙ parākṛkṛta

parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib

parākṛṣ

parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh

⋙ parākṛṣṭa

○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib

parākṝ

parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh

parākram

parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39

• ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr

• aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance

• to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c

• to turn back MW

⋙ parākrama

○krama m. (sg. and pl

• ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c

• going out or away L

• N. of Vishṇu L

• of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh

• of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās

• -kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet

• -jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W

• -vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power

⋙ parākrānta

○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c

• eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh

• n. displaying power or energy Jātakam

⋙ parākrāntṛ

○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh

parākṣip

parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP

⋙ parākṣipta

○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away

• -manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib

parākhyā

parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr

parāga

parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c

• dust Ragh. iv, 30

• fragrant powder used after bathing L

• sandal L

• an eclipse of the sun or moon L

• fame, celebrity L

• independence L

• N. of a mountain L

⋙ parāgapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L

⋙ parāgavat

○vat (W.),

⋙ parāgagin

○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen

parāgam

parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr

⋙ parāgagata

○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib

• come, arrived Kād

• covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś

⋙ parāgagantṛ

○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7

⋙ parāgagama

○gama m. arrival Nalac

• approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var

parāgā

parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV

parāgdṛś

parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāghātana

parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car

parāṅāvṛtta

parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1

parāṅgava

parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L

parācar

parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV

parāji

parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19

• pf. -jigye RV

• p. -jigyāna TS

• aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh

• fut. -jayiṣye ib

• but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh

• pf. -jigyathur RV

• aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh

• inf. -jetum R

• ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c

• to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26

• to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c

• to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75

⋙ parāgajaya

○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ

• conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh

• turning away from, desertion MW

⋙ parāgajit

○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv

⋙ parāgajita

○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāgajiṣṇu

○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)

• victorious, triumphant MBh

parāñc

parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc

• nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column 1] Contents of this page

• turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up

• having any one behind

• standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib

• directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP

• n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10

• (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp

• (k or ṅ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP

≫ parāk

parāk in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙ parāktva

○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy

⋙ parākpuṣpī

○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L

≫ parāka

parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)

• m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS

• of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ

• a sacrificial sword L

• a kind of disease L

• a species of animal L

• mfn. small L

⋙ parākāttāt

parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27

≫ parāg

parāg in comp. for ○rāñc

⋙ parāgdṛś

○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP

⋙ parāgvasu

○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○

• cf. parā-v○)

≫ parāṅ

parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc

⋙ parāṅāvṛtta

○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast

⋙ parāṅmanas

○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV

⋙ parāṅmukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)

• flying from

• averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc

• gen

• acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid

• m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R

• n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion

• ○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch

• ○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh

• ○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet

• -bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc

≫ parācī

parācī f. of ○rāñc, in

⋙ parācīkarman

○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites

≫ parācīna

parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c

• being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh

• unfit, improper Hcar

• (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr

• more than Kāṭh

• after TS

• before the time L

⋙ parācīnarātra

○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr

≫ parācais

parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV

≫ parāñcana

parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25

⋙ parāñcin

parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br

parāñja

parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill

• froth or foam

• the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)

parāṇ 1

parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2

⋙ parāṇ

parâṇ mfn. ib. 20

⋙ parāṇa

parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L

parāṇī

parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV

parāṇud

parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāṇutti

parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS

parātaṃsa

parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh

parātaram

parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2

parātras

parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV

parādana

parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L

parādā

parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur

• Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr

• give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5

• to exclude from BhP

⋙ parātta

parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch

⋙ parādadi

parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV

⋙ parādāna

parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column 2]

parādiś

parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV

parādṛś

parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr

parādru

parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP

parādhāv

parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV

parādhmā

parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV

parānasā

parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L

parāpa

parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W

parāpat

parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c

• to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar

• to fly or rush along Kād

• to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV

• -pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS

⋙ parāpātin

parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr

⋙ parāpātuka

parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS

parāpaś

parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr

• to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr

parāpū

parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr

⋙ parāpavana

parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr

parāpṛṣṭhībhūtvā

parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv

parābaba

parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)

parābhikṣa

parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○

parābhū

parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati

• Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c

• to overcome, conquer R. Kām

• (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c

• (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP

⋙ parābhava

parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R

• overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)

• -pada n. an object of contempt MW

⋙ parābhāva

parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh

• humiliation, contempt L

⋙ parābhāvana

parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ parābhāvuka

parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh

⋙ parābhūta

parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)

• defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parābhūti

parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur

parābhṛta

párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV

parāmi

parā-√mi or mī (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr

parāmṛta 2

parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk

parāmṛś

parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R

• to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak

• to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)

⋙ parāmarśa

parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh

• bending or drawing (of a bow) R

• violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād

• affection (by disease &c.) MārkP

• remembrance, recollection Vedântas

• referring or pointing touched Sāh

• reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp

• (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major

• N. of wk

• -kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column 3]

⋙ parāmarśana

parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch

• recollection, consideration L

⋙ parāmarśin

parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh

⋙ parāmṛṣṭa

parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c

• recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt

• borne, endured W

parāyaṇa 2

parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)

parāyati

parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)

parāyatta

parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāyā

parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś

parārīka

parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)

parāru

parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)

parāruka

parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)

parārtha

parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3

parāvac

parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr

⋙ parāvāka

parā-vāká m. contradiction AV

⋙ parokta

parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr

⋙ parocya

parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS

parāvat

parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589

parāvata

parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L

parāvad

parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV

parāvadh

parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS

parāvap

parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br

parāvam

parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh

parāvara

parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3

parāvarta

parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt

parāvalg

parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS

parāvasu

parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)

• m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)

• of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP

• of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh

parāvah

parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV

⋙ parāvaha

parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv

parāvā

parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV

parāvāka

parā-vāka See parā-vac above

parāvṛj

parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak

• pf. -vavṛjur

• aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away

• (with śīrṣā) to flee RV

• to wring off (as a head) ib

• to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib

⋙ parāvṛkta

parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16

⋙ parāvṛj

parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')

parāvṛt

parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column 1] Contents of this page

• cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)

⋙ parāvarta

parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round

• exchange, barter HPariś

• reversal of a sentence (in law) W

• restoration W

⋙ parāvartana

parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh

⋙ parāvartin

parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)

⋙ parāvartya

parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W

• -vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib

⋙ parāvṛt

parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP

⋙ parāvṛtta

parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś

• wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L

• exchanged W

• reversed (as a judgment) ib

• given back, restored ib

⋙ parāvṛtti

parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)

• change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv

• reversion of a sentence or judgment W

• restoration of property ib

• recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat

parāvyadh

parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS

• to strike, hit, wound MBh

⋙ parāviddha

parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)

⋙ parāvyādha

parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr

parāśara

parā-śara See parā-śṝ below

parāśas

parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV

parāśātayitṛ

parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30

parāśṝ

parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV

• aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy

⋙ parāśara

parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV

• a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)

• N. of a Nāga MBh

• N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa

• said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)

• of a son of Kuṭhumi VP

• of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c

• of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat

• -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks

• ○rin m. = pārāśarin L

• ○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP

• ○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

⋙ parāśīrṇa

parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30

parāśraya

parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1

parāśvas

parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh

parās

parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat

• pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c

⋙ parāsa

parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr

• n. tin L

⋙ parāsana

parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L

⋙ parāsin

parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr

⋙ parāsisiṣu

parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir

• desirous to throw or send W

• wishing to overcome ib

⋙ parāsta

parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh

• defeated W

⋙ parāsya

parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

⋙ parāsya

parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr

parāsic

parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat

• Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ parāsikta

parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)

• set aside, rendered useless MBh

parāsu

parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing

• dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parāsukarṇa

○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh

⋙ parāsutā

○tā f

⋙ parāsutva

○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh

parāsū

parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS

parāsṛ

parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column 2]

parāsṛj

parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh

parāsedha

parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār

parāstambh

parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr

parāhan

parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh

• to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr

⋙ parāhata

parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3

• struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv

• refuted, contradicted Nyāyam

⋙ parāhati

parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad

parāhā

parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS

parāhṛta

parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP

pari

pári ind. round, around, about, round about

• fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c

• as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV

• against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90

• also at the beginning of a comp. mfn

• ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)

• beyond, more than AV

• to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90

• successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib

• (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)

• outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5

• also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)

• after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)

• in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV

• according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi

• Gk. ?.] [591, 2]

pariṃśa

pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8

parikath

pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas

⋙ parikathā

pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv

parikandala

pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr

parikamp

pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP

⋙ parikampa

pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L

⋙ parikampin

pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar

parikara

pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3

parikarkaśa

pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam

parikarta

pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt

parikarṣa

pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ

parikal

pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R

⋙ parikālita

pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh

parikal

pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18

• to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar

• to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9

⋙ parikalayitṛ

pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)

⋙ parikalitin

pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parikalkana

pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)

parikalpa

pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1

parikāṅkṣita

pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)

parikātara

pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam

parikāyana

parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L

parikāsana

pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column 3]

parikiraṇa

pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592

parikīrt

pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parikīrtana

pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parikīrtita

pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib

parikup

pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib

⋙ parikupita

pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib

⋙ parikopa

pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc

⋙ parikopita

pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh

parikūṭa

pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L

• a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L

parikūla

pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch

parikṛ

pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh

• to uphold Divyâv

⋙ parikara

pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W

• m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar

• a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c

• (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c

• -śloka Alaṃkārav

• discrimination, judgement L

• -bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW

• -bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch

• -vijaya m. N. of wk

• -śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav

⋙ parikarita

pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar

⋙ parikartṛ

pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L

⋙ parikarman

pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L

• n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP

• dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid

• cleansing, purification Śiś

• preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)

• arithmetical computation or operation W

• ○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv

• ○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col

⋙ parikarmaya

pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt

• to make ready Divyâv

• ○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad

⋙ parikarmin

pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W

• m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr

⋙ parikṛta

pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh

⋙ parikriyā

pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L

• attending to, care of (comp

• cf. agni-parikriyā)

• exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)

• (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar

parikṛt

pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R

• to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219

⋙ parikartana

pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh

• n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr

• = next ib

⋙ parikartikā

pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr

⋙ parikṛtta

pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr

parikṛt

pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV

parikṛś

pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP

≫ parikṛśa

pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop

• -tva n. a slender size Lalit

parikṛṣ

pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh

• to lead (an army) R

• to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh

• to harass, afflict ib

• to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib

• (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv

⋙ parikarṣa

pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)

⋙ parikarṣaṇa

pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib

• a circle, Śulbas

⋙ parikarṣita

pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP

⋙ parikarṣin

pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R

⋙ parikṛṣṭa

pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

parikṝ

pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32

⋙ parikiraṇa

pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch

⋙ parikīrṇa

pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c

parikḷp

pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11

• to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās

• to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh

• to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh

• to suppose, presuppose Sarvad

⋙ parikalpa

pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh

• wṛ. for ○kampa

⋙ parikalpana

pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing

• (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)

• reckoning, calculation Var

⋙ parikalpita

pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided

• fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikalpya

pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c

• to be calculated Var

⋙ parikḷpta

pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh

parikeśa

pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi

parikrand

pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV

parikram

pari-√kram P. [-kr˘Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te

• p. [-kr˘Amat]

• pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur

• aor. -akramīt

• inf. -krāntum

• ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to go past, escape AitBr

• to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP

⋙ parikrama

pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur

• transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)

• following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348

• succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)

• a remedy, medicine Car

• -saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L

⋙ parikramaṇa

pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ parikrānta

pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod

• n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R

⋙ parikrānti

pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP

⋙ parikrāmitaka

pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ

parikriyā

pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ

parikrī

pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18

• really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV

• Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr

• ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)

• to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS

• to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parikraya

pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)

• hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch

• redemption, buying off W

• a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit

⋙ parikrayaṇa

pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44

⋙ parikrī

pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS

⋙ parikrīta

pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)

parikrīḍ

pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21

• but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)

parikrudh

pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R

parikruś

pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column 2]

⋙ parikruṣṭa

pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented

• n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R

⋙ parikrośa

pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7

pariklam

pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād

⋙ pariklānta

pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh

pariklinna

pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R

⋙ parikleda

pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh

⋙ parikledin

pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr

parikliś

pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R

• (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R

⋙ parikliśa

pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W

⋙ parikliṣṭa

pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

• n. = ○kleśa L

• (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly

⋙ parikleśa

pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikleṣṭṛ

pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh

parikvaṇana

pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1

parikvath

pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49

parikṣata

pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙ parikṣati

pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś

parikṣaya

pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi

parikṣar

pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV

• to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib

parikṣal

pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr

⋙ parikṣālana

pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr

parikṣava

pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV

parikṣā

pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L

⋙ parikṣāṇa

pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr

⋙ parikṣāma

pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat

parikṣi

pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit

⋙ parikṣaya

pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikṣīṇa

pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed

• (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

parikṣi

pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32

⋙ parikṣi

pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP

⋙ parikṣit

pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr

• m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv

• of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv

• of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh

• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)

⋙ parikṣita

pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit

parikṣip

pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa

• ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R

• to put or lay or wind round Suśr

• to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c

• to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh

• to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās

⋙ parikṣipta

pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c

• left, abandoned W

⋙ parikṣepa

pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv

• surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

• circumference, extent Car

• abandoning, leaving W

⋙ parikṣepaka

pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙ parikṣepin

pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)

parikṣība

pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W

parikhacita

pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parikhaṇḍa

pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa

⋙ parikhaṇḍana

pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○

⋙ parikhaṇḍaya

pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column 3]

parikhan

pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parikhā

pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)

• -sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250

• ○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30

⋙ parikhāta

pari-khāta mfn. dug round

• m. a furrow, rut BhP

parikhid

pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c

⋙ parikhinna

pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c

⋙ parikheda

pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parikhedita

pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP

parikhyā

pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c

• to observe, regard, consider MBh. R

• to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp

⋙ parikhyāta

pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)

• called, named

• celebrated, famous MBh. R

⋙ parikhyāti

pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W

parigaṇ

pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP

• to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)

⋙ parigaṇana

pari-gaṇana n

⋙ parigaṇanā

pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull

⋙ parigaṇanīya

pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),

⋙ parigaṇya

pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately

⋙ parigaṇita

pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)

⋙ parigaṇitin

pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś

parigaṇa

parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L

parigad

pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75

⋙ parigaditin

pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi

parigam

pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV

• -gman RV

• pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh

• p. -jaganvas RV

• ind. p. [-gáty˘A] RV. ŚBr

• -gamya MBh

• inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c

• to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91

⋙ pariga

pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch

⋙ parigata

pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c

• filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib

• diffused, spread Kāv

• deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49

• experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv

• forgotten L

• obtained L

• = ceṣṭita L

• ○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid

⋙ parigantavya

pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L

⋙ parigama

pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar

• knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ

• spreading, extending W

• obtaining ib

⋙ parigamana

pari-gamana n. id. MW

⋙ parigamita

pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh

⋙ parigamya

pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr

parigarj

pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R

parigarvita

pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ

parigarh

pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib

⋙ parigarhaṇa

pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib

parigalita

pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh

• sunk Pañc

• flowing, fluid, melted W

parigahana

pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

parigā

pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV

• to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp

• to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh

• to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV

• to disregard, neglect AitBr

• to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariguṇita

pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP

• augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5

pariguṇṭhita

pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R

pariguṇḍita

pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl

parigup

pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh

parigūḍhaka

pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parigṛddha

pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv

⋙ parigredha

pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L

parigai

pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS

• to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c

⋙ parigīta

pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP

⋙ parigīti

pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

parigras

pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp

parigrah

pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid

• impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV

• 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS

• 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV

• Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh

• pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV

• 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c

• ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c

• to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

• to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh

• to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib

• to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib

• to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c

• to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var

• to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh

• to take (food) ŚBr

• to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP

• to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to take by the hand, assist MBh

• to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc

• to surpass, excel Mn. Prab

• (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)

⋙ parigṛhīta

pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV

• surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c

• opposed, checked W

• m. g. ācitâdi

⋙ parigṛhīti

pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br

⋙ parigṛhītṛ

pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1

⋙ parigṛhya

pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• considering regarding W

• -vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2

⋙ parigṛhya

pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W

• (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś

• a married woman L

⋙ parigraha

pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c

• wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv

• comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn

• taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c

• getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib

• household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib

• a house, abode Hariv

• √, origin, foundation MBh

• admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ

• taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c

• a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• choice, selection ib

• understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch

• undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv

• homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c

• dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP

• force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R

• claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti

• the form which precedes iti RPrāt

• a curse, imprecation, oath L

• an eclipse of the sun L

• the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)

• -tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś

• -dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW

• -bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab

• -vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column 2]

• ○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7

⋙ parigrahaka

pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L

⋙ parigrahaṇa

pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab

⋙ parigrahītavya

pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk

• to be ruled or controlled Pat

• to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch

⋙ parigrahītṛ

pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing

• m. assister, helper VāyuP

• ruler Pat

• an adoptive father Pravar. Kull

• a husband Śak

⋙ parigrāha

pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS

⋙ parigrāhaka

pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar

⋙ parigrāhya

pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh

pariglāna

pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c

• averse from (dat.) Pat

parigha

pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās

• (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c

• a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr

• a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c

• (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var

• the gate of a palace, any gate R

• a house L

• (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L

• a pitcher, water-jar L

• a glass pitcher L

• killing, striking, a blow L

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• of a Cāṇḍāla ib

• of a virtuous man Cat

⋙ parighaguru

○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav

⋙ parighaprāṃśubāhu

○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak

⋙ parighabāhu

○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh

⋙ parighasaṃkāśa

○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh

⋙ parighastambha

○stambha m. a door-post Mālav

⋙ parighopama

parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal

≫ parighāta

pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var

• a club, an iron bludgeon L

⋙ parighātana

pari-ghātana n. id. L

⋙ parighātin

pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R

parighaṭṭ

pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch

parighaṭṭ

pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64

⋙ parighaṭṭana

pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh

• rubbing Śiś. Sch

⋙ parighaṭṭita

pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW

parighargharam

pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)

parigharmya

pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS

parighāta

pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha

parighuṣ

pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad

⋙ parighoṣa

pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise

• thunder

• improper speech

parighūrṇ

pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh

parighṛṣ

pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv

⋙ parighṛṣṭika

pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika

parighrā

pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh

paricakra

pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka

• (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L

paricakṣ

pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate

• Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate

• Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP

• to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr

• to forbid Āpast

• to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh

• to call, name Mn. MBh. &c

• to address (acc.), answer BhP

⋙ paricakṣā

pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr

⋙ paricakṣya

pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV

paricaturdaśa

pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column 3]

paricapala

pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh

paricaya

pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci

paricar

pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c

• to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś

• to wait on, attend to Divyâv

• to cohabit ib

• (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp

⋙ paricara

pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV

• m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr

• a patrol or body-guard L

• homage, service Hariv

• (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ paricaraṇa

pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr

• n. going about ŚBr

• serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh

⋙ paricaraṇīya

pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull

• belonging to attendance Gobh

⋙ paricaritavya

pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ

⋙ paricaritṛ

pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp

⋙ paricarya

pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv

• (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)

• attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c

• ○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh

⋙ paricāra

pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh

• a place for walking ib

• an assistant or servant ib

⋙ paricāraka

pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• executor (of an order &c.) Hariv

• (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c

⋙ paricāraṇa

pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar

⋙ paricāraya

pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP

• to cohabit Divyâv

• to attend to, wait on ib

⋙ paricārika

pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh

• pl. fried grain L

⋙ paricārita

pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv

⋙ paricārin

pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh

• attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c

• m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R

• ○ri-tā f. Kām

⋙ paricārya

pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W

⋙ paricīrṇa

pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh

paricartana

pari-cartana See pari-cṛt

paricarmaṇya

pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr

parical

pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh

parici

pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr

• to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb

• to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1

⋙ paricaya

pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś

• -vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1

⋙ paricayanīya

pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W

⋙ paricāyya

pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas

• raising the rent or revenue of a land W

⋙ paricit

pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1

⋙ paricita

pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP

• (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1

⋙ paricetavya

pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1

⋙ pariceya

pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib

parici

pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu

• p. -cinvat

• inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R

• to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2

⋙ paricaya

pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)

• meeting with a friend W

• ○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2

⋙ paricayanīya

pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2

⋙ paricita

pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv

• -bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW

• -vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10

⋙ pariciti

pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paricetavya

pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known

⋙ pariceya

pari-ceya mfn. to be known

• to be investigated or searched W

paricint

pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c

• to call to mind, remember ib

• to devise, invent ib

⋙ paricintaka

pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP

⋙ paricintanīya

pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv

⋙ paricintita

pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R

paricihnita

pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ

paricud

pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233

⋙ paricodita

pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv

• impelled, incited MBh

paricumb

pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv

• to touch closely ib

⋙ paricumbana

pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap

⋙ paricumbita

pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap

paricṛt

pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round

• to tie or fasten together Kauś

⋙ paricartana

pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS

paricchad

pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc

⋙ paricchad

pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19

⋙ paricchada

pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R

• goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c

• retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c

• ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ paricchanda

pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L

⋙ paricchanna

pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c

paricchid

pari-cchid (√chid

• inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c

• to mow or reap (corn), Kārand

• to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur

• to separate, divide, part Siddh

• to avert, obviate MW

⋙ paricchitti

pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap

• limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch

• partition, separation W

⋙ paricchinna

pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c

• determined, ascertained Kum

• obviated, remedied W

⋙ pariccheda

pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr

• accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull

• resolution, determination Kād

• a section or chapter of a book Cat

• limit, boundary. W

• obviating, remedying ib

• -kara m. N. of a Samādhi L

• -vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm

• ○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak

• ○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm

⋙ paricchedaka

pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad

• n. limitation, limit, measure L

⋙ paricchedana

pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing

• the division of a book

• joyful laughter (?)

⋙ paricchedya

pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paricyavana

pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś

• loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch

⋙ paricyuta

pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv

• fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś

• swerved or deviated from (abl.) R

• deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur

• ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh

• streaming with (instr.) ib

⋙ paricyuti

pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās

parijagdha

pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch

parijana

pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc

⋙ parijanatā

○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column 2]

parijanman

pari-janman m. the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

parijapita

pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh

⋙ parijapta

pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var

• enchanted Divyâv

parijayya

pari-jayya See pari-ji

parijalp

pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv

⋙ parijalpita

pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W

parijā

pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV

⋙ parijāta

pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib

• fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parijātaka

pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites

pariji

pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh

⋙ parijayya

pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93

⋙ parijetṛ

pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L

parijihīrṣā

pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād

⋙ parijihīrṣita

pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh

⋙ parijihīrṣu

pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L

parijṛmbh

pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar

parijṝ

pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered

• to be digested Suśr

⋙ parijīrṇa

pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh

⋙ parijīryat

pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh

parijñā

pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c

⋙ parijñapti

pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128

⋙ parijñā

pari-jñā f. knowledge L

⋙ parijñāta

pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parijñātṛ

pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag

• wise, intelligent W

⋙ parijñāna

pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP

• ○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās

⋙ parijñeya

pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c

parijman

pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)

• m. the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-janman)

parijyāni

pari-jyāni See a-p○

parijri

pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV

parijvan

pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L

• fire L. (cf. pari-jman)

• a servant L

• a sacrificer L

• Indra W

parijval

pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir

pariḍīna

pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh

pariṇati

pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam

pariṇad

pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)

pariṇam

pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV

• to bend down, stoop Kāv

• to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus

• to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar

• to become old Kir

• to be digested MBh. Pañc

• to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya

• Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp

• to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R

• to bend aside or down, stoop MBh

⋙ pariṇata

pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh

• bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ

• changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh

• developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect

• full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column 3]

• set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c

• advanced (vayasā, in age R

• also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)

• digested (as food) Suśr

• elapsed (as time) BhP

• n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W

• -dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś

• -dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir

• -prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh

• -pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv

• -vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr

• -śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh

• ○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak

⋙ pariṇati

pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W

• change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad

• ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar

• mature or old age Vikr. Śiś

• result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last

• śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears

• pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv

• fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś

• digestion L

⋙ pariṇamana

pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch

• (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv

⋙ pariṇamayitṛ

pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh

⋙ pariṇāma

pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr

• ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm

• alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas

• withering, fading ŚārṅgP

• lapse (of time) MBh. R

• decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr

• result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv

• (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval

• N. of a holy man RTL. 269

• -darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh

• -dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW

• -nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W

• -pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib

• -mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak

• -ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib

• -vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk

• -vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad

• -śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat

⋙ pariṇāmaka

pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv

⋙ pariṇāmana

pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam

• the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L

⋙ pariṇāmika

pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L

• easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)

⋙ pariṇāmin

pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)

• ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP

• ○mi-tva n. ib

• ○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ pariṇinaṃsu

pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś

pariṇaya

pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī

pariṇaś

pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch

⋙ parinaṣṭa

pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib

pariṇah

pari-ṇah (√nah

• only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh

⋙ pariṇaddha

pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var

• broad, large Ragh

⋙ pariṇah

pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v

⋙ pariṇahana

pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ

⋙ pariṇāha

pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr

• N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)

• -vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr

• ○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum

• (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc

pariṇāya

pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī

pariṇi

pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, dā, dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, mā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)

pariṇiṃsaka

pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ

• kissing W

⋙ pariṇiṃsā

pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariṇidhā

pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr

• ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr

pariṇiviś

pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr

pariṇiṣṭhā

pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā

pariṇihan

pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr

• to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)

pariṇī

pari-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś

• -ṇayām āsa MBh

• 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV

• ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ

• to carry away RV

• to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh

• (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh

• (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad

⋙ pariṇaya

pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)

• (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr

• -vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar

⋙ pariṇayana

pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c

⋙ pariṇāya

pari-ṇāya m. leading round

• moving or a move (at chess &c.) L

⋙ pariṇāyaka

pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R

• a husband Śiś

• = -ratna Divyâv

⋙ pariṇīta

pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh

• completed, finished, executed ib

• n. marriage Uttarar

• -pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak

• -bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet

• -ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv

⋙ pariṇetavya

pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad

• to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pariṇetṛ

pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat

⋙ pariṇeya

pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ

• (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās

• to be investigated or found out Pat

• to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy

pariṇuta

pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP

pariṇud

pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr

paritaṃs

pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV

paritakana

pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L

≫ paritakmya

pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV

• (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib

• night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib

paritaḍ

pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās

⋙ paritāḍin

pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar

paritan

pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat

• ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ paritatnu

pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV

paritap

pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh

• -tapsyati R

• ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle

• to feel or suffer pain

• (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad

• to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit

⋙ paritapta

pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c

⋙ paritapti

pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L

⋙ paritāpa

pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP

• pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c

• repentance MBh. Pañc

• N. of a partic. hell L

⋙ paritāpin

pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām

• causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś

paritam

pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr

paritark

pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R

⋙ paritarkaṇa

pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column 2]

⋙ paritarkita

pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv

• examined (judicially) R

paritarj

pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ

paritas

parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c

• as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c

paritāḍin

pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar

paritāraṇīya

pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)

paritikta

pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam

• m. Melia Azedarach L

paritīra

pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch

paritud

pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh

parituṣ

pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib

⋙ parituṣṭa

pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c

• ○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW

• ○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās

⋙ parituṣṭi

pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas

⋙ parituṣya

pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās

⋙ paritoṣa

pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi

• (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of a man Cat

• -vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās

⋙ paritoṣaka

pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs

⋙ paritoṣaṇa

pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP

• n. satisfaction, gratification ib

⋙ paritoṣayitṛ

pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)

⋙ paritoṣita

pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās

⋙ paritoṣin

pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās

paritṛd

pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr

paritṛp

pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R

⋙ paritarpaṇa

pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP

• n. the act of satisfying Dhātup

• a restorative Car

⋙ paritṛpta

pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk

⋙ paritṛpti

pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up

paritṛṣita

pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ

parityaj

pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP

• ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c

• (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP

• (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet

• (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R

⋙ parityakta

pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c

• let go, let fly (as an arrow) W

• deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• n. anything to spare Divyâv

• (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc

⋙ parityaktṛ

pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn

⋙ parityaj

pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh

⋙ parityajana

pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W

⋙ parityajya

pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c

• leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var

• with she exception of, excepting ib

⋙ parityāga

pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c

• separation from (sakāśāt) R

• (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit

• N. of wk

⋙ parityāgin

pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R

⋙ parityājana

pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW

⋙ parityājya

pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh

• to be given up or renounced ib

• to be omitted Sāh

paritrasta

pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c

⋙ paritrāsa

pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv

paritrigartam

pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column 3]

paritrai

pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva

• fut. -trāsyate

• inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paritrāṇa

pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c

• self-defence L

• the hair of the body L

• moustaches Gal

⋙ paritrāta

pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur

• m. N. of a man L

⋙ paritrātavya

pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar

⋙ paritrātṛ

pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc

paridaṃśita

pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh

⋙ paridaṣṭa

pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten

• -dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP

paridaśa

pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam

paridah

pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c

⋙ paridagdha

pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ paridahana

pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W

⋙ paridāha

pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr

• mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh

⋙ paridāhin

pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L

paridā

pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV

• Impv. -dehi

• pf. -dadau, -dade

• ind. p. -dāya

• inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh

⋙ paridā

pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ paridāna

pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś

• restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)

⋙ paridāyin

pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L

≫ parītta

párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh

⋙ parītti

parī-tti f. delivering TBr

paridiv

pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā

• pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh

• aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ

• inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parideva

pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit

⋙ paridevaka

pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)

⋙ paridevana

pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit

⋙ paridevita

pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c

• plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib

• n. wailing, lamentation ib

• impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'

⋙ paridevin

pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak

⋙ paridyūna

pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr

• made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R

paridiś

pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br

⋙ paridiṣṭa

pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh

paridih

pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV

⋙ paridigdha

pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L

paridīna

pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted

• -mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind

paridīp

pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh

paridu

pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R

paridurbala

pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R

• -tva n. Jātakam

paridṛṃhaṇa

pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr

⋙ paridṛḍha

pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong

• m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L

paridṛś

pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV

• inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paridṛṣṭa

pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh

• -karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car

⋙ paridraṣṭṛ

pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh

paridṝ

pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr

⋙ paridara

pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr

⋙ paridīrṇa

pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr

paridyūna

pari-dyūna See pari-div

paridraḍhaya

pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat

paridru

pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV

paridvīpa

pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)

paridveṣas

pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV

paridhā

pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire

• fut. -dhāsyati

• aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi

• ind. p. -dhā́ya

• Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c

• to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)

• to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c

• surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c

• to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c

• to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh

⋙ paridhāna

pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc

• a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)

• closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr

• -vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64

• ○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch

• ○nīya n. an under garment

• (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br

⋙ paridhāpana

pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś

• ○nīya mfn. relating to it ib

⋙ paridhāya

pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue

• the hinder parts

• a receptacle for water

⋙ paridhāyaka

pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L

⋙ paridhi

pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c

• a cover, garment BhP

• (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib

• a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP

• the horizon MBh. BhP

• any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas

• epicycle ib

• the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W

• N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi

• pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

• -saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr

• -stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh

• m. a guard posted in a circle L

• ○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar

• ○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP

⋙ paridhin

pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ paridheya

pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c

• = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)

• n. an under garment (?) MW

≫ parihita

pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c

paridhāv

pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr

• to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh

• to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c

• to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh

⋙ paridhāvana

pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh

⋙ paridhāvin

pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

paridhīra

pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ

paridhū

pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP

paridhūpana

pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr

paridhūsara

pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column 2]

paridhṛ

pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh

⋙ paridhāraṇa

pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh

• (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar

⋙ paridhārya

pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv

⋙ paridhṛta

pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh

paridhṛṣ

pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh

⋙ paridharṣaṇa

pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib

paridhvaṃsa

pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit

• obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)

• (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)

• an outcaste Āpast

⋙ paridhvaṃsin

pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr

• destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)

⋙ paridhvasta

pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R

• destroyed, ruined ib

parinand

pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522

parinartana

pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi

parinābhi

pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś

pariniḥstan

pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R

parinind

pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP

⋙ parinindana

pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi

⋙ parinindā

pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh

• censoriousness Subh

parinimna

pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr

parinirjita

pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R

parinirṇij

pari-nir-ṇij (√nij

• only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh

parinirmita

pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

• marked off, limited R

• settled, determined MBh

⋙ parivaśavartin

pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)

parinirluṭh

pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat

parinirvapaṇa

pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W

⋙ parinirvivapsā

pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality

⋙ parinirvivapsu

pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ

parinirvā

pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch

⋙ parivāṇa

pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak

• n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c

• N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L

• -vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

⋙ parivāpayitavya

pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch

⋙ parivāyin

pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv

parinirviṇṇa

pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh

⋙ paricetas

pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib

parinirvṛta

pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv

⋙ parinirvṛti

pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat

parinirhan

pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV

parinivṛt

pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh

pariniścaya

pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh

pariniśnath

pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV

pariniṣad

pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column 3]

pariniṣic

pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)

pariniṣev

pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)

pariniṣṭhā

pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar

⋙ pariniṣṭhā

pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap

• complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur

⋙ pariniṣṭhāna

pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L

• mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pariniṣṭhāpanīya

pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr

⋙ pariniṣṭhita

pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk

• being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur

• completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parinaiṣṭhika

pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh

pariniṣpad

pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pariniṣpatti

pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch

⋙ pariniṣpanna

pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh

• -tva n. real being, reality Saṃk

⋙ pariniṣpādita

pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ

parinṛt

pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh

parinaiṣṭhika

pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā

parinyasta

pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās

⋙ parinyāsa

pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W

• alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar

paripac

pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc

• to be burnt (in hell) Hariv

• to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var

• approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr

• to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripakva

pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W

• completely burnt (as bricks) Var

• quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP

• near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr

• fully digested W

• -kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1

• -tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity

• digestion

• perfection

• shrewdness W

• -śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,

⋙ paripacana

pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch

⋙ paripāka

pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr

• digestion Vedântas

• ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr

• result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat

• cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)

⋙ paripākin

pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W

• (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L

⋙ paripācana

pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr

• (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit

• n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit

⋙ paripācayitṛ

pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch

⋙ paripācita

pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr

paripaṭh

pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad

• to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur

⋙ paripāṭha

pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration

• (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh

⋙ paripāṭhaka

pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat

paripaṇa

pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L

⋙ paripaṇana

pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr

⋙ paripaṇita

pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W

paripaṇḍiman

pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś

paripat

pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c

• to leap down from (abl.) MBh

• to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh

• to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch

• to destroy Divyâv

⋙ paripatana

pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak

paripati

pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')

paripad

pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt

⋙ paripad

pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV

⋙ paripadin

pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paripanna

pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt

⋙ paripāda

pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi

paripanthaka

pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat

⋙ paripantham

pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L

⋙ paripanthaya

pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat

⋙ paripanthika

pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh

⋙ paripanthin

pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering

• m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

• ○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad

⋙ paripanthībhū

pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis

paripara

pari-para See a-pari-para

≫ pariparin

pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)

paripavana

pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2

paripaś

pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV

• to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up

• to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh

• to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP

paripaśavya

pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr

paripā

pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr

• to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād

⋙ paripāna

pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV

⋙ paripīta

pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv

• soaked with (comp.) Suśr

paripā

pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c

⋙ paripāṇa

pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV

⋙ paripālaka

pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur

• taking care of one's property SaddhP

⋙ paripālana

pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• fostering, nourishing Pañc

• (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar

⋙ paripālanīya

pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād

⋙ paripālayitṛ

pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk

⋙ paripālya

pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c

⋙ paripipālayiṣā

pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk

paripāka

pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac

paripāṭala

pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c

⋙ parilita

pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv

paripāṭi

pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh

• arithmetic Col

paripāṇḍu

pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙ paripāṇḍiman

pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś

⋙ paripāṇḍura

pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar

⋙ paripāṇḍurita

pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib

paripārśva

pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr

⋙ paripārśvacara

○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh

⋙ paripārśvatas

○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv

⋙ paripārśvavartin

○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab

paripiṅga

pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown

⋙ paripiṅgakṛ

pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś

paripiccha

pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP

paripiñja

pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum

paripiñjara

pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar

paripiṇḍīkṛta

pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv

paripiṣ

pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R

⋙ paripiṣṭa

pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh

⋙ paripiṣṭaka

pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L

paripīḍ

pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr

• to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c

• (in augury) to cover, cover up Var

⋙ paripīḍana

pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr

• injuring, prejudicing Kām

⋙ paripīḍā

pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R

⋙ paripīḍita

pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed

• embraced

• tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column 2]

paripīvara

pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv

paripuṅkhita

pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām

paripucchaya

pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch

paripuṭ

pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr

⋙ paripuṭana

pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib

• -vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib

⋙ paripoṭa

pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr

• -ka m. id. ib

• -vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib

⋙ paripoṭana

pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib

paripuṣ

pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster

⋙ paripuṣṭa

pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)

• amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull

• augmented], increased Sāh

⋙ paripoṣa

pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh

⋙ paripoṣaka

pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat

⋙ paripoṣaṇa

pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP

⋙ paripoṣaṇīya

pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc

paripuṣkarā

pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L

paripū

pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain

• Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly

⋙ paripavana

pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull

• a winnowing basket Nir

⋙ paripūta

pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c

⋙ paripūti

pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar

paripūj

pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv

⋙ paripūjana

pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W

⋙ paripūjā

pari-pūjā f. id. MW

⋙ paripūjita

pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib

paripṛcchaka

pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach

paripṝ

pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūraka

pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ

• causing fulness or prosperity Kull

⋙ paripūraṇa

pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv

• accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūraṇīya

pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat

⋙ paripūrayitavya

pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ paripūrita

pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt

⋙ paripūrin

pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś

⋙ paripūrṇa

pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś

• completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c

• accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib

• fully satisfied, content R

• -candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L

• -tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L

• -bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R

• -mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R

• -mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap

• -sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L

• -vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24

• ○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R

• full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R

• ○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch

⋙ paripūrti

pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch

paripelava

pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var

• n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr

paripoṭa

pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ

paripoṣa

pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ

paripragrah

pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr

pariprach

pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha

• fut. -prakṣyati

• ind. p. -pṛcchya

• inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ paripṛcchaka

pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr

⋙ paripṛcchanikā

pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv

⋙ paripṛcchā

pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column 3]

⋙ paripṛcchika

pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ paripṛṣṭika

pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib

⋙ paripraśna

pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag

• inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c

paripraṇī

pari-pra-ṇī (√nī, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4

pariprath

pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7

paripradhanv

pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV

paripramuc

pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5

pariprayā

pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5

paripravac

pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2

paripravṛt

pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4

paripraśna

pari-praśna See pari-prach

pariprasyand

pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV

pariprāp

pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv

⋙ pariprāpaṇa

pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat

⋙ pariprāpti

pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R

⋙ pariprāpya

pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv

⋙ pariprepsu

pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh

pariprārdha

pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr

pariprī

pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV

⋙ pariprīta

pári-prīta mfn. id. ib

• much gratified, delighted MBh

paripruṣ

pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS

⋙ paripruṣ

pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV

paripre

pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8

paripreraka

pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy

paripreṣ

pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ

⋙ paripreṣaṇa

pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth

• abandoning W

⋙ paripreṣita

pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth

• abandoned ib

⋙ paripreṣya

pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)

pariplu

pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh

• -plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c

• to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr

• to move restlessly, go astray Br

• to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh

⋙ pariplava

pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh

• swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr

• running about, unsteady, restless Śiś

• m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr

• bathing, inundation W

• oppression, tyranny ib

• a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)

• N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur

• (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr

⋙ pariplāvya

pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh

⋙ paripluta

pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh

• flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. a spring, jump Var

• (ā), f. spirituous liquor L

paripluṣṭa

pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L

⋙ pariploṣa

pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car

pariphulla

pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś

• covered with erected hairs ib

paribandh

pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh

• Pass. pary-abadhyata ib

• pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on

• to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat

⋙ paribaddha

pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R

⋙ paribandhana

pari-bandhana n. tying round L

paribādh

pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr

⋙ paribādh

pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV

⋙ paribādha

pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr

• (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak

paribubhukṣita

pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh

paribṛṃh

pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh

⋙ paribarha

pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c

• royal insignia L

• -vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh

⋙ paribarhaṇa

pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh

• worship, adoration BhP

• (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch

⋙ paribṛṃhaṇa

pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP

• an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh

⋙ paribṛṃhita

pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita

• Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP

• n. the roar of an elephant L

⋙ paribṛḍha

pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir

• m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)

• comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat

• superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib

• or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk

• Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat

• -vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)

paribodha

pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)

⋙ paribodhana

pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād

⋙ paribodhanīya

pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib

paribrū

pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh

paribhakṣ

pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh

⋙ paribhakṣaṇa

pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh

• being eaten up by (instr.) ib

⋙ paribhakṣā

pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr

⋙ paribhakṣita

pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh

paribhagna

pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R

• -krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh

⋙ paribhaṅga

pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W

paribhaj

pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh

paribhaya

pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk

paribharts

pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R

⋙ paribhartsana

pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R

⋙ paribhartsita

pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib

paribhava

pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṇḍa

pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast

paribhāva

pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū

paribhāṣ

pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R

• to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś

• to persuade, exhort, encourage MW

• to abuse Divyâv

⋙ paribhāṣaka

pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv

⋙ paribhāṣaṇa

pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R

• n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh

• admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit

• rule, precept W

• agreement (?) ib

⋙ paribhāṣaṇīya

pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to

• reprehensible, deserving reproof W

⋙ paribhāṣā

pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP

• blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar

• any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ

• (in medic.) prognosis

• a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work

• (also pl.) N. of sev. wks

• -kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column 2]

⋙ paribhāṣita

pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag

• -tva n. RPrāt. Sch

⋙ paribhāṣin

pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R

⋙ paribhāṣya

pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat

paribhās

pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr

⋙ paribhāsita

pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat

paribhid

pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh

⋙ paribhinna

pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R

• disfigured, deformed MBh

⋙ paribheda

pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R

⋙ paribhedaka

pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat

paribhuj

pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr

⋙ paribhugna

pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)

paribhuj

pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh

• to neglect to feed BhP

• to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh

⋙ paribhukta

pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh

• eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv

• worn (as a garment) Divyâv

⋙ paribhoktṛ

pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP

• living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201

⋙ paribhoga

pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var

• illegal use of another's goods W

• means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh

⋙ paribhogya

pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv

paribhū

pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV

• aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat

• Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib

• Impv. -bhūtu ib

• Ved. inf. -bhvé ib

• ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R

• fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br

• to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV

• to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c

• to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c

• to disgrace MBh

• to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar

• to surpass, exceed BhP

• to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS

• to contain, include BhP

• to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc

⋙ paribhava

pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c

• -pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit

• -vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār

• ○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP

⋙ paribhavana

pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav

⋙ paribhavanīya

pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās

⋙ paribhavin

pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr

• suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)

⋙ paribhāva

pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)

⋙ paribhāvana

pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh

• (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar

• (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh

⋙ paribhāvita

pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP

• (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)

• penetrated, pervaded ib

• conceived, imagined ib

⋙ paribhāvin

pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv

⋙ paribhāvuka

pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis

⋙ paribhū

pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp

⋙ paribhūta

pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur

• m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat

• -gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP

• -tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch

⋙ paribhūti

pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV

• contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP

paribhūṣ

pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV

• to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib

• to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column 3]

• to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1

⋙ paribhūṣaṇa

pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)

⋙ paribhūṣita

pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh

paribhṛ

pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP

• Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV

• (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)

• to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)

paribheda

pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid

paribhoga

pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj

paribhraṃś

pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām

⋙ paribhraṃśa

pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv

⋙ paribhraṃśana

pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc

⋙ paribhraṣṭa

pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off

• fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)

• deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c

• fallen, lost, ruined

• sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c

• escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās

• -satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP

• -sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh

paribhrajj

pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch

⋙ paribhṛṣṭa

pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr

paribhram

pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te

• pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa

• pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ

• ind. p. -bhramya

• inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c

• (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr

⋙ paribhrama

pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)

• m. wandering, going about BhP

• circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3

• error W

⋙ paribhramaṇa

pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP

• moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg

• circumference Sūryas

⋙ paribhrāmaṇa

pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP

⋙ paribhrāmin

pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar

paribhrāj

pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R

parimaṇḍala

pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c

• of the measure of an atom A

• m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr

• n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat

• -kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car

• -tā f. whirling about Kir

• roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)

⋙ parimaṇḍalita

pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir

parimaṇḍita

pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R

parimath

pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6

⋙ parimathita

pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5

⋙ parimāthin

pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm

pariman

pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt

• pf. -mamnā́the

• aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV

⋙ parimat

pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78

parimantrita

pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh

parimanthara

pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ

⋙ parimantharatā

○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis

parimanda

pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś

• (ibc.) a little ib

⋙ parimandatā

○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib

parimanyu

pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV

parimara

pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599

parimala

pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c

• copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a meeting of learned men L

• soil, stain, dirt L

• N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat

• of sev. wks. and Comms

• -ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1

• -bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ

• -samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS

⋙ parimalaya

pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar

⋙ parimalita

pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W

• perfumed ib

parimā

pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame

• Pass. -mīyate

• inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c

• to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parimā

pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS

⋙ parimāṇa

pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var

• (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)

• -tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133

• -vat (L

• ○t-tva n.)

• ○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable

⋙ parimita

pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c

• moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c

• -katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh

• -tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch

• -bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W

• -bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW

• ○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc

• ○tâyus mfn. shortlived R

• ○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh

• ○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW

⋙ parimiti

pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp

• -mat mfn. limited Kāv

⋙ parimeya

pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c

• -tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW

• -puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh

parimād

pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy

parimārg

pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1

⋙ parimārga

pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp

⋙ parimārgaṇa

pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R

⋙ parimārgitavya

pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag

⋙ parimārgin

pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh

parimi

pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh

⋙ parimit

pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV

parimilana

pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv

⋙ parimilita

pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś

• met from all sides Prasannar

parimīḍha

pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ

⋙ parimeha

pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib

parimukham

pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

parimugdha

pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh

parimuc

pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya

• inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c

• to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv

• to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c

• to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up

⋙ parimukta

pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)

• -bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak

⋙ parimukti

pari-mukti f. liberation A

⋙ parimocita

pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch

parimuṣ

pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c

⋙ parimoṣa

pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c

⋙ parimoṣaka

pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh

⋙ parimoṣaṇa

pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast

⋙ parimoṣin

pari-moṣin mfn. stealing

• a thief or robber ŚBr

parimuh

pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv

⋙ parimugdha

pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś

⋙ parimūḍha

pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column 2]

⋙ parimohana

pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap

⋙ parimohita

pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ parimohin

pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś

• fascinating, bewitching W

parimṛ

pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up

⋙ parimara

pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS

• m. the dying in numbers or round any one

• (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp

• (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp

⋙ parimūrṇa

pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)

parimṛg

pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R

parimṛj

pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh

• ind. p. -mṛjya

• inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c

• (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R

• (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh

• to touch lightly, stroke MBh

• to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2

⋙ parimārga

pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning

• friction, touch W

⋙ parimārgya

pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)

⋙ parimārja

pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙ parimārjaka

pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka

⋙ parimārjana

pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut

• wiping away, removing Hcat

• a dish of honey and oil L

⋙ parimārjita

pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh

⋙ parimṛj

pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch

⋙ parimṛja

pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja

⋙ parimṛjita

pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab

⋙ parimṛjya

pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1

⋙ parimṛṣṭa

pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R

• wiped or washed away, removed BhP

• paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib

parimṛd

pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv

• to rub, stroke MBh

• rub off, wipe away (as tears) R

• to excel, surpass MBh

⋙ parimarda

pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh

⋙ parimardana

pari-mardana n. id. L

• rubbing in Car

• a remedy for rubbing in ib

⋙ parimṛdita

pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab

parimṛś

pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa

• 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ

• aor. -amṛkṣat

• ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c

• to examine, consider, inquire into ib

• to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr

• to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV

⋙ parimarśa

pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś

• consideration, reflection MBh

⋙ parimārkṣṇu

pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2

⋙ parimṛṣṭa

pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ

• seized, caught, found out Mālav

• considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr

• spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir

parimṛṣ

pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ parimarṣa

pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W

• v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv

parimokṣ

pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh

⋙ parimokṣa

pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R

• removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)

• emptying, evacuation BhP

• escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh

• final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A

⋙ parimokṣaṇa

pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr

• liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch

parimoṭana

pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)

parimlai

pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch

⋙ parimlāna

pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP

• exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column 3]

• become thinner, emaciated Car

• disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8

• n. change of countenance by fear or grief W

• soil, stain ib

⋙ parimlāyin

pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr

• m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib

• ○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib

pariyaj

pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5

• to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS

⋙ pariyajña

pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr

• mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib

⋙ pariyaṣṭṛ

pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)

⋙ parīṣṭa

parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib

pariyat

pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariyatta

pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr

pariyam

pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy

pariyā

pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1

• to surround, protect, guard RV

• to avoid, shun ib

• to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh

⋙ pariyāṇa

pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)

⋙ pariyāṇi

pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi

⋙ pariyāṇika

pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal

⋙ pariyāṇīya

pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29

⋙ pariyāta

pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R

• one who has travelled about Hcat

pariyu

pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1

⋙ pariyuta

pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8

pariyoga

pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1

⋙ pariyogya

pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L

parirakṣ

pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te

• inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c

• to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c

• to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R

• to avoid, shun Suśr

• (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R

⋙ parirakṣaka

pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L

⋙ parirakṣaṇa

pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv

• n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining

• protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c

• care, caution Suśr

⋙ parirakṣaṇīya

pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar

⋙ parirakṣā

pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c

⋙ parirakṣita

pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parirakṣitavya

pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh

⋙ parirakṣitin

pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙ parirakṣitṛ

pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R

⋙ parirakṣin

pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh

⋙ parirakṣya

pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R

pariraṭana

pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W

⋙ parirāṭaka

pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)

⋙ parirāṭin

pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming

parirathya

pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV

• (ā), f. id. MBh

• a street, road A

parirandhita

pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP

parirabh

pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire

• fut. -rapsyate

• ind. p. -rabhya

• inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab

⋙ parirabdha

pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R

• encircled, embraced BhP

⋙ parirambha

pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),

⋙ parirambhaṇa

pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv

⋙ parirambhita

pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP

⋙ parirambhin

pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib

• embracing Śiś

⋙ pariripsu

pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv

pariram

pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pariramita

pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column 1] Contents of this page

parirāj

pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R

parirāp

pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV

⋙ parirāpin

pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV

pariripsu

pari-ripsu See pari-rabh

paririh

pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)

pariruc

pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP

pariruj

pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2

parirudh

pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder

⋙ pariruddha

pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R

⋙ parirodha

pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat

parila

parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)

parilagna

pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)

parilaghu

pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar

• easy to digest Megh

parilaṅgh

pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc

⋙ parilaṅghana

pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R

parilabh

pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat

parilamb

pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas

⋙ parilamba

pari-lamba m

⋙ parilambana

pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād

⋙ parilambya

pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25

parilaṣ

pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP

parilas

pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr

parilikh

pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś

• to scrape or smooth round about R

• to write down, copy Hcat

⋙ parilikhana

pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP

⋙ parilikhita

pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS

⋙ parilekha

pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr

• ○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas

⋙ parilekhana

pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr

• n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr

parilip

pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr

parilih

pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP

⋙ parilīḍha

pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R

⋙ parilehin

pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)

pariluṭh

pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś

pariluḍ

pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh

parilup

pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś

⋙ parilupta

pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch

• -saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW

⋙ parilopa

pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull

parilubh

pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām

parilūna

pari-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, severed Caṇḍ

parileśa

pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8

parilok

pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R

parilolita

pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column 2]

parivaṃśa

pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi

parivakrā

pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr

• N. of a town ib. Sch

parivañc

pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS

⋙ parivañcana

pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L

⋙ parinā

pari-nā f. taking in, deception L

⋙ parivañcita

pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit

parivat

pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br

parivatsa

pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)

⋙ parivatsaka

pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)

parivatsara

pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var

⋙ parivatsarīṇa

pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),

⋙ parivatsarīya

pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)

parivad

pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh

• (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv

⋙ parivadana

pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W

⋙ parivāda

pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L

• -kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh

• -kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav

• -gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab

⋙ parivādaka

pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W

• one who plays on the lute L

⋙ parivādita

pari-vādita

⋙ paritin

pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi

⋙ parivādin

pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh

• crying, screaming W

• censured, abused ib

• m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib

• (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv

⋙ parivivadiṣu

pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś

≫ paryudita

pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr

parivand

pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV

parivap

pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr

⋙ parivapaṇa

pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙ parivāpaṇa

pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67

⋙ parivāpita

pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L

parivap

pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy

⋙ parivāpa

pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)

• standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)

• a reservoir, piece of water L

• furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib

• scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)

⋙ parivāpika

pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙ parivāpin

pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi

⋙ parivāpī

pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ parivāpya

pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)

≫ paryupta

pary-upta mfn. sown

• set (as a gem in a ring) W

⋙ pariupti

pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L

parivapya

pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)

parivarga

pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601

parivarta

pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601

parivartula

pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh

parivartman

pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś

parivardhaka

pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3

parivardhita 1

pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW

parivarman

pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy

parivarha

pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivalana

pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

parivas

pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column 3]

• to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22

⋙ parivastrā

pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)

⋙ parivāsas

pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

parivas

pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c

• (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ

⋙ parivasatha

pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1

⋙ parivāsa

pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh

• the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh

⋙ parivāsita

pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W

≫ paryuṣaṇa

pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas

• ○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks

⋙ pariuṣita

pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP

• (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c

• (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh

• -bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W

⋙ pariuṣitavya

pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas

⋙ pariuṣṭa

pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP

parivas

pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr

⋙ parivāsana

pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch

parivah

pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c

• to drag about MBh

• to flow around TS. Āpast

• to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP

⋙ parivaha

pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6

• of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col

⋙ parivāha

pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• -vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L

⋙ parivāhita

pari-vāhita mfn. drained W

⋙ parivāhin

pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS

• (ifc.) streaming with Śak

parivāra

pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri

parivāś

pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)

parivāsa 2

pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)

pariviṃśat

pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh

parivikrayin

pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh

parivikṣata

pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh

parivikṣobha

pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh

parivighaṭṭana

pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat

parivicar

pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV

pariviṇṇa

pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid

parivitarka

pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh

• examination Divyâv

parivid

pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved˘A] for pres

• Gk. [600, 3] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22

⋙ pariveda

pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh

⋙ parivedana

pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)

⋙ parivedin

pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W

parivid

pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv

• to twine, twist round ( See below)

• to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 172] or yā [MBh. xii, 6108] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)

⋙ parivitta

pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV

• m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)

• = ○vinna ĀpŚr

⋙ parivitti

pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c

• -tā f. Mn

• -tva n. Kull

⋙ parivindaka

pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ parivindat

pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib

⋙ parivinna

pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110

• an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch

⋙ parivividāna

pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch

⋙ parivettṛ

pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)

⋙ parivedaka

pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238

⋙ parivedana

pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c

• gain, acquisition W

• discussion ib

• (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib

⋙ parivedanīyā

pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W

⋙ parivedinī

pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W

⋙ parivedya

pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP

parividdha

pari-viddha See pari-vyadh

parividhāv

pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV

• to run about R

parivivadiṣu

pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad

parivivas

pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1

pariviś

pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)

⋙ pariveśa

pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ

⋙ pariveśana

pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)

⋙ pariveśas

pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV

pariviśrānta

pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh

pariviśvas

pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R

⋙ pariviśvasta

pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh

pariviṣ

pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh

• -veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch

• Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP

• ind. p. -víṣya AV

• Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh

• to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP

• to dress food Campak

⋙ pariviṣṭa

pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)

• surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var

• dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr

⋙ pariviṣṭi

pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV

⋙ pariviṣyamāṇa

pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp

⋙ pariveṣa

pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar

• dressing or offering of food AV

• a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)

• a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat

• anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)

• putting on, clothing, dressing L

• ○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh

⋙ pariveṣaka

pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh

⋙ pariveṣaṇa

pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr

• a circle, circumference MBh

• a halo round the sun or moon ib

• surrounding, enclosing W

⋙ pariveṣṭavya

pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),

⋙ pariveṣya

pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented

• n. See paścāt-pariveṣya

⋙ pariveṣṭṛ

pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c

• ○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp

pariviṣṇu

pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L

parivihāra

pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP

parivihvala

pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R

⋙ parivihvalatā

○tā f. bewilderment W

parivī

pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye

parivīj

pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R

parivṛ

pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás

• ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column 2]

• ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c

⋙ parivāra

pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)

• surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a sheath, scabbard Śiś

• a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)

• -tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90

• -pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62

• -vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh

• -śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh

• ○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās

⋙ parivāraṇa

pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh

• a train, retinue ib

• keeping or warding off ib

⋙ parivārita

pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ parivṛta

pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c

• n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh

• (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr

• surrounding RV

• filled by, full of (comp.) Cat

⋙ parivṛti

pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R

parivṛ

pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV

parivṛṃh

pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1

parivṛj

pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu

• aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast

• to cast out, expel AitBr

• (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV

• to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parivarga

pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)

• dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32

⋙ parivargya

pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV

⋙ parivarjaka

pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh

⋙ parivarjana

pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• killing, slaughter L

⋙ parivarjanīya

pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat

⋙ parivarjita

pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās

• abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc

• with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)

• wound round, girt R

⋙ parivṛkta

pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV

• (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr

⋙ parivṛj

pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV

• purification, expiation MW

parivṛḍha

pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh

parivṛt

pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti

• ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh

• to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib

• to be reborn in (loc.) VP

• (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv

• to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c

• to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c

• (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3

• to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv

• to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)

• to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c

• to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c

• to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv

• to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R

• to destroy, annihilate ib

• to straiten, contract Car

• (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11

⋙ parivarta

pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas

• a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c

• (with lokānām) the end of the world R

• a year L

• moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar

• turning back, flight L

• change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• requital, return W

• an abode, spot, place Hariv

• a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit

• N. of a son of Doþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column 3]

• of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L

⋙ parivartaka

pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP

• bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh

• m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6

• (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas

• N. of a son of Duþ-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP

• (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr

⋙ parivartana

pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round

• (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās

• n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP

• rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid

• revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv

• barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch

• cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr

• protecting, defending Nalac

• = prêraṇa TBr. Sch

• inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W

• requital, return ib

⋙ parivartanīya

pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94

⋙ parivartita

pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

• exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās

• put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP

• searched thoroughly R

• taken or put on in a wrong direction W

• n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP

• the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R

⋙ parivartin

pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās

• being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c

• flying, retreating W

• exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib

• (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

⋙ parivṛtta

pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c

• lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)

• passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv

• = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L

• retreated, returned W

• exchanged ib

• n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm

• an embrace MW

• -tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP

• -nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R

• -phalā f. N. of a plant Gal

• -bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm

• ○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr

⋙ parivṛtti

pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś

• return (into this world) Āpast

• exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP

• moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh

• end, termination Kir

• surrounding, encompassing ib

• (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16

• Vām. iv, 3, 16)

• substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr

• contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr

• m. wṛ. for pari-vitti

• (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī

parivṛdh

pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv

• to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv

⋙ parivardhaka

pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar

⋙ parivardhana

pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām

• breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2

⋙ parivardhita

pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid

• reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15

⋙ parivṛddha

pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c

• -tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr

⋙ parivṛddhi

pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c

parivṛṣ

pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R

parivṛsti

pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti

parive

pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP

• to fetter, bind ib

≫ paryuta

páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr

parivedana

pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)

parivep

pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R

pariveṣṭ

pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)

⋙ pariveṣṭana

pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh

• a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16

• surrounding, encompassing W

• circumference ib

• (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh

⋙ pariveṣṭita

pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)

⋙ pariveṣṭitṛ

pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp

parivyakta

pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct

• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW

parivyath

pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict

parivyadh

pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh

⋙ parividdha

pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)

⋙ parivyādha

pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L

• N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙ parivyādhi

pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car

parivyaya

pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127

• expense, cost Jātakam

parivyākula

pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered

• ○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam

parivyāvṛj

pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ

parivye

pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV

• ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round

• (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c

⋙ parivī

pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS

⋙ parivīta

pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L

⋙ parivyayaṇa

pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS

• the covered spot ŚBr

⋙ parivyayaṇīya

pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS

⋙ parivyāṇa

pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch

parivraj

pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c

• to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib

⋙ parivrajya

pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh

• (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās

⋙ parivrāj

pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ṭ),

⋙ parivrāja

pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)

⋙ parivrājaka

pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f

• ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit

⋙ parivrājī

pari-vrāj˘ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L

⋙ parivrājya

pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W

parivraḍhiman

pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598

parivraśc

pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr

⋙ parivṛkṇa

pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp

pariśaktave

pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV

pariśaṅk

pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c

• to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib

⋙ pariśaṅkanīya

pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur

⋙ pariśaṅkā

pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam

• hope, expectation R

⋙ pariśaṅkita

pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur

• suspected, questionable MBh

• believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh

• thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt

⋙ pariśaṅkin

pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh

• afraid on account of (comp.) BhP

pariśaṭha

pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car

pariśanna

pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr

pariśap

pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr

• to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pariśapta

pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariśāpa

pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column 2]

pariśabdita

pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh

pariśamita

pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt

pariśāyana

pari-śāyana See pari-śī

pariśāśvata

pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh

pariśiñjita

pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh

pariśithila

pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam

pariśiṣ

pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br

• Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire

• fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur

• to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ

• to supply L

⋙ pariśiṣṭa

pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c

• n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)

• -kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks

⋙ pariśeṣa

pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var

• m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var

• supplement, sequel MBh

• termination, conclusion L

• (eṇa), ind. completely, in full

• (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk

• -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk

• -vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat

• -śāstra n. a supplementary work L

⋙ pariseṣaṇa

pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP

⋙ pariśeṣita

pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP

pariśī

pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran

• 2. du. -aśāyatam

• 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr

⋙ pariśāyana

pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh

pariśīl

pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv

• to treat well, cherish, Prasann

⋙ pariśīlana

pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh

⋙ pariśilita

pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv

• inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch

pariśuc

pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902

• to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10

pariśudh

pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh

• (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R

• to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146

• to try, examine Kathās

• to solve, explain, clear up Gīt

⋙ pariśuddha

pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure

• cleared off, paid

• acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur

• (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh

⋙ pariśuddhi

pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās

• rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pariśodha

pari-śodha m. = next W

⋙ pariśodhana

pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar

• discharging, paying off Kull

pariśubh

pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV

• Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh

⋙ pariśobhita

pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R

• -kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

pariśuśrūṣā

pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru

pariśuṣ

pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr

⋙ pariśuṣka

pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr

• (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L

• -tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit

• -palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R

⋙ pariśoṣa

pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column 3]

⋙ pariśoṣaṇa

pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)

• n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh

⋙ pariśoṣita

pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat

⋙ pariśoṣin

pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat

• v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh

pariśūnya

pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh

pariśṛta

pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)

pariśṝ

pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh

pariśram

pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish

⋙ pariśrama

pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c

• mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW

⋙ pariśramaṇa

pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch

⋙ pariśrānta

pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pariśrānti

pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion

• labour, trouble W

⋙ pariśrāma

pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP

pariśri

pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya

• Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13

⋙ pariśraya

pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr

• a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252

• an assembly, meeting L

• N. of a prince VP

⋙ pariśrayaṇa

pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pariśrit

pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)

⋙ pariśrita

pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh

• surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP

• wṛ. for ○śruta MBh

• n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS

pariśru

pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R

⋙ pariśuśrūṣā

pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas

⋙ pariśruta

pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv

• known as, passing for (nom.) ib

• famous, celebrated MBh. BhP

• wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh

• m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib

pariśrut

pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9

pariślatha

pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar

pariśliṣṭa

pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W

⋙ pariśleṣa

pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib

pariṣañj

pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch

• Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

pariṣaṇḍa

pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L

• (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)

⋙ pariṣaṇḍavārika

○vārika m. a servant ib

pariṣad

pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV

• -ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)

• to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś

• to suffer damage, be impaired MBh

⋙ pariṣad

pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

• f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c

• N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi

• -vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch

• forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ

• m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L

⋙ pariṣada

pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada

⋙ pariṣadya

pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')

• to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')

• m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L

⋙ pariṣadvan

pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV

⋙ pariṣanna

pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś

pariṣaya

pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo

pariṣah

pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata

• fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]

• inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c

• aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙ pariṣahā

pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column 1] Contents of this page

pariṣic

pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63

• ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp

• Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh

• to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch

⋙ pariṣikta

pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś

⋙ pariṣeka

pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr

• a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)

⋙ pariṣecaka

pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)

⋙ pariṣecana

pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr

• water for watering trees MBh

pariṣidh

pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)

pariṣiv

pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116

⋙ pariṣīvaṇa

pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr

pariṣusu

pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch

pariṣū

pari-ṣū (√1. sū), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch

• -ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr

⋙ pariṣavaṇa

pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib

⋙ pariṣūta

pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS

⋙ pariṣūti

pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV

pariṣeṇa

pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)

⋙ pariṣeṇaya

pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch

pariṣev

pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata

• pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c

• but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc

pariṣo

pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch

⋙ pariṣaya

pari-ṣaya m

⋙ pariṣita

pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70

pariṣoḍaśa

pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh

pariṣkand

pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9

⋙ pariṣkaṇṇa

pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered

⋙ pariskanna

pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered

• m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1

⋙ pariṣkanda

pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c

• a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2

⋙ pariṣkanda

pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)

pariṣkṛ

pari-ṣ-√kṛ (ṣ for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23

• p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2

• impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),

⋙ pariṣkara

pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)

⋙ pariṣkāra

pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c

• cooking, dressing W

• domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP

• purification, initiation ib

• self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)

• -cīvara n. a kind of garment L

⋙ pariṣkṛta

pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• cooked, dressed W

• purified, initiated ib

⋙ pariṣkṛti

pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat

⋙ pariṣkriyā

pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP

• v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v

pariṣṭambh

pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch

pariṣṭi

pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as

• cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column 2]

pariṣṭu

pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām

⋙ pariṣṭavana

pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L

⋙ pariṣṭavanīya

pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr

⋙ pariṣṭuta

pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib

⋙ pariṣṭuti

pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV

⋙ pariṣṭoma

pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L

pariṣṭubh

pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙ pariṣṭubh

pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV

⋙ pariṣṭobha

pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr

pariṣṭhala

pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W

pariṣṭhā

pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau

• fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch

• 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc

• aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV

• -ṣṭhāḥ Padap

• -sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c

• to crowd from all sides Pañc

• (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV

• to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās

⋙ pariṣṭhā

pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering

• f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV

⋙ pariṣṭhiti

pari-ṣṭhiti f

⋙ paristhāna

pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW

pariṣyanda

pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand

• Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ

• moisture L

• (with ṣ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr

• keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)

• decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)

⋙ pariṣyandana

pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W

⋙ parisyandana

pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W

⋙ pariṣyandin

pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L

⋙ parisyandin

pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L

pariṣvaj

pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70

• pr.p. -ṣvajāna R

• pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh

• -ṣasvajire R

• -ṣasvajaḥ BhP

• ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh

• inf. -ṣvaktum R

• inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch

⋙ pariṣvakta

pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pariṣvaṅga

pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c

• touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit

• N. of a son of Devakī BhP

⋙ pariṣvaṅgin

pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch

⋙ pariṣvajana

pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27

⋙ pariṣvajīyas

pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV

⋙ pariṣvajya

pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh

⋙ pariṣvañjana

pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)

⋙ pariṣvañjalya

pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV

pariṣvan

pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9

pariṣvaṣkita

pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L

parisaṃlih

pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh

parisaṃvatsara

pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh

• mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car

• waiting a full year Gobh

parisaṃvad

pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh

parisaṃśuddha

pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP

parisaṃsṛṣṭa

pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh

parisaṃstambh

pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP

parisaṃstu

pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh

parisaṃstṛ

pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh

parisaṃsthita

pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh

• standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column 3]

parisaṃspṛś

pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R

parisaṃhā

pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10

parisaṃhṛṣṭa

pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R

parisakhya

pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ

parisaṃkrīḍ

pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R

parisaṃkṣip

pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R

parisaṃkhyā

pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh

• to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch

• to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr

• to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch

⋙ parikhyā

pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45

• (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh

⋙ parikhyāta

pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W

⋙ parikhyāna

pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh

• exclusive specification BhP

• a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158

parisaṃghuṣṭa

pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh

parisaṃcakṣ

pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh

• to avoid ( See next)

⋙ paricakṣya

pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat

parisaṃcara

pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar

• m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP

parisaṃcita

pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh

parisatya

pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr

parisaṃtap

pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R

⋙ paritapta

pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib

parisaṃtāna

pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS

parisabhya

pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L

parisamanta

pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L

parisamāp

pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP

• to be contained in (loc.) Bhag

• to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat

⋙ parisamāpana

pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W

⋙ parisamāpanīya

pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙ paripayitavya

pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch

⋙ parisamāpta

pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak

• centred, comprehended Śiś

⋙ parisamāpti

pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch

• relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat

parisamutsuka

pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R

parisamūh

pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙ parisamūhana

pari-samūhana n. heaping up or sweeping together GṛŚrS. BhP

⋙ parisamohana

pari-sam-ohana (!), n. id. Kauś. Sch

parisame

pari-samê (-sam-ā-√i), to go back to (acc.) BhP

parisambhū

pari-sam-√bhū (only 3. pl. pf. -babhūvúḥ), to arise, spring, be produced from (abl.) AV

parisara

pari-sara pari-sarpa, See parisṛ, pari-sṛp, p. 604

parisahasra

pari-sahasra mfn. pl. a full thousand ŚāṅkhŚr

parisādh

pari-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to overpower, subject Hariv. Kām

• to settle, arrange Mn. viii, 187 [Page 604, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to prepare (food) Pañcar

⋙ parisādhana

pari-sādhana n. accomplishing, settling, arranging Mn. R

• determining, ascertaining W

parisāntv

pari-√sāntv (also written śāntv), Caus. -sāntvayati, ○te (ind. p. -sāntvya), to console, comfort, conciliate MBh. R. Kathās

⋙ parisāntvana

pari-sāntvana n. the act of consoling and c

• pl. friendly words, flattering speech Kād

⋙ parisāntvita

pari-sāntvita mfn. consoled, conciliated MBh. R. BhP

parisāman

pari-sāman n. a Sāman which is occasionally inserted Lāṭy

parisāvakīya

pari-sāvakīya Nom. P. ○yati = sāvakam icchati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Vārtt. 5 Pat. (cf. abhi-sāvakīya under abhi-ṣu)

parisiddhikā

pari-siddhikā f. (fr. -siddhi ?) a kind of rice gruel L

parisidh

pari-√sidh Caus. -sedhayati, to drive about (cows) Pāṇ. 8-3, 113 Kāś. (cf. pari-ṣidh)

parisīman

pari-sīman m. a boundary, extreme term or limit W

parisīram

pari-sīram ind. g. pari-mukhâdi (iv, 3, 58)

≫ parisīrya

pári-sīrya n. a leather thong on a plough ŚBr

parisṛ

pari-√sṛ P. -sarati (pf. -sasāra, -sasruḥ

• ind. p. -sṛtya), to flow or go round, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to flow or walk about or to and fro MBh. BhP

⋙ parisara

pari-sara mfn. adjacent, adjoining, contiguous Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 2

• lying near or on (comp.) Megh. Uttarar

• m. position, site Suśr

• verge, border, proximity, neighbourhood, environs Kāv. Pañc. (cf. parī-s○)

• a veils or artery BhP

• death L

• a rule, precept L

• a god L

• -viṣaya m. an adjoining place, neighbourhood Kir. v, 38

⋙ parisaraṇa

pari-saraṇa n. running or moving about

• -śīla mfn. of a restless disposition Suśr

⋙ parisaryā

pari-saryā f. = ○saraṇa Pāṇ. 3-3, 101 Pat

• near approach W

• service W. (cf. parī-s○)

⋙ parisāra

pari-sāra m. wandering about, perambulation W

⋙ parisāraka

pari-sāraka m. (g. vimuktâdi) N. of a place near the Sarasvatī AitBr. (cf. pāriś○)

⋙ parisārin

pari-sārin mfn. wandering or running about Pāṇ. 3-2, 142

⋙ parisṛta

pari-sṛta mfn. having roamed or wandered through (acc.) R

• spread everywhere ib

• m. or n. an enclosed or fenced place MBh

parisṛj

pari-√sṛj Caus. -sarjayati, to avoid MBh

⋙ parisṛṣṭa

pari-sṛṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, covered AV

⋙ parisraṣṭṛ

pari-sraṣṭṛ mfn. being in contact or connected with MBh

parisṛp

pari-√sṛp P. Ā. -sarpati, ○te (ind. p. -sárpam), to move round about or to and fro, hover RV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• to creep or crawl upon Gobh. ( See ○sṛpta)

• to be near, approach, go to (acc.) MBh.: Caus., ○sarpita

⋙ parisarpa

pari-sarpa m. going about in search of, following, pursuing Daśar. Pratāp

• walking about, roaming L

• surrounding, encircling L

• a species of serpent Suśr

• N. of a mild form of leprosy (= vi-sarpa) Suśr. Car. (cf. parīs○)

⋙ parisarpaṇa

pari-sarpaṇa n. crawling upon (comp.) Mṛicch

• running to and fro, going or flying about, constantly changing one's place ĀśvŚr. R. Mṛicch. BhP

• a kind of disease (= ○sarpaṇa) Suśr

⋙ parisarpita

pari-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawled upon by vermin Car

⋙ parisarpin

pari-sarpin mfn. going or moving or roaming about MBh

⋙ parisṛpta

pari-sṛpta mfn. = ○sarpita Gobh

parisauvīram

pari-sauvīram ind. round about (i.e. except) the Sauviiras Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Vārtt. 1 Pat

pariskand

pari-√skand See pari-ṣkand

pariskhal

pari-√skhal P. -skhalati, to reel, stagger Kathās

⋙ pariskhalita

pari-skhalita n. reeling, staggering ib

paristṛ

pari-stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, ○ṇute, or -stṛṇāti, ○ṇīte (perf. 3. pl. -tastaruḥ Bhaṭṭ., -tastarire Śiś

• ind. p. -stīrya GṛS

• Ved. inf. páriśtarītavaí MaitrS. [Pāṇ. 6-2, 51 Sch.), to strew or lay round, enclose (as fire with grass) AV. ŚBr. &c

• to envelop, cover (lit. and fig.) Kir. Siś

• to spread, extend GṛS. R. &c

⋙ paristara

pari-stara m. strewing round or heaping together MBh

• a cover, covering ib. (v. l. pari-cchada)

⋙ paristaraṇa

pari-stáraṇa n. = prec. AV. GṛŚrS. &c

• (ī), f. a partic. sacred text ĀpŚr. [Page 604, Column 2]

⋙ paristaraṇikā

pari-staraṇikā f. a cow killed at a funeral ceremony (the limbs of the corpse being covered with its limbs) R. (cf. anu-stáraṇī)

⋙ paristaraṇīya

pari-staraṇīya mfn. fit to be strewed around, serving for a cover ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ paristaritṛ

pari-staritṛ m. one who strews or lays round ib

⋙ paristīrṇa

pari-stīrṇa (MBh. R.) and spread around, strewed over, covered

⋙ paristṛta

pari-stṛta (Yājñ. BhP.), spread around, strewed over, covered

paristoma

pari-stoma m. a coverlet, cushion MBh. R

paristhā

pari-√sthā pari-sthāna, See pariṣṭhā

parispand

pari-√spand Ā. -spandate (or ○ti), to tremble, throb, quiver MBh. R

⋙ parispanda

pari-spanda m. throbbing, stirring, starting, arising, movement MBh. Kāv. &c

• keeping, maintaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. ○ṣyanda)

• train, retinue L

• decoration of the hair L

• pressure, crash MW

⋙ parispandana

pari-spandana n. throbbing, vibration, motion L

⋙ parispandita

pari-spandita n. throbbing, rising, appearing Mcar

parispardhin

pari-spardhin mfn. (√spṛdh) vying with, rivalling, emulating (in comp.) Śak. iv, 4 (v. l.)

⋙ parispṛdh

pari-spṛ́dh f. a rival RV. ix, 53, 1

parispṛś

pari-√spṛś P. -spṛśati (pf. 3. pl. -paspṛśire), to touch, stroke MBh. R

• to pursue, practise HPariś

⋙ parispṛś

pari-spṛś mfn. (ifc.) touching HPariś

⋙ parispṛṣṭa

pari-spṛṣṭa mfn. smeared or soiled with (blood) MBh

parisphar

pari-√sphar Caus. -sphārayati, to spread, divulge L

parisphīta

pari-sphīta mfn. (√sphāy) swollen, turgid, Parśvan

parisphuṭ

pari-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, or -sphoṭati, to burst open Suśr

≫ parisphuṭa

pari-sphuṭa mfn. very clear or manifest BhP

• fully developed L

• (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly Kād

parisphur

pari-√sphur P. -sphurati, to throb, quiver, vibrate Kāv

• to glitter, gleam BhP

• to burst forth, appear Kull

⋙ parisphuraṇa

pari-sphuraṇa n. glancing

• shooting

• budding W

⋙ parisphurita

pari-sphurita mfn. quivering, palpitating Uttarar

• dispersed, reflected on all sides Mālatīm

• opened, expanded W

• shot, glanced ib

⋙ parisphūrti

pari-sphūrti f. shining forth, appearing, becoming clear or manifest Kuval

parismāpana

pari-smāpana n. (√smi, Caus.) causing wonder, surprising

• (with dambhena) outwitting L

parisyanda

pari-syanda ○dana &c. See pariṣyanda, p. 603, col. 2

parisraj

pari-sraj f. (√sṛj) a garland ĀpŚr

⋙ parisrajin

pari-srajín mfn. wearing a garland TBr. Kāṭh

parisrasā

pari-srásā f. (√sraṃs) rubbish, lumber TBr

parisru

pari-√sru P. -sravati, to flow round or off, stream, trickle RV. &c. &c

• (with acc.) cause to flow RV. Hariv

• to swim or float about Sāy

• to glide or pass away (as life) Bhartṛ

⋙ parisrava

pari-srava m. flowing, streaming, a stream MBh. R. &c

• gliding down (garbha-p○, the birth of a child) R

• Rottleria Tinctoria L

⋙ parisrāva

pari-srāva m. flowing, efflux, effluxion Suśr

• N. of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body ib

• -kalpa m. a kind of straining or filtering vessel L

⋙ parisrāvaṇa

pari-srāvaṇa n. a straining or filtering vessel L

⋙ parisrāvin

pari-srāvin mfn. flowing

• m. (sc. bhagaṃ-dara) a form of fistula of the anus Suśr

• n. (sc. udara) an incurable form of swollen or enlarged abdomen ib. Bhpr

⋙ parisrut

pari-srút mfn. flowing round or over, foaming, fermenting RV

• f. a kind of intoxicating liquor prepared from herbs AV. VS. ŚBr. (○srún-mat mfn. possessing it ŚBr.)

• dropping, flowing W

⋙ parisruta

pari-sruta mfn. flowed or streamed round, trickled, oozed R. Kathās

• (ā), f. = ○srut f. L

parisvāra

pari-svāra m. (√svar) a partic. mode of singing Lāṭy

parisvid

pari-√svid Caus. -svedayati, to cause to sweat (by applying sudorifics) Suśr

parihan

pari-√han P. -hanti, to wind round Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr

• to extinguish (fire) ŚBr

• Pass. -hanyate, to be changed or altered MBh. (v. l. prati-h○) [Page 604, Column 3]

• to cease, perish Pañc. (v. l. -hīyate)

⋙ parihaṇana

pari-haṇana n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch

⋙ parihata

pari-hata mfn. (Śak. v, 22/23 and Gīt. v, 13) wṛ. for pari-hṛta

parihara

pari-hara ○raṇa &c. See pari-hṛ

pariharṣaṇa

pari-harṣaṇa ○ṣin, See parihṛṣ, p. 605

parihava

pari-havá m. (√hve) crying or calling upon, invoking (?) AV

⋙ parihūta

pari-hūta mfn. called together BhP

parihas

pari-√has P. -hasati (Pass. aor. pary-ahāsi), to laugh, jest or joke with (acc.), laugh at, ridicule, deride MBh. Kathās. Rājat

⋙ parihasita

pari-hasita mfn. laughed at, ridiculed MW

⋙ parihāsa

pari-hāsa m. jesting, joking, laughing at, ridiculing, deriding

• a jest, joke, mirth, merriment MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-h○)

• -kathā f. an amusing story Ragh

• -pura n. N. of a town Rājat

• -pūrvam ind. jokingly, in jest Ragh

• -vastu n. an object of jest (○stu-tā f.) Pañc

• -vijalpita mfn. uttered in jest Śak

• -vedin m. a jester, a witty person W

• -śīla mfn. of a gay or joyous disposition, fond of jesting Var. Kāv

• ○la-tā f. Ratnâv

• -hari m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat

⋙ parihāsya

pari-hāsya mfn. laughable, ridiculous MW

parihasta

pari-hastá m. (g. nir-udakâdi) an amulet put round the hand to secure the birth of a child AV

parihā

pari-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (ind. p. -hāya

• inf. -hātum), to leave, abandon, quit R. BhP

• to omit, neglect, disregard Mn. MBh. Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate (with fut. -hāsyati MBh.), to be avoided or omitted, be destitute or deprived of, desist or be excluded from (abl.), be wanting or deficient, be inferior to (abl. or instr.), wane, fail, decrease, pass away Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -hāpayati, to cause to relinquish or abandon Naish

• to interrupt, leave unfinished Mn. viii, 206

⋙ parihāṇa

pari-hāṇa n. being deprived of anything, suffering a loss (only a-parih○) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ parihāṇi

pari-hāṇi or f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙ parihāni

pari-hāni f. decrease, loss, deficiency Ragh. Var. Suśr. (cf. Uṇ. iv, 51 Sch.)

⋙ parihāpaṇīya

pari-hāpaṇīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be omitted Kād

⋙ parihāpita

pari-hāpita mfn. robbed or deprived of (instr.) BhP

⋙ parihāpya

pari-hāpya ind. excluding, excepting (acc.), except ĀpŚr

⋙ parihīṇa

pari-hīṇa (also written hīna), mfn. omitted, lost, disappeared, wanting MBh. Kāv. BhP

• abstaining from, deficient in, deprived or destitute of (abl. or -tas instr., or comp.) ib

parihāṭaka

pari-hāṭaka mfn. consisting or made of pure gold MBh

• a ring worn round the arm or leg, an armlet, anklet L

parihāra

pari-hāra &c. See pari-√hṛ

parihi

pari-√hi P. -hinóti, to send or forward to (dat.) RV. vii, 104, 6

parihiṃsā

pari-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) = pari-barhaṇā Nir. Sch

parihiṇḍ

pari-√hiṇḍ Ā. -hiṇḍate, to fly about Daś

parihita

pari-hita See pari-dhā, p. 596

parihṛ

pari-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (fut. -hariṣyati MBh

• aor. 3. pl. -ahṛṣata RV

• ind. p. -hṛtya R. Var

• -hā́ram Br.), to move or carry or take round TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• to put or wrap round (Ā. round one's self) AV. &c. &c

• to put aside, save for (dat.) ŚBr

• to leave, quit, desert Śiś

• to defend or preserve from (abl.) ChUp

• to spare VP

• to shun, avoid, leave out, omit ŚBr. Gobh

• to save or spare anything (as trouble, care &c.) to (gen.), Ratnâv

• to take away, remove, beware of or abstain from (acc.). MBh. VP

• (Ā.) to keep away from i.e. neglect, not heed Āpast

• to answer, refute Pat. Śaṃk

• to put twice, repeat (in the Krama-pāṭha), APrāt

• to nourish, foster, cherish Lalit.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to keep away or avoid or shun, remove or conceal Gobh. R. (cf. -jihīrṣā, p. 594)

⋙ parihara

pari-hara m. v. l. for ○hāra, reserve, concealment Śak. (Pi.) i, 24/25

⋙ pariharaka

pari-haraka m. v. l. for ○hāraka L

⋙ pariharaṇa

pari-haraṇa n. moving or taking round ŚrS

• avoiding, shunning VP

• leaving W

• seizing ib

• refuting ib

⋙ pariharaṇīya

pari-haraṇīya mfn. to be shunned or avoided Śak. Prab

• to be taken away W

• to be confuted ib

• -tā f. disdain, rejection Śiś

• disappearance, unattainableness ib

• refutation ib

⋙ parihartavya

pari-hartavya mfn. to be handed over or forwarded, Nyāyam. Sch. [Page 605, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to be shunned or avoided or abstained from Nir. Kāv. Pañc

• to be kept secret or concealed Mṛicch

• to be confuted Śaṃk

• to be repeated (before and after iti, next.) APrāt

⋙ parihāra

pari-hāra (pári-), m. leading round KātyŚr

• delivering or handing over Nyāyam. Sch

• shunning, avoiding, excluding, abandoning, giving up, resigning ŚBr. &c. &c

• seizing, surrounding W

• concealment, reserve MBh. Śak

• leaving out, omission Sāh

• taking away, removing, (esp.) removing by arguments, confutation Śaṃk

• caution Car

• contempt disrespect L

• objection L

• any objectionable thing or person W

• (in gram.) the repetition of a word (before and after iti, cf. pari-graha) APrāt

• (in dram.) remedying or atoning for any improper action Sāh

• an extraordinary grant, exemption from taxes, immunity Mn. R. MārkP. Rājat

• = -sthāna (below) Mn. viii, 237

• bounty, largess W. (cf. parī-h○)

• 1. -vat mfn. avoidable MBh. (a-parih○)

• 2. -vat ind. (ifc.) like the omission of Sāh

• -viśuddhi f. (with Jainas) purification by such mortification and penance as are enjoined by the example of ancient saints or sages W

• -sū f. (a cow) bearing a calf only after a long time (of barrenness) TS. Sch

• -sthāna n. a space of common land extending round a village or town Kull. on Mn. viii, 238

⋙ parihāraka

pari-hāraka mf(ikā)n. repelling, refuting MW

• m. or n. an armlet L. (cf. ○haraka and parihāṭaka)

⋙ parihārin

pari-hārin mfn. (ifc.) avoiding, shunning Daś. Bālar

⋙ parihārya

pari-hārya mfn. to be shunned or avoided or omitted or escaped from MBh. R. &c

• to be severed or separated Kathās

• to be taken off or away W

• to be endowed with a privilege Yājñ. Sch

• to be repeated (cf. ○hartavya), APrāt

• m. a bracelet L. (cf. pārihārya)

⋙ parihṛta

pari-hṛta mfn. shunned, avoided Kāv

• abandoned, quitted W

• taken, seized ib

• n. what has been wrapped round or put on BhP

⋙ parihṛti

pari-hṛti f. shunning, avoiding AitBr. 1

⋙ parihṛtya

pari-hṛtya ind. keeping away, excluding, with the exception of (acc.) R

• at a distance of (acc.) Var. 2

⋙ parihṛtya

pari-hṛtya mfn. to be delivered or handed over AitBr

parihṛṣ

pari-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to delight greatly, cause to rejoice MBh. Hariv

⋙ pariharṣaṇa

pari-harṣaṇa mf(ī)n. greatly delighting MBh

⋙ pariharṣita

pari-harṣita mfn. greatly delighted ib

⋙ pariharṣin

pari-harṣin mfn. delightful MBh

⋙ parihṛṣita

pari-hṛṣita mfn. delighted, very glad ib

⋙ parihṛṣṭa

pari-hṛṣṭa mfn. id. (-mānasa mfn. R.)

• blunt, obtuse (teeth) Bhpr

parihṇuta

pari-hṇuta mfn. (√hnu) denied, refused AV

parihrut

pari-hrút mfn. (√hvṛ) causing to fall RV

⋙ parihvṛta

pari-hvṛta See á-pari-hvṛta

⋙ parihvṛti

pari-hvṛti (pári-), f. deceiving, injuring, harming RV. viii, 47, 6 (loc. hṛtā́!) ; ix, 79, 2

parihvālam

pari-hvā́lam ind. (√hval) stammering, faltering ŚBr

parī 1

parī in comp. for pari

⋙ parīkṣit

○kṣit m. (√2. kṣi) N. of a son of Abhi-manyu and father of Janam-ejaya MBh. &c

• of a son of Kuru Pur

• of a son of An-aśvan and father of Bhīma-sena MBh

• of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. pari-kṣit)

⋙ parīkṣita

○kṣita (ŚārṅgP.) and m. = prec

⋙ parīkṣiti

○kṣiti (Prab. Sch.), m. = prec

⋙ parīṇaśe

○ṇáśe Vedic inf. (√1. naś) to attain or to be attained RV. i, 54, 1

⋙ parīṇah

○ṇáh f. (√nah

• nom. ṇat Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 ; viii, 2, 34 Sch.) enclosure or anything enclosed, (esp.) a receptacle or box belonging to a carriage RV. AV.: ŚBr. Kāṭh

• N. of a place on the Saras-vatī Br. ŚrS

⋙ parīṇāma

○ṇāma m. (√nam) course or lapse of time R. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙ parīṇāya

○ṇāya m. (√nī) = pari-ṇ○ L

⋙ parīṇāha

○ṇāha m. (√nah) circumference, width MBh. R. Suśr

• a piece of common land encircling a village Yājñ

• N. of Śiva L. (cf. pari-ṇ○)

⋙ parītat

○tat (√tan) Pāṇ. 6-3, 116 Sch

⋙ parītāpa

○tāpa m. = pari-t○ MBh

⋙ parītoṣa

○toṣa m. = pari-t○ Gīt. 1

⋙ parītta

○tta mfn. See pari-dā (p. 595). 2

⋙ parītta

○tta mfn. (√do

• Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) cut round, circumscribed, limited Buddh

• -śubha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 13th order MWB. 212

• -ttâbha m. pl. N. of the gods of the 10th order ib. 211

⋙ parīdāha

○dāha m. burning, cauterizing Suśr. Car

⋙ parīdhāna

○dhāna n. a mantle, garment MBh. (cf. paridh○)

⋙ parīdhāvin

○dhāvin m. = pari-dh○ W

⋙ parīdhyai

○√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to meditate, ponder R

⋙ parīpāka

○pāka m. ripening, maturing, full development Suśr. Car. Kāraṇḍ

• the result or consequences of anything Mcar. (cf. pari-p○)

⋙ parībhāva

○bhāva m. = pari-bh○ L

⋙ parīmāṇa

○māṇa n. measure, circumference, size, weight, number, amount MBh. Yājñ. Hcat. (cf. pari-m○). [Page 605, Column 2]

⋙ parīrambha

○rambha m. = pari-r○ Gīt. Prab. Bālar

⋙ parīvarta

○varta m. exchange, barter Hit. (v. l.)

• N. of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu L. (cf. pari-v○). -vartam ind. (√vṛt) in a circle, recurring, repeatedly TāṇḍBr

⋙ parīvāda

○vāda m. reproof, censure Mn. Āpast

⋙ parīvāpa

○vāpá m. fried grains or sour milk VS

• furniture L

• a piece of water L

• sowing L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √2. vap)

⋙ parīvāpya

○vāpya mfn. = pari-v○ (under pari- √2. vap) KātyŚr

⋙ parīvāra

○vāra m. train, retinue MBh. Kāv. &c

• a sheath, scabbard L. (cf. pari-v○ under pari- √1. vṛ)

⋙ parīvāha

○vāha m. = pari-v○ MBh

• the royal insignia L

⋙ parīvettṛ

○vettṛ m. = pari-v○ Mn. iii, 172

⋙ parīveṣa

○veṣa m. a halo round the sun or moon Hariv. (cf. pari-v○)

⋙ parīśāsa

○śāsa m. (√śas) anything cut out, an excision AV

• a kind of tongs used for lifting a kettle from the fire ŚBr

⋙ parīśeṣa

○śeṣa m. rest, remainder AitBr. (cf. pari-ś○)

⋙ parīṣahā

○ṣahā f. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣah) HYog

⋙ parīṣeka

○ṣeka m. = pari-ṣ○ (under pari-ṣic) Suśr

⋙ parīsara

○sara m. circumference, surroundings Bālar. (cf. pari-s○)

⋙ parīsarpa

○sarpa m. a species of worm causing leprosy Suśr

• a kind of leprosy Car. (cf. pari-s○ under pari-sṛp)

⋙ parīsaryā

○saryā f. = pari-s○ L

⋙ parīsāra

○sāra m. going about or round L

⋙ parīhāra

○hāra m. avoiding, shunning, caution Suśr

• disrespect L

• (in gram. and dram.) = pari-h○

⋙ parīhāsa

○hāsa m. = pari-h○ Cāṇ

• -keśava m. N. of a temple of Vishṇu Rājat

• -kṣama mfn. able to deride or surpass Bhartṛ

• -śīla mfn. = pari-hāsa-ś○ Rājat

parī 2

parī7 (pari-√i), P. pary-eti (Impv. parī7hi MBh

• Pot. pártyām TS

• impf. paryait ŚBr

• pf. párī7yāya TS

• fut. pary-etā ChUp

• ind. p. parī7tya PārGṛ

• pary-āyaṃ Br

• inf. páry-etave RV.), to go about, move in a circle

• (trans.) to go or flow round (acc.), circumambulate, surround, include, grasp, span RV. &c. &c

• to run against or into, reach, attain AV. ŚBr. ChUp

• (with or sc. manasā) to perceive, ponder MBh. R.: Intens. Ā. párī7yate, to move round or in a circle RV

⋙ parīta

parī7ta mfn. standing or moving round, surrounding MBh

• past, elapsed, expired R

• surrounded, encompassed, filled, taken possession of, seized (with instr. or in comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• = viparī7ta, inverted MBh

• wṛ. for parītta ib

• m. pl. N. of a people VP

• ○ta-tā f. the being surrounded or filled L

• ○tin mfn. (ifc.) filled with, seized by Suśr

⋙ parītya

parī7tya mfn. to be circumambulated (a-par○) KātyŚr

≫ paryaya

pary-aya m. revolution, lapse, expiration, waste or loss (of time) Mn. MBh. &c

• the time of revolution (of a planet) Gaṇit

• change, alteration ib

• inversion, irregularity, confusion with (comp.) MBh. Suśr

• contrariety, opposition W

• deviation from enjoined or customary observances, neglect of duty ib

⋙ paryayaṇa

pary-ayaṇa n. going about, walking round, circumambulating (e.g. of a sown field) MānGṛ. Gobh. (Sch. 'the reaping of corn')

• fit to be wound round (an arrow or other object) Kauś

• a horse's saddle or housings (= paryāṇa) L

≫ paryāya

pary-āya m. going or turning or winding round, revolving, revolution KātyŚr

• course, lapse, expiration of time MBh. Hariv. Vet

• regular recurrence, repetition, succession, turn (ibc. or eṇa, ind. in turn, successively, alternately

• caturthe paryāye, at the fourth time) KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Mn. &c

• a regularly recurring series or formula (esp. in the Ati-rātra ceremony) Br. ŚrS. (-tva n.)

• = -sū7kta Sāy

• a convertible term, synonym (-tā f. -tva n.) Pañc. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch

• way, manner, method of proceeding (anena pary-āyeṇa, in this manner) SaddhP

• probability MBh

• (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech Kpr. Sāh

• (with Jainas) the regular development of a thing and the end of this development Sarvad

• opportunity, occasion L

• formation, creation L

• point of contact L

• -krama m. order of succession, regular rotation or turn MW

• -cyuta mfn. one who has lost his turn, superseded, supplanted ib

• -pada-mañjarī f. -muktâvalī f. -ratna-mālā f. N. of wks

• -vacana n. a convertible term, synonym Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 68

• -vākya n. similar words Hariv

• -vācaka mfn. expressing a corresponding notion

• (with śabda), m. a synonym MBh

• -vṛtti f. alternate course or action MW

• -śabda m. a synonym Tattvas

• -śayana n. alternate sleeping and watching W

• -śas ind. by phrases or sentences ĀśvŚr

• periodically Kāṭh. Suśr

• in succession, by turns MBh

• -śastra (!), n. pl. N. of wk

• -sū7kta n. a hymn with regularly recurring phrases or sentences AV. Anukr

• -sevā f. service by rotation Kum.: ○yâtman m. the finite nature, finiteness Sarvad. [Page 605, Column 3]

• ○yánna n. food intended for another Yājñ

• ○yârṇava m. 'ocean of synonyms', N. of a lexicon

• ○yôkta n. (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech (in which the fact to be intimated is expressed by a turn of speech or periphrasis) Sāh

• ○yôkti f. id. Vām

⋙ paryāyika

pary-ḍāyiká mfn. composed in strophes AV

⋙ paryāyin

pary-ḍāyín mfn. embracing, including AitBr

• encompassing (in a hostile manner) AV

• periodical VS

≫ paryetṛ

pary-etṛ́ m. subduer, conqueror RV

⋙ paryehi

pary-ḍehi m. N. of a man

• (ī), f. N. of a woman, g. śārṅgaravâdi

parīkṣ

parī7kṣ (pari-√īkṣ), Ā. parī7kṣate (pr. p. parī7kṣat MBh

• imp. pary-aikṣat [Sāy. -aicchat] ŚBr.), to look round, inspect carefully, try, examine, find out, observe, perceive ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. parī7kṣayati, to cause to examine or investigate Mn

⋙ parīkṣaka

parī7kṣaka mfn. trying, examining W

• m. a prover, examiner, judge Rājat. Pañc

⋙ parīkṣaṇa

parī7kṣaṇa n. (rarely ○ṇā f.) trying, testing, experiment, investigation Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parīkṣaṇīya

parī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be tried or investigated (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch

• to be submitted to ordeal W

⋙ parīkṣā

parī7kṣā f. inspection, investigation, examination, test, trial by ordeal of various kinds ( See 2. divya) Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of wk

• -kṣama mfn. standing the test Sarvad

• -tattva n. -paddhati f. N. of wks

• ○kṣârtha mfn. wishing to try or test Āpast

⋙ parīkṣita

parī7kṣita mfn. carefully inspected, tried, examined Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ parīkṣitavya

parī7kṣitavya mfn. to be tried or tested or examined or proved Var. Prab

⋙ parīkṣin

parī7kṣin See nāṇaka-p○

⋙ parīkṣya

parī7kṣya mfn. = ○kṣitavya MBh. Var

⋙ parīcikṣiṣu

parī7cikṣiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to try or examine L

parījyā

parī7jyā f. (pari + ijyā, √yaj) a secondary rite (= pari-yajña) ŚāṅkhŚr

parīṇas

párīṇas m. (√pṝ ?) plenty, abundance RV

• (asā), ind. richly, abundantly ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 3)

⋙ parīṇasa

parīṇasá n. = ○ṇas m. RV

parīta

parī7ta See 2. parī7, col. 2

parīti

parīti = puṣpâñjana L

parītta 1

parī-tta. 2 See under pari-dā and 1. parī

parīdhya

parī74dhya (pari + idhya, √indh), to be kindled TS

parīndana

parīndana n. gratification, present Vajracch

⋙ parīndita

parīnḍdita mfn. gratified, presented ib

parīps

parī7ps ○psā, ○psu, See pary-āp

parīman

párīman (√pṝ ?), bounty, plenty

• (○maṇi), ind. plentifully RV. ix, 71, 3

≫ parīra

parīra n. a fruit Uṇ. iv, 30 Sch

parīraṇa

parīraṇa n. a tortoise L

• a stick L

• = paṭṭa-śāṭaka L

parīś

parī7ś (pari-√īś), Ā. parī7ṣṭe, to be able to (inf.) KāśīKh

parīṣ

parī7ṣ (pari- √3. iṣ), P. pary-eṣati (aor. pary-aiṣiṣat), to seek or search about for ChUp. MBh

• (Ā.) SaddhP.: Caus. pary-eṣayati id. SaddhP

⋙ parīṣṭi

parī7ṣṭi f. investigation, research, inquiry Jaim. Pat

• service, attendance, homage L

• freedom of will L

≫ paryeṣaṇa

pary-eṣaṇa n. search, inquiry, investigation MBh

• striving after Nyāyas

• (ā), f. = parī7ṣṭi Pāṇ. 3-3, 107 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ paryeṣṭavya

pary-ḍeṣṭavya mfn. to be sought MBh

• to be striven after Car

⋙ paryeṣṭi

pary-ḍeṣṭi f. searching for, inquiry SaddhP

• striving after worldly objects Jātakam

parīṣṭa

parī7ṣṭa See pari-yaj, p. 599

paru

paru m. (√pṝ

• cf. párus below) a limb, member ( See yathā-p○)

• a mountain L

• the ocean L

• the sky, paradise L

⋙ paruśas

○śás ind. limb by limb, member by member AV

≫ parucchepa

paruc-chepa m. (prob. fr. parut = ○rus + śepa) N. of a Ṛishi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. i, 127) Nir. TS. ŚāṅkhBr

≫ parutka

parut-ka mfn. (fr. parut = ○rus

• prec.) having knots or joints (as grass) ĀpŚr

≫ paruśśas

paruś-śas ind. (fr. parus) = paru-śas (above) MaitrS. Kāṭh

≫ paruṣa

paruṣá mf(ā)n. (older, f. páruṣṇī) knotty (as reed) AV

• spotted, variegated, dirty-coloured RV. &c. &c

• hard, stiff, rugged, rough, uneven, shaggy MBh. Kāv. &c

• intertwined with creepers (as a tree) Kathās. [Page 606, Column 1] Contents of this page

• piercing, keen, sharp, violent, harsh, severe, unkind ib. (am, ind.)

• m. a reed AV

• an arrow ŚāṅkhŚr. Lāṭy

• Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L

• (parúṣa), m. N. of a demon Suparṇ

• (ā), f. a kind of riddle MW

• (○ṣṇī), f. N. of one of the rivers of the Panjāb now called Rāvii RV

• n. harsh and contumelious speech, abuse MBh. Kāv. &c

• the fruit of Grewia Asiatica or Xylocarpus Granatum L

• a species of Barleria with blue flowers L

⋙ paruṣaghana

○ghana m. a dirty-coloured or dark cloud Pañc. v, 4

⋙ paruṣacarman

○carman n. a rough skin Pañc

⋙ paruṣatara

○tara mfn. harsher, sterner Pañc

⋙ paruṣatva

○tva n. roughness, harshness MW

⋙ paruṣavacana

○vacana mfn. speaking harshly or unkindly Bhartṛ

• n. harsh or contumelious speech W

⋙ paruṣavāc

○vāc mfn. harsh-spoken, f. = prec. n. W

⋙ paruṣavādin

○vādin mfn. = speaking unkindly Mcar. Pañc

⋙ paruṣākṣara

paruṣâkṣara mfn. 'harsh-worded', harsh (am ind.) Kālid. Pañc

⋙ paruṣākṣepa

paruṣâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection or contradiction containing harsh words Kāvyâd. ii, 144

⋙ paruṣāhva

paruṣâhva m. a species of reed AV

⋙ paruṣetara

paruṣêtara mfn. other than rough, gentle, mild Ragh

⋙ paruṣokti

paruṣôkti f. abusive or harsh language Kāv

• ○ktika mfn. using it L

≫ paruṣita

paruṣita mfn. addressed or treated harshly MBh. R. Hit

≫ paruṣiman

paruṣiman m. rough or shaggy appearance AitBr

≫ paruṣī

paruṣī in comp. for ○ṣa

⋙ paruṣīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. spotted, soiled, stained Hariv

• treated roughly, Am

⋙ paruṣībhū

○√bhū to be soiled or dirty Śak. vii, 17 (v. l.)

≫ paruṣmat

paruṣ-mat mfn. having knots or joints (parut-ka) ĀpŚr. Sch

≫ paruṣya

paruṣya mfn. variegated, manifold AitBr

≫ parus

párus n. a joint or knot (esp. of a cane or reed, orig. 'fullness', i.e. the full or thick part of the stalk), a limb or member of the body RV. AV. VS. ŚBr

• a part or portion RV. TS. TBr

• Grewia Asiatica L

≫ parūṣa

parūṣa m. Grewia Asiatica (from the berries of which a cooling beverage is prepared) or Xylocarpus Granatum Suśr

⋙ parūṣaka

parūḍṣaka m. id

• n. the fruit of this tree ŚāṅkhŚr. Var. Suśr

parut

parut ind. (Pāṇ. 5-3, 22) last year L. [Cf. parāri

• Gk. ?, ? ; Lith. pérnay ; Goth. [606, 1] faírneis ; Angl. Sax. fyrn ; HGerm. vert, verne.]

⋙ paruttna

parut-tna mfn. belonging to last year, last year's Pāṇ. 4-3, 23 Vārtt. 1

parudvāra

parudvāra or parula m. a horse L

paruṣa

paruṣa See under paru

pare 2

parê (parā-√i

• for 1. See p. 589, col. 1), P. parâiti (Impv. 2. 3. sg. párêhi, parâitu

• pr. p. parā-yát

• ind. p. parêtya), to go or run away, go along, go towards (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to depart, die RV. AV

• to reach, attain, partake of (acc.) MBh. Kir

⋙ pareta

párêta mfn. departed, deceased, dead RV. AV. Yājñ

• m. a kind of spectre, a ghost, spirit L

• -kalpa mfn. almost dead R

• -bhartṛ m. 'lord of the departed', N. of Yama Śiś

• -bhūmi f. 'place of the departed', a cemetery Kum

• -rāj (L.), -rāja (Naish.), m. = -bhartṛ L

• ○tâcarita mfn. frequented or inhabited by the dṭdeparted Daś

• ○tâvāsa m. = -bhūmi ib

⋙ pareti

párêti f. departure RV

⋙ pareyivas

parêyivás mfn. one who has departed or died RV

parekṣ

parêkṣ = parā-√īkṣ (Pot. párêkṣeta

• ind. p. parêkṣya), to look at (anything at one's side) TS. ŚBr

pareṇa

pareṇa See under 1. pára, p. 586, col. 2

paredyavi

pare-dyavi pare-dyus &c. See p. 589, col. 1

pareman

páreman prob. wṛ. for parīman SV

pareṣṭu

pareṣṭu and ○ṭukā f. a cow which has often calved L

paroṃhu

paroṃhu parokṣa &c. See under paro, p. 589, col. 1

paroṣṇī

paroṣṇī f. a cockroach (also written ○ṣṭī) L

• N. of a river Rājat. (Cf. paruṣṇī under paruṣa.)

parka

parka See madhu-p○

parkaṭa

parkaṭa m. a heron L

• (ī), f. Ficus Infectoria (-vṛkṣa). Hit. (also ○ṭī L.)

• a fresh betel-nut L

• n. regret, anxiety L

parjanya

parjánya m. (√pṛc, or pṛj ?) a raincloud, cloud RV. &c. &c. [Page 606, Column 2]

• rain Bhag. iii, 14

• rain personified or the god of rain (often identified with Indra) RV. &c. &c

• N. of one of the 12 Ādityas Hariv

• of a Deva-gandharva or Gandharva MBh. Hariv

• of a Ṛishi in several Manv-antaras Hariv. MārkP

• of a Prajā-pati (father of Hiraṇya-roman) VP

• (○nyā or ○nī), f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza L. [Cf. Goth. fairguni ; Icel fi"rgyn ; Lith. perkúnas.]

⋙ parjanyakrandya

○krandya (○ján○), mfn. muttering like Parjanya or a rain-cloud RV

⋙ parjanyajinvita

○jinvita (○ján○), mfn. impelled by Parjanya ib

⋙ parjanyanātha

○nātha m. having PṭParjanya as protector or patron MW

⋙ parjanyaninada

○ninada m. 'Parjanya's sound', thunder R

⋙ parjanyapatnī

○patnī (○ján○), f. having Parjanya for husband AV

⋙ parjanyaprayoga

○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ parjanyaretas

○retas (○ján○), mfn. sprung from the seed of Parjanya, i.e. nourished by rain (as reed) RV

⋙ parjanyavṛddha

○vṛddha (○ján○), mfn. nourished by Parjanya or the rain-cloud (as Soma) ib

⋙ parjanyaśānti

○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ parjanyasūkta

○sū7kta n. a hymn to PṭParjanya (as RV. v, 83) Cat

⋙ parjanyātman

parjányâtman mfn. having the nature of Parjanya TS

⋙ parjanyāvāta

parjányā-vā́ta m. du. the god of rain and the god of wind RV

parṇ

parṇ cl. 10. P. parṇayati (Dhātup. xxxv, 84, a), to be green or verdant (prob. Nom. fr. next or invented to explain it)

≫ parṇa

parṇá n. a pinion, feather (also of an arrow), wing RV. &c. Br. MBh

• a leaf (regarded as the plumage of a tree) RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā, but in N. of plants ī

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 64)

• the Pān or betel leaf L

• m. Butea Frondosa (a large-leaved sacred tree whose wood is used for making sacred vessels, later generally called palāśa) RV. AV. Br. Yājñ. (-tvá n. MaitrS.)

• N. of a teacher VāyuP. (cf. g. śivâdi)

• (pl.) of a people VP

• of a place, iv, 2, 145

• (ī), f. a collect. N. of 4 plants ending with parṇī Car

• Pistia Stratiotes L

• the leaf of Asa Foetida (?) L. [According to Uṇ. iv, 6 fr. √pṝ. but more probably fr. a √pṛ, orig. spṛ ; Lith. sparna ; HGerm. varn, Farn ; Angl. Sax. fearn ; Eng. fern.]

⋙ parṇakaṣāyaniṣpakva

○kaṣāyá-niṣpakva (ŚBr.) and mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙ parṇakaṣāyapakva

○kaṣāyapakva (KātyŚr.), mfn. boiled with the juice of the bark of the Butea Frondosa or with the juice of any leaves

⋙ parṇakāra

○kāra m. a vender of betel lṭleaves

⋙ parṇakuṭikā

○kuṭikā or f. a hut made of lṭleaves L

⋙ parṇakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a hut made of leaves L

⋙ parṇakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. 'leaf-penance', living for a time upon an infusion of leaves and Kuśa grass as a religious observance Vishṇ. Yājñ

⋙ parṇakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. a tree without apparent blossoms, any tree L

⋙ parṇacara

○cara m. 'leafstalker', a kind of deer L

⋙ parṇacīrapaṭa

○cīra-paṭa mfn. clad in a garment made of leaves (Śiva) MBh

⋙ parṇacoraka

○coraka m. a gall-nut L

⋙ parṇatva

○tvá n. the state of the Butea Frondosa MaitrS

⋙ parṇadatta

○datta m. N. of a man L

⋙ parṇadhi

○dhí m. 'feather-holder', the part of an arrow to which the feather are fastened AV

⋙ parṇadhvas

○dhvas mfn. (nom. t) causing the falling of leaves Sch. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 76 &c

⋙ parṇanara

○nara m. 'man of leaves', an effigy stuffed with leaves or made of leaves and burnt as a substitute for a lost corpse Cat

⋙ parṇanāla

○nāla m. a leaf-stalk, petiole Śaṃk

⋙ parṇapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel MBh. R

⋙ parṇapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. (prob. = -nara) N. of wk

⋙ parṇaprātyika

○prātyika m. or n. N. of a place Rājat. (wṛ. for prāsika ?)

⋙ parṇaprāśanin

○prâśanin (Bālar.),

⋙ parṇabhakṣa

○bhakṣa (Hariv.), mfn. feeding upon leaves

⋙ parṇabhedinī

○bhedinī f. the Priyaṅgu tree L

⋙ parṇabhojana

○bhojana mfn. = -bhakṣa

• m. any animal eating leaves, a goat L

⋙ parṇamaṇi

○maṇí m. a kind of magical instrument (made of Priyaṅgu wood ?) AV

⋙ parṇamaya

○máya mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa TS. TBr. Kāṭh

• ○yī-tva n. Nyāyam. Comm

⋙ parṇamācāla

○mācāla (?), m. Averrhoa Carambola L

⋙ parṇamuc

○muc mfn. (nom. ṭ) = -dhvas Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇamṛga

○mṛga m. any animal which frequents the boughs of trees (as a monkey, squirrel &c.) Suśr

⋙ parṇaruh

○ruh mfn. (nom. ṭ) causing leaves to grow Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇalatā

○latā f. the betel plant L

⋙ parṇavat

○vat mfn. abounding in leaves, leafy Kāṭh. MBh

⋙ parṇavalka

○valká m. the bark of the Butea Frondosa (also pl.) TS. TBr. ĀpŚr

• N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙ parṇavallī

○vallī f. a species of creeping plant L

⋙ parṇavādya

○vādya n. 'leaf-music', sounds produced by blowing into a folded leaves Hariv

⋙ parṇavilāsinī

○vilāsinī f. a partic. fragrant substance Gal

⋙ parṇavī

○vī́ mfn. 'wing-borne', carried by wings RV

⋙ parṇavīṭikā

○vīṭikā f. the Areca nut cut in pieces and sprinkled with spices and rolled up in betel leaves Rājat

⋙ parṇaśada

○śadá m. the falling of leaves AV. VS

• ○dyá mfn. relating to it TS

⋙ parṇaśabara

○śabara m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

• (ī), f. (prob.) N. of a divine female Cat

⋙ parṇaśabda

○śabda m. the rustling of leaves Pañc

⋙ parṇaśayyā

○śayyā f. a couch of leaves R

⋙ parṇaśar

○śar m. a leaf-stalk (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) AitBr

⋙ parṇaśākhā

○śākhā́ f. a bough of the BṭButea Frondosa ŚBr

⋙ parṇaśāda

○śāda m. = -śada Kāṭh

⋙ parṇaśālā

○śālā f. 'leaf-hut', an arbour R. Ragh. Kād. (esp. as the dwelling of a Buddhist monk RTL. 81 ; 430) [Page 606, Column 3]

• N. of a great settlement of Brāhmans in Madhya-deśa between the Yamunā and Gaṅgā MBh

• ○lâgra m. N. of a mountain in Bhadrâśva MārkP

• ○lāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like an arbour Naish

⋙ parṇaśuṣ

○śuṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) drying or shrivelling leaves Uṇ. ii, 22 Sch

⋙ parṇasaṃstara

○saṃstara m. having leaves for a bed, sleeping on leaves MW

⋙ parṇāḍhaka

parṇâḍhaka m. N. of a man

• pl. of his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙ parṇāda

parṇâda m. 'feeding upon leaves', N. of an ancient sage MBh

• of a Brāhman Nal

⋙ parṇāśa

parṇâśa (or ○sa), m. Cedrela Toona or a species of Basilicum Hariv. L

• (ā), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙ parṇāśana

parṇâśana n. the feeding on leaves SaṃhUp

• m. a cloud W

⋙ parṇāśin

parṇâśin mfn. feeding on leaves Vishṇ

⋙ parṇāsi

parṇâsi m. Ocymum Sanctum W

⋙ parṇāhāra

parṇâhāra mfn. = ○ṇâśin R

⋙ parṇoṭaja

parṇôṭaja n. 'leaf-hut', an hermitage Uttarar

⋙ parṇotsa

parṇôtsa m. N. of a village Rājat

≫ parṇaka

párṇaka m. = bhilla Mahīdh

• N. of a man

• pl. of his descendants, g. upakâdi

• (ikā), f. a kind of vegetable Car

• N. of an Apsaras Hariv

≫ parṇaya 1

parṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to be green Dhātup

≫ parṇaya 2

parṇáya m. N. of an enemy ('of an Asura' Sāy.) slain by Indra RV

⋙ parṇayaghna

○ghná n. the slaying of Parṇaya ib

≫ parṇala

parṇala mfn. full of leaves, leafy, g. sidhmâdi

• ○lī-bhūta mfn. being leafy or green Bhaṭṭ

≫ parṇasa

parṇasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

≫ parṇasi

parṇasi m. (only L.) a house upon or by the water

• a lotus

• a vegetable

• adorning, decoration

≫ parṇika

parṇika mf(ī)n. selling or dealing in Parṇī, g. kisarâdi

≫ parṇin

parṇín mfn. winged, plumed RV

• leafy ib

• made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa R

• m. a tree MBh

• Butea Frondosa L

• (○ṇinī), f. a species of plant Suśr

• a collect. N. for 4 partic. plants Car

• N. of an Apsaras Hariv

⋙ ṇilatā

ṇi-latā f. Piper Betle L

≫ parṇila

parṇila mfn. leafy Uṇ. iii, 6 Sch

≫ parṇīya

parṇīya mfn. g. utkarâdi

≫ parṇya

parṇyá mfn. relating to leaves, leafy TS

parṇāla

parṇāla m. a boat L

• a spade or hoe L

• single combat L

partṛ

partṛ́ (√pṛ), only instr. pl., with aids, helpfully RV

pard

pard cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. ii, 28) to break wind downwards Sarasv. i, 25. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pe1do, [606, 3] po1dex ; Lith. pérdś3u ; Germ. farśen, furśen ; Angl. Sax. feortan ; Eng. fart.]

≫ parda

parda m. breaking wind downwards L

• thick hair L

⋙ pardana

parḍdana n. breaking wind L

≫ pardi

pardi m. or f. N. of a person L

parp

parp cl. 1. P. parpati, to go Dhātup. xi, 18 (a doubtful √and questionably connected with the following words)

≫ parpa

parpa n. a wheel-chair (for cripples) Siddh

• young grass

• a house Uṇ. iii, 28 Sch

≫ parpaṭa

parpaṭa m. a species of medicinal plant Suśr. (Hedyotis Burmanniana or Mollugo Pentaphylla L.)

• a kind of thin cake made of rice or pease-meal and baked in grease L

• (ī), f. a red-colouring Oldenlandia Bhpr

• a kind of fragrant earth L

• a thin crisp cake (prob. = m.) W

⋙ parpaṭadruma

○druma m. a kind of tree (= kumbhī-vṛkṣa) L. (also ○TI-dr○)

≫ parpaṭaka

parpaṭaka m. a species of medicinal plant (= ○paṭa) Suśr. Car. Bhpr

• (ī), f. the same or some other med. plant Car

≫ parpaṭi

parpaṭi m. (with rāja-putra) N. of a poet Cat

≫ parpika

parpika m. (and ○kī f.) a cripple who moves about by the aid of a chair Pāṇ. 4-4, 10 Sch

parparī

parparī f. a braid of hair L

parparīka

parparīka m. the sun (√pṝ Uṇ. iv, 19 Sch.)

• fire L

• a tank or piece of water L

parparīṇa

parparīṇa m. (only L.) the vein of a leaf

• = parṇa-cūrṇa-rasa

• = dyūta-kam-bala

• n. = parvan

parpharīka

parpharī́ka m. one who tears to pieces or fills RV. x, 106, 6 (Sāy.)

parb

parb cl. 1. P. parbati, to go, move Nalac. (Dhātup. xi, 21

• cf. parp)

parmāḍi

parmāḍi m. N. of a prince of Karṇāṭa (v. l. ○māṇḍi) Rājat

paryak

pary-ak ind. (orig. n. of an unusual pary-añc [Page 607, Column 1] Contents of this page

• cf. praty-añc &c.) round about, in every direction BhP

paryagu

paryagu mfn. (?) in pāramahaṃsyap○ BhP. iv, 21, 40

paryagni

pary-agni m. circumambient fire (either a torch carried round the sacrificial animal or = next) Br

⋙ paryagnikaraṇa

○karaṇa n. the ceremony of carrying fire round the sacrificial animal GṛŚrS

• ○ṇīya mfn. relating to this ceremony TBr. Sch

⋙ paryagnikartṛ

○kartṛ

• m. one who carries fire round the sacrificial animal MānŚr

⋙ paryagnikṛ

○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtvā, or -kṛtya), to carry fire round (acc.) Br. Āpast

⋙ paryagnikṛta

○kṛta (pár○), mfn. encircled with fire Br

⋙ paryagnikriyamāṇa

○kriyamāṇa mfn. being encircled with fire

• (e), ind. during the encircling with fire AitBr

paryaṅkh

pary-√aṅkh (only 3. sg. Subj. Ā. pary-aṅkháyāte), to clasp or encircle round RV. x, 16, 7

paryaṅgya

pary-aṅgya mfn. (pari + aṅga) being about or at the side ŚBr

paryañc

pary-√añc (only 1. sg. pr. P. páryacāmi), to turn about or round, revolve RV. x, 119, 5

≫ paryaṅka

pary-aṅka m. (also paly○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, sofa, litter, palanquin KaushUp. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also ○kikā f. Kād

• ○kī-kṛta mfn. turned into a couch Gīt.)

• a partic. mode of sitting on the ground (a squatting position assumed by ascetics and Buddhists in meditation) Buddh. (cf. below)

• a cloth wound round the back and loins and knees while so sitting L

• N. of a mountain (son of Vindhya) L

⋙ paryaṅkagranthibandha

○granthi-bandha m. the bending of the legs crossways under the body in sitting Mṛicch. i, 1

⋙ paryaṅkapaṭṭikā

○paṭṭikā (Bhpr.),

⋙ paryaṅkapādikā

○pādikā (L.), f. a species of Lupinus

⋙ paryaṅkabaddha

○baddha mfn. sitting with the legs bent crossways under the body, squatting Buddh

⋙ paryaṅkabandha

○bandhá m. (Kum.),

⋙ paryaṅkabandhana

○bandhana n. (L.) the act of sitting with the legs bent and binding a cloth round the back and loins and knees

⋙ paryaṅkabhogin

○bhogin m. a kind of serpent MW

⋙ paryaṅkastha

○stha mfn. sitting on a sofa ib

paryaṭ

pary-√aṭ P. Ā. pary-aṭati, ○te (Impv. pary-aṭasva

• fut. pary-aṭiṣyati), to roam or wander about, travel over (acc. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. Pañc

⋙ paryaṭa

pary-ḍaṭa m. pl. N. of a people R

⋙ paryaṭaka

pary-ḍaṭaka m. a tramp, vagabond Mṛicch. Sch

⋙ paryaṭana

pary-ḍaṭana n. wandering about, roaming through (gen. or comp.) Pañc. BhP

⋙ paryaṭita

pary-ḍaṭita mfn. one who has roamed or wandered Pañc

• n. = prec. ib

paryadhyayana

pary-adhyayana mfn. averse from study Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

paryan

pary-√an P. pary-aniti Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Vārtt. 1 Pat

paryanubandha

pary-anu-bandha m. (√bandh) binding round L

paryanuyuj

pary-anu-√yuj (ind. p. -yujya Naish.), to ply with questions

⋙ paryanuyukta

pary-anu-ḍyukta mfn. asked, questioned Car

⋙ paryanuyoktavya

pary-anu-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be questioned, to be urged to answer a question Śaṃk

⋙ paryanuyoga

pary-anu-ḍyoga m. asking, inquiring, questioning ĀpŚr. Sch

• an inquiry with the object of refuting a statement L

• censure, reproach Yājñ. Sch

⋙ paryanuyojya

pary-anu-ḍyojya mfn. to be blamed or censured (jyôpêkṣaṇa n. omitting to blame what ought to be blamed) Nyāyas. Sarvad

paryanta

pary-antá m. circuit, circumference, edge, limit, border

• side, flank, extremity, end TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. 'bounded by', 'extending as far as' [f. ā]

• or ibc. 'adjoining, neighbouring')

• (am), ind. entirely, altogether, Śukas

• (ifc.) to the end of, as far as Kap

• paryantāt paryantam, from one end to the other Var

• (e), ind. at the end Kathās

• mf(ā)n. coming to an end with, being a match for Lalit

• extending in all directions Hariv. (v. l. pary-asta)

⋙ paryantadeśa

○deśa m. a neighbouring or adjacent district Hariv

⋙ paryantaparvata

○parvata m. an adjoining hill L

⋙ paryantabhū

○bhū f. ground contiguous to the skirts of a river or mountain W

⋙ paryantasaṃsthita

○saṃsthita (Ṛit.),

⋙ paryantastha

○stha (Kathās.),

⋙ paryantasthita

○sthita (W.), mfn. limitative, confining, neighbouring

≫ paryantikā

paryantikā f. loss of all good qualities, depravity L

≫ paryantīkṛ

paryantī-√kṛ to finish

• -kṛta mfn. finished Divyâv

≫ paryantīya

paryantīya mfn. being at the end ĀpŚr

paryanya

paryanya wṛ. for parjanya. [Page 607, Column 2]

paryanviṣ

pary-anv-iṣ √3. P. -icchati, to seek for, search after MBh

paryaya

pary-aya pary-ayaṇa, pary-āya, See under 2. parī7

paryarṣaṇa

pary-arṣaṇa See under pary-ṛṣ

paryavakṝ

pary-ava-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter round or about, shed over MBh

paryavacchid

pary-avacchid (ava + √chid), P. -cchinatti (-cchinadāni), to cut off on both sides or all round AitBr

paryavadāta

pary-ava-dāta mfn. (√dai) perfectly clean or pure Kād

• very accomplished Divyâv

• well acquainted or conversant with (loc.) Car. (-tva n.)

• well known, very familiar ib

⋙ paryavadātaśruta

○śruta mfn. perfectly skilled in art (-tā f.) Car

paryavado

pary-ava-√do P. -dyati, to cut off or slice all round TS

⋙ paryavadāna

pary-ava-ḍdāna n. complete destruction or disappearance Lalit

⋙ paryavadāpayitṛ

pary-ava-ḍdāpayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a distributor Divyâv

paryavadhāraṇa

pary-ava-dhāraṇa n. (√dhṛ) precise determination, careful consideration, refining, subtilizing Vedântas. Sch

paryavanaddha

pary-ava-naddha mfn. (√nah) overgrown Divyâv

paryavanud

pary-ava-√nud P. -nudati, to push towards (acc.) TāṇḍBr

paryavapanna

pary-ava-panna mfn. (√pad) broken down, destroyed, annihilated, frustrated Pat

⋙ paryavapāda

pary-ava-ḍpāda m. transformation ib

• ○dya mfn. effecting transformation ib

paryavarodha

pary-ava-rodha m. (√rudh) obstruction, hindrance L

paryavaśiṣ

pary-ava-√śiṣ (only Pot. -śiṣyet), to border, circumscribe Vait

⋙ paryavaśeṣa

pary-ava-ḍśeṣa m. end, termination MW

⋙ paryavaśeṣita

pary-ava-ḍśeṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) left remaining BhP

• regarded as the end of all (i.e. God) MW

paryavaṣṭambh

pary-ava-ṣṭambh (√stambh

• Pass. -ṣṭabhyate ind. p. -ṣṭabhya), to surround, invest Kāv

⋙ paryavaṣṭabdha

pary-ava-ḍṣṭabdha mfn. surrounded, invested Mālatīm

⋙ paryavaṣṭambhana

pary-ava-ḍṣṭambhana n. surrounding, investing Uttarar

paryavasṛp

pary-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep up to, approach in a creeping manner ŚāṅkhBr

paryavaso

pary-ava-√so P. -syati, to result or end in, amount to (loc. or acc. with prati) Kāv. Sāh

• to finish, complete, conclude, include MW

• to endeavour ib

• to perish, be lost, decline A

⋙ paryavasāna

pary-ava-sāna n. end, termination, conclusion, issue (āt ind. in consequence of) Gobh. Nāg. Hit

• comprehending, including, amounting to (loc.) Sarvad

⋙ paryavasānika

pary-ava-sānika mfn. coming to a close, tending towards an end MBh. (v. l. pāryavas○)

⋙ paryavasāya

pary-ava-sāya m. = ○sāna

• ifc. = next Bālar

⋙ paryavasāyin

pary-ava-sāyin mfn. ending with, amounting to Uttarar. Śaṃk. (○yi-tva n.)

⋙ paryavasita

pary-ava-sita (pary-áva-), mfn. living farther off (= not quite near) ŚBr. Sch

• (with lokântaram) departed to Uttarar

• finished, concluded, ended MBh. Kāv. &c

• amounting to (loc.) Śaṃk

• resolved, settled, definitive Sāh

• -mati mfn. thoroughly acquainted or familiar with (loc.) BhP

paryavaskanda

pary-ava-skanda m. (√skand) the act of jumping down (from a carriage) MBh

paryavasthā

pary-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to become firm or steady Bhag

• to fill, pervade (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to comfort, encourage ib

⋙ paryavasthā

pary-ava-sthā f

⋙ paryavasthāna

pary-ava-sthāna n. opposition, contradiction L

⋙ paryavasthātṛ

pary-ava-sthātṛ mfn. opposing

• an antagonist, adversary MBh. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89

⋙ paryavasthita

pary-ava-sthita mfn. standing, stationed

• (with loc.) contained in, devoted or attached to, intent upon, occupied with MBh. R. Hariv

• merry, content, comfortable, of good cheer ib

paryavāp

pary-avâp (ava + √āp), P. -avâpnoti, to study Divyâv

paryave

pary-avê (ava-√i), P. -avâiti (Pot. -avêyāt), to turn round, turn in the right direction AitBr

• to pass, elapse ŚBr

⋙ paryaveta

pary-ḍavêta mfn. elapsed, expired Kauś. HirGṛ

paryavekṣ

pary-avêkṣ (ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate, to regard from every side MBh. [Page 607, Column 3]

• to look down upon KaushUp

paryaś

pary-aś √1. P. -aśnoti, (Pot. -aśyāt), to arrive at, reach, attain RV

paryaś

pary-aś √2. P. -aśnāti, to eat before another (acc.), to pass over a person at a meal (instr.) MBh

paryaśru

pary-aśru mfn. bathed in tears, shedding tears, tearful MBh. Kāv. Rājat

paryas

pary-as √1. P. pary-asti, (3. du. pári-ṣṭaḥ

• 2. pl. pári-ṣṭha

• pf. páry-āsa), to be in the way of (acc.) RV

• to Pass or spend time ib

paryas

pary-as √2 P. Ā. pary-asyati, ○te, to throw or cast or place round AV. AitBr

• to spread round, diffuse Kir

• to entrap, ensnare (Ā. aor. 3. du. pary-āsiṣātām Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.)

• to turn round, wallow (ind. p. pary-asya) Amar

• to throw down, overturn, upset (aor. pary-āsthat) ŚBr. Mn. Kathās.: Pass. pary-asyate (aor. pary-āsthata Pāṇ. 3-1, 52 Sch.), to tall down, drop: Caus. pary-āsayati, to cause to roll down or shed (as tears) Ragh

⋙ paryasana

pary-ḍasana n. throwing or tossing about Car

• casting, sending W

• putting off or away ib

⋙ paryasta

pary-ḍasta mfn. thrown or cast about, spread, diffused MBh. Kum. Amar

• surrounded, encompassed, ensnared R. Bhartṛ

• strung, filed on (comp.) Daś

• overturned, upset, inverted, changed Bhartṛ

• struck, killed L

• dismissed, laid aside ib

• -vat mfn. containing the notion expressed by the word pary-asta AitBr

• -vilocana (Kum.), -"ṣastâkṣá (AV.), mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes

⋙ paryasti

pary-ḍasti f. sitting upon the heels or hams L

⋙ paryastikā

pary-ḍastikā f. id. Suśr

• a bed W

• -"ṣkâkṛti mfn. one who has sprained both his shoulders L

≫ paryāsa

pary-āsá m. edging, trimming ŚBr

• rotation, resolution BhP

• end, conclusion (N. of partic. concluding strophes in certain hymns) Br. ŚrS

• inverted order or position W

⋙ paryāsana

pary-ḍāsana n. (fr. Caus.) revolution MBh

⋙ paryāsita

pary-ḍāsita See a-paryāsita

paryastamayam

pary-astamayam ind. about sunset ŚāṅkhŚr

paryahna

pary-ahna m. APrāt. Comm

paryākula

pary-ākula mf(ā)n. full of, filled with (comp.) MBh. R. Hariv

• disordered, confused, excited, bewildered MBh. Kāv. &c

• turbid (as water) MW

⋙ paryākulatva

○tva n. confusion, bewilderment Kum

≫ paryākulaya

pary-ākulaya Nom. P. ○yati, to disturb, excite, bewilder Śak. (Pi.) i, 31/32

≫ paryākulīkṛ

pary-ākulī-√kṛ id. ib. (v. l.)

⋙ paryākulīkṛbhū

pary-ākulī-√kṛ--√bhū to be confused or bewildered R

paryākṛ

pary-ā-√kṛ (only Pass. p. -kriyamāṇa and -kṛta), to turn round AV.: Desid. (p. pary-ā-cikīrṣat) to wish to turn round TS

paryākṣip

pary-ā-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to wind round, bind with (instr.) Kum

paryākhyāna

pary-ā-khyāna n. (√khyā) Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 7 Pat

paryāgam

pary-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go round, elapse, last, live MBh

⋙ paryāgata

pary-ḍā́gata mfn. revolved, anything that has made its revolution, elapsed, passed (as a year) TS

• finished, done MBh

• inveterate ib

• (with punar) returned to life ib

• (ifc.) encircled, ensnared, being in a person's power ib

paryāgal

pary-ā-√gal P. -galati, to drop or trickle down on every side Bhaṭṭ

paryāgā

pary-ā-√gā (only aor. -āgāt, 3. pl. -ā́gur), to pursue, be intent upon (acc.) RV. i, 88, 4

• to perform a revolution, elapse (as time) MBh

paryācar

pary-ā-√car P. -cárati, to come near, approach RV. AV

paryācānta

pary-ācānta mfn. (√cam) sipped prematurely (as water in ācamana, q.v.)

• (with annam), n. food left by a person after sipping Mn. iv, 212

paryācita

pary-ā-cita n. (prob.) N. of a place, g. ācitâdi

paryāṇa

paryāṇa n. (for pari-yāṇa

• √yā) a circuit (or mfn. forming a circuit) AitBr. iv, 17) [Page 608, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a saddle Var. Kathās

⋙ paryāṇaya

paryāḍṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to saddle Nalac

⋙ paryāṇita

paryāḍṇita mfn. saddled Kād

paryāṇah

pary-ā-ṇah (√nah), P. -ṇahyati, to cover up, cover ŚBr

⋙ paryāṇaddha

pary-ḍā́ṇaddha mfn. covered (?) AV. xiv, 2, 12

⋙ paryāṇahana

pary-ḍāṇahana See soma-paryāṇ○

paryāṇī

pary-ā-ṇī (√nī), P. -ṇayati (but Impv. pary-ânayata MBh. i, 5446), to lead round ŚBr. GṛS. MBh

• to lead or bring forward RV. MBh

paryātan

pary-ā-√tan P. -tanoti, to spread round, encompass, surround ŚBr

paryādā

pary-ā-√dā Ā. -datte (Pot. -dadīta ind. p. -dāya), to make one's own, take away from (abl.) RV. Br

• to take off (any liquid) Suśr. Car

• to seize, snatch MBh

• to appropriate, learn MBh

paryādāna

pary-ā-dāna n. (√do ?) end, exhaustion Divyâv

paryādru

pary-ā-dru P. -dravati, to run to and fro BhP

paryādhā

pary-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti (Impv. 2. pl. -dhatta), to lay round, surround (with fire) AV

⋙ paryādhādhātṛ

pary-ā-√dhḍādhātṛ m. a younger brother who has set up the sacred fire previously to the elder Gaut

≫ paryāhita

pary-āhita m. an elder brother previously to whom the younger has set up the sacred fire Gaut. ĀpŚr

paryāntam

pary-āntam ind. (prob.) wṛ. for pary-antam, as far as, up to (comp.) Āpast

paryāp

pary-√āp P. -āpnoti (Impv. -āpnuhi

• pf. -āpa), to reach, obtain, attain, gain RV. TS. ŚBr

• to make an end of, be content MBh.: Caus. -āpayati (ind. p. -āpya), to perform, do Rājat.: Desid. parī7psati, to wish to obtain or reach, desire Mn. MBh. &c

• to wish to preserve, guard MBh

• to wish to get at, lie in wait or ambush ib

≫ parīpsā

parī7psā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining or preserving MBh

• haste, hurry Pāṇ. 3-4, 52

⋙ parīpsu

parī7psu mfn. wishing to obtain or preserve MBh

• desirous of finding out or ascertaining Kir. iii, 4

≫ paryāpta

pary-āpta mfn. obtained, gained Uttarar

• finished, completed, full Up. Kālid

• extensive, spacious, large Hariv

• abundant, copious, many Kāv

• sufficient for (dat. or gen.)

• adequate, equal to, a match for (gen., dat

• loc. or inf., Pāṇ. 3-4, 66) MBh. Kāv. &c

• limited in number MW

• (am), ind. fully, completely, enough, one's fill Kāv

• willingly, readily L

• -kala mfn. having full digits (as the moon) Ragh

• -kāma mfn. one whose desires are accomplished or allayed MuṇḍUp

• -candra mf(ā)n. adorned by the full moon (as a night) Kum

• -tā f. copiousness, abundance Kathās

• satisfaction, gratification MW

• -dakṣiṇa mfn. accompanied with liberal gifts (as a sacrifice) Ragh

• -nayana mfn. having a sufficient number of eyes Hariv

• -bhoga mfn. possessing or enjoying a sufficiency Mn. Yājñ

• -vat mfn. able, capable Ragh. (cf. a-pary○)

⋙ paryāpti

pary-ḍāpti (páry-), f. end, conclusion ŚBr

• entireness, fulness, sufficiency MBh. Kathās. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 66)

• adequacy, competency, fitness for (comp.) Kathās. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 16

• obtaining, acquisition L

• self-defence, warding off a blow L

• (in phil.) distinction of objects according to their natural properties W

paryāpat

pary-ā-√pat P. -patati (pf. 3. pl. -petuḥ), to hasten forth, hurry or run away MBh. R

• -patat mf(antī)n. hurrying or rushing about Śiś. v, 24

paryāplu

pary-ā-√plu Caus. -plāvayati, to make float round TBr

⋙ paryāplāva

pary-ā-ḍplāvá m. turning round, revolution TS. Kāṭh

⋙ paryāpluta

pary-ā-ḍpluta mfn. surrounded, encircled MBh

paryābhū

pary-ā-√bhū (only aor. pary-âbhūt), to turn upside down (intrans.) ŚBr

paryābhṛ

pary-ā-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry near, fetch from (abl.) RV

⋙ paryābhṛta

pary-ā́bhṛta mfn. fetched or extracted from (abl.) ib

paryāmuc

pary-ā-√muc P. -muñcati, to make loose or take off on all sides Sāṃkhyak. Sch

paryāmṛś

pary-ā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to subdue, conquer, overpower MW

paryāya

pary-āya &c. See under 2. parī7. [Page 608, Column 2]

paryāyata

pary-āyata mfn. (√yam) extremely long or extended R

paryāyā

pary-ā-√yā (only Impv. -yāhi, -yātam), to approach from (abl.), come near RV

paryārin

pary-ārín mfn. (√4. ṛ) toiling a long time without success, attaining one's object in the end (after long effort) TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh

paryāruh

pary-ā-√ruh P. -róhati, to rise from (abl.) RV

paryālī

paryālī ind. (with √kṛ, bhū, and as), g. ūry-ādi

paryāloc

pary-ā-√loc Caus. -locayati (ind. p. -locya), to look after, attend to, consider, ponder Subh. Vet

⋙ paryāloca

pary-ā-ḍloca m. consideration, reflection HPariś

⋙ paryālocana

pary-ā-ḍlocana n. id. Kull

• (ā), f. id. ib. ĀpŚr. Sch

• plan, design Kathās

⋙ paryālecita

pary-ā-ḍlecita mfn. considered, pondered Kull

• -vat mfn. Pañc

paryāvadāna

pary-āvadāna n. = pary-ava-dāna Kāraṇḍ

paryāvap

pary-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to add ŚBr

paryāvasatha

pary-āvasatha m. = maṭha, Śīl

paryāvila

pary-āvila mfn. very turbid, much soiled Ragh

paryāvṛt

pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vártate (ep. also ○ti Pot. -vartet Hariv

• pf. -vavarta, -vavṛte MBh

• aor. pary-ấ-vart RV

• ind. p. pari-vṛtya ĀpŚr.), to turn round (intrans

• trans. only ind. p.), turn away from (abl.), return to (dat.) RV. &c. &c

• to be changed into (instr.) Kād

• to get possessed of (acc.) Hariv.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn or roll round (trans.) TS. ŚBr

• to change or barter against (Impv. 2. sg. ○tāt) ChUp. i, 5, 2: Desid. -vívṛtsati, to wish to roll round RV

⋙ paryāvarta

pary-ā-ḍvarta m. return, exchange BhP

⋙ paryāvartana

pary-ā-ḍvartana m. N. of a hell ib

• n. coming back, returning KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryāvartita

pary-ā-ḍvartita mfn. turned round, subverted, reversed MW

paryāvṛta

pary-ā-vṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) veiled, covered Mālatīm

paryāśvas

pary-ā-√śvas P. -śvasili, or -śvasati, to breathe out, recover breath, take heart, be at ease MBh. R.: Caus. -śvāsayati, ○te, to comfort, console MBh

⋙ paryāśvasta

pary-ā-ḍśvasta mfn. comforted, consoled, tranquil, at ease MBh

paryās

pary-√ās Ā. -āste (3. pl. -āsate

• Pot. 3. sg. -āsīta), to sit or assemble round any one (acc.) RV. ŚBr

• to remain sitting or inactive RV

• to sue for (acc.) ib. x, 40, 7

paryāsa

pary-āsa ○sana, See pary- √2. as

paryāhṛ

pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over to (dat.) ŚBr

• to overturn or turn upside down ib. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paryāhāra

pary-ā-ḍhāra m. a yoke worn across the shoulders in carrying a load L

• conveying W

• a load ib

• a pitcher ib

• storing grain ib

paryāhve

pary-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate, to pronounce the Āhāva (s.v.) before and after AitBr

≫ paryāhāva

pary-ā-hāva m. a partic. formula which precedes and follows a verse ib. Sāy

paryuka

paryuka m. N. of a man Rājat

paryukta

páry-ukta mfn. (√vac) bewitched by words, conjured AV

paryukṣ

pary-√ukṣ P. Ā. -ukṣati, ○te (ind. p. -ukṣya), to sprinkle round ŚrS

⋙ paryukṣaṇa

pary-ḍukṣaṇa n. sprinkling round, sprinkling GṛŚrS

• (ī), f. a vessel for sprinkling Kauś

paryuta

pary-uta See pari-ve, p. 601

paryutthā

pary-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -ut-tiṣṭhati, to rise from (abl.) RV

• to appear to (acc.) TāṇḍBr

⋙ paryutthāna

pary-ḍutthāna n. standing up, rising L

paryutsuka

pary-utsuka mf(ā)n. very restless, much excited R. Mālav

• eagerly desirous, longing for (dat.) Ratnâv

⋙ paryutsukatva

○tva n. an ardent longing Ragh

⋙ paryutsukībhū

pary-utsuḍkī-√bhū to be sorrowful or regretful Śak

paryutsṛj

pary-ut-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give up, leave, abandon L. [Page 608, Column 3]

paryudañcana

pary-ud-añcana n. (√añc) debt L

paryudayam

pary-udayam ind. about sunrise KātyŚr

paryudas

pary-ud-as √2. P. -asyati, to reject, exclude MBh

⋙ paryudasana

pary-ud-ḍasana n. exclusion Yogas. Sch

⋙ paryudasitavya

pary-ud-ḍasitavya mfn. to be excluded or denied Pat

⋙ paryudasta

pary-ud-ḍasta mfn. rejected, excluded Kull. on Mn. iii, 280

• -tva n. ĀpŚr. Sch. Sāy

≫ paryudāsa

pary-ud-āsa m. a prohibitive rule, exception Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

paryudita

pary-udita See pari-vad, p. 600

paryudbhṛta

pary-úd-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) brought out, extracted from (abl.) RV

paryudvas

pary-ud-vas √5. Caus. -vāsayati, to take away, remove AV

paryudvij

pary-ud-√vij (only fut. -vijiṣyati). to shrink from, be afraid of (acc.) R

paryupalip

pary-upa-√lip P. -limpati, to smear all round Gobh

paryupaviś

pary-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down round or near (acc.) ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ paryupaveśana

pary-upa-ḍveśana n. sitting about KātyŚr

paryupasthā

pary-upa-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to be or stand round (acc.)

• to attend, serve, honour with (instr.) MBh. R

• (Ā.) to join KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryupasthāna

pary-upa-sthāna n. waiting upon, serving R

• rising, elevation L

⋙ paryupasthāpaka

pary-upa-sthāpaka mfn. leading to or upon KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paryupasthita

pary-upa-sthita mfn. standing round, surrounding (acc.) MBh. R

• drawing nigh, imminent, impending, it

• slipped, escaped (as a word) R

• intent upon, devoted to (loc.) ib

paryupaspṛś

pary-upa-√spṛś (only ind. p. -spṛśya), to touch or use (water) for the use of ablution or bathing MBh

paryupahve

pary-upa-√hve Ā. -hávate, to call near, invite RV

paryupāgata

pary-upâgata mfn. (√gam) standing round, surrounding BhP

paryupāvṛtta

pary-upâ-vṛtta mfn. (√vṛt) returned, come back R

paryupās

pary-upâs (-upa-√ās), Ā. -upâste (3. pl. -upâsate, Pot. 3. sg. -upâsīta

• impf. 3. sg. -upâsat), to sit round, surround, encompass MBh. Kāv. &c

• to be present at, share in, partake of (acc.) MBh

• to approach respectfully, attend upon, worship Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. -upâsyate, to be attended by (instr.) Ragh. x, 63

⋙ paryupasaka

pary-ḍupásaka mfn. worshipping, a worshipper MBh. BhP

⋙ paryupāsana

pary-ḍupâsana n. sitting round Śak. i, 25/26 (in Prākr.)

• encamping round MBh

• friendliness, courtesy Pratāp

• pardon, excuse Sāh

• honour, service, worship Kāraṇḍ. (also ā f. Divyâv.)

• joining in or concurrence with any act of reverence W

⋙ paryupāsita

pary-ḍupâsita mfn. shared in, witnessed MBh

• worshipped, reverenced

• -pūrva-tva n. the having reverenced in a former birth Divyâv

⋙ paryupāsitṛ

pary-ḍupâsitṛ mfn. moving round or about (acc.) MBh

• showing respect or honour, a worshipper ib

⋙ paryupāsīna

pary-ḍupâsīna mfn. sitting upon Mn. ii, 75

• surrounded by (instr.) R

⋙ paryupāsya

pary-ḍupâsya mfn. to be worshipped or served Jātakam

paryupta

pary-upta ○ti, See pari- √2. vap

paryulūkhalam

pary-ulūkhalam ind., g. -parimukhâdi

paryuṣaṇa

pary-uṣaṇa ○ṣita, ○ṣṭa, See pari- √5. vas, p. 600

paryūrṇu

pary-√ūrṇu Ā. -ūrṇute, to cover or conceal one's self MaitrS

paryūh

pary-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, (impf. -auhat), to heap or pile round, to surround with mounds or embankments AV. VS. TS. Br

⋙ paryūhana

pary-ḍūhana n. sweeping or heaping together KātyŚr

paryṛṣ

pary-ṛṣ √1. P. pary-árṣati, to flow round, to procure from every side by flowing RV

paryṛṣ

pary-ṛṣ √2. P. -ṛṣati, (3. pl. aor. pary-āriṣan = -ārṣan), to embrace, clasp round, support Br. KātyŚr. [Page 609, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ paryarṣaṇa

pary-árṣaṇa n. clasping round, supporting, making firm ŚBr

parye

pary-ê (-ā-√i), P. -âiti (ind. p. étya), to roam about AitBr

• to go round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr

• to come back, return ChUp

paryetṛ

pary-etṛ pary-ehi, See 2. parī7

paryeṣaṇa

pary-eṣaṇa &c. See parī7ṣ

paryoga

paryoga m. or n. (for pari-y○

• cf. paryāṇa for pari-y○) a kind of vehicle Car

paryoṣṭham

pary-oṣṭham ind., g. pari-mukhâdi

parv

parv cl. 1. P. parvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 68 (cf. √pūrv, pṝ, marv)

≫ parva

parva in comp. for ○van

⋙ parvakāra

○kāra mfn. (prob.) = next MBh. v, 1227 ('making arrows' or 'putting on a foreign dress' Nīlak.)

⋙ parvakārin

○kārin mfn. one who for the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals VP

⋙ parvakāla

○kāla m. a periodic change of the moon R. MārkP

• the time at which the moon at its conjunction or opposition passes through the node MBh. Var

• -nirṇaya m. N. of wk

• -rāśi m. time for festivals Jyot

⋙ parvagāmin

○gāmin m. one who approaches his wife on festivals VP

⋙ parvagupta

○gupta m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ parvatantravidhi

○tantra-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ parvadakṣiṇā

○dakṣiṇā f. the teacher's fee for teaching a partic. portion of the Veda Gobh

⋙ parvadivasa

○divasa m. the day of a periodic change of the moon Hcat

⋙ parvadhi

○dhi m. 'period-container', the moon L

⋙ parvanādī

○nādī f. 'moment of the Parvan', moment of opposition or conjunction MW

⋙ parvanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ parvapuṣpikā

○puṣpikā (L.),

⋙ parvapuṣpī

○puṣpī (Car.), f. Tiaridium Indicum

⋙ parvapūrṇatā

○pūrṇatā f. preparations for or completion of a festival L

• joining, uniting W

⋙ parvaprakāśa

○prakāśa and m. N. of wks

⋙ parvaprabodha

○prabodha m. N. of wks

⋙ parvabhāga

○bhāga m. the wrist Śak

⋙ parvabheda

○bheda m. violent pain in the joints Suśr

⋙ parvamālā

○mālā f. N. of wk

⋙ parvamitra

○mitra m. N. of a man HPariś

⋙ parvamūla

○mūla n. the time of new moon and full moon L

• (ā), f. a species of plant L

⋙ parvayoni

○yoni mfn. growing from joints or knots

• m. a cane or reed W

⋙ parvaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ parvaruh

○ruh m. (nom. ṭ) the pomegranate tree L

⋙ parvavat

○vat mfn. containing knots or joints ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ parvavarja

○varja mfn. except the forbidden days of a month MW

⋙ parvavallī

○vallī f. a species of Dūrvā L

⋙ parvavipad

○vipad m. the moon Gal

⋙ parvaśarkaraka

○śarkaraka m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ parvaśas

○śás ind. limb by limb, limb from limb, piece by piece (○śaḥ-√kṛ to cut to pieces) RV

⋙ parvaśāka

○śāka m. a species of pot-herb Car

⋙ parvasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ parvasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. the full and change of the moon, the junction of the 15th and 1st of a lunar fortnight MBh. R. Hariv

⋙ parvasambhava

○sambhava m. N. of wk

⋙ parvāṅgula

parvâṅgula n. a partic. measure of length, AmṛitUp

⋙ parvāvadhi

parvâvadhi m. a joint or knot L

• a partic. period, the end of a Parvan &c. W

⋙ parvāsphoṭa

parvâsphoṭa m. cracking the fingers (regarded as indecorous) Kām

⋙ parveśa

parvêśa m. the regent of an astronomical node Var

≫ parvaka

parvaka n. the knee-joint L

≫ parvaṇa

parvaṇa m. N. of a demon MBh

• (ī), f. the period of a change of the moon ib. Hariv

• a species of pot-herb (= parva-śāka) Car

• a partic. disease of the so-called juncture or Saṃdhi of the eye Suśr. (also [○N˘IkA])

• ifc. = parvan, a knot BhP

≫ parvata

párvata mfn. (fr. parvan, Pāṇ. 5-2, 122 Vārtt. 10 Pat.) knotty, rugged (said of mountains) RV. AV. (according to ĀpŚr. Sch. = parutka, parva-vat)

• m. a mountain, mountain-range, height, hill, rock (often personified

• ifc. f. ā) RV. &c. &c

• an artificial mound or heap (of grain, salt, silver, gold &c. presented to Brāhmans, cf. -dāna)

• the number 7 (from the 7 principal mountain-ranges) Sūryas

• a fragment of rock, a stone (adrayaḥ parvatāḥ, the stones for pressing Soma) RV

• a (mountain-like) cloud ib. (cf. Naigh. i, 10)

• a tree L

• a species of pot-herb L

• a species of fish (Silurus Pabda) L

• N. of a Vasu Hariv

• of a Ṛishi (associated with Nārada and messenger of the gods, supposed author of RV. viii, 12 ; ix, 104, 105, where he has the patr. Kāṇva and Kāśyapa) MBh. Kathās

• of a son of Paurṇamāsa (son of Marīci and Sambhūti) MārkP

• of a minister of king Purū-ravas Vikr

• of a monkey R

• of one of the 10 religious orders founded by Saṃkarâcārya's pupils (whose members add the word parvata to their names) W

• (ī́), f. a rock, stone VS

⋙ parvatakandara

○kandara n. mountain-cave Hit

⋙ parvatakāka

○kāka m. a raven L

⋙ parvatakīlā

○kīlā f. the earth Gal

⋙ parvatacyut

○cyút mfn. shaking mountains (Maruts) RV. [Page 609, Column 2]

⋙ parvataja

○ja mfn. 'mountains-born'

• (ā), f. a river L

⋙ parvatajāla

○jāla n. mountains-range Hariv. R

⋙ parvatatṛṇa

○tṛṇa n. 'mountains-grass', a species of grass L

⋙ parvatadāna

○dāna n. a gift in shape of a mṭmountains (cf. above) Cat

• -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ parvatadurga

○durga n. an inaccessible mṭmountains Bhartṛ

⋙ parvatadhātu

○dhātu m. 'mṭmountains-metal', ore, AmṛitUp

⋙ parvatanivāsa

○nivāsa m. 'mṭmountains-dweller', the fabulous animal Śarabha Gal

⋙ parvatapati

○pati m. 'mountains-prince', lord of the mountains MBh

⋙ parvatamastaka

○mastaka m. n. mṭmountains-top Mn. MBh

⋙ parvatamālā

○mālā f. mountains-range Pañcad

⋙ parvatamocā

○mocā f. a species of Kadalī L

⋙ parvatarāj

○rāj m. 'mountains-king', a very high mountains Kāraṇḍ

• N. of the Himâlaya MBh

⋙ parvatarāja

○rāja m. id

• -kanyā (MW.), -putrī (Kum.), f. N. of Pārvatī or Durgā (daughter of Himâlaya)

⋙ parvatarodhas

○rodhas n. mṭmountains-slope L

⋙ parvatavarṇanastotra

○varṇana-stotra n. N. of ch. of ĀdiPur

⋙ parvatavāsin

○vāsin mfn. living in mountains

• m. a mountaineer Var

• (inī), f. nard, spikenard L

• N. of Durgā L

⋙ parvataśikhara

○śikhara m. n. mountain-top Hit

⋙ parvataśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. the best of mṭmountains MBh

⋙ parvatastha

○stha mfn. situated on a mṭmountains or hill ib

⋙ parvatākāra

parvatâkāra mfn. mountains-shaped, formed like a mountains MW

⋙ parvatāgra

parvatâgra n. mountains-top R

⋙ parvatātmajā

parvatâtmajā f. mountains-daughter, N. of Durgā Hariv

⋙ parvatādhārā

parvatâdhārā f. 'mountains-holder', the earth L

⋙ parvatāri

parvatâri m. 'enemy of the mountains', N. of Indra (who clipped their wings) L

⋙ parvatāvṛdh

parvatāvṛdh mfn. delighting in mṭmountains i.e. in the pressing-stones (said of Soma) RV

⋙ parvatāśaya

parvatâśaya m. 'resting on mṭmountains', a cloud L

⋙ parvatāśraya

parvatâśraya mfn. = ○ta-vāsin

• m. (also) the fabulous animal Sarabha L

⋙ parvatāśrayin

parvatâśrayin m. a mountaineer Var

⋙ parvateśvara

parvatêśvara m. lord of the mountains MBh

• N. of a man Mudr

⋙ parvateṣṭhā

parvate-ṣṭhā́ mfn. dwelling in the heights (said of Indra) RV

⋙ parvatopatyakā

parvatôpatyakā f. a land at the foot of a mountain Hit

≫ parvataka

parvataka m. a mountain ( See eka-p○)

• N. of a man Mudr

• of a prince in the Himâlaya HPariś

≫ parvatāyana

parvatāyana wṛ. for pārv○, q.v

≫ parvati

parvatí f. a rock, stone TS

≫ parvatī 1

parvatī́ f. of parvata, q.v

≫ parvatī 2

parvatī ind. for ○ta

⋙ parvatīkṛ

○√kṛ to make into a mountain Bhartṛ

≫ parvatīya

parvatī́ya mfn. belonging to or produced in mountains AV. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 143)

≫ parvatya

parvatyá mfn. = prec. RV. TS

≫ parvan

párvan n. a knot, joint (esp. of a cane or other plant [cf. parus], but also of the body), limb, member (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c

• a break, pause, division, section (esp. of a book) ŚBr. MBh. &c

• the step of a staircase Ragh

• a member of a compound Prāt. Nir

• a period or fixed time RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• (esp.) the Cāturmāsya festival, SrS

• the days of the 4 changes of the moon (i.e. the full and change of the moon and the 8th and 14th of each half-month) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• a sacrifice performed on the occasion of a change of the moon R

• the day of the moon's passing the node at its opposition or conjunction Var. Sūryas. MBh. &c

• the moment of the sun's entering a new sign W

• any partic. period of the year (as the equinox, solstice &c.) ib

• a division of time, e.g. a half-month (24 in a year) MBh

• a day (360) BhP

• a festival, holiday W

• opportunity, occasion ib

• a moment, instant ib

≫ parvarīṇa

parvarīṇa m. (L.) = parṇa-vṛnta-rasa

• = pattra-cūrṇa-rasa

• = parṇa-śirā

• = dyūta-kambala

• = garva

• = māruta

• = mṛtaka (n.)

• n. = parvan

≫ parvasa

parvasa m. N. of a son of Paurṇamāsa VP. (cf. parvata)

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Parvasa ib

≫ parviṇī

parviṇī f. a holiday Rājat

parvita

parvita m. a species of fish, Silurus Pabda L

parśāna

párśāna m. (√pṛś = spṛś, or pṛṣ ?) a precipice, chasm RV. (Sāy. 'a cloud')

parśu 1

párśu m. a rib AV. TS. Br. [Zd. pereśu] ; a curved knife, sickle AV. Kauś. [Lat. falx

• Gk. ?]

• N. of a man RV. viii, 6, 46

• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe Pāṇ. 5-3, 117 (cf. pāraśava)

• f. the supporting or side wall of a well Nir. iv, 6

• N. of a woman RV. x, 86, 23

⋙ parśumaya

○maya mf(ī)n. shaped like a curved knife Nir. iv, 3

≫ parśukā

parśukā f. a rib Suśr

parśu 2

parśu m. (cf. paraśu and Uṇ. i, 34 Sch.) an axe, hatchet Hariv. R

⋙ parśupāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'axe in hand', N. of Gaṇêśa L

• = next A

⋙ parśurāma

○rāma m. = paraśu-r○ L

≫ parśūmat

parśū-mat or mfn. g. sidhmâdi

⋙ parśūla

parśū-la mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫ parśvadha

parśvadha m. = paraśvadha, an axe, hatchet L. [Page 609, Column 3]

parṣ

parṣ (cf. pṛṣ), cl. 1. Ā. parṣate, to grow wet Dhātup. xvi, 12 (v. l. varṣ and sparṣ)

parṣa 1

parṣá m. (√parṣ, pṛṣ ?) a bundle, sheaf RV. x, 48, 7 (Nir. iii, 10)

parṣa 2

parṣa mfn. = paruṣa, rough, violent (as wind) BhP

parṣaṇi 1

parṣáṇi mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying over or across (as a ship) RV. i, 131, 2. 2

⋙ parṣaṇi

parṣáṇi Ved. inf. of √1. pṛ ib. x, 126, 3

⋙ parṣika

parṣika ? g. purohitâdi

⋙ parṣin

parṣín See iṣu-p○

≫ parṣiṣṭha

párṣiṣṭha mfn. most mighty in delivering or rescuing RV. x, 126, 3

parṣad

parṣad f. = pari-ṣad, an assembly, audience, company, society GṛS. Yājñ. &c. (4 kinds of society Divyâv. 299, 14)

⋙ parṣadbhīru

○bhīru mfn. shy in society Var

⋙ parṣadvala

○vala mfn. surrounded by an assembly Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch

• m. an assistant at an assembly, a spectator L

≫ parṣatka

parṣatka (ifc.) = pari-ṣad, an assembly Jātakam

parhāṇa

parhāṇa See a-parhāṇa

pal

pal cl. 1. P. palati, to go Dhātup. xx, 9 (perhaps invented to account for pālayati, or palâyate)

pala

pala m. (scarcely to be connected with prec.) straw L

• = pāla g. jvalâdi

• n. a partic. weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulā (rarely m

• ifc. f. ā) Mn. Yājñ. Suśr. &c

• a partic. fluid measure Nir. xiv, 7 KātyŚr. Sch

• a partic. measure of time (= 1/60 Ghaṭī) Gaṇit. ; flesh, meat Yājñ. Suśr. [Cf. Lat. palea ; Fr. paille, Lith. pelai.]

⋙ palakṣāra

○kṣāra m. 'flesh-fluid', blood L

⋙ palagaṇḍa

○gaṇḍa m. a mason (as using straw ?) L

⋙ palaṃkara

○ṃ-kara m. 'flesh-maker', gall, bile L

⋙ palaṃkaṣa

○ṃ-kaṣa m. 'flesh-hurter', a Rākshasa L

• a lion L

• the sea Gal

• bdellium L

• (ā), f. N. of various plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Butea Frondosa, Dolichos Sinensis &c.) Suśr. L

• bdellium L

• red lac Bhpr

• a fly L

⋙ palada

○dá m. 'straw-giver (?)', a partic. material for building, (prob.) bundles of straw or reeds used for roofing and wainscoting AV

• ifc. in names of villages (○dīya mfn. ) Pāṇ. 4-2, 142

• (ī), f. N. of a village ib. 110

⋙ palapīyūṣalatā

○pīyūṣa-latā f. N. of wk. (on the canonical use of various meats)

⋙ palapriya

○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a Rākshasa or a raven L

⋙ palabhā

○bhā f. the equinoctial shadow at midday Sūryas. Sch

• -khaṇḍana and -sādhana n. N. of wks

⋙ palavibhā

○vibhā f. = -bhā L

⋙ palāgni

palâgni m. 'flesh-fire', the bilious humour L

⋙ palāṅga

palâṅga (prob.) wṛ. for capal○, q.v

⋙ palāda

palâda or m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙ palādana

palâḍdana m. 'flesh-eater', a Rākshasa L

⋙ palānna

palânna n. rice with meat Suśr. (v. r. yavânna)

⋙ palārdha

palârdha n. a partic. weight (= 2 Karshas) Car

⋙ palāli

palâli f. a heap of flesh A. 1

⋙ palāśa

palâśa m. a Rākshasa L

• mfn. cruel (lit. = next) L. 1

⋙ palāśin

palâśin m. eating flesh Bhpr

• m. = prec. L

≫ palala

palala m. a Rākshasa L

• n. ground sesamum Hariv. Var. Suśr. &c

• a kind of sweetmeat made of ground sesamum and sugar L

• mud, mire R

• flesh L

⋙ palalajvara

○jvara m. gall, bile L. (cf. palâgni)

⋙ palalapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa n. a lump of ground sesamum ŚiraUp

⋙ palalapriya

○priya m. 'fond of flesh', a raven L

⋙ palalapalalāśaya

○palalâśaya m. 'fleshreceptacle', swelled neck, goitre L

⋙ palalaudana

palalâudana n. a pap made of ground sesamum seeds Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 45

≫ palāla

palāla m. n. a stalk, straw Mn. MBh. &c

• the stalk of the Sorghum, Indian millet Suśr

• m. N. of a demon inimical to children (anu-p○) AV

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis of Skanda MBh

• (ī́), f. a stalk, straw AV. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)

⋙ palāladohada

○dohada m. 'longing for straw', the mango tree (the fruit of which is sometimes ripened in straw) L

⋙ palālabhāraka

○bhāraka m. a load of straw Mn. xi, 134

⋙ palālānupalāla

palālânupalālá m. du. Palāla and AnupṭAnupalāla (cf. above) AV

⋙ palāloccaya

palālôccaya m. a heap of straw Kathās

≫ palāli

palāli See pala

≫ palālina

palālina mfn. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ palāva

palā́va m. chaff, husks AV

• a fish-hook, Vāsav

≫ palika

palika mf(ā)n. weighing a Pala Car. Hcat

• (ifc. after a numeral) weighing so many Pala Yājñ. Suśr. &c

≫ palya

palya n. a sack for corn (prob. containing a certain measure) ŚrS

• a partic. high number Dharmaśarm

⋙ palyakathāpuṣpāñjali

○kathā-puṣpâñjali m. N. of wk

⋙ palyavarcasa

○varcasa n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 78

⋙ palyopama

palyôpama m. or n. a partic. high number W

≫ palyalika

palyalika m. or n. N. of a place Cat. [Page 610, Column 1] Contents of this page

palakyā

palakyā (L.), palaṅkyā (Bhpr.), f. Beta Bengalensis

palakṣa

palakṣa mf(ī́)n. white VS. (cf. balakṣa)

palaṅkaṭa

palaṅkaṭa mfn. shy, timid L

palava

palava m. plava (√plu), a basket of wicker-work for catching fish L

• N. of a man, Prav

palasa

palasa wṛ. for panasa R

palastijamadagni

palasti-jamadagní m. pl. the grey-haired Jamad-agnis (prob. a branch of this family of Ṛishis) RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy.)

palāka

palāka m. n. Siddh

palāṇḍu

palāṇḍu m. (rarely n.) an onion Mn. MBh. Suśr. &c. (cf. Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.)

⋙ palāṇḍubhakṣita

○bhakṣita mf(ā, or ī)n. one who has eaten onions Pāṇ. 4-1, 53 Sch

⋙ palāṇḍumaṇḍana

○maṇḍana n. N. of a comedy

palāpa

palāpa m. a halter L

• an elephant's temples L

palāpahā

palāpahā wṛ. for mal○

palāy

palây (fr. palā = parā and √ay = i

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 19 Sch.), Ā. pálâyate TS. Br. MBh. &c. (ep. also P

• pf. palâyāṃ cakre Pañc

• aor. apalâyiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ

• fut. palâyiṣyate Hit

• ○ti Śatr

• ind. p. palâyya ŚBr. &c

• inf. palâyitum Pañc.)

• to flee, fly, run away, escape, cease, vanish TS. &c. &c

⋙ palāyaka

palâḍyaka mfn. fleeing, a fugitive SaddhP

⋙ palāyana

palâḍyana n. fleeing, flight, escape MBh. Kāv. &c. (-kriyāṃ-√kṛ, to take to flight Pañc.)

• a saddle TS. Sch. (cf. paly-ayana, paryāṇa)

• -parâyaṇa mfn. occupied in flight, fugitive W

⋙ palāymanas

○manas mfn. thinking of flṭflight MW

• -viṣaya mfn. having flight for an object, bent on flṭflight ib

⋙ palāyita

pálâyita mfn. flown, fled, defeated TS. Kathās. &c

• n. gallop L. (v. l. pul○)

⋙ palāyin

palâyin mfn. fleeing, flying, taking to flight MBh

palāśa 2

palāśá n. (for 1. See under pala) a leaf, petal, foliage (ifc. f. ī) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• the blade of a sharp instrument (cf. paraśu-p○)

• the blossom of the tree Butea Frondosa Pañc

• = śmaśāna L

• = paribhāṣaṇa L

• m. (ifc. f. ā) the tree Butea Frondosa (its older name is parṇa, q.v.) Br. MBh. &c

• Curcuma Zedoaria L

• N. of Magadha L

• (ifc. it denotes beauty, g. vyāghrâdi)

• (ī), f. a species of climbing plant L

• cochineal L

• red lac L

• mfn. green L. (wṛ. for pālāśa)

⋙ palāśatā

○tā f. the state of foliage, foliation Kathās

⋙ palāśanagara

○nagara n. N. of a town Siṃhâs

⋙ palāśapattra

○pattra n. a single leaf (esp. of the Butea Frondosa) Hariv. Pañc

• m. N. of a Nāga L

⋙ palāśaparṇī

○parṇī f. Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙ palāśapuṭa

○puṭa m. n. a receptacle made of a folded leaf KātyŚr

⋙ palāśaśātana

○śātana m. an instrument for lopping foliage L

⋙ palāśākhya

palāśâkhya m. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L

⋙ palāśāṅgā

palāśâṅgā or f. a kind of Curcuma L

⋙ palāśāntā

palāḍśântā f. a kind of Curcuma L

≫ palāśaka

palāśaka m. Butea Frondosa or Curcuma Zedoaria L

• pl. N. of a place MBh

• (ikā), f. a species of climbing plant L

≫ palāśana

palāśana n. (?) Nir. xii, 29

≫ palāśāmbhā

palāśāmbhā f. = ○śâṅgā L

≫ palāśin 2

palāśin mfn. (for 1 See under pala) leafy, covered with foliage MBh

• m. a tree Prasannar

• a species of tree (= kṣīra-vṛkṣa) L

• N. of a city or village (said to be the modern Plassey) Kshitîś

• (inī), f. N. of sev. rivers MBh. MārkP

≫ palāśila

palāśila and mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

⋙ palāśīya

palāḍśīya mfn. g. kāśâdi and utkarâdi

paliknī

paliknī See palita below

paligha

pali-gha m. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel L

• a wall, rampart L

• the gateway of a building L

• an iron club or one studded with iron L. (= pari-gha

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 22)

paliṅgu

paliṅgu m. N. of a man HirGṛ

palita

palitá mf(ā, or páliknī Pāṇ. 4-1, 39 Vārtt. 1. 2 Pat.) n. grey, hoary, old, aged RV. &c. &c

• = pālayitṛ Nir. iv, 26

• m. N. of a mouse MBh

• of a prince Hariv. VP. (v. l. pāl○)

• (paliknī), f. a cow for the first time with calf L

• n. grey hair (also pl.) AV. &c. &c

• a tuft of hair Daś

• mud, mire L

• heat, burning L

• benzoin L

• pepper L. [Cf

• Gk. ?, ? &c. ; Lat. palleo, [610, 1] pallidus, pallus ; Lith. pálvas ; Slav. [plav˘u] ; HGerm. falo, val, fahl ; Angl. Sax. fealo ; Eng. fallow.] [Page 610, Column 2]

⋙ palitaṃkaraṇa

○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. rendering grey, Vāsav. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 56)

⋙ palitacchadman

○cchadman mfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair Ragh. xii, 2

⋙ palitadarśana

○darśana n. the sight or appearance of grey hair Suśr

⋙ palitambhaviṣṇu

○m-bhaviṣṇu or mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙ palitambhāvuka

○m-bhāvuka mfn. becoming grey Pāṇ. 3-2, 57

⋙ palitamlāna

○mlāna mfn. grey and withered Kathās

⋙ palitavat

○vat mfn. grey-haired HPariś

≫ palitin

palitin mfn. grey-haired MBh

paliyoga

pali-yoga m. = pari-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Pat

palījaka

palī74jaka m. (fr. pali = pari and √īj = ej) 'stirrer, disturber', N. of a demon AV

palīśa

palīśa m. = palāśa Bhpr

paleśinī

paleśinī prob. wṛ. for palāśinī Inscr

palpūlana

pálpūlana n. lye, water impregnated with alkaline salt TS. AV. Kauś

≫ palpūlaya

palpūlaya Nom. P. ○láyati, to wash with alkaline water, to tan TS. TBr

⋙ palpūlita

palpūḍlita mfn. washed, tanned ŚrS. Baudh

palya

palya &c. See under pala

palyaṅka

paly-aṅka m. = pary-aṅka (Pāṇ. 8-2, 22) a bed, couch, bedstead Siṃhâs. Pañcad

• a cloth wound round the loins while sitting on the heels and hams L

• so sitting, squatting (cf. pary-aṅka) L

palyaṅg

paly-aṅg (pali = pari and √aṅg), Ā. paly-aṅgayate (ind. p. -aṅgya), to cause to go round, stir round ŚBr.: Pass. -aṅgyate, to turn round, revolve ib

palyay

paly-√ay (paly = pari and √ay = √i), Ā. paly-ayate ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 19)

≫ palyayana

paly-ayana n. a saddle (= paryāṇa) L

• a rein, bridle Vcar

palyāṇa

palyāṇa n. a saddle L. (also ○na Gal.)

⋙ palyāṇaya

palyāḍṇaya Nom. ○yati, to saddle, Bhojacar

palyula

palyula or ○yūla Nom. P. ○layati, v. l. for palpūla Dhātup. xxxv, 29

pall

pall cl. 1. pallati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 34 Vop. (invented after √pal, prob. to explain the following words)

≫ palla

palla m. a large granary, barn Suśr

• (ī), f. See below

⋙ pallāraṇyamāhātmya

pallâraṇya-māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫ pallaka

pallaka See dattâiraṇḍa-p○ under datta

≫ palli

palli f. a small village, (esp.) a settlement of wild tribes L

• a hut, house ib

⋙ pallipañjaka

○pañjaka m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ pallivāha

○vāha m. a species of wild grass L

≫ pallikā

pallikā f. a small village &c. (= palli) L

• a small house-lizard L

≫ pallī

pallī f. a small village &c. (= palli) Kathās

• a hut, house L

• a city (esp. ifc., in N. of towns, e.g. triśira-p○, = Trichinopoly)

• a partic. measure of grain KātyŚr. Sch

• a small house-lizard L

⋙ pallīdeśa

○deśa m. N. of a district Cat

⋙ pallīpatana

○patana n. (prob.) prognostication by observing the falling of houselizards

• -kārikā f. -phala n. -vicāra m. -śānti f. N. of wks

⋙ pallīpati

○pati m. the chief of a village or station Kathās

⋙ pallīvicāra

○vicāra m

⋙ pallīvidhāna

○vidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙ pallīśa

○"ṣśa (pallī7sa), m. = -pati L

⋙ pallīśaraṭa

○śaraṭa (?), in ○ṭayoḥ phalâphala-vicāra m. ○ṭayoḥ śānti f. -kāka-bhāsâdi-śakuna and -vidhāna n. N. of wks

pallava 1

pallava m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a sprout, shoot, twig, spray, bud, blossom (met. used for the fingers, toes, lips &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a strip of cloth, scarf, lappet Kād. Bālar. Rājat

• spreading, expansion L. (cf. below)

• strength L. (= bala

• v. l. = vana, a wood)

• red lac (alakta) L

• a bracelet L

• sexual love L

• unsteadiness L

• m. a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat

• a libertine, catamine L

• a species of fish L

• pl. N. of a people MBh. Pur. (v. l. for pahlava)

• of a race of princes Inscr

⋙ pallavagrāhin

○grāhin mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge) Hit

• (with doṣa), m. the fault of prolixity or diffusiveness Gīt. Sch

• ○hi-tā f. superficial knowledge, sciolism MW

⋙ pallavadru

○dru m. the Aśoka tree L

⋙ pallavadhārin

○dhārin mfn. bearing blossoms (as a flower) Ragh

⋙ pallavapūra

○pūra m. N. of a man L

⋙ pallavamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of young shoots or twigs (cf. sulalita-latā-p○)

⋙ pallavarāgatāmra

○rāgatāmra mfn. red-coloured like a young shoots or twigs Ragh

⋙ pallavāṅkura

pallavâṅkura m. a leaf-bud L. [Page 610, Column 3]

⋙ pallavāṅguli

pallavâṅguli f. a young shoot like a finger Mālav

⋙ pallavāda

pallavâda m. 'twig-eater', a deer L

⋙ pallavādhāra

pallavâdhāra m. 'twig-holder', a branch L

⋙ pallavāpīdita

pallavâpīdita mfn. bud-laden MBh

⋙ pallavāstra

pallavâstra m. 'having blossoms for missiles', N. of the god of love L

≫ pallava 2

pallava Nom. P. ○vati, to put forth young shoots Śatr

≫ pallavaka

pallavaka m. a libertine, gallant Hcar

• a species of fish (Cyprinus Denticulatus) L

• (akā), f. N. of a woman Mṛicch

• (ikā), f. a kind of scarf L

• N. of a female attendant Kathās

≫ pallavana

pallavana n. prolixity, useless speech Naish

≫ pallavaya

pallavaya Nom. P. ○yati = 2. pallava Kāv

• to spread, divulge (as news) Vcar

• to make diffuse or prolix (= vi-stāraya) Gīt. Sch

≫ pallavika

pallavika m. = (or v. l. for) pallavaka m. L

≫ pallavita

pallavita mfn. sprouted, having young shoots (○taṃ vṛkṣaiḥ, 'young shoots have been put forth by the trees') Kāv

• spread, extended Inscr. (alaṃ "ṣtena, 'enough of further amplification', A.)

• (ifc.) filled, full of Kād

• dyed red with lac L

• m. the red dye of the lac insect W

≫ pallavin

pallavin mfn. sprouting, having young shoots Kum

• m. a tree L

≫ pallavīkṛ

pallavī-√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make or change into a very young shoot Kāvyâd

palli

palli pallī, See under √pall

palvala

palvala n. (m. Siddh.) a pool, small tank, pond. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. palus ; Lith. púrvas (?).] [610, 3]

⋙ palvalakarṣaka

○karṣaka mfn. ploughing a pool Hariv

⋙ palvalatīra

○tīra n. the bank or margin of a ploughing Pañc

⋙ palvalapaṅka

○paṅka m. the mud of a pṭploughing Kālid

≫ palvalāvāsa

palvalâvāsa m. 'pṭpalvalâvāsa-dweller', a tortoise L

≫ palvalībhū

palvalī-√bhū to become a pool Jātakam

≫ palvalya

palvalyá mf(ā́)n. marshy, boggy TS

pav

pav cl. 1. Ā. pavate, to go Dhātup. xiv, 40 (v. l. for plav)

pava

pava m. (√pū) purification, winnowing corn Pāṇ. 3-3, 28 Sch

• air, wind L

• a marsh L

• N. of a son of Nahusha VP

• (ā́), f. purification RV

• n. cow-dung L

⋙ pavanāla

○nāla (prob.) wṛ. for yava-nāla

≫ pavana

pávana m. 'purifier', wind or the god of wind, breeze, air (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c

• vital air, breath Suśr. Sarvad

• the regent of the Nakshatra Svāti and the north-west region Var

• N. of the number 5 (from the 5 vital airs) ib

• a householder's sacred fire Hār

• a species of grass L

• N. of a son of Manu Uttama BhP

• of a mountain ib

• of a country in Bharata-kshetra W

• (ī), f. a broom L

• the wild citron-tree L. (v. l. pacanī)

• N. of a river VP

• n. or m. purification, winnowing of corn L

• a potter's kiln, Śṛiṅgār

• n. an instrument for purifying grain &c., sieve, strainer AV. ĀśvGṛ

• blowing Kaṇ

• water L

• mfn. clean, pure L

⋙ pavanakṣipta

○kṣipta mfn. tempest-tossed MW

⋙ pavanacakra

○cakra n. whirlwind BhP. (cf. cakra-vāta)

⋙ pavanaja

○ja m. 'son of the wind', N. of Hanu-mat Dhūrtan

⋙ pavanajava

○java m. 'swift as wind', N. of a horse Kathās

⋙ pavanatanaya

○tanaya m. = -ja Ragh

• N. of Bhīmasena Megh

⋙ pavanadūta

○dūta m. or n

⋙ pavanapañcāśikā

○pañcāśikā f. N. of 2 poems

⋙ pavanapadavī

○padavī f. path of the wind, the air Megh

⋙ pavanapāvana

○pāvana m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ pavanaprabhava

○prabhava m. (disease) coming from the wind of the body Suśr

⋙ pavanabhū

○bhū m. = -ja MW

⋙ pavanayogasaṃgraha

○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pavanaraṃhas

○raṃhas mfn. swift as wind, Pracaṇḍ

⋙ pavanavāhana

○vāhana m. 'having wind as vehicle', fire L

⋙ pavanavijaya

○vijaya m. 'victory over the wṭwind or breath', N. of sev. Tantric wks

⋙ pavanavyādhi

○vyādhi m. disease or morbid state of the wind of the body, rheumatism W

• N. of Uddhava (the friend and counsellor of Kṛishṇa) L

⋙ pavanāghāta

pavanâghāta m. gust of wind Rājat

⋙ pavanātmaja

pavanâtmaja m. = ○na-ja L

• N. of Bhīma-sena Rājat

• fire MatsyaP

⋙ pavanāśa

pavanâśa m. 'feeding on air', a serpent, snake L

⋙ pavanāśana

pavanâśana m. id. L

• ○śanâsa m. 'snake-eater', a peacock L

• N. of Garuḍa L

⋙ pavanāśin

pavanâśin m. = ○nâśa MārkP

⋙ pavanāhata

pavanâhata mfn. struck or shaken by the wind, rheumatic W

⋙ pavaneṣṭa

pavanêṣṭa (prob.) wṛ. for yav○

⋙ pavanotkampin

pavanôtkampin mfn. trembling in the wind Śak

⋙ pavanodbhrānta

pavanôdbhrānta in -kārin mfn. 'agitating the air', N. of a partic. mode of fighting MW

• -viici f. a wave raised by the winds ib

⋙ pavanombuja

pavano'mbuja (!), m. Grewia Asiatica L

≫ pavamāna

pávamāna mfn. being purified or strained, flowing clear (as Soma) RV

• m. wind or the god of wind VS. TS. Kāv. Rājat

• N. of a partic. Agni (associated with Pāvaka and Śuci and also regarded as a son of Agni by Svāhā or of Antar-dhāna and by Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. Br. Pur. [Page 611, Column 1] Contents of this page

• N. of partic. Stotras sung by the Sāma-ga at the Jyotishṭoma sacrifice (they are called successively at the 3 Savanas bahiṣpavamâna, mādhyaṃdina and tṛtīya or ārbhava) TS. Br. ŚrS. (cf. RTL. 368)

• N. of wk

• N. of a prince and the Varsha in Śāka-dviipa ruled by him BhP

⋙ pavamānaṭippana

○ṭippana m. or n

⋙ pavamānapañcasūkta

○pañca-sū7kta n. pl.,

⋙ pavamānapaddhati

○paddhati f

⋙ pavamānasūkta

○sū7kta n. N. of wks

⋙ pavamānavat

○vat mfn. accompanied by the Pavamāna-stotra AitBr

⋙ pavamānasākha

○sâkha m. 'friend of the wind', fire Śiś

⋙ pavamānasomayajña

○somayajña m. N. of wk

⋙ pavamānahavis

○havis n. offerings to Agni invoked under the title of Pavamāna or Pāvaka or Śuci TBr. Sch

⋙ pavamānahoma

○homa m. = -havis

• N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pavamānādhyāya

pavamānâdhyāya m. N. of wk

⋙ pavamānoṣṭi

pavamānôṣṭi f. = ○na-havis TBr. Sch

• N. of wk

⋙ pavamānoktha

pavamānôktha n. the series of verses in the mid-day Pavamāna, AiBr

≫ pavayitṛ

pavayitṛ́ m. a purifier TS

≫ pavākā

pavākā f. a storm, whirlwind L

≫ pavita

pavita mfn. purified, cleansed W

• n. black pepper L

≫ pavitṛ

pavitṛ́ m. a purifier AV. ŚBr. (cf. paiviitṛ)

≫ pavitra

pavítra n. a means of purification, filter, strainer, straining-cloth &c. (made of thread or hair or straw, for clarifying fruits, esp. the Soma) RV. &c. &c

• Kuśa grass (esp. two Kuśa leaves for holding offerings or for sprinkling and purifying ghee &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. Mn. &c. (ifc. also ko, See sa-pavitraka), a ring of Kuśa grass worn on the fourth finger on partic. occasions W

• a purifying prayer or Mantra Mn. Yājñ. MBh

• a means of purifying or clearing the mind RV. iii, 26, 8 ; 31, 6 &c

• melted butter L

• honey L

• water L

• rain or rubbing (varṣaṇa or gharṣaṇa) L

• copper L

• the vessel in which the Argha is presented L. (ifc. -ka MārkP.)

• the Brāhmanical cord (cf. ○trâropaṇs)

• N. of Vishṇu (also pṭpresented pavintrāṇām) MBh. (cf RTL. 106)

• of Śiva ib

• (with ādityānām and devānām) N. of Sāmans ArshBr

• a kind of metre Col

• m. N. of a partic. Soma-sacrifice belonging to the Rājasūya TāṇḍBr. Sch. ŚrS

• Sesamum Indicum L

• Nageia Putranjiva L

• N. of a man, g. aśvâdi

• of an Āṅgirasa (the supposed author of RV. ix, 67 ; 73 ; 83 ; 107) RAnukr

• (pl.) N. of a class of deities in the 14th Manv-antara, Pur

• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (basil, saffron, the small Pippala tree &c.) L

• of sev. rivers MBh. Pur

• the 12th day of the light half of Śravaṇa (a festival in honour of Vishṇu) W

• mf(ā)n. purifying, averting evil, pure, holy, sacred, sinless, beneficent Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pavitrakīrti

○kīrti mfn. of spotless renown Dhūrtas

⋙ pavitragiri

○giri mṆ. of a place Cat

⋙ pavitratarīkṛ

○tarī-√kṛ to purify or sanctify in a high degree Kād

⋙ pavitratā

○tā f. purity, cleanness MārkP. Rājat

⋙ pavitratva

○tva n. id. Uttarar. Hcat

• the being a means of purification Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr

⋙ pavitradarbha

○darbha m. purifying or holy Darbha grass R

⋙ pavitradhara

○dhara m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ pavitradhānya

○dhānya n. 'pure grain, barley L

⋙ pavitrapaṭhana

○paṭhana n. recitation of a purifying prayer or Mantra MārkP

⋙ pavitrapati

○pati m. lord of purification or purity VS

⋙ pavitrapāṇi

○pāṇi mfn. holding Darbha grass in the hand Yājñ

• m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙ pavitrapūta

○pūta (○vítra-), mfn. clarified with a strainer ŚBr

⋙ pavitrayoni

○yoni mfn. of spotless origin, Pañc

⋙ pavitraratha

○ratha (vítra-), mfn. having the strainer as a chariot (Soma) RV

⋙ pavitrarogaparihāraprayoga

○roga-parihāra-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pavitravat

○vat (○vitra-), mfn. having a purifying instrument (as a strainer or Darbha grass), cleansing, purifying RV. Br. GṛŚrS

• N. of Agni AitBr

• (ī), f. N. of a river BhP

⋙ pavitrāropaṇa

pavitrâropaṇa n. 'putting on the Pavitra', investiture with the Brāhmanical cord, (esp.) investing the image of Krishna or another deity with the sacred thread, N. of a festival on the 12th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashāḍha Pañc

• -putra-daī7kādaśī f. and -vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙ pavitrārohaṇa

pavitrârohaṇa n. investing with the sacred thread (cf. ○ropaṇa), N. of a festival in honour of Durgā on the 8th day of the light half of Śrāvaṇa or Ashaḍha L

⋙ pavitreṣṭi

pavitrêṣṭi f. N. of a partic. sacrifice (cf. above) Vas

• N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -sūtra n. -hautra n. N. of wks

≫ pavitraka

pavitraka m. a small sieve or strainer KātyŚr. ( See also under pavitra)

• m. Poa Cynosuroides L

• Artemisia Indica L

• Ficus Religiosa or Glomerata L

≫ pavitraya

pavitraya Nom. P ○yati, to cleanse, purify, render happy Kathās. Śatr. Pañcad

⋙ pavitrita

paviḍtrita mfn. purified, sanctified, blessed, happy Mcar. [Page 611, Column 2] Caṇḍ. BrahmaP

≫ pavitrin

pavitrin mfn. purifying, pure, clean MBh

≫ pavitrī

pavitrī ind. in comp. for ○tra

⋙ pavitrīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. purification, means of purifying W

⋙ pavitrīkṛ

○√kṛ to purify, cleanse MBh. BhP

⋙ pavitrīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. purified, cleansed, sanctified Pañc. Śāntiś

⋙ pavitrībhū

○√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become pure or clean L

≫ pavītṛ

pavītṛ́ m.= pavitṛ RV

≫ pavyā

pávyā f. purification RV

• = paví, the tire of a wheel (?) ib

pavaru

pávaru m. a species of pot-herb L. (v. l. pararu)

pavaṣṭurika

pavaṣṭurika m. N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi (not in Kāś.)

pavasta

pavásta n. (apa and √vas?) a cover or garment (?) AV. iv, 7, 6

• du. heaven and earth RV. x, 27, 7

pavāru

pavāru ○ruka, v. l. for parāru, ○ruka

pavi

paví m. (perh. orig. 'brightness, sheen'

• cf. pāvaka and Uṇ. iv, 138 Sch.) the tire of a wheel (esp. a golden tire on the chariot of the Aśvins and Maruts) RV. AitĀr

• the metallic point of a spear or arrow ib

• the iron band on a Soma-stone ib

• an arrow Nir. xii, 30

• a thunderbolt Naigh. ii, 20

• speech ib. i, 11 fire L

⋙ pavimat

○mat mfn. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pavīnasa

pavī-nasá m. 'having a nose like a spear-head', N. of a demon AV

≫ pavīra

pavīra n. (fr. pāvii), a weapon with a metallic point, a lance, spear Nir. xii, 30

⋙ pavīravat

pávīra-vat (RV. VS.) or (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad

⋙ pavīravat

pavīrá-vat (AV.), mfn. armed with lance or a goad

• = next mfn

≫ pavīrava

pávīrava mfn. having a metallic share (as a plough) TS

• m. a thunderbolt RV

≫ pavīru

pávīru m. N. of a man RV

pavinda

pavinda m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi (f. ā, kāś.)

paś 1

paś only Pres. P. Ā. páśyati, ○te (cf. √dṛś and Pāṇ. 7-3, 78), to see (with na 'to be blind'), behold, look at, observe, perceive, notice RV. &c. &c

• to be a spectator, look on (esp. p., e.g. tasya paśyataḥ, while he looks on, before his eyes Mn

• paśyantī tiṣṭhati, she stands ind looks on Śak.)

• to see a person (either 'visit' or 'receive as a visitor') MBh. R. &c

• to live to see, experience, partake of. undergo, incur Mn. MBh. &c

• to learn, find out ib

• to regard or consider as, take for (acc. with acc. or adv. in vat) ib

• to see with the spiritual eye, compose, invent (hymns, rites &c.) RV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

• (also with sādhu) to have insight or discernment Mn. MBh. &c

• to consider, think over, examine ib

• to foresee ib

• (paśyāmi, 'I See or l am convinced', and paśya, ○śyata, 'see, behold, look here!' often employed parenthetically or interjectionally MBh. Kāv. &c.) [Orig. identical with √spaś, q.v.]

≫ paś 2

páś f. (only instr. pl. paḍbhís), sight or eye RV. iv, 2, 12

≫ paśu 1

paśu ind. see, behold! L

≫ paśya

paśya mf(ā)n. seeing, beholding, rightly understanding Up. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 137)

≫ paśyat

paśyat mf(antī)n. seeing, beholding &c

• (antī), f. a harlot L

• N. of a partic. sound L

⋙ paśyatohara

paśyatohara mfn. stealing before a person's eyes Pāṇ. 6-3, 21 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ paśyata

paśyata mfn. visible, conspicuous AV

≫ paśyanā

paśyanā f. See a-paśyanā

paś 3

paś cl. 10. P. pāśayati, to fasten, bind Dhātup. xxxiii, 45. [Cf. paṣ and pas ; Zd. pas ; Lat. pac-iscor, pax ; Goth. fahan ; Angl. Sax. fân.]

≫ paśavya

paśavyá mfn. (fr. paśú) belonging or relating to cattle, fit or suitable for cattle TS. Br. Up. Yājñ. MBh

• (with kāma), m. sexual love or intercourse BhP

• n. a herd or drove of cattle RV

⋙ paśavyātama

○tama (○vyá-), mfn. most fit or suitable for cattle TS

⋙ paśavyāvāhana

○vā́hana mfn. = purīṣa-v○ ŚBr

≫ paśu 2

paśu or m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva

⋙ paśu

páśu m. (instr. paśúnā or ○śva

• dat. páśve or paśáve

• gen. paśvás or ○śos

• du. paśvā́

• acc. pl. paśvás or ○śū́n) cattle, kine (orig. any tethered animal'

• singly or collect. 'a herd'), a domestic or sacrificial animal (as opp. to mṛga, 'wild animal ; 5 kinds are enumerated, 'men, kine, horses, goats and sheep' [AV. xi, 2, 9 &c.], to which are sometimes added mules arid asses [MBh. vi, 155 &c.] or camels and dogs [AV. iii, 10, 6 Comm.]) RV. &c. &c. [Page 611, Column 3]

• any animal or brute or beast (also applied contemptuously to a man

• cf. nara-p○ and nṛ-p○)

• a mere animal in sacred things i.e. an uninitiated person Cat

• an animal sacrifice AitĀr. BhP

• flesh RV. i, 166 6 an, ass L

• a goat L

• a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers L

• (with Māheśvaras and Pāśupatas) the individual soul as distinct from the divine Soul of the universe RTL. 89

• Ficus Glomerata L

• (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. patti)

• n. cattle (only as acc.) before manyate [VS. xxiii, 30] and manyamāna [RV. iii, 53, 23] ; and pl. paśūni R. Kathās.) [Cf. Zd. pasu ; Lit. pecu ; Old Pruss. pecku ; Goth. faíhu ; Germ. fihu, vihe, Vieh ; Angl. Sax. feoh ; Eng. fee.] -karman n. the act of offering the victim, sacrifice ŚrS

• copulation (as a merely animal act) ŚBr. Sch

⋙ paśukalpa

○kalpa m. the ritual of animal sacrifice ĀśvGṛ

• -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ paśukāma

○kāma (○śú-), mfn. desirous of possessing cattle TS. Br

⋙ paśukḷpti

○kḷpti f. = -kalpa TBr. Sch

⋙ paśukriyā

○kriyā f. = -karman, Hariv' L

⋙ paśugaṇa

○gaṇa m. a group of sacrificial animal, ŚrS,

⋙ paśugāyatrī

○gāyatrī f. a parody of the sacred Gāyatri whispered into the ear of a sacrificial animal L. (paśu-pāśāya vidmahe śiraś-chedāya dhīmahi tan naḥ paśuḥ pracodayāt

• RV. iii, 62, 10)

⋙ paśughāta

○ghāta m. slaughter of cattle Mṛicch

⋙ paśughna

○ghna mfn. slaughtering cattle Mn. v, 38 (cf. -han)

• -tva n. RāmatUp

⋙ paśucaryā

○caryā f. acting like animals, copulation BhP

⋙ paśucit

○cít mfn. piled with animals (as a sacrificial fire) TS

⋙ paśujanana

○jánana mfn. producing cattle MaitrS

⋙ paśujāta

○jāta n. a species of animal MānGṛ

• ○tīya mfn. pertaining to, the animal kingdom MW

⋙ paśutantra

○tantra n. = -kalpa ŚrS

⋙ paśutas

○tas ind. = abl. of paśu, cattle ṢaḍvBr

⋙ paśutā

○tā f. the state of an animal (esp. of a sacrificial animal)

• bestiality, brutality Mn. MBh. Kāv

⋙ paśutṛp

○tṛ́p mfn. gratifying one's self with cattle i.e. stealing cattle RV

⋙ paśutva

○tva n. = -tā R. Prab. Rājat

• (with Māheśvaras and Pāsupatas) the being the individual soul

⋙ paśuda

○da mfn. granting cattle L

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda MBh

⋙ paśudā

○dā or mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙ paśudāvan

○dāvan mfn. = prec. mfn. Kauś

⋙ paśudevata

○devata mf(ā)n. invoking cṭcattle as a deity (said of a formula or ceremony), ĀśVGṛ

⋙ paśudevatā

○devatā f. the deity to whom the victim is offered ŚrS

⋙ paśudharma

○dharma m. the law of animals, manner of beasts (said of the re-marriage of widows) Mn. ix, 66

• copulation L

• the treatment of animals, manner in which animals are treated Pañc. 185/186 (○meṇa vyāpādayāmi)

⋙ paśudharman

○dharman m. the manner in which the animals sacrifice is performed ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ paśudhānyadhanarddhimat

○dhānya-dhanarddhi-mat (r for ṛ), mfn. rich in cattle and corn and money R

⋙ paśunātha

○nātha m. 'lord of cattle', N. of Śiva L. (cf. -patī)

⋙ paśupa

○pa mfn. guarding or keeping cṭcattle

• m. a herdsman MBh. Var

⋙ paśupakṣīya

○pakṣīya n. N. of wk

⋙ paśupati

○páti m. 'lord of animals' (or 'lṭlord of a servant named Paśu' or 'lord of the soul' RTL. 89), N. of the later Rudra-Śiva or of a similar deity (often associated in the Veda with Bhava, Śarva, Ugra, Rudra, Mahā-deva, Īśāna and others who together with Bhima are in later times regarded as manifestations of Rudra) AV. &c. &c

• of Agni' TS. ŚBr

• of Śiva MBh. &c. (according to one legend every deity acknowledged himself to be a mere paśu or animal when entreating Siva to destroy the Asura Tri-pura)

• of a lexicographer

• of a Scholiast &c

• -dhara m. N. of a poet Cat

• -nagara n. 'Śiva's town', N. of Kāśī or Benares ib

• -nātha m. N. of a partic. form of Siva W

• -purāṇa n. (prob.) = ŚivaP

• -śarman m. N. of a man Cat

• -śāsṭra n. the sacred book of the Pāśupatas revealed by Śiva Col

• ○tī7śvara-nāhātmya and ○ty-askṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙ paśupalvala

○palvala n. Cyperus Rotundus L

⋙ paśupā

○pā́ m. a keeper of herds, herdsman RV

• N. of Pūshan ib

• du. N. of Pūshan and Revati TBr

⋙ paśupāla

○pāla m. = -pa Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat', ind. like a herdsman)

• (pl.) N. of a people to the north-east of Madhya-deśa R. Var

• of a king (or perhaps king of the Paśu-pālas) Pur

• n. the country or kingdom of the Paśu-pālas Pur

⋙ paśupālaka

○pālaka m. a herdsman

• (ikā), f. a herdsman wife Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Pat

⋙ paśupālana

○pālana n. the tending or rearing of cattle (the duty of a Vaitya) Vishṇ

⋙ paśupālya

○pālya n. id' MW

⋙ paśupāśa

○pāśa m. the cord with which the victim is bound L

• the chains which fetter the individual soul, the world of sense Prab

⋙ paśupāśaka

○pāśaka m. a kind of coitus L

⋙ paśupuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśá m. the cake offered at an animal sacrifice ŚBr. ŚrS

• -mimaṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙ paśupratiprasthātṛprayoga

○pratiprasthātṛ-prayoga m

⋙ paśuprayoga

○prayoga m

⋙ paśupraśna

○praśna m

⋙ paśuprāyaścitta

○prāyaścitta n. N. of wks

⋙ paśupreraṇa

○prêraṇa n. the driving of cattle L

⋙ paśubaneha

○banéhá m. an animal sacrifice AV. &c. &c. [Page 612, Column 1] Contents of this page

• N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr N. of wk

• -kārikā f. -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -prayoga-paddhati f. N. of wks

• -yājin mfn. offering an animal sacrifice ŚBr

• paśu--yūpá m. the post to which the victim is bound ib

⋙ paśubandhaka

○bandhaka m. a rope for tethering cattle L

⋙ paśubali

○bali m. N. of wk

⋙ paśubhartṛ

○bhartṛ m. -naltha MBh

⋙ paśubheda

○bheda m. a class or species of animal MW

⋙ paśumat

○mát mfn. connected with or relating to cattle or animals, rich in cattle or animal RV. &c. &c

• connected with animal sacrifices TāṇḍBr

• containing the word paśu AitBr

• m. an owner of herds or cattle MBh

• n. possession of cattle RV

⋙ paśumata

○mata n. erroneous or false doctrine Hariv

⋙ paśumāra

○māra m. the manner of slaughtering cṭcattle MBh., (am and eṇa), ind. according to the manner of slaughtering ib

⋙ paśumāraka

○māraka mfn. attended with the sacrifice of animals BhP

⋙ paśumedha

○medha m

⋙ paśumaitrāvaruṇaprayoga

○maitrāvaruṇa-prayoga m. N. of wks

⋙ paśumohanikā

○mohanikā f. 'animals stupefier', a species of plant L

⋙ paśuyajña

○yajña (VP.),

⋙ paśuyāga

○yāga (W.), m. an animals sacrifice

⋙ paśuyājin

○yājín mfn. offering ati anṭanimals sacrifice MaitrS

⋙ paśuyūka

○yūka m. a louse which infests cattle Gal

⋙ paśurakṣaṇa

○rakṣaṇa n. the tending of cṭcattle W

⋙ paśurakṣi

○rákṣi (RV.),

⋙ paśurakṣin

○rakṣin (Mn.), m. a herdsman

⋙ paśurajju

○rajju f. = -bandhaka L

⋙ paśurāja

○rāja m. 'king of beasts', a lion L

⋙ paśurūpa

○rūpá n. anything representing the sacrificial animal ŚBr

⋙ paśuvat

○vat ind. like an animals Kap

• as in an animals Gaut

• as in an animals sacrifice KātySr

⋙ paśuvardhana

○várdhana mfn. increasing cattle RV. ix, 94, 1 (wṛ. for paśur v○?)

⋙ paśuvid

○víd mfn. providing cattle AV

⋙ paśuvīrya

○vīrya n. the strength or power belonging to c, TāndBr

⋙ paśuvedi

○vedi f. the Vedi at the animal sacrifice KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ paśuvrata

○vrata (paśú-), mfn. acting or behaving like cattle MaitrS

• the duty to serve as sacrificial victim, Jātakam

⋙ paśuśiras

○śiras (L.),

⋙ paśuśīrṣa

○śīrṣá (TS. &c.), n. the head, of an animal

⋙ paśuśrapaṇa

○śrapaṇá n. cooking a sacrṭsacrificial an' ŚBr

• (-śrápaṇa, cattle. agni)' m. the fire on which the flesh of a sacrṭsacrificial animals is cooked ib

⋙ paśuśrautasūtra

○śrauta-sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ paśuṣā

○ṣ˘ā́ mfn. (dat. ṣé) bestowing cattle RV

⋙ paśuṣad

○ṣad (Hir.),

⋙ paśuṣṭha

○ṣṭha (TāṇḍBr.), mfn. being or dwelling (lit. sitting and standing) in cattle

⋙ paśusakha

○sakha m. 'friend of cattle', N. of a Śūdra MBh

⋙ paśusani

○sáni mfn. = -ṣa VS

⋙ paśusamāmnāya

○samāmnāya m. 'enumeration of sacrificial animals', N. of VS. xxix, 48

• ○yika mfn. mentioned in this ch. Nir

⋙ paśusambhava

○sambhava mfn. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter &c.) Mn. viii, 329

⋙ paśusādhana

○sā́dhana mf(ī)n. leading or guiding cattle RV

⋙ paśusūtra

○sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ paśusoma

○soma m. pl. the animal and Soma sacrifices Mn. xi, 27

⋙ paśustoma

○stoma m. N. of the Pañcadaśa-stoma TāṇḍBr

⋙ paśuhan

○han mf(ghnī)n. killing cattle ( See a-p○) AV

⋙ paśuharītakī

○harītakī f. the fruit of Spondias Mangifera L

⋙ paśuhavya

○havya n. an animal sacrifice Mn. iv, 28

⋙ paśuhautra

○hautra n. the office of the Hotṛi at an animals sacrifice, N. of wk

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ paśūkhā

paśū7khā f. the pot in which the sacred anṭanimals is cooked or roasted KātyŚr

⋙ paśūdbhavā

paśū7dbhavā f. = paśu-yulka Gal

≫ paśuka

paśuka = paśu in eka-

• (ā), f. any small animal R

≫ paśūkṛ

paśū-√kṛ to transform into an animal (esp. into a sacrificial victim) Mṛicch. Kathās

≫ paśv

paśv in comp. for paśu before vowels

⋙ paśvaṅga

○aṅga n. a limb or part of a sacrificial animal, anything belonging to it MānGṛ

• -tā f. Nyāyam

⋙ paśvayana

○ayaná n. a festival attended with anṭanimal sacrifices ŚBr

⋙ paśvayantra

○áyantra (?) RV. iv, 1, 14

⋙ paśvavadāna

○avadāna n. sacrifice or offering of animals W

⋙ paśvācāra

○ācāra m. N. of a partic. form of the worship of Devii L

⋙ paśvijyā

○ijyā f. animal sacrifice KātyŚr

⋙ paśviḍā

○iḍā f. the Iḍā (s.v.) part at the anṭanimal sacrifice L

⋙ paśviṣ

○íṣ mfn. wishing for cattle RV. (cf. gav-iṣ and paśva-iṣṭi)

⋙ paśviṣṭakā

○iṣṭakā́ f. a brick in the shape of an animal ŚBr

⋙ paśviṣṭi

○iṣṭi f. an Ishṭi (q.v.) performed at an animal sacrifice ĀpŚr

⋙ paśvekādaśinī

○ékādaśinī f. an aggregate of 11 sacrificial animals ŚBr

≫ paśvaiṣṭi

páśva-iṣṭi mfn. (fr. acc. paśvas + i○ wishing for herds RV

paśca

paśca mfn. hinder, later, western, only ibc. or ind. = paścā, ○cāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33. [Cf. uc-ca, nī-ca ; Lat. pos-t, pos-terus ; Lith. paskui, paskutínis.]

⋙ paścānutāpa

paścânutāpa m. repentance, regret Hariv

⋙ paśānupūrvī

paśânupūrvī f. a repeated or recurring series L

⋙ paścāpin

paścâpin m. a servant TāṇḍBr. Sch. (W. r. for ○câyin?)

⋙ paścārdha

paścârdhá m. the hinder side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh

• (e. ind. with gen. 'behind') Śak

• the west side or part ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• ○dhyá mfn. being on the west side ŚBr

≫ paścā

paścā ind. (instr. of paśca) behind, after, later, westward, in the west (opp. to purā) RV. AV. Br. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 33)

⋙ paścāja

○já mfn. born later MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙ paścādoṣa

○doṣá m. the later part of the evening VS. [Page 612, Column 2]

⋙ paścāsomapa

○somapa mfn. drinking the Soma later or afterwards Kāṭh

• ○pītha m. the act of drinking &c. ib

≫ paścāc

paścāc in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścāccara

○cará mfn. coming or approaching behind MaitrS. Kāṭh

⋙ paścācchramaṇa

○chramaṇa (for śr○), m. a Buddhist priest who walks behind another Buddhist priest in visiting the laity L

≫ paścāt

paścā́t ind. (abl. of paśca) from behind, behind, in the rear, backwards RV. &c. &c

• from or in the west, westwards AV. &c. &c

• afterwards, hereafter, later, at last (pleonast. after tatas or an ind. p

• with √tap, to feel pain after, regret, repent) Mn. MBh. &c

• (as a prep. with abl. or gen.) after, behind ib

• to the west Up. GṛŚrS

⋙ paścātkarṇam

○karṇám ind. behind the ear ŚBr

⋙ paścātkāla

○kāla m. subsequent time

• (e), ind. subsequently, afterwards L

⋙ paścātkṛta

○kṛta mfn. left behind, surpassed Ragh. Kum

⋙ paścāttara

○tara mfn. following after (abl.) ĀśvŚr

⋙ paścāttāpa

○tāpa m. 'after-pain', sorrow, regret, repentance (○paṃ-√kri, to feel regret, repent) MBh. Kāv

• (in dram.) repentance at something rejected or omitted from want of judgment Sāh

• -samanvita (R.), .-hata (Hit.), mfn. smitten by repentance, regretful

• ○pin mfn. feeling repentance, regretting (with a priv.) Yājñ

⋙ paścāttiryakpramāṇa

○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the hinder breadth KātySr. Sch

⋙ paścātpariveṣya

○pariveṣya n. second dish, dessert Bhpr

⋙ paścātpādadviguṇa

○pāda-dviguṇa mfn. (a skin) doubled or folded double by bending) the hind-foot (inwards) KātyŚr

⋙ paścātpuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśa (○cat-), mfn. followed or accompanied by the sacrificial cake MaitrS

⋙ paścātpuromāruta

○puro-māruta m. du. east and west wind Ragh

⋙ paścātsad

○sád mfn. sitting behind or towards the west VS

≫ paścātāt

paścā́-tāt ind. from behind RV

≫ paścād

paścād in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścādakṣam

○akṣám ind. behind the axle tree Br. KātyŚr

⋙ paścādanvavasāyin

○anvavasāyín mfn. following after i.e. adhering to, dependent upon (dat.) TS

⋙ paścādapavarga

○apavarga mfn. closed or completed behind KātyŚr

⋙ paścādahas

○ahas ind. in the afternoon MBh

⋙ paścādukti

○ukti f. repeated mention, repetition Vop

⋙ paścādghāṭa

○ghāṭa m. the neck Car

⋙ paścāddaghvan

○daghván mfn. staying behind, falling short of. MaitrS

⋙ paścāddvārika

○dvārika mfn. favourable to a warlike expedition in the west L

⋙ paścādbaddhapuruṣa

○baddha-puruṣa m. (Śak. vi, 0/1) or (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙ paścādbāhubaddha

○bāhu-baddha (ib. Pi. Mṛicch.), (a man) whose hands are bound behind

⋙ paścādbhāga

○bhāga m. hind-part L

• west side Var

• mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the afternoon ib

⋙ paścādvartin

○vartin mfn. remaining behind, following after MW

⋙ paścādvāta

○vātá m. a wind from behind, a west wind TS

≫ paścān

paścān in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścānnata

○nata mfn. sunk or depressed behind MW

⋙ paścānmāruta

○māruta m. a wind blowing from behind (opp. to puro-m○) Ragh

⋙ paścānmukhāśrita

○mukhâśrita mfn. turned westwards R

≫ paścāl

paścāl in comp. for ○cāt

⋙ paścālloka

○loka mf(ā)n. having the world or men behind TS

≫ paścāl

paścāl mf(ā)n. being behind, hinder, later, last, final (f. ā, with kriyā, the last rite i.e. burying the dead

• with sâṃdhyā, the latter i.e. the evening twilight

• with velā, evening time, close of day

• with avasthā, last state i.e. verging on death) i GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• west, western, westerly (ā f. with or sc. diś, the west) Mn. Kāv. &c

• (e), ind. ii, the west Var

• (ena), ind. id. ib

• west of (with acc.) Lāṭy

⋙ paścāljana

○jana m. Pāṇ. the people in the west Var

⋙ paścāltantra

○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

⋙ paścāltas

○tas ind. from behind MBh

⋙ paścāltāna

○tāna (sc. āsana), n. a partic. manner of sitting Cat

⋙ paścāldakṣiṇa

○dakṣiṇa mfn. south-westerly Hcat

⋙ paścāldarśana

○darśana n. a last look (○naṃ-√dṛś, to take one's last look) R. Daś. -

⋙ paścāldikpati

○dik-pati m. regent of the western region', N. of Varuṇa Gal

⋙ paścāldeśa

○deśa m. N. of a district Romakas

⋙ paścāldvāra

○dvāra or mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙ paścāldvārika

○dvārika mfn. = paścāddvārika L

⋙ paścālbhāga

○bhāga m. the west side Var

⋙ paścālraṅga

○raṅga (cf. pūrva-r○) in -nātha-stotra n. -māhātmya n. -rāja-stava m. N. of wks

⋙ paścimācala

paścimâcala m. the western mountain (behind which the sun is supposed to set

• opp. to pūrvâc○), Vāsav

⋙ paścimānupāka

paścimânupāka m. N. of a prince MBh

⋙ paścimābhimukha

paścimâbhimukha mfn. directed towards the west MW

⋙ paścimāmbudhi

paścimâmbudhi m. the western sea Daś

⋙ paścimārdha

paścimârdha m. or n. hind-part or latter half. Var

⋙ paścimāśāpati

paścimâśā-pati m. = ○ma-dik-p○ Hcat

⋙ paścimetara

paścimêtara mfn. 'opposite of west', eastern Kād.'

⋙ paścimottara

paścimôttara mf(ā)n. northwestern (○re, ○ratas and ○rasyām [sc. diśi], in the north-west) Var. Hcat

• dik-pati m. 'regent of the north-wṭwest', N. of the god of wind L

• -pūrva mfn. (pl.) western, northern, or eastern Mn. v, 92. [Page 612, Column 3]

paśya

paśya ○śyat &c. See 1. paś

paṣ

paṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. paṣati, ○te (v. l. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)

• cl, 10. P. paṣayati, to bind, to hinder, to touch, to go (xxxv, 10)

• pāṣayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

paṣṭhavah

paṣṭha-váh m. (fr. paṣṭha = pṛṣṭha [?] + √vah

• nom. ○vā́ṭ Vṣ. or vā́t ṭṣ) a bull four years old

• N. of an Aṅgirasa, TaṇḍBr

• (pasṭhauhī́), f: a heifer four years old, any young cow VS. Br. ŚrS

pas

pas cl. 1. P. Ā. pasati, ○te (vḷ. for spaś Dhātup. xxi, 22)

• cl. 10. P. pāsayati, to bind (v. l. for paś, xxxiii, 45)

pasas

pásas n. the membrum virile, A.V. ŚBr. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ? for ? ; Lat. pe1nis for pesnis ; Lit. pisá, písti.]

pastya

pastyá n. (fr. pas and tya [?]

• cf. paś-ca), a stall, stable (as the back-building? but cf. also Lat. postis) RV

• (ā́), f. See below

⋙ pastyasad

○sád m. a member of a family RV

≫ pastyā

pastyā́ f. homestead, dwelling, household (also pl.) RV

• du. the 2 halves of the Soma-press ib. x, 96, 10

• sg. the goddess of domestic affairs ib. iv, 55, 3 ; viii, 27, 5

⋙ pastyāvat

○vat (○tya), mfn. having (i.e. being kept in) a stall RV. ix, 97, 18

• having a fixed habitation (m. a wealthy man), i, 151, 2

• forming or offering a fixed habitation, ii, 11, 16 ; iv, 54, 5

• belonging to the Soma-press, viii, 7, 29

paspaśa

paspaśa m. (√spaś) an introduction, preface, any introductory matter explanatory of the plan of a book Śiś. ii, 112 Sch

• (ā), f. N. of the introduction of the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañ-jali

• mfn. = niḥ-sāra Kpr. Sch

pahāḍī

pahāḍī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi (cf. pāhâḍikā)

pahlava

pahlava m. pl. N. of a people (the Parthians or Persians) Mn. x, 44 MBh. &c. (also spelt pahnava ; in the VP. they are said to be a degraded Kshatriya race conquered by Sagara and sentenced to wear beards)

pahlikā

pahlikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

pā 1

pā cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xxii, 27) píbati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. ○te ; rarely pipati, ○te Kāṭh. Br.), cl. 2. pāti, pāthás, pānti RV. AV. ; p. Ā. papāná RV., pípāna AV. (pf. P. papaú, 2. sg. papātha RV. ;papitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 64 Sch. ;papīyāt RV. ; p. papivás AV. ; Ā. pape, papire RV. ; p. papāná ib. ; aor. or impf. apāt RV. [Pāṇ. 2-4, 77] ; 3. pl. apuḥ [?] RV. i, 164, 7 ;-pāsta AV. xii, 3, 43 ; Prec. 3. sg. peyās RV. ; fut. pāsyati, ○te Br. &c. ;pātā Gr. ; ind. p. pītvā́ RV. &c. &c., ○tvii RV. ;-pāya AV. &c. &c. ;pītyā́ MBh. ;pāyam Kāvyâd. ; inf. píbadhyai RV. ;pātum MBh. &c. ;pā́tave AV. Br. ;pā́tavaī́ RV.), to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c

• (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes, ears &c.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to drink up, exhaust, absorb BhP. Pañc

• to drink intoxicating liquors Buddh.: Pass. pīyáte AV. &c. &c.: Caus. pāyayati, ○te (pf. pāyayām āsā MBh

• aor. apīpyat Pāṇ. 7-4, 4

• ind. p. pāyayitvā MBh

• inf. pā́yayitavaí ŚBr.), to cause to drink, give to drink, water (horses or cattle) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. pipāsati (RV. also pipīṣati), to wish to drink, thirst ib.: Desid, of Caus. pipāyayiṣati, to wish or intend to give to drink Kāṭh.: Intens. pepīyate (p. ○yamāna also with pass meaning), to drink greedily or repeatedly Up. Hariv. [Cf. Gk. [612, 3] ?-?-?

• Aeol. ?-? = ? ; Lat. pā-tus, po1tum, bibo for pi-bo ; Slav. pi-ja, pi-ti]

≫ pā 2

pā mfn. drinking, quaffing &c. (cf. agre-, ṛtu-, madhu-, soma- &c. )

≫ pātavya 1

pātavya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Mn. MBh. &c

≫ pātṛ 1

pātṛ́ (with gen

• pā́tṛ with acc

• unaccented with gen. or ifc.), one who drinks, a drinker RV. &c. &c

≫ pātra

pā́tra n. (ifc. f. ā) a drinking-vessel, goblet, bowl, cup, dish, pot, plate, utensil &c., any vessel or receptacle RV. &c. &c

• a meal (as placed on a dish) TS. AitBr

• the channel of a river R. Kād. [Page 613, Column 1] Contents of this page

• (met.) a capable or competent person, an adept in, master of (gen.), any one worthy of or fit for or abounding in (gen., loc., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• an actor or an actor's part or character in a play Kālid. Sāh

• a leaf L. (cf. pattra)

• propriety, fitness W

• an order, command ib

• m. or n. a measure of capacity (= 1 Āḍhaka) AV. ŚBr. ŚrS

• a king's counsellor or minister Rājat. Pañcar

• (ī), f. See 1. pātrī

⋙ pātrakaṭaka

○kaṭaka m. or n. the ring on which an alms-bowl is suspended L

⋙ pātraṭira

○ṭira (?), m. (only L.) an ex-minister (W. 'an able or competent minister')

• a metal vessel

• mucus running from the nose

• rust of iron

• fire

• a heron

• a crow

⋙ pātratara

○tara mfn. worthier than (abl.) Hariv

⋙ pātratā

○tā f. the being a vessel or receptacle for (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. (with śītôṣṇayoh, endurance of heat and cold Subh.)

• -next Yājñ. Hit

⋙ pātratva

○tva n. capacity, worthiness, dignity, honour Hit

⋙ pātradhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa n. keeping a superfluous almsbowl longer than is permitted, Buddh'

⋙ pātranirnega

○nirnegá m. a washer or cleaner of vessel TBr

⋙ pātraparīṣṭi

○parī7ṣṭi f. untimely effort to obtain a new alms-bowl Buddh

⋙ pātrapāka

○pāka wṛ. for pattra-p○

⋙ pātrapāṇi

○pāṇi m. cuphanded', N. of a demon inimical to children PārGṛ

⋙ pātrapāla

○pāla m. 'vessel-guiding', a large paddle used as a rudder L

⋙ pātrabhūta

○bhūta mfn. 'become a recipient', worthy of receiving from (gen.) MBh

• one who receives respectful treatment from (gen.) Hariv

⋙ pātrabhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'taking care of utensils', a servant W

⋙ pātrabheda

○bheda m. breaking a drinking-vessel or cup MW

⋙ pātramelana

○melana n. the bringing together of the characters of a play ib

⋙ pātrayojana

○yojana n. arrangement of vessels KātyŚr

⋙ pātravandana

○vandana n. 'adoration of vṭvessels', N. of wk

⋙ pātravarga

○varga m. a company of actors MW

⋙ pātraśuddhi

○śuddhi f. cleaning of vessels', N. of wk

⋙ pātraśeṣa

○śeṣa m. scraps of food, Divvâv

⋙ pātrasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. the cleaning of a vessel or dish L

• the current of a river L

⋙ pātrasaṃcāra

○saṃcāra m. the handing round of vessels or dishes at a meal MBh

⋙ pātrastha

○stha mfn. being in a receptacle or dish MW

⋙ pātrahasta

○hasta (pā́○), mf(ā)n. holding any vessel in the hand AV. Śak

⋙ pātrārtha

pātrârtha m. any object serving as a vṭvessel

• pāṇibhyām "ṣrthaṃ-√kri, to use the hands as a vṭvessel SāmavBr

⋙ pātrāvaleham

pātrâvaleham ind. licking a vessel or dish Buddh

⋙ pātropakaraṇa

pātrôpakaraṇa n. ornaments of a secondary kind (as bells, chowries &c.) KālP

≫ pātraka

pātraka n. a vessel, bowl, dish ( See ku- and carvita-)

• (ikā), f. a cup, an alms-bowl or almsdish BhP

≫ pātraya

pātraya Nom.P. ○yati, to use as a drinking vessel Bhartṛ

≫ pātrasātkṛ

pātrasāt-√kṛ to make a worthy person possessed of anything Ragh

≫ pātrika

pātrika mf(ī)n. measured or sown or filled by means of any vessel or with the measure Pātra, containing or possessing it &c. Pāṇ. 5-1, 46 &c. Sch

• fit, adequate, appropriate W

• n. a vessel, cup, dish (in ku- MBh. xii, 8327

• B. -pātraka)

≫ pātrin

pātrin mfn. possessing a drinking-vessel or a dish Mn. vi, 52

• having fit or worthy persons W

≫ pātriya

pā́triya mfn. worthy to partake of a meal TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 68)

≫ pātrī 1

pātrī f. (of pātra) a vessel, plate, dish, pot Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• a small or portable furnace W

• N. of Durgā MBh

⋙ pātrītas

○tas ind. -abl. of patrī ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pātrīnirṇejana

○nirṇéjana n. water for rinsing a vessel ŚBr

≫ pātrī 2

pātrī ind. in comp. for tra-√kṛ, to make anything a recipient or object of (gin.) Megh.' Bālar

• to dignify, promote to honour (pp. -krita), Kalid

⋙ pātrībhū

○√bhū to become a fitting recipient or worthy object (pp. -bhūta) MBh

≫ pātrīṇa

pātrīṇa mf(ā)n. measured or sown or filled &c. by means of a Pātra Pāṇ. 5-1, 53

• cf. pātrika

≫ pātrīya

pātrīya n. and a kind of sacrificial vessel L

⋙ pātrīva

pātrīva mṇ. a kind of sacrificial vessel L

≫ pātre

pātre loc. of pātra, in comp

⋙ pātrebahula

○bahula mfn. (pl.) frequently present at meals, parasitical, g. pātre-samistâdi and yuktârohâdi

⋙ pātresamita

○samita mfn. (pl.) id. ib

• sg. a treacherous or hypocritical person L

≫ pātrya

pātrya mfn. = pātriya L

≫ pāna 1

pā́na n. drinking (esp. drinking spirituous liquors), draught RV. (only ifc.) AV. &c. &c

• drinking the saliva i.e. kissing, Kāv' (cf. adhara-)

• a drink, beverage ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• a drinking-vessel, cup L

• a canal L

• m. a distiller or vender of spirituous liquors' an inn-keeper L

⋙ pānakumbha

○kumbha m. a drinking-vessel Hariv

⋙ pānagoṣṭhikā

○goṣṭhikā or f. a drinking-party

⋙ pānagoṣṭhī

○goṣṭhī f. a drinking-party

• a tavern L

⋙ pānaña

○ña mfn. caused by drinking Suśr. [Page 613, Column 2]

⋙ pānadoṣa

○doṣa m. the vice of drinking, drunkenness Daś

⋙ pānapa

○pa mfn. drinking spirituous liquors MBh

⋙ pānapara

○para mfn. addicted to drinking W

⋙ pānapātra

○pātra n. a drinking-vessel, cup, goblet Kām. Kāv. Pur

⋙ pānaprasakta

○prasakta mfn. = -para

• -hṛdaya mfn. VarBṛS

⋙ pānabhājana

○bhājana (L.),

⋙ pānabhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa (MBh.), n. id

⋙ pānabhū

○bhū (Kathās.),

⋙ pānabhūmī

○bhūm˘ī (Hariv. Kāv.), f. a dṭdrinking-place, refrehment-room

⋙ pānabhojana

○bhojana n. eating and dṭdrinking Mālav

⋙ pānamaṅgala

○maṅgala n. a drinking-party, dṭdrinking-bout Kathās

⋙ pānamatta

○matta mfn. intoxicated ib

⋙ pānamada

○mada m. intoxication ib

⋙ pānarata

○rata mfn. = -para W

⋙ pānavaṇij

○vaṇij m. a vender of spirits, a distiller L

⋙ pānavat

○vat mfn. abounding in drink, rich in beverages ChUp

⋙ pānavibhrama

○vibhrama m. 'drink-giddiness', intoxication Cat

⋙ pānaśauṇḍa

○śauṇḍa mfn. = -para Pāṇ. 6-2, 2 Sch

⋙ pānasindhu

○sindhu -saindhava ib., vii, 3, 119 Sch

⋙ pānāgāra

pānâgāra m. or n. a drinking-house, tavern MBh

⋙ pānāghāta

pānâghāta m. 'drink-stroke', morbid state after drinking Gal

⋙ pānājīśṇaka

pānâjīśṇaka n. 'indigestion from dṭdrinking', id. ib

⋙ pānātyaya

pānâtyaya m. 'end of drinking', id. Suśr

≫ pānaka

pānaka m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a draught, drink, beverage, potion MBh. Kathās. Suśr

⋙ pānakarasarāgāsavayojana

○rasa-rāgâsava-yojana n. sg. (BhP. Sch.), or pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

⋙ pānakarasāsavarāgayojana

○rasâsavarāga-yojana n. pl. (Cat.) one of the 64 Kalās or arts

≫ pānika

pānika m. a vender of spirituous liquors R

≫ pānila

pānila n. a drinking-vessel L

≫ pānīya

pānīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable Suśr

• n. a beverage, drink ib. Pañc

• water Mn. MBh. &c. (cfṆir.i, 16)

⋙ pānīyakākikā

○kākikā f. 'sea-crow', the cormorant Uṇ. i, 7 Sch

⋙ pānīyakumārarasa

○kumāra-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙ pānīyagocara

○gocara See dūre-pānīya-gocara

⋙ pānīyacūrṇikā

○cūrṇikā f. water-dust', sand L

⋙ pānīyataṇḍulīya

○taṇḍulīya n: a partic. herb Bhpr

⋙ pānīyadūṣaka

○dūṣaka mf(ikā)n. soiling or troubling water R

⋙ pānīyanakula

○nakula m. 'water-ichneumon', an otter L

⋙ pānīyapala

○pala n. a partic. measure of time (= pala) Gaṇit. Sch

⋙ pānīyapṛṣṭhaja

○pṛṣṭha-ja m. 'wṭwater-surface-born', Pistia Stratiotes L

⋙ pānīyaphala

○phala n. 'water-fruit', the seed of Euryala Ferox Bhpr

⋙ pānīyamūlaka

○mūlaka n. 'water-√', Vernonia Anthelmintica

⋙ pānīyavarṇikā

○varṇikā f. sand L. (prob. wṛ. for -cūrṇikā)

⋙ pānīyavarṣa

○varṣa m. rain Hit

⋙ pānīyavārika

○vārika m. the attendant of a convent who has the care of drinking-water Buddh

⋙ pānīyaśālā

○śālā or f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙ pānīyasālikā

○sālikā f. a place (esp. a shed on the road-side) where water is distributed L

⋙ pānīyaśīta

○śīta mfn. too cold to drink L

⋙ pānīyādhyakṣa

pānīyâdhyakṣa m. a water superintendent R. Sch

⋙ pānīyāmalaka

pānīyâmalaka n. Flacourtia Cataphracta L

⋙ pānīyārtham

pānīyârtham ind. for the sake of water Nal

⋙ pānīyālu

pānīyâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙ pānīyāśrā

pānīyâśrā f. Eleusine Indica L

≫ pānta

pā́nta m. a drink, beverage (?) RV. (= pānīya Nir. vii, 25)

≫ pāvan 1

pāvan mfn. drinking (only ifc

• cf. asṛk-, gharma-, ghṛta- &c.)

pā 3

pā cl. 2. P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 48) pā́ti (Impv. pāhí

• pr. p. P. pā́t Ā. pāná RV

• pf. papau Gr

• aor. apāsīt Rājat., Subj. pāsati RV

• fut. pāsyati, pātā Gr

• Prec. pāyāt Pāṇ. 6-4, 68 Sch

• inf. pātum MBh.), to watch, keep, preserve

• to protect from, defend against (abl.) RV. &c. &c

• to protect (a country) i.e. rule, govern Rājat

• to observe, notice, attend to, follow RV. AitBr.: Caus. pālayati, See √pāl: Desid. pīpāsati Gr.: Intens. pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti ib., [Cf. Zd. pā, paiti

• Gk. ?, ?, ?, &c. ; Lat. [613, 2] pa-sco, pa-bulum ; Lith. pe10-mu"ṣ4]

≫ pā 4

pā mfn. keeping, protecting, guarding &c. (ef. apâna-, ritā-, go-, tanū- &c.)

≫ pāta 1

pāta mfn. (for 2. See p. 616, col. 3) watched, protected, preserved L

≫ pātavya 2

pātavya mfn. to be guarded or protected Hariv

≫ pātṛ 2

pātṛ́ mfn. defending, a defender or protector (with gen., acc. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c

≫ pātra 2

pā́tra n. (?) RV. i, 121, 1

≫ pāna 2

pāna mfn. observing, keeping ( See tanū-)

• n. protection, defence ( See ib. and vāta-)

≫ pānīya 2

pānīya mfn. to be cherished or protected or preserved W

≫ pāvan 2

pāvan mfn. protecting (only ifc

• cf. abhiśasti-, tanū-)

pāṃśu

pāṃśu ○śnka &c. = pāṃsu &c

pāṃsaka

pāṃsaka mfn. (√pas, paṃs) vitiating, spoiling

• contemptible, vile W

≫ pāṃsana

pāṃsana mf(ī)n. defiling, vitiating, disgracing, spoiling (ifc.) MBh. R. &c. (f. ā, only in voc. ○sane [perhaps wṛ. for ○sani] at the end of a Śloka)

• contemptible, wicked, bad W

• n. and (ā), f. contempt L

≫ pāṃsava

pāṃsava mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) formed or consisting of dust BhP. [Page 613, Column 3]

• (○vá), m. patron. of A-sat ŚBr

• a. a kind of salt L

≫ pāṃsavya

pāṃsavyá mfn. (fr. pāṃsu) VS. xvi, 45

≫ pāṃsin

pāṃsin mfn. = ○sana (only f. voc. ○sini in kula-p○ R. ii, 73, 5, where B. ○sani

• under. pāṃsana)

≫ pāṃsu

pāṃsú m. crumbling soil, dust, sand (mostly pl.) AV. &c. &c

• dung, manure L

• the pollen of a flower MW

• (prob.) the menses Car. (cf. rajas)

• a species of plant Bhpr

• a kind of camphor L

• landed property L

⋙ pāṃsukasīsa

○kasīsa n. sulphate of iron L

⋙ pāṃsukulī

○kulī f. 'quantity of dust', a high road L

⋙ pāṃsukūla

○kūla n. a dust-heap, (esp.) a collections of rags out of a dust-hṭheap used by Buddhist monks for their clothing Divyâv

• a legal document not made out in any partic. person's name L

• -sīvana n. 'the sewing together of rags f-om a dṭdust-hṭheap', N. of the place where Gautama Buddha assumed his ascetic's dress Lalit. (C. pāṇḍu-s○)

• ○lika mfn. one who wears clothes made of rags from a dṭdust-hṭheap Buddh

⋙ pāṃsukṛta

○kṛta mfn. covered with dust, dusty Lalit

⋙ pāṃsukrīḍana

○krīḍana n. (Vāsav.),

⋙ pāṃsukrīḍā

○krīḍā f. (HPariś.) playing in the sand

⋙ pāṃsukṣāra

○kṣāra n. = -ja L

⋙ pāṃsukhāla

○khâla m. a sand-heap KātyŚr., Sch

⋙ pāṃsuguṇṭhita

○guṇṭhita mfn. covered with dust MBh. -catvara n. hail L

⋙ pāṃsucandana

○candana m. N. of Śiva L

⋙ pāṃsucāmara

○cāmara m. (only L.) a heap of dust

• a tent or perfumed powder (= paṭa-vāsa)

• a bank covered with Dūrvā grass

• praise

• a small cucumber

⋙ pāṃsuja

○ja n. 'earth-born', rock or fossil salt Car

⋙ pāṃsujālika

○jālika m. N. of Vishṇu L

⋙ pāṃsudhāna

○dhāna m. a heap of sand or dust Car

⋙ pāṃsudhūmra

○dhūmra mfn. dark red or dark with dust MW

⋙ pāṃsudhvastaśiroruha

○dhvasta-śiroruha mfn. having the hair soiled with dust MBh

⋙ pāṃsunipāta

○nipāta m. a shower of dust VarBṛS

⋙ pāṃsupaṭala

○paṭala n. a coating or mass of dust MW

⋙ pāṃsupattra

○pattra n. Chenopodium Album L

⋙ pāṃsuparṇī

○parṇī f. a species of Cocculus L

⋙ pāṃsupiśāca

○piśāca m. a class of imps or demons Lalit

⋙ pāṃsubhava

○bhava n. = -ja L

⋙ pāṃsumardana

○mardana m. dustdestroyer', an excavation for water round the √of a tree (= ālavāla) L

⋙ pāṃsurāgiṇī

○rāgiṇī f. a species of plant L

⋙ pāṃsurāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra n. N. of a country

• m. pl. its inhabitants (B. pāṇḍu-r○) MBh

⋙ pāṃsulavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. a kind of salt Bhpr

⋙ pāṃsulekhana

○lekhana n. = -krīḍana Viddh

⋙ pāṃsuvarṣa

○varṣa m. or n. = -nipāta Mn. iv, 115

⋙ pāṃsuvikarṣaṇa

○vikarṣaṇa m. = -krīḍana MBh

⋙ pāṃsusaṃcaya

○saṃcaya m. a heap of sand R

⋙ pāṃsusamuhana

○samuhana (Mn.),

⋙ pāṃsuhara

○hara (Gaut.), mfn. raising dust (said of wind)'

⋙ pāṃsūtkara

pāṃsū7tkara m. = -varṣa VarBṛS

• caustic potash L

• n. a kind of salt Bhpr

≫ pāṃsuka

pāṃsuka n. pl, dust, sand MBh

• (ā), f. a menstruous woman L

• Pandanus Odoratissimus L

≫ pāṃsura

pāṃsurá mfn. dusty, m. or n. a dusty place RV. i, 22, 7 (cf. Nir. xii, 19)

• m. a gad-fly L

• a cripple carried or moving about in a chair L. (cf. pāṃsuva)

≫ pāṃsula

pāṃsulá mfn. dusty, sandy ŚBr. R. &c. (cf. g. sidhmâdi and Nir. xii, 19

• m. or n. a dusty place VāyuP.)

• ifc. sullied, defiled, disgraced by (Śak. v, 28)

• disgracing, defiling (cf. kula-p○)

• m. (only L.) a wicked or profligate man, a libertine

• N. of Śiva and of one of his symbols (a sort of staff crossed at the upper end with transverse pieces representing the breast-bone and adjoining ribs and surmounted by a skull)

• Guilandina Bontucella

• (ā), f. the earth

• a licentious woman Vcar

• pāṃsukā L

⋙ pāṃsulāvṛttiprakāśa

pāṃsulā-vṛtti-prakāśa m. N. of wk

≫ pāṃsuva

pāṃsuva m. a cripple. L. (cf. pāṃsura)

pāka 1

pā́ka mfn. (either fr. √1. [pA+ka], 'drinking, sucking, or fr. √2. pac, 'ripening, growing') very young GṛS

• simple, ignorant, inartificial, honest AV. TS. ĀśvŚr

• m. the young of an animal ( See uluka-, kapata-)

• a child, infant L

• N. of a Daitya slain by Indra MBh. Pur. -trā́ ind. in simplicity, in a simple or honest way RV

⋙ pākadurvā

○durvā́ f. a species of plant ib

⋙ pākadviṣ

○dviṣ or m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙ pākaniṣṃdana

○niṣṃdana m. 'foe or destroyer of the Daitya Pāka', N. of Indra L

⋙ pākayajña

○yajña &c., See under 2. pāka

⋙ pākavat

○vát ind. simply, honestly RV

⋙ pākasaṃsa

○saṃsá mfn. speaking sincerely ib

⋙ pākaśāsana

○śāsana m. 'punisher of the Daitya Pāka' or 'instructor of the ignorant', N. of Indra MBh. Kāv. Pur. (cf. RV. i, 31, 14)

• ○ni m. (patr. of prec.) N. of Jayanta L

• of Arjuna MBh

⋙ pākasutvan

○sútvan mfn. offering Soma with a simple or sincere mind RV

⋙ pākasthāman

○sthāman (pā́ka), m. N. of a man RV

⋙ pākahatṛ

○hatṛ m. = -niṣūdana R

≫ pākiman

pākiman m. g. pṛthv-ādi

≫ pākyā

pākyā́ ind. in simplicity, in ignorance RV

pāka 2

pāka m. (√2. pac

• ifc. f. ī) cooking, baking, roasting, boiling (trans' and intrans.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 614, Column 1] Contents of this page

• burning (of bricks, earthenware &c.) ib

• any cooked or dressed food BhP

• digestion, assimilation of food Suśr

• ripening, ripeness (of fruit or of a boil) KātyŚr. Mn. Var. Suśr

• inflammation, suppuration Suśr

• an abscess, ulcer ib

• ripening of the hair i.e. greyness, old age L

• maturity, full development (as of the mind &c.), completion, perfection, excellence Hariv. Kāv. &c

• development of consequences, result (esp. of an act done in a former life) Var. Pañc. MārkP

• any act having consequences. BhP

• the domestic fire L

• a cooking utensil L

• general panic or revolution in a country W. (in comp. 2. pāka is not always separable from 1. pāka)

⋙ pākakarmanibandha

○karmanibandha m. N. of wk

⋙ pākakuṭī

○kuṭī f. a potter's kiln, pottery Gal

⋙ pākakṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa m. 'black when ripe', Carissa Carandas

• -phala m. id. L

⋙ pākakriyā

○kriyā f. the act of cooking Cāṇ

⋙ pākaja

○ja mfn. produced by cooking or roasting Tarkas

• n. 'obtaiued by boiling', black salt L

• flatulence L

• -tva n. production by warmth, capability of being affected by contact with fire Bhāshāp

• -prakriyā f. -vicara m. N. of wks

⋙ pākapaṇḍita

○paṇḍita m. a master in the an of cooking Bhpr

⋙ pākapātra

○pātra n. a cooking utensil, a boiler &c. ib

⋙ pākapuṭī

○puṭī f. = -kuṭī L

⋙ pākaphala

○phala m. Carissa Carandas L. (cf. kṛṣṇa-ph○)

⋙ pākabāli

○bâli (pā́), m. (prob.) = -yajña AV

⋙ pākabhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa n. = -pātra Kathās

⋙ pākabhedaka

○bhedaka m. N. of a partic. class of criminals Hcat

⋙ pākamatsya

○matsya m. a species of fish, Sauśr

• a species of venomous insect ib

• a kind of fish sauce L

⋙ pākayajña

○yajñá m. (according to some) a cooked (according to others 'a simple or domestic') sacrifice (of 3 āaśvṅṛ., 4 ṃn. or 7 āapast. Baudh. ṅaut. forms or kinds) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. &c. (cf. IW. 188, n. 1)

• N. of a man Gobh

• -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -prakāśa m. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

• ○ñika mfn. 'relating to the Pāka-yajña', performing it &c. Baudh

• ○ñíya mf(ā)n. id. ŚBr. Kauś

⋙ pākarañjana

○rañjana n. the leaf of the Laurus Cassia L

⋙ pākavatī

○vatī f. a pause 3/4 of an instant between 2 short syllables, MāṇḍS

⋙ pākaśālā

○śālā f. 'cooking-room', a kitchen Dhūrtas

⋙ pākaśāstra

○śāstra n. the science of cṭcooking' Bhpr

⋙ pākaśuklā

○śuklā f. chalk L

⋙ pākasaṃsthā

○saṃsthā f. a form of the Pāka-yajña, SāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pākasthāna

○sthāna n. 'cooking-place', a kitchen or a potter's kiln L

⋙ pākahaṃsa

○haṃsa m. a kind of aquatic bird Car

⋙ pākāgāra

pākâgāra m. or n. = ○ka-śālā, Kull'

⋙ pākātīa

pākâtī7a mfn. over-ripe Bhpr

⋙ pākātīsāra

pākâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery L

⋙ pākātyaya

pākâtyaya m. obscuration of the cornea after inflammation Suśr

⋙ pākādisaṃgraha

pākâdi-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pākādhyāya

pākâdhyāya m. N. of ch. of wk

⋙ pākāri

pākâri m. 'digestion's foe (?)' = śveta-kāñcana L

⋙ pākāru

pākârú m. N. of a partic. disease VS

⋙ pākāvalī

pākâvalī f. N. of wk

≫ pākala

pākalá mfn. quite black TS

• bringing to ripeness (also a boil &c.), causing suppuration L

• m. a species of fever Bhpr

• fever in an elephant L

• fire L

• wind L

• = bodhana-dravya (wṛ. for rādhana-d○?) L

• (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens L. (ī), f. Cucumis Utilissimus L

• n. Costus Speciosus or Arablcus Car

⋙ pākali

pāḍkali f. a species of plant L

≫ pākin

pākin mfn. becoming mature, ripening, being digested (ifc

• cf a-, katu-, garbha- &c.)

• promoting digestion Car

⋙ pākima

pāḍkima mfn. cooked, burned (as earthenware), matured, ripened L

• obtained by cooking or evaporation (as salt) Suśr

• red-hot L

≫ pāku

pāku See dūre- and phale-pāku

⋙ kuka

kuka m. a cook L ....

≫ pākya

pākya mfn. fit to cook, eatable KātyŚr. ChUp. (cf. bahu-.)

• obtained by cooking or evaporation, Śuśr

• ripening ( See kṛṣṭa.)

• n. (sc. lavaṇa) a kind of salt Suśr

• m. saltpetre L

≫ pācaka

pācaka mf(ikā)n. cooking, roasting, baking MBh. Kāv. &c

• causing digestion, digestive Suśr

• bringing to maturity Tattvas

• m. a cook Gṛihyās., (ikā f. a female cook

• See below)

• fire L

• -tva n. Vop

• -strī f. a female cook Vop

• ○cikābhārya f. having a cook for a wife Pāṇ. 6-3, 37 Sch

≫ pācata

pācata mfn. (fr. pacaṭ) Pat

≫ pācana

pācana mf(ī)n. causing to cook or boil, softening, digestive Suśr

• sour L

• suppurative W

• m. fire L

• red ricinus L

• acidity, sourness W

• (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L

• n. the act of cooking or baking &c

• causing a wound to close, a stypic for closing wounds Suśr

• extracting extraneous substances from a wound &c. by means of cataplasms, a cataplasm ib

• a dissolvent, digestive ib. Car

• any medicinal preparation or decoction W

• a sort of drink ib

• penance, expiation L. [Page 614, Column 2]

⋙ pācanaka

pāḍcanaka m. borax L

• n. a dissolvent, digestive Car

• a sort of drink W

• causing a wound to close (by means of styptics &c.) ib.,

⋙ pācanīya

pāḍcanīya mfn. to be cooked or digested

• dissolving, digestive Suśr. Car

≫ pācayitṛ

pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, digestive Suśr

≫ pācala

pācala (only L.), m. a cook

• fire

• wind

• -rādhana-dravya n. dissolving or a dissolvent

≫ pācā

pācā

⋙ pāci

pāḍci or f.cooking, maturing L

⋙ pācikā

pāḍcikā f.cooking, maturing L

⋙ pācī

pāḍcī f. a species of plant

⋙ pācākaṭu

○kaṭu m. Plumbago Ceylanica L

⋙ pācya

pācya mfn. capable of being cooked or matured ŚvetUp

pākṣa

pākṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) belonging to a half month

• relating to a side or party W

≫ pākṣapātika

pākṣapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa-pāta) partial, factious Kām

≫ pākṣāyaṇa

pākṣāyaṇa mf(ī)n. belonging to or occurring in a Paksha or fortnight &c. W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 80)

≫ pākṣika 1

pākṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. pakṣa) favouring a party or faction Pur. Gaṇit

• subject to an alternative, that which may or may not take place, possible but not necessary, optional Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. Kull

• m.an alternative W

⋙ pākṣikasūtravṛtti

○sūtra-vṛtti f. N. of wk

≫ pākṣika 2

pākṣika m. (fr. pakṣin) a fowler, birdcatcher L

pākhaṇḍa

pākhaṇḍa m. = (and prob. only wṛ. for) pāṣaṇḍa, q.v

pāgala

pāgala mfn. (a word used in Bengāli) mad, deranged, demented BrahmaP

pāṅkta

pā́ṅkta mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti) consisting of five parts, fivefold Br. Up

• relating to or composed in the Paṅkti metre VS. TS. AitBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 55 Sch.)

• m. N. of a kind of Soma Suśr

• n. (sc. sāman) N. of a Sāman Lāṭy

⋙ pāṅktatā

○tā f. (Śaṃk.),

⋙ pāṅktatva

○tvá n. (TS.) fivefoldness

≫ pāṅktakākubha

pāṅktakākubha mf(ī)n. (fr. paṅkti-kakubh) beginning with the Paṅkti and ending with the Kakubh metre RPrāt

≫ pāṅktīhari

pāṅktīhari m. (prob. patr. fr. paṅktī-hara) N. of a man Rājat

≫ pāṅkteya

pāṅkteya (MBh.),

⋙ pāṅktya

pāṅktya (Mn.), mfn. fit to be associated with, admissible into the row of castefellows at meals

pāṅktra

pāṅktrá m. a kind of mouse VS. (Mahīdh.)

pāṅgulya

pāṅgulya n. (fr. paṅgula) limping, hobbling Dhātup

⋙ pāṅgulyahāriṇī

○hāriṇī f. N. of a kind of shrub L

pācaka

pācaka ○cana &c. See col. 1

pāja

pāja m. (√paj?) N. of a man Rājat

≫ pājaka

pājaka m. N. of a man (= prec.) ib

• (with paṇḍita) N. of a poet Cat

• a partic. kitchen utensil ĀpŚr

≫ pājas

pā́jas n. firmness, vigour, strength RV

• brightness, glitter, sheen (pl. shining colours) ib

• du. heaven and earth (as the two firm or shining surfaces ; 'firmament'.)

• food L

⋙ pājasvat

○vat (paáṭjas), mfn. firm, strong, brilliant RV

≫ pājasya

pājasyá n. the region of the belly (of an animal)

• the flanks, side VS. AV. ŚBr

≫ pājrya

pājrya m. patr. fr. pajra ĀrshBr

pājika

pājika m. = prâjika, a falcon VarBṛS. Sch

pāñca

pāñca Vṛiddhi form of pañca (fr. pañcan), in comp

⋙ pāñcakapāla

○kapāla mf(ī)n. relating to or forming part of an oblation offered in 5 cups Pāṇ. 4-1, 88 Pat

• ○lika n. vii, 3, 17 Kāś

⋙ pāñcakarmika

○karmika mfn. relating or applicable to the 5 kinds of treatment Car

⋙ pāñcakalāpika

○kalāpika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pāñcagatika

○gatika mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 forms of existence L

⋙ pāñcajanī

○janī f. (fr. pañca-jana) patr. of Asiknī BhP

⋙ pāñcajanīna

○janīna mfn. g. prātijanâdi

⋙ pāñcajanya

○janya (pā́○), mf(ā)n. relating to the 5 races of men, containing or extending over them &c. RV. &c. Br. MBh

• m. N. of Kṛishṇa's conch taken from the demon Pañca-jana MBh. Hariv. &c

• fire L

• fish or a species of fire L

• N. of one of the 8 Upa-dviipas in Jambu-dviipa BhP

• (ā), f. patr. of Asiknī ib

• -dhama, -dhara and -nādin m. N. of Kṛishṇs L. (cf. above)

• -vana n. N. of a wood Hār

• ○nyāyani g. karṇâdi

⋙ pāñcadaśa

○daśa mf(ī)n. (fr. pañ-daśī) relating to the 15th day of a month, g. saṃdhi-velâdi,

⋙ pāñcadaśya

○daśya mfn. id. BhP

• n. the aggregate of 15 ŚāṅkhSr

⋙ pāñcanakha

○nakha mf(ī)n. made of the skin of an animal with 5 claws MBh

• n. (sc. māṃsa) the flesh of an animal with 5 claws Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pāñcanada

○nada mf(ī)n. relating to or prevailing in the Pañjāb MBh. [Page 614, Column 3]

• m. a prince of the Pañjāb Var

• pl. the inhabitants of the Pañjāb MBh. Var

⋙ pāñcanāpiti

○nāpiti (fr, pañca-nāpita) Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ pāñcaprasṛtikī

○prasṛtikī f. (fr. pañca-prasṛta, or ○ti) a mixture of 4 kinds of grease (a handful of each) with grains of rice Car

⋙ pāñcabhautika

○bhautika mf(ī)n. (-bhūta) composed of or containing the 5 elements MBh. Suśr. &c

• n. (with ādāna) the assumption of the 5 elements Yājñ

⋙ pāñcamūlika

○mūlika mf(ī) n. coming from the 5 roots Car

⋙ pāñcayajñika

○yajñika mf(ī)n. relating to or included in the 5 great religious acts ( See pañca-yajña) Mn. iii, 83 &c

⋙ pāñcarātra

○rātra m.pl. N. of a Vaishṇava sect following the doctrine of their sacred book called Pañcarātra Sarvad. Col. Cat

• n. the doctrine of the Pāñcarātras ib. (also ○trya and ○traka)

• N. of sev. wks

• -prâyaścitta-vidhāna n. -mantra m. or n. -mahôpanī7ṣad f. -rakṣā f. rahasya n. -vacana n. -śrī-cūrṇa-paripālana n. -samgraha m. -sthāpana, n

• ○trâgama m. ○trârādhana n. N. of wks

⋙ pāñcarātrika

○rātrika mf(ī)n. lasting 5 nights, (days) SāmavBr

• m. 'connected with the P1ñcarātra, N. of Vishṇu MBh

⋙ pāñcalohitika

○lohitika n. Pāṇ. 5-1, 28 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pāñcalauhitika

○lauhitika n. ib. Kāś

⋙ pāñcavarṇa

○varṇa wṛ. for pañca-v○

⋙ pāñcavārṣika

○v˘ārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old Jyot

⋙ pāñcavalkika

○valkika mf(ī)n. coming from the 5 kinds of bark Car

⋙ pāñcavāja

○vāja n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pāñcavārṣika

○vārṣika See above

⋙ pāñcavidhya

○vidhya n. (fr. pañca-vidhī), N. of a Sūtra treating of the 5 Vidhis of a Sāman L

⋙ pāñcaśabdika

○śabdika n. the fivefold music L

⋙ pāñcaśara

○śara mf(ī)n. belonging to the (5-arrowed) god of love Kathās

⋙ pāñcārthika

pāñcārthika m. a follower or votary of Paśu-pati or Siva L

⋙ pāñcaudanika

pāñcaudanika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcaū7dana) Pāṇ. 4-3, 68 ; v, 1, 95 Sch

≫ pāñcamāhnika

pāñcamāhnika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama + ahan) belonging to the fifth day ŚāṅkhŚr

≫ pāñcamika

pāñcamika mf(ī)n. (fr. pañcama) treated of in the fifth book Kull. Cat

pāñcāla

pāñcāla mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or ruling over the Pañcālas MBh. R. &c

• m. a prince of the Pañcālas ib

• (with bābhravya) N. of an author Cat

• the country of the Pañcālas L

• pl. the people of the Pañcālas MBh. Var. &c

• an association of 5 guilds (carpenter, weaver, barber, washerman, and shoe-maker) L

• (ī), f. See below

• n. the language of the Pañcālas Cat

⋙ pāñcālajātiviveka

○jāti-viveka m. N. of wk

⋙ pāñcāladeśa

○deśa m. the country of the Pañcālas R

⋙ pāñcālanātha

○nātha (Var.),

⋙ pāñcālapati

○pati (BhP.), m. the king of the Pañcālas

⋙ pāñcālaputrikā

○putrikā f. N. of Draupadī Kāvyâd

⋙ pāñcālarāja

○rāja m. the king of the PṭPañcālas MBh

⋙ pāñcālānuyāna

pāñcālânuyāna n. N. of a partic. play with puppets Cat. (cf. next, f.)

≫ pāñcālaka

pāñcālaka mf(ikā)n. relating or belonging to the people of the Pañcālas MBh

• m. a king of the Pañcālas ib

• (ikā), f. a princess of the Pañcālas ib

• a doll, puppet (also written ○calikā) L

≫ pāñcālāyana

pāñcālāyana and m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch

⋙ pāñcāli

pāñḍcāli m. patr. fr. pañcāla Pāṇ. 4-1, 99 ; 168 Sch

≫ pāñcālika

pāñcālika mf(ī)n.= ○laka

• m. N. of a man Daś

• (ikā), f. (with catuḥ-ṣaṣṭi) the 64 arts collectively Cat

≫ pāñcālī

pāñcālī f. a princess of the Pañcālas, (esp.) N. of Draupadī MBh. Hariv. &c

• (with or sc. rīti) N. of a partic. poetical style Daśar. Vām. &c

• a doll, puppet L

⋙ pāñcālīvivāhakathana

○vivāha-kathana n

⋙ pāñcālīsvayaṃvaravarṇana

○svayaṃvara-varṇana n. N. of 2 wks

≫ pāñcāleya

pāñcāleya m. metron. fr. pāñcālī MBh. (Nīlak.)

≫ pāñcālya

pāñcālya mfn. = ○cāla mfn

• m. = id. m. MBh

≫ pāñci

pā́ñci m. (fr. pañcan) a patronymic ŚBr. (g. pahv-ādi)

⋙ pāñcigrāma

○grāma m. N. of a village Rājat

≫ pāñcika

pāñcika m. N. of the leader of the Yakshas Buddh

• of a man Hariv

pāñjara

pāñjara (fr. pañjara), mfn. relating or belonging to a cage Nalac

≫ pāñjarya

pāñjarya g. saṃkāśâdi

pāṭ

pāṭ ind. an interjection used in calling L. (g. câdi)

pāṭa

pāṭa m. (√paṭ) breadth, expanse, extension L

• (in geom.) the intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular or the figure formed by such an intersection Col

• = vādya-tūrâtkara Vikr. iv, 13/14 Sch

• (ā́), f. a species of plant AV. Kauś. (cf. pāṭhā)

• regular order, series, succession W

• (ī), f. See pāṭī

⋙ pāṭāvalī

pāṭâvalī f. N. of wk

≫ pāṭaka

pāṭaka m. a splitter, divider Hariv

• (only L.) the half or any part or a kind of village

• a shore, bank

• a flight of steps leading to the water

• a kind of musical instrument

• a long span (= mahā-kiṣku) [Page 615, Column 1] Contents of this page

• expense or loss of capital or stock

• throwing dice

• (ikā), f. See dina-pāṭikā

≫ pāṭana

pāṭana n. splitting, dividing, tearing up, cutting to pieces, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ā), f. a cut, incision Naish

⋙ pāṭanakriyā

○kriyā f. lancing an abscess or ulcer Suśr

≫ pāṭanīya

pāṭanīya mfn. to be split or torn asunder Kād

≫ pāṭita

pāṭita mfn. split, torn, broken, divided MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a partic. fracture of the leg Suśr

≫ pāṭin

pāṭin mfn. splitting, cleaving (ifc.) Hcat

• m. a species of fish L

≫ pāṭī

pāṭī f. arithmetic, Bījag

• a species of plant L

⋙ pāṭīkaumudī

○kaumudī f

⋙ pāṭīganita

○ganita n

⋙ pāṭīlilāvatī

○lilāvatī f

⋙ pāṭīsāra

○sāra m. N. of wks

≫ pāṭūpaṭa

pāṭūpaṭa mfn. (√paṭ). Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 8 Pat. (pāṭup○ Vop.)

≫ pātya

pātya mfn. to be lanced (as an ulcer) Car

• n. a species of pot-herb L

pāṭaccara

pāṭaccara m. (fr. paṭaccara) a thief. robber Kāv

pāṭala

pāṭala mf(ā)n. pale red, pink, pallid Kauś. Var. Kāv

• (f. ī) made of the Pāṭalī or forming a part of it, g. bilvâdi

• m. a pale red hue, rose colour Rājat

• Bignonia Suaveolens (the tree bearing the trumpet-flower) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a species of rice ripening in the rains Suśr

• Rottleria Tinctoria L

• N. of a man Rājat

• (ā), f. Bignonia Suaveolens Kāv

• red Lodhra L

• a kind of fresh water fish Suśr

• a form of Durgā Tantras

• of Dālkshāyaṇī MatsyaP

• n. the trumpet-flower (also ā f.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• saffron L

⋙ pāṭalakīta

○kīta m. a kind of insect, Vāsav

⋙ pāṭalakusama

○kusama n. the trumpetflower Var

⋙ pāṭalagaṇḍalekha

○gaṇḍa-lekha mfn. having the complexion of the cheek of a red hue Ragh

⋙ pāṭalacakṣus

○cakṣus mfn. having cataract in the eye, Sāṃkhyas. Sch. (wṛ. for paṭaía-c○?)

⋙ pāṭaladruma

○druma m. Rottleria Tinctoria L

⋙ pāṭalapuṣpa

○puṣpa n. the trumpet-flower MBh

⋙ pāṭālacalamāhātmya

pāṭâlácala-māhātmya or n. N. of wk

⋙ pāṭalādrimāhātmya

pāṭalâdrimāhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pāṭalāpuṣpasaṃnibha

pāṭalā-puṣpa-saṃnibha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L

⋙ pāṭalāvatī

pāṭalā-vatī f. N. of a river MBh. VP

• N. of Durgā Tantras

⋙ pāṭalopala

pāṭalôpala m. a ruby Śiś. xvii, 3

≫ pāṭalaka

pāṭalaka mfn. pale red (N. of the 12th unknown quantity) Col

≫ pāṭalaya

pāṭalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye pale red Kād. Śiś

≫ pāṭali

pāṭali m.f. Biguonia Suaveolens Suśr

• a species of rice L

⋙ pāṭaliputra

○putra n. N. of the capital of Magadha near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patnā) Pat. Kap. Kathās. (esp. iii, 78) &c

• m. pl. the inhabitants of this city Pāṇ. 2-3, 42 Kāś

• -nāmadheya n. (sc. nagara) a city called Pāṭaliputra MW

⋙ pāṭaliputraka

○putraka mf(ikā)n. relating to or coming from Pāṭaliputra Pāṇ. 4-2, 123 Sch

• n. the city Pāṭaliputra Kathās

≫ pāṭalika

pāṭalika mfn. knowing the secrets of others L

• one who knows time and place L

• m. a pupil L

• n. N. of a town (= pāṭali-putra) L

≫ pāṭalita

pāṭalita mfn. made red, reddened W

≫ pāṭalin

pāṭalin mfn. possessing trumpet-flowers Bālar

≫ pāṭaliman

pāṭaliman m. a pale red or rose colour Prab

≫ pāṭalī

pāṭalī f. Bignonia Suaveolens Suśr

• = kaṭabhī and muṣkaka L

• N. of a city Daś

• of a daughter of king Mahêndra-varman Kathās

⋙ pāṭalīputra

○putra n. = ○li-p○ (above) HPariś

≫ pāṭalīkṛ

pāṭalī-√kṛ to dye pale red Kād

≫ pāṭalya

pāṭalya n. redness Kāv

≫ pāṭalyā

pāṭalyā f. a multitude of trumpet-flowers L

pāṭava

pāṭava m. (fr. paṭu) a son or deseendant or pupil of Paṭu ŚBr. Pravar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 119 Sch.)

• mfn. clever, sharp, dexterous W

• n. sharpness, intensity Suśr. Tattvas

• skill, cleverness in (loc.) Kāv. Rājat. Hit

• quickness, precipitation in (comp.) Kathās

• health L

≫ paṭavika

paṭavika mf(ī) ī. clever, cunning, fraudulent, Siś. xix, 56

pāṭahikā

pāṭahikā f. Abrus Precatorius (a small shrub) L

pāṭikāvāḍi

pāṭikāvāḍi N. of a village (prob. Putcabarry) Kshitîś

pāṭīra

pāṭīra m. (only L

• cf. paṭīra), the sandal tree

• a radish

• a sieve

• a cloud

• a field

• the pith or manna of the bamboo

• tin

• catarrh

pāṭūra

pāṭūrá m. a partic. part of an animal near the ribs TS

pāṭṭāraka

pāṭṭāraka mfn. (fr. paṭṭra), g. dhūmâdi. [Page 615, Column 2]

pāṭha

pāṭha m. (√paṭh) recitation, recital Kāv

• reading, perusal, study (esp. of sacred texts) Śiksh. &c

• a partic. method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are 5, viz. Saṃhitā, Pada, Krama, Jaṭā and Ghana RTL. 409)

• the text of a book, SrS. MBh

• the reading (of a text) Naish. Sch

• = dhātu-pâṭha Vop

• (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙ pāṭhaccheda

○ccheda m. a break in recitation or in a text

• a pause, caesura L

⋙ pāṭhadoṣa

○doṣa m. an error in a text, false reading L

⋙ pāṭhaniścaya

○niścaya m

⋙ pāṭhaniściti

○niściti f. repeated study of a tṭtext, repetition L

⋙ pāṭhapraṇālī

○praṇālī f. 'recitation-place', a place where the Vedas are recited or read L

⋙ pāṭhamañijarī

○mañijarī f. 'repetition-cluster', a small talking bird, Graculus Religiosa L

⋙ pāṭhavat

○vat mfn. well-read, learned Var

⋙ pāṭhaviccheda

○viccheda m. = -ccheda L

⋙ pāṭhāntara

pāṭhântara n. 'another reading', a variation of the text in a book or manuscript

• ○raya P. ○yati, to have a v. l. for (acc.) L

≫ pāṭhaka

pāṭhaka m. a reciter, reader (ikā f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 4 Sch.)

• a student, pupil Cat

• a scholar, lecturer, preceptor, teacher (cf. dharma-, nakṣatra-, smṛti-) Mn. MBh. Pañc

• a public reciter of the Purāṇas or other sacred works W

• a Paṇḍit who declares what is the law or custom according to the scriptures ib

≫ pāṭhana

pāṭhana m. (○nī f.), g. gaurâdi

• n. recitation, teaching, lecturing Pañcad

⋙ pāṭhanārambhapīṭhikā

pāṭhanârambha-pīṭhikā f. N. of wk

≫ pāṭhika

pāṭhika mfn. conformable to the text Dāyabh

• (○kāyana m. a patr. also pl. Saṃskārak.)

• (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

≫ pāṭhita

pāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused or taught to read, instructed, taught, lectured Cāṇ. Pañc

≫ pāṭhin

pāṭhin mfn. one who has read or studied any subject

• knowing, conversant with (ifc.) MBh. Pur

• m. a student

• a Brāhman (esp. one who has finished his sacred studies) W

• Plumbago Zeylanica (also pāṭhī-kuṭa) L

≫ pāṭhīna

pāṭhīna m. = pāṭhaka L

• Silurus Pelorius or Boalis (a kind of sheat-fish) Mn. Yājñ. Kathās. &c

• a species of Moringa with red blossoms L

≫ pāṭheya

pāṭheya mfn. g. nady-ādi

≫ pāṭhya

pāṭhya mfn. to be recited R. Sāh

• to be taught, needing instruction BhP

⋙ pāṭhyaratnakośa

○ratna-kośa m. N. of wk

pāḍalīpura

pāḍalī-pura n. = pāṭali-putra, Camp

pāḍinī

pāḍinī f. an earthen pot, a boiler L

pāṇa 1

pāṇa m. (√paṇ) a stake at play MBh. (cf. paṇa)

• trade, traffic W

• praise W

≫ pāṇi 1

pāṇi m. a place of sale, shop, market W

pāṇa 2

pāṇa m. = pāṇi, the hand L

pāṇavika

pāṇavika mf(ī)n. (fr. paṇava) relating to a drum Kād

• m. a drummer Pāṇ. 2-4, 2 Sch

• a species of bird (belonging to the Pra-tuda class) Car

pāṇi 2

pāṇí m. (said to be fr. √paṇ) the hand RV. &c. &c. (often ifc. = holding in the hand, e.g. asi-p○, holding a sword in the, sword in hand

• pāṇiṃ-√grah or ○ṇau-√kṛ, to take the hand of a bride, marry

• ○niṃ√dā, to give the hand in marriage)

• a hoof. RV. ii, 31, 2

• N. of Sch. on the Daśa-rupaka Cat. [Orig palni ; Gk. ? ; Lat. palma ; Angl. Sax. [615, 2] folm ; Germ. fū0hlen ; Eng. feel.]

⋙ pāṇikacchapikā

○kacchapikā f. 'hand-tortoise', a partic. position of the fingers KālP

⋙ pāṇikarṇa

○karṇa m. 'hand-eared', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ pāṇikūrcan

○kūrcan or m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

⋙ pāṇikūrcas

○kūrḍcas m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

⋙ pāṇikhāta

○khāta n. dug with the hand', N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh

⋙ pāṇigata

○gata mfn. being in the hand or at hṭhand, ready, present Naish

⋙ pāṇigṛhīta

○gṛhīta mfn. taken by the hand, married

• (ā HPariś. or ī L.), f. a bride or wife

⋙ pāṇigraha

○graha m. taking (the bride) by the hṭhand, marriage. Var. Kathās. MW

• ○hâdikṛtya-viveka m. N. of wk

⋙ pāṇigrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) = -graha GṛS. MBh. Kāv. &c

• -mantra m. a nuptial verse or hymn MBh. Hariv

• -saṃskāra m. the ceremony of hand-taking Mn. iii, 43

⋙ pāṇigrṣanika

○grṣanika mfn. relating to marriage, nuptial Mn. MBh

• n. a welding present MBh

⋙ pāṇigrahaṇīya

○grahaṇīya mfn. id. Gobh

• (ā), f. N. of RV. x, 85 36 &c. ib

⋙ pāṇigrahītṛ

○grahītṛ m. hand-taker', a bridegroom, husband MBh

⋙ pāṇigrāha

○grāha m. id. ib. Mn. Gobh

• hand taking, marriage W

• (am), ind. taking by the hand -vat m. a bridegroom Sāy

⋙ pāṇigrāhaka

○grāhaka m. = -grahītri Daś

⋙ pāṇigha

○gha m. striking with the hand', a drummer or one who plays upon any hand-instrument [Page 615, Column 3]

• a workman or handicraftsman L. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 55)

⋙ pāṇighāta

○ghāta m. a blow with the hand Siddh

• a boxer W

• (am), ind. striking with the hand upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Sch

⋙ pāṇighna

○ghná m. one who clasps the hand VS

⋙ pāṇicandra

○candra m. N. of a king Buddh

⋙ pāṇicāpala

○cāpala (Gaut.),

⋙ pāṇicāpalya

○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. fidgeting with the hand, snapping the fingers &c

⋙ pāṇija

○ja m. hand-grown', a finger-nail Gīt

• Unguis Odoratus L

⋙ pāṇitala

○tala n. the palm of the hand, AśvSr. Mn. MBh. &c

• a partic. weight (= 2 Tolakas) L

⋙ pāṇitala

○tala m. (in music) a partic. measure MBh

⋙ pāṇidharma

○dharma m. form of marriage MBh

⋙ pāṇiṃdhama

○ṃ-dhama mfn. crowded (as a path, where a person blows into his hands to make a noise and attract notice) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 37

⋙ pāṇiṃdhaya

○ṃ-dhaya mfn. drinking out of the hṭhand's Vop

⋙ pāṇipallava

○pallava m. n. hand-twig, the fingers MW

⋙ pāṇipātra

○pātra mfn. the hand as a drinking-vessel AruṇUp

• mfn. drinking out of the hand Bhartṛ

⋙ pāṇipāda

○pāda n. sg. (Āpast.), m. pl. (Suśr.) the hand and feet

• capala mfn. fidgeting with the hand's and feet Mn. iv, 177

⋙ pāṇipīḍana

○pīḍana n. pressing the hand (of a bride), marriage Kāv. Hcat

⋙ pāṇipuṭa

○puṭa

⋙ pāṇipuṭaka

○puḍṭaka m. or n. the hollow of the hand Kāv

⋙ pāṇipūra

○pūra mfn. filling the hand

• ○rânna n. a handful of food Yājñ

⋙ pāṇipraṇayin

○praṇayin mfn. loved by (i.e. being or resting in) the hand (○yi-tāṃ sam-upâ-√gam, to be taken in the hand) Rājat

• (inī), f. a wife ib

⋙ pāṇipradāna

○pradāna n. giving the hand (in confirmation of a promise) R

⋙ pāṇibandha

○bandha m. junction of the hand (in marriage) MBh

⋙ pāṇibhuj

○bhuj m. Ficus Glomerata L

⋙ pāṇimat

○mat mfn. possessed of hand MBh

⋙ pāṇimarda

○marda m. 'rubbing the blows (?)', Carissa Carandas (= kara-m○) L

• (am), ind. by rubbing with the hand Car

⋙ pāṇimānikā

○mānikā f. a partic. weight (= -tala), ŚārṅgS

⋙ pāṇimita

○mita mfn. measured or measurable with the hand, very thin or slender (as a waist) Mālav

⋙ pāṇimukta

○mukta n. (sc. astra) a weapon thrown with the hand, a dart, spear L

⋙ pāṇimukha

○mukha mfn. whose mouth is the hṭhand ĀśvGṛ

⋙ pāṇimūla

○mūla n. 'hand-√', the wrist L

⋙ pāṇiruh

○ruh or ni.= -ja L

⋙ pāṇiruha

○ruha ni.= -ja L

⋙ pāṇirekhā

○rekhā f. a line on the hand MBh

⋙ pāṇivāda

○vāda m. = -ghná L. (also ○daka R.)

• n. clapping the hand together R

⋙ pāṇisaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m

⋙ pāṇisaṃgrahaṇa

○saṃgraḍhaṇa n. clasping the hṭhand (in confirmation of a promise) R

⋙ pāṇisaṃghaṭṭana

○saṃghaṭṭana n. = -pīḍana Prasannar

⋙ pāṇisargya

○sargya mfn. twisted with the hṭhand (as a rope) Pāṇ. 3-1, 124 Vārtt. i Pat

⋙ pāṇistha

○stha mfn. being or held in the hṭhand Mn. iv, 74

⋙ pāṇisvanika

○svanika m. one who clasps the hṭhand together MBh

⋙ pāṇihatā

○hatā f. (sc. puṣ-kariṇī) N. of a lake (which the gods created for Gautama Buddha with a stroke of the hand) Lalit

≫ pāṇika

pāṇika ifc. (f. ā) = 2. pāṇi, the hand Hcat

• m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh. (v. l. kālika)

• (ā), f. a kind of song or singing Yājñ

• a kind of spoon L

≫ pāṇin

pāṇin ifc. = 2. pâṇi, the hand MBh. R. &c

• m.pl. N. of a family reckoned among the Kauśikas Hariv. VP

≫ pāṇī

pāṇī in comp. for 2. pāṇi

⋙ pāṇītala

○tala n. a partic. measure (= pāṇi-t○) L

≫ pāṇnu

pāṇnu loc. of 2. pāṇi in comp

⋙ pāṇnukarana

○karana n. the taking (of a bride) by the hand, marrying Naish

≫ pāṇy

pāṇy in comp. for 2. pāṇi before vowels

⋙ pāṇyāsya

○āsya mfn. = pâṇi-mukha, ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn

⋙ pāṇyupakarṣam

○upakarṣam ind. drawing near with the hand Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś

⋙ pāṇyupaghātam

○upaghātam ind. = pāṇi-ghâtam Pāṇ. 3-4, 37 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫ pāṇya

pāṇyá mf(á)n. (for 2. See p. 616) belonging to the hand ŚBr

• m. patr. = kauṇḍinya Cat

pāṇina

pāṇina m. patr. fr. paṇin, Pā. ; vi, 4, 165 (prob.= next

• iv,. i, 166 Kāś. on ii, 4, 21 and vi, 2, 14)

≫ pāṇini

pāṇini m. (according to Pāṇ. 4-1, 95 patr. fr. pāṇina) N. of the most eminent of all native Sanskṛit grammarians (he was the author of the aṣtâdhyāyī and supposed author of sev. other works, viz. the Dhātu-pāṭha, Gaṇa-pātha, Liṅgânuśāsana and Śikshā

• he was a Gāndhāra and a native of Salātura, situated in the North-West near Attok and Peshawar [see iv, 3, 94 and Śālāturīya]

• he lived after Gautama Buddha but B.C. and is regarded as an inspired Muni

• his grandfather's name was Devala and his mother's Dākshi see s.v. and ḍaksheya)

• of a poet (by some identified with the grammarian)

⋙ pāṇinikṛti

○kṛti f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 151 Sch

⋙ pāṇinidarśana

○darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad

⋙ pāṇinisūtravṛtti

○sūtra-vṛ́tti

⋙ pāṇinivyākaraṇadīpikā

○vyākaraṇa-dīpikā f

pāṇinisūtravṛttyarthasamgraha3pāṇini--sūtra-vṛtty-arthasamgraha m. N. of wks

≫ pāṇinīya

pāṇinīya mfn. relating to Pāṇini, written or composed by Pāṇini &c. [Page 616, Column 1] Contents of this page

• m. a disciple or follower of Pāṇini (or Pāṇ. 4-3, 99 Sch.) and his grammar, iv, 2, 64 Sch

• n. (with or sc. vyākaraṇa) the system or grammar of PṭPāṇini, iv, 2, 66 ; 3, 115 Sch. Śiś. Kathās. Hcat

⋙ pāṇinīyamatadarpaṇa

○mata-darpaṇa m

⋙ pāṇinīyaliṅgānuśāsana

○liṅgânuśāsana n

⋙ pāṇinīyaśīkṣā

○śīkṣā f

⋙ pāṇinīyasūtra

○sūtra n. and,

⋙ sūtrasārakośa

sūtra-sāra-kośa m. N. of wks

pāṇītaka

pāṇītaka m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh

• pl. of a people VP. (v. l. karīti)

pāṇṭa

pāṇṭa (prob.) wṛ. for phāṇṭa Vait

pāṇḍa

pāṇḍa m. (ī f.), g. gaurâdi

• wṛ. for pāṇḍya and pāṇḍu

⋙ pāṇḍarājayaśobhūṣaṇa

○rāja-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa n. N. of wk. Cat. (wṛ. for pāṇḍya-r○?)

pāṇḍaka

pāṇḍaka m. N. of a teacher VāyuP

pāṇḍara

pāṇḍara pāṇḍava, See under pāṇḍu

pāṇḍitya

pā́ṇḍitya n. (fr. paṇḍita) n. scholarship, erudition, learning, cleverness, skill, ŚPr. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pāṇḍityadarpaṇa

○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

pāṇḍu

pāṇḍú mfn. (√paṇḍ?) yellowish white, white, pale ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• jaundiced Car

• m. jaundice Car

• pale or yellowish white colour W

• a white elephant L

• Trichosanthes Dioeca L

• a species of shrub L

• N. of a son of Vyāsa by the wife of Vicitra-viirya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra and Vidura (he was father of the five Pāṇḍavas) AV.Pariś. MBh. Hariv. &c

• of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh. i, 3745

• of a son of Dhātri by Āyatī VP. (vḷ. prâṇa)

• of an attendant of Śiva L

• of a Nāgarāja L

• pl. of a people in Madhya-deśa VarBṛS. (v. l. pāṇḍya and ○ḍva)

• f. Glycine Debilis L

⋙ pāṇḍukaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. Achyranthes Aspera L

⋙ pāṇḍukambala

○kambala m. a white woollen covering or blanket, a warm upper garment R

• the housings of a royal elephant W

• a kind of stone L

• -śilā f. N. of a part of the heavenly Paradise Divyāv

• -saṃvrita (R.)

• ○lin (Pāṇ. 4-2, 11), mfn. covered or lined with a white woollen blanket

⋙ pāṇḍukaraṇa

○karaṇa or n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr

⋙ pāṇḍukarman

○karman n. (in med.) making or rending white Suśr

⋙ pāṇḍugātra

○gātra mfn. 'pale-bodied', pale white -tā f. paleness Suśr

⋙ pāṇḍucchattra

○cchattra Nom. P. ○trati, to resemble a yellow umbrella Prasannar

⋙ pāṇḍucchāya

○cchāya mfn. white-coloured Megh

⋙ pāṇḍutaru

○taru m. Anogeissus Latifolia L

⋙ pāṇḍutā

○tā f

⋙ pāṇḍutva

○tva n. whitish-yellow colour, paleness MBh. Suśr. &c

⋙ pāṇḍutīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP

⋙ pāṇḍudāsa

○dāsa m. N. of the patron of Srī-dhara Cat

⋙ pāṇḍudukūla

○dukūla n. a white winding-sheet Lalit

• -sīvana n. 'sewing of the white- wṭwinding-shṭsheet', N. of a place (where Gautama Buddha made a white-wṭwinding-shṭsheet ) ib

⋙ pāṇḍunāga

○nāga m. a w elephant W

• Rottlera Tinctoria L

⋙ pāṇḍupattra

○pattra n. a pale leaf (○trôdara n. a calyx of pale leaves) Śak

• mfn. having pale leaves (-tā f.) Var

⋙ pāṇḍupattrī

○pattrī or f. a kind of fragrant substance L

⋙ pāṇḍupatnī

○patnī f. a kind of fragrant substance L

⋙ pāṇḍuputra

○putra m. a son of Pāṇḍu, any one of the Pāṇḍava princes MBh

• (i), f. = -pattrī BhP. -pṛṣṭha mfn. 'white-backed', having no distinguished mark on the body, one from whom nothing great is to be expected L

⋙ pāṇḍuphala

○phala m. 'having yellow fruit', Trichosanthes Dioeca L

• (ā), f. a species of gourd L

• (ī), f. a species of shrub L

⋙ pāṇḍubhāva

○bhāva m. becoming yellowish-white Suśr

⋙ pāṇḍubhūma

○bhūma m. a whitish or chalky soil Yājñ. Sch

• mfn. = -mṛttika mfn. Vop

⋙ pāṇḍumukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. pale-faced Kathās

⋙ pāṇḍumṛttika

○mṛttika mfn. having a whitish or chalky soil R

• (ā), f. = -bhūma m. L. (also ○ka ibc.)

⋙ pāṇḍumṛd

○mṛd f. chalky a chalky soil L

⋙ pāṇḍuraṅga

○raṅga m. a kind of vegetable L

• N. of sev. authors Cat

• (ā), f. N. of a goddness(?) ib

• -māhātmya n. -vgṭṭhala stotra n. ○gâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙ pāṇḍurāga

○rāga m. whiteness, pallor W

• Artemesia Indica L

⋙ pāṇḍurāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra m.pl. N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. pāṃsu-r○)

⋙ pāṇḍuroga

○roga m. 'yellow disease', jaundice Var. Suśr

• -ghna and -nāśana mfn. destroying jaundice. Suśr

• ○gin mfn. jaundiced ib

⋙ pāṇḍulekha

○lekha or n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L

⋙ pāṇḍulekhya

○leḍkhya n. an outline or sketchmade with a style or with chalk Yājñ. Sch. L

⋙ pāṇḍulomaparṇī

○loma-parṇī (Bhpr.),

⋙ pāṇḍulomaśā

○lomaśā and f. Glycine Debilis'

⋙ pāṇḍulomā

○lomā (L.), f. Glycine Debilis'

⋙ pāṇḍuloba

○loba n. 'white metal', silver Daś

⋙ pāṇḍuvarṇa

○varṇa mfn. white Nal

• ni. whiteness W

⋙ pāṇḍuvarmadeva

○varma-deva m. N. of a prince Inscr

⋙ pāṇḍuśarkarā

○śarkarā f. light-coloured gravel (the disease) GāruḍaP

⋙ pāṇḍuśarmilā

○śarmilā f. N. of Draupadī (the wife of the sons of Pāṇḍu) L

⋙ pāṇḍusikata

○sikata mfn. strewn with whise sand Śak. ii, 5

⋙ pāṇḍusūdanarasa

○sūdana-rasa m. a partic. preparation made of quicksilver Rasêndrac. [Page 616, Column 2]

⋙ pāṇḍusopāka

○sopāka or m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)

⋙ pāṇḍusaupāka

○saupāka m. N. of a partic. mixed caste (the offspring of a Caṇḍāla by a Vaidehī mother) Mn. x, 37 (cf. MBh. xiii, 2588)

≫ pāṇḍara

pāṇḍara mf(ā)n. whitish-yellow, pale, white ŚBr. (cf. -vāsas) &c. &c

• m. a species of plant L

• N. of a mountain MārkP

• of a Naga (also ○raka) MBh

• of a sect (also ○raka) L

• (ā), f. N. of a Buddhist Śakti or female energy MWB. 216 (cf. pâṇḍurā)

• n. a jasmine blossom L

• red chalk L

⋙ pāṇḍaradanta

○danta mfn. having white teeth or tusks (elephant) R

⋙ pāṇḍaradvaragopura

○dvara-gopura mfn. having white doors and city gates MBh

⋙ pāṇḍarapuṣpikā

○puṣpikā f. a species of plant (= śītalā) L

⋙ pāṇḍarabhikṣu

○bhikṣu m. 'a white-robed mendicant', N. of a partic. sect L

⋙ pāṇḍaravāyasa

○vāyasa m. a white crow (= something very rare) Kautukas

⋙ pāṇḍaravāsas

○vāsas (pā́○), mfn. white-robed ŚBr

⋙ pāṇḍaravāsin

○vāsin mfn. id. (v. 1. pāṇḍura-v○)

• (inī), f. N. of a Buddh. Tantra deity L

⋙ pāṇḍaretara

pāṇḍarêtara mfn. 'other than white', black, dark

• -vāsas mfn. dark-robed Suśr

≫ pāṇḍala

pāṇḍala prob. = ○ḍara in comp

⋙ pāṇḍalameghā

○meghā f. N. of a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ

≫ pāṇḍava

pāṇḍava m. a son or descendant of Pāṇḍu or a partisan of the Pāṇḍavas

• (pl.) the 5 reputed sons of Pāṇḍu (Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, Arjuna, Nakula and Saha-deva

• Kuntī. and Mādrī) or their adherents MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a mountain Lalit

• of a country Cat

• mf(ī)n. belonging to or connected with the Pāṇḍavas MBh

⋙ pāṇḍavakulaprasūta

○kulá-prasūta mfn. born from the race of the Pāṇḍavas Lalit

⋙ pāṇḍavagītā

○gītā f

⋙ pāṇḍavacarita

○carita n. N. of 2 poems

⋙ pāṇḍavanakula

○nakula m. N. of a Poet Cat

⋙ pāṇḍavapurāṇa

○purāṇa n. N. of a Pur

⋙ pāṇḍavapratāpa

○pratāpa m. N. of a poem (in Prākṛit) by Sridhara

⋙ pāṇḍavavahni

○vahni m.pl. 'the Pāṇḍava fires', N. of the 3 elder sons of Paṇḍu ('kindled on the Araṇi i.e. Pṛithi or Kuntī'

• cf. pāṇḍavâraṇi and pṛthâraṇi) MW

⋙ pāṇḍavasreṣṭka

○sreṣṭka m. 'best of the sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shthita MBh

⋙ pāṇḍavānanda

pāṇḍavânanda m. N. of a drama

⋙ pāṇḍavānīka

pāṇḍavânīka n. the army of the Pāṇḍavas Bhag

⋙ pāṇḍavābhila

pāṇḍavâbhila m. N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙ pāṇḍavāraṇi

pāṇḍavâraṇi f. the Araṇi or mother of the Pāṇḍavas VP. (cf. ○va-vahni)

≫ pāṇḍavāyana

pāṇḍavāyana m. (pl.) the children of Pāṇḍu L

• (sg.) 'friend of the Pāṇḍavas', N. of Kṛishṇa L

≫ pāṇḍavika

pāṇḍavika m. a kind of sparrow L

≫ pāṇḍavīya

pāṇḍavīya mfn. = pāṇḍava mfn. MBh

≫ pāṇḍaveya

pāṇḍaveya mfn. id. ib

• m. a son of Pāṇḍu or an adherent of the Pāṇḍavas ib

≫ pāṇḍuka

pāṇḍuka mfn. = pāṇḍu L

• m. a pale or yellowish-white colour W

• jaundice L

• a species of rice Suśr. (cf. ○ḍūka)

• (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 treasures

• N. of a son of Janam-ejaya and brother of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

• n. N. of a forest Śatr

⋙ pāṇḍukin

pāṇḍuḍkin mfn. jaundiced Suśr

≫ pāṇḍura

pāṇḍura mf(ā)n. whitish, white, pale, yellow R. Var. Suśr. &c

• m. a form of jaundice L

• Anogeissus Latifolia L

• an Andropogon with white flowers L

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• (ā), f. Glycine Debilis L

• of a Buddhist deity Dharmas. iv (cf. pāṇḍarā)

• n. the white leprosy, vitiligo L

⋙ pāṇḍuratā

○tā f. white colour, whiteness Pañc

⋙ pāṇḍuradruma

○druma m. Wrightia Antidysenterica Bhpr

⋙ pāṇḍurapṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭha mfn. = pāṇḍu-p○ L

⋙ pāṇḍuraphalī

○phalī f. a species of shrub L

⋙ pāṇḍuravāsin

○vāsin mfn. white-robed MBh

⋙ pāṇḍurekṣu

pāṇḍurêkṣu m. a kind of sugar-cane L

≫ pāṇḍuraka

pāṇḍuraka mf(ikā)n. whitish Divyâv

≫ pāṇḍuraya

pāṇḍuraya Nom. P. yati, to colour white, Vāsav

⋙ pāṇḍurita

pāṇḍuḍrita mfn. white-coloured Kād

• Balar

≫ pāṇḍuriman

pāṇḍuriman m. white colour Naish

≫ pāṇḍurīkaraṇa

pāṇḍurī-karaṇa n. colouring white Vcar

⋙ pāṇḍurīkaraṇakṛ

○√kṛ to colour white Kād

≫ pāṇḍūka

pāṇḍūka m. a species of rice Var. (cf. pāṇḍuka)

≫ pāṇḍya

pāṇḍya m. pl. N. of a people and country in the Dekhan (also vḷ. for pāṇḍu, m.pl. a people in Madhyaḍeśa) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (sg.) a prince of the Paṇḍyas ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)

• N. of a son of Ākrīḍa Hariv

• of the mountain range in the country of the Paṇḍyas MBh. R

⋙ pāṇḍyadeśa

○deśa m. the country of the PṭPaṇḍyas, Nīlak

⋙ pāṇḍyanareśvara

○narêśvara

⋙ pāṇḍyanātha

○nātha

⋙ pāṇḍyarāja

○rāja

⋙ pāṇḍyarāṣṭrādhipa

○rāṣṭrâdhipa m. a king or sovereign of the Paṇḍyas MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ pāṇḍyavāṭa

○vāṭa m. or n. N. of a district in which pearls are found Var

• ○taka mfn. situated in this district ib

≫ pāṇḍv

pāṇḍv in comp. for pāṇḍu before vowels

⋙ pāṇḍvarirasa

○ari-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙ pāṇḍvavabhāsa

○avabhāsa mfn. appearing or looking pale Suśr

⋙ pāṇḍvāmaya

○āmaya m. 'yellowdisease', jaundice Suśr

• ○yin mfn. jaundiced ib. Car

⋙ pāṇḍvārti

○ārti f. = -āmaya Car

≫ pāṇḍva

pāṇḍvá n. an uncoloured woollen garment ŚBr. [Page 616, Column 3]

• m.pl. N. of a people in Madhya-deśa (vṛ. for pāṇḍu and ○ḍya) Var

pāṇya 2

pāṇya mfn. (√paṇ) praiseworthy, excellent L. (For i. See p. 615, col. 3.)

pāt

pāt m. (√pat) falling

• sin, wickedness W

≫ pāta 2

pāta m. (for 1. See under √3. pā) flying, mode of flying, flight MBh

• throwing one's self or falling into (loc.) or from (abl.), fall, downfall (also ifc. after what would be a gen. or abl. &c., e.g., gṛha-, fall of a house

• parvata-, fall from a mountain

• bhū-, fall on the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• alighting, descending or causing to descend, casting or throwing upon, cast, fall (of a thunderbolt), throw, shot MBh. R. Pañcat

• a stroke (of a sword &c.) Kathās

• application (of ointment, of a knife &c.) Kāvyâd

• casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes) Ragh

• decay of the body (deha-pāta), death Kathās. Bādar

• (with garbhasya) fall of the fetus, miscarriage Suśr

• an attack, incursion Var

• a cass, possibility, ŚaṅkhBr

• happening, occurrence, appearance Prab. Kathās. Daśar

• a fault, error, mistake Sūryas

• the node in a planet's orbit ib. (cf. IW. 179)

• a malignant aspect ib

• N. of Rāhu L

• pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda ib

⋙ pātabheda

○bheda m. = tāla-kāla-kriyāviśeṣa L

⋙ pātasāriṇī

○sāriṇī f. N. of wk

⋙ pātāṇḍinīya

pātâṇḍinīya (fr. pāta +?) N. of a school of the Yajur-veda Aryav

⋙ pātādhikārodāharana

pātâdhikārôdāharana n. N. of wk

≫ pātaka

pātaka mfn. causing to fall ( See garbha-)

• n. (rarely m

• ifc. f. ā), 'that which causes to fall or sink', sin, crime, loss of caste GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pātakayoga

○yoga m. incurring guilt, acting sinfully W

≫ pātakin

pātakin mfn. guilty of a crime, wicked, sinful, a sinner (○ki-tva n.) Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c

≫ pātana

pātana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, felling, laying low, striking off or down (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP

• n. the act of causing to fall &c

• lowering, humbling W

• the act of casting (as dice or a glance of the eyes) Kathās. (cf. akṣa-)

• (with daṇḍasya) causing the rod to fall, chastising, punishing Mn

• (with garbhasya) causing the fall of the fetus or abortion Yājñ

• (with jalaukasām) application of leeches Suśr

• removing, bringing away ib

• causing to fall asunder, dividing Śaṃk

• N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Sarvad

≫ pātanikā

pātanikā f. fitness, correspondence, Bhāmatī

≫ pātanīya

pātanīya mfn. to be caused to fall upon, to be thrown or shot at (loc.) Śak. i, 10 (v. l.)

≫ pātayitṛ

pātayitṛ mfn. one who causes to fall, thrower of (dice &c.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch

≫ pātāla

pātāla n. (rarely m

• ifc. f. ā

• perhaps fr. 2. pāta as antarāla fr. antar

• Uṇ. i, 116) one of the 7 regions under the earth and the abode of the Nāgas or serpents and demons (cf. RTL. 102, n. 1 &c

• sometimes used as a general N. for the lower regions or hells

• in MBh. also N. of a town in the serpent-world), AruṇUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• an excavation, hole in the earth MBh

• she submarine fire L

• (in astrol.) the fourth house Var

• N. of a Tirtha Cat

• m. = yantra blow L

• (in astron.) N. of Jupiter's year of 361 days

• (in music) a kind of measure

• N. of the attendant of the 14th Arhat of present Ava-sarpiṇī

⋙ pātālaketu

○ketu m. N. of a Daitya prince Prab

⋙ pātālakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

⋙ pātālagaṅgā

○gaṅgā f. the Ganges which flows throngh Patālā MW

⋙ pātālagarudāhvaya

○garudâhvaya m

⋙ pātālagaruḍī

○garuḍī f. a species of creeper Bhpr. L

⋙ pātālatala

○tala n. the bottom of PṭPatālā (○lam ind. down to Patālā) Hcar

⋙ pātālanagarī

○nagarī f. atown in Patālā Kathās

⋙ pātālanilaya

○nilaya m. an inhabitant of PṭPatālā, an Asura L

• a serpent L

⋙ pātālaprastha

○prastha n. N. of a village of the Bāhīkas (○thika, mfn. ) Pat

⋙ pātālabhogivarga

○bhogi-varga m. N. of ch. of Amara-siṃha

⋙ pātālayantra

○yantra n. a sort of apparatus for distillation or for calcining and subliming metals L

⋙ pātālavarṇana

○varṇana n. 'description of PṭPatālā' N. of ch. of the Pātāla-khaṇḍa

⋙ pātālavāsin

○vāsin m. -nelaya MW

⋙ pātālavijaya

○vijaya m. 'victory over PṭPatālā' N. of a poem

⋙ pātālāakas

pātāl^ākas m. an inhabitant of Pātāla, an Asura L

≫ pātika

pātika m. Delphinus Gangeticus L

≫ pātita

pātita mfn. (fr. Caus) made to fall, felled, struck down, lowered, depressed, overthrown R. Kālid. &c

≫ pātitya

pātitya n. (fr. patita) loss of position or caste, degradation Pur. Kull

≫ pātin

pātin mfn. flying MBh. Kāv. &c

• falling, sinking Megh. Kathās

• rising, appearing Kathās

• being in (cf. antaḥ- and eka-)

• causing to fall, throwing down, emitting (comp.) MBh. Var. Rājat. [Page 617, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pātuka

pātuka mfn. falling or apt to fall (= patanaśīla Pāṇ. 3-2, 154)

• falling down Śiś. iii, 3

• Iosing caste or going to the lower regions MBh. xii, 3444

• m. a precipice L

• an aquatic animal (= jalahastin) L

• N. of a poet Cat

≫ pātya 1

pātya mfn. to be felled or caused to fall

• to be inflicted or imposed (as a penalty) R

pātaṃga

pātaṃga mf(ī)n. (fr. pataṃ-ga) belonging to or peculiar to a grasshopper or moth Rājat

• brown MBh. vi, 422

≫ pātaṃgi

pātaṃgi m. 'the son of the Sun', N. of the Planet Saturn Var. Sch

pātañjala

pātañjala mf(ī)n. composed by Patañjali

• m. a follower of the Yoga system of Patañjali Cat

• n. the Yoga system of ra ib., (also ○līya n.)

• the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañjali ib

⋙ pātañjalatantra

○tantra n

⋙ pātañjaladarśana

○darśana n

⋙ pātañjalabhāṣya

○bhāṣya n. (-varttika n.),

⋙ pātañjalarahasya

○rahasya n

⋙ pātañjalasūtrabhāṣyavyakhyā

○sūtra-bhāṣya-vyakhyā f

pātañjalasūtravṛttibhāṣyacchāyā3pātañjala--sūtra-vṛtti-bhāṣya-cchāyā f. N. of wks

pātatriṇa

pātatriṇa m. vḷ. for pat○

pātatriṇa

pātatriṇa mfn. containing the word patatrin g. vimuktâdi

pātalya

pātalyá n. du. a partic. part of a carriage (= kilaka Sāy.) RV. iii, 53, 7

pātasāka

pātasāka m.= ?, a king Cat

pāti

pāti m.= pati, a master, lord, husband Uṇ. v, 5 Sch

≫ pātivratya

pātivratya n. (fr. pati-vratā) devotedness to a husband, conjugal fidelity BhP

≫ pātnil

pātnil Vṛddhi form of patnī (f. of pati) in comp

⋙ pātnilvata

○vatá mfn. belonging to Agni patnī-vat (s.v.) VS. TS. Br. ŚrS

• containing the word patnil-vat ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ pātnilśala

○śala mfn. being in the patnī-śālā (a.v.), Lāṭy

≫ pātya 2

pātya n. (for f. See above) dominion MBh

pātilī

pātilī f. (only L

• fr. √pat?), a trap or snare for catching deer

• a small earthen pot (used by mendicants)

• a woman of a partic. class

pātṛ 3

pātṛ m. (for 1. 2. See under √1. and √3. pā) a species of Ocimum L

pāttigaṇaka

pāttigaṇaka n. fr. patti-gaṇaka g. udgātr-ādi

pāttrikya

pāttrikya n. (fr. pattrika), g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pātra 1

pātra 2 See √1. and √3. pā

pātraṭa

pātraṭa mfn. spare, thin L

• m. a ragged garment (karpaṭa) or a cup, pot (karpara) L

pātha

pātha m. = patha g. jvalâdi

• fire L

• the sun L

• n. water L

• N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫ pāthas

pā́thas n. a spot, place RV. AV. Br. ŚrS

• food Nir. viii, 17 air ib. vi, 7

• water Kāv. Rājat

⋙ pāthaspati

○pati m. 'lord of the water, N. of Varuṇa Kathās

≫ pāthika

pāthika m

⋙ pāthikya

pāthiḍkya n. (fr. pathika), g. śivâdi and purohitâdi

≫ pāthikārya

pāthikārya m. patr. fr. patki-kara g. kurv-ādi

≫ pāthis

pā́this n. = pāthas KapS. (○thas MaitrS.)

• = kīlāla L

• n. the sea or the eye Uṇ. ii, 115 Sch

≫ pātheya

pātheya n. (fr. pathin) provender or provisions &c. for a journey, viaticum MBh. Kāv. &c

• = pāthona Jyot

⋙ pātheyavat

○vat mfn. furnished with provisions for a journey, provisioned Megh

⋙ pātheyaśrāddha

○śrāddha n. a kind of meal at a Śrāddha Cat

≫ pātheyaka

pātheyaka mfn. g. dhūmâdi

≫ pātho

pātho in comp. fo ○thas

⋙ pāthoja

○ja n. 'water-born', a lotus Kāv. Rājat

• -"ṣjinī f. the lotus-plant Prasannar

⋙ pāthoda

○da and m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar

⋙ pāthodhara

○dhara m. 'water-giver and -holder', a cloud Vcar

⋙ pāthodhi

○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the sea ib

⋙ pāthonātha

○nātha m. = pāthas-pati Mcar

⋙ pāthonidhi

○nidhi m. = -dhi L

⋙ pāthobhāj

○bhāj mfn. possessing room or space, SāṅkhBr

⋙ pāthoruha

○ruha n. 'water-grown', a lotus L

≫ pāthya

pāthyá mfn. (prob.) being in the air, heavenly RV. vi, 16, 15 (N. of a Ṛishi Sāy.)

pāthona

pāthona m. (fr. Gk. ?) the sign of the zodiac [617, 1] Virgo Var. (cf. pārthona)

pāthnya

pāthnya m. a patr. of Dadh1ica Kāṭh

pād

pād (√2. pad), strong base of 3. pād, q.v

• also ifc. ( See tri-p○, dvi-p○, su.p○)

≫ pāda

pāda m. (ifc. f. ā, rarely ī) the foot (of men and animals) RV. &c. &c. (the pl. sometimes added to proper names or titles in token of respect, e.g. deva-pādāḥ, 'the king's majesty' Pañc. [Page 617, Column 2]

• nārāyaṇap○, 'the venerable Nārāyaṇa' Sāh

• pādaiḥ ind. on foot said of several persons. R

• ○dayoḥ and ○de-√pat, to fall at a person's gen. feet Kāv. Hit)

• the foot or leg of an inanimate object, column, pillar AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• a wheel Śiś. xii, 21

• a foot as a measure (= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. ŚrS. MārkP

• the foot or √of a tree Var

• the foot or a hill at the foot of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c

• the bottom (dṛteh pādāt, 'from the bottom of a bag', v. l. pātrāt) MBh. v, 1047

• a ray or beam of light (considered as the foot of a heavenly body) ib

• a quarter, a fourth Part (the fourth of a quadruped being one out of 4) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (pl. the 4 parts i. e. all things required for gen. Suśr.)

• the quadrant (of a circle) Āryabh. Sch

• a verse or line (as the fourth part of a regular stanza) Br. ŚrS. Prāt. &c

• the caesura of a verse AgP., the chapter of a book (orig. only of a book or section of a book consisting of 4 parts, as the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini's grammar)

⋙ pādakaṭaka

○kaṭaka m. n

⋙ pādakilikā

○kilikā f. a foot-ring or ornament, anklet

⋙ pādakuṭhārikā

○kuṭhārikā f. a partic. position of the feet ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pādakṛcchra

○kṛcchra m. 'quarter-penance', a sort of position (eating and fasting on alternate nights) Yājñ

⋙ pādakṣepa

○kṣepa m. a kick with the foot Hariv

⋙ pādagaṇḍira

○gaṇḍira m. swelling of the legs and feet L

⋙ pādagṛhya

○gṛhya ind. seizing by the foot RV

⋙ pādagranthi

○granthi m. foot-knot', the ankle L

⋙ pādagrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. laying hold of or clasping the feet (of a Brāhman or superior, as a mark of respectful salutation) Mn. Kum

⋙ pādaghṛta

○ghṛta n. melted butter for anointing the foot MBh

⋙ pādacatura

○catura or m. (L.) a slanderer

⋙ pādacatvara

○catvara m. (L.) a slanderer

• a goat

• a sand-bank

• hail

• Ficus Religiosa

⋙ pādacāpala

○cāpala (Gaut),

⋙ pādacāpalya

○cāpaḍlya (Yājñ.), n. carelessness in placing the feet

⋙ pādacāra

○cāra mfn. going on foot, walking Ragh

• m. a foot-soldier Uttarar

• walking on foot (eṇa ind. on foot) MBh. Kālid

• the daily position of the planets W

• N. of wk

⋙ pādacārin

○cārin mfn. going or fighting on foot, having feet, walking, moving BhP. Jātakam

• m. a pedestrian, foot-soldier Kathās

⋙ pādacihna

○cihna n. foot-mark, fṭfoot-print MW

⋙ pādacchedana

○cchedana n. cutting: off a fṭfoot Mn. viii, 280

⋙ pādaja

○ja m. 'born from the foot (of Brahmā)', a Sūdra Hariv. 1

⋙ pādajala

○jala n. water for (washing) the feet L. 2

⋙ pādajala

○jala mfn. containing (i.e. mixed with) one fourth of water Bhpr

⋙ pādajāha

○jāha n. = -mūla L. (g. -karnâdi)

⋙ pādatala

○tala n. sole of the foot MBh. Suśr

• (e), ind. (to fall) at a person's foot Amar

• ○lâhati f. a kick Kuval

⋙ pādatas

○tas ind. from or at or near the feet (-taḥ-√kṛ, to place at the feet), ŚaṅkhGṛ. Mn. Kathās

• by the Pāda (i.e. quarter of a verse), RPrāt

• step by step, by degrees Kām

⋙ pādatra

○tra m. or n. 'foot-covering', a shoe Rājat. (cf. apa-pādatra)

• -dhāraṇa n. wearing shoes Car

⋙ pādatrāṇa

○trāṇa n. = -tra Suśr

⋙ pādadārikā

○dārikā or f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr

⋙ pādadārī

○dāḍrī f. 'feet-chap', a chilblain Suśr

⋙ pādadāha

○dāha m. a burning sensation in the fṭfoot ib

⋙ pādadhāvana

○dhāvana n. Washing the foot MBh. R

• ○nikā f. sand used for rubbing the foot L

⋙ pādanakha

○nakha m. a toe-nail Cat

⋙ pādanamra

○namra mfn. bowing down to the feet of any one ML

⋙ pādanālikā

○nālikā f. an ornament for the feet, an anklet L

⋙ pādaniketa

○niketa m. a foot-stool BhP

⋙ pādanicrit

○nicrit mfn. (a metre) wanting one syllable in each Pāda (wṛ. -ni-vrit) RPrāt

⋙ pādaniṣka

○niṣka m. a quarter of a Nishka (s.v.) Pāṇ. 6-3, 56 Pat

⋙ pādanyāsa

○nyāsa m. putting down or placing the feet R

• casting rays (said of the moon) Śak

• a dance or measured step MW. - 1. 2

⋙ pādapa

○pa See p. 618

⋙ pādapatana

○patana n. falling or bowing to another's feet, Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙ pādapatita

○patita mfn. fallen at anṭanother's foot Kathās

⋙ pādapaddhati

○paddhati f. a line of footsteps, a track, trail Pañc

⋙ pādapadma

○padma m. 'foot-lotus', a foot beautiful as a lotus Kāv

• N. of a teacher (= padmapāda) Cat

⋙ pādaparicāraka

○paricāraka m. a humble servant Mcar

⋙ pādapādadhāvana

○pāda-dhāvana n. washing one foot with the other Gaut

⋙ pādapālikā

○pālikā f. an ornament for the feet, anklet L

⋙ pādapāśa

○pāśa m. a foot-rope or an anklet L

• (ī), f. id. ib

• = khaḍuka ib

⋙ pādapīṭha

○pīṭha m. a foot-stool MBh. R. &c

• (○ṭhī-√kṛ), to make into a foot-stṭstool Kād

⋙ pādapīṭhikā

○pīṭhikā f. any common or vulgar trade (as that of a barber &c.) L

• white stone W

⋙ pādapūraṇa

○pūraṇa mfn. filling out (a verse &c.), expletive RPrāt

• n. the filling out a line or the measure of a verse Pāṇ. 6-1, 134

⋙ pādaprakaraṇasaṃgati

○prakaraṇa-saṃgati f. N. of wk

⋙ pādaprakṣālana

○prakṣālana n. washing the feet Āpast. Gaut

⋙ pādapraṇāma

○praṇāma m. bowing to the feet, prostration W

⋙ pādapratiṣṭhāna

○pratiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool MBh

⋙ pādapradhāraṇa

○pradhāraṇa n. 'foot-covering', a shoe L

⋙ pādaprasāraṇa

○prasāraṇa n. stretching out the feet Gaut

⋙ pādaprasveda

○prasveda m. perspiration of the fṭfeet Hcat

• ○din mfn. suffering from it ib

⋙ pādaprahāra

○prahāra m. 'feet-blow', a kick Kāv. [Page 617, Column 3]

⋙ pādabaddha

○baddha mfn. bound or held together by feet, consisting of verses (as a metre) Madhus

⋙ pādabandha

○bandha m. a tie or fetter for the feet MBh

⋙ pādabandhana

○bandhana n. id. L

• a stock of cattle L

⋙ pādabhaṭa

○bhaṭa m. a foot-soldier Kathās

⋙ pādabhāga

○bhāga m. a fourth part, quarter MBh

• mfn. amounting to a quarter L

⋙ pādabhāj

○bhāj mfn. possessing a quarter i.e. being only the fourth part of (gen.) with regard to (loc.) MBh

• dividing into Pādas or verses L

⋙ pādamaññarī

○maññarī f. N. of a treatise on RV

⋙ pādamadhyayamaka

○madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in Bhaṭṭ. x, 5)

⋙ pādamātra

○mātra n. the measure or distance of a foot, ŚrS

• (○trá), mt(ī́)n. a foot long ŚBr

⋙ pādamiśra

○miśra = pan-miśra (Pāṇ. 6-3, 56)

⋙ pādamudrā

○mudrā f. the impression of a fṭfoot-step, any mark or sign Rājat

• paṅkti f. a line of foot-steps, a track, trail Kathās

⋙ pādamūla

○mūla n. 'foot-√', the sole or heel (also as a polite designation of a person) Kāv. Pur. (○le ni-√pat, to fall at a person's feet R.)

• the foot of a mountain Kathās

⋙ pādayamaka

○yamaka n. paronomasia within the Pādas or single verses Vām

⋙ pādayuddha

○yuddha n. 'foot.-fight', fighting on foot MW

⋙ pādarakṣa

○rakṣa m. 'foot-guard'

• pl. armed men who run by the side of an elephant in battle to protect its feet MBh. Hariv

⋙ pādarakṣaṇa

○rakṣaṇa n

⋙ pādarakṣikā

○raḍkṣikā f. foot-covering', a shoe L

⋙ pādarajas

○rajas n. the dust of the feet MBh. Mālav

⋙ pādarajju

○rajju f. a rope or tether for the foot (of an elephant) L

⋙ pādarathī

○rathī f. 'foot-vehicle', a shoe L

⋙ pādarohaṇa

○rohaṇa m. 'growing from roots', the Indian fig-tree L

⋙ pādalagna

○lagna mfn. sticking or hanging on the feet, lying at a person's feet Cāṇ. Kathās

⋙ pādalipta

○lipta (and -sūri), m. N. of a scholar L

⋙ pādalepa

○lepa m. an unguent for the fee MārkP

• -siddhi f. its effect Caṇḍ

⋙ pādavat

○vat (pā́da-), mfn. having foot AV. &c

⋙ pādavandana

○vandana n. saluting the foot', respectful saluation Yājñ

• ○nika mfn. accompanied by a respectful saluation L

⋙ pādavalimīka

○valimīka m. elephantiasis L. (cf. valm○)

⋙ pādavigraha

○vigraha m. pl. (prob.) a mode of reading (cf. pāda-v○) Hariv. 12030 (v. l. kāma [for [krama?] v○])

• mfn. one-footed (opp. to catuṣpāda) ib. 11305 0c

⋙ pādavidhāna

○vidhāna n. 'arrangement of verses', N. of a wk. ascribed to Śaunaka

⋙ pādavirajas

○virajas f. a shoe (lit. 'keeping the feet dustless '?) L

⋙ pādavṛtta

○vṛtta m. N. a Svarita separated from the preceding Udātta by a hiatus Prāt

• du. the 2 component elements of a verse, i.e. the long and short syllable ib

⋙ pādaveṣṭanika

○veṣṭanika m. or n. (and ā f.) 'foot-covering', a stocking L

⋙ pādaśabda

○śabda m. the sound of foot-steps, Daś'

⋙ pādaśas

○śas ind. foot by foot, quarter by quṭquarter Mn. MBh

• verse by verse MānGṛ

⋙ pādaśākhā

○śākhā f. 'foot-branch', a toe L

⋙ pādaśuśruṣā

○śuśruṣā f. obedience to (the feet of) any one (gen.) Hariv

⋙ pādaśeṣa

○śeṣa n. a quarter, fourth part (?) Hariv. 16218

⋙ pādaśaila

○śaila m. a hill at the foot of a mountain L

⋙ pādaśotha

○śotha m. 'feet-swelling', gout W

⋙ pādaśauca

○śauca n. cleaning the foot Yājñ

⋙ pādasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza VPrāt

⋙ pādasevana

○sevana n

⋙ pādasevā

○seḍvā f. 'foot-salutation', service, duty Kāv

⋙ pādastambha

○stambha m. a supporting beam, pillar, post Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pādasphoṭa

○sphoṭa m. a sore or ulcer on the foot L

⋙ pādasvedana

○svedana n. causing perspiration in the feet

• ○nika mfn. produced by it, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi

⋙ pādaharṣa

○harṣa m. numbness of the foot Suśr

⋙ pādahāraka

○hāraka mfn. taken away with the fṭfoot Pāṇ. Sch

• m. a stealer with the foot (?) W

⋙ pādahīnāt

○hīnāt ind. without division or transition Suśr

⋙ pādāṃśika

pādâṃśika mfn. greater or smaller by a part Car

⋙ pādākulaka

pādâkulaka n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

⋙ pādāgra

pādâgra n. the point or extremity of the foot

• -sthita mfn. standing on tip-toe, Ratnâv,

⋙ padāghāta

pádâghāta m. 'foot-blow', a kick Kathās

⋙ pādāṅgada

pādāṅgada n

⋙ pādāṅgadī

pādāṅgaḍdī f. 'foot-ring', an anklet L

⋙ pādāhgulīyaka

pādâhgulīyaka n. a toe-ring L

⋙ pādāṅguṣṭha

pā́dâṅguṣṭha m. foot-thumb', the great toe MBh

• -śritâvani mfn. touching the ground with the toes, on tip-toe MW

• ○ṭhikā f. a ring worn on the great toe W

⋙ pādādi

pādâdi (ibc.), the beginning of a verse

• -madhya-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as Bhaṭt. x, 15)

• -yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning of a vṭverse (ib. x, 4)

• ○dyanta-yamaka n. paronomasia at the beginning and end of a verse (ib. x, 11)

⋙ pādādhiṣṭhāna

pādâdhiṣṭhāna n. a foot-stool L

⋙ pādādhyāsa

pādâdhyāsa m. treading upon, kicking W

⋙ pādānata

pādânata mfn. = ○da-namra ib

⋙ pādānukramaṇī

pādânukramaṇī f. N. of wk

⋙ pādānudhyāta

pādânudhyāta or ○dhyāna mfn. 'thought of by (the feet of) such a one', the rightful successor of any one (thought of by his predecessor), inscr

⋙ pādānuprāsa

pādânuprāsa m. alliteration in verses Vām

⋙ pādānta

pādânta m. extremity of the feet (○te, at a person's foot) Amar

• a claw Pañc

• the end of a verse

• -yamaka n. paronomasia at the end of a verse (as Bhaṭṭ. x, 3). [Page 618, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pādāntara

pādântara n. the interval of a step

• ○re ind. close by (with gen.) MBh

• after the intṭinterval of a step Śak. (v. l. for pad○)

⋙ pādāntikam

pādântikam ind. near to or towards (the feet of) any one MārkP

⋙ pādābhivandana

pādâbhivandana or n. = ○da-vandana R

⋙ pādābhivādana

pādâbhiḍvādana n. = ○da-vandana R

⋙ pādāmbu

pādâmbu mfn. containing a fourth part of water L

⋙ pādāmbhas

pādâmbhas n. water for washing the feet Yājñ

⋙ pādāravinda

pādâravinda m. 'foot-lotus', the foot of a deity or a lover &c. Kāv

• -śataka n. N. of a poem

⋙ pādārghya

pādârghya n. 'offering to the feet', a donation to Brāhmans or other venerable persons W

⋙ pādārdha

pādârdha n. half a quarter, an eighth Mn. viii, 404

• half a line of a stanza W

⋙ pādrpaṇa

pād7rpaṇa n. putting down or placing the feet Ragh

⋙ pādāvanāma

pādâvanāma m. bowing to a person's feet Siś

⋙ pādāvanektṛ

pādâvanektṛ m. one who washes another's foot Āpast

⋙ pādāvaneja

pādâvaneja (!), m. washing another's fṭfoot BhP

⋙ pādāvanejana

pādâvanejana mf(ī)n. used for washing the foot AitBr. Mn. &c

• (ī), f. pl. water for washing the foot BhP

⋙ pādāvanejya

pādâvanejya n. = ○ja TāṇḍBr

⋙ pādāvarta

pādâvarta m. a wheel worked by the fṭfoot for raising water from a well L

• a square foot KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pādāvasecana

pādâvasecana n. water used for washing the feet Mn. iv, 151

⋙ pādāṣṭhīla

pādâṣṭhīla m. or n. the ankle MBh

⋙ pādāsana

pādâsana n. a footstool W

⋙ pādāsphālana

pādâsphālana n. trampling or shuffling of the feet, floundering W

⋙ pādāhata

pādâhata mfn. kicked or trodden by the foot W

⋙ pādāhati

pādâhati f. 'foot-blow', a kick, treading, trampling &c. Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙ pādeṣṭakā

pādêṣṭakā f. the quarter of a brick Śulbas

⋙ pādotphāla

pādôtphāla m. shuffling or moving the feet MW

⋙ pādodaka

pādôdaka n. 'foot-water', water used for washing the feet MBh. &c

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Cat

⋙ pādodara

pādôdara m. a serpent ('using the belly in place of feet') PraśnUp

⋙ pādoddhūta

pādôddhūta n. stamping the foot MBh. VP

⋙ pādona

pādôna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter Āpast

⋙ pādopajīvin

pādôpajīvin mfn. 'living by a person's mercy (lit. feet)', a servant, messenger &c. Divyâv

⋙ pādopadhāna

pādôpadhāna n

⋙ pādopadhānī

pādôpadhāḍnī f. a cushion for the fṭfoot MBh

⋙ padopasaṃgrahaṇa

padôpasaṃgrahaṇa n. clasping the fṭfoot (of a teacher) Gaut

≫ pādaka

pādaká m. a small foot RV. viii, 33, 19

• (ikā-), f. a sandal, shoe L

• ifc. (f. ikā) = foot R. Kathās

• mf(ikā)n. making a quarter of anything Var

≫ pādapa

pāda-pa (√1. pā), m. (ifc. f. ā) 'drinking at foot or √', a tree, plant MBh. Kāv. &c. (-ka id. ifc. Kathās.)

⋙ pādapakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. a grove of trees L

⋙ pādaparuhā

○ruhā f. Vanda Roxburghī L

⋙ pādapavivakṣā

○vivakṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ pādapopagata

pādapôpagata mfn. abiding under a tree (while expecting death) HPariś

⋙ pādapopagamana

pādapôpagamana n. the abiding &c. ( See prec.) ib

≫ pādapa 2

pāda-pa (√3. pā), m. a foot-stool or cushion for the feet L

• (ā), f. a shoe, slipper L

≫ pādaya

pādaya Nom. P. ○yati, to stretch out the feet Dhātup. xxxv, 85

≫ pādavika

pādavika m. a traveller L

≫ pādāt

pādāt m. a foot-soldier, footman L

≫ pādāta

pādāta m. id. MBh. R. &c

• n. infantry MBh. (g. bhikṣâdi)

≫ pādāti

pādāti and m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)

⋙ pādātika

pādāḍtika m.= pādāt L. (cf. padāti)

≫ pādāyana

pādāyana m. patr. fr. pāda g. aitvâdi

≫ pādāvika

pādāvika m. = pādātika L

≫ pādika

pādika mf(ī)n. lasting for a quarter of the time Mn. iii, 1

• amounting to + (n. with śata, 25 percent MBh

• with or sc. ahar, daily wages Pat.)

• versed in or studying the Pada-patha, g. ukthâdi Kāś

≫ pādin

pādin mfn. footed, having feet ( See m)

• having Pādas (as a, stanza) W

• claiming or receiving a fourth part ŚrS. Mn. viii, 210

• m. a footed aquatic or amphibious animal Suśr

• the heir to a fourth part of an estate W

≫ pādu

pādú m. a foot RV. (cf. Nir. iv, 15)

• a place MānGṛ

≫ pādukā

pādukā mf(ā or ī)n. going on foot or with feet W

• (ā), f. See next

≫ pādukā

pādukā f. a shoe or slipper MBh

• kāv. &c. (also ○ka m. c. and in ○ka-vat mfn. having shoes Hcat.)

• impression of the feet of a god or a holy person MWB. 508

• (?) N. of Durgā or another deity (cf. comp. below)

⋙ pādukākāra

○kāra or m. a shoemaker L

⋙ pādukākṛt

○kṛt m. a shoemaker L

⋙ pādukāmantra

○mantra m

⋙ pādukāsahasra

○sahasra n

⋙ pādukāsahasraparīkṣā

○sahasra-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks

≫ pādukin

pādukin mfn. having shoes, shoed Āpast

≫ pādū

pādū, f. a shoe or slipper L

⋙ pādūkṛt

○kṛt m. a shoemaker Rājat. L. (also spelt ○du-kṛt)

≫ pādūna

pādūna mfn. less or smaller by a quarter L. (cf. pādôna)

≫ pādūlaka

pādūlaka m. a broom ĀpGṛ. Sch

≫ pādegṛhya

pāde-gṛhya ind. = ○da-grihya g. mayuravyaṃsakâdi. [Page 618, Column 2]

⋙ pādya

pā́dya mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to the foot Br. ŚrS. (n. with or sc. udaka, water used for washing the feet ib. &c.)

• amounting to a quarter of anything, Śulbas

≫ pādyaka

pādyaka mfn. pādya-prakāra g. sthūlâdi

pādakramika

pādakramika mfn. (fr. padakrama) one who recites or knows the Pada-krama, g. ukthâdi (Kāś. pada, krama for pada-k○)

pādavyākhyāna

pāda-vyākhyāna mfn. (fr. pada-v○), g. rig-ayanâdi

pādāraka

pādāraka m. the masts or ribs of a boat L

pādālika

pādālika m.= dhundhu-māra L. (v. l. pad○)

pādālinda

pādālinda m.= pādāraka L

• (ī), f. a boat L

pāddhata

pāddhata n. (fr. pad-dhati) g. bhikṣâdi

pādma

pādma mf(ī)n. (fr. padma) relating to or treating of the lotus Pur

• m. N. of a Kalpa or cosmic period ib

• of Brahmā ib

• n. = padma-purāṇa

⋙ pādmanityapūjāvidhi

○nitya-pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pādmapurāṇa

○purāṇa n. = padma-p○

⋙ pādmaprayoga

○prayoga m

⋙ pādmamaṇḍalārcana

○maṇḍa-lârcana n

⋙ pādmamantra

○mantra m

⋙ pādmavacana

○vacana n

⋙ pādmavedamantra

○vedamantra m

⋙ pādmasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. (○tā-prayoga. m.) N. of wks. or chapter of wks

⋙ pādmottara

pādmôttara n. (prob.) = Padma-PṭPurāṇa ii

pāna 1

pāna. 2. See p. 613, cols. 1 and 2

pāna 3

pāna m.= apâna, breathing out, expiration L

pānasa

pānasa mf(ī)n. (fr. panasa) prepared from the fruit of the Jaka or bread-fruit tree Kull. on Mn. xi, 95

pāntha

pāntha m. (fr. panthan) a wanderer, traveller MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. [f. ā] = accompanying. not moving from Naish.)

• the sun (as the wanderer in the sky) L

⋙ pānthatva

○tva n. the life of a wanderer Kathās

⋙ pānthadevatā

○devatā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of deities Hcat

≫ pānthāyana

pānthāyana mfn. g. pakṣâdi

pānnaga

pānnaga mf(ī)n. (fr. panna-ga) formed or consisting of snakes, having serpents, snaky Hariv

pānnāgāra

pānnāgāra mfn. fr. next Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

≫ pānnāgāri

pānnāgāri m. patr fr. pannâgāra ib. iv, 2, 60 Sch

pānnejana

pānnéjana mf(ī)n. (fr. pan-nejana) used for washing the feet KātyŚr

• n: a vessel in which the feet are washed ŚBr. KātyŚr

pāpa

pāpá (ŚBr. xiv, also pā́pa), mf(ī older than ā

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 30)n. bad, vicious, wicked, evil, wretched, vile, low RV. &c. &c

• (in astrol.) boding evil, inauspicious Var

• m. a wicked man, wretch, villain RV. &c, &c

• N. of the profligate in a drama Cat

• of a hell VP

• (ā), f. a beast of prey or a witch, Hcat

• n. (ifc. f. ā) evil, misfortune, ill-luck, trouble, mischief. harm AV. &c. &c. often śāntam pāpam, 'heaven forefend that evil' R. Mṛicch. Kālid. &c.)

• sin, vice, crime, guilt Br. Mn. MBh. &c

• (ám), ind. badly, miserably, wrongly AV

• (áyā), ind. id. RV. AV

• -papáyâmuyā́, so badly, so vilely ib

⋙ pāpakara

○kara and mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W

⋙ pāpakartṛ

○kartṛ mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, sinful W

⋙ pāpakarman

○karman mfn. id

• m. an ill-doer, criminal, sinner Mn. MBh. &c

• n. a wicked deed, ○ma-kṛt mfn. wicked, an ill-doer R

⋙ pāpakarmin

○karmin mfn. 'wrong-doing', wicked, a villain or sinner MārkP

⋙ pāpakalpa

○kalpa m. a rogue or villain Mṛicch. =

⋙ pāpakāraka

○kāraka (Kautukas.),

⋙ pāpakārin

○kārin (ŚBr. &c.),

⋙ pāpakṛt

○kṛ́t (AV. &c., superl. -tama Mn. Bhag.), mfn. = -karmin

⋙ pāpakṛta

○kṛta n. an evil deed, sin, crime Nal

⋙ pāpakṛtya

○kṛtya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. -kṛt), to do wrong Pat

⋙ pāpakṛtyā

○kṛtyā́ f. an evil deed, sin, crime AV. &c. &c, =

⋙ pāpakṛtvan

○kṛ́tvan m. an evildoer, sinner, villain AV

⋙ pāpakṣaya

○kṣaya m. destruction of sin

• -tirtha n. N. of a Tirtha SkandaP

⋙ pāpagati

○gati m. ill-fated R

⋙ pāpagocara

○gocara mfn. evidently involved in (the consequences of) sin W

⋙ pāpagraha

○graha m. an inauspicious planet (as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu, Ketu), Var'

⋙ pāpaghna

○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying sin or evil L

• m. a sesamum plant L

• (ī), f. See under -han

⋙ pāpacara

○cara m. 'walking in sin', N. of king in a Play Cat. [Page 618, Column 3]

⋙ pāpacārin

○cārin mfn. wrong-doing, criminal MBh

⋙ pāpacetas

○cetas mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh

⋙ pāpacelikā

○celikā or f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙ pāpacelī

○ceḍlī f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

⋙ pāpacaila

○caila n. an inauspicious garment Kauś

⋙ pāpaja

○ja mfn. springing from evil MW

⋙ pāpajivā

○jivā mfn. leading an evil ifc. a villain BhP

⋙ pāpatara

○tara mfn. worse, more or very wicked MBh. &c

⋙ pāpatā

○tā f. inauspiciousness VarBṛS. Sch

⋙ pāpatimira

○timira mfn. sin-bedarkened, blinded by sin MW

⋙ pāpatva

○tvá n. evil condition, misery, poverty. RV

⋙ pāpada

○da mfn. bringing misfortune, inauspicious Var

⋙ pāpadarśana

○darśana or mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R

⋙ pāpadarśiṅ

○darḍśiṅ mfn. looking at faults, malevolent R

⋙ pāpadṛśvan

○dṛśvan mfn. seeing guilt, knowing an act to be wicked W

⋙ pāpadeśanā

○deśanā f. instruction of the wicked Dharmas. xix

⋙ pāpadṛṣṭi

○dṛṣṭi mfn. evil-eyed MW

⋙ pāpadhī

○dhī mfn. evil-minded Nir

⋙ pāpanakṣatra

○nakṣatra n. an inauspicious constellation Kauś

⋙ pāpanāpita

○nāpita m. a vile or bad barber W

⋙ pāpanāman

○nāman (pāpá-), mfn. having a bad name ŚBr

⋙ pāpanāśana

○nāśana m. 'destroying the wicked', N. of Siva Śivag

• N. of a temple of Vishṇu

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pāpanāśin

○nāśin mfn. sin-destroying, purifying W

⋙ pāpanirati

○nirati mfn. 'delighting in sin, wicked, a wretch W

• f. attachment to evil, wickedness ib

⋙ pāpaniścaya

○niścaya mfn. having evil designs, malevolent MBh. R

⋙ pāpaniṣkṛti

○niṣkṛti f. atonement for sin MW

⋙ pāpapati

○pati m. 'sinful master', a paramour L

⋙ pāpaparājita

○parājita (pāpá-), mfn. ignominiously defeated TBr

⋙ pāpapuṇya

○puṇya n. pl. vicious or virtuous (deeds) MW

⋙ pāpapurī

○purī v. l. for a-pāpap○ (cf. pāpāpurī)

⋙ pāpapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a villainous man (a personification of all sin or archetype of a sinner) Tantras

⋙ pāpapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a villain, rascal Mn

⋙ pāpapraśamanastava

○praśamana-stava m. N. of wk

⋙ pāpapriya

○priya mfn. fond of evil, prone to sin Veṇis

⋙ pāpaphala

○phala mfn. having evil consequences, inauspicious Var

⋙ pāpabandha

○bandha m. a continuous series of misdeeds VP

⋙ pāpabuddhi

○buddhi f. evil intent R

• mfn. evil-minded, wicked Mn. MBh

• m. N. of a man Pañc

⋙ pāpabhakṣaṇa

○bhakṣaṇa m. 'devouring the wicked', N. of Kāla-bhairava (a son of Śiva) Cat

⋙ pāpabhañjana

○bhañjana m. 'breaking the wṭwicked', N. of a Brāhman Kathās

⋙ pāpabhāj

○bhāj mfn. partaking of sin, guilty Kum

⋙ pāpabhāva

○bhāva mfn. evil-minded MW

⋙ pāpamati

○mati mfn. id. Nal

⋙ pāpamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting in evil, bad Jātakam

⋙ pāpamitra

○mitra n. a friend of sin -tva n. friendship with the wicked L

⋙ pāpamukta

○mukta mfn. freed from sin, purified W

⋙ pāpamocana

○mocana n. liberating from sin, N. of a Tirtha VP

• (ī), f. (with ekādaśī) N. of wk

⋙ pāpayakṣma

○yakṣmá m. 'the evil disease', consumption TS. (also ○man Var. Hcat.)

• -gṛhīta (○kṣmá), mfn. seized by consṭconsumption ib

⋙ pāpayoni

○yoni f. a bad or low birthplace (lit. 'womb', as punishment of sin) Mn. iv, 166

⋙ pāparahita

○rahita mfn. free from guilt, harmless Hit

⋙ pāparākṣasī

○rākṣasī f. an evil female demon, witch ĀśvGṛ

⋙ pāparipu

○ripu m. or n. 'enemy of sin', N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās

⋙ pāparoga

○roga m. any bad disease (considered as the penalty of sin in a former life) Gobh. Mn

• smallpox L

• hemorrhoids Gal

• ○gin mfn. suffering from a bad disease (cf. above) Mn

⋙ pāparddhi

○rddhi (r for ri), f. 'sin-thriving', hunting, chase Vcar. Pañc

• ○dhika m. a hunter Nalac

⋙ pāpaloka

○loká m. the evil wor1d, place of suffering or of the wicked AV

• ○kya mf(ā)n. belonging to it, hellish, infernal MBh

⋙ pāpavasīyas

○vasīyas mfn. 'bad-better', inverted, confused Gobh. Pañc. n= next

⋙ pāpavasīyasa

○vasīyasa (Kāṭh. TāṇḍBr.),

⋙ pāpavayasa

○vayasá (TS. ŚBr. &c.), n. inversion, confusion

⋙ pāpavāda

○vādá m. an inauspicious cry (of a bird) AV

⋙ pāpavināśa

○vināśa m. destruction of sin

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha (also ○zana-t○), Siṃhâls. Cat

⋙ pāpavinigraha

○vinigraha m. restraining wickedness W

⋙ pāpaviniscaya

○viniscaya mfn. intending evil R

⋙ pāpaśamana

○śamana mfn. removing crime W

• n. a sin-offering ib

• (ī), f. Prosopis Spicigera L

⋙ pāpaśīla

○śīla mf(ā)n. of bad character, wicked (-tva n.) Veṇis. Pañc

⋙ pāpaśodhana

○śodhana n. 'washing away sins', N. of a Tīrtha Kathās

⋙ pāpasaṃśamana

○saṃśamana mfn. removing sin R

⋙ pāpasaṃkalpa

○saṃkalpa mf(ā)n. evil-minded, malevolent ib

⋙ pāpasama

○sáma n. a bad year TS. Vait

⋙ pāpasamācāra

○samācāra mf(ā) n. of bad conduct MBh

⋙ pāpasammita

○sammita mfn. equal in sin or guilt W

⋙ pāpasūdanatīrtha

○sūdanatīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha Rājat. (cf. -vināśana-t○)

⋙ pāpaskandha

○skandha n. pl. accumulation of sin Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pāpahan

○han mf(ghnī)n. destroying sin or the wicked Mn

• (ghnī), f. N. of a river

• -ghnī-māhāsmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pāpahara

○hara mfn. removing evil

• n. a means of removing evil Var

• (ā), f. N. of a river MBh

⋙ pāpahṛdaya

○hṛdaya mf(ā)n. bad-hearted, Veṇls

⋙ pāpākhyā

pāpâkhyā f. (sc. gati) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses Var

⋙ pāpāṅkuśā

pāpâṅkuśā f. N. of the 11th day in the light half of the month Āśvina Cat

• (with ekādāśī) N. of wk

⋙ pāpācāra

pāpâcāra mfn. ill-conducted, vicious MBh

• m. N. of a king Dhūrtan. [Page 619, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pāpātman

pāpâtman mfn. evil-minded, wicked, a wretch, sinner (opp. to dharmâtman) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pāpādhama

pāpâdhama mfn. the lowest of the wicked MW

⋙ pāpānubandha

pāpânubandha m. bad result or consequences R

• mfn. ill-intentioned ib

⋙ pāpānuvasita

pāpânuvasita mfn. addicted to sin, sinful W

⋙ pāpānta

pāpânta n. 'end of sin', N. of a Tirtha VāmP

• ○tikā f. a kind of sin Divyāv

⋙ pāpāpanutti

pāpâpanutti f. 'removal of sins', expiation W

⋙ pāpārambhaka

pāpârambhaka mfn. intending evil Mālatīm. v, 23 (vḷ. ○bha-vat)

⋙ pāpāvahīm

pāpâvahī́m ind. leaving sin behind TS

⋙ pāpāśya

pāpâśya mfn. evil-intentioned L

⋙ pāpāha

pāpâhá n. an unlucky day TBr

⋙ pāpāhi

pāpâhi m. a snake, serpent MW

⋙ pāpokta

pāpôkta mfn. addressed in ill-omened words ŚāṅkhBr

≫ pāpaka

pā́paka mf(ikā, once akī)n. bad, evil ŚBr. &c. &c

• m. a villain, rascal MBh

• an evil or malignant planet Var

• n. evil, wrong, sin MBh

≫ pāpaya

pāpaya Nom. Ā- (only pā́payiṣṭa), to suffer a person to fall into misery on account of (abl.) TS

≫ pāpala

pāpala mfn. imparting or incurring guilt W

• n. a partic. measure L

≫ pāpāya

pāpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Vop

≫ pāpin

pāpin mfn. wicked, sinful, bad

• a sinner, criminal MBh. Kāv. &c

≫ pāpiṣṭha

pā́piṣṭha mfn. worst, lowest, most wicked or bad AV. &c. &c

⋙ pāpiṣṭhatama

○tama (Daś.) and mfn. id

⋙ pāpiṣṭhatara

○tara (ChUp. MBh.), mfn. id

≫ pāpīya

pāpīya mfn. = next MBh

≫ pāpīyas

pā́pīyas mfn. worse, worse off, lower, poorer, more or most wicked or miserable TS. &c. &c

• m. a villain, rascal Mn. R. &c

• (with Buddhists) māraḥ pāpīyān, the evil spirit, the devil Lalit

⋙ pāpīyastara

○tara mfn. worse, more or most bad or wicked MBh

⋙ pāpīyastva

○tva n. wickedness, depravity Rājat

≫ pāpman

pāpmán m. evil, unhappiness, misfortune, calamity, crime, sin, wickedness AV. &c. &c

• evil demon, devil, Jātākam

• mfn. hurtful, injurious, evil AV. AitBr

pāpacaka

pāpacaka mfn. (fr. √pac, Intens.) cooking repeatedly or very much Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Vārtt. 6 Pat

pāpaṭhaka

pāpaṭhaka mfn. (fr. √paṭh, Intens.) reading repeatedly or very much ib

pāpati

pāpati mfn. (fr. √pat) falling or flying repeatedly Pāṇ. 3-2, 171 Vārtt.4

pāpayallava

pāpayallava m. (with sūri), N. of an author Cat

pāpāka

pāpāka m. N. of a poet ib

pāpāpurī

pāpāpurī f. N. of a town near Rāja-gṛiha Col. (also written pāvāpurī

• cf. pāpapurī under pāpa)

pāman

pāmán in. (√pai?) a kind of skindisease, cutaneous eruption, scab AV. ChUp

≫ pāma

pāma in comp. for ○man

⋙ pāmaghna

○ghna mf(ī)n. destroying skin-disease

• mṣulphur L

• (ī), f. a species of plant L

⋙ pāmavat

○vat mfn. having skin-disease Pāṇ. 5-2, 100

⋙ pāmāri

pāmâri m. 'enemy of skin-disease', sulphur L

≫ pāmana

pāmaná mfn. = pāma-vat ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 100)

⋙ pāmanambhāvuka

○m-bhā́vuka mfn. becoming scabby TS

≫ pāmara

pāmara mfn. affected with skin-disease L. (cf. g. aśmâdi)

• wicked, vile, low, base W

• m. man of lowest extraction Kāv. Rājat

• a wretch, villain Hit

• an idiot, fool Bādar. Sch

• n. bad character, wickedness MW

⋙ pāmaroddhārā

pāmarôddhārā f. 'removing skin-disease', a species of plant L

≫ pāmā

pāmā f. a kind of skin-disease, herpes, scab (a form of mild leprosy) Car. (also pl.) Suśr

pāmāra

pāmāra m. N. of a family Cat

pāmāvaṭika

pāmāvaṭika v. l. for paramâv○

pāmpa

pāmpa mf(ī)n. belonging to or situated on the river Pampā Bhaṭṭ. (also ○pana MW.)

pāmpaka

pāmpaka m. N. of a poet Cat

pāmpālī

pāmpālī and pāmpī ind. (with √kri), Gaṇ. 97

pāy

pāy cl. 1. Ā. pāyayate, to void excrement, Praśn Up. iv, 2

≫ pāyu

pāyú (ŚBr. xiv, pā́yu), ni. the anus VS. &c. &c

⋙ pāyukṣālana 1

○kṣālana n. washing or cleaning the anus

• bhūmi f. (○mi-tā f.) and -veśman n. a water close, privy Rājat

⋙ pāyubheda

○bheda m. N. of 2 (of the 10) ways in which an eclipse terminates Var. [Page 619, Column 2]

⋙ pāyūpastha

pāyū7pastha n. the anus and the organs of generation Mn. ii, 90

pāya

pāya n. (√1. pā) water L

⋙ pāyaguṇḍa

○guṇḍa m. N. of an author Cat

≫ pāyaka

pāyaka mf(ikā)n. drinking (with gen. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 70

• cf. taila-)

≫ pāyana

pāyána n. causing or giving to drink RV. i, 116, 9 Kauś

• (ā), f. watering, moistening Suśr

≫ pāyam

pāyam

⋙ pāyayitavai

pāyayitavai See under √1. pā

≫ pāyin

pāyin mfn. drinking, sucking, sipping at (ifc

• cf. ambu-, kṣīra- &c.)

• (inī), f. (prob.) N. of a town

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫ pāyya 1

pā́yya mfn. to be (or being) drunk L

• to be caused to drink (with acc.) Suśr

• n. drinking ( See pūrva-p○)

• water L

pāyalisaṃgha

pāyali-saṃgha m. N. of a partic. sect of Jainas Bhadrab

pāyasa

pāyasa mf(ī)n. (fr. payas) prepared with or made of milk GṛŚrS

• m. n. food prepared with made, (esp.) rice boiled in mṭmade or an oblation of made and rice and sugar ib. Mn. MBh. &c

• the resin of Pinus Longifolia L

⋙ pāyasadagdha

○dagdha mfn. scalded by milk-porridge MW

⋙ pāyasapiṇḍāraka

○piṇḍāraka m. a rice-eater Mṛicch

⋙ pāyasāpūpa

pāyasâpūpa m. a cake made of milk and rice &c. Mn. v, 7

≫ pāyasika

pāyasika mf(ī)n. fond of boiled milk &c. Pāṇ. 4-2, 47 Vārtt. 17 Pat

pāyika

pāyika m. a foot-soldier, footman (prob. corrupted fr. pādātika)

pāyīka

pāyīka m. N. of a poet Cat

pāyu 2

pāyú m. (√3. pā

• for 1. pāyu See col. s) a guard, protector RV. (esp. instr. pl. 'with protecting powers or actions, helpfully') AV

• N. of a man RV. vi, 47, 24 (with bhāradvāja, author of vi, 75 ; x, 87)

≫ pāyya 2

pāyya (prob.) protection ( See nṛ-, bahu.)

pāyya 3

pāyya n. a measure Pāṇ. 3-1, 129 (cf. vi, 2, 122)

• practice, profession W

pāyya 4

pāyya mfn. low, vile, contemptible L

pāra 1

pārá mfn. (fr. √pṛ

• in some meanings also fr. √pṝ) bringing across RV. v, 31, 8

• n. (rarely m.) the further bank or shore or boundary, any bank or shore, the opposite side, the end or limit of anything, the utmost reach or fullest extent RV. &c. &c. (dūré pāré, at the farthest ends RV

• pāraṃ-√gam &c. with gen. or loc., to reach the end, go through, fulfil, carry out as a promise, study or learn thoroughly as a science MBh. R. &c

• paraṃ-√nī, to bring to a close, Yaljñ.)

• a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas. Sch

• m. crossing ( See duṣ- and su-)

• quicksilver L

• a partic. personification SāmavBr. Gaut

• N. of a sage MārkP

• of a son of Pṛithu-shena (Rucirâśva) and father of Nīpa Hariv

• of a son of Samara and father of Pṛithu ib

• of a son of Aṅga, and father of Divi-ratha VP

• (pl.) of a class of deities under the 9th Manu BhP

• (ā), f. N. of a river (said to flow from the Pāriyātra mountains or the central and western portion of the Vindhya chain) MBh. Pur

• (ī), f. a milk-pail Śiś

• any cup or drinking vessel Vcar. Rājat

• pollen L

• a rope for tying an elephant's feet L

• a quantity of water or a town (pūra or pura) L

• a small piece or quantity of anything Nalac

⋙ pārakāṅkṣin

○kāṅkṣin m. = pāri-k○ L

⋙ pārakāma

○kāma mfn. desirous of reaching the opposite bank AitBr

⋙ pāraga

○ga mf(ā)n. going to the opposite shore, crossing over MBh. R

• one who has gone through or accomplished or mastered, knowing thoroughly, fully conversant or familiar with (gen., loc. or comp.), profoundly learned Mn. MBh. &c

• n. keeping, fulfilling (of a promise) Hariv. 11565 (wṛ. for pāraṇa?)

⋙ pāragata

○gata mfn. one who has reached the opposite shore of (gen.), passed over in safety Bhartṛ

• pure, holy W

• m. (with Jainas) an Arhat or deified saint or teacher

⋙ pāragati

○gati f. going through, reading, studying L

⋙ pāragamana

○gamana n. reaching the opposite shore, crossing, going to the end of (comp.) R

⋙ pāragāmin

○gāmin mfn. passing over, crossing, landing Kāraṇḍ

• n. = para-loka-hitaṃ karma MBh. xiii, 2127 (Nīlak.)

⋙ pāracara

○cara mf(ī)n. arrived at the opposite shore, emancipated for ever BhP

⋙ pāratas

○tas (pādrá-), ind. oppṭopposite the opposite bank or the further side, beyond (gen.) RV. 1. [Page 619, Column 3]

⋙ pārada

○da mf(ā)n. (for 2. See p. 620) leading across (comp.) Siṃhâs

⋙ pāradaṇḍaka

○daṇḍaka m. N. of a country (part of Orissa) L

⋙ pāradarśaka

○darśaka mfn. showing the oppṭoppositive shore BhP

⋙ pāradarśana

○darśana mfn. beholding the oppṭoppositive shore, surveying all things ib

⋙ pāradṛśvan

○dṛśvan mf(arī)n. one who has seen the oppṭoppositive shore, far-seeing, wise, completely familiar with or versed in (gen. or comp.) Kām. Ragh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 94)

⋙ pāradhvaja

○dhvaja m. pl. 'banners from the further shore', partic. banners brought from Ceylon and borne in procession by the kings of Kāsmīra Rājat

⋙ pāranetṛ

○netṛ mfn. leading to the further shṭshore, making a person (gen.) conversant with (loc.) MBh

⋙ pārapāra

○pāra m. N. of Vishṇu VP

• n. N. of a kind of Tushṭi (s.v.), Sāṃkhyas Sch

⋙ pāramita

○m-ita mfn. gone to the opposite shore

• crossed, traversed

• transcendent (as spiritual knowledge) W

• (ā).f. (for ○ta-tā?) coming or leading to the oppṭoppositive shore, complete attainment, perfection in (comp.)

• transcendental virtue (there are 6 or 10, viz. dānta, śīla, kṣānti, viirya, dhyāna, prajñā, to which are sometimes added satya, adhiṣṭhāna, maitra, upêkṣā) MWB. 128 (cf. Dharmas. xvii, xviii)

⋙ pāravinda

○vinda m. finding the opposite shore (?)', N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr

⋙ pāraskanda

○skanda v. l. for pari-sk○

⋙ pārāpāra

pārâpāra n. the nearer and the further shṭshore, both banks (= and v. l. for pārâvāra) MatsyaP

• m. the sea, ocean L

⋙ pārāyaṇa

pārâyaṇa n. going over, reading through, perusing, studying, RPrāt Āpast

• (esp.) reading a Purāṇa or causing it to be read W

• the whole, totality MBh. xiii, 2701 Pāṇ. 3-2, 130 Sch

• (esp.) complete text, causing collection of (cf. dkātu-pṭperusing nāma-p○)

• N. of a gram. wk. (abridged fr. dhātu-p○)

• (ī), f. (L.) action

• meditation

• light

• N. of the goddess Sarasvatī

• ○ṇa-krama m. ○ṇa-māhātmya n. ○ṇavidhi m. N. of wk

• ○ṇika mfn. one who goes through or studies Pāṇ. 5-i, 72

• m. a lecturer, reader of the Purāṇas W

• a pupil, scholar W

• Pl, N. of a partic. school of grammarians Cat

• ○ṇīya n. N. of a grammar

⋙ pārāvāra

pārâvāra n. the further and nearer shore, the two banks (○rasya nauḥ, a boat which plies from one side to the other MBh

• ○re ib. or ○ra-taṭe Cat., on both banks

• ○ra-taraṇârtham ind. for bringing over from one shore to the other Kull.)

• m. the sea, ocean Prasannar. (cf. pārâpāra)

• ○ra-jātāya Nom. to become sea-water Dharmaś

• ○riṇa mfn. on both sides of a river, one who knows both sides or the whole of a subject W. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 93 Vārtt. 2 Pat.)

≫ pāraka

pāraka mf(ī)n. carrying over, saving, delivering (cf. ugra-p○)

• enabling to cross (a river or the world) W

• satisfying, pleasing, cherishing ib

• m. pl. N. of a People, R

≫ pāraṇa

pāraṇa mfn. bringing over, delivering Hariv

• m. a could (as 'crossing', sc. the sky) L

• n. carrying through, accomplishing, fulfilling MBh

• conclusion (esp. of a fast, with or sc. vrata-)

• eating and drinking after a fast, breakfast (also ā f.) Kāv. Pur. Rājat

• satisfaction, pleasure, enjoyment (also, ā f.) Ragh. Balar

• going through, reading, perusal (also ā f. and ○ṇa-karman, n.) MBh. Hariv

• completeness, the full text L ....

≫ pāraṇi

pāraṇi m. a patr., g. taulvaly-ādi

≫ pāraṇika

pāraṇika See mahā-p○

≫ pāraṇīya

pāraṇīya mfn. having an attainable end, capable of being completed or brought to an end MBh. BhP

≫ pāraya 1

pāraya

⋙ pārayati

pāraḍyati See √pṛ, Caus

≫ pāraya 2

pāraya mfn. (fr. prec.) able, adequate, fit for W

• satisfying ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 738)

≫ pārayitṛ

pārayitṛ́ mfn. one who carries or will carry across ŚBr

≫ pārayiṣṇu

pārayiṣṇú mfn. bringing to the opposite shore or to a happy issue, successful, victorious RV. &c. &c. (-tama mfn. best in accomplishing AitBr.)

• m. N. of a partic. personification Gobh

≫ pārīṇa

pārīṇa mfn. being on or crossing to the other side. W

• (ifc.) well acquainted or completely familiar with (cf. trivarya-p○)

• m. See under pāriṇa

≫ pārīya

pārīya mfn. one who has gone through or studied, completely familiar with (comp.) Hcat

≫ pāre

pāre loc. of s. pāra in comp

⋙ pāregaṅgam

○gaṅgam ind. on the other side of the Gaṅgā, beyond the Ganges Pāṇ. 2-1, 18, Seh

⋙ pārejalam

○jalam ind. on the other side of the water, on the opposite bank of a river Śiś

⋙ pāretaraṃgiṇi

○taraṃgiṇi ind. beyond the river Prasannar

⋙ pāredhanva

○dhanva m. or n. N. of a place

• ○vaka mfn. Pat

⋙ pārebaḍvā

○baḍvā f. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42

⋙ pāreviśokam

○viśokam ind. on the other side of (the mountain) Viśoka Rājat. [Page 620, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pāreśmaśānam

○śmaśānam ind. beyond or behind the burial-place Mālatīm

⋙ pāresindhu

○sindhu ind. on the other side of the Sindhu, beyond the Indus MBh

≫ pārya

pārya mfn. being on the opposite side or bank TS

• upper VS

• last, final, decisive R

• helping through, effective, successful ib

• n. end, issue, decision ib

pāra 2

pāra (for 1. See p. 619), Vṛiddhi form of para in comp

⋙ pārakulīna

○kulīna mfn. = para-kule sādhuḥ g. pratijanâdi

⋙ pārakṣudra

○kṣudra (with yajus), n. N. of a partic. text ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pāragrāmika

○grāmika mf(ī)n. (-grāma) 'belonging to another village', hostile, inimical

• (with vidhi), m. hostile action, hostility Daś

⋙ pārajanmika

○janmika mf(i)n. (-janman) relating to a future birth Buddh

⋙ pārajāyika

○jāyika (MBh.),

⋙ pārajāyin

○jāyin (Vishṇ.), m. (-jāyā) one who intrigues with another's wife, an adulterer

⋙ pāratantra

○tantra wṛ. for ○trya

⋙ pāratantrika

○tantrika mf(ī)n. (-tantra) belonging to or enjoined by the religious treatises of others Gṛihyss

⋙ pāratantrya

○tantrya n. dependence on others MBh. Pur. Rājat

⋙ pāratalpika

○talpika n. (-talpa) adultery Daś

⋙ pāratrika

○trika mf(ī)n. (-tra) relating to or advantageous in another world MBh

⋙ pāratrya

○trya mf(ā)n. (-tra), id. Mn. MBh. MārkP

⋙ pāradaṇḍaka

○daṇḍaka See under 1. pāra

⋙ pāradārika

○dārika mf(ī)n. (-dāra) relating to another's wife Cat

• m. -jāyika Yājñ. MBh. Kathās

⋙ pāradārin

○dārin m. = prec. m. MBh

⋙ pāradārya

○dārya n. adultery Mn. Yājñ. MBh

⋙ pāradeśika

○deśika (W.),

⋙ pāradeśya

○deśya (Yājñ.), mfn. (-deśa) outlandish, foreign, abroad

• m. a traveller or a foreigner

⋙ pāradaurbalya

○daurbalya n. the inferiority of each following member of a series to the preceding Jaim

⋙ pāradhenu

○dhenu or m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W

⋙ pāradhenuka

○dheḍnuka m. N. of a low mixed caste, an Āyogava (q.v.) W

⋙ pārabhṛta

○bhṛta n. a present, offering (prob. wṛ. for prā-bhṛta) W

• ○tīya mfn. relating to a present or offering, sacrificial

• belonging to or coming from a cuckoo Mṛicch

⋙ pārampara

○m-para mfn. further, future (world) Kād

⋙ pāramparī

○m-parī f. regular succession, order Subh

⋙ pāramparīṇa

○m-parīṇa mfn. passing from one to another, hereditary L

⋙ pāramparīya

○m-parīya mfn. handed down, traditional Kull

⋙ pāramparya

○m-parya n. uninterrupted series or succession, tradition, intermediation, indirect way or manner (eṇa ind. successively, by degrees) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pārakramāgata

○kramâgata mfn. derived from tradition Mn. ii, 18

• -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk

• ○ryâgata mfn. = -kramâgata MBh. &c

• ○ryôpadeśa m. traditional instruction Sūryas

⋙ pārayugīṇa

○yugīṇa mfn. (-yuga), Gaṇ. 338 Sch

⋙ pāralokya

○lokya mfn. (-loka) relating to the next world MBh

⋙ pāralaukika

○laukika mf(ī)n. id. ib. (with sahāya m. a comrade on the way to the next world)

• N. of a place where pearls are found and the pearls found there VarBṛS

• n. things or circumstances relating to the next world MBh. Hariv

⋙ pāravargya

○vargya mfn. (-varga) belonging to another party, inimical MBh

⋙ pāravaśya

○vaśya n. (-vaśa) dependence Kap

⋙ pārastraiṇeya

○straiṇeya m. (-strī) a son by another's wife, g. kalyāṇy-ādi

⋙ pārahaṃsya

○haṃsya mfn. (-haṃsa) relating to an ascetic who has subdued all his senses BhP

⋙ pārārthya

pārārthya n. (2. parârtha) dependence on or devotedness to another, altruism, disinterestedness Kathās

• -nirṇaya m. or -vivecana n. N. of wk

⋙ pārāvarya

pārāvarya n. (parâvara) comprehensiveness, allsidedness Hariv

• (eṇa), ind. on all sides, completely MBh

≫ pārakya

pārakya mfn. = parakīya, belonging to another or a stranger, alien (opp. to sva), hostile Mn. MBh. &c

• m. an enemy Hit

≫ pārasyakulīna

pārasyakulīna mfn. = parasya kuls sādhuh g. pratijanâdi

pāra 3

pāra m.= pāla, a guardian, keeper ( brahma-dvāra-p○)

pāraka

pāraka See under 1. pāra

pārakāṅkṣin

pārakāṅkṣin m.= pārik○ L

pāraj

pāraj (nom. orak, according to Uṇ. ; i, 135 Sch. fr. 1. pāra), gold

pāraṭīṭa

pāraṭīṭa m. '(fr. 1. pāra?) a stone, rock L. (cf. pārāruka)

pāraṇa

pāraṇa ○ṇīya, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3

pārata

pārata m. (cf. 2. pārada) quicksilver Kathās. xxxvii, 232

• pl. N. of a people Var. (also ○taka, v. l. in VP.)

pāratas

pāra-tas See p. 619, col. 2. [Page 620, Column 2]

pāratrika

pāratrika ○trya, See under 2. pāra

pārada 2

pārada m. (cf. pārata), quicksilver Var. Suśr. (-tva, n. Sarvad.)

• m. N. of a partic. personification SāmavBr

• pl. N. of a people or of a degraded tribe Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 229, n. 1)

⋙ pāradakalpa

○kalpa m. N. of wk

pārabava

pārabava n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

pārama

pārama Vṛiddhi form of parama in comp

⋙ pāramagopucchika

○gopucchika mfn. = parama-gopucchena krītam Pat

⋙ pāramarṣa

○rṣa ([pŚ+RSi]), mfn. coming from a great Ṛishi Sarvad

⋙ pāramasthya

○sthya n. (fr. paramastha), g. brāhmaṇâdi-. =

⋙ pāramahaṃsa

○haṃsa mf(ī)n. relating to Parama-haṃsa (s.v) id. ib

• n. the state or condition of a Parama-hṭhaṃsa ib

• -pari ind. relating to the most sublime meditation MW

⋙ pāramārthika

pāramārthika mf(ī)n. (fr. paramârtha) relating to a high or spiritual object or to supreme truth, real, essential, true Śaṃk. BhP. Kull. (cf. IW. 108)

• one who cares for truth Pañc

• excellent, best W

• ○thya n. the real full truth BhP

⋙ pārameśvara

pārameśvara mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Śiva) Prab. Kathās. Pur

• m. or n. N. of wk

• -puṇyâha-varcana n. -saṃhitā f. râradhana-vidhi m. ○rīya, and ○rya n. N. of wks

⋙ pārameśvaraka

pārameśvaraka mf(ikā)n. composed by Parameśvara (= Paramâdîśvara) Āryabh. Comm

⋙ pārameṣṭha

pārameṣṭha○ m. (fr. parame-ṣṭhin) patr. of Narada MBh

• ○ṣṭhya mfn. relating or belonging to or coming from the supreme god (Brahmā) MBh. Hariv. Pur

• relating to a king, royal (cf. below)

• m. patr. of Nārada MBh. (v. l. ○ṣṭha)

• n. highest position, supremacy AitBr. MBh. Pur

• pl. the royal insignia BhP

⋙ pāramaiśvarya

pāramaiśvarya n. (paramêśvara) supremacy, divinity Sarvad

≫ pāramaka

pāramaka mf(ikā)n. = (and v. l. for) paramaka, supreme, chief. best MBh. R

≫ pārami

pārami f. (?) extremity Divyâv

pāramita

pāram-ita pāraya &c. See under 1. pāra

pāravata

pāravata m. = pārāvata, a pigeon L

pāravargya

pāravargya ○vaśya, See under 2. pāra, col. 1

pāraśava

pāraśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśu

• but also written pārasava) made of iron (only in sarvap○)

• N. of a mine in which pearls are found and of the pearls found there VarBṛS

• m. or n. iron L

• m. N. of a mixed caste, the son of a Brāhman by a Śūdra woman (f. ī) Mn. MBh. (-tva n.) Var

• a son by another's wife, a bastard L

• pl. N. of a people in the south-west of Madhya-desa Var. MārkP

≫ pāraśavāyana

pāraśavāyana m. patr. fr. pāraśava

• g. bidâdi

≫ pāraśavya

pāraśavya m. Patr. of Tirindira ŚāṅkhŚr

pāraśīka

pāraśīka = pārasīka

pāraśvadha

pāraśvadha and ○dhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paraśvadha) armed with an axe L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 58)

pāraṣada

pāraṣada v. l. for pāriṣada n

pārasa

pārasa mf(ī)n. Persian

• (ī), f. See below

⋙ pārasika

pāraḍsika mf(i)n. id. Col. (v. l. ○sīka)

• m. pl. the Persian MBh. VP

⋙ pārasī

pāraḍsī f. (with or sc. bhāṣā) the PṭPersian language

• -jātaka n. N. of wk

• -nāma-mākā f. a Sanskṛit-PṭPersian vocabulary

• -prakāśa, or kośa m. Persian words explain in SṭSanskṛit

• -vinoda m. Persian and Arab terms of astron. and astrol. explained in Sanskṛit

⋙ pārasīka

pāraḍsīka mfn. Persian (cf. below), m. (pl.) the Persians Ragh. Kathās. &c

• a Persian horse L

• (prob. n.) Persia Bhpr

• -taila n. 'Persian oil', Naphtha Vcar

• -yamānī f. Hyoscyamus Niger L

⋙ pārasikeya

pāraḍsikeya mf(ī)n. Persian Bhpr

pāraskanda

pāraskanda v. l. for pari-skanda

pāraskara

pāraskara m. (rather fr. paras + kara than fr. [pAra+kara]

• but Pāṇ. 6-1, 157) N. of the author nf a Gṛihya-sūtra (forming a supplement to KātyŚrS.) and of a Dharnia-śāstra

• N. of a district or a town Gaṇar. 15 Sch

• mf(ī)n. composed by Pāraskara

⋙ pāraskaragṛhyasutra

○gṛhya-sutra n

⋙ pāraskaragṛhyapariśiṣṭa

○gṛhya-pariśiṣṭa n

⋙ pāraskarapaddhati

○paddhati f

⋙ pāraskaragṛhyamantra

○gṛhya-mantra m

⋙ pāraskarasamṛti

○samṛti f. N. of wks

pārasvata

pā́rasvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parasvat) relating &c. to the wild ass AV. [Page 620, Column 3]

pārāpata

pārāpata m. = (or v. l. for) pārāvata, a pigeon Kād

⋙ pārāpatapadī

○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum or Leea Hirta L

≫ pārāpataka

pārāpataka m. a kind of rice Suśr

pārāpāra

pārâpāra pārâyaṇa, See under 1. pāra, p. 619, col. 3

pārāruka

pārāruka m. a rock L. (cf. paraṭīṭa)

pārāvata

pā́rāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parā-vat) remote, distant, coming from a distance, foreign RV. (instr. pl. 'from distant quarters' AV.)

• m. N. of a tribe on the Yamunā RV. TāṇḍBr

• (ifc. f. ā) a turtle-dove, pigeon MBh. Kāv. &c

• a kind of snake Suśr

• N. of a Nāga of the race of Airāvata, M Bh

• a monkey L

• Diospyros Embryopteris MBh. Hariv. Suśr

• a mountain L

• pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Svārocisha Pur

• (ī), f. the fruit of the Averrhoa Acida L

• a form of song peculiar to cowherds L

• N. of a river L

• n. the fruit of Diospyros Embryopteris Hariv. Suśr

⋙ pārāvataghnī

○ghnī́ f. (of han) striking the distant (demon) or at a distance RV. vi, 61, 2

⋙ pārāvatadeśa

○deśa m. N. of a country Cat

⋙ pārāvatapadī

○padī f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum Bhpr. Car

⋙ pārāvatamālāya

○mālāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble a flock of turtles Kād

⋙ pārāvatasavarṇsa

○savarṇsa m.pl. 'dovecoloured', N. of the horses of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh

• ○ṇâśva m. N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna ib

⋙ pārāvatākha

pārāvatâkha m. 'dove-eyed', N. o f. a serpent-demon Kathās

⋙ pārāvatāṅghripiccha

pārāvatâṅghri-piccha m. a kind of pigeon L

⋙ pārāvatābha

pārāvatâbha mfn. pigeon-like Suśr

⋙ pārāvatāśva

pārāvatâśva m. 'having doves for horses', N. of Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh. (cf. ○ta-savarṇa)

≫ pārāvati

pārāvati m. patr. of Vasu-rocis L ....

pārāvadaghnī

pārāvada-ghnī wṛ. for pārāvata-ghnī

pārāvarya

pārāvarya See under 2. pāra

pārāvāra

pārâvāra See under 1. pāra

pārāśara

pārāśara mf(ī)n. proceeding or derived from Parāśara or Parāśarya Var. Pur. (cf. g. kaṇvâdi)

• m. patr. (fr. parā-śara, and N. of the poet Vyāsa

• pl. N. of a school) Pravar. Pur. L

• (ī), f. See s.v

• n. the rules of Parāśara for the conduct of the mendicant order W

• -kalpika mfn. one who studies the PṭParāśara-kalpa

• m. a follower of Parāśara Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60

• -jātaha n. -śikṣā f. -sūtra n. -horā f. N. of wks

⋙ pārāśari

pārāḍśari m. patr. of Vyāsa L

⋙ pārāśarin

pārāḍśarin m. a mendicant of the order of Parāśarya L. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 110)

• pl. N. of a phil. school RāmatUp

⋙ pārāśarī

pārāḍśarī (pā́rā-.), f. patr. of Parāśara ŚBr

• a wk. of Parāśara

• -kauṇḍinī-pútra and ○rī-pútra (pā́○). m. N. of 2 teachers ŚBr

• paddhati f. -mukura m. -mūla n. -vyākhyā f. -horā f. N. of wks

⋙ pārāśariya

pārāḍśariya n. a wk. of Parāśara Cat

⋙ pārāśarya

pārāḍśarya (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. parā-śara (N. of Vyāsa) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. P5ṇ. iv. 3, 110)

• n. a wk' of Parāśara Cat

• -vijaya m. N. of wk. (= parāśara-v○)

⋙ pārāśaryāyaṇa

pārāḍśaryāyaṇa (pā́rā-), m. patr. fr. pārā-śarya ŚBr

pāri

pāri Vṛiddhi form of pari in comp

⋙ pārikāṅkṣaka

○kāṅkṣaka and m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L

⋙ pārikāṅkṣakṣin

○kāṅkṣaḍkṣin m. a contemplative Brāhman (in the fourth period of life) L

⋙ pārikārmika

○kārmika m. (-karman) one who takes charge of the lesser vessels or utensils L

⋙ pārikuṭa

○kuṭa m. an attendant, servant AitBr. (Sāy.)

⋙ pārikṣi

○kṣi (1), m. N. of a man L

⋙ pārikṣit

○kṣit (m.c.) and m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh

⋙ pārikṣita

○kṣitá m. (-kṣit) patr. of Janam-ejaya Br. MBh

• (○tī), f. N. of AV. xx, 127, 7-10

• ○tī́ya m. the brother of Pari-kshit ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

⋙ pārikṣepaka

○kṣepaka (or ○pika), m. or n. (√kṣip) objection (?) Car

⋙ pārikha

○kha (fr. pari-khā), g. palady-ādi

⋙ pārikhīya

○khīya mfn. (fr. pārikha) Pāṇ. 4-2, 141 Sch

⋙ pārikheya

○kheya mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-kha) surrounded by a ditch ib. v, 1, 17

⋙ pārigrāmika

○grāmika mf(ī)n, (-grāmam) situated round a village ib. iv, 3, 61

⋙ pārijāta

○jāta m. the coral tree, Erythrina Indica (losing its leaves in June and then covered with large crimson flowers) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

• the wood of this tree R

• N. of one of the 5 trees of paradise produced at the churning of the ocean and taken possession of by Indra from whom it was afterwards taken by Kṛishṇa) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. IW. 519)

• fragrance Var

• N. of sev. wks. (esp. ifc

• cf. dāna-)

• of a Nāga MBh

• of a Ṛishi ib

• of an author of Mantras (with Śiktas). Cat

• -ka m. the coral tree or its wood, Śutr. Pur

• N. of a Ṛishi MBh

• of other men Hcar. (-ratnâkara m. N. of wk.)

• m. or n. N. of a drama (= ○ta-karaṇa) [Page 621, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -maya mf(ī)n. made of flowers of the celestial Pāṇ. Kathās

• -ratnâkara m. N. of wk. (prob. = ○taka-ratn○)

• -vat mfn. possessing the celṭcelestial Pāri Hariv

• -vṛtta-kkaṇḍa n. -vyākaraṇa n. N. of wks

• -sarasvatī-mantra m. pl. N. of Partic. magical formulas Cat

• -haraṇa n. 'robbing the Pāri tree', N. of chs. of Hariv. and VP., also of a comedy by Gopālaḍasa

• (ṇa-campū), f. N. of a poem)

• ○tâcala-māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ pāriṇāmika

○ṇāmika mf(i)n. (-ṇāma) digestible Subh (wṛ. pari-ṇ○)

• subject to development or evolution

• (with bhāva m.) natural disposition Śaṃk. Sarvad

⋙ pāriṇāyya

○ṇāyya (-ṇāya) property or paraphernalia received by a woman at the time of marriage Vas

• = (or v. l. for) next Kathās

⋙ pāriṇāhya

○ṇāhya n. (-ṇāha) household furniture and utensils Mn. ix, 11

⋙ pāritathyā

○tathyā f. (-tathya) a string of pearls for binding the hair L

⋙ pāritoṣika

○toṣika mf(ī)n. (-toṣa) gratifying, satisfactory W

• n. a reward, gratuity Kāv. Rājat

⋙ pāridṛḍhi

○dṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-dṛḍhi Pat

⋙ pāridheya

○dheya m. patr. fr. pari-dhi g. śubhrâdi

⋙ pāridhvajika

○dhvajika m. (-dhvaja) a standard-bearer L

⋙ pāripanthika

○panthika m. (fr. pari-pantham) a highwayman, robber, thief. L. (Pāṇ. 4-4, 36)

⋙ pāripāṭya

○pāṭya n. (-pāṭī) regularity, methodicalness W

⋙ pāripātra

○pātra &c., wṛ. for. yātra below

⋙ pāripāna

○pāna ī. drink (?) Divyâv

⋙ pāripānthika

○pānthika wṛ. for panthika above

⋙ pāripārśva

○pārśva (Prob. n.), retinue, attendants, bystanders (in a play) Hariv

• ○svaka mf(ikā)n. standing at the side attending on MBh

• m. (with or sc. nara) a servant, attendant ib

• an assistant of the manager of a play Bhar

• (ikā), f. a chamber-maid, Malāv

• ○śvika mfn. = ○śvaka R. Mālav

⋙ pāripālya

○pālya n. governorship Rājat

⋙ pāripela

○pela n. = pari-pelava L

⋙ pāriplava

○plava mf(ā)n. swimming MBh. Kāv

• moving to and fro, agitated, unsteady, tremulous

• wavering, irresolute ib

• (pā́ri-), 'moving in a circle', N. of partic. legends recited at the Aśva-medha and repeated at certain intervals throughout the year ŚBr. ŚrS. Bādar

• m. a boat R. (vḷ. pari-pl○)

• a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara Hariv

• (ā), f. a small spoon used at sacrifices, Āryav. (cf. pari-plavā)

• n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh

• -gata mfn. being in a boat R

• -tā f. -tva n. unsteadiness, inconstancy Hcar. Rājat

• -dṛṣṭi (BhP.) or -netra (Ragh.), mfn. having tremulous or swimming eyes

• -prabha mfn. spreading tremulous lustre R

• -mati mfn. fickleminded MBh

• ○viiya n. an oblation connected with the recitation of a PṭPāri legend ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pāriplāvya

○plāvya m. a goose L

• n. agitation, tremulousness W

⋙ pāribarha

○barha m. sg. and pl. = pari-b○ MBh

• N. of a son of Garuḍa ib

⋙ pāribhadraka

○bhadraka m. Erythrina Fulgens Indica Bālar. Suśr

• Azadirachta Indica L

• Pinus Deodora or Longifolia L

• N. of a son of Yajña-bāhu BhP

• n. N. of a Varsha in Śālmala-dviipa ruled by Pāribhadra ib

⋙ pāribadraka

○badraka m. Erythrina Fulgens MBh. Suśr

• Azadirachta Indica L

• pl. N. of a family MBh

• n. = next L

⋙ pāribhavya

○bhavya n. (-bhū) Costus Speciosus or Arabicus Bhpr

⋙ pāribhāvya

○bhāvya n. id. L

• security, bail (= prātibh○) Dāyabh

⋙ pāribhāṣika

○bhāṣika mf(ī)n. (-bhāṣā) conventional, technical Suśr. Sarvad

• -tva n. Kap

⋙ pāribhogika

○bhogika m. or n. objects possessed or used by Buddha MWB. 495

⋙ pārimaṇḍalya

○maṇḍalya n. (-maṇḍala) globularness, spherical shape Bādar. Sch

⋙ pārimāṇya

○māṇya n. (-māṇa) circumference, compass MBh

⋙ pārimitya

○mitya n. (-mita) the being confined, limitation Sāh

⋙ pārimukhika

○mukhika mf(ī)n. (fr. pari-mukham) being before the eyes, near, present Pāṇ. 4-4, 29

⋙ pārimukhya

○mukhya mf(ā)n. id

• n. nearness, presence ib. iv, 3, 58 Vārtt. Pat

⋙ pāriyātra

○yātra m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of the western Vindhya range MBh. Var. Suśr. &c. (also -ka L.)

• N. of a man (son of Ahīna-gu) Ragh. Pur. ○trika m. an inhabitant of the Pāri range Var

⋙ pāriyānika

○yānika n. (-yāna) a travelling carriage. L

⋙ pārirakṣaka

○rakṣaka or m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L

⋙ pārirakṣika

○rakṣika m. (-rakṣā) a Brāhman in the fourth period of life, a Bhikshu or Sarinyāsī L

⋙ pārivatsa

○vatsa m. a calf belonging to (cows) Hariv. (v. l. pari-v○)

⋙ pārivittya

○vittya n. (-vitta) the being unmarried while a younger brother is married, Yāiñ

⋙ pārivṛḍhi

○vṛḍhi m. (ī f.) patr. fr. pari-vṛḍha Pat

• ○ḍhya n. (fr. id.), g. dṛḍhâdi

⋙ pārivettrya

○vettrya n. (-vettṛ) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder VP

⋙ pārivedya

○vedya n. id. Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pārivrajya

○vrajya wṛ. for -vrājya

⋙ pārivrājaka

○vrājaka mf(ī)n. intended for a religious mendicant, Kaul

• n. the life of a religious mendicant, g. yuvâdi- ○jya n. id MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. vii, 3, 60 Sch.)

⋙ pāriśikṣā

○śikṣā f. N. of wk

⋙ pāriśīla

○śīla m. = apūpa, a cake L. =

⋙ pāriśeṣya

○śeṣya n. (-śeṣa) result, consequence TPrāt. Sch

• (āt), ind. consequently, therefore, ergo (also with preceding atas or tasmāt) ib. Śaṃk. &c. [Page 621, Column 2]

⋙ pāriṣatka

○ṣatka mfn. = pariṣadam adkī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi

⋙ pāriṣada

○ṣada mf(ī)n. (-ṣad) fit for an assembly, decent Car

• relating to a village pariṣad g. palady-ādi

• m. a member of an assembly, assessor at a council, auditor, spectator MBh. Kāv. &c. (R. B. also -ṣad) pl. the retinue or attendants of a god MBh. BhP

• n. taking part in an assembly BhP

⋙ pāriṣadaka

○ṣadaka mf(ī)n. done by an assembly, g. kulālâdi

⋙ pāriṣādya

○ṣâdya m. a member of an assembly, spectator, councillor Rājat. Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 44 ; 101)

⋙ pāriṣeṇya

○ṣeṇya m. patr. fr. pari-skeṇa Pat

⋙ pārisāraka

○sāraka mfn. containing the word pari-sāraka g. vimuktâdi

⋙ pārisīrya

○sīrya mfn. (fr. pari-sīram), g. pari-mukhâdi

⋙ pārihanavya

○hanavya mfn. (fr. pari-hanu) ib

⋙ pārihārika

○hārika mf(ī) n. (-hāra) having immunity, privileged Subh

• taking away, seizing W

• surrounding ib

• m. a maker of garlands L

• (ī), f. a kind of riddle, Cat

⋙ pārihārāṇī

○hārāṇī (?), Deśīn

⋙ pārihārya

○hārya m. a bracelet MBh. Kād. Rājat

• n. taking, seizure W

⋙ pārihāsya

○hāsya n. (-hāsa) jest, joke fun

• (ena), ind. in fun BhP

⋙ pārīkṣit

pārīkṣit m. = next MBh. xii, 5596

⋙ pārīkṣita

pârīkṣita mf(ī)n. relating to or treating of or derived from Pari-kshit Pur

• m. patr. of Janam-ejaya MBh

• N. of a sovereign to whom the BhP. is supposed to have been addressed and of his successor W

⋙ pāriṇahya

pā́riṇahya n. (fr. parī-ṇah) household furniture or utensils TS

• vḷ. for pāri-ṇ○ Mn. ix, 11

≫ pāry

pāry in comp. for pāri before vowels

⋙ pāryantika

○antika mf(ī)n. (-anta) final, concluding, last MW

⋙ pāryavasānika

○avasānika mfn. (-avasāna) verging to the close MBh

⋙ pāryāptika

○āptika mfn. one who has said pary-āptam i.e., 'enough' Pāṇ. 4-1, Vartt. 2

⋙ pāryulukhalya

○ulukhalya mfn. (fr. pary-ulūkhalam), g. pari-mukhâdi, on Pāṇ. 4-3, 58 Vārtt. 1

⋙ pāryoṣṭhya

○oṣṭhya mfn. (fr. paryoṣṭhyam) ib

pāriṇa

pāriṇa ○ṇaka, and pārīṇa m. N. of a man Pravar

pāritavat

pārita-vat mfn. containing the word pāriśa, or other forms of the Caus. of √pṝ, SāṅkhBr

pārindra

pārindra m.= pārīndra, a lion L

pārila

pārila patr. fr. parila g. śivâdi

≫ pārileya

pārileya m. (patr. fr. prec.?), N. of an elephant Jātakam

pāriśa

pāriśa m. Thespesia Populneoides L. (cf. pārīṣa and phalīśa)

pārī

pārī pārīṇa, See under 1. pāra and pāriṇa

pārīndra

pārīndra m. a lion Kāv. (cf. pārindra)

• a large snake, boa L

pārīya

pārīya See under 1. pāra

pārīraṇa

pārīraṇa m.= parīraṇa L

pārīṣa

pārīṣa m.= pāriśla Bhpr

pāru

pāru m.= peru, the sun Uṇ. iv, 101 Sch

• fire L

pārucchepa

pārucchepa mf(ī)n. derived from Paruc-chepa Br

• (ī), f. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait

• n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫ pārucchepi

pārucchepi m. patr. fr. paruc-chepa RAnukr

pāruṣaka

pāruṣaka m. or u. a species of flower L. (cf. parūṣaka)

pāruskika

pāruskika mfn. (fr. paruṣa) harsh, violent Divyâv

≫ pāruṣeya

pāruṣeyá mf(ī)n. spotted, freckled AV

≫ pāruṣṇa

pāruṣṇá m. (fr. paruṣṇī f. of ○ruṣa) a kind of bird VS

≫ pāruṣya

pā́ruṣya n. (fr. paruṣa) roughness Suśr. (cf. tvak-p○)

• shagginess, dishevelled state (of the hair) Subh

• harshness (esp. of language), reproach, insult (also pl.) AV. &c. &c

• violence (in word or deed

• cf. daṇḍa-p○, vāk-p○)

• squalor MW

• the grove of Indra L. (also -ka Divyâv.)

• aloe wood L

• m. N. of Bṛihas-pati, the planet Jupiter L

pāregaṅgam

pāre-gaṅgam pāre-taramiṇi &c. See under 1. pāra

pāreraka

pāreraka m. a sword, scimitar (?) W

pārevata

pārevata m. a kind of date L. [Page 621, Column 3]

pārokṣa

pārokṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. paro'kṣa) undiscernible, mysterious (v. l. for next) BhP

≫ pārokṣya

pârokṣya mf(ā)n. undiscernible, invisible, hidden ib

• n. mysteriousness, mystery ib

pārovarya

pārovarya n. (fr. paro-'varam) tradition Nir. xiii, 12

pārghaṭa

pārghaṭa n. = arghaṭa, ashes L. (cf. pārpara)

pārjanya

pārjanyá mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to Parjanya VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c

pārṇa

pārṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parṇa) made or consisting of leaves, raised from leaves (as a tax) L

• made of the wood of the Butea Frondosa, TāṇḍlBr. Gobh

• m. a hut made of leaves Gal

• patr., g. śivâdi

⋙ pārṇavalka

○valka mfn. (fr. pārṇavalkya), g. kaṇvâdi

⋙ pārṇavalki

○valki m. patr. of Nigada L

⋙ pārṇavalkya

○valkya m. patr. fr. parṇa-valka g. gargâdi

pārtha 1

pārtha m. (fr. pṛthi) patr. of Tānva RAnukr

• n. N. of 12 sacred texts (ascribed to Pṛithi Vainya and repeated during the ceremony of unction in the Rāja-sūya sacrifice) Br. KātyŚrS

• of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

≫ pārthya

pārthyá m. a descendant of Pṛithi RV. x, 93, 15

pārtha 2

pārtha m. (fr. pṛthā) metron. of Yudhi-shṭhira or Bhīma-sena or Arjuna (esp. of the last

• pl. the 5 sons of Pa2ṇu) MBh. (cf. IW. 381, n. 4)

• N. of a king of Kaśrrīra (son of Paṅgu) and of another man Rājat

• Terminalia Arjuna L

⋙ pārthakirāta

○kirāta m. N. of the Kirātârjunīya Cat

⋙ pārthaja

○ja m. a son of Partha Rājat

⋙ pārthaparākrama

○parākrama m. N. of a drama

⋙ pārthapura

○pura n. N. of a city near the confluence of the Go-dāvarī and Vidarbhā Col

⋙ pārthamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of sons of Pṛitha MBh

⋙ pārthavijaya

○vijaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pārthasārathi

○sārathi m. Arjuna's chariotetr', N. of Kṛishṇa RTL. 107

• -miśra m. N. of an author or sev. authors Cat

⋙ pārthastuti

○stuti f. N. of a Stotra

• -ṭīkā f. N. of the Comm. on it

pārtha 3

pārtha m.= pārthiva, a prince, king L

pārtha 4

pārtha or pārthona m. (in astron.) = ? as (the Virgo of the zodiac)

pārthakya

pārthakya n. (fr. pṛthak) severalty, difference, variety Sāh

≫ pārthagarthya

pārthagarthya n. (fr. prithag-artha) difference of purpose or meaning &c. Śaṃk

pārthava

pārthava mf(ī)n. belonging or peculiar to Pṛithu BhP

• m. Patr. fr. pṛthu Pravar

• n. width, great extent ĀpŚr. Sch

≫ pārthavi

pārthavi wṛ. for pārthiva n. Hariv

≫ pārthiva

pā́rthiva mf(ī or ā

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 85, Varit. 2) u. (fr. pṛthivii f. of pṛthu) earthen, earthy, earthly, being in or relating to or coming from the earth, terrestrial RV. &c. &c

• (from m. below) fit for kings or princes, royal, princely MBh. Hariv

• m. an inhabitant of the earth RV. AV

• a lord of the earth, king, prince, warrior Mn. MBh. &c

• an earthen vessel L

• a partic. Agni Gṛihyās

• the 19th (or 53rd) year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var

• (pl.) N. of a family belonging to the Kauślikas Hariv

• (ī), f. 'earth-born', N. of Sītā Ragh

• of Lakshmī L

• (with śānti) N. of wk

• n. (pl.) the regions of the earth RV

• an earthy substance Hariv. (v. l. ○thavi) Suśr

• Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙ pārthivatā

○tā f

⋙ pārthivatva

○tva n. the dignity or rank of king, royalty MBh

⋙ pārthivanandinī

○nandinī f. the daughter of a king MW

⋙ pārthivapūjana

○pūjana n. (and -vidhi, m.),

⋙ pārthivapujā

○pujā f. N. of wks

⋙ pārthivarṣabha

○rṣabha (r for ṛ), 'k bull', an excellent king MW

⋙ pārthivaliṅga

○liṅga n. characteristic or attribute of a king

• -pujana-vidhi m. -pūjā f. -pujârādhana n. māhātmya, n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vidhāna n. ○gôdyāpana n. N. of wks. or chs. of wks

⋙ pārthivaśreṣṭha

○śreṣṭha m. best of kings MBh

⋙ pārthivasutā

○sutā f. a king's daughter MBh

⋙ pārthivātmajā

pārthivâtmajā f. id. ib

⋙ pārthivādhama

pārthivâdhama m. the lowest or meanest of kings MW

⋙ pārthivārcanavidhi

pārthivârcanavidhi m. N. of wk. Pārthivêndra, m. the chief or greatest of princes MW

⋙ pārthivesvara

pārthivêsvara m. id

• -cintāmaṇi, ni. (ṇi-paddhati f.), pūjanavidhi and. -pūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks

≫ pārthuraśma

pārthuraśmá n. (fr. pṛthu-raśmi) N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

pārda

pārda m. a species of tree Gaṇar. 300 Sch

• (ā), f. N. of a woman ib

⋙ pārdāvat

pārdā-vat mfn. ib. [Page 622, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pārdākī

pārdākī f. a species of plant ib

pārdāyanī

pārdāyanī f. (fr. pardi, or pardin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 99 Pat

pārpara

pārpara m. (only L.) a handful of rice

• consumption or some other disease

• a filament of the Nauclea Cadamba

• ashes

• N. of Yama

• = jarāṭa (?)

pārya

pārya See under 1. pāra, p. 620

pāryantika

pāryantika &c. See under pāry, p. 621, col. 2

pārvaṇa

pārvaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. parvan) belonging or relating to a division of time or to the changes of the moon (such as at new or full moon)

• increasing, waxing, full (as the moon

• parvaṇau śaśi-divākarau, moon and sun at the time of full moon Ragh. xi, 82) GṛŚrS. Kāv. Pur. &c

• m. a halfmonth (= pakṣa) Jyot

• oblations offered at new and full moon GṛS

⋙ pārvaṇacaṭaśraddhaprayoga

○caṭa-śráddha-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pārvaṇacandrikā

○candrikā m. N. of wk

⋙ pārvaṇaśrāddha

○śrāddha n. a ceremony in honour of ancestors performed at the conjunction of sun and moon i.e. at new moon and at other periods of the moon's changes RTL. 305

• N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

≫ pārvāyānāntīya

pārvāyânāntīya mf(ā)n. belonging to the days of new and full moon and to the solstices Mn

pārvata

pārvata mf(ī)n. (fr. parvata) being in or growing on or coming from or consisting of mountains

• mountainous, hilly MBh. Hariv. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 67, 8ch.)

• m. Melia Bukayun L

• (ī), f. See below

≫ pārvatāyana

pārvatāyana m. patr. of a chamberlain, Sak. vi, 7/8 (vḷ. parv○ and vātāyana)

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 103

≫ pārvati

pārvati m. patr. of Daksha ŚBr

• Pan. ib

≫ pārvatika

pārvatika n. a multitude of mountains, mountain-range L

≫ pārvatī

pā́rvatī f. (of ○ta) a mountain stream Naigh. i, 13

• Boswellia Thurifera L

• Grislea Tomentosa L

• a kind of pepper L

• = kṣudra-pāṣāṇa-bhedā or jīvanī L

• a kind of fragrant earth L

• a female cowherd or Gopī L

• N. of the god Śiva's wife (as daughter of Hima-vat, king of the snowy mountains) Up. MBh. Kāv. &c. (RTL. 79)

• of Draupadī L. (wṛ. for pārṣatī)

• of sev. other women Cat of a river VP

• of a cave in mount Meru Hariv

⋙ pārvatīkṣetra

○kṣetra n. 'district of Pārvatī (Durgā)', N. of one of the 4 esp. sacred districts of Orissa L

⋙ pārvatīdharmaputraka

○dharma-putraka m. 'adopted son of Pārvatī' N. of Paraśu-rāma, Bllar

⋙ pārvatīnandana

○nandana m. 'son of PṭPārvatī' N. of Kārttikeya L

⋙ pārvatīnātha

○nātha m. 'lord of PṭPārvatī, N. of sev. men (the father of Tripurâri and the fṭfather of Dharma-siṃha) Cat

⋙ pārvatīnetra

○netra m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙ pārvatīpati

○pati m. 'husband of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva, Balar

⋙ pārvatīpariṇaya

○pariṇaya m. 'marriage of PṭPārvatī', N. of a poem and a drama

⋙ pārvatīpaścāttāpavarṇana

○paścāttāpa-varṇana n

⋙ pārvatīpravartana

○pravartana n

⋙ pārvatīprasādana

○prasādana n. N. of wks

⋙ pārvatīprāṇanātha

○prâṇa-nātha m. 'lord of the life of Pārvatī N. of Siva Bālar

⋙ pārvatīmokṣaṇa

○mokṣaṇa n. N. of ch. of GaṇP

⋙ pārvatīlocana

○locana m. (in music) a kind of measure

⋙ pārvatīśvara

○"ṣśvara (○tI7zv○), m. = ○tī-nātha

• -liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP

⋙ pārvatīsakha

○sakha m. 'friend of PṭPārvatī', N. of Śiva' L

⋙ pārvatīsampradāna

○sampradāna n. N. of ch. of BrahmaP

⋙ pārvatīsahasranāman

○sahasra-nāman n

⋙ pārvatīstotra

○stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ pārvatīsvayaṃvara

○svayaṃvara m. N. of a drama

≫ pārvatīya

pārvatīya mfn. living or dwelling in the mountains, mountainous

• m. a mountaineer MBh. R. &c

• Juglans Regia L

• N. of a sovereign ruling in the mountains MBh

• (pl.) of a mountains tribe L

≫ pārvateya

pārvateya mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to the mountains, mountains-born W

• m. N. of a prince of mountaineers MBh. (cf. ○tīya)

• (tī́), f. N. of the smaller or upper mill-stone VS

• n. antimony L

pārśava 1

pārśava m. (fr. 1. parśu) a prince of the Parśus Pāṇ. 5-3, 117

≫ pārśukā

pārśukā f. = parśukā, a rib L

≫ pārśva

pārśvá n. (rarely m. g. ardharcâdi

• ifc. f. ā fr. 1. parśu) the region of the ribs (pl. the ribs), side, flank (either of animate or inanimate objects) RV. &c. &c

• the side = nearness, proximity (with gen. or ifc

• ayaḥ, on both sides

• am, aside, towards

• e, at the side, near [opp. to dura-tas]

• āt, away, from

• by means of, through) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a curved knife ŚBr

• a side of any square figure W

• the curve or circumference of a wheel ib

• (only n.) a multitude of ribs, the thorax W. [Page 622, Column 2]

• the extremity of the fore-axle nearest the wheel to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached L

• a fraudulent or crooked expedient L

• m. the side horse on a chariot MBh

• N. of an ancient Buddhist teacher

• (with Jainas) N. of the 23rd Arhat of the present Ava-sarpiṇī and of his servant

• (du.) heaven and earth L

• mfn. near, proximate (cf. comp. below)

⋙ pārśvaga

○ga mfn. going at a person's side, accompanying, being in close proximity to (gen. or comp.), an attendant

• m.pl. attendants, retinue, Kav. Rājat

⋙ pārśvagata

○gata mfn. being at the side, attending, accompanying, being close to or beside Kāv. Var

• sheltered, screening MW

⋙ pārśvagamana

○gamana n. the act of going by the side, accompanying, Kathās

⋙ pārśvacandra

○candra m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pārśvacara

○cara m. an attendant

• pl. attendants, retinue Ragh

⋙ pārśvatas

○tás ind. by or from the side, at the side, near, sideways, aside (with gen. or ifc.), VS. Br. &c

⋙ pārśvada

○da m. 'turning the side towards ai, other', an attendant

• pl. attendants, retinue MBh. (vḷ. pārṣada)

⋙ pārśvadāha

○dāha m. a borning pain in the sṭside L

⋙ pārśvadeva

○deva m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pārśvadeśa

○deśa m. the region of the sṭside, the ribs L

⋙ pārśvadruma

○druma m. pl. the trees at the sṭside or on every side MW

⋙ pārśvanātha

○nātha m. N. of a Jaina teacher (predecessor of Mahā-virā) MWB. 530

• -kātvya n. -gītā f. -caritra n. -daśa-bhāva-visaha, m. -namaskāra m. -puraṇa n. -stava m. -stuti f. N. of wks. -parivartana n. 'turning round', N. of a festival on the 11th day of the light half of the month Bhādra (on which Vishṇu is supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep) Col

⋙ pārśvaparivartita

○parivartita mfn. turned sidewards Mālav

⋙ pārśvaparivartin

○parivartin mfn. being or going by the side of (comp.) Ragh

⋙ pārśvapippala

○pippala n. a species of Harītaki Bhpr

⋙ pārśvabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. pain in the side Suśr

⋙ pārśvabhāga

○bhāga m. side-portion', the side or flank (of an elephant) L

⋙ pārśvamaṇḍalin

○maṇḍalin m. N. of a partic. posture in dancing Cat

⋙ pārśvamānī

○mānī f. the longer side of an oblong or the side of a square, Śulbas

⋙ pārśvaruj

○ruj f. = -bhaṅsga Suśr

⋙ pārśvavaktra

○vaktra m. 'whose face is in his side', N. of one of Śiva's attendants Hariv

⋙ pārśvavartin

○vartin mfn. standing by the sṭside, an attendant

• m.pl. attendants, retinue Kāv

⋙ pārśvavivartin

○vivartin mfn. being by the sṭside of, living with (gen.) Kathās

⋙ pārśvaśaya

○śaya mfn. lying of sleeping on the side Pāṇ. 3-2, 15 Vārtt. 1

⋙ pārśvaśāyin

○śāyin m. id., N. of a partic. position of the moon Var

⋙ pārśvaśūla

○śūla m. a shooting pain in the side, stitch, pleurisy Suśr

⋙ pārśvasaṃstha

○saṃstha mfn. lying on the sṭside Vet

⋙ pārśvasaṃhita

○saṃhita mfn. laid together (sṭside by side) Lāṭy

⋙ pārśvasaṃdhāna

○saṃdhāna n. laying together (bricks) with their sides, Sulbas'

⋙ pārśvasūtraka

○sūtraka m. or n. a kind of ornament L

⋙ pārśvastha

○stha mf(ā)n. standing at the side, being near or close to, adjacent, proximate MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. an associate, companion

• (esp.) a stage manager's assistant (said to serve as a sort of chorus, sometimes an actor in the prelude who explains the plot) L

⋙ pārśvasthita

○sthita mfn. standing at the side, being near or close Rājat

⋙ pārśvānucara

pārśvânucara m. 'attending at the sṭside', an attendant, body. servant Ragh

⋙ pārśvāyāta

pārśvâyāta mfn. one who has approached close to Kathās

⋙ pārśvārti

pārśvârti f. pain in the side pleurisy Car

⋙ pārśvāvamarda

pārśvâvamarda m. id. ib

⋙ pārśvāsanna

pārśvâsanna mfn. sitting by the sṭside, standing next, present Kathās

⋙ pārśvāsīna

pārśvâsīna mfn. sitting by the side ib

⋙ pārśvāsthi

pārśvâsthi n. 'side-bone', a rib Sāy

⋙ pārśvaikādaśī

pārśvâikādaśī f. = ○śva-parivartana L

⋙ pārśvodarapriya

pārśvôdarapriya crab L

⋙ pārśvopapārśva

pārśvôpapārśva m. du. flank and shoulder-blade Nal

⋙ pārśvopapīḍam

pārśvôpapīḍam ind. (to laugh) so as to hold one's sides Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-4, 49 Kāś.)

≫ pārśvaka

pārśvaka m. a rib Yājñ

• n. a by-way, dishonest means Hcat

• mfn. one who seeks wealth or other objects by indirect or side means Pāṇ. 5-2, 75

≫ pārśvatīya

pārśvatīya mfn. (fr. pārśva-tas) being on or belonging to or situated at the side, g. gahâdi

≫ pārśvala

pārśvala mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫ pārśvika

pārśvika mfn. lateral, belonging to the side W. = ○śvaka, mfn. L

• m. a sidesman, associate W

• a juggler ib

• N. of an ancient teacher Buddh

• ī. = ○śvaka n. Vishṇ. Nār

≫ pārśvya

pārśvya m. du. heaven and earth Naigh. iii, 30 (v. l. for pārvau). Cf. antaḥ-pārśvya

pārśava 2

pārśava m. (fr. 2. parśu) a warrior armed with an axe W

pārśva

pārśva See col. 1

pārṣaki

pārṣaki m. patr. Pravar

pārṣata

pārṣata mf(ī)n. (fr. priṣata) belonging to the spotted antelope, made of its skin &c. Kauś. Mn. Yājñ. MBh. [Page 622, Column 3]

• m. patr. of Dru-pada and his son Dhṛishṭa-dyumna MBh

• (ī), f. patr. of Draupadī ib

• of Durgā (wṛ. for pārvatī) L

• Boswellia Thurifera L

• = jīvanī L

≫ pārṣad 1

pārṣad Vṛiddhi form of pṛṣad in comp

⋙ pārṣadaṃśa

○aṃśa mfn. g. utsâdi

⋙ pārṣadaśva

○aśva m. patr. ĀśvGṛ

⋙ pārṣadvāṇa

○vāṇá m. a patron. RV

pārṣad 2

pārṣad f. (cf. next) an assembly L

• pl. the attendance or retinue of a god. BhP

≫ pārṣada

pārṣada m. (fr. parṣad) an associate, companion, attendant (esp. of a god), RamatUp. MBh. Suśr. (pl. attendance, retinue Hariv. BhP. Lalit.)

• a member of an assembly, spectator Prasannar

• n. a text-book received by any partic. grammatical school (a N. given to the Prātiśākhyas) Nir. i, 17

• N. of wk

⋙ pārṣadaṭīkā

○ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙ pārṣadatā

○tā f. the office of an attendant (esp. of the attṭattendant of a god) BhP

⋙ pārṣadapariśiṣṭa

○pariśiṣṭa n

⋙ pārṣadavṛtti

○vṛtti f

⋙ pārṣadavyākhyā

○vyākhyā f. N. of wks

≫ pārṣadaka

pārṣadaka vḷ. for pāriṣadaka g. kulālâdi

⋙ pārṣadīya

pārṣaḍdīya mfn. conformable to the received text-book of any partic. grammatical school RPrāt

⋙ pārṣadya

pārṣaḍdya m. = pārtṣadya, a member of an assembly, assessor

• m.pl.= pārṣada pl. L

pārṣika

pārṣika m. metron. of (ā), f. N. of a woman, g. śivâdi

≫ pārṣikya

pārṣikya n. (fr. parṣika), g. -purohitâdi

pārṣī

pārṣī (?), f. dung L

pārṣṭika

pārṣṭika wṛ. for pārṣṭhika

pārṣṭeya

pā́rṣṭeya mf(ī)n, (fr. pṛṣṭi) being within the ribs AV

pārṣṭhika

pārṣṭhika mfn. being after the manner of the Pṛishṭhya (Ṣaḍ-aha) ŚrS

pārṣṇi

pā́rṣṇi f. (L. also m

• rarely pārṣṇī, f

• fr. √pṛṣ ? Uṇ. iv, 52 Sch.) the heel RV. &c. &c

• the extremity of the fore-axle to which the outside horses of a four-horse chariot are attached (the two inner horses being harnessed to the dhur, or chariot-pole) MBh

• the rear of an army (○ṇim √grah with gen., to attack in the rear) MBh. Hariv. Kāv

• the back W

• a kick ib

• enquiry, asking ib

• a foolish or licentious woman L

• N. of a plant (= kuntī or kumbhī) L

⋙ pārṣṇikṣeman

○kṣeman m. N. of a divinity MBh

⋙ pārṣṇiga

○ga mfn. following a person's heels or the rear of an army L

⋙ pārṣṇigraha

○graha mfn. seizing or threatening from behind BhP

• m. a follower, either an ally who supports or an enemy who attacks the rear of a king MW

⋙ pārṣṇigrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. attacking or threatening an enemy in the rear MBh

⋙ pārṣṇigrāha

○grāha mfn. attacking in the rear

• 'heel-catcher', an enemy in the rear or a commander in the rear of an army (applied also to hostile planets) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pārṣṇighāta

○ghāta m. a kick with the heels Kathās

⋙ pārṣṇitra

○tra n. a rear-guard reserve L

⋙ pārṣṇiprahāra

○prahāra m. = -ghāta Kathās

⋙ pārṣṇiyantṛ

○yantṛ m. a charioteer who drives side-horse MBh

⋙ pārṣṇivāh

○v˘āh or m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'

⋙ pārṣṇivalha

○valha m. 'drawing (i.e. harnessed to) the extremities of the axle-tree'

• an outside horse MBh

⋙ pārṣṇisārathi

○sārathi m. du. the two charioteers who drive the outside horses (cf. prec.) MBh

⋙ parṣṇyabhighāta

parṣṇy-abhighāta m: -"ṣṇi-ghāta Kathās

≫ pārṣṇīla

pārṣṇīla mfn. g. sidhmâdi

≫ pārṣṇuvi

pārṣṇuvi (!), m. a patron. Cat

pāl

pāl cl. 10. P. (Dhātup. xxxii, 69) pālayati (○te

• also regarded as Caus. of √2. pā [Pāṇ. 7-3, 37 Vārtt. 2, pat.], but rather Nom. of pāla below

• p. P. pālayat Ā. ○layāna

• pf. ○layām āsa

• aor. apīpalat), to watch, guard, protect, defend, rule, govern

• to keep, maintain, observe (a promise or vow) AV. Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

≫ pāla

pāla m. (ifc. f. ā) a guard, protector, keeper R. Hariv

• a herdsman Mn. Gaut. Yājñ. MBh

• protector of the earth, king. prince BhP

• (also n.) a spitting spittoon (as 'recipient' ?) L

• N. of a serpent-demon of the race of Vāsuki MBh

• of a prince Cat

• (with bhatṭa) N. of an author ib

• (ī), f. a herdsman's wife MBh. v, 3608

• an oblong pond (as 'receptacle' of water?) Var. (cf. pāli)

⋙ pālakavirāja

○kavi-rāja m. N. of a poet Cat. (cf. śrī-k"ṣ-r○)

⋙ pālakāvya

○kāvya n. N. of a poem Cat. (wṛ. for ○kāpya?

• below.)

⋙ pālaghna

○ghna m. a mushroom L

⋙ pālavaṇīj

○vaṇīj wṛ. for pāna-v○

≫ pālaka

pālaka mf(ikā)n. guarding, protecting, nourishing W

• m. a guardian, protector MBh. (ikā f.)

• a foster-father Rājat

• a prince, ruler, sovereign ib. BhP. [Page 623, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a world-protector (= loka-p○) Kām

• a horse-keeper, groom L

• a maintainer, observer MārkP

• a species of plant with a poisonous bulb Suśr

• Plumbago Zeylanica L

• a horse L

• N. of sev. princes Mṛicch. Kathās. Pur

• n. a spittoon Gal. (cf. pāla above)

⋙ pālakagotra

○gotra n. the family or tribe of one's adoptive parents MW

⋙ pālakākhyā

pālakâkhyā f. N. of the mother of Pālakāpya (below)

≫ pālana

pālana mf(ī)n. guarding, nourishing (○nī jananī f. a foster-mother) MārkP

• n. the act of guarding, protecting, nourishing, defending Mn. MBh. &c

• maintaining, keeping, observing MBh. Kāv. &c

• the milk of a cow that has recently calved L. (-karman n. superintendence Śak

• -vṛtti f. a partic. manner of subsistence Baudh.)

⋙ pālanīya

pāḍlanīya mfn. to be guarded or protected or maintained or observed MBh. ○layitṛ mfn. protecting, cherishing

• a protector or guardian Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pāli

pāḍli m. (prob.) a protector, ruler (cf. go-pāli and prajā-p○)

⋙ pālita

pāḍlita mfn. guarded, protected, cherished, nourished MBh. R. &c

• m. Trophis Aspera L

• N. of a prince (son of Parā-jit or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. Pur. (vḷ. palita)

• of a poet Cat

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ pālin

pāḍlin mfn. protecting, guarding, keeping Śukas. BhP

• m. (ifc.) a ruler, king of. BhP

• N. of a son of Pṛithu Hariv

• (inī), f. Ficus Heterophylla L

⋙ pālīvrata

pāḍlī-vrata n. a partic. observance Cat

⋙ pāleya

pāḍleya mfn. (fr. pāla), g. saṃkāśâdi. ○īya mfn. = ○lanīya MBh. Kathās

• being under any one's (gen.) protection or guardianship Rājat

pālakāpya

pālakāpya m. N. of an ancient sage or Muni (= kareṇu-bhū or = dhanvan-tari) L

• of an author Cat

• n. N. of his wk. (cf. pālakāvya above)

pālakka

pālakka m. or n. N. of a country Inscr

pālakyā

pālakyā f. Beta Bengalensis Car

pālaṅka

pālaṅka (only L.), m. Boswellia Thurifera

• a species of bird

• m. and (ī), f. Beta Bengalensis (also ○kikā Bhpr.)

• (ī), f. gum olibanum, incense L

≫ pālaṅkya

pālaṅkya n. and (ā), f. incense Suśr

• Beta Bengalensis Bhpr

pālaṅgin

pālaṅgin m. pl N. of a school called after a disciple of Vaiśampāyana Pāṇ. 4-3, 104 Sch

pālada

pālada mfn. (fr. pala-da), Pān iv 2, 110

pālala

pālala mf(ī)n. (fr. palala) made of powdered sesamum seed Suśr

pālavi

pālavi f. a kind of vessel Hariv

pālahāri

pālahāri m. (patr. fr. palahara?) N. of a man Rājat

pālāgala

pālāgalá m. a runner, messenger (according to others 'a bearer of false tidings') ŚBr. KātyŚr. Sch

• (ī), f. the fourth and least respected wife of a prince ib

pālāśa

pā́lāśa mf(ī)n. (fr. palāśa) coming from or belonging to the tree Butea Frondosa, made of its wood Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• green Var

• m. Butea Frondosa MBh. (m. c. for patāśa)

⋙ pālāśakarman

○karman n. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ pālāśakalpa

○kalpa and m. N. of wks

⋙ pālāśavidhi

○vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pālāśakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa and m. N. of Magadha L

⋙ pālāśaṣaṇḍa

○ṣaṇḍa m. N. of Magadha L

≫ pālaśaka

pālaśaka mfn. (fr. palāśa), g. varāhâdi

≫ pālāśi

pālāśi m. (patr. fr. palāśa) Pravar

pāli

pāli f. (in most meanings and ifc. f. also ii [under. pāla]

• according to Uṇ. iv, 529 Sch. fr. √pal) the tip or lobe of the ear, the outer ear Suśr. (cf. karṇa- and śravaṇa-p○)

• a boundary, limit, margin, edge MBh. Kāv. &c

• a row, line, range Ratnâv. Siś. Gīt

• a dam, dike, bridge Rājat

• a pot, boiler HPariś

• a partic. measure of capacity (= prastha) L

• prescribed food, maintenance of a scholar during the period of his studies by his teacher L

• the lap, bosom L

• a circumference L

• a mark, spot L

• a louse L

• a woman with a beard L. = praśaṃsā L. (○lī ifc. to denote praise, Gaṇ.)

• = prabedha L

⋙ pāliṃhira

○ṃ-hira m. (wṛ. for -hara, 'seizing by the tip of the ear' ?) a kind of snake Suśr

⋙ pālijvara

○jvara m. a kind of fever L. [Page 623, Column 2]

⋙ pālibhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. bursting of a dike Rājat

⋙ pālyāmaya

pālyāmaya m. a disease of the outer ear Suśr

≫ pālikā

pālikā f. (cf. under pāla) the tip of the ear L

• a margin, edge L

• a pot or boiler HPariś

• a cheese or butter knife L

pālita

pālita See under √pāl

pālitya

pā́litya n. (fr. palita) greyness (of age), hoariness AV

• mfn. g. saṃkāśâdi

pālinda

pālinda m. incense L

• Jasminum Pubescens W

• (ī), f. Ichnocarpus Frutescens Suśr. (also ○ndi)

• = next L

≫ pālindhī

pālindhī f. a species of Ipomoea with dark blossoms L

pālisāyana

pālisāyana m. patr. Pravar

pālīvata

pālīvata m. a species of tree Var. (prob. = pārevata)

pālohaya

pālohaya (!), m. patr. Pravar

pāllaka

pāllaka mfn. (fr. pallī), g. dhūmâdi

pāllavā

pāllavā f. (fr. pallava, sc. krīḍā) a game played with twigs L

≫ pāllavika

pāllavika mfn. diffusive, digressive Car

pālvala

pālvala mf(ī)n. (fr. palvala) coming from a tank or pool Suśr

⋙ pālvalatīra

○tīra mfn. (fr. palvalatīra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 106 Sch

pāva

pāva mfn. (√pū) only in hiraṇya-p○, q.v

• m. (in music) a partic. wind-instrument

• (ā), f. See col. 3

≫ pāvaka

pāvaká mf(ā́)n. pure, clear, bright, shining RV. VS. AV. (said of Agni, Sūrya and other gods, of water, day and night &c

• according to native Comms. it is mostly = sodhaka', cleansing, purifying')

• m. N. of a partic. Agni (in the Purāṇas said to be a son of Agni Abhimānin and Svāhā or of Autardhāna and Śikhaṇḍinī) TS. TBr. KātyŚr. Pur

• (ifc. f. ā) fire or the god of fire Up. MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of the number 3 (like all words for 'fire', because fire is of three kinds, See agni) Sūryas

• a kind of Rishi, a saint, a person purified by religious abstraction or one who purified from sin MBh

• Prenina Spinosa L

• Plumbago Zeylanica or some other species L

• Semecarpus Anacardium L

• Carthamus Tinctoria L

• Embelia Ribes L

• (ikā), f. (in music) = pāva

• (ī), f. the wife of Agni L

⋙ pāvakavat

○vat mfn. containing the word or having the name pāvaka

• N. of a partic. Agni AitBr. ŚrS

⋙ pāvakavarcas

○varcas (ká-), mfn. brightly resplendent (as Agni) RV

⋙ pāvakavarṇa

○varṇa (○ká-), mfn. of pure or brilliant aspect ib. VS. Gaut

⋙ pāvakaśocis

○śocis (○kâ-), mfn. (voc. ○ce) shining brightly RV

⋙ pāvakasuta

○suta m. patr. of Su-darśana MBh

⋙ pāvakātmaja

pāvakâtmaja m. patr. of Skanda ib

⋙ pāvakāraṇi

pāvakâraṇi m. Premna Spinosa L

⋙ pāvakārcis

pāvakârcis f. a flash of fire MBh

⋙ pāvakāstra

pāvakâstra n. a fiery weapon Uttarar. vi, 5/6

⋙ pāvakeśvara

pāvakêśvara n. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP

≫ pāvaki

pāvaki m. 'son of Fire', N. of Skanda MBh. Hariv. R

• of Su-darśana MBh

• of Vishṇu Hariv

≫ pāvakīya

pāvakīya mfn. coming from the god of fire or relating to him Cat

• fiery (said of weapons), Bilar. vii, 33 (cf. pāvakâstra)

≫ pāvana

pāvana mf(ī)n. purifying, purificatory

• pure, holy Mn. MBh. &c

• living on wind Nīlak

• m. a partic. fire Kull. on Mn.iii, 185

• fire L

• incense L

• a species of Verbesina with yellow flowers L

• a Siddha (s.v.) L

• N. of Vyāsa L

• of one of the Viśve Devāh MBh

• of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

• (ī), f. Terminalia Chebula L

• holy basil L

• a cow L

• N. of a river MBh. R

• the Ganges or the goddess Gaṅgā W

• n. the act or a means of cleansing or purifying, purification, sanctification Mn. MBh. &c

• penance, atonement L

• watee L

• cow-dung L

• the seed of Elaeocarpus Ganitrus (of which rosaries are made) L

• Costus Speciosus L

• a sectarial mark L

• = adhyāsa L

⋙ pāvanatva

○tva n. the property of cleansing or purifying Sāh

⋙ pāvanadhvani

○dhvani m. a conch-shell L

≫ pāvamāna

pāvamāná mf(ī)n. (fr. pavamāna) relating to Soma juice (while being purified by a strainer) or to Agni Pavamāna TS. AV. TāṇḍBr. Gobh

• m. pl. the authors of the Pāvamānī hymns or verses ŚāṅkhGṛ

• (lī́-), f. sg. or pl. N. of partic. hymns (esp. those of RV. ix AV. xix, 71 &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c. (also ○māna, m.)

• n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

≫ pāvita

pāvita mfn. (fr. √pū, Caus.) cleansed, purified Mn. MBh. &c

≫ pāvitra

pāvitra n. a kind of metre Col. (wṛ. for pav○?). [Page 623, Column 3]

⋙ pāvitrāyaṇa

pāvitrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pavitra, g. aśvâdi

≫ pāvitrya

pāvitrya n. purity Siṃhâs

≫ pāvinī

pāvinī f. (prob.) wṛ. for pāvanī MBh. iii, 10543

≫ pāvya

pāvya mfn. to be cleansed or purified Bhaṭṭ

pāvan 1

pāvan. 2 See under √1. 3. pā

pāvara

pāvara m. or n. the die or side of a die which is marked with 2 dots or points (prob. corrupted fr. dvā-para) Mṛicch. ii, 8

pāvaṣṭurikeya

pāvaṣṭurikeya m. patr. fr. pavaṣṭurika g. śubhrâdi

pāvā

pāvā f. N. of a city near Rāja-gṛiha Buddh

⋙ pāvāpurī

○purī f. id. ib. (also written pāpā-p○)

pāvindāyana

pāvindāyana m. metron. fr. pavindā g. aśvâdi (Kāś.)

pāvīrava

pā́vīrava mf(ī)n. (fr. paviiru) proceeding from or relating to the thunderbolt

• (ī), f. (with or sc. kanyā), 'daughter of lightning', the noise of thunder RV

pāśa

pā́śa m. (once n. ifc. f. ā

• fr. √3. paś) a snare, trap, noose, tie, bond, cord, chain, fetter (lit. and, fig.) RV. &c. &c

• (esp.) the noose as attribute of Siva or Yama RTL. 81 ; 290

• (with Jainas) anything that binds or fetters the soul, i.e. the outer world, nature Sarvad. (cf. also RTL. 89)

• selvage, edge, border (of anything woven), ŚrGṛS

• a die, dice MBh

• (in astrol.) a partic. constellation

• (ifc. it expresses either contempt e.g. chattra-p○, a shabby umbrella', or 0admiration e.g. karṇa-p○, 'a beautiful ear'

• after a word signifying, hair' abundance, quantity e.g. keśa-p○, 'a mass of hair')

• (ī), f. a rope, fetter Siś. xviii, 57 (cf. also 2. pāśī)

⋙ pāśakaṇṭha

○kaṇṭha mfn. having a noose round the neck Kathās

⋙ pāśakapālin

○kapālin mfn. having a noose and a skull HPariś

⋙ pāśakrīḍā

○krīḍā f. 'dice-play', gambling Siṅhās

⋙ pāśajāla

○jāla n. the outer world conceived as a net (cf. above) Sarvad

⋙ pāśatva

○tva n. the state or condition of the outer world or nature ib

⋙ pāśadyumna

○dyumna (pā́ta-), m. N. of a man RV

⋙ pāśadhara

○dhara m. 'holding a noose', N. of Varuṇa Hariv

⋙ pāśapāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'noose in hand', id. ṢaḍvBr

⋙ pāśabaddha

○baddha mfn. noosed, snared, caught, bound W

⋙ pāśabandha

○bandha m. a noose, snare, halter, net Hit

⋙ pāśabandhaka

○bandhaka m. a bird-catcher Pañc

⋙ pāśabandhana

○bandhana n. a snare, fetter BhP

• mfn. hanging in a snare Kathās

⋙ pāśabhṛt

○bhṛt m. = -dhara Var. Ragh

⋙ pāśarajju

○rajju f. a fetter, rope Kathās

⋙ pāśavat

○vat mfn. having or possessing a noose (as Varuṇa) MBh

⋙ pāśahasta

○hasta mfn. noose in hand VP m. N. of Yama Kathās

⋙ pāśānta

pāśânta m. the back of a garment (opp. to daśā) Var

⋙ pāśābhidhānā

pāśâbhidhānā f. N. of the 12th day of a half-month Hcat

≫ pāśaka

pāśaka m. a snare, trap, noose (ifc

• cf. kaṇṭha-, daṇḍa-)

• a die HPariś

• (ikā), f. a strap of leather on a plough Kṛishis

⋙ pāśakakevalī

○kevalī f. N. of wk. (also spelled pāśākevalī or pāśaka-keralī)

⋙ pāśakapīṭha

○pīṭha m. or n. a gaming-table Mṛicch

≫ pāśaya

pāśaya Nom.P. ○śayati, to bind Nir. iv, 2 Dhātup. xxxiii, 45

≫ pāśāya

pāśāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a rope Kāv

≫ pāśika

pāśika m. one who snares animals, a birdcatcher Var

• N. of a man Rājat

• (ā), f. See under pāśaka

≫ pāśita

pāśita mfn. tied, fettered, bound, snared Daś. AgP

≫ pāśin

pāśín mfn. having a net or noose, laying snares

• m. a bird-catcher, trapper Āpast

• N. of Varuṇa MBh. Hariv

• of Yama RTL. 290

• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshira MBh

≫ pāśila

pāśila mfn. (fr. pāśa), g. kāśâdi

≫ pāśivāṭa

pāśi-vāṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh

≫ pāśyā

pāśyā f. a multitude of nooses or ropes, a net Pāṇ. 4-2, 49

pāśava

pāśava mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu) derived from or belonging to cattle or animals (with māṃsa n. animals food) Kauś. Vet. Suśr

• n. a flock, herd W

⋙ pāśavapālana

○pālana n. 'nourishing flocks', pasturage or meadow grass L

⋙ pāśavamata

○mata n. an erroneous doctrine Hariv

≫ pāśuka

pāśuka mf(ī)n. relating to cattle (esp. to the sacrificial animal) ŚrS. (cf. Pan, iv, 3, 72)

⋙ pāśukacāturmāsya

○cāturmāsya n. N. of wk

⋙ pāśukādiprayoga

pāśukâdi-prayoga m. N. of ch. of Sāyaṇa's Yajña-tantra -sudhā-nidhi

≫ pāśupata

pāśupata mf(ī)n. relating or sacred to or coming from Śiva Paśu-pati MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a follower or worshipper of Śiva Paśu-pati Kathās. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 59) [Page 624, Column 1] Contents of this page

• Agati Grandiflora L

• Getonia Floribunda L

• n. = -jñāna MBh. N. of a celebrated weapon given by Siva to Arjuna MBh. iii, 1650 &c

• of a place sacred to Śiva Paśu-pati Cat

⋙ pāśupatajñāna

○jñāna n. the doctrine of the Pāśupatas Cat

⋙ pāśupatabrahmopaniṣad

○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙ pāśupatayoga

○yoga m. the system of the pṭplace Sarvad

• -prakaraṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ pāśupatavrata

○vrata n. = -yoga MBh

• N. of the 40th Pariś. of AV

• -vivaraṇa n. N. of a ch. of LiṅgaP

⋙ pāśupatavratin

○vratin m. a follower of Siva Paśu-pati

• ○ti-viśa mfn. wearing the dress of a follower of SṭSiva Paśu-pati Rājat

⋙ pāśupataśāstra

○śāstra n. -jñāna Sarvad

⋙ pāśupatāstra

pāśupatâstra n. Śiva's trident MBh

⋙ pāśupatopaniṣad

pāśupatôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

≫ pāśupalya

pāśupalya n. (fr. paśu-pāla) the breeding and rearing of cattle Yājñ. MBh. &c

≫ pāśubandhaka

pāśubandhaka mf(ikā)n. and ○bandhika mf(ī)n. (fr. paśu-bandha) relating to the slaughter of a sacrificial animal

pāśī 2

pāśī f. (for 1. See under pāśa) a stone Kauś. 83 ; 85 (vḷ. pásī ; cf. pāṣáṇa, pāṣī)

pāścāttya

pāścāttya or pāścātya mf(ā) n. (fr. paścāt or paścā) hinder, western, posterior, last MBh. R. Pañc

⋙ pāścāttyanirayāmṛta

○nirayâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙ pāścāttyabhāga

○bhāga m. the hinder part (of a needle, i.e. its eye) ŚārṅgP

⋙ pāścāttyarātri

○rātri (only au ind.), towards the end of the night Kathârṇ

⋙ pāścātyākarasambhava

pāścātyâkarasambhava n. a species of salt coming from the West (= romaka) L

pāṣaka

pāṣaka m. an ornament for the feet BrahmaP

pāṣaṇḍa

pāṣaṇḍa mf(ī)n. (wrongly spelt pākhaṇḍa) heretical, impious MBh. Pur

• m. a heretic, hypocrite, impostor, any one who falsely assumes the characteristics of an orthodox Hindū, a Jaina, Buddhist ib. &c

• m. or n. false doctrine, heresy Mn. BhP

⋙ pāṣaṇḍakhaṇḍana

○khaṇḍana n. N. of wk

⋙ pāṣaṇḍacapeṭikā

○capeṭikā f. N. of wk

⋙ pāṣaṇḍatā

○tā f. heresy, heterodoxy, Inscr

⋙ pāṣaṇḍadalana

○dalana n

⋙ pāṣaṇḍamukhacapeṭikā

○mukha-capeṭikā f

⋙ pāṣaṇḍamukhamardana

○mukhamardana n. N. of wks

⋙ pāṣaṇḍaviḍambana

○viḍambana n. N. of a comedy

⋙ pāṣaṇḍastha

○stha mfn. addicted to heresy, belonging to an heretical sect Mn. ix, 225

⋙ pāṣaṇsyacapeṭikā

pāṣaṇsya-capeṭikā f. = ○da-mukha-capetikā

≫ pāṣāṇḍaka

pāṣāṇḍaka or (L.),

⋙ pāṣāṇḍika

pāṣāṇḍḍika (L.),

⋙ pāṣāṇḍin

pāṣāṇḍḍin (Mn. Yājñ. &c.), m. a heretic (cf. IW. 219 ; 299)

≫ pāṣāṇḍa

pāṣāṇḍa

⋙ pāṣāṇḍin

pāṣāṇḍḍin vḷ. for pâṣaṇḍa, ○ḍin

≫ pāṣāṇḍya

pāṣāṇḍya n. heresy Yājñ

pāṣāṇa

pāṣāṇa m. (ifc. f. ā

• according to Uṇ. ii, 90 Sch. fr. √paṣ

• cf. pāśī) a stone Br. MBh. &c

• (ī), f. a small stone used as a weight L

• a spear A

⋙ pāṣāṇagardabha

○gardabha m. a hard swelling on the maxillary joint Suśr

⋙ pāṣāṇaghātadāyin

○ghāta-dāyin mfn. throwing or striking with a stone Kathās

⋙ pāṣāṇacaturdaśī

○caturdaśī f. the 14th day in the light half of the month Mārgaśīrsha (on which a festival of Gaurī is celebrated, when cakes made of rice and shaped like large pebbles are eaten) BhavP

⋙ pāṣāṇacayanibaddha

○caya-nibaddha mfn. surrounded with a coping of stone (as a well) Pañc

⋙ pāṣāṇadāraka

○dāraka or m. a stone-cutter's chisel L

⋙ pāṣāṇadāraṇa

○dāraṇa m. a stone-cutter's chisel L

⋙ pāṣāṇabheda

○bheda m. Plectranthus Scutellarioides Car

• -rasa m. its juice Rasar

⋙ pāṣāṇabhedaka

○bhedaka m. = bheda Bhpr

⋙ pāṣāṇabhedana

○bhedana m. id. or Lycopodium Imbricatum L

⋙ pāṣāṇabhedin

○bhedin m. id. or Coleus Aniboinicus L

⋙ pāṣāṇamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting or made of stone Kull

⋙ pāṣāṇavajrakarasa

○vajraka-rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙ pāṣāṇaśilā

○śilā f. a flat stone Siṃhâs

⋙ pāṣāṇasaṃdhi

○saṃdhi m. a cave or chasm in a rock L

⋙ pāṣāṇasetubandha

○setu-bandha m. a barrier or dam of stone Rājat

⋙ pāṣāṇahṛdaya

○hṛdaya mfn. stone-hearted, cruel MW

≫ pāṣi

pāṣi f. = silā, a stone or = śakti, a spear Sāy. on RV. i, 56, 6 (cf. 2. pāśī)

≫ pāṣya

pāṣyá n. pl. stones, a rampart of stones RV

• du. the two stones for pressing the Soma ib

pāṣṭhauha

pāṣṭhauha n. (fr. paṣṭha-vāh) N. of a Sāman Br. Lāṭy

pāsa

pāsa m. vḷ. for yāsa

• (ī), f. vḷ. for pāśī

pāstya

pāstyá mfn. belonging to a house, domestic

• n. (?) household RV. iv, 21, 6

pāhaṇapura

pāhaṇa-pura n. N. of a place Romakas

pāhāḍikā

pāhāḍikā and pāhidā, f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs (cf. pahāḍī). [Page 624, Column 2]

pāhāta

pāhāta m. the Indian mulberry tree, Morus Indicadir (= brahma-dāru) L

pi 1

pi cl. 6. P. piyati, to go, move Dhātup. xxviii, 112 (cf. √2. pī)

pi 2

pi See under api

piṃś

piṃś and piṃṣ, See √piś and piṣ

piṃs

piṃs cl. 1. 10. piṃsati, ○sayati, to speak

• to shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 89

pika

piká m. the Indian cuckoo, Cuculus Indicus VS. Kāv. &c

• (ī), f. a female cuckoo Kathās

⋙ pikanikara

○nikara m. a pseudonym of a poet Cat

⋙ pikapriyā

○priyā f. 'dear to the cuckoo', a species of Jambū L

⋙ pikabaudhu

○baudhu m. cuckoo's friend', the mango tree L

⋙ pikabādhava

○bādhava m. 'id.', the spring L

⋙ pikabhakṣā

○bhakṣā f. 'cuckoo's food' = bhūmi-jambū L

⋙ pikarāga

○rāga and m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L

⋙ pikavallabha

○vallabha m. 'cuckoo's favourite', the mango tree L

⋙ pikasvarā

○svarā f. cuckoo's note', N. of a Surâṅganā, Sinhâs

⋙ pikākṣa

pikâkṣa n. 'cuckoo's eye', = rocanī L

⋙ pikāṅga

pikâṅga m. cuckoo-shaped', a partic. bird L

⋙ pikānanda

pikânanda m. 'cuckoo's joy', the spring L

⋙ pikekṣaṇā

pikêkṣaṇā f. cuckoo's eye', Asteracantha Longifolia L

pikka

pikka m. an elephant 20 years old (= vikka), any yaung elephant L

• (ā), f. a collection or string of 13 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (cf. piccā)

piṅga

piṅga piṅgara, piṅgala, See under √piñj, col. 3

picaṇḍa

picaṇḍa m. n. the belly or abdomen L

• m. a partic. part or limb of an animal L

⋙ picaṇḍaka

picaṇḍḍaka mfn. = ○de kuśalaḥ g. ākarṣâdi

• (íkā), f. the calf of the leg or the instep L

⋙ picaṇḍika

picaṇḍḍika

⋙ picaṇḍin

picaṇḍḍin (g. tundâdi),

⋙ picaṇḍila

picaṇḍḍila (KāśīKh.), mfn. big-bellied, corpulent

≫ piciṇḍa

piciṇḍa m. = picaṇḍa L

• -vat mfn. corpulent L

⋙ piciṇḍikā

piciṇḍḍikā f

⋙ piciṇḍila

piciṇḍila mfn. = picaṇḍikā, ○ḍila

picila

picila m. an elephant Gal

picu

picu m. cotton Car

• Vangueria Spinosa Suśr

• a sort of grain L

• a Karsha or weight of 2 Tolas Suśr

• a kind of leprosy L

• N. of Bhairava or of one of his 8 faces L

• of an Asura L

⋙ picutūla

○tūla n. cotton L

⋙ picumanda

○manda or m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ picumarda

○marda m. the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ picuvaktrā

○vaktrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

≫ picavya

picavya m. the cotton plant L

≫ picuka

picuka m. Vangueria Spinosa Suśr

≫ picukīya

picukīya mfn. g. utkarâdi

≫ picula

picula m. a species of tree (Barringtonia Acutangula or Tamarix Indica) L. (cf. IW. 423, 3)

• cotton L

• a kind of cormorant or sea crow L

picc

picc cl. 10. P. piccayati, to press flat, squeeze Dhātup. xxxii, 40 (vḷ. for pich, q.v.)

≫ piccaṭa

piccaṭa mfn. pressed flat, squeezed L

• m. inflammation of the eyes, ophthalmia L

• n. a substance pressed flat, cake (cf. tila-p○)

• tin or lead L

≫ piccita

piccita mfn. = piccaṭa Suśr

piccā

piccā f. a collection or string of 16 pearls weighing a Dharaṇa VarBṛS. lxxxi, 17 (vḷ. pivā

• cf. pikkā)

picciṭa

picciṭa and ○ṭaka m. a species of venomous insect Suśr

picchorā

picchorā f. a pipe, flute ŚrS

≫ piccholā

piccholā f. id. ib. = oṣadhi L

pich

pich cl. 10 P. picchayati, to press flat, squeeze, expand, divide Dhātup. xxxli, 20 (vḷ. pice

• above.)

• cl. 6. P. picchati, to inflict pain, hurt Dhātup. xxviii, 16 Vop

≫ piccha

piccha n. a feather of a tail (esp. of a peacock, prob. from, n. its, being spread or expanded) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (pl.) the feathers of an arrow KātyŚr. Sch

• a tail (also m.) L

• a wing L

• a crest L

• (ā), f. the scum of boiled rice and of other grain L

• the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L

• slimy saliva Car

• the venomous saliva of a snake L

• a multitude, mass, heap Car

• the calf of the leg Var

• a sheath or cover L

• the areca-nut L

• a row or line L

• a diseased affection of a horse's feet L

• Dalbergia Sissoo L

• = mocā and picchila L

• armour, a sort of cuirass L

⋙ picchabāṇa

○bāṇa m. 'arrow feathered', a hawk L

⋙ picchalatikā

○latikā f. a tail-feather Bālar

⋙ picchavat

○vat mfn. having a tail, tailed W

⋙ picchāsrāva

picchâsrāva m. slimy saliva Car. [Page 624, Column 3]

⋙ pitcchaka

pitcchaka m. or n. a tail-feather Cat. (cf. citra-p○)

• (ikā), f. a bunch of peacock's tailfeathers (used by conjurors) Ratnâv

≫ picchana

picchana n. pressing flat, squeezing Car

≫ picchala

picchala mfn. slimy, slippery, smeary MBh. Kād. (vḷ. picchila)

• m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh

• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum &c.) L

• of a river MBh. (vḷ. pitchilā)

⋙ picchaladalā

○dalā f. Zizyphus Jujuba L

⋙ picchaḻāṅga

picchaḻâṅga m. Pimelodus Gagora (= gargara) Gal

≫ picchitikā

picchitikā (!), f. Dalbergia Sissoo L. (wṛ. for picchilikā?)

≫ picchila

picchila mf(ā)n. slimy, lubricous, slippery, smeary (opp. to viśada) MBh. Suśr. (-tva n.), &c

• having a tail W

• m. Cordia Latifolia L

• Tamarix Indica L

• (ā), f. N' of a river MBh. (vḷ. picchalā)

• of sev. trees and other plants (Dalbergia Sissoo, Bombax Heptaphyllum, Basella Lucida or Rubra, a kind of grass &c.) L

⋙ picchilacchadā

○cchadā f. Basella Cordifolia L

⋙ picchilatvac

○tvac m. Grewia Elastica L

• an orange tree or orange-peel L

⋙ picchilabīja

○bīja n. the fruit of Dillenia Indica L

⋙ picchilasāra

○sāra m. the gum of Bombax Heptaphyllum L

⋙ picchilātantra

picchilā-tantra n. N. of a Tantra

≫ picchilaka

picchilaka m. Grewia Elastica L

≫ picchilīkṛ

picchilī-√kṛ to make slippery or smeary Kād

≫ piñcha

piñcha n. a wing (= piccha) L

pijavana

pijavana m. N. of a man Nir. ii, 24 (cf. paijavana)

pijūla

pijūla m. N. of a man, g. aśvādi

piñcadeva

piñca-deva m. N. of a man Rājat

piñj

piñj cl. 2. Ā. piṅkte, to tinge, dye, paint Dhātup. xxiv, 18 ; 20

• to join ib. (cf. √pṛc)

• to sound ib

• to adore ib. Vop

• cl.10. P. piñjayati, to kill

• to be strong

• to give or to take (?)

• to dwell Dhātup. xxxii, 31

• to shine

• to speak, xxxiii, 84

• to emit a sound Nir. iii, 18. [Cf. Lat. pingo?]

≫ piṅga

piṅga mf(ā)n. yellow, reddish-brown, tawny MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. kaḍārâdi)

• m. yellow (the colour) L

• a buffalo L.: a mouse L

• N. of one of the sun's attendants L

• of a man ĀśvŚr. (cf. paiṅgi, ○gin)

• (piṅgá, in one place pínga), N. of a kind of divine being (?) AV. viii, 6, 6 ; 18 &c

• (píngā), f. a bow-string RV. viii, 58, 9 (Sāy

• cf. piṅgala-jya)

• a kind of yellow pigment (cf. go-rocanā)

• the stalk of Ferula Asa Foetida L

• turmeric, Indian saffron L

• bamboo manna W

• N. of a woman MBh

• of Durgā W

• a tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side ib

• (ī), f. Mimosa Suma ib

• n. orpiment L

• a young animal MW

⋙ piṅgakapiśā

○kapiśā f. 'reddish-brown', a species of cockroach L

⋙ piṅgacakṣus

○cakṣus m. 'yellow-eyed', a crab L

⋙ piṅgajaṭa

○jaṭa m. 'having yellow-braided hair', N. of Śiva L

⋙ piṅgatīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha MBh

⋙ piṅgadanta

○danta m. 'yellow-toothed', N. of a man Kathās

⋙ piṅgadṛś

○dṛś m. 'yellow-eyed', N. of Śiva Gal

⋙ piṅgadeha

○deha m. 'yellow-bodied', id. Śivag

⋙ piṅgamūla

○mūla m', having a reddish √', a carrot L

⋙ piṅgalocana

○locana mfn. having root-brown eyes Var

⋙ piṅgavarṇavatī

○varṇavatī f. turmeric L

⋙ piṅgasāra

○sāra m. yellow orpiment L

⋙ piṅgasphaṭika

○sphaṭika m. 'yṭyellow-crystal', a kind of gem L

⋙ piṅgākṣa

piṅgâkṣá mf(i)n. = ○ga-locana VS. ŚBr. &c

• m. an ape R

• N. of Agni MBh

• of śiva L

• of a Rakshas Cat

• of a Daitya Kathās

• of a wild man KāśīKh

• of a bird (one of the 4 sons of Droṇa) MārkP

• (ī), f. N. of a deity presiding over families Cat

• of one of Skanda's attendant Mātṛis MBh

⋙ piṅgāsya

piṅgâsya m. 'tawny-faced', a species of fish, Pilemodius Pangasius L

⋙ piṅgekṣaṇa

piṅgêkṣaṇa mfn. = ○ga-locana Var

• N. of Śiva L

⋙ piṅgesa

piṅgêsa m. 'lord of the yellow hue', N. of Agni MBh

⋙ piṅgesvara

piṅgêsvara m. id.', N. of a being attendant on Pārvatī L

≫ piṅgara

piṅgara m. N. of a man MW

≫ piṅgala

piṅgalá mf(ā́ and ī)n. (cf. g. gaurâdi and kaḍārâdi), reddish-brown, tawny, yellow, goldcoloured AV. &c. &c,

• (in alg. also as N. of the 10th unknown quantity)

• having reddish-bṭbrown eyes KātyŚr. Sch

• m. yellow colour W

• fire. L

• an ape L

• an ichneumon L

• a small kind of owl L

• a small kind of lizard L

• a species of snake Suśr

• a partic. vegetable poison L

• (with Jainas) N. of a treasure

• the 51st (or 25th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

• N. of Śiva or a kindred being GṛS. Gaut. &c. [Page 625, Column 1] Contents of this page

• of an attendant of Śiva Kathās

• of an attendant of the Sun L

• of a Rudra VP

• of a Yaksha MBh

• of a Dānava Kathās

• of a Nāga or serpent-demon MBh. i, 1554 (the supposed author of the Chandas or treatise on metre regarded as one of the Vedâṅgas, identified by some with Patañjali, author of the Mahā-bhāshya)

• of sev. ancient sages MBh. R. &c

• pl. N. of a people MārkP

• (ā), f. a species of bird L

• a kind of owl Var

• Dalbergia Sissoo L

• = karṇikā L

• a kind of brass L

• a partic. vessel of the body (the right of 3 tubular vessels which according to the Yoga philosophy are the chief passages of breath and air

• ChUp. viii, 6, 1)

• a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) L

• N. of Lakshmī Gal

• of a courtezan who became remarkable for her piety MBh

• of the female elephant of the South quarter L

• of an astrological house or period W

• heart-pea W

• n. a partic. metal L

• yellow orpiment L

⋙ piṅgalakāṇva

○kāṇva m. N. of a teacher Pat

⋙ piṅgalagāndhāra

○gāndhāra m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās

⋙ piṅgalacchandaḥsūtra

○cchandaḥsūtra n. N. of Piṅgala's work on metrics

• ○dovṛtti and ○do-vyākyā f. n. of Comms. on this wk

⋙ piṅgalajya

○jya mfn. having a brown string (Śiva's bow) MBh. vii, 6148 (cf. piṅgā)

⋙ piṅgalatattvaprakaśikā

○tattva-prakaśikā (and ○śinī), f. N. of wks

⋙ piṅgalatva

○tva n. a tawny or yellow colour R

⋙ piṅgalanāga

○nāga m. the serpent-demon Piṅgala IW. 153

⋙ piṅgalaprakāśa

○prakāśa m

⋙ piṅgalapradyota

○pradyota m

⋙ piṅgalamataprakāśa

○mata-prakāśa m. N. of wks

⋙ piṅgalaroman

○roman mfn. tawny-haired (said of a Piśāca) Hariv

⋙ piṅgalaloha

○loha n. a kind of metal L

⋙ piṅgalavatsajīva

○vatsájīva m. N. of a man Divyāv

⋙ piṅgalavārttika

○vārttika n

⋙ piṅgalavṛtti

○vṛtti f

⋙ piṅgalasāra

○sāra m. (and -vikāśinī f.),

⋙ piṅgalasutra

○sutra n. N. of wks

⋙ piṅgalākṣa

piṅgalâkṣa mfn. having reddish-brown eyes TPrāt. Sch

• m. N. of Śiva MW

⋙ piṅgalātantra

piṅgalātantra n

⋙ piṅgalāmata

piṅgalā-mata n

⋙ piṅgālāmṛta

piṅgâlâmṛta n

⋙ piṅgalārthadīpa

piṅgalârtha-dīpa m

⋙ piṅgalāryā

piṅgalâryā f. N. of wks

⋙ piṅgalāśvara

piṅgalâśvara n. N. of a Liṅga Cat. (-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ib

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk. ib.)

• (ī), f. a form of Dākshāyaṇī ib

≫ piṅgalaka

piṅgalaka mf(ikā́)n. reddish-brown, yellow, tawny AV

• m. N. of a Yaksha MBh

• of a man (pl. his descendants), g. upakâdi

• of a lion Pañc

• (ikā), f. a variety of the owl (= piṅgalā) Var

• a sort of crane L

• a kind of bee Suśr

• N. of a woman Kathās

⋙ piṅgalita

piṅgalita mf(ā)n. made reddishbrown, become tawny Kathās

⋙ piṅgalin

piṅgalin mfn. reddish-brown R

⋙ piṅgaliman

piṅgaliman m. tawny or yellow colour Kāv

≫ piṅgāśa

piṅgāśa m. (only L.) the chief of a community of wild tribes

• the head man or proprietor of a village

• a kind of fish, Pimelodius Pangasius (= piṅgâsya)

• (ī), f. = nālikā or nīlikā

• n. virgin gold

≫ piṅgiman

piṅgiman m. tawny or yellow colour Hariv

≫ piñja

piñja mfn. confused, disturbed in mind L

• full of (cf. pari-p○)

• m. the moon L

• a species of camphor L

• (ā), f. hurting, injuring L

• turmeric L

• cotton L

• a species of tree resembling the vinepalm L

• a switch L

• (ī), f. See tila-piñjī

• n. strength, power L

≫ piñjaṭa

piñjaṭa m. the concrete rheum of the eyes L

≫ piñjana

piñjana n. a bow or bow-shaped instrument used for cleaning cotton L

≫ piñjara

piñjara mf(ā)n. reddish-yellow, yellow or tawny, of a golden colour MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a tawnybrown colour W. (also -tā f. Kathās

• -tva n. Kād.)

• a horse (prob. bay or chestnut) L

• N. of a mountain MārkP

• n. (only L.) gold

• yellow orpiment

• the flower of Mesua Roxburghī

• wṛ. for pañjara ('skeleton' or 'cage')

⋙ piñjaraka

piñjaḍraka m. N. of a Nāga MBh

• n. orpiment L

⋙ piñjaraya

piñjaḍraya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye reddish-yellow, Ratnâv

• ○rita mfn. coloured rṭreddiṣ-y○ Daś

⋙ piñjarika

piñjaḍrika n. a kind of musical instrument Kathās. ○riman, m. a rṭreddiṣ-y○ colour Kād

⋙ piñjarīkṛ

piñjaḍrī-√kṛ to dye rṭreddiṣ-y○ ib

≫ piñjala

piñjala mfn. (fr. piñja) extremely confused or disordered (cf. ut-piñjala)

• (ā), f. N. of a river MBh

• (ī). a bunch of stalks or grass Gobh. (cf. piñjula)

• n. (L.) id

• Curcuma Zerumbet

• yellow orpiment

⋙ piñjalaka

piñjaḍlaka mfn. See ut-piñjalaka, samut-p○

≫ piñjāna

piñjāna n. gold L

≫ piñjikā

piñjikā f. a roll of cotton from which threads are spun L

≫ piñjula

piñjula n. a bunch of stalks or grass (in darbha-piñjulai) MaitrS

⋙ jūla

jūla n. ○jūlil f. id. Br. GṛŚrS

⋙ jūlaka

jūlaka m. N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. upaskâdi

≫ piñjūṣa

piñjūṣa m. the wax of the ear L

≫ piñjeṭa

piñjeṭa n. the excretion or concrete rheum of the eyes L. (cf. piñjaṭa). [Page 625, Column 2]

⋙ piñjota

piñjota f. the rustling of leaves L

piṭ

piṭ cl. 1. P. peṭati, to sound, to assemble or heap together Dhātup. ix, 24

≫ piṭa

piṭa m. or n. a basket, box L

• a roof L

• a sort of cupboard or granary made of bamboos or canes W

≫ piṭaka

piṭaka mf(ā)n. (usually n.) a basket or box MBh. R

• &c. (ifc. ikā MānGṛ.)

• a granary W

• a collection of writings (cī. tri-p○)

• a boil, blister Car. (printed piṭhaka) Jātakam

• a kind of ornament on Indra's banner MBh. Var

• m. N. of a man (also piṭāka), g. śivâdi L

≫ piṭākyā

piṭâkyā f. a multitude of baskets, g. pāśâdi

piṭaṅkākī

piṭaṅkākī or piṭaṅkokī f. Cucumis Colocynthis L

piṭaṅkāśa

piṭaṅkāśa m. Silurus Pabda L

piṭṭaka

piṭṭaka n. the tartar or secretion of the teeth L. (cf. kiṭṭa, kiṭṭaka, pippikā)

piṭṭaya

piṭṭaya Nom. P. (fr. piṭṭa = piṣṭa?) ○yati, to stamp or press into a solid mass KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ piṭṭita

piṭṭita mfn. pressed flat L

piṭh

piṭh cl. 1. P. peṭhati, to inflict or feel pain Dhātup. ix, 54

≫ piṭha

piṭha m. pain, distress W

≫ piṭhaka

piṭhaka wṛ. for piṭaka

≫ piṭhana

piṭhana n. = anu-śāsana (?) Lalit

≫ piṭhara

piṭhara mf(ī)n. a pot, pan MBh. Var. &c

• m. an addition to a building shaped like a hollow vessel L

• a kind of hut or store-room W

• N. of a partic. Agni Hariv

• of a Dānava MBh. Hariv

• n. a churning stick L

• the √of Cyperus Rotundus L

⋙ piṭharapāka

○pāka m. the union of cause and effect (i.e. of atoms) by means of heat Sarvad

≫ piṭharaka

piṭharaka m. or n. (ikā f. Divyâv.) a pot, pan (cf. next)

• m. N. of a Nāga Hariv

⋙ piṭharakakapāla

○kapāla n. a fragment of a pot, potsherd Bhartṛ

piṭhīnas

píṭhīnas m. N. of a man RV. (cf. paiṭhīnasi)

piḍaka

piḍaka m. (and ā f.) a small boil, pimple, pustule Rājat. Suśr

⋙ piḍakāvat

piḍaḍkā-vat and ○kin mfn. having boils or pustules Suśr

piṇḍ

piṇḍ cl. r. Ā. 10.P. piṇḍate, ○ḍayati, to roll into a lump or ball, put together, join, unite, gather, assemble Dhātup. viii, 21

• xxxii, 110 (prob. Nom. fr. next)

≫ piṇḍa

píṇḍa m. (rarely n.) any round or roundish mass or heap, a ball, globe, knob, button, clod, lump, piece (cf. ayaḥ-., māṃsa- &c.) RV. (only i, 162, 19 and here applied to lumps of flesh) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c

• a roundish lump of food, a bite, morsel, mouthful

• (esp.) a ball of rice or flour &c. offered to the Pitṛis or deceased ancestors, a Śrāddha oblation (RTL. 293 ; 298-310) GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• food, daily bread, livelihood, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c

• any solid mass or material object, the body, bodily frame Ragh. Śaṃk. Vajracch

• the calf of the leg Mālatīm. v, 16

• the flower of a China rose L

• a portico or partic. part of a house L

• power, force, an army L

• m. (du.) the fleshy parts of the shoulder situated above the collar-bone MBh

• (du.) the two projections of an elephant's frontal sinus L

• the embryo in an early stage of gestation L

• a partic. kind of incense Var. ('myrrh' or 'olibanum' L.)

• meat, flesh L

• alms Mālatīm. (cf. -pāta below)

• Vangueriya Spinosa L

• quantity, collection L

• (in arithm.) sum, total amount

• (in astron.) a sine expressed in numbers

• (in music) a sound, tone

• N. of a man, g. naḍâdi

• n. (L.) iron

• steel

• fresh butter

• (ā), f. a kind of musk L

• (ī), f. See 1. piṇḍī

⋙ piṇḍakanda

○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant (= piṇḍâíu) L

⋙ piṇḍakaraṇa

○karaṇa n. = -nirvapaṇa, PSrGṛ

⋙ piṇḍakharjūra

○kharjūra m. (Kād.), ○rikā and ○rī f. (L.) a species of date tree

⋙ piṇḍagosa

○gosa m. gum myrrh W

⋙ piṇḍatarkaka

○tarkaka m. pl. 'inquirers for the Śrāddha oblation (?)', ancestors preceding, the great-grandfather (who eat the remnants of the oblation made to the Pitṛis) Gṛihyās. Baudh. (v. l. -tarkuka [also para-tarkaka or ○kuka], -takṣaka, -takṣuka, piṇḍa-tarkya, piṇḍidaka)

⋙ piṇḍatas

○tas ind. from a ball or lump MW

⋙ piṇḍatā

○tā f. condition of a body Mcar

⋙ piṇḍataila

○taila n. ○laka m. incense, olibanum L

⋙ piṇḍatva

○tva n. being a lump or ball, density, condensation (-tvam ā-√gam, to become thick or intense) Kathās

⋙ piṇḍada

○da mf(ā) ī. offering or qualified to offer oblations to deceased ancestors Yājñ. MBh

• m. the nearest male relation W. [Page 625, Column 3]

• a son Gal

• a patron or master Bhartṛ

• (ā), f. a mother MBh. (Nilak.) Cf. sa-piṇḍa

⋙ piṇḍadātṛ

○dātṛ mfn. = -da mfn. Yājñ. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ piṇḍadāna

○dāna n. the offering of balls of rice &c. (to deceased ancestors) Baudh. Sāh

• the offering of Śrāddha oblations on the evening of new moon Nir. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull

• -giving alms Kāv

⋙ piṇḍanidhāna

○nídhāna n. = -nirapaṇa, ApGr

⋙ piṇḍaniryukti

○niryukti f. N. of wk

⋙ piṇḍanirvapaṇa

○nirvapaṇa n. the oblation of balls of rice &c. to deceased ancestors Mn. iii, 248 ; 261

⋙ piṇḍanivṛtti

○nivṛtti f. cessation of relationship by the Śrāddha oblations (cf. -sambandha) Gaut

⋙ piṇḍapada

○pada n. a kind of arithmetical calculation Jyot

⋙ piṇḍapāta

○pāta m. giving alms

• -víā f. the hour for giving alms Mālatīm. iii, 0/1

• ○tika m. a receiver of alms Buddh

⋙ piṇḍapatra

○patra n. the vessel in which Śrāddha oblations are offered L

• an alms-dish Kāraṇḍ

• alms ib

⋙ piṇḍanirhāraka

○nirhāraka m. a class of attendants in a monastery Divyāv

⋙ piṇḍapāda

○pāda and m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L

⋙ piṇḍapādya

○pāḍdya m. 'thick-footed', an elephant L

⋙ piṇḍapitṛyajiña

○pítṛ-yajiña m. the oblation to deceased ancestors on the evening of new moon GṛŚrS

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ piṇḍapuṣya

○puṣya m. (L) Jonesia Asoka

• the China rose

• the pomegranate tree

• n. (L.) the flower of Jonesia soka

• of the China rose

• of Tibernaemonsana Coronaria

• of a lotus

⋙ piṇḍapuṣpaka

○puṣpaka m. Chenopodium Album L

⋙ piṇḍaprada

○prada mfn. = -da mfn. Kād

⋙ piṇḍaphala

○phala mfn. bearing (long) round fruits MBh

• (ā), f. a kind of bitter gourd Car

⋙ piṇḍabīja

○bīja m. Nerium Odorum L

⋙ piṇḍabījaka

○bījaka m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L

⋙ piṇḍabhañjanaśānti

○bhañjana-śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ piṇḍabhāj

○bhāj mfn. partaking of the Śrāddha oblation

• m. pl. deceased ancestors Śak

• -bhāk-tva n. Śaṃk

⋙ piṇḍabhṛti

○bhṛti f. means of subistence, livelihood R

⋙ piṇḍamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a lump of clay Mṛicch

⋙ piṇḍamātropajīvin

○mātrôpajīvin mfn. subsisting on a mere morsel Yājñ

⋙ piṇḍamusta

○mustá f. Cyperus Pertenuis L

⋙ piṇḍamūla

○mūla and n. Daucus Cirota L

⋙ piṇḍamūlaka

○mūḍlaka n. Daucus Cirota L

⋙ piṇḍayajña

○yajña m. oblation of balls of rice &c. to deceased ancestors Yājñ

⋙ piṇḍarohiṇika

○rohiṇika m. Flacourtia Sapida L

⋙ piṇḍalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n

⋙ piṇḍaśikṣā

○śikṣā f. N. of wks

⋙ piṇḍalepa

○lepa m. the particles or fragments of the Śrāddha oblations which cling to the hands (they are offered to the three ancestors preceding the great-grandfather) Kull. on Mn. v, 69 (cf. -tarkaka)

⋙ piṇḍalopa

○lopa m. a neglect or cessation of SṭŚrāddha oblations MW

⋙ piṇḍaviśuddhidīpikā

○viśuddhidīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ piṇḍaveṇu

○veṇu m. a species of bamboo L

⋙ piṇḍaśarkarā

○śarkarā f. sugar prepared from Yavanāla Gal

⋙ piṇḍaśīrṣa

○śīrṣa mfn. having a (long) round head MBh

⋙ piṇḍasambandha

○sambandha m. relationship qualifying a living individual to offer Śrāddha oblations to a dead person Gaut

• ○dhin mfn. qualified to receive the Śrāddha oṭoblations from a living person MārkP

⋙ piṇḍasektṛ

○sektṛ m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ piṇḍastha

○stha mfn. 'mingled in a lump', mixed together Var

⋙ piṇḍasveda

○sveda m. a hot poultice Car

⋙ piṇḍaharitāla

○haritāla n. a partic. kind of orpiment Bhpr

⋙ piṇḍākṣara

piṇḍâkṣara mfn. containing a conjunct consonant Vām

⋙ piṇḍāgra

piṇḍâgra n. a small morsel of a Piṇḍa Mn

⋙ piṇḍānvāhārya

piṇḍânvāhārya or n. a partic. Śrāddha ceremony in which meat is eaten aftet offering the balls of rice &c. Mn. iv, t 2 2 ; 123

⋙ piṇḍānvāhāryaka

piṇḍânvāhārḍyaka n. a partic. Śrāddha ceremony in which meat is eaten aftet offering the balls of rice &c. Mn. iv, t 2 2 ; 123

⋙ piṇḍābhra

piṇḍâbhra n. hail L

⋙ piṇḍāyasa

piṇḍâyasa n. steel L

⋙ piṇḍālaktaka

piṇḍâlaktaka m. a red dye Mālatīm

⋙ piṇḍālu

piṇḍâlu m. a species of Cocculus L

• Dioscorea Globosa L

• ○luka n. a kind of bulbous plant L

• ○lūka m. or n. a batatas L

⋙ piṇḍāśa

piṇḍâśa

⋙ piṇḍāśaka

piṇḍâḍśaka and m. 'eating morsels', a beggar L

⋙ piṇḍāśin

piṇḍâḍśin m. 'eating morsels', a beggar L

⋙ piṇḍāśma

piṇḍâśma m. Pāṇ. 5-4, 94 Kāś

⋙ piṇḍāhvā

piṇḍâhvā f. the resin of Gardenia Gummifera L

⋙ piṇḍodakakriyā

piṇḍôdaka-kriyā f. the ceremony of offering balls of rice &c. and water MW

⋙ piṇḍoddharaṇa

piṇḍôddharaṇa n. participating in Śrāddha offerings, presenting them to common ancestors W

⋙ piṇḍopajīvin

piṇḍôpajīvin mfn. living on morsels offered by another, nourished by another Mcar

⋙ piṇḍopaniṣad

piṇḍôpaniṣad f. N. of an UP

≫ piṇḍaka

piṇḍaka m. n. a lump, ball, knob Hariv. Suśr

• a fragment, morsel L

• a round protuberance (esp. on an elephant's temples) MBh

• the ball of rice &c. offered at Śrāddhas (cf. tri-p○)

• m. a species of bulbous plant ( = piṇḍâlu) L

• Daucus Carota L

• incense, myrrh L

• a sine expressed in numbers Sūryas

• a Piśāca L

• (ikā), f. a globular fleshy swelling(in the shoulders, arms, legs, &c

• esp. the calf of the leg) Vishṇ. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• a base or pedestal for the image of a deity or for a Liṅga Var. Kād. AgP

• a bench for lying on Car

• the nave of a wheel L

• a species of musk L

≫ piṇḍana

piṇḍana n. forming globules or round masses BhP

• forming balls of rice &c. for a Śrāddha (?) Cat

• m. a mound or bank W. (cf. piṇḍala). [Page 626, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ piṇḍaya

piṇḍaya

⋙ piṇḍayati

piṇḍaḍyati See √piṇḍ

≫ piṇḍaraka

piṇḍaraka m. or n. a bridge MW. (cf. next)

≫ piṇḍala

piṇḍala m. a bridge, causeway

• a passage over a stream or a raised path across inundated fields L. (cf. piṇḍana, piṇḍila)

≫ piṇḍaśa

piṇḍaśa m. a beggar, mendicant living on alms (cf. piṇḍâśa under piṇḍa)

≫ piṇḍāta

piṇḍāta m. incense L

≫ piṇḍāra

piṇḍāra m. a beggar, religious mendicant L

• a buffalo-herdsman or cowherd L

• Trewia Nudiflora Var

• an expression of censure L

• N. of a Nāga MBh

• n. a kind of vegetable Bhpr

⋙ piṇḍāraka

piṇḍāḍraka m. N. of a Nāga MBh

• of a Vṛishṇi MBh

• of a son of Vasu-deva and Rohinī Hariv

• n. N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh. Hariv. Pur

≫ piṇḍi

piṇḍi f. the nave of a wheel L. (cf. piṇḍī, ○ḍikā)

⋙ piṇḍitailika

○tailika m. incense Gal. (cf. piṇḍatailaka)

⋙ piṇḍipāla

○pāla wṛ. for bhinadipāla

≫ piṇḍika

piṇḍika n. the penis LiṅgaP

• (ā), f. See piṇḍaka

≫ piṇḍita

piṇḍita mfn. rolled into a ball or lump, thick, massy, densified MBh. Kāv. &c

• mixed, mingled with (comp.) Var

• heaped, collected, united, added MBh. R

• (ifc. after a numeral) repeated, counted, numbered Var

• multiplied L

⋙ piṇḍitadruma

○druma mfn. full of trees R

⋙ piṇḍitamūlya

○mūlya n. a payment in a lump sum Divyâv

⋙ piṇḍitasneha

○sneha mfn. containing a thick fatty substance (as the brain) Kull. on Mn. v, 133

⋙ piṇḍitārtha

piṇḍitârtha m. the condensed i.e. abridged meaning, the chief point or matter Mālav. i, 16

≫ piṇḍin

piṇḍin mfn. possessing or receiving the Śrāddha oblations L

• m. an offerer of balls of rice &c. to the Pitṛis L

• a beggar L

• a male creature (lit. 'having a body'), JaimBh1r

• Vangueria Spinosa Bhpr

• (inī), f. N. of an Apsaras VP

≫ piṇḍila

piṇḍila (only L.), mfn. having large calves

• skilled in calculations

• m. a skilful arithmetician, an astrologer or astronomer

• a bridge, causeway, mound

• (ā), f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus

≫ piṇḍī 1

piṇḍī f. (g. gaurâdi) a ball, lump, lump of food ĀpŚr

• a pill L

• the nave of a wheel L

• a kind of tree Daś. (Tabernaemontina Coronaria or a species of date tree L.)

• Cucurbita Lagenaria L

• performance of certain gesticulations accompanying the silent repetition of prayers &c. in meditation on real or divine knowledge W

• N. of a woman, g. kurv-ādi

⋙ piṇḍīkhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. or n. a small wood of Tabernaemontana Coronaria trees (or 'of Aśoka trees' W.) Daś

⋙ piṇḍījaṅgha

○jaṅgha m. N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙ piṇḍītagara

○tagara or m. a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙ piṇḍītagaraka

○tagaḍraka m. a species of Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙ piṇḍītaru

○taru m. a thorny Gardenia L

⋙ piṇḍīpuṣpa

○puṣpa m. Jonesia Asoka L

⋙ piṇḍīlepa

○lepa m. a kind of unguent

⋙ piṇḍīśūra

○śūra m. 'cake-hero', a cowardly boaster, poltroon L

≫ piṇḍī 2

piṇḍī ind. in comp. for piṇḍa

⋙ piṇḍīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. making into a lump or ball Kull. on Mn. i, 18

⋙ piṇḍīkṛ

○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to make into a lump or ball, press together, join, unite, concentrate MBh. &c

• to identify with (raha) Śaṃk

⋙ piṇḍīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. made into a lump or bṭball, heaped, collected, joined, united MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ piṇḍībhāva

○bhāva m. the being rolled together in to a ball Tarkas

⋙ piṇḍībhū

○√bhū to be made into a lump or ball, to become a solid body L

⋙ piṇḍībhūta

○bhūta mfn. lumped, heaped, joined, united VPrāt

≫ piṇḍītaka

piṇḍītaka m. Vangtieria Spinosa (n. the fruit) Bhpr

• Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

• a species of basil L

≫ piṇḍīra

piṇḍīra mfn. sapless, arid, dry L

• m. the pomegranate tree Hariv

• = hiṇḍīra L

≫ piṇḍola

piṇḍola m. N. of a man Buddh

≫ piṇḍoli

piṇḍoli and f. leavings of a meal L

⋙ piṇḍolikā

piṇḍoḍlikā f. leavings of a meal L

piṇḍipāla

piṇḍipāla wṛ. for bhindipāla, q.v

piṇyā

piṇyā f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L

≫ piṇyāka

piṇyāka mṇ. oil-cake Mn. Āpast. MBh. &c

• Asa Foetida L

• incense L

• saffron L

• (ā), f. a species of plant L

pit

pit See 1. 2. a-pit

pitarisūra

pitari-sūra pitā-putra &c. See under pitri

pitu

pitú m. once n. (√pī, pyai) juice, drink, nourishment, food RV. AV. TS. VS. AitBr. (cf. Naigh. ii, 7.)

⋙ pitukṛt

○kṛ́t mfn. providing food RV

⋙ pitubhāj

○bhā́j mfn. enjoying food ib

⋙ pitubhṛt

○bhṛt mfn. bringing food ib

⋙ pitumat

○mát mfn. abounding in or accompanied by meat and drink, nourishing RV. AitBr. TBr. [Page 626, Column 2]

⋙ pituṣaṇi

○ṣáṇi (ṣ for s), mfn. bestowing food RV

⋙ pitustoma

○stoma m. 'praise of food', N. of RV. i, 187

≫ pitūya

pitūya Nom. P. ○yati (only p. gen. ○yatás), to desire food RV

pituḥputra

pituḥ-putra &c. See under pitṛ

pitṛ

pitṛ́ in. (irreg. acc. pl. pitaras MBh

• gen. pl. pitriṇām BhP.) a father RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of Bṛihas-pati, Varuṇa, Prajā-pati, and esp. of heaven or the sky

• antarā pitaraṃ mātaraṃ ca, 'between heaven and earth' RV. x, 88, 15)

• m. du. (○tarau) father and mother, parents RV. &c. &c. (in the Veda N. of the Araṇis q.v. and of heaven and earth)

• pl. (○taras) the fathers, forefathers, ancestors, (esp.) the Pitṛis or deceased ancestors (they are of 2 classes, viz. the deceased father, grandfathers and great-grandfathers of any partic. person, and the progenitors of mankind generally

• in honour of both these classes rites called Srāddhas are performed and oblations called Piṇḍas q.v. are presented

• they inhabit a peculiar region, which, according to some, is the Bhuvas ar region of the air, according to others, the orbit of the moon, and are considered as the regents of the Nakshatras Maghā and Mūla

• RTL. 10 &c.) RV. &c. &c

• a father and his brothers, father and uncles, paternal ancestors Mn. ii, 151 &c. R. Kathās

• a partic. child's-demon Suśr. [Origin fr. √3 pā very doubtful ; Zd. pita

• Gk. ? ; Lat. pater, ñup-piter ; Goth. [626, 2] fadar ; Germ. Vater ; Eng. father.]

⋙ pitṛkarman

○karman n. a rite. performed in honour of the Pitris, obsequial rites, ŚankhŚr. Mn

⋙ pitṛkalpa

○kalpa m. precepts relating to rites in honour of the Pitris Hariv

• N. of a partic. Kalpa (s.v.), Brahmā's day of new moon L

⋙ pitṛkāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛkānana

○kānana n. 'ancestor-grove', place frequented by the Pitris, place of the departed R. Kathās

⋙ pitṛkārya

○kārya n. = -karman Mn. MBh. &c.,

⋙ pitṛkilbiṣa

○kilbiṣá n. an offence committed against the Pitris ŚBr

⋙ pitṛkulyā

○kulyā f. 'rivulet of the PṭPitris', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains MārkP

⋙ pitṛkṛta

○kṛta (○tṛ́-), mfn. done against or by a father AV

• committed against the Pitris VS

⋙ pitṛkṛtya

○kṛtya n. (Hariv.),

⋙ pitṛkriyā

○kriyā f. (Ragh.) = -karman

⋙ pitṛgaṇa

○gaṇa m. a group or class of PṭPitris Mn. iii, 194

• (ā), f. N. of Durgā(?) L

⋙ pitṛgāthā

○gāthā f. pl., songs of the PṭPitris', N. of partic. songs MārkP

⋙ pitṛgāmin

○gāmin mfn. belonging or pertaining to a father W

⋙ pitṛgīta

○gīta n. pl. = -gāthā VP. Sch

• ○tā-kathana n. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛgṛha

○gṛha n. house of the fathers, place of the dead L

⋙ pitṛgraha

○graha m. 'Pitri-demon', a partic. demon causing diseases MBh

⋙ pitṛgrāma

○grāma m. 'Pitṛi village', place of the dead L

⋙ pitṛghātaka

○ghātaka (Kathās.),

⋙ pitṛghātin

○ghātin (Rājat.),

⋙ pitṛghna

○ghna (RāmatUp.), m. a parricide

⋙ pitṛceṭa

○ceṭa (?), m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙ pitṛtama

○tama (○tṛ́-tama), m. (with pitṝṇām) the most fatherly of fathers RV. iv, 17, 17

⋙ pitṛtarpaṇa

○tarpaṇa n. the refreshing of the PṭPitris (with water thrown from the right hand), offering water &c. to deccased ancestors Mn. ii, 171 &c. (cf. RTL. 394, 1 ; 410)

• the part of the hand between the thumb and forefinger (sacred to the Pitris) L

• sesamum L

⋙ pitṛtas

○tas ind. from the father, on the fṭfather side ĀśvGṛ

⋙ pitṛtithi

○tithi f. the day of newmoon (sacred to the Pitris) L

⋙ pitṛtīrtha

○tīrtha n. 'Tirtha (s.v.) of the PṭPitris', N. of the place called Gayā L

• apartic. part of the hand (= -tarpaṇa), KatyŚr. Sch

⋙ pitṛmāhāsmya

○mâhāsmya n. N. of ch. of SivaP

⋙ pitṛtva

○tva n. fatherhood, paternity

• the state or condition of a Pitṛi or deified progenitor MBh. R. &c

⋙ pitṛdatta

○datta mfn. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property) MW

• N. of a man (-ka, endearing form

• cf. pitṛka) Pāṇ. 5-3, 83 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pitṛdayitā

○dayitā f. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛdāna

○dāna or n. an oblation to the PṭPitris L

⋙ pitṛdānaka

○dāḍnaka n. an oblation to the PṭPitris L

⋙ pitṛdāya

○dāya m. property inherited from a father, patrimony R

⋙ pitṛdina

○dina n. the day of new moon (cf. -tithi) A

⋙ pitṛdeva

○deva m.pl. the Pitris and the gods Mn. iii, 18

• a partic. class of divine beings R. (= kavyavāhanâdayaḥ Sch.)

• mfn. worshipping a father TĀr

• connected with the Pitris and the gods BhP

⋙ pitṛdevata

○devata mf(ā)n. having the PṭPitris for deities, sacred to them, AIśvGṛ

• (ā), f. pl. the Pitris and the gods R

⋙ pitṛdevatya

○devatyá mfn. = prec. mfn. TS. Br. Kauś

• n. = daivatya Pāṇ. 5-3, 45 Vārtt.9 Pat

⋙ pitṛdaivata

○daivata mf(ī)n. relating to the worship of the Pitris, ŚāṅkhGr. R

• n. N. of the 10th lunar mansion Maghā (presided over by the Pitris) Var

• = next R

⋙ pitṛdaivatya

○daivatya n. a sacrifice offered to the Pitris on the day called Ashṭakā R

⋙ pitṛdravya

○dravya n. 'father's substance', patrimony Yājñ. n. 118

⋙ pitṛdrohin

○drohin mfn. plotting against one's father Daś

⋙ pitṛnāman

○nāman mfn. called after a fṭfather's name MW. [Page 626, Column 3]

⋙ pitṛpakṣa

○pakṣa m. the half month of the PṭPitris, N. of the dark half in the Gauṇa Āśvina (particularly dedicated to the performance of the Śrāddha ceremonies) RTL. 388

• the paternal side or party or relationship MBh

• pl. the fathers or ancestors Hariv

• mfn. being on the father's side Kull. on Mn. ii, 32

⋙ pitṛpaṅktvidhāna

○paṅkt-vidhāna n. conferring the rights of a Sa-piṇḍa (s.v.) Gal

⋙ pitṛpati

○pati m. 'lord of the Pitris', N. of Yama MārkP

• pl. the Pitris and the Prajā-patis BhP

⋙ pitṛpada

○pada n. the world or state of the PṭPitris W

⋙ pitṛpaddhati

○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛpāṇa

○pāṇa W. r. for -yāṇa

⋙ pitṛpātra

○pātra n. a cup os vessel used at Śrāddha rites W

⋙ pitṛpitṛ

○pitṛ m. a father's father L

⋙ pitṛpīta

○pīta (pitṛ.), mfn. drunk by the PṭPitris TS. TBr

⋙ pitṛpūjana

○pūjana n. worship of the PṭPitris Mn. iii, 262

⋙ pitṛpaitāmaha

○paitāmaha mf(ī)n. inherited or derived from father and grandfather, ancestral (with nāman n. the names of father and grand father) MBh. R. &c

• m.pl. (and ibc.) father and grand father, ancestors ib. (mostly m. c. for -pitāmaha)

⋙ pitṛpaitāmahika

○paitāmahika mfn. = prec. mfn., Pañc'

⋙ pitṛprasū

○prasū f. a father's mother W

• 'mother of the Pitris', twilight (the time when the Pitris are abroad) L

⋙ pitṛprāpta

○prâpta mfn. received from a fṭfather, inherited patrimonially W

⋙ pitṛpriya

○priya m. 'dear to the Pitris', Eclipta Prostrata L

⋙ pitṛbandhu

○bandhu m. a kinsman by the fṭfather's side L

• (ú), n. relationship by the father's side AV

⋙ pitṛbāndhava

○bāndhava m. = prec. m. L

⋙ pitṛbhakta

○bhakta mfn. devoted to a fṭfather A

⋙ pitṛbhakti

○bhakti f. filial duty to a fṭfather W

• N. of wk

• -taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛbhūti

○bhūti m. N. of Sch. on KātyŚr

⋙ pitṛbhogiṇa

○bhogiṇa mfn. (fr. -bhoga) Pāṇ. 5-1, 9 Sch

⋙ pitṛbhojana

○bhojana n. a father's food W

• m. Phaseolus Radiatus T

⋙ pitṛbhrātṛ

○bhrātṛ m. a father's brother W

⋙ pitṛmat

○mát (AV. pitṛ-mat), mfn. having a father MBh. R. &c

• having an illustrious father VS. ŚBr

• accompanied by or connected with the Pitris AV. VS. &c

• mentioning the Pitris (as a hymn) AitBr

⋙ pitṛmandira

○mandira n. = gṛha MārkP. W

pitṛmātṛguruśuśrūṣādhyānavat3pitṛ́--mātṛ-guru-śuśrūṣā-dhyānavat mfn. only intent on obeying father and mother and teacher SaṃhUp

⋙ pitṛmātṛmaya

○mātṛ-maya mf(ī)n. one who thinks only of father and mother Subh

⋙ pitṛmātṛhina

○mātṛ-hina mfn. destitute of fṭfather and mother, orphan MW

⋙ pitṛmātrartha

○mātrartha mfn. one who begs for his father and mother Mn. xi, 1

⋙ pitṛmedha

○medha m. oblation made to the PṭPitris ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of wk

• -sāra m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

⋙ pitṛyajña

○yajñá m.= -medha RV. &c. &c

⋙ pitṛyāṇa

○yā́ṇa (Ved.) and mfn. trodden by or leading to the Pitris (path) RV. AV. ChUp

⋙ pitṛyāna

○yāna mfn. trodden by or leading to the Pitris (path) RV. AV. ChUp

• m. (with or scil. pathin) the path leading to the PṭPitris RV. AV. MBh. &c

• n. (-yāna), id. BhP

• the vehicle of the Pitris, a car to convey virtuous persons after their decease to heaven W

⋙ pitṛrāj

○rāj

⋙ pitṛrāja

○rāja or m. 'king of the Pitris', N. of Yama MBh

⋙ pitṛraljan

○raljan m. 'king of the Pitris', N. of Yama MBh

⋙ pitṛrūpa

○rūpa mfn. appearing in the shape of an ancestor, ApSr

• m. N. of a Rudra MBh

⋙ pitṛliṅga

○liṅga m. (scil., mantra) a verse or formula addressed to the Pitris L

⋙ pitṛloka

○loká m. a father's house AV. xiv, 2, 52

• the world or sphere of the Pitris AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 28)

⋙ pitṛvaṃśa

○vaṃśa m. the paternal family GṛS

• ○sya mfn. belonging to it Kāv. = -1

⋙ pitṛvat

○vat mfn. having a father living W. -2

⋙ pitṛvat

○vát ind. like a father Mn. vii, 80

• like the Pitris, as if for the Pitris &c. RV. GṛŚrS

⋙ pitṛvadha

○vadha n. murder of a father, parricide RāmatUp

⋙ pitṛvana

○vana n. = -kānana MBh. Kāv. &c

• ○ne-cara m. 'haunting the groves of the dead', N. of Śiva W

• a demon, goblin, Vetāla &c. L

⋙ pitṛvartin

○vartin m. 'staying with ancestors', N. of king Brahma-datta Hariv

⋙ pitṛvasati

○vasati f. 'abode of Pitris', place of the dead L

⋙ pitṛvākpara

○vāk-para mfn. obedient to (the voice of) parents W

⋙ pitṛvitta

○vittá mfn. acquired by ancestors RV

• n. patrimony Var

⋙ pitṛveśman

○veśman n. a father's house Pañc

⋙ pitṛvrata

○vrata m. a worshipper of the PṭPitris Bhag

• n. worship of the Pitris W

⋙ pitṛśarman

○śarman m. N. of a Dānava Kathās

⋙ pitṛśravaṇa

○śrávaṇa mfn. bringing honour to a father RV

⋙ pitṛśrāddha

○śrāddha n. N. of the rites in which the Pitris are worshipped W

⋙ pitṛṣad

○ṣád mfn. living unmarried with a fṭfather RV

• 'dwelling with the Pitris', N. of Rudra PārGṛ

⋙ pitṛṣadana

○ṣádana mfn. inhabited by the PṭPitris AV. VS

⋙ pitṛṣvasṛ

○ṣvasṛ f. a father's sister MBh

• ○sāmātula (ibc.), paternal aunt and maternal uncle ib

• ○srīya m. a father's sister's son ib

⋙ pitṛsaṃyukta

○saṃyukta mfn. connected with (the worship of) the Pitris ĀpGṛ

⋙ pitṛsaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ pitṛsadman

○sadman n. = -vasati MBh

⋙ pitṛsaṃnibha

○saṃnibha mfn. like a father, fatherly L

⋙ pitṛsāmānya

○sāmānya n. the Pitris collectively W

⋙ pitṛsū

○sū f. = -prasū L

⋙ pitṛsūkta

○sū7kta n. N. of a Vedic hymn Cat

⋙ pitṛsthāna

○sthāna m. one who takes the place of a father', a guardian (also ○nīya) W

• the sphere of the Pitris ib

⋙ pitṛsvasṛ

○svasṛ

⋙ pitṛsvasrīya

○svasrīya incorrect for -ṣvasṛ, ○rīya

⋙ pitṛhatyā

○hatyā f. = -vadha MW

⋙ pitṛhan

○han m. a parricide AV.Paipp. [Page 627, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pitṛhū

○hū mfn. invoking the Pitris

• f. (sc. dvār) N. of the southern aperture of the human body i.e. the right ear BhP. (cf. deva-hū)

⋙ pitṛhūya

○hū́ya n. invoking or summoning the Pitṛis ŚBr

≫ pitari

pitari loc. of pitṛ in comp

⋙ pitariśūra

○śūra m. 'a hero against his father', a cowardly boaster, g. pātre-samitâdi

≫ pitā

pitā nom. of pitṛ in comp

⋙ pitāputra

○putrá m. du. father and son AV. &c. &c

• pl. father and sons MaitrS

• -virodha, ni. a contest between father and sons Yājñ

• -samāgama m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra ○trīya mfn. relating to father and sons (with sampradāna n. transmission of bodily capacities and powers from father to sṭsons) L

• containing the words pitṛ and putra Anup

⋙ pitāmaha

○mahá m. a paternal grandfather AV.&c. &c

• N. of Brahmā Mn. MBh. &c

• of sev. authors Cat

• pl. the Piṭris or ancestors Yājñ. MBh

• (ī), f. a paternal grandmother MBh. Kathās. Pur

• -saṃhitā f. N. of wk

• -saras n. N. of a place of pilgrimage (also ○hasya saraḥ) MBh

• -smṛti f. N. of wk

⋙ pitāsumatisaṃvāda

○sumati-saṃvāda m. N. of ch. of Brahmavp

≫ pituḥ

pituḥ gen. of pitṛ in comp

⋙ pituḥputra

○putra m. the father's son Pāṇ. 6-3, 23 Sch

⋙ pituḥṣvasṛ

○ṣvasṛ or father's the fṭfathers's sister Pāṇ. 6-3, 24 ; viii, 3, 85

⋙ pituḥsvasṛ

○svasṛ father's the fṭfathers's sister Pāṇ. 6-3, 24 ; viii, 3, 85

≫ pitṛka

pitṛka ifc. (f. ā) = pitṛ, father (cf. jīva-, aneka-, sa.)

• endearing dimin. for pitṛ-datta, q.v

≫ pitṛvya

pitṛvya m. a father's brother, paternal uncle Mn. MBh. &c. (also -ka HPariś.)

• any elderly male relation Pañc. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. patrūs.]

⋙ pitṛvyaghātin

○ghātin m. the murderer of his father's brother Pāṇ. 3-2, 86 Sch

⋙ pitṛvyaputra

○putra m. a father's brother's son, cousin Mālav

≫ pitr

pitr in comp. for piṭṛ before vowels

⋙ pitrarjita

○arjita mfn. acquired by or derived from a father (as property) MW

⋙ pitrartham

○artham ind. for a father's sake ib

⋙ pitrādyanta

○ādy-anta mfn. beginning and ending with (a rite to) the Pitṛis (as a Śrāddha), Mī. iii, 205

≫ pitrya

pitrya mf(ā)n. derived from or relating to a father, paternal, patrimonial, ancestral RV. &c. &c

• relating or consecrated to the Pitṛis Mn. MBh. &c. (with tīrtha n. = pitṛ-t○ Mn. ii, 59

• with diś f. the south ŚāṅkhGṛ

• with pra-diś id. RV.)

• m. the eldest brother (who takes the place of a father) L

• the month Māgha L

• the ritual for oblations to the Pitṛis ChUp. Sch

• Phaseolus Radiatus L

• (ā), f. pl. the Nakshatra called Maghā (presided over by the Pitṛis) L

• the day of full moon and the worship of the Pitṛis on that day L

• n. the nature or character of a father R

• (with or sc: karman) worship of the Pitṛis, obsequal ceremony ŚBr. Mn &c

• the Nakshatra Mighā Var

• honey L

• = pitṛ-tīrtha (cf. above) W

⋙ pitryapitryāvat

○pitryā-vat mfn. (prob.) possessing property inherited from a father R

⋙ pitryupavīta

pitryupavīta n. (for ○yâp○) investiture with the thread sacred to the Pitṛis GopBr. Vait

• ○tin

• mfn. invested with it Vait

pitta

pittá n. (etym. unknown) bile, the bilious humour (one of the three humours [cf. kapha and vāyu] or that secreted between the stomach and bowels and flowing through the liver and permeating spleen, heart, eyes, and skin

• its chief quality is heat) AV. &c. &c

⋙ pittakuṣṭha

○kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Gal

⋙ pittakośa

○kośa (or ○ṣa), m. the gall-bladder MW

⋙ pittakṣobha

○kṣobha m. excess and disturbance of the bilious humour ib

⋙ pittagadin

○gadin mfn. suffering from bṭbilious complaints, bilious Suśr

⋙ pittagulma

○gulma m. a swelling of the abdomen caused by (excess of) bile ib

⋙ pittaghna

○ghna mfn. 'bile-destroying', antibilious

• n. an antidote to bilious complaints Suśr. (cf. -han)

⋙ pittajvara

○jvara and m. a bilious fever L

⋙ pittadāha

○dāha m. a bilious fever L

⋙ pittadrāvin

○drāvin m. 'biledispersing', the sweet citron L

⋙ pittadhara

○dhara mfn. containing bilious, bilious Suśr

⋙ pittanibarhaṇa

○nibarhaṇa mfn. destroying bṭbilious MW

⋙ pittaprakṛti

○prakṛti mfn. being of a bṭbilious temperament Var

⋙ pittaprakopa

○prakopa m. excess and vitiation of the bilious humour MW

⋙ pittarakta

○rakta n. plethora L. (cf. rakta-pitta)

⋙ pittarogin

○rogin mfn. = -gadin Suśr

⋙ pittavat

○vat mfn. having bilious, bilious L

⋙ pittavāyu

○vāyu m. flatulence arising from excess and vitiation of the bilious humour MW

⋙ pittavidagdha

○vidagdha mfn. burnt or impaired by bile (as sight) Suśr

⋙ pittavināśana

○vināśana and mfn. 'bṭbilious-destroying', antibilious ib

⋙ pittaśamana

○śamana mfn. 'bṭbilious-destroying', antibilious ib

⋙ pittaśoṇita

○śoṇita n. = -rakta L

⋙ pittaśopha

○śopha m. a swelling caused by (excess of) bilious Suśr

⋙ pittaśleṣmala

○śleṣmala mfn. producing bile and phlegm Car

⋙ pittasāraka

○sāraka m. Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pittasthāna

○sthāna n. = -kośa GarbhUp

⋙ pittasyanda

○syanda m. a bilious form of ophthalmia Suśr

⋙ pittahan

○han mf(ghnī) n. bile-destroying ib

• (ghnī), f. Cocculus Cordifolius L. (cf. -ghna)

⋙ pittahara

○hara mf(ī)n. bilious removing, antibilious Suśr

⋙ pittātīsāra

pittâtīsāra m. a bilious form of dysentery [Page 627, Column 2]

• ○rin mfn. suffering from it ib

⋙ pittāntakarasa

pittânta-karasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙ pittābhiṣyanda

pittâbhiṣyanda m. = pittasyanda Suśr

⋙ pittāri

pittâri m. bile-enemy', anything antibilious, N. of sev. plants and vegetable substances (e.g. parpaṭa, takṣā &c.) L

⋙ pittāsra

pittâsra n. = pitta-rakta L

⋙ pittodara

pittôdara n. = pitta-gulma Bhpr

• ○rin mfn. suffering from a bilious swelling of the abdomen Suśr

⋙ pittopasṛṣṭa

pittôpasṛṣṭa mfn. suffering from bile Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pittopahata

pittôpahata mfn. = pittavidagdha Suśr

≫ pittala

pittala mf(ā)n. bilious, secreting bile Suśr. (g. sidhmâdi)

• (ā) f. Jussiaea Repens L

• (ī), f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L

• n. brass, bell-metal L

• Betula Bhojpatra (its bark is used for writing upon

• cf. bhūrja-pattra) L

pittha

pittha and pitthaka m. N. of a man Rājat

pitsat

pitsat mf(antī)n. (√pat Desid.) being about to fly or fall &c

• m. a bird L

≫ pitsala

pitsala n. a road, path, way L

≫ pitsu

pitsu mfn. being about to fly or fall L

≫ pipatiṣat

pipatiṣat = pitsat L

⋙ pipatiṣā

pipatiḍṣā f. wish to come down or fall W

⋙ pipatiṣu

pipatiḍṣu = pitsat L

pitsaru

pitsaru See soma-p○

pithaya

pithaya ○yati, to shut (a door) Lalit

⋙ pithita

pithita mfn. shut, covered ib. (Prob. connected with pi-dhā.)

pidāku

pidāku m. prob. wṛ. for pṛ́dāku MaitrS

pidṛbh

pi-dṛbh for api- √dṛbh √(only. -dṛhmas), to adhere firmly to or hope in (acc.) ŚāṅkhBr

pidva

pidvá m. a species of animal VS

pidhā

pi-dhā = api-√dhā √(q.v.)

≫ pidadhat

pi-dadhat mfn. covering, veiling, hiding W

≫ pidhātavya

pi-dhātavya mfn. to be covered or shut or closed Mn. ii, 200

⋙ pidhāna

pi-ḍdhāna n. (m., g. ardharcâdi) covering, stopping, shutting, closing Mālav. Sāh

• a cover, lid, sheath &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (-vat mfn. covered with a lid Rājat.)

• a partic. process to which quicksilver is subjected Sarvad

• (ī), f. a cover, lid L

⋙ pidhānaka

pi-ḍdhānaka n. a cover, sheath ( khaḍga-pidh○)

• (ikā), f. a cover, lid L

⋙ pidhāya

pi-ḍdhāya ind. having covered Amar

⋙ pidhāyaka

pi-ḍdhāyaka mf(ikā)n. covering, hiding, concealing (-tā f.), Vedântas

⋙ pidhāyin

pi-ḍdhāyin mfn. id. Dharmaśarm

⋙ pidhitsu

pi-ḍdhitsu mfn. wishing to cover conceal Naish

≫ pihita

pi-hita mfn. shut, hidden, concealed, covered or filled with (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. a partic. figure of speech which consists in insinuating to a person that one knows his secrets Kuval

⋙ pihiti

pi-ḍhiti f. covering, stopping TāṇḍBr

pinasa

pinasa vḷ. for pīnasa

pinah

pi-nah = api-√nah √(q.v.)

≫ pinaddha

pi-naddha mfn. tied or put on, fastened, wrapped, covered, dressed, armed MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pinaddbaka

pi-ḍnaddbaka mf(ikā)n. dressed, clothed, covered Hariv. 11164 (m. ornament Nīlak.)

≫ pinahya

pi-nahya ind. having put on or dressed MBh

pināka

pínāka m. n. a staff or bow, (esp.) the staff or bow of Rudra-Śiva AV. VS. TS. MBh. &c

• Śiva's trident or three-pronged spear (= śūla and tri-śūla) L

• falling dust L

• (ī), f. (in music) a kind of stringed instrument

• n. a species of talc Bhpr. (Perhaps fr. pi-api-√nam

• cf. nāka.)

⋙ pinākagoptṛ

○goptṛ m. 'preserver of Pināka', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ pinākadhṛk

○dhṛk m. bearer of Pināka', id' ib

⋙ pinākapāṇi

○pāṇi m. 'Pināka in hand', id. Kum. Sch

⋙ pinākabhṛt

○bhṛt m.= -dhṛk L

⋙ pinākasena

○sena m. 'armed with Pināka', N. of Skanda AV. Paris

⋙ pinākahasta

○hasta (pin○), m. = = -pāṇi, N. of Rudra TS

⋙ pinākāvasa

pínākâvasa m. N. of Rudra ('concealing Pināka', Mahtdh.) VS

≫ pināki 1

pināki m. (only acc. ○kim) = pinākin, N. of Śiva MBh

≫ pināki 2

pināki in comp. for ○kin

⋙ pinākidiś

○diś f. 'Śiva's quarter', the north-east Var

≫ pinākin

pinākin m. 'armed with the bow or spear Pināka', N. of Rudra-Śiva MBh. Hariv. R

• of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. Hār

• (inī), f. N. of 2 fivers L

• ○nī-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BrahmâṇḍaP

pinī

pi-nī √P. -nayati, to put into (acc.), introduce ĀpGṛ. [Page 627, Column 3]

pinyāsa

pi-nyāsa m. (√2, as with pi-ni) Asa Foetida L. (cf. piṇyāka)

pinv

pinv cl. 1.P. (Dhātup. xv, 79) pínvati (p. pínvat RV

• pinvát AV

• pf. pipinva RV

• Ā. 3. pl. pinviré

• p. pinvāná ib

• aor. apinviit Gr

• fut. pinviṣyati, ○vitā ib.), to cause to swell, distend

• to cause to overflow or abound RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS

• Ā. pínvate, to swell, be distended, abound, overflow ib. (also Ā. -P. and in ŚBr. P. for Ā.): Caus. pinváyati = P. pinvati ŚBr

≫ pinva

pinva mfn. causing to swell or flow ( See dānu-p○)

≫ pinvana

pínvana n. a partic. vessel used in religious ceremonies ŚBr. KātyŚr

≫ pinvantyapīyā

pinvantyapīyā f. (sc. ṛc) N. of RV. i, 64, 6 (beginning pinvaty apo)

≫ pinvamāna

pinvamāna and mfn. swollen, swelling, full ŚBr

⋙ pinvita

pínvita mfn. swollen, swelling, full ŚBr

pipakṣ

pipakṣ mfn. (fr-. √2. pac Desid.) Vop

pipaṭhiṣ

pipaṭhiṣ mfn. (fr. √paṭh Desid.) ib

pipatiṣat

pipatiṣat ○ṣā, ○ṣu, See pitsat

pipaviṣu

pipaviṣu mfn. (fr. √1. pū Desid.) wishing to purify W

pipāṭhaka

pipāṭhaka m. N. of a mountain MārkP

pipāsat

pipāsat mf(antī)n. (fr. √1. pā Desid.) wishing to drink, thirsty Śak

⋙ pipāsā

pipāḍsā́ f. thirst ŚBr. &c. &c

• -vat mfn. thirsty Vedântas

⋙ pipāsāla

pipāḍsāla mfn. always thirsty Car

⋙ pipāsita

pipāḍsita (MBh. Daś),

⋙ pipāsin

pipāḍsin (MW.),

⋙ pipāsu

pipāḍsu (MBh. R.), thirsty, athirst

pipilī

pipilī f. = pipīlī

• an ant L

pipiṣvat

pipiṣvat (fr. √pi = pī, pyā), swollen, overfull, abundant RV

pipītaka

pipītaka m. N. of a Brābman who was the first to perform a partic. ceremony in honour of Vishṇu on the day called after him ( See f.)

• (ī). f. the 12th day of the light half of the month Vaiśākhā BhavP

⋙ pipītakadvādaśīvrata

○dvādaśī-vrata n. N. of wk

pipīla

pipīlá m. (√pīḍ?) an ant RV. MBh

• (ī), f. id. L

⋙ pipīlaka

pipīḍláka m. a large black ant ChUp. MBh. &c

• (ikā), f. See s.v

≫ pipīlika

pipīlika m. an ant AdbhBr. MBh. &c

• n. a kind of gold supposed to be collected by ants MBh. ii, 1860

⋙ pipīlikapuṭa

○puṭa n. an ant-hill MBh

⋙ pipīlikamadhya

○madhya or mf(ā)n. thin in the middle like an ant

⋙ pipīlikamadhyama

○madhyama mf(ā)n. thin in the middle like an ant

• (ā), f. N. of any metre the middle Pāda of which is shorter than the preccding and following, RPrt

≫ pipīlikā

pipī́likā f. the common small red ant or a female ant AV. &c. &c

⋙ pipīlikāparisarpaṇa

○parisarpaṇa n. the running about of ants Suśr

⋙ pipīlikāmadhya

○madhya mfn. N. of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) Kull. on Mn. xi, 256

⋙ pipīlikāvat

○vat ind. like ants TāṇḍBr. Sch

⋙ pipīlikotkiraṇa

pipīlikôtkiraṇa n. (L.),

⋙ pipīlikotkodvāpa

pipīlikôtḍkôdvāpa m. (ŚāṅkhSr.) an ant-hill

⋙ pipīlikotsaraṇa

pipīlikôtsaraṇa n. the creeping upwards of ants L

pipīṣat

pipīṣat (ŚāṅkhGr.), ○ṣu (RV.), mfn. (√1. pā Desid.) wishing to drink, thirsty

pipṛkṣu

pipṛkṣu (Bhadrab.), pipṛcchiṣu (Śaṃk.), mfn. (√prach, Desid.) wishing to ask or inquire

pippakā

píppakā f. a species of bird VS. (cf. pippīka)

pippaṭā

pippaṭā f. a kind of sweetmeat W

pippala

pippala m. the sacred fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa (commonly called Peepal) MBh. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. Yājñ. Var. &c. (cf. IW. 39, 3 MWB. 515) a kind of bird L

• a nipple L

• = niraṃśuka, or ○śula L

• the sleeve of a jacket or coat W

• N. of a son of Mitra and Revati BhP

• pl. N. of a school of AV. (prob. for pippalâda)

• (ā), f. N. of a river VP

• (ī), f. See s.v

• (píppala), n. a berry (esp. of the Peepal tree) RV. &c. &c

• sensual enjoyment BhP

• water L

• the sleeve of a coat L

⋙ pippalanātha

○nātha m. N. of a deity Cat

⋙ pippalamātra

○mātra mfn. having the size of a berry Suśr. [Page 628, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pippalāda

pippalâda mfn. eating the fruit of the Peepal tree BhP

• given to sensual pleasures ib

• m. N. of an ancient teacher of the AV. PraśnUp. MBh. &c

• pl. his school (also ○daka)

• -tīrtha, ī. N. of a Tirtha ŚivaP

• -śrāddha-kalpa m. -śruti f. -sūtra n. ○dópaniṣad, f. N. of wks

⋙ pippalāvati

pippalā-vati f. N. of a river VP

⋙ pippalāśana

pippalâśana mfn. = pippalâda, CūIUp

⋙ pippaleśa

pippalêśa m. N. of a man, Siṃhâs

≫ pippalaka

pippalaka m. a pin Car

• n. a nipple L

• sewing thread L

≫ pippalādi

pippalādi m. N. of a man Hariv. (v. l. papp○)

≫ pippalāyana

píppalāyana m. N. of a man BhP

≫ pippalāyani

pippalāyani m. N. of a teacher ib. (vḷ. papp○)

≫ pippali

pippali f. long pepper, Āpist

• n. (with vasiṣṭhasya) N. of a Sāman

⋙ pippaliśroṇi

○śroṇi f. N. of a river MārkP

≫ pippalī

pippalī f. a berry AV

• Piper Longum (both plant and berry) R. Var. Suśr

⋙ pippalīmūla

○mūla n. the √of long pepper Bhpr

• ○līya mfn. g. utkarâdi

⋙ pippalīlavaṇa

○lavaṇa n. du. pepper and salt R. =

⋙ vardhamāna

vardhamāna and n. N. of a partic. kind of medical treatment in which grains of pepper are given in increasing and decreasing quantity Suśr

⋙ vardhamānaka

vardhamāḍnaka n. N. of a partic. kind of medical treatment in which grains of pepper are given in increasing and decreasing quantity Suśr

≫ pippalīkā

pippalīkā f. the small Peepal tree L

≫ pippalīya

pippalīya mun., g. utkarâdi

≫ pippalū

pippalū m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

pippikā

pippikā f. the tartar of the teeth L. (cf. piṭṭaka)

pippīkā

pippīkā f. a species of bird Var

pipyaṭā

pipyaṭā f. sugar L

piprīṣā

piprīṣā f. (√prī Desid.) desire of Pleasing or showing kindness R. Var. Car

⋙ piprīṣu

piprīḍṣu mfn. wishing to give pleasure MBh. Hariv

pipru

pípru m. (√pṛ) N. of a demon conquered by Indra RV

piplu

piplu m. (pi for api +√plu?) a freckle, mark, mole Nal

⋙ piplukarṇa

○karṇa mfn. having a mark on the ear Kathās

⋙ piplupracchādana

○pracchādana mfn. covering or concealing a mole Nal

piba

piba mfn. (√1. pā) drinking, who or what drinks Pāṇ. 3-1, 137 (cf. tri-)

≫ pibavat

piba-vat mfn. containing a form of the verb pibati AitBr

pibd

pibd (prob.= pi-pad), only pr. p. 1A. pibdamāna, becoming or being firm or solid ŚBr

≫ pibdana

pibdaná mfn. firm, hard, solid, compact ŚBr

piyāru

piyāru mfn. (√pīy) censuring, mocking, overbearing, mischievous RV. AV

piyāla

piyāla m. (for priyāla, q.v.) the tree Buchanania Latifolia (in Bengal commonly called Piyal)

• n. its fruit MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ piyālabīja

○bīja n. the seed of the Piyal tree R

⋙ piyālamajjā

○majjā f. the marrow of the Piyal tree ib

pimpari

pimpari or ○rī f. Ficus Infectoria L

pimpalā

pimpalā f. N. of a river Rājat. (parhaps wṛ. for pippalā)

piyāka

piyāka m. N. of a poet Cat. (cf. priyāka)

pil

pil cl. 10. P. pelayati, to throw, send, impel, incite Dhātup. xxxii, 65 (cf. pel, vil)

≫ pilu

pilu or m. a species of tree (= pīlu) Suśr

⋙ piluka

piḍluka m. a species of tree (= pīlu) Suśr

⋙ piluparṇi

○parṇi f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana Car

pilindavatsa

pilinda-vatsa m. N. of a man, Saraskārak

pilindavatsa

pilinda-vatsa m. N. of a disciple of Gautama Buddha SaddhP

pilipiccha

pilipiccha ○picchi, ○picchika, or ○piñja m. N. of a demon Hcat. AgP

pilippila

pilippilá mf(ā́)n. slippery VS. (Mahrdh.)

≫ pilpila

pilpilá mf(ā́)n. id. MaitrS

• (ā), f. N. of Lakshmī Gal

pilla

pilla mfn. blear-eyed

• m. a bleared eye L. (cf. paillya)

≫ pillakā

pillakā f. a female elephant W

piś 1

piś (piṃś), cl. 6. P. (Dhātup. xxviii, 143) piṃśati, Ved. also Ā. ○te (pf. pipéśa, pipiśé ○śre RV

• aor. p. piśāná ib

• apeśīt Gr. [Page 628, Column 2]

• fut. peśiṣyati, peśitā Gr.), to hew out, carve, prepare (esp. meat), make ready, adorn (A. also 'one's self')

• to form, fashion, mould RV. TBr.: Pass. piśyáte AV.: Caus. peśayate aor. apīpiśat Gr.: Desid. pipiśiṣati or pipeśiṣati ib.: Intens., See pépiśat, śāna. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Slav. pis7ati ; [628, 2] Angl. Sax. fâh.]

≫ piś 2

píś f. ornament, decoration RV. vii, 18, 2 (cf. viśva-, śukra-, su-.)

≫ piśa

piśá m. = ruru, a sort of deer (probably so called from its colour ; next.) RV. i, 64, 8 (Sāy.) ; (ī), f. Nardostachys Jatamansi L

≫ piśaṅga

piśáṅga mf(ī)n. reddish, rṭreddish-brown or -yellow, tawny RV. &c. &c

• m. a reddish or tawny colour W

• N. of a serpent-demon TāṇḍBr. MBh

⋙ piśaṅgajaṭa

○jaṭa m. 'having a reddish braid of hair', N. of an ascetic Kathās

⋙ piśaṅgatā

○tā f. (Śiś.),

⋙ piśaṅgatva

○tva n. (Mcar.), reddish or tawny colour

⋙ piśaṅgabhṛṣṭi

○bhṛṣṭi (piśáṅga.), mfn. having reddish prongs RV. i, 133, 5

⋙ piśaṅgarāt

○rāt mfn. giving reddish i.e. golden gifts RV

⋙ piśaṅgarūpa

○rūpa and of a reddish or yellow appearance RV. AV

⋙ piśaṅgasaṃdṛś

○saṃdṛś (piśáṅga-.), of a reddish or yellow appearance RV. AV

⋙ piśaṅgāśva

piśáṅgâśva mfn. having reddish or tawny horses RV

≫ piśaṅgaka

piśaṅgáka m. N. of an attendant of Vishṇu BrahmaP

≫ piśaṅgaya

piśaṅgaya Nom. P. ○yati, to dye reddish Kir

≫ piśaṅgita

piśaṅgita mfn. dyed reddish-yellow Kād

≫ piśaṅgila

piśaṅgilá mf(ā́)n. reddish VS

≫ piśaṅgīkṛ

piśaṅgī-kṛ √to dye reddish Mudr

≫ piśāca

piśācá m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of a class of demons (possibly so called either from their fondness for flesh [piśa for piśita] or from their yellowish appearance

• they were perhaps originally a personification of the ignis fatūs

• they are mentioned in the Veda along with Asuras and Rākshasas, See also Mn. xii, 44

• in later times they are the children of Krodhā, IW. 276)

• a fiend, ogre, demon, imp, malevolent or devilish being AV. &c. &c. (ifc. 'a devil of a -' Kād.)

• N. of a Rakshas R

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of the Piśācas VP

• (ī), f. a female Piśācas, a she-devil AV. &c. &c. (also ifc. = m.)

• excessive fondness for (ifc

• e.g. āyudha-p○, excessive fondness for fighting) Bālar. Anarghar

• a species of Valerian L

• N. of a Yogini Hcat

piśācakālacakrayuddhavaṇana3piśācá--kāla-cakra-yuddha-vaṇana n. N. of wk

⋙ piśācakṣayaṇa

○kṣáyaṇa mfn. destroying Piśācas AV

⋙ piśācagṛhītaka

○gṛhītaka m. one possessed of Piśācas or demons Kād

⋙ piśācacaryā

○caryā f. the practice of PṭPiśācas BhP

⋙ piśācacātana

○cā́tana mfn. driving away PṭPiśācas AV

⋙ piśācajambhana

○jámbhana mfn. crushing PṭPiśācas ib

⋙ piśācatā

○tā f

⋙ piśācatva

○tva n. the state or condition of a Piśācas, demoniacal nature Kāv. Kathās

⋙ piśācadakṣiṇā

○dakṣiṇā f. a gift (such as given) among Piśācas MBh

⋙ piśācadīpikā

○dīpikā f. lamp of the PṭPiśācas', an ignis fatūs MW

⋙ piśācadru

○dru m. Trophis Aspera (the favourite haunt of Piśācas) L

⋙ piśācapati

○pati m. lord of Piśācas', N. of Siva Kāv

⋙ piśācabādhā

○bādhā f. demoniacal possession MW

⋙ piśācabhāṣā

○bhāṣā f. 'Piśācas language', a corrupt dialect or gibberish (mostly used in plays) Kathās

⋙ piśācabhāṣya

○bhāṣya n. N. of Comm. on Bhag. (cf. paiśāca-bh○)

⋙ piśācabhikṣā

○bhikṣā f. alms (such as given) among Piśācas Āpast. (cf. -dakṣiṇā)

⋙ piśācamocana

○mocana n. deliverance of the PṭPiśācas', N. of ch. of SkandaP

• = -tīrtha ib

• -kathana n. N. of ch. of KūrmaP

• -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place SkandaP

⋙ piśācavadana

○vadana mfn. having the face of a Piśācas Mcar

⋙ piśācavidyāveda

○vidyā-veda m. the Veda of the Piśācas ĀśvŚr

⋙ piśācavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. = -dru L

⋙ piśācaveda

○veda m. = -vidyā-veda GopBr

⋙ piśācaśvan

○śvan m. dog-PṭPiśācas', N. of a demon malevolently disposed towards children ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ piśācasaṃcāra

○saṃcāra m= -bādhā MW

⋙ piśācasabba

○sabba n. assemblage of PṭPiśācas or fiends, pandemonium L

⋙ piśācahan

○han mfn. 'slaying Piśācas' Kāṭh

⋙ piśācāṅganā

piśācâṅganā f. a female Piśācas, a she-devil Prab

⋙ piśācālaya

piśācâlaya m. 'abode of Piśācas', phosphorescence Var

⋙ piśācodumbara

piśācôdumbara m. a species of tree ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ piśācoragarākṣasa

piśācôraga-rākṣasa m. pl. PṭPiśācas, serpents, and Rākshasas Nal

≫ piśācaka

piśācaka mf(ikā)n. = piśāce kuśalaḥ g. ākarṣâdi

• m. a Piśāca MBh. Var. &c

• (ikā), f. = piśācī (esp. ifc

• cf. āśā-, āyudha-, gandha-. &c.)

• N. of a river MārkP

• (sc. bhāṣā) f. = piśāca-bh○ L

⋙ piśācakapura

piśācaḍka-pura n. N. of a village Rājat

≫ piśācakin

piśācakin m. N. of Kubera (Vaiśravaṇa) Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 129

≫ piśāci

piśāci m. = piśāca or N. of a demon RV. i, 133, 5

≫ piśācikī

piśācikī f. N. of a river (= daśârnā) Gal. (cf. under piśācaka)

≫ piśācīkaraṇa

piśācī-karaṇa n. transforming into a Piśāca Cat

≫ piśita

piśitá mfn. made ready, prepared, dressed, adorned AV

• (ā), f. Nardostschys Jatamansi L

• n. (also pl.) flesh which has been cut up or prepared, any flesh or meat AV. &c. &c

• a small piece AV. vi, 127, 1. [Page 628, Column 3]

⋙ piśitanibha

○nibha mfn. resembling flesh Suśr

piśitapaṅkāvanaddhāsthipañjaramaya3piśitá--paṅkâvanaddhâsthi-pañjara-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a skeleton of bones covered with flaccid flesh Prab

⋙ piśitapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa m. a piece of flaccid ib

⋙ piśitapraroha

○praroha m. a fleshy excrescence Suśr

⋙ piśitabhuj

○bhuj mfn. eating flesh, a fṭflaccid-eater Var

⋙ piśitalocana

○locana mfn. having fleshy eyes Sarvad

⋙ piśitavasāmaya

○vasā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flaccid and fat Prab

⋙ piśitākāṅkṣin

piśitâkāṅkṣin mfn. greedy for fṭflaccid MBh

⋙ piśitāma

piśitâma (prob.) n. raw flaccid ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ piśitāśa

piśitâśa m. a flaccid-eating demon, a Pisāca or Rakshas Hariv. Rājat

• (ā), f. N. of a Yogini Hcat

⋙ piśitāsana

piśitâsana mfn. flaccid-eating MBh. Suśr

• m. a wolf. MBh

• prec. m. R

⋙ piśitāśin

piśitâśin mfn. = prec. mfn. MBh

• m. a flaccid-eating demon R

• N. of a demon Hariv

⋙ piśitepsu

piśitêpsu mfn. eager for flaccid or meat MW

⋙ pisitau0dana

pisitau0dana m. or n. boiled rice with meat Bhpr

≫ piśī

piśī f. of piśa, q.v

≫ piśuna

píśuna mfn. backbiting, slanderous, calumnious, treacherous, malignant, base, wicked

• a backbiter, informer, betrayer RV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) showing, betraying, manifesting, telling of. memorable for Kālid. Kathās. Pur

• m. cotton L

• a crow L

• N. of Nārada

• of a goblin dangerous to pregnant women MārkP

• of a Brāhman Hariv

• of a minister of Dushyanta Śak

• (ā), f. Medicago Esculenta L

• n. informing against, betraying MBh

• saffron L

• (ī), f. N. of a river (described as the Mandākini) R. (cf. IW. 351, 2)

⋙ piśunatā

○tā f. slander, scandal, detraction Bhartṛ

⋙ piśunavacana

○vacana

⋙ piśunavākya

○vākya n. (W.)

⋙ piśunavāda

○vāda m. (Hit.) evil speech, detraction, slander

≫ piśunaya

piśunaya Nom. P. ○yati, to betray, manifest, show, indicate Śak. Ratnâv

≫ piśunita

piśunita mfn. betrayed, shown Ratnâv. Bālar

≫ piṣṭa 1

piṣṭá mfn. (for 2. See √piṣ) fashioned, prepared, decorated (superl. -tama) RV. AV. VS

• n. = rūpa Naigh. iii, 7

piśika

piśika m.pl. N. of a people in the south Var. MārkP

piśīla

piśīla n. a wooden vessel or dish ŚBr. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)

• (ī), f. = piśila-viiṇā Lāṭy

⋙ piśīlamātra

○mātra n. = bāhvor antarālam ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ piśīlavīṇā

○vīṇā f. a kind of stringed instrument Lāṭy

piṣ

piṣ cl. 7. P. (Dhātup. xxix, 15) pinaṣṭi (rarely Ā. ; Subj. 2. 3. sg. piṇak RV. ; Impv. piṃṣá AV. ;piṃṣe ;apiṃṣat ;piṣeyam MBh. ; pf. pipéṣa, pipiṣe RV. ; aor. apikṣan ŚBr. ; fut. pekṣyati Up. ;peṣṭā Gr. ; ind. p. piṣṭvā́, -péṣam Br. ;piṣya MBh. ; inf. pesṭum, péṣṭavaí Br.), to crush, bruise, grind, pound, hurt, injure, destroy (fig. also with gen. Pāṇ. 2-3, 56) RV. &c. &c

• Caus. peṣayati (aor. apīpiṣat Gr.), to crush, bruise, grind &c. GṛS. MBh. Car. (Gr. also 'to give ; to be strong ; to dwell'). [Cf Zd. piṣ ; Gk. ? [?] ; Lat. pinsere, [628, 3] pīsere.]

≫ piṣṭa 2

piṣṭá mfn. (for 1. See above) crushed, ground &c. RV. &c. &c

• clasped, squeezed, rubbed together (as the hands) W

• kneaded ib

• m. a cake, pastry L

• N. of a man, g. śivâdi

• pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi

• (ī), f. See s.v

• n. flour, meal, anything ground (na pinaṣṭi piṣṭam, 'he does not grind flour' i.e. he does no useless work) BhP

• lead L

⋙ piṣṭaja

○ja mfn. made of flour Hcat

⋙ piṣṭapacana

○pacana n. a pan for baking fṭflour Suśr

⋙ piṣṭapaśu

○paśu m. an effigy of a sacrificial animal made with flour or dough Mn. v, 37

• -khaṇḍana-mīmāṃsā f. -tiraskariṇī f. -nirṇaya m. -saraṇi f. -sādhaka-grantha m. N. of wks

⋙ piṣṭapāka

○pāka m. a quantity of baked flour

• -bhṛt mfn. containing baked flour L

• m. a boiler A

⋙ piṣṭapācaka

○pācaka n. = -pacana L

⋙ piṣṭapātrī

○pātrī f. a pastry-dish L

⋙ piṣṭapiṇḍa

○piṇḍa m. a cake of flour TBr. Sch

⋙ piṣṭapūra

○pūra m. a sort of cake (made of flour and butter) L. (cf. ghṛta-p○)

⋙ piṣṭapeṣa

○peṣa m. 'grinding flour or what is already ground', useless labour BhP

⋙ piṣṭapeṣaṇa

○peṣaṇa n. id

• -nyāya m. the rule of grinding flour (○yena, on the principle of 'grinding the ground' i.e. labouring uselessly) ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ piṣṭabhājana

○bhājana mfn. receiving meal GopBr

⋙ piṣṭabhuj

○bhuj mfn. eating meal BhP

⋙ piṣṭamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made of or mixed with flour SāmavBr. MBh. &c

• (with jala), n. water sprinkled with flour MBh

⋙ piṣṭameha

○meha m. flour-like diabetes

• ○hin mfn. suffering from it Suśr

⋙ piṣṭarasa

○rasa m. watermixed with flour MBh. Suśr

⋙ piṣṭarātrī

○rātrī f. an effigy made of fṭflour symbolizing an inauspicious night AV.Pariś

• ○tryāḥ kalpa m. N. of 5th Pariś. of AV

⋙ piṣṭalepa

○lepa m. flour-blot, impurity from meal or flour sticking to clothes &c. MānGṛ

⋙ piṣṭavarti

○varti f. a sort of cake made of fṭflour L

⋙ piṣṭasaurabha

○saurabha n. pulverized sandal-wood L

⋙ piṣṭasvedam

○svedam ind. (with √svid, Caus., to foment) until the dough swells, Sāmav. Br. [Page 629, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ piṣṭāda

piṣṭâda mfn. eating flour BhP

⋙ piṣṭānna

piṣṭânna n. food prepared from flour Suśr

• -dāna n. N. of wk

⋙ piṣṭodaka

piṣṭôdaka n. water mixed with flour MBh

⋙ piṣṭodvapanī

piṣṭôdvapanī f. a partic. sacrificial vessel L

≫ piṣṭaka

piṣṭaka m. a cake or anything made of flour, pastry L

• a disease of the eyes, opacity of the cornea Suśr

• (ikā), f. a sort of grit Bhpr

• Tamarindus Indica L

• n. flour or meal Subh

• pounded sesamum-seeds L

⋙ piṣṭakasaṃkrānti

○saṃkrānti f. N. of a partic. festival W

≫ piṣṭāta

piṣṭāta and m. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the Holī or spring festival) Ratnâv. Kād. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 430)

⋙ piṣṭātaka

piṣṭāḍtaka m. perfumed powder or dust (which the Hindus sprinkle over each other at the Holī or spring festival) Ratnâv. Kād. Rājat. (cf. RTL. 430)

≫ piṣṭi

piṣṭi f. powder, Ras5ndrac

≫ piṣṭika

piṣṭika n. a cake made of rice flour L

≫ piṣṭī

piṣṭī f. flour, meal Bhpr

⋙ piṣṭīrasa

○rasa m. a partic. medicinal preparation, Rasee5ndrac

≫ piṣṭīkṛ

piṣṭī-kṛ √to grind down Nīlak

≫ piṣṭauṇḍī

piṣṭauṇḍī f. Tamarindus Indica L. (cf. under piṣṭaka)

piṣṭapa

piṣṭapa v. l. for viṣṭapa, q.v

piṣyala

piṣyala wṛ. for pippala, q.v

pis

pis cl. 4. P. (Naigh. ii, 14) písyati (pf. 3. pl. pipisuḥ), to stretch, expand ŚBr

• cl. 1. pesati, to go, move Dhātup. xvii, 69

• cl. 10. pesayati id

• to hurt

• to be strong

• to give or to take

• to dwell, xxxii, 32 (cf. piṣ, Caus.)

pispṛkṣu

pispṛkṣu mfn. (√spṛs) wishing or being about to touch

• (with jalam, or salilam) being about to rinse the mouth or to perform ablutions MBh. R

pihita

pi-hita pi-hiti, See pi-√dhā

pihuli

pihuli m. N. of a serpent-demon L

pī 1

pī. (connected with √1 pā to which belong pass. pīyáte, pp. pīta, pītvā &c.), cl. 4. Ā. pīyate, to drink MBh. Dhātup. xxvi, 32

pī 2

pī or pi (connected with √pyai), cl.1. Ā. páyate (cl. 2.Ā. pr.p. píyāna cl.3.P.Impv. pīpihī

• impf. ápīpet, ápīpayat

• Subj. pipyatam, ○tām

• pīpayat Ā. ○yanta, p. Ā. pā́pyāna

• pf. P. pīpā́ya. 2. sg. pīpetha, 3. pl. pipyur

• p. Ā. pīpyāná), to swell, overflow, be exuberant, abound, increase, grow

• (trans.) to fatten, cause to swell or be exuberant, surfeit RV

pīṭha

pīṭha n. (rarely ii, f

• possibly corrupted fr. pi-sad, to sit upon) a stool, seat, chair, bench, GṛŚ. MBh. &c

• a religious student's seat (made properly of Kuśa grass) W

• case, pedestal (esp. of an idol) Rājat. Var. Sch

• royal seat, throne RāmatUp

• place, office (cf. pīṭhâdhikāra)

• N. of various temples (erected on the 5 1 spots where the limbs of Pārvatī fell after she had been cut to pieces by the discus of Vishṇu) L

• a district, province Pañc

• a partic. posture in sitting Cat

• (in geom.) the complement of a segment Col

• m. a kind of fish L

• the sun Gal

• N. of an Asura MBh

• of a minister of Kaṃsa Hariv

⋙ pīṭhakeli

○keli m. a male confidant, parasite L

⋙ pīṭhaga

○ga m. moving about in a wheel-chair, lame, crippled MBh

⋙ pīṭhagarbha

○garbha m. the cavity in the pedestal of an idol Var. Sch

⋙ pīṭhacakra

○cakra n. a chariot with a seat AśvGṛ

⋙ pīṭhacintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ pīṭhanāyikā

○nāyikā f. a girl of four at the festival of that goddess L

⋙ pīṭhanirūpaṇa

○nirūpaṇa n

⋙ pīṭhanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙ pīṭhanyāsa

○nyāsa m. N. of a partic. mystical ceremony Tantras

⋙ pīṭhabhū

○bhū f. a basis, basement L

⋙ pīṭhamarda

○marda mfn. very impudent L

• m. a companion, parasite MBh. iv, 674 (= rājapriya Nīlak.)

• the companion of the hero of a drama in any great enterprise Daśar. Sāh

• a dancing master who teaches courtezans L

• (ikā), f. a lady who assists the heroine of a drama in securing her lover Mālav. 13/14

⋙ pīṭhalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ pīṭhavivara

○vivara m. = -garbha Var. Sch

⋙ pīṭhaśaktinirṇaya

○śakti-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pīṭhasarpa

○sarpa (MBh. Nīlak. 'a boa'),

⋙ pīṭhasarpin

○sarpín (VS.), mfn. = -ga

⋙ pīṭhasūtra

○sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ pīṭhasthāna

○sthāna n. N. of a city (= prati-ṣṭhāna) Siṃhâs

⋙ pīṭhādkikāra

pīṭhâdkikāra m. appointment to a place or office Rājat

⋙ pīṭhopapāli

pīṭhôpapāli mfn. one whose ear lobes have been entirely cut off Suśr

≫ pīṭhaka

pīṭhaka m. or n. a stool, chair, bench BhP

• a kind of palanquin, Karaṇḍ

• (ikā), f. a stool, bench R. Malav. Kathās

• a base, pedestal (esp. of an idol Kathās.) Kāraṇḍ. Var. Sch. (cf. pūrvapīṭhikā). [Page 629, Column 2]

≫ pīṭhāya

pīṭhāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a stool L

pīḍ

pīḍ (prob. fr. pisd = pi- √sad), pf. pipīḍé, to be squeezed or pressed out (as Soma) RV. iv, 22, 8

• cl. 10. P. or Caus. pīḍayati (ep. also ○te

• aor. apipīḍat, or apīpiḍat Pāṇ. 7-4, 3) Dhātup. xxxii, 11

• to press, squeeze (kālaṃ kālena pīḍayan, 'Pressing time against time', i.e., leaving everything to time' Mn. i, 51) AV. &c. &c

• to hurt, harm, injure, oppress, pain, vex Mn. MBh. to beleaguer (a city) R

• to break (a vow) Yājñ

• to neglect (one's family) MBh

• (in astrol.) to cover (esp. with something inauspicious), to eclipse, obscure Var.: Pass. pīḍyate, to be pressed or pained or afflicted MBh. Kāv. &c

• to cause pain, hurt Pañcad

≫ pīḍa

pīḍa m. n. in tila-p○, triṇa-p○

≫ pīḍaka

pīḍaka m. an oppressor (cf. tālu-p○)

≫ pīḍana

pīḍana mfn. pressing, afflicting, molesting, paining (cf. cakṣu-p○)

• n. the act of pressing or squeezing R. Kathās. Gīt

• an instrument for pressing, press (= pīḍana-dravya) Suśr

• the act of oppressing or suppressing, Paining, harassing, afflicting R. Kām. Rājat

• devastation, laying a country waste W

• misfortune, calamity Mn. ix, 299

• obscuration, eclipse (of a planet, cf. graha-p○ ) Suśr

• suppression (of sounds, a fault in prounciation) RPrāt

≫ pīḍanīya

pīḍanīya mfn. used for pressing, serving for a press Suśr

• = next MBh

≫ pīḍayitavya

pīḍayitavya mfn. to be oppressed or harassed or molested or pained MBh

≫ pīḍā

pīḍā f. pain, suffering, annoyance, harm, injury, violation, damage (ayā ind. with pain, i.e. unwillingly) Mn. MBh. &c

• devastation (cf. pīḍana) W

• restriction, limitation KātyŚr. Sch

• obscuration, eclipse (of a planet, cf. graha-p○) Var

• pity, compassion L

• a chaplet or garland for the head L. (cf. āpīḍa)

• Pinus Longifolia L

• a basket L

• wṛ. for pīṭha

⋙ pīḍākara

○kara mfn. pain-causing, afflicting, tormenting Yājñ

⋙ pīḍākaraṇa

○karaṇa n. the causing of pain, torturing W

⋙ pīḍākṛt

○kṛt mfn. = -kara Var

⋙ pīḍākṛta

○kṛta n. the infliction of pain or disadvantage Gaut

⋙ pīḍāgṛha

○gṛha n. torture-chamber, house of correction Sāy

⋙ pīḍābhāj

○bhāj mfn. showing wavy marks of pressure or indentations Kir

⋙ pīḍāyantragṛha

○yantra-gṛha n. = pīḍāgriha Sāy

⋙ pīḍāsthāna

○sthāna n. (in astrol.) an unlucky position, inauspicious distance (of a planet) Var

≫ pīḍāya

pīḍāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to feel pain, be uneasy Sāṃkhyak. Sch

≫ pīḍita

pīḍita mfn. squeezed, pressed Mn. MBh. &c

• hurt, injured, afflicted, distressed, troubled, badly off ib

• covered, eclipsed, obscured Var

• laid waste W

• bound, tied ib

• suppressed

• badly pronounced, APrāt

• (am), ind. closely R

• n. damage Gaut

• harassment, annoyance MBh. (v. l. pīḍana)

• a kind of coitus L

⋙ pīḍitatā

○tā f

⋙ pīḍitatva

○tva n. the being pressed or afflicted or distressed Suśr

≫ pīḍin

pīḍin mfn. annoying, distressing (ifc.) Naish

pīta 1

pītá mfn. (√1. pā) drunk, sucked, sipped, quaffed, imbibed RV. &c. &c

• ifc. having drunk, soaked, steeped, saturated, filled with (also with instr.) Mn. MBh. (cf. g. āhitâgny-ādi)

• n. drinking L

⋙ pītakośa

○kośa mfn. one who has ratified a treaty by drinking from a cup Rājat. (cf. under kośa)

⋙ pītataila

○taila mfn. one who has drunk oil, filled with oil (cf. taila-pīta)

• (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum and some other species L

⋙ pītadugdhā

○dugdhā f. a cow whose milk has been pledged (lit. already drunk) L

• a cow tied up to be milked, any milch cow W

• a kind of shrub (= kṣīriṇī) L

⋙ pītanidra

○nidra mfn. immersed in slumber BhP

⋙ pītapratibaddhavatsā

○pratibaddha-vatsā f. a cow whose calf has drunk milk and been tied up Ragh

⋙ pītamadya

○madya mfn. one who has drunk wine or any other intoxicating liquor MW

⋙ pītamāruta

○māruta m. a kind of snake Car

⋙ pītarasa

○rasa m. whose juice is drunk ib

⋙ pītavat

○vat mfn. one who has drunk Suśr

• containing √1. pā AitBr

⋙ pītavipīta

○vipīta mfn. g. śāka-pārthivâdi (cf. bhukta-vibhukta)

⋙ pītaśeṣa

○śeṣa mfn. left from drinking

• m. remainder of anything drunk Gobh. R

⋙ pītaśonita

○śonita mfn. (a sword) that has dṭdrunk blood, bloody Kathās

⋙ pītasomapūrva

○soma-pūrva mfn. (a Brāhman) who has drunk before the Soma-juice (at a sacrifice) Mn. xi, 8

⋙ pītābdhi

pītâbdhi m. 'by whom the ocean was dṭdrunk', N. of the Muni Agastya (s.v.) L

⋙ pītāvaśeṣa

pītâvaśeṣa mfn. drunk up with the exception of a small remainder Kām

⋙ pītodaka

pītôdaka mfn. one who has drunk water or whose water has been drunk KaṭhUp. [Page 629, Column 3]

≫ pīti 1

pītí f. drinking (with acc. or gen.), a draught RV

• a tavern L

• m. a horse L

≫ pītin 1

pītin mfn. drinking, one who has drunk ( See soma-p○)

• m. a horse L

≫ pītu

pītu m. who drinks or dries up', the sun or fire Uṇ. i, 71 Sch

• the chief elephant of a herd L. =

⋙ dāru

dāru (pī́tu-), m. a kind of tree (= deva-dāru, or = khadira) ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. pīta-dāru)

≫ pītvā

pītvā́ ind. having drunk or quaffed RV. &c. &c

⋙ pītvāsthiraka

○sthiraka mfn. somewhat refreshed by a draught, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

≫ pītvī

pītvī́ (RV.) and ind. having drunk or quaffed

⋙ pītvīnam

pītvīnam (Kāś. on Psṇ. vii, 1, 48), ind. having drunk or quaffed

≫ pītha 1

pītha m. a drink, draught (cf. go-p○, surā-p○, soma-p○)

• n. water L

• melted butter L

≫ pīthi

pīthi m. a horse L. (cf. pītí)

≫ pīthin

pīthin mfn. drinking up, exhausting (cf. kośa-p○)

pīta 2

pīta mf(ā)n. (possibly fr. √2. pi or √pyai, the colour of butter ind oil being yellowish) yellow (the colour of the Vaiśyas, white being that of the Brāhmans, red that of the Kshatriyas, and black that of the Śūdras) GṛS. Up. MBh. &c

• m. yellow colour W

• a yellow gem, topaz L

• a yellow pigment prepared from the urine of kine L

• N. of sev. plants (Alangium Hexapetalum, Carthamus Tinctorius, Trophis Aspera) L

• of the Vaiśyas in Śālmala-dvipa VP

• (ā), f. N. of sev. plants (Curcuma Longa and Aromatica, a species of Dalbergia Sissoo, a species of Musa, Aconitum Ferox, Panicuni Italicum, = mahā-jyotihmatī) L

• a kind of yellow pigment (= go-rocanā) L

• a mystical N. of the letter ṣ Up

• n. a yellow substance ChUp

• gold L

• yellow orpiment L

⋙ pītakadalī

○kadalī f. a species of banana L

⋙ pītakanda

○kanda n. Daucus Carota L

⋙ pītakaravīraka

○karavīráka m. oleander with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙ pītakāvera

○kāvera n. saffron L

• bell-metal L

⋙ pītakāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha n. yellow sanders L

• Chloroxylon Swietenia L

⋙ pītakīlā

○kīlā f. a species of plant (= āvartakī) L

⋙ pītakuṣṭha

○kuṣṭha n. yellow leprosy L

⋙ pītakedāra

○kedāra m. a species of rice Gal

⋙ pītakauśeyavāsas

○kauśeyavāsas mfn. dressed in yṭyellow silk

• m. N. of Kṛishṇa MW

⋙ pītagandha

○gandha n. yellow sandal L

⋙ pītaghoṣā

○ghoṣā f. a species of creeper with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙ pītacañcu

○cañcu m. yellow -beak', a kind of parrot Gal

⋙ pītacandana

○candana n. yellow sandal L

• saffron L

• turmeric L

⋙ pītacampaka

○campaka m. 'yellow as the Campa', a lamp L

• a looking-glass Gal

⋙ pītataṇḍula

○taṇḍula m. Panicum Italicum Gal

• (ā), f. id. (also ○likā) L

• a species of Solanum L

⋙ pītatā

○tā f. yellowness MBh

⋙ pītatuṇḍa

○tuṇḍa m. yellow-beak, Sylvia Sutoria L

⋙ pītatva

○tva n. = -tā MW

⋙ pītadāru

○dāru m. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

• Curcuma Aromatica L

• Chloroxylon Swietenia L

⋙ pītadīptā

○dīptā f. N. of a Buddh. deity, Kāac

⋙ pītadru

○dru m. Pinus Longifolia or Curcuma Aromatica L

⋙ pītanīla

○nīla mfn. 'yellow-blue', green L

⋙ pītaparṇī

○parṇī f. 'yellow -leaved', Tragia Involucrata L

⋙ pītapādaka

○pādaka m. a tree similar to the Bignonia L

⋙ pītapādā

○pādā f. 'yellow-footed', Turdus Salica L

⋙ pītapura

○pura n. yellow-town', N. of a town Siṃhâs

⋙ pītapuṣpa

○puṣpa m. 'yellow-fiowered', N. of sev. plants (Pterospermum Acerifolium or some other species, Michelia Champaka, Tabernaemontana Coronaeia, a species of yṭyellow Barleria) L

• (ā). f. the colocynth L

• a kind of shrub L

• Cajanus Indicus L., (ī), f. Andropogon Acicularis L

• the colocynth and other kinds of gourd L

• a Barleria with yellow flowers L

• n. Tabernaemontana Coronaria L

⋙ pītaprasava

○prasava m. = -karaviiraka L

⋙ pītaphala

○phala m. 'having yellow fruits', Trophis Aspera L. (also ○laka)

• Averrhoa Carambola L

⋙ pītabījā

○bījā f. having yellow seed', Trigonella Foenum Graecum L

⋙ pītabhasman

○bhasman m. a partic. preparation of quicksilver L

⋙ pītabhṛṅgarāja

○bhṛṅgarāja m. an Eclipta with yṭyellow flowers L

⋙ pītamaṇi

○maṇi m. yellow gem', a topaz L

⋙ pītamaṇḍūka

○maṇḍūka m. a kind of yellow frog L

⋙ pītamastaka

○mastaka m. yellow-head', Loxia Philippensis L

⋙ pītamākṣika

○mākṣika n. yellow pyrites L

⋙ pītamāñjiṣṭha

○māñjiṣṭha mfn. yellowish-red MW

⋙ pītamuṇḍa

○muṇḍa m. = -mastaka L

⋙ pītamudga

○mudga m. a yellow variety of the Phaseolus Mungo W

⋙ pītamustā

○mustā f. a species of Cyperus L

⋙ pītamūlaka

○mūlaka n. Daucns Carota L

⋙ pītayūthī

○yūthī f. yellow jasmine L

⋙ pītarakta

○rakta mfn. yellowishred, orange (-cchāya mfn. orange-coloured) L

• m. = next L

⋙ pītaratna

○ratna m.= -maṇi L

⋙ pītaratnaka

○ratnaka m. a species of yellow gem ( = go-meda) Bhpr

⋙ pītarambhā

○rambhā f. a kind of Musa L

⋙ pītarāga

○rāga mfn. of a yellow colour

• m. yellowness W

• m. or n. the fibres of the lotus &c. L

• n. wax L

⋙ pītarohiṇī

○rohiṇī f. Gmelina Arborea L

⋙ pītaloha

○loha yellow metal, queen's mṭmetal or a mixed metal resembling gold W

⋙ pītavarṇa

○varṇa m. 'yellow-coloured', a species of parrot Gal

⋙ pītavarṇaka

○varṇaka m. Pimelodus Gagora. L. (cf. gargara). [Page 630, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pītavālukā

○vālukā f. turmeric L

⋙ pītavāsas

○vāsas mfn. dressed in yellow, m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. R

⋙ pītavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. yellow tree', Pinus Longifolia Bhpr

• a species of Śyonāka L

⋙ pītaśāla

○śāla or m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙ pītaśālaka

○śālaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

⋙ pītasāra

○sāra m. a yellow gem (= go-medaka) L

• the sandal tree L

• Alangium Hexapetaluni L

• Citrus Medica L

• olibanum L

• n. yellow sanders L

⋙ pītasāraka

○sāraka m. Alangium Hexapetalum L

• Azadirachta Indica L

⋙ pītasāri

○sāri n. antimony L

⋙ pītaskandha

○skandha m. 'yellow-shouldered', a hog L

⋙ pītasphaṭika

○sphaṭika m. 'yellow crystal', a topaz L

⋙ pītasphoṭa

○sphoṭa m. 'yellow pustules', the itch or scab L

⋙ pītaharita

○harita mfn. 'yellowish-green'

• -cchāya mfn. of a yellow-gṭgreen colour L

⋙ pītāṅga

pītâṅga m. a kind of frog L

• a species of Syoāka L

⋙ pītāmbara

pītâmbara mfn. dressed in yellow clothes

• m. N. of Vishṇu-Krishna Gīt

• a dancer or actor L

• a religious mendicant wearing yellow garments W

• N. of sev. men and authors (also with śarman and bhaṭṭa)

• ○rāpaddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ pītāmlāna

pītâmlāna m. yellow amaranth L

⋙ pītāruṇa

pītâruṇa mfn. yellowish-red

• m. N. applied to mid-dawn L. (cf. nīlâruṇa)

⋙ pītāvabhāsa

pītâvabhāsa mfn. of yellow appearance (-tā f.) Suśr

⋙ pītāśman

pītâśman m. yellow stone', a topaz L

≫ pītaka

pītaka mf(ikā)n. yellow MBh. R. Suśr. (also applied to the 4th unknown quantity Col.) m. yellow amaranth L

• Odina Pennata L

• (ikā), f. saffron L

• turmeric L

• yellow jasmine L

• n. (only L.) orpiment

• brass

• honey

• saffron

• yellow sanders

• aloe wood

• Curcuma Aromatica

• Terminalia Tomentosa, a species of Śyonāka

⋙ pītakadruma

○druma m. Curcuma Aromatica L

⋙ pītakamākṣika

○mākṣika n. yellow pyrites MBh. (cf. pīta-m○)

≫ pītana

pītana m. a species of tree (Spondias Mangifera Pentaptera Tomentosa or Ficus Infectoria) L

• n. orpiment L

• saffron L

• Pinus Deodora L

≫ pītanaka

pītanaka m. Spondias Mangifera L

≫ pītala

pītala mfn. yellow L

• m. yellow colour W

• n. brass ib

≫ pītalaka

pītalaka n. brass L

≫ pītiman

pītiman m. a yellow colour Vām

pīti 2

pīti f. (√3. pā

• for 1. See p. 629) protection ( See nṛ-p○)

≫ pītha 2

pītha m. id. ( See go-p○)

≫ pīthya

pīthya n. id. ( See go-p○)

pītu

pītu See p. 629, col. 3

pīthī

pīthī f. (prob.) = viithī Divyâv. (others, 'market-place')

pīthe

pīthe m. N. of a chief builder Inscr

pīdārī

pīdārī f. N. of a mother or female deity RTL. 228

pīna

pīna mf(ā)n. (√2. pī) swelling, swollen, full, round, thick, large, fat, fleshy, corpulent muscular MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with sveda), m. profuse perspiration Suśr

⋙ pīnakakudmat

○kakud-mat mfn. having a fat hump Pañc

⋙ pīnatarala

○tarala mfn. having a large central gem Hariv

⋙ pīnatā

○tā f

⋙ pīnatva

○tva n. fatness, corpulency, compactness, denseness Kāv

⋙ pīnanitambā

○nitambā f.' having full hips', N. of a metre Col

⋙ pīnavakṣas

○vakṣas mfn. fullbreasted, large-chested MW. =

⋙ pīnaśroṇipayodhara

○śroṇi-payodhara mfn. having swelling hips and breasts Nal

⋙ pīnastana

○stana m. the full breast (of a woman) Vikr.v, 15

⋙ pīnāṃsa

pīnâṃsa m. a high shoulder MBh

• mfn. fat-shouldered ib

⋙ pīnāyatakakudmat

pīnâyata-kakudmat mfn. having a full and prominent hump Pañc

⋙ pīnottuṅgastanī

pīnôttuṅga-stanī f. (a woman) having a large and prominent breast MW

⋙ pīnodhas

pīnôdhas (MBh.),

⋙ pīnodhnī

pīnôḍdhnī (L.), f. (a cow) with full or swelling udders

≫ pīnara

pīnara mfn. g. aśmâdi

≫ pīpivas

pīpivás mf(pipyúhī)n. swelling, overflowing, exuberant, flowing with (gen. or acc.) RV

≫ pīyūkṣa 1

pīyū́kṣa mn. the milk of a cow during the first seven days after calving, biestings

• (met.) any thick fluid, cream, juice RV. AV. Kauś. Suśr

• nectar (the drink of immortality produced at the churning of the ocean of milk) Kāv. &c

⋙ pīyūkṣakaṇikā

○kaṇikā f. 'nectar-drop' N. of Comm

⋙ pīyūkṣatā

○tā f. condition or quality of nectar Kāv

⋙ pīyūkṣagarala

○garala n. nectar and poison Hit

⋙ pīyūkṣadyuti

○dyuti and m. nectar -rayed, the moon Kāv

⋙ pīyūkṣadhāman

○dhāman m. nectar -rayed, the moon Kāv

⋙ pīyūkṣadhārā

○dhārā f. stream of nectar, N. of sev. works

• -kir m. 'pouring out streams of nectar', the moon (whose rays are said to be filled with nectar) Viddh

⋙ pīyūkṣapūrṇa

○pūrṇa mfn. full of nectar, nectar-like Kāv

⋙ pīyūkṣabhānu

○bhānu m. = -dyuti ib

⋙ pīyūkṣabhuj

○bhuj m. 'nectar-quaffer', a god ib

⋙ pīyūkṣamayūkha

○mayūkha (Kāv.),

⋙ pīyūkṣamahas

○mahas and m. = -dyuti

⋙ pīyūkṣaruci

○ruci (L.), m. = -dyuti

⋙ pīyūkṣalaharī

○laharī f. 'stream of nectar', N. of a poem

⋙ pīyūkṣavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. milk-white white L

• m. a white horse Gal

⋙ pīyūkṣavarṣa

○varṣa m. a shower of nectar

• ṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become or turn into a shṭshower of nectar Bhartṛ. [Page 630, Column 2]

⋙ pīyūkṣasāgara

○sāgara m. 'sea of nectar', N. of sev. wks

≫ pīyūṣa 2

pīyūṣa Nom. P. ○ṣati, to become or turn into nectar MW

≫ pīva 1

pī́va mfn. fat RV. AitBr

• (ā), f. water L

≫ pīva 2

pīva Nom. P. ○vati, to be fat or corpulent Dhātup. xv, 55

≫ pīva 3

pī́va in comp.= pī́vas

⋙ pīvopavasana

pī́vôpavasana mfn. covered with fat VS. (cf. payâpavasana and Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt. 6 Pat.)

≫ pīvan

pī́van mf(arī)n. swelling, full, fat, strong, robust RV. &c. &c

• m.wind L

• (arī), f. a young woman L

• a cow, l

• Asparagus Racemosus L

• Desmodium Gangeticum Bhpr

• N. of a spiritual daughter of the Barhi-shad Pitṛis and wife of Veda-śiras Hariv

• of a princess of Vidarbha MārkP. [Cf. Gk. ? [630, 2] for ?, ?.]

≫ pīvara

pīvara mfn. fat, stout, large, plump, thick, dense, full of or abounding with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a tortoise L

• N. of one of the Saptarshis under Manu Tāmasa MārkP

• of a son of Dyuti-mat VP

• (ā), f. Physalis Flexuosus L

• Asparagus Racemosus Bhpr

• N. of a daughter of the Gandharva Huhu Kathās

• n. N. of a Varsha in Krauñica-dvipa VP

⋙ pīvaratva

○tva n. thickness, density Dhūrtas

⋙ pīvarastanī

○stanī f. a woman with large breasts or a cow with a large udder L

≫ pīvarī 1

pī́varī f. of pī́van, q.v

≫ pīvarī 2

pīvarī ind. for pīvara

⋙ pīvarīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. fattened MBh

≫ pīvas

pī́vas n. fat RV. AV. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [630, 2]

⋙ pīvaḥsphāka

pīvaḥsphāká mfn. swelling with fat AV

⋙ pīvasvat

pī́vas-vat mfn. abundant, exuberant RV

≫ pīvasa

pīvasá mf(ā)n. swelling, swollen, abounding with fat, fat, abundant RV. TBr

≫ pīviṣṭha

pī́viṣṭha mfn. extremely fat ŚBr

≫ pīvo

pī́vo in comp.= pīvas

⋙ pīvoanna

○anna (pī́), mfn. having rich or abundant food RV

⋙ pīvoaśva

○aśva (pī́○), mfn. having fat horses

⋙ pīvorūpa

○rūpa mfn. having a fat appearance AitBr

pīnasa

pī-nasa m. (prob. fr. pī = api + nas

• cf. apī-nasa) cold (affecting the nose), catarrh Suśr

⋙ pīnasanāśana

○nāśana mfn. destroying catarrh ib

• (ā), f. Cucumis Utilissimus

≫ pīnasita

pīnasita (Var.),

⋙ pīnasin

pīnaḍsin (Suśr.), mfn. -having a cold Suśr

pīpari

pīpari m. a tree kindred to Ficus Infectoria L

pības

pī́bas See pī́vas

pīy

pīy cl. r.P. pī́yati, to blame, abuse, revile, scoff, deride RV. AV. Nir. iv, 25

• to gladden (cf. Uṇ. iv, 76)

≫ pīyaka

pī́yaka m. 'abuser', (prob.) N. of a class of demons AV

≫ pīyatnu

pīyatnú mfn. scornful RV

≫ pīyu

pīyú m. scornful, injurious RV

• m. (L.) an owl

• a crow

• fire

• gold

• time

pīyukṣā

pīyukṣā f. a species of tree

• (-vaṇa = -vana Pāṇ. 8-4, 5)

≫ pīyūkṣila

pīyūkṣila mfn. g. kāśâdi

pīl

pīl cl. 1. pīlati, to check or stop, to become stupid Dhātup. xv, 14

≫ pīlu

pīlu m. (cf.Uṇ. i, 38 Sch.) a species of tree (Careya Arborea or Salvadora Persica L.) MBh. R. &c

• a group of palm trees or the stem of the palm L

• a flower L

• the blossoms of Saccharum Sara L

• a piece of bone (asthi-khanda) L

• an arrow L

• a worm L

• an atom Sarvad

• an elephant (cf. Aribic ?, Persian ?) L

• (ú), n. the fruit of the Pilu tree AV

⋙ pīlukuṇa

○kuṇa m. the season of the ripening of the Pilu fruit Pāṇ. 5-2, 24 (cf. pailukuṇa)

⋙ pīlupati

○pati m. a keeper of elephants L

⋙ pīlupattra

○pattra m. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L

⋙ pīluparṇī

○parṇī f. id. L

• Momordica Monidelpha L

• a kind of drug L

⋙ pīlupāka

○pāka m. the junction of atoms caused by heat Sarvad

⋙ pīlumatī

○matī (pīlú-), f. (with dyaus) the central or middle region of the sky (between Udan-vati and Pra-dyaus) AV. =

⋙ pīluvana

○vana n. a forest consisting of Pīlu trees Buddh

⋙ pīluvaha

○vaha n. N. of a district Pāṇ. 6-3, 121 (cf. pailuvahaka).'

⋙ pīluvādin

○vādin m. one who asserts the eternity of atoms Śaṃkar

⋙ pīlusāra

○sāra mṆ. of a mountain (also called pīlu-giri) Buddh

• stūpa m. N. of a Stupa ib

≫ pīluka

pīluka m. N. of a tree L. (cf. kāha-pīluka, kāla-p○ an ant L. (cf. pīlaka)

≫ pīlunī

pīlunī f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana L. [Page 630, Column 3]

pīlaka

pīlaka m. an ant L. (cf. pipīla and pīluka)

pīlā

pīlā f. N. of an Apsaras AV

• of a woman L

pīṣ

pīṣ = √piṣ in apīṣan AV. iv, 6, 7

pu

pu mfn. cleaning, purifying ( See su-pú)

puṃyāna

puṃ-yāna &c. See under 2. puṃs

puṃs 1

puṃs cl. 10. puṃsayati, to crush, grind Dhātup. xxxii, 94 (Nom. fr. next?)

puṃs 2

púṃs m. (the strong cases from pumāns [Pāṇ. 7-1, 89]

• sg. nom. púmān

• voc. púmas or púman

• acc. púmāṃsam

• du. nom. púmāṃsau

• pl. nom. púmāṃsas [irreg. puṃsas MBh. iii, 13825]

• the weak from puṃs [e.g. sg. instr. puṃsā́

• loc. puṃsí acc. pl. puṃsás], which loses its s before consonants [e.g. instr. pl. pum-bhís

• loc. pl. puṃsú]

• for puṃs, ibc, See Pāṇ. 8-3, 6) a man, a male being RV. &c. &c

• (in gram.) a masculine (word) ŚBr. Pāṇ. Vop

• a human being MBh. Kāv. &c

• a servant, attendant BhP

• the soul, spirit, spirit of man (= puruṣa

• with para or parama, the Supreme Spirit, Soul of the Universe, Vishṇu) KapS. Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. Pur. Kathās

⋙ puṃskaṭī

○kaṭī f. a man's hip L

⋙ puṃskarmāśaya

○karmâśaya m. the qualities of man as dependant on the acts done in a previous existence Sarvad

⋙ puṃskāmā

○kāmā f. a woman desirous of a lover or husband Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙ puṃskṛtyā

○kṛ́tyā ind. by applying masculine forms ŚBr

⋙ puṃskokila

○kokila m. the male of the Indian cuckoo (-tva n.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ puṃstraya

○traya n. three generations Hcat

⋙ puṃstva

○tva n. the being a man (opp. to strī-bhāva) Pur

• manhood, virility Yājñ. Suśr

• semen virile Hariv

• (in gram.) masculineness, the masculine gender L. Pāṇ. Sch

• -doṣa m. 'want of manhood', impotence Gal

• -vigraha m. Andropngon Schoenanthus L

⋙ puṃsputra

○putra m. a male child, boy Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙ puṃsprajanana

○prajanana n. the male organ of generation Nir

⋙ puṃspravāda

○pravāda m. any grammatical or case form in the masculine gender RPrāt

⋙ puṃsvat

○vat (púṃs-), mfn. containing a male being TS

≫ puṃ 1

puṃ in comp. for 2. puṃs

⋙ puṃyāna

○yāna n. (prob.) = nara-y○, a palanquin APrāt. Sch

⋙ puṃyuj

○yuj (L.), and m. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 48) connection with or relation to a man

⋙ puṃyoga

○yoga m. (Pāṇ. 4-1, 48) connection with or relation to a man

⋙ puṃratna

○ratna n. a jewel of a man, an excellent man Rājat

⋙ puṃrāśī

○rāśī m. a male sign of the zodiac (as Aries &c.) Var

⋙ puṃrūpa

○rūpa n. the form or shape of a man (○paṃ √kṛ, to assume the form of a man) MW

• (púṃ-), mf(ā) n. having the form of a man MaitrS

⋙ puṃlakṣman

○lakṣman n. the mark of a man, manliness Rājat

⋙ puṃliṅga

○liṅga n. id. MBh

• the male organ W

• the masculine gender Kum. Sch

• mf(ā)n. having the mark of a man AgP

• (in gram.) being masculine

• -tā f. Kum. Sch

⋙ puṃvat

○vat ind. like a man, like or in or with a man &c. MBh. Kāv

• like or in or with the masculine gender ŚrS. Pāṇ. Vop. (-vad-vidhāna n. ceremonies as on the birth of a male MW.)

⋙ puṃvatsa

○vatsa (púṃ-), m. a bull-calf. ŚBr

• mf(ā) n. having (or surrounded by) bull-calves BrahmaP

⋙ puṃvṛṣa

○vṛṣa m. the musk rat L

⋙ puṃveṣa

○veṣa mf(ā)n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man Kathās

⋙ puṃvyañjana

○vyañjana n. the mark or attribute of a man ĀpŚr

⋙ puṃśabda

○śabda m. a masculine word L

⋙ puṃsavana

○savana mfn. bringing forth a male, producing a male child BhP. Car

• n. (with or sc. vrata), 'male-production rite', N. of the 2nd of the 12 Saṃsksras performed in the third month of gestation and before the period of quickening GṛS. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 353 ; 355)

• a fetus BhP

• milk L

• -prayoga and ○nâdi-prayora m. N. of wks

⋙ puṃsuvana

○súvana n. bringing forth a male child AV

⋙ puṃsū

○sū f. bringing forth only male children ĀpGṛ

⋙ puṃstrī

○strī du. a male and a female child Mn. iii, 49

≫ puṃ 2

puṃ incomp. before k, j, &c

⋙ puṃkandā

○kandā f. a species of plant L

⋙ puṃkṣira

○kṣira n

⋙ puṃkṣura

○kṣura m. Pāṇ. 8-3, 9 Kāś

⋙ puṃkheṭa

○khe'ṭa m. a male planet L

⋙ puṃkhyāna

○khyāna n. Siddh. on Pāṇ. 8-3, 6

⋙ puṃgava

○gava m. (ifc. f. ā) a bull Lāṭy. Hariv

• a hero, eminent person, chief of ifc. cf kuru-p○, gaja-p○ &c.)

• a kind of drug L

• -ketu m. 'marked by a bull', N. of Śiva Kum

⋙ puṃguṇajantu jīva

○guṇa-jantu jīva m. the living or animal soul combined with the qualities of man Tattvas

⋙ puṃjanman

○janman n. the birth of a male child

• ○ma-kara and ○ma-da mfn. causing or granting it Var

• ○ma-yoga m. a constellation under which male children are born ib

⋙ puṃdāna

○dāna n. APrāt. Sch

⋙ puṃdāsa

○dāsa m. a male slave Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Kāś

⋙ puṃdevata

○devata mfn. addressed to a male deity (as a hymn) Cat. [Page 631, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ puṃdhvaja

○dhvaja m. male-marked', a mṭmale animal L

⋙ puṃnakṣatra

○nakṣatra n. a male Nakshatia Kauś

• any constellation under which males are procreated W

⋙ puṃnapuṃsaka

○napuṃsaka n. masculine and neuter L

⋙ puṃnāga

○nāga m. 'elephant among men', any distinguished man L

• a white elephant L

• N. of a plant (Rottleria Tinctoria or Calophyllum Inophyllum) L

• a white lotus L

• a nutmeg L

⋙ puṃnāṭa

○nāṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr

⋙ puṃnāḍa

○nāḍa m. id. ib

• N. of a prince Inscr

⋙ puṃnāmadheya

○nāmadheya mfn. that which is called man', a male Kauś. R

⋙ puṃnāman

○nāman (púṃ-.), mfn. having a masculine name ŚBr. MBh. &c

• m. Rottleria Tinctoria L

≫ puṃś

puṃś in comp. for 2. puṃs (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 6)

⋙ puṃścalī

○calī f. 'running after men', a harlot, courtezan AV. &c. &c. (-cala m. a fornicator VarBṛS. xxiii, 5)

• ○lī-putra, m. a harlot's son Mṛicch

• ○líya m. id. Rājat

⋙ puṃścalū

○calū́ f. a harlot VS

• m. a whoremonger KātyŚr

⋙ puṃścihna

○cihna n. 'male-mark', membrum virile L

⋙ puṃścora

○cora m. a male thief L

⋙ puṃśchagalā

○chagalā f. having a kid (as its young) ĀpŚr

≫ puṃsa

puṃsa in comp. for 2. puṃs. -1

⋙ puṃsavat

○vat mfn. having a son SāṅkhGṛ. (cf. puṃs-vat) 2

⋙ puṃsavat

○vat ind. like (with) a man HPariś

puṃsāka

puṃsâka See na-p○

≫ puṃsānuja

puṃsânuja m. (instr. of puṃs + an○) having an elder brother (?) Pāṇ. 6-3, 3 Vārtt. 2 (cf. pum-anuja)

≫ puṃsī

puṃsī f. a cow which has a bull-calf. Kauś

≫ puṃska

puṃska (ifc., f. ā) = puṃs g. ura-ādi (cf. uktap○, bhāṣita-p○)

≫ pum

pum in comp. for 2. puṃs

⋙ pumanujā

○anujā f. 'born after a male child', having an elder brother Pāṇ. 3-2, 100 Kāś. (cf. puṃsânuja)

⋙ pumapatya

○apatya n. male offspring L

⋙ pumartha

○artha m. the aim of man (-tā f.) TBr. Sch

• (am), ind. for the sake of the soul KapS

⋙ pumākhya

○ākhya mfn. designated as male or masculine Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Sch

• (ā), f. a name or designation for male beings L. Pāṇ. 4-1, 48 Sch

⋙ pumācāra

○ācāra m. the custom or usage of men Pāṇ. 8-3, 6 Sch

⋙ pumpaśu

○paśu m. a man as sacrificial victim Kathās

⋙ pumprakṛti

○prakṛti f. the nature or character of a man Var

⋙ pumbhāva

○bhāva m. the being a man, manhood, masculine gender Daś

⋙ pumbhūman

○bhūman m. a word of the mascṭmasculine gender in the pl. number L

⋙ pummantra

○mantra m. a magical formula regarded as male Sarvad

⋙ pummṛga

○mṛga m. a male antelope, Mahidh

puṃsoka

puṃsoka m. N. of a poet Cat

puṃsti

puṃsti n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

puka

puka m.= dāna Gaṇar. 299

≫ pukin

pukin mfn. g. prêkṣâdi

pukkaśa

pukkaśa pukkaṣa m. wṛ. for pulkasa, q.v

≫ pukkasa

pukkasa m. id

• (ī), f. the indigo plant L

• = kalikā or kālikā L

puklaka

púklaka or púlkaka, m.= pulkasa MaitrS

puṅkha

puṅkha m. the shaft or feathered part of an arrow (which comes in contact with the bowstring) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a hawk, falcon L

• = maṅgalâcāra L

≫ puṅkhita

puṅkhita mfn. shafted or feathered (as an arrow)

• śara mfn. having or armed with shafted or feathered arrows (as the god of love) Amar

puṅkhilatīrtha

puṅkhila-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage (= rāma-t○) ŚivaP

puṅga

puṅga mṇ.a heap, collection, quantity (cf. puñja) L

• (ī), f. N. of a partic. kind of woman BrahmaP

puṅgala

puṅgala wṛ. for puḍgala

puṅgava

puṅgava See p. 630, col. 3

puccha

púccha m. n. (ifc. f. ā, or ī Pāṇ. 4-i, 55 Vārtt. 1-3) a tail, the hinder part AV. &c.&c

• last or extreme end (as of a year) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ pucchakaṇṭaka

○kaṇṭaka m. 'whose sting is in its tail', a scorpion A

⋙ pucchajāha

○jāha n. = -dhi MW

⋙ pucchadā

○dā f. a bulbous plant used as a remedy for sterility L. (cf. putra-dā)

⋙ pucchadhi

○dhí m. the √of the tail AV

⋙ pucchabandha

○bandha m. a (horse's) tail-band or crupper Gal

⋙ pucchabrahmavāda

○brahmavāda m. N. of a Vedânta wk

• -khaṇḍana n. -nirākaraṇa n. N. of wks

⋙ pucchamūla

○mūla n. = -dhi. L

⋙ pucchalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. N. of a Nyāya wk

• -kroḍa m. ṭikā f. -dīdhiti-ṭikā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ○ṇânugama m. N. of wks

⋙ pucchavat

○vat mfn. having a tail, tailed Kathās. [Page 631, Column 2]

⋙ pucchāgra

pucchâgra n. tip of the tail Hit

• (prob. m.) N. of a mountain W

⋙ pucchāṇḍaka

pucchâṇḍaka m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Takshaka MBh

⋙ pucchāsyacārin

pucchâsya-cārin mfn. moving along with tail and mouth Suśr

⋙ pucchesvara

pucchêsvara m. or n. (?) N. of a place Inscr

⋙ pucchoṭikā

pucchôṭikā f. (p○ +?) = puccha-bandha Gal

≫ pucchaka

pucchaka (ifc. f. ikā

• cf kroṣṭu-pucchikā)

• = puccha L

• m. N. of a man Cat

≫ pucchaya

pucchaya See ut-pucchaya

≫ pucchala

pucchala See kapúcchala

≫ pucchin

pucchin mfn. = puccha-vat

• m. a cock L

• Calotropis Gigantea L

pucchaṭi

pucchaṭi n. or ṭī f. snapping or cracking the fingers L. (cf. mucuṭī)

puch

puch cl. 1. P. pucchati, to be careless Dhātup. vii, 35 (v. l. for yuch, much)

puñja

puñja m. (mostly ifc

• f. ā) a heap, mass, quantity, multitude MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ puñjarāja

○rāja m. N. of a grammarian Cat

⋙ puñjaśas

○śas ind. in heaps or numbers MBh

≫ puñjaya

puñjaya Nom. P. ○yati, to heap, press together Kād. Bālar

≫ puñjātuka

puñjātuka n. = phalelāṅku (?) L

≫ puñji

puñji f. = puñja L

⋙ puñjiṣṭha

○ṣṭha mfn. heaped, accumulated

• (puñjí-), m. a fisherman or a birdcatcher VS. AśvŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-3, 97)

≫ puñjika

puñjika m. hail L

⋙ puñjikasthalā

○sthalā (VS. &c.),

⋙ puñjikasthalī

○sthalī (BhP.),

⋙ puñjikāstanā

puñjiḍkā-stanā (MārkP.) and N. of an Apsaras

⋙ puñjikāsthalā

puñjiḍkāsthalā (L.), N. of an Apsaras

≫ puñjita

puñjita mfn. heaped, made up into a ball, pressed or put together Kāv. Rājat

≫ puñjiṣṭha

puñjiṣṭha See puñji

≫ puñjī

puñjī in comp. for puñja

⋙ puñjīkartavya

○kartavya mfn. to be heaped or collected Bhaṭṭ. Sch

⋙ puñjīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. heaped, collected Mahīdh

⋙ puñjīkṛtya

○kṛtya ind. by heaping or collecting KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ puñjībhū

○bhū mfn. to be heaped or gathered or pressed or collected together Kād. Hcar

puñjīla

puñjīla See darbha-p○

puṭ

puṭ cl. 6. P. (Dhātup. xxviii, 74) puṭati, to clasp, fold, envelop in (instr.) Bhpr

• to rub together with (instr. ib.)

• cl. 1. P. poṭati, to grind, pound, Dhātup. ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)

• cl. 10. P. puṭayati, to be in contact with, xxxv, 58 poṭayati, to speak or to shine (bhāṣârthe or bhāsârthe), xxxiii, 80

• to grind or pound, xxxii, 72 Vop

• to be small, xxxii, 24 (v. l. for puṭṭ)

≫ puṭa

puṭa m. n. a fold, pocket, hollow space, slit, concavity (ifc. f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c. (also ī f. Śāntiśs.)

• a cloth worn to cover the privities (also ī f.) W

• a horse's hoof. L

• an eyelid (cf. -bheda)

• m. a cup or basket or vessel made of leaves ŚBr. (cf. ūṣa-) Mn. MBh. &c

• a casket (= sampuṭa) L

• the enveloping or wrapping of any substance (esp. for baking or heating it

• cf. puṭa-pāka) Bhpr

• any cake or pastry filled with seasoning or stuffing of any kind ib

• N. of a metre (= śkī-puṭa) L

• of a man, g. aśvâdi

• n. a nutmeg L

• two vessels joined together (for the sublimation of medicinal substances) W

⋙ puṭakanda

○kanda m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙ puṭagrīva

○grīva m. 'hollow-necked', a churn L

• a copper vessel L

⋙ puṭadhenu

○dhenu f. a not yet full-grown cow with a calf Hcat

⋙ puṭapāka

○pāka m. a partic. method of preparing drugs (the various substances being wrapped up in leaves, covered with clay, and heated in fire) Car. Bhpr

• digesting, subliming W

• -yukti f. the application of the method called puṭa-pāka Suśr

⋙ puṭabhid

○bhid mfn. burst or cleft asunder Var

⋙ puṭabheda

○bheda m. a bend or the mouth of a river L

• 'parting of the eye-lids', opening Uttarar. vi, 3

• a town L

• a kind of musical instrument L

⋙ puṭabhedaka

○bhedaka mfn. = -bhid Var

⋙ puṭabhedana

○bhedana n. a town, city MBh

⋙ puṭāññali

puṭâññali m. the two hollowed hands put together (cf. añjali) Hcat

⋙ puṭāpuṭikā

puṭâpuṭikā f. g. śākapārthivâdi

⋙ puṭālu

puṭâlu m. a species of bulbous plant L

⋙ puṭāhvaya

puṭâhvaya m. = puṭa-pāka, Susr

⋙ puṭoṭaja

puṭôṭaja n. a white umbrella or parasol L

⋙ puṭodaka

puṭôdaka n. 'having water in its hollow or interior', a cocoa-nut L

≫ puṭaka

puṭaka m. a fold, pocket, slit, cavity Kāv. Pur

• a partic. position of the hands Cat

• a bag or vessel made of a leaf doubled over in a funnelshape Rājat

• (ikā), f. a bag or vessel (cf. m.) Pañc

• a bi-valved shell L

• cardamoms L

• n. a nutmeg L

• a water-lily L

⋙ puṭakānuvāsana

puṭakânuvāsana n. a funnel-like enema Kauś. Sch. [Page 631, Column 3]

≫ puṭakinī

puṭakinī f. (fr. puṭaka g. puṣkarâdi) a lotus or group of lotuses, Vāsav

⋙ puṭakinīpattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf Śak. (in Prākṛit)

≫ puṭana

puṭana n. enveloping, wrapping up Bhpr

≫ puṭannaṭa

puṭan-naṭa m.Cyperus Rotundus L. (cf. kuṭannaṭa)

≫ puṭita

puṭita mfn. split, torn up (= pāṭita) L

• sewn, stitched (= syūta) L

• rubbed, ground W

• contracted W

• n. the hollow of the hands (= hastapuṭa) L

• = ahi-puṭa (?) L

≫ puṭī 1

puṭī f. See puṭa

≫ puṭī 2

puṭī ind. (with √kṛ) to make into a funnelshaped vessel Bālar

puṭṭ

puṭṭ cl. 10. P. puṭṭayati, to be or become small, diminish Dhātup. xxxii, 24 (v. l. puṭ)

puḍ

puḍ cl. 6. P. puḍati, to leave, quit Dhātup. xxviii, 90

• cl. 1.P. poḍati, to grind, pound, ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)

puṇ

puṇ cl. 6. P. puṇati, to act piously or virtuously Dhātup. xxviii, 43 (invented to serve as base for puṇya, ni-puṇa &c.?)

• cl. 10. P. poṇayati, to collect, accumulate (v. l. for pūl, pūlyati)

≫ puṇaka

puṇaka m. N. of a man Hcar. Sch

≫ puṇika

puṇika m. N. of a man, Kāś

• (ā), f. N. of a woman L

puṇatāmakara

puṇatāmakara m. N. of Mahādeva (the author of the Ātmatva-jāti-vicāra &c.) Cat

puṇṭ

puṇṭ cl. 10 P. puṇṭayati, to speak or to shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 118

puṇḍ

puṇḍ cl. 1. P. puṇṇḍati, to rub, grind, reduce to powder Dhātup. ix, 38 (v. l. for muṭ)

puṇḍa

puṇḍa m. = puṇḍra, a mark, sign L

⋙ puṇḍakakṣa

○kakṣa and wṛ. for puṇḍra-k○ and -v○

⋙ puṇḍavardhana

○vardhana wṛ. for puṇḍra-k○ and -v○

puṇḍarin

puṇḍarin m. Ḥibiscus Mutabilis L

puṇḍarisrajā

puṇḍari-srajā́ f. either, a lotuswreath' (if puṇḍari is substituted for puṇḍarīka) or 'a wreath of Hibiscus Mutabilis' ( See above) TS. TBr

puṇḍarīka

puṇḍárīka n. (√puṇ [?]

• Uṇ. iv, 20 Sch.) a lotus-flower (esp. a white lotus

• ifc. expressive of beauty, g. vyāghrâdi) RV. &c.&c. (it is sacred to Śikhin, one of the Buddhas MWB. 515)

• a white umbrella L

• a kind of drug L

• (m. or n. ?) a mark on the forehead Śatr

• N. of a Tīrtha MBh

• m. a kind of sacrifice MBh

• a species of rice Suśr

• a kind of fragrant mango L

• Artemisia Indica L

• a variety of the sugar-cane L

• a tiger L

• a kind of bird L

• a kind of serpent L

• a kind of leprosy L

• fever in an elephant L

• white (the colour) L

• N. of a Nāga MBh

• of the elephant of the south-east quarter Ragh

• of an ancient king MBh

• of a son of Nabha or Nabhas Hariv

• of a Brāhman renowned for filial piety, and afterwards worshipped as the god Viṭhobl RTL. 263

• (with Jainas) of a Gaṇa-dhara Śatr

• of a hermit (son of Sveta-ketu and Lakshmi) Kād

• of a poet Cat

• of a mountain Śatr

• (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh

• of a daughter of Vasishṭha (wife of Prâṇa or Pāṇḍu) VP

• of a river in Krau3ñca-dvipa ib

⋙ puṇḍarīkakavi

○kavi m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ puṇḍarīkadalopama

○dalôpama mfn. resembling a lotus-leaf. L

⋙ puṇḍarīkanayana

○nayana mfn. lotus-eyed

• m. N. of Vishnu or Kṛishṇa VP

• a species of bird Gal

⋙ puṇḍarīkapalāśākṣa

○palâśâkṣa mfn. lotus. (leaf.) eyed R

⋙ puṇḍarīkapura

○pura n. N. of a town

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ puṇḍarīkapurāna

○purāna n. N. of a Pur

⋙ puṇḍarīkaplava

○plava m. a species of bird L. =

⋙ puṇḍarīkamukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. lotus-faced Mālatīm

• (ī), f. a kind of leech Suśr

⋙ puṇḍarīkalocana

○locana mfn. = -nayana mfn

⋙ puṇḍarīkavat

○vat (○ka-), mfn. abounding with lotus-flowers AV

• m. N. of a mountain in Krauñcadviipa VP

⋙ puṇḍarīkavanamahātmya

○vana-máhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ puṇḍarīkaviṭhala

○viṭhala m. N. of an author who lived under Akbār Cat

⋙ puṇḍarikākṣa

puṇḍarikâkṣa m. 'lotus-eyed', N. of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh. Kāv. &c

• of an author Cat

• a species of aquatic bird Car

• n. N. of a partic. drug L

• -stotra n. ○kópaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ puṇḍarīkātapatra

puṇḍarīkâtapatra n. having the lotus for an umbrella (said of the autumn) Ragh

⋙ puṇḍarikānvaya

puṇḍarikânvaya m. an elephant of PṭPāṇḍu's ( See above) race, an elephant with peculiar marks Gal

⋙ puṇḍarīkekṣaṇa

puṇḍarīkêkṣaṇa m., lotus-eyed', N. of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh

⋙ puṇḍarīkodaraprabha

puṇḍarīkôdaraprabha mfn. resplendent as the interior of a white lotus MW

≫ puṇḍarīkinī

puṇḍarīkinī f. N. of a town in Videha HPariś

≫ puṇḍarīyaka

puṇḍarīyaka m. N. of one of the Viśvc Devāþ. MBh. [Page 632, Column 1] Contents of this page

• n. the flower of Hibiscus Mutabilis L

• a kind of drug (prob. = next) Bhpr

≫ puṇḍarya

puṇḍarya n. a medicinal plant used as a remedy far diseased eyes L

puṇḍra

puṇḍra m. N. of a son of the Daitya Bali (ancestor of the Puṇḍras) MBh

• (pl.)of a people and their country (the modern Bengal and Behar) AitBr. MBh. &c

• of a son of Vasu-deva VP

• sugar-cane (or a red viriety of it) L

• Gaertnera Racemosa L

• Ficus Infectoria L

• Clerodendrum Phlomoides L

• a white lotus-flower L

• a worm L

• m. or n. a mark or line made on the forehead with ashes or colouring substances to distinguish Vaishṇavas fr. Śaivas &c., a sectarian mark KātyŚr. Sch. RTL. 66 ; 67 (cf. ūrdhva-p○, tri-p○)

• n. N. of a mythical city between the mountains Hima-vat and Hemakūṭa VāyuP

⋙ puṇḍrakakṣa

○kakṣa m. N. of a mountain, Divyáv. (wṛ. puṇḍa-k○)

⋙ puṇḍrakeli

○keli m. an elephant L

⋙ puṇḍranagara

○nagara n. 'city of the Puṇḍras', N. of a town (cf. pauṇḍranāgara)

⋙ puṇḍravardhana

○vardhana n. N. of a town in Gauḍa Pañc. (wṛ. puṇḍa-v○)

⋙ puṇḍravidhi

○vidhi m

⋙ puṇḍrastotra

○stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ puṇḍrekṣu

puṇḍrêkṣu m. sugar-cane L

≫ puṇḍraka

puṇḍraka m. (pl.) the Puṇḍras (s.v.) Mn. x, 44(vḷ. pauṇḍ○) MBh

• (sg.) a prince of the Puṇḍras MBh

• N. of sev. plants (= puṇḍra) L

• a frontal sectarian mark ( See ūrdhva-p○. tri-p○)

• a man who lives by breeding silk-worms Col

• N. of a poet (also puṇḍroka) Cat

≫ puṇḍhra

puṇḍhra wṛ. for puṇḍra, a sectarian mark

puṇya

púṇya mf(ā)n. (perhaps fr. √2. pusk, according to Uṇ. v, 15 from √pū

•, See also √puṇ) auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good, right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred RV. &c. &c

• ni. N. of a poet Cat

• of another man Buddh

• m. or n. N. of a lake MBh

• (ā), f. holy basil L

• Physalis Flexuosa L

• N. of a daughter of Kratu and Saṃnati VP

• n. (ifc. f. ā) the good or right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act, moral or religious merit MBh. Kāv. &c

• a religious ceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order to retain her husband's affections and to obtain a son

• also -ka) MBh. Hariv

• a brick trough for watering cattle W

⋙ puṇyakartṛ

○kartṛ (MBh.),

⋙ puṇyakarman

○karman (ib. R. &c.), mfn. acting right, virtuous, pious

⋙ puṇyakāla

○kāla m. an auspicious time Hcat

• -tā f. auspiciousness of time Sūryas

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ puṇyakīrti

○kīrti mfn. bearing a good name, famous, celebrated MBh

• m. N. of a man (whose shape was assumed by Vishṇu) SkandaP

⋙ puṇyakuṭa

○kuṭa m. a great multitude of meritorious acts Kāraṇḍ

⋙ puṇyakṛt

○kṛ́t mfn. = -kartṛ ŚBr. MBh. &c

• m. N. of one of the Viśve Devāþ MBh

⋙ puṇyakṛtyā

○kṛtyā́ (ŚBr.),

⋙ puṇyakriyā

○kriyā (Āpast.), f. a good or meritorious action

⋙ puṇyakṣetra

○kṣetra n. a holy place, a place of pilgrimage VarBṛS. Sch

• N. of Buddha Divyāv

⋙ puṇyagandha

○gandha (pú○), mfn. sweet-scented, fragrant RV. MBh. Ragh

• m. Michelia Champaka L. =

⋙ puṇyagandhi

○gandhi (pú○ AV.),

⋙ puṇyagandhin

○gandhin (MBh.), mfn. sweet-scented, fragrant

⋙ puṇyagṛha

○gṛha n. a house of charity, an alms-house or a temple R

⋙ puṇyageha

○geha n. a house i.e. a place or seat of virtue Daś

⋙ puṇyajana

○janá m. a good or honest man L

• (pl.) good people (N. of a class of supernatural beings AV. &c. &c

• in later times N. of the Yakshas and of a partic. class of Rākshasas Kāv. Pur.)

• ○nêśvara m. lord of Yakshas', N. of Kubera Ragh

⋙ puṇyajanman

○janman (pú○), mfn. of pure or holy origin MaitrS

⋙ puṇyajala

○jala mfn. having pure water ML

⋙ puṇyajita

○jita mfn. gained or attained by good works ChUp. Kāv

⋙ puṇyatara

○tara mfn. purer, holier, ○rī- √kṛ, to make purer or holier Ragh

⋙ puṇyatā

○tā f. (MBh.),

⋙ puṇyatva

○tva n. (Kum.) purity, holiness

⋙ puṇyatīrtha

○tīrtha n. a sacred shrine or place of pilgrimage Hit

• N. of a Tirtha W

• mf(ā)n. abounding with Tirthas R

⋙ puṇyatṛṇa

○tṛṇa n. a sacred grass (N. of the white variety of Kuśa grass) L

⋙ puṇyadarśana

○darśana mf(ā)n. of beautiful appearance Ragh

• m. Coracias Indica L

⋙ puṇyaduh

○duh mfn. yielding or granting happiness or beatitude MBh

⋙ puṇyanātha

○nātha m. (with upâdhyāya) N. of a man Cat

⋙ puṇyanāman

○nāman m. N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• ○ma-ślokâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ puṇyanivaha

○nivaha mfn. conferring religious merit, meritorious BhP

⋙ puṇyapāpekṣitṛ

○pāpêkṣitṛ mfn. seeing good and bad deeds Mn. viii, 91

⋙ puṇyapālarājakathā

○pāla-rāja-kathā f. N. of wk

⋙ puṇyapāvana

○pāvana m. or n. a proper N. Cat

⋙ puṇyapuṇyatā

○puṇyatā f. perfect holiness Rājat

⋙ puṇyapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a man rich in religious merit, a pious man MW

⋙ puṇyapratāpa

○pratāpa m. the efficacy of virtue or of religious merit ib

⋙ puṇyaprada

○prada mfn. = -nivaha Hariv

⋙ puṇyaprasava

○prasava m. pl. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 18 classes of gods of the world of form Dharmas. [Page 632, Column 2]

⋙ puṇyaphala

○phala n. the fruit or reward of good works Mn. iii, 95 &c

• mfn. having or receiving good fruit R

• m. N. of the garden of Lakshmi L

⋙ puṇyabala

○bala m. N. of a king of Puṇya-vati, Avadānas

• N. of one of the 10 forces of a Bodhi-sattva, Dharmas:

⋙ puṇyabharita

○bharita mfn. abounding in holiness or bliss Śatr

⋙ puṇyabhāj

○bhāj (Kad.),

⋙ puṇyabhājin

○bhājin (Śatr.), mfn. partaking of bliss, happy

⋙ puṇyabhu

○bhu f. 'the holy land', N. of Āryāvarta (s.v.) L

⋙ puṇyabhumi

○bhumi f. id. L

• the mother of a male child W

⋙ puṇyamanya

○manyá mfn. thinking one's self good MaitrS

⋙ puṇyamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of good or of merit Prab

⋙ puṇyamahas

○mahas mfn. of pure glory Mcar. i, : 18

⋙ puṇyamaheśākhya

○mahêśâkhya mfn. named, holy and great lord', Divya'v

⋙ puṇyamitra

○mitra m. N. of a Buddhist patriarch

⋙ puṇyayoga

○yoga m. the effect of virtuous actions in a former life W

⋙ puṇyarāja

○rāja m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ puṇyarātra

○rātra m. an auspicious night L

⋙ puṇyarāśi

○rāśi m. N. of a man L

• of a mountain Śatr

⋙ puṇyalakṣmīka

○lakṣmīka (pú○), mfn. auspicious, prosperous ŚBr

⋙ puṇyalabdha

○labdha mfn. attained by good works MBh

⋙ puṇyaloka

○loka (pú○), mfn. belonging to or sharing in a better world ŚBr

⋙ puṇyavat

○vat mfn. righteous, virtuous, honest MBh

• auspicious, happy Kathās. Hit

• (ī), f. N. of a country Avadānaś

⋙ puṇyavarjita

○varjita m. 'destitute of virtue', N. of a fictitious country Kautukas

⋙ puṇyavardhana

○vardhana mfn. 'increasing merit' Hariv

• n. N. of a city Vet. (cf. puṇḍra-v○)

⋙ puṇyavarman

○varman m. N. of a prince of Vidarbha Daś

⋙ puṇyavallabha

○vallabha m. N. of a man L

⋙ puṇyavāgbuddhikarmin

○vāg-buddhikarmin mfn. pure in word and thought and deed MBh

⋙ puṇyavijita

○vijita mfn. acquired by merit, merited MW

⋙ puṇyaśakuna

○śakuna m. a bird of good omen MBh

⋙ puṇyaśālā

○śālā f. a house of charity, alms-house L

⋙ puṇyaśila

○śila mfn. of a virtuous disposition, virtuous, pious, righteous MBh

⋙ puṇyaśeṣa

○śeṣa m. N. of a prince L

⋙ puṇyasrīka

○srīka mfn. = -lakṣmīka Mcar

⋙ puṇyaśrlgarbha

○śrl-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

⋙ puṇyaśloka

○śloka mf(ā)n. 'well spoken of' of good fame or reputation BhP. (○kêya-karman mfn. one whose actions must be praised in auspicious verses ib.)

• m. N. of Nala or Yudhi-shṭhira or Kṛishṇa MBh. Pur

• (ā), f. N. of Sitā or Draupadī Pur

⋙ puṇyasaṃcaya

○saṃcaya m. a store of virtue or religious merit MW

⋙ puṇyasama

○sáma n. a good year TS. Vait

• (am), ind., g. tiṣṭhadgvādi

⋙ puṇyasambhāra

○sambhāra m. = -saṃcaya Kāraṇḍ

• (with Buddhists) the equipment of meritorious acts Dharmas

⋙ puṇyasāra

○sāra m. N. of a prince, Kathlrṇ

⋙ puṇyasundara

○sundara (or -gaṇī), m. N. of a grammarian Cat

⋙ puṇyasena

○sena m. N. of a prince Kathās

• of another man Buddh

⋙ puṇyaskandha

○skandha m. = -saṃcaya Kāraṇḍ

⋙ puṇyastambhakara

○stambha-kara (?), m. N. of a man Cat

⋙ puṇyasthāna

○sthāna n. a sacred place, consecrated ground Yājñ

⋙ puṇyākara

puṇyâkara m. N. of the father of Śaṃkara Cat

⋙ puṇyāgni

puṇyâgni m. the public fire kept burning in a city square for the use of all Subh

⋙ puṇyātman

puṇyâtman mfn. 'Pure-souled', virtuous, pious Kāv. Hit

⋙ puṇyānagara

puṇyā-nagara n. N. of a town Cat

⋙ puṇyānandanātha

puṇyânanda-nātha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ puṇyānubhāva

puṇyânubhāva m. pleasing majesty or dignity Uttarar. iv, 22

⋙ puṇyālaṃkṛta

puṇyâlaṃkṛta m. 'adorned by virtue', N. of a demon Lalit

⋙ puṇyāśaya

puṇyâśaya mfn. = ○ṇya-śīla Hcar

⋙ puṇyāha

puṇyâhá n. a happy or auspicious day

• wishing a person a happy or auspicious day (○haṃ with √vac, Caus.' to wish a person acc. a happy or aṭauspicious day') Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• -prayoga m. -mantra, N. of wks

• -vācana n. proclaiming or wishing an auspicious day MBh

• N. of wk. (also ○na-prayoga, m.)

• mfn. Pāṇ. 5-1, 11 Vārtt. 3 Pat

• -śabda (BhavP.) and -svana (MBh.), m. = -vācana n

⋙ puṇyaikakarman

puṇyâika-karman mfn. doing only virtuous actions Hit

⋙ puṇyodaka

puṇyôdáka mfn. having sacred waters Megh

• (ā), f. N. of a river in the next world MBh

⋙ punyodaya

punyôdaya m. the occurrence of good fortune (resulting from virtuous acts done in a former life) Hit

⋙ puṇyodyāna

puṇyôdyāna mfn. having beautiful gardens MW

≫ puṇyaka

puṇyaka n. N. of a partic. ceremony performed by a woman (= puṇya n. q.v.) MBh. Hariv

• the present made to a wife on the occasion of the PṭPuṇyaka ceremony Hariv

⋙ puṇyakavrata

○vrata n. the worship of Kṛishṇa for a year with daily presents (to be performed by a woman desirous of a son) BrahmaP

≫ puṇyīkṛ

puṇyī-kṛ √to sanctify, consecrate HPariś

put

put or pud (a word invented to explain putra or put-tra, See Mn. ix, 138, and Nir. ii, 11), hell or a partic. hell (to which the childless are condemned) MBh.: Kāv. and C. [Page 632, Column 3]

⋙ punnāman

pun-nāman mfn. having the name Put, called Put Mn. ix, 138

puta

puta m. (du.) the buttocks L

• a kind of metre Col. (prob. wṛ. for puṭa, cf. śrī-puṭa)

puttala

puttala m. (prob. fr. putra) a puppet, doll, small statue, effigy, image (-dahana n. -vidhāna n. and -vidhi m. burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad) Cat

• (ī), f. = m

• an idol

• ○lī-cālana n. a partic. game with dolls Gal

• ○lī-pūjā f. idol-worship, idolatry MW

≫ puttalaka

puttalaka m. (and ikā f.) = puttala, ○lī

• ○liko vidhiḥ = puttala-v○ above

≫ puttikā

puttikā f. a doll, puppet BhP

• the white ant or termite (so called from its doll-like form) Mn. MBh. Pañc

• = pataṃgikā, a small kind of bee Bhpr

• a gnat Nīlak. = pluṣi Śaṃk. Sāy

putra

putrá m. (etym. doubtful, perhaps fr. √2. puṣ

• traditionally said to be a comp. put-tra, 'preserving from the hell called Put' Mn. ix, 138) a son, child RV. &c. &c. (also the young of an animal

• Pāṇ. 8-1, 15 Sch

• ifc. it forms diminutives, cf. dṛṣat-p○ and śilā-p○

• voc. sg. du. pl. often used to address young persons, my son, my children &c.'

• du. 'two sons' or, a son and a daughter'

• Pāṇ. 1-2, 68)

• a species of small venomous animal (= putraka) Cat

• (in astrol.) N. of the fifth house Var

• N. of a son of Brahmishṭha Ragh

• of a son of Priya-vrata VP. &c. &c

• (ī), f. a daughter MBh. Hariv. &c

• a doll or puppet ( See dāru-putrī)

• ifc. used to form diminutives ( See asi-putrī)

• a species of plant L. ; N. of Pārvati L. [Cf. Zd. puthra ; Gk. ? and Lat. puer (?).] [632, 3]

⋙ putrakandā

○kandā f. a bulbous plant (stipposed to cause fecundity) L

⋙ putrakarman

○karman n. a ceremony relating to a son MBh

⋙ putrakalatranāśabhīta

○kalatra-nāśa-bhīta mfn. fearful of the destruction of wife and children MW

⋙ putrakāma

○kāma (putrá-), mfn. desirous of sons or children

• -kṛthṇa-pañcamī-vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat

• ○méṣṭi f. an: oblation made by one desirous of offspring ĀśvŚr

⋙ putrakāmika

○kāmika mf(ī)n. (a sacrifice) aiming at the birth of a son MBh

⋙ putrakāmya

○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for a son, Śāntiś. (cf. P1ṇ. iii, 1, 9 Sch.)

⋙ putrakāmyā

○kāmyā́ f. wish for sons or children AV. R. &c

• ○myêṣṭi f. N. of wk

⋙ putrakārya

○kārya n. = -karman MBh

⋙ putrakṛt

○kṛt mf. an adopted child MW

⋙ putrakṛtaka

○kṛtaka mfn. adopted as a child, Ṣak

⋙ putrakṛtya

○kṛtya mfn. the duty of a son ib

⋙ putrakṛtha

○kṛthá m. or n. the bringing forth or procreation of children RV

⋙ putrakramadīpikā

○krama-dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ putraghnī

○ghnī See -han

⋙ putrajagdhī

○jagdhī f. 'one who has devoured her children', an unnatural mother Pāṇ. 8-8, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ putrajananī

○jananī f. a species of plant L

⋙ putrajāta

○jāta mfn. one to whom a son is born, having a son, g. āhitâgny-ādi

⋙ putrajīva

○jīva wṛ. for

⋙ putraṃjīva

○ṃ-jīva

⋙ putraṃjīvaka

○ṃ-jīḍvaka m. 'giving life to children', Putranjiva Roxburghī (from its seeds are made necklaces which are suppose, to keep children in good health) L

⋙ putratā

○tā f. (AitBr.),

⋙ putratva

○tva n. (MBh. &c.) sonship, filial relationship

⋙ putratīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (also of 2 chs. of PadmaP.) Cat

⋙ putrada

○da mfn. giving sons or offspring W

• (ā), f. N. of a kind of shrub L.: of a species of bulbous plant L

• = vandhyā-karkoṭakī L

⋙ putradātrī

○dātrī f. 'child-giver', N. of a creeping plant (growing in Mālava and supposed to promote fecundity) L

⋙ putradāra

○dāra n. son (child) and wife Mn. iv, 239 &c

⋙ putradharma

○dharma m. filial duty

• -tas ind. according to the ceremonies usual on the birth of a son MW

⋙ putranāman

○nāman mfn. having the name son, called son, MānGṛŚrS

⋙ putraniveśana

○niveśana n. the habitation or abode of a son MW

⋙ putrapiṇḍapālana

○piṇḍa-pālana m. (with upavāsa) 'cherishing the body of a son', N. of a ceremony Śak. ii, 16/17 (MW. p. 51, n. 1

• vḷ. -pāraṇa)

⋙ putrapitṛ

○pitṛ m. du. son and father Kathās

⋙ putraputra

○putra m. a son's son, a grandson Gal

• ○trâdinī f. an unnatural mother ( See putra-jagdhī and Pāṇ. 8-8, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat.)

⋙ putrapura

○pura n. N. of a town Kathās

⋙ putrapautra

○pautra n. sg. and m. pl. sons and grandsons Mn. MBh. &c

• ○traka n. sg. id. Subh

• ○trin mfn. having sons and grandsons MBh

• ○trīṇa mfn. transmitted to sons and grandsons, hereditary Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 (○ṇa-tā f. Bhaṭt.)

⋙ putrapratigrahavidhi

○pratigrahavidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ putrapratinidhi

○prati-nidhi m. a substitute for a son (as an adopted son &c.),

⋙ putraprada

○prada mfn. giving sons or children (in -śivastotra n. N. of a Stotra)

• (ā), f. N. of a species of Solanum L

⋙ putrapravara

○pravara m. the eldest son MBh. BhP

⋙ putrapriya

○priya mfn. dear to a son Veṇis

• m. 'fond of of offspring', N. of a kind of bird R. [Page 633, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ putraphalabhaktṛ

○phalabhaktṛ mfn. enjoying the advantage of having a son MW

⋙ putrabhadrā

○bhadrā f. a species of plant L

⋙ putrabhāga

○bhāga m. a son's share or portion Mn. ix, 215

⋙ putrabhāṇḍa

○bhāṇḍa n. a substitute for a son, one who is to be regarded as a son Mcar. Bālar

⋙ putrabhāva

○bhāva m. sonship, filial relation Nir. iii, 4

• 5

⋙ putrabhūya

○bhūya n. id. HPariś

⋙ putramaya

○máya mf(ī)n. consisting or formed of a son ŚBr

⋙ putramartyā

○martyā f. the dying of sons ĀpŚr

⋙ putramoṭikāputra

○moṭikāputra (?) Divyâv

⋙ putrarodam

○rodam ind. (with √rud) to weep over a son ChUp

⋙ putralābha

○lābha m. obtaining a son or sons MW. -i

⋙ putravat

○vat ind. like a son or sons, as with a son &c. Mn. MBh. -2

⋙ putravat

○vat (putrá-), mfn. having a son or sons or children VS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ putravadhū

○vadhū f. a son's wife, daughter-in-law L

⋙ putravala

○vala mfn. = 2. -vat L

⋙ putravidya

○vidya n. = -lābha AV

⋙ putraśṛṅgī

○śṛṅgī f. Odina Pinnata L

⋙ putraśreṇī

○śreṇī f. Salvinia Cucullata Suśr

• Odina Pinnata L

• Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ putrasakha

○sakha m. fond or a friend of children Hariv

⋙ putrasaṃkarin

○saṃkarin mfn. mixing or confusing children (through mixed marriages) MBh

⋙ putrasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ putrasaptamī

○saptamī f. the 7th day in the light half of the month Āśvina Cat

• -vrata-kathā f. N. of wk

⋙ putrasahasraka

○sahasraka mf(ikā)n. having 1000 sons MBh

⋙ putrasahasrin

○sahasrin mfn. id. ib

⋙ putrasāmaprayoga

○sāmaprayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ putrasū

○sū f. the mother of a son W

⋙ putrasena

○sena (putrá-), m. N. of a man MaitrS

⋙ putrasneha

○sneha m. love of or for a son MBh

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in the love for a son BhP

⋙ putrasvīkāra

○svīkāra m. making one's own i.e. adopting a son

• nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ putrahata

○hata mfn. 'whose sons have been killed', N. of Vasishtha TāṇḍBr. (ī), f. = jagdhī Pāṇ. 8-4, 48 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ putrahan

○han mf(ghnī)n. killing a child Car. Suśr

⋙ putrahīna

○hīna mfn. sonless, childless (-tva n.) MW

⋙ putrācārya

putrâcārya m. (a father) having his son for his teacher Mn. iii, 160

⋙ putrādinī

putrâdinī f. = putra-jagdhī Pāṇ. 8-4, 48 (when used literally spelt with two t's, e.g. puttrâdinīvyāghrī, 'a tigress eating her young' ib. Sch.)

⋙ putrānnāda

putrânnâda mfn. eating the food of a son, living at a son's expense L

⋙ putrārthin

putrârthin mf(iṇī)n. wishing for a son MBh

⋙ putrejyā

putrêjyā f. (prob.) putrêṣṭi

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ putrepsu

putrêpsu mfn. wishing for a son W

⋙ putreṣṭi

putrêṣṭi f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male children or one performed at the time of adoption L

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ putreṣṭikā

putrêṣṭikā f. = putrêṣti

⋙ putraiśvarya

putrâiśvarya n. 'son's proprietorship', a resignation of property or power by a father to his son W

⋙ putraiṣaṇā

putrâiṣaṇā f. desire or longing for a son ŚBr

⋙ putrotpattipaddhati

putrôtpattipaddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ putrotsaṅgā

putrôtsaṅgā f. pregnant with a son MBh

≫ putraka

putraká m. a little son, boy, child (often used as a term of endearment

• ifc. f. ikā) RV. &c. &c

• a puppet, doll, figure of stone or wood or lac &c. (cf. kṛtrima-, jatu-, śilā-

• g. yāvâdi)

• a rogue, cheat L

• a species of small venomous animal (enumerated among the Mūshikas) Suśr

• a grasshopper L

• a fabulous animal with 8 legs (= śarabha) W

• hair L

• a species of tree L

• a grinding-stone Gobh. Sch

• N. of the supposed founder of Pāṭaliputra Kathās

• of a mountain L

• (akā), f. = next Pāṇ. 7-3, 45 Vārtt. 10 Pat

≫ putrikā

putrikā f. a daughter (esp. a daughter appointed to raise male issue to be adopted by a father who has no sons) Mn. MBh. &c

• a puppet, doll, small statue Bhartṛ. Kathās

• (ifc. = a diminutive

• cf. asikhaḍga.)

• the cotton or down of the tamarisk W

⋙ putrikāpuntra

○puntra m. a daughter's son who by agreement or adoption becomes the son of her father ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

⋙ putrikāpūrvaputra

○pūrva-putra m. the son of a daughter adopted before (cf. above) MBh

⋙ putrikāprasū

○prasū f. the mother of a dṭdaughter L

⋙ putrikābhartṛ

○bhartṛ m. a daughter's husband MW

⋙ putrikāsuta

○suta m. a daughter's son, a grandson W

≫ putrin

putrín mf(íṇī)n. having a son or sons, possessing children (m. and f. the father or the mother of a son or of children generally) RV. &c. &c

• (iṇī), f. Siphonantus Indica and another plant L

• (with piḍakā) a pustule which has small plant round it Suśr

• ○ṇy-āpta mfn. born of one who is already mother of a son Mn. ix, 143

≫ putriya 1

putriya mf(ā)nṛelating to a son (cf. a-p○)

≫ putriya 2

putriya Nom. P. ○yáti, to wish for a son or children AV

≫ putrī 1

putrī f. of putra, q.v

≫ putrī 2

putrī in comp. for putra,

⋙ putrīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. the adoption of sons

• -mīmāṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙ putrīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. adopted as a son Ragh. Rājat. √[Page 633, Column 2]

⋙ putrībhū

○bhū to become a son BhP

≫ putrīya 1

putrīya mf(ā)n. relating to a son, procuring a son MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• m. a disciple Divyâv

⋙ putrīyavargaprayoga

○varga-prayoga m

⋙ putrīyasthālīpākaprayoga

○sthālīpāka-prayoga m. N. of wks

≫ putrīya 2

putrīya Nom. P. ○yáti, to wish for a son or children RV. vii, 96, 4 (pr. p. ○yát)

• to treat like a son Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Sch. (Desid. puputrīyiṣati, putitrīyiṣati or putrīyiyiṣati Pāṇ. 6-1, 3 Vārtt. 4 Pat

• puputitrīyiyiṣiṣati Vop.)

≫ putrīyā

putrīyā f. the desire of or wish for a son Pāṇ. 3- 102 Sch

≫ putrīyitṛ

putrīyitṛ mfn. one who wishes for a son Pāṇ. 3-2, 170 Sch

≫ putrya

putrya mf(ā)n. = putriya or ○trīya ṢaḍvBr. GṛS

⋙ putryapaśavya

○paśavya mf(ā)n. fit for sons and cattle SaṃhUp

puth

puth cl.4.P. puthyati, to hurt Dhātup. xxxvi. 12: Caus. pothayati (Ā.p. pothayāna fut., pothayiṣye), to crush, kill, destroy MBh. Hariv

• to overpower or drown (one sound by another) Kathās

• to speak or to shine (bhāṣârthe, or bhāsârthe) Dhātup. xxxiii, 102

≫ pothita

pothita mfn. hurt, injured, killed, destroyed MBh. R

pudaka

pudaka m. pl. N. of a people VP

pudgala

pudgala mf(ā)n. beautiful, lovely, handsome MārkP

• m. the body Hit. i, 41, v. l

• (with Jainas) material object (including atoms) Śaṃk. MWB. 535

• the soul, personal entity Lalit

• man Var

• the Ego or individual (in a disparaging sense) SaddhP

• N. of Śiva MBh. (= deha Nīlak.)

• a horse of the colour of rockcrystal Gal

⋙ pudgalapati

○pati m. a prince, king Var

≫ puddala

puddala wṛ. for prec

puna

puna mfn. (√1. pū) purifying, cleansing (only ifc., cf. kim-p○, kulam-p○ &c.)

punar

púnar ind. back, home, in an opposite direction RV. &c. &c. (with √1. gam, yā, to go back or away

• with √dā, to give back, restore

• with √bhū, to turn round

• with √as and dat., to fall back upon)

• again, once more (also with bhūyas) ib. (with √bhū, to exist again, be renewed, become a wife again, re= marry)

• again and again, repeatedly ib. (mostly púnaḥ p○ which with na = nevermore)

• further, moreover, besides ib. (also punar aparam

• ādau-punar-paścāt, at first-then-later)

• however, still, nevertheless MBh. Kāv. &c. (at the end of a verse it lays stress on a preceding atha vā, api vā, or vā alone

• punar api, even again, on the other hand, also

• kadā p○, at any time, ever

• kim p○, how much more or less? however

• pṭpreceding-p○, now-now

• at one time - at another time)

⋙ punarapagama

○apagama m. going away again (a, punar-ap○) Kām

⋙ punarabhidhāna

○abhidhāna n. mentioning agṭagain Kull

⋙ punarabhiṣeka

○abhiṣeka m. anointing agṭagain AitBr

⋙ punarabhyākāram

○abhyākāram ind. drawing near repeatedly to one's self ib

⋙ punarabhyāghāram

○abhyāghāram ind. (prob.) wṛ. for prec. GopBr

⋙ punarabhyāvartam

○abhyāvartam ind. while repeating, under repetition TāṇḍBr

⋙ punarabhyunnīta

○abhyunnīta mfn. poured upon again Jaim

⋙ punararthin

○arthin mfn. requesting agṭagain

• ○thi-tā f. repeated request BhP

⋙ punarasu

○asú mfn. breathing or coming to life again ŚBr

⋙ punarāgata

○āgata mfn. come back again, returned Mn. Hit

⋙ punarāgama

○āgama m. coming back, return ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ punarāgamana

○āgamana n. id. MBh. R. &c

• being born again, re-birth Sarvad

⋙ punarāgāmin

○āgāmin mfn. coming back, returning Nir. iv, 16

⋙ punarāgrantham

○āgrantham ind. by repeatedly twining round AitBr

⋙ punarājāti

○ājāti f. re-birth GopBr

⋙ punarādāyam

○ādāyam ind. repeatedly Br. GṛŚrS

⋙ punarādi

○ādi mfn. beginning afresh, repeated TāṇḍBr

⋙ punarādhāna

○ādhāna n. renewing or replacing a consecrated fire Mn. v, 168

• N. of wk

• -dhāryâgnihotraprayoga (?), m. -prayoga m. -śrauta-sūsra, n. ○nâgnihotra n. N. of wks

⋙ punarādheya

○ādhéya mfn. to be renewed or replaced (on the altar, said of fire) TBr. ĀśvŚr

• n. renewing or replacing the consecrated fire TS. Br. ŚrS

• m. N. of a Soma festival KātyŚr

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ punarādheyaka

○ādheyaka n. = -ādheya n. TBr. Sch

⋙ punarādheyika

○ādheyika mf(ī)n. relating to the act of replacing the consecrated fire KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ punarānayana

○ānayana n. leading back MBh

⋙ punarābhāva

○ābhāva m. re-appearing (á-punar-ābh○) MaitrS

⋙ punarāmnāna

○āmnāna n. mentioning again Lāṭy

⋙ punarāyana

○âyana n. coming back, return ĀśvŚr

⋙ punarālambha

○ālambhá m. seizing or taking hold of again TS

⋙ punarāvarta

○āvarta m. return, re-birth [Page 633, Column 3]

• -nandā f. N. of a sacred bathing. place MBh

⋙ punarāvartaka

○āvartaka mfn. recurring (fever) Car

⋙ punarāvartana

○āvartana See a-punar-āv○

⋙ punarāvartin

○āvartin mfn. returning (to mundane existence) Yājñ

• leading back (to mundane existence) Bhag. Hariv

• subject to successive births W

⋙ punarāvṛtta

○āvṛtta mfn. repeated AitBr

⋙ punarāvṛtti

○āvṛtti f. return, re-appearance, re-birth Yājñ

• repetition ĀśvŚr

⋙ punarāsṛta

○ā́sṛta mfn. run hither again (as a chariot) MaitrS. (-āsṛtá?)

⋙ punarāhāra

○āhāra m. taking up again KātyŚr

• (am), ind. bringing hither repeatedly ĀpGṛ

⋙ punarukta

○ukta mf(ā)n. said again, reiterated, repeated MBh. R. &c. (ibc. and am ind. repeatedly)

• superfluous, useless Vikr. iii, 7/8 Hcar

• n. repetition, useless repetition, tautology ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c

• -janman m. 'whose birth is repeated', a Br1hman L

• -tā f. -tva n. repetition, (esp.) useless repeated, tautology Sāh

• -bhuktaviṣaya mfn. (an occupation) in which the objects of sense are repeatedly enjoyed Bhartṛ

• -vadābhāsa m. seeming tautology (a figure of speech) Sāh

• -vādin mfn. repeating the same things, talking idly Śak

⋙ punaruktāya

○uktāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to occur repeatedly Bālar

⋙ punarukti

○ukti f. = -ukta n. Prāt

• a mere empty word Vcar

• -mat mfn. tautological Prāt

⋙ punaruktīkṛ

○uktī-kṛ to render superfluous or useless Kathās

⋙ punarutthāna

○utthāna n. rising again, resurrection MW

⋙ punarutpatti

○utpatti f. re-appearance, re-birth Col

⋙ punarutpādana

○utpādana n. reproduction ChUp

⋙ punarutsṛṣṭa

○utsṛṣṭá mfn. let loose again (as a bull, goat &c.) TS. KātyŚr

⋙ punarutsyūta

○utsyūtá mfn. sewed or mended again, patched up TS. Lāṭy. &c

⋙ punarupagamana

○upagamana n. coming back, returning Kathās

⋙ punarupanayana

○upanayana n. a second initiation of a Brāhman (when the first has been vitiated by partaking of forbidden food

• cf. punaḥ-saṃskāra) Cat

• -prayoga m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ punarupalabdhi

○upalabdhi f. obtaining again Vikr

⋙ punarupasadana

○upasadana n. repeated performance Gaut

⋙ punarupākaraṇa

○upâkaraṇa n. repeated beginning of study Gobh

⋙ punarupāgama

○upâgama m. coming back, return Kathās

⋙ punarupoḍhā

○upôḍhā f. married again, re-married MW

⋙ punargamana

○gamana n. going or setting out agṭagain Pañc

⋙ punargarbhavatī

○garbha-vatī f. pregnant agṭagain Hit

⋙ punargava

○gava m. Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙ punargeya

○geya mfn. to be sung again (a-punar-g○) L

⋙ punargrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. repeatedly taking up (with a ladle &c.) KātyŚr

• repetition ib

⋙ punarjanman

○janman n. re-birth, metempsychosis Bhag. Hit

• mfn. born again, regenerated (a-punar-j○) Kathās

• ○ma-jaya m. 'victory over re-birth', liberation, final emancipation W

• ○mâkṣepa m. N. of wk

⋙ punarjāta

○jāta mf(ā)n. born again, regenerated MBh. &c

⋙ punarjīvātu

○jīvātu f. rebirth TāṇḍBr

⋙ punarḍīna

○ḍīna n. a partic. manner of flying MBh

⋙ punarṇava

○ṇava (púnar.), mf(ā)n. renewed, restored to life or youth MaitrS. MānŚr. (also punarṇavá

• cf. -nava)

⋙ punartta

○tta mf(ā)n. = punar-datta, given back, restored TāṇḍBr

⋙ punardarśana

○darśana n. seeing again Kāv

• (āya), ind., au revoir' Mṛicch

⋙ punardātṛ

○dātṛ m. giving again, a rewarder, recompenser ĀśvŚr

⋙ punardāya

○dā́ya ind. giving again, restoring RV

⋙ punardārakriyā

○dārakriyā f. taking a second wife (after the death of the first) Mn. v, 168

⋙ punardīyamāna

○dīyamāna See á-pṭpreceding-d○

⋙ punardyūta

○dyūta n. repeated gambling MBh

⋙ punardhenu

○dhenu f. a cow that again gives milk Lāṭy

⋙ punarnava

○nava (púnar-.), mf(ā)n. becoming new or young again, renewed AV. Br. &c. (also punar-navá

• cf. punar-ṇ○)

• m. a finger-nail (cf. -bhava) L

• (ā), f. hog-weed, Boerhavia Procumbens Suśr

• ○vā-maṇḍūra n. a partic. medicinal preparation Rasar

⋙ punarnigrantham

○nigrantham ind. intertwining again AitBr

⋙ punarnitunna

○nitunna mfn. thrust in or pierced again Kāṭh

• = next ib

⋙ punarninṛtta

○ninṛtta mfn. again repeated in detail AitBr

⋙ punarnivartam

○nivartam ind. returning (a-pṭpreceding-n○) TāṇḍBr

⋙ punarniṣkṛta

○niṣkṛtá mfn. repaired or mended again TS. Kāṭh

⋙ punarbandhayoga

○bandhayoga m. tying or fettering again Kap

⋙ punarbāla

○bāla mfn. become a child agṭagain R. (cf., ?)

• ○lya n. second childhood, weakness from old age ib

⋙ punarbhakṣya

○bhakṣya mfn. to be enjoyed agṭagain (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) TBr

⋙ punarbhava

○bhava mfn. born again BhP

• ni. new birth, transmigration MBh. Kāv. &c

• a finger-nail L. (cf. -nava)

• a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L

⋙ punarbhavin

○bhavin (?), m. the sentient soul (existing again after the dissolution of one body in another form) W

⋙ punarbharyā

○bharyā f. a second wife = re-marriage Kāv

⋙ punarbhāva

○bhāva m. new birth (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) Prab

⋙ punarbhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. being born agṭagain (aṭagain-pṭpreceding-bh○) Hariv

⋙ punarbhū

○bhū mfn. being renewed, restored to life or youth RV. AV

• f. a virgin widow re-married AV. &c. &c

• re-existence W

⋙ punarbhoga

○bhoga m. repeated enjoyment or fruition, perception of pleasure or pain as a reward of former actions Col

⋙ punarmagha

○magha (púnar-), mfn. 'having repeated gifts', avaricious, covetous AV. [Page 634, Column 1] Contents of this page

• repeatedly offering oblations or granting gifts ib. TS. TBr

⋙ punarmanya

○manyá mfn. (prob.) again thinking of. remembering RV

⋙ punarmāra

○māra m. repeated dying (a-pṭpreceding-m○) VP

⋙ punarmṛta

○mṛta n. (a-pṭpreceding-m○), id. BhP

⋙ punarmṛtyu

○mṛtyú m. id. GopBr

⋙ punaryajña

○yajñá m. a repeated sacrifice ŚBr

⋙ punaryātrā

○yātrā f. a repeated procession. L

⋙ punaryāman

○yāman mfn. useful again (cf. yāta-y○) ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ punaryuddha

○yuddha n. renewal of war Cat

⋙ punaryuvan

○yuvan (púnar-), mfn. agṭagain young ŚBr

• ○va-tva n. Car

⋙ punarlābha

○lābha m.obtaining again, recovery MBh

⋙ punarlekhana

○lekhana n. writing down agṭagain Yājñ. Sch

⋙ punarvaktavya

○vaktavya mfn. to be repeated

• -tā f. Kull

⋙ punarvacana

○vacana n. saying again, repetition, ŚāṅlchBr

⋙ punarvaṇya

○vaṇya See ajīta-pṭpreceding-v○

⋙ punarvat

○vat mfn. containing the word punar AitBr

⋙ punarvatsa

○vatsa m. a weaned calf that begins to suck again, Laty

• (with kāṇva) N. of the author of Ry. viii, 7 Anukr

⋙ punarvaraṇa

○varaṇa n. choosing again KātyŚr

⋙ punarvasu

○vasu (púnar-), m. 'restoring goods', N. of the 5th or 7th lunar mansion RV., &c.&c. (mostly du., Pāṇ. 1-2, 61

• -tvá n. MaitrS.)

• . of Vishṇu or Kṛishṇa MBh

• of Śiva L

• of Kātyāyana or Vararuci L

• of a son of Taittiri (son of Abhijit and father of Āhuka) Hariv

• of a son of Abhijit (Ari-dyota) and father of Āhuka Pur

• of other men Pāṇ. 1-2, 61 Sch

• of a partic. world L

• commencement of wealth L

⋙ punarvāda

○vāda m. repetition, tautology Kap

⋙ punarviroha

○viroha m. sprouting again (of plants) Car

⋙ punarvivāha

○vivāha mṣecond marriage Sāy

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ punarhan

○hán mfn. destroying in return RV

⋙ punarhavis

○havis (púnar-), n. repeated sacrificial oblation ŚBr

≫ punaḥ

punaḥ in comp. for punar

⋙ punaḥkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. making again, re-making, transforming Baudh. Vait

⋙ punaḥkarman

○karman n. a repeated action, SāṅkhBr

⋙ punaḥkāma

○kāma m: a repeated wish ĀpŚr

⋙ punaḥkriyā

○kriyā f. = -karman KātyŚr

⋙ punaḥpada

○pada n. 'repeated verse or line', a refrain Br

• mf(ā)n. containing a repeated ib

⋙ punaḥparājaya

○parājaya m. losing again (a-punaḥ-p○) AitBr

⋙ punaḥparidhāna

○paridhāna n. putting on (a garment) again KātyŚr

⋙ punaḥpāka

○pāka m. repeated cooking or baking Mn. Yājñ

⋙ punaḥpunā

○punā f. N. of a river (the Punpun in S. Behar, perhaps so called from its windings), Vāyup

⋙ punaḥpratinivartana

○pratinivartana n. coming back again, return R

⋙ punaḥpratyupakāra

○pratyupakāra m. retribution, retaliation Pañc

⋙ punaḥpramāda

○pramāda m. repeated negligence Āpast

⋙ punaḥprayoga

○prayoga m. repetition Vait

• ○gá-rūpa mfn. ŚBr

⋙ punaḥpravṛddha

○pravṛddha mfn. grown again (n. impers.) Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙ punaḥprādhyeṣaṇa

○prâdhyeṣaṇa n. repeated invitation to study, Śāṅkh Gr

⋙ punaḥprāpya

○prâpya mfn. to be obtained again, recoverable MW

⋙ punaḥprāyaṇīya

○prâyaṇīya mfn. (a ceremony &c.) at which the Prâyaṇīya (s.v.) is repeated ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ punaḥprepsā

○prepsā f. desire of obtaining again Kathās

⋙ punaḥśramaṇa

○śramaṇa wṛ. for puraḥ-śr○ (?) Divyâv

⋙ punaḥsaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. renewed investiture, repetition of any Saṃskāra Mn. R

• N. of wk. (cf. punar-upanayana)

⋙ punaḥsaṃskṛta

○saṃskṛta mfn. fitted up again, repaired, mended ŚāṅkhBr. KātyŚr

⋙ punaḥsaṃgama

○saṃgama m. meeting again, reunion Kathās

⋙ punaḥsaṃdarśana

○saṃdarśana n. seeing one another again, R

⋙ punaḥsaṃdhāna

○saṃdhāna n. uniting again, re-uniting Sāh

• re-kindling of the household fire Saṃskārak

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ punaḥsambhava

○sambhava mfn. coming into existence ag (a-p"ṣ-s○) Rājat

⋙ punaḥsara

○sará mf(ā́)n. running back RV

• N. of the Achyranthes, Aspera (the flowers of which are turned back) AV

⋙ punaḥsiddha

○siddha mfn. prepared or cooked again Gaut

⋙ punaḥsukha

○sukha mfn. again agreeable or pleasant Pāṇ. 2-2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat

⋙ punaḥstuti

○stuti f. repeated praise, a rṭrepeated ceremony ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ punaḥstoma

○stoma m. N. of an Ekâha Br. Gaut. Vait

≫ punaś

punaś in comp. for punar

⋙ punaścandrā

○candrā f. N. of a river MBh

⋙ punaścara

○cara mfn. running back, returning AV. Paipp

⋙ punaścarvaṇa

○carvaṇa n. chewing the cud, ruminating Siddh

⋙ punaściti

○cití f. piling up again TS. ŚBr. &c

≫ punas

punas in comp. for punar

⋙ punastati

○tati f. a repeated sacrificial perfomance, SāṅkhBr

⋙ punastarām

○tarām ind. over and over again Śiś. xvii, 6

≫ punā

punā in comp. for punar

⋙ punārāja

○rāja m. a new king Pat

• ○jâbhiṣeka m. the consecration of a new king Vas

punāna

punāna punita, See √pū

punth

punth cl. r. P. punthati, to give or suffer pain Dhātup. iii, 7 (v. l. yunth)

puṃdāna

puṃ-dāna &c. See p. 630, col. 3

pundra

pundra wṛ. for puṇḍra. [Page 634, Column 2]

puṃnakṣatra

puṃ-nakṣatra &c. See under puṃ, p. 631, col. 1

pupūtani

pupūtáni (?) RV. x, 132, 6

pupūṣat

pupūṣat mf(antī)n. (√pū Desid.) wishing to cleanse or purify W

≫ pupūṣā

pupūṣā f. the wish or desire to cleanse or purify ib

puppuṭa

puppuṭa m. N. of a partic. disease (swelling of the palate and gums) Suśr. (also -ka)

pupphula

pupphula m. flatulency, wind in the stomach L

pupphusa

pupphusa m. the lungs L. (cf. phupphusa)

• the pericarp or seed-pod of a lotus L

pum

pum pum-anujā &c. See p. 631

pur 1

púr f. (√pṝ) only instr. pl. pūrbhís, in abundance, abundantly RV. v, 66, 4

pur 2

pur cl. 6. P. purati, to precede, go before, lead Dhātup. xxviii, 56 (prob. invented to furnish an etymology for puras and purā below)

≫ pura 1

pura (for 2. See p. 635), in comp. for puras

⋙ purauṣṇih

○uṣṇih f. N. of a metre, Rprāt

⋙ puraetṛ

○etṛ́ m. one who goes before, a guide, leader RV. AV. VS. Br

⋙ puraga

○ga mfn. (for puro-ga) inclined or disposed towards (comp.) MārkP

• ○gā-vaṇa n. N. of a forest Pāṇ. 8-4, 4

⋙ purajyotis

○jyotis n. N. of the region or the world of Agni L. (wṛ. for puro-j ?)

⋙ puratas

○tas ind. before (in place or time), in front or in presence of (gen. or comp.) KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

• -taḥ- √kṛ, to place in front, cause to precede, honour R. Kathās

≫ puraḥ

puraḥ in comp. for puras

⋙ puraḥpāka

○pāka mf(ā)n. whose fulfilment approaches near (as a hope or prayer) Kum

⋙ puraḥprasravaṇa

○prasravaṇa (puráh-), mfn. pouring or streaming forth RV. viii, 100, 9

⋙ puraḥprahartṛ

○prahartṛ m. one who fights in the front (of the battle) Ragh

⋙ puraḥphala

○phala mfn. having fruit well advanced, promising fruit ib

⋙ puraḥśukram

○śukram ind. while Sukra (the planet Venus) is before one's eyes Kum. iii, 43

⋙ puraḥsad

○sád mfn. sitting in front, presiding RV. i, 73, 3

• sitting to. wards the east VS. TS

⋙ puraḥsara

○sará mf(ī)n. going before or in advance

• m. a forerunner, precursor, harbinger, attendant AV. &c.&c

• ifc. (f. ā) attended or preceded by, connected with MBh. Kāv. &c

• (am), ind. along with, among, after, by means of (comp.) Kathās. Pañc. Pur

⋙ puraḥstha

○stha mfn. standing before one's eyes, clearly visible, Mālatim

⋙ puraḥsthātṛ

○sthātṛ́ mfn. standing at the head, a leader RV

⋙ puraḥsthāyin

○sthāyin mfn. = -stha MW

⋙ puraḥsthita

○sthita mfn. impending, imminent Śak. (v. l.)

⋙ puraḥsphurat

○sphurat mfn. opening or becoming manifest before any one W

≫ puraś

puraś in comp. for puras

⋙ puraścakram

○cakram ind. before the wheel ĀpŚr

⋙ puraścaraṇa

○caraṇa mfn. making preparations, preparatory to (comp

• -tā f.) MBh

• n. a preparatory or introductory rite, preparation ŚBr

• -karman n. id. ib

• -kaumudī f. -kaustubha m. or n

• -candrikā f. -dīpikā f. -paddhati (and ○ti-mālā), f. -prapañca m. -rasôllāsa m. -vidhi m. -viveka, ns. N. of wks

⋙ puraścaryā

○caryā f. = -caraṇa n. Kāv

• -rasâmbudhi m. N. of wk

⋙ puraśchada

○chada m. a nipple L

• Imperata Cylindrica L

≫ puras

purás ind. in front, in advance, forward

• (as prep.) before (of place and time), in the presence or before the eyes of (gen., abl., acc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• in comparison with (gen.) Vcar

• in or from or towards the east, eastward VS. Br. &c. (dakṣimataḥpuraḥ, towards the south-east MBh.)

• previously, first, first of all Ratnâv. iii, 7. [Cf. pra purā, pūrva

• Gk., ?', before.']

⋙ puraskaraṇa

○karaṇa n. [634, 2] the act of placing in front &c

• making perfect (?) W

⋙ puraskaraṇīya

○karaṇīya (W.),

⋙ puraskartavya

○kartavya (Hit.), mfn. to be placed in front or honoured or prepared or fitted out or made complete

⋙ puraskāra

○kāra m. placing in front, honouring, preference, distinction Kāv. Hit

• accompanying, attending (ifc. 'preceded or accompanied by, joined or connected with, including') MBh

• arranging, putting in array, making complete W

• attacking, assailing &c. ib

⋙ puraskārya

○kārya mfn. = -kartavya

• to be appointed to, be be charged or commissioned with (loc. or inf.) MBh. Kāv. root

⋙ puraskṛ

○kṛ (P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute), to place before or in front, cause to precede RV. &c. &c

• to make one's leader, place in office, appoint MBh

• to respect, honour MBh. Kāv. &c

• to place above all, prefer, choose, attend to ib

• to show, display R. Rājat

⋙ puraskṛta

○kṛta mfn. placed in front &c

• honoured, esteemed, attended, accompanied by, possessed of, occupied with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 634, Column 3]

• attacked, assailed, accused &c. L

• (am), ind. among, amidst, with (comp.) MBh

• -madhyama-krama mfn. taking or adopting a middle course MW

⋙ puraskṛtya

○kṛtya ind. having placed in front or honoured &c

• often = regarding, concerning, on account of, about MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ puraskriyā

○kriyā f. a preceding action, preparatory rite Cat

• showing honour, demonstration of respect Ragh

• -caryā f. N. of wk

≫ purastāj

purastāj in comp. for ○tāt

⋙ purastājjapa

○japa m. a prayer murmured before Siṃhâs

⋙ purastājjyotiṣmatī

○jyotiṣmatī (Col.), f

⋙ purastājjyotis

○jyotis (RPrst.), n. N. of a metre

≫ purastāt

purástāt ind. before, forward, in or from the front, in the first place, in the beginning RV. &c. &c

• in or from the east, eastward ib

• in the preceding part (of a book), above RPrāt

• (but also) further on i.e. below Suśr

• (as prep.) before (of place or time), in front or in presence or before the eyes of (gen., abl., acc. or comp.) RV. &c.&c

• in comparison with (gen.) Vcar

⋙ purastātkratu

○kratú m. a sacrifice which begins immediately ŚBr

⋙ purastāttiryakpramāṇa

○tiryak-pramāṇa n. the width in front KātyŚr

⋙ purastāttna

○tna mfn. preceding, going before, Ṣagurus

⋙ purastātpuroḍāśa

○puroḍāśa (○rást○), mfn. preceded or accompanied by a Puroḍāśa (s.v.) MaitrS

⋙ purastātpṛṣṭhya

○pṛṣṭhya n. N. of a partic. Sattra TāṇḍBr

⋙ purastātpravaṇa

○pravaṇa (○rást○), mfn. bent forward TS

⋙ purastātstobha

○stobha m. a preceding Stobha (s.v.) Lāṭy

• mfn. preceded by a Stobha ib

⋙ purastātsvāhākāra

○svāhā-kāra m. (ĀpŚr. Sch.),

⋙ purastātsvāhākṛti

○svāhākṛti f. (○rást○ TS. ŚBr.) preceded by the exclamation Svāhā

≫ purastād

purastād in comp. for ○tāt

⋙ purastādagniṣṭoma

○agni-ṣṭoma mfn. beginning with an Agni-shṭoma (s.v.) Vait

⋙ purastādanūka

○anūka n. the longitudinal streaks on the back part of an altar KātyŚr. Sch. (cf. prāg-an○)

⋙ purastādapakarṣa

○apakarṣa m. anticipation Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 29

⋙ purastādapavāda

○apavāda m. an anticipatory exception Vprāt. Sch

⋙ purastāducca

○ucca mfn. high in the east KātyŚr

⋙ purastādudarka

○udarka mfn. beginning with the refrain AitBr

⋙ purastādududhāra

○ududhāra (○rást○), m. a part given in advance ŚBr

⋙ purastādupacāra

○upacāra mfn. accessible from the east KātyŚr

⋙ purastādupayāma

○upayāma (rást○), mfn. preceded by the Upayāma verses (s.v.) TS

⋙ purastādgranthi

○granthi (○rást○), mfn. having the knot turned towards the east ŚBr

⋙ purastāddaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mfn. having the handle towards the east Lāṭy

⋙ purastāddhoma

○dhoma (for homa), m. an introductory sacrifice Vait. Gobh

• -bhāj (ĀpŚr. Sch.) and -vat (Kauś), mfn. having an iṭintroductory sacrifice

⋙ purastādbṛhatī

○bṛhatī f. a species of the Bṛihatī metre RPrāt

⋙ purastādbhāga

○bhāga (○rást○), mfn. one who receives his share before another TS

⋙ purastādvadana

○vadaná n. preface, introduction ŚBr

≫ purastān

purastān in comp. for ○tāt

⋙ purastānmukha

○mukha mfn. standing before a person's face Mṛicch

≫ purastāl

purastāl in. comp. for ○tāt

⋙ purastāllakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa (○rást○), mf(ā)n. having one's characteristic in front or at the beginning ŚBr

⋙ purastāllakṣman

○lakṣman (○rást○), mfn. marked in front or at the beginning TS

≫ purā

purā́ ind. (cf. pra, puras, pūrva) before, formerly, of old (with na, never') RV. &c. &c

• in a previous existence VarYogay

• (with pres. = pf.) from of old, hitherto, up to the present time (also with sma, Pāṇ. 3-2, 122

• with na, never yet) RV. &c. &c

• at first, in the beginning Bhartṛ. (opp. to paścā, paścāt Pāṇ. 5-3, 33 Kāś.)

• soon, shortly (with pres.= fut.), Kālid. Naish

• (as prep., mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat. or gen.) before

• securely from

• except, beside

• (with pres.= fut. [Pāṇ. 3-3, 4], once with Pot.) ere, before (sometimes with na or na and yāvat [followed by tāvat], with mā or yadi MBh. Kāv. &c.)

⋙ purākathā

○kathā f. a story of the past, an old legend BhP

⋙ purākalpa

○kalpa m. a former creation, former age (loc. sg. or pl. in the olden time) Up. MBh. &c

• = prec. MBh

• the performance of sacrificial acts in former times AitBr. (pref.)

• -vid mfn. knowing former times, familiar with the past MBh

⋙ purākṛta

○kṛta mfn. done formerly or long ago MBh

• begun, commenced W

• n. an action performed long ago

• -phala n. the result of it Var

⋙ purākṛti

○kṛti f. a former mode of action Hariv

⋙ purāga

○ga g. kṛśâśvâdi (cf. pura-ga)

⋙ purājā

○jā́ mfn. former, existing from old, primeval RV

⋙ purāmathanavallabha

○mathana-vallabha n. a kind of Agallochum used as a perfume L

⋙ purāyoni

○yoni mfn. of ancient origin or lineage (said of kings) MBh

⋙ purāvasu

○vasu m. N. of Bhtshma L

⋙ purāvid

○vid m. knowing the events of former times GopBr. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ purāvṛtta

○vṛtta mf(ā)n. that which has occurred or one who has lived in former times, long past, ancient MBh. Pur

• n. former mode of action, any event or account or history of the past ib

• -kathā f. an old story or legend Hit. (also ○ttâkhyāna n. W. [Page 635, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○na-kathana n. telling old stories MW.)

• -sáh or -sā́h mfn. (nom. -ṣtāṭ

• Pāṇ. 8-3, 56) superior from ancient times RV. (Sāy. 'conqueror of cities')

⋙ purāhita

○hitá (○râh○), mfn. set before first ŚBr. 1

⋙ purodbhava

purôdbhava mfn. (for 2. See under 2. pura) of prior origin W

⋙ puropanīta

purôpanīta mfn. formerly obtained or possessed W

≫ purāṇa

purāṇá mf(ī or ā)n. belonging to ancient or olden times, ancient, old (also= withered, worn out, opp. to nūtana, nava) RV. &c. &c

• m. a Karsha or measure of silver (= 16 Paṇas of cowries) Mn. viii, 136 (also n. L.)

• N. of a Ṛishi Kāṭh

• pl. the ancients MW

• n. a thing or event of the past, an ancient tale or legend, old traditional history. AV. &c. &c

• N. of a class of sacred works (supposed to have been compiled by the poet Vyāsa and to treat of 5 topics [cf. pañca-lakṣaṇa]

• the chief Purāṇas are 18, grouped in 3 divisions: viz. 1. Rājasa exalting Brahmā [e.g. the Brahma, Brahmâṇḍa, Brahmavaivarta, Mārkaṇḍeya, Bhavishya, Vāmana]

• 2. Sāttvika exalting Vishṇu [e.g. the Vishṇu, Bhāgavata, Nāradiya, Garuḍa, Padma, Varāha]

• 3. Tāmasa exalting Siva [e.g. the Śiva, Liṅga, Skanda, Agni or in place of it the Vāyu, Matsya, Kūrma]

• by some the Padma are divided into 4, and by others into 6 groups

• IW. 509 &c.)

• N. of wk. (containing an index of the contents of a number of Padma and some other wks.)

⋙ purāṇakalpa

○kalpa m. = purā-k○ BhP

⋙ purāṇaga

○ga m. 'singing of the past', N. of Brahmā L

• a reciter of the Purāṇas W

⋙ purāṇagir

○gir m. 'praising the past', N. of Brahmā Gal

⋙ purāṇagīta

○gīta m. 'sung by the ancients', id. Gal

⋙ purāṇadānamāhātmya

○dāna-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BrahmāṇḍaP

⋙ purāṇadṛṣṭa

○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen or approved by ancient sages Vas

• ○ṭânta-śataka n. N. of a poem

⋙ purāṇadvitīyā

○dvitīyā f. the former wife L

⋙ purāṇapañcalakṣaṇa

○pañca-lakṣaṇa n

⋙ purāṇapañjī

○pañjī f

⋙ purāṇapadārthasaṃgraha

○padârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ purāṇapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. 'primeval male', N. of Vishṇu, Sinhás

⋙ purāṇaprokta

○prôkta mfn. proclaimed by ancient sages Pāṇ. 4-3, 105

⋙ purāṇamahimopavarṇana

○mahimopavarṇana n. N. of ch. of PadmaP. ii

⋙ purāṇamāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of LiṅgaP

⋙ purāṇaratna

○ratna n. N. of wk

⋙ purāṇavat

○vát ind. as of old RV

⋙ purāṇavid

○víd mfn. knowing the things or events of the past AV

• knowing the Padma Prab

⋙ purāṇavidyā

○vidyā f

⋙ purāṇaveda

○veda m. knowledge of the things or events of the past ŚrS

⋙ purāṇaśravaṇa

○śravaṇa n. hearing or studying the Padma

• mahiman m. -māhātmya n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ purāṇasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. a collection of the Padma BhP

⋙ purāṇasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m

⋙ purāṇasamuccaya

○samuccaya m

⋙ purāṇasarvasva

○sarvasva n. =

⋙ purāṇasāra

○sāra and m. N. of wks

⋙ purāṇasārasaṃgraha

○sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ purāṇasiṃha

○siṃha m. N. of Vishṇu as man-lion R

⋙ purāṇānta

purāṇânta mṆ. of Yama L

⋙ purāṇārkaprabhā

purāṇârka-prabhā f

⋙ purāṇārṇava

purāṇârṇava m

⋙ purāṇārthaprakāśaka

purāṇârtha-prakāśaka m. N. nf wks

⋙ purāṇāvatāra

purāṇâvatāra m. N. of ch. of PadmaP

⋙ purānokta

purānôkta mfn. enjoined by or written in the Padma MW

≫ purāṇaka

purāṇaka ifc. (f. ikā) = purāṇa, a partic. coin (cf. tri-p○)

≫ purāṇīya

purāṇīya mfn. See tri-p○ and pañca-p○

≫ purāṇya

purāṇya Nom' P. ○ṇyati, to talk of the past, relate past events, g. kaṇḍv-ādi

≫ purātana

purā-tana mf(ī)n. belonging to the past, former, old, ancient (e ind. formerly, in olden times) Mn. MBh. &c

• used-up, worn out Suśr

• m. pl. the ancients Rājat

• n. an ancient story, old legend R

• a Purāṇa Hcat

⋙ purātanayogasaṃgraha

○yoga-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

≫ puro

puro in comp. for puras

⋙ puroagni

○agni (puró-), m. the foremost Agni, fire in front VS

⋙ purokṣam

○'kṣám ind. before the axle-tree ŚBr

⋙ puroga

○ga mf(ā)n. going before, leading, a leader, chief principal (ifc. preceded or accompanied by) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ purogata

○gata mfn. standing or being in front or before a person's eyes Ragh

• preceded, gone before W

⋙ purogati

○gati m. a dog L

⋙ purogantṛ

○gantṛ m. a messenger who goes before Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ purogama

○gama mfn. = -ga MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ purogamana

○gamana n. going before, preceding W

⋙ purogava

○gavá m. one who precedes, a leader (f. ○ví) RV. AV

⋙ purogā

○gā́ m. a leader RV. VS. &c

⋙ purogāmin

○gāmin mfn. going before, preceding

• m. a leader or a dog L

⋙ puroguru

○guru mfn. heavy before or in front, TāṇḍdBr

⋙ purogranthi

○granthi mfn. = purastādg○ ĀpŚr

⋙ purojanman

○janman mfn. born before

• ○ma-tā f. priority of birth Ragh

⋙ purojava

○java mfn. excelling in speed, swifter than(comp.) BhP

• m. one who goes before, a servant, attendant (ifc. accompanied by, furnished with), Divyâtv

• N. of a son of Medhâtithi and the Varsha ruled by hini BhP

• of Práṇa ib

⋙ purojiti

○jiti (puró-), f. previous possession or acquisition RV

⋙ purojyotis

○jyotis mfn. preceded by light or radiance AitBr

⋙ puroḍāś

○ḍāś (or -lā́ś nom. -ḻā́s), m. a mass of ground rice rounded into a kind of cake (usually divided into pieces, placed on receptacles [Page 635, Column 2]

• cf. kapāla) and offered as an oblation in fire RV. &c. &c

⋙ puroḍāśa

○ḍāśá m. id. AV. &c. &c. (RTL. 367)

• any oblation Mn. v, 23

• the leavings of an offering L

• Soma juice L

• a prayer recited while offering oblations in fire Pāṇ. Sch

• -tā f. state or condition of an oblation

• acc. with √nī, to offer in fire, burn Pārvat

• -bṛgalá n. a piece of the sacrificial cake ŚBr

• -bhuj. m. eater of the sacrificial cake, a god Śiś

• -vatsā (ḍāśá-), f. having a sacrificial cake for a calf. AV

• -sviṣṭakṛt m. the Svishṭakṛit connected with the sṭsacrificial cake AitBr

• -hara m. 'receiver of the sacrificial cake', N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ

• ○śika mf(ī)n. Pāṇ. 4-3, 70

• sín mfn. connected with the sacrificial cake TS

• ○śīya mfn. relating to or destined for the sṭsacrificial cake ĀpŚr

• ○śâḍā́ f. the Iḍā portion of the sacrificial cake ŚBr

• ○śyá mfn. = ○śīya MaitrS

⋙ purodha

○dha (m.c.) or m. 'placed at the head', chief priest of a king, domestic chaplain MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ purodhas

○dhas m. 'placed at the head', chief priest of a king, domestic chaplain MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a man Saṃskārak. root

⋙ purodhā

○dhā P.A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (Ā.) to place before or at the head, to appoint (esp. to priestly functions), charge, commission RV. &c. &c

• to propose (as a prize) RV. v, 86, 5

• (P.) to place foremost, value highly, esteem, honour, be intent upon or zealous for, take to heart RV. &c. &c

⋙ purodhā

○dhā f. charge, commission, (esp.) the rank and office of a Purohita TS. AV. Br

• -kāma (-dhā́-), mfn. desirous of the rank of a PṭPurohita TBr

⋙ purodhātṛ

○dhātṛ m. the giver of a commission, the appointer of a Purohita AitBr

⋙ purodhāna

○dhāna n. priestly ministration Sāy

⋙ purodhānīya

○dhānīya m. = puro-hita TāṇḍBr

⋙ purodhikā

○dhikā f. preferred to other women, a favourite wife Hariv

⋙ puroniḥsaraṇa

○niḥsaraṇa n. going out first Kāv

⋙ puronuvākyā

○'nuvākyā́ f. (sc. ṛc) an introductory or invitatory verse AV. TS. Br

• ○kyâ-vat mfn. having an intṭintroductory verse ŚBr

⋙ purobalāka

○balāka mfn. 'having (only) cranes in front of one's self', overtaking all others (said of Parjanya) ṢaḍvBr

⋙ purobhaktakā

○bhaktakā f. breakfast Divyâv

⋙ purobhāga

○bhāga m. the front or forepart (mama "ṣge, before me) Daś

• officiousness, obtrusiveness (○gam √muc, to quit the field, retire discomfited) Hariv. Kād

• malevolence, envy Mālav

• mf(ā)n. standing before a person's eyes R

• obtrusive, meddlesome MW

⋙ purobhāgin

○bhāgin mfn. taking the first share, obtrusive, forward Kālid

• grudging, censorious, malevolent Rājat

⋙ purobhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. impending, imminent Kathās

⋙ purobhū

○bhū́ mfn. being in front or at the head of, excelling, superior to (acc.) RV

⋙ puromāruta

○māruta m. a wind blowing from before or in front, east wind (opp. to paścānṃ○) Ragh

⋙ puromukha

○mukha mfn. having its face or aperture directed towards the east, Kaus

⋙ puroyāvan

○yā́van mfn. going in front, leading RV

⋙ puroyudh

○yúdh or mfn. fighting before or in front RV

⋙ puroyodha

○yodhá mfn. fighting before or in front RV

⋙ puroratha

○rathá mfn. 'one whose chariot is foremost', leaving all behind, pre-eminent, superior RV

⋙ purorukka

○rukka See a-puror○

⋙ puroruc

○rúc mfn. shining in front or in the east RV

• f. N. of partic. Nivid formularies recited at the morning oblation in the Ājya ceremony before the principal hymn or any part of it TS. Br

• -rug-adhyāya m. N. of wk

• -ruṅ-mat mfn. furnished with Parjanya ŚBr

⋙ purovat

○vat ind. as before BhP

⋙ purovatsa

○vatsa m. N. of a man L

⋙ purovartin

○vartin mfn. being before a person's eyes, Mallin

• forward, obtrusive Nīlak. on Hariv

⋙ purovasu

○vasu mfn. preceded or accompanied by wealth TBr

⋙ purovāta

○vātá m.= -mārnta (ifc. f. ā) TS. &c. &c

• the wind preceding a thunderstorm ChUp

• -sáni mfn. bringing east wind TS

⋙ purovāda

○vāda m. a former mention Nyāyam

⋙ purovṛtta

○vṛtta mf(ā)n. being or going before, preceding Hariv

⋙ purovṛṣendra

○vṛṣêndra mfn. preceded or accompanied by an excellent bull BhP

⋙ purohavis

○havis (puró-), mfn. having the sacrifice in front or towards the east TS

⋙ purohita

○hita (puro-.), mfn. placed foremost or in front, charged, commissioned, appointed

• m. one holding a charge or commission, an agent

• (esp.) a family priest, a domestic chaplain RV. &c. &c. (RTL. 352 &c.)

• -karman n. N. of 3rd Pariś. of AV

• -tva n. the rank of a Purohita MBh

⋙ purohiti

○hiti f. priestly ministration (= puro-dhāna, Sly.) RV

⋙ purohitikā

○hitikā f. a favourite wife (cf. puro-dhikā) or N. of a woman, g. śivâdi

pur 3

púr f. (in nom. sg. and before consonants pūr) a rampart, wall, stronghold, fortress, castle, city, town (also of demons) RV. &c. &c

• the body (considered as the stronghold of the puruṣa, q.v.) BhP

• the intellect (= mahat) VP

• N. of a Daśa-rātra KātyŚr. [Perhaps fr. √pṝ and orig. identical with 1. pur

• Gk., ?] [635, 2]

≫ pura

pura (for 1. See p. 634, col. 2), n. (ifc. f. ā) a fortress, castle, city, town (a place containing large buildings surrounded by a ditch and extending not less than one Kos in length [Page 635, Column 3] ; if it extends for half that distance it is called a kheṭa, if less than that, a karvaṭa or small market town ; any smaller cluster of houses is called a grāma or village W.) Mn. MBh. &c

• the female apartments, gynaeceum MBh. (cf. antaḥ-p○, nārī-p○ &c.)

• a house, abode, residence, receptacle BhP. Tattvas

• an upper story L

• a brothel L

• 'the city' Gk. ? i.e. Pāṭali-putra or Patnā L

• = tri-pura, the 3 strong holds of the Asuras Kathās

• the body (cf. 3. pur) BhP

• the skin L

• a species of Cyperus L

• N. of a constellation Var

• a leaf rolled into the shape of a funnel L. (prob. wṛ. for puṭa)

• N. of the subdivisions of the Vedanta wk. tripurī or tripuṭī (perhaps also wṛ. for puṭa) Cat

• mf(ā)n. a kind of resin, bdellium, Susr. L

• m. N. of an Asura= tri-pura (cf. pura-jit), of another man, g. kurv-ādi

• (ā), f. a stronghold, fortress (cf. agni-purā and aśma-p○)

• a kind of perfume L

• (ī), f. a fortress, castle, town TĀr. MBh. &c

• N. of a town (the capital of Kaliṅga, noted for the worship of Jagan-nātha or Kṛishṇa IW. 244, n. 1)

• the sanctuary or adytum of a temple Inscr

• the body BhP

• N. of one of the 10 orders of mendicants (said to be founded by disciples of Śaṃkara, the members of which add the word purī to their names) W

⋙ purakoṭṭa

○koṭṭa n. 'city-stronghold', a citadel

• -pāla m. the governor of a citadel Pañc

⋙ purajana

○jana m. sg. town-folk, citizens, Ratnâv

⋙ purajānu

○jānu vḷ. for puru-j○ VP

⋙ purajit

○jit m. 'conqueror of fortresses or of Pura', N. of Śiva Kathās

• of a prince (son of Aja and father of Arishta-nemi) BhP

⋙ purataṭī

○taṭī f. a small market-town L

⋙ puratoraṇa

○toraṇa n. 'city-arch', the outer gate of a city MW

⋙ puradāha

○dāha m. burning of the 3 fortresses (= tripura-d○) Kathās

⋙ puradevatā

○devatā f. the tutelary deity of a town W

⋙ puradvāra

○dvāra n. (ifc. f. ā), a city gate Mn. R

⋙ puradviṣ

○dviṣ m. 'foe of Pura', N. of Śiva BhP

⋙ puranārī

○nārī f. 'townwoman', a courtezan Dhūrtan

⋙ puraniveśa

○niveśa m. the founding of a city MW

⋙ purapakṣin

○pakṣin m. 'townbird', a bṭburning living in a city, tame burning (opp. to vanyap○) Var

⋙ purapāla

○pāla

⋙ purapālaka

○pāḍlaka m. the governor of a cṭcity BhP

⋙ purabhid

○bhid (Prasannar.),

⋙ puramathana

○mathana (Bālar.),

⋙ puramathitṛ

○mathitṛ (Ānand.), m. 'destroyer of fortresses or of Pura', N. of Śiva

⋙ puramārga

○mārga m. the street of a town Ragh

⋙ puramālinī

○mālinī f. 'crowned with castles', N. of a river MBh

⋙ purarakṣa

○rakṣa (Daś),

⋙ purarakṣin

○rakṣin (Kathās.), m. a watchman of a town, constable

⋙ purarāṣṭra

○rāṣṭra n. pl. cities and kingdoms MW

⋙ purarodha

○rodha m. the siege of a fortress or city ib

⋙ puraloka

○loka m. sg. = -jana Pañcad

⋙ puravadhū

○vadhū f. = -nār-ī, Sinhâs

⋙ puravara

○vara n. 'chief town', a king's residence Jātakam

⋙ puravāsin

○vāsin mfn. dwelling in a town, a citizen MBh

⋙ puravāstu

○vāstu n. ground suitable for the foundation of a city Hariv

⋙ puravairin

○vairin (Prasann.),

⋙ puraśāsana

○śāsana (Kum.), m. 'foe or chastiser of Pura', N. of Śiva

⋙ purahan

○han m. 'slayer of Pura', N. of Vishṇu BhP

⋙ purahita

○hita n. the welfare of a city MW

⋙ purāṭṭa

purâṭṭa m. a watch-tower on a city wall R

⋙ purādhipa

purâdhipa (Kathās.),

⋙ purādhyakṣa

purâḍdhyakṣa (MBh.), m. the governor of a city or fortress, prefect of police

⋙ purārāti

purârāti m. = pura-dviṣ Kathās

⋙ purāri

purâri m. id ib. Kum

• N. of Vishṇu (-tva n.) BhP

⋙ purārdhavistara

purârdha-vistara mfn. being of the extent of half a town L

• m. part of a town, a suburb, ward, division W

⋙ purāvatī

purā-vatī f. 'rich in castles, N. of a river MBh. (cf. pura-mālinī)

⋙ purāsuhṛd

purâsuhṛd m. = pura-dviṣ L

⋙ purotsava

purôtsava m. 'townfestival', a fṭfortress solemnized in a city Kathās. 2

⋙ pugrodbhava

pugrôdbhava (for 1. See under purā), m. (or ā f.) 'growing in towns', N. of a plant L

⋙ purodyāna

purôdyāna n. 'city garden', a pleasure-garden belonging to a town, park MBh. R. &c

⋙ puroka

puróka m. 'town-dweller (?)', N. of a poet Cat

⋙ puraukas

purâukas m. an inhabitant of a town or of Tripura L

≫ puraṃ

puraṃ acc. of 3. púr or 2. pura, in comp

⋙ puraṃjana

○jana m. the living principle, life, soul (personified as a king) BhP

• N. of Varuṇa Gal

• (ī), f. understanding, intelligence (personified as the wife of a king) ib

• -carita and -nāṭaka n. N. of dramas

⋙ puraṃjaya

○jaya m. 'city-conqueror', N. of a hero on the side of the Kurus MBh

• of a son of Śṛiñjaya and father of Janam-ejaya Hariv

• of a son of Bhajamāna and Śṛinjari (or Śṛiñjayā) ib

• (= kakut-stha) N. of a son of Śaśâda VP

• of a son of Vindhyi-śakti ib

• of Medhāvin MatsyaP

• of an elephant (son of Airāvaṇa) Hariv

⋙ puraṃda

○da m. = -dara, N. of Indra L

⋙ puraṃdara

○dará m. 'destroyer of strongholds', N. of Indra RV. &c. &c. (also of the IṭIndra of the 7th Manv-antara Pur.) [Page 636, Column 1] Contents of this page

• of Agni RV

• of Śiva Śivag

• a thief, house-breaker L

• of a man Siṃhâs

• (ā), f. N. of Gaṅgā or another river L

• n. Piper Chaba L

• -cāpa m. Indra's bow, the rainbow Var

• -pura n. Indra's city (○râtithi m. 'guest of IṭIndra's city' i.e. dead) Daś

• N. of another city L

• (ī), f. N. of a town in Mālava Vcar

• -harit f. Indra's quarter of the sky, the east Prasannar

≫ puraya

púraya m. N. of a man RV

• (n.?) a castle, town Gal

≫ puri 1

puri loc. of 3. pur, in comp

⋙ puriśaya

○śayá mfn. (invented to explain puruṣa) reposing in the fortress or fastness (i.e. the body) ŚBr. GopBr

≫ puri 2

puri f. a town or a river Uṇ. iv, 142 Sch

⋙ purikāya

○kāya m. N. of a prince VP

• (ā), f. N. of a town ib

≫ purikā

purikā f. N. of a town MBh. Hariv

≫ purī

purī f. See under 2. pura

⋙ purīkāya

○kāya m. N. of a king VP. (cf. puri-k○)

⋙ purīdāsa

○dāsa m. N. of the author of Caitanya-candrôdaya (also called kavikarṇa-pūra) Cat

⋙ purīndrasena

○"ṣndra-sena (purând○), m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ purīmat

○mat m. N. of a king BhP

⋙ purīmoha

○moha m. the thorn-apple, Datura L

⋙ purīloka

○loka m. pl. town's-folk, citizens Siṃhâs

⋙ purīśreṣṭhā

○śreṣṭhā f. 'best of towns', N. of Kāśī or Benares Gal

⋙ puryaṣṭa

pury-aṣṭa or n. the eight constituent parts of the body Kull. on Mn. i, 56

⋙ puryaṣṭaka

pury-aṣḍṭaka n. the eight constituent parts of the body Kull. on Mn. i, 56

≫ purohan

puró-han mfn. (acc. pl. of 3. pur+ h○) destroying strongholds RV

≫ purya

púrya mfn. being in a stronghold or fastness RV

≫ pūḥkāmya

pūḥ-kāmya Nom. (fr. 3. pur + kāma), P. ○yati, to wish for a castle or town L

≫ pūr

pūr in comp. for 3. pur before cons

⋙ pūrjayana

○jáyana n. 'conquest of a fortress', N. of a partic. ceremony MaitrS

⋙ pūrdevī

○devī f. the tutelary goddess of a town BhP

⋙ pūrdvār

○dvār f

⋙ pūrdvāra

○dvāra n. the gate of a city L

⋙ pūrpati

○pati (pū́r-), m. the lord of a castle or city RV

⋙ pūrbhid

○bhíd mfn. one who breaks down strongholds or fottresses ib

⋙ pūrbhidya

○bhídya n. the breaking down strongholds or fortresses ib

⋙ pūrmārga

○mārga m. a road leading to a town, Siṃhiâs

⋙ pūryāṇa

○yā́ṇa mfn. leading to the fortress (i.e. to the celestial world) AV

purañjara

purañjara m. the armpit L

puraṭa

puraṭa n. gold L

puraṇa

puraṇa m. (√pṝ) the sea, ocean Uṇ. ii, 81 Sch

puraṇḍa

puraṇḍa m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP. (cf. puruṇḍa)

puratas

pura-tas See p. 634, col. 2

puraṃdhi

puraṃdhi mfn. (etym. much contested

• prob. fr. acc. of 1. or 3. pur and √dhā, 'bearing fulness' or 'bearing a body') prolific, not barren (lit. and fig.), bountiful, munificent, liberal RV. VS. TS

• f. a woman, wife RV. i, 116, 7 ; 1 3 ; 117, 19 &c

• liberality, munificence, kindness (shown by gods to man, e.g. RV. i, 5, 3 ; 158 2 &c

• or by man to gods in offering oblations, e.g. i, 123, 6 ; 134, 3 &c

• also personified as goddess of abundance and liberality, e.g. vii, 36, 8 &c.)

⋙ puraṃdhivat

○vat (púr). mfn. abundant, copious RV. ix, 72, 4

≫ puraṃdhri

puraṃdhri or f. (perhaps at first identical with prec. and later connected with √dhṛ) a wife, woman (esp. a married woman having or able to bear children) Kālid. Kathās. Rājat

⋙ puraṃdhrī

puraṃḍdhrī f. (perhaps at first identical with prec. and later connected with √dhṛ) a wife, woman (esp. a married woman having or able to bear children) Kālid. Kathās. Rājat

puralā

puralā (?), f. N. of Durgā L

puravī

puravī f. (in music) N. of a Ragiṇi (cf. puruvii)

puras

puras purastāt, See p. 634

purā

purā See p. 634, col. 3

purāṭaṅka

purāṭaṅka m. N. of a man Cat. (cf. pauraṇṭaka)

purāṇa

purāṇa purātana, See p. 635

purātala

purātala n. the region below the seven worlds L. (cf. talâtala)

purādhas

purādhas m. N. of an Āngirasa ĀrshBr. (v. l. pra-rādhas)

purāsaṇī

purāsaṇī or ○sinī f. a species of creeper L

puri 1

puri. and 2 purī. See above. [Page 636, Column 2]

puritat

puritat wṛ. for purītat L

purīkaya

purīkáya m. a species of aquatic animal AV

purīkaṣeṇa

purīkaṣeṇa m. N. of a king VP

purītat

purītát m. n. (fr. 3. pur, or purī + √tan?) the pericardium or some other organ near the heart

• the intestines VS. AV. ŚBr. KaushUp. (cf. parī-tat and pulītat)

purīṣa

púrīṣa n. (√pṝ) earth, land RV

• (esp.) crumbling or loose earth, rubbish (perhaps 'that which fills up', as opp. to that which flows off, 'the solid' opp. to the fluid), rubble, anything used to fill up interstices in a wall VS. TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• feces, excrement, ordure ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ī BhP.)

• a disk, orb (e.g. sūryasya i.e. 'fulness of the sun' ?) RV. x, 27, 21

• (with ātharvaṇa) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• (ī), f. N. of a partic. religious observance BhP. (= cayana Sch.)

⋙ purīṣanigrahaṇa

○nigrahaṇa mfn. stopping or obstructing the bowels Suśr

⋙ purīṣapada

○pada n. N. of partic. passages insetted (to fill up) in the recitation of the Mahānāmnī verses Br. ŚrS

⋙ purīṣabhīru

○bhīru m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙ purīṣabheda

○bheda m. diarrhoea Car

⋙ purīṣabhedin

○bhedin mfn. 'loosening the feces', relaxing the bowels MW

⋙ purīṣamūtrapratighāta

○mūtra-pratighāta m. obstruction of the solid and liquid excretions Cat

⋙ purīṣavat

○vat (púr○), mfn. furnished with rubbish or loose earth (used for filling interstices) TS

• (ī), f. N. of a kind of brick ŚBr

⋙ purīṣavāhaṇa

○vā́haṇa or mf(ī)n. removing rubbish or refuse VS. TS. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 65)

⋙ purīṣavāhana

○vāhana mf(ī)n. removing rubbish or refuse VS. TS. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 65)

⋙ purīṣavirañjanīya

○virañjanīya mfn. changing the colour of the feces L

⋙ purīṣasaṃgrahaṇīya

○saṃgrahaṇīya mfn. making the feces more solid ib

⋙ purīṣādhāna

purīṣâdhāna n. 'receptacle of excrement', the rectum Yājñ

⋙ purīṣotsarga

purīṣôtsarga m. the voiding of excrement Pañc. Hit

≫ purīṣaṇa

purīṣaṇa n. the voiding of excrement Var

• m. excrement, feces L

• the rectum or anus Gal

≫ purīṣama

purīṣama m. Phaseolus Radiatus L

≫ purīṣaya

purīṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to void excrement L

≫ purīṣita

purīṣita mfn. voided, evacuated (as excrement)

• voided upon, g. tārakâdi

≫ purīṣin

purīṣín mfn. possessing land or inhabiting it or extending over it RV

• 'bearing or carrying rubbish', N. of the Sarayū or of another river, v, 53, 9

≫ purīṣya

purīṣyá mfn. being in the, earth (said of fire) RV. TS. VS

• rich in land ŚBr

• excremental AitBr

⋙ purīṣyāvāhana

○vāhana mf(ī)n. (prob.) = purīṣa-v○ Pāṇ. 3-2, 65

puru

purú mf(pūrvií)n. (√pṝ) much, many, abundant (only [pur˘U], ○rū́ṇi, ○rūṇām and sev. cases of f. pūrvii

• in later language only ibc.) RV. &c. &c. ([○r˘ú]. much, often, very also with a compar. or superl.

• with simā, everywhere

• with tirás, far off, from afar

• purârú, far and wide

• purú víśva, one and all, every RV.)

• m. the pollen of a flower L

• heaven, paradise L

• (cf. pūru) N. of a prince (the son of Yayāti and Śarmishṭhā and sixth monarch of the lunar race) MBh. Śak

• of a son of Vasu-deva and Saha-devā BhP

• of a son of Madhu VP

• of a son of Manu Cākshusha and Naḍvalā Pur. [Cf. Old Pers. paru ; Gk. ? ; Goth. filu ; Angl. Sax. ftolu ; Germ. viel.] [636, 2]

⋙ purukārakavat

○kāraka-vat mfn. having many agents or factors BhP

⋙ purukutsa

○kútsa m. N. of a man RV

• of a descendant of Ikshvāku ŚBr

• of a son of Māndhātṛi Hariv

• of another man VP

⋙ purukutsava

○kutsava m. N. of an enemy of Indra GāruḍaP

⋙ purukutsānī

○kútsānī f. N. of a woman (prob. wife of Puru-kutsa) RV

⋙ purukṛt

○kṛ́t mfn. = -kṛtvan ib

• increasing (with gen.) ib

⋙ purukṛtvan

○kṛ́tvan mfn. achieving great deeds, efficacious ib

⋙ purukṛpā

○kṛpā f. abundant mercy or compassion BhP

⋙ purukṣu

○kṣú mfn. rich in food ib

• liberally granting (with gen.) ib

⋙ purugūrta

○gūrtá mfn. welcome to many RV

⋙ purucetana

○cétana mfn. visible to many, very conspicuous ib. TBr

⋙ puruja

○ja mfn. much L. (cf. puruha)

• m. N. of a prince (the son of Suśānti) BhP

⋙ purujāta

○jātá mfn. variously manifested or appearing RV

⋙ purujāti

○jāti m. = -ja m. Hariv. Pur

⋙ purujit

○jit m. 'conquering many, N. of a hero on the side of the Pāṇḍus and brother of Kunti-bhoja MBh

• of a prince the son of Rucaka BhP

• of a son of Ānaka ib

⋙ puruṇāman

○ṇāman (purú-.), mfn. having many names (said of Indra) RV

⋙ puruṇītha

○ṇīthá n. a song for many voices, choral song ib

⋙ purutama

○táma ([pur˘U-]), mfn. very much or many, abundant, frequent, ever-recurring ib

⋙ purutman

○tmán mfn. existing variously ib. [Page 636, Column 3]

⋙ purutrā

○trā́ ind. variously, in many ways or places or directions

• many times, often RV. VS. AV

⋙ puruda

○da n. gold L. (cf. puraṭa)

⋙ purudaṃsaka

○daṃśaka m. 'many-teethed', a goose (so called from its serrated beak) L

⋙ purudaṃsa

○dáṃsa mfn. abounding in mighty or wonderful deeds RV

⋙ purudaṃsu

○dáṃsu mfn. id. ib

• m. N. of Indra L

⋙ purudatra

○datra mfn. rich in gifts RV

⋙ purudama

○dáma mfn. possessed of or belonging to many houses AV

⋙ purudaya

○daya mfn. abounding in compassion BhP

⋙ purudasma

○dasmá mfn. -daṃsa RV. VS

⋙ purudasyu

○dasyu mfn. (people), consisting chiefly in robbers BhP

⋙ purudina

○dína n. pl. many days RV

⋙ purudevacampu0

○deva-campu0 f. N. of a poem

⋙ purudrapsa

○drapsá mfn. abounding in drops of water (said of the Maruts) ib

⋙ purudruh

○drúh mfn. injuring greatly ib

⋙ purudha

○dhá (before 2 consonants) or ind, variously, frequently RV. AV

⋙ purudhā

○dhā́ ind, variously, frequently RV. AV

• -pratīka (-dhá-), mfn. appearing variously RV

⋙ purunihṣidh

○nihṣídh or mfn. repelling many (foes) ib

⋙ purunihṣidhvan

○nihḍṣidhvan mfn. repelling many (foes) ib

⋙ puruniṣṭhā

○niṣṭhā mfn. excelling among many ib

⋙ purunṛmṇa

○nṛmṇá mfn. displaying great valour ib

⋙ purupanthā

○pánthā m. (nom. ○thās) N. of a man ib

⋙ purupaśu

○paśu mfn. rich in cattle ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ puruputra

○putrá mf(ā́)n. having many sons or children RV

⋙ purupeśa

○péśa or mfn. multiform ib

⋙ purupeśas

○péśas mfn. multiform ib

⋙ puruprajāta

○prajātá mfn. variously propagated ib

⋙ purupraśasta

○praśastá mfn. praised by many ib

⋙ purupriya

○priyá mf(ā́)n. dear to many RV. VS

⋙ purupraiṣa

○prâi4ṣa or mfn. inciting many RV

⋙ purupraiṣa

○prâiṣá mfn. inciting many RV

⋙ puruprauḍha

○prauḍha mfn. possessing much self-confidence BhP

⋙ purubhuj

○bhuj mfn. enjoying much RV

⋙ purubhū

○bhū́ mfn. being or appearing in many places (superl. -tama) ib

⋙ purubhūta

○bhūta wṛ. for -hūta Hariv

⋙ purubhojas

○bhójas mfn. containing many means of enjoyments, greatly nourishing RV

• m. a cloud L

⋙ purumadga

○madga (?), m. N. of a man ĀrshBr. (wṛ. -mahna)

⋙ purumanas

○manas mfn. (formed for the explanation of 2. puṃs) Nir. ix, 15

⋙ purumantu

○mántu mfn. full of wisdom, intelligent RV

⋙ purumandra

○mandrá mfn. delighting many ib

⋙ purumāya

○māyá (RV.),

⋙ purumāyin

○māyin (BhP.), mfn. possessing various arts or virtues, wonderful

⋙ purumāyya

○mâyya m. N. of a man RV

⋙ purumitra

○mitrá m. N. of a man RV

• of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh. Hariv

⋙ purumīḍha

○mīḍhá (AV. &c.),

⋙ purumīḻha

○mīḻhá (RV.), m. N. of a man (with the patr. Āṅgirasa or Sauhotra

• the supposed author of RV. iv, 43 ; 44)

• of a son of Su-hotra MBh

• of a grandson of Su-hotra and son of Hastin (Bṛihat) Hariv. Pur

• of a man with the patr. Vaidadaśvi TāṇḍBr

⋙ purumedba

○médba (RV.) or (SV.), mfn. endowed with wisdom

⋙ purumedhas

○méḍdhas (SV.), mfn. endowed with wisdom

• N. of a man with the patr. Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 89 ; 90)

⋙ pururatha

○rátha mfn. having many chariots RV

⋙ pururavasa

○ravasa wṛ. for purū-r○ below MārkP

⋙ pururājavaṃśakrama

○rāja-vaṃśa-krama m. N. of a poem

⋙ pururāvan

○rā́van m. 'much-howling', N. of a demon VS

⋙ pururuc

○rúc mfn. shining brightly RV

⋙ pururuj

○ruj mfn. subject to many diseases BhP

⋙ pururūpa

○rūpa mf(ā) multiform, variegated RV

• forming various shapes VS. AV

⋙ purulampaṭa

○lampaṭa mfn. very lascivious BhP

⋙ puruvartman

○vártman mfn. having many ways or paths AV

⋙ puruvarpas

○várpas mfn. multiform, variegated RV

⋙ puruvaśa

○vaśa m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ puruvāja

○vā́ja mf(ā)n. powerful, very strong RV. 1

⋙ puruvaara

○vaára mfn. having an ample tail or mane (as a horse or ox) ib. -2

⋙ puruvāra

○vā́ra mfn. rich in gifts ib

• -puṣṭi mfn. granting treasured riches ib

⋙ puruviśruta

○viśruta m. 'much renowned', N. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP

⋙ puruvīra

○vī́ra mf(ā)n. possessed of many men or male offspring RV

⋙ puruvepas

○vépas mfn. much excited or exciting ib

⋙ puruvrata

○vratá mfn. having many ordinances (said of Soma) ib

⋙ puruśakti

○śakti mfn. possessing various powers BhP

⋙ puruśāka

○śā́ka m. helpful (superl. -tama) RV. AV

⋙ puruśiṣṭa

○śiṣṭa m. N. of a man (cf. pauruśiṣṭi)

⋙ puruścandra

○ścandrá mfn. much-shining, resplendent RV

⋙ puruṣanti

○ṣánti (Padap. -sánti), m. N. of a man RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙ puruṣṭuta

○ṣṭutá mfn. highly lauded, praised by many RV. MBh. Hariv

• m. N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙ purusambhṛta

○sambhṛtá mfn. accumulated by many RV

⋙ purusena

○sena m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ puruspārha

○spārhá (TBr.) and mfn. much desired

⋙ puruspṛh

○spṛh (RV.), mfn. much desired

⋙ puruhanman

○hanman m. N. of a man (author of RV. viii, 59, 2) with the patr. Āṅgirasa (RAnukr.) or Vaikhānasa (TaṇḍBr.)

⋙ puruhāni

○hāni f. a great loss Kāv

⋙ puruhuta

○huta m. N. of a prince AgP

⋙ puruhūta

○hūtá mfn. much invoked or invoked by many RV. &c. &c

• m. N. of Indra Mn. MBh. &c, (-kāṣṭhā f. Indra's quarter i.e. the east Dhūrtan

• -dviṣ m. Indra's foe, N. of Indra-jit MW.)

• (ā), f. N. of a form of Dākshāyani MatsyaP

⋙ puruhūti

○hūti f. manifold invocation BhP

⋙ puruhotra

○hotra m. N. of a son of Anu ib

⋙ purūdvaha

purū7dvaha m. N. of a son of the 11th Manu MārkP

⋙ purūruṇā

purū7rúṇā ind. far and wide RV. [Page 637, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ puruha

puruha or mfn. much, many L

⋙ puruhu

puruḍhu mfn. much, many L

≫ purū

purū in comp. for ○ru

⋙ purūtama

○táma mfn. See under puru

⋙ purūravas

○rávas mfn. crying much or loudly RV. i, 31, 4

• m. N. of an ancient king of the lunar race (the lover of Urvaśī [RV. x, 95 ŚBr. xi, 5, 1 and Kalidāsa's drama Vikramorvaśī], son of Budha and Iḷā, father of Āyus and ancestor of Puru Duhyanta, Bharata, Kuru, Dhṛita-rāshṭra and Pāṇḍu, supposed to have instituted the 3 sacrificial fires [VS. v, 2] ; according to Nir. x, 46 he is one of the beings belonging to the middle region of the universe, and is possibly to be connected with the Sun as Urvaśī is with the Dawn ; according to others a Viśva-deva or a P1rvaṇa-śrāddha-deva) RV. &c. &c

⋙ purūravasa

○ravasa m. = prec. m. MārkP

⋙ purūruc

○rúc mfn. much shining SV. (cf. puru-ruc)

⋙ purūvasu

○vásu mfn. abounding in goods or riches RV. AitBr

⋙ purūvṛt

○vṛ́t mfn. moving in various ways AV

≫ purūcī

purūcī́ f. (of an unused purv-añc) abounding, abundant, full, comprehensive RV. AV

≫ purvaṇīka

purv-aṇīka mfn. variously manifested or appearing RV

puruñja

puruñja or puruṇḍa m. pl. N. of a dynasty VP

purudvat

purudvat m. N. of a prince Hariv. Pur

puruvī

puruvī f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇi

puruṣa

púruṣa m. (m. c. also pū́r○

• prob. fr. √pṝ and connected with puru, pūru ifc. f. ā, rarely ī

• Pāṇ. 4-i, 24) a man, male, human being (pl. people, mankind) RV. &c. &c

• a person, (pumān puruṣaḥ, a male person ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn

• daṇḍaḥp○, punishment personified Mn

• esp. grammatical pers

• with prathama, madhyama, uttama = the 3rd, 2nd, 1st pers. Nir. Pāṇ.), an officer, functionary, attendant, servant Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. tat-p○)

• a friend L

• a follower of the Sāṃkhya Philosophy (?) L

• a member or representative of a race or generation TS. Br. Mn. &c

• the height or measure of a man (= 5 Aratnis = 120 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. Śulbas. Var

• the pupil of the eye ŚBr

• (also with nārāyaṇa) the primaeval man as the soul and original source of the universe (described in the Purusba-sûkta, q.v.) RV. ŚBr. &c

• the personal and animating principle in men and other beings, the soul or spirit AV. &c. &c

• the Supreme Being or Soul of the universe (sometimes with para, parama, or uttama

• also identified with Brahmā, Vishṇu, Śiva and Durgā) VS. ŚBr. &c. &c

• (in Sāṃkbya) the Spirit as passive and a spectator of the Prakṛiti or creative force IW. 82 &c

• the, 'spirit' or fragrant exhalation of plants RV. x, 51, 8

• (with sapta) N. of the divine or active principles from the minute portions of which the universe was formed Mn. i, 19

• N. of a Pāda in the Mahsnāmnī verses Lāṭy

• of the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th and 11th signs of the zodiac Jyot

• of a son of Manu Cākshusha BhP

• of one of the 18 attendants of the sun L

• pl. men, people (cf. above)

• N. of the Brāhmans of Krauñca-dvipa BhP

• (with pañca) N. of 5 princely personages or miraculous persons born under partic. constellations, Var

• Rottleria Tinctoria L

• Clerodendrum Phlomoides L

• (ī), f. a woman, female RV. &c. &c

• m. or n. = puruṣaka m. n. Śiś. v, 56 Sch

• n. (!) N. of mount Meru L

⋙ puruṣakāma

○kāma mfn. desirous of men TāṇḍBr

⋙ puruṣakāra

○kāra m. human effort (opp. to daiva, fate) Mn. Yājñ

• manly act, virility, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c

• haughtiness, pride Pat

• N. of a grammarian Cat

• -phala n. the fruit or result of human effort L

• -mīmāṃsā f. N. of wk

⋙ puruṣakuṇapa

○kuṇapá n. a human corpse TS

⋙ puruṣakesarin

○kesarin m. 'man-lion', N. of Vishṇu in his 4th appearance on earth, Sak. (cf. nara-siṃha)

⋙ puruṣakṣīra

○kṣīrá n. human milk MaitrS

⋙ puruṣakṣetra

○kṣetra n. a male or uneven zodiacal sign or astrological house, Var,

⋙ puruṣagati

○gati f. N. of a Sāman Gaut

⋙ puruṣagandhi

○gandhi (pu○), mfn. smelling of men AV

⋙ puruṣagātra

○gātra mfn. endowed with human or manly limbs Kauś

⋙ puruṣaghnī

○ghnī f. (with strī) a woman who kills her husband Yājñ. (cf

• pūruṣa-han)

⋙ puruṣacchandasa

○cchandasá n. 'man's metre', the metre suited for men, i.e. the Dvi-padā ŚBr

⋙ puruṣajana

○jana m. sg. men, people Pañcad

⋙ puruṣajātaka

○jātaka N. of wk

⋙ puruṣajīvana

○jī́vana mf(ī)n. enlivening or animating men AV

⋙ puruṣajñāna

○jñāna n. knowledge of men or mankind Mn. vii, 211

⋙ puruṣatantra

○tantra mfn. dependent on the subject, subjective (-tva, n.) Śaṃk

⋙ puruṣatā

○tā (○ṣá-), f. manhood, manliness

• ind. (as instr.) after the manner of men, among men RV. [Page 637, Column 2]

⋙ puruṣatejas

○tejas (pú○), mfn. having a man's energy or manly vigour AV

⋙ puruṣatrā

○trā́ ind.= -tā ind. RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 56)

⋙ puruṣatva

○tva n. manhood, manliness MBh. Pur

• -tvá-tā ind. after the manner of men RV

⋙ puruṣadaghna

○daghna mfn. of the height or measure of a man W

⋙ puruṣadatta

○datta m. N. of a man Mudr

⋙ puruṣadantikā

○dantikā f. N. of a medicinal √L

⋙ puruṣadamyasārathi

○damyasārathi m. a driver or guide of men (compared with young draught-oxen) Divyâv

⋙ puruṣadravyasampad

○dravyasampad f. abundance of men and material MW

⋙ puruṣadvayasa

○dvayasa mf(ī)n. = -daghna L

⋙ puruṣadviṣ

○dviṣ m. an enemy of Vishṇu MW

⋙ puruṣadveṣin

○dveṣin mfn. man-hating, misanthropic W

• (iṇī), f. an ill-tempered or fractious woman ib

⋙ puruṣadharma

○dharma m. personal rule or precept KātyŚr

⋙ puruṣadhaureyaka

○dhaureyaka m. a man superior to other people Hcat

⋙ puruṣanāya

○nāya m. 'man superior to other people Hcat

⋙ puruṣanāya

○nāya m. 'manleader', a prince ChUp

⋙ puruṣaniyama

○niyama m. (in gram.) a restriction as to person

⋙ puruṣaniṣkrayaṇa

○niṣkráyaṇa mfn. one who redeems a person TS

⋙ puruṣapati

○pati m. 'lord of men', N. of Rāma MW

⋙ puruṣaparīkṣā

○parī7kṣā f. 'trial of man', N. of a collection of moral tales

⋙ puruṣapaśu

○paśu m. a beast of man, a brutal man Pañc. VP

• a man as a sacrificial victim BhP

• the soul compared with animal IW. 85

• a human animal, man W

⋙ puruṣapaṃgava

○paṃgava m. 'man-bull', an eminent or excellent man W

⋙ puruṣapuṇḍarīka

○puṇḍarīka m. 'man-lotus', = prec. ib., (with Jainas) N. of the 6th black Vāsudeva

⋙ puruṣapura

○pura n. N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, the modern Peshāwar (? L

⋙ puruṣaprabhu

○prabhu m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ puruṣabahumāna

○bahumāna m. the respect or esteem of mankind Bhartṛ

⋙ puruṣamātra

○mātrá mf(ī)n. of the height or measure of a man ŚBr. KātyŚr

• n. the size of a man TS

⋙ puruṣamānin

○mānin mfn. fancying one's self a man or hero (○ní-tva, n.) MBh

⋙ puruṣamukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face of a man Kauś

⋙ puruṣamṛga

○mṛgá m. a male antelope VS. TS. Sch

⋙ puruṣamedha

○medhá m. the sacrifice of a man Br. MBh. &c

• N. of the supposed author of VS. xx, 30 (perhaps wṛ. for puru-medha, q.v.),

⋙ puruṣayogin

○yogin mfn. relating to a Person or subject KātyŚr

⋙ puruṣayoni

○yoni (pú○), mfn. descended from or begotten by a man (male) MaitrS

⋙ puruṣarakṣas

○rakṣas n. a demon in the form of a man Kauś

⋙ puruṣarāja

○rājá m. a human king TS

⋙ puruṣarūpa

○rūpa n. the shape of a man AitBr

• (pú○), mfn. = next ŚBr

⋙ puruṣarūpaka

○rūpaka mfn. shaped like a man AitBr

⋙ puruṣareṣaṇa

○réṣaṇa (AV.),

⋙ puruṣareṣin

○reṣin (Kauś.), mfn. hurting men

⋙ puruṣarṣabha

○rṣabha (r for ṛ), m. = -puṃgava MBh. R

⋙ puruṣavacas

○vacas mfn. called Purusha ChUp

⋙ puruṣavat

○vat mfn. accompanied by men ŚBr

⋙ puruṣavadba

○vadbá m. manslaughter, murder AV

• slaughter of a husband Vet

⋙ puruṣavara

○vara m. the best of men VP

• N. of Vishṇu MBh

• of a prince VP

⋙ puruṣavarjita

○varjita mfn. destitute of human beings, desolate MW

⋙ puruṣavāc

○vā́c mfn. having a human voice VS. ŚBr

⋙ puruṣavāha

○vāha m. 'Vishṇu's vehicle', N. of Garuḍa BhP

⋙ puruṣavāham

○vāham ind. (with vahati, he moves in such a way as to be) borne or drawn along by men Pāṇ. 3-4, 43

⋙ puruṣavidha

○vidha (pú○), mfn. man-like, having a human form (-tá f.) ŚBr. TUp

⋙ puruṣavyāgbra

○vyāgbrá m. 'man-tiger', N. of a demon ŚBr

• = -śārdūla MBh. R

• a vulture L

⋙ puruṣavrata

○vrata n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ puruṣaśārdūla

○śārdūla m. 'man-tiger', an eminent man W

⋙ puruṣaśiras

○śiras n. a human head KātyŚr

⋙ puruṣaśīrṣa

○śīrṣá n. id. ŚBr

• ○ṣaka m. or n. N. of an instrument used by thieves Daś

⋙ puruṣasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m. a ceremony performed on a (dead) person Āpast

⋙ puruṣasamaveya

○samavêya m. a number of men W

⋙ puruṣasammita

○sammita (pú○), mfn. man-like TBr

⋙ puruṣasāman

○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀpŚr

⋙ puruṣasāmudrikalakṣaṇa

○sāmudrika-lakṣaṇa n. 'divination, from bodily signs', N. of wk

⋙ puruṣasiṃha

○siṃha m. 'man-lion', an eminent man or hero Kāv

• (with Jainas) N. of the 5th of the black Vāsudevas L

⋙ puruṣasūkta

○sū7kta n. 'the Purusha hymn', N. of RV. x, 90 (describing the Supreme Soul of the universe and supposed to be comparatively modern) RTL. 17 ; 23 &c

• -bhāṣya n. vidhāna n. -vyākhyā f. -vyākhyāna n. -ṣoḍa-śôpacāra-vidhi m. ○ktôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ han

han mfn. only f. -ghnī, q.v

⋙ puruṣāṃsaka

puruṣâṃsaka m. N. of a teacher, g. śaunakâdi (Kāś. ○ṣāsaka)

⋙ puruṣākāra

puruṣâkāra mfn. of human form or shape (-tā f.) Hcat

⋙ puruṣākṛti

puruṣâkṛti f. the figure of a man ŚrS

⋙ puruṣāṅga

puruṣâṅga m. n. the male organ of generation MW. (cf. narâṅga)

⋙ puruṣāana

púruṣâāna mfn. of human descent or origin ŚBr

⋙ puruṣād

puruṣâd mfn. eating or destroying men RV. AV

⋙ puruṣāda

puruṣâda mf(ī)n. id

• m. a cannibal, a Rakshas (-tva n.) MBh. R. BhP

• (pl.) N. of a race of cannibals in the east of Madhya-deśa Var. [Page 637, Column 3]

⋙ puruṣādaka

puruṣâdaka mfn. men-devouring MBh. R

• (pl.) N. of certain cannibals MārkP

⋙ puruṣādya

puruṣâdya m. 'first of men', N. of Vishṇu L

• (with Jainas) N. of Adi-nātha or of Ṛishabha (the first Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi)

⋙ puruṣādhama

puruṣâdhama m. 'lowest or vilest of men', an outcast, the worst of servants W

⋙ puruṣādhikāra

puruṣâdhikāra m. manly office or duty Kir

⋙ puruṣānṛta

puruṣânṛta n. falsehood respecting men Mn. ix, 71

⋙ puruṣāntara

puruṣântara n. another man or person, a mediator, interposer R. (am ind. by a mediator, indirectly Vikr. ii, 16)

• another or a succeeding generation MārkP

• (-vedin mfn. knowing the heart of mankind MW

• ○râtman m. 'man's inner self.' the soul L.)

• m. (sc. saṃdhi) an alliance negotiated by warriors chosen by both parties Kām. Hit

⋙ puruṣāyaṇa

puruṣâyaṇa mf(ā)n. going to or uniting with the soul PraśnUp

⋙ puruṣāyata

puruṣâyata mfn. of the length of a man Hcat

⋙ puruṣāyuṣa

puruṣâyuṣa n. the duration of a man's life, age of man Ragh. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 77)

• -ka n. id. Gal

⋙ puruṣārtha

puruṣârtha m. any object of human pursuit

• any one of the four objects or aims of existence (viz. kāma, the gratification of desire

• artha, acquirement of wealth

• dharma, discharge of duty

• mokṣa, final emancipation) Mn. Prab. Kap. (-tva n.) Sāṃkhyak. &c

• human effort or exertion MBh. R. &c

• (am), ind. for the sake of the soul Kap

• for or on account of man W

• -kāra m. -kaumudī f. -cintāmaṇi m. N. of wks

• -trayīmaya mf(ī)n. intent only upon the 3 objects of man (kāma, artha and dharma) Siṃhâs

• -prabodha m. -prabodhiṇī f. -ratnâkara m. -siddhy-upáya m. -sudhā-nidhi m. -sūtra-vṛtti f. ○rthânuśāsana n. N. of wks

⋙ puruṣāvatāra

puruṣâvatāra m. human incarnation Siṃhâs

⋙ puruṣāśin

puruṣâśin m. 'man-eater', a Rākshasa W

⋙ puruṣāstha

puruṣâsthá n. a human bone AV

• ○sthimālin m. 'wearing a necklace of human skulls', N. of Śiva L

⋙ puruṣāhuti

puruṣâhutí f. an invocation addressed to men TS

⋙ puruṣendra

puruṣéndra m. 'lord of men', a king

• -tā f. sovereignty MBh

⋙ puruṣeṣita

puruṣêṣita (pú○), mfn. caused or instigated by men AV

⋙ puruṣokti

puruṣôkti f. the name or title of man W

• ○ktika mfn. having only the name of man, destitute, friendless ib

⋙ puruṣottama

puruṣôttama See below

⋙ puruṣopahāra

puruṣôpahāra m. the sacrifice of a man Hcar

≫ puruṣaka

puruṣaka ifc. = puruṣa, a man, male Pat

• m. n. standing on two feet like a man, the rearing of a horse, prancing Śiś. v, 56

≫ puruṣāya

puruṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to behave or act like a man, play the man Hariv

⋙ puruṣāyita

puruḍṣāyitá mfn. acting like a man, playing the man (esp. in sexual intercourse) Amar. Sch. (-tva n.)

• n. a kind of coitus Kpr. Kuval

≫ puruṣibhū

puruṣi-bhū √to become a man R. Kathās

≫ puruṣottama

puruṣôttama m. the best of men, an excellent or superior man Hariv. Sāh

• the best of servants, a good attendant Kāv

• the highest being, Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishnu or Kṛishṇa MBh. Kāv. &c. (IW. 91, n. 3 &c.)

• = -kṣetra Cat

• (with Jainas) an Arhat

• N. of the fourth black Vāsudeva

• a Jina (one of the generic terms for a deified teacher of the Jaina sect)

• N. of sev. authors and various men (also -dāsa, -dīkṣita, -deva, -deva-śarman, -paṇḍita, -prasāda, -bhaṭṭa, -bhaṭṭâtmaja, -bhāraty-ācārya, -miśra, -manu-sudhīndra, -sarasvatī ○mâcāya, ○mânanda-tīrtha, ○mânanda-yati, ○mâśrama)

⋙ puruṣottamakṣetra

○kṣetra n. 'district of the Supreme Being', N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Vishṇu BrahmaP

• -tattva and -mākātmya n. N. of wks

⋙ puruṣottamakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. or n

⋙ puruṣottamacaritra

○caritra n. N. of wks

⋙ puruṣottamatīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha

• -prayoga-tattva n. N. of wk

⋙ puruṣottamapattra

○pattra n

⋙ puruṣottamapurāṇa

○purāṇa

⋙ puruṣottamapurīmāhātmya

○purī-māhātmya n

puruṣottamaprakāśakṣetravidhi3puruṣôttama--prakāśa-kṣetra-vidhi m

⋙ puruṣottamamantra

○mantra m

⋙ puruṣottamamāhātmya

○māhātmya n

⋙ puruṣottamavāda

○vāda m

⋙ puruṣottamaśāstrīya

○śāstrīya n

⋙ puruṣottamasahasranāman

○sahasra-nāman n. N. of wks

≫ puruṣya

puruṣyá mfn. pertaining to man, human RV

purūravas

purū-ravas See col. 1

puroga

puro-ga &c. See p. 635, col. 1

purocana

purocana m. N. of a man MBh

puroṭi

puroṭi m. = pattra-jhaṃkāra, or pura-saṃskārā L. ('the current of a river' W.)

puroḍās

puro-ḍās ○sa &c. See p. 635

purya

purya pury-aṣṭa, See p. 636. [Page 638, Column 1] Contents of this page

purv

purv (cf. pṝ), cl. 1. P. pūrvati, to fill Dhātup. xv, 67

• cl. 10. pūrvayati, to dwell, xxxii, 126

purvaṇīka

purv-aṇīka See p. 637, col. 1

pul

pul 1. 6. 10. P. polati, pulati, polayati, to be great or large or high, to be piled or heaped up Dhātup. xx, 11

• xxxii, 61

pula

pula mfn. extended, wide L

• m. horripilation ( See under pulaka) L

• N. of an attendant of Siva L

• (ā), f. the soft palate or uvula L

• N. of a partic. pace of horses Śiś. v, 60. Sch

• (ī), f. a bunch ( See tṛṇa-pulī)

• n. size, extent L

⋙ pulakeśin

○keśin and m. N. of princes L

⋙ pulakeśivallabha

○keśi-vallabha m. N. of princes L

≫ pulaka

pulaka m. a species of edible plant MBh

• a species of tree L

• (pl.) erection or bristling of the hairs of the body (considered to be occasioned by delight or rapture rather than by fear) Kāv. Pur. (also n. but mostly occurring ibc. and ifc. with f. ā)

• a bunch ( See tṛṇa-p○)

• a kind of stone or gem Var

• flaw or defect in a gem L

• a kind of insect or vermin L

• a cake of meal with which elephants are fed L

• orpiment L

• a Gandharva L

• = asurājī (?) L

• N. of a prince VP

• of a Nāga L

• n. a species of earth L

• horripilation (cf. above)

• ○kâkulâkṛti mfn. 'having the frame excited by bristling hair', thrilled with joy MW

• ○kâṅkita-savâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole body covered with bristling hair Pañc

• ○kâṅkura m. (sprout of) bristling hair Gīt

• ○kâṅga m. the noose or cord of Varuṇa L

• ○kâcita mfn. covered with bristling hair Śak. (Pi.) iii, 12 (v. l. ○kâncita)

• ○kâlaya m. N. of Kubera L

• ○kôkampa mfn. trembling with a thrill of delight Kathās

• ○kâdgama m. erection of the hair Bhartṛ

• ○kâddhūṣita-śarīra (B. dhṛṣita-ś○), mfn. having she body covered with erected hairs Pañc

• ○kâdbheda, m.= ○kâdgama Bhartṛ

⋙ pulakaya

pulaḍkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to have or feel the hair of the body erect (with rapture or delight) Gīt

⋙ pulakita

pulaḍkita mfn. having the hair of the bṭbristling erect, thrilled with joy Kāv. Pañc. Hit

• -sarvâṅga mf(ī)n. having the whole bristling covered with bristling hair Pañc

⋙ pulakin

pulaḍkin mfn. = ○kita W

• m. Nauclea Cordifolia L

⋙ pulakīkṛta

pulaḍkī-kṛta mfn. ○kita BhP

≫ pulasa

pulasa mfn. g. tṛṇâdi

≫ pulasti

pulastí mfn. (perhaps fr. pulas for puras

• but according to Uṇ. iv, 179 Sch. fr. pula and √3. as) wearing the hair straight or smooth VS

• m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi

⋙ pulastya

pulasḍtya m. N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā

• also enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages, and described as a lawgiver) AV. Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW. 517, n. 1)

• N. of Śiva Śivag

• -siddhânta m. -smṛti f. ○tyâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

≫ pulaha

pulaha m. (pula + √2. hā) N. of an ancient Ṛishi (one of the mind-born sons of Brahmā enumerated among the Prajā-patis and seven sages) AV.Pariś. Pravar. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW: 517, n. 1)

• N. of a star Hariv

• N. of Śivi Śivag

• ○hâśrama m. N. of a hermitage BhP. (= harikṣetra Sch.)

≫ pulāka

pulāka m. n. shrivelled or blighted or empty or bad grain Mn. MBh. &c

• a partic. species of grain L

• a lump of boiled rice L. (○kâdaka n. rice-water Suśr.)

• brevity, abbreviation, compendium L

• celerity, dispatch (-kārin mfn. making haste, hastening) L

⋙ pulākin

pulāḍkin m. a tree L

≫ pulānikā

pulānikā f. (prob.) induration of the skin Suśr

≫ pulāyita

pulāyita n. a horse's gallop L. (cf. ardha-p○)

≫ pulina

pulina m. n. (g. ardarcâdi) a sandbank, a small island or bank in the middle of a river, an islet, a sandy beach (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c

• the bank of a river (= tīra) Ragh. Sch

• m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh

• of a poet Cat

⋙ pulinajaghanā

○jaghanā f. having sandbanks for hips (said of the Gambhtrā river personified as a female) Megh

⋙ pulinadvīpaśobhita

○dvīpa-śobhita mfn. beautified by shoals and islets MW

⋙ pulinapradeśa

○pradeśa m. situation or place of an island Kathās

⋙ pulinamaṇḍita

○maṇḍita mfn. adorned with sandbanks or islets R

⋙ pulinavatī

○vatī f. (prob.) N. of a river, g. ajirâdi

≫ pulinda

pulinda m. pl. (Uṇ. iv, 85) N. of a barbarous tribe AitBr. MBh. &c

• (sg.) a man or the king of this tribe

• a barbarian, mountaineer MBh. Kathās

• N. of a king BhP

• the mast or rib of a ship (= polinda) L

• (ā), f. N. nf a serpent-maid Kāraṇḍ

• (ī), f. a Pulinda woman BhP

• (in music), N. of a Rāga

⋙ pulinduka

pulinḍduka m. pl. N. of a barbarous tribe (= pulinda) MBh

• (sg.) N. of a king of the Pulinda and Śabara and Bhilla Kathās. [Page 638, Column 2]

• of a son of Ārdraka VP

• (ikā), f. (in music) = pulindī

pulika

pulika m. N. of a man VP

• (ā), f. yellowish alum L

≫ pulikeśin

pulikeśin m. = pula-keśin Inscr

pulimat

pulimat m. N. of a man VP. (cf. pulomat)

pulirika

pulirika m. a snake L

pulilśa

pulilśa m.= Paulus (Alexanndrinus), N. of the author of a Siddhanta (also ○śâcārya) VarBṛS. Sch

pulīkoya

pulīkoya m. a partic. aquatic animal MaitrS. (cf. kulikaya, kulipaya and purīkaya)

≫ pulīkā

pulī́kā f. a species of bird MaitrS. (cf. kulīkā)

pulītat

pulītát n. = purītat MaitrS

pulu

pulu mfn. = puru in comp

⋙ pulukāma

○kā́ma mfn. having many desires, covetous RV. i, 179, 5

⋙ pulvagha

pulv-aghá mfn. doing much evil ib. x, 86, 21

puluṣa

puluṣa m. N. of a man (cf. pauluṣi)

puloma 1

puloma m. (m.c.) = puloman R

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of the demon Vaiśvānara (she was loved by the demon Puloman, but became the wife of Bhṛigu or Kaśyapa) MBh. Hariv. Pur

• Acorus Calamus (= vacā) L

≫ puloma 2

puloma in comp. for ○man

⋙ pulomajā

○jā f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of Indrāṇi Prasannar

⋙ pulomajit

○jit m. conqueror of Prasannar., N. of Indra Cat

⋙ pulomatanayā

○tanayā f. = -ja Gal

⋙ pulomadviṣ

○dviṣ m. 'enemy of Prasannar., N. of Indra L

⋙ pulomaniṣūdana

○niṣūdana (Gal.),

⋙ pulomabhid

○bhid (L.), m. 'destroyer of PṭPrasannar., N. of Indra (who destroyed his father-in-law PṭPrasannar. in order to avert his imprecation consequent on the violation of his daughter)

⋙ pulomāri

pulomâri m. = ○ma-dvith, Kāvyśd

⋙ pulomārcis

pulomârcis m. 'having the lustre of PṭPrasannar., N. of a prince VP

⋙ pulomāvi

pulomâvi m. (prob.) wṛ. for ○mâri ib

≫ puloman

puloman m. N. of a demon (the father-in-law of Indra by whom he was destroyed) MBh. Hariv. Pur

• of a prince VP

pulomat

pulomat m. N. of two princes VP. (cf. pulimat)

pulomahī

pulomahī f. opium L

pulkaka

púlkaka See púklaka and next MaitrS

pulkasa

pulkasa m. (ī f.) N. of a despised mixed tribe Gaut. MBh. (also ○kaka BhP

• cf. paulkasá and pukkaśa)

pulya

pulya mfn., g. balâdi

pulla

pulla mfn. expanded, blown L

• n. a flower L. (prob. wṛ. for phulla)

pulvagha

pulvaghá mfn. See pulu

puṣ 1

puṣ cl. 4. P. puṣyati, to divide, distribute Dhātup. xxvi, 106 (vḷ. for vyuṣ, q.v.)

puṣ 2

puṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup: xvii, 50) poṣati (trans.), only Nir. x, 34 ; cl. 4. P. (Dhātup. xxvi, 73) púṣyati (trans. and intrans. ; m.c. also A. ○te) RV. &c. &c. ; cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 57) puṣṇāti (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (pf. pupóṣa, pupuṣyās RV. ; aor. apuṣat or apoṣīt Gr. ; Pot. puṣeyam, RY. ; Prec. puṣyāsam, ○sma Br. ; fut. poṣiṣyati, pokṣyati ;poṣitā, poṣṭā Gr. ; Pass. puṣyate Kāv. ; sor. apoṣi Gr. ; inf. puṣyáse RV.), to be nourished (with instr., e.g. bhāryayā MBh. xiii, 4569), to thrive, flourish, prosper (also with póṣam, puṣṭim or vṛddhim) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr. (rarely in later language, e.g. MBh. see above, and sometimes in Bhiṭṭ., where also 3 sg. puṣyati-tarām)

• to cause to thrive or prosper, nourish, foster, augment, increase, further, promote, fulfil (e.g. a wish), develop, unfold, display, gain, obtain, enjoy, possess RV. &c. &c.: Caus. poskáyati (aor. apūpuṣat Gr.), to rear, nourish, feed, cause to thrive or prosper RV. &c. &c

• to cause to be reared or fed by (instr.) Śak.: Desid. pupoṣiṣati, pupuṣithati, pupukṣati Gr.: Intens. popuṣyate, popoṣṭi ib

≫ puṣ 3

puṣ mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, causing to thrive (cf. vitva-p○) showing, displaying Śiś. x, 32. [Page 638, Column 3]

≫ puṣa

puṣa mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, cherishing (cf. graha-p○)

• m. N. of a teacher Cat

• (ā), f. Methonica Superba L

≫ puṣita

puṣita mfn. nourished, nurtured (= puṣṭa) W

≫ puṣka

puṣka a word formed for the explanation of puṣkala g. sidhmâdi (perhaps also underlying the formation of puṣkara, puṣpa and puṣka-jit

• cf. pauṣka-jiti)

≫ puṣkara

púṣkara n. (rather fr. puṣka + ra than fr. puṣ + kara

• but Uṇ. iv, 4) a blue lotus-flower, a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum or Nymphaea Nelumbo (ifc. f. ā) AV. &c. &c. (met. 'the heart' MBh. v, 1790)

• the bowl of a spoon (ifc. f. ā) RV. Br. GṛŚrS

• the skin of a drum Kālid

• the tip of an elephant's trunk Var

• water ŚBr

• the sky, heaven Prab. (of Naigh. i, 3)

• a night of new moon falling on a Monday or Tuesday or Saturday Hcat

• an arrow L

• the blade or the sheath of a sword L

• a cage L

• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

• a part L

• the art of dancing L

• union L

• war, battle L

• intoxication L

• N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Pokhar in the district of Ajmere, RTL. 558) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c. (also pl

• according to Vishṇ. Sch. there are three, viz. jyeṣṭha, madhyama and kaniṣṭha)

• m. n. = -dviipa MBh. Pur

• = brahmâṇḍa Nīlak

• (with Jainas) one of the 5 Bhārata L

• m. Ardea Sibirica Pañc

• (in astrol.) an inauspicious Yoga, an ill-omened combination of a lucky lunation with an unlucky day, 3/4 of a lunar mansion W

• a kind of drum MBh

• a kind of serpent L

• the sun L

• a pond, lake L

• a kind of disease L

• the regent of Pokhar-dvipa (below) MārkP

• N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

• of Śiva Śivag

• of a son of Varuṇa MBh. Pur

• of a general of the sons and grandsons of Varuṇa L

• of an Asura Hariv

• of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of a prince (the brother of Nala) Nal

• of a son of Bharata VP

• of Su-nakshatra BhP

• of a son of Vṛika and Dūrvâkshi ib

• of an author Cat

• of a mountain in Pokhar-dvipa MBh

• m. pl. N. of a class of clouds said to occasion dearth and famine L. (cf. puṣkarâvartaka)

• of the inhabtants of Kuśa-dvipa corresponding to Brihmans VP

• of the lunar mansions Punar-vasu, Uttarashādhā, Kṛittikā, Uttara-phagūnī, Pūrva-bhādrapadā and Viśākhā collectively L

• (ī), f. (g. gaurâdi) N. of one of the 8 wives of Śiva Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for puṣkasī i.e. pulkasī)

⋙ puṣkarakarṇikā

○karṇikā f. the finger on the tip of an elephant's trunk Gal

⋙ puṣkarakalpa

○kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙ puṣkaracūḍa

○cūḍa m. 'lotus-crested', N. of one of the 4 elephants that support the earth BhP

⋙ puṣkaraja

○ja n. 'lotus-born', N. of the √of Costus Speciosus L

⋙ puṣkaratīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place L

⋙ puṣkaradvīpa

○dvīpa m. N. of a Dvipa or great division of the earth L

⋙ puṣkaranāḍī

○nāḍī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙ puṣkaranābha

○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu BhP

⋙ puṣkarapattra

○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. Bhartṛ

• -netra mfn. having eyes like lotus. leaves Ragh

⋙ puṣkaraparṇa

○parṇá n. a lotus-petal and a kind of brick named after it AV. ŚBr. &c

• ○ṇikā or ○ṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L

⋙ puṣkarapalāśa

○palāśa n. = -parṇa Lāṭy

⋙ puṣkarapurāṇa

○purāṇa n. N. of a Purāṇa

⋙ puṣkaraprādurbhāva

○prādurbhāva m. N. of wk

⋙ puṣkarapriya

○priya m. or n. wax L

⋙ puṣkarabīja

○bīja n. lotus-seed Mṛicch. Suśr

• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ puṣkaramālin

○mālin m. 'wearing a lotus-wreath', N. of a man MārkP

⋙ puṣkaramāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ puṣkaramukha

○mukha n. the aperture of the tip of an elephant's trunk Śiś

• mf(ī)n. (a vessel) having a mouth like the tip of an elṭelephant's trunk, Āryav

⋙ puṣkaramūla

○mūla (Bhpr.),

⋙ puṣkaramūlaka

○mūḍlaka (L.), n. the √of Costus Speciosus or Arabicus

⋙ puṣkaravana

○vana n. the forest in the Tirtha Pushkara TBr. Sch

• -prādur-bhāva m. -māhātmya n. N. of wks

⋙ puṣkaravyāghra

○vyāghra m. 'water-tiger', an alligator L

⋙ puṣkaraśāyikā

○śāyikā f. a species of aquatic bird Suśr

⋙ puṣkaraśikā

○śikā (prob.) wṛ. for next

⋙ puṣkaraśikhā

○śikhā or f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ puṣkaraśiphā

○śiphā f. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ puṣkarasad

○sad m. N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi

⋙ puṣkarasāgara

○sāgara m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ puṣkarasāda

○sādá m. a species of bird (according to TS. Sch. = puṣkarasarpa or bhramara)

⋙ puṣkarasādi

○sādi m. N. of a teacher Āpast. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi)

⋙ puṣkarasādin

○sādin m. = -sāda, Mahrdh

⋙ puṣkarasārin

○sārin m. wṛ. for pauṣkarasādi

⋙ puṣkarasārī

○sārī f. 'having the essence of the lotus', a kind of writing Lalit

⋙ puṣkarasthapati

○sthapati m. N. of Śiva MBh. (= brahmâṇḍasya svāmī Nīlak.)

⋙ puṣkarasraj

○sraj f. a lotus-wreath, T3āṇḍBr

• (pú○), mfn. wearing a lotus-wrṭwreath RV. AV. ŚBr

• m. du. N. of the two Aśvins L

⋙ puṣkarākṣa

puṣkarâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus. eyed MBh

• m. N. of Vishṇu L

• of a man BrahmaP. [Page 639, Column 1] Contents of this page

• of a prince Ratnâv

• of a poet Cat

⋙ puṣkarākhya

puṣkarâkhya m. Ardea Sibirica L

⋙ puṣkarāgra

puṣkarâgra n. the tip or extremity of an elephant's trunk Pañc

⋙ puṣkarāṅghrija

puṣkarâṅghrija m. or n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

⋙ puṣkarācchādikā

puṣkarâcchādikā f. a species of bird Gal

⋙ puṣkarāraṇya

puṣkarâraṇya n. = puṣkara-vana MBh

⋙ puṣkarāruṇi

puṣkarâruṇi m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙ puṣkarāvatī

puṣkarā-vatī f. 'abounding in lotuses', N. of a town (= the ? ? of the ancients and the Pousekielofati of Hiouen-Thsang) R. Kathās. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 Sch.)

• a form of Dākshāyaṇi MatsyaP

⋙ puṣkarāvartaka

puṣkarâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds Kālid. (cf. puṣkalâv○)

⋙ puṣkarāṣṭaka

puṣkarâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

⋙ puṣkarāhva

puṣkarâhva (Car.),

⋙ puṣkarāhvaya

puṣkarâḍhvaya (L.), m. Ardea Sibirica

• ī. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus. 1

⋙ puṣkarekṣaṇa

puṣkarêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-eyed

• m. (with puruṣa), N. of Vishṇu R. 2

⋙ puṣkarekṣaṇa

puṣkarekṣaṇa mfn. being for a moment in the sky MW

⋙ puṣkaroddhṛta

puṣkarôddhṛta mfn. raised with the extremity of the trunk ib

≫ puṣkarāya

puṣkarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as or represent a drum Daśar

≫ puṣkarikā

puṣkarikā f. a kind of disease (formation of abscesses on the penis) Suśr

• N. of a woman Daś

≫ puṣkarin

puṣkarin mfn. abounding in lotuses R

• m. an elephant Dhūrtan

• a sword Gal

• N. of a prince (= puṣkarâruṇi) VP

• (íṇī), f. a lotus pool, any pool or pond RV. &c. &c

• Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L

• Hibiscus Mutabilis L

• a female elephant L

• N. of a river ŚivaP

• of the wife of Bhumanyn MBh

• of the wife of Cākshusha and mother of Manu Hariv

• of the mother of Manu Cākshusha VP

• of the wife of Vyushṭa and mother of Cakshus and grandmṭmother of Manu BhP

• of the wife of Ulmuka ib

• of a temple in Maru or Marwar Buddh

≫ puṣkala

puṣkalá mf(ā)n. (cf. puṣka) much, many, numerous, copious, abundant MBh. Kāv. &c

• rich, magnificent, full, complete, strong, powerful, excellent, best AV. &c. &c

• loud, resonant, resounding MBh. Hariv. Pur

• purified L

• m. (vḷ. ○kara) a kind of drum MBh

• (in music) a Partic. stringed instrument

• N. of Śiva Śivag

• of a son of Varuṇa L

• of an Asura Hariv

• of a Ṛishi Cat

• of a son of Bharata R

• of a Buddha Lalit

• of a Tirtha (rather n.) L

• pl. N. of, people MārkP

• of the military caste in Kuśadvipa VP

• (ī), f. g. gaurâdi

• n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon Gṛihyās. (vḷ. ○kara)

• a partic. measure of capacity (= 8 Kuñcis = 64 handfuls) ĀpŚr. Sch

• a partic. weight of gold KātyŚr. Sch

• alms to the exient of 4 mouthfuls of food W (rather m.) N. of mount Meru L

⋙ puṣkalamocana

○mocana n

⋙ puṣkalavijaya

○vijaya m. N. of chs. of PadmaP

⋙ puṣkalāvata

puṣkalāvata m. an inhabitant of Pushkalā-vati Var. (also ○taka)

• N. of an ancient physician (vḷ. pauṣk○) Cat

• n. N. of the residence of Pushkala (son of Bharata) R

• (ī), f. N. of a city (= puṣkarā-vatī)

⋙ puṣkāavarta

puṣkā́âvarta m. (prob.) = next

• -mâhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ puṣkalāvartaka

puṣkalâvartaka m. N. of a partic. class of clouds (= puṣkarâv○), Mallin. on Śiś. xv, 107

≫ puṣkalaka

puṣkalaka m. the musk-deer L

• a post, wedge, pin, bolt L

• a Buddhist or Jaina mendicant L. (wṛ. puṣalaka)

≫ puṣṭa

puṣṭá mfn. nourished, cherished, well-fed, thriving, strong, fat, full, complete, perfect, abundant, rich, great, ample Mn. MBh. &c

• rich in, blessed with (instr.) Daś

• full-sounding, loud Hariv

• burnt W. (wṛ. for pluṣṭa?)

• incubated, brooded over MW

• n. growth, increase, gain, acquisition, wealth, property (esp. of children or cattle) RV. VS. AV

⋙ puṣṭatā

○tā f

⋙ puṣṭatva

○tva n. the being well-fed, a prosperous or thriving condition MW

⋙ puṣṭapati

○páti m. the lord of prosperity or welfire AV

⋙ puṣṭavipuṣṭa

○vipuṣṭa m. du. the well-fed and the ill-fed Pañc

⋙ puṣṭāṅga

puṣṭâṅga mf(ī)n. fat-limbed, well-fed, fat Hit

⋙ puṣṭārtha

puṣṭârtha mfn. having a complete sense, fully intelligible (a-p○) Sāh

⋙ puṣṭāvat

puṣṭā́-vat mfn. breeding or rearing cattle RV

≫ puṣṭi

púṣṭi (or puṣṭi, esp. RV.), f. well-nourished condition, fatness, plumpness, growth, increase, thriving, prosperity, wealth, opulence, comfort RV. &c. &c

• breeding, rearing (esp. of cattle

• also with paśoḥ) RV. TS. ŚBr

• development, fulness, completeness Sāh

• N. of a partic. ceremony performed for the attainment of welfare or prosperity Cat

• N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma MBh. Hariv. Pur. [Page 639, Column 2]

• of the mother of Lobha, MārkP

• of a daughter of Dhruva VP

• of a daughter of Paurṇamāsa ib

• of a Śakti Hcat

• one of the 16 Mātṛikās or divine mothers L

• of a Kalā of the moon BrahmaP

• of a Kalā of Prakṛiti and wife of Gaṇêśa BrahmaP

• of a form of Dakshāyanī MatsyaP

• of a form of Sarasvatī W

• Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙ puṣṭikara

○kara mf(ī)n. nourishing, causing to thrive or grow Var. Suśr. MārkP

⋙ puṣṭikarman

○karman n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of prosperity GṛŚrS. MBh

• n. a verse or formula relating to this cerṭceremony Kauś

⋙ puṣṭikānta

○kānta m. 'beloved of Pushṭi.' N. of Ganêśa L

⋙ puṣṭikāma

○kāma (pú○), mfn. wishing for prṭprosperity AV. &c. &c

⋙ puṣṭigu

○gu (○pú○), m. N. of a man (said to be a Kānva and author of RV. viii, 51, 1)

⋙ puṣṭida

○da mfn. yielding or causing prṭprosperity, nourishing, cherishing Hariv. Var. Suśr

• m. pl. N. of a class of Pitṛis MārkP

• (ā), f. N. of a drug (= vṛddhi) L

• Physalis Flexuosa L

⋙ puṣṭidāvan

○dāvan mf(arī)n. = -da mfn. Kauś

⋙ puṣṭipati

○páti m. the lord of prṭprosperity or welfare TS. Br. GṛŚrS

⋙ puṣṭipravāhamaryādābheda

○pravāha-maryādā-bheda m. N. of wk

• -vivaraṇa n. N. of Comm. on it

⋙ puṣṭimat

○mát mfn. thriving, abundant, prosperous, well off RV. &c. &c

• containing the word puṣṭi or any other derivative of √2. puṣ ŚBr. ŚrS

• m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ puṣṭimati

○mati m. N. of an Agni MBh

⋙ puṣṭimārga

○mārga m. 'the way of well-being', N. of the doctrine of a Vaishṇava sect founded by Vallabhâcārya RTL. 134

⋙ puṣṭimbhara

○m-bhará mfn. bringing prosperity (said of Pūshan) RV

⋙ puṣṭilīlāṭīkā

○līlā-ṭīkā f. N. of wk

⋙ puṣṭivardhana

○várdhana mfn. increasing prṭprosperity or welfare RV. &c. &c

• m. a cock L

⋙ puṣṭiśrāddha

○śrāddha n. N. of a partic. Śrāddha VP

⋙ puṣṭicchu

puṣṭicchu mfn. desirous of prosperity or welfare KātyŚr

≫ puṣṭika

puṣṭika m. N. of a poet Cat

• (ā), f. a bivalve shell, an oyster (prob. wṛ. for puṭikā)

≫ puṣṭyartha

puṣṭy-artha n. N. of a Śrāddha ('for health and well-being of body') RTL. 305

≫ puṣpa

púṣpa n. (for puṣka?) a flower, blossom (ifc. f. ā, in names of plants oftener ī

• Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1) AV. &c. &c

• the menstrual flux Suśr

• a partic. disease of the eye, albugo Suśr

• a spot on the nails and teeth Car

• (in dram.) gallantry, politeness, declaration of love Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp

• N. of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

• of a book, Divyâiv

• a kind of perfume L

• the vehicle of Kubera L

• blooming, expanding L

• m. a topaz R

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

• of a son of Ślisṭi Hariv

• of a son of Śaṅkha ib. (C. puṣya)

• of a Bodhi-sattva(?) Lalit

• of a mountain, MārkP

• of a book (prob. = puṣpa-sūtra), Divyáv

• (ā), f. N. of the town Campā L

⋙ puṣpakaraṇḍa

○karaṇḍa or n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

⋙ puṣpakaraṇḍaka

○karaṇḍḍaka n. flower-basket', N. of a grove near Avanti or Oujein (also ○dâdyāna n. Mṛicch.)

⋙ puṣpakaraṇḍinī

○karaṇḍinī f. N. of Onjein (cf. prec.) L

⋙ puṣpakarṇa

○kárṇa mfn. having a flower(-shaped mole) in the ear TS

⋙ puṣpakāra

○kāra m. N. of the author of the Pushpa-sūtra L

⋙ puṣpakāla

○kāla m. 'flower-time', the spring Var

• the time of the menses Suśr

⋙ puṣpakāsīsa

○kāsīsa (Suśr.),

⋙ puṣpakāsīsaka

○kāsīḍsaka (L.), n. green or black sulphate of iron

⋙ puṣpakīṭa

○kīṭa m. 'flower-insect', a large bee L

⋙ puṣpaketana

○ketana m. 'characterized by flower', the god of love L

⋙ puṣpaketu

○ketu m. id. MBh

• vitriol used as a collyrium Caurap

• calx of brass W

• N. of a Buddha L

• of a prince of Pushpa-bhidra HPariś

⋙ puṣpagaṇḍikā

○gaṇḍikā f. N. of a kind of farce in which men act as women and women as men Bhar. Sāh. ('contrary purpose or effort of man and woman' W.)

⋙ puṣpagiri

○giri m., flower-mountain', N. of a mythical mountain (the favourite resort of Varuṇa) W

⋙ puṣpagṛha

○gṛha n. 'flower-house', a conservatory R

⋙ puṣpagranthana

○granthana n. wearing a wreath or garland of flower Vet

⋙ puṣpaghātaka

○ghātaka m. flower-destroyer, the bamboo (whose stem is said to decay after the plant has flowered) L

⋙ puṣpacaya

○caya m. a quantity of flower W

• gathering flower ib

⋙ puṣpacāpa

○cāpa m. a bow of flower, the bow of the god of love Kālid

• the god of love Kathās

⋙ puṣpacāmara

○cāmara m. having flower for a chowrie', Artemisia Indica or Pandanus Odoratissimus L

⋙ puṣpacintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ puṣpacūla

○cūla m. 'flower-crested', N. of a man HPariś

• (ā), f. N. of a woman ib

⋙ puṣpaja

○ja mfn. 'flower-born', derived or coming from f. (-jaṃ rajaḥ, pollen Sāh.)

• m. the juice of flower s L

• (ā), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountains MārkP

⋙ puṣpajāti

○jāti f. flower-born', N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountains VP

⋙ puṣpada

○da m. 'flower-giving', a tree L

⋙ puṣpadaṃṣṭra

○daṃṣṭra m. 'having flower for fangs, N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ puṣpadanta

○danta m. 'flower-toothed', N. of Śiva R

• of an attendant of Śiva MBh

• of an attendant of Vishṇu. BhP. [Page 639, Column 3]

• (also -ka) of a Gandharva (author of the Mahimnaþ Stavaþ) Cat

• of a Vidyā-dhara L

• of a serpent-demon L

• (with Jainas) of the 9th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī

• of a partic. being Hcat

• of the elephant of the northvest quarter ib

• of the mountain Śatruṃ-jaya Śatr

• (du.) sun and moon ib

• (ī), f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh

• n. N. of a temple Kathās

• of a palace Buddh

• of a gate Hariv

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

• -bhid m. N. of Śiva L. (prob. wṛ. for pūṣa-danta-bhid)

• -vat mfn. one who has flowered teeth Hcat

• ○tânvaya, in an elephant with partic. marks (descended from the race of Pushpa-danta) Gal

⋙ puṣpadāman

○dāman n. a garland of flower, Śiṅgār

• a kind of metre Col

⋙ puṣpadrava

○drava m. the juice of flower L

• an infusion of flower (as rosewiter &c.) L

⋙ puṣpadruma

○druma m. a tree which bears flower

• -kusumita-mukuṭa m. 'having a flowery diadem like a tree in bloom', N. of a Gandharvarāja L

⋙ puṣpadha

○dha m. the offspring of an out-caste Brāhman Mn. x, 21

⋙ puṣpadhanus

○dhanus and m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

⋙ puṣpadhanvan

○dhanvan m. 'armed with a bow of flower', N. of the god of love Kāv

⋙ puṣpadhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa m. 'flower-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

⋙ puṣpadhvaja

○dhvaja m. = -ketana L

⋙ puṣpanāṭaka

○nāṭaka m. v. l. for -baṭuka

⋙ puṣpanikara

○nikara m. throwing flower W

• a multitude of flower MW

⋙ puṣpanikṣa

○nikṣa m. 'flower-kissing', a bee L

⋙ puṣpaniryāsa

○niryāsa and m. exudation or juice of flower L

⋙ puṣpaniryāsaka

○niryāḍsaka m. exudation or juice of flower L

⋙ puṣpanetra

○netra n. 'flower-tube', a kind of catheter Suśr

⋙ puṣpaṃdhaya

○ṃ-dhaya m. 'flower-sucking', a bee L

⋙ puṣpanyāsa

○nyāsa m. an offering of flower W

⋙ puṣpapaṭa

○paṭa m.flowered cloth Mṛicch. Sch

⋙ puṣpapattra

○pattra m. 'flower-feathered', a kind of arrow L

⋙ puṣpapattrin

○pattrin mfn. having flower for arrows (said of the bow of Kāma-deva) W

⋙ puṣpapatha

○patha m. (L.),

⋙ puṣpapadavī

○padavī f. (Hāsy.) 'course of the menses', the vulva

⋙ puṣpapāṇḍu

○pāṇḍu m. a species of serpent Suśr

⋙ puṣpapuṭa

○puṭa m. a cup or bag filled with flower L

• the hands arranged in the shape of the calyx of a flower Cat

• (in music) a partic. position in dancing

⋙ puṣpapura

○pura n. (Ragh. &c.),

⋙ puṣpapurī

○purī f. (Daś.) N. of the city Pāṭali-putra or Palibothra

⋙ puṣpapeśala

○peśala mfn. as delicate, as flower Kathās

⋙ puṣpapracaya

○pracaya m. plucking flower (to steal them) Pāṇ. 3-3, 60

⋙ puṣpapracāya

○pracāya m. plucking or gathering flower ib

• ○yikā f. id. Uṇ. ii, 32 Sch. (tava puṣpa-pracāyika, it is thy turn to gather flower Pāṇ. 6-2, 74, Scb.) -1

⋙ puṣpaphala

○phala m. Feronia Elephantum L

• Benincasa Cerifera L. -2

⋙ puṣpaphala

○phala n. flower and fruits MBh

• -druma m. pl. trees bearing flower and fruits Ragh

• -vat mfn. bearing flower and fruits Suśr

⋙ puṣpabaṭuka

○baṭuka m. a courtier, gallant Cat. (vḷ. -nāṭaka)

⋙ puṣpabali

○bali m. an oblation of flower MārkP

⋙ puṣpabāṇa

○bāṇa m. flower-arrowed', the god of love

• -vilāsa m. N. of a poem (attributed to a certain Kālidāsa)

⋙ puṣpabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. a festoon of flower ('treading on flower' Sch.) MW

⋙ puṣpabhadra

○bhadra m. beautiful with flower', a kind of pavilion with 62 columns Vāstuv

• N. of a man Mṛicch

• n. N. of a city HPariś

• (ā), f. N. of a river BhP

⋙ puṣpabhadraka

○bhadraka n. N. of a partic. wood BhP

⋙ puṣpabhava

○bhava mfn. being or contained in flower

• m. the nectar of flower W

⋙ puṣpabhājana

○bhājana n. a flower basket Śak

⋙ puṣpabhūti

○bhūti m. 'essence of flower', N. of a prince Hcar

⋙ puṣpabhūṣaṇa

○bhūṣaṇa n' 'ornament of flower', N. of a Nāṭaka Sāh

⋙ puṣpabhuṣita

○bhuṣita n. 'adorned with flower', N. of a Prakaraṇa ib

⋙ puṣpabherotsa

○bherôtsa (?), m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙ puṣpamañjarikā

○mañjarikā f. a species of creeper L. ('blue lotus' W.)

⋙ puṣpamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of flower, flowery MBh. Kāv

⋙ puṣpamātham

○mātham ind. (with √math) to crush like a flower Bālar

⋙ puṣpamālā

○mālā f. a garland of flower R

• N. of a Dik-kanyā (s.v.) Pārśvan

• N. of a poem and of another wk. (on flower to be used or avoided in the worship of deities)

• ○la-kathā f. N. of wk. Pañcad

• ○lā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flower-garlands Hcat

• ○lin mfn. wearing a flower-gṭgarlands Jātakam

⋙ puṣpamās

○mās or m. flower -month', the spring R

⋙ puṣpamāsa

○māsa m. flower -month', the spring R

⋙ puṣpamitra

○mítra m. (vḷ. puṣya-m○) N. of a king (according to the Brāhmanical account, a general of the last Maurya dynasty and father of prince Agni-mitra, or according to Buddhists, a king, the successor of Pushyadharman) Mālav. Pur. Buddh. (cf IW. 167, n. 2)

• of another king VP

• -sabhā f. the court of king Pushyadharman Pāṇ. 1-1, 68 Vārtt. 7 Pat

⋙ puṣpamegha

○megha m. a cloud raining flower

• ○ghī-. √kṛ, to turn into a cloud raining flower Megh

⋙ puṣpayamaka

○yamaka n. a Yamaka (s.v.) of the final syllables of all lines of a stanza, e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 14

⋙ puṣparakta

○rakta mfn. red as a flower Megh

• dyed red with vegetable colour W

• m. Hibiscus Phoeuiceus L

⋙ puṣparacana

○racana n. making flower into a garland (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) Gal

⋙ puṣparajas

○rajas n. 'flower-dust', pollen

• (esp.) saffron L

⋙ puṣparatha

○ratha m. 'flower-chariot', a car for travelling or for pleasure R. Hcat. [Page 640, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ puṣparasa

○rasa (or ○sâhvaya), m. (having the name) flower-juice, the nectar or honey of flower L

⋙ puṣparāga

○rāga m. 'flower-hued', a topaz Var

⋙ puṣparāja

○rāja m. 'flower-king (?)', id. L

⋙ puṣpareṇu

○reṇu m. 'flower-dust', pollen Ragh

⋙ puṣparocana

○rocana m. Mesua Roxburghī L

⋙ puṣpalāva

○lāva m. a flower- gatherer or garland-maker (also ○vin) L

• (il), f. a female flower-gatherer Megh

⋙ puṣpalikṣa

○likṣa m. 'flower-licker', a bee W. (cf. -nikṣa)

⋙ puṣpalipi

○lipi f. 'flower-writing.' N. of a partic. style of writing Lalit

⋙ puṣpalih

○lih m. (nom. ṭ) a large black bee W

⋙ puṣpalīlā

○līlā f. 'flower-sport', N. (of a woman?) Cat. -1

⋙ puṣpavat

○vat (púṣpa-), mfn. having flower or decorated with flower, flowery, blooming RV. &c. &c

• m. N. of a Daitya MBh

• of a man Saṃskārak

• of a prince Hariv. Pur

• of a mountain in Kuś-dvipa MBh

• (du.) sun and moon Bālar. Gaṇit. (perhaps fr. -vanta)

• (ī), f. (a woman) having the menses L

• (a cow) longing for the bull BhP. Sch

• N. of a sacred bathing place MBh. -2

⋙ puṣpavat

○vat ind. like a flower Bhartṛ

⋙ puṣpavana

○vana n. N. of a mountain

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

⋙ puṣpavartman

○vartman m. 'flower-path', N. of Dru-pada Hcar

⋙ puṣpavarṣa

○varṣa n. flower-rain', flower showered upon a hero on any great occasion Ragh. (also ○ṣaṇa MW.)

• m. N. of a mountain BhP

⋙ puṣpavahā

○vahā f. 'carrying flower', N. of a river ib

⋙ puṣpavāṭikā

○vāṭikā (Kuval.),

⋙ puṣpavāṭī

○vāṭī (Pañc.), f. a flower-garden

⋙ puṣpavāhana

○vāhana m. 'having a flowery car', N. of a king of Pushkara AgP

⋙ puṣpavāhinī

○vāhinī f. (= -vahā) N. of a river Hariv

⋙ puṣpavicitrā

○vicitrā f. N. of a metre L

⋙ puṣpaviśikha

○viśikha m. = -bāṇa Alaṃkārav

⋙ puṣpavṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. a tree bearing blossoms L

⋙ puṣpavṛṣṭi

○vṛṣṭi f. = -varṣa n. Ratnâv

⋙ puṣpaveṇī

○veṇī f. a chaplet or garland of flower R

• N. of a river MBh

⋙ puṣpasakaṭikā

○sakaṭikā f. a voice coming from heaven

• -nimitta-jñāna n. knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 arts or Kalās) BhP. Sch

⋙ puṣpaśakaṭī

○śakaṭī f. (L.) and -jñāna n. (Gal.) = prec

⋙ puṣpaśakalin

○śakalin m. 'having flower-like scales', a kind of serpent Suśr

⋙ puṣpaśakuna

○śakuna m. 'flower-bird', Phasianus Gallus MBh. (v. l.)

⋙ puṣpaśayyā

○śayyā f. a couch of flower Śak

⋙ puṣpaśara

○śara m. = -bāṇa L

• ○râsana m. = -dhanus Vcar

⋙ puṣpaśilīmukha

○śilī-mukha m. = -bāṇa Prasannar

⋙ puṣpaśūnya

○śūnya m. 'flowerless', Ficus Glomerata L

⋙ puṣpaśekhara

○śekhara m. a garland of flower Kathās

⋙ puṣpaśrīgarbha

○śrī-garbha m. 'filled with the beauty of flower', N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

⋙ puṣpasamaya

○samaya m. 'flower-season', the spring L

⋙ puṣpasādhāraṇa

○sādhāraṇa m. 'common time for flower', id. L

⋙ puṣpasāyaka

○sāyaka m.= -bāṇa Dhirtas

⋙ puṣpasāra

○sāra m. the nectar or honey of flower L. (-sudhā-nidhi m. N. of wk.)

• (ā), f. holy basil BrahmaP

⋙ puṣpasitā

○sitā f. 'white like flower', a kind of sugar Bhpr

⋙ puṣpasūtra

○sūtra n. N. of a Sūtra work (ascribed to Gobhila or to Vara-ruci) on the change of Ṛiks into Sāmans

• -bhāṣya n. N. of Comm. on it

⋙ puṣpasaurabhā

○saurabhā f. 'smelling like flower', Methonica Superba L

⋙ puṣpasnāna

○snāna n. v. l. for puṣya-sn○

⋙ puṣpasraj

○sraj f. a garland of flower Kāv

⋙ puṣpasreda

○sreda m.= -sara L

⋙ puṣpahārin

○hārin mfn. stealing or taking away flower, Pāṇ. vi, 2, 79 Sch

⋙ puṣpahāsa

○hāsa m. 'smiling with flower', a flower-garden Hariv

• N. of Vishṇu ib

• of a man L

• (ā), f. a woman during menstruation L

⋙ puṣpahīna

○hīna mfn. flowerless, not flowering L

• (ā), f. a woman past child-bearing L

• Ficus Glomerata L

⋙ puṣpākara

puṣpâkara mfn. rich in flower, flowery

• m. (with māsa) the flowery month, spring Vikr

• -deva m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ puṣpāgama

puṣpâgama m. 'flower-advent', the spring Ṛitus

⋙ puṣpāgra

puṣpâgra n. flower-point', a pistil Vām

⋙ puṣpājīva

puṣpâjīva and m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

⋙ puṣpājīvin

puṣpâjīḍvin m. 'living by flower', a gardener, florist, garland-maker L

⋙ puṣpāñjana

puṣpâñjana n. calx of brass employed as a collyrium L

⋙ puṣpāñjali

puṣpâñjali m. two handfuls of flower L

• N. of sev. wks. (also -stotra and ○lyaṣṭaka n.)

• mfn. presenting flower or a nosegay in both hands opened and hollowed W

⋙ puṣpāḍa

puṣpâḍa and m. a kind of rice Gal

⋙ puṣpāḍaka

puṣpâḍḍaka m. a kind of rice Gal

⋙ puṣpānana

puṣpânana m. flower faced', N. of a Yaksha MBh

⋙ puṣpānauga

puṣpânauga n. a powder promoting menstruation Car

⋙ puṣpāṅta

puṣpâṅta mfn. perishing after the blossom (?) SāmavBr

⋙ puṣpāpaṇa

puṣpâpaṇa m. a flower-market Pañcad

⋙ puṣpāpīḍa

puṣpâpīḍa m. 'chaplet of flower', N. of a Gandharva Śukas

⋙ puṣpābbikīrṇa

puṣpâbbikīrṇa mfn. strewed with flower Lalit

• m. a kind of spotted snake Suśr

⋙ puṣpābhiṣeka

puṣpâbhiṣeka m. = ○pa-snāna Var

⋙ puṣpāmbu

puṣpâmbu n. the honey or nectar of flower L

⋙ puṣpāmbhas

puṣpâmbhas n. flower-water, N. of a sacred bathing-place MBh

⋙ puṣpāyudha

puṣpâyudha m. 'flower armed', the god of love Kāv

⋙ puṣpārama

puṣpâráma m. a flower-garden Kathās

⋙ puṣpārṇa

puṣpârṇa m. 'flower-stream', N. of a son of Vatsara and Svar-viithi BhP

⋙ puṣpārpaṇa

puṣpârpaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 640, Column 2]

⋙ puṣpāvakīrṇa

puṣpâvakīrṇa m. 'strewed with flower', N. of a prince of the Kiṃnaras Kāraṇḍ

⋙ puṣpāvacaya

puṣpâvacaya m. gathering flower W. (cf. Vām. v, 2, 42)

• ○cāyikā f. the gathering of flower (a kind of play or sport) Cat

• ○cāyin m. gathering flower, a flower-gatherer W

⋙ puṣpāvat

púṣpā-vat mfn. = 1. púṣpa-vat TS

• (ī), f. N. of a town Cat

puṣpāvalivanarājikusumitābhijña3puṣpâvali-vanarāji-kusumitâbhijña m. knowing the season of the flowering of the rows of flower and of the forest-trees', N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. puṣpa-bali-v○)

⋙ puṣpāśin

puṣpâśin mfn. eating flower Vishṇ

⋙ puṣpāsava

puṣpâsava m. a decoction of flower R. Ṛitus

• honey L

⋙ puṣpāsāra

puṣpâsāra m. = ○pa-vṛṣṭi Megh

⋙ puṣpāstaraka

puṣpâstaraka m. (Cat),

⋙ puṣpāstaraṇa

puṣpâstaḍraṇa n. (BhP. Sch.) the art of strewing flower (one of the 64 Kalas)

⋙ puṣpāstra

puṣpâstra m. = ○pâyudha L

⋙ puṣpāhara

puṣpâhara mfn. one who takes or plucks flower W

⋙ puṣpāhvā

puṣpâhvā f. Anethum Sowa L

⋙ puṣpeṣu

puṣpêṣu m.= ○pa-bāṇa Kathās

⋙ puṣpotkaṭā

puṣpôtkaṭā f. N. of a Rākshasi the mother of Rāvaṇa and Kumbha-karṇa) MBh

⋙ puṣpottara

puṣpottara m. or n. (with Jainas) N. of a partic. heaven W

⋙ puṣpodakā

puṣpôdakā f. 'having flower for water', N. of a river in the lower world MBh

⋙ puṣpodbhava

puṣpôdbhava m. 'sprung from flower', N. of a man Daś

⋙ puṣpodyāna

puṣpôdyāna n. a flower-garden MW

⋙ puṣpopagama

puṣpôpagama mfn. bearing flower Vishṇ

⋙ puṣpopajīvin

puṣpopajīvin m.= puṣpâjīvin R

≫ puṣpaka

puṣpaka m. a kind of serpent Suśr

• N. of a mountain MārkP

• (ikā), f. the tartar of the teeth L

• the mucus of the tongue. Gal

• the mucus of the glans penis or urethra L

• the last words of a chapter (which state the subject treated therein) L

• n. (rarely m.) N. of the self-moving aerial car of Kubera (also -vimāna, n

• it was carried off by the demon Rāvaṇa and constantly used by him till he was slain by Rāma-candra, who then employed the car to transport himself and Sītā back to Ayodhyā) MBh. R. &c

• N. of a forest Hariv

• calx of brass or green vitriol used as a collyrium L

• a bracelet (esp. one of jewels) L

• a small earthen fire-place or furnace on wheels L

• a cup or vessel of iron L

• a partic. disease of the eyes (albugo) L

≫ puṣpāya

puṣpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become a flower, Kularṇ

≫ puṣpita

puṣpita mf(ā)n. flowered, bearing flowers, blooming, in bloom MBh. Kāv. &c

• having marks like flowers, variegated, spotted, (said of bad teeth) Car

• exhaling an odour indicative of approaching death ib

• completely manifested, fully developed Kathās

• florid, flowery (as speech) Bhag

• m. N. of a Buddha Lalit

• (ā), f. a menstruous woman L

⋙ puṣpitapalāśapratima

○palāśa-pratima mfn. resembling a Butea Frondosa in flower MW

⋙ puṣpitākṣa

puṣpitâkṣa mfn. having spots (allugo) on the eye VarBṛS. Sch

• ○kṣi-tva (l), n. ib

⋙ puṣpitāgra

puṣpitâgra mfn. covered at the extremities with flowers or blossoms MBh. Gīt

• (ā), f. N. of a metre

≫ puṣpitaka

puṣpitaka m. N. of a mountain Hariv

≫ puṣpin

puṣpín mfn. bearing flowers, flowering, blossoming RV. &c. &c

• florid, flowery (as speech) BhP

• (iṇī), f. (a woman) in menstruation or desirous of sexual intercourse Kāv. BhP

≫ puṣpya

puṣpya Nom. P. ○yati (p. Ā. ○yamāna) to bear flowers, flower, blossom, bloom MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. √puṣp, ○pyati in Dhātup. xxvi, 15)

≫ puṣya

púṣya n. nourishment (pl.) Car

• the blossom or flower i.e. the uppermost or best of anything (cf. Gk. [640, 2] ? ; Lat. flos) RV

• (puṣyā), m. N. of the 6th (or 8th, but See nakṣatra) lunar asterism (also called Sidhya and Tishya) AV. &c. &c

• (= -yoga), the conjunction of the moon with Pushya Mn. MBh. &c

• N. of the month Pausha VP

• of the Kali-yuga or fourth age W

• of one of the 24 mythical Buddhas MWB. 136, n. 1

• of various princes VP

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• (puṣyā́), f. a species of plant AV

• the asterism Pushya L

⋙ puṣyadharman

○dharman m. N. of a prince Buddh

⋙ puṣyanetra

○netra mfn. having the asterism Pushya for a guide Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ puṣyamitra

○mitra m. N. of a prince VP

• pl. his dynasty ib. (cf. puṣpa-m○)

⋙ puṣyayaśas

○yaśas m. N. of a man with the patr. Audavraji L

⋙ puṣyaratha

○ratha m. the asterism Pāṇ. as a car Śiś

• a carriage for pleasure ib. (cf. puṣpa-r○)

⋙ puṣyalipi

○lipi vḷ. for puṣpa-l○

⋙ puṣyasnāna

○snāna n. a partic. ceremony of purification performed while the moon is passing through the asterism Pāṇ. Var. (v. l. puṣpaṣ○)

⋙ puṣyābhiṣeka

puṣyâbhiṣeka m. id. ib. (vḷ. puṣpâbh○)

puṣkara

puṣkara ○kala, See pp. 638, 639. [Page 640, Column 3]

puṣkaletra

puṣkaletra m. N. of a village Rājat

puṣkaśa

puṣkaśa ○kasa, v. l. for pukkaśa, pulkasa, q.v

puṣkiriṇī

puṣkiriṇī f. often for puṣkariṇī Divyâv

puṣpalaka

puṣpalaka m. a post, pin, stake, peg, wedge L. (cf. puṣkalaka)

puṣpasa

puṣpasa m. the lungs L. (cf. pupphusa, phupphusa)

puṣpāṇanāḍa

puṣpāṇanāḍa m. N. of a Grāma Rājat

puṣyalaka

puṣyalaka wṛ. for puṣkalaka

pus

pus cl. 10. P. posayati, to discharge, emit Dhātup. xxxii, 92

pust

pust cl. 10. P. pustayati, to respect or disrespect (?) Dhātup. xxxii, 52

• to bind Vop. (cf. √bust)

pusta

pusta m. n. (g. ardharcādi) working in clay, modelling, Kathā

• (also ā f.) a manuscript, book Var. (cf. below) Hcat

• mfn. covered, filled W

⋙ pustakarman

○karman n. plastering, painting W

⋙ pustamaya

○maya mf(ī)n. formed of metal or wood, wrought in clay, modelled Suśr

⋙ pustavārtta

○vārtta m. one who lives by books or makes books VarBṛS

≫ pustaka

pustaka m. or n. a protuberant ornament, boss ( below)

• mf(ikā)n. a manuscript, book, booklet Hariv. Kāv. Var. &c

⋙ pustakakara

○kara m. an embosser VarBṛS. Sch

⋙ pustakāgāra

pustakâgāra n. 'book-room', a library MW

⋙ pustakāstaraṇa

pustakâstaraṇa n. the wrapper of a manuscript Hcat

pū 1

pū cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxj, 12) punā́ti, punīté (3. pl. Ā. punáte AV., punaté RV

• 2. sg. Impv. P. punīhi RV. &c., punāhí SV.)

• ci. 1. Ā. (xxii 70) pávate (of P. only Impv. -pava RV. ix, 19, 3, and p. gen. pl. pavatām Bhag.x, 31

• p. Ā. punāná below, pávamāna, See p. 610, col. 3

• 1. sg. Ā. punīṣe RV. vii, 85, 1

• pf. pupuvuh. ○ve Br

• apupot RV. iii, 26, 8

• aor. apāviṣuḥ Subj. apaviṣṭa RV

• fut. paviṣyati, pavitā Gr

• ind., p. pūtvā́ AV

• pūtvií RV

• pavitvā Gr

• -pū́ya and -pāvam Br. &c

• inf. pavitum Br.), to make clean or clear or pure or bright, cleanse, purify, purge, clarify, illustrate, illume (with sáktum, to cleanse from chaff, winnow'

• with krátum or manīṣā́m, to enlighten the understanding'

• with hiraṇyam, 'to wash gold') RV. &c. &c

• (met.) to sift, discriminate, discern

• to think of or out, invent, compose (as a hymn) RV. AV

• (Ā. pávate) to purify one's self. be or become clear or bright

• (esp.) to flow off clearly (said of the Soma) RV

• to expiate, atone for ib. vii, 28, 4

• to pass so as to purify

• to purify in passing or pervading, ventilate RV. &c. (cf. √pav): Pass. pūyáte, to be cleaned or washed or purified

• to be freed or delivered from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. paváyati or pāvayati (ep. also ○te

• aor. apīpavat Gr

• Pass. pāvyate Kāv.), to cleanse, purify TS. Br. &c.: Desid, pupūṣati, pipaviṣate Gr.: Desid. of Caus. pipāvayiṣati Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Umbr. pir ; Germ. Feuer ; Eng. [640, 3] fire.]

≫ punāna

punāná mfn. being clear or bright or purified RV. (also with tanvám or tanvā́)

• washing off, destroying (sin) RV. vi, 66, 4

• pouring forth i.e. showing (brightness), ii, 3, 5

≫ punīta

punītá mfn. cleaned, purified MBh

≫ pū 2

pū mfn. cleansing, purifying (ifc

• cf. annauda-, ghṛta- &c.)

≫ pūta 1

pūtá mfn. (for 2. See √pūy, p. 641) cleaned, purified, pure, clear, bright RV. &c. &c

• m. (L.) a conch-shell

• white Kuśa grass

• Flacourtia Sapida

• du. the buttocks (cf. puta)

• (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā grass L. ; N. of Durgā L. [Cf. Lat. pū7tus, pūrus.]

⋙ pūtakratā

○kratā (pūtá-.), f. N. of a woman RV. (cf. next)

⋙ pūtakratāyī

○kratāyī f. the wife of Pūta-kratu Pāṇ. 4-1, 36

• the wife of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

⋙ pūtakratu

○kratu (pūtá-), m. 'pure-minded', N. of a man RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 36)

• N. of Indra Uṇ. i, 78 Sch

⋙ pūtagandha

○gandha m. a species of plant ( = varvara) L

⋙ pūtatṛṇa

○tṛṇa n. white Kuśa grass L

⋙ pūtadakṣa

○dakṣa (pūtá-), mfn. pure-minded (also ○kṣas) RV

• m. N. of an Āṅgirasa (author of RV. viii, 83)

⋙ pūtadru

○dru m. 'pure tree', Butea Frondosa L. [Page 641, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pūtadhānya

○dhānya -n. 'winnowed grain', sesamum L

• mf(ā)n. containing winnowed grain AV.Paipp

⋙ pūtapattrī

○pattrī f. holy basil L

⋙ pūtapāpa

○pāpa or mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

⋙ pūtapāpman

○pāpman mfn. purified or freed from sin MBh

⋙ pūtaphala

○phala m. 'pure-fruited', the bread-fruit tree L

⋙ pūtabandhana

○bándhana mf(ī)n. attached to that which is purified RV

⋙ pūtabandhu

○bandhu (pūtá-), mfn. of pṭpurified descent or noble race RV

⋙ pūtabhṛt

○bhṛ́t m. a kind of vessel which receives the Soma juice after it has been strained VS. TS. Br

⋙ pūtamati

○mati m. 'pure-minded', N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙ pūtamūrti

○mūrti mfn. having one's form or body cleansed, pure, purified Rājat

⋙ pūtayavam

○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi, (cf. pūyamāna-y○)

⋙ pūtātman

pūtâtman mfn. pure-minded (○ma-tā f.) Hariv

• m. N. of Vishṇu RTL. 106

• a saint, ascetic

• a man purified by ablution W

≫ pūti 1

pū́ti f. (for 2. See col. 3) purity, purification ŚBr. MBh

⋙ pūtidhānya

○dhānya wṛ. for pūta-dh○ (above)

≫ pūtrima

pūtríma mfn. purified, pure, clean AV

≫ pūna

pūna mfn. destroyed (= vi-naṣṭa) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat

⋙ pūnadevī

pūná-devī f. N. of a woman Cat

≫ pūni

pūni f. purifying, cleansing (?) Pāṇ. 8-2, 44 Vārtt. 1 Pat. (vḷ. dhūni)

≫ pūyamāna

pūyámāna mfn. being cleansed or purified &c. RV

• m. N. of a man L

⋙ pūyamānayavam

○yavam ind. at the time of winnowing barley, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi (cf. pūta-y○)

pū 3

pū mfn. (√1. pā) drinking ( See agre-pū́)

pūḥkāmya

pūḥ-kāmya See p. 636, col. 1

pūga

pūga m. (ifc. f. ā

• cf. puñja) any assemblage or combination or body of persons, a multitude, number, mass, quantity (in one place n.) ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• country court or an assembly of townsmen IW. 296, n. 1

• disposition, property, nature W

• the Areca Catechu, called betel-nut tree (n. its nut) Var. Kāv. Suśr

• = kaṇṭaki-vṛkṣa L

• = chanda, or chandas L. = bhāva L

⋙ pūgakṛta

○kṛta mfn. made into a heap, gathered, collected Pāṇ. 6-2, 46 Sch

⋙ pūgakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. or n. a piece of Areca-nut Rājat

⋙ pūgapātra

○pātra n. a betel-box or -next L

⋙ pūgapīṭha

○pīṭha n. 'betel receptacle', spitting-pot, spittoon (the Areca-nut, when chewed with betel, producing saliva) L

⋙ pūgapuṣpikā

○puṣpikā f. Areca-nut and flowers (presented to the principal guests at a marriage festival) L

⋙ pūgapota

○pota m. a young Areca-tree BhP

⋙ pūgaphala

○phala n. 'fruit of the Areca tree', commonly called 'betel-nut' Var. Suśr

⋙ pūgayalña

○yalña m. a sacrifice offered for a number of persons

• ○ñiya mfn. relating to it MBh

⋙ pūgaroṭa

○roṭa or (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

⋙ pūgavoṭa

○voṭa (?), m. Phoenix Paludosa L

⋙ pūgavaira

○vaira n. enmity against a number of persons MBh

≫ pūgatitha

pūgatitha mfn. numerous, manifold Pāṇ. 5-2, 52 (cf. gaṇat○, bahut○)

≫ pūgī

pūgī f. the Areca Catechu (producing a nut chewed with betel-leaf)

⋙ pūgīphala

○phala n. the Areca-nut Subh

⋙ pūgīlatā

○latā f. the Areca-palin Kād

≫ pūgya

pūgya mfn. belonging to a multitude

• (ifc.) belonging to the troop or band of, g. varg-âdi

pūj

pūj cl. 10. P, (Dhātup. xxxii, 100) pūjayati (ep. also Ā. ○te and cl. 1. P. pūjati

• pf. pupūjire MBh

• aor. apūpujat Gr

• ind. p. pūjayitvā Mn. &c

• pūjya MBh.), to honour, worship, revere, respect, regard ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c

• to honour or present with (instr.) Mn. vii, 203

• to initiate, consecrate Vet

≫ pūjaka

pūjaka mf(ikā)n. honouring, respecting, worshipping, a worshipper (with gen. or ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pūjana

pūjana n. reverencing, honouring, worship, respect, attention, hospitable reception ib. (mālikā f. N. of wk.)

• an object of reverence Pāṇ. 8-1, 67

• (ī), f. = ○janīyā f. MBh. Hariv

• a hen-sparrow L

⋙ pūjanīya

pūjanīya mfn. to be revered or worshipped, venerable, honourable, (compar. -tara

• superl. -tama) MBh. R. &c

• (ā), f. N. of a female bird (a friend of king Brahnia-datta) Hariv

⋙ pūjayāna

pūjayāna mfn. honouring, reverencing MW

⋙ pūjayitavya

pūjayitavya mfn. = ○janīya Nir. Hit. Pūjsyitṛi, mfn. honouring, worshipping, a worshipper. MBh

≫ pūjā

pūjā f. honour, worship, respect, reverence, veneration, homage to superiors or adoration of the gods GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pūjākara

○kara mfn. paying respect or showing homage to (comp.) Pañc

⋙ pūjākarman

○karman mfn. denoting the action of honouring, meaning 'to honour' Nir. [Page 641, Column 2]

⋙ pūjākāṇḍa

○kāṇḍa n

⋙ pūjākrama

○krama m

⋙ pūjākhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wks

⋙ pūjāgṛha

○gṛha n. 'house of worship', a temple Dhūrtan

⋙ pūjānyāsavidhi

○nyāsavidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pūjāpaṭṭaka

○paṭṭaka n. a deed or document of honour, Lokapr

⋙ pūjāpathyamālā

○pathya-mālā f

⋙ pūjāpaddhati

○paddhati f

⋙ pūjāprakāśa

○prakāśa m

⋙ pūjāpradīpa

○pradīpa m

⋙ pūjāratna

○ratna n

⋙ pūjāratnākara

○ratnâkara m. N. of wks

⋙ pūjārha

○"ṣrha (○jârha), mfn. worthy of reverence or honour, venerable, respectable Kathās

⋙ pūjāvat

○vat mfn. enjoying honour or distinction Śaṃk

⋙ pūjāvidhi

○vidhi m. paying respect, showing homage L

• N. of wk

⋙ pūjāvaikalyaprāyaścitta

○vaikalya-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙ pūjāsatkāra

○satkāra m. = -vidhi Ratnâv

⋙ pūjāsambhāra

○sambhāra m. (Mālatim.),

⋙ pūjopakaraṇa

pūḍjôpakaraṇa n. (Ratnāv.) the requisites for the worship or adoration of a god

⋙ pūjopayogisāman

pūḍjôpayogi-sāman n. pl. N. of wk

≫ pūjita

pūjita mfn. honoured, received or treated respectfully, worshipped, adored Mn. MBh. &c

• honoured by (gen. or comp. Pāṇ. 2-2, 12) or on account of (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• acknowledged, recommended MBh. Suśr

• frequented, inhabited MBh

• consecrated Kathās

• supplied with (comp.) MBh. R

• m. a god L

• n. N. of a place Divyāv

⋙ pūjitapattraphalā

○pattra-phalā f. N. of a plant L

⋙ pūjitapūjaka

○pūjaka mfn. honouring the honoured MBh

≫ pūjila

pūjila mfn. = ○janīya

• m. a god Uṇ. i, 57

≫ pūjya

pūjya mfn. = ○janīya (superl. -tama) Mn. MBh. &c

• m. an honourable man Car

• a father-in-law L

⋙ pūjyatā

○tā f. (MBh.), or (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

⋙ pūjyatva

○tva n. (MārkP.) venerableness, honourableness, the being entitled to honour

⋙ pūjyapāda

○pāda m. N. of Deva-nandin Cat. (○dacaritra n. N. of wk.)

⋙ pūjyapūjā

○pūjā f. honouring those worthy of honour (○jā-vyatikrama, m. neglecting to do so) Ragh

pūṇ

pūṇ cl. 10. P. pūṇayati, to collect or heap together Dhātup. xxxii, 92 (v. l.)

• cf. puṇpūl

pūt

pūt ind. an onomat. expressive of blowing or hard breathing (prob. wṛ. for phūt, phut, q.v.)

⋙ pūtkārī

○kārī f. N. of Sarasvati L

• of the capital of the Nāgas or serpent race W

pūtana

pūtana m. a partic. class of demons or spirits (also = vetāla), Mālatim. Bālar. SaddhP

• (ā), f. See next

≫ pūtanā

pūtanā f. N. of a female demon (said to cause a partic. disease in children, and to have offered her poisoned breast to the infant Kṛishṇa who seized it and sucked away her life

• regarded also as one of the Mātṛis attending upon Skanda, and as a Yogini) MBh. Hariv. Kāv. Pur

• a kind of disease in a child (ascribed to the demon PṭPūtanā) W

• Terminalia Chebula L

• a species of Valeriana L

• wṛ. for pṛtanā

⋙ pūtanākeśa

○keśa m.,,

⋙ pūtanākeśī

○keḍśī f. a species of plant Car

⋙ pūtanātva

○tva n. the state or condition of Pūtanā Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pūtanādūṣaṇa

○dūṣaṇa m. 'PṭPūtanā-destroyer', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙ pūtanāmokṣaṇaprastāva

○mokṣaṇa-prastāva m. N. of ch. of BrahmaP

⋙ pūtanāvidhāna

○vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙ pūtanāri

○"ṣri (○nârī),

⋙ pūtanāsūdana

○sūdana and m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙ pūtanāhan

○han m. 'enemy, destroyer, slayer of Pūtāva', N. of Kṛishṇa L

≫ pūtanāya

pūtanāya Nom. P. ○yati, to represent Pūtanā BhP

≫ pūtanikā

pūtanikā f. the demon Pūtanā Gīt

pūtara

pūtara m. a partic. aquatic animal Gaṇar. iv, 291 (applied to an insignificant or mean person= adhama and opp. to kuñjara) HPariś

pūtudāru

pūtu-dāru m. = pūta-dru, the tree Butea Frondosa Kauś

≫ pūtudru

pūtú-dru (AV.),

⋙ pūtudru

pū́tu-dru (TS.), m. the tree Acacia Catechu or Pinus Deodora

• n. its fruit

pūthikā

pūthikā (?), f. a species of culinary plant Suśr. (vḷ. pṛthukā and yūthikā)

pūpa

pūpa m. a cake, a sort of bread MBh. R. &c. (cf. apūpa)

⋙ pūpaśālā

○śālā f. a cake room, baker's shop Mn. ix, 264 (prob. apūpa-ś○)

⋙ pūpāṣṭakā

pūpâṣṭakā f. the 8th day of the wane of the moon after the day Āgrahāyaṇī L

≫ pūpalā

pūpalā (L.),

⋙ pūpalikā

pūpaḍlikā (Car.), or (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

⋙ pūpalī

pūpaḍlī (L.), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil L

≫ pūpālika

pūpālika m. (Suśr.),

⋙ pūpālikā

pūpāḍlikā (ib.) and f. id

⋙ pūpālī

pūpāḍlī (L.), f. id

≫ pūpikā

pūpikā f. id. L

≫ pūpīya

pūpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙ pūpya

pūpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

pūy

pūy cl. 1. P. pū́yati (TS. ŚBr. &c.), /A pūyate (Dhātup. xiv, 13), to become foul or putrid, stink. [Cf. Zd. pū, puiti

• Gk. ?, ? [Page 641, Column 3] ; Lat. pūs, pūteo [641, 3] ; Lith. púti ; Goth. fûls ; Germ. faul ; Eng. foul.]

≫ pūta 2

pūta mfn. (for 1. See √pū, p. 640) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking L

≫ pūti 2

pū́ti mfn. (for 1. See col. 1) putrid, foul-smelling, stinking, fetid, ill-smelling AV. &c. &c. (after a finite verb expressive of blame or censure, e.g. pacati pūti or pūtiḥ, PIṇ. viii, 1, 69 Pat.)

• m. purulent matter, pus MBh. ix, 2259

• Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr

• civet L

• f. a stench, stink W

• n. a species of grass L

⋙ pūtikaraja

○karaja (l) and m. Guilandina Bonduc L

⋙ pūtikarañja

○karañja m. Guilandina Bonduc L

⋙ pūtikarṇa

○karṇa m. a disease of the ear with discharge of putrid matter Suśr

• -tā id. ib

⋙ pūtikarṇaka

○karṇaka m. id. Suśr

• Guilandina Bonduc L. (vḷ. ○ṇika)

⋙ pūtikāṣṭha

○kāṣṭha and n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

⋙ pūtikāṣṭkaka

○kāṣḍṭkaka n. Pinus Deodora and Longifolia L

⋙ pūtikiṭa

○kiṭa m. stinking insect', a kind of insect Suśr

⋙ pūtikuṣmāṇḍāya

○kuṣmāṇḍāya Nom. (fr. pṭputrid-kuṣmāṇḍa) Ā. ○yate, to resemble a rotten gourd i.e. be quite worthless Sarvad

• ○dāyamāna-tva n. complete worthlessness ib

⋙ pūtikhaṣa

○khaṣa m. a kind of animal Āpast. (cf. -ghāsa). -1

⋙ pūtigandha

○gandhá m. fetid odour, stench TS. Mn. Yājñ. -2

⋙ pūtigandha

○gandha mfn. foul-smelling, stinking L

• m. sulphur L

• Terminalia Catappa L

• (ā), f. Vernonia Authelminthica L

• tin L

⋙ pūtigandhi

○gandhi mfn. ill-smelling, fetid MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 135)

⋙ pūtigandhika

○gandhika mfn. id. L

• (ā), f. Serratula Anthelminthica L

⋙ pūtighāsa

○ghāsa m. 'eating putrid food', a species of animal living in trees Suśr

⋙ pūtitailā

○tailā f. 'containing ill-smelling oil', Cardiospermum Halicacabum L. -tva n. putrid state, stinking Suśr

⋙ pūtinasya

○nasya n. a disease of the nose causing offensive breath Suśr. (wṛ. pūta-n○)

⋙ pūtināsāgada

○nāsā-gada m. id. L

⋙ pūtināsika

○nāsika mfn. having a fetid nose Yājñ

⋙ pūtipattra

○pattra m. 'having ill-smelling leaves', a variety of Śyonaka L

⋙ pūtiparṇa

○parṇa m. 'id.', Pongamia Glabra L

⋙ pūtipuṣpikā

○puṣpikā f. 'having ill-smelling blossoms', Citrus Medica L

⋙ pūtiphalā

○phalā or,

⋙ pūtiphalī

○phaḍlī f. 'bearing ill-smelling fruit', Sereatula Anthelminthica L

⋙ pūtibhāva

○bhāva m. putrid state, stench Kap

⋙ pūtimayūrikā

○mayūrikā f. Ocimum Villosum L

⋙ pūtimāṃsa

○māṃsa n. dead or decayed flesh W

⋙ pūtimāṣa

○māṣa m. N. of a man, AśvSr

⋙ pūtimukta

○mukta m. or n. voiding excrement L

⋙ pūtimṛttika

○mṛttika m. or n. 'having fetid soil', N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ

⋙ pūtimeda

○meda m. Vachellia Farnesiana L

⋙ pūtirajju

○rajjú f. a rotten cord AV. Kauś

⋙ pūtivaktra

○vaktra mfn. 'fetid-mouthed', one who has offensive breath Yājñ

• -tā f. Mn

⋙ pūtivaya

○vaya v. l. for -ghāsa Suśr

⋙ pūtivāta

○vāta m. foul wind expelled from the bowels BhP

• Aegle Marmelos L

⋙ pūtivṛkṣa

○vṛkṣa m. 'ill-smelling tree', Calosanthes Indica L

⋙ pūtivraṇa

○vraṇa n. a foul ulcer MW

⋙ pūtiśapharī

○śapharī f. rotten fish Kauś

⋙ pūtiśārijā

○śārijā (?), f. a polecat, civet-cat L

⋙ pūtiśṛñjaya

○śṛñjaya m. pl. N. of a people VP

⋙ putyaṇḍa

puty-aṇḍa m. a partic. ill-smelling insect MBh. (vḷ.)

• a musk-deer L

≫ pūtika

pūtika mfn. foul, stinking, putrid MBh

• m. = pūtīka ĀśvŚr. MBh. Suśr

• Guilandina Bonduc Bhpr

• (ā), f. Basella Cordifolia L

• a white ant (wṛ. for puttikā) MBh. Pañc

• n. ordure, excrement W

⋙ pūtikāmukha

pūtikā-mukha m. a bivalve shell L

⋙ pūtikeśvaratīrtha

pūtikêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha on the banks of the Revā Narma-da ŚivaP

≫ pūtīka

pūtī́ka m. a species of plant serving as a substitute for the Soma plant (often explained by rohiṣa, perhaps Guilandina Bonduc) TS. Br. ŚrS. Suśr

• the polecat, civet-cat L. (cf. pūtika)

≫ pūtīkarañja

pūtī-karañja v. l. for pūti-k○

≫ pūya

pū7ya m. n. purulent matter, pus, suppuration, discharge from an ulcer or wound ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙ pūyabhuj

○bhuj mfn. eating purulent carcasses Mn. xii, 72

⋙ pūyarakta

○rakta m. (sc. roga) 'having purulent blood', a kind of disease of the nose with discharge of pṭpurulent blood Suśr. -vaha, m. 'filthy-streamed', N. of a partic. hell VP

⋙ pūyaśoṇita

○śoṇita n. purulent blood, ichor Mn. iii, 180

⋙ pūyābha

pūyâbha n. 'resembling pus', a kind of bloody-flux L

⋙ pūyāri

pūyâri m. 'hostile to suppuration', the Nimb tree, Azadirachta Indica (the leaves of which are used to produce dispersion or absorption of purulent matter) L

⋙ pūyālasa

pūyâlasa m. a partic. disease of the place of junction (saṃdhi) of the eye

• suppuration at the joints, white swelling Suśr

⋙ pūyoda

pūyôda m. 'having fetid wafer', N. of a partic. hell (cf. pūya-vaha)

≫ pūyana

pūyana n. pus, discharge from a wound or sore L

pūra

pūra mfn. (√pṝ, Caus.) filling, making full (cf. pāṇi-)

• fulfilling, satisfying (cf. kāma-)

• m. the act of filling, fulfilling &c. Kāv. Pur

• the swelling or rising of a river or of the sea, a large quantity of water, flood, stream (also met. = abundance, high degree, esp. ifc.) Kāv. Suśr. &c. [Page 642, Column 1] Contents of this page

• a cake R. (cf. ghṛta-)

• a kind of breath-exercise = pūraka below BhP

• the cleansing of a wound L. (cf. pūraṇa)

• the citron tree (= bīja-pūra) L

• (ī), f. N. of a woman Cat

• n. a kind of incense L

• bdellium L

• mf(ā)n. a sort of unleavened cake fried with ghee or oil W. (cf. pūrikā below)

⋙ pūrāmla

pūrâmla n. the fruit of Spondias Maugifera L

⋙ pūrotpīḍa

pūrôtpīḍa m. excess or superabundance of water Kathās

≫ pūraka

pūraka mfn. filling, completing, fulfilling, satisfying (ifc. or with gen

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 70 Kāś.) Mn. MBh. &c

• m. flood, stream, effusion BhP

• (in arithm.) the multiplier

• a ball of meal offered at the conclusion of the oblations to the Pitṛis L. (also piṇḍa, m. Kull. on Mn. v, 85)

• closing the right nostril with the forefinger and then drawing up air through the left and then closing the left nostril and drawing up air through the right (as a religious exercise) RTL. 402

• the citron tree L

• (ikā), f. a sort of cake MBh. Yājñ. (○kâpūpa) Bhpr. &c

⋙ pūrakakumbhakarecaka

○kumbhaka-recaka m. pl. or n. pl. (?) inhaling and then retaining and then exhaling air MW

≫ pūraṇa

pūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling, completing, satisfying causing, effecting KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Hariv

• drawing (a bow) MW

• m. 'completer', N. of the masculine ordinal numbers from dvitīya upwards Pāṇ. 2-2, 11 &c

• a dam, bridge L

• the sea L

• a medicinal oil or embrocation L

• N. of a man ĀśvŚr

• (with the patr. vaiśvāmitra), N. of the author of RV. x, 160

• (ī), f. an ordinal number in the feminine gender Pāṇ. v, 4, 116 &c

• Bonibax Heptaphyllum L

• (du.) the cross threads in weaving cloth, warp Rājat

• N. of Durgā MW

• of one of the two wives of the popular deity Ayenār RTL. 219 (pū́r○), n. the act or filling or filling up, puffing or swelling up AV. &c. &c

• fulfilling, satisfying Mālav

• furnishing, equipping Var

• (with dhanuṣaḥ) drawing or bending a bow to the full MBh. R

• (in medic.) injection of fluids or supplying with food

• (in astron.) the revolution of a heavenly body through its orbit Sūryas

• (in arithm.) multiplication

• rain L

• a sort of cake Bhpr

• Cyperus Rotundus L

• the cross threads in weiving cloth, warp L

⋙ pūraṇakāśyapa

○kāśyapa m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙ pūraṇapariśiṣṭa

○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wk

⋙ pūraṇapratyaya

○pratyaya m. an affix forming an ordinal Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūraṇavyākhyā

○vyākhyā f. N. of Comm. on MānGṛ

≫ pūraṇīya

pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled up, to be supplied Jaim. Sch

≫ pūram

pūram

⋙ pūrayitvā

pūrayitvā See √pṝ

≫ pūrayitavya

pūrayitavya mfn. to be filled or filled up Pāṇ. 6-3, 59

• to be satisfied Nir. vii, 23

≫ pūrayitṛ

pūrayitṛ mfn. one who fills or fulfils or satisfies Kāv

• m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

• of Śiva Śivag

≫ pūrikā

pūrikā See under pūraka

≫ pūrita

pūrita mfn. filled, completed &c

• made full or strong, intensified (as a sound) MBh

• filled with wind, blown (as a conch) BhP

• multiplied, overspread W

≫ pūrin

pūrin mfn. filling, making full (ifc.) MBh

≫ pūrṇa

pūrṇá mfn. filled, full, filled with or full of (instr. or gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• abundant, rich Kāv

• fulfilled, finished, accomplished, ended, past ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c

• concluded (as a treaty), Rajat

• complete, all, entire SāṅkhBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• satisfied, contented R

• (ifc.) perfectly familiar with Hcat

• drawn, bent to the full (as a bow) MBh. Hariv

• (in augury) fullsounding, sonorous and auspicious (said of the cry of birds and beasts, opp. to dīpta, q.v.)

• uttering this cry VarBṛS

• strong, capable, able L

• selfish, self-indulgent W

• m. a partic. form of the sun Cat

• a kind of tree R

• (in music) a partic. measure

• N. of a Nāga MBh

• of a Deva-gandharva ib

• of a Buddhist ascetic Lalit

• (ā), f. N. of the 15th Kalā of the month BrahmaP

• of the 5th, 10th and : 15th Tithis Var

• N. of a woman Vet

• (with Śiktas) of an authoress of Mantras Cat

• of 2 rivers VP

• ī. fulness, plenty, abundance AV. TS

• water Naigh. i, 12

• the cipher or figure o Gaṇit

⋙ pūrṇakaṃsa

○kaṃsa m. a full cup L

⋙ pūrṇakakud

○kakud mfn. 'fullhumped' humpbacked Pāṇ. 5-4, 146 Sch

⋙ pūrṇakākud

○kākud or mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

⋙ pūrṇakākuda

○kākuḍda mfn. Pāṇ. 5-4, 149

⋙ pūrṇakāma

○kāma mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied Mcar

• -tā f. MārkP

⋙ pūrṇakāraṇa

○kāraṇa mfn. (ifc.) fulfilling, satisfying BrahmaP

⋙ pūrṇakuṭa

○kuṭa m. a partic. class of birds Var

⋙ pūrṇakumbha

○kumbha m. (ifc. f. ā) a full cup or jar, (esp.) a cup full of water (also with apām) Mn. Ragh. [Page 642, Column 2]

• a cup filled with holy water and used at the consecration of a king W

• a partic. mode of fighting MBh

• N. of a Dānava Hariv. (vḷ. kumbha-karṇa)

• m. or n. a hole (in a wall) of the shape of a waterjar Mṛicch

• mf(ā)n. having a full pitcher ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pūrṇakośā

○kośā f. 'having a full pod', a species of plant Var

⋙ pūrṇakoṣṭhā

○koṣṭhā f. a species of Cyperus L

⋙ pūrṇakha

○kha mfn. (prob.) having its axle-hole well greased (said of a waggon), SaṃhitUp

⋙ pūrṇagabhasti

○gabhasti (pūrṇá-), mfn. one whose arms or hands are full (of wealth) RV

⋙ pūrṇagarbha

○garbha mf(ā)n. one whose interior is well-filled Bhpr

• (ā), f. pregnant, ready to bring forth MW

⋙ pūrṇagiri

○giri m. N. of a place Cat

⋙ pūrṇacandra

○candra m. the full moon MBh. R

• N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh

• of an author Cat

• -nibhânana mf(ā)n. having a face like the full moon Nal

• -prâyaścitta. prakaraṇa n. N. of wk

• -prabhā f. the lustre of the full moon MW

⋙ pūrṇacāttra

○cāttra n. a spindle wound round with yarn Gobh

⋙ pūrṇatā

○tā f. (Hariv.) and n. (Kathās.) fulness

⋙ pūrṇatva

○tva n. (Kathās.) fulness

⋙ pūrṇatūṇa

○tūṇa mfn. full-quivered, having the quiver full MW

⋙ pūrṇadarva

○darvá n. a ceremony with a full ladle ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (vḷ. ○vya)

⋙ pūrṇadeva

○deva m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pūrṇadharma

○dharma m. w, r. for pūrta-dh○ (below)

⋙ pūrṇaparvendu

○parvêndu f. the day of full moon A

⋙ pūrṇapātra

○pātrá m. n. a full vessel or cup, as much as will fill a vessel, a cupful (as a measure of capacity properly 256 handfuls of rice) ŚBr. TBr. GṛŚrS. (also ī f. ŚaṅkhGṛ.)

• n. a vessel full of rice presented at a sacrifice to the superintending and officiating priests W

• a vessel filled with valuable things to be distributed as presents (esp. a present made to any one who brings good news), Mālatim. Kād. Hcar

• -pratibhaṭa mfn. emulating the fullness or a full vṭvessel i.e. overflowing, supreme (as glory) Rājat

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a full vessel, amounting to a full vessel or to only so much (as a speech) MBh. Kathās

• -vṛttya ind. after the manner of a full vessel, plentifully, abundantly, Mālatim

⋙ pūrṇapurī

○purī m. N. of a scholar Cat

⋙ pūrṇapuruṣārthacandra

○puruṣârtha-candra m. or n. N. of a drama

⋙ pūrṇaprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pūrṇaprajña

○prajña m. N. of Madhva (also called Madhya-mandira), and of his adherents Sarvad. (cf. IW. 118 ; 119)

• -darśana n. N. of ch. of Sarvad

⋙ pūrṇabandhura

○bandhura for -vandhura VS

⋙ pūrṇabīja

○bīja m. a citron L

⋙ pūrṇabhadra

○bhadra m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

• of the father of the Yaksha Hari-keśa, Skandap

• of several men Hariv. Daś

• of a scholar (who revised the Pañcasantra in 1514) Cat

⋙ pūrṇabhedinī

○bhedinī f. a species of plant L

⋙ pūrṇamaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. a full circle Cat

⋙ pūrṇamā

○mā f. full-moon (day) L

⋙ pūrṇamānasa

○mānasa mfn. having a satisfied mind, contented R

⋙ pūrṇamās

○mās (pūrṇá-), m. full moon ŚBr

⋙ pūrṇamāsa

○māsa (pūrṇá-), m. full moon

• a ceremony on the day of full moon TS. Br. MBh. &c

• full moon personified as son of Dhātṛi and Anumati BhP

• N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

• (ī), f. = pūrṇa-mā ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙ pūrṇamukta

○mukta mfn. shot from a bow completely bent (as an arrow) R

⋙ pūrṇamukha

○mukha n. a full mouth

• instr. (blowing) with full cheeks MānŚr

• m. a species of bird R

• N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ pūrṇamuṣṭi

○muṣṭi mf. a handful, ŚaṅkhGṛ

⋙ pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputra

○maitrāyaṇī-putra m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙ pūrṇayoga

○yoga m. a partic. mode of fighting MBh

⋙ pūrṇayauvana

○yauvana mfn. one whose youth is in full vigour Daś

⋙ pūrṇaratha

○ratha m. a complete warrior Kathās

⋙ pūrṇalakṣmīka

○lakṣmīka mfn. full of magnificence or wealth Kathās

⋙ pūrṇavandhura

○vandhura (pūrṇá-), mfn. having the chariot-seat filled RV

⋙ pūrṇavapus

○vapus mfn. full-bodied', full (the moon) MBh

⋙ pūrṇavarman

○varman m. N. of a man Buddh

⋙ pūrṇaviṃśativarṣa

○viṃśativarṣa mfn. full 20 years old Mn

⋙ pūrṇavighana

○víghana mfn. full but not hard (?) ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pūrṇavaināśika

○vaināśika mfn. maintaining the doctrine of absolute annihilation

• m. pl. N. of Buddhists (= sarva-vaisāśika) Col

⋙ pūrṇaśakti

○śakti f. 'Full energy', N. of a partic. form of Rādhā W. (cf. RTL. 187)

• -mat mfn. possessing that Energy (Kṛishṇa) ib

⋙ pūrṇaśrī

○śrī mfn. having fullness of fortune Subh

⋙ pūrṇaśruti

○śruti mfn. having the ears filled MW

⋙ pūrṇasamaya

○samaya m. N. of a Kshapaṇaka Cat

⋙ pūrṇasena

○sena m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pūrṇasaugandha

○saugandha m. N. of a man L

⋙ pūrṇasruva

○sruva m. a full ladle called sruva MānŚr

⋙ pūrṇahoma

○homa m. = pūrṇâhuti Gobh. Kaut. Vait

⋙ pūrṇākṣa

pūrṇâkṣa and m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

⋙ pūrṇākṣya

pūrṇâḍkṣya (l), m. N. of a Maudgalya Car

⋙ pūrṇāṅka

pūrṇâṅka m. 'a full figure or number', an integer MW

• -gaṇita n. arithmetic of integers MW

⋙ pūrṇāṅgada

pūrṇâṅgada m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh

⋙ pūrṇāñjali

pūrṇâñjali m. 'full Añjali' two handfuls, Kauś'

⋙ pūrṇānaka

pūrṇânaka n. 'full drum', a partic. drum L

• the sound of a drum L. [Page 642, Column 3]

• clothes and garlands presented to friends at a feast (v. l. pūrṇālaka

• cf. pūrṇa-pātra) L

• a vessel L

• a moon-beam L

⋙ pūrṇānadī

pūrṇā-nadī f. N. of a sacred river MW

⋙ pūrṇānanda

pūrṇânanda m. full delight, RamatUp

• N. of the Supreme Being A

• of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -nātha, -sarasvatī &c.) Cat

• -prabaudha m. N. of wk

⋙ pūrṇāpūrṇa

pūrṇâpūrṇa mfn. full and not full Pañcat

⋙ pūrṇābhilāṣa

pūrṇâbhilāṣa mfn. one whose wishes are fulfilled, satisfied, contented MW

⋙ pūrṇābhiṣikta

pūrṇâbhiṣikta m. pl.a partic. sect of the Śāktas W

⋙ pūrṇābhiṣeka

pūrṇâbhiṣeka m. a partic. ceremony among the Śāktas W

• -paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrṇābhrarasa

pūrṇâbhra-rasa m. a partic. medicament, Rasendrac

⋙ pūrṇāmṛta

pūrṇâmṛta mfn. full of nectar

• (ā), f. N. of the 16th Kala of the moon BrahmaP

• ○tâṃśu-vadana mfn. having a face like the full moon Kathās

⋙ pūrnāyata

pūrnâyata n. a completely bent bow Hariv

⋙ pūrṇāyus

pūrṇâyus m. N. of a Gandharva MBh. Hariv. (vḷ. ūrṇāyu)

⋙ pūrṇārtha

pūrṇârtha mfn. one who has attained his object, whose wishes have been realized BhP

⋙ pūrṇāvatāra

pūrṇâvatāra m. N. of the 4th, 7th and 8th incarnations of Vishṇu A

⋙ pūrṇāśā

pūrṇâśā f. N. of a river MBh. (vḷ. parṇâśā)

⋙ pūrṇāśrama

pūrṇâśrama m. N. of an author, ○mīya n. his wk

⋙ pūrṇāhutī

pūrṇâhutī f. 'complete oblation', an offering made with a full ladle Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Rājat. (○tika mfn. relating to it KātyŚr. Sch.)

• -prayoga m. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks

⋙ pūrṇeccha

pūrṇêccha mfn. one whose wishes have been realized Kathās

⋙ pūrṇendu

pūrṇêndu m. the full moon Kāv. Kathās. &c

• -bimbânana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW

• -rasa m. a partic. medicament Rasar

• -vadana mfn. having a face like a full moon MW

⋙ pūrṇeśa

pūrṇêśa m. N. of an author (○ī f. of an authoress) of Mantras among Śāktas Cat

⋙ pūrṇotkaṭa

pūrṇôtkaṭa m. N. of a mountain MārkP

⋙ purṇotsaṅga

purṇôtsaṅga mf(ā)n. far advanced in pregnancy MBh. (v. l. putrôtsaṅgā)

• m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pūrṇoda

pūrṇôda nif(ā)n. having a full bed (as a river) R

⋙ pūrṇodarā

pūrṇôdarā f. N. of a deity Cat

⋙ pūrṇopamā

pūrṇôpamā f. a complete comparison (containing the four requisites upamāna, upameya. sādhāraṇa-dharma, and upamā-vācaka or sādṛśya-pratipādaka

• opp. to luptâpamā) Kpr. Kuval. Pratāp

≫ pūrṇaka

pūrṇaka m. a species of tree R

• the blue jay (= svarṇa-cūḍa) MBh. (Nīlak.)

• a cock MW

• a partic. vessel or utensil (used by the Magas) VP

• = dhānya-jvara Gal

• (ikā), f. a species of bird described as having a double or cleft beak (also called nāsā-chinnī) Malatīm

⋙ pūrṇālaka

pūrḍṇālaka n. vḷ. for pūrṇânaka

⋙ pūrṇiman

pūrḍṇiman m. N. of a brother of Kaśyapa and son of Marīci and Kalā BhP

≫ pūrṇimā

pūrṇimā f. the night or day of full moon Rājat. Sūryas

• -dina n. the day of full moon Pañcat. (○ṇimânta m. the end of the day of full moon MW.)

• -manoratha-vrata n. N. of a partic. observance Cat

⋙ pūrṇimārātri

○rātri f. the night of full mṭmoon Hemac

• -śarvarī f. the night of full moon Kpr

⋙ pūrṇimāsī

pūrṇimāsī f. (according to some) = paurṇamāsī, q.v. L

≫ pūrṇīkṛ

pūrṇī-kṛ √to make complete Kathās

≫ pūrta

pūrtá mfn. filled, full, complete, completed, perfected Pur

• (iṣṭaś ca pūrtaś ca dharmau, = iṣṭāpūrta, q.v. MārkP.)

• covered, concealed L

• n. fulfilling, fulfilment

• granting, rewarding, a reward, merit, a meritorious work, an act of pious liberality (such as feeding a Brāhman, digging a well &c.) RV. &c. &c

• keeping, guarding L

• N. of wk. (also -kamabâkara)

• -dharma (wṛ. pūrṇa-dh○), m. a meritorious work (cf. pūrta) MārkP

• -prakāśa m. mālā f. ○tóddyota m. N. of wks

⋙ pūrtaya

pūrtaya Nom. P. ○yati (with dharmam) to perform the meritorious works called pūrta ( See above) BhP

⋙ pūrti

pūrtí f. filling, completion Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. pāda-p○)

• ending, coming to an end Naish

• granting, rewarding, reward RV. TS

• satiety, satisfaction MW

• -kāma (pū́rti-), mfn. (ifc.) desirous of completing or supplying BhP

• desirous of a grant or reward AV

⋙ pūrtin

pūrtin mfn. possessing the merit of pious liberality (cf. pūrta) TS. Kāṭh. Pāṇ. Sch

• filling, completing, effective W

⋙ pūrtvan

pūrtvan mfn. one who has eaten his fill Kāṭh

≫ pūrya

pū́rya mfn. to be filled or satisfied Br. MBh

pūru

pūrú m. (orig.= puru, and connected with puruṣa, pūrvṣa) a man, people. RV

• N. of a tribe (associated with the Yadus, Turvaśas, Druhyus) ib

• of a class of demons ŚBr

• of an ancient prince (the son of Yayāti and Śarmishṭhā) MBh. Śak. Pur. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 165 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 643, Column 1] Contents of this page

• of a descendant of Atri and author of RV. v, 16 ; 17 RAnukr

• of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā Hariv

• of a son of Jahnu BhP

≫ pūruṣa

pū́ruṣa m. (m. c.) = púruṣa RV. &c. &c

⋙ pūruṣaghna

○ghná mfn. slaying men RV

⋙ pūruṣatvatā

○tvá-tā ind. = puruṣa-tvá-tā ib

⋙ pūruṣād

pūruṣấd mfn. devouring men RV. AV

⋙ pūruṣāda

pūruṣâda m. N. of a tribe of cannibals VarBṛS

≫ pūrvāyus

pūrv-āyus See pūrvâyus under pūrva

pūrjayana

pūr-jáyana pūr-dvār &c. See p. 636, col. 1

pūrva

pū́rva mf(ā)n. (connected with purā, puras, pra, and declined like a pron. when implying relative position whether in place or time, but not necessarily in abl. loc. sg. m. n. and nom. pl. m

• See Pāṇ. 1-1, 27 ; 34 ; vii, 1, 16) being before or in front fore, first RV. &c. &c

• eastern, to the east of (abl.) ib

• former, prior, preceding, previous to, earlier than (abl. or comp.) ib. (gaja-pūrva, preceding the number 'eight', i.e. seven, the seventh Śrutab

• māsena p○, or māsa-p○, earlier by a month Pāṇ. 2-1, 31

• ifc. often = formerly or before, e.g. strī-p○, fṭformerly a wife

• āḍhya-p○, formerly wealthy

• esp. after a pp., e.g. kṛta-p○, done before, dṛṣṭa-p○, seen before

• ifc. also preceded or accompanied by, attended with, e.g. smita-pūrvā-vāk, speech accompanied by smiles

• sometimes not translatable, e.g. mṛdu-pūrvā vāk, kind speech)

• ancient, old, customary, traditional RV. &c. &c

• first (in a series), initial, lowest (opp. to uttara

• with dama or sāhasa 'the lowest fine') Mn. viii, 120 &c

• (with vayas) 'first age', youth MBh

• foregoing, aforesaid, mentioned before (abl.) Mn. MBh. Pāṇ

• m. an ancestor, forefather (pl. the ancients, ancestors) RV. &c. &c

• an elder brother R

• N. of a prince BhP

• (ā), f. (with or sc. diś) the east MBh. R

• N. of a country to the east of Madhya-deśa L

• of the Nakshatras Pūrva-phalgunt, Pūrvâshāḍhā and Pūrvabhadrapadā collectively Var

• n. the fore part Śak. ii, 4 (Pāṇ. 2-2, 1)

• a partic. high number (applied to a period of years) Buddh

• N. of the most ancient of Jaina writings (of which 14 are enumerated) L

• N. of a Tantra Cat

• an ancient tradition W

• (am), ind. before (also as a prep. with abl.), formerly, hitherto, previously (sometimes with pres.) RV. &c. &c. (often ibc., e.g. pūrva-kārin, active before, pūrvôkta, said before

• also ifc. in the sense of 'with', e.g. prīti-pūrvam, with love

• mati-pūrvam with intention, intentionally

• mṛdu-pūrva-√bhāṣ, to speak kindly

• above.

• also with an ind. p., e.g. pūrva-bhojam, or -bhuktvā, having eaten before Pāṇ. 3-4, 24

• adya-p○, until now, hitherto

• previously -tataḥ, first-then

• pūrva-paścāt, previously-afterwards

• pūrva-upari, previously-subsequently

• pūrva-adhūnā or adya, formerly-now)

• (eṇa), ind. in front, before

• eastward, to the east of (opp. to apareṇa, with gen. or acc

• Pāṇ. 5-3, 35 Sch.) ŚBr. &c. &c

• (with tataḥ) 'to the east of that' MBh

⋙ pūrvakarman

○karman n. a former work or action Śaṃk. Kathās

• preparation Suśr

• ○ma-kṛta-vādin m. one who asserts that only preceding actions determine the following Jātakam

⋙ pūrvakalpa

○kalpa m. the preceding or aforesaid manner PārGṛ. MBh

• (e or eṣu), ind. in former times MBh. Kull

⋙ pūrvakāmakṛtvan

○kāma-kṛ́tvan mfn. fulfilling former wishes AV

⋙ pūrvakāya

○kāya m. the fore (part of the) body (of animals) or the upper (part of the) body (of men) KātyŚr. MBh. &c

⋙ pūrvakārin

○kārin mfn. active at first ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pūrvakārya

○kārya mfn. to be done before or first R

⋙ pūrvakala

○kala m. a former or previous time L

• mfn. belonging to a formerly time previously mentioned (-tā, f.) VPrāt

⋙ pūrvakālika

○kālika (MBh.),

⋙ pūrvakālīna

○kālīna (Nyāyak. -tva n.), mfn. belonging to former times, ancient

⋙ pūrvakāṣṭhā

○kāṣṭhā f. the eastern quarter A

⋙ pūrvakṛt

○kṛ́t mfn. active from ancient times VS

⋙ pūrvakṛta

○kṛta mfn. done formerly or in a prior existence, previous

• n. (with or sc. karman) an action done in former times or in a former birth Mn. MBh

⋙ pūrvakṛtvarī

○kṛtvarī f. acting beforehand AV

⋙ pūrvakṛṣṇīya

○kṛṣṇīya n. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvakoṭi

○koṭi f. anticipation L

• the starting point of a discussion, the first statement = pūrva-pakṣa (q.v.) A

⋙ pūrvakramāgata

○kramâgata mfn. descended from ancestors Yājñ

⋙ pūrvakriyā

○kriyā f. preparation Siṃhâs

⋙ pūrvaga

○ga mfn. going before preceding MBh. Rājat

• belonging to what precedes Hemac

⋙ pūrvagaṅgā

○gaṅgā f. 'eastern Gaṅgā', N. of the Narmadā or Revā river Kathās

⋙ pūrvagata

○gata mfn. gone before Śak

• n. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

⋙ pūrvagatvan

○gátvan mfn. going to meet RV

⋙ pūrvagama

○gama m. (ifc.) a predecessor Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pūrvagrāmin

○grāmin m. N. of a family Cat. [Page 643, Column 2]

⋙ pūrvaghaṭakarpara

○ghaṭakarpara m. or n. N. of wk. (prob. the first part of the poem Ghaṭa-karpara)

⋙ pūrvaṃgata

○ṃ-gata mfn. going before Dhūrtan

⋙ pūrvaṃgama

○ṃ-gama mfn. id. L

• serving zealously, obedient Divyâv

• ifc. attended by, furnished with L

⋙ pūrvacit

○cít mfn. piling up first, preceding in piling up VS

⋙ pūrvacitī

○citī f. wṛ. for -cittī MBh

⋙ pūrvacitta

○citta (pū́rva-), mfn. wṛ. for -cit AV

⋙ pūrvacitti

○citti (pūrvá-), f. foreboding, presentiment (only dat. 'at the first notice, forthwith') RV

• (prob.) first notion or conception VS

• N. of an Apsaras VS. MBh. Hariv. Pur

• (prob.) wṛ. for -cita VS

⋙ pūrvacittikā

○cittikā (Gal.) and f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

⋙ pūrvacittī

○cittī (MBh.), f. N. of an Apsaras = -citti

⋙ pūrvacintana

○cintana n. former cares or trouble Rājat

⋙ pūrvacodita

○codita mfn. formerly stated or prescribed Mn

• -tva n. PārGṛ

⋙ pūrvaja

○já mfn. born or produced before or formerly, former

• ancient, primaeval RV. &c. &c

• first-born, elder, the eldest (son, brother &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• produced by something antecedent, caused MW

• born in the east, eastern W

• antecedent (to what precedes in comp.) L

• m. an elder brother, the eldest before Mn. MBh. &c

• an ancestor, forefather R. Ragh. Kathās. &c

• the eldest son Gaut

• the son of the elder wife A

• (pl.) the deified progenitors of mankind W

• the Pitṛis living in the world of the moon A

• (ā), f. an elder sister ib

• -deva m. N. of Brahmā MBh

⋙ pūrvajana

○janá m. pl. men of former times AV

⋙ pūrvajanman

○janman n. a former birth, fṭformerly state of existence or life Ragh. Hit. Kathās

• m. an elder brother Ragh

• ○ma-kṛta mfn. done in a former birth or previous state of existence Hit

• ○mârjita mfn. acquired in some former state of existence (as merit &c.) MW

⋙ pūrvajā

○jā́ mfn. born or produced before RV

⋙ pūrvajāti

○jāti f. = -janman Kathās

⋙ pūrvajāvan

○jā́van mfn. born or produced before RV

⋙ pūrvajina

○jina m. 'ancient sage', N. of Mañju-śrī L

⋙ pūrvajñāna

○jñāna n. knowledge of a former life Yājñ

⋙ pūrvatana

○tana mfn. former, earlier MBh

⋙ pūrvatantra

○tantra n. N. of a Tantra

⋙ pūrvatara

○tara (pū́rva-), mfn. earlier, previous, prior, anterior RV. &c

• (am), ind. before, first, previously Bhag. R

⋙ pūrvatas

○tas ind. before, in front, towards or in the east Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c

• first, in the first place BhP

⋙ pūrvataskara

○taskara m. a former thief Mn

⋙ pūrvatā

○tā f. the being preceded or accompanied by (comp.) Daś

⋙ pūrvatāpanīya

○tāpanīya n. (and ○yôpaniṣad f.) N. of the first half of the Nṛisiṃha-tāpanī-yôpanishad Col. (cf. uttara-tāpanīya)

⋙ pūrvatāpinī

○tāpinī f. = -tapaniya

• -dīpikā f. Cat

⋙ pūrvatra

○tra ind. previously, in the preceding part, above (opp. to uttaratra) Pāṇ. 8-2, 1

• = loc. of pūrva e.g. pūrvatra janmani, 'in a former life' Kathās

• p"ṣ dine, on the day before L

⋙ pūrvatraigartaka

○traigartaka mfn. (fr. -trigarta) L

⋙ pūrvatraiyalinda

○traiyalinda mfn. (fr. next) Pat

⋙ pūrvatryalinda

○tryalinda N. of a village Pat

⋙ pūrvatva

○tva n. precedence, priority, former state or condition Jaim. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūrvathā

○thā (pūrvá-), ind. formerly or is formerly, previously, first RV. TBr

⋙ pūrvadakṣiṇa

○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. south-eastern KātyŚr. MārkP

⋙ pūrvadatta

○datta mfn. given before Hcat

⋙ pūrvadarśana

○darśana m. N. of a man BhP

⋙ pūrvadāvika

○dāvika mfn. (fr. -devikā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

⋙ pūrvadikpati

○dik-pati or m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

⋙ pūrvadigīśa

○dig-īśa m. 'regent of the eastern quarter', N. of Indra L

⋙ pūrvadina

○dina n. the earlier part of the day, forenoon MW

⋙ pūrvadiś

○diś f. the eastern region, east quarter Pañcad

⋙ pūrvadiśya

○diśya mfn. situated towards the east, hearing east

• eastern MW

⋙ pūrvadiṣṭa

○diṣṭa mfn. determined by former actions BhP

• n: the award of destiny A

⋙ pūrvadīkṣā

○dīkṣā́ f. the former consecration ŚBr

• ○kṣin mfn. taking the formerly consecration AitBr

⋙ pūrvadugdha

○dugdha mfn. sucked out or plundered before Daś

⋙ pūrvaduṣkṛtabhoga

○duṣkṛta-bhoga m. the pain or penalty consequent on sins committed in a former birth MW

⋙ pūrvadṛṣṭa

○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen before Kathās

• appeared in former times, primaeval MBh

• declared by the ancients Mn. ix, 87

⋙ pūrvadṛṣṭi

○dṛṣṭi f. a former view or sight MW

⋙ pūrvadeva

○deva m. a primaeval deity MBh. (applied also to the Pitṛis= -devatā Mn. iii, 192)

• an Asura or demon (offspring of Kaśyapa, the parent of both gods and demons) Siṃhâs

⋙ pūrvadevikā

○devikā f. N. of a village in the eastern part of India Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūrvadeśa

○deśa m. the eastern direction

• (e, to the east of abl. Pāṇ. Sch.)

• the eastern country MBh

⋙ pūrvadeha

○deha m. a former body

• (e), ind. in a formerly birth or existence Hariv

⋙ pūrvadehika

○dehika and mfn. done in a former existence MBh

⋙ pūrvadaihika

○daihika (also paurva-d○), mfn. done in a former existence MBh

⋙ pūrvadvāra

○dvāra mfn. favourable in the eastern region Sūryapr

⋙ pūrvadvārika

○dvārika mfn. favourable to an expedition towards the east Var

⋙ pūrvanagarī

○nagarī f. g. nady-ādi

⋙ pūrvanaḍaka

○naḍaka n. a hollow bone in the upper part (of the thigh) KātyŚr

⋙ pūrvanipāta

○nipāta m. (in gram.) the irregular priority of a word in a comp. [Page 643, Column 3]

⋙ pūrvanimitta

○nimitta n. an omen Lalit

⋙ pūrvanivāsa

○nivāsa m. 'former habitation', a former existence Divyâv

• -jñāna n. (with Buddhists) knowledge of the past lives of all beings MW

• ○sânusmṛti f. 'recollection of former habitations', reminiscence of formerly existence (one of the 10 powers of a Buddha) Dharmas. 20 ; 76

⋙ pūrvaniviṣṭa

○niviṣṭa mfn. made formerly or in ancient times (as a pond) Mn. ix, 281

⋙ pūrvanyāya

○nyāya m. a previous judgment Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pūrvanyāsa

○nyāsa m. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvapakṣa

○pakṣá m. the fore part or side TBr

• the first half of a lunar month, the fortnight of the waxing moon TS. Br. Lāṭy. &c. (○kṣâha, a day in the first half &c. ĀpGṛ.)

• the first half of a year KātyŚr

• an action at law, the first statement of the plaintiff, first step in a law-suit Yājñ. Vishṇ. Nār

• the first objection to an assertion in any discussion, the prima facie view or argument in any question Śaṃk. Suśr. MārkP. (cf. IW. 99)

• -grantha m. ○tha-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-rahasya n. ○thânu-gama m. -nirukti f. N. of wks

• -pāda m. the first step of a legal process or law-suit, the plaint of the plaintiff W

• -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. -vyāpti f. ○ti-kroḍa m. ○ti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-lakṣaṇa n. -vyutpatti-vāda m. ○kṣâvalī f. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvapakṣaya

○pakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make the first objection to an assertion in any discussion Bādar. Sch

⋙ pūrvapakṣin

○pakṣin mfn. one who makes the first objṭobjection to an assṭassertion ib

⋙ pūrvapakṣīkṛ

○pakṣī-√kṛ = -pakṣaya

⋙ pūrvapakṣīya

○pakṣīya mfn. situated on the front side Pāṇ. 4-2, 138

⋙ pūrvapañcāla

○pañcāla (pūrvá-), m. pl. the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 103 Sch

• sg.- pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 8-3, 13 Sch

⋙ pūrvapatha

○patha m. a former way, way gone before Kathās

⋙ pūrvapada

○pada n. the first member of a comp. Prāt. Pāṇ. &c.: -prakṛti-svara mfn. having the original accent of the first member of a comp

• -tva n. Pāṇ. 2-1, 4 Vārtt. 2

⋙ pūrvapadika

○padika mfn. relating to the first member of a comp. W

• = pūrva-padam adhī7te veda vā Pāṇ. 4-2, 60 Kāś

⋙ pūrvapadya

○padya mfn. belonging to the first member of a comp. RPrāt

⋙ pūrvaparigraha

○parigraha m. first claim, prerogative, precedence MBh

• mf(ā)n. claimed as first privilege by (gen.) R

⋙ pūrvapariccheda

○pariccheda m. and n. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvaparibhedya

○paribhedya (?), n. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvaparvata

○parvata m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise) L

⋙ pūrvapaścāt

○paścāt adv. from the east to the west Hcat

• ○cān-mukha mf(ī)n. flowing to the east and west R

⋙ pūrvapaścāyata

○paścâyata mfn. spreading or running from the east to the west Hcat. MārkP

⋙ pūrvapaścima

○paścima mf(ā)n. directed from the east to the west Sūryas

• -tas adv. from the east to the, vest Hcat

⋙ pūrvapā

○pā́ mfn. drinking first or before others RV

⋙ pūrvapāñcālaka

○pāñcālaka mfn. belonging to the eastern Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch

⋙ pūrvapāṭaliputra

○pāṭali-putra n. N. of a city

• ○traka mfn. being in Pūrva-pṭpreviously (?) Pāṇ. 7-3, 14 Sch

⋙ pūrvapāṇinīya

○pāṇinīya m. pl. the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east

• mfn. relating to them Pāṇ. 6-2, 104 Sch

⋙ pūrvapāda

○pāda m. a forefoot KātyŚr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• N. of a man (vḷ. pūjya-p○) Cat

⋙ pūrvapāna

○pāna (Nir.),

⋙ pūrvapāyya

○pā́yya (RV.), n. = -pīti

⋙ pūrvapālin

○pālin m. N. of a prince MBh

• of Indra A

⋙ pūrvapitāmaha

○pitāmaha m. a forefather, ancestor MBh. Kathās

⋙ pūrvapīṭhikā

○pīṭhikā f. introduction Daś

• N. of wk. (?)

⋙ pūrvapīti

○pīti (pūrvá-), f. precedence in drinking RV

⋙ pūrvapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a forefather, ancestor Kauś. Bālar. Pañcat

• (pl. forefathers, ancestors Kād.)

• 'the primaeval Soul', N. of Brahmā Hariv

⋙ pūrvapūjita

○pūjita mfn. consecrated before Kathās

⋙ pūrvapūrṇamāsī

○pūrṇa-māsī f. the first or real day of full moon Jyot

⋙ pūrvapūrva

○pūrva mf(ā)n. each previous or preceding one, each one mentioned previously (also -tama) MBh

• m. pl. forefathers, ancestors MBh

• ○vânugaṇḍikā f. N. of a range of hills (cf. apara-gaṇḍikā) MBh

• ○vôkta mfn. each one mentioned previously Vedântas

⋙ pūrvapeya

○péya n. precedence in drinking RV. AitBr

• precedence AV

⋙ pūrvaprajñā

○prajñā́ f. knowledge of the past, remembrance, memory ŚBr

⋙ pūrvapratipanna

○pratipanna mfn. one who has promised before Kathās

⋙ pūrvaprayoga

○prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvapravṛtta

○pravṛtta mf(ā)n. formerly happened or done or fixed &c. R

⋙ pūrvaprasthita

○prasthita mfn. gone before, set ont in advance Vikr

⋙ pūrvaprāyaścitta

○prâyaś-citta n. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvapreta

○prêta mfn. gone or flown away before TāṇḍyaBr

• deceased, dead Divyâv

• m. pl. the Pitṛis

• -pūjaka mfn. worshipping the Pitṛis, Lalit

⋙ pūrvaphalgunī

○phalgunī f. 'the first Phalguni', N. of the 11th Nakshatra (cf. uttara-phalgunī) VP. Uṇ. Sch

• -bhava m. N. of Bṛihas-pati or the planet Jupiter L

⋙ pūrvabandhu

○bandhu m. first i.e. best friend Mṛicch

⋙ pūrvabādha

○bādha m. suspension or annulment of something preceding Siṃhâs

⋙ pūrvabrāhmaṇa

○brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pūrvabhakṣikā

○bhakṣikā f. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhikṣikā

⋙ pūrvabhadrapada

○bhadra-pada m. (and ā f. pl.) = -bhādrap○ L

⋙ pūrvabhava

○bhava m. a former life Hemac

⋙ pūrvabhāga

○bhāga m. the fore part L

• the upper part (opp. to adho-bhāga) Suśr

• dina-p○, the earlier part of the day, forenoon, morning Ragh

• mfn. whose conjunction with the moon begins in the forenoon Sūryapr

⋙ pūrvabhāj

○bhā́j mfn. receiving the first share, the first sharer, preferred, privileged, excellent RV

• belonging to the preceding Prāt

⋙ pūrvabhādrapada

○bhādrapada m. (and ā f. pl.) the 25th Nakshatra, the former of the two called Bhādrapadā (containing two stars) MBh. VP. Col

⋙ pūrvabhāva

○bhāva m. prior or antecedent existence, priority KapS. Bhāshāp

• (in rhet.) disclosing an intention Daśar. Pratāp

⋙ pūrvabhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. being anterior, preceding TBr. Comm

• ○vi-tva n. priority Kap

⋙ pūrvabbāṣin

○bbāṣin mfn. speaking first, polite, complaisant R

⋙ pūrvabhikṣikā

○bhikṣikā f. a breakfast Divyâv

⋙ pūrvabhukti

○bhukti f. prior or long-continued possession Mn.viii, 252

⋙ pūrvabhūta

○bhūta mfn. existing previously, preceding Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūrvabhūbhṛt

○bhū-bhṛt m. the eastern mountain (from behind which the sun is supposed to rise)

• a former prince Subh

⋙ pūrvamagadha

○magadha m.pl. the eastern Magadhas

⋙ pūrvamadra

○madra m. pl. the eastern Madras (cf. paurvam○) L

⋙ pūrvamadhyāhna

○madhyâhna m. the forenoon Kathās

⋙ pūrvamāgadhaka

○māgadhaka mfn. relating or belonging to the eastern Magadhas L

⋙ pūrvamārin

○mārin mfn. dying before GṛŚrS. Mn. &c

⋙ pūrvamīmāṃsā

○mīmāṃsā f. 'inquiry into or interpretation of the first or Mantra portion of the Veda', N. of the system of philosophy attributed to Jaimini (as opp. to uttara-m○, which is an inquiry into the later or Upanishad portion

• the pūrva-m○ is generally called the Mantra, and in interpreting the Vedic text discusses the doctrine of the eternity of sound identified with Brahma IW. 98 &c.)

• N. of wk. of Soma-nātha

• -kārikā f. pl. and ○sârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvamukha

○mukha mfn. having the face turned towards the east Hcat

⋙ pūrvayakṣa

○yakṣa m. 'the first Yaksha', N. of Maṇi-bhadra (one of the Jinas or Jaina teachers) L

⋙ pūrvayāmya

○yāmya mfn. south-eastern

• (e), ind. in the south-east Hcat

⋙ pūrvayāyāta

○yāyāta n. the more ancient form of the legend of Yayāti or that current in the east Siddh

⋙ pūrvayāyin

○yāyin mfn. moving towards the east Sūryas

⋙ pūrvayāvan

○yā́van m. 'going before', a leader RV

⋙ pūrvayoga

○yoga m. olden time, history of oṭolden time SaddhP

⋙ pūrvaraṅga

○raṅga m. the commencement or prelude of a drama, a prologue, an overture Śiś. ii, 8 Daśar. Sāh. &c

⋙ pūrvarāga

○rāga m. earliest or incipient affection, love between two persons which springs from some previous cause Sāh

⋙ pūrvarāja

○rāja m. an ex-king Mudr

⋙ pūrvarātra

○rātrá m. the first part of the night, the time from dusk to midnight AitBr. Kauś. KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• -krita mfn. done during the formerly previously of the night (= tre kṛ○ Pāṇ. 2-1, 45 Sch.)

⋙ pūrvarūpa

○rūpá n. indication of something approaching, an omen AV

• something prior or antecedent to, (esp.) the symptom of occurring disease Car. Suśr

• the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants (-tā f.) TUp. Prāt. &c

• (in rhet.) a figure of speech which describes the unexpected return of anything to its former state Kuval

• mf(ā)n. having the previous form or shape, being as before Dhūrtas

⋙ pūrvalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. indication of anything about to occur Car. -1

⋙ pūrvavat

○vat mfn. having (or relating to) something preceding or antecedent VPrāt

• (an argument) in which a conclusion is drawn from a previous cause to in effect Nyāyad

• f. one who has been previously married Āp

• ○vat-tara mfn. antecedent, former R. -2

⋙ pūrvavat

○vát ind. as before, as hitherto, as heretofore, as aforesaid

• according to something previous (applied in the Nyāya to a kind of inference such as inferring from the previous appearance of a cloud that rain will fall) RV. &c. &c

⋙ pūrvavayas

○vayas mfn. or being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

⋙ pūrvavayaska

○vayaska mfn. being in the first period or stage of life, young MBh

⋙ pūrvavayasa

○vayasá n. the first period or stage of life, youth Br

⋙ pūrvavayasin

○vayasín mfn. being in the first period of life, young TBr

⋙ pūrvavartin

○vartin mfn. existing before, preceding, prior, previous

• ○ti-tā f. (Bhāshāp.), ○ti-tva n. (Mṛicch. Sch.) former existence, precedence, priority

⋙ pūrvavah

○váh (vā́h), mfn. drawing in front, being the first horse or leader, or harnessed for the first time (applied to a horse) Br. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

⋙ pūrvavākya

○vākya n. (in dram.) an allusion to a former utterance Sāh

⋙ pūrvavāda

○vāda m. the first plea or plaint in an action at law Vishṇ. Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pūrvavādin

○vādin m. 'speaking first', 'making the first statement of a case', a complainant, plaintiff Yājñ

⋙ pūrvavāyu

○vāyu m. the east wind Var

⋙ pūrvavārṣika

○vārṣika mfn. relating to the first half of the rainy season Pāṇ. 7-3, 11 Sch. [Page 644, Column 2]

⋙ pūrvavid

○vid mfn. knowing the things or events of the past Mn. ix, 44

⋙ pūrvavideha

○videha m. the country of the eastern Videhas (with Buddhists 'one of the 4 continents' Dharmas. 120)

• -lipi f. a partic. mode of writing L

⋙ pūrvavidhi

○vidhi m. a preceding rule Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51

• N. of wk

⋙ pūrvavipratiṣedha

○vipratiṣedha m. the conflict of two statements or rules the first of which is opposed to the second ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙ pūrvavihita

○vihita mfn. deposited or buried before (as a treasure) Mṛicch

⋙ pūrvavṛta

○vṛta mfn. chosen before Kum

⋙ pūrvavṛtta

○vṛtta mfn. formerly happened

• relating to a previous occurrence Hariv

• n. a former event, previous occurrence Kālid. Śaṃk

• former conduct MārkP

⋙ pūrvavairin

○vairin mfn. one who is the first to begin hostilities MBh

⋙ pūrvaśāṃśapa

○śāṃśapa mfn. (fr. -śiṃśapā) Pāṇ. 7-3, 1 Sch

⋙ pūrvaśānti

○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvaśārada

○śārada mfn. relating to the first half of the autumn Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 72

⋙ pūrvaśāstra

○śāstra n. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvaśiṣya

○śiṣya m. (and ā f.) a former or ancient pupil Mālatīm

⋙ pūrvaśīrṣa

○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. having the head or top turned towards the east MBh

⋙ pūrvaśaila

○śaila m. = -parvata L

• pl. N. of a Buddhist school

• -saṃghârāma m. N. of a Buddhist monastery

⋙ pūrvaśaivadīkṣāvidhi

○śaiva-dīkṣā-vidhi m. and N. of wks

⋙ pūrvaṣaṭka

○ṣaṭka (?), n. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvasaktha

○sakthá n. (prob.) the upper part of the thigh Pāṇ. 5-4, 98

⋙ pūrvasaṃcita

○saṃcita mfn. gathered before Mn.vi, 15

⋙ pūrvasaṃjalpa

○saṃjalpa m. an introduction in the form of a dialogue Car

⋙ pūrvasad

○sád mfn. sitting in front SV

⋙ pūrvasaṃdhyā

○saṃdhyā f. 'earlier twilight', dawn, day-break W

⋙ pūrvasabhika

○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling house Mṛicch

⋙ pūrvasamudra

○samudra m. the eastern sea Var

⋙ pūrvasara

○sara mf(ī)n. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 3-2, 19 Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pūrvasasya

○sasya n. earliest-sown grain Var

⋙ pūrvasāgara

○sāgara m. the eastern sea Ragh. VarBṛS

⋙ pūrvasāra

○sāra mfn. going eastwards Pāṇ. 1-æ1ī, 2, 19 Sch

• -sārâsvādinī f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvasārin

○sārin mfn. preceding, taking precedence of all others MBh

⋙ pūrvasāhasa

○sāhasa n. the first or heaviest fine or punishment Mn

⋙ pūrvasiddha

○siddha mfn. previously settled or determined or proved KapS

⋙ pūrvasiddhānta

○siddhânta m. and -pakṣatā f. N. of wks

⋙ pūrvasupta

○supta mfn. formerly or already fallen asleep Pañcat

⋙ pūrvasū

○sū́ mfn. first bringing forth RV

• firstborn, ancient, primaeval ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pūrvasūri

○sūri m. an ancient master (of music) Saṃgīt

⋙ pūrvasevā

○sevā f. first use or practice of (gen.) Baudh

⋙ pūrvastha

○stha mfn. standing first, most excellent MBh

⋙ pūrvasthiti

○sthiti f. first or former state MW

⋙ pūrvasvara

○svara m. (in gram.) having the accent of the preceding MW

⋙ pūrvahūti

○hūti (pūrvá-), f. first or earliest invocation, morning prayer RV. VS

⋙ pūrvahoma

○homá m. an introductory, sacrifice TBr

⋙ pūrvāgni

pūrvâgni m. 'original or primaeval fire', the householder's sacred formerly (= āvasa-thya) AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

• -vahana n. a vehicle for carrying the sacred fṭformerly KātyŚr

• -vā́h n. a bull carrying the sacred formerly ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ pūrvāṅga

pūrvâṅga n. the former body Kathās

• a constituent part of the preceding VPrāt. Sch

• m. the first day in the civil month Sūryapr

⋙ pūrvācarita

pūrvâcarita mfn. formerly done or followed W

⋙ pūrvācala

pūrvâcala m. = ○va-parvata VarP. Śatr

⋙ pūrvācāryavṛttāntadīpikā

pūrvâcārya-vṛttânta-dīpikā f. N. of a comm. on wks. of the Rāmânuja school

⋙ pūrvātitha

pūrvātitha n. (= paurv○) N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pūrvātithi

pūrvâtithi m. N. of a man Cat

⋙ pūrvādi

pūrvâdi mfn. beginning with the word pūrva Var

⋙ pūrvāditas

pūrvâditas ind. beginning from the east ib

⋙ pūrvādya

pūrvâdya mfn. beginning with the east ib

⋙ pūrvādri

pūrvâdri m. = ○va-parvata Kathās

⋙ pūrvādhika

pūrvâdhika mfn. greater than before

• -dyuti mfn. more brilliant than before Kathās

⋙ pūrvādhikārin

pūrvâdhikārin m. a prior owner, former proprietor MW

⋙ pūrvādhirāma

pūrvâdhirāma n. the more ancient form of the story of Rāma on the form current in the east Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūrvādhyuṣita

pūrvâdhyuṣita mfn. formerly inhabited R

⋙ pūrvānubhūta

pūrvânubhūta mfn. formerly felt or enjoyed Caurap

⋙ pūrvānuyoga

pūrvânuyoga m. N. of a Jaina wk. belonging to the Dṛishṭi-vāda

⋙ pūrvānuṣṭhita

pūrvânuṣṭhita mfn. observed or performed before

• -tva n. Baudh

⋙ pūrvānta

pūrvânta m. (in gram.) the end of a preceding word

• anticipation (= pūrvakoti) L

• -tas ind. in advance Lalit

⋙ pūrvāpakārin

pūrvâpakārin mfn. one who has injured another before R

⋙ pūrvāpara

pūrvâpara mfn. being before and behind

• directed forward and backward, eastern and western KātyŚr. Kālid. &c. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)

• prior and subsequent, first and last

• preceding and following, following one another, connected with one another KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• (ám), ind. one after another RV. ĀpŚr. Sch

• n. that which is before and behind, east and west Sūryas

• connection Mn. viii, 56

• the proof and thing to be proved W

• -grantha m. N. of wk. [Page 644, Column 3]

• -dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. eastern, western and southern MBh

• -dina n. forenoon and afternoon Cat

• -rātri f. the former and latter half of the night, ŚāṅkhGr

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

• -virodha m. opposition of prior and subsequent, inconsistency, incongruity MW

• -smārta-prayoga m. N. of wk

• ○parâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west KātyŚr. Sch

• ○parī-bhāva m. the following one another, succession Sarvad

• ○parī-√bhū, to follow one another, be connected with one another Nir. Sāh

• ○parya n. = paurvāparya

• (eṇa), ind. one after another KātyŚr. Sch. VarBṛ. Sch

⋙ pūrvāpaharaṇā

pūrvâpaharaṇā f. g. ajâdi Kāś. (vḷ. ○pahāṇā)

⋙ pūrvāpuṣ

pūrvâpúṣ (?) RV. viii, 22, 2 (Sāy. = pūrveṣām poṣakaḥ

• vḷ. pūrâyus, q.v.)

⋙ pūrvābhādrapadā

pūrvā-bhādrapadā f. the 25th Nakshatra MBh. (vḷ. pūrva-bh○)

⋙ pūrvābhibhāṣin

pūrvâbhibhāṣin mfn. = -pūrva-bhâṣin, q.v. Rājat

⋙ pūrvābhimukha

pūrvâbhimukha mf(ā)n. turned or flowing towards the east (as rivers) Suśr

⋙ pūrvābhirāmā

pūrvâbhirāmā f. N. of a river MBh

⋙ pūrvābhiṣeka

pūrvâbhiṣeká m. previous anointing

• (Sāy. 'a partic. Mantra') ŚBr

⋙ pūrvābhyāsa

pūrvâbhyāsa m. the repetition of what precedes

• (ena), ind. afresh, anew ŚārṅgP

⋙ pūrvāmbudhi

pūrvâmbudhi m. the eastern ocean Kathās

⋙ pūrvāyus

pūrvâyús mfn. (prob.) 'of an early age', young RV. (vḷ. for pūrvâpúṣ, q.v

• others pūrv-āyus, 'having or granting vital power')

⋙ pūrvārāma

pūrvârāma m. 'eastern garden', N. of a Buddhist monastery

⋙ pūrvārcika

pūrvârcika n. N. of the first half of the Sāma-veda (the second half of which is called uttarârcika)

⋙ pūrvārjita

pūrvârjita mfn. attained or gained formerly or by former works Kathās

⋙ pūrvārdha

pūrvârdhá m. (later n.) the front or upper part

• eastern side (opp. to jaghanârdha, uttarârdha &c.) TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c

• the fore or first half (of a hemistich) Śrutab

• (with dinasya) forenoon Bhartṛ. &c

• -kāya m. the front or upper part of the body MBh

• -bhāga m. the upper part, top Ragh

• -lambin mfn. having the foremost half inclined, leaning forward MW

⋙ pūrvārdhya

pūrvārdhya mfn. being on the eastern side Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pūrvāvadhīrita

pūrvâvadhīrita mfn. formerly disdained Śak

⋙ pūrvāvedaka

pūrvâvedaka m. 'making the first statement', a plaintiff Yājñ

⋙ pūrvāśā

pūrvâśā f. the east Hcat

⋙ pūrvāśin

pūrvâśin mfn. eating before another (abl. or loc.) MBh

⋙ pūrvāṣāḍhā

pūrvâṣāḍhā f. the first of two constellations called Ashāḍhā (the 18th or 20th Nakshatra or lunar asterism) Var. Pur

• ○ḍha-janana-śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvāsin

pūrvâsín mfn. shooting before (another) AV

⋙ pūrvāhṇa

pūrvâhṇá m. the earlier part of the day, forenoon (mostly loc

• sometimes incorrectly pūrvâhna) RV. &c. &c

• (○hṇa-kāle or ○hNe-k○, ○hṇa-tare or ○hNe-t○, ○hṇa-tame or ○hNe-t○ [Pāṇ. 6-3, 17 Sch.], ○hṇe-tarām or -tamām [v, 4, 11 Sch.], ind. in the forenoon

• -hṇa-kṛta mfn. = ○hNe-kR○ [ī, 1, 45 Sch.], to be done in the formerly

• ○hṇâparâhṇayoḥ ind. in the formerly and afternoon Lāṭy. Gobh

• ○hṇe-geya mfn. [ī, 1, 43 Sch.] to be sung in the fṭformerly)

• ○hṇaka m. 'born in the forenoon', N. of a man Pāṇ. 4-3, 28

• ○hṇatana or ○hṇe-tana (vi, 3, 17 Sch.), mfn. belonging or relating to the forenoon

• ○hṇika mf(ī)n. id. MBh

• n. a matutinal ceremony or sacrifice = p"ṣ-kriyā (or -vidhi) MBh

⋙ pūrvetara

pūrvêtara mf(ā)n. 'other than eastern', western L

⋙ pūrvedyus

pūrvedyús ind. on the day before, yesterday (opp. to uttaredyus, apare-dyus &c.) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c

• early, betimes, in the morning. L

• during that portion of a day on which religious ceremonies are to be performed = dharmâhe, dharma-vāsare L

• ○dyur-āhṛtá mfn. fetched on the day before ŚBr

• ○dyur-dugdhá mfn. milked on the day before ŚBr

⋙ pūrvendra

pūrvêndra m. a former Indra MBh

⋙ pūrveṣukāmaśamī

pūrvêṣukāmaśamī N. of a village Pāṇ. 2-1, 50 &c. Sch

• ○vaiṣukāmaśama mfn. (fr. prec.), iv, 2, 107 &c. Sch

⋙ pūrvokta

pūrvôkta mfn. said before, formerly stated, aforesaid, before mentioned Mn. Kathās. &c

• -parāmarśaka mfn. referring to something before mentioned MW

⋙ pūrvocita

pūrvôcita mfn. before accustomed, known from former days, former R

⋙ pūrvottara

pūrvôttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. MārkP. Hcat. &c

• (e), ind. in the north-east Hcat

• du. or (ibc.) the antecedent and subsequent, the preceding and following VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch

• -śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ pūrvotthāyin

pūrvôtthāyin mfn. rising the first (in the morning) Gaut. MBh

⋙ pūrvotthita

pūrvôtthita mfn. risen before (as smoke) Ragh

⋙ pūrvotpatti

pūrvôtpatti mfn. arising before KapS

⋙ pūrvotpanna

pūrvôtpanna mfn. produced or arisen or existent before

• -tva n. = pūrva-bhāva Bhāshāp. [Page 645, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pūrvodakplava

pūrvôdak-plava mfn. inclined towards the north-east Var

⋙ pūrvodita

pūrvôdita mfn. aforesaid, before mentioned W

⋙ pūrvopakārin

pūrvôpakārin mfn. one who has formerly, done a service to another MBh

⋙ pūrvopakrama

pūrvôpakrama mf(ā)n. beginning from the east Gobh

⋙ pūrvopanihita

pūrvôpanihita mfn. previously hidden away (as a treasure) Mn. viii, 37

⋙ pūrvopapanna

pūrvôpapanna mfn. (prob.) having prior claims MBh

⋙ pūrvopasṛta

pūrvôpasṛtá mfn. approached or arrived first TBr

⋙ pūrvopārjita

pūrvôpârjita mfn. formerly occupied or acquired Pañc

≫ pūrvaka

pūrvaka mf(ikā)n. earlier, former, previous, prior, first MBh. Kāv. &c. (strī-p○, 'one who was formerly a woman', bhūta-p○, 'having been before'

• ifc. also= preceded or accompanied by, connected with, consisting in

• am ind. = after, with, amid, according to)

• m. a forefather, ancestor Hariv. R. MārkP

⋙ pūrvaya

pūrvaya only in upâdhāyya-p○ mfn. 'having an edge or border' (of braid), trimmed, edged TS

⋙ pūrvika

pūrvika mfn. former, ancient Kāraṇḍ

• formerly invited L

• wṛ. for pūrvaka MBh

≫ pūrviṇa

pūrviṇa mfn. derived from ancestors or fore-fathers, ancestral ĀśvŚr

⋙ pūrvin

pūrvin mfn. id. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 133, and See a-, daśa-, strī-p○)

⋙ pūrvineṣṭha

pūrvineṣṭhá mfn. (prob.) wṛ. SV

⋙ pūrvī

pūrvī́ f. See purú

⋙ pūrvīṇa

pūrvīṇa mfn. = pūrviṇa Pāṇ. 4-4, 133

≫ pūrveṇa

pūrveṇa ind. See under pūrva

≫ pūrvya

pūrvyá (rarely pū́rvya), mf(ā)n. former, previous, ancient, old (opp. to naviiyas, nū-tana &c.) RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. ŚvetUp

• precedent, first RV. RPrāt

• next, nearest RV

• most excellent ib. ŚBr. (Sch. 'young')

• (ám), ind. before, formerly, at first, long since, hitherto RV

• -stuti (pūrvyá-), f. first cr principal praise RV

pūl

pūl cl. 1. 10. P. pūlati, pūlayati, to collect, gather Dhātup. xv, 25

• xxxii, 93

≫ pūla

pūla m. a bunch, bundle MānGṛ. KātyŚr. Sch. (also -ka)

• pl. straw ĀśvŚr. Sch

pūlāka

pūlāka g. palāśâdi

pūlāsa

pūlāsa n. g. saṃkalâdi Gaṇar. 81

⋙ pūlāsakuraṇḍa

○kuraṇḍa g. rāja-dantâdi

≫ pūlāsaka

pūlāsaka in -karaṇḍa Kāś

• -kuraṇḍa n. g. rāja-dantâdi Gaṇar. 83

pūlya

pūlya n. an empty or shrivelled grain of corn AV

pūṣ

pūṣ (= √2. puṣ), cl. 1. P. pūṣati, to nourish, increase Dhātup. xvii, 24

≫ pūṣa 1

pūṣa m. a kind of mulberry tree L

• (ā), f. N. of the third Kalā of the moon BrahmaP

≫ pūṣa 2

pūṣa in comp. for ○ṣan

⋙ pūṣadantahara

○danta-hara m. 'taking away Pūshan's teeth', N. of Śiva L

⋙ pūṣadhra

○dhra (prob.) wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

⋙ pūṣabhāsā

○bhāsā f. 'sun-splendour', N. of the capital of Indra L. (wṛ. -bhāṣā)

⋙ pūṣamitra

○mitra m. 'friend of Pūsha', N. of a man L

⋙ pūṣarāti

○rāti mfn. (prob.) giving growth or increase RV

⋙ pūṣātmaja

pūṣâtmaja or m. 'son or younger brother of Pūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ pūṣānuja

pūṣânuja m. 'son or younger brother of PṭPūsha', N. of Parjanya MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ pūṣāṣṭottara

pūṣâṣṭôttara n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pūṣāsuhṛd

pūṣâsuhṛd m. 'enemy of Pūsha', N. of Śiva L

≫ pūṣaṇ

pūṣaṇ in comp. for ○ṣan

⋙ pūṣaṇvat

○vát mfn. accompanied by Pūshan RV. VS. AitBr

≫ pūṣaṇa

pūṣáṇa m. N. of a god (= Pūshan) RV

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

≫ pūṣan

pūṣán m. (the a not lengthened in the strong cases, but acc. ○ṣāṇam, in MārkP.) N. of a Vedic deity (originally connected with the sun, and therefore the surveyor of all things, and the conductor on journeys and on the way to the next world, often associated with Soma or the Moon as protector of the universe

• he is, moreover, regarded as the keeper of flocks and herds and bringer of prosperity

• in the Brāhmaṇas he is represented as having lost his teeth and feeding on a kind of gruel, whence he is called karambhâd

• in later times he is one of the 12 Ādityas and regent of the Nakshatra Revatī or Paushṇa

• du. 'Pūshan and Aryaman' VP. Sch.)

• the sun Kād. Bālar

• (?) growth, increase (cf. pūṣa-rāti)

• the earth L

≫ pūṣkara

pūṣkara n. a word formed for the explanation of puṣkara ŚBr

pṛ 1

pṛ cl. 3. P. (Dhātup. xxv, 4) píparti (3. pl. píprati RV

• Impv. pipṛhi BhP

• para VS

• cl. 9. P. pṛṇāti, 'to protect' Dhātup. xxxi, 19

• pf. 3. pl. pipruḥ BhP. [= pūrṇāḥ Sch.]

• aor. Subj. parṣi, parṣati, parṣa, pāriṣat RV. [Page 645, Column 2]

• apārīt Bhaṭṭ

• inf. parṣáṇi RV.), to bring over or to (acc.), bring out of, deliver from (abl.), rescue, save, protect, escort, further, promote RV. AV. VS. ŚāṅkhGṛ. BhP. Bhaṭṭ

• to surpass, excel (acc.) RV. viii, 50, 8 AV. xi, 5, 1 ; 2

• to be able (with inf.) BhP.: Caus. pāráyati (ep. and m. c. also ○te

• aor. apīparat

• Pass. pāryate), to bring over or out, rescue, protect, save, preserve, keep alive RV. &c. &c

• to get over, overcome, bring to an end ib

• to resist, withstand, be a match for (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be capable of or able to (with an inf. which after pāryate has a pass. sense

• √.śak and Pāṇ. 3-4, 66 Sch.) Kāv. Pur. &c. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [645, 2] Lat. porta, peritus ; Slav. pirati ; Germ. fahren ; Eng. fare.]

pṛ 2

pṛ cl. 5. P., 6. Ā. pṛṇoti or priyate (Dhātup. xxvii, 12 ; xxviii, 109), to be busy or active (only in ā-√pṛ and vy-ā-√pṛ, q.v.)

pṛkkā

pṛkkā f. Trigonella Corniculata L. (cf. spṛkkā)

pṛkta

pṛkta pṛkti, See under √1. pṛc

pṛktha

pṛktha n. possession, property, wealth L. (cf. riktha)

pṛkṣ

pṛ́kṣ f. (nom. wanting

• prob. fr. √1. pṛc) refreshment, satiation, nourishment, food RV

pṛkṣa

pṛkṣá mfn. (either connected with pṛśni, pṛṣat, or fr. √1. pṛc) spotted, dappled (others 'fleet, swift'

• others, having or bringing food')

• m. a spotted (or a swift &c.) horse (others 'beast of burden'

• others 'food, nourishment, abundance') RV

• N. of a man ib. ii, 13, 8

• = saṃgrāma Naigh. ii, 57

⋙ pṛkṣaprayaj

○prayaj (○kṣá-), mfn. in which oblations of food begin to be offered (said of the dawn) RV. iii, 7, 10 (Sāy

• according to others 'hastening with swift horses')

⋙ pṛkṣayāma

○yāma (○kṣá-), mfn. 'driving swift horses' (prob. N. of a family) RV. i, 122, 7

pṛkṣu

pṛkṣú (prob.) wṛ. for pṛtsú SV

pṛkṣudh

pṛkṣúdh mfn. (?) RV. i, 141, 4

pṛc 1

pṛc cl. 7. P. (Dhātup. xxix, 25) pṛṇákti Ā. pṛṅkté (or cl. 2. pṛkte Dhātup. xxiv, 20

• cl. 1. P. pṛñcati AV

• cl. 3. P. pipṛgdhi, pipṛkta RV

• pf. papṛcuḥ AitBr

• papṛcāsi, ○cyāt, ○cāná RV

• aor. párcas [p. pṛcāná ib

• Prec. pricīmahi] ib

• aprāk AV

• apṛkṣi, ○kta ib

• aparcīt, ○ciṣṭa Gr

• fut. parciṣyati, ○te, parcitā ib

• inf. -pṛ́ce, -pṛ́cas RV.), to mix, mingle, put together with (instr., rarely loc

• dhanuṣā śaram, 'to fix the arrow upon the bow' Bhaṭṭ.), unite, join RV. &c. &c

• to fill (Ā. one's self?), sate, satiate RV. MBh

• to give lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (acc. or gen.) richly upon (dat.) RV

• to increase, augment ib. (Prob. connected with √pṝ, to fill

• cf. also √pṛj.)

≫ pṛkta

pṛktá mfn. mixed or mingled with, full of

• brought into contact with, touching (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• n. wṛ. for pṛktha L

≫ pṛkti

pṛkti f. touch, contact L

≫ pṛc 2

pṛ́c f. food, nourishment, refreshment RV. v, 74, 10 (cf. ghṛta-, madhu-)

pṛcchaka

pṛcchaka mf(ikā)n. (√prach) one who asks or inquires about (gen.) Yājñ. Śak. Pañc

• inquiring into the future VarBṛS

• m. an inquirer, inquisitive person W

≫ pṛcchana

pṛcchana n. asking, inquiring W

≫ pṛcchā

pṛcchā f. asking, questioning (acc.), question about (comp.) Kāv

• an inquiry into the future VarBṛS

≫ pṛcchya

pṛcchya mfn. to be asked or inquired after BhP

pṛj

pṛj pṛñj, cl. 2. Ā. pṛkte, pṛṅkte Dhātup.xxiv, 20 (vḷ. for pṛc) ; 15 (vḷ. for pij). Cf. an-ava-pṛgṇa, ava-prajjana

• parjanya

pṛḍ

pṛḍ cl. 6. P. pṛḍati, to gladden, delight Dhātup. xxviii, 39

pṛṇ

pṛṇ cl. 6. P. pṛṇati (p. pṛṇát, Ved. Inf. pṛṇádhyai), See √pṝ

pṛṇākā

pṛṇākā f. the female young of an animal ( hariṇa-p○). [Page 645, Column 3]

pṛt

pṛt f. (only in loc. pl. pṛtsú, in one place [i, 129, 4] pṛtsúṣu RV

• but according to Vop. also in other cases, viz. pṛtas, pṛtā, pṛdbhyām) battle, contest, strife

⋙ pṛtsuti

○sutí m. or f. hostile attack (Sāy. 'a host') RV

≫ pṛtana

pṛ́tana n. an army or a hostile encounter TBr

• (ā), f. See next

≫ pṛtanā

pṛ́tanā f. battle, contest, strife RV. VS. Br

• a hostile armament, army RV. &c. &c. (in later times esp. a small army or division consisting of 243 elephants, as many chariots, 729 horse, and 1215 foot= 3 Vahinīs)

• pl. men, mankind Naigh. ī. 3

⋙ pṛtanāj

○"ṣj (○nâj), mfn. rushing to or in battle RV. (AV. vḷ. ○nâjí)

⋙ pṛtanāja

○"ṣja (○nâja), m. = śūra, a hero SāṅkhŚr

⋙ pṛtanājaya

○jaya m. victory in battle or over armies PārGṛ

⋙ pṛtanājit

○jít mfn. victorious in bṭbattle AV. ŚāṅkhBr

• m. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pṛtanājya

○"ṣjya (○nâjya), n. 'rushing together in battle', close combat, fight RV

⋙ pṛtanānī

○nī or m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

⋙ pṛtanāpati

○pati m. a leader in battle, commander, general MBh

⋙ pṛtanāṣāh

○ṣ˘āh mfn. victorious in bṭbattle RV. AV

• m. N. of Indra L

⋙ pṛtanāṣāhya

○ṣā́hya (RV.) and n. = -jaya

⋙ pṛtanāsāhya

○sā́hya (TBr.), n. = -jaya

⋙ pṛtanāhava

○"ṣháva (○nâh○), m. challenge to battle, fight RV

≫ pṛtanāya

pṛtanāya Nom. P., only p. ○yát, fighting together, engaged in combat RV. AV. VS

⋙ pṛtanāyu

pṛtanāḍyú mfn. hostile

• m. an enemy RV

≫ pṛtanya

pṛtanya Nom. P. ○yáti, to attack, assail, fight against (acc.) RV. AV

⋙ pṛtanyā

pṛtaḍnyā f. an army BhP

⋙ pṛtanyu

pṛtaḍnyú mfn. attacking, hostile

• m. an enemy RV. VS

≫ pṛtsu

pṛtsu loc. of pṛt in comp

⋙ pṛtsutur

○túr mfn. victorious in battle RV

≫ pṛtsudha

pṛtsudha (?), m. = saṃgrāma (vḷ. for pṛtsu Naigh. ii, 17)

≫ pṛtsuṣu

pṛtsúṣu See pṛt

pṛth 1

pṛth cl. 10. P. parthayati, to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 10 (cf. √prath, of which it is only the weak form)

≫ pṛth 2

pṛth f. = pṛthā below L

≫ pṛtha

pṛthá m. the flat or palm of the hand ŚBr

• a partic. measure (the length of the hand from the tip of the fingers to the knuckles, or = 13 Aṅgulis) KātyŚr

• (ā), f. See below

⋙ pṛthamātra

○mātrá n. the breadth of a hand TBr

• mfn. a hand broad KātyŚr

⋙ pṛthavāna

○vāna (pṛ́tha-), m. N. of a man RV

⋙ pṛthahara

○hara m. wṛ. for pṛthu-h○ MBh

⋙ pṛthāśva

pṛthâśva m. N. of a king MBh

≫ pṛthā

pṛthā f. N. of a daughter of Śūra and adopted daughter of Kuntī and one of the wives of Pāṇḍu (mother of Karṇa before her marriage, and of Yudhi-shṭhira, Bhīma, and Arjuna after her marriage

• See Kuntī) MBh. Hariv. &c

⋙ pṛthāja

○ja m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna L

• Pentaptera Arjuna L

⋙ pṛthājanman

○janman m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

⋙ pṛthātmaja

○tmaja (○thâtm○), m. = prec. Veṇis

⋙ pṛthāpati

○pati m. 'husband of Pāṇḍu', N. of Pāṇḍu L

⋙ pṛthābhū

○bhū m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira, Pracaṇḍ

⋙ pṛthāraṇi

○raṇi (○thâr○), f. 'the Araṇi PṭPāṇḍu', N. of Kuntī the wife of Pāṇḍu (as the mystical wood from which the Pāṇḍavas were struck out or generated

• cf. pāṇḍava-vahni and pāṇḍavâraṇi)

⋙ pṛthāsuta

○suta m. 'son of Pāṇḍu', N. of Arjuna Kir

⋙ pṛthāsūnu

○sūnu m. 'id.', N. of Yudhi-shṭhira Veṇis

≫ pṛthak

pṛ́thak ind. (√pṛth or prath + añc) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated) RV. &c. &c

• (as a prep. with gen. or instr

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 32) apart or separately or differently from L

• (with abl.) without Prab

• except, save Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pṛthakkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. separating, setting apart ĀpŚr. Sch. Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pṛthakkāma

○kāma mfn. (pl.) having different wishes KātyŚr

⋙ pṛthakkārya

○kārya n. a separate or private affair Mn. vii, 120

⋙ pṛthakkula

○kula mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families L

⋙ pṛthakkṛ

○√kṛ to make separate, sunder KātyŚr

• to keep off, avert Sāy

⋙ pṛthakkṛta

○kṛta mfn. separated, sundered, cut off MārkP

⋙ pṛthakkṛti

○kṛti f. an individual BhP

⋙ pṛthakkriyā

○kriyā f. separation, disunion Mn. Yājñ

⋙ pṛthakkṣetra

○kṣetra m. pl. children of one father by different wives or by wives of different classes Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pṛthakcara

○cara mf(ī)n. going separately or alone MW

⋙ pṛthakceṣṭā

○ceṣṭā f. pl. different activities Bhag

⋙ pṛthaktā

○tā f. separateness, severalty, singleness, individuality Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pṛthaktva

○tva
n. id. ŚāṅkhŚr. Nir. MBh. &c. (cf. IW.68)

• (ena), ind. singly, one by one MBh

• -tas (ŚāṅkhŚr.) and -śas (Nyāyam. Sch.), separately, singly

⋙ pṛthaktvacā

○tvacā f. 'diverse-barked', Sanseviera Zeylanica L

⋙ pṛthakpada

○pada mfn. consisting of single i.e. uncompounded words (-tva n.) Vām

⋙ pṛthakparṇikā

○parṇikā f. 'diverse-leaved', = -tvacā L. [Page 646, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pṛthakparṇī

○parṇī f. id. L

• Hemionitis Cordifolia Car. Suśr

⋙ pṛthakpinda

○pinda m. a distant kinsman who offers the Śrāddha oblation ( See piṇḍa) by himself and not together with the other relations Mn. v, 78 (Kull. = 'samānôdaka')

⋙ pṛthakśabda

○śabda m. a separate or distinct or independent word Vop

⋙ pṛthakśayyā

○śayyā f. sleeping apart Hit

⋙ pṛthakśāyin

○śāyin mfn. (pl.) sleeping alone or apart Vishṇ

⋙ pṛthakśruti

○śruti mfn. uttering a distinct sound, distinctly heard RPrāt

⋙ pṛthaksukha

○sukha mfn. (pl.) having different joys MBh

⋙ pṛthaksthita

○sthita mfn. existing separately, separate MW

⋙ pṛthaksthiti

○sthiti f. separate existence, separation Vikr

≫ pṛthakat

pṛthakat ind.= pṛthak Pāṇ. 5-3, 72 Sch

≫ pṛthag

pṛthag in comp. for ○thak

⋙ pṛthagabhimati

○abhimati mfn. regarding the world as separate (from God) MW

⋙ pṛthagartha

○artha mfn. (pl.) having separate or distinct advantages MBh

• having separate or distinct meanings (-tā f.) Kir

⋙ pṛthagātman

○ātman mfn. 'having a sṭseparate nature or essence', separate, distinct, individual W

• m. individualized spirit, the individual soul (as distinct from universal spirit or the soul of the universe) ib

• ○ma-tā f. separateness, severalty L

• discrimination, judgment W

• ○mikā f. separate or individual existence, individuality L

⋙ pṛthagālaya

○ālaya mfn. (pl.) having sṭseparate dwelling Kathās

⋙ pṛthagīśamānin

○īśa-mānin mfn. regarding God as separate from the universe MW

⋙ pṛthagupādāna

○upâdāna n. separate mention Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

⋙ pṛthaggaṇa

○gaṇa m. a separate company or class Mn. i, 37

⋙ pṛthagguṇa

○guṇa mfn. having distinct properties. W

⋙ pṛthaggotra

○gotra mfn. (pl.) belonging to different families MārkP

⋙ pṛthagjana

○jana m. a man of lower caste or character or profession Mn. MBh. &c. (-vat ind. Ragh. viii, 89)

• an ordinary professing Buddhist MWB. 132

• a fool, blockhead Śiś

• villain L

• pl. common people, the multitude (also sg.) Mn. MBh. &c

• = pṛthak-kṣetra W

• -kalyāṇaka m. a man wishing for conversion Divyâv

⋙ pṛthagjanapada

○jana-pada n. each single country or people Lāṭy

⋙ pṛthagjaya

○jaya m. victory in a separate combat or duel (a-pṛth○) Gaut

⋙ pṛthagdṛś

○dṛś mfn. seeing something different from (abl.) BhP

⋙ pṛthagdevata

○devata mfn. having a separate or special deity Sāy

⋙ pṛthagdvāra

○dvāra n. pl. special doors i.e. means of attainment MBh

⋙ pṛthagdharmavid

○dharma-vid m. pl. each knowing different laws Gaut

⋙ pṛthagbīja

○bīja m. Semecarpus Anacardium L

⋙ pṛthagbhāva

○bhāva m. separate state or condition, difference, distinctness, individuality KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

⋙ pṛthagbhū

○√bhū to be peculiar to Divyâv

• -bhūta mfn. become separate, separated, different MW

⋙ pṛthagyoga

○yoga mfn. (prob.) wṛ. for -bhāga (having different lots) or -bhoga (hṭhaving distinct enjoyments) Kathās

⋙ pṛthagyogakaraṇa

○yogakaraṇa n. the separation of a grammatical rule into two Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. yoga-vibhāga)

⋙ pṛthagrasamaya

○rasamaya mf(ī)n. made of a distinct or special sap or essence BhP

⋙ pṛthagrūpa

○rūpa mfn. variously shaped, diverse, different, manifold L

⋙ pṛthaglakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having dṭdistinct characteristics KātyŚr

⋙ pṛthagvartman

○vartman (pṛ́thag-), mfn. having distinct courses ŚBr. ChUp

⋙ pṛthagvarṣa

○varṣa n. pl. a year in each case, each and every year Gaut

⋙ pṛthagvādin

○vādín mfn. each saying something different ŚBr

⋙ pṛthagvidha

○vidha mfn. of distinct kinds, manifold, various Mn. MBh. &c

• distinct from (abl.) BhP

≫ pṛthaṅ

pṛthaṅ in comp. for ○thak

⋙ pṛthaṅniṣṭha

○niṣṭha mfn. existing by itself, being something different or distinct in each case MBh

≫ pṛthavī

pṛthavī f. = pṛthivii L

≫ pṛthi

pṛ́thi m. N. of a man (protected by the Aśvins, according to Sāy. a Rājarshi) RV. (Cf. pṛthī, pṛthu

• pārtha, ○thya.)

⋙ pṛthisava

○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony TBr. Sch

≫ pṛthikā

pṛthikā f. a centipede L

≫ pṛthivi

pṛthivi f. = ○vii

⋙ pṛthivitva

○tvá n. the state or condition of the earth TS. TBr

⋙ pṛthividā

○dā mfn. earth-giving Kāṭh. ĀpŚr

⋙ pṛthivibhāga

○bhāga (○vii-), mfn. having the earth as a share, entitled to it TS

⋙ pṛthivimūla

○mūla m. 'e-rooted', N. of a man L

⋙ pṛthiviloka

○loká m. the earth regarded as a world ŚBr

⋙ pṛthiviṣad

○ṣád mfn. = -sad AV

• -ṣṭha or -ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing on the earth, stepping firmly (as a horse) RV

⋙ pṛthivisad

○sád mfn. sitting on the earth VPrāt

≫ pṛthivī

pṛthivī́ f. (= pṛthvii f. of pṛthu) the earth or wide world ('the broad and extended One', personified as devii and often invoked together with the sky [3. div and dyāvā-pṛthivii RTL. 182]

• according to VP. daughter of pṛthu

• the Veda makes 3 earths, one called bhūmi, inhabited by men, and a under it

• there is also an earth between the world of men and the circumambient ocean "ṣBr. and one extending through the 3 worlds ṇaigh.) RV. &c. &c

• land, ground, soil ib

• earth regarded as one of the elements Prab. Suśr. [Page 646, Column 2]

• = antarikṣa Naigh. i, 3

• ○vyā vrata and saṃsarpa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pṛthivīkampa

○kampa m. an earthquake MBh

⋙ pṛthivīkṛtsna

○kṛtsna n. one of the 10 mystical exercises called Kṛitsna L

⋙ pṛthivīkṣit

○kṣit mfn. dwelling on or ruling over the exercises, m. a prince, king KātyŚr. ChUp. &c

⋙ pṛthivīgrantha

○grantha m. N. of wk

⋙ pṛthivīcandra

○candra m. 'eṭexercises-moon', N. of a prince of the Tri-gartas Rājat

⋙ pṛthivījaya

○jaya vḷ. for next Hariv

⋙ pṛthivīṃjaya

○ṃ-jaya mfn. eṭexercises-conquering

• m. N. of a Dānava MBh

• of a son of Virāṭa ib

⋙ pṛthivītala

○tala n. 'eṭexercises-surface', ground, the terrestrial or infernal regions MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pṛthivītīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh

⋙ pṛthivītva

○tva n. state or condition of the exercises, earthiness Sarvad

⋙ pṛthivīdaṇḍapāla

○daṇḍapāla m. the police-magistrate of a country (-tā, f.) Mṛicch

⋙ pṛthivīdevī

○devī f. N. of a woman Kathās

⋙ pṛthivīdyāvā

○dyā́vā (○vií-), nom. du. eṭexercises and heaven RV. (cf. dyāvā-pṛthivii)

⋙ pṛthivīdhara

○dhara m. (with miśrâcārya) N. of an author Cat

⋙ pṛthivīdharaṇa

○dharaṇa n. a prop or support of the exercises Hariv

⋙ pṛthivīṃdadā

○ṃ-dadā f. 'eṭexercises-giving', N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ. (cf. pṛthivi-dā)

⋙ pṛthivīndra

○"ṣndra (○vii7ndra), m. 'the Indra of the exercises', a prince, king A

⋙ pṛthivīpati

○pati m. 'exercises-lord', a prince, king TBr. Mn. &c

• N. of Yama L

• (with sūri) N. of an author Cat

• a species of bulbous plant growing on the Himâlaya L

⋙ pṛthivīparipālaka

○paripālaka m. 'eṭexercises-guardian', a prince, king MārkP

⋙ pṛthivīpārvataka

○pārvataka m. or n. rock-oil, petroleum (?) L

⋙ pṛthivīpāla

○pāla (MBh. Kāv.),

⋙ pṛthivīpālaka

○pāḍlaka (MārkP.), m. = -paripālaka

⋙ pṛthivīpra

○prá mfn. exercises-filling AV

⋙ pṛthivīplava

○plava m. 'eṭexercises-flood', the sea Gal

⋙ pṛthivībhuj

○bhuj m. 'eṭexercises-enjoyer', a king Vikr. Rājat

⋙ pṛthivībhujaṃga

○bhujaṃga m. 'eṭexercises-lover', a king MārkP

⋙ pṛthivībhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'exercises-bearer', a mountain Śiś

⋙ pṛthivīmaṇḍa

○maṇḍa m.or n. eṭexercises-scum L

⋙ pṛthivīmaṇḍala

○maṇḍala m. or n. the circuit of the exercises MW

⋙ pṛthivīmaya

○máya mf(ī)n. formed of eṭexercises, earthen ŚBr

⋙ pṛthivīrasa

○rasa m. exercises-sap L

⋙ pṛthivīrājya

○rājya n. 'eṭexercises-dominion', sovereignty Kathās

⋙ pṛthivīruha

○ruha m. 'exercises-grower', a plant, tree Hariv

⋙ pṛthivīloka

○loka m. vḷ. for ○vi-loká, q.v

⋙ pṛthivīvaralocana

○vara-locana m. N. of Bodhi-sattva Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pṛthivīśa

○"ṣśa (vii7śa), m. 'eṭexercises-lord', a king MārkP

⋙ pṛthivīśakra

○śakra m. 'the Indra of the eṭexercises', id. L

⋙ pṛthivīśvara

○"ṣśvara (○vI7zv○), m. = ○vI7za○ R. MārkP

⋙ pṛthivīṣad

○ṣad mfn. abiding on eṭexercises MānŚr. (vḷ. -sad)

⋙ pṛthivīsaṃśita

○saṃśita (○vií-), mfn. impelled by the exercises AV

⋙ pṛthivīsava

○sava m. N. of a partic. ceremony ĀpŚr

≫ pṛthivy

pṛthivy in comp. for ○vii before vowels

⋙ pṛthivyāpīḍa

○āpīḍa m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmīra Rājat

⋙ pṛthivyupasaṃkramaṇā

○upasaṃkramaṇā f. N. of a Kiṃ-narī Kāraṇḍ

≫ pṛthī

pṛ́thī m. (nom. ○thī dat. ○thyai or ○thaye gen. ○thyās) N. of a mythical personage with the patr. Vainya (said to have been the first anointed sovereign of men, to have ruled also the lower animals, and to have introduced the arts of husbandry into the world

• he is enumerated among the Ṛishis and said to be the author of RV. x, 148) RV. AV. Br. (cf. pṛthi, pṛthu

• pārtha)

≫ pṛthu

pṛthú mf(vií or u)n. broad, wide, expansive, extensive, spacious, large

• great, important

• ample, abundant

• copious, numerous, manifold RV. &c. &c. (u ind.)

• prolix, detailed Var

• smart, clever, dexterous L

• m. a partic. measure of length (= pṛtha) L

• fire L

• N. of Śiva MBh

• of one of the Viśve Devās VP

• of a Dānava Hariv

• of a son of An-enas MBh. Hariv

• of a Vṛishṇi and son of Citraka ib

• of a son of Citra-ratha BhP

• of a descendant of Ikshvāku (son of An-araṇya and father of Tri-śaṅku) R

• of a son of Para Hariv

• of a son of Prastāra VP

• of a son of Rucaka BhP

• of a son of one of the Manus Hariv

• of one of the Saptarshis ib

• of a son of Vaṭêśvara (father of Viśākha-datta) Cat

• of a son of Veṇa MWB. 423

• of a monkey R

• (u), f. Nigella Indica L

• = hiṅgu-pattrī L

• opium L

• (vii), f. See below. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. platt ; Eng. plate.]

⋙ pṛthukarman

○karman m. [646, 2] N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu and grandson of Citra-ratha VP

⋙ pṛthukalpiṇī

○kalpiṇī f. vḷ. for patha-kalpanā

⋙ pṛthukīrti

○kīrti mfn. far-famed R

• N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP

• f. N. of a daughter of Surā Hariv

⋙ pṛthukucotpīḍam

○kucôtpīḍam ind. pressing a full bosom Prab

⋙ pṛthukṛṣṇā

○kṛṣṇā f. a species of cumin Bhpr

⋙ pṛthukola

○kola m. a species of jujube L

⋙ pṛthuga

○ga m. pl. 'far-moving', N. of a class of deities under Manu Cākshusha VP

⋙ pṛthugman

○gmán mfn. (prob.) = -jman RV

⋙ pṛthugrīva

○grīva m. 'broad-necked', N. of a Rākshasa RV

⋙ pṛthucārvañcitekṣaṇa

○cārv-añcitêkṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having large and beautiful and curved eyes Nal

⋙ pṛthucchada

○cchada m. 'broad-leaved', a species of plant L

⋙ pṛthujaghana

○jaghana mf(ā)n. large-hipped Bhartṛ

⋙ pṛthujaya

○jaya m. 'victorious far and wide', N. of a son of Śaśabindu VP. [Page 646, Column 3]

⋙ pṛthujman

○jman mfn. broad-pathed AV. (cf. -gman)

⋙ pṛthujraya

○jráya (f. ī) and mfn. widely extended RV

⋙ pṛthujrayas

○jráyas mfn. widely extended RV

⋙ pṛthuṃjaya

○ṃ-jaya vḷ. for ○thu-j○

⋙ pṛthutama

○tama mfn. broadest, widest, largest, greatest MW

⋙ pṛthutara

○tara mfn. broader, wider, larger, greater

• ○rī-√kṛ, to open (the eyes) wider Ratnâv

⋙ pṛthutā

○tā f

⋙ pṛthutva

○tva n. breadth, width, largeness, greatness Suśr. Var

⋙ pṛthudaṃṣṭra

○daṃṣṭra mfn. large-tusked MBh

⋙ pṛthudatta

○datta m. N. of a frog Pañcat

⋙ pṛthudarśin

○darśin mfn. far-seeing, far-sighted (met.) Suśr

⋙ pṛthudātṛ

○dātṛ m. vḷ. for -dāna

⋙ pṛthudāna

○dāna m. N. of a son of Śasa-bindu VP

⋙ pṛthudīrghabāhu

○dīrghabāhu mfn. having broad and long arms MW

⋙ pṛthudharaṇidhara

○dharaṇi-dhara m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

⋙ pṛthudharma

○dharma m. vḷ. for -karman

⋙ pṛthudhāra

○dhāra mfn. broad-edged MBh. R

⋙ pṛthunitamba

○nitamba mfn. large-hipped MW

⋙ pṛthupakṣas

○pákṣas mfn. broad-flanked (said of a horse) RV

⋙ pṛthupattra

○pattra m. a kind of garlic (= rakta-laśuna) L

⋙ pṛthuparśu

○párśu mfn. armed with large sickles RV

⋙ pṛthupalāśikā

○palāśikā f. Curcuma Cedoaria (= śaṭī, palāśaka) L

⋙ pṛthupājavat

○pāja-vat mfn. containing the word pṛthu-pā́jas ĀpŚr

⋙ pṛthupājas

○pā́jas mfn. far-shining, resplendent RV

⋙ pṛthupāṇi

○pāṇi (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-handed RV

⋙ pṛthupīnavakṣas

○pīna-vakṣas mfn. having a brṭbroad and fleshy breast Var

⋙ pṛthupragāṇa

○pragāṇa (pṛthú-), mfn. having a wide approach or access, approached by wide avenues RV

⋙ pṛthupragāman

○pragāman (pṛthú-), mfn. wṭwide-striding, taking wide strides RV

⋙ pṛthuprajña

○prajña mfn. having a wide understanding L

⋙ pṛthupratha

○pratha mfn. farfamed, having a wide reputation Rājat

⋙ pṛthuprotha

○protha mfn. having broad or wṭwide nostrils (said of a horse) MBh

⋙ pṛthubāhu

○bāhu mfn. broad-armed, having brawny arms MBh

⋙ pṛthubījaka

○bījaka m. lentils L

⋙ pṛthubudhna

○budhna (or pṛthú-b○), mfn. brṭbroad-based, having a broad basis or foot, having a brṭbroad sole or under-part RV. AV. VS. ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy

• broad in the hinder part (as a worm) Car

⋙ pṛthubhuvana

○bhuvana n. the wide world Bhartṛ

⋙ pṛthumat

○mat m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pṛthumukha

○mukha mfn. wide-mouthed Pāṇ. 6-2, 168

• having a thick point KātyŚr

⋙ pṛthumṛdvīkā

○mṛdvīkā f. 'wide grape', (prob.) a raisin MBh

⋙ pṛthuyaśas

○yaśas mfn. far-famed, of wṭwide renown MBh. Hariv. VarBṛ

• m. N. of a son of Śaśa-bindu VP

• of a son of Varāha-mihira Cat

• of an author ib

⋙ pṛthuyāman

○yāman mfn. having a broad path (said of Ushas) RV

⋙ pṛthuraśmi

○raśmi m. N. of a Yati PañcavBr. Kāṭh

⋙ pṛthurukma

○rukma or m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

⋙ pṛthurukman

○rukḍman m. N. of a son of Parā-jit (or Parā-vṛit) Hariv. VP

⋙ pṛthuroman

○roman m. 'having broad hairs or scales', a fish VarBṛS

• mayugma n. the zodiacal sign Pisces VarBṛ

⋙ pṛthulalāṭatā

○lalāṭatā f. having a wide forehead (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 72

⋙ pṛthulocana

○locana mf(ā)n. having large eyes MBh

⋙ pṛthuvaktrā

○vaktrā f. 'wide-mouthed', N. of one of the Matṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ pṛthuvakṣas

○vakṣas mfn. having a broad breast R

⋙ pṛthuvega

○vega m. 'having excessive force or impetus', N. of a prince MBh

⋙ pṛthuvyaṃsa

○vyaṃsa mfn. brṭbroad-shouldered MBh

⋙ pṛthuśimba

○śimba m. a species of Śyonāka L

⋙ pṛthuśiras

○śiras (pṛthú-), mfn. brṭbroad-headed, flat-headed AV. Suśr

• f. N. of a daughter of Puloman Hariv

⋙ pṛthuśṛṅga

○śṛṅga m. a broad-horned species of sheep Bhpr

⋙ pṛthuśekhara

○śekhara m. 'broad-crested', a mountain L

⋙ pṛthuśrava

○śrava m. wṛ. for next

⋙ pṛthuśravas

○śrávas mfn. far-famed, of wide renown

• m. N. of a man RV. MBh

• of a son of Śaśa-bindu Hariv. VP. BhP

• of a son of Raghu BhP

• of a son of the 9th Manu MārkP

• of a serpent-demon PañcavBr. MBh

• of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh. (wṛ. -śrava)

• of the elephant of the north quarter Var

⋙ pṛthuśrī

○śrī mfn. having great fortune, highly prosperous MBh

⋙ pṛthuśroṇi

○śroṇi (pṛthú-) and f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

⋙ pṛthuśroṇī

○śroṇī f. broad-hipped, having large hips or buttocks ŚBr. MBh

⋙ pṛthuṣeṇa

○ṣeṇa (ṣ for s), m. 'having an extensive army', N. of a son of Rucira (or Rucirâśva) Hariv. VP. (vḷ. -sena)

• of a son of Vibhu BhP

⋙ pṛthuṣṭu

○ṣṭu or mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

⋙ pṛthuṣṭuka

○ṣṭuka mfn. having a broad tuft of hair RV. (= -jaghana Nir.)

⋙ pṛthusattama

○sattama m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pṛthusattvavat

○sattvavat mfn. abounding in great living creatures MW

⋙ pṛthusampad

○sampad mfn. possessing large property, rich, wealthy Rājat

⋙ pṛthusena

○sena m. vḷ. for -ṣeṇa, q.v

⋙ pṛthuskandha

○skandha m. 'bṭbroad-shouldered', aboar L

⋙ pṛthuhara

○hara m. N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ pṛthūdaka

pṛthū7daka n. 'having extensive waters', N. of a sacred bathing-place on the northern bank of the Sarasvatī MBh

• m. and -svāmin m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Brahma-gupta BhP. Col

⋙ pṛthūdara

pṛthū7dara m. 'broad-bellied', a ram L

• N. of a Yaksha Kathās

⋙ pṛthūpākhyāna

pṛthū7pâkhyāna n. 'episode of Pṛithu.' N. of the 29th and 30th ch. of Part II of PadmaP

≫ pṛthuka

pṛ́thuka m. n. rice or grain flattened

• rice scalded with hot water and then dried over a fire and ground in a mortar TBr. BhP. Suśr. (also -taṇḍula Āp. BhP.) [Page 647, Column 1] Contents of this page

• m. a boy, the young of any animal Hariv. Śiś. &c

• pl. a species of grain Car

• vḷ. for pṛthu-ga VP

• (ā), f. a girl L

• a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

≫ pṛthukīya

pṛthukīya and mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

⋙ pṛthukya

pṛthukya mfn. (fr. pṛthuka), g. apūpâdi

≫ pṛthula

pṛthula mf(ā)n. broad, large, great MBh. Śiś. Kathās

• m. vḷ. for pṛthulâkṣa VP

• (ā), f. a species of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L

⋙ pṛthulalocana

○locana mf(ā)n. large-eyed MBh

⋙ pṛthulavakṣas

○vakṣas mfn. broad-breasted MBh

⋙ pṛthulavikrama

○vikrama mfn. of great heroism BhP

⋙ pṛthulākṣa

pṛthulâkṣa m. 'large-eyed', N. of a prince (son of Catur-aṅga) MBh. Hariv. VP. BhP

⋙ pṛthulaujas

pṛthulâujas mfn. of great energy MārkP

≫ pṛthūkṛ

pṛthū-√kṛ to extend, expand, enlarge, spread out MW

≫ pṛthvikā

pṛthvikā f. = pṛthviikā

≫ pṛthvī

pṛthvī́ f. (cf. pṛthivii) the earth (also as an element) RV. &c. &c

• Nigella Indica L

• Boerhavia Procumbens L

• = hiṅgu-pattrī L

• great cardamoms L

• N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

• N. of the mother of the 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L

⋙ pṛthvīkurabaka

○kurabaka m. a species of tree L

⋙ pṛthvīkhāta

○khāta n. a hole or pit in the earth, cavern MW

⋙ pṛthvīgarbha

○garbha m. N. of Gaṇêśa L

• of a Bodhi-sattva W

⋙ pṛthvīgṛha

○gṛha n. a dwelling in the earth, a cave Hariv

⋙ pṛthvīcandrodaya

○candrôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pṛthvīja

○ja m. 'earth-born', a tree A

• N. of the planet Mars A

• n. a species of salt (= gaḍa-lavaṇa) L

⋙ pṛthvītala

○tala n. the ground, dry land Pañcad

⋙ pṛthvīdaṇḍapālatā

○daṇḍapāla-tā f. vḷ. for pṛthivii-a○

⋙ pṛthvīdānavidhi

○dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ pṛthvīdhara

○dhara m. 'e-supporter', a mountain Naish

• N. of a demon Var. Vāstuv. Hcat

• (also -bhaṭṭa and ○râcārya) N. of sev. authors Cat

• of the author of Comm. on Mṛicch. Cat

⋙ pṛthvīpati

○pati m. 'earth-lord', a prince, king, sovereign Prab. Kathās

• -tva n. princedom, kingdom Kathās

⋙ pṛthvīpāla

○pāla m. N. of a man Rājat

⋙ pṛthvīpura

○pura n. N. of a town in Magadha, Satr

⋙ pṛthvīpremodaya

○premôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙ pṛthvībhara

○bhara m. (?) a species of the Aty-ashṭi metre W

⋙ pṛthvībhuj

○bhuj m. 'earth-enjoyer', a prince, king Bālar. Inscr

⋙ pṛthvībhṛt

○bhṛt m. 'earth-bearer', a prince, king Subh

⋙ pṛthvīmalla

○malla and m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ pṛthvīmallarāja

○mallarāja m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ pṛthvīrāja

○rāja m. N. of a prince and poet Cat

• -vijaya m. N. of a poem

⋙ pṛthvīrājya

○rājya n. earth-dominion, kingdom Kathās

⋙ pṛthvīrūpa

○rūpa m. N. of a prince Kathās

⋙ pṛthvīvarāhasaṃvāda

○varāha-saṃvāda m. N. of ch. of VarP

⋙ pṛthvīśa

○"ṣśa (○vii7śa), m. 'lord of the earth', a prince, king, sovereign MBh

• -tā f. princedom, kingdom Hcat

⋙ pṛthvīsārataila

○sāra-taila n. a partic. med. preparation L

⋙ pṛthvīhara

○hara m. N. of a man Rājat

≫ pṛthvīkā

pṛthvīkā f. large or small cardamoms L

• Nigella Indica Suśr. (also pṛthvikā) L

pṛdāku

pṛ́dāku m. an adder, viper, snake VS. TS. AV. MBh. (also pṛdākū́, f). a tiger or panther L. [Lat. pardus, pardalis &c.]

• an elephant L

• a tree L

⋙ pṛdākusānu

○sānu (pṛ́d○), mfn. having a surface like that of a serpent, smooth or shining like a serpent RV

pṛśana

pṛ́śana n. (√spṛś) clinging to

• (ī́), f. tender, gentle RV

⋙ pṛśanāyu

pṛ́śaḍnāyú f. = ○nī ib

pṛśni

pṛ́śni mfn. (Uṇ.iv, 52) variegated, dappled, piebald, speckled, spotted (said esp. of cows, serpents, frogs &c.) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS. MBh

• (pl.) manifold, different (as desires) TS

• dwarfish, thin, small L

• m. N. of a prince (the father of Śvaphalka) Hariv. VP

• (pl.) N. of a family of Ṛishis MBh. (○nayo'jāh, the supposed authors of RV. ix, 86, 31-40 Anukr.)

• (i), f. a dappled cow (fig. = milk, the earth, a cloud, the starry sky) RV. MBh

• a ray of light L

• N. of the mother of the Maruts RV

• of the wife of Savitṛi BhP

• of the wife of king Su-tapas (who in a former birth under the name of Devakī was mother of Kṛishṇa) ib

• (ī), f. Pistia Stratiotes L

• n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. [Cf. √pṛṣ

• Gk. ?.] [647, 1]

⋙ pṛśnigarbha

○garbha (pṛ́○), mf(ā)n. being in the variegated bosom or in the being of the vṭvariegated one RV

• m. N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa Vishṇ. MBh. &c

⋙ pṛśnigu

○gu (pṛ́○), mfn. = next

• m. N. of a man RV. i, 112, 7

⋙ pṛśnigo

○go (pṛ́○), mfn. driving with dappled cows ib. vii, 18, 10

⋙ pṛśnitva

○tvá n. the being variegated &c. TS

⋙ pṛśnidhara

○dhara m. 'earth-bearer', N. of Kṛishṇa W

⋙ pṛśninipreṣita

○niprêṣita mfn. sent or hastening down to Pṛiśni i.e. the earth RV. vii, 18, 10 (Sāy. 'sent by Pṛiśni')

⋙ pṛśniparṇikā

○parṇikā f. Hemionitis Cordifolia or Uraria. Lagopodioides L. [Page 647, Column 2]

⋙ pṛśniparṇī

○parṇī́ f. id. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Suśr

⋙ pṛśnibāhu

○bāhu (pṛ́○), mfn. having speckled arms i.e. front legs (said of a frog) AV

• m. N. of a mythical being ib

⋙ pṛśnibhadra

○bhadra m. 'propitious to Devakī or to the earth', N. of Kṛishṇa L

⋙ pṛśnimat

○mat mfn. containing the word pṛśni AitBr

⋙ pṛśnimantha

○mantha m. a drink made by stirring and mixing ingredients coming from a speckled cow Kauś

⋙ pṛśnimātṛ

○mātṛ (pṛ́○), mfn. having the earth for a mother (said of herbs) AV

• having Pṛismni for a mother (said of the Maruts) RV. AV

⋙ pṛśnivat

○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. = -mat TBr

⋙ pṛśnivāla

○vāla mf(ā)n. having a spotted tail ĀpŚr

⋙ pṛśniśapha

○śapha mf(ā)n. having spotted hoofs ib

⋙ pṛśniśṛṅga

○śṛṅga m. 'having a small or a variegated crest', N. of Vishṇu or of Gaṇêśa L

⋙ pṛśnisaktha

○sakthá mfn. having spotted thighs TS. Kāṭh

⋙ pṛśnihan

○hán mfn. slaying the speckled (snake) AV

≫ pṛśnikā

pṛśnikā f. Pistia Stratiotes L

≫ pṛśnī

pṛśnī f. See pṛśni

≫ pṛśnyāhvayā

pṛśny-āhvayā f. = pṛśni-parṇī Suśr

pṛṣ

pṛṣ cl. 1. P. parṣati, to sprinkle

• to weary

• to vex or hurt

• to give Dhātup. xvii, 55

• cl. 1. Ā. parṣate (xvi, 12, vḷ. for varṣ), to become wet. (Perhaps akin to √pruṣ

• cf. also pṛśni.)

≫ pṛṣa

pṛṣa in comp. for ○ṣat

⋙ pṛṣadhra

○dhra m. N. of a man RV. viii, 52, 4 (supposed author of RV. viii, 56)

• of a son of one of the Manus MBh

• of a warrior on the side of the Pāṇḍavas ib. (wṛ. -dhru

• cf. pṛśni-dhara)

⋙ pṛṣokta

pṛṣôkta m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pṛṣotthāna

pṛṣôtthāna mfn. g. pṛṣôdarâdi (vḷ. ○ṣôdvāni)

⋙ pṛṣodara

pṛṣôdará mf(ā)n. having a spotted belly TS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 109)

⋙ pṛṣodyāna

pṛṣôdyāna n. a small garden or grove L

⋙ pṛṣodvāni

pṛṣôdvāni See ○ṣôtthāna

≫ pṛṣat

pṛ́ṣat mf(atī)n. spotted, speckled, piebald, variegated AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS

• sprinkling W

• m. the spotted antelope R. (cf. g. vyāghrâdi, where Kāś. pṛṣata)

• a drop of water (only pl

• ○tām pati m. 'lord of the drops of water', the wind) Śiś. vi, 55

• (atī), f. a dappled cow or mare (applied to the animals ridden by the Maruts) RV. VS. ŚBr. ŚrS

• a spotted doe MBh. R. &c

• = pārṣatī, the daughter of Pṛishata MBh. i, 6390

• n. a drop of water or any other liquid Hariv. BhP

⋙ pṛṣattā

○tā f

⋙ pṛṣattva

○tva n. the being spotted or variegated KātyŚr. Sch

≫ pṛṣata

pṛṣata mfn. having white spots, speckled, variegated L

• (○tá), m. the spotted antelope VS. &c. &c. (ī f. See under pṛṣat)

• a drop of water MBh. Hariv. Kāv

• a spot, mark Var

• N. of the father of Dru-pada MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙ pṛṣatāśva

pṛṣatâśva m. air, wind (= pṛṣad-aśva) L

≫ pṛṣatka

pṛṣatka m. a round spot Harav

• an arrow (as being variegated or as bring as swift as an antelope) L. (cf. IW. 405, n. 1)

• the versed sine of an arc Gaṇit

≫ pṛṣad

pṛṣad in comp. for ○ṣat

⋙ pṛṣadaṃśa

○aṃśa g. utsâdi (Kāś. pṛṣa, daṃśe),

⋙ pṛṣadaśva

○aśva (pṛ́○), mfn. having piebald horses or having antelopes for horses (said of the Maruts) RV

• m. wind or the god of wind Hcar

• N. of Śiva Śivag

• N. of a man (pl. his descendants) Pravar. MBh

• of a son of An-aranya and father of Hary-aśva VP

• of a son, of Virūpa BhP

⋙ pṛṣadājya

○ājyá n. curdled or clotted butter, ghee mixed with coagulated milk (forming an oblation) RV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• -dhānī f. a vessel for an oblation of ghee and curds ĀpŚr

• -praṇutta (○jyá-), mfn. driven away from the oblṭoblation of ghee and curds AV

⋙ pṛṣaddhra

○dhra wṛ. for pṛṣa-dhra

⋙ pṛṣadyoni

○yoni (pṛ́○), mfn. (prob.) = pṛśni-garbha RV

⋙ pṛṣadvat

○vat (pṛ́○), mfn. party-coloured, variegated RV

⋙ pṛṣadvatsa

○vatsa mfn. having a spotted calf Kāṭh

⋙ pṛṣadvarā

○varā f. 'best among spotted antelopes', N. of a wife of Ruru and daughter of a Vidyā-dhara by Menakā (a sort of antelope) Kathās

⋙ pṛṣadvala

○vala m. 'Piebald', N. of a horse of Vāyu or the wind (cf. -aśva) L

⋙ pṛṣadvāṇa

○vāṇa m. 'having variegated arrows', N. of a man (cf. pārṣadvāṇa)

≫ pṛṣanti

pṛṣanti m. a drop of water L

≫ pṛṣāta

pṛṣāta mfn. spotted, variegated Gal

≫ pṛṣātaka

pṛṣā́taka m. n. a mixture of ghee and coagulated milk or some similar compound (cf. pṛṣad-ājya) AV. GṛŚrS

• m. (pl.) a kind of ceremony PārGṛ

• N. of Rudra MānGṛ

• (ī́), f. a kind of disease or N. of a female demon causing it AV

≫ pṛṣita

pṛṣita n. rain Gobh

pṛṣabhāṣā

pṛṣabhāṣā f. = pūṣa-bhāsā L. [Page 647, Column 3]

pṛṣākara

pṛṣākara (?), f. a small stone used as a weight L

pṛṣṭa

pṛṣṭá mfn. (√prach) asked, inquired, questioned, interrogated, demanded, wished for, desired, welcome RV. &c. &c

• n. a question, inquiry ĀpGṛ. Pāṇ

⋙ pṛṣṭaprativacana

○prativacana n. the act of answering a question or inquiry Pāṇ. 3-2, 120

⋙ pṛṣṭabandhu

○bandhu mfn. one by whom adherents or praisers are wished for (Agni) RV. iii, 20, 3

⋙ pṛṣṭahāyana

○hāyana m. an elephant ('whose years are inquired about', sc. in buying or selling?) L

⋙ pṛṣṭabhidhāyin

pṛṣṭabhidhāyin mfn. answering when asked, i.e. not puzzled how to answer an inquiry Var

≫ pṛṣṭvā

pṛṣṭvā ind. See √prach

pṛṣṭaparṇī

pṛṣṭa-parṇī f. Hemionitis Cordifolia L. (cf. pṛśni-p○)

pṛṣṭi 1

pṛṣṭí f. a rib (cf. parśu) RV. AV. (○ṭī, xi, 1, 34) VS. ŚBr. -tás ind. on the ribs TS

⋙ pṛṣṭivāh

○v˘ā́h mfn. carrying on the sides (or on the back) AV

⋙ pṛṣṭisācaya

○sācayá mfn. joined with the ribs ŚBr

⋙ pṛṣṭyāmaya

pṛṣṭy-āmayá m. a pain in the side AV

• ○yín mfn. suffering from it RV

≫ pṛṣṭyā

pṛṣṭyā́ f. a side-horse (mare) AV. vi, 102, 2 (cf. praṣṭi)

pṛṣṭi 2

pṛṣṭi f. touch L. (cf. spṛṣṭi)

• a ray of light L. (cf. pṛśni)

pṛṣṭi 3

pṛṣṭi = pṛṣṭha Pañcad. Kauś. Sch

pṛṣṭha

pṛṣṭhá n. (prob. fr. pra-stha, 'standing forth prominently'

• ifc. f. ā) the back (as the prominent part of an animal), the hinder part or rear of anything RV. &c. &c. (pṛṣṭhena-√yā, with gen., to ride on

• ○ṭhena-√vah, to carry on the back

• ○ṭhaṃ-√dā, to give the back, make a low obeisance

• ○ṭhe ind. behind or from behind)

• the upper side, surface, top, height ib. (with diváḥ, or nā́kasya, the surface of the sky, vault of heaven

• cf. ghṛta-p○)

• the flat roof of a house (cf. gṛha-p○, harmya-p○)

• a page of a book MW

• N. of partic. arrangement of Sāmans (employed at the midday libation and formed from the Rathaṃtara, Bṛihat, Vairūpa, Vairāja, Śākvara, and Raivata Śalkvara) TS. Br. ŚrS

• N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ pṛṣṭhaga

○ga mfn. mounted or riding on Kathās

⋙ pṛṣṭhagāmin

○gāmin mfn. going behind, following, devoted or faithful Pañcat. (B.)

⋙ pṛṣṭhagālana

○gālana (?), HYogas

⋙ pṛṣṭhagopa

○gopa m. one who guards or protects the rear of a tighting warrior MBh

⋙ pṛṣṭhagranthi

○granthi m. 'back-knot', a hump on she back L

• a kind of swelling L

• mfn. hump-backed A

⋙ pṛṣṭhaghna

○ghna m. 'killing from behind' (?)

• N. of a man Cat

⋙ pṛṣṭhacakṣus

○cakṣus m. 'having eyes in the back', a crab L

• a bear, V

⋙ pṛṣṭhaja

○ja m. 'back-born', N. of a form (or a son) of Skanda MBh. (vḷ. pṛ́ṣṭha-taḥ)

⋙ pṛṣṭhajāha

○jāha n. 'back-√', (prob.) os coccygis L

⋙ pṛṣṭhatap

○tap mfn. having one's back burned (by the sun) Āpast

⋙ pṛṣṭhatalpana

○talpana n. the exterior muscles of an elephant's back L

⋙ pṛṣṭhatas

○tás ind. from or on or behind the back, behind (with gen. or ifc.)

• to the back, backwards

• secretly, covertly ŚBr. &c. &c. (with √kṛ, to place on the back R

• to neglect, abandon, forsake, give up, renounce MBh. R. &c

• with √gam, to go behind, follow, pursue Pañc

• with √bhū, to be behind, be disregarded or of no account MBh.)

• -"ṣto-bhāvam ind. Pāṇ. 3-4, 61 Sch

• -"ṣto-mukha mfn. with back turned Divyâv

⋙ pṛṣṭhatāpa

○tāpa m. 'back-burning', noon, midday MBh

⋙ pṛṣṭhadṛṣṭi

○dṛṣṭi m. 'looking backwards', a bear L

⋙ pṛṣṭhadeśa

○deśa m. the back part, rear

• (e), ind. behind (with gen.) Pañcat

⋙ pṛṣṭhadhāraka

○dhāraka mfn. bearing on the back, bearing (a weight as burden) ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pṛṣṭhapātin

○pātin mfn. being behind a person's back, following, watching, observing, controlling Rājat

⋙ pṛṣṭhapīṭhī

○pīṭhī f. a broad back Bālar

⋙ pṛṣṭhaphala

○phala n. (in alg.) the superficial contents of a figure Col

⋙ pṛṣṭhabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. 'breaking or bending the back', N. of a mode of fighting MBh

⋙ pṛṣṭhabhāga

○bhāga m. the hinder part, back, rear Kāv

⋙ pṛṣṭhabhūmi

○bhūmi f. the upper story or roof-terrace of a house Kathās

⋙ pṛṣṭhamadhya

○madhya m. the middle of the back MW

⋙ pṛṣṭhamāṃsa

○māṃsa n. the flesh on the back (○saṃ-√khād or bhakṣ, 'to eat the flesh of a person's back', backbite) MBh. Kāv

• ○sâda or ○sâdana mfn. a backbiter, slanderer L

• backbiting, slandering A

⋙ pṛṣṭhayajvan

○yájvan m. one who sacrifices on high places RV

⋙ pṛṣṭhayāna

○yāna n. 'going on the back (of a horse &c.)', riding Suśr

• mfn. = next Kām. [Page 648, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pṛṣṭhayāyin

○yāyin mfn. riding on the back of (comp.) Kām. Sch

⋙ pṛṣṭharakṣa

○rakṣa m.= -gopa MBh

⋙ pṛṣṭharakṣaṇa

○rakṣaṇa n. protection or defence of the back MārkP

⋙ pṛṣṭhalagna

○lagna mfn. hanging about a person's (gen.) back, following Pañc

⋙ pṛṣṭhavaṃśa

○vaṃśa m. the back-bone Suśr

⋙ pṛṣṭhavāstu

○vāstu n. the upper story of a house Mn. iii, 91

⋙ pṛṣṭhavāh

○v˘ā́h mfn. 'borne on the back', riding Hariv

• carrying a load on the back MaitrS

• wṛ. for paṣṭha-v○ and praṣṭha-v○, q.v

⋙ pṛṣṭhavāha

○vāha m. a beast of burnt, draught-ox Nīlak

⋙ pṛṣṭhavāhya

○vāhya m. id. L

⋙ pṛṣṭhaśamanīya

○śamanīya m. N. of a partic. Agni-shṭoma Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pṛṣṭhaśaya

○śaya mfn. lying on the back, g. pārśvâdi

⋙ pṛṣṭhaśṛṅga

○śṛṅga m. 'having horns over the back', a wild goat L

• ○gin m. (L.) 'id.', a ram

• a buffalo

• a eunuch

• N. of Bhāma

⋙ pṛṣṭhaśveta

○śveta m. 'white on the back or on the other side', N. of a kind of rice Gal

⋙ pṛṣṭhastotra

○stotra n. N. of a partic. arrangement of Sāmans (= pṛṣṭha, q.v.) Br. ŚrS

⋙ pṛṣṭhākṣepa

pṛṣṭhâkṣepa m. acute and violent pain in the back Car

⋙ pṛṣṭhānuga

pṛṣṭhânuga (R.),

⋙ pṛṣṭhānugāmin

pṛṣṭhânugāmin (Pañcat.), mfn. going behind, following

⋙ pṛṣṭhānupṛṣṭhaka

pṛṣṭhânupṛṣṭhaka mf(ikā)n. being behind a person's back, pursuing, following

⋙ pṛṣṭhāvaguṇṭhanapaṭa

pṛṣṭhâvaguṇṭhana-paṭa m. a horse-cloth (covering the back) Kād

⋙ pṛṣṭhāṣṭhīla

pṛṣṭhâṣṭhīla m. or n. the back of a tortoise Bālar

⋙ pṛṣṭhāsthi

pṛṣṭhâsthi n. the back bone L

⋙ pṛṣṭhodaya

pṛṣṭhôdaya mfn. rising from behind (applied to the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus Gemini, Sagittarius, and Capricorn) Var

⋙ pṛṣṭhopatāpa

pṛṣṭhôpatāpa m. the shining of the sun upon the back SāmavBr

≫ pṛṣṭhaka

pṛṣṭhaka n. the back R

• ○ke-√kṛ, to place behind, postpone, neglect, resign Caurap. Pañc

≫ pṛṣṭhībhū

pṛṣṭhī-√bhū to become depressed or dejected L. (prob. wṛ. for piṣṭī-√bhū)

≫ pṛṣṭhe

pṛṣṭhe loc. of pṛṣṭha in comp

⋙ pṛṣṭhemukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face in the back MBh

≫ pṛṣṭhya

pṛṣṭhyá mfn. belonging to or coming from the heights (with payas or andhas n. the milk or the plant from the heights, i.e. the Soma) RV

• carrying on the back

• m. (with or sc. aśva) a horse for riding or for draught Lāṭy. MBh

• (ā), f. the edge which runs along the back of a Vedi KātyŚr. Sulbas

• (pṛ́○), mfn. forming the Stotras called Pṛishṭha TāṇḍBr

• having these Stotras (said of a partic. period of 6 sacrificial days as subst. m., viz. pṛṣṭhyâhan, pṛṣṭhya-tryaha, -pañcâha, -stotriya, -caturtha, -ṣaṣṭha Vait.)

• m. = pṛṣṭhānāṃ samūhaḥ Pāṇ. 4-2, 42 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pṛṣṭhyastoma

○stoma m. N. of 6 Ekâhas or of a period of 6 sacrificial days (cf. above) ŚrS

⋙ pṛṣṭhyāvalamba

pṛṣṭhyâvalamba m. (sc. pañcâha), a period of 5 sacrificial days ib

pṛṣṇi

pṛṣṇi (L.) mfn. = pṛśni

• f. = pārṣṇi, or = pṛśni (ray of light)

pṛṣṇiparṇī

pṛṣṇi-parṇī wṛ. for pṛśni-p○

pṛṣva

pṛ́ṣva mf(ā)n. produced by hoar-frost TS. (Sch.)

pṝ

pṝ cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 19) pṛṇā́ti RV

• cl. 6. P. (√pṛṇ, xxviii, 40) priṇáti ib

• cl. 3. P. (xxv, 4) píparti ib. (also Ā

• Impv. pipīpṛhi BhP. iv, 19, 38

• pf. papāra, 3. pl. paparuḥ, or papruḥ Pāṇ. 7-4, 12

• pupūre, ○rire Bhaṭṭ

• -pupūryās RV

• papṛvás [?] MaitrS

• aor. apārīt Gr., pūriṣṭhās TĀr

• Impv. pūrdhí RV

• Prec. priyāsam AV., pūryāt Gr

• fut. [par˘ISyati], [par˘ItA] Gr

• ind. p. pūrtvā Gr., -pūrya MBh

• -pūram [in comp. with its object

• cf. udara-p○, goṣpada-p○, carma-p○. and Pāṇ. 3-4, 31 ; 32]

• inf. pṛṇádhyai RV

• -puras Kāṭh

• pūritum R.), to fill (Ā. 'one's self') RV. AV

• to fill with air, blow into (acc.) Bhaṭṭ

• to sate, cherish, nourish, bring up RV. AV

• to refresh (as the Pitṛis) Bhaṭṭ. (aor. apārīt vḷ. atārpsīt)

• to grant abundantly, bestow on (dat.), present with (instr.) RV. AV. (often p. pṛṇát = bounteous, liberal, ungrudging)

• to fulfil, satisfy (as a wish) BhP.: Pass. pūryáte (ep. also ○ti, and RV. Ā. pū́ryate, p. pū́yamāṇa), to be filled with, become full of (instr.), be sated RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• to become complete (as a number) Lāṭy.: Caus. pārayati, to fill Dhātup. xxxii, 15

• to fulfil (only aor. pīparat) RV

• pūráyati (Dhātup. xxxiii, 126), ○te (Pass. pūryate [above].

• aor. apūri, apūriṣṭa), to fill, fill up with (instr.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• to fill (with a noise, said also of the noise itself) MBh. R

• to fill with wind, blow (a conch) ib. [Page 648, Column 2]

• to draw (a bow or an arrow to the ear) R

• to make full, complete, supplement (a sentence) Kuval

• to cover completely, overspread, bestrew, surround MBh. Kāv. &c

• to load or enrich or present with (instr.) ib

• to fulfil (a wish or hope) AV. &c. &c

• to spend completely (a period of time) R.: Desid. [pipar˘ISati], pupūrṣati Gr.: Intens. pāparti, popūrti, popūryate ib. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [648, 2] Lat. plere, plenus ; Lit. pílti, pílnas ; Slav. [pl˘un˘u] ; Goth. fulls ; Germ. voll ; Eng. full.]

peki

peki m. or f. a species of bird Svapnac

pecaka

pecaka m. (√1. pac?) an owl (cf. kṛṣṇa-p○)

• the tip or the √of an elephant's tail Var

• a couch, bed (= paryaṅka) L

• a louse L

• a cloud L

• (ikā), f. a kind of owl Hariv. (vḷ. picaka and pecuka)

≫ pecakin

pecakin m. an elephant L. (vḷ. picakin)

≫ pecila

pecila m. id. L. (vḷ. picila)

pecu

pecu n. Colocasia Antiquorum L

≫ pecuka

pecuka n

⋙ peculī

peḍculī f. id. L

peja

peja m. See tila-p○

• (ā), f. = peyā L

peñjūṣā

peñjūṣā f. the wax of the ear L

peṭa

peṭa mf(ā, or ī)n. (√piṭ?) a basket, bag L

• a multitude L

• a retinue L

• m. the open hand with the fingers expanded (= pra-hasta) L

⋙ peṭakandaka

○kandaka m. a species of bulbous plant Gal

⋙ peṭālu

peṭâlu n. id. ib

≫ peṭaka

peṭaka mf(ikā)n. a little basket, casket, box Daś. Sāy. Kull. (cf. kośa-peṭaka, bhūṣaṇa-peṭikā)

• m. n. = dvaṃdva L

• n. a multitude, company, quantity, number Rājat. Kathās. (○kaṃ-√kṛ, with instr. 'to join or consort with')

• (iká), f. a species of plant L

≫ peṭāka

peṭāka m. a basket L

≫ peṭṭāla

peṭṭāla m. or n. id. Mālatīm. vi, 18/19 (vḷ. ○laka)

≫ peḍā

peḍā f. id. (?) Divyâv

peṭṭibhaṭṭa

peṭṭi-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Viśvêśvara-bhaṭṭa Cat

peḍḍanācārya

peḍḍanâcārya m. N. of an author Cat

peḍḍabhaṭṭa

peḍḍa-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the commentator Mallinātha Cat

peḍhāla

peḍhāla m. N. of the eighth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

peṇ

peṇ cl. 1. P. peṇati, to go

• to grind

• to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. paiṇ, praiṇ, laiṇ)

peṇḍa

peṇḍa m. a way, road Gal

petva

pétva m. (√1. pā?) a ram, wether RV. AV. VS. TBr

• a small part, W

• n. nectar, Amṛita Uṇ. iv, 115 Sch

• ghee or clarified butter L

pedu

pedú m. (√pad?) N. of a man (under the especial protection of the Aśvins, by whom he was presented with a white horse that killed serpents) RV

pepīyamāna

pepīyamāna mfn. (√1. pā, Intens.) drinking separately or greedily ChUp. Hariv

≫ peya

peya mfn. to be drunk or quaffed, drinkable MBh. Kāv. &c

• to be tasted, tastable MBh. (opp. to ghreya, spṛśya &c.)

• to be taken (as medicine) Car

• to be drunk in or enjoyed by (cf. śrotra-p○)

• m. (sc. yajña-kratu) a drink offering, libation ŚāṅkhŚr

• (ā), f. rice gruel or any drink mixed with a small quantity of boiled rice MBh. Car. Suśr

• a species of anise (= miśreyā) L

• n. a drink, beverage MBh. R. Suśr

≫ peru 1

perú mfn. drinking VS. (Mahīdh

• perhaps rather = 3. péru)

• (péru), thirsty (?) TS

• m. (only L.) the sun

• fire

• the ocean

• the golden mountain (cf. meru)

peb

peb cl. 1. Ā. pebate Dhātup. x, 11 (vḷ. for sev, q.v.)

peyālam

peyālam (?), ind. once more, repeatedly L

peyūṣa

peyūṣa m. or n. (= and vḷ. for pīyūṣa, q.v.) biestings

• fresh butter

• nectar L

peraja

peraja or peroja n. a turquoise L. (cf. Pers. ?). [Page 648, Column 3]

peraṇi

peraṇi or ○ṇī f. (in music) a kind of dance

peramabhaṭṭa

perama-bhaṭṭa m. N. of the father of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat

peralasthalamāhātmya

perala-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

perā

perā f. a kind of musical instrument Bhaṭṭ

peru 2

perú mfn. (√1. pṛ) carrying across, rescuing, delivering RV. (For 1. See col. 2.)

peru 3

péru mfn. (√pī, pyai) swelling or causing to swell RV. TĀr

• m. seed, germ, off-spring (with apā́m = Soma) ib. VS. TS. MaitrS

peruka

peruká m. N. of a man RV

perubhaṭṭa

peru-bhaṭṭa m. (with lakṣmīkānta) N. of the Guru of Jagan-nātha Paṇḍita-rāja Cat. (cf. perama-bh○)

pel

pel cl. 1. 10. P. pelati (Dhātup. xv, 34), peláyati (Naigh. ii, 14), to go

≫ pela

pela m. a small part W

• going W

• n. = next L

≫ pelaka

pelaka m. a testicle L

≫ pelava

pelava mf(ā) n. delicate, fine, soft, tender Kālid. Kathās. (ifc. 'delicate like' or 'too dṭdelicate for')

• thin, slim, slender Śiś. Suśr. (opp. to bahala)

⋙ pelavakṣauma

○kṣauma n. fine linen Suśr

⋙ pelavapuṣpapattrin

○puṣpa-pattrin mfn. having tender flowers for arrows Kum

≫ peli

peli g. chāttry-ādi

⋙ peliśālā

○śālā f. ib

≫ pelin

pelin m. a horse W

≫ peluvāsa

pelu-vāsa (?), m. a chameleon L

pev

pev cl. 1. Ā. pevate, = sev Dhātup. xiv, 33

peśa

péśa m. (√piś) an architect, carpenter(?) RV. i, 92, 5 ; vii, 34, 11

• ornament, decoration AitBr. BhP. (cf. puru- and su-

• g. gaurâdi and sidhmâdi)

• (ī), f. See below

≫ peśana

péśana mf(ī)n. well formed, beautiful RV. AV

≫ peśala

peśalá mf(ā)n. (g. sidhmâdi) artificially formed, adorned, decorated VS. TBr

• beautiful, charming, lovely, pleasant MBh. Kāv. &c

• soft, tender, delicate, Kalid

• expert, skilful, clever Bhartṛ

• fraudulent, crafty L

• (am), ind. tenderly, delicately Kathās

• m. N. of Vishṇu, V

• n. charm, grace, beauty, loveliness BhP

⋙ peśalatva

○tva n. dexterity, skill VarBṛS. Sch

⋙ peśalamadhya

○madhya mfn. slender-waisted Ragh

⋙ peśalākṣa

peśalâkṣa mfn. having beautiful eyes

• -tā f. Rājat

≫ peśalīkṛ

peśalī-√kṛ to render beautiful R

≫ peśas

péśas n. shape, form, colour RV

• an artificial figure, ornament, embroidery, an embroidered garment ib. VS. AitBr

⋙ peśaskarī

○karī f. a bee (conceived of as a female) Gal

⋙ peśaskārin

○kārin m. a wasp BhP

⋙ peśaskārī

○kārī́ f. a female embroiderer VS. ŚBr

⋙ peśaskṛt

○kṛt m. the hand (as 'the artist') BhP

• a wasp ib

⋙ peśasvat

○vat (péśas-), mfn. decorated, adorned VS

≫ peśi

peśi m. wṛ. for peṣi

• f. an egg or = next L

≫ peśikā

peśikā f. rind, shell (of fruit) Suśr

≫ peśitṛ

peśitṛ́ m. one who cuts in pieces or carves, carver, a VS

≫ peśī 1

peśī f. (g. gaurâdi) a piece of flesh or meat (also māṃsa-p○ or peśī māṃsa-mayī) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. MBh. (cf. piśita)

• the fetus shortly after conception (-tva n.) Nir. MBh. Suśr

• a muscle (of which there are said to be 500 in the human body) Yājñ. Suśr

• the peel or rind (of fruit) Suśr. (cf. peśikā)

• a kind of drum MBh

• a sheath, scabbard L

• a shoe L

• the egg of a bird L

• spikenard L

• a blown bud L

• N. of a Piśācī and a Rākshasī L

• of a river L

⋙ peśīkośa

○kośa m. a bird's egg L

≫ peśī 2

peśī ind. for ○śa

⋙ peśīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. cut into pieces, carved R. (cf. 1. peṣī)

≫ peśyaṇḍa

peśy-aṇḍa n. a piece of flesh (esp. the fetus soon after conception) BhP

• a bird's egg L

≫ peśvara

peśvara mfn. (prob.) who or what grinds Vop

peṣ

peṣ cl. 1. Ā. peṣate, to exert one's self, strive diligently Dhātup. xvi, 14

peṣa

peṣa mf(ī)n. (√piṣ) pounding, grinding (ifc.) Baudh. (cf. śilā-p○)

• m. the act of pounding or grinding or crushing Śiś. (cf. piṣṭa-p○)

≫ peṣaka

peṣaka mf(ikā)n. one who pounds or grinds (cf. gandhaka-peṣikā). [Page 649, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ peṣaṇa

peṣaṇa n. pounding, grinding (of grain) KātyŚr. Hcat

• crushing (○ṇaṃ-√yā, to be crushed), MārkP

• a threshing floor L

• a hand-mill L

• Euphorbia Antiquorum L

• (ī), f. See below

⋙ peṣaṇavat

○vat mfn. a word formed for the explanation of pipiṣvat Sāy

≫ peṣaṇi

peṣaṇi f. = next L

≫ peṣaṇī

peṣaṇī f. a grind-stone Mn. iii, 68

⋙ peṣaṇīputraka

○putraka m. a small grind-stone L

≫ peṣaṇīya

peṣaṇīya mfn. to be ground or pounded or pulverized MW

≫ peṣāka

peṣāka m. a small grind-stone L

≫ peṣi

peṣi m. a thunderbolt L

≫ peṣī 1

peṣī ind. for peṣa

⋙ peṣīkṛ

○√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya or -kṛtvā), to crush, pound MBh. (cf. 2. peśī)

≫ peṣṭṛ

peṣṭṛ mfn. who or what pounds or grinds Kull

≫ peṣya

peṣya mfn. = peṣaṇīya

• (ifc.) to be ground into Suśr

peṣī 2

péṣī f. swaddling-clothes RV. v, 2, 2 (others 'churning-stick'

• others 'nurse' Sāy. = hiṃsikā, piśācikā)

peṣṭra

peṣṭra n. (√piś) a bone AV

pes

pes cl. 1. P. pesati, to go (= pis) Dhātup. xvii, 69

≫ pesuka

pésuka mfn. (√pis) spreading, extending ŚBr

≫ pesvara

pesvara mfn. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 175) going, moving W

• destructive ib

• splendid ib

pai

pai cl. 1. P. pāyati, to dry, wither Dhātup. xxii, 23

paiṅga

paiṅga mfn. (fr. piṅga) relating to a rat or mouse Kauś

• m. N. of a teacher (prob. wṛ. for ○gya)

• n. N. of wk

⋙ paiṅgarāja

○rājá m. a kind of bird VS

≫ paiṅgākṣīputra

paiṅgākṣī-putra m. and (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

⋙ paiṅgākṣīputrīya

paiṅgākṣī-puḍtrīya mfn. (fr. piṅgâkṣī-putra) Pāṇ. 4-2, 28 Vārtt. 1 ; 2 Pat

≫ paiṅgāyanibrāhmaṇa

paiṅgāyani-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. ĀpŚr

≫ paiṅgi

paiṅgi m. patr. of Yāska L

≫ paiṅgin

paiṅgin mfn. derived from Paiṅgya Pāṇ. Sch

• m. a follower of Pāṇ. Anup

⋙ paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇa

○paiṅgi-rahasyabrāhmaṇa n. N. of wk

≫ paiṅgī

paiṅgī f. of ○gya

⋙ paiṅgīputra

paíṅgī-pútra m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

≫ paiṅgya

paíṅgya m. patr. of a teacher Br. MBh

• n. the doctrine of Paíṅgya Br

⋙ paiṅgyasmṛti

○smṛti f. N. of wk

≫ paiṅgyāyanabrāhmaṇa

paiṅgyāyana-brāhmaṇa n. N. of wk. (cf. paiṅgāyani-br○)

paiṅgarāyaṇa

paiṅgarāyaṇa m. patr. fr. piṅgara g. naḍâdi

paiṅgala

paiṅgala m. (sg. and pl.) patr. fr. piṅgala g. kaṇvâdi

• n. the manual of Piṅgala

⋙ paiṅgalakāṇva

○kāṇva m. pl. the followers of Piṅgala-kāṇva Pāṇ. 1-1, 173 Vārtt.8 Pat

⋙ paiṅgalopaniṣad

paiṅgalôpaniṣad f. N. of wk

≫ paiṅgalāyana

paiṅgalāyana (g. naḍâdi),

⋙ paiṅgalāyani

paiṅgalāḍyani (Saṃskārak

• next.), m. patr. fr. piṅgala

≫ paiṅgalaudāyani

paiṅgalaudāyani m. g. pailâdi (Kāś. paiṅgalāyani)

≫ paiṅgalya

paiṅgalya m. patr. fr. piṅgala g. gargâdi

• n. brown or tawny colour Suśr

paicchilya

paicchilya n. (fr. picchila) sliminess, mucilaginousness Suśr

paija

paija m. N. of a teacher BhP

paijavana

paijavaná m. (fr. pijavana) patr. of Su-dās and of several men RV. &c. &c

paijūlāyana

paijūlāyana patr. fr. pijūla g. aśvâdi

paiñjūṣa

paiñjūṣa m. the ear L. (cf. piñjūṣa, peñjūṣa)

paiṭaka

paiṭaka or paiṭāka m. patr. fr. [piT˘Aka] g. śivâdi

≫ paiṭākika

paiṭ˘ākika mfn. = [piT˘Akena harati] g. utsaṅgâdi

paiṭakalāyana

paiṭakalāyana m. sg. and pl. patron. Saṃskārak

paiṭhara

paiṭhara mf(ī)n. (fr. piṭhara) cooked in a saucepan R

≫ paiṭharika

paiṭharika m. (prob.) one who uses a saucepan for making musical sounds Pat

paiṭhasarpa

paiṭhasarpa mfn. (fr. pīṭha-sarpin) Pāṇ. 6-4, 144 Vārtt. 1 Pat. [Page 649, Column 2]

≫ paiṭhika

paiṭhika m. (prob.) patr. fr. pīṭha Hariv

paiṭhīna

paiṭhīna m. = next Cat

≫ paiṭhīnasi

paiṭhīnasi m. patr. of an ancient teacher (a Muni and author of a system of laws) AV.Pariś. Pravar. &c

⋙ paiṭhīnasismṛti

○smṛti f. N. of wk

≫ paiṭhīnasya

paiṭhīnasya m. patr. Saṃskārak

paiḍika

paiḍika mf(ī)n. (fr. piḍakā) relating to boils or pustules Suśr

paiḍva

paiḍva wṛ. for paidva

paiṇ

paiṇ cl. 1. P. paiṇati, to go

• to send

• to embrace Dhātup. xiii, 15 (cf. peṇ)

paiṇḍapātika

paiṇḍapātika mf(ī)n. (fr. piṇḍapāta) living on alms Buddh

≫ paiṇḍāyana

paiṇḍāyana m. patr. fr. piṇḍa g. naḍâdi

≫ paiṇḍikya

paiṇḍikya n. (fr. piṇḍika), g. purohitâdi

≫ paiṇḍinya

paiṇḍinya n. (fr. piṇḍin) L

⋙ paiṇḍya

paiṇḍḍya n. metron. (fr. piṇḍī) Pāṇ. 4-1, 151

paitadārava

paitadārava mfn. (fr. pīta-dāru), g. rajatâdi

paitarāvaṇa

paitarāvaṇa m. patr. (fr. pītarāvaṇa?) Pravar

paitā

paitā Vṛiddhi form of pitā in comp

⋙ paitāputrīya

○putrīya mfn. relating to father and son KātyŚr

⋙ paitāmaha

○maha mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from a grandfather AitBr. MBh

• relating to or derived from or presided over by Brahmā MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. Brahmā's son (patr. of Manu) MBh

• (pl.) forefathers, ancestors MW

• n. the lunar mansion called Rohiṇī Var

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

• -siddhânta m. ○hī-bhāṣya n. N. of wks

⋙ paitāmahaka

○mahaka mfn. belonging or relating to a grandfather Pāṇ. 3-4, 77 Sch

≫ paitṛ

paitṛ Vṛiddhi form of pitṛ in comp

⋙ paitṛkriyā

○kriyā f. N. of wk

⋙ paitṛmatya

○matyá mfn. sprung from one who has an illustrious father ĀpŚr. Sch

• m. the grandson of an illustrious man VS. Pravar. (g. kurv-ādi)

⋙ paitṛmedhika

○medhika mfn. relating to a sacrifice to the Pitṛis

• m. or n. N. of wk

• -vidhāna n. -vidhāna-prayoga m. -vidhi m. -sūtra, n. N. of wks

⋙ paitṛyajñika

○yajñika (Lāṭy.),

⋙ paitṛyajñīya

○yajñīya (Mn.), mfn. = -medhika

⋙ paitṛṣvaseya

○ṣvaseya mf(ī)n. sprung from a father's sister or paternal aunt Mn. MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 133)

• m. a fathers's sister's son BhP

• (ī), f. a father's sister's daughter Mn. xi, 171

⋙ paitṛṣvasrīya

○ṣvasrīya mfn. = prec. Pāṇ. 4-1, 132

≫ paitṛka

paitṛka mf(ī)n. belonging to a father, paternal, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c

• relating or sacred to the Pitṛis Rājat

• n. a sacred rite or Śrāddha in honour of deceased ancestors MBh

⋙ paitṛkatithinirṇaya

○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ paitṛkadhana

○dhana n. ancestral property, patrimony MW

⋙ paitṛkabhūmi

○bhūmi f. the country of one's ancestors

• a paternal estate W

⋙ paitṛkavidhāna

○vidhāna n. N. of wk

⋙ paitṛkaṣvaseya

○ṣvaseya m

⋙ paitṛkaṣvaseyī

○ṣvaseḍyī f. = paitṛ-ṣ○ above

≫ paitra

paitra mf(ī)n. = paitṛka ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh

• n. a partic. part of the hand (cf. pitṛ-tīrtha) W

⋙ paitrāhorātra

paitrâhorātra m. a day and night of the Pitṛis (= one month) W

≫ paitrika

paitrika (prob.) wṛ. for paitṛka

≫ paitrya

paitrya mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Pitṛis MārkP. Suśr

paitudārava

paitudārava mfn. relating to or derived from the tree Pītu-dāru Br. ŚrS

≫ paitudrava

paitudrava mfn. = daivadārava ŚāṅkhŚr. Sch

paitta

paitta mf(ī)n. (fr. pitta) relating to the bilious humour, bilious Suśr

≫ paittika

paittika mf(ī)n. id. ib

• of a bilious temperament Var

paittala

paittala mf(ī)n. (fr. pittala) made of brass, brazen L

paidva

paidvá m. (scil. aśva) the serpent-killing horse of Pedu RV

painaddhaka

painaddhaka mfn. (fr. pi-naddha), g. varāhâdi

paināka

paināka mf(ī)n. (fr. pinākin) belonging to or coming from Rudra-Śiva R

• m. patr. fr. pināka Pravar

painya

painya n. (fr. pīna) fatness, thickness Dhātup. ix, 46

paippala

paippala mf(ī)n. (fr. pippala) made of the wood of the holy fig-tree Mcar. [Page 649, Column 3]

⋙ paippalava

paippaḍlava mfn. g. kaṇvâdi

⋙ paippalavya

paippaḍlavya m. (fr. pippalū), g. gargâdi

≫ paippalāda

paippalāda mf(ī)n. derived from Pippalâda GarbhUp

• m. patr. fr. pippalâda

• pl. N. of a school of the AV

• ○dôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up

⋙ paippalādaka

paippalāḍdaka mf(ī)n. peculiar to or taught by Pippalâda or Paippalāda

• n. the treatise or text of Pippalâda Pāṇ. 4-2, 104 Vārtt. 23 Pat

⋙ paippalādi

paippalāḍdi m. patr. of a teacher Pravar. MBh. Hariv

• (pl.) N. of a school of the AV. Col

≫ paippalāyani

paippalāyani m. patr. of a teacher VP. (cf. pippalāyani)

≫ paippalīkacchapa

paippalī-kacchapa mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 126

paiyavana

paiyavana wṛ. for paijavana

paiyūkṣa

paiyūkṣa mfn. (fr. pīyūkṣa), g., tālâdi

paiyūṣa

paiyūṣa n. = pīyūṣa L

paila

paila m. (metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118) N. of a teacher (a sage and promulgator of the Ṛig-veda) GṛS. MBh. &c

⋙ pailagarga

○garga m. N. of a man MBh

⋙ pailagarbha

○garbha m. 'offspring of PṭPāṇ. N. of a man MW

⋙ pailameli

○meli m.patr. Saṃskārak

⋙ pailaśyāparṇeya

○śyāparṇeya m. pl., g. kārta-kaujapâdi

⋙ pailasūtrabhāṣya

○sūtra-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

≫ pailīya

pailīya m.pl. the disciples of Paila Pat

≫ paileya

paileya m. metron. fr. pīlā Pāṇ. 4-1, 118

pailava

pailava mf(ī)n. made of the wood of the Pīlu tree (as the staff borne by a Vaiśya) Mn. Gaut

≫ pailu

pailu Vṛiddhi form of pīlu in comp

⋙ pailukuṇa

○kuṇa mfn. g. utsâdi

⋙ pailumūla

○mūla mfn. = pīlu-mūle dīyate kāryaṃ vā g. vyuṣṭâdi

⋙ pailuvaha

○vaha

⋙ pailuvahaka

○vaḍhaka Pāṇ. 4-2, 122 Sch

⋙ pailuśīrṣi

○śīrṣi m

⋙ pailuśīrṣyā

○śīrṣyā f. Pāṇ. 6-1, 61 Vārtt. 3 Pat

pailya

pailya m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

paillya

paillya n. (fr. pilla) blear-eyedness Car

pailva

pailva m. vḷ. for paila ĀrshBr

≫ pailvakāyana

pailvakāyana m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

paiśalya

paiśalya n. (fr. peśala) graciousness, affability MBh

paiśāca

paiśāca mf(ī)n. relating or belonging to the Piśācas, demon-like, infernal GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c. (with graha m. demoniacal possession MBh.)

• m. a Piśāca or kind of demon (also as N. of a tribe) MBh. (cf. g. parśv-ādi)

• the eighth or lowest form of marriage (when a lover secretly embraces a damsel either sleeping or intoxicated or disordered in her intellect) Mn. iii, 34

• (ī), f. a present made at a religious ceremony to secure friendly regard W

• (in dram.) a sort of jargon spoken by demons on the stage (cf. piśāca-bhāṣā)

• night L

• n. N. of wk

⋙ paiśācabhāṣya

○bhāṣya a. N. of Comm. on Bhag

≫ paiśācika

paiśācika mf(ī)n. relating to the Piśācas, demoniacal (cf. cūlikā-p○)

≫ paiśācya

paiśācya n. demoniacal nature BhP

paiśuna

paiśuna n. (fr. piśuna) tale-bearing, backbiting, calumny, malignity, wickedness Mn. MBh. &c

≫ paiśunika

paiśunika mfn. slanderous Divyâv

≫ paiśunya

paiśunya n. = paiśuna n. Mn. MBh. &c. (-vādin mfn. slanderous Daś.)

• = bhikṣâśitva L. (prob. wṛ. for paiṇḍinya)

paiṣṭa

paiṣṭa mf(ī)n. (fr. piṣṭa) made of flour, ground or made up into a cake Gṛihyās. Hcat

• m. patr. fr. piṣṭa g. śivâdi

• (ī), f. spirituous liquor distilled from rice or other grain L. (cf. RTL. 193)

≫ paiṣṭika

paiṣṭika mf(ī)n. made of meal or flour Suśr

• (ā), f. = paiṣṭī

• n. a quantity of cakes L

paisukāyana

paisukāyana m. patr. Pravar

po

po (nom. pauḥ), fr. Nom. pāvaya Pāṇ. 1-1, 58 Vārtt. 2 Pat

pogaṇḍa

pogaṇḍa mfn. not full-grown or adult, young Pur

• deformed, having a redundant or defective member L

• m. a boy, one from his 5th to his 16th year W. (cf. a-p○)

≫ paugaṇḍa

paugaṇḍa mf(ī)n. relating to a boy, boyish Pur

• n. (also ○ḍaka) boyhood, a period lasting from the 5th to the 16th year BhP. Sch. [Page 650, Column 1] Contents of this page

poñch

poñch cl. 1. Ā. poñchate, to clean (shoes) Divyâv. (prob. for prôñch, q.v.)

poṭa

poṭa m. (√puṭ?) the foundation of a house L. (cf. pota)

• putting together, uniting, mixing L

• = śakala (?) Hcar. Sch

• (ā), f. a hermaphrodite or a woman with a beard Hcar

• a female servant or slave L

• (ī), f. the rectum PārGṛ. Sch

• a large alligator L

⋙ poṭagala

○gala m. (only L.) a species of reed

• Saccharum Spontaneum

• a fish

• = pañcajanya

≫ poṭaka

poṭaka m. a servant KātyŚr. Sch

• (ikā), f. a species of plant L

≫ poṭāya

poṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate = poṭāṃ karoti Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

poṭala

poṭala (Car.) and ○laka (KātyŚr. Sch.), m. ○likā (L.), f. a bundle or packet

≫ poṭṭala

poṭṭala n

⋙ poṭṭalī

poṭṭaḍlī f. id. L

≫ poṭṭalaka

poṭṭalaka m. or n. id. Car

≫ poṭṭalīkṛ

poṭṭalī-√kṛ to put together into a bundle or packet Car

poṭika

poṭika m. a pustule, boil L

poṭṭila

poṭṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of the ninth Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L

poḍu

poḍu m. the parietal bone, the bone forming the upper part of the skull L

pota

pota m. (hardly fr. √pū

• but Uṇ. iii, 86) a young animal or plant (mostly ifc., e.g. mṛga-p○ 'a young deer', cūta-p○ 'a young mango tree') MBh. Kāv. &c

• a fetus which has no enveloping membrane L

• cloth, a garment L

• the foundation of a house L. (cf. poṭa)

• m. n. a vessel, ship, boat MBh. Hariv. Var. Kāv. [Cf. Lat. putus

• Lit. pautas.]

⋙ potaja

○ja mfn. produced from a fetus which has no enveloping membrane (opp. to jarāyu-ja) L

⋙ potatva

○tva n. the state or condition of (being) a ship Mcar

⋙ potadhāra

○dhāra (Gal.),

⋙ potadhārin

○dhāḍrin (Śatr.), m. a ship-owner, master of a vessel

⋙ potaplava

○plava m. 'floating in a ship', a seaman, mariner Var

⋙ potabaṇij

○baṇij See -vaṇij

⋙ potabhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. shipwreck Kathās. Pañc

⋙ potarakṣa

○rakṣa m. 'ship-governing', the rudder of a boat L

⋙ potavaṇij

○vaṇij m. 'ship-merchant', a voyaging merchant Hit

⋙ potavāha

○vāha (L.),

⋙ potavāhaka

○vāḍhaka (Pañcad.), m. 'boat-conductor', a boatman, steersman

⋙ potaśāli

○śāli m. small or young rice L

⋙ potācchādana

potâcchādana n. 'cloth-covering', a tent L

⋙ potādhāna

potâdhāna n. small fry, a shoal of young fish, Vāsav

⋙ potābha

potâbha m. a species of camphor Gal. (cf. potāsa)

≫ potaka

potaka m. a young animal or plant (mostly ifc

• cf. pota) MBh. Kāv. &c

• N. of a serpentdemon MBh

• the site or foundation of a house L. (cf. gṛha-p○)

• (ikā), f. (only L.) cloth, a garment

• Basella Lucida or Rubra

• Anethum Sowa

• = mūlapotī

• (ī), f. Turdus Macrourus or Basella Lucida L

≫ potāya

potāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be a ship Siṃhâs

≫ potyā

potyā f. = potānāṃ samūhaḥ g. pāśâdi

potana

potana n. N. of a town HPariś

potaraka

potaraka m. or n. = next Buddh

≫ potala

potala m. or n. N. of a seaport on the Indus (= ?

• later applied to the residence of the Dalai Lama in Lhassa) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 292 &c.)

≫ potalaka

potalaka m. or n. N. of a mountain (= potala?) L

• (ikā), f. See go-potalikā

⋙ potalakapriya

○priya m. 'fond of the mountain Potālaka', N. of a Buddha or of a Jina L

potāla

potāla m. N. of a Brāhman L

• wṛ. for potala

potāsa

potāsa m. a species of camphor L. (Eng. potaṣ?)

potimatsaka

potimatsaka m. N. of a prince MBh. (vḷ. pautimatsyaka and yotimatsaka)

potu

potu m. (√1. pū) = mānabhāṇḍa-śo-dhaka L

≫ potṛ

pótṛ or m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman

⋙ potṛ

potṛ́ m. 'Purifier', N. of one of the 16 officiating priests at a sacrifice (the assistant of the Brāhman

• = yajñasya śodhayiṭri Sāy.) RV. Br. ŚrS. Hariv

• N. of Vishṇu L

• (trī), f. N. of Durgā Gal. (cf. pautrī)

⋙ potṛtvaprayoga

○tva-prayoga or m. N. of wk

⋙ potṛtṛprayoga

○ḍtṛprayoga m. N. of wk

≫ potra

potrá n. the Soma vessel of the Potṛi RV

• the office of the Potṛi ib. KātyŚr

• the snout of a hog, Ṛit. Hcar

• a ploughshare L

• a garment or a thunderbolt (= vastra vḷ. vajra L.)

• a ship or boat L. (cf. pota)

⋙ potramaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. 'snout-orb', the round snout (of a hog &c.), Ṛit. [Page 650, Column 2]

⋙ potrāyudha

potrâyudha m. armed with a snout, a hog, boar L

≫ potri

potri in comp. for ○trin

⋙ potridaṃṣṭrāja

○daṃṣṭrā-ja m. a kind of gem (supposed to be produced in the tusk of a boar) L

⋙ potrirathā

○rathā f. 'hog-vehicled', (with Buddhists) N. of Māyā

• (with Jainas) N. of a Śakti or female divinity

≫ potrin

potrin m. 'snouted', a wild boar Vcar

≫ potrī

potrī f. a garment (?) Divyâv

≫ potrīya

potrīya mfn. relating or belonging to the Potṛi AitBr. KātyŚr

≫ ponaka

ponaka See śata-p○

≫ popuva

popuva mfn. (fr. Intens.) purifying much or repeatedly Pāṇ. 1-1, 4 Sch

potha

potha m. (√puth) a blow, stroke R

≫ pothakī

pothak˘ī f. a kind of ulcer on the eyelids Suśr. (cf. poṭika)

≫ pothikā

pothikā See ava-p○

ponnūrusthalamāhātmya

ponnūru-sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wk

poyā

poyā f. a kind of wind instrument Kalpas

poyāladaha

poyāladaha m. or n. N. of a tank or pool Kshitîś

pora

pora = parvan, in nīla-p○ and śata-p○, q.v

≫ poraka

poraka id. in śata-p○

pola

pola m. (√pul) magnitude, bulk, heap L. (g. jvalâdi)

• (ī), f. See next

≫ polikā

polikā (Bhpr.),

⋙ polī

poḍlī (L.), a kind of cake (cf. pūlikā, paulī, pūpālī)

polinda

polinda m. the mast or the ribs of a ship or boat L. (cf. padāra, ○raka, pādālinda)

poviya

poviya m. N. of the father of Gaṅga-dāsa Cat

poṣa

póṣa m. (√puṣ) thriving, prosperity, abundance, wealth, growth, increase RV. AV. Br. GṛŚrS

• nourishing, nurture, rearing, maintaining, supporting Kāv. Pur. &c

⋙ poṣaka

póḍṣaka mf(ikā)n. nourishing, feeding, a nourisher, supporter, breeder, keeper Mn. MBh. &c

• (ifc.) subsisting on or by Hariv

⋙ poṣaṇa

póḍṣaṇa mfn. nourishing, cherishing (cf. pakṣa-p○)

• n. the act of nourishing, fostering, keeping, supporting MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ poṣaṇīya

póḍṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or kept or protected MārkP

⋙ poṣam

póḍṣam ind. (with √puṣ) to thrive or prosper in (comp.) Pat

≫ poṣayitṛ

poṣayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who nourishes or cherishes or rears L

⋙ poṣayitnu

poḍṣayitnú mfn. causing to grow or thrive, nourishing, fostering RV

• m. the Indian cuckoo L

⋙ poṣayiṣṇu

poḍṣayiṣṇú mfn. causing to thrive, advantageous, beneficial AV

≫ poṣas

poṣas See viśvấyu-poṣas

≫ poṣita

poṣita mfn. nourished, cherished, supported MW

⋙ poṣitavya

poḍṣitavya mfn. to be cherished or protected W

⋙ poṣitṛ

poḍṣitṛ mfn. one who breeds or rears Kull

≫ poṣin

poṣin mfn. nourishing, rearing Kathās

≫ poṣuka

poṣuka mfn. prospering, growing ṢaḍvBr

≫ poṣṭṛ

poṣṭṛ mfn. = ○ṣitṛ MBh. Var

• m. grey benduc W

• -vara mfn. the best of nourishers, nourishing best W

≫ poṣya

póṣya mfn. thriving, well fed RV

• abundant, copious ib

• causing wealth or prosperity AV

• to be nourished or fed or brought up or taken care of MBh. Kāv. Pur

• -putra (W.), -putraka (Pur.), m. an adopted son

• -putra-karaṇa n. adoption MW

• -varga m. a class of persons or objects to be cherished (as parents, children, guests, and the sacred fire) W

⋙ poṣyāvat

póḍṣyā́-vat mfn. causing prosperity, beneficial RV

poṣadha

poṣadha m. (with Buddhists) fasting, a fasting day Lalit

• sacred day Jātakam

⋙ poṣadhotsava

poṣaḍdhôtsava m. sacred festival Jātakam

• ○dhôṣita mfn. keeping the fast Divyâv

⋙ poṣadhika

poṣadhika mfn. relating to fasting or a fṭfestival day (?) L

⋙ poṣadheya

poṣadheya n. fasting must be observed Lalit

pauṃścalīya

pauṃścalīya mfn. (fr. puṃś-cali) belonging or relating to harlots, meretricious

• -vidyā f. knowledge concerning harlots Rājat

⋙ pauṃścaleya

pauṃśḍcaleyá m. the son of a hṭharlots TBr

⋙ pauṃścalya

pauṃśḍcalya n. female incontinency, harlotry Mn. Hariv

pauṃsavana

pauṃsavana n. fr. and = puṃsavana L. ( See p. 630, col. 3.) [Page 650, Column 3]

pauṃsāyana

pauṃsāyaná m. patr. fr. 2. puṃs ŚBr

≫ pauṃsna

pauṃsna mf(ī)n. worthy of or fit for or relating to a man, manly, human BhP

• n. manhood, virility ib

≫ pauṃsya

paúṃsya mfn. belonging to men, manly Śaṃk

• n. manhood, virility, manly strength or a manly deed RV

paukkasa

paukkasa vḷ. for paulkasa BrahmUp

paugaṇḍa

paugaṇḍa ○ḍaka, See pogaṇḍa

pauccha

pauccha mfn. (fr. puccha) being on the tail, caudal Kathās

pauñjiṣṭha

pauñjiṣṭhá m. (fr. puñjiṣṭha) a fisherman (vḷ. ○ṣṭa) AV. TBr

• patr. (vḷ. pauj○) Saṃskārak

pauṭali

pauṭali m. a patr. Saṃskārak

pauṭāyana

pauṭāyana m. a patr. fr. puṭa g. aśvâdi

pauḍa

pauḍa See pakta-p○

pauṇaki

pauṇaki m. patr. fr. puṇaka Hcar

pauṇiki

pauṇiki m. ○kyā f. patr. fr. puṇika Pāṇ. 4-1, 79 Sch

pauṇikera

pauṇikera m. metron. (fr. ?) Pat

pauṇḍarīka

pauṇḍarīka mf(ī)n. (fr. puṇḍarīka) made or consisting of lotus-flowers (as a garland) Mālatīm

• m. a kind of Soma sacrifice lasting 11 days ṢaḍvBr. ŚrS. &c

• patr. of Kshema-dhṛitvan TāṇḍBr

• n. (sc. kuṣṭha) a kind of leprosy Suśr

⋙ pauṇḍarīkakārikā

○kārikā f

⋙ pauṇḍarīkakḷptiprayoga

○kḷpti-prayoga m

pauṇḍarīkadaśadivasapaddhati3pauṇḍarīka--daśa-divasa-paddhati f

⋙ pauṇḍarīkapaddhati

○paddhati f

⋙ pauṇḍarīkaprayoga

○prayoga m

⋙ pauṇḍarīkaratnākara

○ratnâkara m

⋙ pauṇḍarīkasāman

○sāman n. pl.,

⋙ pauṇḍarīkahotṛsaptaka

○hotṛ-saptaka n

⋙ pauṇḍarīkahautraprayoga

○hautra-prayoga m. N. of wks

pauṇḍarīya

pauṇḍarīya ○rīyaka and ○rya n. a kind of drug used as a remedy for diseased eyes (= puṇḍarya) L

pauṇḍra 1

pauṇḍra m. (fr. puṇḍra) a species of sugar-cane of a pale straw colour Suśr

• (pl.) N. of a people and of a country (said to include part of South Behar and Bengal) MBh. Hariv. Pur

• (sg.) a king of this country (regarded as a son of Vasudeva) ib

• N. of the conch-shell of Bhīma MBh

• n. a sectarian mark KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pauṇḍrarāja

○rāja m. a king of the Pauṇḍras Kathās

⋙ pauṇḍraviṣaya

○viṣaya m. the country of the PṭPauṇḍras ib

≫ pauṇḍra 2

pauṇḍra Vṛiddhi form of puṇḍra in comp

⋙ pauṇḍranāgara

○nāgara mfn. Pāṇ. 7-3. 24 Sch

⋙ pauṇḍramatsyaka

○matsyaka m. N. of a prince MBh

⋙ pauṇḍravatsa

○vatsa m. N. of a Vedic school L. (vḷ. -vaccha)

⋙ pauṇḍravardhana

○vardhana n. N. of a city (= puṇḍra-v○) R. Kathās. (also -vivardhana Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch.)

• m. N. of a country (Behar) L

≫ pauṇḍraka

pauṇḍraka m. the pale straw-coloured species of sugar-cane Bhpr

• a prince or (pl.) the people of the Pauṇḍras Mn. MBh. Hariv. Pur

• N. of a partic. mixed caste of hereditary sugar-boilers (the son of a Vaiśya by a woman of the distiller class, regarded as one of the degraded races of Kshatriyas) Mn. x, 44

• n. (as mfn. ifc.) a sectarian mark BhP

≫ pauṇḍrika

pauṇḍrika m. a species of sugar-cane L

• pl. N. of a people MBh

pauṇḍhra

pauṇḍhra wṛ. for pauṇḍra

pauṇya

pauṇya mfn. (fr. puṇya) acting rightly, virtuous, worthy TāṇḍBr. KātyŚr

pautakrata

pautakratá m. metron. fr. pūtakratā RV

pautana

pautana m. (fr. pūtanā?) N. of a country or people Suśr. (Sch. = mathurā-pradeśa)

≫ pautanya

pautanya n. (fr. pūtanā) Pat

pautarīya

pautarīya mfn. (fr. pūtara), Gaṇ

pautava

pautava n. a kind of mensure L. (cf. potu)

pauti

pauti Vṛiddhi form of pūti in comp

⋙ pautināsikya

○nāsikya n. fetor of the nostrils Mn. xi, 50

⋙ pautimāṣa

○māṣa mfn. (fr. -māṣya), g. kaṇvâdi

⋙ pautimāṣya

○māṣya m. (g. gargâdi) patr. or metron. of a teacher BṛĀrUp. (also ○ṣī-putra)

• (ā), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 74 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pautimāṣyāyaṇa

○māṣyāyaṇa (paúti-), m. patr. fr. prec. ŚBr

• (ī), f. Pat. [Page 651, Column 1] Contents of this page

pautika

pautika mfn. (fr. pūtika, or ○kā), g. saṃkalâdi

• (ī), f. a kind of pot-herb L

≫ pautikya

pautikya n. g. purohitâdi Kāś

pautudruva

paútudruva mfn. relating to the tree Pūtu-dru ĀpŚr

pautṛka

pautṛka mfn. (fr. potṛ) Pāṇ. 4-3, 78 Sch

pauttika

pauttika n. (fr. puttikā) a kind of honey Bhpr

pautra 1

paútra mf(ī)n. (fr. putra) derived from or relating to a son or children AV. MBh. &c. (with iṣṭi f. 'a sacrifice performed to obtain a son' R.)

• m. a son's son, grandson AV. Br. &c. (also -ka Kāv.)

• (ī), f. a granddaughter MBh. Hariv. Kathās

• N. of Durgā L

⋙ pautrajīvika

○jīvika n. an amulet made of the seeds of Putranjiva Roxburghī Suśr

⋙ pautramartya

○martya n. the dying of children MantraBr

⋙ pautramṛtyu

○mṛtyu in. id. HirGṛ

⋙ pautrāgha

pautrâgha n. any injury or evil happening to children AV

⋙ pautrādya

pautrâdya (prob.) wṛ. for prec

≫ pautrāyaṇa

pautrāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pautra ChUp

≫ pautrika

pautrika m. patr. fr. putrika or = next

≫ pautrikeya

pautrikeya m. (fr. putrikā) the son of a daughter adopted to raise issue for her father Kull

⋙ pautrikeyavat

○vat mfn. having a grandson by an adopted daughter ib

≫ pautrikya

pautrikya n. (fr. putrika), g. purohitâdi

≫ pautrin

pautrin mfn. (fr. pautra) having a grandson Mn. ix, 136

pautra 2

pautra n. the office of the Potṛi g. udgātrādi

paudanya

paudanya n. N. of a city MBh. (vḷ. vaidanya)

paudgalika

paudgalika mfn. (fr. pudgala) substantial, material, Śīl

• selfish Divyâv

paunaḥ

paunaḥ Vṛiddhi form of punaḥ in comp

⋙ paunaḥpunika

○punika mfn. frequently reiterated, repeated again and again Vop

⋙ paunaḥpunya

○punya n. frequent repetition

• (ena), ind. again and again, repeatedly Vedântas. Kāś. Vop

≫ paunar

paunar Vṛiddhi form of punar in comp

⋙ paunarādheyika

○ādheyika mf(ī)n. relating to the rite of replacing or renewing the sacrificial fire ŚrS

⋙ paunarukta

○ukta n. repetition, tautology, Kad

⋙ paunaruktika

○uktika mfn. = punaruktam adhī7te veda vā g. ukthâdi

⋙ paunaruktya

○uktya n. = -ukta Ragh. Śaṃk. Sāh

⋙ paunarnava

○nava mfn. belonging to the Punar-navā (Boerhavia Procumbens) Suśr

⋙ paunarbhava

○bhava mf(ā)n. relating or belonging to a widow who has married a second husband

• m. the son of a widow remarried Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c

• m. (with bhartṛ) a woman's second husband Mn. ix, 176

⋙ paunarbhavika

○bhavika mf(ī)n. relating to regeneration L

⋙ paunarvasava

○vasava mfn. relating to the physician Punar-vasu

• m. (with yuvan) a student of medicine Hcar

⋙ paunarvācanika

○vācanika or mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

⋙ paunarvācika

○vācika mfn. pleonastic, superfluous ĀśvGṛ. Sch

paupika

paupika m. pl. (fr. pūpa?) patron. Saṃskārak

paumpā

paumpā f. N. of a sacred lake

• -māhātmya n. N. of wk

pauyamāni

pauyamāni m. patr. fr. pūyamāna Pat

paura 1

paurá m. (√pṝ) 'filler, increaser', N. of Soma (Sāy. = udara-pūraka)

• of Indra (Sāy. = pūrayitṛ)

• of the Aśvins &c. RV

• of a Ṛishi (author of RV. v, 73 ; 74)

• (pl.) of a dynasty VP

paura 2

paura mf(ī)n. (fr. pura) belonging to a town or city, urban, civic

• m. a townsman, citizen (opp. to jānapada) Gaut. MBh. Kāv. &c

• a prince engaged in war under certain circumstances (= nāgara, q.v., applied also to planets opposed to each other) Var

• (pl.) N. of a dynasty VP

• (ī), f. the language of the servants in a palace L

• n. a species of fragrant grass L

⋙ paurakanyā

○kanyā f. a maiden of the city Ragh

⋙ paurakārya

○kārya n. public business Śak

⋙ paurajana

○jana m. m. townsfolk, citizens MBh. R. &c

⋙ paurajānapada

○jānapada mf(ī)n. belonging to town and country

• m. pl. townsmen and country-people MBh. R

⋙ pauramukhya

○mukhya m. chief man of the city Daś

⋙ paurayoṣit

○yoṣit f. a woman living in a city, townswoman MW

⋙ paurarucideva

○ruci-deva m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ pauraloka

○loka m. sg. and pl.= -jana Kathās. Pañc

⋙ pauravṛddha

○vṛddha m. = -mukhya MBh. Daś

⋙ paurasakhya

○sakhya n. fellow-citizenship Mn. ii, 134

⋙ paurastrī

○strī f. = -yoṣit W

⋙ paurāgragaṇya

paurâgragaṇya m. = paura-mukhya Daś. [Page 651, Column 2]

⋙ paurāṅganā

paurâṅganā f. = ○rayoṣit Megh

≫ pauraka

pauraka m. a garden in the neighbourhood of a city or round a house L

≫ pauraṃjana

pauraṃjana mf(ī)n. sprung or descended from Puraṃ-jana and Puraṃ-janī BhP

≫ pauraṃdara

pauraṃdara mf(ī)n. (fr. puraṃ-dara) relating to or derived from or sacred to Indra MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. the Nakshatra Jyeshṭhā Var

≫ paurika

paurika m. a townsman, citizen MārkP

• a governor of a city L

• N. of a prince of the city of Purikā MBh

• pl. N. of a people MārkP

paurakutsī

paurakutsī f. wṛ. for pauru-k○ Hariv

pauragīya

pauragīya mfn. (fr. pura-ga), g. kṛśâśvâdī

pauraṇa

pauraṇa m. patr. fr. pūraṇa ĀśvŚr

• (ī), f. wṛ. for paurāṇi Hariv

pauraṇṭaka

pauraṇṭaka and ○ṭhaka m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. paurandaka)

pauraṃdhra

pauraṃdhra mfn. (fr. puraṃdhri) belonging to a woman, feminine Viddh

paurava

paurava mf(ī)n. (fr. pūru) belonging to or descended from Pūru MBh. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-1, 168, Vartt. 3 Pat.)

• m. a descendant of Paurava ib. &c

• pl. the race of Paurava Śak. Pur

• N. of a people in the north or north-east of India MBh. R. Var. (vḷ. paulava)

• (ī), f. N. of the wife of Vasu-deva or of Yudhi-shṭhira Pur

• (in music) N. of a Mūrchanā or a Rāga

⋙ pauravatantava

○tantava See para-p"ṣ-t○ (p. 587, col. 1)

≫ pauravaka

pauravaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

≫ pauravīya

pauravīya mfn. devoted to Pūru Pāṇ. 4-3, 100 Sch

pauraścaraṇika

pauraścaraṇika mfn. (fr. puraś-caraṇa) Pāṇ. 4-3, 72

≫ paurastya

paurastya mf(ā)n. (fr. puras) situated in front, foremost Ragh. BhP

• eastern (-pavana m. east wind Kathās.)

• pl. the people in the east (= gauḍa) Kāvyâd

paurāṇa

paurāṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. purāṇa) relating to the past or to former times, previous, ancient, primeval, Paurānic MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ paurāṇika

paurāḍṇika mf(ī)n. id. Kāv. Pur. Suśr

• versed in ancient legends and stories MBh. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60)

• of the value of one Purāṇa (coin) Saṃskārak

• m. a Brāhman well read in the Purāṇas, a mythologist W

paurika

paurika See above

pauriṇa

pauriṇa wṛ. for pauraṇa

pauru

pauru Vṛiddhi form of puru in comp

⋙ paurukutsa

○kutsa m. patr. of Trasa-dasyu Br. MBh. &c. (ī f. Hariv.)

⋙ paurukutsi

○kutsi (paúru-),

⋙ paurukutsya

○kutsyá m. id. RV

⋙ paurumadga

○madga n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (wṛ. -mahna)

⋙ paurumīḍha

○mīḍha or n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

⋙ paurumīḻha

○mīḻha n. N. of a Sāman ŚrS

⋙ pauruśiṣṭi

○śiṣṭi m. N. of a teacher TĀr

⋙ pauruhanmana

○hanmana n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br. Lāṭy

⋙ pauruhūta

○hūta mfn. belonging to Puruhūta i.e. Indra Śak

⋙ paurūravasa

paurūravasa mfn. belonging or relating to Purū-ravas MBh

• m. patr. fr. purūravas ĀśvŚr. (wṛ. pauroravasa)

pauruṣa 1

pauruṣá mf(ī)n. (fr. puruṣa) manly, human ŚBr. MBh. &c

• belonging or sacred to Purusha RPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c

• = puruṣa-dvayasa, -daghna or -mātra Pāṇ. 5-2, 37 ; 38

• m. a weight or load which can be carried by one man Mn. viii, 404 (Kull.)

• N. of a Rākshasa VP. (vḷ. pauruṣeya)

• (ī), f. a woman ŚāṅkhŚr

• a period of 3 hours (= yāma) HPariś

• n. manhood, virility (opp. to strītva) R

• manliness, manly strength or courage or deed, valour, heroism MBh. Kāv. &c

• force (opp. to buddhi, 'intellect') Kathās

• a man's length VarBṛS

• a generation ĀśvŚr. MārkP

• semen virile L

• the penis Suśr

• a sun-dial L

⋙ pauruṣatā

○tā f. and manhood, manly strength or spirit W

⋙ pauruṣatva

○tva n. manhood, manly strength or spirit W

≫ pauruṣa 2

pauruṣa Vṛiddhi form of puruṣa in comp

⋙ pauruṣamedhika

○medhika (paúr○), mfn. relating or belonging to a human sacrifice ŚrS

⋙ pauruṣavidhika

○vidhika mfn. man-like, human Nir

⋙ pauruṣāda

pauruṣāda mfn. relating or peculiar to man-eaters or cannibals Hariv

⋙ pauruṣāsakin

pauruṣāsakin m. pl. the school of Purushāsaka, g. śaunakâdi (Kāś. vḷ. ○ṣāṃsakin)

≫ pauruṣika

pauruṣika m. a worshipper of Purusha BhP

≫ pauruṣeya

paúruṣeya mf(ī)n. relating to or derived from or made by man, human RV. VS. AV. Br. MBh. [Page 651, Column 3]

• coming from the soul, spiritual Kap. Sch

• m. a hireling, day-labourer SaddhP

• = samūha, vadha or puruṣasya padântaram (?) L

• N. of a Rākshasa BhP

• n. human action, the work of man AV

⋙ pauruṣeyatva

○tva n. human nature or origin Jaim. Sch

⋙ pauruṣeyavedavādin

○veda-vādin m. one who asserts the human origin of the Veda Sarvad

≫ pauruṣya

pauruṣya mfn. relating to Purusha VPrāt

• n. manliness, manly strength or courage, heroism MārkP

paureya

paureya mfn. (fr. pūra), g. sakhyādi

pauro

pauro Vṛiddhi form of puro = puras in comp

⋙ paurogava

○gava m. an overseer or superintendent of a royal household, (esp.) the inspector of the royal kitchen MBh. Hariv. Rājat

⋙ paurodāśa

○dāśá m. relating to the Puroḍāśa (s.v.) ŚBr

• m. a Mantra recited upon making the Puroḍāśa oblation Siddh

• ○śika mf(ī)n. fr. prec. KātyŚr. Sch. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 70 Sch.)

• ○śīya mfn. ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ paurodhasa

○dhasa m. patr. fr. puro-dhas Saṃskārak

• the office of the Purohita BhP

⋙ paurobhāgya

○bhāgya n. envy, malice Kālid

⋙ paurohita

○hita mf(ī)n. belonging to or proceeding from a Purohita MārkP

⋙ paurohitika

○hitika m. metron. fr. puro-hitikā g. śivâdi

⋙ paurohitya

○hitya mfn. belonging to the family of a Purohita ĀśvŚr

• n. the office of a recited Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c

paurṇa

paurṇa Vṛiddhi form of pūrṇa in comp

⋙ paurṇadarva

○darva n. = pūrṇa-d○ ĀśvŚr

⋙ paurṇamāsa

○māsá mf(ī)n. relating to the full moon, usual or customary at full moon, having the fṭfull moon ŚBr. &c. &c

• mṇ. full moon sacrifice AV. &c. &c. (-dharma m. the duty or rule of the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr

• -vat ind. like (at) the full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib

• -sthālī-pāka-prayoga m. ○sêṣṭi f. and ○sêṣṭi-prayoga, m. N. of wks.)

• m. patr. of a man Saṃskārak

• of a son of Marīci and Sambhūti Pur

• of a prince of the Āndhra dynasty ib

• n. a day of full moon GṛŚrS. MBh

• (ī), f. a day or night of full moon

• (○sy-adhikaraṇa n. N. of wk.)

• ○saka m. full moon sacrifice AgP

• ○sāyana n. a kind of full moon sacrṭsacrifice SāṅkhŚr

• ○sika mf(ī)n. used for the full moon sacrṭsacrifice KātyŚr. Sch

• ○sya n. a full moon sacrṭsacrifice ib. MBh

⋙ paurṇavatsa

○vatsa m.pl. N. of a school of the Yajur-veda AV.Pariś

⋙ paurṇasaugandhi

○saugandhi m. patr. fr. pūrṇa-saugandha Saṃskārak

≫ paurṇamī

paurṇamī f. a day of full moon (= pūrṇimā) L

≫ paurṇima

paurṇima m. (fr. pūrṇimā) an ascetic

• (ā), f. prec. W

paurta

paurta mfn. (fr. pūrta) with karman n. a meritorious or charitable work (such as feeding Brāhmans, digging wells &c.) MBh. MārkP

≫ paurti

paurti m. patr. fr. pūrta Pat

≫ paurtika

paurtika mfn. relating to a charitable or meritorious work Mn. Hcat

paurya

paurya patr. fr. pura g. kurv-ādi

paurva 1

paurva mf(ī)n. (fr. pūrva) relating or belonging to the past

• relating to the east, eastern W

≫ paurva 2

paurva Vṛiddhi form of pūrva in comp

⋙ paurvakālya

○kālya n. priority of time Pat

⋙ paurvajanmika

○janmika mfn. done in a former life Vajracch

⋙ paurvadehika

○dehika or mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

⋙ paurvadaihika

○daihika mfn. belonging to or derived from a former body or a, former existence, done in a fṭformer life Yājñ. MBh. Hariv

⋙ paurvanagareya

○nagareya mfn. fr. pūrva-nagarī g. nady-ādi

⋙ paurvapañcālaka

○pañcālaka mfn. = pūrvaḥ pañcālānām Pāṇ. 7-3, 13 Sch

⋙ paurvapadika

○padika mfn. seizing by the fore-foot (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-4, 39

• relating to the first member of a compound Pat. (cf. auttarap○)

⋙ paurvabhaktika

○bhaktika mf(ī)n. taken before eating Car

⋙ paurvamadrika

○madrika mfn. fr. pūrva-madra Pāṇ. 4-2, 108 Kāś

⋙ paurvavarṣika

○varṣika mfn. = pūrvāsu varṣāsu bhavaḥ ib. vii, 3, 11 Sch

⋙ paurvaśāla

○śāla mfn. = pūrvasyāṃ śālāyām bhavaḥ ib. iv, 2, 107 Kāś

⋙ paurvātitha

paurvātitha m. patr. fr. pūrvâtithi, Prav

• n. N. of a Sāman Br

⋙ paurvāparya

paurvāparya n. priority and posteriority, the relation of prior and posterior, succession, continuity Lāṭy. Śaṃk. &c

⋙ paurvārdhaka

paurvārdhaka or mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ paurvārdhika

paurvārḍdhika mfn. living or situated on the eastern side of (gen.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ paurvāhṇika

paurvāhṇika mfn. (wṛ. ○hnika) relating to the morning, produced in the forenoon, matutinal KātyŚr. MBh. &c

≫ paurvika

paurvika mf(ī)n. former, prior, ancient, old, ancestral Mn. MBh. &c

• (ī), f. an ancestress MBh

paula

paula m. sg. and pl. patr. Saṃskārak

⋙ paulahasti

○hasti m. patr. ib

paulava

paulava vḷ. for paurava, q.v. [Page 652, Column 1] Contents of this page

paulastya

paulastya mfn. relating to or descended from Pulasti or Pulastya R

• m. patr. of Kubera or Rāvaṇa MBh. Hariv. R

• of Vibhīshaṇa L

• (pl.) the brothers of Dur-yodhana MBh

• (pl.) a race of Rākshasas L

• the moon L

• N. of an author

• (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)

• wṛ. for paurastya Kathās

• (○stī). f. patr. of Sūrpa-ṇakhā (the sister of Rāvaṇa) L

paulāka

paulāka mfn. (fr. pūlāka), g. palāśâdi

paulāsa

paulāsa mfn. (fr. pūlāsa), g. saṃkalâdi

pauli

pauli m. grain half dressed or scorched or fried with ghee and made into a sort of cake L

• patr. (also pl.) Saṃskārak

≫ paulikā

paulikā f. a kind of cake L. (vḷ. polikā)

paulinya

paulinya mfn. (fr. pulina), g. saṃkāśâdi

pauliśa

pauliśa mfn. derived from or composed by Puliśa

• -mata n. -siddhânta m. N. of astron. wks

pauluṣi

paúluṣi m. (fr. puluṣa) patr. of Satya-yajña ŚBr

pauloma

pauloma mfn. relating to or treating of Pulomā (N. of the 4th-12th Adhyāyas of MBh. i

• IW. 371, n. 1)

• relating to Puloman or Pulomā or Pulomī MBh. Hariv

• m. N. of a Ṛishi Hariv

• (pl.) of a class of demons KaushUp. MBh. &c

• (ī), f. See next

≫ paulomī

paulomī f. 'daughter of Puloman', N. of the wife of Indra Kāv. Pur

• of the wife of Bhṛigu (cf. pulomā) VāyuP

⋙ paulomīpati

○pati m. 'lord or husband of Paulomī', N. of Indra Bhām

⋙ paulomīvallabha

○vallabha m. 'lover of PṭPaulomī', N. of Indra Bālar

⋙ paulomīśa

paulomī7śa m. = ○mi-pati L

paulkasa

paulkasá m. (= pulkasa) the son of a Nishāda or of a Śūdra father and of a Kshatriyā mother VS. ŚBr. &c

pauṣa

pauṣa mf(ī), n. relating to or occurring at the time when the moon is in the asterism Pushya Ragh. Var

• m. the month Pausha (December-January, when the full moon is in the asterism Pushya) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• N. of the 3rd year in the 12 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS

• (ī), f. the night or day of full moon in the month Pausha Kauś

• n. a festival or a partic. festival L

• a fight, combat L

• N. of sev. Sāmans Br

⋙ pauṣamāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫ pauṣya

pauṣya mfn. relating to the asterism Pushya MBh

• relating to king Paushya (○ṣyôpâkhyāna n. N. of MBh. i, 3

• IW. 371, n. 1)

• m. N. of a prince (the son of Pūshan and king of Karaviirapura) MBh

pauṣadha

pauṣadha m. (cf. poṣadha) a fasting day Kalpas. HPariś. (also -dina n.)

pauṣkajiti

pauṣkajiti m. patr. (fr. puṣkajit?) Saṃskārak

pauṣkara

pauṣkara mf(ī)n. relating to or made of or connected with the blue lotus MBh. Hariv. Pur

• (m. with or scil. prādur-bhāva, 'the appearance of Vishṇu in the form of a lotus flower' Hariv.)

• relating to or derived from Costus Speciosus or Costus Arabicus

• n. the √(with or sc. mūla) or fruit of Costus SpṭSpeciosus or Arc Suśr. L

• N. of wk

⋙ pauṣkaratantra

○tantra n

⋙ pauṣkarasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. N. of wks

≫ pauṣkaraka

pauṣkaraka mfn. = pauṣkara (also with prādur-bhāva) Hariv

≫ pauṣkarasādi

pauṣkarasādi m. (fr. puṣkara-sad) N. of a grammarian TPrāt

≫ pauṣkariṇī

pauṣkariṇī f. = puṣkariṇī, a lotus pool L

≫ pauṣkareyaka

pauṣkareyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

pauṣkala

pauṣkala m. (fr. puṣkala) a species of grain MārkP

• n. N. of sev. Sāmans Br

≫ pauṣkalāvata

pauṣkalāvata m. (fr. puṣkalā-vatī) N. of a physician Suśr

• mfn. derived from or composed by PaushkṭPaushkalāvata ib

≫ pauṣkaleyaka

pauṣkaleyaka mfn. g. kattry-ādi

≫ pauṣkalya

pauṣkalya n. full growth, maturity, complete development BhP

pauṣki

pauṣki m. patron. (Kāś., vḷ. in g. taulvaly-ādi)

pauṣṭika

pauṣṭika mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣṭi) relating to growth or welfare, nourishing, invigorating, furthering, promoting (with gen.) Gṛihyās. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 652, Column 2]

• n. a cloth worn during the ceremony of tonsure L

≫ pauṣṭī

pauṣṭī f. (fr. puṣṭa?) N. of the wife of Pūru MBh

pauṣṭhimera

pauṣṭhimera m. patron. Saṃskārak

pauṣṇa

pauṣṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. pūṣan) belonging or relating or sacred to Pūshan VS. TS. Br. ŚrS

• relating to the sun Jyot

• n. the Nakshatra Revatī Var. (wṛ. ○ṇya)

≫ pauṣṇāvata

pauṣṇāvata m. pl. patron Saṃskārak. (prob. wṛ. for pauṣtāvata fr. puṣṭā-vat)

pauṣpa

pauṣpa mf(ī)n. (fr. puṣpa) relating to or coming from or made of flowers, flowery, floral Kāv. Pur. (often wṛ. for pauṣya MBh.)

• (ī), f. N. of the city of Pāṭali-putra (= puṣpa-purī) L

≫ pauṣpaka

pauṣpaka mfn. = pauṣpa Hcat

• n. oxide of brass considered as a collyrium, green vitriol L

≫ pauṣpaketava

pauṣpaketava mfn. (fr. puṣpa-ketu) relating to the god of love Bālar

≫ pauṣpāyaṇa

pauṣpāyaṇa m. patr. fr. pauṣpi g. taulvaly-ādi

≫ pauṣpi

pauṣpi m. patr. fr. puṣpa ib

≫ pauṣpīya

pauṣpīya mfn. fr. pauṣpi Pāṇ. 4-2, 113 Sch

pauṣpañji

pauṣpañji or ○piñji m. patr. of a teacher VāyuP

• ○piñjin m. pl. his disciples ib

pauṣpiṇḍi

pauṣpiṇḍi or ○piṇḍya or ○pidya (?), m. N. of an ancient teacher Cat

pauṣya

pauṣya See under pauṣa

pauṣyañji

pauṣyañji ○yiñji vḷ. or wṛ. for pauṣpañji, ○piñji

pauskara

pauskara wṛ. for pauṣkara

pnā

pnā f. the braided hair of Śiva L

pyāṭ

pyāṭ ind. a particle used in calling, ho! hallo! L. (cf. g. câdi)

pyāy

pyāy See pyai below

pyukṣṇa

pyukṣṇa m. or n. a covering for a bow (made of sinews or of the skin of a serpent

• only -veṣṭitaṃ dhanuḥ) ŚBr. KātyŚr

pyuṣ

pyuṣ cl. 4. 10. P. pyuṣyati, pyoṣayati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 7

pyus

pyus cl.4.P. pyusyati vḷ. for vyuṣ Dhātup. xxvi, 106

pyai

pyai or pyāy, cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 68 ; xiv, 17) pyā́yate (pf. papye Gr

• aor. apyāyi ib

• apyāsam AitĀr

• Prec. pyāyiṣīmahi or pyāsiṣīmahi AV. VS. Br

• fut. pyāsyate or pyāyiṣyate Gr

• pyātā, pyāyitā ib.), to swell, be exuberant, overflow: Caus. pyāyáyati, ○te AV. &c

• (Pass. pyāyyáte Br.) to make overflow, fill up (mostly in comp. with ā-, See ā-pyai

• √.pi, pī)

≫ pyāta

pyāta (TS.) or (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

⋙ pyāna

pyāna (Gr.), mfn. fat, swollen (= pīna)

≫ pyāyana

pyāyana mfn. causing to thrive, promoting growth or increase, invigorating Nir

• n. growth, increase Vop

≫ pyāyita

pyāyita mfn. fat

• grown fat

• increased

• strengthened, refreshed (= pīna) MW

pra 1

prá ind. before

• forward, in front, on, forth (mostly in connection with a verb, esp. with a verb of motion which is often to be supplied

• sometimes repeated before the verb, Pāṇ. 8-1, 6

• rarely as a separate word, e.g. AitBr. ii, 40)

• as a prefix to subst. = forth, away, cf. pra-vṛtti, pra-sthāna

• as pref. to adj. = excessively, very, much, cf. pra-caṇḍa, pra-matta

• in nouns of relationship = great-, cf. pra-pitāmaha, pra-pautra

• ('according to native lexicographers it may be used in the senses of gati, ā-rambha, ut-karṣa, sarvato-bhāva, prāthamya, khyāti, ut-patti, vy-avahāra) RV. &c. &c. [Cf. puras, purā, pūrva ; Zd. fra

• Gk. ? ; Lat. pro ; Slav. pra-, pro- ; Lith. pra- ; [652, 2] Goth. faúr, faúra ; Germ. vor ; Eng. fore.]

pra 2

pra mfn. (√pṝ or prā) filling, fulfilling

• (n. fulfilment, ifc

• cf. ākūti-, kakṣya-, kāma-)

• like, resembling (ifc

• cf. ikṣu-, kṣura-). [Page 652, Column 3]

prauga

prá-Âga n. (prob. fr. pra-yuga) the forepart of the shafts of a chariot RV. (cf. hiraṇya-p○) TS. ŚBr. KātyŚr

• a triangle MānGṛ. Śulbas

• mṇ.= -śastra RV. VS. Br. ŚrS

⋙ praugacit

prá-Âga--cít mfn. piled up or arranged in the form of a triangle ŚBr

⋙ praugaciti

prá-Âga--cíti f. arrangement in the forepart of a triangle MaitrS

⋙ praugaśastra

prá-Âga--śastra n. N. of the second Śastra or hymn at the morning libation Vait

• N. of wk

⋙ praugastotra

prá-Âga--stotra n. N. of a partic. Stotra ib

⋙ praugādhyāya

praÂgâdhyāya m. N. of wk

≫ praugya

pra-Âgyá mfn. being at or on the forepart of the shafts of a chariot ŚBr

prakaṅkata

pra-kaṅkatá m. a partic. venomous worm or reptile RV

prakaca

pra-kaca mfn. (prob.) having the hair erect L. (cf. ut-k○, vi-k○)

prakaṭa 1

pra-kaṭa mf(ā)n. (according to Pāṇ. 5-2, 29 fr. pra + affix kaṭa

• but prob. Prākr. = pra-kṛta, cf. ava-k○, ut-k○, ni-k○, vi-k○, saṃ-k○), evident, clear, manifest, open, plain, public Sūryas. Kāv. Kathās. (prakaṭah so'stu, 'let him show himself') Pur. &c

• m. N. of a Śaiva philosopher Cat

• ibc. and (am), ind. evidently, visibly, openly, in public Var. Kathās. Pañc

• -prīti-vardhana m. 'evidently increaser of joy', N. of Śiva Śivag

• -raktânta-nayana mfn. having the eye-corners visibly red Pañc

• -vaikṛta mf(ā)n. openly inimical Rājat

• -śīrṣa mfn. bearing the head uplifted Mṛicch

• ○tâprakaṭa mf(ā)n. open and not open L

≫ prakaṭa 2

pra-kaṭa Nom. P. ○ṭati (pr.p. ○ṭat), to appear, become manifest Hariv

⋙ prakaṭana

pra-ḍkaṭana n. manifesting, bringing to light ŚārṅgP

⋙ prakaṭaya

pra-ḍkaṭaya Nom.P. ○yati, to manifest, disclose, evince, display Kāv. Pur

⋙ prakaṭāya

pra-ḍkaṭāya Nom. P. ○yati, to manifest, reveal, proclaim VarP

⋙ prakaṭita

pra-ḍkaṭita mfn. manifested, unfolded, proclaimed, public, evident, clear Kāv. Pur

• -hatâśeṣa-tamas mfn. having openly destroyed utter darkness Kāv

⋙ prakaṭī

pra-ḍkaṭī ind. (= ○kaṭa) in -karaṇa n. making visible, manifesting, proclaiming Cat

• -√kṛ (ind. p. -kṛtya), to manifest, unfold, display Kāv. Pañc. &c

• -kṛta mfn. manifested, shown, displayed Kāv. Pur

• -√bhū (ind. p. -bhūya), to become manifest, appear Kāv. Kathās

• -bhūta mfn. manifest, open, plain Kāv. Pur. Pañc

prakaṇva

pra-kaṇva m. 'freed from evil' (?), N. of a place Pāṇ. 6-æ153 Kāś

prakath

pra-√kath P. -kathayati (ind. p. kathayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.), to announce, proclaim R

⋙ prakathana

pra-ḍkathana n. announcing, proclaiming Pāṇ. 1-3, 32 (am, ind. enclit. after a finite word, g. gotrâdi)

prakamana

pra-kamana n. (√2. kam) Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙ prakamanīya

pra-ḍkamanīya mfn. ib

prakamp

pra-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to tremble, shake, quiver MBh. R

• to become lax, be loosened Suśr

• to vibrate (said of sound) RPrāt.: Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble R. BhP

• to swing, wave, brandish, shake Br. KātyŚr

⋙ prakampa

pra-ḍkampa mfn. trembling R

• m. (ifc. f. ā) trembling or violent motion, quaking, staggering &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ prakampana

pra-ḍkampana mf(ā, or ī)n. trembling violently W

• m. wind, air Śiś

• N. of a hell L

• of an Asura Kathās

• n. great trembling, violent or excessive motion MBh. Hariv. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

⋙ prakampanīya

pra-ḍkampanīya mfn. to be made to tremble Vop

⋙ prakampita

pra-ḍkámpita (!), mfn. trembling, quaking Suparṇ. R

• (fr. Caus.) made to tremble, shaken Bhaṭṭ

• n. trembling or violent motion Var

⋙ prakampin

pra-ḍkampin mfn. trembling, moving to and fro MārkP

⋙ prakampya

pra-ḍkampya mfn. to be caused to tremble or shake R. (cf. duṣ-prak○)

prakara 1

pra-kara &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakara 2

pra-kara See pra-√kṝ, p. 654

prakarṣa

pra-karṣa &c. See pra-√kṛṣ

prakal

pra-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive onwards, chase, pursue MBh

• to drive out (cattle for grazing) Gobh

• to urge on, incite Kāṭh

⋙ prakālana

pra-ḍkālana mfn. driving on, chasing, pursuing MBh. Hariv

• m. N. of a Nāga of the race of Vāsuki MBh

prakalā

pra-kalā f. part of a part, a minute portion L

⋙ prakalavid

prakala-víd mfn. knowing very little, ignorant RV. vii, 18, 15 (Sāy

• = vaṇij Nir.)

prakalpaka

pra-kalpaka ○pana &c. See pra √kḷp. [Page 653, Column 1] Contents of this page

prakalyāṇa

pra-kalyāṇa mfn. very excellent Śivag

prakaśa

pra-kaśá m. the thong or lash of a whip AV

• the urethra (cf. niruddha-p○) Suśr

• hurting, killing W

prakas

pra-√kas Caus. -kāsayati, to drive away Dhūrtas. (in Prākr.)

• to cause to bloom Ghaṭ

prakāṅkṣ

pra-√kāṅkṣ P. -kāṅkṣati, to wish for, desire Suśr

• to watch, lie in wait, waylay MBh

⋙ prakāṅkaṅkṣā

pra-√kāṅḍkaṅkṣā f. desire of food, appetite Car

prakāṇḍa

pra-kāṇḍa m. n. the stem or trunk of a tree from the √to the branches Śiś. ix, 45

• a branch, shoot W

• (ifc.) anything excellent of its kind Mcar. Bālar. Naish. (cf. go-, -mantri-

• also ○ḍaka Bhaṭṭ.)

• m. the upper part of the arm L. (cf. pra-gaṇḍa)

⋙ prakāṇḍara

prakāṇḍara m. a tree L

prakāma

pra-kāmá m. joy, delight VS

• pl. objects of desire R

• ibc. and am, or -tas ind. with delight, willingly, according to desire, sufficiently, very much, indeed MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ prakāmabhuj

○bhuj mfn. eating till satisfied, eating enough Ragh

⋙ prakāmavikasat

○vikasat mfn. expanding or blooming abundantly Amar

⋙ prakāmavinata

○vinata mfn. quite drooping Śak

⋙ prakāmavistāra

○vistāra m. great expansiveness Ragh

⋙ prakāmāntastapta

prakāmântastapta mfn. internally consumed by heat Mṛicch

⋙ prakāmālokanīyatā

prakāmâlokanīyatā f. the being an object that may be viewed at pleasure Kum

⋙ prakāmodya

prakāmốdya n. talking to the heart's content, talkativeness VS. ŚBr

prakāra

pra-kāra &c. See pra-√kṛ

prakāś

pra-√kāś Ā. -kāśate (ep. also P. ○tī), to become visible, appear, shine, become evident or manifest Up. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kāśayati (rarely ○te), to make visible, cause to appear or shine, illumine, irradiate, show, display, manifest, reveal, impart, proclaim ib.: Intens. (only pr.p. -cākaśat) to illumine (and) to survey RV. iv, 53, 4

⋙ prakāśa

pra-ḍkāśa mfn. visible, shining, bright ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c

• clear, manifest, open, public Mn. MBh. &c. (nāmadheyam prakāśaṃ kṛtvā, 'pronouncing a name out loud' ŚāṅkhGṛ.)

• expanded W

• universally noted, famous, celebrated for (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kālid

• renowned throughout (comp.) Ragh

• (ifc.) having the appearance of, looking like, resembling MBh. R. &c

• ibc. and (am), ind. openly, publicly, before the eyes of all Mn. MBh. &c. (○śaṃ nâbhyudaikṣata, 'he did not look up openly' R.)

• aloud, audibly (esp. in dram., opp. to ātma-gatam, sva-gatam &c.)

• m. clearness, brightness, splendour, lustre, light RV. &c. &c

• (fig.) light, elucidation, explanation (esp. at the end of titles of explanatory works, e.g. kāvya-, tarka- &c.)

• appearance, display. manifestation, expansion, diffusion MBh. Kāv. Sāh

• publicity, fame, renown, glory Hariv

• sunshine open spot or air MBh. Śak. MārkP. (e ind. openly, publicly, before the world, ifc. in the presence of MBh. Prab.)

• the gloss on the upper part of a (horse's) body VS. (Mahīdh)

• wṛ. for prāk○ TBr

• a chapter, section, Cat

• N. of sev. wks. ib

• laughter L

• N. of a Brāhman (son of Tamas) MBh

• of Manu Raivata Hariv

• (pl.) the messengers of Vishṇu L

• n. bell-metal, brass L

• -kartṛ m. 'light-maker', N. of the sun MBh

• -karman m. 'whose work is to give light', N. of the sun MBh

• -kāma mfn. wishing for renown ĀśvŚr

• -kraya m. a purchase made publicly MW

• -tā f. brightness, brilliance, splendour Yājñ. Pañcat

• publicity (○tāṃ-√gam, to become known or public Mudr.)

• renown MBh

• -tva n. clearness, brightness Naish. Sch

• appearance, manifestation (sva-, 'of one's self') Sāh

• celebrity, renown MBh

• -datta m. N. of a poet Cat

• -devii f. N. of a princess Rājat

• -dhara m. N. of an author Cat

• -nārī f. 'public woman', a prostitute Mṛicch

• -vañcaka m. 'open rogue, a public deceiver or cheat MW

• -vat mfn. (-vat-tva n.) bright, brilliant, shining ChUp. Ragh. Sch. Śaṃk

• m. N. of one of the feet of Brahmā ChUp

• -varṣa m. N. of a poet Cat

• -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. -saptati f. -sūtra n. N. of wks

• ○śâkāśa-kānti mfn. bright as a clear sky MW

• ○śâtmaka mfn. = ○śâtman (○ka-tva n. the possession of a brilliant nature or character, brilliancy) Śaṃk

• ○śâtman mfn. brilliant in character or nature, brilliant, shining Sūryas

• m. N. of Śiva Śivag

• the sun L

• N. of sev. men and authors (also with yati and svāmin) Cat

• ○śâditya m. and ○śânanda m. N. of authors Cat

• ○śī-karaṇa n. giving light, illuminating R

• ○śī-√kṛ P. Ā. to give light, illumine Var. [Page 653, Column 2]

• to publish, make known Hariv

• ○śī-bhāva m. the becoming light, morning twilight Nir

• ○śêtara mfn. 'other than visible', invisible Śak

• ○śêndra m. N. of a man (the father of Kshemêndra) Cat

• ○śôdaya m. N. of wk

⋙ prakāśaka

pra-ḍkāśaka mf(ikā)n. clear, bright, shining, brilliant Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. MBh

• universally known, renowned Rājat

• irradiating, illuminating, giving light BhP. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. MBh. &c

• making clear, illustrating, explaining Sarvad. Śaṃk

• making apparent or manifest, disclosing, discovering, publishing, evincing, betraying Sāh. MārkP

• indicating, expressing L

• m. 'light-giver', the sun Kathās

• (ikā), f. N. of sev. Comms

• n. bell-metal, brass L

• ○ka-jñātṛ and -prajñātṛ m. 'knowing the giver of light, i.e. the sun', a cock L

• ○ka-tva n. illustration, explanation Vedântas

⋙ prakāśana

pra-ḍkāśana mfn. illuminating, giving light RāmatUp. MBh

• (ā), f. teaching L

• n. illuminating, giving light

• causing to appear, displaying, bringing to light, publicly showing or manifesting Nir. MBh. Suśr. &c

• -vat mfn. irradiating, illuminating Nir

⋙ prakāśanīya

pra-ḍkāśanīya mfn. to be displayed, to be shown or manifested MW

⋙ prakāśita

pra-ḍkāśita mfn. become visible, brought to light, clear, manifest, apparent, evident

• displayed, unfolded, discovered

• illumined, enlightened, irradiated

• published, promulgated MBh. R. Suśr. &c

• -viruddha-tā f. and ○ddha-tva n. (in rhet.) a partic. awkwardness in expression (saying something at variance with what ought to be said) Sāh

⋙ prakāśin

pra-ḍkāśin mfn. visible, clear, bright, shining MBh. Hariv

• making visible or manifest Pañcat

• ○śi-tā f. and -tva n. clearness, brightness, brilliance, light MBh

⋙ prakāśya

pra-ḍkāśya mfn. to be brought to light or made manifest Sāṃkhyak. Saṃk. Sāh

• n. wṛ. for prāk○, q.v. MBh. R. MārkP

• -tā f. the being manifest, publicity Rājat

prakiraṇa

pra-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pra-√kṝ

prakīrt

pra-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to announce, proclaim, declare, call, name, state, approve Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙ prakīrtana

pra-ḍkīrtana n. announcing, proclaiming, extolling, praising MBh. MārkP

• (ā), f. mentioning, naming Nir

⋙ prakīrti

pra-ḍkīrti f. celebration, declaration Bhag

⋙ prakīrtita

pra-ḍkīrtita mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned Mn. Yājñ

• named, called Mn. Pañc

• approved, praised, celebrated Yājñ. Pañc

prakuñca

pra-kuñca m. (cf. kuñci) a partic. measure of capacity (somewhat more or less than a handful) Suśr

• = pala Car

prakuṭ

pra-√kuṭ (only ind. p. -kuṭya), to cut or carve (meat) into small pieces MBh

prakuthita

pra-kuthita mfn. (√kuth) putrid, putrescent Suśr

⋙ prakotha

pra-ḍkotha m. putrefaction, putridity ib

• mfn. in ○thôdaka n. filthy water ib

prakup

pra-√kup P. -kupyati, to be moved or agitated

• to become enraged, fly into a passion MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -kopayati, to set in motion, agitate, excite, provoke to anger Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ prakupita

pra-ḍkupita (prá-), mfn. moved, agitated, shaken RV. ii, 12, 2

• very angry, incensed, enraged Mn. Yājñ. &c

⋙ prakupta

pra-ḍkupta mfn. enraged, incensed Vikr. iv, 57

⋙ prakopa

pra-ḍkopa m. effervescence, excitement, raging (of diseases, war &c.) Var. Rājat

• tumult, insurrection Hit

• violent anger, rage, fury, wrath, ire Mn. MBh. &c

• (in med.) excess, superabundance, vitiation Suśr

⋙ prakopaṇa

pra-ḍkopaṇa or mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus

⋙ prakopana

pra-ḍkopana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus

• Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.) exciting, irritating, provoking Suśr

• n. anything irritating, irritation ib

• provoking, exasperating, incensing MBh. Hit

⋙ prakopaṇīya

pra-ḍkopaṇīya or mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙ prakopanīya

pra-ḍkopanīya mfn. to be irritated or provoked Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

⋙ prakopita

pra-ḍkopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) irritated, provoked, enraged R

⋙ prakopitṛ

pra-ḍkopitṛ mfn. exciting, disquieting, disturbing (ifc.) MBh

⋙ prakopin

pra-ḍkopin mfn. irritated Car

• (ifc.) irritating, stimulating ib

prakubratā

prakubrátā f. (of unknown etym. and meaning) ŚBr

prakula

pra-kula n. a handsome or excellent body L. (vḷ. pra-hvala)

prakūj

pra-√kūj P. -kūjati, to utter groans Car

⋙ prakūjana

pra-ḍkūjana n. groaning ib

prakūṭā

pra-kūṭā f. See paca-prak○ under 2. paca, p. 575, col. 2. [Page 653, Column 3]

prakūrd

pra-√kūrd P. -kūrdati, to jump forward, leap about Pañc

prakūṣmāṇḍi

pra-kūṣmāṇḍi f. N. of Durgā L

prakṛ

pra-kṛ √1. P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, -kṛṇoti, ○ṇute &c., to make, produce, accomplish, perform, achieve, effect RV. &c. &c

• to make into, render (with double acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• (with dārān) to take to wife, marry MBh

• to appoint, charge with (loc.) PārGṛ. Mn. Yājñ

• to enable to, make fit for (inf.) RV

• to remove, destroy, kill AV. Hariv

• (only Ā. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 32) to violate, pollute (a girl) Mn. viii, 370

• (Ā.) to induce, move, incline RV

• to make a person perform anything PārGṛ

• (with manas, or buddhim) to set the heart upon, make up the mind to (dat. or loc.), resolve, determine Mn. MBh. R

• to gain, win, conquer RV

• to lay out, expend Pāṇ. 1-3, 32

• to put forward, mention first, make the subject of discussion ib

• to serve, honour, worship Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be made or prepared Gaut

≫ prakara 1

pra-kara mf(ī)n. (for 2. See pra-kṝ) doing much or well W

• m. aid, friendship ib

• usage, custom ib

• respect ib

• seduction ib

• (ī), f. a kind of song Yājñ

• an episodical interlude inserted in a drama to explain what follows Daśar. (also ○rikā Pratāp.)

• theatrical dress or disguise W

⋙ prakaraṇa

pra-ḍkaraṇa n. production, creation Hariv

• treatment, discussion, explanation

• treatise, monograph, book, chapter (esp. introduction or prologue) GṛŚrS. MBh. Sarvad

• a subject, topic, question, matter, occasion, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c

• (asminn eva "ṣraṇe, 'on this occasion' or 'in this connection' MBh

• na ca "ṣraṇaṃ vetsi, 'nor do you know what is the matter' Kathās.)

• a kind of drama with a fictitious plot (such as Mṛicch. Mālatīm. &c.) Sāh. (IW. 47 r)

• treating with respect W

• doing much or well ib

• N. of wk. (cf. nyāyapr○)

• -tas ind. occasionally Suśr

• -tva n. Vedântas

• -pañcikā f. -pāda m. -vādârtha m. N. of wks

• -śas ind. according to species or kind (opp. to pṛthak-tvena) Nir

• -sama m. a kind of sophism, an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force of argument pro and con Nyāyas. Car

• ○ṇī (or ○ṇikā), f. a drama of the same character as the Prakaraṇa but of less extent Sāh

⋙ prakaraṇikā

pra-ḍkaraṇikā and See above

⋙ prakarikā

pra-ḍkarikā See above

⋙ prakartavya

pra-ḍkartavya mfn. to be prepared MBh

• to be disclosed or brought to light Pañcat

• to be appointed to (loc.) MBh

⋙ prakartṛ

pra-ḍkartṛ mfn. one who causes MBh

≫ prakāra

pra-kāra m. sort, kind, nature, class, species, way, mode, manner, APrāt. Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c

• kena "ṣreṇa, in what way? how? Pañc

• ○raiḥ, in one way or another R

• rāmāyaṇasya bhāratasya vā "ṣraḥ, a kind of R. or MBh. Rājat. (mostly ifc. mfn

• cf. tri- 'of three kinds', nānā-, bahu-)

• similitude or difference L

• -ka mfn. = kāra ifc. (cf. tat-, niṣ-)

• -tā f. speciality Bhāshāp

• -vat mfn. belonging to a species Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch

⋙ prakārya

pra-ḍkārya mfn. to be evinced or manifested Pañc

⋙ prakṛta

pra-ḍkṛta mfn. made, done, produced, accomplished, prepared RV. &c. &c

• appointed, charged KātyŚr

• (ifc.) made or consisting of (tat-p○) Pāṇ. 5-4, 21

• commenced, begun or one who has commenced or begun, iii, 4, 71

• put forward, mentioned, under discussion or in question KātyŚr. Kathās. Sāh

• (in rhet.) = upa-meya Kpr

• wished, expected W

• genuine, real MW

• m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi

• n. something begun L

• original subject, present case MW

• -tā (prakṛtá-), f. the being begun or in process of execution ŚBr

• -tva n. the being the subject of discussion Śaṃk

• the being offended Jātakam

• ○târtha mfn. having the original sense

• real, true Kathās

• ○tôkta mfn. being spoken of as the original subject of discussion Sāh

⋙ prakṛti

pra-ḍkṛti f. See next p

⋙ prakriyā

pra-ḍkriyā f. producing, production Sarvad

• procedure, way, manner MBh

• a ceremony, observance, formality Hariv. Kathās. Rājat

• precedence, high position, elevation, privilege MBh. Rājat. Kathās

• the insignia of high rank Rājat

• characterisation Nyāyas

• a chapter (esp. the introductory chapter of a work) Śaṃk. Cat

• (in med.) a prescription Bhpr

• (in gram.) etymological formation

• rules for the formation and inflection of words MW

• -kaumudī (and ○dī-vṛtti), f. -"ṣñjana-ṭīkā (○kriyâñj○), f. -pradīpa m. -bhūṣaṇa n. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. -rūpâvalī f. -"ṣrṇava (○kriyârṇ○), m. -saṃgraha m. -sarvasva n. -sāra m. N. of gram. wks. [Page 654, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ prakṛti

pra-kṛti f. 'making or placing before or at first', the original or natural form or condition of anything, original or primary substance (opp. to vi-kṛti, q.v.) Prāt. Nir. Jaim. MBh

• cause original source Mn. MBh. Śak. &c

• origin, extraction Mṛicch

• nature, character, constitution, temper, disposition MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c. (ibc. and ○tyā ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly Prāt. ŚrS. Mn. &c.)

• fundamental form, pattern, standard, model, rule (esp. in ritual) ŚrS

• (in the Sāṃkhya phil.) the original producer of (or rather passive power of creating) the material world (consisting of 3 constituent essences or Guṇas called sattva, rajas and tamas), Nature (distinguished from puruṣa, Spirit as Māyā is distinguished from Brahman in the Vedântas)

• pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolve the whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta, buddhi or mahat, ahaṃ-kāra, and the 5 tan-mātras or subtle elements

• rarely the 5 elements alone) IW. 80 &c

• (in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of the Supreme in the creation (hence the same with the Śakti or personified energy or wife of a deity, as Lakshmī, Durgā &c

• also considered as identical with the Supreme Being) W. IW. 140 RTL. 223

• (pl.) N. of a class of deities under Manu Raibhya Hariv

• (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry Mn. MBh. &c

• the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans &c. ib

• the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, alies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses Mn. ix, 294 ; 295)

• the various sovereigns to be considered in case of war (viz. the madhyama, vijigīṣu, udāsīna and śatru

• to which should be added 8 remoter princes, viz. the mitra, arimitra, mitra-mitra, arimitra-mitra, pārṣṇi-graha, ākranda, pārṣṇigrāhâsāra, ākrandâsāsa

• each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakṛitis in the form of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure and army, so that the total number of Prakṛitis may be 72) Mn. vii, 155 ; 157 Kull

• (in gram.) the crude or elementary form of a word, base, √, an uninflected word Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop

• N. of 2 classes of metres Col

• (in arithm.) a co-efficient multiplier ib

• (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time of generation W

• (with tritīyā) the third nature, a eunuch MBh

• matter, affair Lalit

• the male or female organ of generation L

• a woman or womankind L

• a mother L

• an animal L

• N. of a woman Buddh

• N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtikalyāṇa

○kalyāṇa mf(ī)n. beautiful by nature MārkP

⋙ prakṛtikṛpaṇa

○kṛpaṇa mfn. naturally plaintive

• nature feeble (in discriminating) MW

⋙ prakṛtikhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa n. N. of BrahmaP. ii

⋙ prakṛtigāna

○gāna n. N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtiguṇa

○guṇa m. one of the 3 constituent essences of Pāṇ. ( See guṇa) MW

⋙ prakṛtija

○ja mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate Bhag

⋙ prakṛtitattvanirūpaṇa

○tattva-nirūpaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtitarala

○tarala mfn. naturally changeful, volatile, fickle, dissolute W

⋙ prakṛtitva

○tva n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything Kap. Śulbas

⋙ prakṛtiniṣṭhura

○niṣṭhura mfn. naturally hard or cruel R

⋙ prakṛtipāṭha

○pāṭha m. = dhātup○, list of verbal roots Pat

⋙ prakṛtipuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a minister, servant Megh

• a standard or model of a man Siṃhâs

• (du.) nature and spirit L

⋙ prakṛtipralaya

○pralaya m. = -laya MW

⋙ prakṛtibhava

○bhava mfn. natural, usual, common Var

⋙ prakṛtibhāva

○bhāva m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything ĀśvŚr

• mfn. = -bhava Var

⋙ prakṛtibhūta

○bhūta mfn. being in the original state or condition, original

• ○têkāra m. the original sound or letter i MW

⋙ prakṛtibhūman

○bhūman n. pl. plurality of original form or nature Nir. vii, 4

⋙ prakṛtibhojana

○bhojana n. usual food Car

⋙ prakṛtimañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtimaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. the aggregate of the Prakṛitis or of a king's subjects, the whole kingdom Ragh

⋙ prakṛtimat

○mat mfn. having the original or natural form or shape, natural, usual, common MBh

• in a natural or usual frame of mind R

⋙ prakṛtimaya

○maya mf(ī)n. being in the natural state or condition RāmatUp

⋙ prakṛtilaya

○laya m. absorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Sāṃkhyak

• N. of a class of Yogins Yogas

⋙ prakṛtivat

○vat ind. as in the original form, Upal

⋙ prakṛtivikṛti

○vikṛti f. mutation of the original form or state Rājat

• -yāga-kālaviveka m. N. of wk

• -sva-bhāva m. the relation of (a word in its) radical form to (itself under the) mutations (of inflection &c.) MW

⋙ prakṛtiviṣama

○viṣama mfn. naturally rough Bhartṛ

⋙ prakṛtivihārakārikā

○vihāra-kārikā f. pl. N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtiśraiṣṭhya

○śraiṣṭhya n. superiority of origin Mn.x, 3

⋙ prakṛtiṣṭha

○ṣṭha mfn. = -stha Car

⋙ prakṛtisampanna

○sampanna mfn. endowed with a noble nature R. [Page 654, Column 2]

⋙ prakṛtisiddha

○siddha mfn. effected by nature, natural

• n. true or real nature Bhartṛ

⋙ prakṛtisubhaga

○subhaga mfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable Megh

⋙ prakṛtistha

○stha mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy Yājñ. Kāv. Var. Suśr. (also -sthita Var.)

• inherent, innate, incidental to nature Ragh

• bare, stripped of everything MW

• -darśana mfn. one who has recovered the faculty of sight Śak. (Pi.) iii, 36/37

⋙ prakṛtisthita

○sthita mfn. See -stha

⋙ prakṛtihautra

○hautra n. N. of wk

⋙ prakṛtījana

prakṛtī-jana m. sg. the subjects of a king R

⋙ prakṛtīśa

prakṛtī7śa m. 'lord of subjects', a magistrate Hariv

⋙ prakṛtīṣṭinirṇaya

prakṛtī7ṣṭi-nirṇaya m

⋙ prakṛtyṛc

prakṛtyṛc f. N. of wks

prakṛt

pra-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ep. also -kartati), to cut off

• to cut up, cut to pieces AV. MBh

⋙ prakṛnta

pra-ḍkṛntá m. one who cuts to pieces TS. (vḷ. vi-kṛntá)

prakṛśita

pra-kṛśita (√kṛś), mfn. attenuated, thin, emaciate W

prakṛṣ

pra-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw or stretch forth, drag along or away Kauś. MBh. &c

• to push off, remove from (abl.) R

• to lead (an army) MBh. R

• to draw or bend (a bow) MBh

• to distract, trouble, disturb R.: Caus. -karṣayati, to cause (a field) to be ploughed ĀśvGṛ

⋙ prakarṣa

pra-ḍkarṣa m. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, excess, intensity, high degree MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc., e.g. adhva-pr○, a great distance R

• kāla-pr○, a long time Suśr

• guṇa-pr○, extraordinary qualities Mṛicch

• phala-pr○ mfn. consisting chiefly in fruit Suśr

• śakti-pr○, possessing extraordinary power Inscr.)

• length of time, duration Car

• absoluteness, definitiveness W

• (in gram.) the effect of the prefix pra upon roots ib

• ibc. and (āt, or eṇa), ind. eminently, intensely, thoroughly, in a high degree MBh. Kāv. &c

• -gamana n. going absolutely or finally, departure W

• -tantra mfn. dependent on excellence or superior strength MW

• -vat mfn. pre-eminent, excelling by or in (comp.) Śaṃk

⋙ prakarṣaka

pra-ḍkarṣaka m. 'harasser, disquieter', N. of the god of love L

⋙ prakarṣaṇa

pra-ḍkarṣaṇa m. one who distracts or troubles MBh

• n. drawing away ib

• pushing forth, advancing, Rprāt

• drawing furrows, ploughing W

• extension, length, duration (kāla-) Suśr

• a bridle or whip MBh. vii, 6446

• the act of harassing or disquieting MW

• excellence, superiority W

• realizing by the use of a pledge more than the interest of the money lent upon it ib

⋙ prakarṣaṇīya

pra-ḍkarṣaṇīya mfn. to be dragged away or moved along KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ prakarṣita

pra-ḍkarṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) drawn forth or out &c

• exceeded in profit (as the interest of a loan) W

• n. profit on a pledge beyond the interest of the money lent upon it W

⋙ prakarṣin

pra-ḍkarṣin mfn. drawing forth, causing to move, leading (an army) Hariv

• excellent, pre-eminent, distinguished Jātakam

⋙ prakṛṣṭa

pra-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. drawn forth, protracted, long (in space and time) MBh. R

• superior, distinguished, eminent Mn. MBh. &c. (-tara mfn. Pañcat

• -tama mfn. Daś.)

• violent, strong Ratnâv

• distracted, harassed, disquieted. MW

• -keśâkhya m. coral (lit. having the name 'beautiful hair'

• cf. pra-vāla) Kāvyâd

• -tā f. (MW.), -tva n. (Hit.) transcendent excellence, pre-eminence, superiority

⋙ prakṛṣya

pra-ḍkṛṣya mfn. = ○karṣaṇīya KātyŚr

• excessive, much

• -kutsita mfn. strongly censured Pāṇ. 2-3. 17, Vartt. 1, (prakṛṣṭa-k○ Bhaṭṭ. ii, 36 Sch.)

prakṝ

pra-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, to scatter forth, strew, throw about ŚBr. MBh. &c

• to issue forth, spring up R. Suśr.: Pass. (and P. Pot. -kīryāt) to disappear, vanish MBh

≫ prakara 2

prakara m. (for 1. See pra-kṛ) a scattered heap, heap, multitude, quantity, plenty MBh. Kāv. &c

• a nosegay W

• (ī), f. a place where four roads meet L

• n. aloe wood, Agallochum L

⋙ prakaritṛ

praḍkaritṛ́ m. one who sprinkles (or seasons?) VS

⋙ prakiraṇa

praḍkiraṇa n. scattering, throwing about MārkP

⋙ prakīrṇa

praḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered, thrown about, dispersed Nir. MBh. Kāv

• squandered Dhūrtas

• disordered, dishevelled MBh. R. Suśr

• waved, waving Śiś. xii, 17

• mixed, containing various subjects, miscellaneous Kām

• standing alone, nowhere mentioned Vishṇ

• confused, incoherent (as speech) Śiś. ii, 63

• expanded, opened W

• spread abroad, published ib

• m. Guilandina Bonduc L

• a horse (?) Gal

• n. a miscellany, any miscellaneous collection L

• a chapter or section of a book L

• extent L

• N. of a class of Jaina works MWB. 533 [Page 654, Column 3]

• scattering or throwing about A

• -keśa mf(ī)n. having dishevelled hair MBh. Suśr

• (ī), f. N. of Durgā L

• -pūjā f. -mantra m. pl. N. of wks

• -maithuna mfn. living in mixed (connubial) intercourse MBh

• -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

• ○ṇâdhyâya m. a chapter containing miscellaneous subjects (N. of VarBṛS. xxii)

• ○ṇâmbara-mūrdhaja mfn. with disordered garments and dishevelled hair MBh

⋙ prakīrṇaka

praḍkīrṇaka mfn. scattered, dispersed, occurring singly or in single instances VarBṛS

• mixed, containing various things ib. Sch

• m. a horse L

• m. (L. n.) a tuft of hair used as an ornament for horses MBh. R

• a chowrie (the tail of the Bos Grunniens used as a fan or fly-flap and as an ornṭornament for horses) L

• n. a miscellany, any collection of heterogeneous objects Vām. i, 3, 12

• a section or division of a book L

• N. of the 3rd part of the Vākyapadīya and of another wk. Cat

• (in law) a case not provided for by the Śāstras and to be decided by the judge or king W

• extent, length L

• -dāna n. pl. N. of wk

⋙ prakīrya

praḍkīrya mfn. to be scattered or strewed &c. L

• m. (and ā f.) N. of some medic. plant or plants Car. Suśr. (Guilandina Bonduc and a species of Karañja L.)

prakṝt

pra-√kṝt See pra-√kīrt

prakḷp

pra-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (rarely P. ○ti), to prosper, succeed AV

• to be fit or suitable (with inf.) KātyŚr. Sch.: Caus. -kalpayati, to place in front, put at the head, honour AV. ŚBr

• to put down on (loc.) MBh

• to appoint or elect to, select for (loc.) ib. BhP

• to put in the place of (gen.) Pat

• to contrive, invent, devise, prepare, provide Mn. MBh. &c

• to fix, settle, determine Mn. Yājñ

• to prescribe Car

• to make out, ascertain, calculate Var

• to make into, choose for (2 acc. or acc. and loc.) BhP

• to suppose, imagine (with acc. and loc.) MBh

⋙ prakalpaka

pra-ḍkalpaka mf(ikā)n. being in the right place Pat

⋙ prakalpana

pra-ḍkalpana n. placing in, raising to (comp.) Sāh

• (ā), f. fixing, settlement, allotment Mn. viii, 211

• n. or f. supplying or mixing with (saha) Car

⋙ prakalpayitri

pra-ḍkalpayitrí m. one who prepares or arranges ŚBr

⋙ prakalpita

pra-ḍkalpita mfn. made, done, prepared, arranged, appointed MBh. Kāv. &c

• shed (as a tear) Amar

• (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

⋙ prakalpya

pra-ḍkalpya mfn. to be appointed or settled or fixed or determined Mn. Yājñ

⋙ prakḷpta

pra-ḍkḷpta mfn. done, made, prepared, arranged, ready R. Kathās

• being in the right place, being right Pat

• (am), ind. readily, easily ŚBr

• -tva n. progress, success KātyŚr

• -snāna-maṇḍana mfn. one whose ablutions and toilet have been arranged R

⋙ prakḷpti

pra-ḍkḷpti f. the being there, existing KātyŚr. (wṛ. ○kṛti)

• the being in the right place, being right or correct Pat

praketa

pra-ketá m. (√4. cit) appearance, apparition, sight RV

• perception, intelligence, knowledge (concr. = a knower, vii, 11, 1 ; x, 104, 6) ib

⋙ praketana

pra-ḍketana n. appearance, apparition (used to explain prec.) Nir. ii, 19

prakoṣṭha

pra-koṣṭha m. the fore-arm Kālid. BhP. Suśr

• a room near the gate of a palace Mudr

• (also n. L.) a court in a house, a quadrangle or square surrounded by buildings Mṛicch

• a part of a door-frame W

⋙ prakoṣṭhaka

pra-ḍkoṣṭhaka m. a room near the gate of a palace Kum

prakoṣṇā

prakoṣṇā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras VP

prakkhara

prakkhara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. pra-kṣara, pra-khara)

prakrand

pra-√krand (only aor. 3. sg. -akran), to call or invoke loudly RV. v, 59, 1: Caus. (only aor. -acikradat) to roar, move with a rushing sound ib. ix, 77, 1

prakram

pra-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, (P.) to step or stride forwards, set out, walk on, advance, proceed, resort to (acc

• aor. Ā. -cákramanta RV. ii, 19, 2

• prâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), march, pass, go RV. &c. &c

• (with pradakṣiṇam) to walk around from left to right BhP

• to cross, traverse R

• (Ā.) to undertake, commence, begin (with acc., artham ifc., or inf.) MBh. (also P., e.g. varayām pra-cakramuḥ = ○yāṃ-cakruḥ, i, 1809) Kāv. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 42)

• to act or behave towards (loc.) MBh.: Caus., -krāmayati, to cause to step forwards PārGṛ.: Desid. cikraṃ-siṣyate Pāṇ. 7-2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat. [Page 655, Column 1]

⋙ prakrantṛ

pra-ḍkrantṛ m. (L.) one who proceeds or begins

• conquering, overpowering, surpassing

⋙ prakrama

pra-ḍkramá m. (ifc. f. ā) stepping, proceeding L

• a step, stride, pace (also as a measure of distance, the length of which is variously stated at 2 or 3 or 3 1/2 Padas, also at more or less) Br. GṛŚrS

• commencement, beginning, procedure, course KātyŚr. Mālatīm. Prab. Kathās

• leisure, opportunity L

• relation, proportion, degree, measure Vedântas

• method, order, regularity (esp in the position of words and in gram. construction

• cf. -bhaṅga)

• the reading of the Krama (= krama-pāṭha, q.v.) Pat

• discussing any point in question

• the case in question MW

• (pl.) a series of oblations corresponding to the movements of a sacrificial horse ŚBr. KātyŚr

• -tṛtīya n. the third of a square pace KātyŚr

• -bhaṅga m. (in rhet.) want of order or method, the breaking of symmetry in composition or the violation of gram. construction (= bhagna-prakramatā) Kāvyâd. Sch

• ○ga-vat mfn. wanting method or symmetry, irregular, unsymmetrical Pratāp

• -viruddha mfn. stopped in the beginning Prab

⋙ prakramaṇa

pra-ḍkramaṇa n. stepping forwards, proceeding, advancing towards (comp.) KātyŚr. Kālid

• issuing forth Tattvas

⋙ prakramaṇīya

pra-ḍkramaṇīya (W.), and mfn. to be gone or proceeded

⋙ prakramitavya

pra-ḍkramitavya (Pat.), mfn. to be gone or proceeded

⋙ prakramitṛ

pra-ḍkramitṛ m. = ○krantṛ Pat

⋙ prakramya

pra-ḍkramya mfn. = ○kramaṇīya W

⋙ prakrānta

pra-ḍkrānta mfn. proceeded, gone &c. Kāv

• commenced, begun L

• previously mentioned or stated MW

• n. the setting out on a journey Yājñ

• the point in question MW

• -tva n. commencement, beginning Kull

• the being meant or understood by anything Hcat

⋙ prakrāmaṇī

pra-ḍkrāmaṇī f. a kind of magic Divyâv

prakraya

pra-kraya m. (√1. krī) = kḷptika (?) L

⋙ prakrī

pra-ḍkrī́ mfn. to be bought, purchasable AV

prakrīḍ

pra-√krīḍ P. Ā. -krī́ḍati (krī́ḻati), ○te, to play, sport, disport one's self, frolic, amuse one's self (with anything, instr

• with a person, instr. or saha) RV. AV. MBh. &c

⋙ prakrīḍa

pra-ḍkrīḍá m. play, pastime VS. Hariv

• (with marutāṃ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• a place of sports, playground ĀśvGṛ

⋙ prakrīḍita

pra-ḍkrīḍita mfn. playing, sporting MBh

⋙ prakrīḍin

pra-ḍkrīḍín mfn. playing, sporting RV. vii, 56, 16

prakruś

pra-√kruś P. -króśati, to raise a cry, cry out MBh. R

• to utter (cries, acc.), call R

• to invoke, call upon, cry out to (acc.) MBh

⋙ prakrośa

pra-ḍkrośa m. a shriek, scream Lāṭy

praklid

pra-√klid Ā. -klidyate, to become moist or humid, to become wet MBh. Suśr.: Caus. -kledayati, to moisten, wet, make wet Suśr

• wṛ. for -kleśayati Car

⋙ praklinna

pra-ḍklinna mfn. moist, humid, wet R. Suśr

• putrefied Car

• moved with compassion or sympathy BhP

• -tva n. being moist or humid Suśr

• -vartman n. a kind of disease of the eyelids (cf. klinna-v○) Suśr

• -hṛdayêkṣaṇa mfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) MW

⋙ prakleda

pra-ḍkleda m. moistness, wetness, humidity MBh

• -vat mfn. becoming moist or wet Suśr

⋙ prakledana

pra-ḍkledana mfn. moistening, wetting ib

⋙ prakledin

pra-ḍkledin mfn. id. ib

• fusing, liquefying, resolving (-ditva n.) Car

prakliś

pra-√kliś Caus. -kleśayati, to put in a morbid state Car. (wṛ. -kled○)

prakvaṇ

pra-√kvaṇ P. -kvaṇati, to sound HPariś

⋙ prakvaṇa

pra-ḍkvaṇa m. (f. ifc. ā) the sound of a Viṇā or lute Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ prakvāṇa

pra-ḍkvāṇa m. the sound of a Vīṇā L

• wṛ. for prahvāṇa TāṇḍBr

prakvātha

pra-kvātha m. (√kvath) seething, boiling Jātakam

prakṣa 1

prakṣá m. (for plakṣá, to explain an etymology) TS

prakṣa 2

prakṣa mfn. in vana-prakṣá vḷ. for -krakṣá SV

• in nāgarājasama-pr○ wṛ. for nāgarāḍiva duṣ-prêkṣyaḥ MBh

prakṣapaṇa

pra-kṣapaṇa -kṣaya &c. See pra-√kṣi

prakṣar

pra-√kṣar P. -kṣárati, to stream forth, stream, ooze RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pañcad

• to drop down Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prakṣara

pra-ḍkṣara m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant (cf. pra-khara, prakkhara) Hemac. [Page 655, Column 2]

⋙ prakṣaraṇa

pra-ḍkṣaraṇa n. flowing forth, oozing GopBr. Mn. Sch

prakṣal

pra-√kṣal P. -kṣālayati, to wash off, wash away, rinse ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• to cleanse, purify MBh.: Caus. Ā. -kṣālāpayate (Pot. ○yīta), to have anything (as one's feet) washed ĀśvGṛ

⋙ prakṣālaka

pra-ḍkṣālaka mfn. washing, one who washes Mn. MBh. R. (cf. sadyaḥ-p○)

⋙ prakṣālana

pra-ḍkṣālana mfn. performing frequent ablutions, one who performs frequent ablutions R

• n. washing, washes off, cleaning, cleansing, purifying, KātySr. Pur. Mn. MBh. &c

• bathing MW

• a means of cleaning, anything used for purifying, water for washing KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Yājñ. Suśr

• ○nârthāya ind. for the sake of washing MW

⋙ prakṣālanīya

pra-ḍkṣālanīya mfn. to be washed away or cleansed

• to be purified ib

⋙ prakṣālayitṛ

pra-ḍkṣālayitṛ m. one who washes (the feet of his guest) ĀpGṛ

⋙ prakṣālita

pra-ḍkṣālita mfn. washed, cleansed

• expiated ib

• -pāṇi mfn. having one's hands washed MānGṛ

• -pāda mfn. having one's feet washed Pāṇ. 6-2, 110 Sch. 1

⋙ prakṣālya

pra-ḍkṣālya mfn. to be washed or purified MārkP. 2

⋙ prakṣālya

pra-ḍkṣālya ind. having washed or rinsed ŚBr. MBh

prakṣāma

pra-kṣāma mfn. (prob.) burnt, singed (said of a sacrifice) ĀpŚr

prakṣi

pra-√kṣi P. -kṣiṇā́ti, to spoil, destroy, wear out, exhaust RV. AV. ŚBr.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to be destroyed, perish MBh

• to be worn out or exhausted or diminished MW

⋙ prakṣapaṇa

pra-ḍkṣapaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) destroying Rājat

⋙ prakṣaya

pra-ḍkṣaya m. destruction, ruin, vanishing, end MBh. Hariv. Sarvad

⋙ prakṣayaṇa

pra-ḍkṣayaṇa mfn. causing to perish, destroying (in ghaṭa-p○ q.v.)

⋙ prakṣīṇa

pra-ḍkṣīṇa (prá-), mfn. destroyed, perished

• vanished, disappeared

• decayed, wasted, diminished (-candra m. the waning moon Var.) AV. BhP. Hit. &c

• atoned MW

• n. the spot where any one has perished (e.g. prakṣīṇam idam deva-dattasya, this is the spot where Deva perished) Pāṇ. 6-4, 60 Sch

prakṣin

prakṣin See upala-p○

prakṣip

pra-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipáti, -kṣipate, to cast, hurl, throw or fling at or into (loc.), place in, put before Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to let down Kathās

• to launch a ship Divyâv

• to add Sūryas

• to insert, interpolate Pāṇ. Sch. R. Sch.: Caus. -kṣepayati, to cause or order to cast or put into (loc.) MBh

⋙ prakṣipta

pra-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown or cast at, hurled, flung

• thrown forth, projected Hit

• inserted, interpolated Pāṇ. 6-3, 83 Sch

• -vat mfn. one who has thrown at, one who has thrown W

⋙ prakṣipya

pra-ḍkṣipya ind. having thrown at, hṭhaving hurled Pañc

⋙ prakṣepa

pra-ḍkṣepa m. throwing, casting, projecting

• throwing into or upon, scattering upon Mn. Kull. BhP

• putting, placing (pāda-p○ pl. steps Kād.)

• adding to, increasing (e.g. a dose) Car

• anything added or thrown into drugs while in course of decoction, an ingredient L

• insertion, interpolation TBr. Sch. ĀpŚr. Sch. Śaṃk

• (also ○paka m.) the sum deposited by each member of a commercial company Līl

• the box of a carriage BhP

• -lipi f. a partic. style of handwriting Lalit

⋙ prakṣepaka

pra-ḍkṣepaka m. See ○kṣepa

⋙ prakṣepaṇa

pra-ḍkṣepaṇa n. pouring upon Suśr

• (ifc.) throwing on or into Śaṃk. Yājñ. Sch

• fixing (as a price) Yājñ

⋙ prakṣepaṇīya

pra-ḍkṣepaṇīya mfn. to be thrown or cast forth, to be thrown away MW

⋙ prakṣepin

pra-ḍkṣepin mfn. (ifc.) throwing upon, placing upon Nir

⋙ prakṣeptavya

pra-ḍkṣeptavya mfn. to be thrown into or upon (loc.), to be scattered upon Yājñ. Hariv. Hcat. Kathās

⋙ prakṣepya

pra-ḍkṣepya mfn. to be thrown or put on (as an ornament) Śak. Sch

prakṣībita

pra-kṣībita or -kṣīvita (fr. √kṣīb or √kṣīv), drunken, intoxicated Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch

prakṣud

pra-√kṣud P. -kṣuṇatti, to pound, crush Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prakṣuṇṇa

pra-ḍkṣuṇṇa mfn. crushed Bhaṭṭ

• pierced through, lacerated Pañcat

prakṣubh

pra-√kṣubh Ā. P. -kṣobhate, -kṣubhyati, to be moved or shaken or agitated or confused

• to totter, stagger. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -kṣobhayati, to agitate, excite Suśr

⋙ prakṣobhaṇa

pra-ḍkṣobhaṇa n. agitating, exciting Prab

prakṣai

pra-√kṣai P. -kṣāyati, to be consumed, burn (intr.) TBr

prakṣṇu

pra-√kṣṇu (only pf. -cukṣṇuvuḥ), to sharpen, whet, point Bhaṭṭ. [Page 655, Column 3]

prakṣveḍana

pra-kṣveḍana (Pañc.) or ○ḍanā f. ○dana m. ○danā f. (L

• √kṣviḍ, or kṣvid) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing)

• calling aloud, clamour W

⋙ prakṣveḍa

pra-ḍkṣveḍa f. humming, grumbling MBh

⋙ prakṣveḍita

pra-ḍkṣveḍita (or ○dita), mfn. clamorous, shouting, noisy MBh. R

• unctuous W

• n. shout, hum R

• -vat mfn. noisy

• unctuous W

prakhan

pra-√khan (only aor. -khān), to dig up, up√, eradicate Kathās

prakhara

pra-khara mfn. very hard or rough Prasannar

• very hot or acrid Bhām

• m. iron armour for the defence of a horse or elephant L. (cf. prakkhara, pra-kṣara)

• a mule L

• a dog L

prakhala

pra-khala m. a great scoundrel or villain Mṛicch

prakhād

pra-√khād P. -khādati, to eat up, devour RV

⋙ prakhāda

pra-ḍkhādá mfn. swallowing, devouring ib

prakhid

pra-√khid (only pr. p. -khidát), to thrust away VS

prakhud

pra-√khud P. -khudáti, futuere AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ

prakhyā

pra-√khyā P. -khyāti, to see RV. (Subj. -khyat

• inf. -khyaí) ŚBr. (ind. p. -khyāya)

• to announce, proclaim, extol BhP. (Impv. -khyāhi): Pass. -khyāyate, to be seen or known

• to be visible or public or acknowledged or celebrated Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -khyāpayati, to make generally known, proclaim, announce, publish Mālatīm. Rājat

⋙ prakhya

pra-ḍkhyá mfn. visible, clear, bright ŚBr. MBh

• (ā), f. look, appearance (only ifc. = resembling, like) MBh. R. &c

• brightness, splendour (only ifc.) R

• perceptibility, visibility, Jaini

• making manifest, disclosure Daśar

⋙ prakhyas

pra-ḍkhyas m. = prajā-pati Uṇ. iv, 232 Sch

• the planet Jupiter L

⋙ prakhyāta

pra-ḍkhyāta mfn. known, celebrated, acknowledged, recognised MBh. Kāv. &c

• forestalled, claimed by right of pre-emption Mn. ( See below)

• pleased, happy W

• -bala-viirya mfn. of celebrated strength and valour R

• -bhāṇḍa n. (with rājñaḥ) a commodity the pre-emption of which is claimed by a king Mn.viii, 399

• -vaptṛka mfn. having a celebrated father L

• -sad-bhartṛ m. known as a good husband Kathās

⋙ prakhyāti

pra-ḍkhyāti f. visibility, perceptibility, celebrity (only a-prakh○) MBh

• praise, eulogium W

⋙ prakhyāna

pra-ḍkhyāna n. the being perceived or known Pāṇ. 1-2, 54

• = ○khyāpana R

⋙ prakhyānīya

pra-ḍkhyānīya mfn. to be celebrated or made known Vop

⋙ prakhyāpana

pra-ḍkhyāpana n. making known, report, information R. Daś

⋙ prakhyāpanīya

pra-ḍkhyāpanīya mfn. to be made known or published Vop

⋙ prakhyāpita

pra-ḍkhyāpita mfn. known as, named (with nom.) Caṇḍ

⋙ prakhyāyamāna

pra-ḍkhyāyamāna mfn. being celebrated or spoken about Nal

praga

pra-ga See under pra-√gam below

pragaṭa

pragaṭa wṛ. for pra-kaṭa HYog

pragaṇ

pra-√gaṇ P. -gaṇayati, to reckon up, calculate MBh. (ind. p. -gaṇayya Pāṇ. 6-4, 56 Sch.)

pragaṇḍa

pra-gaṇḍa m. the upper part of the arm (also ○ḍaka) L. (cf. pra-kāṇḍa)

• (ī), f. an outer wall or rampart MBh

pragadita

pra-gadita mfn. (√gad) spoken, speaking, beginning to speak W

⋙ pragādya

pra-gādya mfn. Pāṇ. 3-1, 100 Sch

pragam

pra-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go forwards, set out, advance, proceed, go to, reach, attain RV. &c. &c

⋙ praga

pra-ga mfn. going before, preceding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch

• (e), ind., See below

⋙ pragata

pra-gata mfn. gone forward, started MBh. Kāv. &c

• separate, apart ( See below)

• gone with difficulty W

• -jānu, or ○nuka mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L

⋙ pragama

pra-gama m. the first manifestation of love, first advance in courtship Pratāp

⋙ pragamana

pra-gamana n. = prec. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

• a speech containing an excellent answer Sāh

• progress, advance W

• difficult progress (?) ib

• disputing (?) ib

⋙ pragamanīya

pra-gamanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙ pragāman

pra-gāman n. walk, gait, step ( See pṛthu-g○)

⋙ pragāmin

pra-gāmin mfn. setting out, being about to depart R. (vḷ. prāg-g○)

≫ prage

pra-ge ind. early in the morning, at dawn, at day-break ('when the sun goes forth' ?) Lāṭy. Mn. &c

• to-morrow morning Siṃhâs

• -tana mfn. (Pāṇ. 4-3, 23) matutinal, early Bālar. [Page 656, Column 1] Contents of this page

• relating to the next day, future L

• -niśa mfn. one who (sleeps) in the early morning as (if it, were) night MBh

• -śaya mfn. asleep early in the morning ib

pragayaṇa

pra-gayaṇa n. an excellent answer Daś. (wṛ. for -gāmana?)

pragarj

pra-√garj P. -garjati, to begin to thunder MBh

⋙ pragarjana

pra-garjana n. roaring, roar (cf. siṃha-)

⋙ pragarjita

pra-garjita n. a roar, noise, din L

pragardhin

pra-gardhín mfn. (√gṛdh) pressing or hastening onwards, eager RV

pragal

pra-√gal Caus. -gālayati, to cause to fall off Car

⋙ pragalita

pra-galita mfn. dripped down Megh

pragalbh

pra-√galbh Ā. -galbhate, to be bold or confident, behave resolutely Śiś

• to be capable of or ready to (loc. or inf.) Bālar. Vcar

• to be equal to or fit to pass for (nom.) Sarvad

• to be arrogant or proud W

⋙ pragalbha

pra-galbha mf(ā)n. bold, confident, resolute, brave, strong, able MBh. Kāv. &c

• proud, arrogant, impudent Ragh

• skilful Kād

• illustrious, eminent W

• mature (as age) MW

• m. N. of the fire employed at the Jātakarman Gṛihyās

• (with ācārya) N. of an author (called also Śubhaṃ-kara) Cat

• (ā), f. a bold and confident woman (esp. one of the classes of heroines in dram. composition) Sāh

• N. of Durgā L

• (am), ind. courageously, resolutely Mṛicch

• -kulāla m. a skilful potter Bhartṛ

• -tā f. (Kum.), -tva n. (W.) boldness, wilfulness, resolution, energy, strength, power

• -manas mfn. resolute-minded (a-) Amar

• -lakṣaṇa n. and ○ṇa-prakāśa m. N. of wks

• -vāc mfn. speaking confidently or proudly Kum

⋙ pragalbhita

pra-galbhita mfn. proud, arrogant MW

• eminent, conspicuous ib

• shining or resplendent with (instr.) Cat

pragā

pra-√gā P. -jigāti, to go forwards proceed, advance, move, go RV. MBh. 1

⋙ pragāṇa

pra-gāṇa n. (for 2. See under pra-√gai) access, approach, See pṛthu-prag○

pragāḍha

pra-gāḍha &c. See pra-√gāh below

pragātha

pra-gātha See pra-√gai, col. 2

pragāh

pra-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, penetrate, pervade RV

⋙ pragāḍha

pra-gāḍha mfn. dipped or steeped in, mixed with, soaked, impregnated (ifc.) Suśr

• much, excessive MBh

• rich in, full of (ifc.) Kām

• advanced, late (hour) Daś

• hard, difficult L

• (am), ind. much, exceedingly, greatly Kāv. Suśr

• tightly, firmly W

• n. a crowd MBh. iv, 1977 (= saṃ-kaṭa Nīlak.)

• pain, privation, penance W

• -tā f. -tva n. abundance, excessiveness MW

• hardness ib

⋙ pragāhana

pra-gāhana n. dipping or plunging into (gen.) ĀpŚr

pragīta

pra-gīta ○ti, See pra-√gai

praguṇa

pra-guṇa mf(ā)n. straight (lit. and lig.), right, correct, honest, upright Mālatīm. Hcar

• being in a good state or condition, excellent Ragh. Mālatīm

• -racanā f. = next Daśar

⋙ praguṇana

pra-guṇana n. putting straight, arranging Mālatīm

⋙ praguṇaya

pra-guṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to put straight, set right Dhanaṃj

• to develop, exhibit, manifest Nyāyam

⋙ praguṇita

pra-guṇita mfn. made even or smooth or straight, put in order properly arranged Bālar. Pañc

⋙ praguṇin

pra-guṇin mfn. smooth or even i.e. friendly towards (loc.) MBh

≫ praguṇī

pra-guṇī in comp. for ○guṇa

⋙ praguṇīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. putting straight, arranging properly KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ praguṇīkṛ

○√kṛ to put straight or in order, make smooth or even Car. Pañc

• to make amenable to (loc.) Mudr

• to nourish, bring up A

⋙ praguṇībhū

○√bhū to make one's self fit or ready for (dat.), Kuv

≫ praguṇya

praguṇya mfn. more exceeding, excellent W

pragup

pra-√gup Caus. -gopayati, to protect, guard Pañc. Bhaṭṭ

• to conceal, keep secret Hcat

⋙ pragopana

pra-gopana n. protection, preservation, salvation W

pragur

pra-√gur (only aor. -gūrta), to cry aloud RV. i, 173, 2 (Sāy. 'to make great efforts')

pragṝ

pra-gṝ √1. P. -gṛṇāti, to proclaim, announce to (loc.) RV. i, 152, 5

• to extol, praise BhP

prage

pra-ge See under pra-√gam. [Page 656, Column 2]

pragai

pra-√gai P. -gāyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to sing, sing, celebrate, praise, extol

• to sound, resound RV. MBh. BhP. 2

⋙ pragāṇa

pra-gāṇa n. (for 1. See pra-gā) singing, song L

⋙ pragātṛ

pra-gātṛ m. a singer MBh. ('excellent singer' L.)

⋙ pragātha

pra-gāthá m. a kind of stanza (the combination of a Bṛihatī or Kakubh with a Sato-bṛihatī so as to form a triplet) VS. RPrāt. &c

• N. of a Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva and Ghaura, the author of RV. viii, 1, 2 ; 10 ; 48 ; 51-54

• (pl.) N. of RV. viii (which contains a great many PrṭPragai stanzas)

• -kāram ind. combining into a Pragai stanza Lāṭy

⋙ pragāyin

pra-gāyin mfn. beginning to sing, singing Hariv

⋙ pragīta

pra-gīta mfn. recited in a singing tone, sung Sarvad

• resonant with singing, vocal MBh. R

• singing, one who has begun to sing Kathās

• n. song Ṛitus. Caurap

• a sing-song or drawling recitation (regarded as a fault) Śiksh

⋙ pragīti

pra-gīti f. a kind of metre Col

pragrath

pra-√grath P. -grathnāti, or -grathati, to string together, join, connect Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pragrathana

pra-grathana n. connecting or stringing together, intertwining Sāy

pragras

pra-√gras P. -grasati, to eat up, devour, swallow MBh

pragrah

pra-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte, to hold or stretch forth, hold AV. &c. &c

• to offer, present ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• to seize, grasp, take hold of, take ŚrS. MBh. &c

• to accept, receive Śak. Var

• to draw up, tighten (reins), stop (horses) Śak

• to befriend, favour, further, promote MBh. Hariv. R

• to keep separated or isolated (cf. below): Caus. (inf. -grāhitum) to receive, accept MBh

⋙ pragṛhīta

pra-gṛhīta mfn. held forth or out, taken, accepted &c. R. Hariv. &c

• lofty Divyâv

• joined, united with (ibc.) BhP

• kept separate, pronounced without observing the rules of Saṃdhi

• -pada mf(ā)n. having the words pronounced separately RPrāt. 1

⋙ pragṛhya

pra-gṛhya mfn. to be seized or taken or accepted MBh. Kāv. &c

• (in gram.) to be taken or pronounced separately, not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi (as the final ī, ū, and e of the dual terminations, e.g. kavii etau, 'these two poets') Prāt. Pāṇ. &c. 2,

⋙ pragṛhya

pra-gṛhya ind. having taken or grasped, carrying away with, with MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pragraha

pra-graha m. (ifc. f. ā) holding in front, stretching forth MBh

• seizing, clutching, taking hold of (○haṃ gataḥ, seized, taken) ib. Hariv

• a partic. manner of fighting MBh. (= śatror uttānapā-tanârtham pādâkarṣaṇam, or = gala-hastakaḥ Nīlak.)

• the seizure of the sun or moon, beginning of an eclipse (cf. graha) Sūryas

• friendly reception, kindness, favour MBh. Hariv

• obstinacy, stubbornness (○haṃgataḥ, obstinate, stubborn) MBh

• a rein, bridle KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

• a ray of light (like all words meaning 'rein' or 'bridle') L

• a rope, halter, cord, string, thong MBh

• the cord or string suspending a balance L

• a guide, leader, ruler (also as N. of Vishṇu-Kṛishṇa) MBh

• a companion, satellite ib

• binding L

• taming, breaking (a horse) L

• the arm L

• a species of plant Car. (Cassis Fistula L.)

• a vowel not subject to the rules of Saṃdhi TPrāt. (-tva n. Sch

• 1. pra-gṛhya)

• N. of a partic. sacrificial rite (also -homa KātyŚr. Sch.)

• mf(ā)n. receiving, kind, hospitable (with sabhā f. a hall of reception, an audience hall) R. (B.)

• = ūrdhvabāhu (?) R. Sch. (cf. práñjali-pragr○)

• -vat mfn. (ifc.) one who has seized, holding MBh

• receiving, kindly, obliging R. (Sch. 'keeping down the wicked' or 'controlling the organs of sense')

• ○hâdi-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

• ○hin mfn. guiding the reins BhP

⋙ pragrahaṇa

pra-grahaṇa m. a leader, guide (only ifc. [f. ā] 'led by') MBh

• stretching forth, offering ŚāṅkhŚr

• taking, seizing, holding ib

• the seizure of the sun and moon, commencement of an eclipse VarBṛS. Sūryas

• a means for taming or breaking in MBh

• the being a leader or guide, authority, dignity ib

• a rein, bridle MW

• a check, restraint ib

⋙ pragrahītavya

pra-grahītavya mfn. to be checked or controlled Vajracch

⋙ pragrāha

pra-grāha m. (only L.) seizing, taking, bearing, carrying (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 46)

• a rein, bridle (cf. ib. 53)

• the string of a balance (cf. ib. 52)

• -vat mfn. having the string of a balance MW

⋙ pragrāham

pra-grāham ind. taking the words separately, not pronouncing them according to the rules of Saṃdhi AitBr

pragrīva

pra-grīva m. n. (g. ardharcâdi

• also -ka ifc. Hcar.) a wooden balustrade or fence round a building Rājat. viii, 328

• a window, lattice, balcony (projecting like a neck

• cf. grīvā) L

• a summer-house, pleasure-house L. [Page 656, Column 3]

• a painted turret L

• a stable L

• the top of a tree L

praglai

pra-√glai P. -glāyati, to fade, wither away Bhaṭṭ. (Sch. -mlāyati): Caus. -glāpayati Vop

⋙ pragla

pra-gla mfn. wearied, fatigued, exhausted W

praghaṭ

pra-√ghaṭ Ā. -ghaṭate, to exert one's self, devote one's self to (loc.) Bhaṭṭ

• to commence, begin ib

⋙ praghaṭaka

pra-ghaṭaka (ifc.) a precept, rule, doctrine Cat

⋙ praghaṭā

pra-ghaṭā f. the rudiments or first elements of a science

• -vid m. = śāstra-gaṇḍa L

• a general reader (but not a profound one) W. (cf. chāttra-g○)

praghaṭṭaka

pra-ghaṭṭaka m. (√ghaṭṭ) a precept, rule, doctrine Kap. Sch. (cf. pra-ghaṭaka)

praghaṇa

pra-ghaṇa m. n. (√han) a place or a terrace before a house Hcar. (also [○gh˘Ana]) L

• an iron mace or crowbar L

• a copper pot L

⋙ praghana

pra-ghana m. = prec

• also vḷ. for prathana, Phaseolus Mungo L

⋙ praghāṇa

pra-ghāṇa mṇ.= or vḷ. for ○ghaṇa Hcar. L

• the trunk of a tree L

⋙ praghāta

pra-ghātá m. a blow, stroke TS. Sch

• a battle, fight L

• the edging of a garment ŚBr

⋙ praghāna

pra-ghāna See ○ghāṇa

praghasa

pra-ghasa m. (√ghas) a devourer (pl. N. of false gods) L. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-4, 37 ; 38)

• N. of a Rākshasa MBh

• of a monkey follower of Rāma R

• (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

⋙ praghāsa

pra-ghāsa See varuṇa-praghāsá

⋙ praghāsin

pra-ghāsín (VS.),

⋙ praghāsya

pra-ghāsyá (TS.), mfn. voracious

praghātaya

pra-ghātaya P. ○yati (Caus. of pra-√han), to strike, kill Divyâv

praghuṇa

praghuṇa m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāghuṇa)

praghuṣ

pra-√ghuṣ Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to announce aloud, proclaim MBh

⋙ praghuṣṭa

pra-ghuṣṭa mfn. sounding forth Var

⋙ praghoṣa

pra-ghoṣa m. sound, noise BhP. (also -ka L.)

• N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

⋙ praghoṣin

pra-ghoṣin m. 'roaring', N. of the 9 classes of the Maruts MW

praghūrṇa

pra-ghūrṇa mfn. (√ghūrṇ) turning round or rolling violently W

• wandering, roaming ib

• m. a guest, visitor L. (prob. wṛ. for prāgh○)

praghṛ

pra-√ghṛ P. -gharati, to ooze out Divyâv

praghṛṣ

pra-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub to pieces Kauś

• to rub into, anoint Suśr

⋙ pragharṣa

pra-gharṣa m. rubbing, anointing Car

⋙ pragharṣaṇa

pra-gharṣaṇa m. grinding, crushing, destroying Kāv

• n. rubbing, a remedy for rubbing in or anointing Car

⋙ praghṛṣṭa

pra-ghṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed in, embrocated, anointed Suśr

praca

praca See acyuta-pr○ and nakha-pr○

pracakita

pra-cakita mfn. (√cak) trembling, shuddering, terrified Pañc

pracakra

pra-cakra n. an army in motion L

pracakṣ

pra-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to tell, relate, declare MBh. Ragh

• to suppose, regard or consider as (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to name, call Mn. BhP.: Caus. -cakṣayati, to irridiate, illumine RV

⋙ pracakṣaṇam

pra-ḍcakṣaṇam ind. (after a fin. verb), g. gotrâdi

⋙ pracakṣas

pra-ḍcakṣas m. N. of the regent of the planet Jupiter, Bṛihas-pati W

pracaṅkaśa

pra-caṅkaśa See a-pr○

pracaṇḍa

pra-caṇḍa mf(ā)n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable MBh. Kāv. &c

• great, large, hot, burning, sharp ( See comp. below)

• m. a species of oleander with white flowers L

• N. of a Dānava Kathās

• of a goblin MārkP

• of a son of Vatsa-prī and Su-nandā ib

• (ā), f. a species of Dūrvā with white flowers L

• a form or Śakti of Durgā Cat

⋙ pracaṇḍaghoṇa

○ghoṇa mfn. large-nosed, having a long or prominent nose MBh

⋙ pracaṇḍacaṇḍikā

○caṇḍikā f. a form of Durgā

• -sahasra-nāma-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ pracaṇḍatarībhū

○tarī-√bhū to become fiercer or more passionate Kād

⋙ pracaṇḍatā

○tā f. great violence or passion Uttarar

⋙ pracaṇḍadeva

○deva m. N. of a prince W

⋙ pracaṇḍapāṇḍava

○pāṇḍava n. 'the wrathful sons of Pāṇḍu', N. of a drama by Rāja-śekhara (= bāla-bhārata)

⋙ pracaṇḍabhairava

○bhairava (prob.) m. N. of a Vyāyoga (kind of drama)

⋙ pracaṇḍabhairavarasa

○bhairava-rasa m. N. of a partic. medicinal preparation L

⋙ pracaṇḍamādhava

○mādhava m. (with kāśmīra) N. of a poet Cat

⋙ pracaṇḍamūrti

○mūrti m. Crataeva Roxburghī L

⋙ pracaṇḍavadana

○vadana mf(ā)n. having a terrible face Dhūrtas. [Page 657, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pracaṇḍavarman

○varman m. N. of a prince Daś

⋙ pracaṇḍaśakti

○śakti m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ pracaṇḍaśarakārmuka

○śarakārmuka mfn. having sharp arrows and a terrible bow (said of the god of love) MBh

⋙ pracaṇḍaśephas

○śephas m. N. of a man Kautukar

⋙ pracaṇḍasūrya

○sūrya mfn. having a hot or burning sun Ṛitus

⋙ pracaṇḍasena

○sena m. N. of a prince, of Tāmra-liptikā Vet

⋙ pracaṇḍātapa

pracaṇḍâtapa m. fierce or stifling heat, Ṛit

⋙ pracaṇḍogrā

pracaṇḍogrā f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

pracat

pra-√cat Caus. Ā. -cātayate, to drive or scare away, remove, destroy RV

⋙ pracatā

pra-ḍcátā ind. secretly, in secret ib

pracapala

pra-capala mfn. very unsteady or restless Hariv

pracaya

pra-caya &c. See pra- √1. ci

pracar

pra-√car P. -carati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to proceed towards, go or come to, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to come forth, appear MBh. R. &c

• to roam, wander Prab. BhP

• to circulate, be or become current (as a story) R. Var

• to set about, perform, discharge (esp. sacred functions, with instr. of the object or of the means employed) AV. Br. KātyŚr

• to be active or busy, be occupied or engaged in (loc.) MBh. BhP

• to proceed, behave, act in peculiar manner Mn. MBh. &c

• to come off, take place BhP.: Caus. -cārayati, to allow to roam, turn out to graze Hariv

• to make public W

⋙ pracara

pra-ḍcara m. a road, way, path L

• usage, custom, currency W

• going well or widely ib

• pl. N. of a people R. (vḷ. praccara and pra-stara)

⋙ pracaraṇa

pra-ḍcaraṇa n. going to graze Cat

• proceeding with, beginning, undertaking ŚrS. Bālar

• circulating, being current W

• employing, using MW

• (ī́), f. (sc. sruc) a wooden ladle employed for want of a better at a sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ pracaraṇīya

pra-ḍcaraṇīya mfn. being in actual use ŚBr

⋙ pracarita

pra-ḍcarita mfn. followed, practised Mn. x, 100

• arrived at, visited R

• current, publicly known Car. Sch

⋙ pracaritavya

pra-ḍcaritavya mfn. to be proceeded with or undertaken, to be performed AitBr

⋙ pracaritos

pra-ḍcaritos inf. (with purā) before he (the Adhvaryu) sets to work GopBr. Vait

⋙ pracaryā

pra-ḍcaryā f. an action, process ĀśvŚr

⋙ pracāra

pra-ḍcāra m. roaming, wandering Hariv. (cf. bhikṣā-)

• coming forth, showing one's self, manifestation, appearance, occurrence, existence MBh. Kāv. &c

• application, employment, use ib

• conduct, behaviour Mn. MBh. &c

• prevalence, currency, custom, usage W

• a playground, place of exercise Hariv

• pasture-ground, pasturage Mn. ix, 219 (= Vishṇ. xviii, 44, where Sch. 'a way or road leading from or to a house') Yājñ. MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ pracāraṇa

pra-ḍcāraṇa n. (prob.) scattering, strewing Kād

⋙ pracārita

pra-ḍcārita mfn. allowed to wander or roam about MW

• made public or manifest ib. (cf. g. tārakâdi)

⋙ pracārin

pra-ḍcārin mfn. coming forth, appearing MBh

• following, adhering or sticking to (loc. or comp.) ib

• proceeding with, acting, behaving ib

• going about, wandering MW

pracal

pra-√cal P. -calati (rarely Ā. ○te), to be set in motion, tremble, quake TBr. MBh. &c

• to stir, move on, advance, set out, depart MBh. BhP. Pañcat

• to start, spring up from (a seat) R

• to swerve, deviate from (abl.) MBh

• to become troubled or confused, be perplexed or bewildered or excited ib. BhP.: Caus. -calayati, to set in motion, move, jog, wag Kāv

• to remove from (abl.) Suśr

• -cālayati, to cause to shake or tremble R

• to stir up, stir round Pañcat

⋙ pracala

pra-ḍcala mfn. moving, tremulous, shaking MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• what goes well or widely W

• current, circulating, customary ib

• -kāñcana-kuṇḍala mfn. (an ear) adorned with golden rings Ṛitus

• -dāsa m. N. of a poet Cat

• -latā-bhuja mfn. having tremulous arm-creepers (= slender arms that tremble) Prab

• -siṃha m. N. of a poet Cat

• -"ṣcalâṅga mfn. having tremulous limbs MBh

⋙ pracalaka

pra-ḍcalaka m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr. (cf. ○calāka)

⋙ pracalakin

pra-ḍcalakin wṛ. for ○calākin

⋙ pracalat

pra-ḍcalat mfn. moving, trembling, shaking MBh. Kāv. &c

• going, proceeding far or much W

• circulating, being current or customary W

• prevailing, being recognized (as authority or law) ib

⋙ pracalana

pra-ḍcalana n. trembling, shaking, rocking, swaying MaitrUp. Pañcat

• retiring, flight Pañcat

• going well or widely W

• circulating, being current or customary ib

⋙ pracalāka

pra-ḍcalāka m. shooting with arrows L

• a peacock's tail or crest L

• a chameleon Āpast

• a snake or other venomous animal (cf. ○calaka) Suśr. [Page 657, Column 2]

• (○calā́kā), f. springing up TS. Sch

⋙ pracalākin

pra-ḍcalākin m. a peacock L

• a snake L

⋙ pracalāya

pra-ḍcalāya Nom. P. ○yati, to nod the head (while asleep) Jātakam

⋙ pracalāyana

pra-ḍcalāyana n. nodding the head (on first becoming intoxicated) Car

⋙ pracalāyita

pra-ḍcalāyita mfn. nodding the head (while asleep and in a sitting posture) L

• rolling about, tumbling, tossed about (as a ship) MW

• n. See under āsīna

⋙ pracalita

pra-ḍcalita mfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) MBh. R. &c

• one who has set out, proceeded, departed Pañcat. Hit. Vet

• confused, bewildered, perplexed MBh. BhP

• current, customary, circulating W

• prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) ib

• n. going away, departure BhP

⋙ pracālaka

pra-ḍcālaka mf(ikā)n. causing to tremble, trembling with (comp.) L

⋙ pracālana

pra-ḍcālana n. stirring, stir, noise (?) Pañcat

pracaṣāla

pra-caṣāla n. a partic. ornament on a sacrificial post MBh

pracāya

pra-cāya &c. See below

pracāla

pracāla m. the neck of the Vīṇā or Indian lute L. (wṛ. for pravāla)

praci

pra-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to collect, gather, pluck Gobh. MBh. &c

• to mow or cut down (enemies) MBh

• to increase, augment, enhance Var.: Pass. -cīyate, to be gathered or collected, to grow, thrive, multiply MBh. Kāv

≫ pracaya

pra-caya m. (ifc. f. ā) collecting, gathering Pāṇ. 3-3, 40 (cf. puṣpa-)

• accumulation, heap, mass, quantity, multitude Ṛitus. Rājat. Suśr

• growth, increase A

• slight aggregation W

• = -svara TPrāt

• (in alg.) the common increase or difference of the terms in a progression

• -kāṣṭhâgata mfn. one who has attained the highest degree of intensity Nyāyam. Sch

• -svara m. 'accumulated tone', the tone occurring in a series of unaccented syllables following a Svarita RPrāt. Śiksh

⋙ pracayana

pra-ḍcayana n. gathering, collecting ( phala-)

⋙ pracāya

pra-ḍcāya m

⋙ pracāyikā

pra-ḍcāyikā f. gathering, plucking, collecting (with the hand or in turn, cf: puṣpa-

• the latter also 'a female who gathers', A.)

⋙ pracita

pra-ḍcita mfn. gathered, collected, heaped, accumulated

• covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Suśr

• pronounced with the Pracaya tone, accentless VPrāt

• m. (also -ka) N. of a metre Col

• -svara m. = pracaya-svara

⋙ pracinvat

pra-ḍcinvat mfn. gathering, collecting, plucking MBh. Hariv

• m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya Hariv. Pur

⋙ praceya

pra-ḍceya mfn. to be collected or gathered

• to be increased MW

• spreading everywhere Jātakam

pracika

pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pracikīrṣu

pra-cikīrṣu mfn. (√1. kṛ Desid.) wishing or intending to requite BhP

pracit

pra-√cit P. Ā. -ciketti, -cikitte, to know or make known RV

• to become visible or manifest, appear ib. TS.: Caus. -cetayati, to make known, cause to appear RV

• (Ā.) to appear ib.: Desid. -cikitsati, to show, point out ib

⋙ pracikita

pra-ḍcikita (prá-), mfn. knowing, familiar or conversant with VS. (Mahīdh.)

⋙ pracetana

pra-ḍcetana mfn. illumining, illustrating SV

⋙ pracetas

pra-ḍcetas (prá-), mfn. attentive, observant, mindful, clever, wise (said of the gods, esp. of Agni and the Ādityas) RV. AV. VS. TS

• happy, delighted L

• m. N. of Varuṇa Hariv. Kālid. BhP

• of a Prajā-pati (an ancient sage and law-giver) Mn. i, 35 (-smṛti f. N. of wk.)

• of a prince (son of Duduha) Hariv

• of a son of Duryāman VP

• of a son of Dur-mada BhP

• pl. (wṛ. prāc○) N. of the 10 sons of Prācīna-barhis by a daughter of Varuṇa (they are the progenitors of Daksha) MBh. Hariv. Pur

⋙ pracetasa

pra-ḍcetasa wṛ. for prāc○

• (ī), f. Myrica Sapida L

⋙ pracetita

pra-ḍcetita mfn. ( See a-prac○) noticed, observed

⋙ pracetuna

pra-ḍcetúna mfn. affording a wide view or prospect RV

praciti

pra-citi f. (√2. ci) investigation, examination (= vi-citi) Kuṭṭanīm

pracint

pra-√cint P. -cintayati, to think upon, reflect, consider, find out, devise, contrive MBh. Kāv. &c. 1

⋙ pracintya

pra-ḍcintya ind. having reflected or considered MBh. 2

⋙ pracintya

pra-ḍcintya mfn. to be reflected or cṭconsidered ib

pracībala

pracībala m. or n. a species of plant Suśr

pracīra

pra-cīra m. N. of a son of Vatsaprī and Su-nandā MārkP. [Page 657, Column 3]

pracīrṇa

pra-cīrṇa mfn. (√car) come forth, appeared MBh

pracud

pra-√cud P. -codati, to set in motion, drive on, urge, impel RV.: Caus. -codayati id. RV. (Ā. to hasten, make haste, viii, 24, 13) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to excite, inspire RV

• to command, summon, request, demand Mn. MBh. &c

• to announce, make known, proclaim Mn. iii, 228

⋙ pracudita

pra-ḍcudita mfn. (m. c. for ○codita) hurled, shot off MBh

⋙ pracoda

pra-ḍcoda m. instigation Buddh

⋙ pracodaka

pra-ḍcodaka mf(ikā)n. instigating

• (ikā), f. 'inflamer', N. of the 4 daughters of Niyojikā (daughter of the demon Duþ-saha) MārkP

⋙ pracodana

pra-ḍcodana n. instigating, exciting MBh

• direction, order, command R

• a rule or law W

• saying ib

• sending ib

• (ī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

⋙ pracodita

pra-ḍcodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) driven on, urged, impelled MBh. Ragh

• asked, requested, ordered, directed Mn. (cf. a-prac○) R

• decreed, determined BhP

• announced, proclaimed ŚvetUp

• sent, dispatched W

⋙ pracodin

pra-ḍcodin mfn. driving forward, urging Kathās

• (inī), f. Solanum Jacquini L

pracupita

pra-cupita See upasthita-p○

pracura

pracura mf(ā)n. much, many, abundant (opp. to alpa)

• plenteous, plentiful, frequent

• (ifc.) abounding in, filled with MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a thief A

⋙ pracuracandana

○candana n. much sandal Ṛitus

⋙ pracuracchala

○cchala mfn. hidden in manifold disguises MBh

⋙ pracuratā

○tā f. (Var.),

⋙ pracuratva

○tva n. (Hariv. &c.) abundance, multitude

⋙ pracuranityadhanāgama

○nitya-dhanâgama mfn. receiving many and constant supplies of money Bhartṛ

⋙ pracuraparibhava

○paribhava m. frequent humiliation ib

⋙ pracurapādapa

○pādapa mfn. abounding with trees R

⋙ pracurapuruṣa

○puruṣa mfn. abounding with men, populous W

• m. a thief. L

⋙ pracuraratnadhanāgama

○ratna-dhanâgama mfn. having a large income of gems and money MW

⋙ pracuraloma

○loma mfn. having too much hair Kull

≫ pracurī

pracurī in comp. for ○ra

⋙ pracurīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. making abundant, augmenting, increasing W

⋙ pracurīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. augmented, increased ib

⋙ pracurībhū

○√bhū to become abundant, increase Śiś

pracūrṇ

pra-√cūrṇ P. -cūrṇayati (only aor. prâcucūrṇat), to crush, grind to dust Bhaṭṭ

pracṛt

pra-√cṛt P. -cṛtati, to loose, loosen, untie AV. ĀśvŚr

⋙ pracṛtta

pra-ḍcṛtta mfn. loose, dishevelled

• -śikha mfn. with dishṭdishevelled hair ĀśvGṛ

pracetana

pra-cetana &c. See pra-√cit

pracetṛ

pracetṛ m. a charioteer L. (wṛ. for pra-vetṛ)

pracela

pra-cela n. (√cel?) yellow sandalwood L

⋙ pracelaka

pra-ḍcelaka m. a horse L

praceluka

praceluka m. a cook L. (wṛ. for paceluka)

pracoda

pra-coda &c. See pra-√cud

pracchad

pra-cchad (√chad), P. Ā. -cchādayati, ○te, to cover, envelop, wrap up (Ā. with instr. 'to cover one's self with, put on') ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• to be in the way, be an obstacle to (acc.) R

• to hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ praccchad

pra-cḍcchád f. a cover, covering VS. MaitrS

⋙ praccchada

pra-cḍcchada m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper, blanket L

• -paṭa m. (L.), -vāsas n. (Kathās.) id

⋙ praccchanna

pra-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, shut up ŚBr. MBh. &c

• hidden, concealed, unobserved, private, secret, disguised (ibc. and am ind. 'secretly, covertly') Mn. MBh. &c

• n. a private door

• a lattice, loop-hole L

• -gupta mfn. secretly hidden Bhartṛ

• -cāraka and -cārin mfn. acting secretly or fraudulently R

• -taskara m. a secret thief Mn

• -pāpa m. a secretly sinner ib

• -vañcaka m. a secretly rogue or rascal ib

• -vṛtti f. a secretly manner or way Śukas

• ○cchannī-√bhū, to hide or conceal one's self. L

⋙ praccchādaka

pra-cḍcchādaka mf(ikā)n. concealing, covering (ifc.) MārkP. Suśr

• m. the song of a wife deserted by her husband (sung with the accompaniment of a lute and containing a covert description of her sorrows) L

⋙ praccchādana

pra-cḍcchādana mfn. concealing, hiding (cf. piplu-)

• n. covering, concealing, concealment MBh. Pañcat

• an upper or outer garment L

• -paṭa m. a cover, coverlet, wrapper Pañcat

⋙ praccchādita

pra-cḍcchādita mfn. covered, wrapped up, clothed, hidden, concealed R. Suśr. 1

⋙ praccchādya

pra-cḍcchādya ind. having covered or hidden MBh. 2. [Page 658, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ praccchādya

pra-cḍcchādya mfn. to be covered or hidden Kāv

pracchana

pracchana See under √prach

pracchāna

pra-cchāna pra-cchita, See under pra-ccho below

pracchāya

pra-cchāya (prob.) n. a shadowy place, dense shade Hariv. Śak. Kathās

pracchid

pra-cchid (√chid), P.Ā. -cchinatti, -cchintte, to cut off or through, pierce, split, cleave AV. &c. &c

• to rend or take away, withdraw MBh.: Caus. -cchedayati, to cause to cut off &c. MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -cecchidayya Pat

⋙ praccchid

pra-cḍcchíd mfn. cutting off or to pieces VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch.)

⋙ praccchindyākarṇa

pra-cḍcchindyā-karṇa mf(ī)n. whose ear is to be cleft MaitrS. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 115)

⋙ pracccheda

pra-cḍccheda m. a cutting, slip, strip KātyŚr

• a musical division, bar (?) Divyâv

⋙ praccchedaka

pra-cḍcchedaka m. a song sung by a wife who thinks her husband false to her Sāh. (cf. pra-cchādaka)

⋙ praccchedana

pra-cḍcchedana n. dividing into small pieces ṢaḍvBr

⋙ praccchedya

pra-cḍcchedya See a-pracchedya

pracchuḍ

pra-cchuḍ (√chuḍ), Caus. -cchoḍayati, to stretch out Kāraṇḍ

pracchṛd

pra-cchṛd (√chṛd), Caus. -cchardayati, to vomit Suśr

⋙ praccchardana

pra-cḍcchardana n. emitting, exhaling Yogas

• vomiting, an emetic Suśr

⋙ praccchardi

pra-cḍcchardi (Gal.),

⋙ praccchardikā

pra-cḍcchardikā (Pāṇ. 3-3, 108 Sch.), f. vomiting, sickness

praccho

pra-ccho (√cho

• only ind. p. -cchayitvā), to bleed by making incisions in the skin, cup, lance, scarify Suśr

⋙ praccchāna

pra-cḍcchāna n. scarifying, making sore ib

⋙ praccchita

pra-cḍcchita mfn. cut, lanced, scarified ib

pracyu

pra-cyu Ā. -cyavate (ep. also P. ○ti), to move, proceed, depart TS. AV. ŚBr

• to swerve or deviate from (abl.) MBh

• to be deprived of, lose (abl.) ib. Kāv. Pañcat

• to come or stream forth ib

• to fall down, drop, stumble ŚBr. MBh. R

• to fall (scil. from heaven i.e. be born again) HPariś.: Caus. -cyāvayati, to move, shake RV

• to eject, remove or dispel or divert from (abl.) ib. &c. &c

• to cause to fall (lit. and fig.) MBh. Daś. BhP. Suśr

⋙ pracyava

pra-ḍcyava m. fall, ruin Kāṭh

• withdrawal Kap. Sch

• advancement, improvement MW

⋙ pracyavana

pra-ḍcyavana mfn. removing, destroying Car. (wṛ. for ○cyāvana?)

• n. falling down (esp. from heaven i.e. being born again) HPariś

• departure, withdrawal Suśr

• loss, deprivation (with abl.) MBh

• oozing, dropping A

⋙ pracyāvana

pra-ḍcyāvana n. means of removing or diminishing, a sedative Suśr

• causing to give up, diverting from (abl.) Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pracyāvuka

pra-ḍcyāvuka mfn. transitory, fragile, SāṅkhBr

⋙ pracyuta

pra-ḍcyuta (prá-), mfn. routed, put to flight expelled, banished, retreated AV

• streamed forth or issued from (abl.) ib. MBh. &c

• fallen from (lit. and fig.), swerved from, deprived of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• subtracted, Bījag

• -tva n. deviation, retreat MW

⋙ pracyuti

pra-ḍcyuti f. going away, withdrawing, departing Śaṃk

• loss, deprivation (with abl.) ib

• falling from, giving up (ifc.) Var. Sch

• decay, fall, ruin (a-pr○) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

prach

prach cl.6. P. (Dhātup.xxviii, 120), pṛcchati (Ved. and ep. also Ā. pṛcchate

• pf. papraccha Br. &c., papṛkṣé [?] RV. iv, 43, 7

• aor. áprākṣīt AV. &c., áprāṭ RV., apraṣṭa Kāv

• fut. prakṣyati Br. &c., praṣṭā Gr

• ind. p. pṛṣṭvā, -pṛcchya MBh

• inf. práṣṭum AV. &c., -pṛ́ccham, ○cche RV.), to ask, question, interrogate (acc.)

• to ask after inquire about (acc.)

• to ask or interrogate any one (acc.) about anything (acc., dat., loc., prati, or adhikṛtya with acc

• arthe or hetoḥ ifc.) RV. (pr.p. Ā. pṛcchamāna, 'asking one's self', x ; 34, 6) &c. &c

• (in astrol.) to consult the future Var

• (with nāmato mātaram) to inquire about one's (gen.) mother's name Śak

• (with na) not to trouble one's self with ĀśvŚr

• to seek, wish, long for

• to ask, demand, beg, entreat (acc.) RV.: Pass. pṛcchyáte, to be asked or questioned about (act., dat. &c., as above) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. pracchayati (aor. apapracchat), Gr.: Desid. pipṛcchiṣati Pāṇ. 1-2, 8: Intens. parīpṛcchyate Pāṇ. 7-4, 90 Pat. [Orig. pṛk ; Lat. preces, procus ; poscere for porscere ; Slav. prositi ; Lith. prasśy4ti ; Germ. frâhên, fragen ; forskôn, forschen.] [Page 658, Column 2]

⋙ pracchana

pracchana n. (and ○nā f.) asking, inquiring, a question, inquiry L

praja

pra-ja See under pra-√jan

prajaṅgha

pra-jaṅgha m. N. of a monkey and of a Rākshasa R

• (ā), f. a partic. portion of the lower part of the, thigh, Jātakam

prajan

pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to be born or produced, spring up from (abl.) be begotten (by instr. or abl.

• from abl.

• or with loc.

• in [loc. or adhi]) RV. &c. &c

• to become an embryo ŚBr

• to be born again MBh

• to propagate offspring with or by (instr.) RV. ŚBr. Mn

• to bring forth, generate, bear, procreate (acc.)

• beget on (loc. or instr.) MBh

• to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Caus. -janayati, to cause any one (acc.) to propagate offspring (instr.) RV

• to beget, procreate MaitrS. (aor. prajanayām akaḥ

• Pāṇ. 3-1, 42) AV. ŚBr

• to cause to be reproduced ŚBr.: Desid. -jijaniṣate, to wish to be born ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -jijanayiṣati, to wish to cause to be conceived or born ib

⋙ praja

pra-ḍja mf(ā)n. bringing forth, bearing ( a-praja)

• m. a husband L

• (ā), f. See below. 1

⋙ prajajñi

pra-jajñi mfn. (for 2. See under pra-jñā) able to beget ( See 1. a-prajajñi)

⋙ prajana

pra-ḍjana m. begetting, impregnation, generation, bearing, bringing forth (rarely n.) Mn. MBh

• one who begets, generator, progenitor BhP

• ○nartham ind. for the sake of procreation Mn. ix, 96

⋙ prajanana

pra-ḍjánana mfn. begetting, generating, generative, vigorous VS. ŚBr

• n. the act of begetting or bringing forth, generation, procreation, birth, production (lit. and fig.) AV. &c. &c

• generative energy, semen TS. TBr. ŚrS

• the male (RV. Br.) or female (L.) generative organ

• offspring, children BhP

• = pra-gama, or pra-gata L

• -kāma mfn. desirous of begetting or bringing forth Kauś

• -kuśala mfn. skilled in midwifery Suśr

• -vat (○jánana-), possessing generative power AV

⋙ prajanayitṛ

pra-ḍjanayitṛ́ m. a generator, begetter, progenitor TS. Br

⋙ prajanikā

pra-ḍjanikā f. a mother L

⋙ prajaniṣṇu

pra-ḍjaniṣṇú mfn. generative, procreative, producing ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 136)

• being born or produced W

• growing, standing (as corn) ib

⋙ prajaniṣyamāṇā

pra-ḍjaniṣyamāṇā f. about to bring forth, being near the time of delivery Suśr

⋙ prajanu

pra-ḍjanú mf. the organ of generation (of females) TBr

⋙ prajanuka

pra-ḍjanuka (?), m. the body L

⋙ prajas

pra-ḍjas (ifc.) = ○jā (cf. duṣ-, bahu-)

• m. N. of a son of Manu Auttami VP

⋙ prajāta

pra-ḍjāta (prá-), mfn. born, produced, Rv. &c. &c

• (ā), f. a woman who has borne a child ŚrS. MBh. &c. (cf. ṛta-)

⋙ prajāti

pra-ḍjāti (prá-), f. generating or generative power, generation, production, bringing forth, delivery Br. ŚrS. BhP

• = upa-nayana, initiation with the sacred thread (as causing second birth) BhP. Sch

• m. N. of a prince MārkP. (vḷ. pra-jāni)

• -kāma mfn. desirous of propagation AitBr

• -mat mfn. containing words relating to generation ib

• ○tyānanda m. the joy of propagation BhP

≫ prajā

prajā́ f. (ifc. f. ā

• cf. pra-ja above) procreation, propagation, birth RV. AV

• offspring, children, family, race, posterity, descendants, aftergrowth (of plants) RV. &c. &c

• a creature, animal, man, mankind

• people, subjects (of a prince) ib

• seed, semen VS. (cf. -niṣeka)

• an era Divyâv

⋙ prajākara

○kara m. a symbol. N. for 'a sword' (!) L

⋙ prajākalpa

○kalpa m. the time of creation Hariv. (perhaps wṛ. for purā-k○)

⋙ prajākāma

○kāma (○jā́-), mfn. desirous of offspring AV. &c. &c

• m. desire of offspring ML

⋙ prajākāra

○kāra m. the author of creation Hariv

⋙ prajāgupti

○gupti f. protection of subjects Āpast

⋙ prajāghnī

○ghnī See -han

⋙ prajācandra

○candra m. 'people's moon', honorific N. of a prince Rājat

⋙ prajātantu

○tantu m. a line of descendants, a race TUp. BhP

⋙ prajātīrtha

○tīrtha n. the auspicious moment of birth BhP

⋙ prajādā

○dā f. 'granting offspring', N. of a species of shrub L

⋙ prajādāna

○dāna n. procreation of children Āpast

• 'people's gift', silver L

⋙ prajādvāra

○dvāra n. 'gate or means of obtaining progeny', N. of the sun MBh

⋙ prajādhara

○dhara mfn. supporting creatures (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

⋙ prajādhyakṣa

○"ṣdhyakṣa (○jâdh○), m. 'surveyor of creatures', N. of the sun MBh

• of Kardama and Daksha BhP

⋙ prajānātha

○nātha m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Brahmā or Manu Prab

• of Daksha, Bh

• = -pa Ragh. Rājat

⋙ prajāniṣeka

○niṣeka m. infusion of semen, impregnation, offspring Ragh. xiv, 60

⋙ prajāntaka

○"ṣntaka (○jânt○), m. 'destroyer of creatures', Yama, god of death L. -1

⋙ prajāpa

○pa mfn. (for 2. See pra-√jap) protecting subjects Nalac

• m. a prince, king L

⋙ prajāpati

○pati (○jā-), m. 'lord of creatures', N. of Savitṛi, Soma, Agni, Indra &c. RV. AV

• a divinity presiding over procreation, protector of life ib. VS. Mn. Suśr. BhP. [Page 658, Column 3]

• lord of creatures, creator RV. &c. &c. (N. of a supreme god above or among the Vedic deities [RV. (only x, 21, 10) AV. VS. Br.] but in later times also applied to Vishṇu, Śiva, Time personified, the sun, fire, &c., and to various progenitors, esp. to the 10 lords of created beings first created by Brahmā, viz. Marīci, Atri, Aṅgiras, Pulastya, Pulaka, Kratu, Vasishṭha, Pracetas or Daksha, Bhṛigu, Nārada [Mn.i, 34

• IW. 206, n. 1], of whom some authorities count only the first 7, others the last 3)

• a father L

• a king, prince L

• a son-in-law L

• N. of the 5th (39th) year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

• the planet Mars, a partic. star, ? Aurigae Sūryas

• (in astrol.) = 2. kāla-nara, q.v

• a species of insect L

• N. of sev. men and authors Cat

• (ī), f. a matron, lady Divyâv

• N. of Gautama Buddha's aunt and nurse (with the patr. Gautamī, the first woman who assented to his doctrines) Lalit

• -grihīta (○jā́-p○), mfn. seized by Prajā-pati VS

• -carita n. N. of wk

• -cití f. Prajā-pati's layer ŚBr

• -datta m. N. of a man Pat

• -nivāsinī f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

• -pati m. 'lord of the Prajā-pati', N. of Brahmā BhP

• of Daksha ib

• -bhakṣita (○jā́-p○), mfn. eaten by Prajā-pati VS

• -mukha (jā́-p○), mfn. having Prajā-pati as head or chief ŚBr

• -yajña m. 'sacrifice to Prajā-pati', the procreation of children enjoined by law VP

• -loká m. Prajā-pati's world (situated between the sphere of Brahmā and that of the Gandharvas) ŚBr

• -śarman m. N. of a man L

• -sṛṣṭa (○jā́-p○), mfn. created by Prajā-pati AV. ŚBr

• -smṛti f. N. of wk

• -hṛdaya n. 'Prajā-pati's heart', N. of a Sāman ŚrS. (also prajā́pater-hṛ́d○ ŚBr. TS.)

⋙ prajāpatika

○patika m. endearing form of prajāpati-datta Pat

⋙ prajāpatya

○patya wṛ. for prājāpatya

⋙ prajāpaddhati

○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ prajāparipālana

○paripālana n. the protection of subjects Vishṇ

⋙ prajāpāla

○pāla m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

• a prince, king ib. Rājat

• N. of a king VarP

⋙ prajāpālana

○pālana n. = -paripālana Mn. ix, 253 &c

• N. of wk

⋙ prajāpāli

○pāli m. 'protector of creatures', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. go-pāli)

⋙ prajāpālya

○pālya n. the office of protector of the people, royal office R

⋙ prajāmṛtatva

○"ṣmṛtatva (○jâmṛ○), n. perpetuity of posterity AV

⋙ prajārtham

○"ṣrtham and ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

⋙ prajārthe

○"ṣḍrthe (○jârth○), ind. for the sake of offspring MBh

⋙ prajāvat

○vat (○jā́-), mfn. having or granting offspring or children, prolific, fruitful RV. &c. &c

• m. N. of a Ṛishi and his hymn ĀśvGṛ

• (with the patr. prājāpatya) supposed author of RV. x, 183 Anukr

• (atī), f. pregnant BhP

• (ifc.) bringing forth, mother of MārkP. (cf. viira-)

• a brother's wife Ragh

• the wife of an elder brother L

• N. of a tutelary deity of the Su-mantus VarP

• of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• of the wife of Priya-vrata MārkP

⋙ prajāvarī

○varī f. vḷ. for -vatī (f. of prec.) MānGṛ

⋙ prajāvid

○víd mfn. bestowing or granting progeny AV

⋙ prajāvṛddhi

○vṛddhi f. increase or abundance of offspring Āpast

⋙ prajāvyāpāra

○vyāpāra m. care for or anxiety about the people Siṃhâs

⋙ prajāvyṛddhapaśuvyṛddha

○vyṛddha-paśu-vyṛddha mfn. one who has ill luck with his children and cattle ĀpŚr

⋙ prajāśānti

○śānti f. N. of wk

⋙ prajāsani

○sáni mfn. = -vid VS

⋙ prajāsṛj

○sṛj m. creator of beings, N. of Brahmā and Kaśyapa Rājat

• father or king Śiś. i, 28 Sch

⋙ prajāhan

○han mf(ghnī)n. killing offspring, destroying progeny PārGṛ

⋙ prajāhita

○hita mfn. favourable to or good for offspring or subjects

• n. water W

⋙ prajepsu

prajêpsu mfn. desirous to obtain offspring MW

⋙ prajāśa

prajâśa m. 'lord of creatures', N. of the god presiding over the procreation of offspring BhP

• 'lord of the people', a prince, king Ragh. BhP

⋙ prajeśvara

prajêśvara m. 'lord of creatures', creator (cf. prājeśvara)

• a prince, king Hariv. Ragh

⋙ prajehā

prajêhā f. desire of offspring MBh

⋙ prajotpatti

prajôtpatti f. the raising up of progeny MW

⋙ prajotpādana

prajôtpādana n. id. Suśr

≫ prajānā

pra-jānā f. the place of bringing forth AitĀr

⋙ prajāni

pra-ḍjāni m. N. of a prince Pur. (cf. jāti)

⋙ prajāyinī

pra-ḍjāyinī f. about to bring forth Suśr

• (ifc.) bearing, bringing forth, a mother of (cf. viira-)

⋙ prajijanayiṣitavya

pra-ḍjijanayiṣitavyá mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wished to be born ŚBr

⋙ prajijaniṣamāṇa

pra-ḍjíjaniṣamāṇa mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to be born or produced ŚBr

prajap

pra-√jap P. -japati, to recite in a low tone, whisper, mutter MBh. 2

⋙ prajāpa

pra-ḍjāpa mfn. (for 1. See under pra-jā) muttering prayers, praying Nalac

prajaya

pra-jaya See under pra-√ji

prajalp

pra-√jalp P. -jalpati, to talk, speak, tell, communicate, announce, proclaim Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙ prajalpa

pra-ḍjalpa m. prattle, gossip, heedless or frivolous words (esp. words used in greeting a lover) L. [Page 659, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ prajalpana

pra-ḍjalpana n. talking, speaking Pañcat

⋙ prajalpita

pra-ḍjalpita mfn. talked, spoken ib

• one who has begun to talk Kum

• n. spoken words, talk MBh

prajava

pra-java See pra-√jū below

prajahita

pra-jahita See pra-√hā

prajāgṛ

pra-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch, watch over (loc.) Bhaṭṭ

• to lie in wait for (gen.) MBh.: Caus. -jāgarayati (aor. -ajīgaḥ), to wake (trans.) RV

⋙ prajāgara

pra-ḍjāgara mfn. one who wakes, waking MBh. &c

• m. a watchman, guardian BhP

• N. of Vishṇu MBh

• waking, watching, attention, care (also pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• waking up (intr.) Kām

• (ā), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh

⋙ prajāgaraṇa

pra-ḍjāgaraṇa n. being awake Suśr

⋙ prajāgarūka

pra-ḍjāgarūka mfn. wide awake, Śrikaṇṭh

prajāpayitṛ

prajāpayitṛ́ in., wṛ. for pradājayitṛ́ TBr

praji

pra-√ji P. -jayati, to, win, conquer AV. &c. &c

⋙ prajaya

pra-ḍjayá m. victory, conquest ŚBr

⋙ prajit

pra-ḍjit mfn. conquering, defeating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

prajita

prajita mfn. driven, impelled, urged on (prob. wṛ. for prâjita

• See tottra-, daṇḍa-)

prajina

prajina m. wind, air (also spelt prajīna) L

prajinv

pra-√jinv P. -jinvati, or -jincti, to refresh, animate, promote, further RV

prajihīrṣu

pra-jihīrṣu mfn. (Desid. of √hṛ) being about to strike or hit Rājat

prajīvana

pra-jīvana n. (√jīv) livelihood, subsistence Mn. ix, 163

⋙ prajīvin

pra-ḍjīvin m. N. of a minister of Megha-varṇa (the king of the crows) Pañcat

prajuṣṭa

pra-juṣṭa mfn. (√juṣ) strongly attached to or intent on (loc.) Mn. ii, 96

prajū

pra-√jū Ā. -javate, to hasten forwards RV. iii, 33, 1 (?): Caus. -jāvayati, to set in rapid motion, dart, shoot (arrows) Nir. ix, 17

⋙ prajava

pra-ḍjavá m. haste, rapidity RV

• mfn. rapid, swift Gal

• (○jávam), ind. hastily, rapidly TS

⋙ prajavana

pra-ḍjavana mfn. running very quickly Uttarar

⋙ prajavita

pra-ḍjavita mfn. driven on, impelled MBh. Hariv. R

• (ifc.) urged on, incited, summoned by (= pra-codita) Hariv

⋙ prajavin

pra-ḍjavin mfn. hastening, rapid, swift Kād. Kathās. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 156)

• m. a runner, courier, express

prajṛmbh

pra-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to begin to yawn, open the mouth MBh

prajṝ

pra-√jṝ P. -jīryati, to be digested Suśr

⋙ prajīrṇa

pra-ḍjīrṇa mfn. digested Car

prajjaṭikā

prajjaṭikā f. a kind of Prākṛit metre Col

prajji

prajji m. N. of a man Rājat

prajña 1

pra-jña mfn. = pra-jñu L

prajñā

pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to know, understand (esp. a way or mode of action), discern, distinguish, know about, be acquainted with (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to find out, discover, perceive, learn MBh. Kāv. &c.:, Caus. [-jJ˘Apayati], to show or point out (the way) ŚBr

• to summon, invite Lalit. 2

⋙ prajajñi

pra-ḍjájñi mfn. (for 1. See pra-√jan) knowing, conversant with ŚBr

≫ prajña 2

pra-jña mf(ā)n. (for 1. See above) wise, prudent MāṇḍUp

• (ifc.) knowing, conversant with (cf. nikṛti-, pathi-)

• (ā), f. See col. 2

• -tā (○jñá-) f. knowledge. ŚBr

⋙ prajñaka

pra-jñaka See akṛta-prajñaka

⋙ prajñapta

pra-jñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) ordered, prescribed (cf. vaidya-)

• arranged (as a seat) Divyâv

⋙ prajñapti

pra-jñapti f. teaching, information, instruction BhP

• an appointment, agreement, engagement W

• arrangement (of a seat) Divyâv

• (with Jainas) a partic. magical art personified as one of the Vidyā-deviis Kathās. (L. also ○tī)

• -kauśika m. N. of a teacher acquainted with the magical art called Prajñapti Kathās

• -vādin m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school SaddhP

• -śāstra n. N. of wk

⋙ prajñāta

pra-jñāta mfn. known, understood, found out, discerned, known as (nom.), well-known, public, common, notorious Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ prajñātavya

pra-jñātavya mfn. to be known, discernible KaushUp

⋙ prajñāti

pra-jñāti (prá-), f. knowing the way to (gen.) or the right way ŚBr. TāṇḍBr

⋙ jñātṛ

jñātṛ́ m. one who knows the way, guide, conductor RV

⋙ jñātra

ḍjñātra See a-prajñātrá

⋙ jñāna

ḍjñā́na mf(ī)n. prudent, wise L. [Page 659, Column 2]

• easily known AV

• n. knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, discrimination AV. &c. &c

• a distinctive mark, token of recognition, any mark or sign or characteristic AV. MBh. R. &c

• a monument, memorial ŚBr

• -kumuda-candrikā f. N. of wk

• -ghaná m. nothing but knowledge ŚBr. (cf. under ghaná)

• -tṛpta mfn. satiated with, i.e. full of knowledge MBh

• -saṃtati f. a train of thought Tattvas

• ○nânanda, ○nâśrama, and ○nêndra m. N. of authors Cat

⋙ jñāpana

ḍjñāpana n. (fr. Caus.) statement, assertion Nyāyas. Sch

• -pradeśa-vyākhyā, f

• ○nôpâṅga n. N. of wks

⋙ jñāpanīya

ḍjñāpanīya or mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ jñāpayitavya

ḍjñāpayitavya mfn. to be asserted Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ jñāpita

ḍjñāpita mfn. betrayed, disclosed Śak. i, 23/24 (v. l.)

≫ prajñā

pra-jñā́ f. wisdom, intelligence, knowledge, discrimination, judgment ŚBr. &c. &c

• device, design ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• a clever or sensible woman W

• Wisdom personified as the goddess of arts and eloquence, Sarasvatī L

• a partic. Śakti or energy Hcat

• (with Buddh.) true or transcendental wisdom (which is three fold Dharmas. 110) MWB. 126 ; 128

• the energy of Ādi-buddha (through the union with whom the latter produced all things) MWB. 204

⋙ prajñākara

○kara m. N. of a Buddh. scholar and of Sch. on Nalôd

⋙ prajñākāya

○kāya m. N. of Mañju-śri Buddh

⋙ prajñākūṭa

○kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

⋙ prajñākośa

○kośa m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ prajñāgupta

○gupta mfn. protected by understanding (-śarīra) ŚārṅgP

• N. of a Buddh. scholar

⋙ prajñāghana

○ghana m. nothing but intelligence BhP

⋙ prajñācakṣus

○cakṣus n. the eye of understanding Mālav. Vajracch

• mfn. 'mind-eyed', wise, intelligent MBh. iii, 13891

• blind ib. i, 147 &c

• m. N. of the blind king Dhṛita-rāshṭra L

⋙ prajñācandra

○candra m. 'moon of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙ prajñāḍhya

○"ṣḍhya (○jñâḍhya), m. 'rich in wisdom', N. of a man Kathās

⋙ prajñātman

○"ṣtman (○jñât○), mfn. 'one whose nature is wisdom', being all wisdom AitĀr

⋙ prajñāditya

○"ṣditya (○jñâd○), m. 'sun of wisdom', N. applied to a very clever man Rājat

⋙ prajñādeva

○deva m. 'god of wisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙ prajñāntaka

○"ṣntaka (○jñât○), m. 'destroyer of wisdom', (with Buddh.) one of the 10 gods of anger Dharmas. 11

⋙ prajñāpāramitā

○pāramitā f. perfection in wṭwisdom Kathās. Kāraṇḍ

• (with Buddh.) one of the 6 or 10 transcendent virtues Dharmas. 17 ; 18 MWB. 128

• -sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ prajñāpeta

○"ṣpêta (○jñâp○), mfn. destitute of wisdom or knowledge KaushUp

⋙ prajñāprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of wk

⋙ prajñāpratibhāsita

○pratibhāsita m. 'illumined by wisdom', a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

⋙ prajñābhadra

○bhadra m. 'excelling in wṭwisdom', N. of a scholar Buddh

⋙ prajñāmaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of wisdom or understanding MBh

⋙ prajñāmātrā

○mātrā f. an element of cognition, organ of sense KaushUp

⋙ prajñāvat

○vat mfn. wise, knowing, shrewd, intelligent Kathās. Pañcat. &c

⋙ prajñāvardhanastotra

○vardhana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ prajñāvarman

○varman m. 'having wisdom for armour', N. of a man Buddh

⋙ prajñāvāda

○vāda m. a word of wisdom Bhag

⋙ prajñāvṛddha

○vṛddha mfn. old in wisdom or knowledge MBh

⋙ prajñāsahāya

○sahāya mfn. 'having wṭwisdom for a companion', wise, intelligent Kathās

⋙ prajñāsāgara

○sāgara m. 'sea of wisdom', N. of a king's minister Kathās

⋙ prajñāsūktamuktāvalī

○sū7kta-muktâvalī f. N. of wk

⋙ prajñāhīna

○hīna mfn. destitute of wṭwisdom, ignorant, silly, unwise W

≫ prajñāla

prajñāla mfn. wise, prudent, g. sidhmâdi

≫ prajñin

prajñin mfn. id. L

≫ prajñila

prajñila mfn. id., g. picchâdi

prajñu

pra-jñu mfn. having the knees far apart, bandy-legged, bow-legged L. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 129)

prajval

pra-√jval P. -jvalati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to begin to burn or blaze, be kindled (lit. and fig.), flame or flash up, shine, gleam TBr. ChUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-jv˘Alayati], to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame GṛŚrS. ChUp. MBh. &c

• (with Buddh.) to illustrate, explain Divyâv

⋙ prajvaljvalana

pra-√jval--"ṣjvalana n. blazing up, flaming, burning Var. Pratāp

⋙ prajvaljvalanīya

pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalanīya mfn. to be set on fire, inflammable MW

⋙ prajvaljvalita

pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvalita mfn. flaming, blazing, burning, shining Lāṭy. MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. flaming up, blazing, burning Hariv

⋙ prajvaljvālana

pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālana n. kindling, setting on fire Vishṇ

⋙ prajvaljvālā

pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālā f. a flame, light R

⋙ prajvaljvālita

pra-√jval--"ṣḍjvālita mfn. lighted, kindled MW

prajvāra

pra-jvāra m. (√jvar) the heat cf fever (sometimes personified) BhP

praḍīna

pra-ḍīna mfn. (√ḍī) flown up or forward, taking flight R. Mṛicch

• n. the act of flying, flying forward MBh. [Page 659, Column 3]

praṇa

praṇa mfn. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat

praṇakha

pra-ṇakha m. or n. (?) the point of the nails ChUp

praṇad

pra-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to resound, begin to sound or roar or cry MBh. R

⋙ praṇadana

pra-ṇadana n. = ○ṇāda L

⋙ praṇadita

pra-ṇadita mfn. sounding, buzzing, humming (as a bee) Śiś

⋙ praṇāda

pra-ṇāda m. a loud sound or noise (esp. expressive of approbation or delight), shout, cry, roar, yell, neigh &c. MBh. R

• a murmur or sigh of repture W

• noise or buzzing in the ear (from thickening of the membranes &c.), SuŚr

• N. of a Cakra-vattin Divyâv

⋙ praṇādaka

pra-ṇādaka mfn. sounding &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

praṇapāt

pra-ṇapāt m. a great-grandson RV. [Cf. Lat. pro-nepos.]

praṇabh

pra-ṇabh (√nabh), Ā. -ṇabhate, to burst, split, cleave RV

praṇam

pra-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (ind. p. -ṇamya), to bend or bow down before (often with mūrdhnā, śirasā &c.), make obeisance to (dat, gen., loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-n˘Amayati], (ind. p. -namayya), to cause a person (acc.) to bow before (dat.) Kālid

• to bow, incline ib

⋙ praṇata

pra-ṇata mfn. bent forwards, bowed, inclined ŚāṅkhBr. Mn. &c

• bowed to, saluted reverentially BhP

• bent towards, offered respectfully Mālav. (cf. below)

• humble, submissive to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. BhP

• skilful, clever W

• a partic. kind of accentuation Sāy

• of a Pariś. of SV

• -kāya mfn. having the body bent down SaddhP

• -bahu-phala mfn. one to whom various fruits or good things are offered Mālav. i, 1

• -vat mfn. bowing, bent, bowed W

• -śiras mfn. having the head bowed, inclined, stooping W

• ○tâtmavat mfn. 'having one's person bowed', inclined, stooping R. (B.)

• ○tâśeṣa-sāmanta mfn. one to whom all his neighbours bow or are submissive L

⋙ praṇati

pra-ṇati f. bending, bowing, inclination, salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ praṇamana

pra-ṇamana n. bowing before, salutation, reverence (gen. or comp.) Bhartṛ. Kathās

⋙ praṇamayya

pra-ṇamayya ind. bowing Divyāv

⋙ praṇamita

pra-ṇamita mfn. bent, bowed, inclined (-śiras = praṇata-ś○) Mālav

• offered or given respectfully Amar

• a partic. kind of accentuation SaṃhUp

⋙ praṇamra

pra-ṇamra mfn. bowing, inclined

• ○rī-√bhū, to bow down Kāv

⋙ praṇāma

pra-ṇāma m. (ifc. f. ā) bending, bowing, a bow, respectful salutation, prostration, obeisance (esp. to a Brāhman or to a deity) MBh. Kāv. &c

• -kṛti f. making an obeisance Pañcat

• -mitra m. N. of a man HPariś

• ○mâñjali m. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed Daś

• ○mâdara m. reverential salutation Kum

⋙ praṇāmin

pra-ṇāmin mfn. bending, bowing before, honouring (comp.) MBh

praṇaya

pra-ṇaya ○yana &c. See pra-ṇī

praṇava

pra-ṇáva See pra-ṇu

praṇaś

pra-ṇaś (√1. naś), P. -ṇaśati, to reach, attain (only aor. -ṇak and -naśīmahi) RV

praṇaś

pra-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇaśati, or ṇaśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te

• fut. -naṅkṣyati

• inf. -naṣṭum Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.), to be lost, disappear, vanish RV. &c. &c

• to flee, escape Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -ṇāśyati, to cause to disappear or perish AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c

• to allow to be lost i.e. leave unrewarded Hit

⋙ praṇāśa

pra-ṇāśa m. vanishing, disappearance, cessation, loss, destruction, death R. Var. Suśr. &c

⋙ praṇāśana

pra-ṇāśana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) causing to disappear, removing, destroying (ifc.) MBh. Hariv. Suśr. &c

• n. destruction, annihilation Ragh

⋙ praṇāśin

pra-ṇāśin mfn. = ○ṇāśana mfn. (only f. inī at the end of a verse) MBh. Hariv. R

≫ pranaṣṭa

pra-naṣṭa mfn. (wrongly written pra-ṇaṣṭa Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch.) lost, disappeared, vanished, ceased, gone, perished, destroyed, annihilated Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pranaṣṭajñānika

○jñānika mfn. one whose knowledge or memory is destroyed Suśr

⋙ pranaṣṭavinaya

○vinaya mfn. uncivil, rude MW

⋙ pranaṣṭasvāmika

○svāmika mfn. (property) the owner of which has disappeared Mn. viii, 30

⋙ pranaṣṭādhigata

pranaṣṭâdhigata mfn. lost and found again ib., 33

praṇasa

pra-ṇasa mfn. having a prominent nose Pāṇ. 5-4, 119 Sch

praṇāḍikā

pra-ṇāḍikā or ○ḍī f. a channel, water-course, drain (met. = intervention, interposition) [Page 660, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○ḍikayā (Sarvad.), or ○ḍyā (ŚBr. Sch.), ind. mediately, indirectly

≫ praṇāla

pra-ṇāla m. a channel from a pond, watercourse, drain L

• (prob.) a row, series Kād

• (ī), f. a channel &c. R. Mṛicch. Siś. Bhpr

• recension (of a text

• cf. pāṭha-)

• intervention, interposition Naish

⋙ praṇālikā

pra-ṇālikā f. a channel &c. (cf. sruk-praṇ○)

• intervention, medium L

• (ayā), ind. indirectly Mahīdh

praṇi

pra-ṇi for pra-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad ( See below), ci, 1. dā, dih, de, do, drā, dhā ( See below), dhe, nad ( below), pat ( See below), pad, psāmā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, vā, śam, so, han ( See below)

• according to Vop. xii, 1 also before 1. mī

praṇiṃsita

pra-ṇiṃsita mfn. (√niṃs) kissed W

⋙ praṇiṃsitavya

pra-ṇiṃsitavya or mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

⋙ praniṃsitavya

pra-niṃsitavya mfn. to be kissed Pāṇ. 8-4, 33

praṇikṣ

pra-ṇikṣ (√nikṣ

• only fut. -ṇikṣiṣyati), to devour Bhaṭṭ

⋙ praṇikṣaṇa

pra-ṇikṣaṇa or n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

⋙ pranikṣaṇa

pra-nikṣaṇa n. Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

praṇigad

pra-ṇi-√gad (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -ṇigadati, to speak, say, declare Śiś. vi, 44

praṇij

pra-ṇij (√nij

• aor. prâṇaikṣit), to wash away, cleanse AV. TS. ŚBr

⋙ praṇejana

pra-ṇéjana mf(ī)n. washing or wiping away Lāṭy

• n. the act of washing or bathing AV

• water for washing ŚBr

praṇijñā

pra-ṇi-√jñā P. -jānāti, to reflect, consider Bhaṭṭ

praṇidhā

pra-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place in front, cause to precede MBh

• to put down, deposit ib

• to place in, bring into (loc.) ib

• to set (a gem) in (loc.) Hit

• to put on, apply Suśr

• to touch MBh

• to turn or direct (the eyes or thoughts) upon (loc.) MBh. Hariv. &c. (with manas and inf. 'to resolve upon' Bhaṭṭ

• scil. manas, 'to give the whole attention to, reflect, consider' MBh

• ātma praṇidhīyatām, 'one must think' ib.)

• to send out or employ (a spy or emissary), to spy MBh. R

• to find out or ascertain anything (acc.) to be (acc.) MBh

⋙ praṇidhātavya

pra-ṇidhātavya mfn. to be turned upon (loc.) Car

⋙ praṇidhāna

pra-ṇidhāna n. laying on, fixing, applying (also pl.) Car. Suśr

• access, entrance L

• exertion, endeavour SaddhP

• respectful conduct, attention, paid to (loc.) MBh

• profound religious meditation, abstract contemplation of (comp.) Ragh. Kathās. Vedântas

• vehement desire Lalit

• vow ib

• prayer (threefold) Dharmas. 112

⋙ praṇidhāyin

pra-ṇidhāyin mfn. employing, sending out (spies) Prasannar

⋙ praṇidhi

pra-ṇidhi m. watching, observing, spying MBh

• sending out (spies or emissaries) R

• a spy, secret agent, emissary Mn. MBh. &c. (○dhī-√bhū, to become a spy Pañcat.)

• an attendant, follower L

• care, attention L

• asking, solicitation, request SaddhP

• prayer Divyâv

• N. of a son of Bṛihad-ratha MBh

⋙ praṇidheya

pra-ṇidheya mfn. to be applied or injected (as a clyster) Suśr

• to be sent out (as a spy) MBh

• n. employing, sending out (of emissaries) MW

⋙ praṇihita

pra-ṇihita mfn. laid on, imposed, applied Suśr

• put down, deposited Bālar. BhP

• outstretched, stretched forth Megh. Sāh

• directed towards, fixed upon (loc.) Hariv. Bhartṛ. BhP

• delivered, committed, entrusted to (dat.) Bālar

• contained in (comp.) BhP

• sent out (as a spy) MBh

• found out, discovered ib

• ascertained or stated Mn. vii, 54

• one who has his thoughts concentrated on one point, intent upon (loc.) R. Bhaṭṭ

• obtained, acquired W

• prudent, cautious, wary ib

• resolved, determined ib

• agreed to or admitted ib

• -dhī (Bhartṛ.), ○tâtman (Āpast.), mfn. having the mind fixed upon (loc. or comp.)

• ○têṣaṇa mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (comp.) Hariv

praṇidhyai

pra-ṇi-√dhyai (only pf. -dadhyau), to attend to (acc.) BhP

praṇinad

pra-ṇi-√nad (only pr. p. -nadat Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), sounding deep or like thunder W

⋙ praṇināda

pra-ṇināda m. a deep sound ib

praṇind

pra-ṇind (√nind

• only ind. p. -ṇindya

• Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to blame, censure, upbraid Bhaṭṭ

⋙ praṇindana

pra-ṇindana or n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

⋙ praṇinindana

pra-ṇiḍnindana n. censuring, upbraiding Pāṇ. ib. Sch

praṇipat

pra-ṇi-√pat (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -patati (esp. ind. p. -patya), to throw one's self down before, bow respectfully to (acc., rarely dat. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause a person (acc.) to bow down or fall prostrate Mālav. [Page 660, Column 2]

⋙ praṇipatana

pra-ṇipatana n. throwing one's self down before, falling at a person's feet Amar

⋙ praṇipatita

pra-ṇipatita mfn. bowed down in reverence, saluting MBh. R

⋙ praṇipāta

pra-ṇipāta m. (ifc. f. ā) falling at a person's feet, prostration, humble submission to (gen.), salutation, reverence, obeisance MBh. Kāv. &c

• -gata mfn. resorting to a respectful salutation MBh

• -puraḥsaram ind. preceded by prostration, with an obeisance MārkP

• -pratīkāra mfn. having submission for a remedy, counteracted by submission Ragh

• -rasa m. 'taking pleasure in submission', N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R

⋙ praṇipātin

pra-ṇipātin mfn. falling at a person's feet, submissive, humble MBh

praṇihan

pra-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to slay, kill, destroy, extirpate. MBh. Kāv. (with acc. or gen

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 Sch.)

• to bend down lower (the hand) VPrāt

• to pronounce lower (than Anudātta) ib

⋙ praṇihata

pra-ṇihata mfn. = dviṣṭa, prati-skhalita, or baddha L

praṇihita

pra-ṇihita See pra-ṇī-√dhā

praṇī

pra-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead forwards, conduct, advance, promote, further RV. &c. &c

• to bring or lead to, convey (esp. the sacrificial fire or water or Soma to its place at the altar) ib

• to offer, present Bhaṭṭ

• to produce, perform, execute, finish Up. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to do away with, remove, dispel MBh

• to manifest affection, love, desire MBh

• to show, represent (a drama) Bālar. Prasannar

• to inflict (as punishment) Mn. MBh. &c

• to apply (as a clyster) Car

• to establish, fix, institute, promulgate, teach MBh. Kāv. &c

• to write, compose Sarvad

• (Ā.) to draw in (the breath) ŚBr.: Desid. -ninīṣati (!), to wish to lead or conduct RV

≫ praṇaya

pra-ṇaya m. a leader Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 (jyotiṣām Nir. ii, 14)

• guidance, conduct MBh

• manifestation, display Mṛicch

• setting forth (an argument) Jātakam

• affection, confidence in (loc.), love, attachment, friendship, favour (ibc

• āt, ena and ○yôpêtam ind. confidentially, affectionately, openly, frankly) MBh. Kāv. &c

• desire, longing for (loc

• anyathā, 'for something else') ib

• an entreaty, request, solicitation R. Vikr

• reverence, obeisance L

• final beatitude L

• -kalaha m. a quarrel of lovers, mere wanton quarrelsomeness Megh. Kād. Pañcat

• -kupita mfn. angry through love, feigning anger Megh

• -kopa m. the (feigned) anger of a coquette towards her lover MW

• -peśala mfn. soft through affection R

• -prakarṣa m. excess of affṭaffection, extraordinary attachment Kathās

• -bhaṅga m. breach of confidence, faithlessness Vikr. Pur

• -madhura mfn. sweet through affection Bhartṛ

• -maya mf(ī)n. full of confidence Jātakam

• -māna m. 'love-pride', the jealousy of love W

• -vacana n. a declaration of love or affection Megh

• -vat mfn. possessing candour, unceremonious, frank, open, confident Kālid

• attached or devoted to, loving (loc. or comp.) ib

• desirous of. longing for (loc.) Śiś

• (ifc.) familiar with, used to Bālar

• -virhāta = -vihata A

• -vimukha mf(ī)n. averse from love or friendship Megh

• -vihati f. refusal of a request, non-compliance W

• -spṛś mfn. exciting love, affectionate Mālatīm

• ○yâparādha m. an offence against (mutual) affection or confidence Amar

• ○yâpahārin mfn. taking with confidence or without shyness MW

• ○yâmṛta-pañcāśaka n. N. of wk

• ○yī-√kṛ, to attach closely Vcar

• ○yī-√bhū, to become attached or affectionate Suśr

• ○yônmukha mf(ī)n. expectant through love Mālav

• ○yâpêta mfn. possessing candour, frank, open MārkP

⋙ praṇayana

pra-ṇayana n. bringing forwards, conducting, conveying, fetching ŚrS. MBh. &c

• means or vessel for bringing or fetching (cf. agni-)

• showing, betraying (ct. śraddhā-)

• (with daṇḍasya or daṇḍa.), applying(the rod), infliction of (punishment) Mn. Yājñ

• establishing, founding (of a school) BhP

• execution, performance, practice MBh. Kāv

• bringing forward, adducing L

• composing, writing L

• satisfying, satiating R

⋙ praṇayanīya

pra-ṇayanīya mfn. used in bringing or fetching (as wood employed in carrying the sacred fire) ŚrS

⋙ praṇayin

pra-ṇayin mfn. having affection for (gen.), attached to, beloved, dear, intimate, familiar MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 660, Column 3]

• feeling attracted towards, longing for, desirous of (instr. or comp.), affectionate, loving, kind ib

• (ifc.) clinging to, dwelling or being in

• turned towards, aiming at

• combined or provided with Kāv

• m. a friend, favourite Kum. v, 11

• a husband, lover

• (inī f.) a beloved female, wife Kālid. Bhartṛ. Kathās. &c

• a worshipper, devotee Kum. iii, 66

• a suppliant, suitor Vikr

• ○yi-kriyā f. the business or affair of a lover or friend Vikr. iv, 31

• ○yi-jana m. a friend or lover (also collect.) Kālid

• ○yi-tā f. attachment or devotion to, desire or longing for (gen., loc. or comp.) Kāv

• ○yi-bhava mfn. being attached to, being in (comp.) Bālar. i, 49

• ○yi-mādhava-campū f. N. of a poem

⋙ praṇāyaka

pra-ṇāyaka m. a leader, chief or commander(of an army) MBh

⋙ praṇāyya

pra-ṇāyya mfn. (only L.) dear, beloved, fit, worthy

• blameless, desireless

• disapproved, rejected

⋙ praṇinīṣeṇya

pra-ṇinīṣeṇya mfn. (fr. Desid.) forming the entrance or beginning (as a day) TāṇḍBr

≫ praṇī

pra-ṇī́ m. a leader or guide TBr

• f. guidance, furtherance, devotion (?) RV. iii, 38, 2

⋙ praṇīta

pra-ṇīta (prá-), mfn. led forwards, advanced, brought, offered, conveyed (esp. to the altar, as fire or water or Soma) RV. &c. &c

• brought into, reduced to (e.g. tamas, to blindness RV

• -vaśam, to submission BhP.)

• directed towards (loc.) Sāh

• hurled, cast, shot MBh

• led towards i.e. delivered, given (as a son

• others 'exposed') MBh. i, 4672

• performed, executed, finished, made, done, prepared Up. MBh. &c

• inflicted, sentenced, awarded Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• established, instituted, taught, said, written MBh. Kāv. &c

• (-tva n. Sarvad.) wished, desired (cf. manaḥ-)

• good (as food) Divyâv

• entered, approached L

• m. (scil. agni) fire consecrated by prayers or mystical formulas W

• (ā), f. a partic. vessel used at sacrifices, a sort of cup L

• N. of a river L

• pl. (scil. āpas) water fetched on the morning of a festival for sacrificial uses, holy water ŚBr. ŚrS. &c

• n. anything cooked or dressed (such as a condiment) A

• ○tavijñāpana n. begging for dainties L

• ○tā-kāle ind. = praṇītānām praṇayana-kāle ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○tā-caru m. the vessel for the holy water, ŚaṅkhGṛ

• ○tā-praṇáyana n. the vessel in which holy water is fetched ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙ praṇīti

pra-ṇīti (prá-), f. conduct, leading, guidance RV. AV

• leading away AV

• favour MW

⋙ praṇīya

pra-ṇīya mfn. to be led on Pāṇ. 3-1, 123

⋙ praṇetavya

pra-ṇetavya mfn. to be led or guided MBh

• to be accomplished or executed or used or applied ib

⋙ praṇetṛ

pra-ṇetṛ́ m. a leader, guide RV. &c. &c. (Ved. with gen. or acc

• Class. gen. or comp.)

• a maker, creator MBh. Hariv

• an author, promulgator of a doctrine MBh. Pur

• a performer or one who plays a musical instrument L

• one who applies (a clyster) Car

• -mat mfn. containing the notion of leading AitBr

⋙ praṇetra

pra-ṇetra See vāyú-praṇetra

⋙ praṇenī

pra-ṇenī́ mfn. (fr. Intens.) leading or guiding constantly or repeatedly RV

⋙ praṇeya

pra-ṇeya mfn. to be guided or led, docile, obedient MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk

• to be (or being) used or applied Bālar. Car

• to be executed or accomplished MBh

• to be fixed or settled ib

praṇu

pra-ṇu (√nu), P. Ā. -navati, ○te, to roar, bellow, sound, reverberate RV. AV

• P. -ṇau. ti, to make a humming or droning sound

• (esp.) to utter the syllable om Br. ChUp. ŚrS

⋙ praṇava

pra-ṇáva (or prá-ṇ○), m. (ifc. f. ā) the mystical or sacred syllable om VS. TS. ŚBr. Mn. (ifc. also -ka) &c. (-tva n. RāmatUp.)

• a kind of small drum or tabor = (and prob. wṛ. for) paṇana L

• -kalpa m. -darpaṇa m. -pariśiṣṭa n. -vyākhyā f. ○vârcana-candṛkā f. ○vârtha-nirṇaya m. ○vârtha-prakāśikā-vyākhyāna n. ○vôpaniṣad f. N. of wks

⋙ praṇuta

pra-ṇuta mfn. praised, celebrated, lauded BhP

praṇud

pra-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, ○te, (inf. nódam RV.), to push on, propel, set in motion, drive or scare away RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -ṇodayati, to push or thrust away KaṭhUp

• to move, excite Pañcat

• to press a person to do anything (2 acc.) Var

⋙ praṇutta

pra-ṇutta (prá-), mfn. pushed away, repelled, set in motion AV

⋙ praṇud

pra-ṇud mfn. (ifc.) = next MBh. Suśr

• who or what enjoins or commands W

⋙ praṇuda

pra-ṇuda mfn. (ifc.) driving or scaring or forcing away Hariv

⋙ praṇudita

pra-ṇudita mfn. beaten, struck MBh. (Nīlak.)

⋙ praṇunna

pra-ṇunna mfn. = ○ṇutta MBh. R. Śiś

• sent, dispatched MW

• shaken, trembling ib

⋙ praṇottavya

pra-ṇottavya mfn. to be propelled AitBr

⋙ praṇoda

pra-ṇoda m. driving, guiding (horses &c.) W

• directing, ordering ib

⋙ ṇodita

ṇodita mfn. (fr. Caus.) set in motion, agitated, Pañcat. [Page 661, Column 1] Contents of this page

• driven, guided

• directed, ordered W

⋙ ṇodya

ḍṇodya mfn. to be driven or turned away, to be moved MW

praṇyasta

pra-ṇy-asta mfn. (√2. as) beat down or depressed in front TPrāt

pratakvan

pra-tákvan mfn. (√tak) rushing on

• steep, Precipitous TS

≫ prataṅkam

pra-táṅkam ind. gliding, creeping AV

pratakṣ

pra-√takṣ (only pf. Ā. -tatakehire), to build, make, produce RV

prataṭa

pra-taṭa n. (?) a high bank Ml

prataḍ

pra-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike down, knock down MBh. Pañcat

pratata

pra-tata See pra-√tan

pratatāmaha

pra-tatāmaha m. a great-grandfather AV

pratadvasu

pratád-vasu mfn. (for prathad-v○, or pra-tata-v○) increasing wealth RV. viii, 13, 27 (= prâpta-vasu Nir

• = vistīrṇa-dhanu Sāy.)

pratan

pra-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to spread (intr.) or extend over, cover, fill A. &c. &c

• to spread (trans.), disperse, diffuse, continue, propagate VS. &e. &c

• to show, display, reveal, ŚiŚ

• to undertake, begin, perform, execute, effect, cause, do, make (also with 2 acc.) MBh. Kāv. Rājat.: Pass. -tāyate, to spread or extend from, proceed from (abl.). ChUp

• -tanyate, to be continued or extended or particularized Sarvad

⋙ pratata

pra-ḍtata (prá-), mfn. spread over, diffused, covered, filled RV. R. Suśr

• (am), ind. continuously, unintermittingly MW

⋙ pratati

pra-ḍtati f. spreading, extension L

• (also ī), a creeping plant L

⋙ pratāna

pra-ḍtāná m. a shoot, tendril AV. &c. &c

• a plant with tendrils Mn. Var

• (met.) branching out, ramification Kathās. Suśr

• N. of a section of a wk. whose name ends in kalpa-latā Cat

• diffuseness, prolixity Sarvad

• a kind of disease, tetanus, epilepsy L

• N. of a man (pl., his descendants), g. upakâdi

• (ā, or ī), f. N. of a plant (= go-jihvā) L

• ○na-vat mfn. having shoots or tendrils Suśr

• ramified ib

⋙ pratānita

pra-ḍtānita mfn. treated diffusely or in a prolix manner Sarvad

⋙ pratānin

pra-ḍtānin mfn. having shoots or tendrils L

• spreading, extending W

• (inī), f. a spreading creeper, climbing plant L

pratana

pra-tana mf(ī)n. (fr. 1. pra) ancient, old Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-tna)

pratanu

pra-tanu mfn. very thin or fine, delicate, minute, slender, small, insignificant Kāv. Suśr. (also -ka

• ind. -kam)

• ○nū-√kṛ, to render thin, emaciate, diminish, weaken MBh. Jātakam

pratap

pra-√tap P. -tapati, to give forth heat, burn, glow, shine (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to feel pain, suffer R

• to warm, heat, shine upon ŚBr. &c. &c

• to roast, bake R. Suśr

• to kindle, light, illumine RV

• to pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. Kāv.: Pass. -tapyate, to suffer pain BhP.: Caus. -tāpayati (fut. -tāpitā MBh. viii, 1971), to make warm, heat GṛŚrS. MBh. and e

• to set on fire, irradiate, illuminate R

• to destroy or pain with heat, torment, harass MBh. R. &c

⋙ pratapa

pra-ḍtapa m. the heat of the sun

• -tra n. a parasol BhP

⋙ pratapat

pra-ḍtapat mf(antī)n. burning glowing, shining (lit. and fig.), feeling pain, doing penance MBh

• m. the sun MW. (cf. MBh. iv, 42)

• an ascetic R

⋙ pratapana

pra-ḍtapana n. warming, heating KātyŚr. MBh. Suśr

• ○ne-√kṛ, (prob.) to put near the fire, make warm (ind. p. -kṛtya, or -kṛtvā), g. sâkṣād-ādi

⋙ pratapta

pra-ḍtapta mfn. hot, glowing shining MBh

• subjected to great heat, annealed BhavP

• pained (esp. by heat), tortured, harassed MBh. Kāv. &c

• (prob.) n. annealed gold R

⋙ prataptṛ

pra-ḍtaptṛ m. one who burns or singes Śaṃk

⋙ pratāpa

pra-ḍtāpa m. glowing heat, heat, warmth Kāv. Var. Suśr

• splendour, brilliancy, glory, majesty, dignity, power, strength, energy Mn. MBh. &c

• Calotropis Gigantea (= arka) L

• N. of a man MBh. Rājat

• -candra m. N. of a king Kathās

• of a Jaina author Sarvad

• -deva (Cat), -dhavala (Inscr.), m. N. of princes

• -nāraśiṃha or -nṛsiṃha m. N. of wks

• -pāla m. N. of a man Rājat

• -pura n. N. of a town ib

• -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of sev. wks

• -mukuṭa m. N. of a prince Vet

• -rāja m. N. of a king Dharmaś

• rāma-pūjā f. N. of wk. [Page 661, Column 2]

• -rudra m. N. of a king of the Kākatīyas (or according to others of Vijayanagara or of Eka-śilā

• sev. wks. are attributed to him, though in reality composed by different authors) Cat

• ○dra-kalyāṇa n. N. of a drama

• ○dra-yaśo-bhūṣaṇa, or = ○drīya n. N. of wk. by Vidyā-nātha on rhetoric (in which king Pratāpa-rudra is eulogized)

• -vat mfn. full of splendour, majestic, glorious, powerful MBh. R. &c

• m. N. of Śiva Śivag

• of an attendant of Skanda MBh

• -velâvalī f. (in music) N. of a Rāga

• -śīla m. N. of a king (= śilâditya) Rājat

• -śekhara m. (in music) a kind of measure

• -siṃha and -siṃha-rāja m. N. of authors Cat

• ○pâditya m. N. of sev. princes (-tā f.) Rājat

• ○pâlaṃkāra m. N. of wk. (prob.= ○parudrīya)

• ○pêndra m. N. of the sun Hcar

⋙ tāpana

tāpana mfn. making hot, paining, tormenting MBh. R. Suśr

• m. N. of Śiva Śivag

• a partic. hell BhP

• n. warming, heating, turning, paining, distressing MBh. Suśr

⋙ tāpasa

ḍtāpasa m. Calotropis Gigantea Alba Bhpr

⋙ tāpin

ḍtāpin mfn. burning, scorching, paining (ifc.)

• glowing, shining, splendid, majestic, powerful MBh. Hariv. Rājat

pratam

pra-√tam P. -tāmyati, to become exhausted or breathless, faint away, lose self-consciousness, perish AitBr. MBh. Suśr

⋙ pratamaka

pra-ḍtamaka m. a partic. form of asthma Suśr

⋙ pratām

pra-ḍtām mfn. (nom. ○tān) Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 ; viii, 2, 64 Kāś. (also ind

• g. svar-ādi)

⋙ pratāmaka

pra-ḍtāmaka m. = ○tamaka Car

pratamām

pra-tamā́m ind. (fr. 1. prá) especially, particularly ŚBr. AitBr

⋙ prataram

pra-tarám (RV. AV.),

⋙ pratarām

pra-taḍrām (VS. ĀśvŚr.), ind. further, more particularly, in future

pratara

pra-tara ○raṇa &c. See pra-√tṝ

pratark

pra-√tark P. -tarkayati

• to form a clear view or notion of (acc.), to gather, conclude MBh. Suśr

• to regard as, take for (2. acc.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pratarka

pra-ḍtarka m. conclusion, supposition, conjecture MBh. Śak

⋙ pratarkaṇa

pra-ḍtarkaṇa n. judging, reasoning, discussion, logic L

⋙ pratarkya

pra-ḍtarkya See a-pratarkya

pratardana

pra-tardana See under pra-√tṛd

pratala

pra-tala m. the open hand with the fingers extended L

• m. n. one of the divisions of the lower regions L. (cf. pātāla)

pratavas

prá-tavas mfn. mighty, powerful, active (said of the Maruts) RV

pratāmra

pra-tāmra mfn. excessively red, very red, Sak

pratāra

pra-tāra ○raka &c. See under pra√tṝ

prati 1

práti ind. (as a prefix to roots and their derivative nouns and other nouns, sometimes pratī

• for 2. See p, 664) towards, near to

• against, in opposition to

• back, again, in return

• down upon, upon, on

• before nouns it expresses also likeness or comparison (cf. prati-candra)

• or it forms Avyayibhāvas of different kinds (cf. prati-kṣaṇam, prati-graham, praty-agni &c

• rarely ifc. e.g. sūpaprati, a little broth Pāṇ. 2-1, 9)

• or as a prep. with usually preceding acc., in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (e.g. śabdam p○, in the dirṭdirection of the sound R

• agnim pr○, against the fire Mn

• also praty-agni ind. Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch

• ripum pr○, against the enemy Mn

• ātmānam pr○, to one's self Ratnâv.)

• opposite, before, in the presence of (e.g. rodasī pr○, befṭbefore heaven and earth RV.)

• in comparison, on a par with, in proportion to (e.g. indram pr○, in comparṭcomparison with little RV

• sahasrāṇi pr○, on a par with i.e. equivalent to thousands ib

• also with abl. or -tas

• Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 ; ii, 3, 11)

• in the vicinity of, near, beside, at, on (e.g. yūpam pr○, near the sacrificial post AitBr

• gaṅgām pr○, at or on the Ganges R

• etat pr○, at this point TS

• āyodhanam pr○, on the field of battle MBh.)

• at the time of, about, through, for (e.g. phālgunam pr○, about the month Phālguna Mn

• ciram pr○, for a long time MBh

• bhṛśam pr○, often, repeatedly Car.)

• or used distributively (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90) to express at every, in or on every, severally (e.g. yajñam pr○, at every sacrifice Yājñ

• yajñaṃ yajñam pr○ TS

• varṣam pr○, every year, anually Pañcat

• in this sense often comp

• above.)

• in favour of, for (Pāṇ. 1-4, 90

• e.g. pāṇḍavān pr○, in favour of the Pāṇ. MBh.) [Page 661, Column 3]

• on account of, with regard to, concerning (Pāṇ. ib., e.g. sīmām pr○, concṭconcerning a boundary Mn

• gautamam pr○, with regṭregard to Ganges R.)

• conformably or according to (e.g. mām pr○, according to me, i.e. in my opinion Mālav

• cf. mām praty araṇyavat pratibhāti, 'it seems to me like a forest' Hit

• na bubhukṣitam prati bhāti kiṃ cit, 'to a hungry man nothing is of any account' Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 2)

• as, for (after a verb meaning, to regard or consider'

• Vikr. iv, 69)

• or as prep. with abl. in return or as compensation for, instead or in the place of (Pāṇ. 1-4, 92 Sch.)

• with abl. or -tas See above

• with abl. or gen. (?) to express, 'about', 'at the time of' (only prṭprati vastoḥ', at daybreak' RV.)

• as prep. with gen. = with reference to Hariv. 10967. [Cf. Zd. paiti

• Gk. ?, ?, ?.] [661, 3]

≫ prati

prati in comp. with nouns not immediately connected with roots

⋙ pratikañcuka

○kañcuka m. (prob.) a critic, a critical work Āryabh

⋙ pratikaṇṭham

○kaṇṭham ind. 'throat by throat', singly, severally, one by one (so that each is reckoned), RPrat

⋙ pratikaṇṭhukayā

○kaṇṭhukayā (prob.) wṛ. for

⋙ pratikaṇṭhikayā

○kaṇḍṭhikayā ind. id. Divyâv

⋙ pratikapālam

○kapālam ind. in every cup KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pratikarkaśa

○karkaśa mf(ā)n. equally hard, of the same hardness as (comp.) Mṛicch

⋙ pratikalam

○kalam ind. at every moment, constantly, perpetually Vcar

⋙ pratikalpa

○kalpa m. counter-part (cf. apr○ and also prati-√kḷp)

⋙ pratikalpam

○kalpam ind. in each cosmic period Nīlak

⋙ pratikaśa

○kaśa mfn. (prob.) not obeying the whip Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 Sch

⋙ pratikaṣṭa

○kaṣṭa mfn. comparatively (i.e. beyond expectation) bad Suśr

⋙ pratikāṇḍam

○kāṇḍam ind. for every section or chapter Baudh

⋙ pratikāma

○kāmá mfn. being according to wish or desire, desired, beloved AV

• (ám), ind. according to wish, at will RV. ŚrS

⋙ pratikāmin

○kāmin mfn. contrary to desire, disagreeable ŚāṅkhBr

• (inī), f. a female rival Śiś

⋙ pratikāmya

○kāmyá mfn. being according to wish or liking AV

⋙ pratikāya

○kāya m. 'counter-body', an adversary Kir

• a target, butt, mark ib

• an effigy, likeness, picture L

• a bow Gal

⋙ pratikitava

○kitava m. an adversary at play Daś

⋙ pratikīla

○kīla m. an opposite post or peg Pat

⋙ pratikuñjara

○kuñjara m. a hostile elephant MBh

⋙ pratikuṇḍam

○kuṇḍam ind. in every fire-pit Hcat

⋙ pratikūpa

○kūpa m. a moat, ditch L

⋙ pratikūla

○kūla mf(ā)n. 'against the bank' (opp. to anu-kūla, q.v.), contrary, adverse, opposite, inverted, wrong, refractory, inimical, disagreeable, unpleasant Mn. MBh. &c

• (kū́lam), ind. contrarily, against, in inverted order AV. &c. &c

• n. inverted order, opposition

• (ena, in invṭinverted order BhP

• ○leṣu sthitaḥ, offering opposition Mn. ix, 275)

• -kārin (Mālav.), -kṛt (R.), mfn. acting adversely, inimical

• -tas ind. in contradiction to (-to-√vṛt, to be in cṭcontradiction to) MBh

• -tā f. (Kāv. &c.), -tva n. (MW.) adverseness, opposition, hostility

• perverseness, contumacy

• -darśana mfn. looking cross or awry, having an ungracious aspect MW

• -daiva mfn. opposed by fate (-tā f. hostility of fate) Pañcat

• -pravartin mfn. (a ship) taking an adverse course or(tongue) causing unpleasantness ŚārṅgP. (v. l.)

• -bhāṣin mfn. speaking against, contradicting R

• -vacana n. refractory speech, contradiction Pañcat

• -vat mfn. refractory, contumacious MBh

• -vartin mfn. being adverse to, disturbing, troubling Kum

• -vāda m. = -vacana MBh

• -vādin mfn. = -bhāṣin ib

• -visarpin mfn. (a ship) moving against the wind or stream, (a tongue) moving unpleasantly ŚārṅgP. (cf. -pravartin)

• -vṛtti mfn. resisting, opposing (with gen.) BhP

• -vedanīya mfn. causing an unpleasant effect Tarkas

• -śabda mfn. sounding unpleasantly Kum

• ○lâcarita n. an offensive action, injurious conduct Ragh

• ○lôkta n. pl. contradiction Kathās

⋙ pratikūlaya

○kūlaya Nom. P. ○yati, to resist, oppose R. Kād

⋙ pratikūlika

○kūlika mfn. hostile, inimical Mcar. (prob. wṛ. for prāt○)

⋙ pratikṛttikā

○kṛttikā f. g. aśvâdi

⋙ pratikoṇam

○koṇam ind. for or in every quarter of the sky Hcat

⋙ pratikriyam

○kriyam ind. for each action Kap. ( See also under prati-√kṛ)

⋙ pratikrūra

○krūra mfn. cruel in return, returning harshness MBh. (a-pratikr○)

⋙ pratikṣaṇam

○kṣaṇam ind. at every moment, continually Kālid. Rājat. &c

⋙ pratikṣatra

○kṣatra m. N. of a descendant of Atri (author of RV. v, 46) Anukr

• of a son of An-enas Hariv

• of a son of Kshatra-vṛiddha VP

• of a son of Śamin Hariv

⋙ pratikṣapam

○kṣapam ind. everynight Śiś

⋙ pratikṣaya

○kṣaya m. a guard L

⋙ pratikṣetra

○kṣetra n. place, stead

• (e), ind. instead of (gen.) Gṛihyās

⋙ pratikṣepa

○kṣepa

⋙ pratikṣepaṇa

○kṣeḍpaṇa See pra-√kṣip

⋙ pratikṣoṇibhṛt

○kṣoṇi-bhṛt m. opposition king Vcar

⋙ pratikhura

○khura m. a partic. wrong position of a child at birth Suśr

⋙ pratikheṭaka

○kheṭaka g. aśvâdi

⋙ pratigaja

○gaja m.= -kuñjara MBh. Hariv. [Page 662, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratigātram

○gātram ind. in every limb (only ibc.) Dhūrtas

⋙ pratigiri

○giri m. an opposite mountain BhP

⋙ pratigu

○gu ind. against a cow Mn. iv, 52

⋙ pratigṛham

○gṛham (KātyŚr.),

⋙ pratigeham

○geham (Rājat.), ind. in every house

⋙ pratigrāmam

○grāmam ind. in every village Rājat

• ○ma-samīpam ind. near every village Dharmaś

⋙ praticakra

○cakra n. a discus which is a match for any other MBh

• a hostile army Nīlak

⋙ praticandra

○candra m. a mock moon, paraselene R

⋙ praticaraṇam

○caraṇam ind. in every school or branch L

⋙ praticiti

○citi ind. in every layer or pile KātyŚr

⋙ praticodanam

○codanam ind. on every order or injunction ĀśvŚr

⋙ praticchanada

○cchanada m. a reflected image

• any image, likeness, substitute Hariv. Rājat

• -kalyāṇa mfn. obliging, complaisant L

⋙ praticchandaka

○cchandaka m.= -cchanda Kull

• mfn. versed in, familiar with Nalac

⋙ praticchāyā

○cchāyā f. reflection, likeness, image, shadow, phantom Hariv. Śaṃk

• the distorted image of a sick man (indicative of approaching death) Car

• -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of the distṭdistorted imṭimage of a sick man ib

⋙ praticchāyikā

○cchāyikā f. an image, phantom Naish

⋙ pratijaṅghā

○jaṅghā f. the shin-bone L

⋙ pratijana

○janá m. an adversary AV

• ○nya (pratī-), mfn. adverse, hostile RV

⋙ pratijanam

○janam ind. in every one Śiś

⋙ pratijanman

○janman See prati-√jan

⋙ pratijihvā

○jihvā and f. the uvula L

⋙ pratijihvikā

○jihvikā f. the uvula L

⋙ pratijūtivarpas

○jūti-varpas (práti-), mfn. assuming any form according to impulse RV. iii, 60, 1

⋙ pratitadvid

○tad-vid f. recognition of the contrary KaushUp

⋙ pratitantram

○tantram ind. according to each Tantra or opinion W

• ○tra-darpaṇa m. N. of wk

• ○tra-siddhânta m. a doctrine adopted in various systems (but not in all) Nyāyas. Car

⋙ pratitarām

○tarā́m ind. (with √bhū) to retire or shrink more and more ŚBr

⋙ pratitaru

○taru ind. at each tree Gīt

⋙ pratitāla

○tāla m. (in music) a kind of measure

• (ī), f. the key of a door L

⋙ pratitālaka

○tālaka m. = prec. (m. and f.) L

⋙ pratitūṇī

○tūṇī f. a modification of the nervous disease called Tūṇī Suśr. (cf. pra-tūṇī)

⋙ pratitryaham

○tryaham ind. for three days at a time Gaut

⋙ pratidaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mfn. refractory under the rod, disobedient, obstinate TāṇḍBr

⋙ pratidantin

○dantin m. = -kuñjara Kir

• ○ty-anīkam ind. against the army of elephants ib

⋙ pratidinam

○dinam and ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

⋙ pratidivasam

○divasam ind. day by day, daily, every day Kāv. Var. Pañcat

⋙ pratidiśam

○diśam ind. in every direction or quarter, all around GṛŚrS. Megh. &c

⋙ pratidūta

○dūta m. a messenger sent in return Rājat. Kathās

⋙ pratidṛś

○dṛś mfn. similar, like TS

⋙ pratidṛśam

○dṛśam ind. in or for every eye BhP

⋙ pratidṛṣṭānta

○dṛṣṭânta m. a counter example Nyāyas

• -sama m. an irrelevant objection by adducing a cṭcounter example which ignores the opponent's example ib

⋙ pratidevatā

○devatā f. a corresponding deity MuṇḍUp

• ○tam ind. = -daivatam KātyŚr

⋙ pratideśam

○deśam ind. = -diśam Var. Rājat

⋙ pratideham

○deham ind. in each bady Śaṃk

⋙ pratidaivatam

○daivatam ind. for each deity ib

⋙ pratidoṣam

○doṣám ind. in the evening, in the dark RV

⋙ pratidvaṃdva

○dvaṃdva m. an adversary, rival, foe (in a-pratidv○) MBh. R. &c

• n. opposition, hostility W

• ○dvaya Nom. P. ○yati, to rival Divyâv

• ○dvin m. = ○dva m. (ifc. vying with) MBh. Kāv

• ○dvii-bhūta mfn. being an advṭadversary' Śaṃk

⋙ pratidvādaśan

○dvādaśan mfn. pl. twelve in each case Gaut

⋙ pratidvāram

○dvāram (Kathās.),

⋙ pratidvāri

○dvāri (BhP.), ind. at every gate or door

⋙ pratidvipa

○dvipa m. = -kuñjara Kir

⋙ pratidvirada

○dvirada m. id. MBh. Hariv

⋙ pratidvīpam

○dvīpam ind. in every part of the world Hcar

⋙ pratidhī

○dhī mfn. (ifc.) as intelligent as, Pracaṇḍ

⋙ pratidhura

○dhura m. a horse harnessed by the side of another VS. Sch. (cf. apratidh○)

⋙ pratinagaram

○nagaram ind, in every town Hcar

⋙ pratinadi

○nadi ind. at every river Bālar

⋙ pratinaptṛ

○naptṛ m. a great grandson, a son's grandson L. (cf. praṇapāt)

⋙ pratinamaskāra

○namaskāra mfn. one who returns a salutation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratinayana

○nayana (ibc.), into the eye Mālatīm

⋙ pratinava

○nava mfn. new, young, fresh

• -javāpuṣpa n. a newly opened China rose Megh

⋙ pratināga

○nāga m. = -kuñjara MBh

⋙ pratināḍī

○nāḍī f. a branch vein L

⋙ pratināman

○nāman (práti-), mf(minī)n. having corresponding names, related by name ŚBr

• ○ma ind. by name, mentioning the name Veṇis

• ○ma-grahaṇam ind. mentioning each individual name Kād

⋙ pratināyaka

○nāyaka m. 'counter hero', the adversary of the hero (in a play) Sāh

• an image, likeness, counterfeit, Śrikaṇṭh

⋙ pratinārī

○nārī f. a female rival Śiś

⋙ pratiniśam

○niśam ind. every night Kathās

⋙ pratiniścaya

○niścaya m. a contrary opinion MBh

⋙ pratiniṣka

○niṣka m. or n. (?) a Nishka (s.v.) in each case Hcat

⋙ pratiniṣṭha

○niṣṭha mfn. standing on the opposite side Car

⋙ pratinṛpati

○nṛpati m. = -kṣoṇibhṛt Dhanaṃj

⋙ pratinyāyam

○nyāyám ind. in inverted order ŚBr

⋙ pratinyāsa

○nyāsa a counter deposit Nār

⋙ pratinyūṅkha

○nyūṅkha m. a corresponding insertion of the vowel o ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○khaya Nom. ○yati, to insert the vowel o in the corresponding stanza or verse ib. [Page 662, Column 2]

⋙ pratipakṣa

○pakṣa m. the opposite side, hostile party, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c

• an obstacle Divyâv

• an adversary, opponent, foe ib. (ifc. = a rival in, match for, equal, similar Kāvyâd.)

• a respondent, defendant (in law) W

• m. N. of a king VāyuP

• -graha m. the taking of the opposite side (○haṃ cakruḥ, they took the oppṭopposite side) MBh

• -caṇḍa-bhairava m. N. of the chief of a partic. sect Cat

• janman mfn. caused by the enemy. Śiś

• -tā f. (BhP.), -tva n. (Śaṃk.) opposition, hostility

• ○kṣita mfn. containing a contradiction, contradictory Bhāshāp

• nullified by a contradictory premiss (one of the 5 kinds of fallacious middle terms) MW

⋙ pratipakṣin

○pakṣin m. an opponent, adversary Śaṃk

• ○kṣi-tā f. self-contradiction, the being self-contradictory MW

⋙ pratipacanam

○pacanam ind. at each cooking Gobh. Sch.- 1

⋙ pratipaṇa

○paṇa m. (for 2. See p. 667) the stake of an adversary at play Kathās

⋙ pratipaṇya

○paṇya n. merchandise in exchange Divyâv

⋙ pratipattraphalā

○pattraphalā f. a kind of gourd L

⋙ pratipatni

○patni f. (m. c. for ○tnī) a female rival (-vat BhP.)

• ind. for each wife ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pratipatha

○patha m. way back Harav

• (am), ind. along the road Kathās. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42)

• backwards Rājat

• ○tha-gati mfn. going a long the road Kum. iii, 76

• ○thika mfn. id. Pāṇ. 4-4, 42. 1

⋙ pratipad

○pad ind. (cf. prati-√pad, p. 667) = -padam

• -darśinī f. 'looking at every step', a woman L

⋙ pratipada

○pada n. N. of an Upâṅga

• (am), ind. (also ○da ibc.) at every step, on every occasion, at every place, everywhere Kāv

• at every word, word by word Sarvad

• literally, expressly (Pāṇ. 2-2, 10 Vārtt.1 ; vi, 2, 26 Sch.)

• each, singly R. (= pratyekam Sch.)

• ○da-tva n. walking step by step Kāṭh

⋙ pratipadmam

○padmam ind. at every lotus flower Hcat

⋙ pratiparṇaśiphā

○parṇa-śiphā f. Anthericum Tuberosum L

⋙ pratiparyāyam

○paryāyam ind. at every turn GṛŚrS

⋙ pratiparva

○parva ind. at every change of the moon Vcar

⋙ pratipalam

○palam ind. every moment Bhām

⋙ pratipallava

○pallava m. an opposite or outstretched branch Ragh

⋙ pratipaśu

○paśu ind. at every sacrificial victim TBr. Sch. 1

⋙ pratipāṇa

○pāṇa m. (for 2. See s.v.) a counter-pledge, anything staked against another thing MBh

• a counter-stake, counter-game, revenge at play Nal. (cf. -paṇa, above)

⋙ pratipātram

○pātram ind. (in dram.) in each part, in each character, by every actor Śak

⋙ pratipādapam

○pādapam ind. in every tree Vikr

⋙ pratipādam

○pādam ind. in each Pāda, in eṭeach quarter of a verse Piṅg

⋙ pratipāpa

○pāpa mfn. wicked or evil in return, recompensing evil for evil MBh

⋙ pratipāpin

○pāpin mfn. id. Nīlak

⋙ pratipiṇḍam

○piṇḍam ind. in each Piṇḍa (s.v.) MānŚr

⋙ pratipuṃniyata

○puṃ-niyata mfn. settled for every soul singly Sarvad

⋙ pratipur

○púr f. a hostile castle MaitrS

⋙ pratipura

○pura g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

⋙ pratipuruṣa

○puruṣa or m. 'a counter-person', a similar man

⋙ pratipūr

○pūr○ m. 'a counter-person', a similar man

• a companion, assistant

• a deputy, substitute KātyŚr. Sch

• (a-pratip○, unmatched BhP.)

• the effigy of a man (which thieves push into the interior of a house before entering it themselves) Mṛicch

• (ibc. and ám ind.) man by man, every man, for each mṭman Br. GṛŚrS. Hcar. Āp

• for each soul Sāṃkhyak

⋙ pratipuṣyam

○puṣyam ind. at each time of the moon's entrance into the constellation Pushya Var

⋙ pratipustaka

○pustaka n. a copy of an original manuscript, a copy in general Sāy. on ŚBr

⋙ pratipūruṣa

○pūruṣa See -puruṣa above

⋙ pratipūrvāhṇam

○pūrvâhṇam ind. every forenoon Pāṇ. 6-2, 33 Sch

⋙ pratipṛṣṭhā

○pṛṣṭhā f. each page of a leaf. Cat

⋙ pratipraṇavaṃ

○praṇavaṃ ind. at every repetition of the syllable om KātyŚr

• ○va-saṃyukta mfn. accompanied each time with the sṭsyllable om Yājñ

⋙ pratipraṇāma

○praṇāma m. a bow or obeisance in return, saluting in turn Rājat. Kād

⋙ pratiprati

○pratí mf(tínī)n. being a counter-part, counter-balancing

• being a match for, equal to (acc.) Br. Nir

⋙ pratipratīka

○pratīka (ibc.) and ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr

⋙ pratipratīkam

○pratīḍkam ind. at each initial word ĀśvŚr

• on or at every part of the body Naish

⋙ pratiprabhātam

○prabhātam ind. every morning Kathās. Inscr

⋙ pratiprayāṇakam

○prayāṇakam ind. with each day's journey Kād

⋙ pratiprayoga

○prayoga m. counter-application or parallel setting forth of a proposition, Savad

⋙ pratipraśna

○praśna m. a question asked in return ĀpŚr

• an answer Var

• (ám), ind with regard to the controversy ŚBr. (Sāy.)

⋙ pratiprasava

○prasava See under prati-pra- √1. sū

⋙ pratiprasavam

○prasavam ind. in each birth Sarvad

⋙ pratiprākāra

○prākāra m. an outer rampart L

⋙ pratiprāni

○prâni ind. in or for every living creature Bādar. Sch

⋙ pratiprāś

○prāś (práti-), m. an opponent in controversy, adversary in a lawsuit ( See prati-√prach) AV

⋙ pratiprāśita

○prāśita mfn. opposed in debate Kauś

⋙ pratipriya

○priya mfn. agreeable to (gen.) ĀpŚr

• n. kindness or service in return MBh. Ragh

⋙ pratiprekṣaṇa

○prêkṣaṇa n. looking at in return Āp. [Page 662, Column 3]

⋙ pratipraīṣa

○praī7ṣa m. a cry or call in return, direction given in return KātyŚr

⋙ pratiphalīkaraṇam

○phalī-karaṇam ind. at each cleaning of the corn KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ pratiphullaka

○phullaka See p. 668

⋙ pratibandhu

○bandhu m. an equal in rank or station MBh. 1

⋙ pratibala

○bala n. a hostile army Vcar. Daś. 2

⋙ pratibala

○bala mfn. having equal strength or power, equally matched, a match for (with gen. or ifc., e.g. astra-p○, equal in arms), being able to (dat. or inf.) MBh. R. (cf. a-p○)

⋙ pratibāṇi

○bāṇi See -vāṇi below

⋙ pratibāhu

○bāhu m. fore-arm Var

• an opposite side (in a square or polygon) Col

• N. of sev. men BhP

⋙ pratibimba 1

○bimba n. (rarely m.) the disc of the sun or moon reflected (in water)

• a reflection, reflected image, mirrored form MBh. Pañcat. Kāv. &c. (also ○baka)

• a resemblance or counterpart of real forms, a picture, image, shadow W

• (among the synonyms of 'equal' Kāvyâd.)

• N. of the chapters of the Kāvya-ptakāśâdarśa Cat

• -vartin mfn. being reflected or mirrored MW

• -bimbâta (?), m. a mirror W

⋙ pratibimba 2

○bimba Nom. P. ○bati, to be reflected or mirrored Kap. Sch

• ○bita mfn. reflected, mirrored (-tva n.) ib. &c

• ○bī-√kṛ, to reflect, represent, equal Daś

⋙ pratibimbana

○bimbana n. the being reflected, Sāṃkhyaprav. Sch. Nīlak

• reflection

• comparing together, comparison Sāh

⋙ pratibimbaya

○bimbaya Nom. P. ○yati, to reflect, mirror L. (cf. ○bita above)

⋙ pratibīja

○bīja n. bad seed L

⋙ pratibījam

○bījam ind. for every sort of grain ĀpŚr

⋙ pratibhaṭa

○bhaṭa mfn. a match for, vying with (gen. or comp.), rivalling Vcar. Caṇḍ. Rājat

• (○ṭī-kṛ, to equalize to Naish

• m. an adversary Rājat.)

• -tā f. emulousness, emulation Rājat

⋙ pratibhaya

○bhaya mf(ā)n. exciting fear, formidable, terrible, dangerous ĀśvGṛ. Gobh. MBh. &c

• n. fear (with abl. or ifc.) MBh. Rājat

• danger ĀśvGṛ. Rājat

• (am), ind. formidably, frightfully Ragh

• -kara and ○yaM-k○ mfn. causing fear R. Kathās

• -bhayâkāra mfn. having a formidable aspect MW

⋙ pratibhavam

○bhavam ind. for this and all future births L. 1

⋙ pratibhāga

○bhāga (ibc.), for every degree Siddhântaś. (for 2. See under prati-√bhaj)

⋙ pratibhī

○bhī f. fear Bhojapr

⋙ pratibhuja

○bhuja m. = -bāhu Col

⋙ pratibhūpāla

○bhūpāla m. = next Vcar

• (pl.) each single prince, all the princes together. Naish

⋙ pratibhūbhṛt

○bhūbhṛt m. a hostile prince Vcar

⋙ pratibhairava

○bhairava mf(ā)n. dreadful Var

⋙ pratimaṅgalavāra

○maṅgala-vāra m. pl. (prob.) every Tuesday Cat

⋙ pratimañca

○mañca and m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙ pratimañcaka

○mañḍcaka m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙ pratimaṇṭhaka

○maṇṭhaka (prob.) m. id. Cat. (cf. maṇṭhaka)

⋙ pratimaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. a secondary disk (of the sun &c.) Hariv

• an eccentric orbit Col

⋙ pratimatsya

○matsya m. pl. N. of a people MBh. VP. (vḷ. -māsya)

⋙ pratimantram

○mantram ind. with or at every formula or verse KātyŚr. Gaut

⋙ pratimandiram

○mandiram ind. in every house Rājat

⋙ pratimanvantara

○manv-antara n. every Manv-antara

• am (Mcar.), e (Hcat.), ind. in each MṭManv-antara

⋙ pratimalla

○malla m. an opponent in wrestling or boxing, an antagonist or rival Hariv. Kathās. Vcar

• -tā f. rivalry Harav

⋙ pratimahānasa

○mahânasa n. every kitchen Gobh. Comm

⋙ pratimahāvyāhṛti

○mahā-vyāhṛti ind. at each Mahā-vyāhṛiti KātyŚr

⋙ pratimahiṣa

○mahiṣa m. a hostile buffalo Kāv

⋙ pratimāṃsa

○māṃsa n. new or restored flesh Kathās

⋙ pratimātṛ

○mātṛ ind. mother by mother, every mother Gaut

⋙ pratimātrā

○mātrā f. pl. every measure (of time) NṛisUp

⋙ pratimāyā

○māyā f. counter-spell, cṭcounter-charm MBh. Kathās

⋙ pratimārga

○mārga m. the way back MBh

• (e), ind. on the way Divyâv

⋙ pratimārgaka

○mārgaka m. the city of Hari-ścandra (said to hover in the air) L

⋙ pratimālā

○mālā f. an exercise analogous to capping verses, reciting verse for verses as a trial of memory or skill (one of the 64 Kalās Cat.) W

⋙ pratimāsa

○māsa (ibc.) and ind. every month, monthly L

⋙ pratimāsam

○māḍsam ind. every month, monthly L

⋙ pratimāsya

○māsya m. pl. N. of a people (vḷ. for -matsya, q.v.)

⋙ pratimitra

○mitra wṛ. for praty-amitra, q.v. MBh

⋙ pratimukula

○mukula (ibc.), in or upon every bud Prab

⋙ pratimukha

○mukha n. the reflected image of the face Harav

• (in dram.) a secondary plot or incident which hastens or retards the catastrophe, the Epitasis (also ○khasaṃdhi) Daśar. Pratāp. Sāh. Sch

• an answer Sāh

• mf(ā or ī)n. standing before the face, facing R. BhP. Vajracch

• being near, present R

• (ibc. or am ind.) towards, in front, before GṛS. Mn. MBh

• (i), wṛ.for -mukharī, q.v. Saṃgīt

• ○khâṅga n. (in dram.) progressive narration of events W

⋙ pratimukharī

○mukharī f. a partic. mode of drumming Saṃgīt

⋙ pratimudrā

○mudrā f. a counter-seal Mn. Kull

• the impression of a seal Lalit

⋙ pratimuhus

○muhus ind. again and again, repeatedly Prab. Caurap. Śātiś

⋙ pratimuhūrta

○muhūrta (ibc.) and ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

⋙ pratimuhūrtam

○muhūrḍtam ind. every moment, constantly Caurap

⋙ pratimūrti

○mūrti f. a corresponding form, image L

⋙ pratimūṣikā

○mūṣikā f. a species of rat W

⋙ pratiyāmini

○yāmini ind. every night Kathās. [Page 663, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratiyuvati

○yuvati f. a concubine, female rival Vcar

⋙ pratiyuvam

○yuvam ind. towards the young man Śiś. viii, 35

⋙ pratiyūthapa

○yūthapa m. the leader of. a hostile herd (of elephants) MBh

⋙ pratiyūpam

○yūpam ind. post by post ĀpŚr

⋙ pratiyogam

○yogam ind. rule by rule Pat

⋙ pratiyoni

○yoní ind. according to source or origin ŚBr

⋙ pratirajani

○rajani ind. every night Naish

⋙ pratiratha

○ratha m. an opposite fighter in a war-chariot, an adversary in war, equal adversary Kathās. (cf. a-p○)

• N. of a descendant of Atri (author of the hymn RV. v, 47) RAnukr

• of a son of Mati-nāra and father of Kaṇva Hariv

• of a son of Vajra and father of Sucāru ib

⋙ pratirathyam

○rathyam ind. in every road Kāv

⋙ pratirāja

○rāja (Kull.) or (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

⋙ pratirājan

○rāḍjan (R.), m. a hostile king, royal adversary

⋙ pratirājam

○rājam ind. king by king, for every king Pat

⋙ pratirātram

○rātram (Hit.) or (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

⋙ pratirātri

○rāḍtri (Vcar.), ind. each night, nightly

⋙ pratiripu

○ripu ind. against the enemy or the enemies Śiś

⋙ pratirūpa

○rūpa n. the counterpart of any real form, an image, likeness, representation MBh. Var. BhP. (also ā f. KaushUP.)

• a pattern, model for imitation (cf. -dhṛk below)

• anything falsified, a counterfeit of (gen.) Vishṇ

• mf(ā)n. like, similar, corresponding, suitable, proper, fit RV. &c. &c. (○pam akurvan, not requiting. MārkP.)

• agreeable, beautiful MBh

• m. N. of a Dānava ib

• (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Meru BhP

• -carya mfn. exemplary in conduct, worthy of imitation MW

• -caryā́ f. suitable or exemplary conduct ŚBr

• -tā f. resemblance Harav

• -dhṛk mfn. offering (i.e. being) a model or pattern BhP

⋙ pratirūpaka

○rūpaka n. an image, a picture L

• forgery Nār

• (prob.) a forged edict MBh

• mf(ikā)n. similar, corresponding, having the appearance of anything (generally ifc.) MBh. Mn. Śak. &c

• m. a quack, charlatan Car

⋙ pratirūpya

○rūpya in a-p○ wṛ. for a-prātirūpya, See prātir○

⋙ pratiraudrakarman

○raudra-karman mfn. acting cruelly against others R

⋙ pratilakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. 'a counter-mark', mark, sign MBh. R

⋙ pratiliṅgam

○liṅgam ind. at every Liṅga Rājat

⋙ pratilipi

○lipi f. a copy, transcript, written reply L

⋙ pratiloka

○loka m. every world Hcat

⋙ pratiloma

○lomá mf(ā)n. against the hair or grain (opp. to anu-l○), contrary to the natural course or order, reverse, inverted

• adverse, hostile, disagreeable, unpleasant

• low, vile ŚBr. RPrāt. ŚrS. &c

• left, not right W

• contrary to caste (where the mother is of a higher caste than the father) ib

• (ibc. and ám ind.) against the hair, against the grain, in reversed or inverted order TS. Br. ĀśvŚr. &c

• m. N. of a man

• pl. his descendants, g. upakâdi

• (ā), f. a partic. incantation (to be recited from the end to the beginning) Kathās

• n. any disagreeable or injurious act

• (ena), ind. in an unfriendly manner, unpleasantly Cāṇ

• -ja mfn. born in the inverse order of the classes (as of a Kshatriya father and Brāhmaṇī mother, or of a Vaiśya fṭfather and Kshatriyā man or Brāhmaṇī man, in which cases the wife is of a higher caste than the husband

• Mn. x, 16) W

• -tas ind. in consequence of the inverted order or course Mn. x, 68

• invertedly, in inverted order or series Yājñ. MBh. Pañcat

• -rūpa mfn. inverted KaushUp

• ○mânuloma mfn. speaking against or for anything

• (ibc. and am ind.) in inverted order or course and in the natural order or course Mn. Yājñ

• ○ma-tas ind. in an unfriendly and friendly manner R

⋙ pratilomaka

○lomaka mfn. against the hair or grain', reverse, inverted BhP

• n. inverted order, perversion Pañcat

⋙ prativaktram

○vaktram ind. on every face Hcat

⋙ prativat

○vat mfn. containing the word prati AitBr

⋙ prativatsara

○vatsara m. a year MBh

• (am), ind. every year, yearly Rājat. Kathās

⋙ prativanam

○vanam ind. in every wood or forest Bhartṛ

⋙ prativanitā

○vanitā f. a female rival Śiś

⋙ prativargam

○vargam ind. group by group KātyŚr

⋙ prativarṇa

○varṇa m. every caste Hcat

• (am), ind. containing by containing Gaut

⋙ prativarṇika

○varṇika mfn. having a corresponding colour, similar L

⋙ prativartman

○vartmán mfn. taking an opposite road or course AV

⋙ prativarman

○varman See su-prati-v○

⋙ prativarṣa

○varṣa (ibc.) or (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

⋙ prativarṣam

○varḍṣam (ind.), every year, yearly MārkP. Pañcat

⋙ prativallabhā

○vallabhā f. = -yuvati Vcar

⋙ prativaṣaṭkāram

○vaṣaṭkāram ind. at each exclamation Vashaṭ ĀśvŚr

⋙ prativasati

○vasati ind. in every habitation or house Kathās

⋙ prativastu

○vastu n. a counterpart, equivalent

• anything given in return, anything contrasted with another Kathās. Pratāp

• vastū7pamā f. (rhet.) a simile or parallel (in which a pṭparallel is, drawn between two different objects by stating some common characteristic belonging to both) Kāvyâd. Sāh. Kuval. &c

⋙ prativahnipradakṣiṇam

○vahni-pradakṣiṇam ind. at each perambulation from left to right of the sacred fire Kathās

⋙ prativākyam

○vākyam ind. in every sentence L. 1. [Page 663, Column 2]

⋙ prativāṇi

○vāṇi m. fn. unseemly, unsuitable L. 2

⋙ prativāṇi

○vāṇi f. n. an answer L

• opposition L. (wṛ. ○vāni)

• f. = paribhāṣā, prajñapti &c. Gal

⋙ prativāta

○vāta m. a contrary wind, Mn Suśr

• (am), ind. against the wind KātyŚr. Śak. Pañcat

• (e), ind. on the lee side MW. -1

⋙ prativāraṇa

○vāraṇa m. (for 2. See under prati-√vṛ) a hostile elephant. Hariv

• a sham or mock elephant

• (with daitya), a Daitya in the form of an elephant BhP

⋙ prativārttā

○vārttā f. account, information Śak

⋙ prativāsaram

○vāsaram ind. every day, daily Rājat. Kathās. Hcat

• (e), ind. -tad-dinam L

⋙ prativāsarika

○vāsarika mfn. daily Hcat

⋙ prativāsudeva

○vāsudeva m. 'opponent of a Vāsudeva', (with Jainas) N. of nine beings at enmity with VṭVāsudeva (= viṣṇu-dviṣ) Col

⋙ prativiṭapam

○viṭapam ind. to every branch, Śāntiś

⋙ pratividyam

○vidyam ind. in every doctrine Gaut

⋙ prativindhya

○vindhya m. N. of a king who ruled over a particular part of the Vindhya mountains MBh

• of a son of Yudhi-shṭhira

• pl. N. of his descendants MBh. Pur

⋙ prativipāśam

○vipāśam ind. along the Vipāś river Laghuk

⋙ prativimba

○vimba &c. = -bimba &c. 1

⋙ prativirati

○virati ind. (for 2. See prati-vi√ram) at every pause, at each cessation or disappearance, Śāntiś

⋙ prativiśva

○viśva mfn. pl. one and all

• (eṣu), ind. in all cases Cat

⋙ prativiṣa

○viṣa n. 'counter-poison', an antidote L

• mf(ā)n. containing an antṭantidote Rājat

• (ā), f. Aconitum Heterophyllum Car. Bhpr

⋙ prativiṣaya

○viṣaya m. pl. the various objects of sense L

• (ibc. and am ind.) in relation to each single object of sṭsingle Sāṃkhyak

⋙ prativiṣṇu

○viṣṇu ind. at every (image of) Vishṇu Vop

• towards Vishṇu, in place of Vishṇu W

⋙ prativiṣṇuka

○viṣṇuka m. Pterospermum Suberifolium L

⋙ prativīra

○vīra m.an antagonist, a well-matched opponent MBh. Vcar. BhP

• -tā f. the being a well-mṭman opponent, antagonism Prab

⋙ prativīrya

○vīrya n. (the being a match for in valour) in a-p○ mfn. unequalled, matchless, irresistible MBh. R

• a-prativiiyârambha, not having sufficient strength to undertake anything SaddhP

⋙ prativṛtta

○vṛtta n. an eccentric circle Gol

⋙ prativṛttāntam

○vṛttântam ind. according to the saying, as they say Rājat

⋙ prativṛtti

○vṛtti ind. according to the modulation (of the voice) RPrāt

⋙ prativṛṣa

○vṛṣa m. a hostile bull Hariv

⋙ prativedam

○vedam ind. at or for every Veda Yājñ. Bādar

• ○da-śākham ind. for every branch or school of the VṭVeda Madhus

⋙ prativedāntam

○vedântam ind. in every Upanishad Bādar. Sch

⋙ prativelam

○velam ind. on every occasion MBh

⋙ prativeśa

○veśa (práti- or pratī-

• Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3). mf(ā)n. neighbouring, a neighbour RV. TS. ŚBr. &c

• auxiliary Br. TBr. Comm

• m. a neighbouring house L

• -tās ind. from the neighbourhood ŚBr

• -vāsin mf(nī)n. living in the neighbourhood

• m.f. a neighbour Alaṃkārak

⋙ prativeśin

○veśin (or pratī-v○). mfn. neighbouring

• m. and (nī), f. a neighbour Dhūrtas. Mṛicch. Sāh

⋙ prativeśma

○veśma ind. in every house Śiś

⋙ prativeśman

○veśman n. a neighbour's house Pañcat

⋙ prativeśya

○veśya m. a neighbour MBh

⋙ prativaira

○vaira n. requital of hostilities, revenge MBh

⋙ prativyoma

○vyoma or m. N. of a prince Pur

⋙ prativyoman

○vyoḍman m. N. of a prince Pur

⋙ pratiśatru

○śatru (práti-), m. an adversary, opponent, enemy AV. Kuval. Sch

⋙ pratiśabda

○śabda (or ○daka Kād. Hcar.), m. echo, reverberation MBh. R. Ragh. &c

• -ga mfn. going after a sound or in the direction of a sṭsound MBh

• -vat mfn. re-echoing, resounding Kathās. 1

⋙ pratiśaraṇa

○śaraṇa n. (for 2. See under prati-√śṝ) confidence in (ifc.) Divyâv

• -bhūta mfn. resorted to (acc.) ib. (cf. -saraṇa under prati-√sṛ)

⋙ pratiśarāsana

○śarâsana n. an adversary's bow Vās

⋙ pratiśarīram

○śarīram ind. concerning one's own body or person Pat

⋙ pratiśaśin

○śaśin m. a mock moon, paraselene Var

⋙ pratiśākham

○śākham ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda) Bādar. Sch

⋙ pratisākhavat

○sākha-vat See -śākhā

⋙ pratiśākhā

○śākhā f. a side branch, sound shoot (pl. all the schools of the Veda BhP.)

• -nāḍī f. a branch vein PraśnUp

• ○khavat mfn. having anything as side branches MBh. 1

⋙ pratiśāsana

○śāsana n. (for 2. See prati-√śās) a rival command or authority (cf. a-p○) Ragh

⋙ pratiśilpa

○śilpa n. a counter-Śilpa ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratiśiṣya

○śiṣya m. under-disciple (?) Divyâv

⋙ pratiśukrabudha

○śukra-budha (ibc.), towards the planets Venus or Mercury Var

⋙ pratiśukram

○śukram (perhars two words), ind. towards the planet Venus R

⋙ pratiśulka

○śulka wṛ. for -śrutkā ( See under prati-√śru) Lalit

⋙ pratiśṛṅgeṇa

○śṛṅgeṇa ind. horn by horn Hcat

⋙ pratiśrotas

○śrotas ind. wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

⋙ pratiśloka

○śloka m. a counter Śloka Siṃhâs. L

• (am), ind. at every ŚlṭŚloka BhP

⋙ pratiṣka

○ṣka &c., See prati-ṣkaśa, p. 671

⋙ pratisaṃyoddhṛ

○saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

⋙ pratisaṃvatsaram

○saṃvatsaram ind. at every year, yearly Yājñ. ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙ pratisaṃskāram

○saṃskāram ind. at every ceremony. ĀpŚr

⋙ pratisaṅgakṣikā

○saṅgakṣikā f. a cloak to keep off the dust (worn by Buddhist mendicants) L. (prob. wṛ. for -saṃkakṣikā). [Page 663, Column 3]

⋙ pratisadanam

○sadanam ind. every one to his dwelling Mcar

⋙ pratisadṛkṣa

○sadṛkṣa or (práti-), mfn. similar VS

⋙ pratisadṛś

○sadṛś (práti-), mfn. similar VS

⋙ pratisadma

○sadma ind. at or in every house BhP

⋙ pratisama

○sama mfn. equal to, a match for MBh. Nāg

⋙ pratisamantam

○samantam (práti-), ind. on every side, everywhere ŚBr

⋙ pratisambandhi

○sambandhi ind. according to the respective connection Sāh

⋙ pratisarga

○sarga See under prati-√sṛj

⋙ pratisargam

○sargam ind. in every creation Mn. Kull

⋙ pratisavya

○savya mfn. in inverted order, inverted, reverse L

⋙ pratisāma

○sāma mfn. (prob.) unkind, unfriendly Pāṇ. 5-4, 75

⋙ pratisāmanta

○sāmanta m. 'a hostile neighbour', enemy, adversary Kuval. Hcar

⋙ pratisāmarthya

○sāmarthya n. relative suitableness R

⋙ pratisāyam

○sāyam ind. towards evening Gobh

⋙ pratisiṃha

○siṃha m. a hostile lion Kathās

⋙ pratisīrā

○sīrā f. a curtain L

• a screen or wall of cloth, an outer tent W

⋙ pratisundarī

○sundarī f. = -yuvati, q.v. Vcar

⋙ pratisūrya

○sūrya (or ○yaka), m. a mock sun, parhelion Var

• a kind of lizard, a chameleon (which lies or basks in the sun) Uttarar. Suśr

• (am), ind. opposite to the sun Mn

• -matsya m. a partic. appearance in the sun

• (accord. to Comm.) a mock sun and a comet Āp

• -śayānaka m. 'lying or basking in the sun', a kind of lizard, a chameleon L

⋙ pratisenā

○senā f. an opposing or hostile army Hariv

⋙ pratisomā

○somā f. a kind of plant (= mahiṣa-vallī) L

⋙ pratisomodakadvijam

○somôdakadvijam ind. against the moon or water or a Brāhman Mn. iv, 52

⋙ pratiskandha

○skandha m. every shoulder (instr. 'each on his shoulder') Hit

• N. of an attendant of Skanda (vḷ. kapi-sk○) MBh

• (am), ind. upon the shoulders W

• in every section of a book Pratāp

⋙ pratistrī

○strī mfn. lying on a woman ChUp

⋙ pratisthānam

○sthānam ind. in every place, everywhere Prab. Sch

⋙ pratisneha

○sneha m. (prob.) wṛ. for pati-s○ Kathās

⋙ pratisrota

○srota mf(ā) n. = next (mandakinīm"ṣtām anuvraja, go up the Mercury i.e. up or against the stream) R

⋙ pratisrotam

○srotam (BhP.) or (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream

⋙ pratisrotas

○srotas (Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c.), ind. against the stream, up the stream

• (wṛ. śrotas)

⋙ pratisvam

○svam ind. 'each for itself.' one by one, singly ĀśvŚr. RPrāt. Comm

⋙ pratisvāhākāram

○svāhākāram ind. at every exclamation Svāhā ĀpGṛ

⋙ pratihasta

○hasta (-tva n. Vcar.),

⋙ pratihastaka

○hastaka (Hit.), m. a deputy, substitute, proxy

⋙ pratihasti

○hasti ind. towards elephants MBh

⋙ pratihastin

○hastin m. the keeper of a brothel Daś. (Sch. 'a neighbour')

⋙ pratihṛdayam

○hṛdayam ind. in every heart BhP. Sch

≫ praty

praty in comp. before vowels for prati above

⋙ pratyaṃśa

○aṃśa m. a portion, share Buddh

⋙ pratyaṃśu

○aṃśu m. = pratigato'ṃśuḥ Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

• mfn. = pratigata aṃśavo'sya ib. Sch

⋙ pratyaṃsa

○aṃsa m. = -aṃśa, q.v

⋙ pratyaṃsam

○aṃsam ind. on the shoulders Śiś

⋙ pratyak

○ák See pratyáñc

⋙ pratyakṣa

○akṣa See s.v

⋙ pratyakṣara

○akṣara (ibc.) in each syllable Vās

• -śleṣa-maya mf(ī)n. containing a Ślesha in each sṭsyllable ib

⋙ pratyagam

○agam ind. on every mountain Dharmaśarm

⋙ pratyagni

○agni ind. towards the fire Kauś

• at or near or in every fire KātySr. MBh

⋙ pratyagra

○agra mf(ā)n. fresh, recent, new, young MBh. R. Kāv. &c

• repeated, reiterated Hariv. Kathās

• pure W

• (ibc. and am ind.) recently Mṛicch. Kathās

• m. N. of a son of Vasu Upari-cara and prince of the Cedis BhP. (cf. agraha below)

• -kṣarat mfn. fresh-flowing, flowing freshly Prab

• -gandhā f. a species of shrub, Rhinacanthus Communis L

• -tā f. or -tva n. newness, freshness W

• -prasavā f. recently delivered, having lately brought forth Pāṇ. 2-1, 65 Sch

• -yauvana mf(ā)n. being in the bloom of youth Kathās

• -rūpa mf(ā)n. juvenile, young MBh

• -vayas mfn. young in age, youthful MBh. R

• n. youth W

• -śodhita mfn. recently purified, pure L

⋙ pratyagraha

○agraha m. N. of a son of Vasu and king of the Cedis MBh. Hariv

• (= -agra

• prob. a contracted form for pratyaggraha)

⋙ pratyaṅka

○aṅka mf(ā)n. recently marked (as cattle) Pāṇ. 2-1, 14 Kāś

⋙ pratyaṅkam

○aṅkam ind. in every act (of a drama) Sāh

⋙ pratyaṅga

○aṅga n. a minor or secondary member of the body (as the forehead, nose, chin, fingers, ears &c

• the 6 Aṅgas or chief members being the trunk, head, arms and legs) MBh. R. Suśr. &c

• a division, section, part Suśr. Nir

• a subdivision (of a science &c.) W

• a weapon BhP

• m. a kind of measure Saṃgīt

• N. of a prince MBh

• (ibc. or am ind.) on every part or member of the body, on the limbs severally Pañcat. Hit. Gīt. Kathās

• for one's own person Pat. (cf. -vartin)

• for every part or subdivision (of a sacrifice &c.) Mn

• (in gram.) in each base Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Pat

• -tva n. the belonging to TPrāt

• -dakṣiṇā f. a fee for each part (of a sacrifice) Mn. [Page 664, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -vartin mfn. occupying one's self withone's own person Pat

⋙ pratyaṅgiras

○aṅgiras m. N. of a mythical personage (who like Aṅgiras married several of the daughters of Daksha) R

⋙ pratyaṅgirasa

○aṅgirasa m. N. of a mythical personage regarded as the father of certain Ṛicas Hariv. VP

⋙ pratyaṅgirā

○aṅgirā f. Acacia Sirissa Rasar

• a form of Durgā, one of the goddesses of the Tāntrikas Cat

• -kalpa m. -tattva n. -pañcâṅga n. -prayoga m. -mantra m. -mantra-ṛk-samudāya m. -sahasra-nāman and ○mastotra n. -siddha-mantrôddhāra m. -sū7kta n. -stotra n. -stotrôpâsanâdi m. or n. N. of wks

⋙ pratyajira

○ajira n. g. aṃśv-ādi Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙ pratyañc

○áñc See p. 674

⋙ pratyadhikaraṇam

○adhikaraṇam ind. at each paragraph Nyāyam

⋙ pratyadhidevatā

○adhidevatā f. a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one Hcat

⋙ pratyanantara

○anantara mfn. being in the immediate neighbourhood of (gen.) R

• standing nearest (as an heir) Mn. viii, 185

• closely connected with, immediately following MBh. R

• (am), ind. immediately after (abl.) MBh

• next in succession W

• ○rī-√bhū, to betake one's self close to (gen.) Prasannar

⋙ pratyanilam

○anilam ind. against the wind MW

⋙ pratyanīka

○anīka mfn. hostile, opposed, injuring (with gen.)

• withstanding, resisting MBh. BhP. Sarvad

• opposite Suśr. Sarvad

• equal, vying with Kāvyâd

• m. an adversary, enemy BhP

• n. a hostile army MBh. Hariv

• hostility, enmity, a hostile relation, hostility position, rivality (sg. and pl.) MBh. R

• injuring the relatives of an enemy who cannot be injured himself Pratāp. Kpr. Kuval

• injuring one who cannot retaliate (?) W

• -tva n. = -bhāva Suśr

• the state of an enemy, hostility MW

• -bhāva m. being the contrary Nyāyad

⋙ pratyanuprāsa

○anuprâsa m. a kind of alliteration Śiś. Comm

⋙ pratyanumāna

○anumāna n. a contrary deduction, opposite conclusion KapS

⋙ pratyanuyoga

○anuyoga m. a counter-question, quṭquestion in return Car

⋙ pratyanūkāntam

○anūkântam ind. at the end of each back part of the altar KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ pratyanta

○anta mfn. bordering on, adjacent or contiguous to, skirting W

• m. a border, frontier Ragh. Lalit

• a bordering country i.e. a country occupied by barbarians L

• (pl.) barbarous tribes Var

• -janapada n. a bordering country

• ○dâpapatti f. birth in a bordṭbordering or barbarous cṭcountry (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) Dharmas. 134

• -deśa m. a country bordering upon another, Śāṅkh. Sch

• -parvata m. an adjacent (small) hill L

• -vāsa n. (!) a frontier-place Lalit

⋙ pratyantarībhū

○antarī-√bhū = -anantarī-√bhū Uttarar

⋙ pratyantāt

○antāt ind. in each case to the end Lāṭy

⋙ pratyantika

○antika mfn. being or situated at the border Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pratyantima

○antima mfn. = -antika Divyâv

⋙ pratyandhakāra

○andhakāra mfn. spreading shadow Buddh

⋙ pratyapara

○apara mfn. = -avara, q.v. Vajras

⋙ pratyapāya

○apâya m. perishing again, Śīl

⋙ pratyabdam

○abdam ind. every year, yearly Kathās

⋙ pratyabhyāsam

○abhyāsam ind. at each repetition ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙ pratyamitra

○amitra mfn. opposed as an enemy, hostile

• m. an enemy, opponent, adversary MBh

⋙ pratyayanam

○ayanam ind. every half year Yājñ

⋙ pratyayanastva

○ayanastvá n. obtaining again, recovery TBr

⋙ pratyara

○ara m. (ŚvetUp. Comm.) or (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

⋙ pratyarā

○arā f. (ŚvetUp.) an intermediate spoke of a wheel

⋙ pratyaraṇya

○araṇya (ibc.), near or in a forest Buddh

⋙ pratyari

○ari m. a well-matched opponent, equally powerful enemy MBh

⋙ pratyarka

○arka m. a mock sun, parhelion Var

⋙ pratyargala

○argala n. the rope by which a churning-stick is moved Gal

⋙ pratyarṇam

○arṇam ind. at each syllable Sarvad

⋙ pratyartham

○artham ind. in relation to anything Jaim

• at every object, in every case Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch

• wṛ. for aty-a○ MBh

⋙ pratyardha

○ardha g. aṃśv-ādi Kāś

⋙ pratyardhi

○ardhi (práty-), mfn. (prob.) possessing or claiming half of, having equal claims, equal to (gen.) RV

⋙ pratyarham

○arham ind. in yathā-p○, q.v

⋙ pratyavabhāṣa

○avabhāṣa or wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

⋙ pratyavabhāṣā

○avabhāḍṣā wṛ. for -bhāsa, q.v. Uttarar

⋙ pratyavamarṣa

○ava-marṣa

⋙ pratyavamarṣavat

○ava-marḍṣa-vat wṛ. for ava-marśa, ○śa-vat, q.v

⋙ pratyavayava

○avayava (ibc.) or (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm

⋙ pratyavayavam

○avayaḍvam (ind.), on or at every part of the body Naish. Comm

• in every part or particular, in detail Bādar. Sch

• -varṇanā f. a detailed or minute description Vikr

⋙ pratyavara

○avara mfn. lower, more insignificant, less honoured than, (abl.) Mn. MBh. R. &c

• -kālam ind. after, later than (with abl. or ifc.) Car. =

⋙ pratyaśman

○aśman m. red chalk L

⋙ pratyaṣṭhīlā

○aṣṭhīlā f. a kind of nervous disease Suśr. Bhpr

⋙ pratyastagamana

○asta-gamana n. the setting (of the sun) ChUp. Sch

⋙ pratyastam

○astam ind. (with √gam) to go down, cease Sarvad

• -aya m. the setting (of the sun)

• cessation, disappearance, end, destruction Bādar. Sch

⋙ pratyastra

○astra n. missile hurled in return BhP. Kathās

⋙ pratyaha

○aha mfn. daily Rājat

• (am), ind. day by day, every day KātyŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c. [Page 664, Column 2]

• in the morning W

⋙ pratyākāra

○ākāra m. a scabbard, sword-sheath L

⋙ pratyāgāra

○āgāra (?), m. former place or state W

⋙ pratyācāra

○ācāra m. suitable behaviour, conformable conduct MBh

⋙ pratyātāpa

○ātāpá m. a sunny place ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ pratyātma

○ātma (ibc.), or ind. for every soul, in every soul Sarvad

⋙ pratyātmam

○ātḍmam ind. for every soul, in evṭevery soul Sarvad

• singly Pat

• ○maviniyata mfn. individual Car

⋙ pratyātmaka

○ātmaka mfn. belonging to one's self SaddhP

⋙ pratyātmika

○ātmika mfn. = -ātmaka ŚāṅkhGṛ

• peculiar, original Car

⋙ pratyātmya

○ātmya n. similarity with or resemblance to one's self

• (ena), ind, after one's own image BhP

⋙ pratyādarśa

○ādarśa m. wṛ. for -ādeśa, q.v. Pañcat

⋙ pratyāditya

○āditya m. a mock sun, parhelion AV.Pariś. MBh

• (ibc.) towards the sun (e.g. p"ṣ-guda, one whose hinder parts are towards the sun Suśr.)

⋙ pratyānīka

○ānīka m. (with rājan) a partic. personification ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pratyāpīḍa

○āpīḍa m. a kind of metre Col

⋙ pratyāmnāyam

○āmnāyam ind. for every single text-book ĀśvŚr. Comm

⋙ pratyārdra

○ārdra mfn. fresh

• -tara mfn. Buddh

⋙ pratyārdrā

○ārdrā f. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙ pratyārdrīkṛ

○ārdrī-√kṛ to moisten again, refresh again Kād

• to wipe out, efface Kir

⋙ pratyārdhapura

○ārdhapura g. aṃśv-ādi (Kāś. praty-ardha, prati-pura)

⋙ pratyālayam

○ālayam ind. in every house Dharmaśarm

⋙ pratyāvāsakam

○āvāsakam ind. to every station, to every tent Kād

⋙ pratyāvāsam

○āvāsam ind. in every house Vcar

⋙ pratyāśam

○āśam ind. in all directions Veṇis

⋙ pratyāśā

○āśā f. confidence, trust, hope, expectation Prab. Kathās. &c. (○śa-tva n. ifc. Mālatīm.)

⋙ pratyāśin

○āśin mfn. hoping, expecting W

• trusting, relying upon MW

⋙ pratyāha

○āha mfn. wṛ. for -aha, q.v. Rājat

⋙ pratyāhuti

○āhuti ind. at each oblation ĀpŚr. Kauś

⋙ pratyuta

○uta See p. 677

⋙ pratyuttara

○uttara n. a reply to an answer, rejoinder, answer Pañcat. Hit. Prab. &c

• ○rīkaraṇa n. replying, an answer Mcar

• ○rī-√kṛ, to answer Kād

⋙ pratyudadhi

○udadhi ind. at the sea Bālar

⋙ pratyupamāna

○upamāna n. a counter comparison, the ideal of an ideal Vikr

⋙ pratyupasadam

○upasadam ind. at each celebration of an Upasad KātyŚr

⋙ pratyupāsanam

○upâsanam ind. for every kind of worship Bādar. Sch

⋙ pratyurasa

○urasa n. = pratigatam uraḥ Vop

• (am), ind. against the breast, upon the breast Śiś. Kir. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 82)

⋙ pratyulūka

○ulūka m. a bird resembling an owl

• (according to the Sch.) a hostile owl or a crow regarded as an owl's enemy BhP

⋙ pratyulūkaka

○ulūkaka m. a bird resembling an owl Hariv

⋙ pratyuṣṭra

○uṣṭra m. g. aṃśv-ādi to Pāṇ. 6-2, 193

⋙ pratyūrdhvam

○ūrdhvam ind. on the upper side of (acc.), above, Susr

⋙ pratyṛcam

○ṛcam ind. at or in each verse GṛŚrS

⋙ pratyṛtu

○ṛtu ind. in each season Vait

⋙ pratyeka

○eka mfn. each one, each single oṭone, every one Jaim. Sch

• n. a partic. sin Buddh

• (ibc. or am ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. Kāv. &c

• -naraka m. a partic. hell Divyâv

• -buddha m. a Buddha who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those Buddhas who liberate others also) Buddh. (cf. MWB. 134 &c.)

• (-kathā f. -catuṣṭaya n. N. of wks

• -tva n. the state of a Pratyeka Buddha Buddh.)

• -bodhi f. = -buddhatva Kāraṇḍ

• -śas ind. one by one, singly, severally MBh

⋙ pratyenas

○enas (práty-), m. an officer of justice, punisher of criminals ŚBr

• a surety, the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhŚr. MaitrS

⋙ pratyenasya

○enasya n. the nearest heirship to (gen.) Kāṭh

prati 2

prati m. N. of a son of Kuśa BhP

pratika

pratika mf(i)n. (fr. 1. prati) worth a Kārshāpaṇa or 16 Paṇas of cowries Pāṇ. 5-1, 25 Vārtt. 2

pratikamp

prati-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to shake, cause to tremble MBh

pratikara

prati-kara &c. See prati- √1. kṛ

pratikarṣa

prati-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) aggregation, combination KātyŚr. Sch

• anticipating that which occurs afterwards W

⋙ pratikṛṣṭa

prati-ḍkṛṣṭa mfn. ploughed back again L

• thrust back KātyŚr

• rejected, despised L

pratikāṅkṣ

prati-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to wish or long for R

⋙ pratikāṅkāṅkṣitavya

prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣitavya mfn. to be expected Vajracch

⋙ pratikāṅkāṅkṣin

prati-√kāṅḍkāṅkṣin mfn. wishing for, desirous of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv

pratikāśa

prati-kāśa m.= pratī-k○ L

pratikuñcita

prati-kuñcita mfn. (√kuñc) bent, curved W. [Page 664, Column 3]

pratikūj

prati-√kūj P. -kūjati, to coo or warble in return (with acc.) R

pratikṛ

prati-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, (inf. pratī-kartum BhP.), to do or make an opposition AitBr

• to return, repay, requite (good or evil acc., with gen. dat. or loc. of pers.) MBh. R. &c

• to counteract, resist (acc. or gen.) ib

• to treat, attend to, cure (a disease) Suśr

• to repair, mend, restore Mn

• to pay back (a debt) Gaut.: Caus. Ā. -kārayate, to cause to be repeated ŚBr.: Desid. -cikīrṣati, to wish to take revenge on (acc. or loc.) for (acc.) MBh. R

⋙ pratikara

prati-ḍkara mf(ī)n. acting against, counteracting(ifc.) Suśr

• m. requital, compensation R. Rājat

⋙ pratikaraṇīya

prati-ḍkaraṇīya mfn. to be counteracted or prevented, remediable MW

⋙ pratikartavya

prati-ḍkartavya mfn. to be requited or returned, to be repaid (lit. and fig.) MBh. Hariv. Śaṃk

• to be counteracted or resisted R. Prab

• to be treated or cured Suśr

⋙ pratikartṛ

prati-ḍkartṛ m. a requiter, recompenser MBh

• an opponent, adversary Kull

⋙ pratikarman

prati-ḍkarman n. requital, retaliation, corresponding action MBh. R

• counteraction, cure, medical treatment Car

• decoration, toilet, personal adornment MBh. R. &c

• (a), ind. in every work, at each performance or celebration KātyŚr. MBh

⋙ pratikāra

prati-ḍkāra m. (cf. pratīk○) requital, retaliation, reward, retribution, revenge. R. Kathās. Rājat

• opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy MBh. Suśr

• = sama and bhaṭa L

• -karman n. opposition, resistance Rājat

• -jña mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied MBh

• -vidhāna n. medical treatment Ragh

⋙ pratikārin

prati-ḍkārin See a-pratikārin

⋙ pratikārya

prati-ḍkārya mfn. (cf. pratī-k○) to be revenged

• n. retribution MBh. i, 6259 (Nīlak., m. 'an enemy')

⋙ pratikṛta

prati-ḍkṛta mfn. returned, repaid, requited &c. R

• n. recompense, requital MBh

• resistance, opposition Ragh

⋙ pratikṛti

prati-ḍkṛti f. resistance, opposition, prevention Hariv

• retaliation, return, revenge W

• an image, likeness, model

• counterpart, substitute MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratikriyā

prati-ḍkriyā f. requital (of good or evil), retaliation, compensation, retribution MBh. Kāv. &c

• opposition, counteraction, prevention, remedy, help ib. (ifc. = removing, destroying)

• -tva n. MBh

• venting (of anger) Kathās

• embellishment, decoration (of the person) MBh

• -śūlinī-stotra n. N. of a Stotra

≫ praticikīrṣ

prati-cikīrṣ mfn. (fr. Desid

• nom. ○cikīr before b) wishing to requite (loc) HPariś

⋙ praticikīrṣā

prati-ḍcikīrṣā f. wish to requite, desire to be revenged upon (acc. or loc.) MBh. BhP

⋙ praticikīrṣu

prati-ḍcikīrṣu mfn. wishing to return or requite MBh. (vḷ. -jihīrṣu)

pratikṝ

prati-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter towards (cf. prati-s-√kṝ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 141)

⋙ pratikīrṇa

prati-ḍkīrṇa mfn. scattered towards MW

pratikḷp

prati-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate (pf. [-c˘AklRpe]), to be at the service of (acc.), receive hospitably ŚBr

• to regulate, arrange AV

⋙ pratikalpya

prati-ḍkalpya mfn. to be arranged or prepared MBh. (for pratikalpa, See p. 661, col. 3)

pratikopa

prati-kopa (√kup), m. anger against (any one), wrath MBh

pratikram

prati-√kram P. -krāmati (pf. -cakrāma and -cakrame), to come back, return ŚBr. ChUp. MBh

• to descend, decrease (in number, opp. to abhi-√kram) Nid

• to confess Śatr

⋙ pratikrama

prati-ḍkrama m. reversed or inverted order Pratāp

⋙ pratikramaṇa

prati-ḍkrámaṇa n. stepping to and fro ŚBr

• going to confession Kalpas

• -vidhi m. -sūtra n. N. of wks

pratikrudh

prati-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to he angry with (acc.) in return Mn. MBh

⋙ pratikrodha

prati-ḍkrodha m. anger in return Kull

pratikruṣṭa

prati-kruṣṭa mfn. (√kruś) miserable, poor Divyâv

⋙ pratikrośa

prati-ḍkrośá m. crying out to, halloing AV

pratikṣi

prati-√kṣi (only pr. p. -kṣiyát RV., -kṣyát TS.), to settle near (acc.)

pratikṣip

prati-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 80), to throw into (loc.) MBh. (vḷ. pari-)

• to push against, hurt Suśr

• to reject, despise, oppose, contradict, ridicule, confute Kathās. Sarvad. Lalit

⋙ pratikṣipta

prati-ḍkṣipta mfn. thrown into &c. (cf. prec

• -tva n. Sarvad.) sent, dispatched L

• n. medicine L

⋙ pratikṣepa

prati-ḍkṣepa m. contest MBh. (vḷ. vyati-)

• objection, contradiction, repudiation ib. Sarvad. [Page 665, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratikṣepaṇa

prati-ḍkṣepaṇa n. contradiction, opposing, contesting Prab

pratikṣuta

prati-kṣuta n. (√kṣu) sneezing, wheezing W

pratikhyā

prati-√khyā P. -khyāti (impf. -akhyat), to see, behold RV. AV. Br

⋙ pratikhyāti

prati-ḍkhyāti f. renown (v. l. for pra-vikh○) L

pratigad

prati-√gad P. -gadati, to speak in return, answer MBh

pratigam

prati-√gam P. -gacchati, to go towards, go to meet RV. MBh. &c

• to go back, return, go home MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratigata

prati-gata mfn. gone towards or back MBh

• flying backwards and forwards, wheeling in flight W

• lost from the memory R

⋙ pratigati

prati-gati f. (I.),

⋙ pratigamana

prati-gamana n. (R.) return

pratigarj

prati-√garj P. -garjati, to roar against or in return, answer with roars MBh

• to resist, oppose Hariv. Ragh

• to vie with (instr. or gen.), Kāvy,

⋙ pratigarjana

prati-garjana n. (AV.Pariś.),

⋙ pratigarjanā

prati-garjanā f. (MBh.) thundering or roaring against or in return, an answering roar

pratigā

prati-√gā (only aor. -agāt), to go back, return

pratigāh

prati-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to penetrate, enter R

pratigu

prati-√gu (only Intens. -jóguve), to proclaim RV

pratigupta

prati-gupta mfn. (√gup) guarded protected Inscr

⋙ pratigupya

prati-gúpya mfn. to be guarded

• (am), ind. one must guard against (abl .) ŚBr

pratigṛdh

prati-√gṛdh P. -gṛdhyati, to be greedy or eager for (acc.) MBh

pratigṛbhāya

prati-gṛbhāya Nom. P. ○yati, to take, receive

• (esp.) to take into the mouth, eat RV

pratigṝ

prati-√gṝ P. Ā. -gṛṇāti, -gṛṇīte, to invoke, salute (acc.) RV

• (with dat

• Pāṇ. 1-4, 41 Sch.) to respond in recitation or chanting (also with prati-garam) ib. TS. Br. ŚrS

• to agree with (dat.) Vop

⋙ pratigara

prati-gará m. the responsive call of the Adhvaryu to the address of the Hotṛi TS. Br. ĀśvŚr

⋙ pratigaritṛ

prati-garitṛ m. one who makes a responsive cry or chant AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratigīrya

prati-gīrya mfn. to be answered in recitation or chanting AitBr

pratigrah

prati-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte (irreg. 2. sg. Impv. -gṛhṇa R

• aor. -ajagrabhat AitBr.), to take hold of, grasp, seize (in astrol. = to eclipse, obscure) AV. &c. &c

• to take (as a present or into possession), appropriate, receive, accept RV. &c. &c. (śirasā, 'with the head' i e. 'humbly, obediently' R.)

• to gain, win over R

• to take as a wife, marry Mn. MBh. &c

• to take = eat, drink RV. VS. TBr

• to receive (a friend or guest) RV. &c. &c

• to receive (anything agreeable as a good word or omen) R. Kālid

• to assent to, acquiesce in, approve MBh. R

• (rarely) to receive (an enemy), oppose, encounter MBh. Ragh.: Caus. -grāhayati, to cause to accept, present with (2 acc.) MBh. R. Kālid

• to answer, reply BhP.: Desid. -jighṛkṣati, to wish to accept Gaut

⋙ pratigṛhīta

prati-gṛhīta mfn. taken, received, accepted, married MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratigṛhītavya

prati-gṛhītavya

⋙ pratigṛhītṛ

prati-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grahītavya, ○grahītṛ

⋙ pratigṛhya

prati-gṛ́hya mfn. to be accepted, acceptable TS. ('from', gen. Pāṇ. 3-1, 118 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)

• one from whom anything may be accepted ( See a-pratigṛhyá)

⋙ pratigraha

prati-grahá m. receiving, accepting, acceptance of gifts (as the peculiar prerogative of Brāhmans

• IW. 237 ; 262) ŚBr. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (○grahaṃ-√kṛ, to receive presents Mn.)

• friendly reception MBh

• favour, grace MBh

• taking a wife, marrying R

• receiving with the ear i.e. hearing Kathās

• a grasper, seizer (keśa-, a hair-cutter, barber) Gobh. a receiver KātyŚr. R

• a chamber-vessel or any similar convenience for sick persons Car

• a spittoon L

• a gift, present (esp. a donation to a Brāhman at suitable periods) Yājñ. MBh. &c. (instr. 'as a present Kathās.)

• N. of the objects or functions corresponding to the 8 Grahas L

• = kriyā-kāra L

• the reserve of an army (a detachment posted with the general 400 yards in the rear of a line) W

• the sun near the moon's node ib

• -kalpa m. N. of Pariś. of MānGṛS

• -dhana n. money received as a present Kathās. [Page 665, Column 2]

• mfn. one whose wealth consists only in presents Pañcat

• -prâpta mfn. received as a present Kathās

• -prâyaścitta-prakāra m. N. of wk

⋙ pratigrahaṇa

prati-grahaṇa mfn. accepting ŚāṅkhGṛ. (perhaps wṛ.)

• n. receipt, acceptance ib. Lāṭy

• taking a wife, marrying R. (cf. á-pratig○)

• a vessel ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ pratigrahaṇīya

prati-grahaṇīya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable W

⋙ pratigrahin

prati-grahin mfn. one who receives, a receiver (opp. to dātṛ) MBh

⋙ pratigrahītavya

prati-grahītavya mfn. to be received Kull

⋙ grahītṛ

grahītṛ́ mfn. id. AV. &c. &c

• m. one who takes a wife, one who marries (nom. ○tā, also as 3. sg. fut.) MBh. R

⋙ grāha

grāha m. a spittoon L

• accepting gifts W

⋙ grāhaka

grāhaka mfn. one who receives or accepts ( á-pratig○)

⋙ grāhin

grāhín mfn. id. TS

⋙ grāhya

grāhya mfn. to be taken or accepted, acceptable MBh. R. (cf. a-pratig○)

• one from whom anything may be received MBh. (cf. ○gṛhya and Pāṇ. ib.)

• m. N. of partic. Grahas TBr. Sch

pratigha

prati-gha m. (√han) hindrance, obstruction, resistance, opposition (cf. a-p○)

• struggling against (comp.) Car

• anger, wrath, enmity Mcar. Lalit. (one of the 6 evil passions Dharmas. 67)

• = mūrchā L

• combat, fighting W

• an enemy ib

• opposition, contradiction L

⋙ pratighāta

prati-ghāta m. (cf. pratī-gh○) warding off, keeping back, repulse, prevention, resistance, opposition MBh. Kāv. &c

• rebound Kum

• -kṛt mfn. depriving any one (gen.) of (gen.) Yājñ

• -vid mfn. knowing how to resist, apt to resist MBh

⋙ pratighātaka

prati-ghātaka mf(ikā)n. disturbing MBh

• (ifc.) = ○ghāta ib

⋙ pratighātana

prati-ghātana n. warding off, repulsing ib

• killing, slaughter L

⋙ pratighātaya

prati-ghātaya (Caus. of prati-√han), ○yati, to ward off MBh

⋙ pratighātin

prati-ghātin mfn. keeping off, repulsing, disturbing, injuring Daś. Kām

• dazzling (netra-) Kum

⋙ pratighna

prati-ghna n. the body L. ]

pratighoṣin

prati-ghoṣin mfn. (√ghuṣ) roaring or crying out against

• (iṇī), f. N. of a class of demons ŚāṅkhŚr

pratiṅgirā

pratiṅgirā f. N. of a Buddh. deity W

praticakṣ

prati-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to see, perceive RV. BhP

• to expect BhP

• to cause to see, let appear, show RV

⋙ praticakṣa

prati-ḍcakṣa See su-praticakṣá

⋙ praticakṣaṇa

prati-ḍcákṣaṇa n. looking at, at viewing RV. BhP. (showing, displaying Sch.)

• appearance, look, aspect AV

⋙ praticakṣin

prati-ḍcakṣin mfn. regarding, observing AV.Paipp

⋙ praticakṣya

prati-ḍcákṣya mf(ā)n. visible, conspicuous RV

praticar

prati-√car P. -carati, to advance towards, approach RV. TS

• Caus. -cārayati, See below

⋙ praticāra

prati-ḍcāra m. personal adornment, toilet, Śīl

⋙ praticārita

prati-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) circulated, proclaimed, published MBh

⋙ praticārin

prati-ḍcārin mfn. exercising, practising L

praticikīrṣ

prati-cikīrṣ See prati-√kṛ

praticint

prati-√cint P. Ā. -cintayati, ○te, to consider again, reflect upon, remember R

• Caur

⋙ praticintana

prati-ḍcintana n. thinking repeatedly, considering W

⋙ praticintanīya

prati-ḍcintanīya mfn. to be thought over again Kāv

praticud

prati-√cud Caus. -coḍayati, to drive or urge on, impel R

⋙ praticodanam

prati-ḍcodanam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙ praticodanā

prati-ḍcodanā f. prevention, prohibition BhP. (= niṣedha, opp. to vidhi, or = smriti, opp. to śruti Sch.)

⋙ praticodita

prati-ḍcodita mfn. impelled or excited against (acc.) R

praticchad

prati-cchad (√chid), P. -cchādayati, to cover, envelop, hide, conceal, Kauś MBh. &c

⋙ praticcchadana

prati-cḍcchadana n. a cover, covering L

⋙ praticcchanna

prati-cḍcchanna mfn. covered, enveloped, hidden, concealed, disguised MBh. Kāv. &c

• endowed or furnished with (ifc.) MBh. iii, 1268

praticchid

prati-cchid (√chid), P. -cchinatti, to cut or tear off ŚāṅkhŚr. (v. l. pra-cch○)

• to retaliate by cutting to pieces MBh

⋙ praticccheda

prati-cḍccheda m. cutting off

• resistance, opposition W

praticyavīyas

práti-cyavīyas mfn. (√cyu) pressing closer against or towards RV. x, 86, 6

pratijagdha

práti-jagdha mfn. (√2. jakṣ) eaten, consumed MaitrS

pratijan

prati-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born or produced again PraśnUp

⋙ pratijanman

prati-ḍjanman n. re-birth Kathās. [Page 665, Column 3]

⋙ pratijāta

prati-ḍjāta mfn. born again, renewed

• -kopa mfn. once more angry MBh

pratijap

prati-√jap P. -japati, to mutter in response Gobh

⋙ pratijāpa

prati-ḍjāpa m. the act of muttering against Kauś

pratijalp

prati-√jalp P. -jalpati, to answer, reply MBh. R

⋙ pratijalpa

prati-ḍjalpa m. an answer, reply L

⋙ pratijalpaka

prati-ḍjalpaka m. a polite but evasive answer L

pratijāgṛ

prati-√jāgṛ P. -jāgarti, to watch beside (acc.) RV. VS. AV

• to keep (?) Divyâv

⋙ pratijāgara

prati-ḍjāgara m. watchfulness, attention L

⋙ pratijāgaraṇa

prati-ḍjāgaraṇa n. watching, guarding, attending to MārkP

⋙ pratijāgaraṇaka

prati-ḍjāgaraṇaka m. or n. (?) a district Inscr

⋙ pratijāgṛvi

prati-ḍjāgṛvi mfn. watchful, attentive Cat

pratiji

prati-√ji P. -jayati, to conquer, defeat (in battle or at play) TS. MBh.: Desid. -jigīṣati, to wish to conquer or defeat, attack, assail MBh

pratijihīrṣu

prati-jihīrṣu mfn. (√hṛ Desid.) wishing to return or requite MBh. (v. l. ○cikīrṣu

• p. 664, col. 3)

pratijīvana

prati-jīvana n. (√jīv) returning to life, resuscitation R

⋙ pratijīvita

prati-ḍjīvita n. id. Bālar

pratijuṣ

prati-√juṣ Ā. -juṣate, to be kind or tender towards (acc.), honour, serve RV

• to be gratified by, delight in (acc.) ib

pratijṛ

prati-√jṛ Ā. -jarate (inf. -jarádhyai), to roar (as fire) in the direction of, to call out to, salute (acc.) RV

pratijñā

prati-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve RV. AV. MBh

• to promise (with gen., dat. or loc. of pers., and acc. with or without prati, or dat. of thing, also with inf. MBh. Kāv. &c

• with vākyam and gen. 'to promise fulfilment of a person's word' MBh

• with satyam 'to promise verily or truly' ib.)

• (Ā) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c

• to maintain, assert, allege, state MBh. R. &c. (śabdaṃ nityatvena, 'to assert the eternity of sound' Pāṇ. 1-3, 22 Sch.)

• (Ā) to bring forward or introduce (a topic) Nyāyam. Sch

• to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of MBh. Hariv

• to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P. by Pāṇ. 1-3, 46

• but really Ā. MBh. xii, 8438)

⋙ pratijña

prati-jña mfn. acknowledging (ifc.) Vajracch

• (ā), f. See below

≫ pratijñā

pratijñā f. admission, acknowledgment, assent, agreement, promise, vow MBh. Kāv. &c

• a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation ib

• (in logic) a proposition, the assertion or proposition to be proved, the first member or avyaya of the fivemembered Nyāya syllogism IW. 61

• (in law) a plaint, complaint, indictment, prosecution Yājñ

⋙ pratijñākara

○kara m. N. of Sch on Nalôd. (usually called prajñā-k○)

⋙ pratijñāntara

○ntara (○jñânt○), n. (in logic) a subsequent proposition on failure of the first Nyāyas

⋙ pratijñāpattra

○pattra or n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

⋙ pratijñāpattraka

○patḍtraka n. a promissory note, a written contract, bond W

⋙ pratijñāparipālana

○paripālana n. adherence to a promise, keeping one's word VP

⋙ pratijñāpariśiṣṭa

○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

⋙ pratijñāpāraga

○pāraga mfn. one who keeps his word R

⋙ pratijñāpāraṇa

○pāraṇa n. fulfilment of a vow MBh

⋙ pratijñāpālana

○pālana n. = -paripālana MBh

⋙ pratijñāpūrvakam

○pūrvakam ind. so as to begin with the plaint Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pratijñābhaṅga

○bhaṅga m. breach of a promise

• -bhīru mfn. apprehensive of breaking a promise MW

⋙ pratijñālakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. (prob.) 'the characteristic of a proposition'

• -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -didhiti-ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vivecana n. ○ṇânugama m. ○ṇâloka m. N. of wks

⋙ pratijñāvāda

○vāda and m. N. of wks

⋙ pratijñāvādārtha

○vādârtha m. N. of wks

⋙ pratijñāvirodha

○virodha m. contradiction between a logical proposition and the argument Nyāyas

• acting contrary to a promise or agreement W

⋙ pratijñāvivāhita

○vivāhita mfn. promised in marriage, betrothed ib

⋙ pratijñāsaṃnyāsa

○saṃnyāsa m. abandonment of one's own proposition (after hearing the argument of the opponent) Nyāyas

• breaking a promise W

⋙ pratijñāsūtra

○sūtra n. N. of Pariś on the white Yajur-veda

⋙ pratijñāhāni

○hāni f. giving up a proposition or argument Nyāyas

≫ pratijñāta

prati-jñāta (práti-), mfn. admitted, acknowledged KātyŚr. Mn

• promised, agreed MBh. Kāv. &c

• declared, stated, asserted, proposed, alleged ib

• agreeable, desirable ŚBr

• ○târtha m. a statement, averment Yājñ

⋙ pratijñātavya

prati-jñātavya mfn. to be promised or assented to W. [Page 666, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratijñāti

prati-jñāti (prob.) wṛ. for pratiprajñāti

⋙ pratijñāna

prati-jñāna n. admission, assertion, assent, agreement, promise, APrāt. Yājñ. Sch

• bringing forward or introducing (a topic) Kull

• -vākya n. N. of Pariś. of the white Yajur-veda

⋙ pratijñāpita

prati-jñāpita mfn. betrayed Śak. i, 23/24 (vḷ

• cf. pra-jñāpita)

⋙ pratijñeya

prati-jñeya mfn. to be promised or assented to W

• m. a panegyrist, herald, bard L

pratijval

prati-√jval P. -jvalati, to flame, blaze, shine MBh

pratitaḍ

prati-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike in return MBh

⋙ pratitāḍitavya

prati-ḍtāḍitavya n. (impers.) a blow must be returned L

pratitap

prati-√tap P. -tapati, to throw out or emit heat towards or against (acc.) AV. TāṇḍBr

• to heat, warm, foment GṛŚrS

pratitara

prati-tara m. (√tṝ) a sailor, oarsman, ferryman Suśr

pratitarkita

prati-tarkita mfn. (√tark) expected, comprehensible (a-pr○) R. (B.)

pratitarj

prati-√tarj (only ind. p. -tarjya), to menace, threaten, terrify Kir. xiv, 26

pratitij

prati-√tij to emit heat or fire against or towards MaitrS. (only Impv. práti-tigdhi and titigáhi, for which Kāṭh. prati-tityagdhi [!], and ĀpŚr. prati-tiṅḍhi [!])

pratithi

pra-tithi m. N. of a Ṛishi and teacher (with the epithet Deva-taratha) VBr. Bālar

pratidah

prati-√dah P. -dahati (fut. -dhakṣyati), to burn towards, encounter with flames, consume RV. AV. ŚBr. ChUp.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti), to be burnt or consumed by fire MBh

pratidā

prati-√dā P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, to give back, restore, return AV. &c. &c

• to give, offer, present MBh. R.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to be given back or restored Yājñ

⋙ pratidātavya

prati-ḍdātavya mfn. to be given back or restored Yājñ

⋙ pratidāna

prati-ḍdāna n. restitution (of a deposit), restoration L

• giving or a gift in return Daś. Pāṇ. 1-4, 92

• exchange, barter L. (v. l. for pari-d○)

⋙ pratidāpya

prati-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to be restored Āpast

⋙ pratideya

prati-ḍdeya mfn. to be given back or returned Yājñ. MBh

• n. a pledge, pawn

• an article purchased and given back W

≫ pratītta

pratī-tta See á-pr○

pratidāraṇa

prati-dāraṇa n. (√dṝ) battle, fighting, fierce conflict L

pratidiv

prati-div √2. P. -dīvyati, to throw or cast against Pāṇ. 2-3, 59 Sch

• to play at dice with (acc.), to stake anything (gen. or acc.) at dice against AV. MBh

⋙ pratidivan

prati-ḍdivan m. the sun L

• a day Uṇ. i, 156 Sch

⋙ pratidīvan

prati-ḍdī́van m. an adversary at play RV. AV

• the sun L

pratidiś

prati-√diś Caus. -deśayati, to point towards, point out MBh

• to confess L

⋙ pratidiśam

prati-ḍdiśam and See p. 662, col. 1

⋙ pratideśam

prati-ḍdeśam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙ pratideśanīya

prati-ḍdeśanīya mfn. to be reported or related L

pratidīpta

prati-dīpta mfn. (√dīp) flaming against MBh

pratiduh

prati-√duh (P. impf. -aduhat aor. -adhukṣat), to add by milking TS

• (P. Pot. -duhīyat A. Subj. -dohate) to yield (like milk), grant RV. (cf. Nir. i, 7)

⋙ pratiduh

prati-ḍdúh n. (nom dhuk

• gen. instr. also dhuṣas, ○ṣā) fresh milk, milk still warm AV. TS. MaitrS. Br. ŚrS

• ○dhuk-tva n. TS

pratidūṣita

prati-dūṣita mfn. (√2. duṣ, Caus.) defiled, rendered unclean, contaminated Mn. iv, 65

pratidṛś

prati-dṛś (ind. p. -dṛśya), to look at, behold, perceive, notice ŚBr

• Ā. and Pass. -dṛśyate, to become visible, appear, appear as, be RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to cause to see, show, teach MBh

⋙ pratidarśa

prati-ḍdarśa m. (cf. pratī-d○) looking at, viewing ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratidarśana

prati-ḍdarśana n. id. R

• (ifc. f. ā) sight, look, appearance MBh

⋙ pratidṛś

prati-ḍdṛś

⋙ pratidṛśam

prati-ḍdṛśam See p. 662, col. 1

⋙ dṛṣṭa

dṛṣṭa mfn. beheld, visible, conspicuous, famous, celebrated BhP. (= pra-khyāta Sch.)

• ○ṭānta, See p. 662, col. 1

pratidru

prati-√dru (only aor. -adu bruvat), to run towards (acc.) Bhaṭṭ. [Page 666, Column 2]

pratidruh

prati-druh m. (√druh) one who seeks to injure in return (a-p○) BhP

pratidhā

prati√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte (Ved. inf. práti-dhātave), to put on or in or near or back, return, restore (loc. or dat.) RV. AV. Br

• to adjust (an arrow), aim ib

• to put to the lips (for drinking) RV. iv, 27, 5

• to put down (the feet), step out Br

• to offer, present AitBr

• to use, employ Śatr

• to restrain BhP

• (Ā.) to commence, begin, approach RV. AV

⋙ pratidhā

pratiḍdhā́ f. putting to the lips, a draught RV

⋙ pratidhāna

pratiḍdhāna n. (ifc.) putting to or on Gobh

• adopting precautions Kull

⋙ pratidhi

pratiḍdhí m. a cross-piece on the pole of a carriage RV. VS

≫ pratihita

práti-hita mfn. put on or in &c

• (ā), f. an arrow fitted to the bow-string RV. AV

• ○têṣu mfn. = ○hitāyīn Kauś

⋙ pratihitāyin

práti-ḍhitāyín mfn. one who has adjusted the arrow ŚBr

⋙ pratihiti

práti-ḍhiti f. adjusting an arrow Kāṭh

pratidhāv

prati-√dhāv P.Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run back AV

• to rush upon (acc.), attack MBh. R

⋙ pratidhāvana

prati-ḍdhāvana n. rushing upon, onset, attack MBh. (vḷ. -bādhana)

pratidhī

prati-√dhī (only pf. -didhima), to expect, hope RV

⋙ pratidhī

prati-ḍdhī mfn. See p. 662, col. 1

pratidhṛ

prati-√dhṛ P. Ā. -dhārayati, ○te, to keep back, stop, check ŚBr

• to keep erect, support AitBr

⋙ pratidhartṛ

prati-ḍdhartṛ́ m. one who keeps back or stops VS

pratidhṛṣ

prati-√dhṛṣ (only pf. -dadharṣa and Ved. inf. -dhṛ́ṣe), to be bold against, brave, defy RV. Kāṭh. (cf. a-pratidhṛṣṭa and ○dhṛṣya)

pratidhyāta

prati-dhyāta mfn. (√dhyai) thought upon, meditated MBh. (v. l. pra-dhyāta)

pratidhvani

prati-dhvani m. (√2. dhvan) echo, reverberated sound Hcar

⋙ pratidhvāna

prati-ḍdhvāna m. (n. L.) id. Hit

⋙ pratidhvānita

prati-ḍdhvānita (Nāg.),

⋙ pratidhvānin

prati-ḍdhvānin (Sāh.), mfn. sounding, resounding

pratidhvasta

prati-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) sunk, hanging down MBh

pratinad

prati-√nad P. -nadati, to sound back, answer with a cry or shout MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -nādayati, to cause to resound, make resonant, fill with cries ib

⋙ pratināda

prati-ḍnāda m. echo, reverberation Kād

⋙ pratinādita

prati-ḍnādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) filled with sounds, resonant, echoing or echoed Hariv. R

⋙ pratininada

prati-ḍninada m. = ○nāda Kir

pratinand

prati-√nand P. -nandati, to greet cheerfully, salute (also in return), bid welcome or farewell, address kindly, favour, befriend AV. &c. &c

• to receive joyfully or thankfully, to accept willingly (with na, to decline, refuse, reject) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -nandayati, to gladden, delight, gratify MBh. Kām

⋙ pratinananda

prati-√naḍnanda m. N. of a poet Cat

⋙ pratinanandana

prati-√naḍnándana n. greeting, salutation, friendly acceptance AV

• thanksgiving MW

⋙ pratinanandita

prati-√naḍnandita mfn. saluted or accepted kindly or cheerfully MBh. Kāv. &c

pratinam

prati-√nam (only pf. -nānāma), to bow or incline towards (acc.) RV

pratinard

prati-√nard P. Ā. -nardati, ○te, to roar or cry against or after (food), greet or hail with cries MBh. Hariv

pratināha

prati-nāha (√nah), See karṇapr○ and cf. pratī-nāha under 1. pratī, p. 673

pratiniḥsṛj

prati-niḥ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to drive towards, give up to (dat.) ŚBr

⋙ pratiniḥsarga

prati-ḍniḥsarga m. giving back, abandonment Lalit. (wṛ. niḥsaṅga)

⋙ pratiniḥsṛjya

prati-ḍniḥsṛjya mfn. to be given up or abandoned L

⋙ pratiniḥsṛṣṭa

prati-ḍniḥsṛṣṭa mfn. driven away Divyâv

pratinikṣip

prati-ni-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to put down or deposit again MBh

pratinigad

prati-ni-√gad P. -gadati, to speak to, address KātyŚr

• to recite or repeat singly TBr. Sch

pratinigrah

prati-ni-√grah Ā. -gṛhṇīte, to take up (liquids), ladle out ŚBr

⋙ pratinigrāhya

prati-ḍnigrāhya mfn. to be ladled out ĀpŚr. (cf. ○nirgr○)

pratinidhā

prati-ni-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put in the place of another, substitute ŚrS. Śaṃk

• to order, command MBh

• to slight, disregard MW. [Page 666, Column 3]

⋙ pratinidhātavya

prati-ḍnidhātavya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam. Sch

⋙ pratinidhāpayitavya

prati-ḍnidhāpayitavya mfn. to be caused to be substituted ib

⋙ pratinidhi

prati-ḍnidhi m. substitution

• a substitute, representative, proxy, surety ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• a resemblance of a real form, an image, likeness, statue, picture Kāv

• (ifc.) an image of i.e. similar, like Kāvyâd. (○dhī-√kṛ, to substitute anything acc. for comp. MBh. Ragh.)

⋙ pratinidheya

prati-ḍnidheya mfn. to be substituted Nyāyam

pratinind

prati-√nind P. -nindati, to abuse, blame, censure MBh

pratinipāta

prati-ni-pāta m. (√pat) falling down, alighting MBh

pratiniyata

prati-ni-yata mfn. (√yam) fixed or adopted for each single case, particular or different for each case Kap. Śaṃk

⋙ pratiniyama

prati-ḍniyama m. a strict rule as to applying an example to particular persons or things only Kap

pratiniras

prati-nir-√as P. -asyati, to throw back ĀpŚr

pratinirgrāhya

prati-nir-grāhya mfn. (√grah) to be taken up with a ladle ĀpŚr. (cf. prati-nigr○)

pratinirjita

prati-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) appropriated, turned to one's own advantage MBh

pratinirdiś

prati-nir-√diś (only Pass. -diśyate), to point or refer back Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 53

⋙ pratinirdiṣṭa

prati-ḍnirdiṣṭa mfn. referred to again KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pratinirdeśa

prati-ḍnirdeśa m. a reference back to (with gen.), renewed mention Śaṃk

⋙ pratinirdeśaka

prati-ḍnirdeśaka mfn. pointing or referring back (ifc.) KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pratinirdeśya

prati-ḍnirdeśya mfn. referred to or mentioned again Sāh

pratiniryat

prati-nir-√yat Caus. -yātayati, to give back, return MBh

⋙ pratiniryātana

prati-ḍniryātana n. giving back, returning Pāṇ. 2-3, 11 Sch

• rewarding, retaliation L

pratiniryā

prati-nir-√yā P. -yāti, to come forth again MBh. MārkP

pratinirvap

prati-nir-√vap P. -vapati, to distribute in return TS. TBr. Kauś

pratinivāraṇa

prati-ni-vāraṇa n. (√1. vṛ) keeping off, warding off BhP

pratinivāsana

prati-ni-vāsana n. (√4. vas) a kind of garment Buddh

pratiniviṣṭa

prati-ni-viṣṭa mfn. (√viś) quite prepossessed with (loc.) R

• obstinate, obdurate

• -mūrkha m. an obstinate fool Bhartṛ

⋙ pratiniveśa

prati-ḍniveśa m. obstinacy, obdurateness Baudh

pratinivṛt

prati-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (P. 2. pl. fut. -vartsyatha MBh.), to turn back or round, return MBh. Kāv. &c

• to turn away from (abl.), escape, run away, take flight MBh

• to cease, be allayed or abated BhP.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to go back, turn back, avert R. BhP

⋙ pratinivartana

prati-ḍnivartana n. returning, coming back ( See punaḥ-pr○)

⋙ pratinivartita

prati-ḍnivartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to return, led back R

⋙ pratinivṛtta

prati-ḍnivṛtta mfn. turned back or from (abl.), come back, return MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratinivṛtti

prati-ḍnivṛtti f. coming back, return ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiniṣkraya

prati-niṣ-kraya m. (√krī) retaliation, retribution L

pratiniṣpū

prati-niṣ-√pū P. -punāti, to cleanse or winnow again, purify KātyŚr. Kauś. Suśr

⋙ pratiniṣpūta

prati-niṣ-ḍpūta mfn. cleansed, winnowed Suśr

pratinistṝ

prati-nis-√tṝ P. -tarati, to accomplish Divyâv

pratinihan

prati-ni-√han (only 2. pers. pf. -jaghántha), to aim a blow at (acc.) RV. i, 52, 15

⋙ pratinihanihata

prati-ni-√haḍnihata mfn. hit, slain, killed MBh

pratinī

prati-√nī P. -nayati, to lead towards or back AV. &c. &c

• to put into, mix Kauś

⋙ pratināyaka

prati-ḍnāyaka See p. 662, col. 1

pratinu

prati-√nu P. -nauti, to commend, approve Pat

pratinud

prati-√nud P. Ā. -nudati, ○te, to thrust back, repulse, ward off RV. VS. TS. Br

⋙ pratinoda

prati-ḍnoda hrusting back, repulse TāṇḍBr. (cf. á-pr○)

pratinṛt

prati-√nṛt P. -nṛtyati, to dance before (in token of contempt), mock in turn by dancing before (acc.) MBh.: Intens. -narnṛtīti, to dance before (in token of love), delight or gladden by dancing before (acc.) Pat. [Page 667, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratinyas

prati-ny-√as (only ind. p. -nyasya), to place apart or lay down separately (for different persons) deposit R. (v. l. pra-vi-n○)

⋙ pratinyāsa

prati-ḍnyāsa See p. 662, col. 1

pratinyāgam

prati-ny-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back, return Kāṭh

pratipa

pratipa m. N. of a prince L. (prob. wṛ. for pratīpa, q.v.)

pratipaṇa 2

prati-paṇá m. (√paṇ) barter, exchange AV. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 1)

pratipat

prati-√pat P. -patati, to hasten towards, run to meet (acc.) MBh

pratipad

prati-√pad Ā. -padyate (ep. fut. also -patsyati), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, resch, attain VS. &c. &c

• to walk, wander, roam ChUp

• to come back to (acc.), return MBh

• to happen, occur, take place PārGṛ. MBh

• to get into (acc.), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self. ŚBr. &c. &c

• to receive back, recover AitBr. Śak

• to restore to favour Ragh

• to undertake, begin (acc., dat. or inf.), practise, perform, accomplish Nir. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (loc., gen. or acc.) MBh. Hariv. R

• to make, render MBh

• to fall to a person's (acc.) lot or share, PārGr

• to let a person (dat.) have anything Āpast

• to give back, restore Mn. viii, 183

• to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn MBh. R. &c

• to deem, consider, regard Śaṃk. Sāh

• to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scil. tathā, or tathêti), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise MBh. Kāv. &c

• to begin to speak, commence (with acc. or instr.) RV. Br

• to answer ChUp. (also with uttaram R.): Caus. -pādayati, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 acc.). give a present to, bestow on (loc., dat. or gen.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c

• to give in marriage Āpast

• to spend. ib

• to present with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ

• to put in, appoint to (loc.) R

• to produce, cause, effect MBh. R. &c

• to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart MBh. R. &c

• to deem, consider, regard as (2 acc.) Pañcat. (vḷ. -vadasi for -pādayasi): Desid. -pitsate (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to wish to attain Śaṃk

• to wish to know Bhām.: Desid. of Caus. -pipādayiṣati, to wish or intend to explain or analyze Śaṃk

⋙ pratipattavya

prati-ḍpattavya mfn. to be obtained or received MBh

• to be given (as an answer) R

• to be conceived or understood Car. Śaṃk

• to be done or begun MBh

• n. (impers.) it is to be assumed or stated Śaṃk

• one should act or proceed or behave MBh. Daś. Pañcat

⋙ pratipatti

prati-ḍpatti f. gaining, obtaining, acquiring Gaut. Śaṃk

• perception, observation, ascertainment, knowledge, intellect MBh. Kāv. &c

• supposition, assertion, statement Bhartṛ. Tattvas

• admission, acknowledgment Yājñ

• giving, granting, bestowing on (loc. or comp) MBh. Kām

• causing, effecting Kām

• beginning, action, procedure in or with (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (tatra kā pratipattiḥ syāt, what is to be done there? MBh

• kā tasya pratipattiḥ. what is to be done with it? Kull.)

• respectful reception or behaviour, homage, welcome ib. (○ttiṃ-√dā, to show honour Śak.)

• confidence, assurance, determination R. (cf. a-pratp○)

• resource, means for (loc.), expedient against (gen.) Jaim

• high rank or dignity, rule, reign Cat

• conclusion ĀśvŚr

• -karman n. a concluding rite or ceremony ĀpŚr. Sch

• -dakṣa mfn. knowing how to act or what is to be done Pañcat

• -darśin mfn. showing what ought to be done SaddhP

• -niṣṭhura mfn. difficult to be understood Ragh

• -paṭaha m. a kind of kettle-drum (allowed only to chiefs of a certain rank) L

• -parāṅmukha mf(ī)n. averse from compliance, obstinate, unyielding Bhaṭṭ

• -pradāna n. the giving of preferment, conferring promotion Hit

• -bheda m. diversity of views, difference of opinions RPrāt

• -mat mfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt R. Kām. Suśr

• celebrated, high in rank W

• -viśārada mfn. = -dakṣa MBh

⋙ pratipattṛ

prati-ḍpattṛ mfn. one who perceives or hears Sāh

• one who comprehends or understands Śaṃk. [Page 667, Column 2]

• one who maintains or asserts ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pratipad

prati-ḍpád f. access, ingress. entrance VS. ŚBr

• the path to be walked, the right path L

• beginning, commencement TS. TBr

• an introductory verse or stanza Br. ŚrS

• (also ○padā or ○padī) the first day of a lunar fortnight (esp. of the moon's wane) AgP. L

• understanding, intelligence L

• taste for anything Jātakam

• rank, consequence W

• a kettle-drum ib

• ○paccandra m. the moon on the first day, the new moon (esp. revered and saluted) Ragh

• ○pat-tūrya n. a kind of kettle-drum (cf. ○patti-paṭaha) L

• ○pan-maya mfn. obedient, willing Jātakam

⋙ pratipadā

prati-ḍpadā or f. See under ○pad

⋙ pratipadī

prati-ḍpadī f. See under ○pad

⋙ pratipanna

prati-ḍpanna mfn. come up or resorted to, got into (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Kālid

• met with, obtained, found, gained, won Kād

• overcome, conquered, subdued W

• undertaken, begun, done ib

• ascertained, known, understood Kum

• familiar with (loc.) MBh

• convinced, sure of anything Śaṃk

• one who has consented or agreed to or promised Kathās. (also -vat) Pañcat

• agreed upon, promised, consented to, to R. Pañcat. (-tva Śukas.)

• avowed, acknowledged (as a brother), admitted (as a debt) Yājñ. Pañcat

• answered, replied Kathās

• offered, given, presented to (loc.) Āpast

• acting or behaving towards (loc.) MBh

• -prayojana mfn. one who has attained his object R

⋙ pratipannaka

prati-ḍpannaka m. 'arrived at an aim', (with Buddh.) N. of the 4 orders of Āryas (viz. the Śrota-āpanna, Sakṛid-āgāmin, An-āgāmin, and Arhat) L

⋙ pratipādaka

prati-ḍpādaka mf(ikā)n. causing to obtain, giving, presenting to (loc.) MBh. (a-pratip○)

• stating, demonstrating, explaining, teaching (-tva n.) MBh. Kāś. Vedântas

• effective, accomplishing, promoting MW

• m. or n. (?) a receptacle for hair L

⋙ pratipādana

prati-ḍpādana n. causing to attain, giving, granting, bestowing on, presenting to (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• giving back, restoring, returning MBh. (a-pratip○ Kull.)

• bringing back R

• putting in, appointing to (loc.), inauguration ib

• producing, causing, effecting, accomplishing W

• stating, setting forth, explaining, teaching, pro. pounding, illustrating Var. Śaṃk. Sāh

• begining, commencement MBh

• action, worldly conduct W

⋙ pratipādanīya

prati-ḍpādanīya mfn. to be given, to be married Śak

• to be propounded or discussed or treated of Kap. Sch

• to be accomplished MW

⋙ pratipādayitavya

prati-ḍpādayitavya mfn. to be offered or given, Kā

⋙ pratipādayitṛ

prati-ḍpādayitṛ m. a giver, bestower on (loc.) Āpast

• a teacher, propounder, instructor Kāś

⋙ pratipādita

prati-ḍpādita mfn. caused to attain, given (also in marriage), delivered, presented MBh. Hariv. R

• stated, proved, set forth, explained, taught MBh. Kathās. BhP

• (-tva n.) Sāh

• caused, effected, produced MBh. R

⋙ pratipāduka

prati-ḍpāduka mf(ī)n. recovering Śiś

• determining, ascertaining W

• causing, effecting ib

⋙ pratipādya

prati-ḍpādya mfn. to be treated of or discussed, to be explained or propounded (-tva. n.) Śaṃk. Vedântas. Kāś

≫ pratipitsā

prati-pitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of obtaining, striving after (comp.) Saṃk

⋙ pratipitsu

prati-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of obtaining, longing for (acc. or comp.) ib

• desirous of hearing or learning (acc.) Gobh. Sch

⋙ pratipipādayiṣā

prati-ḍpipādayiṣā f. desire of setting forth or discussing or treating of (acc.) Kāvyâd. Sch

⋙ pratipipādayiṣu

prati-ḍpipādayiṣu mfn. wishing to explain, about to treat of Kull

pratiparāṇī

prati-parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead back ŚBr

pratiparāhṛ

prati-parā-√hṛ P. -harati, to hand over ŚBr

pratiparigamana

prati-pari-gamana n. (√gam) walking round backwards or again ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiparī

prati-parī ([pari+√i]), P. -paryeti, to go round in a reverse direction KātySr

pratipare

prati-paré ([parA+i]), ind. p. -parêtya, to return again ŚBr

pratiparyāvṛt

prati-pary-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn round in an opposite direction ŚāṅkhŚr. Kauś

pratiparyāhṛ

prati-pary-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to turn round again ŚāṅkhŚr

pratipaś

prati-√paś only pr. P. -paśyati, to look at, perceive, see, behold RV. AV. Br. MBh

• to live to see, experience MBh

• (Ā. ○te) to see in one's own possession AV

pratipāṇa 2

prati-pāṇá (√paṇ), m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 2) ready to exchange, bartering AV. [Page 667, Column 3]

pratipāna

prati-pāna n. (√1. pā) drinking Āpast. (cf. pratī-p○)

• water for drinking R

pratipāl

prati-√pāl P. -pālayati (ep. also ○te), to protect, defend, guard, keep MBh. R

• to observe, maintain ib

• to wait, wait for, expect ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratipālaka

prati-ḍpālaka mf(ikā)n. protecting preserving

• a protector W

⋙ pratipālana

prati-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, keeping, cherishing MBh. Kāv. &c

• maintaining, observing MBh. R

• waiting, expecting Ratnâv

⋙ pratipālanīya

prati-ḍpālanīya (Śak.),

⋙ pratipālayitavya

prati-ḍpālayitavya (MBh.), mfn. to be guarded or watched or waited for

⋙ pratipālita

prati-ḍpālita mfn. cherished, protected

• practised, followed W

⋙ pratipālin

prati-ḍpālin mfn. guarding MBh

⋙ pratipālya

prati-ḍpālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. Śak

pratipitsā

prati-pitsā -pitsu, -pipādayiṣā, -pipādayiṣu, See col. 2

pratipiṣ

prati-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi (ep. impf. -apiṃṣat), to rub one thing against another, rub together MBh. (karaṃ kare, or hastair hastâgram, the hands)

• to bruise, grind, crush, destroy. Nir. ChUp. MBh

⋙ pratipiṣṭa

prati-ḍpiṣṭa mfn. rubbed or rubbing against each other (as horses), struck against each other, crossed (as swords)

• bruised, crushed MBh. Suśr

⋙ pratipeṣam

prati-ḍpeṣam ind. rubbing or pressing against each other (uraḥ-pratipeṣaṃ yudhyante, they fight breast to breast) Pāṇ. 3-4, 55 Sch

pratipīḍ

prati-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, oppress, harass, afflict MBh. R

⋙ pratipīḍana

prati-ḍpīḍana n. oppressing, harassing, molesting Kām

pratipīy

prati-√pīy P. -pī́yati, to abuse, revile RV

pratipūj

prati-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to return a salutation, reverence, salute respectfully, honour, praise, commend, approve Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pratipūjaka

prati-ḍpūjaka mfn. honouring, revering, a reverer (ifc.) R

⋙ pratipūjana

prati-ḍpūjana n. doing homage, honouring, revering (with gen.) R

⋙ pratipūjā

prati-ḍpūjā f. id (with gen. or loc.) MBh

⋙ pratipūjita

prati-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, revered, presented with (instr.) Mn. MBh. &c

• exchanged as civilities W

⋙ pratipūjya

prati-ḍpūjya mfn. to be honoured Mn

pratipṝ

prati-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti (only 2. du. Impv. -pṛṇītám), to bestow in return RV. vii, 65, 5: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, make full ĀśvGṛ. Suśr

• to fill (said of a noise) MBh

• to sate, satiate, satisfy ib

• to fulfil, accomplish R

≫ pratipūraṇa

prati-pūraṇa n. filling up, filling R

• injecting a fluid or other substance, pouring a fluid over Suśr

• the being filled with (instr.) Gaut

• obstruction, congestion (of the head) Car

⋙ pratipūrita

prati-ḍpūrita mfn. filled with, full of Hariv

• satisfied, contented BhP

⋙ pratipūrṇa

prati-ḍpūrṇa mfn. id. ChUp. MBh. &c

• -bimba mfn. 'having its disc filled', full (the moon) MBh

• mānasa mfn. (having one's heart) satisfied Hariv

⋙ pratipūrti

prati-ḍpūrti f. fulfilment, perfection Lalit

pratipragrah

prati-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to take up or receive again MBh

pratiprach

prati-√prach P. -pṛcchati, to ask, question, inquire of (2 acc.) R. Kathās

⋙ pratipraśna

prati-ḍpraśna m. a question in return ĀpŚr. Vait

• an answer Var

⋙ pratiprāś

prati-ḍprāś

⋙ pratiprāśita

prati-ḍprāśita See p. 662, ccl. 2

pratiprajñā

prati-pra-√jñā P. -jānāti, to seek out or find again ŚBr

⋙ pratiprajñāti

prati-ḍprajñāti f. discrimination, ascertainment, statement AitBr. Kāṭh

pratipradā

prati-pra-√dā P. -dadāti, to give back again MBh

⋙ pratipratta

prati-ḍpratta mfn. given up, delivered ŚBr

⋙ pratipradāna

prati-ḍpradāna n. giving back, returning R

• giving in marriage ib

pratiprabrū

prati-pra-√brū P. -braviiti, to speak in return, reply, answer ŚBr

pratiprabha

prati-prabha m. N. of an Ātreya (author of RV. v, 49) Anukr

• (ā), f. reflection (of fire) MBh

pratipramuc

prati-pra-√muc P. -muñcati, to admit (a calf to the cow) ŚBr

pratiprayam

prati-pra-√yam P. -yacchati, to give back, return, restore TS. GṛŚrS. Daś

pratiprayavaṇa

prati-pra-yavaṇa n. (√2. yu) repeated mixture Suśr

pratiprayā

prati-pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, return RV. &c. &c

⋙ pratiprayāṇa

prati-ḍprayāṇa n. going back, return R. (○ṇakam, See p. 662, col. 2). [Page 668, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratiprayāta

prati-ḍprayāta mfn. gone back, returned MBh. Kāv. &c

pratiprayuj

prati-pra-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to add instead of something else, substitute TāṇḍBr

• (Ā.) to pay back, restore (a debt) MBh. (B.)

pratipravac

prati-pra-√vac (only pf. -próvāca and ind. p. -prôrya), to report, relate, tell TS. Br

⋙ pratiprokta

prati-ḍprôkta mfn. returned, answered AitBr. BhP

pratipravid

prati-pra-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to proclaim, announce TS

pratipraviś

prati-pra-√viś P. -viśati, to go back, return R

pratipravṛt

prati-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to lead towards Kauś

pratipraśna

prati-praśna See prati-√prach

pratipraśrabdhi

prati-pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) omission, removal L

pratiprasū

prati-pra-√sū Ā. -suvate, to allow or enjoin again ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ pratiprasava

prati-ḍprasava m. counter-order, suspension of a general prohibition in a particular case Śaṃk. KātyŚr. Sch. Kull

• an exception to an exception TPrāt. Sch

• return to the original state Yogas

⋙ pratiprasavam

prati-ḍprasavam ind., See p. 662, col. 2

⋙ pratiprasūta

prati-ḍprasūta mfn. re-enjoined after having been forbidden KātyŚr. Sch

pratiprasṛp

prati-pra-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep near again ĀśvŚr

pratiprasthātṛ

prati-pra-sthātṛ́ m. (√sthā) N. of a priest who assists the Adhvaryu TS. Br. ŚrS

⋙ pratiprasthāna

prati-ḍprasthā́na m. N. of a partic. Soma-Graha VS

• n. the office of the Prati-prasthātṛi ( See ○prāsthānika)

• the milk-vessel of the Prati ĀpŚr

⋙ pratiprāsthānika

prati-ḍprāsthānika mfn. relating to the office of the Prati

• (with karman), n. the office of the Prati MBh

pratiprahāra

prati-pra-hāra m. (√hṛ) a counter-blow, returning a blow Hariv. Ragh

pratiprahi

prati-pra-√hi P. -hiṇoti, to drive or chase back AV. ŚBr

pratiprahve

prati-pra-√hve (only Pass. -hūyate), to call near, invite to (acc.) RV

pratiprāyā

prati-prâ-√yā P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

pratiprāś

prati-prāś -prāśita, See prati√prach and p. 662, col. 2

pratiprās

prati-prâs (pra + √as), P. -prâsyati, to throw or cast upon KātyŚr

pratiplavana

prati-plavana n. (√plu) jumping or leaping back R

pratiphal

prati-√phal P. -phalati, to bound against, rebound, be reflected Kāv

• to requite MW

⋙ pratiphala

prati-ḍphala m. (L.),

⋙ pratiphalana

prati-ḍphalana n. (Kāv.) reflection, image, shadow

• (W.) return, requital, retaliation

pratiphullaka

prati-phullaka mfn. flowering, in blossom L

pratibandh

prati-√bandh P. Ā. -badhnāti, -badhnīte (ep. impf. also -abandhat), to tie to, fasten, fix, moor (Ā., anything of one's own) ŚBr. Hariv. &c

• to set, enchase MBh

• to exclude, cut off Ragh. Kull

• to keep back or off, keep at a distance Daś. Naish

• to stop, interrupt Śak

⋙ pratibaddha

prati-ḍbaddha mfn. tied or bound to, fastened, fixed Kām. Ragh. Suśr

• twisted, wreathed (as a garland), Mālatim. ii, 0/1

• dependent on, subject to (comp.) Kād. Saṃk

• attached to, joined or connected or provided with (instr.) Kap. MBh. Hit

• harmonizing with, (loc.) Kum

• fixed, directed (upari, or comp.) Śaṃk. Pañcat

• hindered, excluded, cut off, Mallin

• kept at a distance MBh

• entangled, complicated Var

• disappointed, thwarted, crossed, vexed L

• (in phil.) that which is always connected or implied (as fire in smoke) MW

• -citta mfn. one whose mind is turned to or fixed on (comp.) Pañcat

• -tā f. the being connected with (comp.) L

• -prasara mfn. hindered or blunted in its course (as a thunderbolt), Mallin. on Kum. iii, 12

• -rāga mfn. having passion in harmonious connection with (loc.), Kum. vii, 91

⋙ pratibadhya

prati-ḍbadhya mfn. to be obstructed or hindered L. [Page 668, Column 2]

⋙ pratibanddhṛ

prati-ḍbanddhṛ m. a hinderer, preventer, obstructor

• -tā f. Naish

⋙ pratibandha

prati-ḍbandha m. connection, uninterruptedness, Kap. Kāś

• a prop, support Kād

• investment, siege Hariv

• obstacle, hindrance, impediment Kālid. Śaṃk

• opposition, resistance Śak. (ena, by all kinds of resṭresistance Nal.)

• a logical impediment, obstructive argument Sarvad

• stoppage, suspension, cessation Pāṇ. 3-3, 51 (cf. varṣapr○) ; vii, 1, 45

• -kārin mfn. creating obstacles, hindering, preventing W

• -mukta mfn. freed from obstṭobstacles Śatr

• -vat mfn. beset with obstṭobstacles, difficult to attain Mālav

⋙ pratibandhaka

prati-ḍbandhaka (ifc.) = ○bandha, impediment, obstacle MBh

• mf(ikā)n. obstructing, preventing, resisting MBh. Rājat. TPrāt. Sch

• m. a branch L

• N. of a prince VP

⋙ pratibandhana

prati-ḍbandhana n. binding, confinement, obstruction W

⋙ pratibandhi

prati-ḍbandhi in. contradiction, objection L

• -kalpanā f. (in logic) an assumption liable to a legitimate contradiction Sarvad

⋙ pratibandhin

prati-ḍbandhin mfn. meeting with an obstacle, being impeded or prevented Pāṇ. 6-2, 6

• (ifc.) impeding, obstructing

• -tā f. Vikr

pratibādh

prati-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to beat back, ward off, repel MBh. R

• to check, restrain ŚBr

• to pain, torment, vex Hariv. R

⋙ pratibādhaka

prati-ḍbādhaka mf(ikā)n. thrusting back, repelling (ifc.) R

• preventing, obstructing MW

⋙ pratibādhana

prati-ḍbādhana n. beating back, repulsion (gen., acc., or comp.) MBh. BhP

⋙ pratibādhita

prati-ḍbādhita mfn. beaten back, repelled MBh

⋙ pratibādhin

prati-ḍbādhin mfn. obstructing

• m. an opponent MW

pratibudh

prati-√budh Ā. -budhyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to awaken (intr.), awake, wake Mn. MBh. &c

• to perceive, observe, learn RV. (2. pf. Subj. -búbodhatha

• p. Ā. búdhyamāna, 'attentive') AV. Br. BhP

• to awaken (trans.) RV.: Pass. (only aor. abodhi) to expand BhP.: Caus. bodhayati, to awaken (trans.) Kāv. Kathās. BhP

• to instruct, inform, admonish MBh. Kāv. &c

• to commission, charge, order MW

⋙ pratibuddha

prati-ḍbuddha (práti-), mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) RV. &c. &c

• one who has attained to perfect knowledge ŚBr. (cf. MWB. 98, n.)

• illuminated, enlightened BhP

• observed, recognized ib

• known, celebrated W

• made prosperous or great ib

• -vastu mfn. understanding the real nature of things BhP

• ○ddhâtman mfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake MW

⋙ pratibuddhaka

prati-ḍbuddhaka mfn. known, recognized (a-pratib○) MBh

⋙ pratibuddhi

prati-ḍbuddhi f. awakening Cat

• hostile disposition or purpose (= śatru-b○) MW

• -vat mfn. having hostile intentions ib

⋙ pratibodha

prati-ḍbodha m. (cf. pratī-b○) awaking, waking Ragh. BhP

• perception, knowledge KenUp. BhP

• instruction, admonition Śukas

• N. of a man, g. bidâdi

• -vat mfn. endowed with knowledge or reason Śak

⋙ pratibodhaka

prati-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening (with acc.) R

• m. a teacher, instructor Siṃhâs

⋙ pratibodhana

prati-ḍbodhana mfn. awakening, enlivening, refreshing (ifc.) BhP. Suśr

• (ā), f. awaking, recovering consciousness Kād

• n. awaking, expanding, spreading MBh. Suśr

• awakening (trans.) R

• instruction, explanation BhP

⋙ pratibodhanīya

prati-ḍbodhanīya mfn. to be awakened Ratnâv

⋙ pratibodhita

prati-ḍbodhita mfn. awakened R

• instructed, taught, admonished W

⋙ pratibodhin

prati-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking, about to awake Kathās. (cf. g. gamy-ādi)

pratibrū

prati-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūve, to speak in reply, answer RV. &c. &c. (also with 2 acc. R.)

• (Ā.) to answer i.e. return (an attack &c.) RV

• to refuse, deny BhP

pratibhakṣ

prati-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to eat separately or alone ĀśvŚr

pratibhaj

prati-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to fall again to one's share, return to (acc.) Daś. 2

⋙ pratibhāga

prati-ḍbhāga m. (for 1. See p. 662, col. 3) division VāyuP. (wṛ. for pra-vibh○?)

• a share, portion, daily present (consisting of fruit, flowers &c. and offered to a king) Mn. viii, 307

• -śas ind. in divisions or classes Suśr

pratibhañj

prati-√bhañj P. -bhanakti, to fracture, break in pieces RV. AV. TBr

pratibhaṇ

prati-√bhaṇ P. -bhaṇati, to speak in reply, answer Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pratibhaṇita

prati-ḍbhaṇita mfn. answered, replied W

pratibhaṇḍitavya

prati-bhaṇḍitavya mfn. (√bhaṇḍ) to be derided or scoffed in return L

pratibhā

prati-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine upon (acc.) Lāṭy

• to come in sight, present or offer one's self to (gen. or acc.) MBh. R. &c. [Page 668, Column 3]

• to appear to the mind (also with manasi), flash upon the thoughts, become clear or manifest, occur to (acc. or gen.) Up. MBh. &c. (nóttaram pratibhātime, 'no answer occurs to me' Hariv.)

• to seem or appear to (gen., acc. with or without prati) as or like (nom. with or without iva, or yathā, or -vat ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (iti pratibhāti me manaḥ, 'so it seems to my mind' MBh.)

• to seem fit, appear good, please to (gen.or acc.) Vikr. Pañcat. &c. (sā bhāryā pratibhāti me, 'this one would please me as a wife' Kathās.)

⋙ pratibha

prati-ḍbha mfn. wise, intelligent Ragh. viii, 79 (vḷ.)

⋙ pratibhā

prati-ḍbhā f. an image Nir

• light, splendour ( See niṣ-pr○)

• appearance (a-pr○) Gaut

• fitness, suitableness (a-pr○), Śrs

• intelligence, understanding MBh. Kāv. Sāh

• presence of mind, genius, wit Kām

• audacity, boldness (a-pr○) Nyāyad

• a thought, idea Daś. Kathās

• a founded supposition Naish

• fancy, imagination MBh. Kathās. Sāh

• -kṣaya m. loss or absence of knowledge, want of sense Kull

• -tas ind. by fancy or imagination Kathās

• -"ṣnvita (○bhânv○), mfn. intelligent, wise L

• confident, hold L

• -balāt ind. by force of reason or intelligence, wisely Rājat

• -mukha mfn. at once hitting the right, quick-witted L. (confident, arrogant W.)

• -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, shrewd, intelligent Kathās

• confident, bold L

• m. (L.) the sun, the moon, fire

• -vaśāt ind. = -tas, Kithās

• -vilāsa m. N. of sev. wks

• -hāni f. privation of light, dulness, darkness W

• = -kṣaya ib

⋙ pratibhāta

prati-ḍbhāta n. (prob.) a symbolical offering Hariv. (vḷ. ○bhâna and ○bhāva)

⋙ pratibhāna

prati-ḍbhāna n. becoming clear or visible, obviousness TS. Sch

• intelligence Hariv

• eloquence Lalit

• brilliancy W

• boldness, audacity ib

• v. l. for ○bhāta Hariv

• -kūṭa m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva L

• -vat mfn. endowed with presence of mind, quick-witted, shrewd, intelligent MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. Mālatim.)

• bright, brilliant W

• bold, audacious ib

pratibhāṣ

prati-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak in return or to (acc.), answer, relate, tell MBh. Kāv. &c

• to call, name (2 acc.), Śrut

⋙ pratibhāṣā

prati-ḍbhāṣā f. an answer, rejoinder L

⋙ pratibhāṣya

prati-ḍbhāṣya n. N. of ch. of BhavP

pratibhās

prati-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to manifest one's self. appear as or look like or as (nom.) Rājat. (nānā-tvena, 'to appear different' Vedântas.)

• to shine, be brilliant, have a bright appearance Kathās

⋙ pratibhāsa

prati-ḍbhāsa m. appearance, look, similitude, Vedantas. Sāh

• appearing or occurring to the mind Kpr. R. Sch

• illusion Lalit

⋙ pratibhāsana

prati-ḍbhāsana n. appearing, appearance Kap. Sch. Sāy

• look, semblance Sāh

pratibhid

prati-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to pierce, penetrate MBh

• to disclose, betray Daś

• to reproach, censure, be indignant with (acc.) Ragh. Śiś

⋙ pratibhinna

prati-ḍbhinna mfn. pierced, divided W

• distinguished by (instr. or comp.) Kum. vii. 7 ; 35

⋙ pratibhinnaka

prati-ḍbhinnaka mfn. undecided (?) Divyâv

⋙ pratibheda

prati-ḍbheda m. (ifc. f. ā) splitting, dividing (?) MBh

• discovery, betrayal Rājat. Kathās

⋙ pratibhedana

prati-ḍbhedana n. piercing, cutting, dividing W

• putting out (as the eyes) Yājñ

pratibhuj

prati-√bhuj P. -bhunakti, to enjoy MBh

• to eat food besides the prescribed diet Car

⋙ pratibhukta

prati-ḍbhukta mfn. one who has eaten food reserved for him Car

• one who has eaten food other than the prescribed diet ib

⋙ pratibhoga

prati-ḍbhoga m. enjoyment MBh

• = next Car

• vḷ. for -bhāga Mn.viii, 307

⋙ pratibhojana

prati-ḍbhojana n. prescribed diet Car

⋙ pratibhojita

prati-ḍbhojita mfn. one who has been allowed to eat food besides the prescribed diet ib

⋙ pratibhojin

prati-ḍbhojin mfn. eating the prṭprescribed diet ib

pratibhū

prati-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be equal to or on a par with (acc.) ŚBr.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to observe, become acquainted with (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -bhāvyate, to be considered as, pass for (nom.) Rājat

⋙ pratibhāva

prati-ḍbhāva m. counterpart (-tā f.) Prasannar

• corresponding character or disposition W

• -vat mfn. having corresponding characters, social ib

⋙ pratibhū

prati-ḍbhū m. a surety, security, bail Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

pratibhūṣ

prati-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to make ready, prepare, fit out RV

• to serve, wait upon, honour, worship ib. TS

• to concede, acquiesce in, agree to (acc.) RV

pratibhṛ

prati-√bhṛ P. -bharati, to carry towards, offer, present RV

• (-bibharti), to support (a parent) Divyâv

⋙ pratibhṛta

prati-ḍbhṛta mfn. offered, prevented ib. [Page 669, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratimaṇḍita

prati-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) decorated, adorned SaddhP

pratiman

prati-√man Ā. -manute, to render back in return or in reply, contrast with (also with 2 acc.) VS. ChUp.: Caus. -mānayati, to honour, esteem, approve, consider, regard MBh. R. &c

⋙ pratimānanā

prati-ḍmānanā f. homage, reverence Śiś

⋙ pratimānayitavya

prati-ḍmānayitavya mfn. to be regarded or considered Mudr

pratimantr

prati-√mantr P. -mantrayati, to call out or reply to ŚrS

• to consecrate with sacred texts MBh

⋙ pratimantraṇa

prati-ḍmantraṇa n. an answer, reply Kauś

⋙ pratimantrayitavya

prati-ḍmantrayitavya mfn. to be answered L

⋙ pratimantrita

prati-ḍmantrita mfn. consecrated with sacred texts MBh

pratimanyūya

prati-manyūya Nom. Ā. ○yate, á-pratimanyūyamāna

pratimarśa

prati-marśa m. (√mṛś) a kind of powder used as a sternutatory Car. Suśr. (wṛ. -marṣa)

pratimā

prati-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. prati-mai), to imitate, copy RV. VS. Kauś

pratimā

prati-√mā m. a creator, maker, framer AV. VS

• (ā́), f. an image, likeness, symbol RV. &c. &c

• a picture, statue, figure, idol Mn. Hariv. Ragh. (IW. 218, 1 ; 241)

• reflection (in comp. after a word meaning 'moon', below.)

• measure, extent (cf. below)

• N. of a metre RPrāt

• the part of an elephant's head between the tusks (also ○ma m.) L. (ifc. like, similar, resembling, equal to TBr. MBh. &c

• having the measure of, as long or wide &c. as, e.g. tri-nalva-pr○, 3 Nalvas long Hariv

• ○ma-tā f. -tva n. reflection, image, shadow W.)

• -gata mfn. present in an idol (as a deity) Ragh

• -candra m. 'reflection-moon', image of the moon Ragh

• -dāna n. -dravyâdi-vacana n. N. of wks

• -paricāraka m. an attendant upon an idol (= devala) Kull. (cf. IW. 218, 1)

• -pūjā f. worship of images MWB. 464

• -pratiṣṭhā f. (and ○thā-vidhi, m.), -rodanâdi-prâyaścitta-vidhi m. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

• viśeṣa m. a sort of image, a kind of figure MW

• -śaśâṅka m. = -candra Ragh

• -samprôkṣaṇa n. N. of wk

• ○mêndu m. = ○mācandra Rājat

⋙ pratimātavya

prati-ḍmātavya mfn. comparable MW

⋙ pratimāna

prati-ḍmā́na n. a counterpart, well-matched opponent, adversary RV

• a model, pattern MBh. BhP

• an image, picture, idol L

• comparison, likeness, similarity, resemblance MBh. Mālatīm

• a weight Vishṇ. Yājñ. (cf. pratī-m○)

• = -bhāga MBh

• pratimāna-kalpa mfn. like, similar MBh

• -bhāga m. the part of an elephant's head between the tusks L

⋙ pratimita

prati-ḍmita mfn. imitated, reflected, mirrored Kathās. Rājat

⋙ pratimāmiti

prati-√mā--miti f. reflected image, Śrikaṇṭh

⋙ meya

meya mfn. comparable ( See a-pratim○)

pratimit

prati-mít f. (√mi) a prop, stay, support AV

pratimih

prati-√mih P. -mehati, to make water in the direction of (acc.) MBh. R

pratimīv

prati-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push or press back TS

• to close by pressing, shut ŚBr

pratimuc

prati-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to put (clothes, a garland &c.) on (dat., gen., loc.), to fix or fasten on, append AV. &c. &c

• (Ā., later also P.) to put on one's self, dress one's self, assume (a shape or form) RV. &c. &c

• to attach or fasten to (loc.) KātyŚr. BhP

• to inflict on (loc.) TBr

• to set at liberty, release, let go, send away Ragh. Rājat. Kathās

• to give up, resign Mṛicch. Pañcat

• to return, restore, pay back (as a debt) MBh

• to fling, hurl RV. MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed or released from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -mocayati, to set free, rescue, save MBh

⋙ pratimukta

prati-ḍmukta mfn. put on, applied Ragh

• fastened, tied, bound BhP

• released, liberated, freed from (abl.) Ragh. Rājat. MārkP

• given up, relinquished Mṛicch

• flung, hurled MBh

⋙ pratimoka

prati-ḍmoka m. (ifc.) putting or hanging round ŚBr

⋙ pratimocana

prati-ḍmocana n. liberation, release from (comp.) MBh. Ragh

⋙ pratimocita

prati-ḍmocita mfn. released, saved, delivered Mṛicch

pratimuṭ

prati-√muṭ Caus. -moṭayati, to put an end to, kill Chandom

pratimud

prati-√mud Ā. -modate (rarely P.) ○ti, to rejoice at, welcome with joy, be glad to see (with acc., rarely gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayate, to gladden, cheer ŚBr.: Desid. of Caus. -mumodayiṣati, to wish to make cheerful ib. [Page 669, Column 2]

pratimuh

prati-√muh Caus. -mohayati, to bewilder, confound AV

pratimokṣa

prati-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) liberation, deliverance

• (with Buddh.) emancipation L

• the formulary for releasing monks by penances Kāraṇḍ

• -sūtra n. N. of Buddh. Sūtras MWB. 268

⋙ pratimokṣaṇa

prati-ḍmokṣaṇa n. remission (of taxes) Kām

pratiyaj

prati-√yaj P. -yajati, to sacrifice in return or with an aim towards anything (acc.) ŚBr. ĀpŚr

⋙ pratiyāga

prati-ḍyāga a sacrifice offered with an aim towards anything ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiyat

prati-√yat Ā. -yatate, to guard against, counteract ŚBr. Śak. i, 32/33 (vḷ.): Caus. yātayati, to retaliate, requite (with vairam, or ○raṇi, 'to take revenge') MBh

⋙ pratiyatna

prati-ḍyatna m. care be stowed upon anything, effort, endeavour, exertion Pāṇ. 1-3, 32

• ī. 3, 53 &c

• preparation, elaboration, manufacture Śiś. iii, 54 (cf. a-p"ṣ-pūrva)

• imparting a new quality or virtue Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 53

• retaliation, requital W

• (also = lipsā, upagraha or ○haṇa, nigrahâdi, grahaṇâdi, pratigraha L.)

• mfn. exerting one's self, taking care or trouble L

• cautious, heedful Jātakam

⋙ pratiyātana

prati-ḍyātana n. requital, retaliation (vaira-pr○, 'taking revenge') MBh

• (ā), f. an image, model, counterpart, a picture, statue (of a god &c.) Ragh. Śiś. Hcar

• (ifc.) appearing in the shape of. Hcar

pratiyabh

prati-√yabh (only inf. -yabdhum), to have intercourse with a female TBr. Sch

pratiyam

prati-√yam P. -yacchati, to be equivalent to, be worth as much as (acc.) TBr

• to grant or bestow perpetually (Impv. -yaṃsi) RV

• to return, restore BhP

pratiyā

prati-√yā P. -yāti, to come or go to (acc., also with prati) RV. MBh

• to go against (acc.) Hariv

• to go or come back, return to or into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to comply with, oblige, please (acc.) R

• to equal, be a match for (acc.) BhP

• to be returned or requited ib.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to return to (acc.) BhP

⋙ pratiyāta

prati-ḍyāta mfn. gone towards or against or back or away, turned, returned, opposed MBh. R

• -nidra mfn. 'one whose sleep is gone', awakened, wake BhP

• -buddhi mfn. one whose mind is turned towards (dat.) R

pratiyu

prati-√yu P. -yauti, to tie to, bind, fetter TS

⋙ pratiyuta

prati-ḍyuta mfn. tied to, bound, fettered ib

⋙ pratiyuvana

prati-ḍyuvana n. repeated mixture Hcat

pratiyuj

prati-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to fasten on, tie to (acc.) RV

• (Ā.) to pay back (a debt) MBh. (C. prati-pray○): Caus. -yojayati, to fix on, adjust (the arrow on the bow) MBh

⋙ pratiyoga

prati-ḍyoga m. resistance, opposition, contradiction, controversy BhP

• an antidote, remedy Kathās

• cooperation, association W

• the being a counterpart of anything ib

⋙ pratiyogi

prati-ḍyogi in comp. = ○yogin

• -jñānakāraṇatā f. -jñāna-kāraṇatā-vāda m

• -jñānasya hetutva-khaṇḍana n. N. of wks

• -tā f. correlation, dependent existence Bhāshāp. Sch

• mutual co-operation, partnership W

• -tā-vāda m. N. of wk

• -tva n. = -tā Tarkas

• nirūpaṇa n. ○gyanadhikaraṇe nāśasyôtpatti-nirāsa m. N. of wks

⋙ pratiyogika

prati-ḍyogika mfn. antithetical, relative, correlative (-tva n.) Tarkas. Vedântap

⋙ pratiyogin

prati-ḍyogin
mfn. id. Tarkas. Śaṃk. TS. Sch. &c. (cf. a-pratiy○)

• m. an adversary, rival Mcar

• any object dependent upon another and not existing without it W

• a partner, associate ib

• a counterpart, match ib

⋙ pratiyojayitavya

prati-ḍyojayitavya mfn. to be fitted with strings Ragh

pratiyudh

prati-√yudh Ā. P. -yudhyate, ○ti, to fight against, be a match for (acc.), fight MBh. Hariv. R.: Caus. -yodhayati id. MBh. Var

⋙ pratiyuddha

prati-ḍyuddha mfn. fought against, fought R

• n. fighting against, battle in return Hariv

⋙ pratiyoddhavya

prati-ḍyoddhavya mfn. to be attacked in return MBh

⋙ pratiyoddhṛ

prati-ḍyoddhṛ m. an antagonist, adversary, well-matched opponent ib. R

• one who begins a battle Mn. xi, 81 (vḷ.)

⋙ pratiyodha

prati-ḍyodha m. an opponent, adversary MBh. Ragh

⋙ pratiyodhana

prati-ḍyodhana n. fighting against, assailing in turn MBh

⋙ pratiyodhin

prati-ḍyodhin m. an antagonist, well-matched opponent, g. gamy-ādi (cf. a-pratiy○)

pratira

pra-tira ○ram, See under pra-√tṝ. [Page 669, Column 3]

pratirakṣ

prati-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to preserve, guard, protect AV. MBh

• to keep (a promise) MBh

• to be afraid of, fear (acc.) VS

⋙ pratirakṣaṇa

prati-ḍrakṣaṇa n. preserving, protecting W

⋙ pratirakṣā

prati-ḍrakṣā f. safety, preservation

• ○ṣârtham ind. for the sake of saving MW

pratirañjita

prati-rañjita mfn. (√rañj) coloured, reddened MBh. R

pratirap

prati-√rap P. -rapati, to whisper to, tell something (acc.) in a whisper to (dat.) RV

pratiram

prati-√ram P. -ramati, to look towards with joy, long for, expect (acc.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pratirata

prati-ḍrata mfn. delighting in, zealous for (loc.) R

pratirambha

prati-rambha m. (√rabh) = pratilambha L

• passion, rage, violent or passionate abuse W

pratiras

prati-√ras P. -rasati, to echo, resound Caṇḍ

⋙ pratirasita

prati-ḍrasita n. echo, resonance, Veṇis

pratirāj

prati-√rāj Ā. -rājate, to shine like (iva), equal in splendour Hariv

pratirādh

prati-√rādh (only ind. p. -rādhya), to counteract, oppose (acc.) Gaut.: Desid. -ritsati Pāṇ. 7-4. 54 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ pratirāddha

prati-ḍrāddha mfn. counteracted Gaut

⋙ pratirādha

prati-ḍrādha m. 'obstacle, hindrance', N. of partic. verses of the AV. AitBr. Vait. (cf. pratī-r○, p. 673)

pratirih

prati-√rih P. -rihati, to lick AV

pratiru

prati-√ru P. -rauti, to cry or call to (acc.) Var

⋙ pratirava

prati-ḍravá m. crying or calling out to, quarrelling Pañcat

• (also pl.) echo ib. Kathās. Rājat

• (prob.) = upa-rava VS. ŚBr

⋙ pratiruta

prati-ḍruta mfn. answered by crying or calling Var

⋙ pratirurūṣu

prati-ḍrurūṣu mfn. wishing to speak or tell W

pratiruc

prati-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to please (with acc.) RV.: Caus. -rocayati, to be pleased to (acc.), resolve, decide upon MBh

pratirudh

prati-√rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, or -rundhati, ○te, to check, hinder, prevent, oppose, resist TS. Br. &c

• to confine, keep back, shut off MBh. BhP

• to cover, conceal MBh. Hariv

⋙ pratiruddha

prati-ḍruddha mfn. checked, prevented, stopped, disturbed, interrupted Mn. MBh. &c

• shut off, kept away, withdrawn MBh. BhP

• rendered imperfect, impaired MW

⋙ pratiroddhṛ

prati-ḍroddhṛ m. an opposer (with gen.) Mn. MBh

⋙ pratirodha

prati-ḍrodha m. opposition, impediment, obstruction (-kara mfn. obstructing Suśr.)

• = tiraskāra, vyutthāna, caurya L

⋙ pratirodhaka

prati-ḍrodhaka m. an opposer, preventer Kād

• a robber, thief. Māav

• an obstacle W

⋙ pratirodhana

prati-ḍrodhana n. obstruction, prevention MBh

• allowing anything (gen.) to pass by fruitlessly Mn. ix, 93

⋙ pratirodhin

prati-ḍrodhin mfn. obstructing, hindering &c

• m. a robber, thief. Mālatim

pratiruh

prati-√ruh P. -rohati, to sprout or grow again MBh.: Caus. -ropayati, to plant anything in its proper place Var

• to plant again (lit. and fig.), re-establish Ragh

⋙ pratirūḍha

prati-ḍrūḍha mfn. imitated BhP

⋙ pratiropita

prati-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) planted again Ragh

pratiroṣitavya

prati-roṣitavya n. impers. (√ruṣ) anger is to be returned L

pratil

pra-√til P. -tilati, to be desirous of sexual intercourse VS. (= snihyati, Mahidh.)

pratilaṅgh

prati-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to mount, sit down upon (acc.) Sarvad

• to transgress, violate MBh

pratilabh

prati-√labh Ā. -labhate, to receive back, recover MBh. Kāv. &c

• to obtain, gain, partake of (acc.) MBh. BhP

• to get back i.e. get punished MBh

• to learn, understand MBh. R

• to expect R.: Pass. -labhyate, to be obtained or met with, appear Śaṃk.: Caus. -lambhayati, to provide or present with (instr.), HParit

⋙ pratilabhya

prati-ḍlabhya mfn. to be received or obtained, obtainable BhP

⋙ pratilambha

prati-ḍlambha m. receiving, obtaining, finding, getting Nir. Kāv

• recovering, regaining (ifc.) Kād

• conceiving, understanding Sarvad

• censure, abuse W

⋙ pratilambhita

prati-ḍlambhita (fr. Caus.), n. obtaining, getting MW

• censure, reviling ib

⋙ pratilābha

prati-ḍlābha m. recovering, receiving, obtaining Śaṃk. [Page 670, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratilamb

prati-√lamb (only ind. p. -lambya) to hang up, suspend Pañcat. i, 453/454 (v. l)

pratilikh

prati-√likh P. -likhati, to write back, answer by letter Mālav

• to wipe off, cleanse, purify HPariś

⋙ pratilikhita

prati-ḍlikhita mfn. written back, answered Mālav

⋙ pratilekhana

prati-ḍlekhana n. or the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

⋙ pratilekhanā

prati-√lekhanā f. the regular cleaning of all implements or objects for daily use HPariś

pratilih

prati-√lih Caus. -lehayati, to cause to lick at (2 acc.) ŚBr. (cf. prati-√rih)

pratilī

prati-√lī Pass. -līyate, to disappear BhP

⋙ pratilīna

prati-ḍlīna mfn. unmoved or retired, ŚaṅkhGṛ

pratilubh

prati-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to illude, infatuate RV

• to attract, allure MBh

prativac

prati-√vac P. -vakti, to announce, indicate, recommend RV. i, 41, 4 (Ā. Subj. aor. -voce)

• to speak back, answer, reply (also with 2 acc.) VS. &c. &c

• to refute Śaṃk

⋙ prativaktavya

prati-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be answered or replied to, to be given (as an answer) R

• to be opposed or contradicted ib

• to be contested or disputed Śaṃk

⋙ prativaktṛ

prati-ḍvaktṛ mfn. answering to (gen.), explaining (the law) Baudh

⋙ prativacana

prati-ḍvacana m. a verse or formula serving as an answer ĀpŚr

• n. a dependent or final clause in a sentence Nir

• an answer Mṛicch. Prab. &c

• an echo W

• ○nī-kṛta mfn. answered Śak

⋙ prativacas

prati-ḍvacas n. (also with uttara) an answer, reply MBh. Kathās

• an echo W

⋙ prativākya

prati-ḍvākya n. an answer Nal

• mfn. answerable W

⋙ prativāc

prati-ḍvāc f. an answer Śiś

• (pl.)yelling at (acc.) MBh

⋙ prativācika

prati-ḍvācika n. an answer Naish

⋙ prativācya

prati-ḍvācya mfn. to be contradicted (a-prativ○) GobhGṛ

⋙ pratyukta

práty-ukta mfn. answered (pers. and thing) Br. MBh. &c

• n. = next Megh

⋙ pratyukti

praty-ukti f. an answer, Satr

prativad

prati-√vad P. -vadati, to speak to (acc) RV. Kauś

• to speak back, answer, reply to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to repeat KaṭhUp. MBh.: Intens. p. -vāvadat mfn. contradicting AitBr

⋙ prativaditavya

prati-ḍvaditavya mfn. to be contested or disputed, Śaṃk

⋙ prativāda

prati-ḍvāda m. contradiction, rejection, refusal AitĀr. (a-prativ○) MBh. BhP

• an answer, reply, rejoinder MW

⋙ prativādin

prati-ḍvādin mfn. contradicting, disobedient ( á-prativ○)

• answering, rejoining. MW

• m. an opponent, adversary Mālav. VarYogay

• a defendant, respondent (○di-tā f.) Yājñ. Kull

• ○di-bhayaṃ-kara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pratyudita

praty-udita mfn. rejected, repelled BhP. Sch

prativadh

prati-√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt), to beat back, ward off MBh

prativand

prati-√vand (only ind. p. -vandya), to receive deferentially Kum

prativap

prati-√vap P. -vapati, to insert (jewels &c.), set or stud with (instr.) Ragh

• to fill up ĀśvŚr

• to add TBr

⋙ prativāpa

prati-ḍvāpa m. (cf. pratī-v○) admixture of substances to medicines either during or after decoction Car

⋙ pratyupta

praty-upta mfn. fixed into (loc.) Uttarar

• (ifc.) set with Daś

prativas

prati-√vas Ā. -vaste, to put on, clothe one's self in (acc.) RV

⋙ vāsita

vāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dressed or clothed in (instr.) MBh

prativas

prati-√vas P. -vasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to live, dwell MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vasayati, to cause to dwell, settle RV

• to lodge, receive as a guest MBh

⋙ prativasatha

prati-ḍvasatha m. a settlement, village L

⋙ prativāsita

prati-ḍvāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) inhabited Divyâv

⋙ prativāsin

prati-ḍvāsin mfn. neighbouring, a neighbour MBh

prativah

prati-√vah P. -vahati, to lead or draw towards RV. Hariv

• to oppose Divyâv.: Caus. -vāhayati, to carry along MBh

⋙ prativahana

prati-ḍvahana n. leading back L

• beating back, warding off L

⋙ prativāha

prati-ḍvāha m. (cf. pratī-v○) N. of a son of Śvaphalka Hariv

⋙ prativodhavya

prati-ḍvodhavya mfn. to be carried home R

prativāś

prati-√vāś Ā. -vāśyate, to bellow or cry out against or in return RV. TāṇḍBr

• Lāṭy. Var

⋙ prativāśa

prati-ḍvāśa mfn. to be contradicted or opposed (vḷ. ○śya in a-prativ○) PārGṛ

prativighāta

prati-vi-ghāta m. (√han) striking back, warding off, defence MBh

prativijñā

prati-vi-√jñā P. -√jānāti, to acknowledge gratefully MBh. [Page 670, Column 2]

prativid

prati-√vid P. -vetti, to perceive, understand RV.: Caus. -vedayati, to make known, report, announce (also with 2 acc.) MBh. R. &c

• to offer, present RV. AV. MBh. &c

⋙ prativedita

prati-ḍvedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) apprised or informed of (acc.) R

⋙ prativedin

prati-ḍvedin mfn. experiencing, knowing, (ifc.) Lalit

prativid

prati-√vid P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find in addition Br

• (Ā. p. -vidāna) to be opposite to (acc.) ŚBr

• to become acquainted with (acc.) MBh

⋙ prativedin

prati-ḍvedin See prati-√vid

pratividhā

prati-vi-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to dispose, arrange, prepare, make ready R

• to despatch (spies) ib

• to counteract, act against (gen.) Kād

• to contradict a conclusion Śaṃk

⋙ pratividhātavya

prati-ḍvidhātavya mfn. to be used or employed MBh

• to be provided against Prasannar

• n. (impers.) care should be taken R

⋙ pratividhāna

prati-ḍvidhāna n. arrangement against, prevention, precaution (gen. or comp.) R. Pañcat

• care or provision for (comp.) Prasannar. Kull

• a subsidiary or substituted ceremony W

⋙ pratividhi

prati-ḍvidhi m. a means or remedy against BhP

• retaliation MW

⋙ pratividhitsā

prati-ḍvidhitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire or intention to counteract Kathās

⋙ pratividheya

prati-ḍvidheya mfn. to be counteracted or to be done in any special case Kālid

• to be rejected Vām

• n. (impers.) measures should be taken Kād. Pat

⋙ prativihita

prati-ḍvihita mfn. counteracted, guarded against Mudr

prativinud

prati-vi-√nud P. -nudati, to get rid of. Divyâv

prativiparī

prati-vi-parī7 (pari-√i), P. -pary-eti, to turn back again KātyŚr

⋙ prativiparīta

prati-ḍviparī7ta mfn. exactly opposite Car

prativibudh

prati-vi-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to be awakened Divyâv

prativibhaj

prati-vi-√bhaj (only ind. p. bhajya), to distribute severally. apportion KātyŚr

⋙ prativibhāga

prati-ḍvibhāga m. distribution, apportionment ib

prativiram

prati-vi-√ram P. -ramati to abstain Divyâv. 2

⋙ prativirati

prati-ḍvirati f. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) desisting from (abl.), leaving off L

prativiruddha

prati-vi-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) rebellious Divyâv

prativiśiṣṭa

prati-vi-śiṣṭa mfn. (√śiṣ) more distinguished or peculiar, better or worse MBh

⋙ prativiśeṣa

prati-ḍviśeṣa m. peculiarity, singularity, a peculiar circumstance ib

⋙ prativiśeṣaṇa

prati-ḍviśeṣaṇa n. detailed specification TPrāt. Sch

prativiśrabdha

prati-vi-śrabdha mfn. (√śrambh) full of confidence or trust MBh

prativisṛj

prati-vi-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to send out, despatch RV

prativihā

prati-vi-√hā P. -jahāti, to quit, abandon MBh

prativī

prati-√vī P. -veti, to receive, accept RV

prativīkṣ

prati-vī7kṣ (vi-√īkṣ), only ind. p. vii7kṣya, to look upon, observe, perceive R

⋙ prativīkṣaṇa

prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇa n. looking upon, returning a look MW

⋙ prativīkṣaṇīya

prati-ḍvī7kṣaṇīya and See duṣ-prativ○

⋙ prativikṣya

prati-ḍvikṣya See duṣ-prativ○

prativīta

prati-vīta mfn. (√vye) covered GopBr

• -tama mfn. totally covered, muffled, suppressed, low (as a voice) Vait

prativṛ

prati-√vṛ Caus. -vārayati, to keep back, ward off, restrain, prevent, prohibit MBh. R. &c

• to contradict, refute R

⋙ prativāra

prati-ḍvāra m. warding off, resisting (a-prativ○) Suśr. 2

⋙ prativāraṇa

prati-ḍvāraṇa mfn. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) keeping or warding off, opposing. preventing MBh

• n. the act of keeping off &c. ib. R. (cf. duṣ-prativ○)

⋙ prativārita

prati-ḍvārita mfn. kept off, prohibited, prevented Mn. MBh. &c

• n. prohibition R

⋙ prativārya

prati-ḍvārya mfn. to be warded off or restrained or prevented (a-prativ○) MBh. R

prativṛ

prati-√vṛ (only Ā. aor. -avṛṣata), to choose, elect AV

prativṛj

prati-√vṛj P. -varjati &c., to throw against Kāṭh

prativṛt

prati-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to accrue to (acc.) Mn. i, 81 (v. l. for upa-v○): Caus. -vartayati, to fling, hurl RV. [Page 670, Column 3]

⋙ prativartana

prati-ḍvartana n. return, reappearance (a-prativ○) MBh

⋙ prativartman

prati-ḍvartman

⋙ prativarttā

prati-ḍvarttā and See under prati

⋙ prativṛtta

prati-ḍvṛtta See under prati

prativṛṣ

prati-√vṛṣ P. -varṣati, to rain or pour down upon, cover with (instr.) MBh

⋙ prativarṣaṇa

prati-ḍvarṣaṇa n. pouring out or emitting again Śrīkaṇṭh

prativeśa

prati-veśa ○śin &c. See p. 663

prativeṣṭ

prati-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrink back TS.: Caus. -veṣṭayati, to strike or drive or turn or bend back ib. Prāt

prativoḍhavya

prati-voḍhavya See under prati√vah, col. e

prativyadh

prati-√vyadh P. -vidhyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to shoot against, hit, wound RV. &c, &c.: Pass. -vidhyate, to be aimed at or hit, to be touched upon or discussed AV

⋙ pratividdha

prati-ḍviddha mfn. pierced, wounded MBh

prativyāhāra

prati-vyāhāra m. an answer, reply Kāraṇḍ

prativyūh

prati-√vyūh Ā. -vyūhate (rarely P. ○ti), to array one's self against (acc.), draw up (an army) against MBh

⋙ prativyūḍha

prati-ḍvyūḍha mfn. drawn out in array against

• broad R

⋙ prativyūha

prati-ḍvyūha m. drawing out an army in opposite battle-array MBh

• echo, reverberation Hariv. 3605 Nīlak

• others 'multitude')

• N. of a prince VP. (v. l. ○vyoman)

prativraj

prati-√vraj P. -vrajati, to return home Bhaṭṭ

pratiśaṃs

prati-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati to call or shout to, praise ŚBr. (cf. á-pratiśaṃsat and ○śasta)

pratiśak

prati-śak (only pf. -śekuḥ), to keep one's ground against, be a match for (acc.) MBh.: Desid. -śikṣati, to allure, invite RV

pratiśaṅk

prati-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate, to be doubtful or anxious, hesitate MBh

• to trouble one's self about, care for (acc.) BhP

⋙ pratiśaṅkanīya

prati-ḍśaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted about or feared W

⋙ pratiśaṅkā

prati-ḍśaṅkā f. (ifc.) doubt, supposition Kām

• constant fear or doubt W

pratiśap

prati-√śap P. -śapati, to curse in return (with acc. or gen.) R. BhP

⋙ pratiśāpa

prati-ḍśāpa m. a curse in return, retorted imprecation MBh. Kād. Pur

pratiśam

prati-√śam Caus. -śāmayati (ind. p. -śāmya, or -śāmayitvā or -śamayya), to reestablish, restore, put to rights Vajracch. Divyâv

⋙ pratiśama

prati-ḍśama m. (ifc.) deliverance from, cessation of MBh

⋙ pratiśānta

prati-ḍśānta mfn. extinguished, allayed

• -kopa mfn. one whose anger is past ib

pratiśaraṇa 1

prati-śaraṇa. 2 See p. 663 and prati-√śṝ

pratiśāsana 2

prati-śāsana (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2), n. giving orders, commissioning, sending a servant on a message L

⋙ pratiśāsti

prati-ḍśāsti f. id. MW

⋙ pratiśiṣṭa

prati-ḍśiṣṭa mfn. sent on a message, despatched Śiś

• refused L

• celebrated, famous W

pratiśikṣ

prati-√śikṣ See prati-√śak

pratiśī

prati-√śī (only pf. -śiśye and fut. -śeṣyāmi), to lie or press against, i.e. urge, importune MBh

⋙ pratiśayita

prati-ḍśayita mfn. pressing, importuning, importuned Kād. Hcar

• n. the act of importuning, molestation Kād

⋙ pratiśīvan

prati-ḍśīvan mf(arī)n. serving as a couch or resting-place AV. TS

pratiśīta

prati-śīta (Pāṇ. 6-1, 25 Sch.),

⋙ pratiśīna

prati-ḍśīna and mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

⋙ pratiśīnavat

prati-ḍśīna-vat (Kāś. ib.), mfn. melted, fluid, dropping

⋙ śyā

śyā f

⋙ śyāya

ḍśyāya m. a cold, catarrh Suśr. Car

⋙ śyāyin

ḍśyāyin mfn. having a cold Suśr

pratiśuc

prati-√śuc P. -śocati, to burn towards or against (acc.) MaitrS

pratiśuṣ

prati-√śuṣ P. -śuṣyati, to be dried up, wither, perish RV

pratiśṝ

prati-√śṝ P -śṛnāti, to break off or in pieces RV. TS. TBr

⋙ pratiśara

prati-ḍśara m. breaking, going in pieces (a-pratiś○) AitBr. 2

⋙ pratiśaraṇa

prati-ḍśaraṇa n. (for 1. See p. 663, col. 2) breaking off, blunting (a point or edge) TBr. Sch

pratiśobhita

prati-śobhita mfn. (√śubh, Caus)beautified with (instr.) Hariv. (vḷ. for pari-s○). [Page 671, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratiśrama

prati-śrama m. (√śram) toil, trouble Divyâv

pratiśraya

prati-śraya m. (√śri) refuge, help, assistance MBh

• a place of refuge, shelter, asylum, house, dwelling Mn. MBh. &c

• a receptacle recipient (tvaṃ tasya pratiśrayaḥ, 'you know all this') MBh

• a jaina-monastery HPariś

• an almshouse, a place where food &c. is given away L

• a place of sacrifice L

• an assembly L

⋙ pratiśrita

prati-ḍśrita n. a place of refuge MBh

pratiśru

prati-√śru P. -sṛṇoti, to hear listen RV. i, 25, 20 (Ā. 3. sg. śṛṇve, 'to be heard' or 'audible', i, 169, 7)

• to listen, give ear to (gen.) Vajracch

• to assure, agree, promise anything (acc.) to any one (gen. or dat.) RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -śuśrūṣati, to wish to promise Pāṇ. 1-3, 59

⋙ pratiśrava

prati-ḍśravá mfn. answering VS. xvi, 34 (Mahīdh. 'echo, reverberation')

• m. (ifc. f. ā) promise, asurance R. Rājat. MārkP

• ○vânte ind. after the expiration of a promise i.e. the lapse of a promised period R

⋙ pratiśravaṇa

prati-ḍśravaṇa n. hearkening to, listening (cf. below)

• answering Gaut

• assenting to, agreeing, promising Mn. ii, 195 (others 'hearkening' or 'answering') MBh. (-pūrva mfn. promised, assured) Pāṇ. 8-2, 99 (Kāś., 'hearkening')

• (prob.) a partic. part of the ear, ṢaḍvBr

⋙ pratiśravas

prati-ḍśravas m. N. of a son of Bhīma-sena MBh

⋙ pratiśrut

prati-ḍśrut f. an echo, resonance Ragh

• a promise, assurance Siṃhâs

⋙ pratiśruta

prati-ḍśruta mfn. heard R

• promised (also in marriage), assented, agreed, accepted (○te', the promise having been made ) GṛS. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: echoing. resounding R

• m. N. of a son of Ānakadundubhi BhP

• n. a promise, engagement ( See above)

⋙ śruti

śruti f. an answer Hariv. Śatr

• a promise, assent Vait

• = next Śiś

⋙ śrutkā

ḍśrútkā f. an echo, reverberation VS. ChUp

⋙ śrotas

ḍśrotas wṛ. for ○srotas

⋙ śrotṛ

ḍśrotṛ mfn. one who promises or assents MW

pratiśvas

prati-√śvas (only pr. p. -śvasat), to breathe fiercely or with a snorting sound towards or against RV

pratiṣañj

prati-ṣañj (√sañj), P. Ā. -ṣajati, ○te, to attach something to (loc

• Ā., to one's self') TS. Lāṭy. (cf. prati-saṅgin)

pratiṣic

prati-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour upon, mix together TS. ŚrS

• (-siñcati), to besprinkle or moisten in return BhP

⋙ pratiṣicya

prati-ḍṣícya mfn. to be besprinkled or moistened TBr

⋙ pratiṣeka

prati-ḍṣeka m. besprinkling, moistening TBr. Sch

⋙ pratiṣekya

prati-ḍṣekyá mfn. accompanied by the act of besprṭbesprinkling or moistening MaitrS

pratiṣidh

prati-ṣidh (√2. sidh), P. -ṣedhati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to drive away RV

• to keep back, ward off, prevent, restrain from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to forbid, prohibit, disallow Nir. MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -ṣedhayati, to keep back, prevent, restrain ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c

• to prohibit, interdict Āpast. MBh. Hariv

• to deny Sarvad

⋙ pratiṣiddha

prati-ḍṣiddha mfn. driven back, kept off, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c

• forbidden, prohibited, disallowed, refused, denied Mn. MBh. &c

• -vat mfn. one who has forbidden or interdicted something Rājat

• -vāma mfn. refractory when driven back Śak. vi, 18/19 (vḷ.)

• -sevana n. doing what is prohibited W

• -sevin mfn. following or doing what is forbidden ib

⋙ pratiṣeddhavya

prati-ḍṣeddhavya mfn. to be warded off or kept back or prohibited or forbidden MBh. R

• to be denied Nyāyas

⋙ pratiṣeddhṛ

prati-ḍṣeddhṛ mfn. one who wards off or keeps back &c. MBh. R

• resisting (with acc.) BhP

⋙ pratiṣedha

prati-ḍṣedha m. keeping back, warding off, prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr

• prohibition, refusal, denial ŚrS. Nir. Kālid

• contradiction, exception W

• (in gram.) negation, a negative particle VPrāt. Pāṇ. Vām

• (in rhet.) enforcing or reminding of a prohibition Kuval

• (in dram.) an obstacle to obtaining the desired object Sāh

• ○dhâkṣara n. 'words of denial', a negative answer Śak. iii, 22 (vḷ.)

• ○dhâtmaka mfn. having a negative form or character Yājñ. Sch

• ○dhâpavāda m. annulment of a prohibition Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 68

• ○dhârthīya mfn. having the meaning of a negation Nir

• ○dhôkti f. expression of denial or refusal Kāvyâd

• ○dhômā f. a comparison expressed in a negative form ib

⋙ pratiṣedhaka

prati-ḍṣedhaka mf(ikā)n. keeping off, prohibiting, preventive MBh

• denying negative TPrāt

⋙ pratiṣedhana

prati-ḍṣedhana mfn. keeping or, warding off MBh

• n. the act of keeping or warding off, restraining from (abl.), prevention, repulsion (of a disease) Mn. MBh. Suśr. [Page 671, Column 2]

• rejection, refutation Suśr

⋙ pratiṣedhanīya

prati-ḍṣedhanīya mfn. to be kept back or restrained or prevented Ragh. Pañcat

⋙ pratiṣedhayitṛ

prati-ḍṣedhayitṛ mfn. denying, negative Śaṃk

⋙ pratiṣedhya

prati-ḍṣedhya mfn. to be prevented or rejected or prohibited Pat

• to be denied or negatived Nyāyas. Sch

pratiṣiv

prati-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati, to sew on Kāṭh

⋙ pratiṣevaṇa

prati-ḍṣevaṇa n. sewing on ĀpŚr. Sch

pratiṣkabh

prati-ṣkabh (√skabh), only inf. -ṣkábhe, for leaning or pressing one's self against RV. i, 39, 2

pratiṣkaśa

prati-ṣ-kaśa m. (according to Pāṇ. 6-1, 152 fr. √kaś) a messenger or guide or spy L

• a whip or leather thong W. (cf. kaśā)

⋙ pratiṣka

prati-ḍṣka m. (abridged fr. prec.) a messenger or spy L

⋙ ṣkaṣa

ṣkaṣa m. a leather thong L

⋙ ṣkaṣkasa

ṣkaḍṣkasa m. = ○ṣka L

pratiṣku

prati-ṣku (√sku), only impf. praty-askunot, to cover in return (with arrows &c.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pratiṣkuta

prati-ḍṣkuta See á-prati-ṣkuta

pratiṣṭabdha

prati-ṣṭabdha mfn. (√stambh) obstructed, impeded, stopped, withstood W

⋙ pratiṣṭambha

prati-ḍṣṭambha m. obstruction, impediment, hindrance Ragh

⋙ pratiṣṭambhin

prati-ḍṣṭambhin mfn. impeding (ifc.) R. (cf. pratistambh)

pratiṣṭuti

práti-ṣṭuti f. (√stu) praise or a song of praise RV. TāṇḍBr

⋙ pratiṣṭotṛ

práti-ḍṣṭotṛ m. one who rivals in praising ĀśvŚr

pratiṣṭubh

prati-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati. to shout in return, answer with a shout RV

pratiṣṭhā

prati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand, stay, abide, dwell RV. &c. &c

• to stand still, set (as the sun), cease MBh. BhP

• to stand firm, be based or rest on (loc.), be established, thrive, prosper RV. &c. &c

• to depend or rely on (loc.) Vajracch

• to withstand, resist (acc.) MBh. Hariv

• to spread or extend over (acc.) MBh.: Caus. ṣṭhāpayati, to put down, place upon, introduce into (loc.) Br. GṛŚrS

• to set up, erect (as an image), Ratnav

• to bring or lead into (loc.) MBh

• to establish in, appoint to (loc.) ib. R. &c

• to transfer or offer or present to, bestow or confer upon (dat. or loc.) ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c

• to fix, found, prop, support, maintain TS. Br. MBh. Hariv

• to hold against or opposite R

⋙ pratiṣṭha

prati-ḍṣṭhá mf(ā)n. standing firmly, steadfast ŚBr. MBh

• resisting Kauś

• (ifc.) ending with, leading to Jātakam

• famous W

• m. N. of the father of Su-pārśva (who was 7th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇi) L

• (ā), f. See next

• n. point of support, centre or base of anything RV. x, 73, 6 (pratiṣṭhā́hṛdyā jaghantha, 'thou hast stricken to the quick

• pratiṣṭhā may also be acc. pl. of next)

≫ pratiṣṭhā

prati-ṣṭhā́ f. (ifc. f. ā) standing still, resting, remaining, steadfastness, stability, perseverance in (comp.) VS. &c. &c

• a standpoint, resting-place, ground, base, foundation, prop, stay, support RV. &c. &c

• a receptacle, homestead, dwelling, house AV. &c. &c. (ifc. abiding or dwelling in Ragh. Pur.)

• a pedestal, the foot (of men or amimals) AV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

• limit, boundary W

• state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease MBh. Kāv

• setting up (as of an idol &c. RTL. 70)

• pre-eminence, superiority, high rank or position, fame, celebrity Kāv. Kathās. Rājat

• establishment on or accession to (the throne &c.) Hariv. Śak. Var. Rājat

• the performance of any ceremony or of any solemn act, consecration or dedication (of a monument or of an idol or of a temple &c

• cf. prâṇa-pr○), settling or endowment of a daughter, completion of a vow, any ceremony for obtaining supernatural and magical powers Var. Kathās. Rājat. Pur

• a mystical N. of the letter ā L

• N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh

• of sev. metres RPrāt

• (with prajā-pateḥ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• = hrasva Naigh. iii, 2

• = yoga-siddhi or -niṣpatti L

• -kamalâkara m. -kalpalatā f. -kalpâdi, m.pl. N. of wks

• -kāma (○ṣṭhā́-), mfn. desirous of a firm basis or a fixed abode or a high position TS. TāṇḍBr. GṛŚrS. BhP

• -kaumudī f. -kaustubha m. or n. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -tantra n. -tilaka n. N. of wks

• -tva n. the being a basis or foundation Śaṃk

• -darpaṇa m. -darśa m. -dīdhiti f. -dyota m. -nirṇaya m. N. of wks. [Page 671, Column 3]

• -"ṣnvita (○ṣṭhânv○), mfn. possessed of fame, celebrated MW

• -paddhati f. -mayūkha m. -ratna n. -rahasya n. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

• -vat mfn. having a foundation or support TUp

• -vidhi m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -hemâdri m. ○ṣṭhôddyota, m. N. of wks

⋙ pratiṣṭhātṛ

prati-ḍṣṭhātṛ m. N. of a partic. priest (= prati-prasthātṛ) Hariv

⋙ pratiṣṭhāna

prati-ḍṣṭhā́na n. a firm standing-place, ground, foundation PārGṛ. MBh. &c

• a pedestal, foot TBr. MBh. R

• the foundation (others 'consecration') of a city SkandaP

• N. of a town at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā (on the left bank of the Gaṅgā opposite to Allāhābad, the capital of the early kings of the lunar dynasty) MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c. (IW. 511, n. 1)

• m. N. of a locality on the Go-dāvari Kathās

• (du.) of the constellation Proshṭha-pada L

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpana

prati-ḍṣṭhāpana n. fixing, placing, locating

• (esp.) the erection or consecration of the image of a deity Var. (-paddhati f. N. of wk.)

• establishment, corroboration Sarvad

• (ā), f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis Car

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpam

prati-ḍṣṭhā́pam ind. p. (of Caus.) placing, locating ŚBr

• (as inf.) for founding or establishing TāṇḍBr

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpayitavya

prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitavya mfn. to be placed or fixed or established Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. ○sthAp○)

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpayitṛ

prati-ḍṣṭhāpayitṛ m. a founder, establisher VPrāt

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpita

prati-ḍṣṭhāpita mfn. set up, fixed, erected Kathās

⋙ pratiṣṭhāpya

prati-ḍṣṭhā́pya mfn. to be placed or located or fixed TS. AitBr

• to be consigned or transferred or entrusted to (loc.) MBh

⋙ pratiṣṭhi

prati-ḍṣṭhí f. resistance RV. vi, 18, 12 (Sāy. 'āśraya')

⋙ pratiṣṭhikā

prati-ḍṣṭhikā f. a basis, foundation Hcat

⋙ pratiṣṭhita

prati-ḍṣṭhita (práti.), mfn. standing, stationed, placed, situated in or on (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c

• abiding or contained in (loc.) ŚBr. &c. &c

• fixed, firm, rooted, founded, resting or dependent on (loc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c

• established, proved Mn. viii, 164

• ordained for, applicable to (loc.) ib., 226

• secure, thriving, well off ChUp. Hariv. &c

• familiar or conversant with (loc.) MBh

• transferred to (loc.) Hariv

• undertaken Pañcat. (B. anu-ṣṭhita)

• ascended into, having reached (comp.) Śak. vii, 4/5 (vḷ.)

• complete, finished W

• consecrated ib

• endowed, portioned ib

• established in life, married ib

• prized, valued ib

• famous, celebrated ib

• m. N. of Vishṇu A

• -pada mfn. containing verses of a fixed or constant number of syllables AitBr

• -mātra mfn. having just got a firm footing Mṛicch

• -yaśas mfn. one whose renown is well founded Ratnâv. (su-pr○)

• -saṃtāna mfn. one who has progeny or offspring secured MW

⋙ pratiṣṭhiti

prati-ḍṣṭhiti (práti-), f. standing firmly, a firm stand or footing VS. Br

pratiṣṭhāsu

pra-tiṣṭhāsu mfn. (√sthā Desid.) wishing to start Śiś

• wishing to stay or remain W

pratiṣṭhiv

prati-√ṣṭhiv P. -ṣṭhīvati, to spit upon (acc.) AV

pratiṣṇā

prati-ṣṇā and ○ṣṇikā f. (√snā), g. suṣāmâdi Kāś

⋙ pratiṣṇāta

prati-ḍṣṇāta (with sūtra) and mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

⋙ pratisṇāta

prati-sṇāta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś

pratiṣvad

prati-ṣvad (√svad), Caus. -ṣvādayati, to taste, relish Kām. Sch

pratisaṃyat

prati-saṃ-√yat Ā. -yatate, to fight against ŚBr

⋙ pratisaṃyatta

prati-saṃyatta mfn. completely prepared or armed MBh

pratisaṃyāta

prati-saṃ-yāta mfn. (√yā) going against, assailing (with acc.) MBh

pratisaṃyukta

prati-saṃ-yukta mfn. (√yuj) bound or attached to something else MBh. (B.)

pratisaṃyudh

prati-saṃ-√yudh (only pf. -yuyudhuḥ), to resist an attack together BhP

⋙ pratisaṃyoddhṛ

prati-saṃyoddhṛ m. an adversary in war MBh

pratisaṃrabh

prati-saṃ-√rabh Ā. -rabhate, to seize, take hold of MBh. vii, 3169 (B. -saṃ-carate)

⋙ pratisaṃrabdha

prati-saṃrabdha mfn. (pl.) holding one another by the hands MBh

• excited, furious ib. R

pratisaṃruddha

prati-saṃ-ruddha mfn. (√rudh) contracted into itself shrunk BhP

pratisaṃlayana

prati-saṃ-layana n. (√lī) retirement into a lonely place, privacy Lalit. Divyâv

• complete absorption SaddhP

⋙ pratisaṃlīna

prati-saṃlīna mfn. retired, in privacy Divyâv

• complete retirement for the sake of meditation Lalit. [Page 672, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratisaṃvad

prati-saṃ-√vad Ā. -vadate, to agree with any one (acc.) AitBr

pratisaṃvid

prati-saṃ-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to recognize (?) Divyâv. (Ā. p. -vedayamāna, feeling ib.)

⋙ pratisaṃvid

prati-saṃvid f. analytical science (4 with Buddhists) Dharmas. 51 Lalit

• ○vit-prâpta m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva ib

• ○vin-niścayâvatārā f. N. of a partic. Dhāraṇī L

⋙ pratisaṃvedaka

prati-saṃvedaka mfn. giving detailed information L

⋙ pratisaṃvedana

prati-saṃvedana n. experiment, enjoyment Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ pratisaṃvedin

prati-saṃvedin mfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything ib

pratisaṃvidhāna

prati-saṃ-vi-dhāna n. (√1. dhā) a counter action, stroke in return Mcar

pratisaṃveṣṭ

prati-saṃ-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to shrivel, shrink up, contract MBh

pratisaṃśri

prati-saṃ-√śri P. -śrayati, to seek refuge or protection in reply MBh

pratisaṃśru

prati-saṃ-√śru (only ind. p. -śrutya), to Promise MBh

pratisaṃsṛj

prati-saṃ-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to mingle with (instr.) Suśr

⋙ pratisaṃsaṃsarga

prati-saṃ-saṃsarga m. = pratisarga VāyuP

⋙ pratisaṃsaṃsṛṣṭa

prati-saṃ-saṃsṛṣṭa mfn. mingled with (instr.) ib

• -bhakta mfn. one who is temperate in eating ib

pratisaṃskṛ

prati-saṃ-skṛ (√skṛ = kṛ

• only Pot. -kuryāt), to repair, restore Mn. ix, 279

⋙ pratisaṃsaṃskāra

prati-saṃ-saṃskāra m. restoration (○raṃ-√kṛ, to restore) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pratisaṃsaṃskāraṇā

prati-saṃ-saṃskāraṇā f. id. L

⋙ pratisaṃsaṃskṛta

prati-saṃ-saṃskṛta mfn. joined or united with (comp.) Suśr

pratisaṃstambh

prati-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, encourage MārkP

pratisaṃstara

prati-saṃ-stara n. (√stṛ) friendly reception L

pratisaṃsthāna

prati-saṃ-sthāna n. (√sthā) settling in, entering into (comp.) Lalit

pratisaṃsmṛ

prati-saṃ-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratisaṃhita

prati-saṃhita See col. 2

pratisaṃhṛ

prati-saṃ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to draw together, contract (with ātmānam, 'one's self' i.e. to shrink, return to its usual bed, said of the sea) Hariv

• to draw or keep back, withdraw (as a weapon, the eye &c.) MBh. Kāv

• to take away, put off Āpast

• to absorb, annihilate, destroy MBh. Pur. Jātakam

• to check, stop, repress MBh. R. &c

• to change MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to retract R

⋙ pratisaṃharaṇīya

prati-saṃharaṇīya n. (sc. karman) a partic. punishment L

⋙ pratisaṃhāra

prati-saṃhāra m. drawing in, withdrawing MBh

• giving up, resigning ib

• keeping away, abstention from (abl.) ib

• compression, diminution W

• comprehension ib

⋙ pratisaṃhṛta

prati-saṃhṛta mfn. kept back, checked, restrained R

• comprehended, included W

• compressed, reduced in bulk ib

⋙ pratisaṃjihīrṣu

prati-saṃjihīrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to withdraw or to be freed from (abl.) BhP

pratisaṃhṛṣ

prati-saṃ-√hṛṣ P. -harṣati, to rejoice again, be glad MBh

⋙ pratisaṃhṛṣṭa

prati-saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. glad, merry R

pratisaṃkāśa

prati-saṃ-kāśa m. (√kāś) a similar appearance, resemblance MBh

pratisaṃkram

prati-saṃ-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go back again, come to an end BhP.: Caus. -krāmayati, to cause to go back or return ib

⋙ pratisaṃkrama

prati-saṃkrama m. re-absorption, dissolution (m.c. also ○krāma) ib

• (ifc. f. ā) impression Sarvad

pratisaṃkruddha

prati-saṃ-kruddha mfn. (√krudh) angry with, wroth against (acc.) MBh. R

pratisaṃkhyā

prati-saṃ-√khyā (only ind. p. khyāya), to count or reckon up, number ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ pratisaṃkhyā

prati-saṃkhyā f. consciousness

• -nirodha m. (with Buddh.) the conscious annihilation of an object (?) Dharmas. 32 (cf. a-prṭprati-n○)

⋙ pratisaṃkhyāna

prati-saṃkhyāna n. the tranquil consideration of a matter Jātakam

pratisaṅgin

prati-saṅgin mfn. (√sañj) cleaving or clinging to, adhering

• (a-pr○) not meeting with any obstacle, irresistible Hariv

pratisaṃgrah

prati-saṃ-√grah P. Ā. -grihṇāti, ○ṇīte, to receive, accept MBh. R

• to meet with, find MBh. [Page 672, Column 2]

pratisac

prati-√sac Ā. -sacate, to pursue with vengeance ŚBr

pratisaṃcar

prati-saṃ-√car P. -carati, to meet, come together MBh

⋙ pratisaṃcara

prati-saṃcara m. going or moving backwards (a-pr○) Suśr

• re-absorption or resolution (back again into Prakṛiti) Śaṃk. MārkP

• that into which anything is re-absorbed or resolved MBh

• a place of resort, haunt ib

pratisaṃjāta

prati-saṃ-jāta mfn. (√jan) born, sprung up, arisen R

pratisaṃjñā

prati-saṃ-√jñā Ā. -jānīte, to be kindly disposed ŚBr

pratisad

prati-√sad P. -sīdati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 66), to start back, abhor MBh

pratisaṃdiś

prati-saṃ-√diś P. -diśati, to give a person (acc. or haste with gen.) a message or commission in return R. Kād

• to send back a message to (gen.) MBh

• to order, command ib

⋙ pratisaṃdeśa

prati-saṃdeśa m. a message in return, answer to a message R. Mṛicch. Kathās

⋙ pratisaṃdeṣṭavya

prati-saṃdeṣṭavya mfn. (an answer) to be given in reply to a message Kād

pratisaṃdhā

prati-saṃ-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (P.) to put together again, re-arrange ŚBr

• (Ā.) to put on, adjust (an arrow) MBh

• (A.) to return, reply Hariv. BhP

• (P.Ā.) to remember, recollect Nyāyas

• (Ā.) to comprehend, understand Prab. vi, 2/3

⋙ pratisaṃhita

prati-saṃhita mfn. aimed at, directed against MBh

⋙ pratisaṃdhātṛ

prati-saṃdhātṛ m. one who recollects or remembers Nyāyas

⋙ pratisaṃdhāna

prati-saṃdhāna n. putting together again, joining together MBh. Kāv. &c

• a juncture, the period of transition between two ages VāyuP

• memory, recollection Nyāyas. Sch

• praise, panegyric L

• self-command, suppression of feeling for a time W

• a remedy MW

⋙ pratisaṃdhi

prati-saṃdhi m. reunion MBh

• re-entry into (comp.) or into the womb L

• re-birth Divyâv

• the period of transition between two ages VāyuP

• resistance, adverseness (of fate) MBh

• -jñāna n. recognition Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ pratisaṃdhita

prati-saṃdhita mfn. (cf. saṃdhaya) fastened, strengthened, confirmed BhP

⋙ pratisaṃdheya

prati-saṃdheya mfn. to be opposed (apr○, 'irresistible') MBh

⋙ pratisāṃdhānika

prati-sāṃdhānika m. (fr. ○saṃdhāna) a bard, panegyrist L

pratisamayya

prati-samayya ind. having arranged Divyâv. (prob. wṛ. for -śamayya

• See prati-√śam)

pratisamas

prati-sam-√as P. -asyati (ind. p. -āsam), to put back again to its place ĀpŚr

pratisamādiś

prati-sam-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to answer, reply Daś

• to order, command R

⋙ pratisamādiṣṭa

prati-samādiṣṭa mfn. bidden, directed, ordered, commanded R. MārkP

pratisamādhā

prati-sam-ā-√dhā P. -dadhāti, to put back again, replace, re-arrange, restore Daś

• to redress, correct (an error) Śaṃk

⋙ pratisamādhāna

prati-samādhāna n. collecting one's self again, composure Kād

• cure, remedy W

⋙ pratisamāhita

prati-samāhita mfn. fitted to the bowstring (as an arrow) MBh

pratisamāpana

prati-sam-āpana n. (√āp) the going against, attacking (with gen.) R

pratisamāśrita

prati-sam-ā-śrita mfn. (√śri) depending on (acc.) MBh

pratisamās

prati-sam-√ās Ā. -āste, to be a match for, cope with, resist (acc.) MBh. R

⋙ pratisamāsamāsana

prati-sam-√āḍsamāsana n. the being a match for, with standing, resisting (with gen.) MBh

⋙ pratisamāsamāsita

prati-sam-√āḍsamāsita mfn. equalled, opposed, fought ib

pratisamindh

prati-sam-√indh Ā. -inddhe, to kindle again, rekindle ŚBr

pratisamīkṣ

prati-sam-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to hold out, persevere (Sch. = √jīv) BhP

⋙ pratisamīkṣaṇa

prati-samīkṣaṇa n. looking at again, returning a glance ib

pratisambuddha

prati-sam-buddha mfn. (√budh) restored to consciousness. recovered MBh

pratisambhū

prati-sam-bhū P. -bhavati, to apply or give one's self to (acc.) MBh

pratisammud

prati-sam-√mud Caus. -modayati, to give friendly greeting Divyâv

⋙ pratisammodana

prati-sammodana n. greeting, salutation (also ā f.)

• -kathā f. friendly address as a salutation Jātakam. [Page 672, Column 3]

pratisah

prati-√sah Ā. -sahate, to be a match for, overcome (acc.) R

pratisupta

prati-supta mfn. (√svap) fallen asleep, sleeping MBh

pratisṛ

prati-√sṛ P. -sarati (ind. p. -sāram ŚāṅkhBr.), to go against, rush upon, attack, assail (acc.) Hariv

• to return, go home BhP

• to go round or from place to place (not only on the main road) TS.: Caus. -sārayati, to cause to go back Car

• to put back again, restore to its place Kālid

• to spread over, tip or touch with (instr.) Suśr

• to put asunder, sever, separate SaddhP.: Pass. to void or emit per anum(?) Suśr

⋙ pratisara

prati-sará m. (ifc. f. ā) a cord or ribbon used as an amulet worn round the neck or wrist at nuptials &c. AV. &c. &c. (also ā f. Var. ḍharmas. 5

• and n. [g. ardharcâdi])

• a bracelet Kir

• a line returning into itself. circle ŚBr

• assailing, an attack (a-pr○) Hariv

• a wreath, garland L

• a follower, servant L

• the rear of an army L

• dressing or anointing a wound L

• day-break L

• -bandha m. a partic. nuptial ceremony ĀpGṛ. Sch

• pl. N. of partic. magical verses or formulas protecting from demons ŚBr

• m. n. a watch, guard L

• (ā), f. (cf. above) a female servant L

• (with Buddh.) one of the 5 protectors Dharmas. 5

⋙ pratisaraṇa

prati-saraṇa mfn. leaning or resting upon (ifc

• -tā f.) Lalit

• n. streaming back (of rivers) Car

• leaning or resting on (comp.) L

⋙ pratisarya

prati-saryá mfn. present in an amulet or at an incantation VS. (Mahidh.)

⋙ pratisāraṇa

prati-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) dressing and anointing the edges of a wound (or an instrument for doing so) Suśr

• N. of a partic. process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected Cat

⋙ pratisāraṇīya

prati-sāraṇīya mfn. to be dressed or anointed (as a wound) Car

• to be applied for dressing a wound Suśr

⋙ pratisārita

prati-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) repelled, removed Vikr

• dressed (as a wound) Suśr

⋙ pratisārin

prati-sārin mfn. going round or from one to the other MBh

⋙ pratisṛta

prati-sṛta mfn. met, encountered, pushed back, removed Suśr

pratisṛj

prati-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to hurl or utter in reply (a curse) BhP

• to send away, despatch Śak. iv, 21/22 (vḷ.)

⋙ pratisarga

prati-sarga m. secondary or continued creation out of primitive matter Pur

• dissolution, destruction ib

• the portion of a Purāṇa which treats of the destruction and renovation of the world IW. 511 ; 517

⋙ pratisṛṣṭa

prati-sṛṣṭa mfn. (v. l. ○śiṣṭa, only L.) despatched, despised, celebrated, given

pratisṛp

prati-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep back ChUp

• to creep into, enter MBh

pratisev

prati-√sev Ā. -sevate, to pursue, follow (pleasure) Divyâv

• to be kind towards (acc.), serve, honour(= prati-√juṣ) Sāy. on RV. iii, 33, 8

pratiskṝ

prati-s-√kṝ P. -kirati (pf. -caskare), to hurt, injure, to tear to pieces Śiś. i, 47 Pāṇ. 6-1, 141

⋙ pratiskīrṇa

prati-s-kīrṇa n. the being hurt or injured Pāṇ. ib. Sch. (cf. prati-√kṝ)

pratiskhalita

prati-skhalita mfn. (√skhal) warded off Śiś. (= prati-ṣkuta Nir. vi, 16)

pratistambh

prati-√stambh P. Ā. -stabhnāti, -sṭabhate, to lean or press (Ā. 'one's self') against Hariv. Pañcat

⋙ pratistabdha

prati-stabdha mfn. leaned against, pressed, M Bh

• stopped, checked Bhaṭṭ

• obstructed, constipated Suśr. (cf. prati-ṣṭabdha)

pratisnāta

prati-snāta mfn. (√snā) bathed, washed Pāṇ. 8-3, 90 Kāś. (cf. prati-ṣṇāta)

pratispandana

prati-spandana n. (√spand) throbbing, vibration W

pratispardh

prati-spardh Ā. -spardhate, to emulate, compete, rival BhP

⋙ pratispardhā

prati-spardhā f. emulation, rivalry L

⋙ pratispardhin

prati-spardhin mfn. emulous, coping with (gen.), a rival MBh. Rājat. Kāraṇḍ

• (ifc.) resembling, like Kāvyâd

pratispaśa

prati-spaśá (TS.), -spā́śana (AV.), mfn. (√spaś) spying, watching, lying in wait

pratisphur

prati-√sphur P. -sphurati, to push away, remove RV

pratismṛ

prati-√smṛ P. Ā. -smarati, ○te, to remember, recollect (acc.) RV. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -smārayati, to remind MBh

⋙ pratismṛti

prati-smṛti f. 'recollection', N. of a partic. kind of magic MBh

pratisvan

prati-√svan P. -svanati, to resound MBh.: Caus. -svānayati, to make resound BhP. [Page 673, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratisvana

prati-svana m. (also pl.) echo, reverberation Vcar. BhP

pratisvara

prati-svara m. (√svar) a rever berated sound, echo MBh. Ragh

• a focus Nir.vii, 23

pratihan

prati-√han P. -hanti (ep. also Ā. pf. -jaghne), to beat against (gen.) TāṇḍBr

• to attack, assail MBh

• to strike down ib

• to crush, break RV

• to put on a spit ib. i, 32, 12

• to strike in return, strike back, ward off remove, dispel, check, prevent, frustrate MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with ājñām), to disregard a command Śiś.: Pass. -hanyate, to be beaten back &c. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to be kept away from or deprived of (abl.) Śaṃk.: Caus. -ghātayati, See under prati-gha

⋙ pratihata

prati-ḍhata mfn. struck or striking against R. Śak. Rājat

• repelled, warded off, checked, impeded, obstructed, prevented, omitted MBh. Kāv. &c

• dazzled (as eyes, i.e. impeded in their functions) BhP

• dulled, blunted (as teeth by acids, = hṛṣita) L. (cf. Pat. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 29)

• hostile (cf. below)

• disappointed L

• hated, disliked L

• tied, bound L

• sent, despatched L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-hita)

• -dhī mfn. hostile-minded, having hostile intentions Bhartṛ

• -mati mfn. id. W

• -raya mfn. whose current is impeded Megh

⋙ pratihati

prati-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Bālar

• beating back, recoil, rebound Śiś

• disappointment W

⋙ pratihatya

prati-ḍhatya ind. in inverse direction Kauś

⋙ pratihanana

prati-ḍhanana n. impeding, suppressing Yogas. Sch

• striking again, returning a blow W

⋙ pratihantavya

prati-ḍhantavya mfn. to be opposed or resisted MBh. Hariv

⋙ pratihantṛ

prati-ḍhantṛ m. one who wards off, preventer Ragh. (v. l. ○hartṛ)

pratihary

prati-√hary P. Ā. -háryati, ○te, to desire, love, accept gladly, long for RV. AV

• to despise, reject AV

pratihā

prati-√hā P. -jahāti, to leave unheeded, neglect Hariv.: Pass. -hīyate, to stay behind (abl.), be defeated MBh

⋙ pratihāna

prati-ḍhāna (?), next.

≫ pratihānākūṭa

pratihānâ-kūṭa m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pratihāra-k○)

pratihāsa

prati-hāsa m. (√has) returning a laugh, laughing with or at W

• fragrant oleander, Nerium Odorum L

pratihiṃsā

prati-hiṃsā f. (√hiṃs) retaliation, revenge W

⋙ pratihiṃsita

prati-ḍhiṃsita mfn. injured in return

• n. = prec. Pañcat

pratihita

prati-hita &c. See prati-√dhā

pratihu

prati-√hu P. -juhoti, to offer a supplementary sacrifice Gobh

⋙ pratihotavya

prati-ḍhotavya mfn. to be offered as a supplementary sacrifice ib. Sch

⋙ pratihoma

prati-ḍhoma m. a supplementary sacrifice, jaim. Nyāyam

pratihṛ

prati-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (ind. p. pratī-hāram Kauś

• inf. prati-hartave BhP.), to throw back AV

• to strike or pound Kauś

• to keep shut, close by pressure (an udder) TāṇḍBr

• to bring back Lāṭy

• to deliver, offer, present BhP

• to procure ib

• (Ā.) to take i.e. eat ChUp

• to join in the Sāman hymns as Pratihartṛi ( See below) Lāṭy.: Caus. hārayati, to have one's self announced to (gen.) Jātakam.: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to requite or revenge MBh. (cf. prati-jihīrṣu)

≫ pratiharaṇa

prati-háraṇa n. throwing back, repelling, rejecting AV

• avoiding, shunning L

⋙ pratihartṛ

prati-ḍhartṛ́ m. (cf. pratī-h○) one who draws back or absorbs, a destroyer MBh

• one who keeps or wards off, an averter Ragh

• N. of one of the 16 priests (the assistant of the Udgātṛi) Br. ŚrS. &c

• N. of a king (son of Pratihāra or of Pratîha) Pur

≫ pratihāra

prati-hāra m. striking against, touch, contact (esp. of the tongue with the teeth in the pronunciation of the dentals) RPrāt

• shutting, closing, stopping (a-pr○) TāṇḍBr

• N. of partic. syllables in the Sāman hymns (with which the Pratihartṛi begins to join in singing, generally at the beginning of the last Pada of a stanza

• also pratī-h○ AV. ŚāṅkhBr.) Br. ŚrS. &c

• N. of a partic. magical formula spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. ○ra-tara)

• (that which keeps back), a door, gate (also pratī-h○ L

• comp. below)

• a door-keeper, porter Hariv. Kāv. Pur. &c. (also pratī-h○

• du. two door-kṭkeeper i.e. two statues at the entrance of a temple VarBṛS

• ī f. a female door-kṭkeeper, portress, Priyad.)

• a juggler L

• juggling, trick, disguise L

• -goptrī f. a female door-keeper Vcar

• -tara m. See above

• -pa m. a door-keeper BhP. [Page 673, Column 2]

• -bhūmi f. 'door-place', a threshold Kum

• the office of a porter or a portress Ragh

• -rakṣī f. = -goptrī Vcar

• -vat mfn. containing the Priyad syllables (above) Lāṭy

• -sūtra n. N. of wk

⋙ pratihāraka

prati-ḍhāraka m. a juggler L

⋙ pratihārāya

prati-ḍhārāya Nom. to act as door-keeper (○yitam impers.) Prasannar

⋙ pratihārya

prati-ḍhārya mfn. to be pushed back or repelled, resistible R. (cf. a-pr)

• n. jugglery L

• N. of an Avadāna

≫ pratihṛta

prati-hṛta mfn. held back ŚBr

• fastened KātyŚr

pratihṛṣ

prati-√hṛṣ Ā. -hṛṣyate, to show joy in return for anything MBh.: Caus. harṣayati, to gladden, rejoice ib

⋙ pratiharṣa

prati-ḍharṣa m. expression of joy Dhātup

⋙ pratiharṣaṇa

prati-ḍharṣaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing joy in return R

pratiheṣ

prati-√heṣ Ā. -heṣate, to neigh towards (acc.) Var

pratihrāsa

prati-hrāsa m. (√hras) abbreviation, abridgment, ŚrS

pratihvara

prati-hvará m. (√hvṛ) a slope, the rising vault (of the sky) RV

pratihve

prati-√hve Ā. -huváte, to call RV

pratī 1

pratī in comp. for prati (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 3 Pat.)

⋙ pratīkāra

○kāra m. = prati-k○ ( See under prati-√kṛ MBh. Kāv. &c

• an alliance resting on the requital of former services Kām

⋙ pratīkārya

○kārya mfn. (cf. prati-k○) one on whorn vengeance might be taken, punishable (a-pr○) Rājat

⋙ pratīkāśa

○kāśá m. reflexion, resemblance, appearance AV. Kauś

• (ifc.), similar, resembling, like MBh. R. &c

⋙ pratīghāta

○ghāta m. (cf. prati-gh○) warding off (ifc.) MBh

• m. prevention, obstruction, repression, hindrance, resistance Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pratīghātin

○ghātin mfn. in a-pratighāti-tā, q.v

⋙ pratītoda

○toda m. N. of partic. initial forms of Padas in hymns Nid

⋙ pratīdarśa

○darśá m. (cf. prati-d○) N. of a man ŚBr

⋙ pratīnāha

○nāha m. (cf. prati-n○, p. 666, col. 2) obstruction, constipation Car. Suśr

• a flag, banner ŚBr

• -bhājana n. that which represents a banner ib

⋙ pratīpāna

○pāna n. (cf. prati-p○) drinking Āpast

⋙ pratībodha

○bodhá m. (cf. under prati-√budh) vigilance AV

⋙ pratīmāna

○māna n. (cf. prati-m○) a weight (measure) Mn. viii, 403

⋙ pratīrādha

○rādha m. = prati-r○, Śāṅkh

⋙ pratīvarta

○vartá mfn. returning into itself (= parisara) AV

⋙ pratīvāpa

○vāpa m. = prati-v○ Suśr

• a disease, pestilence L

⋙ pratīvāha

○vāha m. (cf. prati-v○) fee, reward GopBr. Kauś

⋙ pratīvī

○vī́ mfn. (cf. prati-√vii) receiving gladly, accepting RV

• m. or f. acceptance ib

⋙ pratīveśa

○veśa

⋙ pratīveśin

○veśin = prati-v○ (p. 663, col. 2)

⋙ pratīsāram

○sāram See prati-√sṛ

⋙ pratīhartṛ

○hartṛ m. (cf. prati-h○) a doorkeeper, porter Rājat

⋙ pratīhāra

○hārá m. (in most meanings) = prati-hāra, q.v

• a partic. alliance L. (wṛ.) for pratī-kāra above)

• N. of a family of kings Cat

• -tā f. (Rājat.), -tva n. (Pañcat.) the office of a door keeper or chamberlain

• -dhuraṃ-dharā f. a female door-keeper Vcar

⋙ pratīhāram

○hāram See prati-hṛ

⋙ pratīhāsa

○hāsa m. (cf. prati-h○) Nerium Odorum L

pratī 2

pratī7 (prati-√i), P. praty-eti, to go towards or against, go to meet (as friend or foe) RV. &c. &c

• to come back, return ib

• to resort or apply to RV. AV. ŚBr

• to fall to a person's (dat.) lot or share AitBr

• to receive, accept MBh

• (also Pass.) to admit, recognize, be certain of, be convinced that (2 acc.) GṛŚrS. Nir. R. &c

• to trust, believe (with gen.) Kathās.: Pass. pratī7yate, to be admitted or recognized, follow, result Kāv. Śaṃk. Hit. (p. ○yamāna, known, understood, implicit Pāṇ. Sāh.): Caus. praty-āyayati (Pass. praty-āyyate), to lead towards i.e. cause to recognize or acknowledge, convince (any one of the truth of anything) Kālid

• to make clear, prove Śaṃk. Sāh.: Desid. pratī7ṣiṣati, to wish or try to understand Pāṇ. 2-4, 47 Sch

⋙ pratīta

pratī7ta mfn. acknow. ledged, recognized, known (śyāmaiti, 'by the name of Śaṃk') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c

• convinced of anything, trusting in, firmly resolved upon (comp.) KaṭhUp. MBh. Hit

• satisfied, cheerful, glad, pleased AitBr. MBh. &c

• respectful L

• past, gone L

• clever, wise L

• m. N. of a divinity enumerated among the Viśve Devās. MBh

• -sena m. N. of a prince Buddh

• ○tâkṣarā f. N. of a Comm. on the Mitâksharā

• ○tâtman mfn. confident, resolute MBh

• ○târtha mfn. having a recognized or acknowledged meaning Nir

• ○tâśva m. N. of a prince VP

⋙ pratīti

prátī7ti f. going towards, approaching RV

• the following from anything (as a necessary result), being clear or intelligible by itself Vedântas. [Page 673, Column 3]

• clear apprehension or insight into anything, complete understanding or ascertainment, conviction Śak. Śaṃk. Kathās. &c

• confidence, faith, belief. Daś

• trust, credit Inscr

• fame, notoriety W

• respect ib

• delight ib

• -mat mfn. known, understood Harav

⋙ pratītya

pratī7tya n. confirmation, experiment RV. vii, 68, 6

• comfort, consolation ib. iv, 5, 14 (others mfn. to be acknowledged or recognized)

• -samutpāda m. (Buddh.) the chain of causation Lalit. (twelvefold

• Dharmas. 42)

≫ pratyaya

pratyaya m. belief firm conviction, trust, faith, assurance or certainty of (gen., loc. or comp.)

• proof, ascertainment Mn. MBh. &c. (pratyayaṃ-√gam, to acquire confidence, repose confidence in MBh

• asty atra pratyayo mama, that is my conviction Kathās

• kah pratyayo'tra, what assurance is there of that? ib.)

• conception, assumption, notion, idea KātyŚr. Nir. Śaṃk. &c

• (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea (-tva n.) Sarvad

• consciousness, understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sāṃkhya = buddhi)

• analysis, solution, explanation, definition L

• ground, basis, motive or cause of anything MBh. Kāv. &c. (in med.) = nimitta, hetu &c. Cat

• (with Buddhists) a co-operating cause

• the concurrent occasion of an event as distinguished from its approximate cause

• an ordeal Kāty

• want, need Kāraṇḍ

• fame, notoriety Pāṇ. 8-2, 58

• a subsequent sound or letter Prāt

• an affix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives, adjectives and all derivatives) Prāt. Pāṇ

• an oath L

• usage, custom L

• religious meditation L

• a dependant or subject L

• a householder who keeps a sacred fire L

• -kara (R.), -kāraka (Pañcat.), kāraṇa (Śak.), mfn. one who awakens confidence, trustworthy

• -kārin mfn. id. L

• (iṇī), f. a seal, signet L

• -tattva-prakāśikā f. N. of wk

• -tva n. (cf. above) the being a cause, causality Sarvad

• -dhātu m. the stem of a nominal verb Pat

• -prativacana n. a certain or distinct answer, Sak

• -mauktika-mālā f. N. of wk

• -lopa m. (in gram.) elision of an affix

• -sarga m. (in Sāṃkhya) the creation which proceeds from Buddha

• -svara m. (in gram.) an accent on an affix

• ○ayâtma mfn. causing confidence R. (v. l. pratyag-ātma)

• ○ayâdhi m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to a debt L

• -"ṣayânta-śabda-kṛd-anta-vyūha m. N. of wk

⋙ pratyayāya

praḍtyayāya Nom. P. ○yati, to convince HPariś. (prob. wṛ. for Caus. praty-āyayati)

⋙ pratyayika

praḍtyayika mfn. (in ātma-pr○) that of which everybody can convince himself. MBh

⋙ pratyayita

praḍtyayita mfn. proved, trustworthy (compar. -tara) Jaim

• wṛ. for ○tyāyita Pañcat

⋙ pratyayitavya

praḍtyayitavya mfn. credible Śaṃk

⋙ pratyayin

praḍtyayin mfn. deserving confidence, trustworthy R

• trusting, believing W

≫ pratyāya

praty-āya m. toll, tribute L

⋙ pratyāyaka

praty-ḍāyaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know or understand (-tva n.) Sarvad

• convincing, credible MBh. 1

⋙ pratyāyana

praty-ḍāyana mfn. (for 2. See praty-ê) convincing, credible MBh. (v. l. ○āyaka)

• (ā), f. convincing, persuasion Kathās

• consolation, comfort Ratnâv

• n. elucidation, explanation, demonstration Kathās. Sāh

• (am), ind. (after a finite verb) Siddh

⋙ pratyāyayitavya

praty-ḍāyayitavya mfn. to be explained or demonstrated Mālav

⋙ pratyāyita

praty-ḍāyita mfn. convinced of, trusting (ifc.) Pañcat. (wṛ. ○ayita)

• m. a trustworthy person, confidential agent, commissioner, SāṅkhBr

⋙ pratyāyitavya

praty-ḍāyitavya wṛ. for ○āyayitavya Mālav

⋙ pratyāyya

praty-ḍāyya mfn. to be encouraged or comforted Subh

≫ pratyetavya

praty-etavya mfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (nom.) RPrāt. Śaṃk

⋙ pratyetṛ

praty-ḍetṛ mfn. believing, trusting, a believer W

pratīka

pratīka See p. 675, col. 1

pratīkṣ

pratī7kṣ (prati-√īkṣ), Ā. pratikṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, behold, perceive AV. KātyŚr

• to look forward to, wait for, expect TS. &c. &c

• to look at with indifference, bear with, tolerate (acc.) Mn. ix, 77

≫ pratīkṣa

pratī7kṣa mf(ā)n. looking backward ( See apr○)

• (also ○kṣaka R.) looking forward to, waiting for, expectant of (ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• having regard to (ifc.) Hariv

• (ā́), f. expectation TBr. KaṭhUp

• consideration, attention, respect, veneration Āpast. MBh. R

⋙ pratīkṣaṇa

pratī7kṣaṇa n. looking to or at, considering, regard, attention BhP

• observance, fulfilment Prab

⋙ pratīkṣaṇīya

pratī7kṣaṇīya mfn. to be waited for or expected Kull

• to be looked at or considered or regarded W

⋙ pratīkṣam

pratī7kṣam ind. having expected (ifc., e.g. śarat-pr○) R. [Page 674, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pratikṣita

pratikṣita mfn. contemplated, considered

• respected, honoured

• expected, hoped W

⋙ pratīkṣin

pratī7kṣin mfn. looking or waiting for, expecting MBh. Rājat. 1

⋙ pratīkṣya

pratī7kṣya mfn. to be expected or waited for Mn. MBh. &c

• to be observed or fulfilled Śiś

• to be considered or regarded, respectable, worthy Ragh. Rājat. 2

⋙ pratīkṣya

pratī7kṣya ind. 'while expecting or waiting', gradually, slowly Mṛicch. iii, 17/18

pratīcchaka

pratīcchaka See pratiṣ

pratīḍ

pratī7ḍ (prati-√iḍ), only 3.pl. pratī7ḻate, to praise RV. vii, 76, 7

pratīta

pratī7ta &c. See under 2. pratī7

pratītta

pratī-tta See á-pratītta

pratīndhaka

pratī7ndhaka m. (√indh) N. of a prince of Videha R

pratīnv

pratī7nv (prati-√inv), P. pratī7nvati, to urge, promote, advance RV. i, 54, 7

pratīpa

pratīpa mf(ā)n. (fr. [prati+ap]

• cf. anūpa, dviipa, samīpa), 'against the stream', 'against the grain', going in an opposite direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse MBh. R. Ragh. &c

• inverted, out of order Suśr. Var

• displeasing, disagreeable Mn. MBh. R. Hariv

• resisting, refractory, cross, obstinate

• impeding, hindering BhP. MBh. R. &c. backward, retrograde

• turned away, averted W

• m. an adversary, opponent BhP

• N. of a prince, the father of Śāṃtanu and grandfather of Bhīshma AV. MBh. Hariv. &c

• n. (in rhet.) inverse comparison (e.g. 'the lotus resembles thine eyes', instead of the usual comparison 'thine eṭeyes resemble the lotus ; 5 forms are enumerated) Kuval. Pratāp. Sāh. Kpr

• N. of a gram. wk

• (ám), ind. against the stream, backwards

• against RV. &c. &c

• in return Bālar

• in inverted order Mn

• refractorily (with √gam, to resist Śak

• with abhy-upa-√gam, to go against, oppose R.)

⋙ pratīpaga

○ga mf(ā)n. going against, flowing against, flowing backwards Ragh. Var

⋙ pratīpagati

○gati f. (VarBṛS. Sch.) or (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

⋙ pratīpagamana

○gamana n. (ib. Kum.) a retrograde movement

⋙ pratīpagāmin

○gāmin mfn. (ifc.) going against, acting in contravention to Daś

⋙ pratīpataraṇa

○taraṇa n. sailing agṭagainst the stream Vikr

⋙ pratīpadarśanī

○darśanī or f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

⋙ pratīparśinī

○"ṣrśinī f. 'turning away the face', a woman L

⋙ pratīpadīpaka

○dīpaka n. a partic. figure of speech Bhaṭṭ. Sch

⋙ pratīpavacana

○vacana n. contradiction Amar

⋙ pratīpāśva

pratīpâśva m. N. of a Prince VP. (v. l. pratīkâśva)

⋙ pratīpokti

pratīpôkti f. contradiction Naish

≫ pratīpaka

pratīpaka mfn. opposed to, hindering, hostile BhP

• m. N. of a prince ib

≫ pratīpaya

pratīpaya Nom. P. ○yati, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to (loc.) BhP

• to cause to turn back, bring back, reverse Kum

≫ pratīpāya

pratīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to oppose one's self to, be hostile to, be against (gen.) Bhaṭṭ. (g. sukhâdi)

≫ pratīpin

pratīpin mfn. unfavourable, unkind, g. sukhâdi

pratīps

pratī7ps Detsid. of praty-√āp, q.v

pratīr

pratī7r (prati- √īr), only Caus. 2ḍu. impf. praty-airayatam, to put on, fix on RV. i, 117, 22

pratīra

pra-tīra m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya MārkP

• n. = tīra, a shore, bank L

pratīṣ

pratī7ṣ (prati-√iṣ), P. pratī7cchati (ind. p. pratī7ṣya), to strive after, seek RV. x, 129, 4

• to receive, accept from MBh. Kāv. &c

• to regard, mind, attend to, obey ib

⋙ pratīcchaka

pratī7cchaka m. one who receives, a receiver Mn. iv, 194

pratīṣita

pratī7ṣita mfn. (√īṣ) stretched out towards Kāṭh

pratud

pra-√tud P. -tudati, to strike at, cut through, pierce MBh. Hariv. BhP.: Caus. -todayati, to push on, urge, instigate MBh. Mṛicch

⋙ pratud

pra-ḍtud m. 'pecker', N. of a class of birds (including the falcon, hawk, owl, parrot, crow, raven, peacock &c.) Āpast

⋙ pratuda

pra-ḍtuda m. id., Gaut Mn. Yājñ. Suśr

• an instrument for piercing Suśr

⋙ pratoda

pra-ḍtodá m. a goad or long whip AV. &c. &c. (also -yaṣṭi f. Divyâv.)

• sg. (with aṅgirasām) and du. (with kaśyapasya), N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

• -yantra n. N. of wk

⋙ pratodin

pra-ḍtodin See śroṇi-pratodin

pratur

pra-tur See su-pratúr. [Page 674, Column 2]

praturv

pra-√turv (only pr. p. -tū́rvat), to be victorious RV. v, 65, 4

pratuṣ

pra-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to delight in (instr.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -toṣayati, to give pleasure, gratify BhP

⋙ pratuṣṭi

pra-ḍtuṣṭi f. satisfaction (-da mfn. giving satisfaction) Pañcat

⋙ pratoṣa

pra-ḍtoṣa m. 'gratification', N. of one of the 12 sons of Manu Svāyambhuva BhP

pratustuṣu

pra-tustuṣu See pra-√stu

pratūṇī

pra-tūṇī f. a kind of disease (causing pain of the nerves extending from the rectum and generative organs to the bowels

• wṛ. for pratitūṇī?) Suśr

pratūrṇa

pra-tūrṇa ○tūrta &c., See pra-√tvar

pratṛd

pra-√tṛd (only ind. p. -tṛdya), to thrust through with a spit ŚBr

⋙ pratardana

pra-ḍtardana mfn. piercing, destroying (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ

• m. N. of a king of KāSi (son of Divo-dāsa and author of RV. ix, 96) Br. MBh. &c

• of a Rākshasa R

• of a class of divinities under Manu Auttama MārkP

⋙ pratṛṇṇa

pra-ḍtṛṇṇa n. (piercing i.e. splitting scil. the words) recitation of the Pada-pāṭha AitĀr

⋙ tṛd

tṛd mfn. cleaving, piercing (applied to the Tṛitsus) RV. vii, 33, 14

pratṛp

pra-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate, refresh, strengthen, satisfy Pañcat. Suśr

pratṝ

pra-√tṝ P. Ā. -tarati, ○te (Ved. also -tirati, ○te

• inf. -tíram), to go to sea, pass over, cross ŚBr. &c. &c

• to set out, start RV. ŚBr

• (Ā.) to rise, thrive, prosper RV

• to raise, elevate, augment, increase, further, promote ib. AV. ŚBr. MBh

• to extend: prolong (esp. with ā́yus, 'to promote long life

• Ā. 'to live on, live longer') RV.: Caus. -tārayati (aor. prâtītarat), to extend, widen MBh

• to prolong (life) AV

• to mislead, take in, deceive Mṛicch. Kathās

• to lead astray, seduce, persuade to (dat. or loc.) Ragh. Kathās

⋙ pratara

pra-ḍtara m. passing over, crossing (cf. duṣ- and su-pr○)

• N. of the joints (saṃdhī) on the neck and of the spinal vertebrae Suśr

⋙ prataraṇa

pra-ḍtáraṇa mf(ī)n. furthering, promoting, increasing (with āyuṣaḥ, 'prolonging life') RV. AV. VS. PārGṛ

• n. going to sea, passing over, crossing MBh. Kāv. &c. ○tarītṛ́ (RV.),

⋙ pratarītṛ

pra-ḍtárītṛ (AV.), m. a furtherer, promoter (esp. of long life)

⋙ pratāra

pra-ḍtāra m. passing over, crossing (with gen.) MBh. R

• deception, fraud L

⋙ tāraka

tāraka mfn. cheating, deceitful, a deceiver Bhartṛ. Vcar

⋙ tāraṇa

ḍtāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) ferrying over, carrying across, SāriṅgP

• passing over, crossing (m. c. for ○taraṇa) R. Rājat

• deceiving, cheating (also ā f.) ŚārṅgP. L

⋙ tāraṇīya

ḍtāraṇīya mfn. to be deceived, deceivable KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ tārayitṛ

ḍtārayitṛ m. a furtherer, promoter AitBr

⋙ tārita

ḍtārita mfn. misled, deceived, imposed upon MBh. Kāv. &c

• persuaded or seduced to (dat.) Ragh. (v. l. pra-codita). 1

⋙ tira

ḍtirá mfn. furthering, granting success or victory AitĀr. 2

⋙ tira

ḍtíra mfn. (?) carrying across, furthering, helping TS. (Sch.)

⋙ tīrṇa

ḍtīrṇa (prá-), mfn. having put to sea ŚBr

• having spread over (acc.) Ragh

pratolī

pra-tolī f. a broad way, principal road through a town or village (ifc. ○līka) MBh. Kāv. &c

• a kind of bandage applied to the neck or to the penis Suśr

pratta

prá-tta prá-tti, See pra-√dā

pratna

pra-tná mf(ā́)n. former, preceding

• ancient, old

• traditional, customary RV. AV. TS. Br. BhP

• n. a kind of metre RPrāt

⋙ pratnathā

pratnáthā ind. as formerly, as of old, in the usual manner RV. 1

⋙ pratnavat

pratna-vát ind., id' ib. 2

⋙ pratnavat

pratnávat mfn. containing the word pratna ŚBr

pratyaṃśa

praty-aṃśa &c. See p. 663, col. 3

pratyak

pratyak See p. 675, col. 1

pratyakṣa

praty-akṣa mf(ā)n. present before the eyes, visible, perceptible (opp. to paro'kṣa, q.v.) Up. MBh. &c

• clear, distinct, manifest, direct, immediate, actual, real ŚBr. &c. &c

• keeping in view, discerning (with gen.) MBh

• n. ocular evidence, direct perception, apprehension by the senses (in Nyāya one of the 4 Pramāṇas or modes of proof. cf. pramāṇa)

• superintendence of, care for (gen.) Mn. ix, 27

• (in rhet.) a kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses Kuval

• (pratyákṣam), ind. (also ○kṣa ibc.) before the eyes, in the sight or presence of (gen. or comp.), clearly, explicitly, directly, personally AV. &c. &c. [Page 674, Column 3]

• (āt), ind. explicitly, actually, really Br

• (eṇa), ind. before the eyes, visibly, publicly, expressly, directly Lāṭy. MBh. MārkP

• (e), ind. before one's face, publicly Pañcat

⋙ pratyakṣakaraṇa

○karaṇa n. one's own perception Car

⋙ pratyakṣakṛta

○kṛta mfn. addressed directly or personally, containing a personal address Nir

• (ā) f. (scil. ṛc) a hymn or verse in which a deity is addressed directly or in the 2nd person MW

⋙ pratyakṣakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. n. N. of part I of the Tattvacintāmaṇi

• -cintāmaṇi m. and -vyākhyā f. N. of wks

⋙ pratyakṣacārin

○cārin mfn. walking personally before the eyes of (gen.) Kāvyâd

⋙ pratyakṣajñāna

○jñāna n. immediate perception Tarkas

⋙ pratyakṣatamāt

○tamāt or ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

⋙ pratyakṣatamām

○tamā́m ind. most perceptibly or directly or really &c. Br

⋙ pratyakṣatas

○tas ind. before the eyes, visibly, perceptibly (○taḥ śrutam, heard perceptibly or with the ears) MBh. Pāṇ. Sch. Kathās

• evidently, clearly, plainly MW

⋙ pratyakṣatā

○tā f. the being before the eyes, before visible, visibility MBh. Kathās. MārkP. &c

• addressing in the 2nd person MW

• (ayā), ind. before the eyes of any one Pañcat

⋙ pratyakṣatva

○tva n. ocular evidence, explicitness KātyŚr

• the being ocular evidence or immedite perception Sarvad

• addressing in the 2nd person MW

⋙ pratyakṣadarśana

○darśana n. seeing with one's own eyes

• the power of discerning (the presence of a god) MBh

• m. an eye-witness L

⋙ pratyakṣadarśin

○darśin mfn. seeing anything (gen.) with one's own eyes, one who has seen with his own eṭeyes MBh

⋙ pratyakṣadarśivas

○darśivas mfn. one who has seen anything with his own eyes

• seeing anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MBh. Hariv. Sūryas

⋙ pratyakṣadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ pratyakṣadṛś

○dṛś mfn. seeing distinctly, one who sees anything (acc.) clearly as if before the eyes MārkP

⋙ pratyakṣadṛśya

○dṛśya mfn. to be seen with the eyes, visible, perceptible Nir. Kathās

⋙ pratyakṣadṛṣṭa

○dṛṣṭa mfn. seen with the eṭeyes, Ratnâv. Kathās

⋙ pratyakṣadviṣ

○dviṣ (pratyákṣa-), mfn. not liking that which is clear ŚBr

⋙ pratyakṣadharman

○dharman mfn. keeping in view the merits (of men) MBh

⋙ pratyakṣapara

○para mfn. setting the highest value on the visible Car

⋙ pratyakṣapariccheda

○pariccheda m. N. of wk. (also ○da-mañjūṣā f. and ○da-rahasya n.)

⋙ pratyakṣaparīkṣaṇa

○parī7kṣaṇa n. real observation Var

⋙ pratyakṣapṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ĀśvŚr

⋙ pratyakṣapramā

○pramā f. a correct notion obtained through the senses Vedântap

⋙ pratyakṣapramāṇa

○pramāṇa n. ocular or visible proof, the evidence of the senses

• an organ or faculty of perception W

• N. of wk. (also ○ṇyâloka-ṭippaṇī f.)

⋙ pratyakṣaphala

○phala mfn. having visible consequences (-tva n.) Āp

• n. a visible consequence MW

⋙ pratyakṣabandhu

○bandhu (pratyákṣa-), mfn. with evident relation MaitrS

⋙ pratyakṣabṛhatī

○bṛhatī f. an original Bṛihati ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratyakṣabhakṣa

○bhakṣa m. real eating ŚrS

⋙ pratyakṣabhūta

○bhūta mfn. become visible, appeared personally Hit

⋙ pratyakṣabhoga

○bhoga m. enjoyment or use of anything in the presence or with the knowledge of the owner W

⋙ pratyakṣamaṇi

○maṇi m

⋙ pratyakṣamaṇiraśmicakra

○maṇi-raśmicakra n. N. wks. (= -vāda)

⋙ pratyakṣavat

○vat ind. as if it were evident Āp

⋙ pratyakṣavāda

○vāda m. N. of wk. by Ruci-datta

⋙ pratyakṣavādin

○vādin mfn. 'asserting perception by the senses', one who admits of no other evidence than perception by the senses

• m. a Buddhist L

⋙ pratyakṣavidhāna

○vidhāna n. an express injunction Gaut

⋙ pratyakṣaviṣayībhū

○viṣayī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to move only within range of the sight Naish. Comm

⋙ pratyakṣavihita

○vihita mfn. expressly enjoined, ŚāṅkhŚr,

⋙ pratyakṣavṛtti

○vṛtti mfn. having a form visible to the eye

• composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word) Nir. Sch

⋙ pratyakṣasiddha

○siddha mfn. determined by evidence of the senses MW

⋙ pratyakṣāgamana

pratyakṣâgamana n. approaching in person Siṃhâs

⋙ pratyakṣānumāna

pratyakṣânumāna n. (-ṭīka f. and -śabda-khaṇḍana n.) of wks

⋙ pratyakṣāvagama

pratyakṣâvagama mfn. plainly in telligible Bhag

≫ pratyakṣaya

pratyakṣaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make visible or perceptible Mālav

• to see with one's own eyes Kād

≫ pratyakṣāya

pratyakṣāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to come clearly before the eyes, be visible

• ○yamāṇa-tva n. coming clearly before the eyes Sāh

≫ pratyakṣin

pratyakṣin mfn. seeing with one's own eyes

• m. an eye-witness Jātakam

≫ pratyakṣī

pratyakṣī in comp. for ○kṣa

⋙ pratyakṣīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. looking at, viewing Mn. Kull

• making manifest or apparent W

⋙ pratyakṣīkṛ

○√kṛ to make visible or evident MW

• to inspect, look at or See with one's own eyes MBh. Mṛicch. Kād. &c

⋙ pratyakṣīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. seen with the eṭeyes Śak. Hit

• made present or visible, manifested, displayed W

⋙ pratyakṣībhū

○√bhū to come before the eṭeyes, be visible, appear in person Kathās. Siṃhâs

pratyañc

praty-áñc mfn. (nom. pratyáṅ. pratī́cī, pratīcī́ [and pratyañcī Vop.] [Page 675, Column 1] Contents of this page

• pratyák) turned towards, facing (acc.) RV. AV. VS

• coming (opp. to arvāñc, 'going') RV

• being or coming from behind, turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction ib. Br. KātyŚr

• westward, western, occidental, to the west of (abl.) VS. AV. Br. Mn. &c

• turned back or inward, inner, interior Prab. BhP. Vedântas

• equal to, a match for (acc.) AV

• past, gone L

• m. the individual soul Prab. vi, 4/5

• (pratī́cī), f. (with or scil. diś) the west AV. &c. &c

• N. of a river BhP

• (pratyák), ind. backwards, in an opposite direction RV. AV

• behind (abl.) KātyŚr

• down (opp. to ūrdhvam) KaṭhUp

• westward, to the west of (abl.) ŚrS. MBh. BhP

• inwardly, within BhP. Vedântas

• in former times L

≫ pratīka

prátīka mf(ā)n. (for praty-aka

• cf. anūka, apāka, abhīka) turned or directed towards

• (ifc.) looking at BhP

• (prob.) going uphill MBh

• adverse, contrary, inverted, reversed L

• n. exterior, surface RV

• outward form or shape, look, appearance, face (cf. ghṛta-p○, cāru-p○, tveṣa-p○) ib. Nir

• the face (esp. the mouth) RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ

• the front MW

• an image, symbol ChUp. Sch

• a copy Vām

• (also m.) the first part (of a verse), first word Br. &c. &c

• m. a part, portion, limb, member L. (cf. prati-pr○, p. 662, col. 2)

• N. of a son of Vasu and father of Ogha-vat BhP

• of a son of Maru VP

⋙ pratīkatva

○tva n. the being an image or symbol ChUp. Sch

⋙ pratīkadarśana

○darśana n. a symbolic conception Bādar. Sch

⋙ pratīkavat

○vat (prátīka-), mfn. having an outward form or face or mouth

• m. N. of Agni TS

⋙ pratīkāśva

pratīkâśva m. N. of a prince BhP

⋙ pratīkopāsana

pratīkôpâsana n. image-worship, the service of idols Mn. Kull

≫ pratīcī

pratīcī f. of pratyáñc

⋙ pratīcīpati

○pati m. 'lord of the west', N. of Varuṇa, the ocean Prasannar

⋙ pratīcīśa

○"ṣśa (○cī7śa), m. id. L

≫ pratīcīna

pratīcīná mfn. turned towards, going or coming towards RV

• (○cī́na), mfn. turned away from, turning the back RV

• being behind, coming from behind AV

• turning westward, western TS. Br

• subsequent, future (with abl.) RV. TBr

• (am), ind. back to one's self TBr

• backwards, behind TS. TBr. Kāṭh. BhP

⋙ pratīcīnagrīva

○grīva (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the neck turned westward Br

⋙ pratīcīnaprajanana

○prajanana (pratīcī́na-), mfn. ŚBr

⋙ pratīcīnaphala

○phala (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having fruit turned or bending backwards ib. AV

⋙ pratīcīnamukha

○mukha mf(ī́)n. having the face turned westward ŚBr

⋙ pratīcīnaśiras

○śiras (pratīcī́na-), mfn. having the head turned westward ib

⋙ pratīcīnastoma

○stoma m. a partic. Ekâha Vait

⋙ pratīcīneḍa

pratīcīnêḍa mfn

• n. (with kāśīta) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫ pratīcya

pratīcya mfn. being or living in the west MBh. R

• (ibc.) the west, western country MBh

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Pulastya ib

• (pratī́cya), n. a designation of anything remote or concealed Naigh. iii, 25 (perhaps wṛ. for pratī74tya)

≫ pratyak

pratyak in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙ pratyakcintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

⋙ pratyakcetana

○cetana mfn. one whose thoughts are turned inwards or upon himself Yogas

• (ā), f. thoughts turned inwards or upon one's self ib

⋙ pratyaktattvadīpikā

○tattva-dīpikā (or -pradīpikā), f

⋙ pratyaktattvaviveka

○tattva-viveka m. N. of philos. wks

⋙ pratyaktva

○tva n. backward direction, dṭdirection towards one's self BhP. Sch

⋙ pratyakparṇī

○parṇī f. Achyranthes Aspera (= apâmārga) L

• Anthericum Tuberosum (= dravantī) ib

⋙ pratyakpuṣkara

○puṣkara mf(ā)n. having the bowl turned westward (as a ladle) AitBr

⋙ pratyakpuṣpī

○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L

• (accord. to Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1 the correct form would be -puṣpā)

⋙ pratyakprakāśa

○prakāśa m. N. of a teacher Cat

⋙ pratyakpravaṇa

○pravaṇa mfn. devoted to the individual soul

• (-tā f.) Prab

⋙ pratyakśiras

○śiras mfn. (ĀpŚr. &c.) and f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

⋙ pratyakśīrṣī

○śīrṣī f. (Kauś.) having the head turned towards the west

⋙ pratyakśreṇī

○śreṇī f. N. of various plants (Anthericum Tuberosum, Croton Polyandrum or Croton Tiglium, Salvinia Cucullata &c.) Car. L

⋙ pratyakśrotas

○śrotas mfn. wṛ. for -srotas

⋙ pratyaksarasvatī

○sarasvatī f. the western Sarasvatī BhP

⋙ pratyaksthalī

○sthalī f. N. of a Vedī R

⋙ pratyaksrotas

○srotas mfn. flowing towards the west MBh. R. Śiś. Sch

⋙ pratyaksvarūpa

○svarūpa m. N. of an author Cat

≫ pratyag

pratyag in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙ pratyagakṣa

○akṣa n. an inner organ BhP

• mfn. having inner organs ib

• -ja mfn. discerned by the internal faculties, visible to the eye of the soul MW

⋙ pratyagātma

○ātma mfn. concerning the personal soul or self R

⋙ pratyagātman

○ātman m. the individual soul KaṭhUp. Vedântas. BhP. &c

• an individual Bādar. Sch

• ○ma-tā f. being an individual soul RāmatUp

• ○ma-tva n. universal permeation of spirit MW. [Page 675, Column 2]

⋙ pratyagānanda

○ānanda mfn. inwardly rejoicing, appearing as inward delight Vedântas

⋙ pratyagāśāpati

○āśā-pati m. 'lord of the western quarter', N. of Varuṇa L

⋙ pratyagāśis

○āśis f. a personal wish KātyŚr. Sch

• mfn. containing a personal wish ĀpŚr

⋙ pratyagudak

○udak ind. towards the north-west ĀśvŚr

⋙ pratyagekarasa

○ekarasa mfn. having taste or pleasure only for the interior, delighting only in one's own soul RāmatUp

⋙ pratyagjyotis

○jyotis n. the inward light Mcar

⋙ pratyagdakṣiṇatas

○dakṣiṇatas ind. towards the south-west KātyŚr

⋙ pratyagdakṣiṇā

○dakṣiṇā ind. towards the south-west ĀśvŚr

• -pravaṇa mfn. sloping towards the s-wṭwest, ĀŚvGṛ

⋙ pratyagdiś

○diś f. the western quarter AV. AitBr. MBh. &c

⋙ pratyagdṛś

○dṛś f. a glance directed inwards BhP

• mfn. one whose glance is directed inwards RāmatUp

⋙ pratyagdhāman

○dhāman mfn. radiant within, internally illuminated BhP

⋙ pratyagratha

○ratha m. N. of a prince VP

• pl. N. of a warrior-tribe (also called ahi-cchattra

• cf. prātyagrathi) Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

⋙ pratyagvahanaprayoga

○vahana-prayoga m. N. of wk

≫ pratyaṅ

pratyaṅ in comp. for ○tyañc

⋙ pratyaṅmukha

○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or westward GṛŚrS. &c

• -tva n. facing the west Hcat

pratyañj

praty-√añj P. -anakti, or -añjati, to smear over, besmear ŚBr

• to decorate, adorn RV

⋙ pratyañjana

praty-ḍañjana n. smearing, anointing Suśr. Bhpr

pratyad

praty-√ad P. -atti, to eat in return or in compensation for anything ŚBr

⋙ pratyadana

praty-ḍadana n. eating, food L

pratyadhiśri

praty-adhi-√śri P. -śrayati. to put down beside (the fire) KātyŚr

pratyadhī

praty-adhī7 (adhi-√i), Ā. -adhī7yate, to read through or study severally MBh

pratyanujñā

praty-anu-√jñā P. -jānāti, to refuse, reject, spurn R

pratyanutap

praty-anu-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to feel subsequent remorse, repent, regret R

pratyanunī

praty-anu-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to speak friendly words, induce to yield, persuade MBh

• (Ā.) to beg a person's (acc.) pardon for (acc.) ib

pratyanubhū

praty-anu-√bhū P. -bhavati, to enjoy singly or severally PraśnUp. Divyâv

pratyanuyāc

praty-anu-√yāc P. -yācati, to beseech, implore (with acc.) R

pratyanuvāśita

praty-anu-vāśita mfn. (√vāś) roared against, answered by roaring Var

pratyanusmṛ

praty-anu-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember R

pratyapakṛ

praty-apa-√kṛ (only ind. p. -kṛtya), to take vengeance on (acc.) Daś

⋙ pratyapapakāra

praty-apḍapakāra m. offending or injuring in return, retaliation Kum

pratyapayā

praty-apa-√yā P. -yāti, to go back, withdraw, retreat, flee into (acc.) MBh

pratyapavah

praty-apa-√vah P. -vahati, to drive back, repel BhP

pratyapasṛp

praty-apa-√sṛp Caus. -sarpayati, to cause to go back, put to flight MBh

pratyaporṇu

praty-apôrṇu (-apa-√ūrṇu), Ā. -apôrṇute, to uncover one's self in the presence of (acc.) TS

pratyabhighṛ

praty-abhi-√ghṛ Caus. -ghārayati, to sprinkle over repeatedly GṛS

⋙ pratyabhighāraṇa

praty-ḍabhighāraṇa n. sprinkling over afresh GṛŚrS

pratyabhicar

praty-abhi-√car P. -carati, to use spells or charms against AV. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pratyabhicabhicaraṇa

praty-abhi-√cḍabhicáraṇa mfn. using spells or charms against AV

pratyabhicita

praty-abhi-cita mfn. (√1. cī7) built up in defence GopBr. (w. r. -jita)

pratyabhijñā

praty-abhi-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to recognize, remember, know, understand MBh. Kāv. &c

• to come to one's self, recover consciousness Kathās.: Caus. -jñāpayati, to recall to mind Śaṃk

⋙ pratyabhijñā

praty-ḍabhijñā f. recognition Kap. Bhāshāp. &c. (ifc. ○jña mfn. Daś. Rājat.)

• regaining knowledge or recognition (of the identify of the Supreme and individual soul) Sarvad

• -darśana n. N. of a philos. system IW. 118

• -vimarśinī f. N. of Comm. on -hṛdaya

• -śāstra n. N. of a philos. manual [Page 675, Column 3]

• -sūtra n. -hṛdaya n. N. of wks

⋙ pratyabhijñāta

praty-ḍabhijñāta mfn. recognized, known MBh. Śak. &c

• -vat mfn. Kathās

⋙ pratyabhijñāna

praty-ḍabhijñāna n. recognition MBh. Kāv. &c

• a token of recognition (brought by a messenger to prove that he has accomplished his mission) R

• reciprocity ĀśvŚr. Sch

• -ratna n. a jewel (given as token) of recognition MW

⋙ pratyabhijñāpana

praty-ḍabhijñāpana n. causing to recognize Śaṃk

⋙ pratyabhijñāyamānatva

praty-ḍabhijñāyamāna-tva n. the being recognized Kap. Sch

pratyabhidhā

praty-abhi-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to take or draw back, re-absorb BhP

• (Ā.) to reply, answer ib

⋙ pratyabhihita

praty-ḍabhihita mfn. answered, having received an answer from (instr.) Śak

• approved MBh

pratyabhidhāv

praty-abhi-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run or hasten towards R

pratyabhinand

praty-abhi-√nand P. -nandati, to greet in return, return a salutation MBh

• to bid welcome Śak. (v. l. for abhi-n○)

⋙ pratyabhinabhinandita

praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandita mfn. saluted, welcomed MBh

⋙ pratyabhinabhinandin

praty-abhi-√nḍabhinandin mfn. receiving thankfully (ifc.) Ragh

pratyabhiprasthā

praty-abhi-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to set out for, depart MBh

pratyabhibhāṣin

praty-abhi-bhāṣin mfn. (√bhāṣ) speaking to, addressing (acc.) R

pratyabhibhūta

praty-abhi-bhūta mfn. (√bhū) overcome, conquered Prab. v, 8 (v. l. aty-abhibh○)

pratyabhimith

praty-abhi-√mith P. -methati, to answer scornfully or abusively ŚBr

⋙ pratyabhimethana

praty-ḍabhimethana n. a scornful reply ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyabhimṛś

praty-abhi-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to stroke or rub over, touch, lay hold of Gobh. Vait

⋙ pratyabhimarśa

praty-ḍabhimarśa m. (AitBr.),

⋙ pratyabhimṛśana

praty-abhi-√mṛḍśana n. (Lāṭy.) stroking or rubbing over, rubbing, touching

⋙ pratyabhimṛṣṭa

praty-ḍabhimṛṣṭa mfn. touched (a-praty-abh○) AitBr

pratyabhiyā

praty-abhi-√yā P. -yāti, to go against (acc.) BhP

pratyabhiyuj

praty-abhi-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte, to make a counter attack against (acc.) Bālar.: Caus. -yojayati, to make a counter plaint or charge against (acc.) Yājñ

⋙ pratyabhiyukta

praty-ḍabhiyukta mfn. attacked by (instr.) Prab. (-vat, mfn. Kathās.)

• accused in return or by a counter plaint MW

⋙ pratyabhiyoga

praty-ḍabhiyoga m. a counter plaint or charge, recrimination Yājñ

pratyabhilekhya

praty-abhi-lekhya n. (√likh) a counter document, a document brought forward by the opposing party Vas

pratyabhivad

praty-abhi-√vad P. -vadati, to return a salute, greet in return Āpast.: Caus. Ā. -vādayate id. Mṛicch

⋙ pratyabhivabhivāda

praty-abhi-√vḍabhivāda m. return salutation Pāṇ. 8-2, 83

⋙ pratyabhivabhivādaka

praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādaka mfn. returning a salutation Kull

⋙ pratyabhivabhivādana

praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādana n. the act of retṭreturning a salutation Mn. ii, 126

⋙ pratyabhivabhivādayitṛ

praty-abhi-√vḍabhivādayitṛ mfn. one who returns a salutation Kull

pratyabhiskandana

praty-abhi-skandana n. (√skand) a counter plaint or charge, an accusation brought against the accuser or plaintiff Yājñ. Sch. (cf. praty-abhiyoga)

pratyabhihṛ

praty-abhi-√hṛ Caus. -hārayati, to offer, present Gobh. (v. l.)

pratyabhyanujñā

praty-abhy-anu-jñā f. (√jñā) leave, permission ĀśvGṛ

⋙ pratyabhyanujñāta

praty-abhy-ḍanujñāta mfn. dismissed on taking leave, allowed to depart MBh

pratyabhyutthāna

praty-abhy-utthāna n. (√sthā) rising from a seat through politeness (ifc. f. ā) Kād

pratyaya

pratyaya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyarc

praty-√arc P. -arcati, to shine upon (acc.) RV.: Caus. -arcayati, to greet in return or one by one MBh. R

⋙ pratyarcana

praty-ḍarcana n. returning a salutation or obeisance MBh

⋙ pratyarcita

praty-ḍarcita mfn. saluted in return MBh

pratyarth

praty-√arth P. -arthayati, to challenge (to combat) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pratyarthaka

praty-ḍarthaka m. an opponent, adversary L

⋙ pratyarthika

praty-ḍarthika (ifc.), id. MBh

⋙ pratyarthin

praty-ḍarthin mfn. hostile, inimical

• (ifc.) opposing, rivalling, emulating MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. an adversary, opponent, rival ib

• (in law) a defendant Mn. Yājñ. &c

• ○thi-tā f. and ○thi-tva n. the state of a defendant at law MW

• ○thi-bhūta mfn. become an obstacle Kum. [Page 676, Column 1] Contents of this page

• ○thy-āvedana n. (in law) the verbal information or deposition of the defendant which is written down by the officers of the court MW

pratyard

praty-√ard Caus. -ardayati, ○te, to oppress or assault in return R

pratyarpaṇa

praty-arpaṇa &c. See praty-√ṛ

pratyavakarśana

praty-ava-karśana mfn. (√kṛś) bringing down, baffling, annihilating BhP

pratyavagam

praty-ava-√gam P. -gacchati to know singly or exactly MBh

pratyavagrah

praty-ava-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to draw or put back MaitrS

• to retract, revoke, recall R

pratyavatṝ

praty-ava-√tṝ P. -tarati, to disembark Divyâv

pratyavado

praty-ava-√do P. -dātí, or -dyati, to divide again TBr

pratyavadhā

praty-ava-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put in again ŚBr

pratyavanejana

praty-ava-nejana n. (√nij) washing off again PārGṛ

pratyavabhāṣ

praty-ava-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to call to Divyâv

pratyavabhāsa

praty-ava-bhāsa m. (√bhās) becoming visible, appearance (ifc. f. ā) Uttarar. (wṛ. ○bhāṣā)

pratyavabhuj

praty-ava-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back Kauś

pratyavamṛś

praty-ava-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to touch Kauś

• to reflect, meditate Daś. BhP

⋙ pratyavavamarśa

praty-avḍavamarśa m. (wrongly spelt ○ṣa) inner contemplation, profound meditation BhP

• counter conclusion Kull

• recollection Hariv

• consciousness Jātakam

• -vat mfn. absorbed in thought, meditative MBh

⋙ pratyavavamarśana

praty-avḍavamarśana n. contemplation, meditation BhP

pratyavamṛṣ

praty-ava-√mṛṣ P. Ā. -mṛṣyati, ○te, or -marṣati, ○te, to endure reluctantly, suffer beyond endurance MW

pratyavarudh

praty-ava-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rudhya), to recover BhP

⋙ pratyavavaruddha

praty-avḍavaruddha mfn. stopped, suppressed ib

⋙ pratyavavarodhana

praty-avḍavarodhana n. obstruction, interruption MBh

pratyavaruh

praty-ava-√ruh P. -rohati, to come down again, desend from (abl.), alight upon (acc.) TS. Br. ĀśvŚr

• to descend (from a seat, chariot &c.) in honour of (acc.) TS. ŚBr. MBh

• to celebrate the festival called Pratyavarohaṇa ŚāṅkhGṛ.: Caus. -ropayatí, to bring down from, deprive of (abl. or instr.) MBh

⋙ pratyavavarūḍhi

praty-avḍávarūḍhi f. descending towards TS

⋙ pratyavavaroha

praty-avḍavarohá m. id

• a descending series Br. ŚrS

⋙ pratyavavarohaṇa

praty-avḍavarohaṇa n. = ○avarūḍhi ŚrS

• N. of a partic. Gṛihya festival in the month Mārgaśīrsha GṛS

⋙ pratyavavarohaṇīya

praty-avḍavarohaṇīya m. a partic. Ekâha sacrifice forming part of the Vājapeya ŚrS

⋙ pratyavavaroham

praty-avḍavaroham ind. descending AitBr

⋙ pratyavavarohin

praty-avḍavarohin mfn. descending, moving downwards Br. Lāṭy

• moving or rising from a seat (a-pratyav○) KātyŚr

• (iṇī), f. N. of a partic. litany TāṇḍBr

pratyavasad

praty-ava-√sad P. -sīdati, to sink down, perish MBh

pratyavasṛj

praty-ava-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to throw on (loc.) Hariv

• to relinquish, leave ŚBr

pratyavasṛta

praty-ava-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) gone away Divyâv

pratyavasṛp

praty-ava-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to creep towards ŚBr

pratyavaso

praty-ava-√so P. -syati, to come back, return to (loc.) ŚBr

⋙ pratyavavasāna

praty-avḍavasāna n. consuming, eating Pāṇ. 1-4, 52

⋙ pratyavavasita

praty-avḍavasita mfn. relapsed into the old (bad) way of life MBh. Nār. (Sch. 'one who has given up the life of a religious mendicant')

• consumed, eaten L. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-2, 195 Kāś.)

pratyavaskanda

praty-ava-skanda m. (√skand) an attack, surprise Kathās

• = next L

⋙ pratyavaskandavaskandana

praty-ava-skandḍavaskandana n. a special plea at law (admitting a fact, but qualifying or explaining it so as not to allow it to be a matter of accusation), Bṛihasp. [Page 676, Column 2]

pratyavasthā

praty-ava-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to return, re-appear (with punar) BhP

• to resist, oppose, object to Kap. Sch

• to stand alone or separately MW

• to re-attain, recover Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to stand firm, encourage (with ātmānam 'to collect one's self, recover') Vikr

⋙ pratyavavasthā

praty-avḍavasthā f. = pary-avasthā L

⋙ pratyavavasthātṛ

praty-avḍavasthātṛ m. an opponent, adversary L

⋙ pratyavavasthāna

praty-avḍavasthāna n. objection Nyāyas

• removal, setting aside L

• former state or place, status quo W

• opposition, hostility ib

⋙ pratyavavasthāpana

praty-avḍavasthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) refreshing, strengthening Car

≫ pratyavasthita

praty-avasthita mfn. standing separately or opposite R

• being in a partic. condition MBh

pratyavahan

praty-ava-√han P. -hanti, to strike back, repel RV. v, 29, 4

pratyavahṛ

praty-ava-√hṛ (only Ved. inf. -hartos), to lessen, shorten, diminish AitBr.: Caus. -hārayati, to suspend, interrupt, finish MBh

⋙ pratyavavahāra

praty-avḍavahāra m. drawing back, withdrawal MBh

• dissolution, re-absorption Ragh

pratyavāp

praty-avâp (ava-√āp), only pf. -avâpuḥ, to re-obtain, recover Śiś

pratyave

praty-avê (-ava-√i), P. avaī7ti, to come down again, reach in descending Br

• to offend, sin Śaṃk

⋙ pratyavāya

praty-ḍavâya m. decrease, diminution KātyŚr. MBh

• reverse, contrary course, opposite, conduct Mn. iv, 245

• annoyance, disappointment Śak. Prab

• offence, sin, sinfulness Āpast. Vedântas

• disappearance of what exists or non-production of what does not exist W

pratyavekṣ

praty-avêkṣ (-ava-√īkṣ), Ā. -avêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at ŚBr

• to inspect, examine, look or inquire after MBh. R. &c

• to consider, have regard for (acc.) R

⋙ pratyavekṣaṇa

praty-ḍavêkṣaṇa n. looking after, care, attention Kām. Kull

• (ā), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge Dharmas. 94

⋙ pratyavekṣā

praty-ḍavêkṣā f. = prec. n. Rājat

⋙ pratyavekṣya

praty-ḍavêkṣya mfn. to be regarded or paid attention to MBh

pratyaṣṭa

praty-aṣṭa mfn. (√1. aś) fallen to a person's (loc.) lot or share Kauś

pratyas

praty-as √1. P. -asti, to be equal to or a match for (acc.) RV. ŚBr

pratyas

praty-as √2. P. -asyati, to throw to or down AV

• to turn over or round ŚBr

⋙ pratyasta

praty-ḍasta (práty-), mfn. thrown down, laid low VS. ŚBr

• thrown off, given up Bhartṛ

⋙ pratyastra

praty-ḍastra n. a missile hurled in return Kathās

pratyah

praty-√ah (only pf. -āha), to say anything in the presence of (acc.) AV

• to tell, relate (with acc. of pers. and thing) Hit

• to answer, reply to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyākalita

praty-ā-kalita mfn. (√3. kal) enumerated, held forth, reproached Daś

• interposed, introduced (as a step in legal process) W

• n. judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded Yājñ. Sch

• (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants Nār

pratyākāṅkṣ

praty-ā-√kāṅkṣ Ā. -kāṅkṣate, to be desirous of, long for, expect MBh

pratyākṛṣ

praty-ā-√kṛṣ P. -kṛṣati, to withdraw BhP

pratyākram

praty-ā-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to step back ĀpŚr

pratyākruś

praty-ā-√kruś P. -krośati, to challenge or revile in return MBh

⋙ pratyākroṣṭavya

praty-ḍākroṣṭavya mfn. to be reviled in return L

pratyākṣepaka

praty-ā-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. (√kṣip) reviling in turn, deriding (-tva n.) Kuval

pratyākhyā

praty-ā-√khyā P. -khyāti, to proclaim one by one ŚBr

• to refuse, repudiate, reject ib. &c. &c

• to deny Daś

• to refute Śaṃk

• to counteract (by remedies) Suśr.: Desid. -cikhyāsati, to wish to refute Śaṃk

⋙ pratyākhyākhyāta

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāta mfn. rejected, refused, disallowed, denied (-tva n.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• prohibited, interdicted Śak

• set aside, outvied, surpassed Mālav

• informed, apprised W

• celebrated, notorious ib

⋙ pratyākhyākhyātavya

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātavya mfn. to be opposed or refuted Śaṃk

⋙ pratyākhyākhyātṛ

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyātṛ m. a refuser BhP. [Page 676, Column 3]

⋙ pratyākhyākhyāna

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāna mfn. conquered, overcome (as a passion) HYog

• n. rejection, refusal, denial, disallowance, repulse MBh. Kāv. &c

• counteracting, combating (of feelings &c.) HYog

• non-admittance, refutation Śaṃk

• N. of a Jaina wk

• -saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ pratyākhyākhyāyam

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyā́yam ind. enumerating one by one TS. ŚBr

⋙ pratyākhyākhyāyin

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyāyin mfn. rejecting, refuting (a-pr○) GṛS

⋙ pratyākhyākhyeya

praty-ā-√khyḍākhyeya mfn. to be declined or refused MBh. Yājñ

• to be refuted or denied W

• to be cured, curable (as a disease) Car

pratyāgam

praty-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come back again, return TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to come to one's self, recover consciousness, revive Kālid

⋙ pratyāgata

praty-ḍāgata mfn. come back again, returned, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c

• -prâṇa mfn. one who has recovered his breath or life MBh

• -smṛti mfn. one who has recovered his memory R

• ○tâsu mfn. = -prâṇa Ragh

⋙ pratyāgati

praty-ḍāgati f. coming back, return, arrival Hariv

⋙ pratyāgama

praty-ḍāgama m. id. ib. R. &c

• ○mâvadhi ind. till (my) return MW

⋙ pratyāgamana

praty-ḍāgamana n. coming back, return to (acc.), coming home again MBh. Kāv. &c

• (nirūha-pr○) the coming back of a clyster Suśr

pratyāgṝ

praty-ā-√gṝ P. -gṛṇāti, to speak to in return, answer, respond ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyācakṣ

praty-ā-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to refuse, decline, reject, repulse (with acc. of pers. or thing) ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to answer, refute, oppose in argument MW

⋙ pratyācakṣāṇaka

praty-ḍācakṣāṇaka mfn. desirous of refuting or objecting to (acc.) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyājan

praty-ā-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again Kāraṇḍ. (Pot. -jāyeyam SāmavBr.)

pratyātan

praty-ā-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to extend in the direction of, shine upon or against, irradiate RV. AV

• to bend (a bow) against (acc.) RV

pratyādā

praty-ā-√dā Ā. -datte, to receive back MBh

• to take back, revoke ib

• to draw forth from (abl.) BhP

• to repeat, return AV. ŚāṅkhSr

⋙ pratyādādāna

praty-ā-√dḍādāna n. re-obtaining, recovery MBh

• repetition, reiteration RPrāt. ĀśvŚr

⋙ pratyādāditsu

praty-ā-√dḍāditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of recovering or obtaining BhP

⋙ pratyādādeya

praty-ā-√dḍādeya mfn. to be received back, to be (or being) received Inscr

pratyādiś

praty-ā-√diś P. -diśati, to enjoin, direct, advise R. BhP

• to report, relate (with 2 acc.) MBh

• to summon Hit

• to decline, reject, repel MBh. Kāv

⋙ pratyādiṣṭa

praty-ḍādiṣṭa mfn. enjoined, directed, &c

• overcome, surpassed MBh. Śak. Ragh

• informed, apprised W

• warned, cautioned ib

• declared (as from heaven) ib

⋙ pratyādeśa

praty-ḍādeśa m. order, command Vet

• an offer Jātakam

• rejection, refusal Kālid

• warning, determent, prevention Mn. viii, 334

• obscuring, eclipsing Daś

• putting to shame Kād

• who or what puts to shame, shamer of, reproach to (gen.) Vikr

⋙ pratyādeṣṭṛ

praty-ḍādeṣṭṛ m. one who warns or cautions MW

pratyādṛ

praty-ā-√dṛ Ā. -driyate, to show respect to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyādru

praty-ā-√dru P. -dravati, to run against, rush upon (acc.) MBh

pratyādhāna

praty-ā-dhā́na n. (√dhā) a place where anything is deposited or laid up, repository ŚBr

pratyādhmāna

praty-ā-dhmāna n. (√dhmā) a partic. nervous disease, a kind of tympanites or winddropsy Suśr

pratyānah

praty-ā-√nah P. -nahyati, to put upon, cover with ŚBr

⋙ pratyānāha

praty-ḍānāha m. inflammation in the chest, pleuritis Gal

pratyānī

praty-ā-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te (inf. -nayitum R.), to lead or bring back, restore Kauś. R. BhP

• to recover, regain Hariv. BhP

• to pour or fill up again ŚBr. Kauś.: Desid. Ā. -ninīṣate, to wish to bring back, try to rearrange or restore MBh

⋙ pratyānayana

praty-ḍānayana n. leading or bringing back, recovery, restoration Hariv. Vikr. Kād

⋙ pratyāninīṣu

praty-ḍāninīṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of bringing back W

⋙ pratyānīta

praty-ḍānīta mfn. led or brought back BhP

⋙ pratyāneya

praty-ḍāneya mfn. to be repaired or made good MBh

pratyāp

praty-√āp only Desid. pratī7psati, to ask (a girl) in marriage Kathās. [Page 677, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratyāpatti

praty-ā-patti f. (√pad) return BhP

• turning back (from evil), conversion MBh. (= vairāgya Nīlak.)

• restoration, restitution Pāṇ. 3-1, 26 Vārtt. 6 ; viii, 4, 68 Vārtt. 1

• expiation Āpast. (= śuddhi Sch.)

⋙ pratyāpanna

praty-ḍāpanna mfn. returned, regained, restored Daś. BhP

pratyāplavana

praty-ā-plavana n. (√plu) springing or leaping back R

pratyābrū

praty-ā-√brū P. -braviiti, to reply to, answer (acc.) MBh

pratyābhū

praty-ā-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be at hand or at a person's (acc.) command TS

pratyāmnā

praty-ā-√mnā (only -mnāyus), to repeat or recite again RPrāt

⋙ pratyāmnāmnātavya

praty-ā-√mnḍāmnātavya mfn. to be rejected (a-pr○) BhP

⋙ pratyāmnāmnāna

praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāna n. contrary determination, altered purpose Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ pratyāmnāmnāya

praty-ā-√mnḍāmnāya m. id. ĀpŚr

• (in log.) the proposition re-stated, conclusion (= nigamana)

pratyāya

praty-āya &c. See p. 673, col. 3

pratyāyā

praty-ā-√yā P. -yāti, to come back, return to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyārambha

praty-ā-rambha m. (√rabh) beginning again, recommencement Kauś

• prohibition Pāṇ. 8-1, 31

• annulment Pat

pratyāruh

praty-ā-√ruh Caus. -ropayati, to cause to mount again R. Uttarar

pratyālabh

praty-ā-√labh Ā. -labhate, to seize by the opposite side ĀśvŚr

• to take up an attitude of resistance ( a-pratyālabhamāna)

pratyāliṅg

praty-ā-√liṅg P. -liṅgati, to embrace in return Mṛicch

pratyālī

praty-ā-√lī (only Ā. pf. -lilye) to cling to (acc.) L

pratyālīḍha

praty-ā-līḍha mfn. (√lih) eaten L

• extended towards the left L

• n. a partic. attitude in shooting (the left foot advanced and right drawn back) L

pratyāvap

praty-ā-vap √2. P. -vapati to cast or throw upon once more Kauś. MānGṛ

pratyāvṛt

praty-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn against (acc.) RV

• to return, come back Kathās. Hit. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to drive back, repel RV. ŚBr

⋙ pratyāvartana

praty-ḍāvartana n. coming back, returning R

⋙ pratyāvṛtta

praty-ḍāvṛtta mfn. turned back (as a face) Amar

• returned, come back ib. Megh. &c

• repeated Var

⋙ pratyāvṛtti

praty-ḍāvṛtti f. coming back, return Mālatīm

pratyāvraj

praty-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go back, return Lāṭy. ĀśvGṛ

pratyāśaṃs

praty-ā-√śaṃs Ā. -śaṃsate, to expect, presuppose R

pratyāśī

praty-ā-√śī Ā. -śete, to lie before (acc.) RV

pratyāśraya

praty-ā-śraya m. (√śri) a shelter, refuge, dwelling Sāṃkhyak. Sch

pratyāśru

praty-ā-√śru Caus. -śrāvayati, to pronounce the ejaculatory response AV. Br. &c

⋙ pratyāśrāva

praty-ḍāśrāvá m. (VS.),

⋙ pratyāśrāvaṇa

praty-ḍāśrā́vaṇa n. (ŚBr. ŚrS.) the ejaculatory response (a partic. sacrificial formula)

⋙ pratyāśrāvita

praty-ḍā́śrāvita (Br.),

⋙ pratyāśruta

praty-ḍā́śruta (TS.), n. id

pratyāśvas

praty-ā-√śvas P. -śvasiti, to breathe again, respire, revive, take heart again MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console, encourage R

⋙ pratyāśvasta

praty-ḍāśvasta mfn. refreshed, revived, recollected MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ pratyāśvāsa

praty-ḍāśvāsa m. breathing again, respiration, recovery MBh

⋙ pratyāśvāsana

praty-ḍāśvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) consolation R

pratyās

praty-√ās Ā. -āste, to sit down opposite, or in the direction of (acc.) ŚBr

pratyāsaṃkalita

praty-ā-saṃ-kalita n. (√3. kal) the putting together or combining of various evidence, consideration pro and con Smṛitit

pratyāsaṅga

praty-ā-saṅga m. (√sañj) combination, connection VPrāt

pratyāsad

praty-ā-√sad P. -sīdati, to be near or close at hand Nyāyas. Sch

• to wait for, expect Kir

⋙ pratyāsatti

praty-ḍāsatti f. immediate proximity (in space, time &c.), close contact Lāṭy. Śak. &c. [Page 677, Column 2]

• good humour, cheerfulness Ratnâv

• (in gram.) analogy

⋙ pratyāsanna

praty-ḍāsanna mfn. near at hand, close to (gen. or comp.), proximate, neighbouring MBh. Kāv. &c

• imminent Megh. Kathās. &c

• closely connected or related Āpast. MBh

• feeling repentance MBh. (Nīlak.)

• n. = -tā f. proximity, neighbourhood MBh

• -mṛtyu mfn. one whose death is imminent, at the point of death MW

pratyāsev

praty-ā-√sev Ā. -sevate = prati-√juṣ, Caus. Nir. viii, 15

pratyāsthā

praty-ā-√sthā P. -tiṣṭhati, to keep firm, stand fast AV

pratyāsvara

praty-ā-svara mfn. (√svṛ) shining back, reflecting ChUp

pratyāsvādaka

praty-ā-svādaka m. (√svad) a fore-taster (?) Nalac

pratyāhan

praty-ā-√han P. -hanti (pf. Ā. -jaghne), to drive back, keep away, ward off AV. MBh

⋙ pratyāhata

praty-ḍāhata mfn. driven back, repelled, repulsed, rejected MBh. Kāv. &c

pratyāhṛ

praty-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to draw in or back ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• to withdraw (the senses from worldly objects) Pur

• to replace, fetch or bring back, recover ŚrS. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to rearrange, restore R

• to take up again, continue (a business, sacrifice &c.) MBh. Hariv

• to report, relate MBh

• to utter (a speech), cry MW

• to withdraw (what has been created), destroy Hariv. Pur

• wṛ. for pra-vyā-hṛ MBh. &c

⋙ pratyāharaṇa

praty-ḍāharaṇa n. drawing hither and thither Gobh. Sch

• bringing back, recovery Vikr

• drawing back, withdrawing (esp. the senses from external objects) Vedântas

⋙ pratyāharaṇīya

praty-ḍāharaṇīya or mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

⋙ pratyāhartavya

praty-ḍāhartavya mfn. to be taken back or withheld or restrained or controlled W

≫ pratyāhāra

praty-āhāra m. drawing back (troops from a battle), retreat MBh

• withdrawal (esp. of the senses from external objects), abstraction MBh. Mn. Pur. Vedântas. (cf. IW. 93)

• withdrawing (of created things), re-absorption or dissolution of the world MBh

• (in gram.) the comprehension of a series of letters or roots &c. into one syllable by combining for shortness the first member with the Anubandha (s.v.) of the last member

• a group of letters &c. so combined (as ac or hal in the ŚivaSūtras) Pāṇ. 1-1, 1 &c

• (in dram.) N. of a partic. part of the Pūrva-raṅga (s.v.) Sāh

• speaking to, address (○raṃ-√kṛ, with gen., to speak to a person) Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for pravyāh○)

• sound ib. (prob. wṛ. for id.)

⋙ pratyāhāhārya

praty-āhḍāhārya mfn. to be taken back or withheld &c

• to be heard or learnt from (abl.) MBh

⋙ pratyāhāhṛta

praty-āhḍāhṛta mfn. resumed, restrained, withheld W

pratyāhve

praty-ā-√hve Ā. -hvayate (ind. P. -hūya), to answer a call BhP

• to respond to the Āhāva (s.v.) TS

⋙ pratyāhvaya

praty-ḍāhvaya m. echo, resonance BhP

⋙ pratyāhvāna

praty-ḍāhvāna n. answering a call ĀśvŚr. Sch

pratyukta

praty-ukta See prati-√vac, p. 670

pratyukṣ

praty-√ukṣ P. -ukṣati, to sprinkle ĀpŚr

pratyuccar

praty-uc-car (-ud-√car), Caus. -cārayati, to rouse up, excite, urge MBh

• to repeat RPrāt

⋙ pratyuccāra

praty-ḍuccāra m. repetition L

⋙ pratyuccāraṇa

praty-ḍuccāraṇa n. speaking in return, answering (a-pratyuc○) Nyāyas. Sch

pratyucchri

praty-ucchri (-ud-√śri), P. Ā. -chrayati, ○te, (P.) to erect against ŚBr

• (Ā.) to rise against, revolt ib

⋙ pratyucchrita

praty-ḍúcchrita mfn. rising ib

pratyujjīv

praty-ujjīv (-ud-√jīv), P. -jīvati, to return to life, revive Ratnâv. Kathās.: Caus. -jīvayati, to restore to life, revivify, resuscitate Pañcat

⋙ pratyujjīvana

praty-ḍujjīvana n. returning to life, reviving MBh. Kād. Bālar

• (fr. Caus.) restoring to life, revivifying MBh. Kād

pratyuta

praty-uta ind. on the contrary, rather, even Kāv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (cf. 2. utá)

pratyutkarṣa

praty-ut-karṣa m. (√kṛṣ) outdoing, surpassing Pratāp

pratyutkrama

praty-ut-krama m. (√kram) undertaking, the first step or measure in any business L

• setting out to assail an enemy W

• declaration of war W. [Page 677, Column 3]

⋙ pratyutkramaṇa

praty-ḍutkramaṇa n. id. W

⋙ pratyutkrānta

praty-ḍutkrānta mfn. about to pass away

• -jīvita mfn. one whose life is about to pass away, almost dead Daś

⋙ pratyutkrānti

praty-ḍutkrānti f. = -utkrama L

pratyuttambh

praty-ut-tambh (√stambh), P. -tabhnāti, or -tabhnoti, to prop up, support AitBr

⋙ pratyuttabdhi

praty-ḍúttabdhi f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing Br

⋙ pratyuttambha

praty-ḍuttambha m. (TāṇḍBr.),

⋙ pratyuttambhana

praty-ḍuttambhana n. (Sāy.) id

pratyuttara

praty-uttara &c. See p. 664

pratyuttṝ

praty-ut-√tṝ (only ind. p. -uttīrya), to come home, return R

• to betake one's self to (acc.), id

pratyutthā

praty-ut-thā (√sthā), P. -tiṣṭhati, to rise up before (acc.), rise to salute, go to meet Br. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pratyutthāna

praty-ḍutthāna n. rising from a seat to welcome a visitor, respectful salutation or reception Mn. Gaut. MBh. &c

• rising up against, hostility Hariv. (v. l. abhy-utth○)

⋙ pratyutthāyika

praty-ḍutthāyika v. l. or wṛ. for ○yuka

⋙ pratyutthāyin

praty-ḍutthāyín mfn. rising again ŚBr

⋙ pratyutthāyuka

praty-ḍutthāyuka mfn. rising respectfully (a-pratyutth○) GopBr. ŚrS. (v. l. ○yika)

⋙ pratyutthita

praty-ḍutthita mfn. risen to meet (acc.) MBh. R

⋙ pratyuttheya

praty-ḍuttheya mfn. to be honoured or saluted by rising from the seat AitBr

pratyutpanna

praty-ut-panna mfn. (√pad) existing at the present moment, present, prompt, ready MBh. Kāv. &c

• reproduced, regenerated W

• (in arithm.) produced by multiplication, multiplied Col

• n. multiplication or the product of a sum in mṭmultiplication ib

⋙ pratyutpannajāti

○jāti f. (in arithm.) assimilation consisting in multiplication, or reduction to homogeneousness by multiplication ib

⋙ pratyutpannamati

○mati mfn. ready-minded, sharp, confident, bold MBh. Suśr. Śak. v, 19/20 (-tva n. presence of mind ib., v. l.)

• m. 'Ready-wit', N. of a fish Kathās. Hit

pratyutpā

praty-ut-pā √5. Ā. -pipīte, to rise against (acc.) TS

pratyutsad

praty-ut-√sad P. -sīdati, to resort to (acc.) ŚBr

pratyudāvraj

praty-ud-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go in a contrary direction Kauś

pratyudāhṛ

praty-ud-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to speak in return, reply, answer R

• (in gram.) to adduce a contrary example Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ pratyudāharaṇa

praty-ḍudāharaṇa n. a counter example or illustration ib. Vām. VPrāt. Sch

⋙ pratyudāhārya

praty-ḍudāhārya mfn. to be adduced as a counter example Pat

⋙ pratyudāhṛta

praty-ḍudāhṛta mfn. named, answered BhP

pratyudi

praty-ud-√i P. -eti, to ascend to (acc.) AV

• to rise and go towards (acc.) ib. &c

pratyudita

praty-udita See prati-√vad

pratyudīkṣ

praty-ud-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to look up at, perceive, behold R. Bhaṭṭ

pratyudīr

praty-ud-√īr (only ind. p. -īrya), to utter in return, reply BhP

pratyudgam

praty-ud-√gam P. -gacchati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to go out towards, advance to meet (a friend or an enemy) Mn. MBh. &c

• to come forth again, Peasannar

• to set out for (acc. or loc.) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pratyudgata

praty-ḍudgata mfn. gone to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh

• met, encountered R. Ragh

• risen as from a seat W

⋙ pratyudgati

praty-ḍudgati f. (Kād. &c.),

⋙ pratyudgama

praty-ḍudgama m. (Ragh. &c.),

⋙ pratyudgamana

praty-ḍudgamana n. (Prab.) going forth towards, rising from a seat (as a mark of respect) and going out to meet (esp. a guest)

⋙ pratyudgamanīya

praty-ḍudgamanīya mfn. to be met or treated respectfully L

• fit or suitable for the respectful salutation of a guest Kum

• n. a clean suit of clothes, the upper and lower garments as worn at meals &c. L

pratyudgā

praty-ud-gā √1. (only aor. -údgāḥ), to rise before or over (acc.) RV

pratyudgāra

praty-ud-gāra m. (√gṝ) a kind of nervous disease L

pratyudgīta

praty-ud-gīta mfn. (√gai) answered in singing or in chanting Lāṭy

pratyudgrah

praty-ud-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to set aside, dismiss Lāṭy

⋙ pratyudgraha

praty-ḍudgraha m

⋙ pratyudgrahaṇa

praty-ḍudgrahaṇa n. setting aside, dismissing ib. Sch

pratyudghāta

praty-udghāta prob. wṛ. for praty-udyāta. [Page 678, Column 1] Contents of this page

pratyuddīp

praty-ud-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame against ŚBr

pratyuddharaṇa

praty-uddharaṇa n. (√hṛ) recovering, re-obtaining W

⋙ pratyuddhāra

praty-ḍuddhāra m. offering, tendering L

⋙ pratyuddhṛta

praty-ḍuddhṛta mfn. re-obtained

• rescued, delivered from (abl.) Ragh

pratyuddhā

praty-uddhā (-ud- √1. hā), only aor. -ahāsata, to ascend towards (acc.) RV

pratyudyam

praty-ud-√yam P. -yacchati, to counterbalance (acc.) TāṇḍBr

⋙ pratyudyata

praty-ḍudyata mfn. presented, offered BhP

• wṛ. for ○udgata

⋙ pratyudyama

praty-ḍudyama m. (TāṇḍBr.), ā f. (ŚāṅkhBr.) counterbalance, equipoise

⋙ pratyudyamin

praty-ḍudyamin mfn. maintaining an equipoise, counterbalancing ŚāṅkhBr

⋙ pratyudyāmin

praty-ḍudyāmín mfn. id., resisting, refractory AitBr. ŚBr

pratyudyā

praty-ud-√yā P. -yāti, to rise and go towards or against, go to meet (a friend or an enemy) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratyudyāta

praty-ḍudyāta mfn. met, encountered, received Kālid

⋙ pratyudyātṛ

praty-ḍudyātṛ mfn. going forth against, attacking an assailant MBh

⋙ pratyudyāna

praty-ḍudyāna n. the act of going forth against &c. L

pratyudvad

praty-ud-√vad Caus. -vādayati, to cause to resound ŚBr

pratyudvraj

praty-ud-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth to meet Ragh

pratyunnamana

praty-un-namana n. (√nam) rising or springing up again, rebounding Suśr

pratyunmiṣ

praty-un-miṣ (-ud- √1. miṣ), P. -miṣati, to rise or shine forth (as the sun) Daś

pratyupakṛ

praty-upa-√kṛ Ā. -kurute, to do a service in return, requite a favour Pañcat

⋙ pratyupakāra

praty-ḍupakāra m. returning a service or favour, gratitude MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratyupakārin

praty-ḍupakārin mfn. requiting a favour, grateful R

⋙ pratyupakriyā

praty-ḍupakriyā f. = ○upakāra Kād. Rājat. Kathās

pratyupakram

praty-upa-√kram Ā. -kramate, to go or march forth against (acc.) GopBr

pratyupagam

praty-upa-√gam P. -gacchati, to come near, approach MW

⋙ pratyupagata

praty-ḍupagata mfn. come near, approached ib

pratyupadiś

praty-upa-√diś P. -diśati to explain singly or severally Suśr

• to teach anything (acc.) in return to (dat.) Mālav

⋙ pratyupadiṣṭa

praty-ḍupadiṣṭa mfn. advised or cautioned in return MW

⋙ pratyupadeśa

praty-ḍupadeśa m. instruction or advice in return Kum

pratyupadru

praty-upa-√dru P. -dravati, to rush against, fall upon, assail (acc.) MBh. Pañcat

pratyupadhā

praty-upa-dhā √1. P. -dadhāti, to put or place upon, cover ŚBr

pratyupapanna

praty-upa-panna v. l. for pratyutpanna, in -mati, ○ti-tva, Sak. v, 19/20

pratyupabhuj

praty-upa-bhuj √2. Ā. -bhuṅkte, to eat, enjoy R

⋙ pratyupabhupabhoga

praty-upa-bhḍupabhoga m. enjoyment MārkP

pratyupayā

praty-upa-√yā P. -yāti, to go again towards, return MBh

pratyuparuddha

praty-upa-ruddha mfn. (√2. rudh) obstructed, choked BhP

pratyupalabdha

praty-upa-labdha mfn. (√labh) gained back, recovered Vikr. BhP

⋙ pratyupalabdhacetas

○cetas mfn. one who has recovered his senses MW

pratyupaviś

praty-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down opposite to or before (acc.)

• to beset or besiege a person (to make him yield) MBh. R.: Caus. -veśayate, to cause a person to beset or besiege another Āpast

• to oppose, resist, k

⋙ pratyupaviṣṭa

praty-ḍupaviṣṭa mfn. one who besets or besieges another Āpast

⋙ pratyupaveśa

praty-ḍupaveśa m

⋙ pratyupaviśana

praty-upa-√viḍśana n. besetting or besieging a person (to make him yield) R

pratyupavraj

praty-upa-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go against, attack (acc.) MBh

pratyupasṛ

praty-upa-√sṛ P. -sarati, to return BhP

pratyupasthā

praty-upa-√sthā P. Ā. tiṣṭhati, ○te, (Ā.) to stand opposite to ŚBr

• (Ā.) to wait on MBh. [Page 678, Column 2]

• (P.) to insist on (loc.) Vajracch.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to call forth, manifest Śaṃk

⋙ upasthāna

upasthāna n. proximity, imminence Śaṃk

⋙ upasthāpana

ḍupasthāpana n. mental realization ib

≫ pratyupasthita

praty-upasthita mfn. come near to (acc.), approached, arrived MBh. Hariv. &c

• standing or being in (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Var

• present, assisting at (loc.) SaddhP

• gone against, standing opposite to (acc.) MBh

• assembled ib

• happened, occurred (or about to happen, imminent) MBh. Kāv. &c

• collecting, pressing (as urine) Suśr

pratyupaspṛś

praty-upa-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch or sip again (water for internal ablution) Gobh

⋙ pratyupasparśana

praty-ḍupasparśana n. touching or sipping (water) again ib

pratyupahāra

praty-upa-hāra m. (√hṛ) handing back, restitution Ragh

pratyupahve

praty-upa-√hve Ā. -havate, to call, invite Br

⋙ pratyupahava

praty-ḍupahavá m. a response to an invitatory formula or the repetition of it ib. ĀśvŚr

pratyupākaraṇa

praty-upâ-karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) recommencement of Vedic study Gobh

pratyupādhā

praty-upâ-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to regain, recover BhP

pratyupāhṛ

praty-upâ-√hṛ P. -harati, to give up, desist MBh

pratyupe

praty-upê (-upa-√i), P. -upâiti, to approach again, recommence AitBr. Kauś

⋙ pratyupeya

praty-ḍupeya mfn. to be met or dealt with MBh

pratyupekṣita

praty-upêkṣita mfn. (√īkṣ) disregarded, neglected R

pratyupodita

praty-upôdita mfn. (√vad) addressed with offensive words TāṇḍBr

pratyupta

praty-upta See prati-√vap, p. 670

pratyuṣ

praty-√uṣ P. -oṣati, to singe, scorch RV

⋙ pratyuṣṭa

praty-ḍuṣṭa (práty-), mfn. burnt or consumed one by one VS

⋙ pratyuṣya

praty-ḍuṣyá mfn. to be singed or scorched ŚBr

pratyūh

praty-√ūh P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te (ind. p. -uhya Naish.), to push back, strip off RV. ŚBr. ŚrS

• to bring back, recover BhP

• to ward off, keep away AV. ŚBr. ChUp

• to interrupt Mn. Naish

• to offer, present ŚBr

⋙ pratyūḍha

praty-ḍūḍha mfn. rejected, refused R

• neglected Divyâv

• surpassed, excelled BhP

• covered, enveloped Sarvad

⋙ pratyūha

praty-ḍūha m. an obstacle, impediment MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ pratyūbana

praty-ḍūbana n. interruption, discontinuance ŚāṅkhŚr

pratyṛ

praty-√ṛ Caus. -arpayati, to cause to go towards, throw towards AV

• to fasten, fix, put on ŚBr. Ragh

• to render up, deliver back, restore, return Mṛicch. Kālid

• to give again or anew Kathās

⋙ pratyṛta

praty-ḍṛta mfn. fixed, inserted Nir

≫ pratyarpaṇa

praty-arpaṇa n. giving back, restoring, returning Ragh. Kull

⋙ pratyarpaṇarpaṇīya

praty-arpaṇḍarpaṇīya mfn. to be given back Kull

⋙ pratyarpaṇarpita

praty-arpaṇḍarpita mfn. restored Yājñ

pratye

praty-ê (-ā-√i

• P. pr. 3. pl. -ā-yanti, p. -ā-yat

• Pot. -êyāt

• pf. -êyāya

• ind. p. -êtya), to come back, return to (acc.) ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp. MBh. 2

⋙ pratyāyana

praty-âyana n. (for 1. ○Ay○ See p. 673, col. 3) setting (of the sun) ChUp

pratyetavya

praty-etavya See p. 673, col. 3

pratyeṣ

praty-êṣ (ā-√īṣ), Ā. -êṣate, to attach one's self to, enter into (loc.) RV. v, 86, 3

pratras

pra-√tras P. -trasati, to flee in terror AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -trāsayati, to frighten or scare away AV

⋙ pratrāsa

pra-ḍtrāsá m. trembling, fear ib

pratvakṣ

pra-√tvakṣ only in Ā. pr. p. -tvakṣāṇá, eminent, superior RV

⋙ pratvakṣas

pra-ḍtvakṣas (prá-), mfn. energetic, vigorous, strong (Maruts and Indra) ib

pratvar

pra-√tvar Ā. -tvarate, to hasten forwards, speed MBh

⋙ pratūrṇa

pra-ḍtūrṇa mfn. quick, fleet Hcar. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-2, 61)

⋙ pratūrta

pra-ḍtūrta (prá-), mfn. id. ŚBr

⋙ pratūrtaka

pra-ḍtūrtaka mfn. containing the word pratūrta g. goṣad-ādi

⋙ pratūrti

pra-ḍtūrti (prá-), f. rapid or violent motion, haste, speed RV

• mfn. hastening, rapid, violent ib. VS. [Page 678, Column 3]

prath 1

prath cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xix, 3) práthate (rarely P. ○ti e.g. impf. 2. du. áprathatam RV

• Impv. prathantu VS

• pf. paprathatuḥ BhP

• mostly Ā., pf. paprathé, p. paprathāná RV

• aor. prathiṣṭa, p. prathāná ib

• fut. prathiṣyate, prathitā Gr.), to spread, extend (intrans

• P. trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase RV. &c. &c

• to spread abroad (as a name, rumour &c.), become known or celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c

• to come to light, appear, arise Kir. Rājat

• to occur (to the mind) Rājat.: Caus. pratháyati (rarely ○te

• aor. apaprathat Pāṇ. 7-4, 95

• Subj. papráthat RV

• paprathanta ib

• práthayi TS.), to spread, extend, increase RV. &c. &c. (prathayati-tarām Ratnâv. iv, 3

• Ā. intr. RV. AV.)

• to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate R. Hariv. BhP

• to unfold, disclose, reveal, show Kāv. Pur

• to extend over i.e. shine upon, give light to (acc.) RV. iii, 14, 4

≫ pratha

pratha m. N. of a Vāsishṭha (supposed author of RV. x, 181, 1), Aūkr

• (ā), f. spreading out, extending, flattening, scattering Nyāyam. KātyŚr. Sch

• fame, celebrity Śiś. Kathās. Rājat. (○thāṃ-√gam or gā, to become famous or celebrated Rājat

• ○thâpaha mfn. destroying fame ib.)

• growing, becoming (in anyathā-pr○, 'the becoming different') Vedântas

≫ prathana

práthana n. spreading out, extending, flattening Nir. RPrāt

• the place for spreading &c. TBr

• unfolding, displaying, showing Rājat

• throwing, projecting W

• celebrating ib

• m. Phaseolus Mungo L. (cf. pra-ghana)

≫ prathaya

prathaya Nom. P. ○yati = pṛthum ācaṣṭe Pat. (cf. Caus. of √prath)

≫ prathayat

pratháyat mfn. spreading out, extending &c. AV. &c. &c

• seeing, beholding W

≫ prathayitṛ

prathayitṛ mfn. one who spreads or expands or divulges or proclaims BhP

≫ prathas

práthas n. width, extension RV

⋙ prathasvat

○vat (práthas-), mfn. wide, spacious VS

≫ prathita

prathita mfn. spread, extended, increased

• divulged, displayed, published, known, celebrated MBh. Kāv. &c

• cast, thrown W

• intent upon, engaged in ib

• m. N. of Manu Svārocisha Hariv

• of Vishṇu A

⋙ prathitatithinirṇaya

○tithi-nirṇaya m. N. of wk

⋙ prathitatva

○tva n. fame, celebrity L

⋙ prathitayaśas

○yaśas mfn. of wide renown Mālav

⋙ prathitavidiśālakṣaṇa

○vidiśā-lakṣaṇa mfn. renowned under the title of Vidiśā Megh

⋙ prathitānurāga

prathitânurāga mfn. manifesting or showing affection MW

≫ prathiti

prathiti f. extension of fame, celebrity, notoriety. L

≫ prathiman

prathimán m. extension, width, greatness RV. &c. &c. (instr. prathinā́ RV.)

≫ prathimin

prathimin mfn. having size or magnitude W

• (inī), f. Pāṇ. 5-2, 137 Sch

≫ prathivī

prathivī wṛ. for pṛthivii, the earth

≫ prathiṣṭha

práthiṣṭha mfn. broadest, widest, very large or great RV. ŚBr. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

≫ prathīyas

práthīyas mfn. broader, wider

• also = prec. ŚBr. Prab. (Pāṇ. 6-4, 161 Sch.)

≫ prathu

prathu mfn. (= pṛthu) wide, reaching farther than (abl.) Rājat

• m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

≫ prathuka

prathuka m. (= pṛthuka) the young of any animal L

prath 2

prath or pṛth, cl. 10. P. prāthayati or parthayati, to throw, cast

• to extend Dhātup. xxxii, 19

prathama

prathamá mf(ā́)n. (for pra-tama, superl. of 1. pra

• rarely declined as a pron., e.g. ○másyāḥ AV. vi, 18, 1

• ○me PañcavBr. xxv, 18, 5 R. iv, 37, 11 Kir. ii, 44

• Pāṇ. 1-1, 33) foremost, first (in time or in a series or in rank)

• earliest, primary, original, prior, former

• preceding, initial, chief, principal, most excellent RV. &c. &c

• often translatable adverbially = ibc. (cf. below) and (ám), ind. firstly, at first, for the first time

• just, newly, at once, forthwith (also āt Hariv.)

• formerly, previously (am also as prep. with gen. = before, e.g. Mn. ii, 194

• prathamam-anantaram, or paścāt, first-afterwards

• prṭprathamam-tatas, firstnext)

• m. (in gram., scil. varṇa), the first consonant of a Varga, a surd unaspirate letter

• (scil. puruṣa), the first (= our 3rd) person or its terminations

• (scil. svara), the first tone

• in math. the sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude

• (ā), f. (in gram.) the first or nominative case and its terminations [Page 679, Column 1] Contents of this page

• du. the first two cases and their terminations

⋙ prathamakathita

○kathita mfn. aforesaid, before-mentioned Megh

⋙ prathamakalpa

○kalpa m. a primary or principal rule Mn

⋙ prathamakalpika

○kalpika m. a term applied to a Yogī just commencing his course (cf. prāthama-k○) Yogas. Comm

⋙ prathamakalpita

○kalpita mfn. placed first, first in rank or importance Mn. MBh

⋙ prathamakusuma

○kusuma m. or n. (?) white marjoram L

⋙ prathamagarbha

○garbha m. first pregnancy, first litter GṛS. VS. Mahīdh

• (-gárbhā), f. pregnant for the first time ŚBr

⋙ prathamagrantha

○grantha m. N. of a poem by Jagaj-jīvana-dāsa

⋙ prathamacittotpādika

○cittôtpādika mfn. one who first thinks (of doing anything) Kāraṇḍ

⋙ prathamacchad

○cchád mfn. typical, figurative RV. (accord. to Sāy. = prathamam ācchādayitṛ, covering first)

⋙ prathamaja

○já or mfn. firstborn, a firstling

⋙ prathamajā

○jā́ mfn. firstborn, a firstling

• original, primary RV. &c. &c

• (-ja), being the issue of the first (i.e. fṭfirst-mentioned) marriage Yājñ

⋙ prathamajāta

○jāta mfn. firstborn AitBr. Gobh

⋙ prathamataram

○taram ind. first of all Divyâv

⋙ prathamatas

○tas ind. first, at first, firstly Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c

• forthwith, immediately Hariv

• before, in preference to (with gen.) Caurap

• (ifc.) before, sooner than ŚārṅgP

⋙ prathamatrisauparṇa

○trisauparṇa m. N. of Vishinu MBh

⋙ prathamadarśana

○darśana n. first sight

• (e), ind. at first sight MW

• -dina n. the first day of seeing any one (gen.) Hit

⋙ prathamadivasa

○divasa m. a first day, principal day MW

⋙ prathamadugdha

○dugdhá mfn. just milked ŚBr

⋙ prathamadhāra

○dhāra m. a first drop Kauś

⋙ prathamanirdiṣṭa

○nirdiṣṭa mfn. first mentioned, first named

• -tā f. Hcat

⋙ prathamaparāpātin

○parāpātin mfn. flying off first ĀpŚr

⋙ prathamaparigṛhīta

○parigṛhīta mfn. formerly married Śak

⋙ prathamapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. the first (= our 3rd) person in the verb or its terminations L. ( See above)

• N. of an author Cat

⋙ prathamapravada

○pravada mfn. uttering the first sound (as a child) Kauś

⋙ prathamaprasūtā

○prasūtā f. (a cow) that has calved for the first time Hcat

⋙ prathamapluta

○pluta mfn. leapt off first ĀpŚr

⋙ prathamabhakṣa

○bhakṣá m. (ŚBr.),

⋙ prathamabhakṣaṇa

○bhakṣaṇa n. (ĀpŚr. Comm.) the first enjoyment of (gen.) ŚBr

⋙ prathamabhāj

○bhā́j mfn. one to whom the first share is due RV

⋙ prathamabhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. becoming or being like the first RPrāt

⋙ prathamamaṅgala

○maṅgala mfn. highly auspicious MW

⋙ prathamamañjarī

○mañjarī f. a partic. Rāga Saṃgīt. (cf. paṭha-m○)

⋙ prathamayajña

○yajñá m. the first sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr

⋙ prathamayauvana

○yauvana n. early youth Var

⋙ prathamarātra

○rātrá m. the beginning of night Br. Car

⋙ prathamavayas

○vayas n. earliest age, youth Vcar

⋙ prathamavayasin

○vayasín mfn. young ŚBr

⋙ prathamavaṣaṭkāra

○vaṣaṭ-kārá m. making the first exclamation Vashaṭ over (gen.) ib

⋙ prathamavasati

○vasati f. the original home Vcar

⋙ prathamavāsya

○vāsyá mfn. worn formerly (as a garment) AV

⋙ prathamavittā

○vittā f. a first wife KātyŚr

⋙ prathamaviraha

○viraha m. first separation

• (e), ind. immediately after separation MW

⋙ prathamavṛttānta

○vṛttânta m. former circumstances, earlier history Śak

⋙ prathamavaiyākaraṇa

○vaiyākaraṇa m. a beginner in grammar Pāṇ. 6-2, 56 Sch

• a distinguished or first-rate grammarian ib

⋙ prathamaśravas

○śravas (○má-śr○)

• superl. -śravastama mfn. having a distinguished reputation RV

⋙ prathamaśrī

○śrī mfn. one who has just become rich or fortunate Mṛicch

⋙ prathamasaṃgama

○saṃgama m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ prathamasamāvṛtta

○samāvṛtta mfn. just turned towards (loc.) Nir

⋙ prathamasāhasa

○sāhasa m. the first or lowest degree of punishment or fine MW

⋙ prathamasukṛta

○su-kṛta n. a former service or kindness ib

⋙ prathamasoma

○soma m. the first oblation of Soma

• -tā f. KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ prathamasthāna

○sthāna n. the first or lowest scale (in pronunciation, low but audible) KātyŚr

⋙ prathamasvara

○svara m. the first sound SaṃhUp

• mfn. supplied with the first sound Lāṭy

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ prathamāgāmin

prathamâgāmin mfn. occurring first, first mentioned Nir

⋙ prathamādeśa

prathamâdeśa m. placing (a word) at the beginning of a sentence ib

⋙ prathamābhitapta

prathamâbhitapta mfn. first scorched or scalded (with tears) Ragh

⋙ prathamābhidheya

prathamâbhidheya n. original meaning

• -tā f. Śiś

⋙ prathamārdha

prathamârdha m. n. the first half Śrutab

⋙ prathamāvaratva

prathamâvara-tva n. the being the first and the last Kum

⋙ prathamāstamita

prathamâstam-ita n. the having just set (said of the sun) KātyŚr. iv, 15, 12

⋙ prathamāham

prathamâhám ind. on the first day ŚBr

⋙ prathamāhāra

prathamâhāra m. the first application KātyŚr

⋙ prathametara

prathamêtara mfn. 'other than first', the second Piṅg. Sch

⋙ prathamotpatita

prathamôtpatita mfn. leapt off first MānŚr

⋙ prathamotpanna

prathamôtpanna mfn. produced first, firstborn MW

⋙ prathamodita

prathamôdita mfn. first uttered, uttered previously Ragh

≫ prathamaka

prathamaka mfn. first, foremost Śrutab

pradakṣiṇa

pra-dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. moving to the right ŚāṅkhGṛ

• standing or placed on the right (with √kṛ, or pra-√kṛ, 'to turn towards persons or things so as to place them on one's right', 'turn the right side towards' as a token of respect) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 679, Column 2]

• auspicious, favourable MBh. R

• respectful, reverential MBh

• (ám), ind. from left to right, so that the rṭreverential side is turned towards a person or object AV. &c. &c. (also ibc

• comp. below

• with √kṛ and pra-√kṛ as above)

• towards the south Mn. Var. (eṇa ind. = ám in both meanings BhP. Var.)

• m. (ā) f. and n. turning the right side towards, circumambulation from left to right of a person or object (gen. or comp

• with √kṛ or √1. dā dat., gen. or loc.) as a kind of worship R. Kathās. Pañcat. RTL. 68, 2 ; 145 &c

⋙ pradakṣiṇakriyā

○kriyā f. going round from left to right (as a mark of respect) Ragh

⋙ pradakṣiṇagāmitā

○gāmi-tā f. the state of one who walks towards the right (one of the 80 minor marks of Buddhists) Dharmas. 84, 15

⋙ pradakṣiṇapaṭṭikā

○paṭṭikā f. a yard, court-yard L

⋙ pradakṣiṇānuloma

pradakṣiṇânuloma mfn. respectful and obedient (said of a slave) MBh

⋙ pradakṣiṇārcis

pradakṣiṇârcis mfn. shooting out flames towards the right Ragh

⋙ pradakṣiṇāvarta

pradakṣiṇâvarta mfn. turned towards the reverential MBh. R. Var

• -nābhitā f. having a navel which turns to the rṭreverential Dharmas. 84, 40 (cf. ○ṇa-gāmitā)

• -śikha mfn. = ○ṇárcis MBh

• ○tâika-romatā f. having single hairs on the body and all turning to the reverential Dharmas. 83

⋙ pradakṣiṇāvṛtka

pradakṣiṇâvṛtka mfn. turned towards the right, having (any one or anything) on the right Yājñ

≫ pradakṣiṇaya

pradakṣiṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to go round from left to right, Śāntiś. Rājat

≫ pradakṣiṇit

pradakṣiṇit ind. from left to right, so as to turn one's right side towards any one or anything RV

≫ pradakṣiṇīkṛ

pradakṣiṇī-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to turn the right side towards (acc.), go round from left to right MBh. Kāv. &c

pradagdha

pra-dagdha &c. See pra-√dah

pradaghas

pra-dághas (Ved. inf. of √dagh), to cause to fall, throw down ŚBr. (wṛ. -dághos)

pradaṇḍavat

pra-daṇḍa-vat mfn. inflicting severe punishment Parāś

pradatta

pra-datta &c. See pra- √1. dā

pradam

pra-dam Caus. -damayate, to subdue, conquer Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pradānta

pra-ḍdānta m. pl. N. of a school L

⋙ pradām

pra-ḍdām m. (nom. dān) Pāṇ. 8-2, 64 Sch

pradara

pra-dara See pra-√dṝ

pradarpa

pra-darpa m. (√dṛp) pride, arrogance MW

⋙ pradṛpita

pra-ḍdṛpita See á-pradṛpita

⋙ pradṛpta

pra-ḍdṛpta mfn. proud, haughty, conceited MW

⋙ pradṛpti

pra-ḍdṛpti (prá-), f. haughtiness, arrogance, madness RV

pradarvidā

pra-darvidā (?) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-3, 63 (cf. pra-pharvidā)

pradarśa

pra-darśa &c. See pra-√dṛś

pradala

pra-dala m. an arrow (= pra-dara) L

pradava

pra-dava ○vya &c. See pra- √2. du

pradas

pra-√das P. -dasyati, to dry up, become dry Kāṭh

pradah

pra-√dah P. -dahati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burn, consume, destroy AV. &c. &c.: Pass. -dahyate (ep. also ○ti), to take fire, be burnt, burn MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dāhayati, to cause to be burnt Vcar

⋙ pradagdha

pra-ḍdagdha (prá-), mfn. burnt, destroyed ŚBr. R. Var

• ○dhâhuti (prá-), mfn. one who has burnt the sacrificial oblation ŚBr

⋙ pradagdhavya

pra-ḍdagdhavya mfn. to be burnt MBh

⋙ pradāha

pra-ḍdāha m. burning, heating, consuming by fire Br. Gaut

• destruction, annihilation Śaṃk

pradā

pra-dā √1. P. -dadāti, rarely Ā. -datte, (Ved. inf. prá-dātos TS

• irreg. Pot. P. -dadet Hcat.), to give away, give, offer, present, grant, bestow RV. &c. &c. (with or scil. bhāryām, to give in marriage

• with prativacas, to grant an answer

• with pravṛttim, to information about an event

• with yuddham, to grant battle

• with dvaṃdva-yuddham, to engage in single combat

• with vidyām, to communicate or impart knowledge

• with hutâśanam, to set fire to)

• to give up, abolish TS

• to sell (with instr. of price) Pañcat

• to restore (anything lost &c.) Mn

• to pay, discharge (a debt) Yājñ

• to put or place in (loc.) ib. MBh.: Pass. -dīyate, to be given away, be given Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to give TS. &c. &c

• to compel to give back or to repay Yājñ. Kull. [Page 679, Column 3]

• to cause to put in or to MBh. Bhpr

• to put or place in (loc.) Car

• (with vastim), to apply a clyster ib.: Desid. -ditsate, to wish to give in marriage Daś

≫ pratta

prá-tta mfn. (for pra-datta) given away (also in marriage), offered, presented, granted, bestowed TS. &c.&c

• -vat mfn. one who has given or presented W

⋙ pratti

prá-tti f. giving away, giving, gift TS. AitBr

≫ prada

pra-da mf(ā)n. giving, yielding, offering, granting, bestowing, causing, effecting, uttering, speaking (cf. anna-, jaya-, bahu-, sukha-, -śāpa &c.)

• (ā), f. a gift L

⋙ pradatta

pra-ḍdatta mfn. = pratta R. Kathās. Pañcat. (-nayanôtsava mfn. affording a feast to the eyes i.e. beautiful to behold Kathās.)

• m. N. of a Gandharva R

⋙ pradadi

pra-ḍdadi See á-pradadi

≫ pradātavya

pra-dātavya mfn. to be given (also in marriage) or offered or presented or restored or imparted &c. (teṣāṃ saṃskṛtam pradātavyam, to these Saṃskṛit is to be imparted i.e. these are to be taught Saṃskṛit Sāh.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be placed or put into Var

⋙ pradātṛ

pra-ḍdātṛ́ m. a giver, bestower (mostly in comp. with the object, rarely with the receiver) AV. &c. &c

• an offerer, presenter (viṣa-, of poison) Car

• one who gives a daughter in marriage Mn. MBh

• an imparter (of knowledge) Pañcat

• a granter (of a wish) BrahmaP. (f. trī)

• N. of Indra TS. ŚBr

• of one of the Viśve Devāþ MBh

⋙ pradātrikā

pra-ḍdā́trikā f. a female giver MaitrS

≫ pradāna 1

pra-dā́na n. (for 2. See below) giving, bestowal, presentation (esp. of an offering in the fire

• also N. of the sacred text recited on this occasion) TS. &c. &c

• a gift, donation Mn. MBh. &c

• giving away in marriage Mn. Yājñ. &c

• applying (of a clyster) Suśr

• turning (the eyes) Kum

• making (an attack) Pañcat

• uttering (a curse) VP

• granting (a boon) MBh

• teaching, imparting, announcing, declaring Mn. R. Kathās

• -kṛpaṇa mfn. mean or niggardly in making presents MBh

• -pūrvam ind. with a present Kathās

• -ruci m. 'delighting in giving', N. of a man Buddh

• -vat mfn. giving, liberal MBh

• -śūra m. 'a hero in giving', an excessively liberal man Lalit

• N. of a Bodhi-sattva SaddhP

⋙ pradānaka

pra-ḍdānaka n. an offering, donation Cat

⋙ pradānika

pra-ḍdānika See go-pr○, jala-pr○ and dattâpradānika

⋙ pradāpayitṛ

pra-ḍdāpayitṛ́ m. a giver TS

⋙ pradāpya

pra-ḍdāpya mfn. to be caused to give or compelled to pay Yājñ

⋙ pradāya

pra-ḍdāya n. a present MBh

⋙ pradāyaka

pra-ḍdāyaka mfn. giving, granting, presenting, bestowing (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c

• -tva n. Kull

⋙ pradāyin

pra-ḍdāyin mfn. id. Mn. MBh. &c

• ○yi-tva n. Kum

⋙ pradi

pra-ḍdi m. a gift, present Pāṇ. 3-3, 92 Sch

⋙ praditsā

pra-ḍditsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire to give Jātakam

⋙ praditsu

pra-ḍditsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to give (with acc.) MBh

≫ pradeya

pra-deya mf(ā)n. to be given or presented or granted or offered or communicated or imparted or taught (with dat., sometimes in comp. with the recipient) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be instructed or initiated in (loc.) MBh

• (ā), f. to be given in marriage, marriageable MBh. R. Kathās

• m. a present, gift MBh. R

pradāna 2

pra-dāna n. (√do) a goad L. (for 1. See under pra- √1. dā)

pradānta

pra-dānta See pra-√dam

pradāsa

pra-dāsa m. (?) Divyâv

pradigdha

pra-digdha See pra- √dih

pradiv

pra-dív f. (fr. 3. div, 'heaven'

• nom. -dyaús) the third or highest heaven (in which the Pitṛis are said to dwell) AV

• the fifth of seven heavens ŚāṅkhBr. ; mfn. (fr. 3. div, 'day' [Lat. diu]) existing from olden times, ancient RV

• (-dívas), ind. from of old, long since, always, ever (ánuprad○, as of old, as formerly) ib. AV

• (-dívi), ind. at all times, always, ever RV

pradiś

pra-√diś P. Ā. -diśati, ○te, to point out, show, indicate, declare, appoint, fix, ordain RV. &c. &c

• to direct, bid, urge R

• to assign, apportion, grant Mn. MBh. (-diśyati, i, 6472) Kāv. &c.: Caus. -deśayati, to urge on, incite MBh. R.: Intens. (pr. p. -dédiśat), to animate RV

≫ pradiś

pra-díś f. pointing to or out, indication, direction, order, command, dominion RV. AV. VS

• a direction, quarter, region of the sky ib. MBh. Hariv. (acc. pl. 'in all directions, everywhere' MBh

• with pitryā, 'the region of the Pitṛis' i.e. the south AV.)

• an intermediate point or half-quarter (as northeast) AV. &c. &c

⋙ pradiṣṭa

pra-ḍdiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. pointed out, indicated, fixed, ordained RV. &c. &c. [Page 680, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ pradeśa

pra-deśa m. (ifc. f. ā) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination Nir. ŚrS

• appeal to a precedent Suśr

• an example (in grammar, law &c.) RPrāt. MBh. Yājñ. Sch

• a spot, region, place, country, district (often in comp. with a part of the body, e.g. kaṇṭha-, hṛdaya-) MBh. Kāv. &c. (n. Pañcad.)

• a short while ( See comp. below)

• a wall L

• a short span (measured from the tip of the thumb to that of the forefinger) L

• (with Jainas) one of the obstacles to liberation Sarvad. ('atomic individuality' W.)

• -kārin m. N. of a kind of ascetic L

• -bhāj mfn. of short duration Daśar

• -vat mfn. possessing or occupying a place Brahmas. Sch

• -vartin mfn. = -bhāj (○ti-tvā f.) Hcar

• -śāstra n. a book containing examples MBh

• -stha mfn. = -bhāj Sāh

• being or situated in a district MW

⋙ pradeśana

pra-ḍdeśana n. a gift, present, offering L

• (ī), f. = ○śinī L

⋙ pradeśita

pra-ḍdeśita mfn. urged, directed MBh

⋙ pradeśinī

pra-ḍdeśinī f. the forefinger (or the corresponding toe) ŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙ pradeṣṭṛ

pra-ḍdeṣṭṛ m. one who pronounces judgment, chief justice Pañcat

pradih

pra-√dih P. -degdhi, to smear over, besmear, anoint Suśr

⋙ pradigdha

pra-ḍdigdha mfn. smeared over, anointed, stained or covered with (instr. or comp.) ib. MBh. R. &c

• n. (scil. māṃsa) a kind of dish prepared with meat L

• m. a kind of sauce or gravy W

⋙ pradeha

pra-ḍdeha m. a plaster, a thick or viscid ointment, poultice Suśr

• applying a plaster, unction ib

• solid food (perhaps inspissated juice &c.) ib

⋙ pradehana

pra-ḍdehana n. smearing, anointing Kauś

pradī

pra-dī √2. (only pr. Subj. -dī́dayat and pf. -dīdiyuḥ), to shine forth RV

pradīp

pra-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate, to flame forth, blaze, burst into flames ŚBr. MBh. Var.: Caus. -dīpayati, to set on fire, light, kindle, inflame KātyŚr. MBh. &c

⋙ pradīpa

pra-ḍdīpa m. a light, lamp, lantern MBh. Kāv. &c. (often ifc. 'the light i.e. the glory or ornament of', e.g. kula-pr○, q.v

• also in titles of explanatory wks. = elucidation, explanation, e.g. mahābhāṣya-pr○)

• N. of wk

• -mañjarī f. N. of Comm. on the Amara-kośa

• -śaraṇa-dhvaja m. N. of a Mahôraga-rāja L

• -sāha m. N. of a prince Cat. (sāha = ?)

• -siṃha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ pradīpaka

pra-ḍdīpaka m. (ikā), f. and n. a small lamp, a lamp MBh

• (ifc.) explanation, commentary Cat

⋙ pradīpana

pra-ḍdīpana mfn. inflaming, exciting Suśr

• m. a sort of poison L

• n. the act of kindling or inflaming R

⋙ pradīpāya

pra-ḍdīpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to act as a lamp Mṛicch

⋙ pradīpīya

pra-ḍdīpīya or mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙ pradīpya

pra-ḍdīpya mfn. g. apūpâdi

⋙ pradīpta

pra-ḍdīpta mfn. kindled, inflamed, burning, shining ŚBr. &c. &c

• excited, stimulated MBh. Kāv. &c

• (in augury) clear, shrill (opp. to pūrṇa) VarBṛS

• -bhās mfn. shining bright, Ṛit

• -śiras mfn. one whose head is hot or burning Vedântas

• ○tâkṣa m. 'having lustrous eyes', N. of a Yaksha Kathās

⋙ pradīpti

pra-ḍdīpti f. light, lustre, brilliancy L

• -mat mfn. bright, radiant, luminous MBh

pradīrgha

pra-dīrgha mfn. exceedingly long Var. Suśr

pradu

pra-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to be consumed by fire ChUp

• P. -dunoti, to distress, pain, press hard Suśr. Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pradava

pra-ḍdava mfn. burning, inflaming Pāṇ. 3-1, 142 Kāś

⋙ pradavya

pra-ḍdavyá m. (with agni) a forest fire ŚBr

⋙ pradāva

pra-ḍdāvá m. id. MaitrS

⋙ pradāvya

pra-ḍdāvyá m. (with agni) id. TS. ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS

pradugdha

pra-dugdha See á- and savya-pradugdha

praduṣ

pra-√duṣ P. -duṣyati, to become worse, deteriorate Suśr

• to be defiled or polluted, fall (morally) Mn. Yājñ

• to commit an offence against (acc.) MBh

• to become faithless, fall off ib.: Caus. -dūṣayati, to spoil, deprave, corrupt, pollute, defile MBh. Kāv. &c

• to abuse, blame, censure R

• (with cittam) to be angry Divyâv

⋙ praduṣṭa

pra-ḍduṣṭa mfn. corrupt, wicked, bad, sinful MBh. Kāv. &c

• wanton, licentious (woman), Ṛit

⋙ pradūṣaka

pra-ḍdūṣaka mfn. polluting, defiling MBh

⋙ pradūṣaṇa

pra-ḍdūṣaṇa mfn. corrupting, defiling, impairing MBh. Suśr

⋙ pradūṣita

pra-ḍdūṣita mfn. corrupted, spoilt, made worse MBh. R. Var. Suśr. 1

⋙ pradoṣa

pra-ḍdoṣa mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) corrupt, bad, wicked Śiś

• m. defect, fault, disordered condition (of the body or of a country), mutiny, rebellion Pañcat

• -nirṇaya m. -śānti f. ○ṣôdyāpana n. N. of wks. [Page 680, Column 2]

praduh

pra-duh mfn. (nom. -dhuk) milking Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙ pradoha

pra-ḍdoha See su-pradoha

⋙ pradohana

pra-ḍdohana m. N. of a man ( See prādohani)

pradṛś

pra-√dṛś Pass. -dṛśyate (cf. pra√paś), to become visible, be seen, appear RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to make visible, show, indicate, explain, teach, describe Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -didṛkṣate, to wish to see Bhaṭṭ

≫ pradarśa

pra-darśa m. look, appearance ( See su-prad○)

• direction, injunction Suśr

⋙ pradarśaka

pra-ḍdarśaka mfn. showing, indicating RPrāt

• proclaiming, foretelling MārkP

• teaching, expounding Cat

• m. a teacher MBh

• n. (?) a doctrine, principle Kap. Sch. (v. l. pra-ghaṭṭaka)

⋙ pradarśana

pra-ḍdarśana n. look, appearance (often ifc., with f. ā) MBh. R

• pointing out, showing, propounding, teaching, explaining, Rprāt. MBh. Śaṃk

• an example Yājñ

• prophesying W

• (ā), f. indication Kāvyâd. Sch

• m. pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Auttami VP

⋙ pradarśita

pra-ḍdarśita mfn. shown, pointed out, indicated

• taught, mentioned, specified Mn. MBh. &c

• prophesied W

⋙ pradarśin

pra-ḍdarśin mfn. (ifc.) seeing, viewing MBh. Suśr

• pointing out, showing, indicating MBh. Hariv. Kathās

pradṝ

pra-√dṝ (of P. only Ved. Impv. -dárṣi), to break or tear to pieces RV. vi, 26, 5: Pass. -dīryate, to cleave asunder, split open (intr.) AitBr. KātyŚr

• to be dispersed or scattered (as an army) MBh.: Caus. -dārayati, to split, cleave, tear asunder ib

⋙ pradara

pra-ḍdará m. dispersion, rout (of an army) MBh

• a crevice, cleft (in the earth) VS. Br. &c

• moenorrhagia (a disease of women) Car

• a kind of arrow MBh

• rending, tearing W

• pl. N. of a people MBh

pradeśa

pra-deśa &c. See pra-√diś

pradoṣa 2

pra-doṣa m. (for 1. See under pra-duṣ) the first part of the night, evening (also personified as a son of Doshā and associated with Niśitha and Vyushṭa) MBh. Kāv. Pur. &c

• (ám), ind. in the evening, in the dark RV. GṛŚrS

⋙ pradoṣakāla

○kāla m. evening tide Hit

⋙ pradoṣatimira

○timira n. evening darkness, the dusk of early night Mṛicch

⋙ pradoṣapūjāvidhi

○pūjāvidhi m

⋙ pradoṣamahiman

○mahiman m

⋙ pradoṣamāhātmya

○māhātmya n. N. of wks

⋙ pradoṣaramaṇīya

○ramaṇīya mfn. pleasant or delightful in the evening MW

⋙ pradoṣavelā

○velā f. = -kāla A

⋙ pradoṣaśivapūjā

○śivapūjā f. N. of wk

⋙ pradoṣasamaya

○samaya m. = -kāla A

⋙ pradoṣastotra

○stotra n. N. of ch. of SkandaP

⋙ pradoṣāgama

pradoṣâgama m. the coming on of evṭevening, nightfall Amar

⋙ pradoṣānila

pradoṣânila m. the evening wind Mṛicch

≫ pradoṣaka

pradoṣaka m. evening Mṛicch. v, 35 (v. l.)

• born in the evening (?) Pāṇ. 4-3, 28

pradyu

pra-dyu n. merit (of good works) leading to heaven or securing heaven L

pradyut

pra-dyut √1. Ā. -dyotate, to begin to shine ŚBr.: Caus. -dyotayati, to irradiate, illumine Prab. BhP

⋙ pradyutita

pra-ḍdyutita mfn. beginning to shine, illuminated Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

≫ pradyota

pra-dyotá m. radiance, light ŚBr

• a ray of light L

• N. of a Yaksha MBh

• of a king of Magadha and founder of a dynasty VP. Kathās

• of a king of Ujjayinī and other princes Lalit

• Priyad. BhP

⋙ pradyotana

pra-ḍdyotana m. the sun L

• N. of a prince of Ujjayinī Lalit

• (with bhaṭṭâcārya) N. of an author, Cat

• (pl.) of a dynasty BhP

• n. blazing, shining, light L

⋙ pradyotita

pra-ḍdyotita mfn. = ○dyutita Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

⋙ pradyotin

pra-ḍdyotin mfn. (ifc.) illustrating, explaining Cat

pradyumna

pra-dyumna m. 'the pre-eminently mighty one', N. of the god of love (re-born as a son of Kṛishṇa and Rukmiṇī, or as a son of Saṃkarshaṇa and then identified with Sanat-kumāra) MBh. Kāv. &c

• the pleasant (= kāma) Subh

• the intellect (= manas) Śaṃk

• N. of a son of Manu and Naḍvalā BhP

• of a king Kathās

• of sev. authors and teachers Cat

• of a mountain Rājat

• of a river ib

⋙ pradyumnapura

○pura n. 'Pradyumna's city', N. of a town on the Candra-bhāgā or Chenab Kathârṇ

⋙ pradyumnarahasya

○rahasya n. 'PṭPradyumna's secret', N. of wk

⋙ pradyumnavijaya

○vijaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's victory', N. of a drama

⋙ pradyumnaśikhara

○śikhara n. 'PṭPradyumna's peak', N. of a mountain Kathās

• -pīṭhâṣṭaka n. N. of wk

⋙ pradyumnāgamana

pradyumnâgamana n. Pradyumna's arrival

• ○manīya mfn. treating of it Pāṇ. 4-3, 88 Sch

⋙ pradyumnācārya

pradyumnâcārya m. former N. of Veda-nidhi-tīrtha (died in 1576) Cat

⋙ pradyumnānanda

pradyumnânanda m. 'Pradyumna's joy', N. of a Bhāṇa (also ○dīya n.)

⋙ pradyumnābhyudaya

pradyumnâbhyudaya m. 'PṭPradyumna's rise', N. of a Nāṭaka

⋙ pradyumnāstra

pradyumnâstra n. Pradyumna's weapon Kathās. [Page 680, Column 3]

⋙ pradyumnottaracarita

pradyumnôttaracarita n. 'PṭPradyumna's further deeds', N. of a poem

⋙ pradyumnopākhyāna

pradyumnôpâkhyāna n. 'the story of Pradyumna', N. of a tale

≫ pradyumnaka

pradyumnaka m. N. of the god of love BhP

pradrāṇaka

pra-drāṇaka mfn. (√2. drā) sorely distressed, very needy or poor, ChUP

pradru

pra-√dru P. -dravati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to run forwards, run away, flee RV. &c. &c

• to hasten towards, rush upon or against (acc.) MBh. R

• to escape safely to (acc.) MBh. (v. l. prâd○): Caus. -drāvayati, to cause to run away, put to flight MBh

⋙ pradrava

pra-ḍdrava mfn. fluid, liquid Suśr

⋙ pradrāva

pra-ḍdrāva m. running away, flight Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-3, 27)

• going quick or well W

⋙ pradrāvin

pra-ḍdrāvin mfn. fleeing, runaway, fugitive Kauś. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 145)

≫ pradruta

prá-druta mfn. run away, fled, departed TBr. MBh

pradruh

pra-druh mfn. (nom. -dhruk) one who hurts or injures Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

pradrek

pra-√drek Ā. -drekate, to begin to neigh or roar or bellow &c. Bhaṭṭ

pradvār

pra-dvār f. a place before a door or gate MBh. (v. l. a-dvār)

⋙ pradvāra

pra-ḍdvāra n. id. R. Kathās

pradviṣ

pra-√dviṣ P. Ā. -dveṣṭi, -dviṣṭe, to feel dislike or repugnance for, hate, show one's hatred against (acc.) MBh. R

≫ pradviṣ

pra-dviṣ mfn. (nom. ṭ) disliking, hating Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙ pradveṣa

pra-ḍdveṣa m. dislike, repugnance, aversion, hatred, hostility to (loc., gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ī), f. N. of the wife of Dīrghatamas MBh

⋙ pradveṣaṇa

pra-ḍdveṣaṇa n. hatred, dislike of (comp.) MBh

⋙ pradveṣṭṛ

pra-ḍdveṣṭṛ mfn. one who dislikes or hates

• a disliker, hater W

pradhana

pra-dhána n. (cf. dhána) spoil taken in battle, a prize gained by a victor, the battle or contest itself RV. &c. &c

• the best of one's goods, valuables Nār

• tearing, bursting &c. (= dāraṇa) L

• m. N. of a man

• pl. his descendants BrahmaP

⋙ pradhanāghātaka

pradhanâghātaka mfn. bringing about a contest Hcar

⋙ pradhanāṅgaṇa

pradhanâṅgaṇa n. a battle-field Vcar

⋙ pradhanottama

pradhanôttama n. 'best of battles', a great battle or contest MW

≫ pradhanya

pradhanyá mf(ā)n. forming the spoil or booty (as cattle) RV

pradhamana

pra-dhamana See pra-√dhmā

pradharṣa

pra-dharṣa &c. See pra-√dhṛṣ

pradhā

pra-dhā √1. Ā. -dhatte, to place or set before, offer RV

• to send out (spies) ib. vii, 61, 3

• to give up, deliver TS. Kāṭh

• to devote one's self to (acc.) Lalit

≫ pradha

pra-dha^ m. Pāṇ. 3-1, 139 Sch

• (ā), f. ib. vi, 4, 64 Sch

• N. of a daughter of Daksha MBh. MārkP. (prob. wṛ. for prādhā)

≫ pradhāna

pradhāna n. a chief thing or person, the most important or essential part of anything KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• (ibc.) the principal or first, chief, head of

• [often also ifc. (f. ā), e.g. indra-pradhāna, (a hymn) having Indra as the chief object or person addressed Nir

• prayoga-p○, (the art of dancing) having practice as its essential part, chiefly practical Mālav.]

• 'the Originator', primary germ, original source of the visible or material universe (in Sāṃkhya = prakṛti, q.v.) IW. 53, 1 &c

• primary or unevolved matter or nature Sarvad

• supreme or universal soul L

• intellect, understanding L

• the first companion or attendant of a king, a courtier, a noble (also m.) L

• an elephant-driver (also m.) L

• (in gram.) the principal member of a compound (opp. to upasarjana, q.v.)

• mf(ā)n. chief, main, principal, most important

• pre-eminent in (instr.)

• better than or superior to (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. N. of an ancient king MBh

• (ā), f. N. of a Śakti, Tantr. (cf. IW. 522)

⋙ pradhānakarman

○karman or n. chief or principal action

⋙ pradhānakārya

○kārya n. chief or principal action

• principal mode of treatment (in med.), Suśr Madhus

⋙ pradhānakāraṇavāda

○kāraṇa-vāda m. the doctrine that Pradhāna is the original cause (according to the Sāṃkhya) Bādar. Sch

⋙ pradhānatama

○tama mfn. most excellent or distinguished, most important, chiefest MBh. Suśr

⋙ pradhānatara

○tara mfn. more excellent, better MārkP

⋙ pradhānatas

○tas ind. according to eminence or superiority Mn. MBh. Hariv

⋙ pradhānatā

○tā f. pre-eminence, excellence, superiority, prevalence R. Hariv. Hit. Vedântas. [Page 681, Column 1] Contents of this page

• the being Pradhāna, q.v

• (in MBh. iii, 173 = jagat-kāraṇatā

• cf. śarīra-p○)

⋙ pradhānatva

○tva n. pre-eminence, superiority, excellence ĀśvŚr. MBh

• (in Sāṃkhya) the being Pradhāna Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ pradhānadhātu

○dhātu m. 'chief element of the body', semen virile L

⋙ pradhānapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. a chief person, most distinguished personage, an authority Mn. Mālav

• 'the supreme soul', N. of Śiva MBh

• ○ṣâtī7ta m. transcending Pradhāna and Purusha (matter and spirit)

• N. of Śiva MW

⋙ pradhānabhāj

○bhāj mfn. 'receiving the chief share', most excellent or distinguished MBh

⋙ pradhānabhūta

○bhūta mfn. one who is the chief person Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 54

⋙ pradhānamantrin

○mantrin m. a prime minister R. Hit. Vet

⋙ pradhānamitra

○mitra n. a chief friend R

⋙ pradhānavādin

○vādin m. one who asserts the Sāṃkhya doctrine (of Pradhāna), Badar. Sch

⋙ pradhānavāsas

○vāsas n. the best clothes, fulldress Mṛicch

⋙ pradhānavṛṣṭi

○vṛṣṭi f. copious rain, heaviest rain Var

⋙ pradhānaśiṣṭa

○śiṣṭa mfn. taught or laid down as of primary importance MW. (cf. anvācaya-ś○)

⋙ pradhānasabhika

○sabhika m. the chief of a gambling-house Mṛicch

⋙ pradhānasevā

○sevā f. chief or principal service Pañcat

⋙ pradhānāṅga

pradhānâṅga n. a chief member, the chief member of the body

• most eminent person in a state

• principal branch of a science &c. W

⋙ pradhānātman

pradhānâtman m. supreme or universal soul, N. of Vishṇu VP

• (identified with the original cause of the universe or Viśva-bhāvana W.)

⋙ pradhānādhyakṣa

pradhānâdhyakṣa m. a chief superintendent

• -tā f. the office of chief superintendent Kathās

⋙ pradhānāmātya

pradhānâmātya m. a prime minister W

⋙ pradhānottama

pradhānôttama mfn. best of the eminent, illustrious

• warlike, brave W

≫ pradhānaka

pradhānaka n. (in Sāṃkhya) the original germ out of which the material universe is evolved (= pradhāna, a-vyakta, q.v.) Tattvas

≫ pradhānya

pradhānya wṛ. for prādh○, q.v. MBh

≫ pradhi

pra-dhí m. the felly of a wheel (also pl.) RV. &c. &c

• orb, disc (of the moon) RV. x, 138, 6

• a segment, Śulbas

• -maṇḍala n. the circumference of (the felly of) a wheel MW

• ○dhy-anīka n. the centre of a segment, Śulbas

• a well L

pradhā

pra-dhā √2. See pra-√dhe, col. 2

pradhāv

pra-dhāv √1. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run forwards, run forth, run away, set out, start RV. ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• to rush upon Kathās

• to run or go to (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to pervade, permeate Suśr

• to become diffused, spread MBh.: Caus. P. -dhāvayati, to put to flight Kathās

• to drive away. run Br. 1

⋙ pradhāvana

pra-ḍdhāvana m. a runner L

⋙ pradhāvita

pra-ḍdhāvita mfn. run away, set out, started MBh. R. Pañcat. &c

pradhāv

pra-dhāv √2. P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to wash or rub off ŚBr.: Caus. P. Ā. -dhāvayati, ○te, to wash or cause to wash off MBh. 2

⋙ pradhāvana

pra-ḍdhāvana m. air, wind L. (regarded as a 'purifier', cf. pavana

• or perhaps fr. √1. dhāv, regṭregarded as a 'runner')

• n. rubbing or washing off Suśr. Gaut

pradhi

pra-dhi See above

pradhī 1

pra-√dhī (or -dīdhī, only p. pr. -dīdhyat and -dī́dhyāna), to long for, strive after RV. i, 113, 10

• to look out, be on the watch AV. x, 4, 11

pradhī 2

pra-dhī f. great intelligence Vop

• mfn. of superior intelligence, pre-eminently intelligent ib

pradhura

pra-dhura n. the tip of a pole ĀpŚr

pradhū

pra-√dhū P. Ā. [-dh˘Unoti], ○nute, to move forward PañcavBr

• to blow away ChUp. MBh.: to blow or shake out (the beard after drinking) RV.: Intens. -dodhuvat, -dūdhot, to blow (the beard, acc.)

• to blow into (loc.) RV

≫ pradhūpita

pra-dhūpita mfn. fumigated, perfumed MBh

• heated, burnt

• lighted, inflamed

• afflicted

• excited W

• (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the quarter to which the sun is proceeding L

• a woman in trouble or affliction ib

≫ pradhūmita

pra-dhūmita mfn. smothered with smoke, giving out smoke, smouldering Ragh

pradhṛ

pra-√dhṛ (only pf. Ā. -dadhre, with manas), to set the mind upon anything (dat.), resolve, determine MBh.: Caus. P. -dhārayati, to chastise, inflict a punishment on any one (loc

• cf. daṇḍaṃ-√dhṛ) MBh

• to keep in remembrance ib

• to reflect, consider ib. Pat

• (pradhārayantu wṛ. for pra dhārā yantu ĀśvGṛ. iii, 12, 14)

⋙ pradhāraṇa

pra-ḍdhāraṇa mfn. keeping, preserving, protecting ( See pāda-pr○) [Page 681, Column 2]

• (ā), f. constantly fixing one's mind on a certain object MBh

pradhṛṣ

pra-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣati, -dhṛṣṇoti, to be bold against, assail with courage or daring, lay hands on, hurt, injure, harass, overpower, overcome R.: Caus. P. -dharṣayati id. ib. KaushĀr. MBh. &c

• to violate (a woman) MBh

• to destroy, devastate R

⋙ pradharṣa

pra-ḍdharṣa m. attacking, assaulting, assailing ( See duṣ-p○)

⋙ pradharṣaka

pra-ḍdharṣaka mfn. (ifc.), molesting, hurting, violating (the wife of another) MBh. R. Hariv

⋙ pradharṣaṇa

pra-ḍdharṣaṇa mfn. (ifc.) attacking, molesting, harassing MBh

• n. or (ā), f. attacking, assailing, an attack, assault, illtreatment, molestation (keśa-p○, dragging by the hair) MBh. R

⋙ pradharṣaṇīya

pra-ḍdharṣaṇīya mfn. to be assailed, assailable, open to attack, exposed to injury or ill-treatment MBh

⋙ pradharṣita

pra-ḍdharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) attacked, hurt, injured MBh. R. BhP

• haughty, arrogant W

• -vat mfn. arrogant, proud W

⋙ pradharṣin

pra-ḍdharṣin mfn. = ○dharṣaṇa mfn. Dharmaśarm

⋙ pradhṛṣṭa

pra-ḍdhṛṣṭa mfn. treated with contumely W

• proud, arrogant ib

⋙ pradhṛṣṭi

pra-ḍdhṛṣṭi f. overpowering, subjugation ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pradhṛṣya

pra-ḍdhṛṣya mfn. to be hurt or injured, violable ( See a-p○, duṣ-p○, su-p○)

pradhe

pra-√dhe Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to suck MānGṛ

pradhmā

pra-√dhmā (or dham), P. (Ā. Pot. -dhmāyīta ChUp.) -dhamati, to blow before or in front, blow away AV

• to scare Car

• to destroy MBh

• to blow into (esp. into a conch shell, acc.) ib. Suśr. Hariv. &c

• (Ā.) to cry out ChUp. vi, 14, 1 Śaṃk

• (others, 'to be tossed about', 'wander about'): Caus. P. Ā. -dhmāpayati, ○te, to blow into, blow (a conch shell) MBh. R. Hariv

⋙ pradhamana

pra-ḍdhamana n. blowing into (the nose, as powder)

• a sternutatory Suśr

⋙ pradhmā

pra-ḍdhmā mfn. blowing violently MW

⋙ pradhmāpana

pra-ḍdhmāpana n. (fr. Caus.) a remedy for difficult respiration (in med.) Suśr

⋙ pradhmāpita

pra-ḍdhmāpita mfn. blown into, blown (as a conch shell) MBh

pradhyai

pra-√dhyai P. Ā. -dhyāyati, ○te, to meditate upon, think of (acc. with or without prati) Gobh. MBh. Hariv

• to reflect, consider MBh. R. Kir

• to excogitate, devise, hit upon MBh

⋙ pradhyāna

pra-ḍdhyāna n. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation MBh. R. Suśr. Car

pradhraj

pra-√dhraj P. -dhrajati, to run forward RV. i, 166, 4

pradhvaṃs

pra-√dhvaṃs Ā. -dhvaṃsate, to flow off (as water) ĀśvGṛ

• to fall to pieces, perish ChUp.: Caus. -dhvaṃsayati, to scatter, sprinkle ŚBr

• to cause to fall, destroy, cause to perish MBh. Śiś

⋙ pradhvaṃsa

pra-ḍdhvaṃsa m. utter destruction, annihilation, perishing, disappearance Var. Bhartṛ

• = ○dhvaṃsâbhāva (below) Sarvad

• -tva n. state of destruction, desolation, ruin KapS. Sch

• ○dhvaṃsâbhāva m. non-existence in consequence of annihilation, ceasing to exist Tarkas. Sarvad. &c

⋙ pradhvaṃsana

pra-ḍdhváṃsana mfn. destroying, annihilating MBh

• m. one who destroys, a destroyer (as a partic. personification) ŚBr. (cf. prādhvaṃsana)

⋙ pradhvaṃsita

pra-ḍdhvaṃsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) destroyed, annihilated, dispelled MW

⋙ pradhvaṃsin

pra-ḍdhvaṃsin mfn. passing away, transitory, perishable (utpanna-p○, arisen and passing away again, i.e. having no further consequences TPrāt. Comm.) MBh

• (ifc.) destroying, annihilating R

⋙ pradhvasta

pra-ḍdhvasta mfn. destroyed, perished, disappeared MBh. R. Bhartṛ. BhP

pradhvan

pra-√dhvan P. -dhvanati, to sound, resound Śiś.: Caus. -dhvanayati, to cause to sound Car

⋙ pradhvāna

pra-ḍdhvāna m. a loud sound Dharmaśarm

pranakṣ

pra-√nakṣ P. Ā. -nakṣati, ○te, to draw near, approach RV. vii, 42, 1

pranaptṛ

pra-naptṛ m. a great grandson Uṇ. Sch

pranabh

pra-√nabh Ā. -nabhate, to burst asunder, open AV

pranard

pra-√nard P. -nardati Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 Sch

⋙ pranardaka

pra-ḍnardaka mfn. ib

pranaṣṭa

pra-naṣṭa See pra-ṇaś, p. 659

pranāyaka

pra-nāyaka mfn. one whose leader is away, whose rulers are abroad

• destitute of a guide Pāṇ. 1-4, 59 ; viii, 4, 14 Sch. [Page 681, Column 3]

pranāla

pra-nāla -nālī = -ṇāla, -ṇālī, q.v

pranāśin

pra-nāśin wṛ. for -ṇāśin, q.v

praniṃsita

pra-niṃsita -niṃsitavya = -ṇiṃsita, -ṇiṃsitavya, q.v

pranikṣaṇa

pra-nikṣaṇa = -ṇikṣaṇa Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranighātana

pra-nighātana n. (fr. pra-ni√han) killing, slaughter, murder L

pranindana

pra-nindana = -ṇindana Pāṇ. 8-4, 33 Sch

pranibhid

pra-ni-√bhid P. -bhinatti Pāṇ. 8-4, 18 Sch

pranirakṣ

pra-ni-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati Vop

pranīḍa

pra-nīḍa mfn. wṛ. for pra-ḍīna, (q.v.) MBh. xii, 9314

pranud

pra-nud mfn. wṛ. for -ṇud (q.v.) Suśr

pranṛt

pra-√nṛt P. Ā. -nṛtyati, ○te, to dance forwards, begin to dance, dance AV. MBh. R. &c

• to gesticulate as in dancing (in token of derision) before any one (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -nartayati, to cause to dance Kathās

• id. met. Kād

⋙ pranartita

pra-ḍnartita mfn. caused to dance forwards, set in motion, shaken, agitated

• dandled MW

⋙ pranṛtta

pra-ḍnṛtta mfn. one who has begun to dṭdance, dancing MBh. R. Kathās

• n. a dance MārkP

• -vat mfn. having begun to dance MBh. Kathās

⋙ pranṛtya

pra-ḍnṛtya mfn. or n. wṛ. for ○nṛtta

⋙ pranṛtyavat

pra-ḍnṛtya-vat wṛ. for ○nṛtta-vat

prapakṣa

pra-pakṣa m. the extremity of a wing (of an army drawn out in the form of a bird) MBh. R

• mfn. forming the extremity of a wing (in an army so arranged) MBh

• m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa VP

prapac

pra-pac √1. (or pañc). See pra-pañcaya under pra-pañca

prapac

pra-pac √2. P. Ā. -pacati, ○te, to begin to cook Pāṇ. 8-1, 44 Sch

• to be accustomed to cook R

⋙ prapakva

pra-ḍpakva mfn. (in med.) inflamed Suśr

⋙ prapāka

pra-ḍpāka m. ripening (of a boil &c.) Suśr

• digestion Car

• (prob.) a partic. part of the flesh of a victim Kauś

prapañca

pra-pañca m. (√1. pac, or pañc) expansion, development, manifestation MāṇḍUp. Kāv. Kathās

• manifoldness, diversity Kāv. Śaṃk. Pañcat

• amplification, prolixity, diffuseness, copiousness (in style

• ○cena and ○ca-tas ind. diffusely, in detail) Hariv. Hit

• manifestation of or form of (gen.) Hit. Bhāshāp

• appearance, phenomenon Vcar

• (in phil.) the expansion of the universe, the visible world Up. Kap. Sarvad

• (in rhet.) mutual false praise Pratāp

• (in dram.) ludicrous dialogue Sāh

• (in gram.) the repetition of an obscure rule in a clearer form Pāṇ. Sch

• (said to be encl. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)

• deceit, trick, fraud, error L

• opposition, reversion L

• -catura mfn. skilful in assuming different forms Amar

• -tva n. = maraṇa, death, Sāṃkhyas. (v. l.)

• -nirmāṇa n. the creation of the visible world BhP

• -buddhi mfn. having a cunning mind, artful

• m. N. of a man Kathās. -mithyā-tva n. the unreality of the visible world

• ○tvânumāna n. (○māna-khaṇḍana n. and ○ḍana-paraśu, m.) N. of wks

• -vacana n. diffuse or prolix discourse Hit

• -viveka m. -sāra m. -sāra-viveka m. and -sāra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• ○câmṛta-sāra m. N. of wk

• ○câsya mf(ā)n. (prob.) having various faces Hcat

⋙ prapañcaka

pra-ḍpañcaka mf(ikā)n. multiplying Hcat

• amplifying, explaining in detail L

• (ikā), f. N. of a Yoginī Hcat

⋙ prapañcana

pra-ḍpañcana n. development, diffusion, copiousness, prolixity MBh. Pur. Sarvad

≫ prapañcaya

pra-pañcaya Nom. P. ○yati, to develop, amplify, explain in detail Śaṃk. Sāh

• to dwell upon a note (acc.) in music Gīt

⋙ prapañcita

pra-ḍpañcita mfn. amplified, extended, treated at length Hariv. Rājat

• represented in a false light BhP

• erring, mistaken W

• deceived, beguiled W

prapaṭh

pra-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to recite aloud Hariv

⋙ prapāṭha

pra-ḍpāṭha or m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

⋙ prapāṭhaka

pra-ḍpāṭhaka m. a lecture (i.e. chapter or subdivision of a book) TS. Br. &c

⋙ prapāṭhita

pra-ḍpāṭhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) taught, expounded L

prapaṇa

pra-paṇá m. (√paṇ) exchange, barter AV. [Page 682, Column 1] Contents of this page

prapat

pra-√pat P. -patati, to fly away or along, hasten towards (loc.), fly or fall down upon (loc.), fall RV. &c. &c

• to fall from, be deprived of, lose (abl.) MBh.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fly away AV. ŚBr

• to chase, pursue MBh

• to throw down ib.: Desid. -pipatiṣati, to wish to hurry away AV.: Intens. -pāpatīti, to shoot forth RV

⋙ prapatana

pra-ḍpatana n. flying forth or away MBh. (cf. haṃsa-)

• flying or falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c

• a steep rock, precipice L

• death, destruction W

⋙ prapatita

pra-ḍpatita mfn. flown away or along, fallen, come down, fallen or got into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

≫ prapāta

pra-pāta m. a partic. mode of flying Pañcat

• springing forth Var

• an attack L

• starting off, setting out, departure Kathās

• falling down, falling from (abl. or comp.) or into (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• falling out (of teeth, hair &c.) Suśr

• discharge, emission, flow (of semen) VP

• letting fall (a glance on anything) Kum

• a steep rock, cliff, precipice MBh. Hariv. &c

• a steep bank or shore L

• a cascade, waterfall L

• ○tâbhimukha mf(ī)n. inclined to precipitate one's self from a rock Kathās

• ○tâmbu n. waterfalling from a rock Rājat

⋙ prapātana

pra-ḍpātana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall, throwing down R

• throwing, casting (akṣa-p○, 'casting-dice') Hariv

⋙ prapātam

pra-ḍpātam ind. falling down MBh

⋙ prapātin

pra-ḍpātin m. a rock, cliff, mountain L

⋙ prapitva

pra-ḍpitvá See col. 2

⋙ prapitsu

pra-ḍpitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to fall or throw one's self down Śiś

prapatha

prá-patha m. a way, journey (esp. to a distant place) RV. AitBr

• (ifc. f. ā) a broad road or street Kāṭh. BhP

• mfn. 'about to go off' (?), loose, relaxed L

⋙ prapathin

prá-ḍpathín mfn. roaming on distant paths (superl. -tama) RV

• m. N. of a man ib

⋙ prapathya

prá-ḍpathyá mfn. being on the road, wandering (also applied to Pūshan, the protector of travellers) VS

• (ā), f. = pathyā, Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

⋙ prapātha

prá-ḍpātha m. a road, way L

prapad 1

pra-pad √2. Ā. -padyate (ep. also P.), to fall or drop down from (abl.), throw one's self down (at a person's feet) MBh

• to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with acc., rarely loc.) AV. &c. &c

• to fly to for succour, take refuge with (acc.) TS. &c. &c

• to fall upon, attack, assail RV. AV

• to come to a partic. state or condition, incur, undergo (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with an adv. in sāt), to become, e.g. sarpasāt pra-√pad, to becṭbecome a serpent Bhatt

• to obtain, gain (patini, 'as husband'), partake of, share in (acc.) ib

• to adopt or embrace (a doctrine) Rājat

• to undertake, commence, begin, do MBh. Kāv

• to form (a judgment) MBh

• to assume (a form) Kathās

• to enjoy (pleasure) R

• to take to (dat.) Hariv

• to come on, approach, appear AV. R. Hariv

• to take effect, succeed MBh

• to turn out (anyathā, 'differently' i.e. without any effect or consequence) Hariv

• to admit (a claim) R.: Caus. -pādayati, ○te, to cause to enter, introduce into (acc. or loc.) Br.: Desid. P. pítsati, to wish to enter ŚBr

• Ā. -pitsate (cf. Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be going to incur or undertake Daś

≫ prapatti

pra-patti f. pious resignation or devotion, Śāṇd

• -pariśilana n. ○tty-upâdhitva-niṣedha m. N. of wks

≫ prapad 2

pra-pad f. away AitBr

• N. of partic. sacred texts Br. GṛŚrS

⋙ prapadana

pra-ḍpadana n. entering, entrance into (comp.) ĀśvGṛ. Vait

• access, approach ŚBr. ChUp

⋙ prapadam

pra-ḍpadam ind. a term applied to a partic. mode of recitation (in which the Vedic verses are divided, without reference to the sense and construction, into parts of an equal number of syllables and between these parts partic. formulas inserted containing the word pa-padye) AitBr

≫ prapanna

pra-panna mfn. arrived at, come to (śaraṇam, for protection), got into (any condition) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with pādau) fallen at a person's feet R

• suppliant (cf. comp.)

• approached, appeared, happened, occurred R

• acknowledged (as a claim) Yājñ

• provided with (instr.) Śak. 1, 1

• effecting, producing W

• poor, distressed ib

• -gati-dīpikā f. -dina-caryā f. -duṣṭâriṣṭa-śānti f. -pārijāta m. N. of wks

• -pāla m. 'protector of suppliants', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh

• -mālikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

• ○nnâmṛta n. 'nectar for suppliants', N. of a legendary biography of Rāmânuja (cf. RTL. 119 &c.)

• ○nnârti-hara mf(ī)n. relieving the distress of suppliants MW

⋙ prapāda

pra-ḍpāda See á-prapāda. [Page 682, Column 2]

⋙ prapāduka

pra-ḍpā́duka mfn. falling away prematurely (as a fetus) TS. Kāṭh

⋙ prapitsu

pra-ḍpitsu mfn. desirous of plunging into (loc). Śiś

• desirous of entering upon (acc.) Kir

prapad 3

prá-pad f. (fr. 3. pad) the fore part of the foot AV

≫ prapada

prá-pada n. id. the point of the foot, tip of the toes (ais, ind. on tiptoe) RV. &c. &c

≫ prapadīna

prapadīna wṛ. for ā-prapadīna, q.v

prapanna

pra-panna &c. See col. 1

prapannāḍa

prapannāḍa m. Cassia Tora L. (cf. prapunāṭa &c.)

praparṇa

pra-parṇa mfn. whose leaves are fallen Pat

prapalāy

pra-palây (palā = parā and √ay = i), Ā. -palâyate (ind. p. -palâyya), to run away, flee, escape MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ prapalāyana

pra-ḍpalâyana n. running away, flight, rout Pañcat

⋙ prapalāyita

pra-ḍpalâyita mfn. run away

• routed, defeated Kathās. Pañcat

⋙ prapalāyin

pra-ḍpalâyin mfn. running away, flying, a fugitive MBh

prapalāśa

pra-palāśa mfn. = pra-parṇa Pat

prapavaṇa

pra-pavaṇa or pra-pavana n. (√1. pū) purifying, straining (Soma juice) Pāṇ. viii, 4, 34 Sch

⋙ prapavaṇīya

pra-ḍpavaṇīya or mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

⋙ prapavanīya

pra-ḍpavanīya mfn. to be cleansed or purified ib

prapaś

pra-√paś P. -paśyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to see before one's eyes, look at, observe, behold RV. &c. &c

• to judge, discern MBh

• to know, understand R

• to regard as, take for (two acc.) MBh

⋙ prapaśyat

pra-ḍpaśyat or mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

⋙ prapaśyamāna

pra-ḍpaśyamāna mfn. well-discerning, judicious, sensible, intelligent MBh

prapā

pra-pā √1. P. -píbati, (ind. p. -pāya Pāṇ. 6-4, 69), to begin to drink, drink RV. &c. &c

• to imbibe (cakṣuṣā, with the eye i.e. feast the eyes upon) MBh

≫ prapā

pra-pā́ f. a place for supplying water, a place for watering cattle or a shed on the road-side containing a reservoir of water for travellers, fountain, cistern, well AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 58 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)

• a supply of water, affluent (of a tank &c.) L

• -pālikā or ○lī f. a woman who distributes water to travellers Vcar

• -pūraṇa n. filling a cistern with water

• ○ṇīya mfn. serving to fill a cistern with with Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat

• -maṇḍapa m. a shed with water for travellers Vcar

• -vana n. 'fountaingrove', a cool grove L

⋙ prapāṇa

pra-ḍpāṇa n. drinking, a drink or beverage (in a-prap○ and su-prap○ cf. also pra-pāna)

⋙ prapāṇīya

pra-ḍpāṇīya mfn. to be drunk, drinkable W

⋙ prapāna

pra-ḍpāna n. drinking, sipping R

• the under part of a horse's upper lip (which he uses in drinking) Var. (v. l. ○pāṇa)

⋙ prapānaka

pra-ḍpānaka n. sherbet Bhpr. Sāh

⋙ prapāyin

pra-ḍpāyin mfn. drinking, one who drinks W

⋙ prapīti

pra-ḍpīti f. the act of drinking Kauś. Sch

prapā

pra-pā √3. P. -pāti, to protect, defend from (abl.) BhP

⋙ prapāyin

pra-ḍpāyin mfn. who or what protects W

⋙ prapālaka

pra-ḍpālaka m. (cf. √pāl) a guardian, protector Kāv

⋙ prapālana

pra-ḍpālana n. guarding, protecting, protection Cat

⋙ prapālin

pra-ḍpālin m. 'protector', N. of Baladeva L

prapāka

pra-pāka See pra- √2. pac

prapāṭikā

pra-pāṭikā f. a young shoot or sprout L

prapāṭhaka

pra-pāṭhaka See pra-√paṭh

prapāṇi

pra-pāṇi or ○ṇika m. the fore-arm Car

prapāṇḍu

pra-pāṇḍu or ○ḍura mfn. very white, of a dazzling white colour Suśr

prapāta

pra-pāta &c. See pra-√pat

prapādika

prapādika or ○dīka m. a peacock L

prapāduka

pra-pāduka &c. See above

prapitāmaha

prá-pitāmaha m. a paternal great-grandfather VS. TS

• (○mahá) AV. &c. &c

• N. of Kṛishṇa and Brahmā MBh

• (ī), f. a paternal great-grandmother ib

• m. pl. great-grandfathers, ancestors R. Kathās

≫ prapitṛvya

pra-pitṛvya m. a paternal grand-uncle L

prapitva

pra-pitvá n. (perhaps for pra-pit-tva fr. √pat [Page 682, Column 3]

• cf. apa-pitva) start, flight, haste RV

• the advanced day i.e. evening ib

≫ prapitsu

pra-pitsu See col. 2

prapinv

pra-√pinv P. Ā. -pinvati, ○te, to swell, be full of, be rich, flow over RV

prapiṣ

pra-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi, to crush to pieces, pound Pañcat.: Caus. -peṣayati, to pound, grind or crush to pieces Suśr

⋙ prapiṣṭa

pra-ḍpiṣṭa (prá-), mfn. crushed or ground down ŚBr. KātyŚr

• -bhāga (○ṭá-), mfn. whose share has been ground down' TS

prapī

pra-√pī &c. See pra-√pyai

prapīḍ

pra-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press, squeeze ŚBr. MBh. Suśr

• to suppress (the breath) ChUp

• to afflict, torment, harass MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ prapīḍana

pra-ḍpīḍana n. pressing, squeezing Suśr

• an astringent ib

⋙ prapīḍita

pra-ḍpīḍita mfn. pressed, afflicted, tortured MBh. Kāv. &c

prapīti

pra-pīti See pra- √1. pā

prapuṭa

pra-puṭa m. 'a large cornucopia' Kauś. (dṛḍhaḥ puṭaḥ Sch.)

prapuṇḍarīka

pra-puṇḍarīka v. l. for prapauṇḍ○, q.v

praputra

pra-putra m. a grandson, descendant Inscr

praputh

pra-√puth Caus. -pothayati, to push away (anyo'nyam, 'each other') R

prapunāṭa

prapunāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), prapuṃnaḍa, or ○nāṭa (L.), ○nāḍa (Suśr.), ○nāla (L.), m. Cassia Tora or Cavia Alata

prapurāṇa

pra-purāṇa mfn. very old, kept a long time Car

prapuṣ

pra-√puṣ P. -puṣyati (RV.), puṣṇāti (BhP.), to nourish, feed, support

prapuṣpita

pra-puṣpita mfn. flowering, in blossom, blooming MBh. R

prapūj

pra-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to respect, honour, esteem MBh. Kāv. Śaṃk

• to honour i.e. present with (instr.) Hcat

⋙ prapūjita

pra-ḍpūjita mfn. honoured, respected MBh

prapṛ

pra-pṛ √1. (only aor. Subj. -parṣi), to carry across, bring over (ati) RV. i, 174, 9

prapṛc

pra-√pṛc P. -pṛṇakti, or -pṛñcati, to come in contact with (acc.) RV. TBr

prapṛthak

pra-pṛthák ind. singly, one by one AV

prapṛṣṭha

pra-pṛṣṭha mfn. having a prominent or protuberant back Pāṇ. 6-2, 177 Sch

prapṝ

pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti ( See pra-pra-√pṝ), Pass. -pūryate, to be filled, become full or satiated, be completed or fulfilled or accomplished MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill up, complete MBh. R

• to make rich, enrich Mṛicch

⋙ prapūraka

pra-ḍpūraka mf(ikā)n. filling up, fulfilling, satisfying Kāvyâd. Sch

• (ikā), f. Solanum Jacquini L

⋙ prapūraṇa

pra-ḍpūraṇa mf(ī)n. filling up (oil, and) increasing (love) Cat

• the act of filling up, filling, putting in, inserting, injecting (with loc. or comp.) Suśr

• satiating, satisfying Cat

• bending (of a bow) R

• adorning, embellishing (of Indra's banner) Var

⋙ prapūrita

pra-ḍpūrita mfn. filled up, completed MBh

prapauṇḍarīka

pra-pauṇḍarīka n. the √of Nymphaea Lotus Car. (v. l. prapuṇḍ○)

• Hibiscus Mutabilis Suśr

prapautra

pra-pautra m. the son of a son's son, a great-grandson Kathās. Rājat. (also ○traka Yājñ.)

• (ī), f. a great-granddaughter Hcat

prapyasa

pra-pyasá mfn. swelling AV. (cf. next)

prapyai

pra-√pyai Ā. -pyāyate, to swell out, swell up, be distended or exuberant RV. VS. TS.: Caus. -pyāyayati, to cause to swell out, distend RV. ŚBr

≫ prapīta

prá-pīta mfn. swollen out, swollen up, distended RV

⋙ prapīna

prá-pīna mfn. id. VS

≫ prapyāta

prá-pyāta mfn. id. TS

⋙ prapyāna

prá-ḍpyāna mfn. id. Pāṇ. 6-1, 28 Sch. [Page 683, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ prapyāyana

pra-pyāyana n

⋙ prapyāyanapyāyanīya

○pyāyanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

≫ prapyāyayitṛ

pra-pyāyayitṛ́ mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to swell out, distending ŚBr

praprajan

pra-pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born again and again RV. v, 58, 5

praprapṝ

pra-pra-√pṝ P. -pṛṇāti, to fill up, complete RV. v, 5, 5

praprarṣ

pra-prarṣ (-pra-√ṛṣ), P. -arṣati, to stream forth towards (dat.) RV. ix, 9, 2

prapravī

pra-pra-√vī P. -veti, to advance against, attack RV. vii, 6, 3

prapraśaṃs

pra-pra-√śaṃs Pass. -śasyate, to be praised RV. i, 138, 1 (cf. vi, 48, 1)

prapraśru

pra-pra-√śru Pass. (3. sg.) -śṛṇve, to be celebrated RV. vii, 8, 4

praprasthā

pra-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to rise, advance RV. i, 40, 7

praprās

pra-prâs (-pra- √1. as), P. -asti, to be in a high degree or prominently RV. i, 150, 3

praprī

pra-√prī Caus. -prīṇayati, to make pleasant Divyâv

prapruth

pra-√pruth P. -prothati, to snort (as a horse) RV. TS

• to blow or puff out (the cheeks) RV. iii, 32, 1

• to shake the limbs noisily TāṇḍBr. Sch

⋙ praprotha

pra-ḍprothá m. snorting, blowing, puffing MaitrS

• the nostrils of a horse Āpast

• N. of a partic. plant (sometimes used as a substitute for the Soma) TāṇḍBr

prapre

prá-prê (-pra-√i), P. 3. pl. -yanti, to go forth, move on, advance RV. iii, 9, 3

praplu

pra-√plu Ā. -plavate, to go to sea (samudram), float or sail away TS. AitBr.: Caus. -plāvayati, to cause to float or sail away ṢaḍvBr

• to wash or flood with water ŚBr. GṛŚrS

⋙ praplāvana

pra-ḍplāvana n. flooding with water, extinguishing (a fire) AitBr

⋙ prapluta

pra-ḍpluta (prá-), mfn. dipped in water VS

prapharvī

prapharvī́ f. a wanton or lascivious girl RV. AV. VS

• ○vi-dā (ĀpŚr.), ○vii-dā (Kāṭh.), f. bestowing a wanton girl

praphulta

pra-phulta mfn. = pra-phulla Pāṇ. 7-4, 89 Sch

⋙ praphulti

pra-ḍphulti f. blooming, blossoming ib

≫ praphulla

praphulla mfn. ( See √phull. phal) blooming forth, blooming, blown MBh. Kāv. &c

• covered with blossoms or flowers R. Hariv

• expanded, opened wide (like a full-blown flower), shining, smiling, cheerful, pleased ( See comp.)

⋙ praphullanagavat

○naga-vat mfn. rich in blooming trees R

⋙ praphullanayana

○nayana (W.),

⋙ praphullanetra

○netra (Śatṛ.), mfn. having fully opened or sparkling eyes, having eyes expanded with joy

⋙ praphullavadana

○vadana mfn. having the face expanded with joy, looking gay or happy W

prabandh

pra-√bandh P. -badhnāti, to bind on, fasten, fetter, check, hinder ŚBr

• &c &c

⋙ prabaddha

pra-ḍbaddha mfn. bound, tied, fettered ChUp. &c. &c

• dependent on (comp.) MBh

• checked, stopped, suppressed

• -mūtra mfn. suffering from retention of urine Suśr

⋙ prabanddhṛ

pra-ḍbanddhṛ m. 'one who connects together', a composer, author Pratāp

• an interpreter (○ddhṛ-tā f.) Naish

⋙ prabandha

pra-ḍbandha m. a connection, band, tie (garbha-nāḍī-prab○, the umbilical cord) Suśr

• an uninterrupted connection, continuous series, uninterruptedness, continuance Hariv. Kāv. &c

• a composition, (esp.) any literary production Kāv. Rājat. Pratāp

• a commentary Naish. Sch

• -kalpanā f. a feigned story, a work of fiction L

• -kośa m. -cintāmaṇi m. N. of wks

• -varṣa m. incessant rain Var

• ○dhâdhyāya m. N. of the 4th ch. of the Saṃgīta-darpaṇa and of the Saṃgītaratnâkara

• ○dhârtha m. the subject-matter of a composition or treatise, A

⋙ prabandhana

pra-ḍbandhana n. binding, fettering Kir

• connection, bond, tie Suśr

prababhra

prababhra m. N. of Indra Kāṭh. (cf. pravabhrá)

prabarha

pra-barha m. (√1 bṛh) the best, most excellent MBh. R. (cf. pra-varha)

prabarhaṇa

pra-barhaṇa n. (√2. bṛh, bṛṃh) tearing off or out ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ prabarham

pra-ḍbarham See pravarham. [Page 683, Column 2]

prabala 1

pra-bala mf(ā)n. strong, powerful, mighty, great, important (as a word), violent (as pain) MBh. Kāv. &c

• dangerous, pernicious MārkP

• (ifc.) abounding in Suśr

• (ám), ind. greatly, much ŚBr

• m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

• of an attendant of Vishṇu ib

• of a Daitya Kathās

• wṛ. for pra-vāla L

• (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L

• (ī), f. See s.v

⋙ prabalatara

○tara mfn. stronger, very strong or mighty Prab

⋙ prabalatā

○tā f. (Rājat.),

⋙ prabalatva

○tva n. (Kull.) strength, power, might, validity

⋙ prabalatoya

○toya mfn. abounding in water Rājat

⋙ prabalanirṇayavyākhyā

○nirṇaya-vyākhyā f. N. of wk

⋙ prabalarudita

○rudita n. strong crying, excessive weeping Megh

⋙ prabalavat

○vat mfn. strong, mighty MBh

⋙ prabalavirasā

○virasā f. decay Divyâv

≫ prabala 2

pra-bala Nom. P. ○lati, to become strong or powerful L

⋙ prabalanatā

pra-ḍbalana-tā f. strengthening Kāv

≫ prabalaya

prabalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to strengthen, increase Mcar

≫ prabalī 1

prabalī in comp. for ○bala

⋙ prabalībhū

○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become strong or mighty Kathās

prabalī 2

prabalī f. a class, division of a community (?) Inscr

prabahlikā

pra-bahlikā See pra-vahlikā

prabādh

pra-√bādh Ā. -bādhate (ep. also P. ○ti), to press forward, drive, urge, promote RV. Nir

• to repel, drive away, keep off MBh. Kāv. &c

• to torment, vex, hurt, injure, annoy ib

• to set aside, annul Pāṇ. 7-2, 90 Sch.: Intens., See below

⋙ prabādhaka

pra-ḍbādhaka mfn. (ifc.) pressing back, keeping away Suśr

• refusing MW

⋙ prabādhana

pra-ḍbādhana n. keeping off, keeping at a distance MBh. MārkP

• pressing hard upon, tormenting, paining MBh. (also ā f. Jātakam.)

• refusing, denying MW

⋙ prabādhita

pra-ḍbādhita (prá-), mfn. driven, urged on RV. x, 108, 9

• oppressed MW

⋙ prabādhin

pra-ḍbādhin mfn. (ifc.) harassing, paining, tormenting Bālar

⋙ prabābadhāna

pra-ḍbā́badhāna mfn. (fr. Intens.) hastening on before, overtaking RV

prabāla

pra-bāla See pra-vāla

prabālaka

pra-bālaka m. N. of a Yaksha MBh

• (ikā), f. N. of a woman, Vāsav. introd. (printed ○vālikā)

prabālika

pra-bālika (or -vālika ?), m. a kind of purslain L

prabāhu

pra-bāhu m. the fore-arm Var. VP

• 'long-armed', N. of a man MBh. (also ○huka VP.)

prabāhuk

pra-bā́huk ind. in an even line, on a level TS. Br. (= bāhulyena TBr. Sch.)

⋙ prabāhukam

pra-bā́ḍhukam ind. at the same time or on high L. (g. svar-ādi)

prabudh

pra-√budh Ā. -budhyate (Ved. inf. -búdhe), to wake up, wake, awake (intrans.) RV. &c. &c

• to expand, open, bloom, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c

• P. -bodhati, to become conscious or aware of know, understand, recognise as (2. acc.) MBh.: Caus. -bodkayati, to wake up, awaken (trans.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to cause to expand or bloom Kum

• to stimulate (by gentle friction), ŚarṅgS

• to make sensible, cause to know, inform, admonish, persuade, convince MBh. Kāv. &c

• to instruct, teach (two acc.) Cāṇ

⋙ prabuddha

pra-ḍbuddha mfn. awakened, awake, roused, expanded, developed, opened, blown Up. MBh. &c

• come forth, appeared Vcar

• (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell) Cat

• known, understood, recognised Kap

• enlightened, clear-sighted, clever, wise Kathās. Hcar

• m. N. of a teacher BhP

• -tā f. intelligence, wisdom MārkP

≫ prabudh

pra-budh mfn. watchful, attentive RV

• f. awaking ib

⋙ prabudha

pra-ḍbudha m. a great sage BhP

≫ prabodha

pra-bodha m. awaking (from sleep or ignorance), becoming conscious, consciousness Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat

• opening, blowing (of flowers) Kālid

• manifestation, appearance (of intelligence) Pañcat. (v. l.)

• waking, wakefulness Śak

• knowledge, understanding, intelligence Ragh. BhP. Śāntiś

• awakening (trans.) R

• friendly admonition, good words (pl.) Naish

• reviving of an evaporated scent VarBṛS

• N. of wk

• -candra m. 'the moon of knowledge', knowledge personified and compared with the moon Prab

• -candrikā f. 'moonlight of knowledge', N. of sev. wks

• -candrôdaya m. 'rise of the moon of knowledge', N. of a celebrated philosophical drama and of sev. other wks

• ○daya-saṃgraha m. ○dayâmalaka m. or n. (?) N. of wks

• -cintāmaṇi m. -dīpikā f. -prakāśa m. -mañjarī f. -mānasôllāsa m. -ratnâkara m. N. of wks. [Page 683, Column 3]

• -vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• -siddhi f. -sudhâkara m. -sū7kti-vyākhyā f. N. of wks

• ○dhânanda m. (with sarasvatī), N. of an author Cat

• ○dhôtsava m. = ○dhinī (below)

• N. of wk. (cf. nārāyaṇaprabodh○)

• ○dh4ôdaya m. rise of knowledge Prab

• N. of wk

⋙ prabodhaka

pra-ḍbodhaka mfn. awakening, causing to open or blossom Subh

• m. a minstrel whose duty is to wake the king L

• (ifc.) = ○bodha, understanding, intelligence (e.g. sukha-prabodhaka f. ikā, of easy intelligence i.e. easily intelligible Cat.)

⋙ prabodhana

pra-ḍbodhana mfn. awaking, arousing, Ṛit. Pañcat

• m. N. of a Buddha Buddh

• (ī), f. the 11th day in the light half of the month Kārttika, celebrated as a festival in commemoration of the waking of Vishṇn Pur

• Alhagi Maurorum L

• n. waking, awaking MBh. Kāv. &c

• awakening, arousing, MHh. Hariv

• knowledge, understanding, comprehension Pañcat

• enlightening, instructing ib. Prab

• reviving of an evaporated scent L

⋙ prabodhita

pra-ḍbodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) awakened, aroused &c. MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -vat Sāh.)

• (ā), f. N. of a metre Chandom

⋙ prabodhin

pra-ḍbodhin mfn. awaking Ragh

• coming forth from (abl.) R

• (inī), f. the 11th day in the light half of Kārttika (= ○bodhanī) Cat

• ○dhi-tā f. awaking, wakefulness (a-prab○) MBh

⋙ prabodhya

pra-ḍbodhya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be awakened MBh. Kathās. Suśr

prabrū

pra-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūte, to exclaim, proclaim, announce, declare, teach, indicate, betray RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS

• to praise, celebrate RV

• to speak kindly to (dat.) ib

• to say, tell, relate MBh. Kāv. &c. (with two acc. Bhaṭṭ

• with satyam, to speak the truth, speak sincerely VarBṛS.)

• to read before (gen. or dat.) MW

• to call, name BhP

• to describe as (two acc.) MBh

• to announce i.e. recommend anything to (dat.), offer, present Āpast. (cf. ni- √1. vid, Caus.)

prabhaj

pra-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to execute, accomplish Pañcar

• to honour Buddh

• to divide MW. 0bhāga, m. division KātySr

• (fr. pra + bhāga) the fraction of a fraction, a sub-fraction Col

• -jāti f. reduction of sub-fractious to a common denominator ib

⋙ prabhāj

pra-ḍbhāj mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 62 Sch

prabhañj

pra-√bhañj P. -bhanákti, to break up, crush, destroy, rout, defeat RV. &c. &c.: Pass. pr. p. -bhajyamāna, being broken to pieces or broken up BhP

⋙ prabhagna

pra-ḍbhagna mfn. crushed to pieces, defeated MBh. R

⋙ prabhaṅga

pra-ḍbhaṅgá m. a breaker, crusher RV

• breaking, crushing, destruction R

⋙ prabhaṅgin

pra-ḍbhaṅgín mfn. breaking, crushing, destroying RV

⋙ prabhaṅgura

pra-ḍbhaṅgura mfn. breaking (perishable ?) L

⋙ prabhañjana

pra-ḍbhañjana mfn. = ○bhaṅgin Kauś. MBh. Hariv

• m. wind or the god of wind, storm, tempest, hurricane MBh. R. &c

• a nervous disease Suśr

• a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• N. of a prince MBh

• n. the act of breaking to pieces AdbhBr

prabhadra

pra-bhadra n. Azadirachta Indica L

• (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L

⋙ prabhadraka

pra-ḍbhadraka mfn. exceedingly handsome or beautiful MBh. R

• n. a kind of metre Col

• a combination of 4 Ślokas containing one sentence Kāvyâd. Sch

prabhartavya

pra-bhartavya &c. See pra-√bhṛ

prabhava

pra-bhava &c. See under pra-√bhū

prabhā

pra-bhā √1. P. -bhāti, to shine forth, begin to become light, shine, gleam RV. &c. &c

• to appear, seem, look like (nom. with or without iva) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to illuminate, enlighten TUp

≫ prabhā

prabhā́ f. light, splendour, radiance, beautiful appearance (ifc. often mfn. with f. ā) Mn. MBh. &c

• the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial Sūryas

• light variously personified (as wife of the sun, or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar, Madhyaṃ-dina and Sāya i.e. morning, midday and evening, or as a form of Durgā in the disc of the sun) Hariv. Pur

• N. of a Śakti Hcat

• of an Apsaras MBh

• of a daughter of Svar-bhānu and mother of Nahusha Hariv

• of the city of Kubera L

• of a kind of metre Col

• of sev. wks

⋙ prabhākara

○kara m. 'light-maker', the sun (du. sun and moon) MBh. Kāv. Kathās

• the moon L

• fire L

• a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

• N. of Śiva Śivag

• of a class of deities under the 8th Manu MārkP

• of a serpentdemon MBh

• of a sage of the race of Atri Hariv. Pur

• of a son of Jyotish-mat VP

• of a teacher of the Māmāṃsā philosophy (associated with Kumārilabhaṭṭa) Col. [Page 684, Column 1] Contents of this page

• of sev. other teachers and authors (also prabhākara-guru, -candra, -datta, -deva, -nandana, -mitra) Cat

• -pariccheda m. N. of wk

• -vardhana m. N. of a king Hcar

• -varman m. N. of a minister Rājat

• -siddhi m. N. of a scholar Buddh

• -svāmin m. N. of the statue of the tutelary deity of Prabhākara-varman Rājat

• ○râhnika n. N. of wk

• (ī), f. (with Buddhists) one of the 10 stages of perfection Dharmas. 64

• n. N. of a Varsha MBh

⋙ prabhākīṭa

○kīṭa m. 'light-insect', a firefly L

⋙ prabhāñjana

○"ṣñjana (○bhâñj○), m. Hyperanthera Moringa L

⋙ prabhātarala

○tarala mfn. tremulously radiant, flashing Śak

⋙ prabhātīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

⋙ prabhānanā

○"ṣnanā (○bhân○), f. N. of a Surâṅganā, Siṇhâs

⋙ prabhāpadaśakti

○pada-śakti f. N. of wk

⋙ prabhāpallavita

○pallavita mfn. overspread with lustre Vikr

⋙ prabhāpāla

○pāla m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh

⋙ prabhāpraroha

○praroha m. a shoot i.e. flash or ray of light Ragh

⋙ prabhāmaṇḍala

○maṇḍala n. (also ○la-ka n. Kathās.) a circle or crown of rays ib

• -śobhin mfn. shining with a circle of rays Ragh

• N. of wk

• m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

⋙ prabhāmaya

○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of light, shining MBh. Hariv

• m. a partic. Gaṇa of Śiva Harav

⋙ prabhālepin

○lepin mfn. covered with splendour Hcar

⋙ prabhālocana

○"ṣlocana (○bhâl○), n. N. of wk

⋙ prabhāvat

○vat mfn. luminous, radiant, splendid MBh. Kāv. &c

• (ī), f. the lute of one of the Gaṇas or demigods attendant on Śiva L

• a kind of metre Śrutab

• (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt

• N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit

• of the wife of the sun MBh

• of one of the Mātṛis attendant on Skanda ib

• of an Apsaras VP

• of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• of a sister of the Asura Indra-damana L

• of a daughter of king Vajra-nābha and wife of Pradyumna Hariv

• of the wife of Citra-ratha king of Aṅga MBh

• of the daughter of Suviira and wife of Marutta MārkP

• of a Tāpasī MBh

• of them other of Malli (the 19th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī) L

• of the daughter of the Śreshṭhin Soma-datta and wife of Madana the son of Vikrama-sena Śukas

• of a river W

• (-pariṇaya m. 'the marriage of Prabhāvatī', N. of a drama by Viśva-nātha)

⋙ prabhāvalī

○"ṣvalī (○bhâv○), f. N. of wk

⋙ prabhāvyūha

○vyūha m. N. of a Buddh. deity Lalit

⋙ prabheśvaratīrtha

prabhêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP

≫ prabhāta

prabhāta mfn. shone forth, begun to become clear or light MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. N. of a son of the sun and Prabhā VP

• (ā), f. N. of the mother of the Vasus Pratyūsha and Prabhāsa MBh

• n. daybreak, dawn, morning Gaut. MBh. &c

⋙ prabhātakaraṇīya

○karaṇīya n. a morning rite or ceremony Śak

⋙ prabhātakalpa

○kalpa mf(ā)n. nearly become light, approaching dawn (as night) R

⋙ prabhātakāla

○kāla m. time of daybreak, early morning Suśr

⋙ prabhātaprāya

○prâya mfn. = -kalpa Kād

⋙ prabhātasamaya

○samaya m. = -kāla MBh

≫ prabhāna

pra-bhāna n. light, radiance, shining Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙ prabhānīya

pra-ḍbhānīya mfn. to be irradiated or lighted ib

⋙ prabhānu

pra-ḍbhānu m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

⋙ prabhāpana

pra-ḍbhāpana n. (from Caus.) causing to shine Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Vārtt. 2. Pat

⋙ prabhāpanīya

pra-ḍbhāpanīya mfn. to be caused to shine Pāṇ. ib. Sch

prabhāga

prabhāgá See pra-√bhaj

prabhāraka

prabhāraka wṛ. for prabhā-kara MBh

prabhāva

pra-bhāva &c. See pra-√bhū

prabhāṣ

pra-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak, tell, declare, disclose, manifest, explain, call, name MBh. Kāv. &c

• to talk to, converse with (acc.) MBh

⋙ prabhāṣa

pra-ḍbhāṣa m. declaration, doctrine Hariv. (Nīlak.)

• wṛ. for -bhāsa

⋙ prabhāṣaṇa

pra-ḍbhāṣaṇa n. explanation Suśr

• ○ṇīya mfn. relating to an explṭexplanation ib

⋙ prabhāṣita

pra-ḍbhāṣita mfn. spoken, uttered, declared MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. speech, talk Var

⋙ prabhāṣin

pra-ḍbhāṣin mfn. saying, speaking MBh. BhP

prabhās

pra-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate (ep. also P. ○ti), to shine, glitter, be brilliant MBh. Hariv

• to appear like (iva) MBh.: Caus. -bhāsayati, to irradiate, illuminate, enlighten MBh. R

⋙ prabhāsa

pra-ḍbhāsa M. 'splendour', 'beauty', N. of a Vasu MBh

• of a being attendant on Skanda ib

• of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP

• (with Jainas) of one of the 11 Gaṇâdhipas L

• of a son of a minister of Candraprabha king of Madra Kathās

• (pl.) N. of a race of Ṛishis MBh

• m. or n. N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage on the west coast of the Dekhan near Dvārakā MBh. Kāv. &c. (also -kṣetra n. -kṣetra-tīrtha n. -deśa m.)

• -kṣetra-tīrtha-yātrânukrama m. -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -khaṇḍa m. or n. and ○sêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of wks. [Page 684, Column 2]

⋙ prabhāsana

pra-ḍbhāsana n. irradiating, illumining MBh

⋙ prabhāsura

pra-ḍbhāsura (R.),

⋙ prabhāsvat

pra-ḍbhāsvat (Hariv.), mfn. shining forth, shining brightly, brilliant

⋙ prabhāsvara

pra-ḍbhāsvara mfn. id. R. Kathās

• clear, shrill (as a voice) L

• (ā), f. a partic. mythical plant Divyâv

prabhid

pra-√bhid P. -bhinatti, to cleave, split asunder, break, pierce, open RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken in pieces, crumble ŚBr

• to be dissolved, open KaṭhUp

• to split, divide (intr.) MBh.: Caus. of Intens. -bebhidayya Pat

⋙ prabhid

pra-ḍbhid mfn. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61 Sch

⋙ prabhinna

pra-ḍbhinna mfn. split asunder, cleft, broken, pierced, opened MBh. Kāv. &c

• blown (as a flower) Sāh

• exuding (as blood) Suśr

• flowing with juice (cf. -karaṭa

• m. an elephant in rut) MBh. R

• broken through, interrupted R

• disfigured, altered, depressed MBh

• -karaṭa mfn. having the temples cleft and flowing with juice (as a rutting elephant) MBh. R. (○ṭā-mukha mfn. having the fissure in the temples flowing with juice MBh.)

• -viṣ mfn. secreting or relaxing the feces, aperient Suśr

• ○bhinnâñjana n. mixed collyrium, an eye-salve mixed with oil Ṛitus. Pañcat

⋙ prabheda

pra-ḍbheda m. splitting, piercing, cutting through Yājñ. MBh. Ragh

• the flowing of juice from the temples of an elephant Megh

• division, subdivision, variety, species, kind, sort MBh. Kap. Hcat. Suśr

⋙ prabhedaka

pra-ḍbhedaka mf(ikā)n. tearing asunder, cleaving, piercing (cf. carma-prabhedikā)

⋙ prabhedana

pra-ḍbhedana mfn. id. MBh

prabhī

pra-√bhī (only pf. -bibhayāṃ-cakāra), to be terrified at (abl.) Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prabhīta

pra-ḍbhīta mfn. terrified, afraid MBh

prabhu

pra-bhu See under pra-√bhū below

prabhuj

pra-bhuj √1. (only ind. p. -bhujya), to bend, incline Br. Kauś

⋙ prabhugna

pra-ḍbhugna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

prabhuj

pra-bhuj √3. (only pr. p. -bhuñjatī́), to befriend, protect (?) RV. i, 48, 5

⋙ prabhukta

pra-ḍbhukta mfn. begun to be eaten (as rice) Pāṇ. 1-2, 21 Sch

prabhū

pra-√bhū P. -bhavati (rarely Ā. ○te

• Ved. inf. -bhūṣáṇi), to come forth, spring up, arise or originate from (abl.), appear, become visible, happen, occur ŚBr. &c. &c

• to be before, surpass (with pṛṣṭham, 'to be greater or more than the back can carry', applied to wealth RV. ii, 13, 4) to become or be numerous, increase, prevail, be powerful RV. &c. &c. (3. sg. prabhavati-tarām, 'has more power' Vikr. v, 18)

• to rule, control, have power over, be master of (gen., loc. or dat.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be equal to or capable of (dat. or loc.) ib

• to be a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat

• to be able to (inf.) Kālid. Kathās. &c

• to profit, avail, be of use to (dat.) RV. Br

• to implore, beseech (?) Hariv.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to increase, spread out, extend, augment, multiply (esp. the Soma by placing it in a greater number of vessels) Br

• to provide more amply, endow more richly, cause to thrive or prosper, cherish, nurture ib. MBh. &c

• (as Nom. fr. -bhāva below) to gain or possess power or strength, rule over (acc.) MBh. R

• to recognise R.: Desid. of Caus. -bibhāvayiṣati, to wish to increase or extend AitBr

≫ prabhava

pra-bhavá mfn. prominent, excelling, distinguished RV

• m. production, source, origin, cause of existence (as father or mother, also 'the Creator'), birthplace (often ifc., with f. ā, springing or rising or derived from, belonging to) Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• might, power (= pra-bhāva) L

• N. of a Sādhya Hariv

• of Vishṇu A

• of sev. men HPariś

• N. of the first or 35th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var

• -prabhu and -svāmin m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 6 Śruta-kevalins L

⋙ prabhavat

pra-ḍbhavat mf(antī)n. coming forth, arising &c

• mighty, powerful, potent MBh. Kāv

⋙ prabhavana

pra-ḍbhavana n. production, source, origin (ifc. 'springing from'

• cf. meru-prabh○ and Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch.)

• ruling, presiding (?) W

⋙ prabhavanīya

pra-ḍbhavanīya mfn. Pāṇ. ib

⋙ prabhavitṛ

pra-ḍbhavitṛ mfn. powerful, potent

• m. a great lord or ruler Bhartṛ

⋙ prabhaviṣṇu

pra-ḍbhaviṣṇu mfn. = prec. (also m

• with gen. or loc. 'lord over') MBh. Kāv. &c

• tā f. lordship, supremacy, dominion, tyranny Var

• power to (inf.) Rājat

⋙ prabhavya

pra-ḍbhavya mfn. (fr. pra-√bhū) Pāṇ. 3-1, 107 Sch

• (fr. pra-bhava) being at the source or origin, original Lāṭy

• fit for rule (?) W

⋙ prabhāva

pra-ḍbhāva m. (ifc. f. ā) might, power, majesty, dignity, strength, efficacy Mn. MBh. &c. (○veṇa, ○vāt and ○vatas ind. by means or in consequence of, through, by) [Page 684, Column 3]

• supernatural power Kālid

• splendour, beauty MBh. R

• tranquillizing, conciliation (?) L

• N. of the chapters of the Rasikapriyā Cat

• N. of a son of Manu Sva-rocis MārkP

• -ja mfn. proceeding from conscious majesty or power W

• -tva n. power, strength Kām

• -vat mfn. powerful, strong, mighty MBh. Kathās

⋙ prabhāvaka

pra-ḍbhāvaka mfn. prominent, having power or influence Śatr. Siṃhâs

⋙ prabhāvana

pra-ḍbhāvana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) creating, creative MBh

• explaining, disclosing (= prakāśaka) R. (B.)

• m. creator MBh. R. Hariv

• (ā), f. disclosing, revealing, promulgation (of a doctrine) HYog

⋙ prabhāvaya

pra-ḍbhāvaya Nom. ○yati, See under Caus. above

⋙ prabhāvayitṛ

pra-ḍbhāvayitṛ mfn. making powerful or mighty Daś

⋙ prabhāvita

pra-ḍbhāvita (Kām.),

⋙ prabhāvin

pra-ḍbhāvin (Śiś.), mfn. powerful, mighty

≫ prabhu

pra-bhú mfn. (Ved. also ū́ f. vii) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. &c. &c

• more powerful than (abl.) MBh

• having power over (gen.) VP

• able, capable, having power to (loc., inf. or comp.) Kāv

• a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat

• constant, eternal L

• m. a master, lord, king (also applied to gods, e.g. to Sūrya and Agni RV

• to Prajā-pati Mn

• to Brahmā ChUp

• to Indra R

• to Śiva MBh

• to Vishṇu L.)

• the chief or leader of a sect RTL. 142

• a sound, word L

• quicksilver L

• N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP

• of a son of Kardama Hariv

• of a son of Śuka and Pīvarī ib

• of a son of Bhaga and Siddhi BhP

• of a poet Cat

• of sev. other men HPariś

• (○bhvii f. N. of a Śakti Pañcar.)

• -kathā f. N. of wk

• -tā f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yājñ. (v. l.) Kathās

• power over (loc.) Śak

• possession of (comp.) Ragh

• prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Ratnâv

• -tva n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen., loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• prevalence (instr. 'for the most part') Suśr

• -tvabodhi f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kāraṇḍ

• -tvâkṣepa m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kāvyâd. ii, 138

• -deva m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat

• (ī), f. (with lāṭī) N. of a poetess ib

• -bhakta mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cāṇ

• m. a good horse L

• -bhakti f. loyalty, faithfulness MW

• -liṅga-caritra n. -liṅga-līlā f. -vaṃśa m. N. of wks

• -śabda-śeṣa mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh

⋙ prabhū

pra-ḍbhū = ○bhu (cf. above)

• -tva n. sufficiency KātyŚr. (cf. prabhu-tva)

• -vasu (○bhū́- Padap. ○bhú-), mfn. abundantly wealthy (said of Indra and Soma) RV

• m. N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras, author of RV. v, 35, 36 ; ix, 35, 36

≫ prabhūta

prá-bhūta mfn. come forth, risen, appeared &c

• (ifc.) become, transformed into Daś

• abundant, much, numerous, considerable, high, great ŚBr. &c. &c. (compar. -tara Pañcat

• superl. -tama Daś.)

• abounding in (comp.) R

• able to (inf.) Sāh

• governed, presided over W

• mature, perfect ib

• m. a class of deities in the 6th Manvantara Hariv. (v. l. pra-sūta)

• n. (in phil.) a great or primary element (= mahā-bhūta) Sāṃkhyak

• -jihvatā f. having a long tongue (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83 (also -tanu-jihv○, 'having a long and thin tongue ib.)

• -tā f. quantity, plenty, multitude, large number Śiś

• -tva n. id. Pañcat

• sufficiency KātyŚr. (v. l. for prabhū-tva)

• -dhana-dhānya-vat mfn. rich in money and corn R

• -nāgâśva-ratha mfn. having many elephants and horses and chariots MBh

• -bhrānta n. much roaming Pañcat

• -yavasêndhana mfn. abounding in fresh grass and fuel ib

• -ratna m. N. of a Buddha SaddhP

• -rūpa n. great beauty MW

• -vayas mfn. advanced in years, old Kāv

• -varṣa n. pl. many years, Pañeat

• -śas ind. many times, often Car

• ○tôtka m. ardently desirous of or longing for Kāvyâd. iii, 118

⋙ prabhūtaka

prá-ḍbhūtaka mfn. containing the word prabhūta g. goṣad-ādi

• m. pl. a partic. class of deceased relatives, KāṭhAnukr

⋙ prabhūti

prá-ḍbhūti (prá-), f. source, origin TāṇḍBr

• imperious demeanour, violence RV. iv, 54, 3

• sufficiency RV. TBr

• a ruler, lord (?) RV. viii, 41, 1

⋙ prabhūvarī

prá-ḍbhūvarī f. reaching or extending beyond (acc.) VS

⋙ bhūṣṇu

bhūṣṇu mfn. powerful, strong, able L. (cf. ○bhaviṣṇu)

prabhūṣ

pra-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to offer, present RV. i, 159, 1

prabhṛ

pra-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te, to bring forward, place before, offer, present RV. AV. ŚāṅkhŚr. [Page 685, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to stretch forth, extend RV

• to hurl, cast ib

• (Ā.) to quiver ib

• to be borne along, rush on ib

• to praise ib

⋙ prabhartavya

pra-ḍbhartavya mfn. to be supported or nourished Yājñ

⋙ prabhartṛ

pra-ḍbhartṛ (prá-), m. bringer, procurer (with acc.) RV

⋙ prabharman

pra-ḍbharman (prá-), n. placing before, presenting RV

• reciting, recitation ib

≫ prabhṛta

prá-bhṛta mfn. brought forward &c

• placed in (loc.), introduced RV

• filled with (instr.) R. (B.)

⋙ prabhṛti

prá-ḍbhṛti (prá-), f. bringing forward, offering (of sacrifice or praise) RV. AV

• a throw or stroke RV

• beginning, commencement ŚBr. &c. &c. (ifc. = 'commencing with' or 'et caetera', e.g. munayaḥ somaśravaḥ-prabhṛtayaḥ, 'the Munis beginning with Somaśravaþ i.e. 'the Munis, Somaśravaþ &c.'

• in this sense also ○tika)

• ind. (after an abl., adv. or ifc.) beginning with, from-forward or upward, since GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (e.g. bālyāt prabhṛti, 'from boyhood upwards'

• janma-pr○, 'from birth'

• adya pr○, 'beginning from to-day, henceforth'

• tataḥ or tadā pr○, 'thenceforth' &c.)

≫ prabhṛtha

pra-bhṛthá m. an offering, oblation RV

prabheda

pra-bheda See pra-√bhid

prabhraṃś

pra-√bhraṃś Ā. -bhraśyate, to fall away, slip off, drop down, disappear, vanish R. Suśr

• to escape from (abl.) TBr. KātyŚr

• to be deprived of (abl.) Mṛicch.: Caus. -bhraṃśayati, to cause to fall down, cast down Suśr

• to cause to fall from, deprive of (abl.) MBh. Ragh

⋙ prabhraṃśa

pra-ḍbhraṃśa See á-prabhraṃśa

⋙ prabhraṃśathu

pra-ḍbhraṃśathu m. a disease of the nose accompanied with discharge of mucus Suśr

⋙ prabhraṃśana

pra-ḍbhraṃśana See nāva-prabh○ under 2. nāva

⋙ prabhraṃśita

pra-ḍbhraṃśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to fall down, deprived of, expelled from (abl.) MBh

⋙ prabhraṃśin

pra-ḍbhraṃśin mfn. falling off, falling down Ragh

⋙ prabhraṃśuka

pra-ḍbhraṃśuka mf(ā)n. falling off, vanishing, disappearing ŚBr. TBr

⋙ prabhraṣṭa

pra-ḍbhraṣṭa mfn. fallen down Ratnâv

• strayed, runaway, escaped from (abl.) ib. Mṛicch

• broken W

• -śīla mf(ā)n. of fallen character, immoral Var

⋙ prabhraṣṭaka

pra-ḍbhraṣṭaka n. a chaplet or wreath of flowers suspended from the lock on the crown of the head L

prabhram

pra-√bhram P. -bhramati, or -bhrāmyati, to roam about, wander through (acc.) Kathās

prabhrāj

pra-√bhrāj Ā. -bhrājate, to shine forth, gleam AV

⋙ prabhrāj

pra-ḍbhrāj mfn. (nom. ṭ) shining forth Āpast

pram

pram ind. (√1. prā). See goṣpadapram

pramaṃhiṣṭhīya

pramaṃhiṣṭhīya n. N. of the hymn RV. i, 57 (beginning with prá máṃhiṣṭhāya) AitBr

• N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr

pramaganda

prá-maganda m. the son of a usurer RV. iii, 53, 14 (Sāy

• others 'N. of a king')

pramagna

pra-magna See pra-√majj below

pramaṅkana

pra-maṅkana n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 32

pramaṅgana

pra-maṅgana n. Kāś. on Pāṇ. ib

pramajj

pra-√majj P. -majjati, to immerse one's self in, dip into Kāṭh

⋙ pramagna

pra-ḍmagna mfn. immersed, dipped, drowned Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 Sch

pramaṇas

pra-maṇas mfn. careful, attentive, kind AV

• good-natured, cheerful Hariv. (cf. pramanas)

pramaṇḍala

pra-maṇḍala n. (prob.) the felly of a wheel MBh

pramata

pra-mata See pra-√man

pramatta

pra-matta See pra-√mad

pramath

pra-√math (or manth), P. -mathati, or -mathnāti, to stir up violently, churn (the ocean) Ragh

• to tear or strike off, drag away ŚBr. MBh. R

• to handle roughly, harass, distress, annoy MBh. Kāv. &c. (ind. p. -mathya, violently, forcibly)

• to destroy, lay waste MBh.: Caus. -māthayati, to assault violently, harass, annoy MBh

⋙ pramatha

pra-ḍmatha m. 'Tormentor', N. of a class of demons attending on Śiva MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 238)

• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh

• a horse L

• (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L

• N. of the wife of Kshupa and mother of Vīra MārkP

• pain, affliction W

• -nātha (Kād.), -pati (L.), m. 'lord of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva [Page 685, Column 2]

• -prathama m. 'first of the Pramathas', N. of Bhṛiṅgiriṭi Bālar

• ○thâdhipa m. 'ruler of the Pramathas', N. of Śiva VarBṛS

• of Gaṇêśa L

• ○thâlaya m. 'abode of torment', hell L

⋙ pramathana

pra-ḍmathana mf(ī)n. harassing, tormenting, hurting, injuring MBh. Hariv. R

• destroying Subh

• m. N. of a magical formula pronounced over weapons R

• N. of a Dānava Kathās

• hurting, destroying, killing R

• agitating, churning W

⋙ pramathita

pra-ḍmathita mfn. well churned W

• torn off, dragged away, harassed, annoyed, injured, killed MBh. Kāv. &c

• -puraḥ-sara mfn. having the leader killed Kām

⋙ pramathin

pra-ḍmathin mfn. harassing, annoying, tormenting Mudr

⋙ pramathyā

pra-ḍmathyā f. a kind of paste or dough prepared by boiling any medicinal substance in water Car. Bhpr

⋙ pramantha

pra-ḍmantha m. a stick used for rubbing wood to produce fire KātyŚr

⋙ pramanthu

pra-ḍmanthu m. N. of a son of Vīra-vrata and younger brother of Manthu BhP. [cf. ?]

≫ pramātha

pra-mātha m. stirring about, racking, paining, tormenting MBh. Hariv

• rape (cf. draupadī-pr○)

• subjugation, destruction (of enemies) Uttarar

• N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh

• of one of the attendants of Skanda ib

• of a Dānaya Kathās

• pl. N. of a class of fiends attending on Śiva Hariv. (cf. pramatha)

⋙ pramāthita

pra-ḍmāthita mfn. (fr. Caus.) roughly handled, violated, ravished, forcibly carried off MBh

⋙ pramāthin

pra-ḍmāthin mfn. stirring about, tearing, rending, troubling, harassing, destroying MBh. Kāv. &c

• striking off, used for striking off MBh

• (in med.) throwing out i.e. producing secretion of the vessels Car. Bhpr

• m. N. of the 13th (47th) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var. (also wṛ. for pra-mādin)

• of a Rākshasa MBh

• of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib

• of a monkey R

• (inī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv

pramad

pra-√mad (or mand), P. (rarely Ā.) -madati, -mandati, -mādyati (○te), to enjoy one's self, be joyous, sport, play RV

• to be careless or negligent, to be indifferent to or heedless about (abl. or loc.) RV. &c. &c

• to neglect duty for, idle away time in (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be thrown into confusion MBh.: Caus. P. [-m˘Adayati], to gladden, delight Bālar

• Ā. -mādayate, to enjoy, indulge in RV

≫ pramatta

pra-matta mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting Mn. Pañcat

• drunken, intoxicated Śak

• mad, insane W

• inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (abl. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• indulging in (loc.) MBh. R

• blundering, a blunderer W

• -gīta mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person Pat

• -citta mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent Kām

• -tā f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity (a-pram○) Rājat

• -rajju f. (?) Kauś

• 1. -vat mfn. inattentive, careless (a-pram○) MBh

• 2. -vat ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated MW

• -śramaṇa n. (with Jainas) N. of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation Cat

⋙ pramad

pra-ḍmád or f. lust, desire VS. AV

⋙ pramad

prá-mad f. lust, desire VS. AV

≫ pramada

pra-mada m. joy, pleasure, delight MBh. Kathās

• mfn. wanton, dissolute Ragh. (also ○daka Nir.)

• mad, intoxicated L

• m. the thorn-apple L

• the ankle L

• N. of a Dānava Hariv

• of a son of Vasishṭha and one of the sages under Manu Uttama BhP

• (ā f. See below)

• -kaṇṭha m. N. of a man Rājat

• -kānana n. = ○dA-k○ L

• -ropya n. N. of a city in the Dekhan Pañcat

• -vana n. = ○dA-v○ Kālid

⋙ pramadana

pra-ḍmadana n. amorous desire Kauś

• a pleasure-grove MānGṛ

⋙ pramadā

pra-ḍmadā f. (of ○da) a young and wanton woman, any woman Mn. MBh. &c

• the sign of the zodiac Virgo L

• N. of 2 kinds of metre Col

• -kānana n. the royal garden or pleasureground attached to the gynaeceum L

• -jana m. womankind, the female sex R. Var

• -"ṣnana (○dân○), n. a kind of metre Col

• -vana n. = -kānana R

• (○na-pālikā f. a woman who has the inspection of a royal pleasure-garden Mālav.)

• -"ṣspada (○dâsp○), n. the gynaeceum of a prince Kathās

⋙ pramadāya

pra-ḍmadāya Nom. P. ○yati, to behave like a wanton woman BhP

⋙ pramaditavya

pra-ḍmaditavya mfn. to be neglected or disregarded

• n. (impers.) one should be negligent regarding (abl.), TaittUp

⋙ pramadvara

pra-ḍmadvara mf(ā)n. inattentive, careless HPariś

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Ruru and mother of Śunaka MBh. Kathās

⋙ pramanda

pra-ḍmanda m. a species of fragrant plant Kauś

⋙ pramandanī

pra-ḍmandanī́ f. N. of an Apsaras AV

≫ pramāda

pra-mā́da m. intoxication RV. MBh

• madness, insanity L

• negligence, carelessness about (abl. or comp.) Kauś. Mn. MBh. &c

• an error, mistake W

• a partic. high number L

• -cārin mfn. acting in a careless manner Kāraṇḍ

• -pāṭha m. a wrong reading Śaṃk

• -vat mfn. = ○mādin L

⋙ pramādikā

pra-ḍmādikā f. a deflowered girl L. [Page 685, Column 3]

• an imprudent or careless woman W

⋙ pramādita

pra-ḍmādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) trifled away, forfeited, lost R

⋙ pramādin

pra-ḍmādin mfn. negligent, careless, incautious, indifferent MBh. Kāv. &c

• drunken, intoxicated W

• insane ib

• (○di-tā f. Jātakam.)

• n. N. of the 47th (21st) year of a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter L. (cf. pra-nāthin)

praman

pra-√man (only Ā. 1. pl. pr. -manmahe), to think upon, excogitate RV. i, 62, 1

⋙ pramata

pra-ḍmata mfn. thought out, excogitated, wise MW

⋙ pramataka

pra-ḍmataka m. N. of an ancient sage MBh

⋙ pramati

pra-ḍmati (prá-), f. care, providence, protection

• provider, protector. RV. AV

• m. N. of a Ṛishi in the 10th Mauv-antara Hariv. (v. l. prām○)

• of a son of Cyavana and father of Ruru MBh

• of a prince (son of Janam-ejaya) R

• of a son of Prâṃśu BhP

≫ pramanas

pra-mánas mfn. careful, tender AV

• pleased, cheerful, willing MBh. Kāv. (cf. pra-maṇas)

≫ pramantra

pra-mantra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh. (cf. pra-mātra)

≫ pramanyu

pra-manyu mfn. incensed or enraged against (loc.) MBh

• very sad Daś

pramanth

pra-manth See pra-√math

pramanda

pra-manda ○danī, See under pra-√mad

pramaya 1

pra-maya. 2 See under pra-√mā and pra-√mī

pramara

pra-mará See under pra-√mṛ

pramarda

pra-marda ○daka &c. See under pra-√mṛd

pramahas

prá-mahas mfn. of great might or splendour (said of Mitra-Varuṇa) RV

pramā

pra-√mā Ā. -mimīte (Ved. inf. pra-mé

• Pass. -mīyate), to measure, mete out, estimate AV. ŚrS. MBh

• to form, create, make ready, arrange RV. MBh

• to form a correct notion of (acc.), understand, know MaitrUp. Hariv. Hit.: Caus. -māpayati, to cause correct knowledge, afford proof or authority MW. 1

⋙ pramaya

pra-ḍmaya m. (for 2. See under pra-√mī) measuring, measure L

≫ pramā

pra-mā́ f. basis, foundation AV

• measure, scale RV

• right measure, true knowledge, correct notion Prab. Kap. Tarkas. IW. 59 &c

• a kind of metre RPrāt

• -tva n. accuracy of perception Bhāshāp

• -tva-cihna n. N. of wk

≫ pramāṇa

pramāṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) measure, scale, standard

• measure of any kind (as size, extent, circumference, length, distance, weight, multitude, quantity, duration) KātyŚr. KaṭhUp. Mn. &c. (instr. 'on an average' Jyot.)

• prosodical length (of a vowel) Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Sch

• measure in music MBh. (Nīlak.)

• accordance of the movements in dancing with music and song Saṃgīt

• measure of physical strength Śak. (cf. comp. below)

• the first term in a rule of three sum Col

• the measure of a square i.e. a side of it, Śulbas

• principal, capital (opp. to interest) Col

• right measure, standard, authority GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (pramāṇam bhavatī, 'your ladyship is the authority or must judge' Nal

• in this sense also m. and f. sg. and pl., e.g. vedāḥ pramāṇāḥ, 'the Vedas are authorities' MBh

• strī pramāṇī yeṣām, 'they whose authority is a woman Pāṇ. Sch.)

• a means of acquiring Pramā or certain knowledge (6 in the Vedânta, viz. pratyakṣa, perception by the senses

• anumāna, inference

• upamāna, analogy or comparison

• śabda or āpta-vacana, verbal authority, revelation

• an-upalabdhi or abhāva-pratyakṣa, non-perception or negative proof

• arthâpatti, inference from circumstances

• the Nyāya admits only 4, excluding the last two

• the Sāṃkhya only 3, viz. pratyakṣa, anumāna and śabda

• other schools increase the number to 9 by adding sambhava, equivalence

• aitihya, tradition or fallible testimony

• and ceṣṭā, gesture IW. 60 &c. &c.)

• any proof or testimony or evidence Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• a correct notion, right perception (= pramā) Tarkas

• oneness, unity L

• = nitya L

• m. (cf. n.) N. of a large fig-tree on the bank of the Ganges MBh

• (ī), f. (cf. n.) N. of a metre Col

⋙ pramāṇakuśala

○kuśala mfn. skilful in arguing Kap

⋙ pramāṇakoṭi

○koṭi f. the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof Sarvad

⋙ pramāṇakhaṇḍana

○khaṇḍana n

⋙ pramāṇajāla

○jāla n. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇajña

○jña mfn. knowing the modes of proof A

• m. N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙ pramāṇaṭīkā

○ṭīkā f

⋙ pramāṇatattva

○tattva n. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇatara

○tara n. a greater authority than (abl. [Page 686, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -tva n.) L

⋙ pramāṇatas

○tas ind. according to measure or weight Mn. viii, 137

• according to proof or authority. W

⋙ pramāṇatā

○tā f

⋙ pramāṇatva

○tva n. authority, warranty MBh. (the latter also 'correctness' Nīlak.)

⋙ pramāṇadarpaṇa

○darpaṇa m. N. of wk

⋙ pramāṇadṛṣṭa

○dṛṣṭa mfn. sanctioned by authority Kap

• demonstrable Ml

⋙ pramāṇanāmamālā

○nāma-mālā f

⋙ pramāṇanirṇaya

○nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇapattra

○pattra n. a written warrant MW

⋙ pramāṇapatha

○patha m. the way of proof (acc. with na and ava-√tṝ, 'not to admit of proof') Sarvad

⋙ pramāṇapadārtha

○padârtha m. N. of wk

⋙ pramāṇapaddhati

○paddhati f. = -patha (○tiṃ na adhy-√ās = ○thaṃ na ava-√tṝ) Sarvad

• N. of wk

⋙ pramāṇapallava

○pallava m. or n

⋙ pramāṇapārāyaṇa

○pārâyaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇapuruṣa

○puruṣa m. an umpire, arbitrator, judge Hit

⋙ pramāṇapramoda

○pramoda m. N. of wk

⋙ pramāṇapravīṇa

○pravīṇa mfn. skilful in arguing Prasannar

⋙ pramāṇabhakti

○bhakti f

⋙ pramāṇabhāṣyaṭīkā

○bhāṣya-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇabhuta

○bhuta m. 'authoritative', N. of Śiva Śivag. (cf. -jña)

⋙ pramāṇamañjarī

○mañjarī f

⋙ pramāṇamālā

○mālā f. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇayukta

○yukta mfn. having the right measure Var

⋙ pramāṇaratnamālā

○ratnamālā f. N. of wk

⋙ pramāṇarāśi

○rāśi m. the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sum Āryabh

⋙ pramāṇalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n

⋙ pramāṇalakṣaṇaparīkṣā

○lakṣaṇa-parī7kṣā f. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇavat

○vat mfn. established by proofs, well-founded Prab

⋙ pramāṇavākya

○vākya n. authoritative statement authority Madhus

⋙ pramāṇavārttika

○vārttika n

⋙ pramāṇaviniścaya

○viniścaya m. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇaśāstra

○śāstra n. any wk. of sacred authority, scripture MW

⋙ pramāṇasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m

⋙ pramāṇasamuccaya

○samuccaya m

⋙ pramāṇasāra

○sāra m. (and ○ra-prakāśikā f.) N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇasiddhi

○siddhi m. N. of a man Kathās

⋙ pramāṇasūtra

○sūtra n. a measuring cord Mṛicch

⋙ pramāṇastha

○stha mfn. of normal size Hcat

• being in a normal state or condition, imperturbed Hariv

⋙ pramāṇādarśa

pramāṇâdarśa m. N. of a drama

⋙ pramāṇādinirūpaṇa

pramāṇâdi-nirūpaṇa n. and N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇādiprakāśikā

pramāṇâdi-prakāśikā f. N. of wks

⋙ pramāṇādhika

pramāṇâdhika mfn. being beyond measure, excessive, unnaturally strong Śak

• longer than (comp.) Mṛicch

⋙ pramāṇānurūpa

pramāṇânurūpa mfn. corresponding to (a person's) physical strength Śak

⋙ pramāṇāntara

pramāṇântara n. another means of proof (-tā f.) Bhāshāp

⋙ pramāṇābhāva

pramāṇâbhāva m. absence of proof, want of authority W

⋙ pramāṇābhyadhika

pramāṇâbhyadhika mfn. exceeding in size, bigger Pañcat

⋙ pramāṇāyāmatas

pramāṇâyāma-tas ind. according to size and length MBh

≫ pramāṇaka

pramāṇaka (ifc.) = pramāṇa, measure, quantity, extent MBh

• argument, proof. Kull

• (ikā), f. a kind of metre Chandom

≫ pramāṇaya

pramāṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to regard or set up a person (acc.) as an authority in (loc.) Hit

• to use as evidence Sarvad

⋙ pramāṇita

praḍmāṇita mfn. adjusted Car

• proved, demonstrated, shown clearly Rājat

≫ pramāṇī

pramāṇī in comp. for ○ṇa

⋙ pramāṇīkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. setting up or quoting as an authority Pat

⋙ pramāṇīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. meted out for or apportioned to (gen.)

• regarded as authority, conformed to Kālid. Kathās. Rājat

• regarded as evidence R

⋙ pramāṇībhūta

○bhūta mfn. become or regarded as an authority or proof W

≫ pramātṛ

pra-mātṛ mfn. (for 2. See col. 2) one who has a correct notion or idea, authority, performer of (the mental operation resulting in a) true conception Kap. Sch. Vedântas. Sarvad

• (-tā f. Sarvad

• -tva n. Śaṃk.)

• a partic. class of officials Inscr

⋙ pramāpaka

pra-ḍmāpaka mfn. proving Sarvad

• m. an authority MW. 1

⋙ pramāpaṇa

pra-ḍmāpaṇa n. (for 2. See col. 2) form, shape MBh

≫ pramita

pra-mita mfn. meted out, measured KātyŚr. (ifc. measuring, of such and such measure or extent or size Var

• cf. māsa-pram○)

• limited, moderate, little, few Var. Kathās

• that about which a correct notion has been formed Śaṃk

• known, understood, established, proved W

• m. N. of a teacher VP

• ○tâkṣara n. pl. 'measured syllables', few words Kathās

• (ā), f. N. of a metre Śrutab

• ○tâbha m. pl. 'of limited splendour', N. of a class of gods in the 5th Manv-antara VP

⋙ pramiti

pra-ḍmiti f. a correct notion, right conception, knowledge gained or established by Pramāṇa or proof Nyāyas. Sch. Sarvad

• manifestation BhP

• inference or analogy W

• measuring ib

⋙ prameya

pra-ḍmeya mfn. to be measured, measurable (also = limited, small, insignificant Naish.), to be ascertained or proved, provable MBh. Kāv. &c

• that of which a correct notion should be formed Vedântas

• n. (ifc. f. ā) an object of certain knowledge, the thing to be proved or the topic to be discussed Kap. Sch. Vedântas. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)

• -kamala-mārtaṇḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -tattvabodha m. N. of wks

• -tva n. provableness, demons-rability Tarkas

• -dīpikā f. -nava-mālikā f. -pariccheda m. -mālā f. -muktâvalī f. -ratnâvalī f. -saṃgraha m. -saṃgraha-vivaraṇa n. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks. [Page 686, Column 2]

pramātavya

pra-mātavya See pra-√mī below

pramātṛ 2

pra-mātṛ f. (for 1. See col. 1) the mother's mother VP

≫ pramātāmaha

pra-mātāmaha m. a maternal great-grandfather GobhŚrāddh. AgP. (v. l. ○mātṛ-kāmaha)

• (ī), f. a maternal great-grandmother W

pramātra

pra-mātra m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh

pramātha

pra-mātha &c. See pra-√math

pramāda

pra-mā́da &c. See pra-√mad

pramāpaṇa 1

pra-māpaṇa See pra-√mā

pramāpaṇa 2

pra-māpaṇa &c. See pra-√mī

pramāra

pra-mārá See pra-√mṛ

pramārjaka

pra-mārjaka &c. See pra-√mṛj

prami

pra-mi √1. P. Ā. -minoti, -minute, to erect, build KaushUp

• to judge, observe, perceive
Sāh. Nyāyad. Comm. Suśr. (ind. p. pra-māya). 2

⋙ pramita

pra-ḍmita n. (for 1. See col. 1) a hall KaushUp

pramid

pra-√mid P. Ā. -medyati, -medate, to begin to become fat L

⋙ praminna

pra-ḍminna mfn. one who has begun to become fat Pāṇ. 7-2, 17

⋙ pramedita

pra-ḍmedita mfn. id. ib

• one who has begun to show affection Bhaṭṭ. (-vat mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19)

• being or made unctuous, unctuous, greasy MW

pramih

pra-√mih P. -mehati, to make water, pass urine MBh

⋙ pramīḍha

pra-ḍmīḍha mfn. passed as urine

• thick, compact L

⋙ prameha

pra-ḍmeha m. urinary disease (N. applied to all urinary disease, of which there are 21 varieties including diabetes, gleet, gonorrhoea &c.) Suśr. Var. &c

⋙ pramehaṇa

pra-ḍmehaṇa mfn. causing flow of urine Kauś. (others ○mehana n. 'the penis')

⋙ pramehin

pra-ḍmehin mfn. suffering from urinary disease Suśr

pramī

pra-√mī P. -mināti (-mīṇāti Pāṇ. 8-4, 15

• -miṇoti BhP

• Ved. inf. -míyam, -míye and -metos, below.), to frustrate, annul, destroy, annihilate RV. AV. BhP

• to change, alter RV

• to neglect, transgress, infringe ib

• to miss, lose (one's way or time), forget ib. ŚBr

• to cause to disappear, put out of sight RV

• to leave behind, outstrip, surmount, surpass ib. Bhaṭṭ.: (Ā. or Pass. -mīyate aor. Subj. -meṣṭhāḥ) to come to naught, perish, die AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -māpayati, to destroy, annihilate, kill, slay Nir. Mn. Yājñ. &c

• to cause to kill Yājñ

≫ pramaya 2

pra-maya m. (for 1. See pra-√mā) or f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās

⋙ pramayā

pra-ḍmayā f. (only L.) ruin, downfall, death Kāṭh. Rājat. Kathās

• killing, slaughter W

⋙ pramayu

pra-ḍmayú mfn. liable to be lost or destroyed, perishable AV

≫ pramātavya

pra-mātavya mfn. to be slain MBh

≫ pramāpaṇa 2

pra-māpaṇa mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus

• for 1. See col. 1) murdering, a murderer Yājñ

• n. (also ○māpana L.) slaughter Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

⋙ pramāpayitṛ

pra-ḍmāpayitṛ mfn. causing to perish

• -tva n. destructiveness, murderousness Śaṃk. on ChUp

⋙ pramāpita

pra-ḍmāpita mfn. destroyed, killed, slain Rājat

⋙ pramāpin

pra-ḍmāpin mfn. destroying, killing W

≫ pramāyu

pra-māyu (Ṣaḍv Br.) or (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

⋙ pramāyuka

pra-ḍmā́yuka (TS. Br. ĀśvGṛ.), mfn. liable to destruction, perishable, dying away

≫ pramiyam

pra-míyam (Ved. inf.), to miss, lose RV. iv, 55, 7

⋙ pramiyamiye

pra-míyaḍmíye (Ved. inf.), to frustrate, annihilate ib. iv, 54, 4

≫ pramī

pra-mī mfn. in vā́ta-p○, q.v

⋙ pramīṇat

pra-ḍmīṇat mfn. injuring, killing

• overcoming, subduing W

⋙ pramīta

pra-ḍmīta mfn. deceased, dead Kāṭh. TS. Mn. MBh

• immolated L

• m. an animal immolated A

• -patikā f. (a wife) whose husband is dead, a widow Mn

⋙ pramīti

pra-ḍmīti f. ruin, destruction Nir

⋙ pramīya

pra-ḍmīya mfn. See a-p○

⋙ prametos

pra-ḍmetos (Ved. inf.), to perish TBr

pramīḍha

pra-mīḍha See pra-√mih above

pramīl

pra-√mīl P. -mīlati, to close or shut the eyes Gīt

⋙ pramīlaka

pra-ḍmīlaka m. (Bhpr. Car.),

⋙ pramīlikā

pra-ḍmīlikā f. (Car.) shutting the eyes, sleepiness

⋙ pramīlā

pra-ḍmīlā f. (ifc. f. ā) id. Naish

• lassitude, enervation, exhaustion from indolence or fatigue W

• N. of a woman (sovereign of a kingdom of women) A

⋙ pramīlita

pra-ḍmīlita mfn. one who has the eyes closed, with closed eyes MBh

⋙ pramīlin

pra-ḍmīlin m. N. of a demon (who causes closed eyes or faintness) AV

pramīv

pra-√mīv P. -mīvati, to push towards, press

• to instigate, incite TS. ŚBr. [Page 686, Column 3]

pramukti

pra-mukti See pra-√muc below

pramukha

pra-mukha mfn. turning the face towards, facing (acc.) R

• first, foremost, chief, principal, most excellent Hit

• (generally ifc

• f. ā) having as foremost or chief, headed or preceded by, accompanied by or with [cf. prīti-p○

• vasiṣṭhap○] MBh. Kāv

• honourable, respectable L

• m. a chief, respectable man, sage W

• a heap, multitude L

• Rottleria Tinctoria L

• n. the mouth MW

• commencement (of a chapter) BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk

• time being, the present, the same time Pratāp

• (ibc. or e ind.) before the face of, in front of, before, opposite to (with gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv

• (with √kṛ) to cause to go before or precede R

⋙ pramukhatas

○tas ind. at the head of, in front of, before the face of, before, opposite to (with gen. or ifc.) MBh. Hariv

• before all others, first, in the first place BhP

⋙ pramukhatā

○tā f. or superiority, predominance W

⋙ pramukhatva

○tva n. superiority, predominance W

pramugdha

pra-mugdha See pra-√muh

pramuc

pra-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, let go, liberate, release from (abl.) RV. AitBr. MBh. Yājñ

• to loosen, loose, untie, unbind, undo RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. ChUp

• to rid one's self of (gen.), escape R

• (ind. p. -mucya, having liberated one's self from abl. ChUp.)

• to drive away, banish, shake off RV. VS. TBr. MBh

• to give up, resign, renounce MBh. R

• to discharge, emit, throw out, shed AV. MBh. R. &c

• to hurl, fling, throw, shoot MBh. Kathās

• to utter MW

• to throw or put on (as a garland &c.) ib

• to lend, bestow MBh. R.: Pass. -mucyate, to free one's self from (abl. or instr.) Mn. MBh. BhP. &c

• to be loosened, become loose or detached, fall off (as fruits) ŚBr. MBh

• to leave off, cease ŚBr. KaṭhUp.: Caus. -mocayati, to liberate from (abl.) MBh

• to loosen, untie Ragh. Sch.: Desid. -mumukṣati, to be about to give up or resign MBh

≫ pramukta

pra-mukta mfn. loosened, untied, released, liberated from (abl. or instr.) MBh. R

• free from (abl.) L

• forsaken, abandoned R

• given up, renounced ib

• discharged, thrown out, shed Var. Kāraṇḍ

• hurled, shot R

⋙ pramukti

pra-ḍmukti (prá-), f. liberation

• pl. N. of partic. sacred texts TBr. iii, 8, 18, 4

≫ pramuca

pra-muca (MBh. MārkP.) or (R.) þor (R.) þor (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙ pramuci

pra-muḍci (R.) or (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙ pramucu

pra-muḍcu (MBh. Hariv.), m. N. of a Ṛishi

⋙ pramucyamānahoma

pra-ḍmucyamānahoma m. pl. N. of partic. oblations accompanied with prayers beginning with pramucyamānaḥ Vait

≫ pramoka

pra-moka m. liberation Śiś

⋙ pramoktavya

pra-ḍmoktavya mfn. to be liberated, to be set free MBh

⋙ pramocana

pra-ḍmocana mf(ī)n. liberating from (comp.) MBh. Hariv. MārkP

• (ī), f. a species of cucumber L

• n. setting free, the act of liberating from (comp.) Kathās. Kull

• discharging, emitting, shedding MBh. (Cf. unmocana-pramocaná.)

pramud

pra-√mud Ā. -modate, to become joyful, rejoice greatly, exult, be delighted AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -modayati, to make glad, delight Mn. MBh. Hariv. Sāh

⋙ pramud

pra-ḍmud mfn. pleased, happy L

• (○múd), f. gladness, delight, pleasure (esp. sensual plṭpleasure) RV. VS. ŚBr. MBh. Pañcat. (○mude-√bhū, to become a cause of delight)

⋙ pramudita

pra-ḍmudita mfn. delighted, pleased, glad VS. MBh. R. &c

• gladsome (said of the autumn) MBh

• wṛ. for pracudita (which m. c. for pra-codita) MBh

• (ā), f. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 10 Bhūmis Dharmas. 64

• n. gladness, gaiety Var. Kathās

• N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Sāṃkhyak. Sch

• -pralamba-sunayana m. N. of a Gandharva prince L

• -vat mfn. pleased Kathās

• -vadanā f. N. of a metre Col

• -hṛdaya mfn. delighted in heart Gīt

≫ pramoda

pra-modá m. (also pl

• ifc. f. ā) excessive joy, delight, gladness VS. Up. MBh. &c

• (also n.) one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas. Sāṃkhyak. Sch

• (with Jainas) joy as exhibited in the virtuous HYog

• Pleasure personified Hariv. (as a child of Brahmā VP.)

• the 4th year in a 60 years' cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS. viii, 29

• a strong perfume BhP

• a kind of rice Gal

• N. of a being attendant upon Skanda MBh

• of a Nāga ib

• of an author Cat

• of sev. men VP. Rājat

• -cārin wṛ. for pramāda-c○, q.v

• -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha W

• -nṛtya n. joyous dancing, a joyful dance MW

• ○modâḍhyā f. a partic. plant, = aja-modā Gal

⋙ pramodaka

pra-ḍmodaka m. a kind of rice (= ṣaṣṭikā) Suśr. Car

• N. of a man Mudr

⋙ pramodana

pra-ḍmodana mfn. making glad, exhilarating MBh. [Page 687, Column 1] Contents of this page

• m. N. of a Ṛishi R

• n. making glad ib

• gladness, joyousness ib. (cf. sa-p○)

⋙ pramodam

pra-ḍmodam ind., in uccaiḥ-p○, with loud expressions of joy Prab

⋙ pramodamāna

pra-ḍmodamāna n. (Sāṃkhyak. Sch.) or (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

⋙ pramodamānā

pra-modámānā f. (Tattvas.), 'rejoicing' N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections (cf. sadā-pramudita)

⋙ pramodita

pra-ḍmodita mfn. delighted, rejoiced MW

• m. N. of Kubera L

• (ā), f. N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Tattvas

⋙ pramodin

pra-ḍmodín mfn. causing excessive joy, delighting AV

• delighted, happy W

• m. a kind of rice (= ○modaka) Vāgbh

• (inī), f. Odina Wodier (= jiṅginī) Bhpr

pramurch

pra-√murch P. -mūrchati, to become thick or solid, congeal ŚBr

pramuṣ

pra-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, to steal away, rob, carry off, take away RV. ŚBr. PārGṛ. &c

⋙ pramuṣita

pra-ḍmuṣita mfn. stolen or taken away (also ○muṣṭa) BhP

• distracted, beside one's self ib. Kathās

• (ā), f. a kind of riddle Cat

≫ pramoṣa

pra-moṣa m. stealing or taking away BhP

pramuh

pra-√muh P. -muhyati, to become bewildered or infatuated MBh

• to faint, swoon ib. Suśr.: Caus. -mohayati, to be wilder, infatuate MBh

⋙ pramugdha

pra-ḍmugdha mfn. unconscious, fainting Uttarar. Mālatīm

• very charming Pañcar

⋙ pramūḍha

pra-ḍmūḍha mfn. bewildered, unconscious MBh. Hariv. Uttarar

• infatuated, foolish MuṇḍUp. ŚārṅgP

• disjointed MBh

• -saṃjña mfn. having the mind perplexed, bewildered, infatuated R

⋙ pramoha

pra-ḍmoha m. bewilderment, infatuation MBh. Suśr. Uttarar

• insensibility, fainting W

• -citta mf(ā)n. bewildered in mind MBh

⋙ pramohana

pra-ḍmohana mf(ī)n. bewildering the mind MBh. Hariv

⋙ pramohita

pra-ḍmohita mfn. bewildered, infatuated MBh

⋙ pramohin

pra-ḍmohin mfn. (ifc.) bewildering, infatuating ib

pramūtrita

pra-mūtrita mfn. begun to be urined (n. impers.) Subh. Sch

pramūra

pra-mūra in á-p○, q.v

pramūrch

pra-√mūrch See pra-√murch

pramūṣikā

pra-mūṣikā f. the external corner of the eye VarBṛS. lviii, 7 Comm

pramṛ

pra-√mṛ Caus. P. -mārayati, to put to death ŚBr

⋙ pramara

pra-ḍmará m. death RV

⋙ pramaraṇa

pra-ḍmaraṇa n. dying, death BṛĀrUp. Śaṃk

⋙ pramāra

pra-ḍmārá m. dying AV

⋙ pramṛta

pra-ḍmṛta mfn. deceased, dead MBh

• withdrawn or gone out of sight

• covered, concealed W

• n. death MBh. MārkP

• tillage, cultivation (as causing the death of many beings) Mn. iv, 4, 5 (cf. x, 83)

⋙ pramṛtaka

pra-ḍmṛtaka mfn. dead BhP

pramṛgam

pra-mṛgam ind. (√mṛg), g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

⋙ pramṛgamṛgya

pra-mṛgaḍmṛgya mfn. to be sought or searched after

• peculiarly adapted to or fitted for (dat.) Kām

pramṛj

pra-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi (-mārjati, ○te MBh

• -mārjayati Suśr.), to wipe, wipe off, wash off, clean, cleanse Kāṭh. ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c

• to rub, pass the hand over, rub gently, stroke MBh. R

• to wipe out, wash out, remove, expel, rid one's self of ib. GopBr. Kāv. &c

• to render unavailing, frustrate (as a wish) Rājat

• to destroy AitBr

• to make ready, prepare MW

⋙ pramārjaka

pra-ḍmārjaka mfn. wiping off, causing to disappear, removing MBh

⋙ pramārjana

pra-ḍmārjana n. the act of rubbing off, wiping off Suśr

• (aśru-p○, the wiping away or drying of tears, consoling MBh. R. Hariv. Kām

• weeping MBh.)

• causing to disappear, removing Kāvyâd

≫ pramṛṣṭa

pra-mṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed off, cleaned, polished MBh. Mālav. &c

• rubbed with (instr.) R

• wiped away, removed, expelled Ragh

• given up, left Hariv. (v. l. prasṛṣṭa)

pramṛḍa

pra-mṛḍa mfn. gracious, making glad or happy BhP

pramṛṇ

pra-√mṛṇ P. -mṛṇati, to crush, destroy RV

⋙ pramṛṇa

pra-ḍmṛṇá mf(ā́)n. destroying, crushing RV. TBr

pramṛta

pra-mṛta &c. See pra-√mṛ

pramṛd

pra-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, to crush down, bruise, destroy, ravage, devastate MBh. R. Hariv. &c

⋙ pramarda

pra-ḍmarda m. N. of a partic. position of the moon in the Nakshatras Sūryapr

⋙ pramardaka

pra-ḍmardaka mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying Lalit. [Page 687, Column 2]

• m. N. of a demon ib

⋙ pramardana

pra-ḍmardana mfn. crushing down, crushing, destroying MBh. R. Hariv

• expelling Suśr

• m. N. of Vishṇu MBh

• of an attendant of Śiva L

• of a demon causing disease Hariv

• of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās

• of a general-officer of Śambara Hariv

• n. crushing, destroying ib

⋙ pramardita

pra-ḍmardita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crushed, bruised R

⋙ pramarditṛ

pra-ḍmarditṛ mfn. one who crushes, a destroyer MBh

⋙ pramardin

pra-ḍmardin mfn. (ifc.) crushing, destroying Hariv

pramṛś

pra-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to lay hold of touch, handle AV. ŚBr. Kathās. (to reflect, consider, deliberate Mahīdh.)

⋙ pramṛśa

pra-ḍmṛśá mfn. laying hold of, handling VS. (= paṇḍita Mahīdh.)

⋙ pramṛṣṭi

pra-ḍmṛṣṭi f. rubbing over with (comp.) Hcar

pramṛṣ

pra-√mṛṣ (only pf. -mamarṣa aor. -marṣiṣṭhāḥ, and inf. -mṛ́ṣe), to forget, neglect (with acc. or dat.) RV. (to destroy Sāy.)

⋙ pramṛṣya

pra-ḍmṛṣya mfn. in a-pramṛṣyá, q.v

pramṝ

pra-√mṝ P. -mṛṇāti (cf. pra-mṛṇ), to crush, destroy RV. AV

≫ pramūrṇa

prá-mūrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed AV

prame

pra-mé ind. See under pra-√mā

prametos

pra-metos See under pra-√mī

pramedita

pra-medita See pra-√mid

prameya

pra-meya See p. 686, col. 1

prameha

pra-meha &c. See under pra-√mih

pramoka

pra-moka &c. See pra-√muc

pramokṣa

pra-mokṣa m. (√mokṣ) letting fall, dropping, losing R

• discharging, dismissing, liberation, liberation from (comp.)

• final deliverance MBh. R

⋙ pramokṣaka

pra-ḍmokṣaka m. N. of a mountain Divyâv

• of a serpent demon L

⋙ pramokṣaṇa

pra-ḍmokṣaṇa n. the end of an eclipse Var

pramota

pra-móta (perhaps fr. √mīv), a partic. kind of disease (others, mfn. mute') AV. ix, 8, 4

pramoda

pra-moda &c. See pra-√mud

pramoṣa

pra-moṣa See pra-√muṣ

pramoha

pra-moha &c. See pra-√muh

pramrad

pra-√mrad (only Ved. inf. -mradé), to destroy, kill ŚBr. (cf. pra-mṛd)

pramluc

pra-√mluc P. -mlocati, to go down, sink down ŚBr

⋙ pramlocantī

pra-ḍmlócantī (VS.) or (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

⋙ pramlocā

pra-ḍmlocā (MBh. Hariv. Pur.), f. N. of an Apsaras

pramlai

pra-√mlai P. -mlāyati, to fade or wither away Bhaṭṭ. Kuval

• to be sad or dejected or languid A

≫ pramlāna

pramlāna mfn. faded, withered MBh. R. Kām. Ragh

• soiled, dirty Prab

⋙ pramlānavadana

○vadana mfn. having a sickly-looking face MBh

⋙ pramlānaśarīra

○śarīra mfn. withered in body, having an exhausted frame Var

≫ pramlānībhū

pramlānī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to fade away Pañcar

prayakṣ

pra-√yakṣ P. Ā. -yakṣati, ○te (inf. -yákṣe), to hasten forward, press onward, be eager

• (with acc.) to strive after, pursue, attain RV

⋙ prayakṣa

pra-ḍyakṣa (prá-), mfn. eager, strenuous (?) RV. i, 62, 6 (= pūjya Sāy.)

prayaj

pra-√yaj P. Ā. -yajati, ○te (inf. -yájadhyai), to worship, sacrifice to (acc.) RV

• to offer the Prayāja sacrifice (cf. below) TS

⋙ prayaj

pra-ḍyáj f. an offering, oblation AV

⋙ prayajyu

pra-ḍyajyu (prá-), mfn. worshipful, adorable RV. (= prakarṣeṇa pūjya Sāy

• others 'pressing onwards, rushing on')

≫ prayāga

prayāga m. 'place of sacrifice', N. of a celebrated place of pilgrimage (now called Allāhābād) at the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā with the supposed subterranean Sarasvatī (also -ka AgP

• cf. tri-veṇī

• ifc. also in Deva-pṭpilgrimage, Rudra-pṭpilgrimage, Karṇa pilgrimage and Nanda-pṭpilgrimage) Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 375

• as N. of a country Priy. i, 3/4

• pl. the inhabitants of Prayāga MBh.)

• a sacrifice L

• a horse L. (cf. pra-yoga)

• N. of Indra L

• N. of a man (also -ka) Rājat

⋙ prayāgakṛtya

○kṛtya n. N. of ch. of the Tristhalī-setu (q.v.)

⋙ prayāgatīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha SkandaP

⋙ prayāgadāsa

○dāsa m. N. of 2 men Cat

⋙ prayāgaprakaraṇa

○prakaraṇa n

⋙ prayāgapraghaṭṭaka

○praghaṭṭaka m. or n. (?) N. of chs. of the Tristhalī-setu. [Page 687, Column 3]

⋙ prayāgabhaya

○bhaya m. 'fearing sacrifice', N. of Indra L

⋙ prayāgamāhātmya

○māhātmya n

⋙ prayāgaratnakroḍa

○ratna-kroḍa m

⋙ prayāgarājāṣṭaka

○rājâṣṭaka n. N. of wks

⋙ prayāgavana

○vana n. N. of a forest R

⋙ prayāgasetu

○setu m. N. of wk

≫ prayāja

prayājá m. 'pre-sacrifice', preliminary offering (cf. anu-yāja, q.v.), N. of partic. texts or invocations, and of the Ājya libations at which they are employed (they form part of the Prâyaṇīya or introductory ceremony in a Soma sacrifice and are generally 5, but also 9 and 11 in number) RV. TS. VS. Br. GṛŚrS

• a principal ceremony or sacrifice W

⋙ prayājatva

○tva n. the state or condition of a Prayāja Kapishṭh

⋙ prayājavat

○vat (○yājá-), mfn. accompanied by a Prayāja TS

⋙ prayājānuyāja

prayājânuyājá m. pl. preliminary offering and after-sacrifice AitBr

⋙ prayājāhuti

prayājâhuti f. the offering of a PṭPrayāja ib

≫ prayājyā

prayājyā f. (also pl.) the words spoken at the moment of offering the Prayājyā TBr. Sch

prayat

pra-√yat Ā. -yatate, to be active or effective TBr. (ep. also P. ○ti)

• to strive, endeavour, exert one's self, devote or apply one's self to (loc., dat., acc., arthe, artham, hetos, or inf.) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ prayatana

pra-ḍyatana n. effort, endeavour (used to explain pra-yatna) Pat

⋙ prayatita

pra-ḍyatita n. (impers.) pains have been taken with (loc.) MBh

⋙ prayatitavya

pra-ḍyatitavya n. (impers.) pains have to be taken with (loc.) R. Bālar. Car

⋙ prayatta

pra-ḍyatta mfn. intent, eager Bhartṛ

⋙ prayattavya

pra-ḍyattavya n. (impers.) = ○yatitavya Nal

⋙ prayatna

pra-ḍyatna m. persevering effort, continued exertion or endeavour, exertion bestowed on (loc. or comp.), activity, action, act Mn. MBh. &c. (instr. sg. and pl. abl. and -tas ind. with special effort, zealously, diligently, carefully

• ○tna ibc. and ○tnāt ind. also = hardly, scarcely)

• great care, caution Pañcat

• (in phil.) active efforts (of 3 kinds, viz. engaging in any act, prosecuting it, and completing it)

• pl. volitions (one of the 17 qualities of the Vaiśeshikas) IW. 68

• (in gram.) effort in uttering, mode of articulation (also āsya-pray○, distinguished into ābhyantara-p○ and bāhya-p○, internal and external effort) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch

• (ā), f. N. of a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt

• -cchid mfn. frustrating a person's (gen.) efforts Mudr

• -prêkṣaṇīya mfn. hardly visible Śak

• -muktâsana mfn. rising with difficulty from a seat Ragh

• -vat mfn. assiduous, diligent, persevering Kām

• ○tnânanda m. N. of wk

prayabh

pra-√yabh P. -yabhati, futuere TBr

prayam

pra-√yam P. Ā. -yacchati, ○te, to hold out towards, stretch forth, extend RV. AV

• to place upon (loc.) MBh

• to offer, present, give, grant, bestow, deliver, despatch, send, effect, produce, cause (with dat., gen. or loc. of pers. and acc. of thing) RV. &c. &c. (with vikrayeṇa, to sell

• with uttaram, to answer

• with śāpam, to pronounce a curse

• with yuddham, to give battle, fight

• with viṣam, to administer poison

• with buddhau, to set forth or present to the mind)

• to restore, pay (a debt), requite (a benefit) Mn. MBh. &c

• to give (a daughter) in marriage AitBr. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. &c

≫ prayata

prá-yata mfn. outstretched, far-extended RV. AV

• placed upon (loc.) RV

• offered, presented, given, granted, bestowed RV. &c. &c

• piously disposed, intent on devotion, well prepared for a solemn rite (with loc. or ifc.), ritually pure (also applied to a vessel and a place Āpast. R.), selfsubdued, dutiful, careful, prudent KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c

• m. a holy or pious person W

• -tā f. -tva n. purity, holiness MBh

• -dakṣiṇa (práy○), mfn. one who has made presents (to the priests at a sacrifice), a giver, donor RV

• -parigraha-dvitīya mfn. accompanied by a pious or chaste wife MW

• -mānasa mfn. pious-minded, devout, ascetic MBh

• ○tâtman or ○tâtma-vat mfn. id. Mn. R

⋙ prayati

prá-ḍyati (prá-), f. offering, gift, donation RV

• intention, will, effort, exertion ib. VS

⋙ prayantṛ

prá-ḍyantṛ́ mfn. one who offers or presents, a giver, bringer (with gen. or acc.) RV

• a guide, driver (gaja-, of elephants) MBh

⋙ prayamaṇa

prá-ḍyamaṇa n. purification Āpast

⋙ prayāma

prá-ḍyāma m. dearth, scarcity (= nīvāka) L

• checking, restraining W

• extension, length (in space or time) Jātakam

• progress ib

⋙ prayāmya

prá-ḍyāmya mfn. to be checked or controlled ib

prayas 1

pra-√yas P. -yásyati (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 71), to begin to bubble AV

• to endeavour, labour, strive after (dat.) Naish

⋙ prayasta

pra-ḍyasta (prá-), mfn. bubbling over RV. AV

• striving, eager Śak

• well cooked or prepared L. (cf. 2. práyas)

⋙ prayāsa

pra-ḍyāsá m. exertion, effort, pains, trouble (ibc., with loc. or gen., -arthāya or -nimittena) VS. TS. Kāv. &c. (cf. a-prayāsena) [Page 688, Column 1] Contents of this page

• high degree Jātakam

• -bhāj mfn. capable of exertion, active, energetic W

⋙ prayāsita

pra-ḍyāsita n. (fr. Caus.) effort, exertion Mālatīm. (v. l. ā-yāsita)

prayas 2

práyas n. (√prī) pleasure, enjoyment, delight RV. (prā́yase, iv, 21, 7 = práyase)

• object of delight, pleasant food or drink, dainties, libations (práyāṃsi nadī́nām, 'refreshing waters') ib

• mfn. valuable, precious (?) W

⋙ prayasvat

○vat (práyas-), mfn. having or bestowing pleasant food, offering libations RV. (○svanto'trayaḥ, N. of the authors of v, 20)

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

≫ prayoga 1

prayo-gá (Padap. pra-yóga), mfn. (for 2 under. pra-√yuj) coming to a meal RV. x, 7, 5 (Sāy. = pra-yoktavya)

• m. N. of a Ṛishi TS

• (with bhārgava) author of RV. viii, 91 Anukr

prayā

pra-√yā P. -yāti, to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (acc., also with accha, or prati, or loc.) RV. &c. &c

• to walk, roam, wander MBh. Kāv. &c

• to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die ib

• to get into a partic. state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (acc.) ib

• to proceed i.e. behave Bhartṛ. (v. l.)

• to cause to go i.e. to lead into (acc.) Hcat.: Caus. -yāpayati, to cause to set out ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 ; 30 Sch.): Desid. -yiyāsati, to wish to set out ib.: Caus. of Desid. -yiyāsayati, to cause a person to wish to set out Bhaṭṭ

≫ prayā

pra-yā́ f. onset RV

≫ prayāṇa

pra-yā́ṇa n. (Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) setting out, starting, advancing, motion onwards, progress, journey, march, invasion RV. &c. &c. (with gardabhena, 'riding on an ass' Pañcat.)

• departure, death (cf. prâṇa-pray○)

• onset, beginning, commencement Kāṭh. ŚBr

• -kāla m. time of departure, death Bhag

• -paṭaha m. a drum beaten while marching Hcar

• -purī f. N. of a town (○rī-māhātmya n. N. of wk.)

• -bhaṅga m. the breaking or suspending of a journey, a halt Pañcat

• -vicāra m. N. of wk

• ○ṇârha mfn. deserving death W

⋙ prayāṇaka

pra-ḍyāṇaka n. a journey, march Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (cf. a-pray○)

⋙ prayāṇi

pra-ḍyāṇi See a-prayāṇi

⋙ prayāṇīya

pra-ḍyāṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayānīya

pra-ḍyānīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāta

pra-ḍyāta mfn. set out, gone, advanced MaitrUp. R. &c

• arrived at, come to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• gone or passed away, vanished, deceased, dead Kathās

⋙ prayātavya

pra-ḍyātavya mfn. to be attacked or assailed MBh

• n. (impers.) one should set out ib. R. Kathās

⋙ prayātṛ

pra-ḍyātṛ m. one who goes or can go or fly Kathās

• setting out on a march or journey Var

⋙ prayātrā

pra-ḍyātrā f. See prāyātrika

⋙ prayāpaṇa

pra-ḍyāpaṇa or n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpana

pra-ḍyāpana n. (fr. Caus.) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpaṇi

pra-ḍyāpaṇi See a-prayāpaṇi

⋙ prayāpaṇīya

pra-ḍyāpaṇīya or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpanīya

pra-ḍyāpanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpita

pra-ḍyāpita mfn. driven or sent away, made to go or pass away W

⋙ prayāpin

pra-ḍyāpin mfn. (du. ○piṇau or ○pinau) Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpya

pra-ḍyāpya mfn. to be caused to go, to be sent away AitBr

⋙ prayāpyamāṇa

pra-ḍyāpyamāṇa or mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāpyamāna

pra-ḍyāpyamāna mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 30 Sch

⋙ prayāman

pra-ḍyāman (prá-), n. setting out, start RV

⋙ prayāyin

pra-ḍyāyin mfn. (du. ○yeṇau Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) going forwards, marching, driving, riding MBh. R

⋙ prayāvan

pra-ḍyāvan See vṛṣa and supra-yāvan

⋙ prayiyu

pra-ḍyíyu mfn. (fr. Desid.) used for driving (as a horse) RV. (Nir. iv, 15)

prayāga

pra-yāga ○yāja, See pra-√yaj

prayāc

pra-√yāc P. Ā. -yācati, ○te, to ask for, beg, solicit, request (with acc. of pers. and thing) MBh. Hariv. R

⋙ prayācaka

pra-ḍyācaka mfn. asking, requesting, imploring (with artham ifc.) MBh

⋙ prayācana

pra-ḍyācana n. asking, begging, imploring ib

prayāṇa

pra-yāṇa &c. See under pra-√yā

prayāsa

pra-yāsa See under pra-√yas

prayu

pra-yu √1. (only aor. Subj. -yoṣat), to remove, keep away RV. viii, 31, 17. 1

⋙ prayuta

pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. absent in mind, inattentive, heedless, careless (cf. a-pray○) RV. VS

• (pra-yúta), n. (also m. Siddh.) a million VS. &c. &c. (cf. 2. ayúta)

⋙ prayuti

pra-ḍyuti (prá-), f. absence (with manasaḥ = thoughtlessness) RV

⋙ prayutvan

pra-ḍyutvan See á-prayutvan

⋙ prayotṛ

pra-ḍyotṛ́ m. a remover, expeller RV

prayu

pra-yu √2. P. -yauti, to stir, mingle TS. MaitrS

• to disturb, destroy Nir

⋙ prayut

pra-ḍyút mfn. stirring, mingling TBr., 2

⋙ prayuta

pra-ḍyuta (prá-), mfn. mingled with (instr.) MānŚr

• confused (as a dream) MānGṛ

• destroyed, annihilated MaitrS

• m. N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh

• ○têśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP. [Page 688, Column 2]

⋙ prayuvana

pra-ḍyuvana n. stirring, mingling Hcat

prayuch

pra-√yuch P. -yucchati, to be absent

• (with or scil. manasā) to be absent in mind, be careless or heedless RV

prayuj

pra-√yuj Ā. -yuṅkte (rarely P. -yunakti

• Pāṇ. 1-3, 64), to yoke or join or harness to (loc.) RV

• to unite with (instr.) AV

• to turn (the mind) to (loc.) RV

• to prepare for (dat.) ib

• to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice), discharge, hurl at (loc. or dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ib

• to fix, place in or on (loc.) BhP

• to direct, order, urge to (dat. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to choose for (two acc.) Kum

• to lead towards, bring into (acc.) BhP

• to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do Br. &c. &c

• to undertake, commence, begin Vait. R

• to cause, effect, produce Kum. BhP. Sarvad

• to represent on the stage, act Mṛicch. Kālid

• to lend (for use or interest) Mn. Yājñ.: Pass. -yujyate, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dat.) Kāv. Pañcat.: Caus. -yojayati, to throw, discharge, hurl at or against (loc.) MBh

• to utter, pronounce R

• to show, display, exhibit BhP

• (with manas) to concentrate the mind ŚvetUp

• to urge, direct, appoint to (loc.) MBh. BhP

• to transfer or entrust to (dat.) MBh

• to undertake, begin Kām

• to represent on the stage Hariv. Sāh

• to cause to be represented by (instr.) Uttarar

• to use, employ MBh. Kām. Suśr. &c

• to perform, practise Mn. iii, 112

• (with vṛddhim) to take interest ib. x, 117

• (with prayogam) to invest capital SaddhP

• to be applicable, g. kṣubhnâdi

• to aim at, have in view Pāṇ. 6-3, 62 Sch.: Desid. -yuyukṣate, to wish to use, want, require Pat

≫ prayukta

pra-yukta mfn. yoked, harnessed MBh. R. &c

• stirred (by wind) Ragh

• directed, thrown, hurled MBh. Kāv. &c

• drawn (as a sword) BhP

• vented (as anger) MBh

• uttered, pronounced, recited Up. Śiksh. &c

• urged, ordered, bidden Gobh. Bhag. &c

• used, employed, practised, performed, done Br. Kauś. MBh. &c

• undertaken, begun, contrived R. Mālav. Prab

• made, prepared Kum

• (n. impers.) behaved or acted towards (loc. or acc. with prati) Śak

• lent (on interest) Yājñ

• suitable, appropriate Pañcat. ( See a-pray○)

• resulting from (comp.) ib

• n. a cause W

• -tama mfn. most used AitBr

• -saṃskāra mfn. to which polish has been applied, polished (as a gem) Ragh

⋙ prayukti

pra-ḍyukti (prá-), f. impulse, motive RV

• setting in motion, employment TBr. Śaṃk. Rājat

⋙ prayuga

pra-ḍyuga n. orig. form of prau0ga (q.v.) Vprāt

≫ prayuj

pra-yúj (prob.) f. a team RV

• impulse, motive VS. AV

• acquisition RV

• (○yujāṃ haviiṃṣi or ○yug-ghav○, N. of 12 oblations, one of which is offered each month ŚBr.)

• mfn. joining, connected with (lit. or fig., as a cause, motive &c.) W

⋙ prayoktavya

pra-ḍyoktavya mfn. to be thrown or discharged MBh

• to be used or employed, applicable, suitable ib. R. &c

• to be exhibited or represented Mālav

• to be uttered or pronounced or recited Śiksh. Śaṃk

⋙ prayoktṛ

pra-ḍyoktṛ m. a hurler, shooter (of missiles) MBh. R

• an executor, agent (of an action) MBh. Ragh. &c

• an undertaker (of a sacrifice) KātyŚr. Sch

• a procurer MBh

• an employer ib. Kām

• an actor, mime Ragh

• a speaker, reciter RPrāt. Kāvyâd

• a performer (of music) R

• a composer, author, poet Uttarar

• a money-lender Yājñ. Sch

• -tā f. -tva n. the state or condition of an employer Sarvad

⋙ prayoktra

pra-ḍyoktra n. harness Divyâv

≫ prayoga 2

prayoga m. (for 1. See under 2. práyas, col. 1) joining together, connection Var

• position, addition (of a word) Vprāt. Pāṇ. (loc. often = in the case of Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 25 ; 26 &c.)

• hurling, casting (of missiles) MBh. R. &c

• offering, presenting Hariv

• undertaking, beginning, commencement ŚBr. ŚrS

• a design, contrivance, device, plan Mālav. Rājat

• application, employment (esp. of drugs or magic

• IW. 402, 1), use GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (ena, āt and ○ga-tas ifc. = by means of)

• practice, experiment (opp. to, 'theory') Mālav

• a means (only ais, by use of means) MBh. Suśr

• (in gram.) an applicable or usual form Siddh. Vop

• exhibition (of a dance), representation (of a drama) Mṛicch. Kālid. (○ga-to-√dṛś, to see actually represented, See on the stage Ratnâv.)

• a piece to be represented Kālid. Prab

• utterance, pronunciation, recitation, delivery ŚrS. RPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch

• a formula to be recited, sacred text Śiksh. [Page 688, Column 3]

• lending at interest or on usury, investment Mn. MBh

• principal, loan bearing interest Gaut

• an example L

• cause, motive, affair, object W

• consequence, result ib

• ceremonial form, course of proceeding ib

• a horse (cf. pra-yāga) L

⋙ prayogakārikā

○kārikā f

⋙ prayogakaustubha

○kaustubha m. or n. N. of wks

⋙ prayogagrahaṇa

○grahaṇa n. acquirement of practice Daś

⋙ prayogacandrikā

○candrikā f

⋙ prayogacintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m

⋙ prayogacūḍāmaṇi

○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wks

⋙ prayogajña

○jña mfn. skilful in practice Suśr

⋙ prayogatattva

○tattva n

⋙ prayogadarpaṇa

○darpaṇa m

⋙ prayogadīpa

○dīpa m

⋙ prayogadīpikā

○dīpikā and f. N. of wks

⋙ prayogadīpikāvṛtti

○dīpiḍkā-vṛtti f. N. of wks

⋙ prayoganipuṇa

○nipuṇa mfn. = -jña Bhartṛ

⋙ prayogapañcaratna

○pañcaratna n

⋙ prayogapaddhati

○paddhati f. N. of wks

⋙ prayogapāda

○pāda n. smoking for the sake of one's health Car

⋙ prayogapārijāta

○pārijāta m

⋙ prayogapustaka

○pustaka m. or n. N. of wks

⋙ prayogapradhāna

○pradhāna mfn. consisting chiefly in practice (not in theory) Mālav

⋙ prayogamañjarī

○mañjarī f

⋙ prayogamaṇimālikā

○maṇi-mālikā f

⋙ prayogamantra

○mantra m

⋙ prayogamayūkha

○mayūkha m

⋙ prayogamuktāvalī

○muktâvalī f

⋙ prayogamukhavyākaraṇa

○mukha-vyākaraṇa n

⋙ prayogaratna

○ratna n

⋙ prayogaratnakroḍa

○ratna-kroḍa m

⋙ prayogaratnamālā

○ratna-mālā or f

⋙ prayogaratnamālikā

○ratna-māḍlikā f

⋙ prayogaratnasaṃskāra

○ratna-saṃskāra m

⋙ prayogaratnākara

○ratnâkara m

⋙ prayogaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f

⋙ prayogavidhi

○vidhi m

⋙ prayogaviveka

○viveka and m. N. of wks

⋙ prayogavivekasaṃgraha

○viveḍka-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

⋙ prayogavīrya

○vīrya n. (with Buddhists) energy in practice (one of the 3 energies) Dharmas. 108

⋙ prayogavṛtti

○vṛtti f

⋙ prayogavaijayantī

○vaijayantī f

⋙ prayogaśikhāmaṇi

○śikhāmaṇi m

⋙ prayogasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha and m

⋙ prayogasaṃgrahaviveka

○saṃgraḍha-viveka m

⋙ prayogasaraṇi

○saraṇi f

⋙ prayogasāra

○sāra m

⋙ prayogasāraṇī

○sāraṇī f

⋙ prayogasārasamuccaya

○sāra-samuccaya m. N. of wks

⋙ prayogāṇḍabilā

prayogâṇḍabilā f. N. of wk

⋙ prayogātiśaya

prayogâtiśaya m. (in dram.) 'excess in representation', pronouncing the name of a character the moment that he enters the stage Pratāp

• the useless appearance of a character on the stage during the prelude Sāh

⋙ prayogāmṛta

prayogâmṛta n. N. of wk

⋙ prayogārtha

prayogârtha mfn. having the sense of prayoga L

≫ prayogin

prayogin mfn. being employed or used, applicable, usual (○gi-tva n.) KātyŚr

• having some object in view W

• performing (on the stage)

• m. an actor Bhar

⋙ prayogīya

praḍyogīya mfn. treating of the application (of medicines &c.) Cat

⋙ prayogya

praḍyogya m. any animal harnessed to a carriage, draught animal ChUp

⋙ prayojaka

praḍyojaka mf(ikā)n. causing, effecting, leading to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Rājat. Sarvad

• (ifc.) prompting, instigating, instigator, promoter Pāṇ. 1-4, 55

• effective, essential Sāh

• deputing, anointing W

• m. an author, composer Yājñ

• a money-lender, creditor ib

• a founder or institutor of any ceremony W

• an employer A

• -kartṛ-tva n. the acting as instigator or promoter W

• -tā f. (Nyāyam. Sch.), -tva n. (Kāś.) agency

• ○kâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. N. of wk

≫ prayojana

pra-yojana n. (ifc. f. ā) occasion, object, cause, motive, opportunity, purpose, design, aim, end Prāt. MBh. Kāv. &c

• prayojanena, with a particular intention, on purpose MBh

• ○na-vaśāt id. Pañcat

• kena "ṣnena, from what cause or motive ? Prab

• kasmai "ṣnāya, kasmāt "ṣnāt, kasya "ṣnasya and kasmin "ṣne, id. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27

• ○nam ati-√kram, to neglect an opportunity MBh

• profit, use or need of, necessity for Kāv. Pañcat. &c. (with instr., taruṇā kim prayojanam, what is the use of the tree? Kuval

• bhavatv etaiḥ kusumaiḥ prayojanam, let these flowers be used Śak

• with gen. or dat. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 27 ; ii, 3, 72)

• means of attaining Mn. vii, 100

• (in phil.) a motive for discussing the point in question IW. 64

• -vat mfn. having or connected with or serving any purpose or interest, interested R

• serviceable, useful Suśr. (○ttva n. Sarvad.)

• having a cause, caused, produced W

⋙ prayojayitṛ

pra-ḍyojayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) a causer, occasioner Āpast

⋙ prayojya

pra-ḍyojya mfn. to be cast or shot (missile) MBh. Hariv

• to be used or employed or practised (-tva n.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be appointed or commissioned, dependent, a servant or slave Sarvad

• to be represented (on the stage) Sāh

• n. capital (to be lent on interest)

• -tva n. the state of being used or employed (a-pray○) Vām

• the state of being appointed or commissioned, dependence (a-pray○) Sarvad

prayudh

pra-√yudh Ā. -yudhyate (rarely P. ○ti), to begin to fight, attack, fight with (acc.) RV. MBh. R. Hariv.: Caus. -yodhayati, to cause to begin to fight ĀśvGṛ

• to attack, combat Hariv.: Desid. Ā. -yuyutsate, to wish to fight with (instr.) MBh

⋙ prayutsu

pra-ḍyutsu m. (only W.) a warrior

• a ram

• an ascetic

• air, wind

• N. of Indra (for ○yuyutsu)

⋙ prayuddha

pra-ḍyuddha mfn. fighting, one who has fought MBh. Hariv. R. Kathās

• n. fight, battle Kathās

• ○yud-dhârtha mfn. having the sense of pra-yuddha (accord. to others, m. = pratyutkrama, war, battle, going to wṭwar or battle [Page 689, Column 1] Contents of this page

• accord. to others v. l. for prayogârtha) L

⋙ prayudh

pra-ḍyúdh mfn. attacking, assailing RV. v, 59, 5

⋙ prayoddhṛ

pra-ḍyoddhṛ mfn. one who fights, a combatant Sāy

prayuvana

pra-yuvana See under pra- √2. yu

prayai

pra-yaí See under pra-√yā

prayoktavya

pra-yoktavya pra-yoga, pra-yojaka, pra-√yuj○

prayotṛ

pra-yotṛ́ See under pra- √1. yu

prayyamedha

prayyamedha = praiyyamedha (wṛ. for praiyamedha, q.v.) AitBr

prarakṣ

pra-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to protect against, save from (abl

• See -rakṣita below)

⋙ prarakṣa

pra-ḍrakṣa mfn. one from whom any one is protected Siddh

⋙ prarakṣaṇa

pra-ḍrakṣaṇa n. protecting, protection Pañcat

⋙ prarakṣita

pra-ḍrakṣita mfn. protected against, saved from (abl.) Pañcat. (v. l.)

praratham

pra-ratham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

prarad

pra-√rad P. -radati, to scratch or cut in, dig out (as a channel), mark out (as a path) RV

prarap

pra-√rap P. -rapati, to prate, talk RV

prarapś

pra-√rapś (only Ā. pf. -rarapśe), to reach beyond (abl.) RV

praram

pra-√ram Caus. P. -ramayati, to delight or gladden greatly, exhilarate Nir. ii, 18

prarādhas

pra-rādhas m. (√rādh) N. of a descendant of Aṅgiras SV. (v. l. purādhas)

⋙ prarādhya

pra-ḍrā́dhya mfn. to be satisfied or made content RV. v, 39, 3

praric

pra-√ric Ā. -ricyate, to excel, surpass, be superior to (abl.) RV. TS

• to empty excessively, become excessively empty TĀr.: Caus. -recayati, to leave remaining RV

• to quit, abandon ib

⋙ prarikvan

pra-ḍríkvan mfn. reaching beyond, surpassing (with abl.) RV. i, 100, 15

⋙ prareka

pra-ḍreká m. (iii, 30, 19) and n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

⋙ prarecana

pra-ḍrécana n. (i, 17, 6) abundance, plenty RV

prarī

pra-√rī P. -riṇāti, to sever, detach, take away RV. ii, 22, 4

• Ā. -rīyate, to penetrate, enter (?), v, 7, 8

praru

pra-√ru P. -rauti, to roar or cry out loudly RV

praruc

pra-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine forth RV

• to be liked, please ŚBr.: Caus. -rocayati, to enlighten, illuminate RV

• to cause to shine ib

• to make apparent or specious, make pleasing AV. TS. Br

⋙ prarocana

pra-ḍrocana mf(ī)n. exciting or inciting to love (as a spell), seductive Kathās

• (ā), f. highest praise Bālar

• (in dram.) exciting interest by praising an author in the Prologue of a drama Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp. (also n.)

• favourable description of that which is to follow in a play ib

• n. stimulating, exciting Mālatīm

• seduction Prab

• praising ChUp. Śaṃk. Kap. Sch. Mālatīm

• illustration, explanation PañcavBr

⋙ prarocita

pra-ḍrocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) commended, praised, approved, liked MBh

praruj

pra-√ruj P. -rujati, to break down, break RV. MBh. BhP

⋙ praruja

pra-ḍruja m. N. of a mythical being conquered by Garuḍa MBh

• of a Rākshasa ib

prarud

pra-√rud P. -roditi, to begin to mourn or cry or weep, lament or cry aloud ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. R. &c

• to weep with any one (acc.) MBh

⋙ prarudita

pra-ḍrudita mfn. one who has begun to weep, weeping MBh. R. Vikr. Kathās

prarudh

pra-rudh P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, to keep or hold back, check, stop Br. MBh

praruh

pra-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow up, shoot forth, shoot up VS. Br. ChUp. &c

• to heal up (as a wound) MBh. (v. l.)

• to grow, increase MBh. Rājat. ŚārṅgP.: Caus. -ropayati, to fasten to, put into or on (loc.) Var

⋙ praruh

pra-ḍrúh mfn. shooting forth, growing up (like a plant)

• (with giri), m. a mountain which rises in the foreground Hariv. 5327

• f. a shoot, a new branch AV

⋙ prarūḍha

pra-ḍrūḍha mfn. grown up, full-grown R. Kāv. Var

• (ifc.) overgrown with Hariv

• filled up, healed up R

• grown, widely spread, become great or strong Sāh. BhP. Kathās. &c

• old L

• growing or proceeding from a √, rooted, fastened L. [Page 689, Column 2]

• arisen or proceeded from (comp.) Hariv. R. Śak. BhP

• -kakṣa mfn. a place where shrubs have grown ĀpŚr

• -keśa mfn. one whose hair has grown long, having lṭlong having Pañcat

• -mūla mfn. having roots gone deep A

• -śāli m. full-grown rice MW

⋙ prarūḍhi

pra-ḍrūḍhi f. the having shot up Hcar

• growth, increase Rājat

⋙ prarodhana

pra-ḍródhana n. rising, ascending TS

⋙ praropita

pra-ḍropita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sown, planted R. Sāh

• shown or done (as a kindness) Rājat

⋙ praroha

pra-ḍroha m. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth (lit. and fig

• cf. dṛḍhap○) Kum. Kull. &c

• a bud, shoot, sprout, sprig Hariv. Kāv. Suśr. &c

• an excrescence Suśr

• a new leaf or branch MW

• (fig.) a shoot = ray (of light

• See prabhā-p○) Kum. Ragh. BhP

• -vat mfn. possessing vegetation, covered with vṭvegetation Suśr

⋙ prarohaka

pra-ḍrohaka mfn. causing to grow Nalac

⋙ prarohaṇa

pra-ḍrohaṇa n. germinating, sprouting, growing or shooting forth, growth (lit. and fig.) MBh. Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Siṃhâs

• a bud, shoot, sprig MBh. Hariv

⋙ prarohin

pra-ḍrohin mfn. growing or shooting up, shooting up from (comp.) Mn. i, 46

• (ifc.) causing to grow, propagating MBh. Hariv. Hcat

• ○hi-śākhin mfn. (a tree) whose branches grow again Yājñ. ii, 227

prarūp

pra-√rūp P. -rūpayati, to expound, expose, explain (esp. in the Jaina system) Sarvad

⋙ prarūpaṇa

pra-ḍrūpaṇa n. (or

⋙ prarūpaṇā

pra-√rūpaṇā f.) exposing, teaching Siṃhâs

prareka

pra-reká ○récana, See pra-√ric

prarej

pra-√rej Ā. -rejate, to tremble at (acc.) RV. i, 38, 10: Caus. -rejayati, to cause to tremble ib. iv, 22, 3

prarkṣīya

pra-rkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarkṣa = pra + ṛkṣa) Vop. ii, 4

• (also prārkṣīya.)

prarcchaka

prarcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prarṣabhīya

prarṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. prarṣabha = pra + ṛṣabha) Pāṇ. 6-1, 22 Sch

• (also prārṣabhīya.)

pralaghu

pra-laghu mfn. very inconsiderable, very small (as an attendance) Kād

• -tā, f. Mudr

pralap

pra-√lap P. -lapati, to speak forth (inconsiderately or at random), prattle, talk idly or incoherently, trifle TBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• to talk, converse BhP

• to speak forth, speak MBh. Pañcat

• to exclaim Bhartṛ

• to lament, bewail Pañcat

• to speak or tell in a doleful manner MBh. R

• to call upon or invoke in piteous tones MBh.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause or incite to speak Mṛicch

⋙ pralapana

pra-ḍlapana n. prattling, talking Pañcat. Sāh

• lamentation Uttarar

⋙ pralapita

pra-ḍlapita mfn. spoken forth, spoken, said W

• spoken dolefully, invoked piteously Sāh

• n. prattling, talk Pañcat. Nītis

• lamentation Pañcat. Sāh

⋙ pralāpa

pra-ḍlāpá m. talk, discourse, prattling, chattering AV. &c. &c

• (also n.) lamentation (ārta-p○, lamentation of one in pain) MBh. R. Pañcat. &c

• incoherent or delirious speech, raving Cat

• -vat mfn. one who speaks confusedly or incoherently Suśr

• -han m. a kind of medic. preparation L

• ○pâika-maya mf(ī)n. 'consisting only of lamentation', doing nothing but lament MW

⋙ pralāpaka

pra-ḍlāpaka m. speaking incoherently Bhpr

⋙ pralāpana

pra-ḍlāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing or teaching to speak Cat

⋙ pralāpin

pra-ḍlāpin mfn. (generally ifc

• ○pi-tva n.) chattering, talking much or unmeaningly, talking, speaking MBh. R. Yājñ. &c

• lamenting, wailing R

• (fever) attended with delirium Bhpr

• ○pi-tā f. amorous conversation or prattle Pratāp

pralabh

pra-labh √Ā. -labhate, to lay hold of, seize MBh

• to get, obtain Kathās

• to overreach, cheat, deceive, befool MBh. BhP.: Caus. -lambhayati, to cheat, deceive BhP

⋙ pralabdha

pra-ḍlabdha mfn. seized MBh

• overreached, cheated, deceived MW

⋙ pralabdhavya

pra-ḍlabdhavya mfn. to be cheated or fooled MBh

⋙ pralabdhṛ

pra-ḍlabdhṛ mfn. a cheat, deceiver MBh

⋙ pralambha

pra-ḍlambha m. obtaining. gaining R

• (also pl.) overreaching, deceiving MBh

⋙ pralambhana

pra-ḍlambhana n. overreaching, deceiving BhP

• that by which any one is deceived Jātakam

pralamphana

pra-lamphana n. a jump L

pralamb

pra-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to hang down Daś. Suśr

≫ pralamba

pralamba mf(ā)n. hanging down, depending, pendent, pendulous (generally ibc.) KātyŚr. Sch. MBh. Hariv. R

• bending the upper part of the body forward MBh

• prominent MW

• slow, dilatory W. [Page 689, Column 3]

• m. hanging on or from, depending L

• a branch L

• a shoot of the vine-palm L

• a cucumber Bhpr

• a garland of flowers worn round the neck W

• a kind of necklace of pearls L

• the female breast L

• tin (?) W

• N. of a Daitya slain by Balarāma or Kṛishṇa MBh. Hariv. Kathās. &c

• of a mountain R

• (ā f. N. of a Rākshasī Buddh.)

• -keśa mfn. one whose hair hangs down VP

• -ghna m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa L

• -tā f. the hanging down, being pendulous Kād

• -nāsika mfn. one who has a prominent nose A

• -bāhu mfn. one whose arms hang down MBh. Hariv. BhP. Buddh. (-tā f. one of the 32 signs of perfection Dharmas. 83)

• m. N. of a man Kathās

• -bhid m. 'crusher of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma L

• -bhuja mfn. one whose arms hang down L

• m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara Kathās

• -mathana (Hariv.), -han (MBh.), -hantṛ (L.), m. 'slayer of Pralamba', N. of Bala-rāma and of Kṛishṇa

• ○bâṇḍa m. a man with pendent testicles Vet

• ○bôjjvala-cāru-ghoṇa mfn. having a prominent and bright and handsome nose MBh

• ○bôdara m. 'having a pendent belly', N. of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ

• of a fabulous mountain ib

⋙ pralambaka

praḍlambaka m. fragrant Rohisha grass L

⋙ pralambana

praḍlambana n. hanging down, depending L

⋙ pralambita

praḍlambita mfn. hanging down, pendulous Kathās

• (alaṃ-kāra-p○ for pralambitâlaṃ-k○, having pendent ornaments Lalit.)

⋙ pralambin

praḍlambin mfn. hanging down, depending Suśr. Hariv. (cf. tri-pr○)

≫ pralambīkṛ

pralambī-√kṛ to make to hang down R

pralambha

pra-lambha ○lambhana, See pra√labh

pralaya

pra-laya &c. See under pra-√lī

pralalāṭa

pra-lalāṭa mfn. having a prominent forehead MBh

pralava

pra-lavá &c. See under pra-√lū

pralāpa

pra-lāpa &c. See under pra-√lap

pralikh

pra-√likh P. Ā. -likhati, ○te, (P.) to scratch, draw lines in (acc.) Mn. iv, 55

• to draw lines, write Hcat

• (P. Ā.) to scrape together PārGṛ

• (Ā.) to comb one's head (Sch. 'to draw lines') Kauś. PārGṛ

pralip

pra-√lip P. Ā. -limpati, ○te, to smear, besmear, stain (Ā. to smear &c. one's self) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Kauś. &c.: Caus. -lepayati, to smear, besmear MBh. Var

⋙ pralipa

pra-ḍlipa mfn. one who smears or plasters W

⋙ pralipta

pra-ḍlipta mfn. cleaving or sticking to (loc.) MBh

⋙ pralepa

pra-ḍlepa m. cleaving to (comp.) Bhpr

• an unguent, ointment, salve, plaster Suśr. MārkP. Var

• a hectic or slow fever Car

⋙ pralepaka

pra-ḍlepaka mfn. anointing, smearing, plastering W

• m. a plasterer, an anointer W

• a partic. marine substance, lime made of calcined shells (?) L

• a hectic or slow fever Suśr. Bhpr

• (ikā). f. g. mahiṣy-ādi

⋙ pralepana

pra-ḍlepana n. the act of anointing or smearing MW

• an unguent, salve, plaster Car

⋙ pralepya

pra-ḍlepya m. clean or well trimmed hair (perhaps correctly for a form pralebhya) L

praliśa

prá-liśa m. N. of a mystic being Suparṇ

pralih

pra-√lih P. Ā. -leḍhi, -līḍhe, to lick up, cause to melt on the tongue Suśr

⋙ praleha

pra-ḍleha m. a kind of broth L

⋙ pralehana

pra-ḍlehana n. the act of licking Gobh

pralī

pra-√lī Ā. -līyate (ind. p. -līya, or -lāya), to become dissolved or reabsorbed into (loc.), disappear, perish, die Br. Mn. MBh. &c

≫ pralaya

pra-laya m. dissolution, reabsorption, destruction, annihilation

• death

• (esp.) the destruction of the whole world, at the end of a Kalpa (s.v.) ṢaḍvBr. ChUp. Śaṃk. MBh. Kāv. &c

• setting (of the stars) Subh

• end (saṃjāta-nidrā-p○ mfn. having done sleeping Pañcat.)

• cause of dissolution Bhag. Bṛih

• fainting, loss of sense or consciousness Pratāp. Sāh. Suśr

• sleepiness Gal

• N. of the syllable om, AtharvaśUp

• -kāla m. the time of universal dissolution MW

• -kevala mfn. = ○layâkala (q.v.) Sarvad

• -ghana m. the cloud which causes the destruction of the world Hit

• -ṃ-kara mf(ī)n. causing destruction or ruin Up. Kāv

• -jaladhara-dhvāna m. the rumbling or muttering of clouds at the dissolution of the world MW

• -tā f. dissolution (-tāṃ-√gam, to perish, be annihilated) Hariv

• -tva n. id. (-tvāya-√kḷp = -tāṃ-√gam) MBh. BhP

• -dahana m. the fire causing the destruction of the world, Ratnâv. Amar. [Page 690, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -sthiti-sarga m. pl. destruction, preservation and creation (of the world). Kum

• ○layâkala mfn. (an individual soul) to which mala and karman still adhere (with Śaivas) Sarvad

• ○layânta-ga mfn. perishing only at the destruction of the world (the sun) MārkP

• ○layôdaya m. du. dissolution and creation Bhag. Suśr. Kathās

⋙ pralayana

pra-ḍláyana n. a place of repose, a bed AV

⋙ pralāyam

pra-ḍlā́yam ind. (with √i or car) to hide one's self, be hidden Br. Kāṭh

≫ pralīna

pralīna mfn. dissolved, reabsorbed into (loc.), disappeared, lost, died MBh. R. Suśr. &c

• slacked, tired, wearied AitBr

• unconscious, insensible W

• flown away MBh. (v. l. pra-ḍīna)

⋙ pralīnatā

○tā f. or dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L

⋙ pralīnatva

○tva n. dissolution, destruction, annihilation, the end of the universe L

• unconsciousness, fainting L

⋙ pralīnabhūpāla

○bhū-pāla mfn. whose monarchs have been destroyed MW

⋙ pralīnendriya

pralīnêndriya mfn. one whose senses have slacked or languished (○ya-tva n. Sāy.)

praluṭh

pra-luṭh √P. -luṭhati, to roll forwards, roll, roll along the ground, roll round Pañcat

• to be agitated, heave, toss, wallow MW

⋙ praluṭhita

pra-ḍluṭhita mfn. rolling about Bhaṭṭ

⋙ praloṭhana

pra-ḍloṭhana n. the act of rolling

• heaving, tossing (as of the ocean) W

⋙ praloṭhita

pra-ḍloṭhita mfn. (anything) that has begun to roll Bhaṭṭ

• rolling

• heaving, tossing W

pralup

pra-√lup P. -lumpati, to pluck or pull out Hariv.: Pass. -lupyate, to be robbed MBh

• to be interrupted or disturbed or violated or destroyed MW

⋙ pralupta

pra-ḍlupta mfn. robbed Uttarar. Rājat

• having lost (with abl.) MārkP

⋙ pralopa

pra-ḍlopa m. destruction, annihilation Lalit

pralubh

pra-√lubh P. Ā. -lubhyati, ○te, (Ā.) to lust after, be lustful, follow one's lusts, go astray sexually (said of a wife) ŚāṅkhGṛ. Mn

• to allure, entice, seduce, pollute MBh.: Caus. -lobhayati, to cause to lust after, allure, entice, attempt, to seduce MBh. R. Pur. &c

• to divert the attention of any one by (instr.) Suśr

⋙ pralubdha

pra-ḍlubdha mfn. seduced MBh

• (ā), f. (a woman) who has conceived an illicit affection for (saha) Pañcat

≫ pralobha

pra-lobha m. allurement, seduction Pañcat. BhP

• desire, cupidity W

⋙ pralobhaka

pra-ḍlobhaka m. 'allurer', N. of a jackal Pañcat

⋙ pralobhana

pra-ḍlobhana mfn. causing to lust after, alluring, seducing BhP

• (ī), f. gravel, sand L

• n. allurement, inducement MBh. R. Kathās. Rājat

• that which allures, a lure, bait MW

• (also wṛ. for pralambhana Bhag.)

⋙ pralobhita

pra-ḍlobhita mfn. allured, enticed BhP

⋙ pralobhin

pra-ḍlobhin mfn. alluring, seducing MārkP

• lusting after MW

⋙ pralobhya

pra-ḍlobhya mfn. to be lusted after, alluring Subh

pralū

pra-√lū P. Ā. -lunāti, -lunīte, to cut off HPariś

≫ pralava

pra-lavá m. a part cut off, chip, fragment (as of a reed &c

• others 'the sheath of a leaf'

• others 'a dead leaf') ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ pralavana

pra-ḍlavana n. the reaping of corn GṛS

⋙ pralavitṛ

pra-ḍlavitṛ mf(trī)n. one who cuts off Pāṇ. 6-1, 174 Sch

⋙ pralavitra

pra-ḍlavitra n. an instrument for cutting off Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

⋙ pralūna

pra-ḍlūna mfn. cut off MW

• m. a kind of insect Suśr

pralepa

pra-lepa &c. See under pra-√lip

praleha

pra-leha ○lehana, See pra-√lih

pralola

pra-lola mfn. being in violent motion, agitated R

pralolupa

pra-lolupa m. N. of a Kunti (a descendant of Garuḍa) MārkP

pralkārīya

pralkārīya Nom. (fr. pra + ḷkāra) P. ○yati Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch. (also prālkārīya)

prava

pravá mfn. (fr. √pru) fluttering, hovering RV

⋙ pravaga

○ga m. = plava-ga, a monkey L

⋙ pravaṃga

○ṃ-ga m. = plavaṃ-ga id. L

⋙ pravaṃgama

○ṃ-gama m. -plavaṃ-g○ id. L

≫ pravaka

pravaka mfn. one who goes W

pravaṅga

pra-vaṅga m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravac

pra-√vac P. -vakti (inf. -vā́ce RV. ix, 95, 2), to proclaim, announce, praise, commend, mention, teach, impart, explain (with acc. of thing and dat. or gen. of person) RV. &c. &c

• to tell of betray TS

• to give, deliver (with acc. and dat.) RV. Br

• to speak, say, tell (with acc., rarely dat. of person, and acc. of thing) PraśnUp. MBh. Hariv. &c. [Page 690, Column 2]

• to declare to be, call (2 acc.) Śrutab.: Caus. -vācayati, to cause to announce Gobh.: Desid. -vivakṣati MBh. xii, 3767 (wṛ. -vivakṣataḥ for -vivikṣataḥ)

⋙ pravaktavya

pra-ḍvaktavya mfn. to be announced or imparted or taught or explained Mn. MBh

⋙ pravaktṛ

pra-ḍvaktṛ mfn. one who tells or imparts or relates Yājñ

• a good speaker MBh

• an announcer, expounder, teacher (-tva n.) ĀśvŚr. Mn. R. &c

• the first relater of a legend (ifc. -ka) L

≫ pravacana

pra-vacana m. one who exposes, propounds BhP

• n. speaking, talking Pañcat

• recitation, oral instruction, teaching, expounding, exposition, interpretation (cf. sāṃkhya-pravacana-bhāṣya) ŚBr. Up. PārGṛ. RPrāt. &c

• announcement, proclamation Lāṭy

• excellent speech or language, eloquence W

• an expression, term Nir

• a system of doctrines propounded in a treatise or dissertation

• sacred writings (esp. the Brāhmaṇas or the Vedâṅgas) Mn. MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 145)

• the sacred writings of Buddhists (ninefold) Dharmas. 62

• the sacred writings of the Jainas Hemac. Sch

• (am, enclitic after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi)

• -paṭu mfn. skilled in speaking, eloquent Bhartṛ

• -sāra-gāthā f. and -sārôddhāra m. N. of wks

⋙ pravacanīya

pra-ḍvacanīya mfn. to be taught or propounded ŚāṅkhGṛ

• to be well or elegantly spoken W

• m. a propounder, teacher Pāṇ. L

• a good speaker W

≫ pravāka

pra-vāka m. a proclaimer ( See soma-p○)

⋙ pravāc

pra-ḍvāc mfn. eloquent L

• talkative Mudr

• boastful, bragging Bālar

⋙ pravācaka

pra-ḍvācaka mfn. declaratory, explanatory MW

• speaking well, eloquent W

⋙ pravācana

pra-ḍvā́cana n. a proclamation, promulgation RV. x, 35, 8

• fame, renown RV. iv, 36, 1

• a designation, name ( See dvi-p○)

⋙ pravācya

pra-ḍvā́cya mfn. to be proclaimed aloud, praiseworthy, glorious RV

• to be spoken to Hariv

• n. a literary production Pāṇ. 7-3, 66 Sch

≫ prokta

prôkta mfn. announced, told, taught, mentioned Mn. BhP. Var. Pāṇ

• said, spoken, spoken to, addressed MBh. Prab. Var. Hit

• called, declared, said Mn. Bhag. Hariv. Pañcat. &c

• meaning, signifying (with loc.) L

• (e), ind. it having been announced KātyŚr

⋙ proktakārin

○kārin mfn. doing what one has been told BhP

⋙ proktavat

○vat mfn. one who has said or declared W

pravaṭa

pra-vaṭa m. (√vaṭ ?) wheat L

pravaṇa

pra-vaṇá (prob. fr. 1. pra and suffix vana, cf. vag-vaná, sat-vaná, śuśuk-vaná

• but according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 5 fr. pra and vana, 'wood'

• according to others from √pru), m. or n. (?) the side of a hill, slope, declivity, abyss, depth RV. Kāṭh. MBh. (in RV. only loc. sg. and once pl

• in MBh. viii, 2369 also abl. sg.)

• m. a place where four roads meet L

• a moment L

• a whirlpool L

• n. an access to (loc.) MBh

• (e), ind. in a precipitous course, hurriedly, hastily MBh

• mf(ā)n. declining, bent, sloping down, steep, abrupt TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c

• (ifc.) directed towards (cf. udak-, dakṣiṇā-, nimna- &c.)

• inclined or disposed or devoted to, intent upon, full of (loc., dat., gen., inf. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• wasted, decayed, disappeared R

• generous L

• humble, modest L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pro1nus.]

⋙ pravaṇatā

○tā f. inclination, [690, 2] propensity, proneness to (comp.) Prab. Kuval

⋙ pravaṇapraharṣa

○praharṣa mfn. one whose joy or happiness has disappeared R. (v. l. in B. pravinaṣṭa-harṣa)

⋙ pravaṇavat

○vat mfn. having a steep descent or declivity. Nir

⋙ pravaṇavidheyībhū

○vidheyī-√bhū to obey gladly Inscr

⋙ pravaṇeja

pravaṇe-ja mfn. = pravāte-já Nir. viii, 9

≫ pravaṇaya

pravaṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to become inclined or attached to Dharmaś

• to make ready, prepare, accomplish, effect, produce ib

≫ pravaṇāyita

pravaṇāyita n. (fr. Nom. ○ṇāya) inclination, propensity, bias Sāh

≫ pravaṇīkṛ

pravaṇī-√kṛ to dispose favourably Kum

⋙ pravaṇīkṛbhū

pravaṇī-√kṛ--√bhū to become favourably disposed GopBr

≫ pravat

pravát f. the side or slope of a mountain, elevation, height RV. AV

• heavenly height (7 or 3 in number) ib

• (pravato napāt, 'son of the heavenly height' i.e. Agni AV.)

• a sloping path, smooth or swift course (instr. sg. or pl. 'downhill, precipitately, swiftly') RV. TUp

• (prá-vat), mfn. directed forwards or towards, blazing forth (said of Agni) TS. AitBr

• containing the syllable pra or pṛ Br

⋙ pravatvat

○vat (○vát-v○), mfn. abounding in heights, hilly RV

• sloping downwards, affording a swift motion ib

≫ pravad

pravad in comp. for ○vat

⋙ pravadbhārgava

○bhārgava n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ pravadyāman

○yāman (○vád-), mfn. having a downward path, rapid in its course (as a chariot) RV. [Page 690, Column 3]

pravaṇi

pra-vaṇi See niṣ-pravaṇi

pravatsyat

pra-vatsyat See pra- √5. vas

pravad

pra-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te (Ved. inf. prá-vaditos), to speak out, pronounce, proclaim, declare, utter, say, tell RV. &c. &c

• to speak to (acc.) Bhaṭṭ

• to raise the voice (said of birds and animals) R. Var

• to roar, splash (said of water) ĀśvGṛ

• (cf. a-pravadat) to assert, affirm, state ŚvetUp. Var

• to pronounce to be, call, name (2 acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to offer for sale (with instr. of price) Pañcat. (v. l.): Caus. -vādayati, to cause to sound, play (with acc. of the instrument) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c

• (without an object) to play, make music Hariv. (also -vādyati, with act. meaning MBh. xii, 1899)

⋙ pravada

pra-ḍvadá mfn. sounding forth, sounding (as a drum) Kauś

• m. a herald, bard (?) AV. v, 20, 9

⋙ pravadana

pra-ḍvadana n. a proclamation, announcement ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pravaditṛ

pra-ḍvaditṛ́ mfn. one who speaks out, uttering (gen. or acc.) TS. MBh

⋙ pravadiṣu

pra-ḍvadiṣu See vāk-pravadiṣu

≫ pravāda

pra-vāda m. speaking forth, uttering ĀśvŚr. MBh

• expressing, mentioning Nir

• talk, report, rumour, popular saying or belief MBh. Kāv. &c. (○dāya, in order to spread the rumour Kathās

• ○dena, according to rumour, as the saying goes MBh.)

• ill rumour about (gen.), slander, calumny (pl.) Kāv

• mutual defiance, words of challenge (prior to combat) Bhaṭṭ

• (ifc.) passing one's self off as R

• (in gram.) any form or case of (gen. or comp

• opp. to a specified form or case) Prāt

• (ā), f. anything belonging to (comp.) Vait

⋙ pravādaka

pra-ḍvādaka mfn. causing to sound, playing (a musical instrument) Hariv

⋙ pravādin

pra-ḍvādin mfn. giving forth a sound, uttering a cry MBh

• (ifc.) stating, declaring, reporting, speaking of Lāṭy. MBh

• (fr. ○vāda), being in some grammatical form or case RPrāt

⋙ pravādya

pra-ḍvādya mfn. Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

≫ prodita

prôdita mfn. spoken out, uttered Hariv

pravadh

pra-√vadh (only Pass. pr. 3. pl. -vadhyante and ind. p. -vadhya), to kill or slay Pañcat

pravan

pra-√van Ā. -vanute (Ved. inf. právantave), to vanquish, conquer, gain, procure RV

pravap

pra-vap √1. P. Ā. -vapati, ○te, to shave off (the beard &c.) RV.: TS. GṛS. 1

⋙ pravapaṇa

pra-ḍvapaṇa n. shaving off GṛS

pravap

pra-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew, throw RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vāpayati, to scatter, strew TS. Kāṭh. 2

⋙ pravapaṇa

pra-ḍvapaṇa n. scattering, sowing GṛS

⋙ pravāpayitṛ

pra-ḍvāpayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who scatters forth or pours out Kāṭh

⋙ pravāpin

pra-ḍvāpin mfn. scattering, sowing in (comp.) Mn. ix, 51

pravapa

pra-vapa mfn. (pra + vapā) having a thick membrane or omentum Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Sch

pravabhra

pravabhrá m. N. of Indra MaitrS. (cf. prababhra)

pravayaṇa 1

pra-vayaṇa. 2 See pra-√vii and pra-√ve

pravayas

prá-vayas mfn. strong, vigorous, in the prime of life RV. TS. Kāṭh

• advanced in age, aged, old, ancient ĀśvGṛ. Ragh. Car

pravayyā

pra-vayyā See under pra-√vii

pravara 1

pra-vara mf(ā)n. (fr. pra + vara or fr. pra √2. vṛ

• for 2. and 3. See p. 693) most excellent, chief, principal, best Mn. MBh. &c

• eldest (son) MBh

• better than (abl.) BhP

• greater (opp. to sama, 'equal', and nyūna, 'smaller') Var

• (ifc.) eminent, distinguished by Hariv

• m. a black variety of Phaseolus Mungo L

• Opuntia Dillenī L

• N. of a messenger of the gods and friend of Indra Hariv

• of a Dānava ib

• (ā), f. N. of a river (which falls into the Godāvarī and is celebrated for the sweetness of its water) MBh. VP

• n. aloe wood Bhpr

• a partic. high number Buddh

⋙ pravarakalyāṇa

○kalyāṇa mfn. eminently beautiful Hariv

⋙ pravarajana

○jana m. a person of quality Mṛicch

⋙ pravaradhātu

○dhātu m. precious metal Var

⋙ pravaranṛpati

○nṛpati m. N. of a prince (= -sena) Vcar

⋙ pravarapura

○pura n. N. of a town in Kaśmīra ib

⋙ pravarabhūpati

○bhūpati m. = -sena Rājat

⋙ pravaramūrdhaja

○mūrdhaja mfn. having beautiful hair R

⋙ pravararūpa

○rūpa mf(ā)n. having a bṭbeautiful form MBh

⋙ pravaralalita

○lalita n. N. of a metre Chandom

⋙ pravaravaṃśaja

○vaṃśa-ja mfn. descended from a noble family Hariv

⋙ pravaravāhana

○vāhana m. du. 'having the best horses', N. of the Aśvins L. [Page 691, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pravarasena

○sena m. N. of 2 princes of Kaśmira (cf. -nṛpati and -bhūpati) Rājat. (cf. IW. 494, 2)

⋙ pravareśa

pravarêśa m. a noble lord (?) Rājat

• N. of a prince (= ○ra-sena) ib

⋙ pravareśvara

pravarêśvara m. N. of a temple built by Pravara-sena ib

pravarga

pra-varga pra-vargya, pra-varjana, See under pra- √vṛj

pravarṇ

pra-varṇ √P. -varṇayati, to communicate MBh

pravarta

pra-varta &c. See under pra- √vṛt

pravardaka

pra-vardaka &c. See pra- √vṛdh

pravarṣa

pra-varṣa &c. See under pra- √vṛh

pravarham

pra-várham See under pra- √vrih

pravalākin

pravalākin m. a peacock L

• a snake L. (prob. wṛ. for pra-calākin)

pravalg

pra-valg √P. Ā. -valgati, ○te, to move the limbs quickly, bound, leap MBh. Hariv

⋙ pravalgita

pra-ḍvalgita mfn. bounding, leaping, fluttering Hariv

pravalh

pra-valh √Ā. -valhate, to test with a question or a riddle, puzzle (with acc.) AitBr

⋙ pravalha

pra-ḍvalha m. a riddle, enigma ŚrS

⋙ pravalhikā

pra-ḍvalhikā f. id. (N. of AV. xx, 133) Br. ŚrS

⋙ pravalhita

pra-ḍvalhita mfn. enigmatical Nir

pravas

pra-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to put on (clothes), to dress R

pravas

pra-vas √5. P. -vasati, (rarly Ā

• ., e.g. pf. -vāsāṃ cakre ChUp

• fut. -vatsyati ĀśvŚr

• ind. p. prôṣya ŚBr.), to go or sojourn abroad, leave home, depart RV. &c. &c

• to disappear vanish, cease Hariv

• to stop at a place, abide, dwell MBh. R

• (= Caus.) to banish to (loc.) R.: Caus. -vāsayati, to make to dwell in Divyâv

• to order to live abroad, turn out, expel, banish Mn. MBh. &c.: Desid. -vivatsati, to intend to set out on a journey Śiś

• to be about to depart from (abl.) Car

⋙ pravatsyat

pra-ḍvatsyat mfn. about to dwell abroad

• -patikā f. the wife of a man who intends to make a journey L

⋙ pravasatha

pra-ḍvasathá n. departure, separation from (abl.) RV. TBr. ĀpŚr

⋙ pravasana

pra-ḍvasana n. setting out on a journey, departing. Amar

• dying, decease Hcar

⋙ pravutavya

pra-ḍvutavyá n. (impers.) it is to be set out on a journey TS

≫ pravāsa

pra-vāsa m. dwelling abroad, foreign residence, absence from home RV. &c. &c. (acc. with √gam or yā. pra- √vas or ā- √pad

• to go abroad

• abl. with ā- √i, upâ-. or parā-√vṛt, to return from abroad)

• (in astron.) heliacal setting of the planets Var

• -kṛtya n. N. of wk

• -gata mfn. gone abroad, being away from home MW

• -gamana-vidhi m. N. of wk

• -para mfn. addicted to living abroad MW

• -pariśiṣta n. -vidhi m. N. of wks

• -stha (Ragh.), -sthita (Kathās.), mfn. being absent from home

• ○sôpasthāna, n

• ○sôpasthāna-prayoga m. ○sôpasthāna. vidhi, m

• ○sôpasthāna-haviryajña-prâyaścitta n. N. of wks

⋙ pravāsana

pra-ḍvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) sending away from home, exile, banishment from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c

• killing, slaying L

⋙ pravāsanīya

pra-ḍvāsanīya n. (scil. karman) the punishment of exile L

⋙ pravāsita

pra-ḍvāsita mfn. sent abroad, exiled, banished MBh

⋙ pravāsin

pra-ḍvāsin mfn. dwelling abroad, absent from home Kāṭh. MBh. &c

⋙ pravāsya

pra-ḍvāsya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent abroad, to be banished Mn. viii, 284

≫ proṣita

prôṣita mfn. one who has set out on a journey, absent from home, abroad KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c

• effaced Ragh

• set (as the sun) Var

• deceased, dead Hcar

• -trāsa m. fear of one who is absent MW

• -bhartṛkā f. (a wife) whose husband is abroad

• -maraṇa n. dying abroad or in a foreign country. W

• -vat mfn. sojourning away from home, strange, a stranger ib

⋙ proṣuṣa

prôṣúṣa mfn. one who has been absent or abroad ŚBr

≫ proṣya 1

prôṣya ind. having set out on a journey, abroad, absent ŚBr

• -pāpīyas mfn. one who has become worse by living abroad Bhaṭṭ

≫ proṣya 2

prôṣyá mfn. roaming, wandering TBr

pravasu

pra-vasu m. N. of a son of Īlina MBh

pravah

pra-vah √P. -vahati, (Pāṇ. 1-3, 81), to carry forwards, draw or drag on wards RV. AitBr. ŚrS. R. [Page 691, Column 2]

• to carry off in flowing, wash away RV. ĀśvGṛ. R

• to lead or bring to (acc.) MBh. Bhaṭṭ

• to bear Bhaṭṭ

• to exhibit, show, utter BhP

• (Ā.) to drive onwards RV

• to flow along Kathās. Rājat

• to rush, blow (as wind) MBh.: Caus. -vāhayati, to cause to go away, send off, dismiss ĀśvŚr

• to cause to swim away (Pass., to be washed away) MārkP. HPariś

• to set in motion or on foot Hariv. R

⋙ pravaha

pra-ḍváha mf(ā)n. bearing along, carrying (ifc.) MBh. R

• m. N. of one of the 7 winds said to cause the motion of the planets MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. IW. 179)

• wind, air L

• N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col

• a reservoir into which water is carried Yājñ

• flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vāka)

• going forth, going from a town W

⋙ pravahaṇa

pra-ḍvahaṇa n. sending away i.e. giving (a girl) in marriage SāmavBr

• creation, Harlv. (vḷ.)

• a carriage (for women) Mṛicch

• a kind of litter L

• (also n. and ī, f

• ifc. f. ā) a ship R. Kathās

• ○ṇa-bhaṅga m. shipwreck Ratnâv

≫ pravāha

pra-vāhá m. (ifc. f. ā) a stream, river, current, running water (○he-mūtrita n. 'making water in a river', doing a useless action Pāṇ. 2-æ47 Sch.)

• met. = continuous flow or passage, unbroken series or succession, continuity ŚBr. &c. &c

• continuous use or employment Śaṃk

• continuous train of thought Sarvad

• N. of ch. in Sad-ukti-karṇâmṛita

• flowing or streaming forth L. (cf. -vaha)

• course of action, activity L

• course or direction towards W

• a pond, lake ib

• a beautiful horse L

• N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh

• (pl.) N. of a people VP

• (ī), f. sand L. (also ○hôtthā f. Gal.)

⋙ pravāhaka

pra-ḍvāhaka mfn. carrying forwards, bearing or carrying well W

• m. a Rākshasa, imp, goblin (also ika) L

• (ikā), f. a sudden desire to evacuate, diarrhoea, Suśsr1. (ikā ind., g. svar-ādi)

⋙ pravāhaṇa

pra-ḍvā́haṇa mfn. carrying off or away VS

• m. N. of a man ŚBr. ChUp

• (ī), f. the sphincter muscle (which contracts the orifice of the rectum) Suśr

• n. driving forth, protrusion ib

• evacuation (esp. if from sudden desire) ib. Car

⋙ pravāhaṇeya

pra-ḍvāhaṇeya or m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

⋙ pravāhaṇeyi

pra-ḍvāhaṇeyi m. (ī f. Pat.) patr. fr. ○vahaṇa, Pā2ṇ. vii, 3, 28 ; 29 Sch. (cf. g. śubhrâdi)

⋙ pravāhaṇeyaka

pra-ḍvāhaṇeyaka mfn. (fr. ○vāhaṇa) Pāṇ. 7-3, 29 Sch

⋙ pravāhayitṛ

pra-ḍvāhayitṛ m. (ft. Caus.) one who bears or carries away (-tva n.) VS. Sch

⋙ pravāhita

pra-ḍvāhita m. (fr. Caus.) N. of a Ṛishi in the third Manv-antara VP

• n. the 'bearing down' (of a woman in labour) Car

⋙ pravāhin

pra-ḍvāhín mfn. drawing, carrying, bearing along or away AV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) streaming MBh. R

• (fr. ○vāha) abounding in streams, g. puṣkarâdi

• m. a draught animal ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ pravāhya

pra-ḍvāhyá mfn. (fr. ○vāha) fluviatic VS

≫ pravoḍhṛ

pra-voḍhṛ or m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

⋙ pravoḻhṛ

pra-ḍvoḻhṛ m. one who carries off (with gen. or ifc.) RV. MBh

⋙ prauḍha

prâuḍha See s.v

pravahli

pra-vahli ○likā, or ○īī f. a riddle, enigma L. (cf. pravalha, ○hikā)

pravā

pra-√vā P. -vāti, to blow forth, blow RV. &c. &c

• to smell, yield a scent MBh. R. &c

≫ pravā

pra-vā́ f. blowing forth, blowing AV. VS. TS

• N. of a daughter of Daksha, Vāyup

⋙ pravāta

pra-ḍvātá mfn. blown forward, agitited by the wind ( See below)

• n. a current or draught of air, windy weather or a windy place TS. &c. &c

• -dīpa-capala mfn. flickering or unsteady like a lamp agitated by the wind Kathās

• -nīlôtpala n. a lotus flower agitated by the wind Kum

• -śayana n. a bed placed in the middle of a current of air Mālav

• -sāra m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (v. l. pravāṭa-sāgara i.e. pravāḍas○)

• -subhaga mfn. (a spot), delightful by (reason of) a fresh breeze Śak

• [○te-j˘'A] mfn. growing in an airy place RV

⋙ pravāyya

pra-ḍvāyyá n. (prob.) flight, fleetness AV

pravāka

pra-vāka pra-vāc &c. See under pra. √vac

pravāḍa

pra-vāḍa m. or n. (?) = pra-vāla, coral SaddhP

⋙ pravāḍasāgara

○sāgara m. N. of a Buddha Lalit. (vḷ. for pravāta-sāra)

pravāṇa

pra-vāṇa ○ṇi, See under pra-√ve

pravāda

pra-vāda &c. See under pra-√vad

pravāpayitṛ

pra-vāpayitṛ ○pin, See under pra- √2. vap

pravāyaka

pra-vāyaka See under pra- √vii

pravāyya

pra-vāyya See under pra- √vā. [Page 691, Column 3]

pravāra

pra-vāra ○raṇa &c. See under pra √1. 2. vṛ

pravāla

pra-vāla m. n. (prob. fr. √val, but also written pra-bāla

• ifc. f. ā) a young shoot, sprout, new leaf or branch (to which feet and lips are often compared) MBh. Kāv. &c

• coral Mn. MBh. &c. (in this sense also written pra-vāḍa)

• the neck of the Indian lute L

• m. an animal L

• a pupil L

• mfn. having shoots or sprouts Dharmaś

• having long or beautiful hair (= prakṛṣṭa-keśa yukta) ib

⋙ pravālapadma

○padma n. a red lotus-flower Suśr

⋙ pravālaphala

○phala n. red sandal-wood Bhpr

⋙ pravālabhasman

○bhasman n. calx of coral MW

⋙ pravālamaṇiśṛṅga

○maṇi-śṛṅga mfn. having horns of coral and gems ib

⋙ pravālavat

○vat mfn. having new leaves or shoots W. (cf. bahu-puṣpa-pravāla-vat)

⋙ pravālavarṇa

○varṇa mfn. coral-coloured, red Suśr

⋙ pravālāśmantaka

pravālâśmantaka m. or n. (prob.) coral ib

≫ pravālaka

pravālaka n. coral Hcat. ( See also prabālaka)

pravāś

pra-vāś √P. -vāśati, to begin to croak or make a croaking noise Var

pravāsa

pra-vāsa and e. See col. 1

pravāh

pra-√vāh Ā. -vāhate, to bear down (said of a woman in labour) Suśr.: Caus. -vāhayati id. ib. 2

⋙ pravāhita

pra-ḍvāhita n. (for 1. See pra-√vah) bearing down Car

pravāha

pra-vāha &c. See pra-√vah

pravika

pravika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

pravikaṭa

pra-vikaṭa mfn. very large, huge Harav

pravikarṣa

pra-vikarṣa m. drawing (the bowstring) Kir

⋙ pravikarṣaṇa

pra-ḍvikarṣaṇa n. drawing, dragging Jātakam

pravikas

pra-vi-√kas P. -kasati, to open, expand (intr.) Śiś

• to appear, become manifest, Peasannar

pravikṝ

pra-vi-kṝ √P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter about, disperse, diffuse MBh

⋙ pravikīrṇa

pra-ḍvikīrṇa mfn. scattered, dispersed, diffused R. Suśr

• -kāmā f. a woman who has various lovers Var

pravikhyāta

pra-vi-khyāta mfn. (√khyā) universally known, renowned MBh

• known as, named, called (nom.) MārkP

⋙ pravikhyāti

pra-ḍvikhyāti f. renown, celebrity L

pravigata

pra-vi-gata mfn. (√gam) passed away, disappeared Var

pravigal

pra-vi-√gal P. -galati, to stream forth Mālatīm

• to cease, disappear ib

⋙ pravigalita

pra-ḍvigalita mfn. oozing Divyāv

pravigāh

pra-vi-gāh √Ā. -gāhate, to dive into, enter (acc.) R

pravigraha

pra-vi-graha m. (√grah) separation of words by dividing or breaking up the Saṃdhi RPrāt

pravighaṭ

pra-vi-ghaṭ √P. -ghāṭayati, to divide, disunite Kir

⋙ pravighaṭana

pra-ḍvighaṭana n. hewing off or asunder Mcar

⋙ pravighaṭita

pra-ḍvighaṭita mfn. hewn off, severed Mcar

pravicakṣ

pra-vi-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to declare, mention, name MBh

pravicaya

pra-vicaya See below

pravicar

pra-vi√car P. -carati, to go forwards, advance MBh. Hit

• to roam about Mṛicch

• to walk or wander through (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -cārayati, below

⋙ pravicāra

pra-ḍvicāra m. distinction, division, species, kind Suśr

• -mārga m. pl. springing from side to side (an artifice in fighting) Kir

⋙ vicāraṇā

vicāraṇā f. id. Car

⋙ vicīrita

ḍvicīrita mfn. (fr. Caus.) examined or investigated accurately Pañcat

pravical

pra-vi-√cal P. -calati, to become agitated, tremble, quake MBh

• to become confused or disturbed Hariv

• to deviate or swerve from (abl.) MBh. Bhartṛ.: Caus. -cālayati, to cause to tremble, shake Hariv

⋙ pravicalita

pra-vi-ḍcalita mfn. moved, shaken MBh

pravici

pra-vi-ci √2. P. -cinoti, to search through, investigate, examine MBh. R

≫ pravicaya

pra-vicaya m. investigation, examination Lalit

⋙ pravicita

pra-ḍvicita mfn. tried, proved, tasted MBh. [Page 692, Column 1] Contents of this page

pravicint

pra-vi-√cint P. -cintayati, to think about, reflect upon (acc.) MBh. R

⋙ pravicintaka

pra-ḍvicintaka mfn. reflecting beforehand, foreseeing Hariv

pravicetana

pra-vicetana n. (√4. cit) comprehending, understanding Hariv

praviceṣṭ

pra-vi-ceṣṭ √Ā. -ceṣṭate, to rove about, Veṇis

pravij

pra-vij √(only Ā. 3. pl. pf. -vivijre), to rush forth RV. x, 111, 9: Caus. -vejayati, to drive away MBh

⋙ pravikta

pra-ḍvikta (prá.), mfn. trembling, quaking RV

⋙ pravejita

pra-ḍvejita mfn. (fr. Caus.) hurled, thrown, shot off MBh

pravijaya

pra-vijaya m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

pravijahya

pra-vi-jahya mfn. (fr. √jah

• cf. pra-vi √3. hā) to be given up or abandoned L

pravijṛmbh

pra-vi-jṛmbh √Ā. -jṛmbhate, to open or expand (intr.), appear in full vigour or splendour Bālar

pravijñā

pra-vi-jñā √P. -jānāti, to know in detail or accurately Suśr

pravitata

pra-vi-tata mfn. (√tan) spread out, expanded, wide Hariv. Kāv. &c

• undertaken, begun MBh

• arranged Kathās

• dishevelled W

pravitapta

pra-vi-tapta mfn. (√tap) scorched up, pained with heat Kām

pravid

pra-vid √1. P. -vetti, to know, understand RV. AV. MBh.: Caus. -vedayati, ○te, to make known, communicate, relate TUp. MBh

• (P.) to know or understand right MuṇḍUp

⋙ pravid

pra-ḍvíd f. knowledge, science RV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 61)

⋙ pravidvas

pra-ḍvidvás mfn. knowing, wise RV. AV. TBr

⋙ pravettṛ

pra-ḍvettṛ m. a knower R

⋙ praveda

pra-ḍveda m. ( See á-praveda)

• -kṛt mfn. (prob.) making known AV

⋙ pravedana

pra-ḍvedana n. making known, proclaiming. Pāṇ. 3-3, 153

⋙ pravedin

pra-ḍvedin mfn. knowing well or accurately Mn. ix, 267

⋙ pravedya

pra-ḍvedya mfn. to be made known MBh

pravid

pra-vid √3. P. Ā. -vindati, ○te, to find, find out, invent RV

• to anticipate ŚBr.: Intens. -vevidīti, to attain, partake of (acc.) RV

pravidalana

pra-vidalana n. pounding, crushing Mcar

pravidāra

pra-vi-dāra m. (√dṝ) bursting asunder Var

⋙ pravidāraṇa

pra-ḍvidāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) causing to burst asunder L

• war, battle L

• tumult crowd L

praviditsu

pra-vi-ditsu mfn. (fr. Desid. of √1. dā) wishing to perform Harav. (wṛ. for -dhitsu?)

praviduh

pra-vi-duh √(only P. 3. pl, pr. duhanti), to milk or drain out completely (fig.) RV

praviddha

pra-viddha See pra-√vyadh

pravidruta

pra-vi-druta mfn. (√dru) running or flowing asunder, scattered, dispersed MBh

pravidhā

pra-vi-dhā √1, P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place apart, divide Suśr

• (Ā.) to meditate, think upon R. Rājat

• to place in front, put at the head, pay attention to Śukas

⋙ pravidhāna

pra-ḍvidhāna n. a means employed Vishṇ

pravidhvasta

pra-vi-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) thrown away R

• tossed about, agitated Hariv

pravinaś

pra-vi-naś √2. (only Ā. 2ṣg. fut. -naṅkṣyase), to perish utterly, be destroyed R

⋙ pravinaṣṭa

pra-vi-ḍnaṣṭa mfn. utterly destroyed ib

pravinirdhūta

pra-vi-nir-dhūta mfn. (√dhū) thrown or flung away or towards or at MBh

pravipala

pra-vipala m. or n. (?) a partic. minute division of time, a small part of a Vipala Siddhântaś

pravibhaj

pra-vi-√bhaj P. -bhajati, to separate, divide, distribute, apportion PraśnUp Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pravibhakta

pra-ḍvibhakta mfn. separated, divided distributed &c. Mn. MBh. &c

• one who has received his share Mn. viii, 166

• (ifc.) divided into or consisting of Kull

• divided or distinguished by (instr. or comp.). Bhag. Śaṃk

• variously situated, scattered R

• -rasmi mfn. having the rays distributed, distributing rays Śak. Pravibhāga, m. separation, division, distribution, classification Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 692, Column 2]

• a part, portion Uttarar. -vat, mfn. having subdivisions, subdivided MBh. -śas, ind. separately, singly MBh. Hcat

pravibhāvaka

pra-vibhāvaka mfn. (√bhū) causing to appear, representing Bhar

pravibhinna

pra-vi-bhinna mfn. (√bhid) broken or torn off, wounded R

pravibhuj

pra-vi-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, to bend back, Susr

pravimuc

pra-vi-muc √P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te, to set free, liberate R

• to give up, relinquish, abandon MBh. Kathās. &c.: Pass. -mucyate, to be freed from or rid of (abl.) Suśr

pravimṛś

pra-vi-mṛś √(only ind. p. -mṛśya wṛ. -mṛṣya) to think upon, ponder, reflect, deliberate MBh. R

praviyuta

pra-vi-yuta mfn. (√2. yu) completely filled, crammed Nir. ix. 26

pravira

pravira m. yellow sandal L

pravirata

pra-vi-rata mfn. (√ram) one who has desisted from (abl.) Rājat

pravirala

pra-virala mf(ā)n. separated by a considerable interval, isolated, few, very rare or scanty Var. Ragh. Kathās. &c

pravirūḍha

pra-vi-rūḍha mfn. (√ruh) sprouted, grown Divyâv

pravilabh

pra-vi-labh √Ā. -labhate, to regain, recover MBh. xiv, 1732 (prob. wṛ. for prati-l○ B. vi-pra-ī○)

pravilamb

pra-vi-lamb √only pr. p. Ā. -lambamāna, hanging, suspended Divyâv.: Caus. (ind. p. -lambya) to hang up Pañcat. (v. l. pratiḷ○)

⋙ pravilambita

pra-ḍvilambita mfn. hanging forwards, projecting (ati-pra-vil○) Suśr

• n. loitering, delaying ŚārṅgP

⋙ pravilambin

pra-ḍvilambin mfn. projecting, prominent Var

pravilaya

pra-vilaya See pra-vi- √lī

pravilas

pra-vi-√las P. -lasati, to shine forth brightly BhP

• to appear in full strength or vigour Gīt. Sch

pravilasena

pravila-sena or pravilla-sena m. N. of a prince VP

pravilāpana

pra-vilāpana &c. See pra-vi- √lī

pravilāpin

pra-vilāpin mfn. (√lap) grieving, lamenting Kathās

pravilī

pra-vi-lī √Ā. or Pass. -līyate, (○ti), to become dissolved, melt or vanish away MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. -lāpayati, to cause to disappear or dissolve itself into (loc.) Śaṃk. BhP. Sch

• to dissolve, melt (trans.) Suśr

⋙ pravilaya

pra-ḍvilaya m. melting Suśr

• = next Śaṃk

⋙ pravilayana

pra-ḍvilayana n. complete dissolution or absorption Car

⋙ pravilāpana

pra-ḍvilāpana or n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

⋙ pravilāpitatva

pra-ḍvilāpitatva n. (fr. Caus.) complete absorption or annihilation Śaṃk

⋙ pravilāpayitavya

pra-ḍvilāpayitavya or mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

⋙ pravilāpya

pra-ḍvilāpya mfn. to be completely annihilated ib

pravilup

pra-vi-lup √Caus. -lopayati, to give up, abandon Kāv

⋙ pravilupta

pra-ḍvilupta mfn. cut away, removed, destroyed, vanished, gone Kum. Kathās

pravilok

pra-vi-lok √P. -lokayati, to look forwards or about R

• to perceive, notice, consider Kathās

• (in astron.) to observe Gol

pravilola

pra-vilola mfn. very unsteady Caurap

pravivardhita

pra-vi-vardhita mfn. (√vṛdh) very much increased Rājat

pravivāda

pra-vivāda m.altercation, quarrel, dispute Vet

pravivikṣu

pra-vivikṣu See under pra- √viś

pravivic

pra-vi-vic √(only Pass. -vicyate), to test, examine Cat

⋙ pravivivikta

pra-vi-ḍvivikta mfn. separate, solitary, lonely, (loc. pl. 'in a solitude') MBh. R

• fine, delicate ŚBr. &c. &c

• sharp, keen MBh

• -cakṣus mfn. sharp-sighted MBh

• -tā f. keeping away from worldly objects or desires, Jātakam

• -bhuj mfn. eating delicate food MāṇḍUp

• ○tâhāra mfn. id. ŚBr

⋙ praviviveka

pra-vi-ḍviveka m. complete solitude L. [Page 692, Column 3]

pravivepita

pra-vi-vepita mfn. (√vep, Caus.) caused to tremble R

pravivrajiṣu

pra-vivrajiṣu and pra-vivrājayiṣu, See under pra-√vraj

praviś

pra-viś √P. Ā. -viśati, ○te, to entor, go into, resort to (acc. or loc.) RV. &c. &c. (with agnim, agnau, madhyam agneḥ, vahnau, or citāyām, 'to ascend the funeral pyre'

• with karṇayoḥ', to come into the ears i.e. be heard'

• with ātmani, or cittam, 'to take possession of the heart'

• in dram. 'to enter the stage')

• to reach, attain Sarvad

• to have sexual intercourse with (acc., applied to both sexes) MBh. Suśr

• to enter upon, undertake, commence, begin, devote one's self to (acc., rarely loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c. (with piṇḍīm or tarpaṇam, 'to accept or enjoy an oblation')

• to enter into i.e. be absorbed or thrown into the shade by (acc.) Hariv. (with [svāni] aṅgāni or gātrāṇi), 'to shrink, shrivel' R. Kathās.: Caus. -veśayati, ○te, to cause or allow to enter, bring or lead or introduce to, usher into (acc. or loc.) AV. &c. &c. (without an object, 'to bring into one's house &c.', esp. 'to bring on the stage')

• to lead home as a wife, i.e. marry MBh

• to lay or store up, deposit in, put or throw into (loc. or acc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to enter i.e. commit to paper, write down Yājñ. Sch

• to initiate into (acc.) Prab

• to instil into (loc.) = teach, impart Kathās

• to spend (money) Pañcat

• to enter, come or be brought into (acc.) Var. BhP.: Desid. -vivikṣati, to wish to enter into (acc.) MBh. R

⋙ pravivikṣu

pra-ḍvivikṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or being about to enter (acc.) MBh. Kām

≫ praviṣṭa

prá-viṣṭa mfn. entered R. Ragh

• one who has entered or gone or come into, being in or among (loc., acc. or comp

• cf. madhya-prav○) RV. &c. &c. (in dram. 'one who has entered the stage')

• sunk (as an eye) Suśr

• appeared or begun (as an age) Vet

• one who has entered upon or undertaken, occupied with, intent upon, engaged in (loc. or comp.) BhP. Rājat

• initiated into (acc.) Prab

• agreeing with (loc.) MBh

• made use of. invested (as money) Yājñ. Rājat

• (ā), f. N. of the mother of Paippalādi and Kauśika Hariv. (prob. wṛ. for śraviṣṭhā)

⋙ praviṣṭaka

prá-ḍviṣṭaka n. entering the stage (only ○kena ind. in stage directions) Mṛicch. Śak. Pracaṇḍ. &c

⋙ praviṣṭahāya

prá-ḍviṣṭahāya Nom. Ā. ○yate to appear in person Kād

≫ praveśa

pra-veśa m. (ifc. f. ā) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (loc., gen. with or without antar, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (acc.with √kṛ, to make one's entrance, enter)

• entrance on the stage Hariv. Malav

• the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac Var

• coming or setting in (of night) L

• the placing (e. g. of any deposit) in a person's house or hand Pañcat

• interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness Kathās

• the entering into i.e. being contained in (loc.) Pāṇ. 2-1, 72 Sch. Sāh

• employment, use, utilisation of (comp.) Kull. Inscr

• income, revenue, tax, toll (cf. -bhāgika)

• intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose W

• manner, method Lalit

• a place of entrance, door MBh. Kāv. &c

• the syringe of an injection pipe Suśr

• -bhāgika m. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes Rājat

⋙ praveśaka

pra-ḍveśaka ifc. = ○veśa entering, entrance Kathās

• m. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) Kālid. Ratnâv. Daśar. Sāh. &c. (cf. viṣkambhaka and IW. 473)

• N. of wk

⋙ praveśana

pra-ḍveśana n. entering, entrance or penetration into (loc., gen. or comp.) KātyŚr. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• sexual intercourse PārGṛ

• a principal door or gate L

• conducting or leading into (loc.), introduction KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• driving home (cattle) Gobh

⋙ praveśanīya

pra-ḍveśanīya mfn. (fr. prec.), g. anupravacanâdi

⋙ praveśayitavya

pra-ḍveśayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be introduced Śak. (vḷ.)

⋙ praveśita

pra-ḍveśita mfn. (fr. Cause.) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced MBh. Kāv. &c

• thrown into (any condition, as sleep &c.) Ragh

• appointed, installed BhP

• (ā), f. impregnated, pregnant (dārakam', with a boy') Divyâv

• n. causing to appear on the stage BhP

⋙ praveśin

pra-ḍveśin mfn. (ifc.) entering into MBh

• having sexual intercourse with Car

• (fr. ○veśa), having an entrance accessible over or through (comp.) Hariv

⋙ praveśya

pra-ḍveśya mfn. to be entered, accessible, open MBh. Hariv. Śak

• to be played (as a musical instrument) Ragh

• to be let or conducted into, be introduced MBh. R. [Page 693, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to be put back or re-introduced (said of the intestines) Suśr

⋙ praveṣṭavya

pra-ḍveṣṭavya mfn. to be entered or penetrated or pervaded, accessible, open Kāv. Kathās

• to be caused or allowed to enter, to be admitted Hariv

• n. (impers.) one should enter or penetrate into (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ praveṣṭṛ

pra-ḍveṣṭṛ mfn. one who enters or goes into Vedântas. (-tva n.)

praviśam

pra-vi-śam √Caus. -śāmayati to extinguish, destroy, annihilate (?) Divyâv

praviśiṣ

pra-vi-śiṣ √P. -śinaṣṭi, to magnify, increase, augment Uttarar

praviśīrṇa

pra-vi-śīrṇa mfn. (√śṝ) fallen off (as flesh) Suśr

praviśudh

pra-vi-śudh √Caus. -śodhayati, to clean perfectly MBh. Suśr

⋙ praviśuddha

pra-ḍviśuddha mfn. perfectly clean R

praviśleṣa

pra-viśleṣa m. separation, parting L

praviṣaṇṇa

pra-vi-ṣaṇṇa mfn. (√sad) dejected, sad, spiritless R

praviṣaya

pra-viṣaya m. scope, range, reach (of the eye &c

• ○yaṃ dṛṣṭer √gam, 'to become visible') Kum. xvii, 21

praviṣā

pra-viṣā f. a birch tree L. (cf. upa-viṣā, prati-viṣā)

praviṣṭa

pra-viṣṭa ○ṭaka &c. See under pra- √viś

pravisarpin

pra-visarpin mfn. spreading or diffusing (intr.) slowly Jātakam

pravisṛta

pra-vi-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) pouring forth Kathās

• spread, divulged Vāgbh

• run away, fled MBh

• violent, intensive Mṛicch. Pañcar

pravistṛ

pra-vi-stṛ √P. -stṛṇāti &c., to spread, expand Hcat

⋙ pravistara

pra-ḍvistara m. circumference, compass. extent ib. Pur. (○reṇa, in great detail')

⋙ pravistāra

pra-ḍvistāra m. id. Cat

pravispaṣṭa

pra-vi-spaṣṭa mfn. (√spaś) perfectly visible or evident Kum. xii, 42

pravihata

pra-vi-hata mfn. (√han) beaten back, put to flight MBh

pravihā

pra-vi-hā √3. P. -jahāti, to relinquish, give up, abandon R. (ind. p. -hāya, 'disregarding, passing over')

pravihāra

pra-vihāra m. moving onwards Pārvat

pravī

pra-vī √P. -veti, to go forth RV

• to strive after, make for, enter into ib

• to attack, assail ib

• to enter, fertilize, impregnate ib. . TS AV. Kāṭh

• to urge on, inspirit, animate RV

≫ pravayaṇa 1

pra-vayaṇa mfn. (for 2. See under pra-√ve) fit for driving forwards (as a stick) Pāṇ. 2-4, 57 Sch

• n. a goad ib. L

⋙ pravayaṇīya

pra-ḍvayaṇīya mfn. to be driven forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

⋙ pravayyā

pra-ḍvayyā f. to be impregnated (as a cow) Pāṇ. 6-1, 83

⋙ pravāyaka

pra-ḍvāyaka mfn. driving forwards Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Sch

≫ pravīta

prá-vīta mfn. impregnated AV. (cf. a-prav○, ṛta-prav○)

⋙ pravetṛ

prá-ḍvetṛ m. a charioteer Pāṇ. 2-4, 56 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ praveya

prá-ḍveya mfn. Pāṇ. 6-1, 83 Sch

pravīṇa

pra-vīṇa mf(ā)n. (pra + viiṇā) skilful, clever, conversant with or versed in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Kām. (cf. g. śauṇḍḍâdi)

• m. N. of a son of the'Ith Manu Hariv. (vḷ. pra-viira)

⋙ pravīṇatā

○tā f

⋙ pravīṇatva

○tva n. skill, proficiency Kāv

≫ pravīṇīkṛ

pravīṇī-kṛ √to render skilful Siṃhâs

pravītin

pra-vītin mfn. (√vye) having the sacred thread hanging down the back Gal. (cf. upa-viitin, ni-viitin)

pravīra

prá-vīra mfn. preceding or surpassing heroes RV. x, 103, 5 (cf. abhí-viira)

• m. a hero, prince, chief among (gen. or comp.), a person excellent or distinguished by (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)

• N. of a son of Pūru MBh

• of a son of Pracinvat (grandson of Pūru) Hariv. Pur

• of a son of Dharmanetra Hariv

• of a son of Hary-aśva VP

• of a son ol the 14th Manu Hariv. (v. l. pra-viiṇa)

• of a Caṇḍala MārkP

• pl. N. of the descendants of Praviira (son of Pūru) MBh

⋙ pravīrabāhu

○bāhu m. 'strong-armed', N. of a Rākshasa R. [Page 693, Column 2]

⋙ pravīravara

○vara m. 'best of heroes', N. of an Asura Kathās

≫ pravīraka

pravīraka m. N. of sev. men Mudr

pravīvivikṣu

pra-vī-vivikṣu mfn. (Desid. of √viṣ) being about to embrace or inundate (said of the ocean) R

pravṛ

pra-vṛ √1. P. -vṛṇoti, to ward off, keep away RV.: Caus. -vārayati id. MBh

≫ pravara 2

pra-vará m. (for 1. See p. 690) a cover ŚBr. (Sāy. pra-vāra

• Pāṇ. 3-3, 54)

• an upper garment Var. 1

⋙ pravaraṇa

pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 2. See under pra √2. vṛ) the festivities at the end of the rainy season Buddh

⋙ pravāra

pra-ḍvāra m. a covering, cover, woollen cloth, BṛArUp. (cf. 2. pra-vara)

⋙ pravāraka

pra-ḍvāraka m. = 1. pravaraṇa L

• woollen cloth L. 1

⋙ pravāraṇa

pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (fur 2. See under pra- 2 -vṛ) prohibition L

• = 1. pravaraṇa Buddh. (also ā, f

• MWB. 84). 1

⋙ vārita

vārita mfn. (for 2. See under pra- √2. vṛ) clothed with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ

pravṛ

pra-vṛ √2. P. Ā. -vṛṇāti, (Ved.) -vṛṇite -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (3 -sg. aor. Subj. -vṛta RV.), to choose out, choose as (acc.) or for (dat.) RV. Br. MBh. BhP

• to accept gladly RV. ix, 101, 13: Caus. -varayati, to choose, select MBh

• -vārayati, to please, gratify. R. (For 1

⋙ pravara

pravara mfn. best, &c., See p. 690, col. 3.)

≫ pravara 3

pra-vara m. a call, summons (esp. of a Brāhman to priestly functions) AitBr

• an invocation of Agni at the beginning of a sacrifice, a series of ancestors (so called because Agni is invited to bear the oblations to the gods as he did for the sacrificer's progenitors, the names of the 4 10 5 most nearly connected with the ancient Ṛishis being then added) Br. ŚrS

• a family, race L

• an ancestor KātyŚr. Sch. (ī f. Pat.)

• -kāṇḍa m. or n. a chapter about a series of ancestors Cat

• -khaṇḍa m. or n. -darpaṇa m. -dīpikā f. -nirṇaya, m. -mañjarī f. -ratna n. N. of wks

• -vat mfn. having a series of ancestors L

• ○râdhyāya m. ○re-kṛta-śānti f. N. of wks. 2

⋙ pravaraṇa

pra-ḍvaraṇa n. (for 1. See above) a call, summons, invocation (ati-prav○) ĀśvŚr

• any religious ceremony or observance (= anu-ṣṭhāna) Hcat

• ○ṇīya mfn. fit for religious observance ib. 2

⋙ pravāraṇa

pra-ḍvāraṇa n. (for 1. See above) satisfying, fulfilment of a wish MBh. v, 146. 2

⋙ pravārita

pra-ḍvārita mfn. (for 1. See above) offered, set out for sale MBh. v, 6006 (B. pra-codita)

⋙ pravārya

pra-ḍvārya mfn. to be satisfied MBh. v, 149

⋙ pravṛta

pra-ḍvṛta mfn. chosen, selected, adopted (as a son) BhP

• -homa m. an oblation offered on the appointment of a priest, ŚrS

• ○mīya mfn. relating to it, Sā3ṅkhBr

• ○tâhuti f. = ○tahoma ib. Vait

pravṛkṇa

pra-vṛkṇa See pra- √vraśc

pravṛj

pra-vṛj √P. Ā. -vṛṇakti, -vṛṅkte, (Ved. inf. -vṛ́je), to strew (the sacrificial grass) RV. Br

• to place in or on the fire, heat ib

• to perform the Pravargya ceremony Br. KātyŚr

≫ pravarga

pra-varga m. a large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony) Sāy. on RV. vii, 103, 8

• wṛ. for next

• ○gâvarta-bhūṣaṇa m. N. of Vishṇu Hariv

⋙ pravargya

pra-ḍvargyá m. a ceremony introductory to the Soma sacrifice (at which fresh milk is poured into a heated vessel called, mahā-viira or gharma, or into boiling ghee) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• -kāṇḍa m. N. of ŚBr. xvi (in the kāṇva-śākhā)

• -prayoga m. N. of wk

• -vat (○gyá-.), mfn. connected with the Pravargya ceremony ŚBr. ŚrS

• -sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ pravarjana

pra-ḍvárjana n. performance, of the PravṭPravargya ceremony, placing in or near the fire ŚBr

⋙ pravṛkta

pra-ḍvṛkta (prá-.), mfn. placed in or near the fire ŚBr

⋙ pravṛjya

pra-ḍvṛjya mfn. to be placed in or near the fire ĀpŚr

≫ pravṛñjana

pra-vṛñjana n. = ○várjana ib

⋙ pravṛñjanīya

pra-ḍvṛñjanīya mfn. used at the Pravargya ceremony KātyŚr

pravṛt

pra-vṛt √Ā. -vartate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going ChUp. MBh. &c

• to set out, depart, betake one's self MBh. R. &c

• to proceed (vartmanā, or ○ni, on a path

• apathena, on a wrong path) Kāv. Kathās

• to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place VS. Br. MBh. &c

• to commence, begin to (inf.), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dat., loc., or artham ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to proceed against, do injury to (loc.) MBh. R. Ragh. [Page 693, Column 3]

• to debauch (anyo'nyam, 'one another') MBh

• to act or proceed according to or with (instr. or abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (loc.) ib

• to hold good, prevail ib

• to continue, keep on (pr. p.) Hariv. Sarvad

• to be, exist MārkP

• to serve for, conduce to (dat., or artham ifc.) Sarvad

• to mean, be used in the sense of (loc.) ib

• to let any one (gen.) have anything (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion RV. &c. &c

• to throw, hurl, Pour forth RV. MaitrS

• to send Prab

• to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge MBh. Kāv. &c

• to introduce, appoint, instal ib

• to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make ib. (with setum to erect a dam

• with vyayakarma, to effect expenditure

• with loka-yātrām, to transact the business of life

• with kathām, to relate a story)

• to exhibit, show, display R. BhP

• to undertake, begin KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• to use, employ Bhaṭṭ

• to induce any one to do anything, betray into (loc.) Kathās

• to proceed against (loc.) MBh

≫ pravarta

pra-vartá m. a round ornament AV. (TS. Sch. 'an ear-ring'

• cf: pra-vṛtta)

• engaging in, undertaking W

• excitement, stimulus ib

⋙ pravartaka

pra-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. acting, proceeding L

• setting in motion or action, setting on foot, advancing, promoting, forwarding Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• producing, causing, effecting MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a founder, author, originator of anything ib

• an arbiter, judge W

• n. (in dram.) the entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the introduction) Sāh. Pratāp. (cf. pra-vṛttaka and prā-varta)

• -jñāna and ○kīya n. N. of wks

⋙ pravartana

pra-ḍvartana mf(ī)n. being in motion, flowing Ragh. x, 38 (C. ○vartin)

• (ā), f. incitement to activity Gaut

• (in gram.) order, permission, the sense of the precative or qualified imperative tense (?) W

• n. advance, forward movement, rolling or flowing forth R. Var. Yājñ. Sch

• walking, roaming, wandering R

• activity, procedure, engaging in, dealing with (instr. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• going on, coming off, happening, occurrence MBh. Hariv. &c

• conduct, behaviour MBh

• bringing near, fetching ŚāṅkhŚr

• erection, construction Mn. Yājñ. Sch

• causing to appear, bringing about, advancing, promoting, introducing, employing, using MBh. R. &c

• informing W

⋙ pravartanīya

pra-ḍvartanīya mfn. to be set in motion or employed Kull

• to be begun Yājñ. Sch

⋙ pravartamānaka

pra-ḍvartamānaká mfn. (dimin. of the pr. p. ○vartamāna) coming slowly forth from (abl.) RV. i, 191, 16

⋙ pravartayitṛ

pra-ḍvartayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) one who sets in motion or action, instigator of(gen.) or to (loc.) Kād. Śaṃk. (-tva, n.)

• an erector, builder, founder, introducer VP. Yājñ. Sch

• an employer Kull

⋙ pravartita

pra-ḍvartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to roll on or forwards, set in motion, set on foot MBh. Kāv. &c

• set up, established, introduced, appointed ib

• built, erected, made, performed, accomplished ib

• related, told Sāh

• made pure, hallowed Mn. xi, 196

• informed, apprized W

• stimulated, incited ib

• lighted, kindled MW

• dispensed, administered Ml

• allowed to take its course ib

• enforced ib

⋙ pravartitavya

pra-ḍvartitavya n. (impers.) one should act or proceed Prab. Sāh

⋙ pravartitṛ

pra-ḍvartitṛ m. one who causes or effects, producer, bringer MBh

• one who settles or determines Yājñ

⋙ pravartin

pra-ḍvartin mfn. issuing, streaming forth, forth, moving onwards, flowing Kālid. Śatr

• active, restless, unsteady (a-prativ○) ŚBr. Up

• causing to flow MBh. Hariv

• causing, effecting, Producing ib

• using, employing Hariv

• introducing, propagating Cat

• (ī), f. N. of a Jaina nun HPariś

⋙ pravartya

pra-ḍvartya mfn. to be (or being) excited to activity Śaṃk

≫ pravṛt

pra-vṛ́t f. (?) VS. xv, 9

⋙ pravṛtta

pra-ḍvṛtta mfn. rotund, globular ŚāṅkhBr

• driven up (as a carriage) ChUp

• circulated (as a book) Pañcat

• set out from (-tas), going to, bound for (acc., loc., inf., or artham ifc

• dakṣiṇena, 'southwards'

• with pathā', proceeding on a path') MBh. Kāv. &c

• issued from (abl.), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred VS. &c. &c

• come back, returned MBh

• commenced, begun MBh. Kāv. &c

• (also -vat mfn. ) having set about or commenced to (inf.) Kathās

• purposing or going to, bent upon (dat., loc., or comp.) Kāv. Kathās. Rājat

• engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• hurting, injuring, offending MBh

• acting, proceeding, dealing with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• existing Āpast

• who or what has become (with nom.) R

• (with karman n. action) causing a continuation of mundane existence Mn. xii, 88 [Page 694, Column 1] Contents of this page

• wṛ. for pra-cṛtta and pra-nṛtta

• (○vṛttá), m. = ○varta, a round ornament ŚBr

• (ā f. N. of a female demon MārkP.)

• -karman n. any act leading to a future birth W

• -cakra mfn. 'whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded', having universal power (○kra-tā f.) Yājñ

• -tva n. the having happened or occurred Jaim

• -pānīya mfn. (a well) with abundant water MBh

• -pāraṇa n. a partic. religious observance or ceremony Śak. (vḷ.)

• -vāc mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent MBh

• -samprahāra mfn. one who has begun the fight (○ra-tva n.) Kathās

• ○ttâśin m. N. of a partic. class of ascetics Baudh

⋙ pravṛttaka

pra-ḍvṛttaka n. -"ṣvartaka n. Pratāp

• N. of a metre Col

⋙ pravṛtti

pra-ḍvṛtti f. moving onwards, advance, progress GṛŚrS. MBh. Suśr

• coming forth, appearance, manifestation ŚvetUp. Kālid. Rājat

• rise, source, origin. MBh

• activity, exertion, efficacy, function Kap. Sāṃkhyak. MBh. &c. (in the Nyāya one of the 82 Prameyas IW. 63)

• active life (as opp. to ni-vṛtti q.v. and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) W

• giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (loc. or comp.) Rājat. Hit. Sāh

• application, use, employment Mn. MBh. MārkP

• conduct, behaviour, practice Mn. MBh. &c

• the applicability or validity of a rule KātyŚr. Pāṇ. Sch

• currency, continuance, prevalence ib

• fate, lot, destiny R

• news, tidings, intelligence of (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• cognition (with viṣaya-vatī, 'a sensuous cognition') Yogas

• the exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant L. (cf. Vikr. iv, 47)

• N. of Avanti or Oujein or any holy place L

• (in arithm.) the multiplier W. (wṛ. for pra-kṛti?)

• -jña, m. 'knowing the news', an emissary, agent. spy L

• -jñóna n. -vijñāna Sarvad

• -nimitta n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears MW

• -nivṛtti-mat mfn. connected with activity and inactivity BhP

• paróṅmukha mf(ī)n. disinclined to give tidings Vikr

• -pratyaya m. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world Buddh

• -mat mfn. devoted to anything, Kaiy

• mārga m. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the rites and works of religion MW

• -vacana mfn. (a word) expressing activity Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 51

• -vijñāna n. cognition of the things belonging to the external world Buddh

• ○tty-aṅga n. N. of wk

pravṛdh

pra-vṛdh √P. -vardhati, to exalt, magnify. RV. viii, 8, 22

• Ā. -vardhate (rarely P. ○ti), to grow up, grow, increase, gain in strength, prosper, thrive RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to strengthen, increase, augment, extend RV. &c. &c

• to raise, exalt, cause to thrive Hariv

• to rear, cherish, bring up Kathās

≫ pravardhaka

pra-vardhaka mf(ikā)n. augmenting, increasing, enhancing Inscr

⋙ pravardhana

pra-ḍvardhana mfn. id Hariv. Suśr

• n. augmenting, increase W

≫ pravṛddha

prá-vṛddha mfn. grown up, fully developed, increased, augmented, intense, vehement, great, numerous RV. &c. &c

• swollen, heaving R. Kālid

• risen to wealth or power, prosperous, mighty, strong MBh. Var

• (also with vayasā) advanced in age, grown old MBh. Kathās

• expanded, diffused W

• full, deep (as a sigh) ib

• haughty, arrogant MW

• wṛ. for pra-vṛtta, -viddha, -buddha

⋙ vṛddhi

vṛddhi f. growth, increase Var. Kālid. Rājat

• rising, rise (arghasya, 'of price') Var

• prosperity, increasing welfare, rising in rank or reputation ib. Rājat

≫ pravṛdh

pra-vṛ́dh f. growth RV. iii, 31, 3

pravṛścya

pra-vṛścya See pra- √vraśc

pravṛṣ

pra-vṛṣ √P. -varṣati, to begin to rain, rain, shed or shower abundantly with (instr) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -varṣayati, to cause to rain TS. ŚBr

⋙ pravarṣa

pra-ḍvarṣa m. (also pl.) rain MBh. Pañcat

⋙ pravarṣaṇa

pra-ḍvarṣaṇa m. N. of a mountain BhP

• n. beginning to rain, raining, causing to rain MBh. Var. (Sch. 'first rain')

⋙ pravarṣin

pra-ḍvarṣin mfn. raining, causing to rain, showering, discharging MBh. R. &c. (cf. ūrdhva-prav○)

⋙ pravṛṣṭa

pra-ḍvṛṣṭa mfn. begun to rain or to pour down (instr.) MBh. R. Kathās

• (e), ind. when it rains Var. [Page 694, Column 2]

pravṛh

pra-vṛh √P. Ā. -vṛhati, ○te, to tear out or off or asunder, destroy RV. TS. Br. Up

• (Ā) to draw towards one's self. attract ŚBr

⋙ pravarham

pra-ḍvárham ind. plucking off ŚBr

⋙ pravṛḍha

pra-ḍvṛḍha mfn. torn off Kāṭh. (Cf. pra- √1. bṛh.)

prave

pra-√ve P. -vayati, to weave on, attach to RV. TS. ŚBr. Up

≫ pravayaṇa 2

pra-vayaṇa n. (for 1. See under pra- √vii) the upper part of a piece of woven cloth AitBr

⋙ pravāṇa

pra-ḍvāṇa n. the edging or trimming of a piece of woven cloth Lāṭy

⋙ pravāṇi

pra-ḍvāṇi or f. a weaver's shuttle L

⋙ pravāṇī

pra-ḍvāṇī f. a weaver's shuttle L

⋙ prota

prôta See s.v

praveka

pra-veka mfn. (√vic) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always ifc.) MBh. R. &c

pravega

pra-vega m. (√vij) great speed, rapidity MBh. R. (cf. śara-pr○)

⋙ pravegita

pra-ḍvegita mfn. moving swiftly, rapid R

praveṭa

pra-veṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vata, prāvaṭa)

praveṇī

pra-veṇī f. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of their husbands R. (○ṇi L.)

• a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle) MBh. (○ṇi L., also 'the housings of an elephant')

• N. of a river MBh

pravetṛ

pra-vetṛ pra-veya, See pra- √vii

pravettṛ

pra-vettṛ pra-veda &c. See pra √1. vid

pravedha

pra-vedha See pra-√vyadh

pravep

pra-√vep Ā. -vepate (m. c. also P. ○ti), to tremble, shiver, quake MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vepayati (aor. prâviivipat), to cause to tremble, shake RV. &c. &c

⋙ pravepa

pra-ḍvepa rembling, quivering R

⋙ pravepaka

pra-ḍvepaka m. trembling shivering, shuddering Suśr

⋙ pravepathu

pra-ḍvepathu m. id. ib

⋙ pravepana

pra-ḍvepana m. N. of a serpentdemon MBh

• n. trembling, shuddering, tremulous motion, agitation Car. Pāṇ. Sch. Vop. (wṛ. ○vepaṇa)

⋙ pravepanin

pra-ḍvepanín mfn. causing (enemies) to tremble (said of Indra) RV

⋙ pravepanīya

pra-ḍvepanīya○ mfn. to be caused to tremble Pāṇ. 8-4, 34 Sch

⋙ pravepita

pra-ḍvepita n. the act of trembling Kir

⋙ pravepin

pra-ḍvepin mfn. trembling, shaking, tottering Nir. ix, 8

praveraya

pra-veraya Nom. P. ○yati (cf. √vel, vell), to cast, hurl MBh

⋙ praverita

pra-ḍverita mfn. cast, hurled ib. (vḷ.)

pravela

pravela m. a yellow variety of Phaseolus Mungo L

praveśa

pra-veśa &c. See pra- √viś

praveṣṭ

pra-veṣṭ √Caus. -veṣṭayati, to cover, enclose, surround TS

• to twine or fasten round ĀpŚr. MānGṛ

≫ praveṣṭa

pra-veṣṭa m. (only L.) an arm

• the fore-arm or wrist (cf. pra-koṣṭha)

• the fleshy part of the back of an elephant on which the rider sits

• an elephant's housings

• an elephant's gums ( See also danta-pr○)

⋙ praveṣṭita

pra-ḍveṣṭita mfn. covered with (instr.) MBh

praveṣṭaka

praveṣṭaka wṛ. for pra-viṣṭaka ( See pra- √viś)

praveṣṭavya

pra-veṣṭavya ○ṭṛ, See pra- √viś

pravoḍhṛ

pra-voḍhṛ See pra-√vah

pravyakta

pra-vy-akta mfn. (√añj) evident, apparent, manifest (compar. -tara) Suśr

⋙ pravyakti

pra-ḍvyakti f. appearance, manifestation ib

pravyath

pra-vyath √Ā. -vyathate, (ep. also P. ○ti), to tremble, be afraid of (gen.), be disquieted or distressed MBh. R. &c

• = Caus. R.: Caus. -vyathayati, to frighten, disquiet, distress MBh. R. Hariv

⋙ pravyathita

pra-ḍvyathita mfn. affrighted, distressed, pained MBh. Hariv. R. &c

pravyadh

pra-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl, cast, throw away or down RV. &c. &c

• to hurl missiles, shoot AV. ŚBr

• to pierce, transfix, wound MBh. Suśr

≫ praviddha

prá-viddha mfn. hurled, cast, thrown into (loc.) RV. &c. &c

• thrown asunder, spilt (as water) R

• crammed, filled MBh

• abandoned, given up R

⋙ pravedha

prá-ḍvedha m. a bow-shot ĀpŚr. Sch

• a partic. measure of length, Divyâ

⋙ pravyādha

prá-ḍvyādhá m. id., the distance of the flight of an arrow ŚBr. TBr. [Page 694, Column 3] ŚrS

pravyas

pra-vy-as √2. P. -asyati, to lay down, place upon (loc.) R

pravyāhṛ

pra-vy-ā-hṛ √P. -harati, to utter forth, speak MBh. R

• to utter inarticulate sounds, howl, yell, roar ib. (v. l. pratyāhri)

• to declare beforehand, foretell, predict MW.: Caus. -hārayati, to speak MBh

⋙ pravyāharaṇa

pra-ḍvyāharaṇa n. the uttering of sounds, faculty of speech Divyâv

⋙ pravyāhāra

pra-ḍvyāhāra m. (v. l. or wṛ. pratyāh○) prolongation or continuation of discourse MBh. (= prakṛṣṭâkti, Nīlak.)

• speaking to, address (○raṃ √kṛ, with gen.', to address a person') Kāraṇḍ

• sound ib

⋙ pravyāhṛta

pra-ḍvyāhṛta mfn. speaking MBh

• spoken, foretold, predicted ib

pravraj

pra-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go forth, proceed, depart from (abl.), set out for, go to (acc., loc. or dat.) ŚBr. Up. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• to leave home and wander forth as an ascetic mendicant ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

• (with Jainas) to become a monk HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati (wṛ. -vraj○), to send into exile, banish from (abl.) MBh. R. &c

• to compel any one to wander forth as an ascetic mendicant or to become a monk MBh. HPariś

≫ pravivrajiṣu

pra-vivrajiṣu mfn. (from Desid.) wishing to take the vow of a monk HPariś

⋙ pravivivrājayiṣu

pra-viḍvivrājayiṣu mfn. (from Desid. of Caus.) wishing to send into exile, desirous of banishing, Bhaṭṭi

≫ pravrajana

pra-vrajana n. going abroad MBh

⋙ pravrajikā

pra-ḍvrajikā wṛ. for ○vrajitā and ○vrājikā

⋙ pravrajita

pra-ḍvrajita mfn. gone astray or abroad R. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 38

• run away (said of horses) MBh

• (also with vanam) one who has left home to become a religious mendicant or (with Jainas) to become a monk Mn. MBh. HPariś

• m. a religious mendicant or a monk MBh. Var. Suśr

• (ā), f. a female ascetic or a nun Yājñ. Var. Kād. Sāh

• Nardostachys Jatamansi L

• another plant (muṇḍīrī) L

• n. the life of a religious mendicant MBh

⋙ pravrajya

pra-ḍvrajya n. going abroad, migration MBh

• (ā), f. id. ib

• going forth from home (first rite of a layman wishing to become a Buddh. monk) MWB. 77

• roaming, wandering about (esp. as a religious mendicant, in a dress not authorized by the Veda) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• the order of a relṭreligious mendicant MBh. Var

• ○jyā-yoga m. a constellation under which future relṭreligious mendicants are born Var

• jyâvasita m. a relṭreligious mendicant who has renounced his order Yājñ

≫ pravrāj

pra-vrāj m. a religious mendicant Var. Kathās

⋙ pravrāja

pra-ḍvrājá m. the bed of a river RV

⋙ pravrājaka

pra-ḍvrājaka m. a religious mṭmendicant R. Kathās

• (ikā), f. a female ascetic (also ○jaka-strī) Kathās

⋙ pravrājana

pra-ḍvrājana n. banishment, exile MBh. R

⋙ pravrājita

pra-ḍvrājita mfn. become a monk Divyâv

⋙ vrājin

vrā́jin m. = ○vrāj ŚBr

• mfn. running after ( See dvi-pravrājinī)

pravraśc

pra-vraśc √P. -vṛścati, (ind. p. vṛścya), to cut or hew off, cut or tear to pieces, lace ite, wound AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ

⋙ pravṛkṇa

pra-ḍvṛkṇa mfn. cut or hewn off BhP

⋙ pravraścana

pra-ḍvraścana m. an instrunient for cutting fuel, a knife for cutting wood Pāṇ. Sch. (cf. idhma-pr○)

⋙ pravraska

pra-ḍvraska m. a cut Kauś

pravlī

pra-vlī √P. -vlināti, to overwhelm by pressure, crush ĀpŚr

⋙ pravlaya

pra-ḍvlaya m. sinking down, collapse AitBr

⋙ pravlīna

pra-ḍvlīna (prá-), mfn. overwhelmed by pressure, crushed, sunk down AV. Br

praśaṃyuvāka

pra-śaṃyuvāka wṛ. for śaṃy○

praśaṃs

pra-śaṃs √P. Ā. -śaṃsati, ○te, (irreg. Pot. -śaṃsīyāt Cāṇ.), to proclaim, declare, praise, laud, extol RV. &c. &c

• to urge on, stimulate RV. i, 84, 19

• to approve, esteem, value (with na, to disapprove, blame) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to foretell, prophesy Cāṇ

⋙ praśaṃsaka

pra-ḍśaṃsaka mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending MBh. R. HYog

⋙ praśaṃsana

pra-ḍśaṃsana n. praising, commending Vedântas. Pāṇ. Sch. (wṛ. ○śaṃśana)

⋙ praśaṃsanīya

pra-ḍśaṃsanīya mfn. to be praised, laudable Kād

⋙ praśaṃsā

pra-ḍśaṃsā́ f. praise, commendation, fame, glory (with Buddhists one of the 8 worldly conditions Dharmas. 61) ŚBr. &c. &c. (cf. aprastuta-p○, strī-p○

• wṛ. ○śaṃśā)

• -nāman n. an expression of praise Nir

• mukhara mfn. loud with praise, praising loudly (○rânana, mfn. 'one whose mouth is loud with praise', speaking loudly in praise of anything) Rājat

• -"ṣlāpa (○sâl○), m. applause, acclamation Daś

• -vacana n. pl. a laudatory speech MBh

• -"ṣvali (○sâv○), f. a poem of praise, panegyric Bālar

• ○śaṃsôpamā f. (in rhet.) laudatory comparison, comparing to anything superior Kāvyâd. [Page 695, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ praśaṃsita

pra-ḍśaṃsita mfn. praised, commended Pañcar

⋙ praśaṃsitavya

pra-ḍśaṃsitavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy W

⋙ praśaṃsin

pra-ḍśaṃsin mfn. (ifc.) praising, commending, eulogizing MBh. R

⋙ praśaṃstavya

pra-ḍśaṃstavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy. R. (cf. ○śastavya)

⋙ praśaṃsaṃsya

pra-śaṃḍsaṃsya mfn. to be pr, praisewṭpraiseworthy RV. MBh. R. Uttarar. (vḷ.)

• preferable to, better than (abl.) Mn. ii, 95 Kull. (cf. 1. ○śasya.)

≫ praśasta

praśastá mfn. praised, commended, considered fit or good, happy, auspicious (as stars, days &c.) RV. ĀśvGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c

• better, more excellent Gaut

• best Āpast

• consecrated (as water) Var

• m. N. of a man Kathās

• of a poet Cat

• (ā), f. N. of a river MBh

• -kara m. N. of an author (perhaps the writer of a wk. entitled Praśasta) Cat

• -kalaśa m. N. of a man Rājat

• -ta f. (MW.) or -tva n. (Mcar.) excellence, goodness

• -paribhāṣā f. N. of wk

• -pāda m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat

• -bhāṣya n. N. of wk. Cat

• -vacana n. pl. laudatory words, praises Mṛicch

• ○śastâdri m. N. of a mountain to the west of Madhya-deśa Var

⋙ praśastavya

praḍśastavya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy R. (cf. -śaṃstavya)

⋙ praśuti

praḍśuti (prá-). f. praise, fame, glorification RV. Uttarar. Daśar. &c. (○tiṃ √dhā, to bestow praise upon, value highly with loc. RV.)

• liking, desire (as of food) RV

• (in dram.) a benediction (praying for peace &c. in the reign of a prince) Sāh

• instruction, guidance, warning RV

• an edict Vcar. Bālar

• (metrical) eulogistic inscription Ml

• excellence, eminence W

• N. of a guide to letter-writing Cat. (also ○tikā)

• -kāśikā f. N. of wk

• -kṛt mfn. bestowing praise, praising RV

• -gāthā f. a song of praise Caṇḍ

• -taraṃga m. N. of wk. -paṭṭa m. a written edict Rājat

• -prakāśikā f. N. of wk. (= -kāśikā)

• -ratnâkara m. N. of wk

• -ratnâvahlī f. N. of a poem by Viśva-nātha, Sāh 1

⋙ praśasya

praḍśasya mfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent RV. Nir. MBh. &c

• to be called happy, to be congratulated MBh. (cf. ○śaṃsya)

• -tā f. excellence, eminence Hemac. 2

⋙ praśasya

praḍśasya ind. having praised or commended MBh. R. Pañcat. BhP

praśak

pra-śak √P. -śaknoti, (fut. also A. -śakṣye. MBh.), to be able to (inf.) MBh. Hariv

⋙ praśaka

pra-ḍśaka mfn. wṛ. for ○sakta MBh

⋙ praśakya

pra-ḍśakya mfn. one who does his utmost Kauś. Sch

praśaka

praśaka wṛ. for pra-śākha, col. 2

praśaṭha

pra-śaṭha mfn. very false or wicked (-tā f.) L

praśad

pra-śad √only Caus. -śātayati, to cause to fall down, break off, pluck Vcar

⋙ praśattvan

pra-ḍśattvan m. the ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch

• (arī), f. a river ib

praśam

pra-śam √P. -śāmyati, to become calm or tranquil, be pacified or soothed, settle down (as dust) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be allayed or extinguished, cease, disappear, fade away ib.: Caus. -śamayati (rarely śām○), to appease, calm quench allay, extinguish, terminate ib

• to make subject, subdue, conquer MBh

⋙ praśama

pra-ḍśama m. calmness, tranquillity' (esp. of mind), quiet, rest, cessation, extinction, abatement MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundisbhi and Śānti-deva BhP

• (ī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh

• -ṃ-kara mfn. causing the cessation of (gen.), disturbing, interrupting R

• -rati-sūsra n. N. of wk

• -sthita mfn. being in a state of quiescence Ragh

• ○mâyana mfn. walking in tranquillity BhP

⋙ praśamaka

pra-ḍśamaka mfn. one who brings to rest, quenching, allaying Kāraṇḍ

⋙ praśamana

pra-ḍśamana mfn. tranquillizing, pacifying, curing, healing MBh. Hariv. Suśr

• n. the act of tranquillizing &c. MBh. Kām. Daś. Pur. Suśr

• securing, keeping safe (of what has been acquired) Mn. vii, 56 (others, bestowing aptly'

• others, 'sanctification'

• Ragh. iv, 14)

• killing, slaughter L

• (scil. astra) N. of a weapon R

⋙ śamita

śamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) tranquillized, relieved, quelled, quenched, allayed MBh. Hariv. &c

• atoned for, expiated Uttarar

• -ripu mfn. one who has all enemies pacified Mṛicch

• ○târi mfn. id. Ragh

• ○tâpadrava mfn. one who has all calamities quelled MW

≫ praśān

pra-śān ind., g. svar-ādi (cf. ○śām)

⋙ praśānta

pra-ḍśānta mfn. tranquillized, calm, quiet, composed, indifferent Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• (in augury) auspicious, boni ominis Var

• extinguished, ceased, allayed, removed, destroyed, dead MBh. Kāv. &c

• -kāma mfn. one whose desires are calmed, content BhP

• -cāritramati m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Lalit

• -cārin m. pl. 'walking tranquilly', (prob.) N. of a class of deities ib. [Page 695, Column 2]

• -citta mfn. 'tranquil-minded', calm Vedântas

• -ceṣṭa mfn. one whose efforts have ceased, resting MW

• -tā f. tranquillity of mind MBh

• -dhī mfn. = -citta BhP

• -bādha mfn. one who has all calamities or hindrances quelled MW

• -bhūmipāla mfn. 'having the kings extinguished', without a king (said of the earth) Rājat

• -mūrti mfn. of tranquil appearance Var

• -rāga m. N. of a man Cat

• -viniścaya-pratihārya-nirdeśa m. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra

• -vinītêśvara m. N. of a divine being, Lalī

• ○tâtman mfn. 'tranquil-souled', composed in mind, peaceful, calm Bhag. BhP

• ○târāti mfn. one whose enemies have been pacified or destroyed Prab

• ○târja mfn. one whose strength has ceased, weakened, prostrated W

• ○tôlmuka mfn. extinguished W

• ○tâujas mfn. = ○tôrja MW

⋙ praśāntaka

pra-ḍśāntaka mfn. tranquil, calm Bhar

⋙ praśānti

pra-śānti f. sinking to rest, rest, tranquillity (esp. of mind), calm, quiet, pacification, abatement, extinction, destruction MBh. Kāv. &c

• -dūtī f. 'messenger of rest', N. of old age Kathās

⋙ praśām

pra-ḍśā́m mfn. (nom. ○śā́n) painless, unhurt ŚBr. (cf. ○śān above)

⋙ praśāma

pra-ḍśāma tranquillity, pacification, suppression W

⋙ praśāmita

pra-ḍśāmita mfn. (fr. Caus.) pacified i.e. subdued, conquered Hariv

praśardha

pra-śardha mfn. (√śṛdh) bold, daring RV

praśala

praśala wṛ. for prasala

praśas

pra-śas f. (√1. śas) a hatchet, axe, knife AitBr. (Nir. Sch

• others = pra-śasta, pra-kṛṣṭa-cchedana &c.)

praśasta

pra-śasta &c. See pra-√śaṃs

praśākha

pra-śākha mfn. having great branches (as a tree), Psṇ. vi, 2, 177 Sch

• (also ○śaka) N. of the 5th stage in the formation of an embryo (in which the hands and feet are formed) Buddh

• (ā), f. a branch or twig MBh. R

• (prob.) extremity of the body Suśr

• ○kha-vat mfn. (m.c. for ○khA-v○) having numerous branches R

⋙ praśākhikā

pra-śāḍkhikā f. a small branch, twig MBh

praśātikā

praśātikā See prasātikā

praśānta

pra-śānta &c. See under pra- √śam

praśās

pra-śās √P. -śāsti, (ep. also Ā.), to teach, instruct, direct RV. ŚBr. R

• to give instructions to, order, command (acc.) MBh. R. MārkP

• to chastise, punish MBh. Kathās

• to govern, rule, reign (also with rājyam), be lord of (acc. with or without adhi) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• to decide upon (loc.) MBh

⋙ praśāsaka

pra-ḍśāsaka m. = ○śāstṛ Pañcat. (B.)

⋙ praśāsana

pra-ḍśā́sana n. guidance, government, rule, dominion RV. ŚBr. ChUp. MBh

• enjoining, enacting W

⋙ praśāsita

pra-ḍśāsita mfn. governed, administered R

• enjoined, enacted W

⋙ praśāsitṛ

pra-ḍśāsitṛ m. a governor, ruler, master, dictator Mn. MBh. Śaṃk

⋙ praśāta

pra-ḍśāta wṛ. for

⋙ praśasta

pra-ḍśasta ĀpŚr

⋙ praśāstṛ

pra-ḍśāstṛ́ m. 'director', N. of a priest (commonly called Maitrāvaruṇa, the first assistant of the Hotṛi) RV. &c. &c

• a king Uṇ. ii, 94 Sch

⋙ praśāstra

pra-ḍśāstrá n. the office of the Praśāstṛi RV. ii, 2, 1 ĀpŚr

• his Soma vessel ib. ii, 36, 6. 1

⋙ praśāsya

pra-ḍśāsya ind. having ruled or commanded MBh. 2

⋙ praśāsya

pra-ḍśāsya mfn. one who has to receive orders from (gen.) Bālar

≫ praśiṣṭa

praśiṣṭa mfn. ruled over, reigned, governed, commanded MW

⋙ praśiṣṭi

praḍśiṣṭi, (prá-), f. injunction, command, order TBr. ĀśvŚr

⋙ praśis

praḍśís f. order, direction, precept RV. AV. TBr. ĀśvŚr

praśithila

pra-śithila mf(ā)n. very loose, relaxed, lax Hariv. Kāv. Suśr

• very feeble, hardly perceptible Saṃk

⋙ praśithilabhujagranthi

○bhuja-granthi mfn. one who loosens the clasp of the arms Sāh

≫ praśithilī

praśithilī in comp. for ○la

⋙ praśithilīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. rendered very loose, greatly loosened Ṛitus

⋙ praśithilībhūta

○bhūta mfn. become loose or lax Suśr

praśiṣa

praśiṣa m. N. of a man

• pl. N. of his descendants Cat

praśiṣya

pra-śiṣya m. the pupil of a pupil BhP

⋙ praśiṣyatva

○tva n. the condition of a pupil's pupil L

praśī

pra-śī √Ā. -śete, to lie down upon (acc.) RV

praśīta

prá-śīta mfn. (√śyai) congealed, frozen ŚBr. [Page 695, Column 3]

praśīrṇa

pra-śīrṇa See pra- √śṝ

praśukrīya

praśukrīya mfn. beginning with pra śukrā (said of RV. vii, 34, 1) ŚāṅkhBr

praśuc

pra-śuc √Ā. -śocate, to glow, beam, radiate RV

⋙ praśocana

pra-ḍśócana mfn. burning on, continuing to burn AV

praśuci

pra-śuci mfn. perfectly pure R

praśuddhi

pra-śuddhi f. (√śudh) purity, clearness MBh

praśubh

pra-√śubh (only Ā. 3. sg. pr. -śobhe = śobhate), to be bright, sparkle RV. i, 120, 5

praśumbh

pra-śumbh √(only 3.pl. -śambhante), to glide on wards, fly along RV. i, 85, 1 (Sāy. 'to adorn one's self highly')

praśuśruka

praśuśruka m. N. of a prince (a son of Maru) R. (B. praśuśruva

• cf. pra-suśruta)

praśuṣ

pra-śuṣ √P. -śuṣyati, to dry up, become dry, kām

⋙ praśoṣa

pra-ḍśoṣa m. dryness, aridity Suśr

⋙ praśoṣaṇa

pra-ḍśoṣaṇa m. 'drying up', N. of a demon producing illness Hariv

praśūna

pra-śūna mfn. (√śvi) swollen Suśr

praśṝ

pra-śṝ √P. -śṛṇāti, to break in pieces, break off, crush RV. ŚBr. KātySr

⋙ praśīrṇa

pra-ḍśīrṇa mfn. broken, smashed ŚBr. KātyŚr. MBh

praścut

pra-ścut √(or -ścyut), P. -ścotati (-ścyotati), to trickle forth, drip down Mālatīm

• to pour forth, shed, spill, Bhaṭt

⋙ praścutita

pra-ḍścutita mfn. dripped down Gobh

⋙ praścotana

pra-ḍścotana n. trickling, dripping Uttarar

praśna 1

praśna m. basket-work, a plaited basket Kauś. (Sch. 'a turban')

praśna 2

praśná m. (√prach) a question, demand, interrogation, query, inquiry after (comp

• cf. kuśala-p○) ŚBr. &c. &c

• judicial inquiry or examination (cf. sâkṣi-p)

• astrological inquiry into the future (cf. divya-, deva-, daiva-p○)

• a subject of inquiry, point at issue, controversy, problem ŚBr. &c. &c. (praśnam pra-√brū', to decide a controverted point'

• nam √i, with acc. or ○nam ā √gam, with loc. of pers., 'to lay a question before any one for decision'

• praśnas tava pitari, the point at issue is before thy father')

• a task or lesson (in Vedic recitation) RPrāt

• a short section or paragraph (in books) Col. &c

⋙ praśnakathā

○kathā f. a story containing a question Kathās

⋙ praśnakalpalatā

○kalpalatā f

⋙ praśnakṛṣṇīya

○kṛṣṇīya n

⋙ praśnakoṣṭhī

○koṣṭhī f

⋙ praśnakaumudī

○kaumudī f

⋙ praśnagrantha

○grantha m

⋙ praśnacaṇḍeśvara

○caṇḍêśvara m

⋙ praśnacandrikā

○candrikā f

⋙ praśnacintāmaṇi

○cintāmaṇi m

⋙ praśnacuḍāmaṇi

○cuḍāmaṇi m

⋙ praśnajñāna

○jñāna n

⋙ praśnatantra

○tantra n

⋙ praśnatilaka

○tilaka n

⋙ praśnadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of wks

⋙ praśnadūtī

○dūtī f. a riddle, enigma, perplexing question L

⋙ praśnanidhi

○nidhi m

⋙ praśnanirvācana

○nirvācana n

⋙ praśnanīlakaṇṭha

○nīlakaṇṭha m

⋙ praśnapañjikā

○pañjikā f. N. of wks

⋙ praśnapūrvaka

○pūrvaka mfn. preceded by a question Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 120

• (○kam or -pūrvam), ind. with a preceding question, after examination Hcat

⋙ praśnaprakaraṇa

○prakaraṇa n

⋙ praśnaprakāśa

○prakāśa m

⋙ praśnapradīpa

○pradīpa m

⋙ praśnabrahmārka

○brahmârka m

⋙ praśnabhāga

○bhāga m

⋙ praśnabhārgavakerala

○bhārgava-kerala m

⋙ praśnabhairava

○bhairava m

⋙ praśnamañjūṣā

○mañjūṣā f

⋙ praśnamanoramā

○manoramā f

⋙ praśnamāṇīkyamālā

○māṇīkya-mālā f

⋙ praśnamārga

○mārga m

⋙ praśnamārtaṇḍa

○mārtaṇḍa m

⋙ praśnaratna

○ratna n

⋙ praśnaratnasāgara

○ratnasāgara m

⋙ praśnaratnāṅkura

○ratnâṅkura m

⋙ praśnaratnāvalī

○ratnâvalī f

⋙ praśnarahasya

○rahasya n

⋙ praśnalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks

⋙ praśnavādin

○vādin m. a fortune-teller, astrologer Gal

⋙ praśnavidyā

○vidyā f

⋙ praśnavinoda

○vinoda m. N. of wks

⋙ praśnavivāka

○vivāká m. one who decides controversies, an arbitrator VS

⋙ praśnavivāda

○vivāda m. a controverted question, controversy MBh

⋙ praśnaviveka

○viveka m

⋙ praśnavaiṣṇava

○vaiṣṇava m

⋙ praśnavyākaraṇa

○vyākaraṇa n

⋙ praśnaśataka

○śataka m

⋙ praśnaśāstra

○śāstra n

⋙ praśnaśiromaṇi

○śiromaṇi m

⋙ praśnaśekhara

○śekhara m

⋙ praśnaślokavalī

○ślokávalī f

⋙ praśnasaṃgraha

○saṃgraha m

⋙ praśnasaptati

○saptati f

⋙ praśnasāra

○sāra m

⋙ praśnasārāmnāya

○sārâmnāya m

⋙ praśnasārasamudra

○sāra-samudra m

⋙ praśnasāramāya

○sāramāya m

⋙ praśnasāroddhāra

○sārôddhāra m

⋙ praśnasudhākara

○sudhâkara m. N. of wks

⋙ praśnakhyāna

praśnákhyāna n. du. question and answer Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 28

⋙ praśnādika

praśnâdika m. or n

⋙ praśnānuṣṭhānapaddhati

praśḍnânuṣṭhāna-paddhati f

⋙ praśnārṇava

praśḍnârṇava m. (= ○navaiṣṇava or vaiṣṇava-śāstra)

⋙ praśnāryā

praśḍnâryā f

⋙ praśnāvalī

praśḍnâvalī f. N. of wks

⋙ praśnottara

praśnôttara n. question and answer, a verse consisting of question and answer Cat

• -tantra n. maṇi-mālā f. mālā f. -mālikā f. -ratna-mālā f. -ratnâvali

• f. N. of wks

⋙ praśnopadeśa

praśnôpadeśa m.,

⋙ praśnopaniṣad

praśnôpaniṣad f. N. of wks. [Page 696, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ praśnaya

praśnaya Nom. P. ○yati, to question, interrogate, inquire after (2 acc.) Kāvyâd

≫ praśnin

praśnín m. a questioner, interrogator VS

≫ praṣṭavya

praṣṭavya mfn. to be asked or questioned about (acc. with or without prati) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• to be consulted about (loc.), M Bh. MārkP

• to be inquired into Śak. MārkP

• n. (impers.) one should ask or inquire about Mālav

≫ praṣṭṛ

praṣṭṛ m. one who asks or inquires, interrogator, querist, Katþ Up. MBh. MārkP

praśni

praśni ○nī wṛ. for pṛśni, ○nī

praśratha

pra-śratha m. or pra-śranthana n. (śranth) laxity, relaxation, flaccidity Pāṇ. Vop

praśrabdhi

pra-śrabdhi f. (√śrambh) trust, confidence L

praśraya

pra-śraya &c. See pra- √śri

praśravaṇa

praśravaṇa wṛ. for pra-sravaṇa

praśravas

prá-śravas mfn. loud-sounding (said of the Maruts) RV. (Sāy. = prakṛṣṭânna)

praśri 1

praśri wṛ. for pṛśni

praśri 2

pra-śri √P. -śirayati, to lean against, fix Kāṭh

• to join or add to (loc.) RV

≫ praśraya

pra-śraya m. leaning or resting on, resting-place ŚārṅgP

• inclining forward i.e. respectful demeanour, modesty, humbleness, affection, respect, civility (personified as a son of Dharma and Hri) MBh. &c. &c

• -vat mfn. deferential, respectful, civil, modest BhP. ○yâvanata mfn. bent down deferentially MBh

• ○yôttara mfn. (words) full of modesty or humbleness ib

⋙ praśrayaṇa

pra-ḍśrayaṇa n. respectful demeanour, modesty. BhP

⋙ praśrayin

pra-ḍśrayin mfn. behaving respectfully, courteous, modest (○yitā f.) Kām

≫ praśrita

pra-śrita mfn. bending forward deferentially, humble, modest, courteous, well-behaved (am ind. humbly, deferentially) MBh. Kāv. &c. (often wṛ. ○sṛta)

• hidden, obscure (as a meaning) MBh

• m. N. of a son of Ānaka-dundubhi and Śānti-deva BhP

praśru

pra-śru √Ā. 3. sg. -śriṇve, to be heard, be audible RV. v, 87, 3

• to become known or celebrated ib. iv, 41, 2 &c

⋙ śravaṇa

śravaṇa and See above

⋙ śravas

ḍśravas See above

praślatha

pra-ślatha mfn. very loose, greatly relaxed, languid, flaccid Daś. (cf. pra-śratha)

praślita

pra-ślita mfn. (for pra-śrita) bent, inclined (N. of the rule of Saṃdhi that changes as to o before sonant letters) RPrāt

praśliṣṭa

pra-śliṣṭa mfn. (√iliṣ) twisted, entwined, coalescent (applied to the Saṃdhi of a, or ā with a following vowel and of other vowels with homogeneous ones, also to the vowel resulting from this Saṃdhi and its accent) Prāt. ŚāṅkhŚr. Pat

≫ praśleṣa

pra-śleṣa m. close contact or pressure Amar

• coalescence (of vowels) Prāt. Siddh

praśvas

pra-śvas √P. -ivasiti, to breathe in, inhale MBh.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to breathe ŚBr

• to comfort, console Hariv

⋙ praśvasitavya

pra-śvasitavya n. (impers.) recovery of breath i.e. recreation should be procured for (gen.) or by (instr.) or through or by means of (instr.), TaittUp

⋙ praśvāsa

pra-śvāsa m. breathing in, inhaling Suśr

praṣṭavya

praṣṭavya ○tṛ, See under praśna

praṣṭi

prá-ṣṭi m. (√1. as. cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti, pari-ṣṭi) 'being beyond or in front', a horse harnessed by the side of other yoke-horses or in front of them, a side-horse or leader RV. AV. Br

• a man at one's side, bystander, companion RV. Lāṭy

• a tripod (supporting a dish) TS. Sch

⋙ praṣṭimat

○mat (prá○), mfn. having side-horses (as a chariot) RV

⋙ praṣṭivāhana

○vāhana (prá ), mfn. (a chariot) drawn (also) by side-horses, yoked (at least) with 3 horses ŚBr. AitĀr

⋙ praṣṭivāhin

○vāhin mfn. id. TBr. TāṇdyaBr

praṣṭha

pra-ṣṭha mf(ī)n. (√sthā

• Pāṇ. 8-3, 92) standing in front, foremost, principal, best, chief Ragh. Rājat

• m. a leader, conductor Kuval

• a species of plant L

• (ī), f. the wife of a leader or chief L

⋙ praṣṭhatva

○tva n. the being in front, Pre-eminence, superiority Rājat

⋙ praṣṭhavah

○vah m. (strong -vāh, weak praṣṭhâuh

• nom. -vāṭ. Pāṇ. 8-2, 31 Sch.) a side-horse L

• a young bull or steer training for the plough W

• (praṣṭhâuhi), f. a cow for the first time with calf. L. (cf. paṣṭhavah, ○ṭhauhī). [Page 696, Column 2]

praṣṭhiv

pra-ṣṭhiv √P, -ṣṭhīvati, to spit out ĀśvŚr

praṣṭhivāhin

praṣṭhi-vāhin wṛ. for praṣṭi-v○

praṣṇavaiṣṇava

praṣṇa-vaiṣṇava wṛ. for praśna-v○

pras

pras cl.1. Ā. prasate, to extend, spread, diffuse Dhātup. xix, 4

• to bring forth young. Vop

prasakala

pra-sakala mfn. very full (as a bosom) Śiś

prasakta

pra-sakta ○ti, See under pra- √sañj

prasakṣin

pra-sakṣin See under pra- √sah

prasaṅktavya

pra-saṅktavya See under pra √sañj

prasaṃkhyā

pra-saṃ-khyā √P. -khyāti, to count, enumerate MBh

• to add up, calculate ĀśvŚr. MBh

⋙ prasaṃkhyā

pra-saṃkhyā f. total number, sum MBh

• reflection, consideration, KstyŚr

⋙ prasaṃkhyāna

pra-saṃkhyāna mfn. collecting or gathering (only for present needs) MBh. xiv, 2852, vḷ. (Nīlak.)

• m. payment, liquidation, a sum of money ib. iii, 10298 Nīlak. a measure to mete out anything')

• n. counting, enumeration BhP

• reflection, meditation, i MBh. Tattvas

• reputation, renown MBh. iii, 1382 (Nīlak.)

• -para mfn. engrossed or absorbed in meditation Kum

prasaṅga

pra-saṅga See under pra- √śañj

prasaṃgha

pra-saṃgha m. a great multitude or number MBh. vli, 8128 (vḷ. pra-varṣa)

prasac

pra-√sac P. -siṣakti, to pursue RV. x, 27, 19

prasaṃcakṣ

pra-saṃ-cakṣ √Ā. -caṣṭe, (Pot. -cakṣīt), to reckon up, recount, enumerate Lāṭy

• to penetrate, investigate Nyāyas. Sch

prasañj

pra-sañj √P. Ā. -sajati, ○te, (P.) to hang on, attach to (loc.) Lāṭy

• to hang with i.e. to provide or supply with (instr.) ŚBr

• to cling to (loc.) Daś

• to engage with any one(loc.) in a quarrel or dispute, ChUP

• (only ind. p. -sajya) to be attached to the world BhP

• to result, follow, be the consequence of anything Sarvad

• to cause to take place Pat

• (Ā.) to attach one's self to (acc.) MBh.: Pass. sajyate, or -sajjate (○ti), to attach one's self, cling to, be devoted to or intent upon or occupied with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c

• to be in love (pr.p. -sajjantī) Hariv

• (-sajjate), to be the consequence of something else, result, follow, be applicable Pat. Bhāshāp. Sarvad.: Caus. P. -sañjayati, to cause to take place Naish

• Ā. -sajjayate, to attach to, stick in (loc

• with na, 'to fly through', said of an arrow) R

≫ prasakta

pra-sakta mfn. attached, cleaving or adhering or devoted to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• clinging to the world, mundane BhP

• being in love, enamoured MBh. Kāv

• (ifc.) supplied or provided with R. (v. l. pra-yukta)

• resulting, following, applicable Kāś. Kathās. Sarvad

• continual, lasting, constant, eternal MBh. Kāv. &c

• used, employed W

• got, obtained ib

• opened, expanded ib

• contiguous, near A

• (○saktá), for ○sattá AV

• ibc. and(am), ind. continually, incessantly, eternally, ever Kāv

• -dhī or -hṛdaya mfn. with heart or mind intent upon or occupied with (comp.) Var

• ○tâśrumukha mf(ī)n. having the face wet with tears R

⋙ prasaktavya

pra-saktavya mfn. to be attached to (loc.) Kathās

⋙ sakti

sakti f. adherence, attachment, devotion or addiction to, indulgence or perseverance in, occupation with (loc. or comp.) Mn. Kir. Kathās. (cf. a-pras○ and ati-pras○)

• occurrence, practicability (○timpra √yā, 'to be practicable') Rājat

• (in gram.)bearing upon, applicability (of a rule) RPrāt. Sch

• connection, association W

• inference, conclusion ib

• a topic of conversation ib

• acquisition ib

⋙ saṅktavya

ḍsaṅktavya mfn. to be caused to take place Pat

≫ prasaṅga

pra-saṅga m. adherence, attachment, inclination or devotion to, indulgence in, fondness for, gratification of, occupation or intercourse with (loc., gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c. (ena ind. assiduously, zealously, eagerly

• cf. also below)

• evil inclination or illicit pursuit Mn. ix, 5

• union, connection (ifc. 'connected with', e.g. madhu-prasaṅga-madhu, 'honey connected with or coming in the spring season') Ratnâv. i, 17 [Page 696, Column 3]

• (pl.) all that is connected with or results from anything Kām

• occurrence of a possibility, contingency, case, event ŚrS. Mn. Śaṃk. Pāṇ. Sch. (e.g. ecaḥ pluta-prasaṅge, 'in the event of a diphthong being prolated')

• applicability Vajras

• an occasion, incident, conjuncture, time, opportunity MBh. Kāv. &c. (ibc

• ena, āt and atas ind. when the occasion presents itself, occasionally, incidentally

• prasaṅge kutrâpi, 'on a certain occasion'

• amunā prasaṅgena, tat-prasaṅgena or etat-prasaṅge, 'on that occasion')

• mention of parents (?, = guru-kīrtita) Sāh

• (in dram.) a second or subsidiary incident or plot W

• N. of a man Kathās

• (pl.) of a Buddhistic school

• -nivāraṇa n. the prevention of (similar) eases, obviation of (like future) contingencies Kull. on Mn. viii, 334

• -prôṣita mfn. happening to be departed or absent Daś

• -ratnâkara m. -ratnâvalī f. N. of wks

• -vat mfn. occasional, incidental Daś

• -vaśāt ind. according to the time, as occasion may demand MW

• -vinivṛtti f. the non-recurrence of a case Mn. viii, 368

• -sama m. (in Nyāya) the sophism that the proof too must be proved Nyāyas. Sarvad

• ○gânu. saṅgena ind. by the way, by the by, Sāṃkhyas. Sch

• ○gâbharaṇa n. N. of a modern poetical anthology

⋙ saṅgin

saṅgin mfn. attached or devoted to (comp.) Ṛitus. Śaṃk

• connected with, dependent on, belonging to, contingent, additional MBh. Suśr

• occurring, appearing, occasional, incidental MBh. Pat

• secondary, subordinate, non-essential MBh

• ○gi-tā f. attachment, addiction to intercourse with (comp.) MBh. Tattvas

⋙ sajya

ḍsajya mfn. to be attached to or connected with

• applicable

• -tā f. applicability, Śaṃkar

• pratiṣedha m. the negative form of an applicable (positive) statement Pat. (also ○sajyāyām pr○ ib

• ○dha-tva n. Sāh.)

⋙ sañjana

ḍsañjana n. attaching, uniting, combining, connecting W

• applying, bringing into use, bringing to bear, giving scope or opportunity, introduction ib

⋙ sañjayitavya

ḍsañjayitavya mfn. = ○saṅktavya ĀpŚr. Sch

prasad

pra-√sad P. -sīdati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to fall into the power of (acc.) MaitrS. AitBr

• to settle down, grow clear and bright, become placid or tranquil (as the sea or sky, met. applied to the mind) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to become clear or distinct KaṭhUp. Kām

• to become satisfied or pleased or glad, be gracious or kind (with gen. 'to favour'

• with inf. 'to deign to

• Impv. often 'be so gracious, please') Mn. MBh. &c

• to be successful (as an action) Ragh.: Caus. -sādayati (m.c. also ○te

• Pass. -sādyate), to make clear, purify Kāvyâd. Kathās

• to make serene, gladden (the heart) Bhartṛ

• to render calm, soothe, appease, propitiate, ask a person (acc.) to or for (inf., dat., loc., arthe with gen., or artham ifc.) Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ prasatta

pra-sattá mfn. satisfied, pleased RV. v, 60, 1

⋙ prasatti

pra-satti f. cleasness, brightness, purity W

• graciousness, favour Bālar. Siṃhâs

⋙ prasadman

pra-sadman in dīrghá-. p○, q.v

⋙ prasanna

pra-sanna mfn. clear, bright, pure (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• distinct, perspicuous MBh. Kām

• true, right, plain, correct, just Mālav. Mālatīm

• placid, tranquil R. Var. Āp

• soothed, pleased

• gracious, kind, kindly disposed towards (with loc., gen., or acc. aod prati), favourable (as stars &c.)

• gracious, showing favour (as a speech) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. N. of a prince Hemac

• (ā), f. propitiating, pleasing W

• spirituous liquor made of rice Car. Pat

• -kalpa mfn. almost quiet, tolerably calm Pañcat

• -gātr-tā. f. having tranquil limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84

• -caṇḍikā f. N. of a drama

• -candra m. N. of a prince HPariś

• -jala mfn. containing clear water R

• -tarka mfn. conjecturing right Mālav

• -tā f. brightness, clearness, purity Suśr

• clearness of expression, perspicuity Cat

• complacence, good humour Kāv. Rājat. VP

• -tva n. clearness, purity MBh. Ragh

• -pāda m. or n. (?) N. of wk. by Dharma-kirti

• -prâya mfn. rather plain or correct, Mālatim

• -mukha mfn. 'placid-countenanced', looking pleased, smiling W

• -rasa mfn. clear-juiced Kpr

• -rāghava n. N. of a drama by Jaya-deva

• -veṅkaṭêśva-māhāmya n. N. of a legend in the Bhavishyôttara-Purāṇa

• -salila mfn. -jala MBh

• ○sannâtman mfn. gracious-minded, propitious MaitrUp

• ○sannêrā f. spirituous liquor made of rice L

≫ prasāda

pra-sāda m. (ifc. f. ā) clearness, brightness, pellucidnees, purity (cf. ambu-p○), UP. Kālid. &c. (Nom. P. ○sādati, to be clear or bright. Śatr.) [Page 697, Column 1] Contents of this page

• clearness of style, perspicuity Pratāp. Kāvyâd. Sāh

• brightness (of the face) Ragh

• calmness, tranquillity, absence of excitement KaṭhUp. Suśr. Yogas

• serenity of disposition, good humour MBh. Suśr. Ragh. &c

• graciousness, kindness, kind behaviour, favour, aid, mediation (○dāt ind. through the kindness or by the favour of

• ○daṃ √kṛ, to be gracious

• cf. duṣ-p○, drik-p○) Gobh. MBh. Kāv. &c

• Kindness personified as a son of Dharma and Maitrī BhP

• clarified liquor, a decoction Car

• settlings, a residūm ib

• free gift, gratuity Ratnâv

• a propitiatory offering or gift (of food, = p"ṣ-dravya, prasādânna) L

• the food presented to an idol, or the remnants of food left by a spiritual teacher (which any one may freely appropriate to his own use) RTL. 69 ; 145 &c

• approbation W

• well-being, welfare W

• N. of a Comm. on the Prakriyā-kaumudi

• -cintaka wṛ. for -vittaka Bālar

• -dāna n. a propitiatory gift, a gift in token of favour, gift of food by a superior MW

• -paṭṭa m. a turban of honour (worn as a token of royal favour) Var

• -paṭṭaka n. a written edict of favour, Lokapr

• -parāṅmukha mf(ī) not caring for any one's favour Amar

• withdrawing favour from any one (gen.) Pañcat

• -pātra n. an object of favour Daś

• -puraga mfn. inclined to favour, favourably inclined MārkP

• -pratilabdha m. N. of a son of Māra Lalit

• -bhāj mfn. being in favour, Sāmkhyas. Sch

• -bhūmi f. an object of favour, favourite Hcar

• -mālā f. N. of wk

• -vat mfn. pleased, delighted

• gracious, favourable L. (-vatī-samādhi m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh.)

• -vitta mf(ā)n. (Kād. Kathās. Rājat. Bālar.) or -vittaka mfn. (Kathās.) rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (gen. or comp.)

• m. and favourite, darling

• -ṣaṭ-ślokī f. -stava m. N. of 2 Stotras

• -su-mukha mf(ī)n. inclined to favour (others 'having a clear or serene face') Mālav. Ragh

• -stha mfn. abiding in serenity, kind, propitious

• happy W

• ○sādântara n. another (mark of) favour MW

• sādânna n. See ○sāda above

• ○sādī- √kṛ, to bestow as a mark of favour, bestow graciously, Present (with gen. of person) Pañcat. Kād. Rājat. &c

⋙ prasādaka

pra-sādaka mfn. clearing, rendering clear or pallucid Mn

• gladdening, exhilarating R

• propitiating, wishing to win any one's favour ib. (cf. su-p○)

⋙ prasādana

pra-sādana mf(ī)n. clearing, rendering clear (cf. ambu - p○, toya-p○ &c.)

• calming, soothing, cheering R. Suśr. BhP

• m. a royal tent L

• (ā), f. service, worship L

• n. clearing, rendering clear (netra-p○ 'administering soothing remedies to the eyes') Suśr

• calming. soothing, cheering, gratifying (cf. śruti-p○), rendering gracious, propitiating (tvatprasdanāt 'for the sake of propitiating thee') MBh. Kāv. &c

• boiled rice L

• wṛ. for pra-sādhan Hariv. Mālav

⋙ prasādanīya

pra-sādanīya mfn. cheering. pleasing (ef. guru-p○) Lalit

• to be rendered gracious

⋙ prasādayitavya

pra-sādayitavya mfn. to be rendered gracious towards (upari) Pañcat

⋙ prasādita

pra-sādita mfn. cleared, rendered clear (a-pr○) Kāvyâd

• pleased, conciliated &c. MBh

• worshipped. W

• n. pl. kind words Hariv

⋙ prasādin

pra-sādin mfn. clear, serene, bright (as nectar, the eyes, face &c. ) Mālatīm. Bālar

• clear, perspicuous (as a poem), Balar

• (ifc.) calming, soothing, gladdening, pleasing MBh

• showing favour, treating with kindness MW

⋙ prasādya

pra-sādya mfn. to be rendered gracious, be propitiated MBh. R. Sāh. Bālar

⋙ sedivas

sedivas mfn. one who has become pleased or propitiated, favourable W

prasan

pra-√san (only Ā. acr. 3. pl. -siṣanta), to win, be successful RV. x, 142, 2

prasaṃdhā

pra-saṃ-√dhā P.Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to fix or fit (an arrow) to (a bow-string) MBh

⋙ prasaṃdhāna

pra-saṃdhāna n. combination (e.g. of words in the Krama, q.v. APrāt. ib. Sch

⋙ prasaṃdhi

pra-saṃdhi m. N. of a son of Manu MBh

prasanna

pra-sanna &c. See p. 696, col. 3

prasannateyu

prasannateyu (?) and prasanneyu (?), m. N. of two sons of Raudrāśva VP

prasabha

pra-sabha n. (prob. fr. √sabh = sah) N. of a variety of the Trishṭubh metre Var

• ibe. (am), ind. forcibly, violently Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. pra-sahya)

• exceedingly, very much Ṛitus. Śiś

• importunately Bhag

⋙ prasabhadamana

○damana n. forcible taming (of wild animals) Śak

⋙ prasabhaharaṇa

○haraṇa n. carrying off by force, violent seizure Yājñ

⋙ prasabhoddhṛta

prasabhôddhṛta mfn. torn up by force

• ○târi mfn. one who has forcibly uprooted his enemies Ragh. [Page 697, Column 2]

prasamīkṣ

pra-sam-īkṣ √Ā. -īkṣate, to look at or upon, observe, perceive, see Mn. MBh. &c

• to wait for BhP

• to reflect upon, consider, deliberate ib.,

• to acknowledge, regard as (acc.) MBh

⋙ prasamīkṣaṇa

pra-samīkṣaṇa n. considering, deliberating, discussing W

⋙ prasamīkṣā

pra-samīkṣā f. deliberation, judgment ib

⋙ prasamīkṣita

pra-samīkṣita mfn. looked at or upon, observed, considered MBh. Suśr

• regarded, declared MBh. 1

⋙ prasmīkṣya

pra-smīkṣya mfn. to be considered or weighed or discussed W. 2

⋙ prasamīkṣya

pra-samīkṣya ind. having looked at or considered ŚvetUp

• -parī7kṣaka mfn. one who investigates or examines deliberately Car

prasamīḍ

pra-sam-īḍ √(only inf. īḍitum), to praise, celebrate BhP

prasayana

pra-sayana See pra- √1, si

prasara

pra-sara pra-saraṇa, See pra- √sṛ

prasarga

pra-sarga pra-sarjana, See pra- √sṛj

prasarpa

pra-sarpa &c. See pra- √sṛp

prasala

prasala m. the cold season, winter L. (vḷ. praśala)

prasalavi

pra-salaví ind. towards the right side ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (opp. to apa-salavi

• wṛ. prasavi ŚāṅkhBr.)

prasava 1

pra-sava. 2. 3 See pra- √3. su and pra- √1. 2. su

prasavya 1

pra-savya See vāja-pr○

prasavya 2

pra-savya mfn. turned towards the left, to the left side (am, ind

• opp. to pradakṣiṇa, q.v.) GṛŚrS. R

• contrary, reverse L

• favourable L

prasah

pra-√sah Ā. -sahate (rarely P. ○ti: ind. p. -sahya See below), to conquer, be victorious RV. AV

• to bear up against, be a match for or able to withstand, sustain, endure (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to check, restrain R

• to be able to (inf.) MBh

⋙ prasakṣin

pra-sakṣín mfn. overpowering, victorious RV

⋙ prasah

pra-sáh (○sā́h), mfn. id. RV

⋙ prasaha

pra-saha mfn. (ifc.) enduring withstanding Kām

• m. endurance, resistance ( See duṣ-pr○)

• a beast or bird of prey Car. Suśr

• (ā), f. Solanum Indicum L

⋙ prasahana

pra-sahana m. a beast of prey L

• n. resisting, overcoming Pāṇ. 1-3, 33 (○ne√kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi, where Kāś. pra-hasane)

• embracing Kāvyâd. Sch

⋙ prasahiṣṇu

pra-sahiṣṇu See a-pras○. 1

⋙ prasahya

pra-sahya mfn. to be conquered or resisted &c

• capable of being conquered or resisted (inf. with pass. sense) MBh. 2

⋙ prasahya

pra-sahya ind. having conquered or won Mālav. i, 2

• using force, forcibly, violently Mn. Gaut. &c

• exceedingly, very much MBh. R. Mṛicch

• at once, without more ado Kathās

• necessarily, absolutely, by all means (with na, 'by no means') Mn

• Var BhP. Kathās

• -kārin mfn. acting with violence MārkP

• -caura m. 'violent thief', a robber, plunderer L

• -haraṇa n. forcible abduction, robbing, plundering MBh

• ○hyâḍhā f. married by force ib

⋙ prasahvan

pra-sahvan mfn. overpowering, defeating Br. ŚrS

⋙ prasāha

pra-sāha m. overpowering, defeating, force, violence ( See a- and duṣ-pr○)

• controlling one's self MW

prasātikā

prasātikā f. pl. a kind of rice wsth small grains MārkP. (praśāt○ Car

• ef. prasādhikā)

prasāda

pra-sāda &c. See pra- √sad

prasādh

pra-sādh √Caus. -sādhayati, to reduce to obedience or subjection, subdue TS. Mn. &c

• to reduce to order, arrange, settle AV. Kām. Ragh. Suśr

• to adorn, decorate Kāv. Kathās

• to manage, perform, execute, accomplish RV. &c. &c

• to gain, acquire Vcar. Pañcat

• to find out by calculation Gaṇit

• to prove, demonstrate Nīlak

⋙ prasādhska

pra-sādhska mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) adorning, beautifying, Vāsav. MārkP

• accomplishing, perfecting W

• cleansing, purifying ib

• m. an attendant who dresses his master, valet de chambre Kām. Ragh

• (ikā), f. a lady's maid Ragh

• wild rice Bhpr. (cf. pracātikā)

⋙ prasādhana

pra-sā́dhana mf(ī)n. accomplishing, effecting RV

• m. a comb L

• (ī), f. id. (keśa-pr○), Sśr

• a partic. drug (= siddhi) L

• n. (ifc. f. ā) bringing about, perfecting Nir

• arranging, preparing. Suśr

• embellishment, decoration, toilet and its requisites Mn. MBh. &c

• wṛ. for ○sādana

• -vidhi m. mode of decoration or embellishment Kathās

• -viśeṣa m. the highest decoration, most excellent ornament Kālid. [Page 697, Column 3]

⋙ prasādhita

pra-sādhita mfn. accomplished, arranged, prepared (a-pras○, su-pr○) Kathās. Suśr

• proved MW

• ornamented, decorated W

• ○dhitâṅga mf(ī)n. having the limbs ornamented or decorated MW

⋙ prasādhya

pra-sādhya mfn. to be mastered or conquered R

• accomplishable, practicable W

• to be destroyed or defeated ib

prasāmi

pra-sāmí ind. incompletely, partially, half ŚBr

prasāra

pra-sāra &c. See pra- √sṛ

prasāha

pra-sāha See pra- √sah

prasi

pra-si √1. (only Ā. pf. siṣye, with pass. meaning), to bind-render harmless Rājat

⋙ prasayana

pra-sayana n. used to explain pra-siti Nir. vi, 12. 1

⋙ prasita

pra-sita mfn. (for 2. See below) bound, fastened W

• diligent, attentive, attached or devoted to, engrossed by, engaged in, occupied with (loc. or instr

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 44) Ragh. Siddh

• lasting, continuous SaddhP. 1

⋙ prasiti

pra-siti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) a net for catching birds RV. iv, 4, 1 &c. (Nir. Sāy.)

• a ligament, binding, fetter L

prasic

pra-sic √P. -siñcati, to pour out, shed, emit AV. &c. &c,

• to sprinkle, water MBh. Hariv

• to fill (a vessel) KaushUp.: Pass. -sicyate, to be poured out or flow forth MBh. Suśr

• to be watered i.e. refreshed MBh.: Caus. -secayati, to pour into (loc.) Yājñ

⋙ prasikta

pra-sikta mfn. poured out Uttarar. Suśr

• (ifc.) sprinkled with MBh

⋙ praseka

pra-seka m. flowing forth, dropping, oozing, effusion MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• emission, discharge Ṛitus

• sprinkling, wetting L

• exudation, resin R

• running or watering of the mouth or nose, vomiting, nausea Suśr

• (-tā f. id. ŚārṅgS.)

• the bowl of a spoon or ladle KātyŚr

⋙ prasekin

pra-sekin mfn. discharging a fluid Suśr

• suffering from morbid flow of saliva ib

⋙ secana

secana n. (ifc. f. ā) the bowl of a spoon or ladle ĀpŚr. Sch

• -vat mfn. having a bowl or spout (for pouring out fluids) ĀpŚr

prasita 2

prá-sita mfn. (√2. si

• cf. pra-si above) darting along RV

• n. pus, matter L. 2

⋙ prasiti

prá-siti (prá-), f. (for 1. See above) onward rush, onset, attack, assault RV

• a throw, cast, shot, missile VS. TBr

• stretch, reach, extension, sphere RV

• succession, duration VS

• dominion, power, authority, influence RV

prasidh

pra-sidh √2. P. Ā. -sedhati, ○te, to drive on RV. TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy

prasidh

pra-sidh √3. P. -sidhyati, (rarely Ā. te), to be accomplished or effected, succeed Mn. MBh. &c

• to result from (abl.) Mn. xii, 97

• to be explained or made clear Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 122

⋙ prasiddha

pra-siddha (prá-), mfn. brought about, accomplished Kum. (a-pras○)

• arranged, adomed (as hair) ib

• well known, notorious, celebrated TS. &c. &c

• (ā), f. (in music) a partic. measure Saṃgīt

• -kṣatriya-prâya mfn. consisting for the most part of renowned Kshatriyas MW

• -tā f. (Nīlak.), -tva n. (Sarvad.) celebrity, notoriety

⋙ prasiddhaka

pra-siddhaka m. N. of a prince descended from Janaka (son of Maru and father of Kṛitti-ratha) R

⋙ prasiddhi

pra-siddhi f. accomplishment, success, attainment Mn. Yājñ. Kām. BhP

• proof, argument Kathās

• general opinion, publicity, celebrity, renown, fame, rumour Var. Kāv. Kathās

• -mat mfn. universally known, famous Kathās

• viruddha-tā f. the state of being opposed to general opinion, sāh. (= khyāti-v○)

• -hata mfn. having no value, very trivial Kpr

prasiv

pra-√siv P. -sīvyati, to sew up ŚBr

prasīdikā

prasīdikā f. a small garden L. (vḷ. prasedikā)

prasu

pra-su √3. Caus. -sāvayati, to cause continuous pressing (of Soma) Nidānas

≫ prasava 1

pra-savá m. (for 2.and 3. See p. 698, col. 1) the pressing out (Soma juice) RV. ŚrS

⋙ prasavitra

pra-savitra n. (prob.) a Soma press Pāṇ. 6-2, 144 Sch

⋙ prasut

pra-sút mfn. streaming forth (as Soma from the press) SV

• f. (continued) pressing (of Soma) TāṇḍBr

⋙ prasuta

pra-suta (prá-), mfn. pressed or pressing continuously TS. ŚBr. ŚrS

• m. the Soma so pressed

• n. continued pressing of Soma ChUp

• m. or n. a partic. high number ( See mahā-pr○)

⋙ prasuti

pra-suti f. a Soma sacrifice Hcat

⋙ prasuva

pra-suva m. = ○sava above ŚāṅkhBr. [Page 698, Column 1] Contents of this page

prasup

pra-sup pra-supta &c. See under pra-√svap

prasuśruta

pra-suśruta m. N. of a prince (son of Maru) Pur. (cf. pra-śuśruka)

prasuhma

pra-suhma m. pl. N. of a people MBh

prasū

pra-sū √1. P. -suvati, -sauti, (Impv. -suhi with vḷ. -sūhi KātyŚr.), to set in motion, rouse to activity, urge, incite, impel, bid, command RV. AV. Br

• to allow, give up to, deliver AV. Br. ŚrS

• to hurl, throw, Bhsṭṭ. Sch

≫ prasava 2

prá-sava m. (for 1. pra- √3. su) setting or being set in motion, impulse, course, rush, flight RV. AitBr

• stimulation, furtherance, aid RV. AV. Br. &c

• pursuit, acquisition VS

• = next TBr. 1

⋙ savitṛ

savitṛ m. (for 2. See below) an impeller, exciter, vivifier VS. Br. 2

⋙ savin

ḍsavin mfn. (for 2. See below) impelling, exciting Pāṇ. 3-2, 157

⋙ savīṛ

ḍsavīṛ́ m. -"ṣsavitṛ RV. 1

⋙ sūti

sūti (prá-), f. (for 2. See below) instigation, order, permission TS. TBr. Kāṭh

prasū

pra-sū √2. Ā. -sūte, -sūyate, (rarely P. -savati, -sauti

• once Pot. -sunuyāt Vajracch.), to procreate, beget, bring forth, obtain offspring or bear fruit, produce Br. Mn. MBh. &c

• (mostly Ā. -sūyate, rarely ○ti) to be born or produced, originate, arise Mn. MBh. &c

≫ prasava 3

pra-savá m. (ifc. f. ā

• for 1. 2. See above) begetting, procreation, generation, conception, parturition, delivery, birth, origin VS. &c. &c

• augmentation, increase MBh

• birthplace ib. Śaṃk

• offspring, posterity Mn. MBh. &c. (kisalaya-pr○, 'a young shoot' Ragh.)

• a flower MBh. Kāv. Suśr. (also n. R.)

• fruit L

• -karmakṛt m. one who performs the act of begetting, begetter MBh

• -kāla m. the time of delivery or bringing forth Var

• -gṛha n. a lying-in chamber MW

• -dharmin mfn. characterized by production, productive, prolific ib

• -bandhana n. the footstalk of a leaf or flower L

• -māsa m. the last month of pregnancy MW

• -vikāra m. a prodigy happening at the birth of a child Var

• -vedanā f. the pangs of childbirth, throes of labour Pañcat

• -samaya m. = -kāla Var

• -sthali f. 'birthplace', a mother Mahān

• -sthāna n. a receptacle for young. a nest MW

• ○vôtthāna n. N. of the 17th Pariś. of the Yajur-veda

• ○vônmukha mf(ī)n. expecting child. birth, about to be delivered Ragh

⋙ prasavaka

pra-savaka m. Buchanania Latifolia L

⋙ prasavat

pra-savat mf(antī)n. bringing forth, bearing

• (antī), f. a woman in labour Mn. iv, 44

⋙ prasavana

pra-savana n. bringing forth, bearing children, fecundity Hit. (v. l.)

⋙ prasavāpitā

pra-savāpitā f. delivered Divyâv. 2

⋙ prasavitṛ

pra-savitṛ m. (for 1. See pra √1. sū) a begetter, father Bālar. Prasannar

• (trī), f. a mother L

• bestowing progeny MBh. 2

⋙ prasavin

pra-savin mfn. (for 1. See pra- √1. sū) bringing forth, bearing children Megh. MārkP. Car

≫ prasū

pra-sū́ mfn. bringing forth, bearing, fruitful, productive RV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. pitṛ-pr○, putrikā-pr○, strī-pr○)

• f. a mother Inscr. L

• a mare L

• a young shoot, tender grass or herbs, sacrificial grass RV. Br. KātySr

• a spreading creeper, the plantain L

• -sū́-mat (AV.), -sū-maya (ĀpŚr.), -sū́-vara (f. varī RV.), mfn. furnished with flowers

⋙ prasūkā

pra-sūkā f. a mare L

⋙ prasūta

pra-sūta (prá-), mf(ā)n. procreated, begotten, born, produced, sprung ('by' or 'from', abl. or gen

• 'in', loc. or comp

• Pāṇ. 2-3, 39) Up. Mn. MBh. &c

• m. pl. (or sg. with gaṇa) N. of a class of gods under Manu Cākskusha Hariv. MārkP

• n. a flower L

• any productive source MW

• (in Sāṃkhya) the primordial essence or matter Tattvas

• (ā), f. a woman who has brought forth a child, recently delivered (also= finite verb) AV. &c. &c. 2

⋙ prasūti

pra-sūti f. (for 1. See pra- √1. su) procreation, generation, bringing forth (children or young), laying (eggs), parturition, birth Mn. iv, 84 (-tas) MBh. Kāv. &c

• coming forth, appearance, growth (of fruit, flowers &c.) Kālid. Prab

• a production, product (of plants or animals) MBh

• a procreator, father or mother Hariv. Var. Ragh

• a child, offspring, progeny Mn. MBh. and e

• N. of a daughter of Manu and wife of Daksha Pur

• -ja n. 'birthproduced', pain (resulting as a necessary consequence of birth) L

• -vāyu. m. air generated in the womb during the pangs of childbirth MW

⋙ prasūtikā

pra-sūtikā f. recently delivered Yājñ. Sch

• (ifc.) giving birth to (cf. naśyat-pr○)

• (a cow) that has calved Cāṇ. (cf. sakṛt-pr○)

⋙ praslina

pra-slina mfn. born, produced (= -sūta or jāta) L. [Page 698, Column 2]

• n. (ifc. ā) a flower, blossom MBh. Kāv. &c

• fruit L

• -bāṇa m. 'having fruit for arrows', the god of love Kām

• -mālā f. a garland of fruit Mālatīm

• -varṣa m. a shower of fruit (rained from heaven) BhP

• -stabaka m. a bunch of blossoms or fruit BhP

• ○nâñjali mfn. presenting a nosegay held in both hands opened and hollowed (= puṣpâñjali) Cat

• ○nâśuga (Naish.), ○nêehu (L.), m. = ○na-bāṇa

⋙ prasūnaka

pra-sūnaka m. a kind of Kadamba L

• n. a flower L

⋙ prasūrat

pra-sūrat mf(antī)n. being born MBh. xiii, 5687

prasūkā

pra-sūkā See col. 1

prasūc

pra-sūc √P. -sūcayati, to indicate, manifest MBh

prasṛ

pra-sṛ √P. -sisarti, (only Ved.) and sarati (sometimes also Ā. ○te), to move forwards, advance ('for' or 'against', acc.), proceed (lit. and fig.), spring up, come forth, issue from (abl.), appear, rise, spread, extend RV. &c. &c

• to break out (as fire, a disease &c.) MBh. Pañcat. (vḷ.)

• to be displaced (as the humours of the boy) Suśr

• to be diffused (as odour) Kathās

• to pass. elapse (as night) Vikr

• to commence, begin Bhartṛ. Kathās. (also Pass., e.g. prâsāri yājñah, 'the sacrifice began' ŚBr.)

• to prevail, hold good, take place Sarvad

• to stretch out (hands) RV

• to agree, promise Inscr.: Caus. -sārayati, to stretch out, extend VS. &c. &c

• to spread out, expose (wares &c. for sale) Mn. R. &c

• to open wide (eyes, mouth, &c.), Mṛiccli. BhP

• to diffuse, circulate, exhibit Var. Śaṃk

• to prosecute, transact Kād

• (in gram.) to change a semivowel into the corresponding vowel Pat.: Intens. (-sasre, ○rāte, ○rāṇa) to extend, be protracted, last RV

≫ prasara

pra-sara m. (ifc. f. ā) going forwards, advance, progress, free course, coming forth, rising, appearing, spreading, extension, diffusion Kālid. Kād. Śaṃk. &c

• range (of the eye) Amar

• prevalence, influence Śak

• boldness, courage Mṛicch

• a stream, torrent, flood Gīt. BhP

• (in med.) morbid displacement of the humours of the body Suśr

• multitude, great quantity Śiś

• a fight, war L

• an iron arrow L

• speed L

• affectionate solicitation L

• (ā), f. Paederia Foetida L

• n. (in music) a kind of dance Saṃgīt

• -yuta mfn. possessing extension, extensive (as a forest) R

⋙ prasaraṇa

pra-saraṇa n. going forth, running away, escaping Mṛicch

• (in med.) = ○sara Suśr

• holding good, prevailing TPrāt. Sch

• complaisance, amiability BhP

• spreading over the country to forage L

• = next L

⋙ prasaraṇi

pra-saraṇi (or ○ṇī), f. surrounding an enemy L

⋙ prasāra

pra-sāra m. spreading or stretching out, extension Suśr. Kull

• a trader's shop Nalac

• opening (the mouth) Vop

• raising (dust) Bālar

• = prec. L

⋙ prasāraṇa

pra-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) stretching or spreading not, extending, diffusing, displaying, developing Br. Bhāshāp. Suśr

• augmentation, increase Kām

• changing a semivowel into a vowel APrāt. Sch. (cf. sam-pras○)

• = ○saraṇi L

• spreading over the country for collecting forage L

• (ī), f. = ○saraṇi L

• Paederia Foetida L

⋙ prasāraṇin

pra-sāraṇin mfn. containing a semivowel liable to be changed into a vowel Pāṇ. Vārtt

⋙ prasārita

pra-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) held forth, stretched out, expanded, spread, diffused Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c

• laid out, exhibited, exposed (for sale) R

• published, promulgated Var. Śaṃk

• -gātra mfn. with outstretched limbs (su-pr○) Sāh

• -bhoga mfn. (a serpent) with expanded coils Pañcat

• tâgra mfn. (fingers) with extended tips Cat

• ○tâṅguli mfn. (a hand) with extended fingers L

⋙ prasārin

pra-sārin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak

• spreading, extending (trans. and intrans

• esp. stretching one's self out in singing). PārGṛ. (cf. vāk-pras○) Saṃgīt

• extending over (comp.) Sāh. (○ri-tva n.)

• going along gently, gliding, flowing, creeping W

• (iṇī), f. (in music)N. of a Sruti Saṃgīt

• Paederia Foetida Bhpr

• Mimosa Pudica L

• N. of wk. 1

⋙ prasārya

pra-sārya ind. (fr. Caus.) having stretched out or put forth &c. MBh. 2

⋙ prasārya

pra-sārya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be changed into a vowel Pat

≫ prasṛta

prá-sṛta mfn. come forth, issued from (abl. or comp.) ŚvetUp. MBh. Kāv. &c

• displaced (as the humours of the body) Suśr

• resounding (as tones) Kathās. (n. impers. with instr. 'a sound rose from' ib.)

• held or stretched out TBr. Bhartṛ. Kathās

• wide-spreading MuṇḍUp. Bhag

• extending over or to (loc.) Kathās

• intent upon, devoted to (comp.) R. Vajracch. [Page 698, Column 3]

• prevailing, ordinary ŚBr. Kāṭh

• intense, mighty, strong Uttarar. Daś. Kathās

• set out, departed, fled Daś. Kathās

• wṛ. for pra-śrita, humble, modest, quiet MBh. R. &c

• m. the palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed as if to hold liquids GṛŚrS

• (also n. L.) a handful (as a measure = 2 Palas) ŚBr. (also -mātra n.) ŚrS. Suśr

• pl. N. of a class of deities under the 6th Manu VP

• (ā), f. the leg L

• n. what has sprung up or sprouted, grass, plants, vegetables MBh. Pañcar

• agriculture (prob. wṛ. for pra-mṛta) L

• -ja m. N. of a partic. class of sons MBh

• -mātra n. See above

• ○tâgra-pradāyin mfn. offering the best of all that has grown MBh

• ○tâgra-bhuj mfn. eating the best &c. ib

⋙ prasṛti

prá-sṛti (prá-). f. streaming, flowing Śak

• (successful) progress TĀr

• extension, diffusion MBh

• swiftness, haste Nīlak

• the palm of the hollowed hand Kauś

• a handful as measure (= 2 Palas) Yājñ. BhP

• -m-paca, See nīvāra-pr○

• -yāvaka m. eating groats made of not more than a handful of barley. Gaut

⋙ prasṛtvara

prá-sṛtvara mfn. breaking forth Bhām

⋙ prasṛmara

prá-sṛmara mfn. streaming forth Bhartṛ

• being at the head of (gen.). Hcar

prasṛj

pra-sṛj √P. -sṛjati, (aor. P. -asrāk Ā. -asṛkṣata), to let loose, dismiss, send off to (acc.) RV. &c. &c

• to give free course to (anger &c., with acc.) MBh

• to stretch out (the arms) RV

• to scatter, sow MārkP

• to engage in a quarrel with (loc.) MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pra-sajati): Pass. -sṛjyate, to go forth or out, leave home Gobh. Lāṭy.: Desid. -sisrikṣati, to wish to dismiss or send off ŚāṅkhBr

≫ prasarga

pra-sargá (or ○sárga), m. pouring or flowing forth RV

• dismissal ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prasarjana

pra-sarjana mf(ī)n. darting forth Kauś

≫ prasṛṣṭa

pra-sṛṣṭa mfn. let loose, dismissed, set free MBh

• having free course, uncontrolled ib. Car

• given up, renounced Hariv. (-vaira mfn. 'one who has given up enmity' ib.)

• hurt, injured MW

• wṛ. for pra-mṛṣṭa R

• (ā), f. pl. (prob.) a partic. movement in fighting MBh. (= sarvâṅgasáṃśleṣaṇa VP. Sch.)

prasṛp

pra-sṛp √P. -sarpati, to creep up to, glide into (acc.) RV. VS. Br. ŚrS

• to advance, proceed, move towards (acc.) Vait. MBh. &c

• to stream or break forth MBh. Śiś.: to set in (as darkness) Kathās

• to spread, extend, be diffused Śatr. Uttarar

• to set to work, act, proceed in a certain way Kām. Kathās

• to advance, progress Bhaṭṭ

≫ prasarpa

pra-sarpa m. going to the part of the sacrificial enclosure called the Sadas MBh. (= agni-visarjana Nīlak.)

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ prasarpaka

pra-sarpaka m. an assistant who is under the superintendence of the Ṛitvij or a mere spectator at a sacrifice (so designated from entering the Sadas

• prec.) ŚrS

⋙ prasarpaṇa

pra-sárpaṇa n. going forwards, entering (loc.) MBh

• = ○sarpa ĀśvŚr

• a place of refuge, shelter RV

⋙ prasarpita

pra-sarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) crawling along Ṛitus

⋙ prasarpin

pra-sarpin mfn. coming forth, issuing from (comp.) Śak. (vḷ.)

• creeping along, crawling away Var

• going to the Sadas (cf. ○sarpaka) ĀśvŚr

⋙ prasripta

pra-sripta mfn. spread, diffused Uttarar

• = ○sarpaka KātyŚr

prasṛmara

pra-sṛmara See pra- √sṛ

prasṛṣṭa

pra-sṛṣṭa See pra- √srṛj

praseka

pra-seka pra-secana &c. See under pra-.√sic, p. 697

prasedikā

prasedikā vḷ. for prasīdikā, q.v

prasedivas

pra-sedivas See pra- √sad, p. 696

prasena 1

pra-sena m.or n. (?), ○nā f. a kind of jugglery VarBṛS. Sch

prasena 2

pra-sena m. N. of a prince (son of Nighna or Nimna) Hariv. Pur

• of a king of Ujjayini (succeeded by Vikramârka or Vikramâditya). Inscr

≫ prasenajit

prasena-jit m. N. of sev. princes (esp. of a sovereign of Śrāvastī contemporary with Gautama Buddha MWB. 407) MBh. R. Hariv. Pur. &c

praseva

pra-seva m. (√siv) a sack or a leather bottle L

• the damper on the neck of a lute L

≫ prasevaka

pra-sevaka m. a sack, bag Suśr. Nalac

• a damper (= prec.) L

• (ikā), f. See carma-prasevikā. [Page 699, Column 1] Contents of this page

praskaṇva

prá-s-kaṇva m. N. of a Vedic Ṛishi with the patr. Kāṇva (author of RV. i, 44-50 ; viii, 49 ; ix, 95 ; according to BhP. grandson of Kaṇva) RV. Pāṇ. Nir. &c

• pl. the descendants of Praskaṇva BrahmaP

praskand

pra-√skand P. -skandati (ind. p. -skandya, or -skadya), to leap forth or out or up or down TS. Br. MBh. &c

• to gush forth (as tears) Gaut

• to fall into (acc.) R

• to fall upon, attack MBh

• to shed, spill Br. Up.: Caus. -skandayati. to cause to flow (a river

• others 'to cross') MBh. Hariv

• to pour out (as an oblation) MBh

⋙ praskanda

pra-skanda m. a kind of √MBh. (vḷ.)

⋙ praskandana

pra-skandana mfn. leaping forward, attacking (said of Siva) MBh

• one who has diarrhoea Car

• n. leaping over or across (comp.) ĀpŚr. Sch

• voiding excrement L

• a purgative Car

⋙ praskandikā

pra-skandikā f. diarrhoea Car

⋙ praskandin

pra-skandin mfn. leaping into (comp.). GopBr

• attacking, daring, bold Jātakam

• m. N. of a man L

⋙ praskanna

pra-skanna mfn. shed, spilt MBh. R

• lost, gone BhP

• having attacked or assailed MBh

• m. a transgressor, sinner, one who has violated the rules of his caste or order W

praskunda

pra-skunda m. a support MBh. v, 2700 ('an altar or elevated floor of a circular shape' Nīlak.)

praskhal

pra-√skhal P. -skhalati, to stagger forwards, reel, totter, stumble, tumble MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ praskhalat

pra-skhalat mfn. reeling, tottering Kathās

• ○lad-gati mfn. with a tottering step ib

⋙ praskhalana

pra-skhalana n. the act of stumbling, reeling. falling BhP. Suśr

⋙ praskhalita

pra-skhalita mfn. staggering, stumbling MBh

• one who has failed Kām

prastan

pra-√stan only Caus. -stanayati, to thunder forth RV

prastabdha

prá-stabdha mfn. (√stambh) stiff, rigid ŚBr. Suśr

• -gātra mfn. having stiff or rigid limbs Suśr

⋙ prastambha

prá-stambha m. becoming stiff or rigid ib

prastara

pra-stara &c. See pra- √stṛ

prastava

pra-stava &c. See pra-√stu

prastīta

pra-stīta or pra-stīma mfn. (√styai

• See Pāṇ. 8-2, 54) crowded together, swarming, clustering W

• sounded, making a noise ib

prastu

pra-√stu P. -stauti (in RV. also Ā. -stavate, with act. and pass. sense, and 1. sg. -stuṣe), to praise before (anything else) or aloud RV. &c. &c

• to sing, chant (in general, esp. said of the Prastotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp

• to come to speak of introduce as a topic Prab. Hit. BhP

• to undertake, commence, begin Mālav. Dhūrtas. Bhaṭṭ

• to place at the head or at the beginning Sarvad.: Caus. -stāvayati, to introduce as a topic, suggest MBh. Malatīm

≫ pratuṣṭuṣu

pra-tuṣṭuṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to praise W

• wishing to begin MW

≫ prastava

pra-stava m. a hymn of praise, chant, song MārkP

• a favourable moment (cf. a-pr○) R

≫ prastāva

pra-stāva m. introductory eulogy, the introduction or prelude of a Sāman (sung by the Pra-stotṛi) Br. Lāṭy. ChUp

• the prologue of a drama (= prasstāvanā) Hariv

• introducing a topic, preliminary mention, allusion, reference Kāv. Pañcat

• the occasion or subject of a conversation, topic ib

• occasion, opportunity, time, season, turn, convenience ib. Kathās. Hit. (e or eṣu, on a suitable occasion, opportunity

• ena, incidentally, occasionally, suitably

• with tava, at your convenience)

• beginning, commencement Pañcat. Hit

• spoit, ease (= helā) L

• N. of a prince (son of Udgītha). BhP

• -krameṇa ind. by way of introduction Hit

• -cintamaṇi m. -taraṃgiṇī f. N. of wks

• -tas ind. on the occasion of (kathā-pr○, in course of conversation) Kathās

• -pāṭhaka m. = vaitālika, the herald or bard of a king Nalac

• -muktâvatī f. N. of wk

• -yajña m. a topic of conversation to which each person present offers a contribution (as at a sacrifice) MW

• -ratnâkara m. -śloka m. pl N. of wks

• -sadṛśa mf(ī)n. suited to the occasion, appropriate, seasonable Hit

• -sūtra n. N. of wk

• ○vânugatarn ind. on a suitable occasion Pañcat

• ○vântara-gata mfn. occupied with something else, jātakam

⋙ prastāvanā

pra-stāvanā f. sounding forth, blazing abroad Daś

• introduction, commencement, beginning, preface, exordium MBh. Mālav. Mcar

• a dramatic prologue, an introductory dialogue spoken by the manager and one of the actors (of which several varieties are enumerated, viz. the Udghāṭyaka, Kaṭhôdghāṭa, Prayogâtiśaya, Pravartaka, and Avalagita) Kālid. [Page 699, Column 2] Ratnâv. Sāh. Pratāp. &c

⋙ prastāvita

pra-stāvita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to be told or related, mentioned Mālatīm

⋙ prastāvya

pra-stāvya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be preluded or introduced with a Prastāva (as a Sāman) Lāṭy

≫ prastuta

prá-stuta mfn. praised TS. Br

• proposed, propounded, mentioned, introduced as a topic or subject under discussion, in question MBh. Kāv. &c

• commenced, begun R. Mālav. Hit

• (with inf., one who has commenced or begun Kathās.) Rājat

• ready, prepared W

• happened ib

• made or consisting of ib

• approached, proximate ib

• done with effort or energy ib

• n. beginning, undertaking Mālatīm

• (in rhet.) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison ( = upameya

• IW. 109, 457, and ○tâṅkura)

• -tva n. the being a topic under discussion Kull

• -yajña mfn. prepared for a sacrifice MW

• ○tâṅkura m. a figure of, speech, allusion by the mention of any passing circumstance to something latent in the hearer's mind Kuval

⋙ prastuti

prá-stuti (prá-), f. praise, eulogium RV. ChUp

≫ prastotṛ

pra-stotṛ́ m. N. of the assistant of the Udgātṛi (who chants the Prastāva) Br. ŚrS. MBh. &c

• -prayoga m. -sāman n. N. of wks

⋙ prastotrīya

pra-stotrīya mfn. relating to the Prastotṛi Lāṭy. Sch

prastubh

pra-√stubh (only pr. p. Ā. -stubhāná, with pass. sense), to urge on with shouts RV.: Caus. -stobhayati, to greet with shouts BhP

• to scoff, deride, insult ib

⋙ prastobha

pra-stobha m. allusion or reference to (gen.) BhP

• du. (with rajer aṅgirasasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

prastump

pra-s-√tump P. -tumpati g. pāraskarâdi

prastṛ

pra-stṛ √P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, -stṛṇute, or -stṛṇāti, -stṛṇīte, to spread, extend (trans. and intrans.) AV. ŚBr. Kauś

• (with giraḥ) to pour out i.e. utter words, speak Naish

≫ prastara

pra-stará m. (ifc. f. ā) anything strewed forth or about, a couch of leaves and flowers, (esp.) a sacrificial seat RV. &c. &c

• (ifc.) a couch of any material MBh

• a flat surface, flat top, level, a plain Mn. MBh. R

• a rock, stone Kāv. Hit

• a gem, jewel L

• a leather bag Mṛicch. Sch

• a paragraph, section Cat

• a tabular representation of the long and short vowels of a metre W

• musical notation ib

• pl. N. of a people R. (v. l. for pra-cara)

• -ghatanâpakaraṇa n. an instrument for breaking or splitting stones Hit

• -bhājaná n. a substitute for sacrificial grass. ŚBr

• -sveda m. and -svedana n. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed Car

• ○re-ṣṭhá (or -ṣṭhā́,), mfn. being on a couch or bed VS

⋙ prastaraṇa

pra-staraṇa m. (or ā f.) a couch, seat Hariv. (cf. rukma-pr○)

⋙ prastariṇī

pra-stariṇī f. Elephantopus Scaber L

≫ prastāra

pra-stāra m. (ifc. f. ā) strewing, spreading out, extension (also fig. = abundance, high degree) MBh. Kāv

• a litter, bed of straw Hariv

• a layer Sulbas

• a flight of steps (leading down to water) MBh

• a flat surface, plain Hariv. (v. l. ○stara)

• a jungle or wood overgrown with grass L

• a process in preparing minerals Cat

• a representation or enumeration of all the possible combinations of certain given numbers or of short and long syllables in a metre Col

• (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

• N. of a prince (son of Udgītha) VP. (prob. wṛ. for prastāva)

• cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk

• -paṅkti f. a kind of metre RPrāt

• -pattana n. N. of wk

⋙ prastārin

pra-stārin mfn. spreading out, extending to (comp.)

• n. a partic. disease of the white of the eye Suśr

≫ prastira

pra-stira m. a bed or couch made of flowers and leaves L

⋙ prastīrṇa

pra-stīrṇa (prá-.), mfn. spread out, extended ŚBr

• flat (as the tip of the tongue) AV

⋙ prastṛta

pra-stṛta wṛ. for ○mṛta L

prasthā

pra-sthā √P. -tiṣṭhati, (rarely Ā. te). to stand or rise up (esp. before the gods. an altar &c.) RV. TS. VS

• to advance towards (acc.) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhSr

• (Ā

• P1ṇ. i, 3, 22) to be awake MBh

• (Ā., m. c. also P.) to set out, depart from (abl.), proceed or march to (acc. with or without prati) or with a view to or in order to (dat. or inf) ĀśvGṛ. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with ākāśe) to move or abide in the open air R.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to put aside AV. [Page 699, Column 3]

• to send out, send to (acc. with or without prati) or for the purpose of (dat. or loc.), send away or home, dispatch messengers &c., dismiss, banish MBh. Kāv. &c

• drive, urge on (horses), Kum Desid. Ā. -tiṣṭhāsate, to wish to set out Śaṃk. Bhaṭṭ

≫ prastha

pra-stha mfn. going on a march or journey, going to or abiding in (cf. vana-pr○)

• stable, firm, solid W

• expanding, spread ib

• m. n. table-land on the top of a mountain MBh. Kāv. &c

• a level expanse, plain (esp. at the end of names of towns and villages

• cf. indra-, oṣadhi-, karīra-pr○ and See Pāṇ. 4-2, 110)

• a partic. weight and measure of capacity (= 32 Palas or = 1/4 of an Āḍhaka

• or = 16 Palas= 4 Kuḍavas= 1/4 of an Aḍhaka

• or = 2 Śarāvas

• or = 6 Palas

• or = 1/16 of a Droṇa) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c

• m. N. of a monkey R

• -kusuma or -puṣpa m. 'flowering on mountain-tops', a species of plant, a variety of Tulasi or basil L

• -m-paca mf(ā)n. cooking the amount of a Prastha (said of a cooking utensil capable of containing one Prastha) Pāṇ. 3-2, 33 Sch

• -vat m. a mountain L

⋙ prasthā

pra-sthā́ = ○stha in -vat mfn. having a platform AV

• (-vatī), t N. of a river Hariv

≫ prasthāna

pra-sthāna n. setting out, departure, procession, march (esp. of an army or assailant) MBh. Kāv. &c

• walking, moving, journey, advent ib

• sending away, dispatching Yājñ

• departing this life, dying (cf. mahā-pr○)

• religious mendicancy MBh

• a way to attain (any object), course, method, system Madhus. KātyŚr. Sch

• a sect Sarvad

• an inferior kind of drama (the character of which are slaves and outcasts) Sāh

• starting-point, place of origin, source, cause (in jñāna-pr○, N. of wk.)

• -trayabhāṣya n. N. of wk

• -dundubhi m. a drum giving the signal for marching Kād

• -bheda m. ratnâkara m. N. of wks

• -vat ind. as in setting forth, as on a departure Var

• -viklava-gati mfn. one whose step falters in walking Śak

• -vighna m. an obstacle to proceeding or to sending anything (-kṛt mfn. causing an obstṭobstacle &c.) Yājñ

• non-attendance at a festival, impeding its taking place W

• ○naka n. setting out, departure Nalac

• ○nâvalī f. N. of wk

• ○nika mfn. See cátuṣ-pr○

• also wṛ. for prāsthānika

• ○nīya mfn. belonging or relating to a departure Lāṭy

⋙ prasthāpana

pra-sthāpana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to depart, sending away, dismissing, dispatching MBh. (also ā f.) Kāv. &c. (with diśaḥ, 'sending into all quarters of the world' R.)

• dhvanipr○', giving currency to an expression' Sāh

⋙ prasthāpanīya

pra-sthāpanīya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent or dispatched W

• to be carried or driven off ib

⋙ prasthāpita

pra-sthāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) sent away, dismissed, dispatched Kum

• held, celebrated (as a feast) Divyâv

⋙ prasthāpya

pra-sthāpya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be sent away or dispatched MBh

⋙ prasthāyin

pra-sthāyin mfn. setting forth, departing, marching, going Kathās. (cf. g. gaimy-ādi)

⋙ prasthāyīya

pra-sthāyīya and in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

⋙ prasthānasthāyya

○sthāyya in sākaṃ-sth○, q.v

⋙ prasthānasthāvat

○sthā́vat See above under pra-stha

⋙ prasthānasthāvan

○sthāvan mfn. swift, rapid RV

≫ prasthika

prasthika mfn. (fr. pra-stha), See ardha-pr○

• (ā), f. the sounding-board of a lute Harav. Sch

• (prob.) Hibiscus Cannabhinus Bhpr

≫ prasthita

prá-sthita mfn. set forth, prepared, ready (as sacrifice) RV. Br. ŚrS

• rising, upright RV

• standing forth, prominent AV

• appointed, installed R

• set out, departed, gone to (acc. with or without prati dat. or loc.) or for the purpose of (dat.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• (-vat mfn. = pra-tasthe, 'he has set out' Kathās.)

• (ifc.) reaching to, Sak. vii, 4/3 (v. l. prati-ṣṭhita)

• (am), impers. a person (instr.) has set out BhP

• n. setting out, going away, departure Bhartṛ

• N. of partic. Soma vessels ( See next)

• -yājyā f. a verse pronounced on offering the Prasthita vessels, ŚrS. (-homa m. the oblation connected with it Vait.)

⋙ prasthiti

prá-sthiti f. setting out, departure, march, journey Kād

⋙ prastheya

prá-stheya n. (impers.) it ought to be set out MBh

prasnava

pra-snava pra-sna0vin, See tinder pra-√snu

prasnā

pra-√snā P. -snāti, to enter the water (with or without an acc.) RV. MaitrS. Br.: Caus. -snapayati, to bathe (intrans.) in (acc.) RV. AV

⋙ prasna

pra-sna m. a bath, vessel for bathing L

⋙ prasnapita

pra-snapita mfn. (fr. Csus.) bathed AV

⋙ prasnātṛ

pra-snātṛ m. one who bathes, a bather Nir

⋙ prasneya

pra-snéya mfn. suitable for bathing ŚBr. Nir

prasnigdha

pra-snigdha mfn. (√snih) very oily or greasy Śak

• very soft or tender Ragh. [Page 700, Column 1] Contents of this page

prasnu

pra-snu √P. Ā. -snauti, -snute, to emit fluid, pour forth, flow, drip, distil TS. Kathās

• (Ā.) to yield milk (aor. prâsnoṣṭa) Pāṇ. 3-1, 89 Sch.: Desid. -susnūṣiṣyate, vii, 2, 36 Vārtt. 2 Pat

≫ prasnava

pra-snava m. (often v. l. ○srava) a stream or flow (of water, milk &c.) MBh. Hariv

• pl. tears MBh

• urine ib

• -saṃyukta mfn. flowing in streams, gushing forth (tears) MBh

⋙ prasnavana

pra-snavana n. emitting fluid ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ prasnavitrīya

pra-snavitrīya Nom. P. ○yati = prasnavitêvâcarati Pat

⋙ prasnāvin

pra-snāvin mfn. (ifc.) dropping, pouring forth Nir

≫ prasnuta

pra-snuta mfn. yielding milk MBh. R. &c

• -stanī f. having breasts that distil milk (through excess of maternal love) MW

prasnuṣā

pra-snuṣā f. the wife of a grandson MBh

praspand

pra-√spand Ā. -spandate (ep. also P. ○ti), to quiver, throb, palpitate MBh. Ragh. Suśr

⋙ praspandana

pra-spandana n. quivering, trembling, throbbing Suśr

praspardh

pra-√spardh Ā. -spardhate, emulate, compete, vie with (instr. or loc.) or in (loc.) R. Hariv

⋙ praspardhin

pra-spardhin mfn. (ifc.) rivalling with, equalling Mcar

prasphāra

pra-sphāra mfn. (√sphar) swollen, puffed up, self-conceited Nalac

prasphij

pra-sphij mfn. large-hipped Pat

prasphuṭ

pra-√sphuṭ P. -sphuṭati, to burst open, be split or rent MBh. R.: Caus. -sphoṭayati, to cleave through, split, pierce. Hariv. Kathās

• to slap or clap the arms MBh

⋙ prasphuṭa

pra-sphuṭa mfn. cleft open, burst, expanded, blown L

• divulged, published, known, open, evident, clear, plain Kāv. Pur. Kathās. &c

⋙ prasphoṭaka

pra-sphoṭaka m. N. of a Nāga L

⋙ prasphoṭana

pra-sphoṭana n. splitting, bursting (intrans. ) Var

• opening. expanding, causing to blow or bloom L

• making evident or manifest L

• striking, beating L

• winnowing corn, a winnowing basket L

• wiping away, rubbing out L

prasphur

pra-√sphur P. -sphurati (pr. p. Ā. -sphuramāṇa MBh.), to spurn or push away AV

• to become tremulous, throb, quiver, palpitate RV. &c. &c

• to glitter, sparkle, flash, shine forth (lit. and fig.) Hariv. Kāv. Kathās

• to be displayed, become clear or visible, appear Kāv. Var

⋙ prasphurita

pra-sphurita mfn. become tremulous, quivering, vibrating MBh. Kāv. &c. (○tâdhara mfn. one whose lower lip quivers MBh.)

• clear, evident L

prasphuliṅga

pra-sphuliṅga m. or n. (?) a glittering spark Mcar

prasmi

pra-√smi Ā. -smayate (ep. P. pr. p. -smayat), to burst into laughter Nir. MBh. Hariv

prasmṛ

pra-smṛ √P. -smarati, to remember MBh

• to forget (Pass. smaryate) Bālar

⋙ prasmartavya

pra-smartavya mfn. to be forgotten ib

⋙ prasmṛta

pra-smṛta mfn. forgotten Naish

⋙ prasmṛti

pra-smṛti f. forgetting, forgetfulness W

prasyand

pra-√syand P. Ā. -syandati, ○te (often wṛ. for -spand), to flow forth, run away, dart, fly RV. GṛS. MBh

• to drive off (in a carriage) ŚBr.: Caus. -syandayati, to make flow MBh

⋙ prasyanda

pra-syanda m. flowing forth, trickling out L

⋙ prasyandana

pra-syandana n. id. MBh

• exudation Rājat

⋙ prasyandin

pra-syándin mfn. oozing forth ŚBr. ĀpŚr. MBh

• shedding (tears) Ratnâv

• m. a shower of rain Gaut

prasraṃs

pra-sraṃs √Ā. -sraṃsate, to fall down, miscarry (said of the fetus) Suśr

⋙ prasraṃsraṃsa

pra-sraṃḍsraṃsa m. falling down or asunder Br

⋙ prasraṃsraṃsana

pra-sraṃḍsraṃsana n. a dissolvent Car

⋙ prasraṃsraṃsin

pra-sraṃḍsraṃsin mfn. letting fall, dropping, miscarrying Suśr

prasru

pra-√sru P. -sravati (rarely Ā. ○te), to flow forth, flow from (abl.) AV. &c. &c

• to flow with, let flow, pour out (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. Ā. -srāvayate, to make water ŚBr

≫ prasrava

pra-srava m. (often v. l. ○snava) flowing forth MBh. Kāv. &c

• a stream, flow, gush (lit.and fig.) ib

• a flow of milk (loc. 'when the milk flows from the udder') Mn. (esp. v, 130) MBh. &c

• (pl.) gushing tears MBh

• (pl.) urine ib. (v. l.)

• (pl.) morbid matter in the body Car

• the overflow of boiling rice L

• n. a waterfall R. (B.)

• -yukta mfn. flowing with milk (breasts) Hariv. [Page 700, Column 2]

• -saṃyukta mfn. id. ib

• flowing in a stream (as tears) MBh

⋙ prasravaṇa

pra-srávaṇa n. (sometimes wṛ. ○śravaṇa) streaming or gushing forth, trickling, oozing, effusion, discharge. RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. ā)

• the flowing of milk from the udder Yājñ. MārkP

• milk Gal

• sweat, perspiration L

• voiding urine L

• a well or spring Mn. Yājñ. Ṛitus

• a cascade, cataract L

• a spout, the projecting mouth of a vessel (out of which any fluid is poured) RV

• (also with plākṣa n.) N. of a place where the Sarasvatī takes its rise, ŚrS. MBh. Rājat

• m. N. of a man L

• of a range of mountains on the confines of Malaya R

• -jala n. spring-water L

⋙ prasravin

pra-sravin mfn. (ifc.) streaming forth, discharging Nir. Rājat

• (a cow) yielding milk Ragh

⋙ prasrāva

pra-srāva m. flowing, dropping W

• urine Car. (wṛ. ○śrāva)

• the overflowing scum of boiling rice L

• -karaṇa n. the urethra L

≫ prasruta

pra-sruta mfn. flowed forth, oozed out, issued MBh. Hariv

• discharging fluid, humid, moist, wet MBh. Kāv. Suśr

⋙ prasruti

pra-sruti f. flowing forth, oozing out L

prasvana

pra-svana m. (√svan) sound, noise MBh

⋙ prasvanita

pra-svanita (prá., fr. Caus.), sounding, roaring RV

⋙ prasvāna

pra-svāna m. a loud noise L

prasvap

pra-√svap P. -svapiti, or ○pati (Pot. Ā. -svapīta or ○peta MBh.), to fall asleep, go to sleep, sleep Br. MBh. Hariv

≫ prasup

pra-súp mfn. asleep RV

≫ prasupta

pra-supta mfn. fallen into sleep, fast asleep, sleeping, slumbering Mn. MBh. &c

• closed (said of flowers) Kālid

• having slept Hit

• asleep i.e. insensible Suśr

• quiet, inactive, latent BhP

• -tā f. = next Suśr

⋙ prasupti

pra-supti f. sleepiness ŚārṅgS. (paralysis W.)

≫ prasvāpa

pra-svāpa mfn. causing sleep, soporific MBh

• m. falling asleep, sleep BhP

• a dream ib

⋙ prasvāpaka

pra-svāpaka mf(ikā) u. causing to fall asleep MW

• causing to die, slaying ib

⋙ prasvāpana

pra-svāpana mf(ī)n. causing sleep MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nī daśā f. condition of sleep MārkP.)

• n. the act of sending to sleep R

⋙ prasvāpinī

pra-svāpinī f. 'sending to sleep', N. of a daughter of Sattra-jit and wife of Kṛishṇa Hariv

prasvādas

prá-svādas mfn. (√svad) very pleasant or agreeable RV

prasvāra

pra-√svāra See pra- √svṛ

prasvid

pra-svid √Ā. -svedate, to begin to sweat, get into perspiration Suśr

• to become wet or moist L

⋙ prasvinna

pra-svinna mfn. covered with perspiration, sweated, perspired R

≫ prasveda

pra-sveda m. great or excessive perspiration, sweat MBh. Vet. Sāh

• m. an elephant Gal

• -kaṇikā f. a drop of sweat Prab

• -jala n. sweat-water MārkP

• -bindu m. = -kaṇikā, Caur

⋙ prasvedita

pra-svedita mfn. sweated, perspired W

• hot, causing perspiration ib

• -vat mfn. suffering or producing perspṭperspiration ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 19 Sch.)

⋙ prasvedin

pra-svedin mfn. sweating, covered with perspiration Hit

prasvṛ

pra-svṛ √P. -svarati, to lengthen or prolate a tone in uttering it RPrāt

≫ prasvāra

pra-svāra m. the prolated syllable Om (repeated by a religious teacher at the beginning of a lesson) ib

prahaṇa

prahaṇa wṛ. for pra-haraṇa Hariv

prahaṇemi

praha-ṇemi or praha-nemi m. the moon L. (prob. wṛ. for graha-nemi, q.v.)

prahan

pra-han √P. -hanti, (pf. Ā. -jaghnire MBh.), to strike, beat, slay, kill, destroy RV. &c. &c. (with acc

• according to Pāṇ. 2-3, 56 also with gen.)

⋙ prahaṇana

pra-ḍhaṇana n. striking &c. Pāṇ. 8-4, 22 Sch

• a kind of amorous sport (= jaghana-dvayatāḍana) L

≫ prahata

pra-hata mfn. struck, beaten (as a drum), killed, slain MBh. Kāv. &c

• cut to pieces BhP

• hewn down Subh

• repelled, defeated W

• spread, expanded ib

• contiguous ib

• learned, accomplished (= śāstra-vid Gal.) ib

• (ifc.) a blow or stroke with, g. akṣa-dyūtâdi

• -muraja mfn. having drums beaten, resounding with the beating of drums Megh

⋙ prahati

pra-ḍhati f. a stroke, blow Kād. Bālar

≫ prahan

pra-han See a-prahan

⋙ prahantavya

pra-ḍhantavya mfn. to be killed or slain Hariv

⋙ hantṛ

hantṛ́ mfn. striking (nr 'he will strike') down, killing, slaying RV. MBh. [Page 700, Column 3]

prahara

pra-hara &c. See pra- √hṛ

praharita

pra-harita mfn. of a beautiful greenish colour Car

praharṣa

pra-harṣa &c. See pra- √hṛṣ

prahas

pra-√has P. -hasati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to burst into laughter (also with hāsam) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to laugh with (acc.) MBh. Pañcat

• to laugh at, mock, deride, ridicule MBh. R. &c

⋙ prahasa

pra-ḍhasa m. N. of Śiva Gal

• of a Rakshas R

⋙ prahasat

pra-ḍhasat mf(antī) n. laughing, smiling MBh

• (antī), f. a species of jasmine L

• another plant L

• a large chafing-dish or fire-pan L

⋙ prahasana

pra-ḍhasana n. laughter, mirth, mockery, derision Uttarar. Hit. (○nam, enclit. after a finite verb, g. gotrâdi

• ○ne √kṛ, to mock, deride, g. sâkṣād-ādi Kāś.)

• (in rhet.) satire, sarcasm

• (esp.) a kind of comedy or farce Daśar. Sāh. &c

⋙ prahasita

pra-ḍhasita mfn. laughing, cheerful Hariv. Kāv. Pur

• m. N. of a Buddha Lalit

• of a prince of the Kiṃ-naras Kāraṇḍ

• n. bursting into laughter BhP

• displaying bright gaudy colours Jātakam

• -netra m. 'laughing-eyed', N. of a Buddha Lalit

• -vadana (Pañcat.), ○tânana (Hariv. ), mfn. with laughing face

⋙ prahāsa

pra-ḍhāsa m. loud laughter, laughter Hariv. Kāv

• derision, irony Pāṇ. 1-4, 106 &c

• appearance, display Veṇis

• splendour, of colours Jātakam

• an actor, dancer L

• N. of Śiva L. (cf. ○hasa)

• of an attendant of Śiva MBh

• of a Nāga ib

• of a minister of Varuṇa R

• of a Tirtha (wṛ. for ○bhāsa?) L

• n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman (wṛ. for prāsāha) L

⋙ prahāsaka

pra-ḍhāsaka m. one who causes laughter, a jester L

⋙ prahāsita

pra-ḍhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to laugh MW

⋙ prahāsin

pra-ḍhāsín mfn. laughing, derisive, satirical AV

• shining bright Jātakam

• m. the buffoon of a drama (= vidūṣaka) L

prahasta

pra-hasta mfn. long-handed Inscr

• m. (n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 183 Sch.) the open hand with the fingers extended KātyŚr. Sch

• N. of a Rākshasa MBh. R

• of a companion of Sūrya-prabha (son of Candra-prabha, king of Śākala

• he had been an Asura before) Kathās

• -vāda m. N. of work

⋙ prahastaka

pra-ḍhastaka m. the extended hand L

• m. or n. (scil. tṛca) N. of RV. viii, 95, 13-15

prahā

pra-hā √2. Ā., -jihīte, to drive off, haste away RV

• to spring up ŚBr

prahā

pra-hā √3. P. -jahāti, (3. pl. pr. irreg. -jahanti MBh

• fut. 3. du. Ā. -hāsyete R.), to leave ŚBr. &c. &c

• to desert, quit, abandon, give up, renounce, violate (a duty), break (a promise) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to send off, throw, hurl Bhaṭṭ

• (incorrectly for Pass.) to cease, disappear MBh.: Pass. -hīyate, to be relinquished or neglected, be lost, fail, cease, perish Mn. MBh

• io be vanquished, succumb MBh.: Cius. -hāpayati, to drive away, remove, destroy BhP

≫ prajahita

pra-jahitá mfn. (irreg. fr. the pres. stem) quitted, abandoned RV. viii, 1, 13 (applied to a fire that has been abandoned TāṇḍBr. ŚrS.)

≫ prahā

pra-hā́ f. a good throw at dice, any gain or advantage RV. AV. TāṇḍBr. (= pra-hantṛ Sāy.)

• -vat mfn. acquiring gain, gaining RV. (= praharaṇa-vat Sāy.)

⋙ prahāhāṇ

○"ṣhāṇ n. relinquishing, abandoning, avoiding Śiś. Śaṃk. Lalit

• abstraction, speculation, meditation Lalit. Vajracch

• exertion Dharmas. 45

⋙ prahāhāṇi

○"ṣḍhāṇi f. cessation, disappearance ŚvetUp. Pur

• want, deficiency MW

⋙ prahāhātavya

○"ṣḍhātavya mfn. to be relinquished or abandoned Vajracch

⋙ prahāhāna

○"ṣḍhāna and wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

⋙ prahāhāni

○"ṣḍhāni wṛ. for ○hāṇa and ○hāṇi

⋙ prahāhāpaṇa

○"ṣḍhāpaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) driving away, forced abandonment or departure W

≫ prahīṇa

prahīṇa mfn. (cf. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29) left, remaining BhP

• standing alone i.e. having no relatives Vas

• cast off, worn out (as a garment) Gaut

• failing in (instr.) MBh

• ceased, vanished Jātakam

• (ifc.) wanting, destitute of MBh

• m. removal, loss, waste, destruction W

⋙ prahīṇajīvita

○jīvita mfn. one who has abandoned life, dead, slain W

⋙ prahīṇadoṣa

○doṣa mfn. one whose sins have vanished, sinless Vedântas

prahāyya

pra-hāyyá See 1. pra- √hi

prahāra

pra-hāra See pra- √hṛ

prahi 1

pra-√hi P. Ā. -hiṇoti, -hiṇute: -hiṇvati, -hiṇvate (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, i5

• pf. -jighāya KaushUp. ; 1ṣg. pr. Ā. -hiṣe RV

• Aor.p. prấhait AV

• Impv. prá-hela RV

• inf pra-hyé ib.), to urge on, incite RV

• to direct, command Lāṭy. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column 1] Contents of this page

• to convey or send to, furnish, procure. bestow on (dat.) RV. &c. &c

• to hurl, cast, throw upon, discharge at (dat. or loc ) Kāv. Pur

• to turn the eyes towards (acc.) Kād

• to dispatch (messengers), drive away, dismiss, send to (acc. with.or without prati dat., gen. with or without antikam or pārśvam) or in order to (dat. or inf.) RV. &c. &c

• (Ā.) to rush on RV

• to forsake (= pra. √3. hā) BhP.: Caus. aor. prâjīhayat Pat.: Desid. of Caus. pra-jighāyayiṣati ib

≫ prahāyya

pra-hāyyá m. one who is to be sent, a messenger AV. (vḷ. ○hāya

• cf. ○heya)

≫ prahita

práhita mfn. urged on incited, stirred up RV. BhP

• hurled, discharged at Hariv. R. Pur

• thrown forward i.e. stretched out (as an arm) MBh

• imbedded (as nails) Sāh

• (ifc.) directed or turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, the mind &c.), Kalid. BhP

• conveyed, sent, procured Daś. Kathās. Pañcat

• sent out, dispatched (as messengers) RV. &c. &c

• sent away, expelled, banished to (dat.) R. Kathās

• sent to or towards or against (loc., gen. with or without pārśve, or dat.), appointed, commissioned MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. du. (with gaurīviteḥ and śyāvâśvasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

• n. sauce, gravy, condiment L

⋙ prahitaṃgama

○ṃ-gama mfn. going on an errand or mission to (gen.) PārGṛ

• -vat mfn. one who has sent out, (= fin. verb) he sent out R. Kathās

⋙ prahitātman

prahitâtman mfn. resolute Divyâv

≫ prahetavya

prá-hetavya mfn. to be sent out or dismissed Campak

⋙ praheti

prá-ḍheti m. a missile, weapon VS

• N. of. a king of the Rākshasas Pur

• of an Asura ib

⋙ prahetṛ

prá-ḍhetṛ́ m. one who sends forth or impels RV

⋙ praheya

prá-ḍhéya mfn. to be sent away or dispatched. serving as a messenger AV. ŚBr

prahi 2

pra-hi m. (according to Uṇ,

• . iv, 134 fr. pra- √hṛ, but cf. pra-dhi) a well

prahitu

prahitu (only ○tó saṃyojane), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr. (cf. pra-hita above)

prahima

pra-hima mfn. having severe winters (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 16 Pat

prahīṇa

pra-hīṇa See pra.√3. hā

prahu

pra-√hu P. Ā. -juhoti, -juhute, to sacrifice continually, offer up RV.: Caus. -hāvayati, to pour out or down ĀpŚr

≫ prahuta

prá-huta mfn. offered up RV. Br. GṛS. &c

• m. (scil. yajña) sacrificial food offered to all created beings Mn. iii, 73 &c. (n. L.)

⋙ prahuti

prá-ḍhuti (prá-.), f. an oblation, sacrifice RV

≫ prahoṣa

pra-hoṣá m. id. ib

⋙ prahoṣin

pra-ḍhoṣín mfn. offering oblations or sacrifices ib

prahṛ

pra-hṛ √P.Ā. -harati, ○te, to offer (esp. praise, 1. sg. pr. -harmi). RV. i, 61, 1

• to thrust or move forward, stretch out RV. TS. ŚBr

• to put into, fix in (loc.) RV

• to hurl, throw, discharge at (loc.). AV. &c. &c

• to throw or turn out ŚāṅkhSr

• to throw (into the fire) Br. KātyŚr

• to strike, hit, hurt, attack, assail (with acc., loc., dat. or gen

• Ā. also, to fight with each other') AV. Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. Ā. -harayate, to stir up, excite, rouse RV. iv, 37, 2: Desid. -jihīrṣati, to wish to take away, M Bh

• to wish to throw ŚBr

• to wish to strike or assail MBh. Daś. (cf. jihīrṣu, p. 659)

≫ prahara

pra-hara m. (ifc. f. ā) a division of time (about 3 hours = 6 or 7 Nāḍikās

• lit. 'stroke', scil. on a gong) Var. Kathās. Pañcat

• the 8th part of a day, a watch Kathās

• N. of the subdivisions in a Śākuna (q.v.)

• -kuṭumbī. f. a species of plant L

• -virati f. the end of a watch (at 9 o'clock in the forenoon), Amar'

⋙ praharaka

pra-ḍharaka m. striking the hours Vet

• a period of about 3 hours, watch Śiś. (cf. ardha-praharikā)

⋙ praharaṇa

pra-ḍharaṇa n. striking, beating, pecking Pañcat. attack, combat MBh

• throwing (of grass into the fire) TS. Sch

• removing, dispelling Śaṃk

• a weapon (ifc. f. ā) MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. kṛta-pr○)

• a carriage-box BhP

• wṛ. for pra-vahaṇa L

• m. the verse spoken in throwing grass into the fire ĀpŚr

• N. of a son of Kṛishṇa BhP

• -kalikā or -kalitā f. a kind of metre Chandom. Col

• -vat mfn. fighting Sāy

⋙ praharaṇīya

pra-ḍharaṇīya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh

• to be removed or dispelled or destroyed Prab

• n. a weapon MBh. Hariv

⋙ praharin

pra-ḍharin m. one who announces the hours by beating a gong &c., a watchman, bellman L

⋙ prahartavya

pra-ḍhartavya mfn. to be attacked or fought MBh. Hariv

• n. (impers.) one should strike or attack (dat. or loc.) ib. Kāv. Kathās. [Page 701, Column 2]

⋙ prahartṛ

pra-ḍhartṛ m. a sender, dispatcher Śiś

• an assailant, combatant, warrior MBh. Kāv. &c

≫ prahāra

pra-hāra m. striking, hitting, fighting Vcar

• a stroke, blow, thump, knock, kick &c. ('with', comp

• 'on', loc. or comp.) Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• m. a necklace Dharmaś

• -karaṇa n. dealing blows, beating MW

• -da mfn. (ifc.) giving a blow to, striking Yājñ

• -varman m. N. of a prince of Mithilā Daś

• -vallī f. a kind of perfume Bhpr

• ○rârta mfn. hurt by a blow, wounded Yājñ

• n. chronic and acute pain from a wound or hurt W

⋙ prahāraṇa

pra-ḍhāraṇa n. a desirable gift L. (v. l. for 2. pravâraṇa)

⋙ prahārin

pra-ḍhārin mfn. striking, smiting, beating with (comp.), attacking, fighting against (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a good fighter, champion, hero Nir. v, 12

• ○ri-tā f. striking, hitting Divyâv

⋙ prahāruka

pra-ḍhāruka mfn. carrying off, tearing away Kāṭh

⋙ prahāya

pra-ḍhā́ya (or ○hāryá), mfn. to be taken away or removed ŚBr. (cf. pra-hāyyā, under pra-√hi) to be beaten MW

≫ prahṛta

prá-hṛta mfn. thrown (as a stone) AV

• stretched out or lifted up (as a stick) ŚBr

• struck, beaten, hurt, wounded, hit, smitten MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. N. of a man, g. aśvâdi n. a stroke, blow

• (impers. 'a blow has been struck' Hariv. Ragh. Sāh

• ○te sati, when a blow has been struck' Mn. viii, 286)

• a fight with (comp.) Ragh. xvi, 16 (cf. g. akṣa-dyūtâdi)

prahṛṣ

pra-hṛṣ √P. -hṛṣyati, (m. c. also Ā. ○te), to rejoice, be glad or cheerful, exult MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -harṣayati, to set (the teeth) on edge Car

• to cause to rejoice, gladden, inspirit, encourage ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. R. &c

≫ praharṣa

pra-harṣa m. erection (or greater erṭerection) of the male organ Car

• erection of the hair, extreme joy, thrill of delight, rapture (○ṣaṃ √kṛ, with loc. 'to delight in') MBh. Kāv. &c

• -vat mfn. delighted, glad MBh. R

⋙ praharṣaṇa

pra-ḍharṣaṇa mf(ī)n. causing erection of the hair of the body, enrapturing, delighting MBh. Hariv

• m. the planet Mercury or its ruler L. (cf. ○ṣula)

• (ī), f. (cf. ○ṣiṇī) turmeric L

• a kind of metre Chandom

• n. erection (of the hair of the body) Car

• rapture, joy, delight MBh

• gladdening, delighting. ib

• the attainment of a desired object Kuval

• -kara mf(ī) u. causing great joy, enrapturing MBh

⋙ praharṣita

pra-ḍharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) stiffened (as reed). Suśr

• made desirous of sexual intercourse Car

• greatly delighted, enraptured, very happy MBh. R

⋙ praharṣin

pra-ḍharṣin mf(iṇī)n. gladdening (with gen.) MBh

• (iṇī) f. (cf. ○ṣaṇī) turmeric L

• a kind of metre Śrutab

⋙ praharṣula

pra-ḍharṣula m. the planet Mercury L. (cf. ○ṣaṇa)

≫ prahṛṣṭa

pra-hṛṣṭa mfn. erect, bristling (as the hair of the body) MBh. R. BhP

• thrilled with delight. exceedingly pleased, delighted ib. Var. Kathās. Pañcat. &c

• citta mfn. delighted at heart at heart, exceedingly glad. A

• -manas mfn. id. MBh

• -mukha mfn. having a cheerful face, looking pleased (a-pr○). MārkP

• -mudita mfn. exceedingly pleased and cheerful R

• -rūpa mfn. of pleasing form MBh

• erect in form MW

• -roman mfn. one who has erected hair R

• m. N. of an Asura Kathās

• -vadana mfn. = -mukha MārkP

• ○ṭâtman. mfn. = ○ṭa-citta. MBh. R

⋙ prahṛṣṭaka

pra-ḍhṛṣṭaka m. a crow W

praheṇaka

pra-heṇaka n. a kind of pastry, Divyáv. (cf. pra-helaka)

praheti

pra-heti &c. See pra-√hi

prahelaka

pra-helaka n. (√hil?) a kind of pastry. sweetmeat &c. distributed at a festival L. (cf. pra-heṇaka)

⋙ prahelā

pra-ḍhelā f. playfulness, free or unrestrained behaviour

• (ayā), ind. freely, without constraint Pañcat

⋙ praheli

pra-ḍheli (L.),

⋙ prahelikā

pra-ḍhelikā (Kāvyâd., 6 kinds), f. an enigma, riddle, puzzling question

⋙ prahelī

pra-ḍhelī f. id

• -jñāna n. the art or science of proposing riddles L

prahoṣa

pra-hoṣa ○ṣin, See under pra-√hu

prahye

pra-hye See under pra-√hi

prahye

pra-hye m. (√hrād) N. of the chief of the Asuras (with the patr. Kāyādhava. and father of Virocana) TBr

• of a son of Hiraṇyakaśipu (he was an enemy of Indra and friend of Vishṇu) MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. pra-hlāda)

⋙ prahrādi

pra-ḍhrādi m. pl., vḷ. for pra-hlādīya. KaushUp. [Page 701, Column 3]

prahrāsa

pra-hrāsa m. (√hras) shortening, diminution, wane MBh

prahlād

pra-hlād √Ā. -hlādate, to be refreshed or comforted, to rejoice Kir.: Caus. -hlādayati ○te to refresh, comfort, delight MBh. R. &c

≫ prahla

pra-hla mfn. pleased, glad Gal

⋙ prahlatti

pra-ḍhlatti f. pleasure, delight Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

⋙ prahlanna

pra-ḍhlanna mfn. pleased, glad, happy Pāṇ. 6-4, 95 Sch

⋙ prahlanni

pra-ḍhlanni f. = ○hlatti Siddh

≫ prahlāda

pra-hlāda m. joyful excitement, delight, joy. happiness MBh. R. Suśr

• sound, noise L

• a species of rice Gal

• N. of a pious Daitya (son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu

• he was made king of the Daitya by Vishṇu, and was regent of one of the divisions of Pātāla

• cf. pra-hrāda) MBh. VP. (RTL. 109)

• of a Nāga. MBh

• of a Prajā-pati ib

• pl. N. of a people. ib

• -campū f. -carita n. -vijaya n. -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks

⋙ prahlādaka

pra-ḍhlādaka mf(ikā)n. causing joy or pleasure, refreshing Ṛitus

⋙ prahlādana

pra-ḍhlādana mf(ī)n. id. MBh. Kāv. Suśr

• m. (with yuva-rāja) N. of a poet (brother of king Dhārā-varsha, 1208) Cat

• u. (Hariv. Suśr.) and (ā), f. (Bālar.) the act of causing joy or pleasure, refreshment

⋙ prahlādanīya

pra-ḍhlādanīya mfn. refreshing, comforting Lalit

⋙ prahlādita

pra-ḍhlādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) rejoiced, delighted MBh. R

⋙ prahlādin

pra-ḍhlādin mfn. delighting, refreshing MBh

⋙ prahlādīya

pra-ḍhlādīya m. pl. the attendants of the Asura Prahlāda KaushUp. (cf. pra-hrādi)

prahva

pra-hva mf(ā)n. (√hvṛ) inclined forwards, sloping, slanting. bent GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (-tva n. VP. Sch.)

• bowed, stooping, bowing before (gen.) MBh. (○vâñjali mfn. bowing with hands joined in token of respect R.)

• humble, modest MBh. Kāv. &c

• inclined towards i.e. intent upon, devoted to, engaged in L

• (ī), f. N. of a Śakti RāmatUp

⋙ prahvaṇa

pra-ḍhvaṇa n. bowing down in reverence BhP

⋙ prahvaya

pra-ḍhvaya Nom P. ○yati, to render humble Uttarar

⋙ prahvāṇa

pra-ḍhvāṇa mfn. beut, bowing TāṇḍBr

≫ prahvī

prahvī in comp for pra-hva

⋙ prahvīkṛta

○kṛta mfn. bent forwards, bowed W

• conquered, won ib

⋙ prahvībhūta

○bhūta mfn. bowing, humble, modest Bālar

prahval

pra-√hval P. -hvalati, to begin to reel, quak e, tremble Bhaṭṭ

prahvalikā

pra-hvalikā n. a for beautiful body L. (cf. prakula)

prahvalīkā

pra-hvalīkā wṛ. for pra-valhikā

prahve

pra-√hve (Ā. -havate &c

• 1. sg. impf. -ahve), to invoke RV

⋙ prahvāya

pra-hvāya m. call, invocation Pāṇ. 3-3, 72

prā 1

prā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 53) prāti (pf. P. papraú or paprā, 2ṣg. paprātha, p. paprivás f. ○prúṣī RV

• Ā. papre, 2. sg. ○priṣe ib. AV

• papre as Pass., Bhatt aor 3. sg. aprāt or aprās RV

• Subj. prā́s or prā́si ib

• aor. Pass. aprāyi AV.), to fill RV. AV. Br. Bhaṭṭ. [Cf. Gk., ? ; Lat. ple1-nus.] [701, 3]

≫ prā 2

prā mfn. filling (ifc.= 2. pra

• cf. antarikṣa-, kāma-, kratu- &c.)

≫ prāṇa 1

prāṇa mfn. (for 2. See p. 705, col. i) filled, full L

≫ prāta

prātá mfn. id. RV

≫ prāti

prāti f. filling (= pūrti) L

• the span of the thumb and forefinger. L

prā 3

prā Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. pra in comp. (cf. P1ṇ. vi, 3, 122). Observe in the following derivatives, only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses, leaving the preposition pra (lengthened to prā in the derivatives) to be supplied

⋙ prākaṭya

○kaṭya n. (fr. -kaṭa) publicity, manifestation, Nīlak

⋙ prākaraṇika

○karaṇika mfn. (fr. -karaṇa) belonging to the matter in question or to a chapter or to a class or genus MānGṛ. KātyŚr

• being the subject of any statement MW

⋙ prākarṣa

○karṣa n. N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ prākarṣika

○karṣika mfn. deserving preference, g. chedâdi

⋙ prākaṣika

○kaṣika m. (fr. -kaṣa

• See Uṇ. ii, 41 Sch.) a dancer employed by a woman or one supported by another's wives L

⋙ prākāmya

○kāmya n. (fr. -kāma) freedom of will, wilfulness MBh. Kum. MārkP

• irresistible will or fiat (one of the 8 supernatural powers) MWB. 245

⋙ prākāra

○kāra See s.v

⋙ prākāśa

○kāśá m. a metallic mirror (others' a kind of ornament') Br. ŚrS

⋙ prākāśya

○kāśya n. (fr. -kāśa) the being evident, manifestness, celebrity, renown MBh. Kāv. Suśr. [Page 702, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ prākṛta

○kṛta See s.v

⋙ prākramika

○kramika mfn. (fr. -krama) one who undertakes much (without finishing anything) Gaut. Sch

⋙ prākṣālana

○kṣālana wṛ. for pra-kṣ○

⋙ prākharya

○kharya n. (fr. -khara) sharpness (of an arrow) Naish. Sch

• wickedness W

⋙ prāgadya

○gadya mfn. (fr. -gadin) Pāṇ. 4-2, 80

⋙ prāgalbhī

○galbhī f. (fr. galbha) boldness, confidence, resoluteness, determination Bālar

⋙ prāgalbhya

○galbhya n. id. MBh. Kāv. &c

• importance, rank W

• manifestation, appearance Kpr

• proficiency MW

• -buddhi f. boldness of judgment Pañcat

• -vat mfn. possessed of confidence, bold, arrogant Kathās

⋙ prāgāṅgam

○gāṅgam wṛ. for prāggaṅgam Pat

⋙ prāgātha

○gātha mf(ī)n. belonging to the Pragathas (i.e. to RV. viii) ĀśvŚr

• m. patr. of Kali and Bharga and Haryata RAnukr

⋙ prāgāthaka

○gāthaka mf(ikā)n. = prec. mfn. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prāgāthika

○gāthika mfn. derived from Pragātba ŚrS

⋙ prāgītya

○gītya n. (fr. -gīta) notoriety, celebrity, excellence Nalac

⋙ prāguṇya

○guṇya n. (fr. -guṇa) right position or direction Car

⋙ prāgharmasad

○gharma-sád mfn. sitting in a region of fire or light RV. vi, 73, 1 (Sāy.)

⋙ prāghāta

○ghāta wṛ. for pra-gh○ L

⋙ prāghāra

○ghāra m. sprinkling, aspersion L

⋙ prācaṇḍya

○caṇḍya n. (fr. -caṇḍa) violence, passion, Mālatim

⋙ prācinvat

○cinvat m. N. of a son of Janam-ejaya (= pra-cinvat) MBh

⋙ prācurya

○curya n. (fr. -cura) multitude, abundance, plenty Bādar. Rājat. Pañcat

• amplitude, prolixity TPrāt. Sch

• prevalence, currency Śaṃk. Rājat

• (eṇa), ind. in a mass, fully, mostly MārkP

• in detail BhP

⋙ prācetas

○cetas m. pl. N. of the 10 sons of Pr1cina-barhis (= pra-cetas) MBh

⋙ prācetasa

○cetasa mfn. relating to Varuṇa (= pra-cetas

• with āśā f. the west) Hcar

• descended from Pracetas (m. patr. of Manu, Daksha, and Vāmīki) MBh. Hariv. Pur

• pl., = -cetas pl. L

• -stava m. N. of VP. xiv

⋙ prājahita

○jahita m. = pra-j○

• m. a Gārhapatya fire maintained during a longer period of time, SrS

⋙ prājāpata

○jāpata

⋙ prājāpatya

○jāpaḍtya

⋙ prājāvata

○jāvata

⋙ prājeśa

○jeśa

⋙ prājeśvara

○jeḍśvara See s.v

⋙ prājña

○jñá mf(ā and ī) (fr. jñā) intellectual (opp. to śārīra, taijasa) ŚBr. Nir. MāṇḍUp

• intelligent, wise, clever KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c

• m. a wise or learned man MBh. Kāv. &c

• intelligence dependent on individuality Vedântas

• a kind of parrot with red stripes on the neck and wings L

• (ā), f. intelligence, understanding L

• (ī), f. the wife of a learned man L

• -kathā f. a story about a wise man MW

• -tā f. (Mis.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) wisdom, learning, intelligence

• -bhūta-nātha, mṆ. of a poet Cat

• -māna m. respect for learned men W

• -mānin (Śaṃk.), -m-māniṅ (Kathās.), -vādika (MBh.). mfn. thinking one's self wise

⋙ prāṇāyya

○ṇāyya mfn. proper, fit, suited ChUp. iii, 11, 5 (vḷ. pra-ṇ○)

⋙ prāṇāha

○ṇāhá m. cement (used in building) AV

⋙ prāṇitya

○ṇitya n. prob. wṛ. for mītya q.v

⋙ prātardana

○tardana mf(ī)n. belonging to or derived from Pratardana L

⋙ prātithsyī

○tithsyī f. (fr. -tithi) N. of a female sage GṛS. (v. l. -tītheyī)

⋙ prātuda

○tuda mfn. derived from the Pratudas or peckers (a kind of bird) Car

⋙ prātṛda

○tṛdá m. patr. fr. pratṛd ŚBr. (Sāy.)

⋙ prādakṣiṇya

○dakṣiṇya n. (fr. -dakṣiṇa) circumambulation while keeping one's right side towards an object MBh

• respectful behaviour Car

⋙ prādānika

○dānika mfn. (fr. -dāna) relating to an oblation KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ prādur

○dúr See s.v

⋙ prādeśa

○deśá m. (ifc. f. ā) the span of the thumb and forefinger (also a measure= 12 Aṅgulas) ŚBr. GṛŚrS.: MBh. &c

• place, country L. (v. l. for pra-d○)

• -pāda mf(ī)n. (a seat) whose legs are a span long KātyŚr

• -mātrá n. the measure of a span ŚBr. (with bhūmeḥ, 'a mere span of land' MBh.)

• mf(ī)n. a span long Br. GṛŚrS. &c

• -sama mf(ā)n. id. KātyŚr

• ○śâyāma mf(ā)n. id. Gobh

⋙ prādeśana

○deśana n. = pra-deśana, a gift &c. L

⋙ prādeśika

○deśika mfn. having precedents Nir. (with guṇa m. the authorized function or meaning of a word)

• local, limited Rājat

• m. (also ○kêvara) a small land-owner, chief of a district Kauś

⋙ prādeśin

○deśin mfn. a span long Gṛihyās

• (inī). f. the forefinger KātyŚr. Sch. (prob. wṛ. for pra-deśinī)

⋙ prādoṣa

○doṣa mfn. belonging or relating to the evening, vespertine Bhpr

• ○ṣika mfn. id. Pañcat. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 14)

⋙ prādohani

○dohani m. patr. fr. pra-dohana g. taulvalyādi

⋙ prādyumni

○dyumni m. patr. fr. pra-dyumna MBh. Hariv. (cf. g. bahv-ādi)

⋙ prādyoti

○dyoti m. patr. fr. pradyota Cat

⋙ prādhanika

○dhanika n. (fr. -dhana) an implement of war, weapon BhP

⋙ prādhā

○dhā f. (cf. pra-dhā) N. of a daughter of Daksha and mother of sev. Apsaras and Gandharvas MBh. Hariv

⋙ prādhānika

○dhānika mfn. (fr. -dhāna) pre-eminent, distinguished, superior BhP

• (ir Sāṃkhya) derived from or relating to Pradhāna or primary matter MBh. BhP

⋙ prādhānya

○dhānya n. predominance, prevalence, ascendency, supremacy KātyŚr. Śaṃk. Suśr. &c

• ibc

• ○nyena, ○nyāt, and -tas ind. in regard to the highest object or chiefmatter, chiefly. mainly, summarily Nir. MBh. Hariv. &c. (-stuti mfn. chiefly praised) [Page 702, Column 2]

• m. a chief or most distinguished person Vet

⋙ prādheya

○dheya mfn. descended from Prādhā MBh. (cf. karṇa-prādheya)

⋙ prādhvansana

○dhvánsana m. patr. fr. pra-dhváṃsana, ŚBr

⋙ prānādi

○nādi f. = (or wṛ. for) pra-ṇāḍī = pra-ṇālī MBh

⋙ prāpaṇika

○paṇika m. (fr. -paṇa

• but Uṇ. ii, 42) a trader, dealer MBh. Siś

⋙ prāprābandha

○prābandha See késara-prābandhā

⋙ prābalya

○balya ī. (fr. -bala) superiority of power, predominance, ascendency Vedântas. Suśr

• force, validity (of a rule) TPrāt. Sch

⋙ prābālika

○bālika See -vālika

⋙ prābodhaka

○bodhaka m. = (and v. l. for) pra-b○, a minstrel employed to wake the king in the morning R

• = next L

⋙ prābodhika

○bodhika m. (fr. -bodha) dawn, daybreak L

⋙ prābhañjana

○bhañjana n. the Nakshatra Svāti (presided over by Pra-bhṭbhoda, the god of wind) Var. Var

• ○ni m. patr. of Hanūmat (son of Pra-bhṭbhoda) Mcar

⋙ prābhava

○bhava n. (fr. -bhu) superiority L

⋙ prābhavatya

○bhavatya n. (fr. -bhavat), id. Mn.viii, 412

⋙ prābhākara

○bhākara mf(ī)n. derived from prabhā-kara Dharmaś

• m. a follower of Pradhāna Vedântas

• n. the work of Pradhāna Pratāp. Sch

• -khaṇḍana n. N. of wk

• ○kari m. patr. of the planet Saturn Var

⋙ prābhātika

○bhātika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāta) relating to morning, matutinal Pañcat. Suśr

⋙ prābhasika

○bhasika (with kṣetra), n. = pra-bhāsa-kṣ○ Cat

⋙ prābhūtika

○bhūtika mf(ī)n. = pra-bhūtam āha Pāṇ. 4-4, 1 Vārtt. 2 Pat

⋙ prābhṛta

○bhṛta n. once in Divyâv. m. (fr. -bhṛti) a present, gift. offering (esp. to a deity or a sovereign) Kathās. Rājat. (cikitsā-prābhṛta m. a man whose gift is the art of medicine, a skilful physician Car.)

• N. of the chapters of the Sūryaprajñapti (the subdivisions are called prābhṛta-prâbhṛta)

• ○ta-ka n. a present, gift Mālav

• ○tī √kṛ, to make a present of offer Kathās

⋙ prāmati

○mati m. N. of one of the 7 sages in the 10th Manv-antara Hariv. (v. l. pra-mati and prāptati)

⋙ prāmāṇika

○māṇika mf(ī) n. (fr. -māṇa) forming or being a measure Hcat. (cf. pra-māṇika)

• founded on evidence or authority, admitting of proof, authentic, credible Dāyabh

• one who accepts proof or rests his arguments on authority Sarvad

• a president, the chief or head of a trade W

• -tva, is. authoritativeness, cogency, Mallin

• -vāttika n. N. of wk

⋙ prāmāṇya

○māṇya n. (fr. -māṇa) the being established by proof. resting upon authority, authoritativeness, authenticity, evidence, credibility Nir. Mn. MBh. &c

• -vāda m. N. of sev. wks. (also ○da-kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vicāra m. -śiromaṇi. m. -saṃgraha m. ○dârtha, m.)

• -vâdin mfn. one who affirms or believes in proof Sarvad

⋙ prāmādika

○mādika mf(ī)n. (fr. -māda) arising from carelessness, erroneous, faulty, wrong (with pāṭha m. a wrong reading), Mallin. Siddh. Cat

• -tva n. erroneousness, incorrectness Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ prāmādya

○mādya m. (fr. -māda) Adhatoda Vasica or Gendarussa Vulgaris. L

• n. madness, fury. intoxication W

⋙ prāmītya

○mītya n. (fr. -mīta) debt (lit. 'death' ?) L

⋙ prāmodika

○modika mf(ī)n. (fr. -mīta) charming, enchanting Mcar

• ○dya n. rapture, delight Lalit. Divyâv

⋙ prāyatya

○yatya n. (fr. -yata) purity, pious disposition or preparation for any rite ĀpŚr. Śaṃk. BhP. (a-prây○)

⋙ prāyāṇika

○yāṇika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yāṇa) fit for a march or journey MBh

⋙ prāyātrika

○yātrika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yātrā) id. ib. Hariv

⋙ prāyāsa

○yāsá m. = pra-y○, VS

⋙ prāyu

○yu

⋙ prāyus

○yus See a-prāyu ○yus

⋙ prāyudh

○yudh f. (?) fight, battle

• -yud-dheṣin (for -heṣin) or -yudh-eṣin m. a horse L. (lit. 'neighing in or longing for the battle')

⋙ prāyoktra

○yoktra mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoktṛ) relating to an employer Pat

⋙ prāyogi

○yogi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-yoga MaitrS

⋙ prāyogika

○yogika mf(ī)n. (fr. -yoga) applied. used, applicable Kām. (cf. g. chedâdi)

• (with dhūma, m.) a kind of sternutatory Suśr

⋙ prāyojya

○yojya mfn. belonging to things requisite or necessary. Dhāyabh

⋙ prāroha

○roha m. a shoot, sprout (= pra-r○) Cat

• mf(ī)n. accustomed to rise or ascend, g. chattrâdi

⋙ prālamba

○lamba mf(ī)n. hanging down R

• m. a kind of pearl ornament L

• the female breast L

• a species of gourd L

• n. (?) a garland hanging down to the breast Ragh. (also ○baka, n. and ○bikā f. L.)

⋙ prālepika

○lepika mfn. = pralepikāyâ dharmyam, g., mahiṣy-ādi

⋙ prāleya

○leya mf(ī) n. (fr. -laya Pāṇ. 7-2, 3) produced by melting ib. Sch

• m. fever in goat or sheep Gal

• n. (?) hail, snow, frost, dew Megh. Var. Rājat. &c. (also as Nom P. ○yati, to resemble hail &c. Dhūrtas.)

• -bhū-dhara m. 'snow-mountain', Hima-vat Vcar

• -raśmi (Var.) or -rocis (Prasannar.), m. 'frosty-rayed.' the moon

• -varṣa m. falling (lit. 'raining') of snow, Veṇis

• -śaila m. = -bhūdhara Kathās

• ○yâṃśu, ni. = ○yaraśmi Var

• ○yâdri m. = ○ya-bhū-dhara Vcar. [Page 702, Column 3]

⋙ prāvacana

○vacana (VPrāt.) and usual while reciting Vedic texts

⋙ prāvacanika

○vacanika (TS. Sch.), usual while reciting Vedic texts

⋙ prāvaṭa

○vaṭa m. barley L. (cf. pra-vaṭa and pra-veṭa)

⋙ prāvaṇa

○vaṇá mfn. being among the crags (fire) RV. lī, 22, 4 ○ṇi (?) Uṇ. ii, 103 Sch. -1

⋙ prāvara

○vara mf(ī)n. (fr. 3. pra-vará, p. 693

• for 2. See prā- √1. vṛ) Pat

⋙ prāvareya

○vareya m. patr. fr. pra-vara Kāṭh

⋙ prāvarga

○vargá mf(ī)n. distinguished, eminent RV

⋙ prāvartaka

○vartaka See under prā- √vṛt, p. 709

⋙ prāvarṣin

○varṣin mfn. raining, ŚaṅkhGṛ

⋙ prāvahaṇi

○vahaṇi wṛ. for -vahaṇi.-vāduka m. an opponent in philosophical discussion Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ prāvālika

○vālika m. (fr. -vāla) a vendor of coral R

⋙ prāvāsa

○vāsa mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi

• ○sika mf(ī)n., g. guḍâdi and saṃtāpâdi

⋙ prāvāhaṇi

○vāhaṇi (prā́-). m. patr. fr. pra-vāhaṇa TS. ĀpŚr. Sch. &c. (wṛ. prāvahaṇi and prāhaṇi

• g. taulvaiy-ādi Kāś.)

• ṇeya m. patr. fr. ○ṇi Pravar. (cf. g. śbhrâdi

• also pravāhaṇeya Pāṇ. 7-3, 28)

• ○ṇeyaka (also prav○), m. patr. fr. ○ṇeya Pāṇ. vii, 3, 29 Kāś

• ○ṇeyi (also prav○), m.id. ib

⋙ prāvīṇya

○vīṇya u. (fr. -viiṇa) cleverness, dexterity, skill, proficiency in (loc. or comp.) Ragh. Kathās

⋙ prāvṛttika

○vṛttika mf(ī)n. (fr. -vṛtti) corresponding to a former mode of action KātyŚr. Sch

• (ifc.) well acquainted with Hariv

⋙ prāvṛṣ

○vṛ́ṣ &c., sees. v

⋙ prāveṇya

○veṇya n. (fr. [-veN˘I]) a fine woollen covering R. (v. l. ○ṇī)

⋙ prāvepa

○vepá m. the swaying of pendent fruit (on a tree) RV

⋙ prāveśana

○veśana mf(ī)n., g. vyuṣṭâdi. n. a workshop L

⋙ prāveśika

○veśika mf(ī)n. (fr. -veśa) relating to entrance (into a house or on the stage) Vikr. Bālar. Pracaṇḍ. (with ākṣiptikā and dhruvā f. N. of partic. airs sung by a person on entering the stage ib.)

• auspicious for entrance Var

• ○sya n. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv○) L

⋙ prāvrājya

○vrājya n. (fr. -vrāj) the life of a religious mendicant, vagrancy MBh. (wṛ. -vrajya) MārkP

⋙ prāśastya

○śastya n. (fr. -śasta) the being praised, celebrity, excellence Mālatīm. Kathās

⋙ prāśāstra

○śāstra n. the office of Praśāstṛi KātyŚr. (cf. g. udgātr-ādi)

• government, rule, dominion MW

⋙ prāśṛṅga

○śṛṅga mfn. having the horns bent forwards VS. TS

⋙ prāśravaṇa

○śravaṇa v. l. for -sravaṇa m

⋙ prāśliṣṭa

○śliṣṭa mf(ī)n. N. of a kind of Svarita produced by the combination of 2 short i's APrāt. (wṛ. prāk-śl○)

⋙ prāṣṭha

○ṣṭha mf(ī)n. Pat

⋙ prāsaṅga

○saṅga m. a kind of yoke for cattle MBh

• -vāhīvā́h mfn. = uṣṭṛ ĀpŚr. Sch

⋙ prāsaṅgiha

○saṅgiha mf(ī)n. (fr. -saṅga) resulting from attachment or close connection BhP

• incidental, casual, occasional Uttarar. Kathās. Rājat. Sāh. (opp. to ādhikārika)

• inherent, innate W

• relevant ib

• opportune, seasonable MW

⋙ prāsaṅgya

○saṅgya mfn. (fr. -saṅga) harnessed with a yoke Pāṇ. 4-4, 76

• m. a draught beast W

⋙ prāsaca

○sacá mf(ī)n. congealed (water) TBr. (Sch.)

• m. congealing, freezing TS. (Sch.)

⋙ prāsarpaka

○sarpaka m. = pra-s○ KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ prāsah

○sáh mfn. mighty, strong. RV. i, 129. 4

• f. force

• (○hā), ind. by force, violently, mightily RV. TS. Br

⋙ prāsaha

○saha m. force, power ŚBr. (āt ind. by force MānGṛ.)

• (ā), f. N. of the wife of Indra AitBr

⋙ prāsāda

○sāda See s.v

⋙ prāsāha

○sāha mfn. See jagat-prās○

• n. (with bharad-vājasya) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ prāsutika

○sútika mf(ī)n. (fr. sūti) relating to childbirth MW

⋙ prāsenajitī

○senajitī f. patr. fr. prasena-jit MBh

⋙ prāseva

○seva m. a rope (as part of a horse's harness) TBr. (cf. pra-s○),

⋙ prāskaṇva

○skaṇva mf(ī)n. derived from Praskaṇva ŚāṅkhŚr

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

⋙ prāstārika

○stārika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stāra) Pāṇ. 4-4, 72 Kāś

⋙ prāstāvi

○stāvi m. patr. fr. (and v l. for) -stāva VP

⋙ prāstāvika

○stāvika mf(ī)n. (fr. -stava) introductory L

• having a prelude (as a hymn) Lāṭy

• opportune (apr○), Mālatim

⋙ prāstutya

○stutya n. (fr. -stuta) the being propounded or discussed, M W

⋙ prāsthānika

○sthānika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sthāna) relating or favourable to departure MBh. R. &c

• n. preparations for departure MBh. (cf. mahā-pr○)

⋙ prāsthika

○sthika mf(ī)n. containing or weighing or bought for a Prastha KātyŚr. Sch. Suśr

• n. (with kṣetra) a field sown with a Pradhāna of grain Pāṇ. 5-1, 45 (?) Sch

⋙ prāsravaṇa

○sravaṇa mf(ī)n. coming from a spring (as water) Suśr

• m. (with plakṣa) the source of the Sarasyati or the place where the Sarasyati reappears TāṇḍBr. ŚrS

• patr. fr. pra-sravaṇa ŚāṅkhBr. (v. l. prāśr○)

⋙ prāhaṇi

○haṇi wṛ. for -vāhaṇi

⋙ prāharika

○harika (Dharmaś. Kād

• cf. cātuṣ-prāh○)

⋙ prāhārika

○hārika (Cat.), m. (ft. [-h˘Ara]) a police officer, watchman

⋙ prāhṛtāyana

○hṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-hṛta g. aśvâdi

⋙ prāhrādi

○hrādi (prā́-), m. patr. fr. pra-hrāda (N. of Virocana and Bali) AV. MBh. &c

⋙ prāhlādanīya

○hlādanīya wṛ. for pra-ht○ Lalit

prāṃśu

prâṃśu mfn. (said to be fr. pra + aṃśu) high, tall, long MBh. Kāv. &c

• strong, intense Naish. [Page 703, Column 1] Contents of this page

• m. N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata Hariv. Pur

• of a son of Vatsa-prī (or -prīti) Pur

⋙ prāṃśutā

○tā f. height. loftiness R

⋙ prāṃśuprākāra

○prākāra mfn. having long walls Kathās

⋙ prāṃśulabhya

○labhya mfn. to be obtained or reached (only) by a tall person Ragh

≫ prāṃśuka

prâṃśuka mfn. large, big (said of an animal) HYog

prāk

prāk See under prāñc, col. 3

prākaṭya

prākaṭya &c. See under 3. prā

prākara

prākara m. N. of a son of Dyutimat MārkP

• n. N. of a Varsha called after Prākara ib. (vḷ. pīvara VP.)

prākāra

prā-kāra m. (fr. prā for pra and √1. krī

• Pāṇ. 6-3, 122 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) a wall, enclosure, fence, rampart (esp. a surrounding wall elevated on a mound of earth

• ifc. f. ā) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ prākārakarṇa

○karṇa m. 'Wall-Ear', N. of a minister of the owl-king Ari-mardana Pañcat

⋙ prākārakhaṇḍa

○khaṇḍa m. the fragments of a wall Mṛicch

⋙ prākāradharaṇī

○dharaṇī f. the platform upon a wall R

⋙ prākārabhañjana

○bhañjana mfn. breaking down walls Kathās

⋙ prākāramardi

○mardi m. patr. fr. next, g. bābv-ādi

⋙ prākāramardin

○mardin m. 'wall-crusher', N. of a man ib

⋙ prākāraśeṣa

○śeṣa mfn. having only ramparts left Ml

⋙ prākārastha

○stha mfn. one who stands or is stationed upon a rampart Mn. vii, 74 &c

⋙ prākārāgra

prākārâgra n. the top of a wall L

≫ prākārīya

prākārīya mfn. fit for a wall Pāṇ. 5-1, 12 Sch

≫ prākāruka

prākāruka mfn. (prob.) scattering about, Kāṭh

prākṛ

prâ-kṛ √P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to drive away Kāṭh

prākṛta

prākṛta mf(ā, or ī)n. (fr. pra-kṛti) original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual ŚBr. &c. &c

• low, vulgar, unrefined Mn. MBh. &c

• provincial, vernacular, Prākritic Vcar

• (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to or derived from Prakṛiti or the original element

• (in astron.) N. of one of the 7 divisions of the planetary courses (according to Parāśara comprising the Nakshatras Svāti, Bharaṇī, Rohiṇī and Kṛittikā)

• m. a low or vulgar man Mn. (viii, 338) MBh. &c

• (with or scil. laya, pralaya &c.) resolution or reabsorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe Pur

• n. any provincial or vernacular dialect cognate with Saṃskṛit (esp. the language spoken by women and inferior characters in the plays, but also occurring in other kinds of literature and usually divided into 4 dialects, viz. Śaurasenī, Māhārāshṭri, Apabhraṃśa and Paiśācī), Kav. Kathās. Kāvyâd. &c

⋙ prākṛtakalpataru

○kalpataru m

⋙ prākṛtakāmadhenu

○kāmadhenu f

⋙ prākṛtakośa

○kośa m

⋙ prākṛtacandrikā

○candrikā f

⋙ prākṛtacchandakośa

○cchandá-kośa m

⋙ prākṛtacchandaḥsūtra

○cchandaḥ-sūtra n

⋙ prākṛtacchandaṣṭīkā

○cchandaṣ-ṭīkā f. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtajvara

○jvara m. common fever (occurring from affections of the wind in the rainy season, of the bile in the autumn, and of the phlegm in the spring) W

⋙ prākṛtatva

○tva n. original or natural state or condition KātyŚr

• vulgarity (of speech) L

⋙ prākṛtadīpikā

○dīpikā f

⋙ prākṛtanāmaliṅgānuśāsana

○nāma-liṅgânuśāsana n

⋙ prākṛtapañcīkaraṇa

○pañcī-karaṇa n

⋙ prākṛtapāda

○pāda m

⋙ prākṛtapiṅgala

○piṅgala m

⋙ prākṛtaprakāśa

○prakāśa m. (and -bhāṣya n.),

⋙ prākṛtaprakriyāvṛtti

○prakriyāvṛtti f

⋙ prākṛtapradīpikā

○pradīpikā f

⋙ prākṛtaprabodha

○prabodha m. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtapralaya

○pralaya m. the total dissolution of the world W

⋙ prākṛtabhāṣākāvya

○bhāṣā-kāvya n

⋙ prākṛtabhāṣāntarvidhāna

○bhāṣântarvidhāna n. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtabhāṣin

○bhāṣin mfn. speaking Prākṛit Mṛicch

⋙ prākṛtamañjarī

○mañjarī f

⋙ prākṛtamaṇīdīpikā

○maṇī-dīpikā f

⋙ prākṛtamanoramā

○manoramā f. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtamānuṣa

○mānuṣa m. a common or ordinary man W

⋙ prākṛtamitra

○mitra n. a natural friend or ally, a sovereign whose kingdom is separated by that of another from the country with which he is allied, W (cf. prākṛtâri and ○tôdāsīṇa)

⋙ prākṛtarahasya

○rahasya m

⋙ prākṛtarahasya

○rahasya n

⋙ prākṛtalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n

⋙ prākṛtalaṅkesvara

○laṅkêsvara m

⋙ prākṛtavyākaraṇa

○vyākaraṇa n. (and ○ṇa-vṛtti f.) N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtaśāsana

○śāsana n. a manual of the Prākṛit dialects, Gr

⋙ prākṛtasaṃskāra

○saṃskāra m

⋙ prākṛtasaṃjīvanī

○saṃjīvanī f

⋙ prākṛtasaptati

○saptati f

⋙ prākṛtasarvasva

○sarvasva n

⋙ prākṛtasāhityaratnākara

○sāhitya-ratnâkara m

⋙ prākṛtasubhāṣitāvalī

○subhāṣitâvalī f

⋙ prākṛtasūtra

○sūtra n

⋙ prākṛtasetu

○setu m. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtādhyāya

prākṛtâdhyāya m. and N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtānanda

prākṛḍtânanda m. N. of wks

⋙ prākṛtāri

prākṛtâri m. a natural enemy, a sovereign of an adjacent country, Mallin

⋙ prākṛtāṣṭādhyāyī

prākṛtâṣṭâdhyāyī f. N. of wk

⋙ prākṛtodāsīna

prākṛtôdāsīna m. a natural neutral, a sovereign whose dominions are situated beyond those of the natural ally W

≫ prākṛtāyana

prākṛtāyana m. patr. fr. pra-kṛta g. aśvâdi

≫ prākṛtika

prākṛtika mf(ī)n. relating to Pra-kṛiti or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar Sāṃkhyak. Pur. Tattvas

prākoṭaka

prākoṭaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh. [Page 703, Column 2]

• mfn. relating to the Prākoṭakas ib. (v. l. prāk-kośala)

prākkarman

prāk-karman prāg-agra &c. See under prāñc, col. 3, and p. 704, col. 1

prāgahi

prāgahi m. N. of a teacher ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prāgahīya

prāgaḍhīya mfn. relating to Prāgahi ib

prāgāra

prâgāra m. or n. (?) a principal building Inscr

prāgra

prā́gra (pra-agra), n. the highest point, summit Nir

⋙ prāgrasara

○sara mfn. going in the forefront, foremost in (comp.) Hcar

• chief among (gen.) Śak. v, 15 (v. l. -hara)

⋙ prāgrahara

○hara mfn. taking the best share, chief principal among (gen. or comp.) Kālid. Hcar

≫ prāgrya

prâgrya mfn. chief principal, most excellent MBh. Hariv

prāgrāṭa

prāgrāṭa n. thin coagulated milk L

prāghuṇa

prāghuṇa m. (Prākṛit for prâ-ghūrṇa

• cf. prahuṇa) a visitor, guest Kathās

⋙ prāghuṇaka

prāghuṇaka (Pañcat.),

⋙ prāghuṇika

prāghuṇika (Bhām.), m. id. (○ṇikī- √kṛ, to make a visitor to, cause to reach

• kathā mama śravana-prāghuṇikī-kṛtā, 'the tale was made to reach my ears' i.e. 'was communicated to me' Naish.)

≫ prāghūrṇa

prâghūrṇa m. (lit. 'one who goes forth deviously') wanderer, guest Pañcat

⋙ prāghurṇaka

prâghurṇaka m. id. (v. l.)

⋙ prāghūrṇika

prâghūrṇika m. id. L. (v. l.)

• (ā), f. hospitable reception Vet

prāṅ

prāṅ &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prāṅga

prâṅga (pra-aṅga), n. a kind of drum (= paṇava) L. (cf. next)

prāṅgaṇa

prā́ṅgaṇa (pra-aṅgaṇa), n. acourt, yard, court-yard Ratnâv. Kathās. Pur. &c. (also written ○gana)

• a kind of drum L. (cf. prec.)

prācaṇḍya

prācaṇḍya prācurya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prācāra

prācāra (pra-ācāra), mfn. contrary to or deviating from ordinary institutes and observances W

• m. a winged ant, Hativ. (v. l.)

≫ prācārya

prâcārya m. the teacher of a teacher or a former teacher Āpast. (= pragata ācārya Pat.)

prācikā

prācikā f. (cf. prájika) a musquito L

• a female falcon L

prācikya

prācikya n. fr. pracika g. purohitâdi (Kāś.)

prācīna

prācīna &c. See p. 704, col. 3

prācīra

prācīra m. or n. (fr. pra-cīra) an enclosure, hedge, fence, wall Kull. L

prācya

prācya See p. 705, col. 1

prāch

prāch incorrect for prāś, See 3. prā́s

prājaka

prâjaka m. (fr. pra-√aj) a driver, coachman Mn. viii, 293 &c

⋙ prājana

prâjana m. a whip, goad Gobh. KātyŚr. Sch. (also prâja Gṛihyās.)

• ○nin m. one who bears a whip Gṛihyās

⋙ prājika

prâjika m. a hawk VarBṛS. Sch. (cf. prācikā)

⋙ prejitṛ

prêjitṛ m. = prâjaka L

⋙ prājin

prâjin m. (prob.) = prâjaka

• ○ji-dhara m. N. of a man Rājat

• ○jipakṣin. m. a partic. bird (cf. vāji-p○)

• ○ji-maṭhikā f. N. of a place Rājat

prājaruhā

prājaruhā and prājaryā ind., with √kṛ g. sâkṣād-ādi (Kāś.)

prājala

prājala m. pl. N. of a Vedic school L. (v. l. prājvalana and prâñjali)

prājāpata

prājāpata mf(ī)n.= next, mfn. g. mahiṣy-âdi

• (ī), f. N. of AV. v, 2, 7 Kauś

≫ prājāpatya

prājāpatyá mf(ā́) is. coming or derived from Prajā-pati, relating or sacred to him AV. &c

• &c

• m. a descendant of Prajā-pati (patr. of Patam-ga, of Prajāvat, of Yakshma-nāśana, of Yajña, of Vimada, of Vishṇu, of Saṃvaraṇa, of Hiranya-garbha) RAnukr

• (with or scil. vivâha or vidhi) a form of marriage (in which the father gives his daughter to the bridegroom without receiving a present from him) ĀśvGṛ. i, 6 Mn. iii, 30 &c

• (with or scil. kṛcchra or upavāsa) a kind of fast or penance (lasting 12 days, food being eaten during the first 3 once in the morning, during the next 3 once in the evening, in the next 3 only if given as alms, and a plenary fast being observed during the 3 remaining days Mn. xi, 105) Yājñ. &c. [Page 703, Column 3]

• (with śakaṭa, also n.) the chariot of Rohiṇī, N. of an asterism Var. Pañcat

• (with or scil. tithi) the 8th day in the dark half of the month Pausha Col. (○tyāś catvāraḥ prastobhāḥ, N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

• superl. ○tya-tama Kapishṭh.)

• a son born in the Prājāpatyá form of marriage Vishṇ

• a Kshatriya and a Vaiśya. GopBr. Vait

• N. of the confluence of the Gaṅgā and Yamunā L. (cf. MBh. i, 2097)

• (with Jainas) N. of the first black Vāsudeva L

• (ā), f. patr. of Dakshiṇā RAnukr

• giving away the whole of one's property before entering upon the life of an ascetic or mendicant W

• N. of a verse addressed to Prajā-pati, ApGṛ

• (with śakaṭī) = m. n. with śakaṭa MW

• n. generative energy, procreative power. AV. TS

• (with or scil. karman) a partic. kind of generation in the manner of Prajā-pati MBh. Hariv

• a partic. sacrifice performed before appointing a daughter to raise issue in default of male heirs W

• the world of Prajāpati MārkP

• (with or scil. nakṣatra or bha) the asterism Rohiṇī MBh. Var

• (also with akṣarya, prayas-vat and mādhucchaudasa) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ prājāpatyatva

○tva n. the state or condition of belonging or referring to Prajā-pati Śaṃk

⋙ prājāpatyapradāyin

○pradāyin (or -sthāna-pr○), mfn. (prob.) procuring the place or world of PrṭPrājāpatyá MārkP

⋙ prājāpatyavrata

○vrata n. N. of a partic. observance ĀpGṛ. Sch

⋙ prājāpatyasthalīpākaprayoga

○sthalī-pāka-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ prājāpatyeṣṭi

prājāpatyêṣṭi f. N. of wk

≫ prājāpatyaka

prājāpatyaka mfn. belonging or referring or sacred to Prajā-pati MBh

≫ prājāvata

prājāvata mf(ī)n. (fr. prajā-vat), g. mahiṣyādi

≫ prājeśa

prājeśa mf(ī)n. (fr. prajêśa) sacred to Prajāpati

• n. the Nakshatra Rohiṇī VarBṛS

≫ prājeśvara

prājeśvara mf(ī)n, (fr. prajêśvara) id. ib

prājidhara

prâji-dhara &c. See prâjaka

prājña

prājña &c. See p. 702, col. 1

prājya

prâjya mfn. (?fr. pra + ājya, 'having much ghee') copious, abundant, large, great, important MBh. Kāv. &c

• lasting, long Rājat

• high, lofty A

⋙ prājyakāma

○kāma mfn. rich in enjoyments R

⋙ prājyadakṣiṇa

○dakṣiṇa mfn. abounding in sacrificial fees MBh

⋙ prājyabhaṭṭa

○bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ prājyabhuja

○bhuja mfn. long-armed Ml

⋙ prājyabhojya

○bhojya mfn. (prob.) = -kāma ib

⋙ prājyavikrama

○vikrama mfn. possessing great power Kum

⋙ prājyavṛṣṭi

○vṛṣṭi mfn. sending rain in abundance (said of Indra) Śak

⋙ prājyendhanatṛṇa

prâjyêndhanatṛṇa mfn. (a place) abounding in fuel and grass Hariv

prāñc

prāñc mfn. (fr. pra + 2. añc

• nom. prā́ṅ, prā́cī, prā́k

• Pāṇ. 6-1, 182) directed furwards or towards, being in front, facing, opposite RV. VS. AV. Mn. (acc. with √kṛ, to bring, procure, offer RV

• to stretch forth the fingers ib

• to make straight, prepare or clear a path ib

• [also with pra- √tir, or -√ni] to advance, promote, further ib

• with Caus. of √kḷp, to face, turn opposite to Mn. vii, 189)

• turned eastward, eastern, easterly (opp. to ápāc, western) RV. &c. &c

• being to the east of (abl.) Mn. ii, 21

• running from west to east, taken lengthwise KātyŚr

• (with viśvataḥ) turned to all directions RV

• inclined, willing ib

• lasting, long (as life) AV

• (esp. ibc

• below.) previous, prior, former

• (prañcas), m.pl. the people of the east, eastern people or grammarians, P1ṇ. i, 1, 75 &c

• (prā́cī) f. (with or scil. diś) the east ŚBr. MBh. &c

• the post to which an elephant is tied L

• (prā́k

• prāṅ Lāṭy. KātyŚr.), ind. before (in place or in order or time

• as prep. with abl. [Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 12], rarely with gen

• also in comp. with its subst. Pāṇ. ib.) ŚrS. Up. MBh. &c

• in the east, to the east of (abl.) RV. Lāṭy

• before the eyes Hit. i, 76

• at first, formerly, previously, already Mn. MBh. &c

• (with eva), a short while ago, recently, just Śak

• still more so, how much more (= kim-uta) Buddh

• above, in the former part (of a book) Mn. Pāṇ

• first, in the first place, above all Kathās. MārkP

• from now, henceforth Var

• up to, as far as (with abl

• esp. in gram., e. g. prāk kaḍārāt, up to the word kaḍāra Pāṇ. 2-1, 3)

• between (= avântare) L

• early in the morning L

• wṛ. for drāk MBh

• (prācā́), ind. forwards, onwards RV

• eastwards ib

• (prācás), ind. from the front ib

≫ prāk

prāk in comp. for prāñc

⋙ prākkarman

○karman n. preparatory medical treatment Suśr

• an action done in a former life Kathās

⋙ prākkalpa

○kalpa m. a former age or era MārkP

⋙ prākkāla

○kāla m. a former age or time W

⋙ prākkālīna

○kālīna mfn. belonging to former or ancient times, ancient, previous, former W. [Page 704, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ prākkūla

○kūla mfn. -tā f. wṛ. for -tūla &c., q.v

⋙ prākkṛta

○kṛta mfn. done before, done in a former life MBh

• n. an action done in a former life Siṃhâs

⋙ prākkevala

○kevala mfn. manifested from the first in a distinct form (without preliminary symptoms, as a disease) Suśr

⋙ prākkośala

○kośala (or -kosala) mfn. belonging to the eastern Kośalas (as a Prince) MBh. (vḷ. prākoṭaka)

⋙ prākcaraṇa

○caraṇa mfn. previously excited (said of the female generative organs previous to coitus) Car. ŚārṅgS

⋙ prākciram

○ciram ind. before it is too late, in good time MBh

⋙ prākchāya

○chāya n. the falling eastward of a shadow Mn

⋙ prāktanaya

○tanaya m. a former pupil BhP. (v. l. prâpta-naya)

⋙ prāktarām

○tarām ind. somewhat more eastward MānŚr

⋙ prāktiryakpramāṇa

○tiryakpramāṇa n. the breadth in front KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ prāktūla

○tūla mfn. having panicles (of Kuśa grass) turned towards the east GṛS. Mn. BhP

• n. a panicle of Kuśa grass turned eastward W

• -tā f. the being turned towards the eastward (of sacrificial vessels) Prayogar

• (wṛ. -kūla, ○tā)

⋙ prākpada

○pada n. the first member of a compound Piṅg. Sch

⋙ prākpaścimāyata

○paścimâyata mf(ā)n. running from east to west Hcat

⋙ prākpuṇyaprabhava

○puṇya-prabhava mfn. caused by merit accumulated in former existences MW

⋙ prākpuṣpā

○puṣpā f. N. of plant Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt.: 1

⋙ prākpravaṇa

○pravaṇa (prā́k-), mf(ā) n. sloping eastward ŚBr

⋙ prākprastuta

○prastuta mfn. mentioned before, Mālatim

⋙ prākprahāna

○prahāna m. the first blow A

⋙ prākprātarāśika

○prātarāśika mfn. to be studied before breakfast, SaṃthUp

⋙ prākphala

○phala m. the bread-fruit tree (= panasa) L

⋙ prākphslgunī

○phslgunī f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var

• -bhava m. Bṛihaspati or the planet Jupiter (born when the moon was in the mansion Prākphalguni) L

⋙ prākphālguna

○phālguna m. the planet Jupiter L. (cf. prec.)

• (ī), f. = pūrva-ph○ (q.v.) Var. (vḷ. -phalgunī)

⋙ prākphālguneya

○phālguneya m. the planet Jupiter (cf. prec.) L

⋙ prākśas

○śas ind. eastwards, towards the east Gobh

⋙ prākśiras

○śiras (prā́k-), mfn. having the head turned to the east ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. MārkP

⋙ prākśirasa

○śirasa (W.) or (Suśr.), mfn. id

⋙ prākśiraska

○śiraska (Suśr.), mfn. id

⋙ prākśṛṅgavat

○śṛṅga-vat m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh

⋙ prākśrotas

○śrotas wṛ. for -srotas, q.v

⋙ prākśliṣṭa

○śliṣṭa mfn. v. l. for prāśliṣṭa, q.v

⋙ prāksaṃstha

○saṃstha mfn. (-tva n.) ending in the east KātyŚr

⋙ prāksaṃdhyā

○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight Hariv. Var

⋙ prāksamāsa

○samāsa mfn. having the joint (?) or tie turned eastward Lāṭy

⋙ prāksoma

○soma mfn. (MānGṛ.) or (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

⋙ prāksaumika

○saumika mf(ī)n. (Yājñ.) preceding the Soma sacrifice

⋙ prāksrotas

○srotas mfn. flowing eastward (wṛ. -śrotas) R

≫ prāktana

prāktana mf(ī)n. former, prior, previous, preceding, old, ancient (opp. to idânīntana) Hariv. Ragh. BhP. &c

⋙ prāktanakarman

○karman n. any act formerly done or done in a former state of existence

• fate destiny Pañcat

⋙ prāktanajanman

○janman n. a former birth Kum

≫ prāktas

prāktás (AV.) or (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

⋙ prāktāt

prā́ktāt (RV.), ind. from the front, from the east

≫ prāg

prāg in comp. for prāñc

⋙ prāgagra

○agra mf(ā)n. having the tip. or point turned forward or eastward (-tā f.) GṛŚrS. BhP

⋙ prāganurāga

○anurāga m. former affection Malatim

⋙ prāganūka

○anūka n. the stripes stretching lengthways on the back part of an altar KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ prāgapaccheda

○apaccheda m. a division made lengthwise ib

⋙ prāgapam

○apám ind. (fr. -apāk) from the front towards the back, in a backward direction ŚBr

⋙ prāgaparāyata

○aparâyata mf(ā)n. extending from east to west Var

⋙ prāgapavargam

○apavargam ind. with its end to the east Āp

⋙ prāgabhāva

○abhāva m. the not yet existing, non-existence of anything which may yet be Bhāshāp. Sāṃkhyak., Comm &c

• (in law) the non-possession of property that may be possessed W

• -vāda m. -vicāra m. vicāra-rahasya n. -vijñāna n. vôjjīvana n. N. of wks

⋙ prāgabhihita

○abhihita mfn. before mentioned

• tva n. Hcat

⋙ prāgavasthā

○avasthā f. former state, a former condition of life Rājat. Sāy

⋙ prāgāṅgam

○āṅgam ind. prob. wṛ. for -gaṅgam, 'east of the Ganges' MBh

⋙ prāgāyata

○āyata mf(ā)n. extending east ward ĀśvŚr. MBh

⋙ prāgāhuti

○āhuti f. morning libation ŚāṅkhGṛ. Comm

⋙ prāgāhnika

○āhnika mfn. relating to the forenoon (= paurvāhṇika) MBh

⋙ prāgukti

○ukti f. previous utterance VPrāt. Sch

⋙ prāguttara

○uttara mf(ā)n. north-eastern MBh. Hariv. R

• (ā), f. (with or scil. diś) the north-east MBh. R

• (eṇa ṃBh. or -tas Var.), ind. north-eastwards, to the north-east of (with abl. or gen.)

• -dig-bhāga (Paṛicat.) or -digvibhāga (MBh.), m. the nṭnorth-eastern side of (gen.)

⋙ prāgutpatti

○utpatti f. first appearance, fṭfirst manifestation (of a disease) Car

⋙ prāgudañc

○udañc uif(īcī)n. north-eastern GṛŚrS. YĀjñ. MBh. Pur

• (īcī), f. (With or scil. aiś) the north-east ib

• (ak), ind. to the north east ĀśvŚr

• -udak-pravaṇa mfn. sloping north-eastward or sloping towards the east or north ṢaḍvBr. Lāṭy. Kauś. [Page 704, Column 2]

• ○ak-plava (Hariv.) or ○ak-plavana (MBh. MārkP.), mfn. inclining towards the north-east

• ○ag-agra mfn. having the tips turned somewhat east and somewhat north ĀpGṛ. (Sch.)

• ○aṅmukha mfn. having the face turned to the nṭnorth-eṭeast (or to the east or north) Mn. BhP

⋙ prāguddhārasaṃgraha

○uddhāra-saṃgraha mṆ. of wk

⋙ prāgūḍhā

○ūḍhā f. (a woman) formerly married Viddh

⋙ prāggaṅgam

○gaṅgam ind., See prāg-āṅga n

⋙ prāggamanavat

○gamana-vat mfn. having a forward motion, going forwards Vedântas

⋙ prāggāmin

○gāmin mfn. going before, preceding, intending to go before R

⋙ prāgguṇa

○guṇa mfn. possessing any previously mentioned quality RāmatUp

⋙ prāggranthi

○granthi mfn. having the knots turned eastward KātyŚr

⋙ prāggrāmam

○grāmam ind. before the village or to the east of the village Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 Sch

⋙ prāggrīva

○grīva mfn. having the neck turned eastward GṛŚrS. Kauś

⋙ prāgghuta

○ghuta n. (KātyŚr.) or (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

⋙ prāgghoma

○ghoma m. (prāg-homa TBr. Comm.) a previous oblation

⋙ prāgjanmaka

○janmaka mf(ikā)n. belonging to a former life HPariś. (ikā f. = devâṅganā)

⋙ prāgjanman

○janman n. a former birth, fṭformer life BhP. Kathās. Rājat

⋙ prāgjāta

○jāta n. (Bhartṛ.) or (Kathās.) id,

⋙ prāgjāti

○jāti f. (Kathās.) id,

⋙ prāgjyotiṣa

○jyotiṣa mfn. lighted from the east ŚāṅkhGṛ

• relating to the city of Prāg-jyṭjyotisha MBh

• m. N. of a country (= kāma-rūpa) L

• the king of the city of Prrāg-jyṭjyotisha (N. of Bhaga-datta) MBh

• (pl.) N. of a people living in that city or its environs MārkP. Var

• n. N. of a city, the dwelling-place of the demon Naraka MBh. Hariv. R. Rājat. Ragh

• N. of a Sāman MBh. (Nīlak.)

• -jeṣṭha m. N. of Vishṇu ib

⋙ prāgdakṣiṇa

○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)u. south-eastern Kauś. MārkP

• (ā), f. the south-east

• ind. to the south-east KātyŚr.: ○ṇâñc mf(ācī)n. directed or turned to the south-east ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○ṇā-pravaṇa mfn. sloping south-eastward ĀśvGṛ

⋙ prāgdaṇḍa

○daṇḍa mf(ā)n. having the stem or stalk turned eastward Kauś. AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr

• (am), ind. ĀpŚr. Vait

⋙ prāgdaśa

○daśa (prāg-.), mfn. having the border turned eastward ŚBr. -1

⋙ prāgdiś

○diś f. 'the eastern quarter', the east Hariv. -2

⋙ prāgdiś

○diś mfn. one who has been pointed to or mentioned before Hariv

⋙ prāgdeśa

○deśa m. the eastern country, country of the eastern people Pāṇ. 1-1, 75 Sch. (○śaṃ, w. 1. for -diśaḥ see prec. Hariv. 444)

⋙ prāgdaihika

○daihika mfn. belonging to life in a former body Car

⋙ prāgdvār

○dvār f. a door on the east side BhP

⋙ prāgdvāra

○dvāra mfn. having doors towards the east Kauś. ŚāṅkhGṛ. KātyŚr

• (also -dvārika Var. Comm.)

• N. of the 7 lunar mansions beginning with Kṛittikā Var

• n. the place before a door R. Ragh

• a door on the east side MānGṛ

⋙ prāgdvārika

○dvārika mfn. See prec

⋙ prāgbodhi

○bodhi m. N. of a mountain MWB. 399

⋙ prāgbhakta

○bhakta n. taking medicine before a meal Suśr

• medicine to be taken before a meal Car

⋙ prāgbhava

○bhava m. a previous life Siṃhâs

⋙ prāgbhāga

○bhāga m. the fore or upper part Śiś. iv, 49 (vḷ. -bhāra)

• the eastern side Var

⋙ prāgbhāra

○bhāra m. (prob. fr. Prākr. pabbhāra = pra-hvāra,√hvṛ) the slope of a mountain, Mālatim. Kathās. Bālar

• bending, inclining (cf. prācīna-p○

• purataḥ-p○, bent to the front Lalit.)

• inclination, propensity Lalit. (ifc. = inclined to, Divyâ)

• the being not far from Yogas

• a (subsiding) mass, multitude, heap, quantity Bhartṛ. Prab. &c

• a shelter-roof L. (v. l. for bhāga, q.v.)

⋙ prāgbhāva

○bhāva m. prior existence L

• superiority, excellence W

• wṛ. for -bhāra in the sense of 'slope of a mountain' (L.) and, being not far from' (Yogas.)

• -tas ind. from a prior state of existence W

⋙ prāgbhāvīya

○bhāvīya mfn. belonging to a prṭprior existence Śaṃk. Sch

⋙ prāgrūpa

○rūpa n. previous symptom (of disease) Cat

⋙ prāglagna

○lagna n. horoscope VarYogay

⋙ prāglajja

○lajja mf(ā)n. being ashamed at first Rājat. -1

⋙ prāgvaṃśa

○vaṃśa m. a former or previous generation Hariv

• N. of Vishṇu ib. -2

⋙ prāgvaṃśa

○vaṃśa mfn. having the supporting beams turned eastward KātySr. Āp

• m. the space before the Vedi (perhaps a kind of sacrificial chamber having columns or beams towards the east and situated opposite to the Vedi

• accord. to others, a room in which the family and friends of the person performing the sacrifice assemble) ĀpŚr. Hariv. Ragh. BhP

⋙ prāgvaṃsika

○vaṃsika mfn. relating to the space before the Vedi ĀpŚr. Comm

⋙ prāgvacana

○vacana n. a former decision VPrāt. Sch

• any. thing formerly decided or decreed MBh

⋙ prāgvaṭa

○vaṭa m. or n. (?) N. of a city R

⋙ prāgvat

○vat ind. as before, as previously, as formerly Kathās

• as in the pre. ceding part (of a book) Pāṇ. 1-2, 37 Vārtt. 2 Sch

⋙ prāgvāṭakula

○vāṭa-kula n. N. of a family Bhadrab

⋙ prāgvāta

○vāta m. east-wind Car

⋙ prāgvṛtta

○vṛtta n. former behaviour Kathās

• (in law) = 1 prâṅ-nyāya (q.v.), Bṛihasp

• ○ttânta m. a former event, previous adventure Vet. [Page 704, Column 3]

⋙ prāgvṛtti

○vṛtti f. conduct or life in a former existence Kathās

⋙ prāgveṣa

○veṣa m. a former dress Rājat

⋙ prāghāra

○hāra m. wṛ. for -bhāra, q.v

⋙ prāghoma

○homa See -ghoma, col. 2

≫ prāgivīya

prāgivīya mfn. fr. prāg iva Pāṇ. 5-3, 70

≫ prāgghitīya

prāgghitīya mfn. fr. prāgghitāt ib. iv, 4, 75

≫ prāgdiśīya

prāgdiśīya mfn. fr. prāg diśaḥ ib. v, 3, 1

≫ prāgdīvyatīya

prāgdīvyatīya mfn. fr. prāg dīvyataḥ ib. iv, 1, 83

≫ prāgdhitīya

prāgdhitīya mfn. wṛ. for ○gghitīya

≫ prāṅ

prāṅ in comp. for prāñc

⋙ prāṅāyata

○āyata mfn. = prāg-āy○ (q. v:) Kauś

⋙ prāṅīkṣaṇa

○īkṣaṇa n. looking eastward KātyŚr. Comm

⋙ prāṅīṣa

○īṣa mfn. having the pole turned eastward ib

⋙ prāṅnayana

○nayana n. moving eastward ib

⋙ prāṅnāsikā

○nāsikā or f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

⋙ prāṅnāsikī

○nāsiḍkī f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 60 Sch. -1,

⋙ prāṅnyāya

○nyāya m. (in law) a former trial of a cause, special plea W

• ○yôttara n. a defendant's plea that the charge against him has already been tried Yājñ. Sch. -2

⋙ prāṅnyāya

○nyāya mfn. turned eastward according to rule ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prāṅmukha

○mukha mf(ā or ī)n. having the tip or the face turned forward or eastward, facing eastward GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c. (also khâñcana Sāy. on RV. x, 18, 3

• ○kha-karaṇa n. Lāṭy

• ○kha-tva n. Hcat.)

• inclined towards, desirous of wishing (ifc.) Kathās

• (am), ind. eastwards Sūryas

⋙ prāṅśāyin

○śāyin mfn. See adhah-p○

≫ prācā

prācā ind., See prāñc

⋙ prācājihva

○jihva (prācā́-.), mfn. moving the tongue forwards (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 3

⋙ prācāmanyu

○manyu mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Indra) ib. viii, 50, 9

≫ prācī

prācī f. of prāñc

⋙ prācīpati

○pati m., lord of the east', N. of Indra L

⋙ prācīpratīcitas

○pratīci-tas ind. from the east or from the west Uttamac

⋙ prācīpramāṇa

○pramāṇa n. length (opp. to breadth) KātyŚr. Sch

⋙ prācīmūla

○mūla n. the eastern horizon Megh

⋙ prācīsarasvatīmāhātmya

○sarasvatī-māhātmya n. N. of wk

≫ prācīna

prācī́na mf(ā)n. turned towards the front or eastward, eastern, easterly RV. TS. Br. &c

• former, Prior, preceding. ancient, old Mn. Kull. Hāyan

• m. n. a hedge (= prācīra) L

• (ā), f. Clypea Hernandifolia L

• the Ichneumon plant L

• n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr

• (am), ind. in front, forwards, before (in space and time

• with abl.), eastwards, to the east of (abl.) RV. AV. TS. Br. &c

• subsequently (átaḥ-p○, 'fursher on from that point') ŚBr

⋙ prācīnaāvītin

○āvītin mfn. = ○nâviitin (q.v.) Mn

⋙ prācīnakarṇa

○karṇa mf(ā)n. having the wood-knots turned eastward (said of a branch of the Udumbara tree) ĀpŚr

⋙ prācīnakalpa

○kalpa m. a former Kalpa or period of the world's duration Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ prācīnakūla

○kūla (BhP.) = prāk-k○ = prāk-tūta, q.v. (v. l. prācīnamūla)

⋙ prācīnagarbha

○garbha m. N. of an ancient Rishi also called Apântara-tamas MBh

⋙ prācīnagāthā

○gāthā f. an ancient story or tradition MW

⋙ prācīnagauḍa

○gauḍa m. N. of the author of the. Saṃvatsara-pradipa Cat

⋙ prācīnagrīva

○grīva (prācī́na-.), mfn. having the neck turned eastward Br

⋙ prācīnatā

○tā f. antiquity, oldness MW

⋙ prācīnatāna

○tāná m. the warp or longitudinal threads of a web TS

⋙ prācīnatilaka

○tilaka m. 'having a mark towards the east (?)', the moon L

⋙ prācīnatva

○tva n. = -tā MW

⋙ prācīnapakṣa

○pakṣa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the feathers turned forward (as an, arrow) AV

⋙ prācīnapanasa

○panasa m. 'the eastern Jaka tree, Aegle Marmelos L

⋙ prācīnaprakriyā

○prakriyā f. N. of a gramm. wk. (= prakriyā-kaumudī) Cat

⋙ prācīnaprajanana

○prajanana (prācī́na-), mfn. ŚBr. vii, 4, 2, 40

⋙ prācīnapravaṇa

○pravaṇa mfn. sloping eastward ĀpŚr

⋙ prācīnaprāgbhāra

○prāg-bhāra mfn. bending or inclining eastward Buddh

⋙ prācīnabarhis

○barhis m. (nom. ○hi before ṛ) 'eastern light (?)', N. of Indra Ragh

• of a Prajā-pati of the race of Atrī MBh

• of a son of Havir-dhāman (or Havir-dhāna) and father of the 10 Pracetas MBh. Hariv. Pur

• of a son of Manu BhP

⋙ prācīnamata

○mata n. an ancient belief, a belief sanctioned by antiquity MW

⋙ prācīnamātrāvāsas

○mātrā-vāsas n. a partic. article of women's clothing ĀpŚr

⋙ prācīnamūla

○mūla mfn. having roots turned eastward BhP

⋙ prācīnayoga

○yoga m. 'ancient Yoga', N. of a man, g. gargâdi

• of an ancient teacher, father of Patanjali VāyuP

⋙ prācīnayogīputra

○yogīpútra (prā́cīna-), m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

⋙ prācīnayogya

○yogya (prā́cīna-), m. patr. fr. -yoga fr. -yoga ŚBr. Up. &c

• (pl.) N. of a school of the Sāma-veda, Āryav. Caraṇ

⋙ prācīnaraśmi

○raśmi (prācī́na-), mfn. having reins directed forward RV. x, 36, 6

⋙ prācīnavaṃśa

○vaṃśa (prācī́na-), mf(ā)n. having the supporting beams turned eastward TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh. (cf. prāg-v○)

• n. a hut which has the supporting beams turned eṭeastward TS

⋙ prācīnavṛtti

○vṛtti f. N. of Comm. on the Uṇadi-sūtras

⋙ prācīnaśāla

○śāla m. N. of a man ChUp

⋙ prācīnaśivastuti

○śiva-stuti f. N. of an ancient hymn in praise of Siva

⋙ prācīnaṣaḍaślti

○ṣaḍ-aślti f. N. of wk

⋙ prācīnaharaṇa

○haraṇa n. carrying towards the east, carrying to the eastern fire ĀśvŚr

⋙ prācīnāgra

prācī́nâgra mfn. having its points turned eastward (said of sacred grass) ŚBr. [Page 705, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ prācīnātāna

prācīnâtāna m. pl. (AitBr.) or n. sg. (KaushUp

• v. l. pl.) = prācīna-tāná, q.v

⋙ prācīnāpavītin

prācīnâpavītin mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prācīnāmalaka

prācīnâmalaka m. Flacourtia Cataphracta

• n. its fruit MBh. Hariv. Suśr

⋙ prācīnāvavītin

prācīnâvavītín mfn. = ○nâviitín (q.v.) ŚBr

⋙ prācīnāvīta

prācīnâvītá mfn. = ○nâviitín Gal

• n. the wearing of the sacred cord over the right shoulder (as at a Śrāddha) TS. Lāṭy. ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ prācīnāvītin

prācīnâvītin mfn. (Br. GṛŚrS. Gobh. Mn. i.) or (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

⋙ prācīnāvītinopavīta

prācīnâvītiḍnôpavītá mfn. (AV.) wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder

≫ prācais

prācais ind. forwards RV. i, 83, 2 (cf. uccais, nīcais, parācais)

≫ prācya

prācyá or mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c

⋙ prācya

prācyá mf(ā)n. being in front or in the east, living in the east, belonging to the east, eastern, easterly AV. RPrāt. Sch. MBh. R. &c

• preceding (also in a work), prior, ancient, old (opp. to ādhunika) Bālar. Sāh

• N. of partic. hymns belonging to the Sāma-veda Hariv. BhP

• m. N. of a man Buddh

• (pl.) the inhabitants of the east, the eastern country Br. KātyŚr. MBh. &c

• the ancients ŚārṅgP

• (ā), f. (with or scil. bhāṣā) the dialect spoken in the east of India Sāh

⋙ prācyakaṭha

○kaṭha m. pl. the eastern Kathas (a school of the black Yajur-veda) Caraṇ. Aryav

⋙ prācyapadavṛtti

○pada-vṛtti f. a term applied to the rule according to which e remains in partic. cases unchanged before a RPrāt

⋙ prācyapāñcāli

○pāñcāli f. pl. SaṃhUp. xvi, 3

⋙ prācyabhāṣā

○bhāṣā f. the dialect of the east of India MW

⋙ prācyaratha

○ratha m. a car used in the eastern country Lāṭy

⋙ prācyavṛtti

○vṛtti f. a kind of metre Piṅg. Col

⋙ prācyasaptasama

○sapta-sama mfn. Pāṇ. 6-2, 12 Sch

⋙ prācyasāman

○sāman m. pl. N. of partic. chanters of the Sama-veda BhP

⋙ prācyādhvaryu

prācyâdhvaryu m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 10 Sch

⋙ prācyāvantya

prācyâvantya m. pl. N. of a people Suśr

⋙ prācyodañc

prācyôdañc mf(īcī)n. running from east to north Hcat

≫ prācyaka

prācyaka mfn. situated in the east BhP

≫ prācyāyana

prācyāyana m. patr. fr. prācya g. aśvâdi

prāñjana

prâñjana (pra-añj○), n. paint or cement (on an arrow) AV

prāñjala

prâñjala mfn. (prob. fr. pra + añjali and = prâñjali) straight Suśr

• upright, honest, sincere ĀpŚr. Sch

• level (as a road) Kād

⋙ prāñjalatā

○tā f. straightness, plainness (of meaning) Pañcat

≫ prāñjali

prâñjali mf(ī)n. joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms

• cf. añjali, kṛtâñj○) Mn. MBh. and e

• m. pl. N. of a school of the Sāmaveda, Āryav. (also -dvaita-bhṛt

• v. l. prājvalanā dvaita-bhṛtaḥ and prājalā dvaita-bhṛtyāḥ)

⋙ prāñjalipragraha

○pragraha mfn. holding the hands joined and outstretched R. (v. l. ○liH pragr○)

⋙ prāñjalisthita

○sthita mfn. standing with joined and outstretched hands ib

≫ prāñjalika

prâñjalika (MBh.),

⋙ prāñjalin

prâñjaḍlin (Hariv.) = prâñjali

≫ prāñjalībhū

prâñjalī-√bhū to stand holding out the joined and hollowed open hands Kāraṇḍ

prāḍāhati

prāḍāhati m. patr., g. taulvaly, ādi (v. L. prāṇāhati, Kaś, )

prāḍvivāka

prāḍ-vivāka See under 3. prāś, p. 709, col. 2

prāṇ

prâṇ or prân (pra-√an), P. prâniti (Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 Sch

• impf. prâṇat, vii, 3, 99 Sch.) or prâniti (Vop.). to breathe in, inhale KenUp

• to breathe RV. AV. ŚBr. Up

• to blow (as the wind) AitBr

• to live AV. Bhaṭṭ

• to smell Saṃk.: Caus. pr^āṇayati (aor. pr^āṇiṇat Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch.), to cause to breathe, animate AV. Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. prâṇiṇiṣati Pāṇ. 8-4, 21 Sch

≫ prāṇ

prâṇ mfn. breathing Pāṇ. 8-4, 20 Sch

≫ prāṇa 2

prâṇá m. (ifc. f. ā

• for 1. See under √prā, p. 701) the breath of life, breath, respiration spirit vitality

• pl. life RV. &c. &c. (prâṇān with √muc or √hā or pari- √tyaj, 'to resign or quit life'

• with √rakṣ, 'to save life'

• with ni-√han, 'to destroy life'

• tvam me prâṇaḥ', thou art to me as dear as life'

• often ifc

• cf' pati-, mâna-pr○)

• a vital organ vital air (3 in number, viz. prâṇa, apâna and vyāna AitBr. TUp. Suśr

• usually 5, viz. the preceding with sam-āna and, yd-āna ŚBr. MBh. Suśr. &c., MWB. 242

• or with the other vital organs 6 ŚBr

• or 7 AV. Br. MuṇḍUp

• or 9 AV. TS. Br

• or 10 ŚBr

• pl. the 5 organs of vitality or sensation, viz. prâṇa, vāc, cakṣus, śrotra, manas, collectively ChUp. ii, 7, i

• or = nose, mouth, eyes and ears GopBr. ŚrS. Mn. iv, 143)

• air inhaled, wind AV. ŚBr. [Page 705, Column 2]

• breath (as a sign of strength). vigour, energy, power MBh. R. &c. (sarvaprâṇena or -prâṇaiḥ, 'with all one's strength' or, all one's heart'

• cf. yathā-prâṇam)

• a breath (as a measure of time, or the time requisite for the pronunciation of 10 long syllables = 1/6 Vināḍikā) Var. Aryabh. VP

• N. of a Kalpa (the 6th day in the light half of Brahmā's month) Pur

• (in Sāṃkhya) the spirit (= puruṣa) Tattvas

• (in Vedânts) the spirit identified with the totality of dreaming spirits Vedântas. RTL. 35 (cf. prāṇâtman)

• poetical inspiration W

• myrrh L

• a N. of the letter y Up

• of a Sāman TāṇḍBr. (vasiṣṭhasya prâṇâpânau ĀrshBr.)

• of Brahmā L

• of Vishṇu RTL. 106

• of a Vasu BhP

• of a son of the Vasu Dhara Hariv

• of a Marut Yājñ. Sch

• of a son of Dhātṛi Pur

• of a son of Vidhātṛi BhP

• of a Ṛishi in the 2nd Manv-antara Hariv

⋙ prāṇakara

○kara mf(ī) n. 'life-causing', invigorating, refreshing Cāṇ

• m. N. of a man L

⋙ prāṇakarman

○karman n. vital function Bhag

⋙ prāṇakṛcchra

○kṛcchra n. peril of life MBh. BhP

⋙ prāṇakṛṣṇa

○kṛṣṇa m. (also with viśvāsa) N. of 2 authors Cat

⋙ prāṇagraha

○grahá m. 'breath-catcher', the nose, A

• pl. N. of partic. Soma vessels TS

⋙ prāṇaghātaka

○ghātaka (MW.),

⋙ prāṇaghna

○ghna (Suśr.), mf(ī)n. life-destroying, killing, mortal

⋙ prāṇacaya

○caya m. increase of vitality or strength Var

⋙ prāṇacit

○cít mfn. forming a deposit of breath ŚBr

⋙ prāṇaciti

○cití f. a mass or deposit of breath ib

⋙ prāṇacchid

○cchid mfn. cutting life short, deadly, fatal Var

⋙ prāṇaccheda

○ccheda m. destruction of life, murder

• -kara mfn. causing destruction of life, murderous Hit

⋙ prāṇatejas

○tejas (○ṇá-), mfn. whose splendour or glory is life or breath ŚBr

⋙ prāṇatoṣiṇī

○toṣiṇī f. N. of wk. on Tantric rites (1821)

⋙ prāṇatyāga

○tyāga m. abandonment of life, suicide, death Kāv. Kathās

⋙ prāṇatrāṇa

○trāṇa n. saving of life Mālatīm

• -rasa m. N. of a partic. mixture L

⋙ prāṇatva

○tvá n. the state of breath or life ŚBr. Kap

⋙ prāṇada

○dá mf(ā)n. life-giving, saving or preserving life AV. &c. &c

• m. Terminalia Tomeutosa or Coccinia Grandis L

• N. of Brahmā L

• of Vishṇu A

• (ā), f. Terminalia Chebula L

• a species of bulbous plant L

• Commelina Salicifolia L

• (with guḍikā) a kind of pill used as a remedy for hemorrhoids L

• n. water L

• blood L

⋙ prāṇadakṣiṇā

○dakṣiṇā f. the gift of life Kathās. Pañcat

⋙ prāṇadaṇḍa

○daṇḍa m. the punishment of death MW

⋙ prāṇadayita

○dayita m. 'dear as life', a husband Amar

⋙ prāṇadavat

○dávat See -dāvat

⋙ prāṇadā

○dā́ mfn. giving breath VS

⋙ prāṇadātṛ

○dātṛ mfn. one who saves another's life MBh

⋙ prāṇadāna

○dāna n. gift of (i. e. saving a person's) life Kathās

• resigning life Pañcat

• anointing the Havis with Ghṛita during the recitation of sacred texts supposed to restore life KātyŚr

⋙ prāṇadāvat

○dāvat mfn. life -giving AV. (-dávat prob. wṛ.)

⋙ prāṇadurodara

○durodara n. playing for lṭlife, staking life MBh

⋙ prāṇadṛh

○dṛh mfn. (nom. -dhṛk) sustaining or prolonging the breath Kāṭh

⋙ prāṇadyūta

○dyūta n. play or contest for lṭlife MBh

• ○tâbhidevana mfn. (a battle) played or fought with lṭlife as a stake ib

⋙ prāṇadroha

○droha m. attempt on another's lṭlife Pañcat

• ○hin mfn. (ifc.) seeking another's life Daś

⋙ prāṇadhara

○dhara m. N. of a man, Kathās

• -miśra m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ prāṇadhāra

○dhāra mfn. possessing life, living, animate

• m. a living being MW

⋙ prāṇadhāraṇa

○dhāraṇa n. support or maintenance or prolongation of life (○ṇaṃ √kṛ P., to support auother's life

• [Ā, also with ○ṇāṃ], to support one's own life, take food) MBh. R. &c

• means of supporting life, livelihood MBh. R

⋙ prāṇadhārin

○dhārin mfn. saving a person's (gen.) life Hariv

⋙ prāṇadhṛk

○dhṛk See -dṛh

⋙ prāṇanātha

○nātha m. (ifc.) f. ā, lord of life', a husband, lover Amar

• N. of Yama L

• N. of a heresiarch (who had a controversy with Śainkara at Prayāga) Cat

• (with vaidya) N. of an author of sev. medic. wks

⋙ prāṇanārāyaṇa

○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king of Kāma-rūpa Cat

⋙ prāṇanāśa

○nāśa m. 'loss of life', death, Veṇis

⋙ prāṇanigraha

○nigráha m. restraint of breath Vedântas

⋙ prāṇaṃdada

○ṃ-dada m. 'life-giver', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ

⋙ prāṇapata

○pata mfn. (fr. next), g. aśvapaty-ādi

⋙ prāṇapati

○pati m. 'life-lord', the soul MBh

• a physician. Car

• a husband MW

⋙ prāṇapatnī

○patnī f. 'breath-wife', the voice ṢaḍvBr

⋙ prāṇaparikraya

○parikraya m. the price of lṭlife L

⋙ prāṇaparikṣīṇa

○parikṣīṇa mfn. one whose lṭlife is drawing to a close Pañcat

⋙ prāṇaparigraha

○parigraha m. possession of breath or life, existence Amar

⋙ prāṇaparityāga

○parityāga m. abandonment of lṭlife Mṛicch

⋙ prāṇaparīpsā

○parī7psā f. desire of saving lṭlife MW

⋙ prāṇapā

○pā́ mfn. protecting breath or lṭlife VS

⋙ prāṇapratiṣṭhā

○pratiṣṭhā f. N. of wk

• -paddhati f. -mantra m. N. of wks

⋙ prāṇaprada

○prada mfn. restoring or saving another's life, Kathās. (-phala n. N. of wk.)

• (ā), f. a species of medic. plant L

⋙ prāṇapradāyaka

○pradāyaka mf(ikā)n. = -prada mfn. Kathās

⋙ prāṇapradāyin

○pradāyin mfn. id. ib

⋙ prāṇaprayāṇa

○prayāṇa n. departure or end lṭlife Rājat

⋙ prāṇaprahāṇa

○prahāṇa n. loss of life Siṃhâs. [Page 705, Column 3]

⋙ prāṇaprāśanin

○prâśanin mfn. feeding only on breath (i.e. on the mere smell of food or drink), Pracaṇḍ

⋙ prāṇapriya

○priya mfn. dear as life Vet

• m. a husband, lover Naish. Sch

⋙ prāṇaprepsu

○prêpsu mfn. wishing to preserve his life, being in mortal fright MBh

⋙ prāṇabādha

○bādha m. danger to life, extreme peril Mn. iv, 31 (v. l.) Kām. BhP. (also ā f. A.)

⋙ prāṇabuddhi

○buddhi f. sg. life and intelligence R. (v. l.)

⋙ prāṇabhakṣa

○bhakṣa m. feeding only on breath or air (cf. -prâśanin) ŚrS

• (am), ind. while feeding only on breath or air KātySr

⋙ prāṇabhaya

○bhaya n. fear for l, peril of death R. Kathās. Pañcat

⋙ prāṇabhāj

○bhāj mfn. possessing life

• m. a living being, creature, man Śiś

⋙ prāṇabhāsvat

○bhāsvat m. 'life-light' (?), the ocean L

⋙ prāṇabhūta

○bhūta mfn. being the breath of lṭlife Ṛitus

⋙ prāṇabhṛt

○bhṛ́t mfn. supporting life TS. ŚBr

• = -bhāj. ŚBr. &c. &c

• N. of partic. bricks used in erecting an altar TS. ŚBr

• N. of Vishṇu A

⋙ prāṇamat

○mát mfn. full of vital power, vigorous, strong, MaitrS:

⋙ prāṇamāya

○mâya mf(ī)n. consisting of vṭvigorous air or breath ŚBr

• -kośa m. the vital case (one of the cases or investitures of the soul) Vedântas

⋙ prāṇamokṣaṇa

○mokṣaṇa n. = -tyāga Pañcat

⋙ prāṇayama

○yama m. = prâṇâyāma L

⋙ prāṇayātrā

○yātrā f. support of life, subsistence MBh. Kāv. &c

• ○trika mfn. requisite for subsṭsubsistence (ka-mātra mfn. possessing only the necessaries of life) Mn. MBh

⋙ prāṇayuta

○yuta mfn. endowed with life, living, alive Cāṇ

⋙ prāṇayoni

○yoni f. the source or spring of lṭlife Hariv

⋙ prāṇarakṣaṇa

○rakṣaṇa n. or preservation of lṭlife

⋙ prāṇarakṣā

○raḍkṣā f. preservation of lṭlife

• ○kṣaṇârtham or ○kṣârtham ind. for the prṭpreservation of life Mn. MBh

⋙ prāṇarandhra

○randhra n. 'breath-aperture', the mouth or a nostril BhP

⋙ prāṇarājyada

○rājya-da mfn. one who has saved (another's) life and throne Kathās

⋙ prāṇarodha

○rodha m. suppression of breath BhP

• N. of a partic. hell ib

⋙ prāṇalābha

○lābha m. saving of life Gaut. Mn. xi, 80 (wṛ. ○ṇâlābha)

⋙ prāṇalipsu

○lipsu mfn. desirous of saving lṭlife MBh

⋙ prāṇavat

○vat mfn. = -yuta, KatyŚr. Śak

• vigorous, strong, powerful Suśr. Hariv. (compar. vat-tara)

⋙ prāṇavallabhā

○vallabhā f. a mistress or wife as dear as life Pañcat

⋙ prāṇavidyā

○vidyā f. the science of breath or vital airs Col

⋙ prāṇavināśa

○vināśa m. loss of life, death Sāntiś

⋙ prāṇaviprayoga

○viprayoga m. separation from life, death Āpast

⋙ prāṇavīrya

○vīrya n. strength of breath, TāṇdBr

⋙ prāṇavṛtti

○vṛtti f. vital activity or function Rājat

• support of life Āpast

⋙ prāṇavyaya

○vyaya m. renunciation or sacrifice of life Kathās

⋙ prāṇavyāyacchana

○vyāyacchana n. peril or risk of life Gaut

⋙ prāṇaśakti

○śakti f. a partic. Śakti of Vishṇu Cat

⋙ prāṇaśarīra

○śarīra mfn. whose (only) body is vital air ChUp

⋙ prāṇasaṃyama

○saṃyama m. suppression or suspension of breath (as a religious exercise) Yājñ

⋙ prāṇasaṃrodha

○saṃrodha m. id. Cat

⋙ prāṇasaṃvāda

○saṃvāda m. an (imaginary) dispute (for precedence) between the vital airs or the organs of sense Col

⋙ prāṇasaṃśaya

○saṃśaya m. danger to life Gaut. Āpast. (also pl.)

⋙ prāṇasaṃśita

○saṃśita (○ṇá-), mfn. animated by the vital airs AV

⋙ prāṇasaṃhitā

○saṃhitā f. a manner of reciting the Vedic texts, pronouncing as many sounds as possible during one breath VPrāt. Sch

⋙ prāṇasaṃkaṭa

○saṃkaṭa n. danger to 10 BhP

⋙ prāṇasadman

○sadman n. 'abode of vital airs', the body L

⋙ prāṇasaṃtyāga

○saṃtyāga m. abandonment of lṭlife MārkP

⋙ prāṇasaṃdeha

○saṃdeha m. danger to life Pañcat

⋙ prāṇasaṃdhāraṇa

○saṃdhāraṇa n. support of lṭlife (○ṇaṃ √kri, with instr., to feed or live on) Hcat

⋙ prāṇasaṃnyāsa

○saṃnyāsa m. giving up the spirit R

⋙ prāṇasama

○sama mf(ā)n. equal to or as dear as life MBh

• m. a husband or lover L

• (ā), f. a wife or mistress Gīt

⋙ prāṇasambhṛta

○sambhṛta m. wind, air (wṛ. for -sambhūta?)

⋙ prāṇasammita

○sammita mfn. -sama mfn. MārkP

• reaching to the nose GṛS

⋙ prāṇasāra

○sāra n. vital energy, Rajat

• mfn. full of strength, vigorous Śak

⋙ prāṇasūtra

○sūtra n. the thread of life, MantrBr'

⋙ prāṇahara

○hara mf(ī)n. taking away or threatening life, destructive, fatal, dangerous to (comp.) Yājñ. R. Cāṇ

• capital punishment R

⋙ prāṇahāni

○hāni f. loss of life, death Siṃhâs

⋙ prāṇahāraka

○hāraka mf(ikā)n. taking away lṭlife, destructive, killing, Kav

• m. a kind of poison L

⋙ prāṇahārin

○hārin mfn. = prec. mfn. R

⋙ prāṇahitā

○hitā f. See s.v

⋙ prāṇahīna

○hīna mfn. bereft of life, dead Kāv

⋙ prāṇākarṣin

prâṇâkarṣin mf(iṇī)n. attracting the vital spirit (said of a partic. magical formula) Cat

⋙ prāṇāgnihotra

prâṇâgnihotra n. N. of wk. (also -vidhi m. and ○trâpanithad f.)

⋙ prāṇāghāta

prâṇâghāta m. destruction of life, killing of a living being Bhartṛ

⋙ prāṇācārya

prâṇâcārya m. a physician to a king Vāgbh

⋙ prāṇā tipāta

prâṇâ tipāta m. destruction of life, killing, slaughter MBh. R. &c. (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins Dharmas.)

⋙ prāṇātilobha

prâṇâtilobha m. excessive attachment to life HYog. (printed ○Nita○)

⋙ prāṇātman

prâṇâtman m. the spirit which connects the totality of subtle bodies like a thread = sūsrâtman (sometimes called hiraṇya-garbha), vital or animal soul (the lowest of the 3 souls of a human being [Page 706, Column 1] Contents of this page

• the other 2 being jī vâtman and paramâtman) Tarkas. (cf. IW. 114)

⋙ prāṇātyaya

prâṇâtyaya m. danger to life Yājñ. Hariv. Daś

⋙ prāṇāda

prâṇâda mfn. 'life-devouring', deadly, murderous Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prāṇādhika

prâṇâdhika mf(ā)n. dearer than lṭlife (also priya) Kathās

• superior in vigour, stronger BhP

⋙ prāṇādhinātha

prâṇâdhinātha m. life-lord', a husband L

⋙ prāṇādhipa

prâṇâdhipa m. 'id.' the soul ŚvetUp

⋙ prānuga

prânuga mfn. following a person's breath i.e. following him (acc.) unto death Hit

⋙ prāṇānta

prâṇânta m. 'life-end', death Ragh

• mfn. capital punishment Mn. viii, 359

⋙ prāṇāntika

prâṇântika mf(ī)n. destructive or dangerous to life, fatal, mortal, capital (as punish. ment) Mn. MBh. &c

• life-long Gaut. Pañcat. (B

• am ind.)

• desperate, vehement(as love, desire &c.) Kathās

• n. danger to life MBh

⋙ prāṇāpahārin

prâṇâpahārin mfn. taking away lṭlife, fatal, deadly W

⋙ prāṇāpāna

prâṇâpâná m. du. air inhaled and exhaled AV

• inspiration and expiration (personified and identified with the Aśvins) Pur

• (with Vasishṭhasya) N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ prāṇābādha

prâṇâbādha in. injury or danger to lṭlife Mn.iv, 51 ; 54

⋙ prāṇābharaṇa

prâṇâbharaṇa n. N. of a poem

⋙ prāṇābhisara

prâṇâbhisara m. a saver of life Car. 1

⋙ prāṇāyana

prâṇâyana n. (for 2. See below) an organ of sense BhP

⋙ prāṇāyāma

prâṇâyāma m. (also pl.) N. of the three 'breath-exercises' performed during Saṃdhyā ( See pūraka, recaka, kumbhaka IW. 93 RTL. 402 MWB. 239) Kauś. Yājñ. Pur

• -śas ind. with frequent breath-exercises Āpast

• ○min mfn. exercising the breath (in 3 ways) Yājñ

⋙ prāṇārthavat

prâṇârtha-vat mfn. possessed of life and riches Kāv

⋙ prāṇārthin

prâṇârthin mfn. eager for life ib

⋙ prāṇālābha

prâṇâlābha wṛ. for ○nalābha, q.v

⋙ prāṇāvarodha

prâṇâvarodha m. suppression of breath Mṛicch

⋙ prāṇāvāya

prâṇâvâya n. N. of the 12th of the 14 Pūrvas or ancient writings of the Jainas

⋙ prāṇāhuti

prâṇâhuti f. an oblation to the 5 Prâṇas A

⋙ prāṇeśa

prâṇêśa m. 'lord of life', a husband Sāh

• 'lord of breath', N. of a Marut Yājñ. Sch

• (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kathās

⋙ prāṇeśvara

prâṇêśvara m. 'lord of life', a husband, lover MBh. Kāv. Hit

• a partic. drug Cat

• pl. the vital spirits personified Hariv

• (ī), f. a mistress, wife Inscr

⋙ prāṇaikaśatavidha

prâṇâi4kaśata-vidha mfn. having 101 variations of the vital airs ŚBr

⋙ prāṇotkramana

prâṇôtkramana n. (MW.) or (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

⋙ prāṇotkrānti

prâḍṇôtkrānti f. (Kathās.) 'breath-departure', death

⋙ prāṇotsarga

prâṇôtsarga m. giving up the ghost, dying MBh

⋙ prānopasparśana

prânôpasparśana n. touching the organs of sense of sense Gaut

⋙ prāṇopahāra

prâṇôpahāra m. 'oblation to life', food BhP

⋙ prāṇopeta

prâṇôpêta mfn. living, alive Divyâv

≫ prāṇaka

prâṇaka m. a living being. animal, worm Kāraṇḍ

• Terminalia Tomentosa or Coccinia Grandis L

• myrrh (bola) or a jacket (cola) L

≫ prāṇatha

prâṇátha m. breathing, respiration VS

• air, wind L

• the lord of all living beings (= prajāpati) L

• a sacred bathing-place L

• mfn. strong L

≫ prāṇana

prâṇana mfn. vivifying, animating BhP

• m. the throat L

• n. breathing, respiration RV. MBh. Śaṃk

• the act of vivifying or animating BhP

⋙ prāṇanānta

prâṇanânta m. end of life, death MBh

≫ prāṇanta

prâṇanta m. (Uṇ. iii, 127) air, wind L

• a kind of collyrium L

• (ī), f. sneezing, sobbing L

≫ prāṇayita

prâṇayita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to breathe, kept alive Daś

• animated, longing to (inf.) Rājat

≫ prāṇāyana 2

prâṇāyana m. (for 1. See under prâṇa) the offspring of the vital airs VS. (cf. g. naḍâdi)

≫ prāṇi

prâṇi in comp. for prâṇin

⋙ prāṇighātin

○ghātin mfn. killing living beings Kathās

⋙ prāṇijāta

○jāta n. a class or species of animals Mahīdh

⋙ prāṇitva

○tva n. the state of a living being, life, Śāṇḍ

⋙ prāṇidyūta

○dyūta n. gambling with fighting animals (such as cocks or rams &c.) Yājñ

⋙ prāṇipīḍā

○pīḍā f. giving pain to living beings, cruelty to animals W

⋙ prāṇibhava

○bhava mfn. (a sound) coming from a living beings Saṃgīt

⋙ prāṇimat

○mat mfn. possessed or peopled with lṭliving beings Sāh

⋙ prāṇimatṛ

○mátṛ f. the mother of a lṭliving beings W

• a kind of shrub L

⋙ prāṇiyodhana

○yodhana n. setting animals to fight (= -dyūta above) MW

⋙ prāṇivadha

○vadha m. slaughter of living bṭbeings

• -prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙ prāṇisvana

○svana m. sound of animals L

⋙ prāṇihiṃsā

○hiṃsā f. injuring or killing an anṭanimals Rājat

⋙ prāṇihita

○hita mfn. favourable or good for lṭliving beings

• (ā), f. a shoe W. (cf. prāṇahitā)

⋙ prānyaṅga

prâny-aṅga n. a part or limb of an animal or man L

≫ prāṇika

prâṇika mfn. speaking without making a noise L

≫ prāṇiṇiṣu

prâṇiṇiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to breathe or live Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 21)

≫ prāṇin

prâṇin mfn. breathing, living, alive

• m. a living or sentient being, living creature, animal or man ŚBr. &c, &c. (also n. ĀpŚr.) [Page 706, Column 2]

prāṇataja

prāṇataja m.pl. (with Jainas) N. of a subdivision of the Kalpa-bhavas L

prāṇahitā

prāṇahitā f. a shoe L. (perhaps wṛ. for prāṇāhikā

• cf. prāṇāha and prâṇi-hitā)

prāṇāha

prāṇāha See p. 702, col. 1

prāṇāhati

prāṇāhati m. patr., g. taulvalyādi (Kāś.)

prāta

prātá See √prā, p. 701, col. 3

prātar

prātar ind. (fr. 1. pra

• prā́tar Uṇ. v, 59) in the early morning. at daybreak, at dawn RV. &c. &c. (prātaḥ prātah, every morning, Daś)

• next morning. to-morrow AV. &c. &c

• Morning personified as a son of Pushparṇa and Prabhā BhP. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Germ. [706, 2] fruo, frū0h.]

prātaragnihotrakālātikramaprāyaścitta3prātar--agnihotrakālâtikrama-prâyaścitta n. N. of wk

⋙ prātaradhyeya

○adhyeya mfn. to be recited every morning Pat

⋙ prātaranuvāka

○anuvāká m. 'morning recitation', the hymn with which the Prātah-savana begins Br. ŚrS

⋙ prātaranta

○anta and mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

⋙ prātarapavarga

○apavarga mfn. ending in the mṭmorning, KatySr. Sch

⋙ prātarabhivāda

○abhivāda m. morning salutation Gobh

⋙ prātaravanega

○avanegá m. morning ablution MaitrS. (ApSr. Sch., wṛ. ○neka)

⋙ prātaraśana

○aśaná n. = -āśa MaitrS

⋙ prātarahna

○ahna m. = -dina Gobh

• N. of a man Cat. = āśa

• m. morning meal, breakfast GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

• ○śita mfn. one who has breakfasted Mn. iv, 62

⋙ prātarāhuti

○āhuti f. morning oblation (the second half of the daily Agni-hotra sacrifice) Br. ŚrS

⋙ prātaritvan

○ítvan mfn. going out early

• m. a morning guest RV. (voc. ○tvas)

⋙ prātarupasthāna

○upasthāna n:,

⋙ prātaraupāsanaprayoga

○aupāsana-prayoga mṆ. of wks

⋙ prātargeya

○geya mfn. to be sung in the mṭmorning

• m. a minstrel who wakes the king in the morning L

⋙ prātarjapa

○japa m. morning prayer Kauś

⋙ prātarjit

○jít mfn. winning, or conquering early RV

⋙ prātarṇādin

○ṇādin m. 'crowing in mṭmorning', a cock Bhpr

⋙ prātardina

○dina n. the early part of the day, forenoon L

⋙ prātardugdha

○dugdhá n. morning milk ŚBr

⋙ prātardoha

○doha m. id. or morning milking ŚrS

⋙ prātarbhoktṛ

○bhoktṛ m. 'early eater', a crow L

⋙ prātarbhojana

○bhojana n. = -āśa L

⋙ prātarmantra

○mantra m. the hymn or verse to be recited in the morning Baudh

⋙ prātarmādhyaṃdinasavana

○mādhyaṃdina-savana n. N. of wk

⋙ prātaryājña

○yājña mṃṭmorning sacrifice AitBr

⋙ prātaryāvan

○yāvan mfn. = -itvan RV. Br

⋙ prātaryukta

○yuktá mfn. yoked early (as a car) TBr

⋙ prātaryuj

○yúj mfn. id

• yoking early ib

⋙ prātarvastṛ

○vastṛ mfn. shining early GṛŚrS

⋙ prātarvikasvara

○vikasvara mfn. rising eṭearly L

⋙ prātarveṣa

○veṣá mfn. active early TBr

⋙ prātarhuta

○huta n. early sacrifice BhP

⋙ prātarhoma

○homa m. id

• -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks

≫ prātaḥ

prātaḥ in comp. fur prātar

⋙ prātaḥkalpa

○kalpa mf(ā)n. (night) almost morning, early dawn Pañcad

⋙ prātaḥkārya

○kārya n. morning business or ceremony MBh

⋙ prātaḥkāla

○kāla m. morning time, early mṭmorning, daybreak Hit

• -vaktavya n. N. of a Stotra

⋙ prātaḥkṛtya

○kṛtya n. N. of wk

⋙ prātaḥkṣaṇa

○kṣaṇa m. = -kāla Pañcad

⋙ prātaḥpaddhati

○paddhati f. N. of wk

⋙ prātaḥprahara

○prahara m. morning watch (from 6 to 9 o'clock) Kathās. (cf. prahara)

⋙ prātaḥsaṃdhyā

○saṃdhyā f. morning twilight, dawn Pur. (cf. RTL. 401)

• -prayoga m. -vandana, h. and ○na-vidhi m. N. of wks

⋙ prātaḥsava

○sava m

⋙ prātaḥsavana

○savaná n. the morning libation of Soma (accompanied with 10 ceremonial observances, viz. the prâtar-anuvāka, abhi-ṣava, bahiṣ-pāvamāna-stotra, savanīyāḥ paśavaḥ, dhiṣṇyôpasthāna, savanīyāḥ puroḍāsāḥ, dvi-devatya-grahāḥ, dvidevatya-bhakṣa, ṛtu-yājāḥ, ājya or prau0gaśastra) AV. Br. &c

• ○vanika and ○vanīya mfn. relating to the morning libation of Soma ŚrS

• ○nikadarśa-pūrṇamāsa-prayoga m. N. of wk

⋙ prātaḥsāva

○sāvá m. morning preparation or libation of Soma RV

⋙ prātaḥsnānana

○snānana n. morning ablution Pur

• -vidhi m. N. of wk

⋙ prātaḥsnāyin

○snāyin mfn. one who bathes in the early morning Pur

⋙ prātaḥsmaraṇa

○smaraṇa n. 'early remembrance or tradition', N. of wk

• -śloka m. pl., -stotra n. ○ṇâṣṭaka n. ○ṇīya n. N. of wks

≫ prātaś

prātaś in comp. for prātar

⋙ prātaścandra

○candra m. the moon in the in the morning

• -dyuti mfn. having the colour of the moon in the moon i.e. pale, Mālatim

≫ prātas

prātas in comp. for prātar

⋙ prātastarām

○tarām ind. very early in the morning. Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prātastrivargā

○tri-vargā f. N. of the river Gaṅgā MBh. xiii, 1446 (Nilak.)

≫ prātastana

prātastána mf(ī)n. relating to the morning, matutinal TS. Priyad

• n. early morning (one of the 5 parts of the day

• the other 4 being saṃgava or morning, midday, afternoon, and evening) TBr

≫ prātastya

prātastya mfn. matutinal Amar. Sch

prātara

prātara m. N. of a Nāga MBh

• v. l for pra-tāra g. kṛśâśvâdi

⋙ pratarīya

prátarīya mfn. g. kṛtâśvâdi

prāti 2

prāti (for 1. See under √prā), Vṛiddhi or lengthened form of 1. prati in comp. In the following derivatives formed with 2. prāti only the second member of the simple compound from which they come is given in the parentheses (leaving the preposition prati, which is lenghened to prāti in the derivatives, to be supplied). [Page 706, Column 3]

⋙ prātikaṇṭhika

○kaṇṭhika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kaṇṭham) seizing by the throat Pāṇ. 4-4, 40

⋙ prātikāmin

○kāmin mfn. (fr. -kāmam

• acc. m.c. ○mīm) a servant or messenger MBh

⋙ prātikūlika

○kūlika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kūla) opposed to, contrary Mcar. (wṛ. prati-k○) Bhaṭṭ

• -tā f. opposition, hostility Śiś

⋙ prātikūlya

○kūlya n. (fr. -kūla) contrariety, adverseness, opposition MBh

• disagreeableness, unpleasantness ib

• (ifc.) disagreement with TPrāt. Sch

⋙ prātikṣepika

○kṣepika mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

⋙ prātijanīna

○janīna mf(ī)n. (fr. -kṣepa) L

⋙ prātijanīna

○janīna mf(ī) n. (fr. -jana) suitable for an adversary Pāṇ. 4-4, 99 Sch

• (fr. janam) suitable for everybody, popular Harav

⋙ prātijña

○jña n. (fr. -jñā) the subject under discussion APrāt

⋙ prātidaivasika

○daivasika mf(ī) n. (fr. -divasam) happening or occurring daily Āryabh

⋙ prātinidhika

○nidhika m. (fr. -nidhi) a substitute KātyŚr

⋙ prātipakṣa

○pakṣa mf(ī)n. belonging to the enemy, hostile, adverse, contrary Śiś

⋙ prātipakṣya

○pakṣya n. (fr. -pakṣa) hostility, enmity against (gen.) Kathās

⋙ prātipathika

○pathika mf(ī)n. going along a road or path, P1ṇ. iv, 4, 42

• m. a wayfarer Divyâv

⋙ prātipada

○pada mf(ī) n. (fr. -pad) forming the commencement ŚāṅkhŚr

• m. N. of a man Śatr

⋙ prātipadika

○padika mf(ī)n. (fr. -padam) express, explicit (○kânurodhāt ind. in conformity with express terms, expressly) Nīlak

• n. the crude form or base of a noun, a noun in its uninflected state Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 &c. APrāt. Sāh. (tva- n. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch.)

• m. fire L

• -saṃjñā-vāda m. N. of wk

⋙ prātipīya

○pīyá m. patr. of Balhika ŚBr

⋙ prātipeya

○peya m. id. (also pl.) Pravar. MBh

⋙ prātipauruṣika

○pauruṣika mf(ī)n. (fr. -pauruṣa) relating to manliness or valour MBh

⋙ prātibodha

○bodha m. patr. fr. prati-b○ g. bidâdi

• ○dhāyana m. patr. fr. prātibodha g. haritâdi

• ○dhī-putra m. See pratībodhī-p○

⋙ prātibha

○bha mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhā) intuitive, divinatory

• n. (with or scil. jñāna) intuitive knowledge, intuition, divination Śiś. Kathās. Pur. (-vat ind. Nyāyas.)

• (ā), f. presence of mind MBh

⋙ prātibhaṭya

○bhaṭya n. (fr. -bhaṭa) rivalry Mcar

⋙ prātibhāvya

○bhāvya n. (fr. -bhū) the act of becoming bail or surety, surety for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c

• certainty of or about (gen.) Rājat

⋙ prātibhāsika

○bhāsika mf(ī)n. (fr. -bhāsa) having only the appearance of anything, existing only in appearance Bādar

• Gov

⋙ prātimokṣa

○mokṣa m. = prati-m○.q.v. Buddh

⋙ prātirūpika

○rūpika mfn. (fr. -rūpa) counterfeit, spurious Car

• using false weight or measure Gaut

• ○pya n. similarity of form (a-prātir○) MBh

⋙ prātilambhika

○lambhika mfn. (fr. lambha) ready to receive, expecting L

⋙ prātilomika

○lomika mf(ī)n. (fr. -lomam) against the hair or grain, adverse, disagreeable. Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

⋙ prātilomya

○lomya n. (fr. -loma) contrary direction, inverse order Nir. Mn. &c

• opposition MBh. Rājat. (a-prātil○)

⋙ prātiveśika

○veśika m. (fr. -veśa) a neighbour Kathās

⋙ prātiveśmaka

○veśmaka wṛ. for next

⋙ prātiveśmika

○veśmika m. (fr. -veśman) a neighbour Rājat. HPariś

• (ī), f. a female next HPariś

⋙ prātiveśya

○veśya mfn. (fr. -veśa) neighbouring Hcar. (also ifc. Yājñ.)

• m. an opposite neighbour Mn. viii, 392 (cf. ānuveśya)

• any next MBh. Daś

• ○syaka m. id. Pañcat

⋙ prātiśākhya

○śākhya n. (fr. -śākham) a treatise on the peculiar euphonic combination and pronunciation of letters which prevails in different Śākhās of the Vedas (there are 4 Pañcat. one for the Śākala-śākhā of the RV

• two for particular Śākhās of the black and white Yajur-vedas, and one for a Śakhā of the AV

• IW. 149, 150)

• -kṛt m. the author of a Pañcat. Pāṇ. 8-3, 61 Sch

• -bhāṣya n. N. of Uvaṭa's Comm. on RPrāt

⋙ prātiśravasa

○śravasa m. patr. fr. prati-śravas Pravar. (wṛ. prati-śravasa)

⋙ prātiśrutka

○śrutká mf(ī)n. (fr. -śrut) existing in the echo ŚBr

⋙ prātiṣṭhita

○ṣṭhita wṛ. for -svika

⋙ prātisatvanam

○satvanam ind. in the direction of the Satvan (s.v.) AitBr. (-sutvanám AV. ŚāṅkhŚr.)

⋙ prātisīma

○sīma m. (fr. -sīman) a neighbour Divyâv

⋙ prātisvika

○svika mf(ī)n. (fr. -sva) own, not common to others KātySr. Sch

• granting to every one his own due MW

⋙ prātihata

○hata m. a kind of Svarita accent TPrāt

⋙ prātihantra

○hantra n. (fr. -hantṛ) the state or condition of a revenger, vengeance MW

⋙ prātihartra

○hartra n. the office or duty of the Pratihartṛi KātyŚr

⋙ prātihāra

○hāra m. a juggler L

• ○raka, m.id. L

• ○rika mf(ī)n. containing pratihāras (as a Vedic hymn) Lāṭy

• m. a doorkeeper Gaut

• a juggler, conjurer L

⋙ prātihārya

○hārya n. (fr. -hāra) the office of a door-keeper Nalac

• jugglery, working miracles, a miracle Lalit. Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv

• -saṃdarśana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ

≫ prātītika

prātītika mf(ī)n. (fr. pratī7ti) existing only in the mind, mental, subjective Sarvad. [Page 707, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ prātīpa

prātīpa m. (fr. pratīpa) patr. of Śaṃ-tanu MBh

⋙ prātīpika

prātīḍpika mf(ī)n. contrary, adverse, hostile Pāṇ. 4-4, 28

⋙ prātīpya

prātīḍpya n. hostility HPariś

≫ prātībodhīputra

prātībodhī-putra m. N. of a teacher AitĀr. (cf. under prāti-bodha above)

≫ prāty

prāty in comp. for prāti before vowels

⋙ prātyakṣa

○akṣa (g. prajñâdi),

⋙ prātyakṣika

○akṣika (Sarvad.), mf(ī)n. perceptible to the eyes, capable of direct perception

⋙ prātyantika

○antika m. (fr. -anta) a neighbouring chief VarBṛS

⋙ prātyayika

○ayika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aya) relating to confidence, confidential

• m. (with pratibhū) a surety for the trustworthiness of a debtor Yājñ

⋙ prātyavekṣā

○avêkṣā wṛ. for praty-av○

⋙ prātyahika

○ahika mf(ī)n. (fr. -aham) occurring or happening every day, daily Kap. Sūryas. Sch. Kull

prātikā

prātikā f. the China rose, Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis L

prātikya

prātikya n. (fr. pratika), g. purohitâdi

prātītheyī

prātītheyī (prob.) wṛ. for prātitheyi ( p. 702, col. 1)

prātuda

prātuda prātṛda &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 1

prātyagrathi

prātyagrathi m. patr. fr. pratyagratha Pāṇ. 4-1, 173

prāthamakalpika

prāthamakalpika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama-kalpa) being (anything) first of all or in the strictest sense of the word (vḷ. for prathama-kapita, q.v. Mn. ix, 166)

• m. a student who is a beginner L

• a Yogī just commencing his course Sarvad. (cf. prathama-kalpika)

≫ prāthamika

prāthamika mf(ī)n. (fr. prathama) belonging or relating to the first, occurring or happening for the first time, primary, initial, previous &c. TPrāt. Vedântas. Kull

≫ prāthamya

prāthamya n. priority ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull

prād

prâd (pra-√ad

• only 3. pl. impf. prâdan), to eat up, devour ŚBr

prādakṣiṇya

prādakṣiṇya prādānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādā

prâ-dā (pra-ā- √1. dā), P. -dadāti (inf. prâ-dātum, ind. p. prâ-dāya), to give, bestow MBh

prāditya

prâditya (pra-ād○), m. N. of two princes Buddh

prādur

prādúr ind. (prob. fr. prā = pra + dur, 'out of doors'

• prā-dús g. svar-ādi

• ○duṣ before k and p Pāṇ. 8-3, 41

• ○duḥ ṣyāt, ṣanti for syāt, santi, 87) forth, to view or light, in sight AV. &c. &c. (with √as, or bhū, to become manifest, be visible or audible, appear, arise, exist

• with √kṛ, to make visible or manifest, cause to appear, reveal, disclose)

⋙ prādurbhāva

○bhāva m. becoming visible or audible, manifestation, appearance (also of a deity on earth) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙ prādurbhūta

○bhūta mfn. come to light, become manifest or evident, appeared, revealed MBh. Kāv. &c

≫ prāduṣ

prāduṣ in comp. for prādur (cf. above)

⋙ prāduṣkaraṇa

○karaṇa n. bringing to light, manifestation, production GṛŚrS

⋙ prāduṣkṛta

○kṛta mfn. made visible, brought to light, manifested, displayed, made to blaze (as fire) Mn. MBh. &c

• -vapus mfn. one whose form is manifested, appearing in a visible form (as a deity) Rājat

⋙ prāduṣpīta

○pīta mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 41 Sch

≫ prāduṣya

prāduṣya n. = prādur-bhāva Uṇ.ī, 118 Sch

prādurākṣi

prādurākṣi m. patr. Pravar. (wṛ. for prādur-akṣi?)

prādru

prâ-dru (pra-ā-√dru), P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape MBh

prādhā

prādhā prādhānika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prādhī

prâdhī7 (pra-adhi-√i), P. Ā. prâdhyeti, ○dhī7te, to continue to study, advance in studies ŚāṅkhGṛ

⋙ prādhīta

prâdhī7ta mfn. one who has begun his studies R

• advanced in study, well-read, learned (said of Brāhmans) Gaut

⋙ prādhyayana

prâdhyayana n. commencement of recitation or study ŚāṅkhGṛ

prādhyeṣaṇa

prâdhy-eṣaṇa n. (fr. pra-adhi- √1. iṣ) incitement, exhortation (to study), SāṅkhGṛ. Kathās

prādhva

prâdhva mfn. (fr. pra + adhvan

• but accord, to some fr. pra and √dhvṛ = hvṛ) being on a journey Pāṇ. 5-4, 85 [Page 707, Column 2]

• inclined L

• humble L

• distant, long W

• m. start, precedence, first place (○dhve-√kṛ, with acc. and gen., to place a person at the head of') Kāṭh

• a long way or journey L

• a bond, tie L

• a joke, sport L

• (am), ind. far away (with √kṛ, 'to put aside') MBh

• after the precedent of (gen.) Āpast

• favourably, kindly Ragh

• humbly Hcar

• conformably L

⋙ prādhvana

prâdhvaná n. the bed of a river or stream RV

prādhvara

prâdhvara mf(ī)n. (only ○rī-śākhā?) Cat

prān

prân See prâṇ, p. 705, col. 1

prānāḍī

prānāḍī See under 3. prā, p. 702

prānūna

prānūna m. pl. N. of a people Baudh

prānta

prânta (pra-anta), m. n. (ifc. f. ā) edge, border, margin, verge, extremity, end MBh. Kāv. &c. (yauvana-pr○, the end of youth Pañcat

• oṣṭha-prântau, the corners of the mouth L.)

• a point, tip (of a blade of grass) Kauś

• back part (of a carriage) Vikr. (ibc., finally, eventually Kāv. Pañcat.)

• m. thread end of a cloth L

• N. of a man, g. aśvâdi

• mfn. dwelling near the boundaries Divyâv

⋙ prāntaga

○ga mfn. living close by L

⋙ prāntacara

○cara mfn. id. (ifc.) MārkP

⋙ prāntatas

○tas

• ind. along the edge or border (of anything), marginally L

⋙ prāntadurga

○durga n. 'border-stronghold', a suburb or collection of houses outside the walls of a town L

⋙ prāntanivāsin

○nivāsin mfn. dwelling near the boundaries MBh

⋙ prāntapuṣpā

○puṣpā f. a kind of plant L

⋙ prāntabhūmi

○bhūmi f. final place or term

• (au), ind. finally, at last (others 'up to the verge of the border') Yogas

⋙ prāntavirasa

○virasa mfn. tasteless in the end Pañcat

⋙ prāntavṛti

○vṛti f. 'end-circle', the horizon Mālatīm

⋙ prāntaśayanāsanabhakta

○śayanâsana-bhakta mfn. Īving in the country (also -śayana-bhakta and -śayanâsanâ-sevin) Divyâv

⋙ prāntastha

○stha mfn. inhabiting the borders MW

≫ prāntāyana

prāntāyana mfn. patr. fr. prânta g. aśvâdi

prāntara

prântara (pra-an○), n. a long desolate road MārkP. Hit

• the country intervening between two villages L

• a forest L

• the hollow of a tree L

⋙ prāntaraśūnya

○śūnya n. a long dreary road W

prāp

prâp (pra-√āp), P. Ā. prâpnoti (irreg. Pot. prâpeyam), to attain to

• reach, arrive at, meet with, find AV. &c. &c

• to obtain, receive (also as a husband or wife) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to incur (a fine) Mn. viii, 225

• to suffer (capital punishment) ib. 364

• (with diśaḥ) to flee in all directions Bhaṭṭ

• to extend, stretch, reach to (ā) Pāṇ. 5-2, 8

• to be present or at hand AV

• (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (acc.) Siddh.: to result (from a rule), be in force, obtain (also Pass.) Kāś.: Caus. prâpayati, ○te (ind. p. prâpayya, or prâpya Pāṇ. 6-4, 57 Sch.), to cause to reach or attain (2 acc.), advance, promote, further (P. ChUp. MBh. &c

• Ā. TBr. MBh.)

• to lead or bring to (dat.) VP

• to impart, communicate, announce, relate Mn. MBh. &c

• to meet with, obtain R.: Desid. prêpsati, to try to attain, strive to reach ŚBr

≫ prāpa 1

prâpa m. (for 2. p. 708, col. 1) reaching, obtaining (cf. duṣ-prâpa)

⋙ prāpaka

prâpaka mf(ikā)n. causing to arrive at, leading or bringing to (gen. or comp.) Kathās. KātyŚr. Sch

• procuring Kull

• establishing, making valid L

• m. a bringer, procurer Kathās

⋙ prāpaṇa

prâpaṇa mf(ī)n. leading to (comp.) Śaṃk

• n. occurrence, appearance Jaim

• reach, extension (bāḥvoḥ prâpaṇânte, 'as far as the arms reach') KātyŚr

• arriving at (loc.) Kathās

• attainment, acquisition Mn. Āpast. MBh

• bringing to, conveying Dhātup

• establishing, making valid TPrāt. Sch

• reference to (loc.) ĀśvŚr

• elucidation, explanation Pat

• = ātañcana L

⋙ prāpaṇīya

prâpaṇīya mfn. to be reached, attainable MBh

• to be caused to attain, to be brought or conveyed to (acc.) Megh. Kathās

⋙ prāpayitṛ

prâpayitṛ mfn. one who causes to attain, procurer Sāy

⋙ prāpita

prâpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to attain to or arrive at, led, conveyed or conducted to or into, possessed of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• got, procured ib

• brought before (the king), commenced (as a lawsuit) Mn. viii, 43

• occurred, obtained (-tva n.) Nyāyam

⋙ prāpin

prâpin mf(iṇī)n. attaining to, reaching (comp.) Kālid

⋙ prāpipayiṣu

prâpipayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cause to reach

• (with adhaḥ) wishing to press down Śiś. v, 69

≫ prāpta

prâpta mfn. attained to, reached, arrived at, met with, found, incurred, got, acquired, gained Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 707, Column 3]

• one who has attained to or reached &c. (acc. or comp.) AV. &c. &c

• come to (acc.), arrived, present (prâpteṣu kāleṣu, at certain periods) Mn. MBh. &c

• accomplished, complete, mature, full-grown ( See a-pr○)

• (in med.) indicated, serving the purpose Suśr

• (in gram.) obtained or following from a rule, valid (iti prâpte, 'while this follows from a preceding rule') Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 Sch. &c

• fixed, placed L

• proper, right L

• m. pl. N. of a people MārkP

⋙ prāptakarman

○karman n. that which results or follows (as direct object of an action) from a preceding rule (○ma-tva n.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 12 Sch

⋙ prāptakārin

○kārin mfn. one who does what is right or proper Suśr

⋙ prāptakāla

○kāla m. the time or moment arrived, a fit time, proper season MBh. Kāv. &c. (-tva n. KātyŚr.)

• mf(ā)n. one whose time has come, seasonable, suitable, opportune ib

• (with dehin), m. a mortal whose time i.e. last hour has come Hariv

• (with kumārī), f. a marriageable girl Śak

• (am), ind. at the right time, opportunely MBh

⋙ prāptakrama

○krama mfn. fit, proper, suitable Jātakam

⋙ prāptajīvana

○jīvana mfn. restored to life Hit

⋙ prāptatva

○tva n. the state of resulting (from a grammatical rule) TPrāt

⋙ prāptadoṣa

○doṣa mfn. one who has incurred guilt R

⋙ prāptapañcatva

○pañca-tva mfn. 'arrived at (dissolution into) 5 elements', dead L

⋙ prāptaprakāśaka

○prakāśaka mfn. advanced in intelligence Sāṃkhyak. Sch

⋙ prāptaprabhāva

○prabhāva m. one who has attained power Kāv

⋙ prāptaprasavā

○prasavā f. a woman who is near parturition Uttarar

⋙ prāptabīja

○bīja mfn. sown R

⋙ prāptabuddhi

○buddhi mfn. instructed, intelligent W

• becoming conscious (after fainting) ib

⋙ prāptabhāra

○bhāra m. a beast of burden L

⋙ prāptabhāva

○bhāva mfn. wise W

• handsome ib

• one who has attained to any state or condition, of good disposition MW

• m. a young bullock L. (wṛ. for -bhāra?)

⋙ prāptamanoratha

○mano-ratha mfn. one who has obtained his wish R

⋙ prāptayauvana

○yauvana mf(ā)n. one who has obtained puberty, being in the bloom of youth Nal

⋙ prāptarūpa

○rūpa mfn. fit, proper, suitable Daś

• pleasant, beautiful L

• learned, wise L

⋙ prāptartu

○rtu (ta-ṛtu), f. a girl who has attained puberty L

⋙ prāptavat

○vat mfn. one who has attained to or gained MW

⋙ prāptavara

○vara mfn. fraught with blessings ib

⋙ prāptavikalpa

○vikalpa m. an alternative or option between two operations one of which results from a grammatical rule (-tva n.) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 53

⋙ prāptavibhāṣā

○vibhāṣā f. id. ib. i, 3, 50

⋙ prāptavyavahāra

○vyavahāra m. a young man come of age, an adult, one able to conduct his own affairs (opp. to 'a minor') MW

⋙ prāptaśrī

○śrī mfn. possessed of fortune Kum. Pañcat

⋙ prāptasurya

○surya mf(ā)n. having the sun (vertical) Var

⋙ prāptānujña

prâptânujña mfn. allowed to withdraw or depart R

⋙ prāptāparādha

prâptâparādha mfn. guilty of an offence Mn. viii, 299

⋙ prāptārtha

prâptârtha mfn. one who has attained an object or advantage Kathās

• m. an object attained Kap

• ○thâgrahaṇa n. the not securing an advantage gained MW

⋙ prāptāvasara

prâptâvasara m. a suitable occasion or opportunity

• mfn. suitable, fit, proper Mālatīm

⋙ prāptodaka

prâptôdaka mfn. (a village) that has obtained water Pāṇ. 2-3, 1 Sch

⋙ prāptodaya

prâptôdaya mfn. one who has attained exaltation MW

≫ prāptavya

prâptavya mfn. to be reached or attained or gained or procured MBh. Kāv. &c

• to be met with or found Hit

⋙ prāptavyamartha

○m-artha m. N. given to a man (who whenever asked his name replied prâp-tavyam artham labhate manuṣyaḥ, 'a man takes anything that is to be got') Pañcat

• n. (when used with nāman), a name ib

≫ prāpti

prấpti f. advent, occurrence AV. Yājñ. Pañcat

• reach, range, extent Sūryas

• reaching, arrival at (comp.) R

• the power (of the wind) to enter or penetrate everywhere BhP

• the power of obtaining everything (one of the 8 superhuman faculties) MārkP. Vet. MWB. 245

• saving, rescue or deliverance from (abl.) Ratnâv

• attaining to, obtaining, meeting with, finding, acquisition, gain Mn. MBh. &c

• the being met with or found Nyāyas. Sch

• discovery, determination Sūryas

• obtainment, validity, holding good (of a rule) KātyŚr. Pāṇ. APrāt

• (in dram.) a joyful event, successful termination of a plot (Daśar.)

• a conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. Sāh

• lot, fortune, luck ŚvetUp. MBh

• (in astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion Var

• a collection (= saṃhati) L

• N. of the wife of Śama (son of Dharma) MBh

• of a daughter of Jarā-saṃdha Hariv. Pur

⋙ prāptimat

○mat mfn. met with, found Nyāyas. Sch

• (ifc.) one who has attained to or reached Sarvad

⋙ prāptiśaithilya

○śaithilya n. diminution of probability, slight probability MBh

⋙ prāptisama

○sama m. a partic. Jāti (q.v.) in logic Nyāyas

⋙ prāptyāśā

prâptyāśā f. the hope of obtaining (an object) Sāh. [Page 708, Column 1] Contents of this page

≫ prāpya

prâpya mfn. to be reached, attainable, acquirable, procurable MBh. Kāv. &c

• fit, proper, suitable MBh

⋙ prāpyakārin

○kārin mfn. effective (only) when touched (○ri-tva n.) Nyāyas. Sch

⋙ prāpyarūpa

○rūpa mfn. rather easy to attain Jātakam

prāpa 2

prâpa n. (fr. pra + 2. áp) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1, P. (for 1. prâpa See p. 707, col. 2) abounding with water?

prāpaṇika

prāpaṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāpaya

prāpaya Nom. ○yati (artificially formed fr. priya) = priyam ā-caṣṭe Pat. (cf. prâp, Caus.)

prābalya

prābalya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prābhava

prābhava &c. See under 3. prā ib

prābhiṇī

prâbhi-ṇī (pra-abhi-√nī

• only 2. sg. Subj. aor. -ṇeṣi), to lead to (acc.) RV. i, 31, 18

prāmati

prāmati prāmāṇika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702

prāya

prâyá m. (fr. pra + aya

• √5. i) going forth, starting (for a battle) RV. ii, 18, 8

• course, race AV. iv, 25, 2

• departure from life, seeking death by fasting (as a religious or penitentiary act, or to enforce compliance with a demand

• acc. with √ās, upa-√ās, upa-√viś, upa-√i, ā-√sthā, sam-ā-√sthā, or √kṛ, to renounce life, sit down and fast to death

• with Caus. of √kṛ, to force any one acc. to seek death through starvation) MBh. Kāv. &c

• anything prominent, chief part, largest portion, plenty, majority, general rule (often ifc., with f. ā = chiefly consisting of or destined for or furnished with, rich or abounding in, frequently practising or applying or using

• near, like, resembling

• mostly, well-nigh, almost, as it were

• cf. ārya-, jita-, jñāti-, tṛṇa-, daṇḍa-, duḥkha-, siddhi-pr○ &c

• also -tā f.) ŚBr. Lāṭy. Mn. MBh. &c

• a stage of life, age L

• (am), ind., g. gotrâdi

⋙ prāyagata

○gata mfn. approaching departure from life, nigh unto death MBh

⋙ prāyacitta

○citta n

⋙ prāyacitti

○citti f. = prâyaś-c○ Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch

⋙ prāyadarśana

○darśana n. a common or ordinary phenomenon Pāṇ. 2-3, 23 Vārtt

⋙ prāyabhava

○bhava mfn. being commonly the case, usually met with Pāṇ. 4-3, 39

⋙ prāyavidhāyin

○vidhāyin mfn. resolved to die of starvation Rājat

⋙ prāyaśas

○śas ind. for the most part, mostly, generally

• as a rule MBh. Kāv. &c

• in all probability Kathās

⋙ prāyopagamana

prâyôpagamana n. going to meet death, seeking death (by abstaining from food) R

⋙ prāyopayogika

prâyôpayogika mfn. most common or usual Car

⋙ prāyopaviṣṭa

prâyôpaviṣṭa mfn. one who sits down and calmly awaits the approach of death (cf. prâya) MBh. Rājat. BhP

⋙ prāyopaveśa

prâyôpaveśa m

⋙ prāyopaveśana

prâyôpaveḍśana n. abstaining from food and awaiting in a sitting posture the approach of death MBh. R. &c

⋙ prāyopaveśanikā

prâyôpaveśanikā f. id. W

⋙ prāyopaveśin

prâyôpaveśin mfn. = prâyôpaviṣṭa MBh. Rājat

⋙ prāyopeta

prâyôpêta mfn. id. MBh

≫ prāyaṇa

prấyaṇa mfn. going forth, going VS

• n. entrance, beginning, commencement TS. Br. Up

• the course or path of life MBh. BhP

• going for protection, taking refuge BhP

• departure from life, death, voluntary departure (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to court departure) Mn. ix, 323

• a kind of food prepared with milk Pur

⋙ prāyaṇatas

○tas ind. in the beginning TāṇḍBr

⋙ prāyaṇānta

prâyaṇânta m. the end of life

• (am), ind. unto death PraśnUp

≫ prāyaṇīya

prâyaṇī́ya mfn. relating to the entrance or beginning, introductory Br. ĀśvŚr

• m. (scil. yāga or karma-viśeṣa or atirātra) the introductory libation or the first day of a Soma sacrifice Br. ŚrS

• (ā), f. (scil. iṣṭī) an introductory sacrifice ib. (-vat, ind. Vait.)

• n. = m. ib. (-tva n. Kapishṭh.)

≫ prāyaś

prâyaś in comp. for 1. prâyas

⋙ prāyaścitta

○citta n. (prā́yaś-

• 'predominant thought' or 'thought of death', Pāṇ. 6-1, 157 Sch.) atonement, expiation, amends, satisfaction ŚBr. GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. (v, 1086 as m.) &c

• N. of sev. wks

• mfn. relating to atonement or expiation, expiatory ṢaḍvBr

• -kadamba m. or n. -kamalâkara m. -kalpataru m. -kāṇḍa m. or n. -kārikā f. -kautūhala n. -kaumudī, f. -krama m. -khaṇḍa m. or n. -grantha m. -candrikā, f. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattva n. -taraṃga (?), m. -dīpikā, f. -nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -parāśara, m. or n. -pārijāta m. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa m. -pratyāmnāya m. -pradīpa m. -pradīpikā f. -prayoga, m. -bhāṣya n. -mañjarī f. -manohara m. -mayūkha m. -mādhaviiya n. -mārtaṇḍa m. -muktâvalī f. -muktâvalī-prakāśa m. -ratna n. -ratna-mālā f. -rahasya n. -vāridhi n. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -vinirṇaya m. -viveka m. -vivekôddyota m. -vyavasthā-saṃkṣepa m. -śakti f. -śata-dvayī f. (or -śata-dvayī-prâyaścitta n.), -śekhara m. -śrauta-sūtra, n. -saṃkalpa m. -saṃgraha m. -samuccaya m. -sāra m. -sāra-kaumudī f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sārâvali f. -sudhānidhi m. -subodhinī [Page 708, Column 2]

• f. -sūtra n. -setu m. -sthāna n. -hemâdri m. ○ttâṇḍa-bilā f. ○ttâdi-godāna n. ○ttâdi-saṃgraha m. ○ttâdhikāra m. ○ttâdhyāya m. ○ttâdhyāya-bhāṣya n. ○ttâparârka m. N. of wks

• ○ttâhuti f. an expiatory sacrifice Br. ĀśvŚr

• ○ttêndu-śekhara m. and ○ra-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks

• ○ttêṣṭi. f. = ○ttâhuti GṛŚrS

• ○ttêṣṭi-candrikā f. ○ttôddyota m. ○ttâugha-sāra m. N. of wks

⋙ prāyaścitti

○citti (prấyaś-), f. atonement, expiation AV. VS. Br

• N. of a plant Kauś

• mfn. expiating (said of Agni) GṛS

• -mat mfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance TāṇḍBr

⋙ prāyaścittika

○cittika mf(ī)n. expiatory ĀśvŚr

• expiable Buddh

• requiring an expiation L

⋙ prāyaścittin

○cittin mfn. one who does penance or has to make expiation MBh

⋙ prāyaścittīya

○cittīya mfn. serving as an atonement, expiatory Kauś. Pat. Sarvad

• bound to perform penance (-tā f.) Mn. xi, 47 (-cittīya, Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be obliged to perform penance Mn. MBh.)

⋙ prāyaścetana

○cetana n. atonement, expiation Mcar

≫ prāyas 1

prâyas ind. (for 2. See below) for the most part, mostly, commonly, as a general rule MBh. Kāv. &c

• in all probability, likely, perhaps MBh

• abundantly, largely W

≫ prāyasya

prâyasya mfn. prevalent, predominant RPrāt. Sch

≫ prāyika

prâyika mfn. common, usual ĀpŚr. Sch. Kull

• excessive, redundant MW

• containing the greater part (but not everything) Vām. v, 2, 24

⋙ prāyikatva

○tva n. usage, custom ĀpŚr. Sch

• redundance, superfluity MW

• the containing &c. Vām. v, 2, 24

≫ prāyeṇa

prâyeṇa ind. mostly, generally, as a rule ŚrS. Mn. R. &c

• most probably, likely Hit. (cf. prâyaśas and 1. prâyas)

≫ prāyo

prâyo in comp. for 1. prâyas

⋙ prāyodevatā

○devatā f. the prevalent or predominant deity Nir. vii, 4

⋙ prāyobhāvin

○bhāvin mfn. being conmonly found or met with Bhpr. (cf. prâya-bhava)

⋙ prāyovāda

○vāda m. a current saying, proverb Bālar

prāyatya

prāyatya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prāyas 2

prā́yas n. (for 1. See above) = 2. práyas RV. iv, 21, 7

⋙ prāyoga

prāyo-gá mfn. (prob.) = 1. prayo-gá RV. x, 106, 2

prāyā

prâ-yā (pra-ā-√yā), P. -yāti, to come near, approach RV

prāyu

prā-yu prā-yus, See a-pr○

prāyudh

prâ-yudh (pra-ā-√yudh), Ā. -yudhyate, to fight Śiś. xviii, 32

≫ prāyuddheṣin

prâyuddheṣin &c. See prā-yudh under 3. prā, p. 702

prāyus

prấyus (pra-āyus), n. increased vitality, longer life MaitrS

prāyeṇa

prâyeṇa See under prâya above

prār

prâr (pra-√ṛ), P. prêyarti (aor. 3. pl. prâran Ā. prârata

• pf. prâruḥ), to set in motion, arouse RV. v, 42, 14

• to send or procure to (dat.), x, 116, 9

• to arise, stir, come forth, appear, i, 39, 5 &c.: Caus. prârpayati (ind. p. prârpyā), to set in motion, stir up, animate RV. VS

⋙ prārpaṇa

prấrpaṇa m. an arouser RV

prārabh

prâ-rabh (pra-ā-√rabh), Ā. -rabhate, to seize, lay hold on (acc.) RV. vi, 37, 5

• to begin, commence, undertake (with acc. or inf.) MBh. Kāv. &c

⋙ prārabdha

prâ-ḍrabdha mfn. commenced, begun, undertaken MBh. Kāv. &c

• one who has commenced or begun (also -vat mfn. ) Amar. Rājat. Kathās

• n. an undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Pañcat

• -karman (Nīlak.),

⋙ prārabhkārya

○kārya (Kull.), mfn. one who has commenced or undertaken a work

⋙ prārabhkārabdhi

○kāḍrabdhi f. beginning, commencement W

• the post to which an elephant is tied L

≫ prārambha

prârambha m. commencement, beginning, undertaking, enterprise Kāv. Var. Pur. &c. [Page 708, Column 3]

⋙ prārambhaṇa

prâḍrambhaṇa n. beginning, commencing L

• ○ṇīya mfn. g., anuvacanâdi

⋙ prāripsita

prâḍripsita mfn. (fr. Desid.) intended or meant to be begun Sāh. Sarvad

prāruh

prâ-ruh (pra-ā-√ruh), P. -rohati, to ascend, rise MBh

⋙ prāroha

prâ-ḍroha See prā-r○ under 3. prā, p. 702

prārkṣīya

prārkṣīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarkṣīya Vop

prārc

prârc (pra-√arc), P. prârcati, to shine forth RV

• to sing, praise, celebrate, commend ib. BhP.: Caus. (aor. prârcicat) to honour, worship Bhaṭṭ

prārch

prârch (pra-√ṛch), P. prârcchati, to move on Pāṇ. 6-1, 91 Sch

≫ prārcchaka

prârcchaka mfn. (fr. pra + ṛcchaka) Pat

prārj

prârj (pra-√ṛj), Caus. prârjayati, to grant, bestow Nir. iii, 5

≫ prārjayitṛ

prârjayitṛ mfn. one who grants or bestows (used to explain parjanya) Nir. x, 10

prārjuna

prârjuna m. pl. N. of a people Inscr

prārñj

prârñj (pra-√ṛñj), P. -ṛñjati, to run through (acc.) RV. iii, 43, 6

prārṇa

prârṇa (pra-ṛṇa), n. a chief or principal debt Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Vārtt. 7 Pat

prārth

prârth (pra-√arth), Ā. prârthayate (ep. also P. ○ti and pr. p. ○yāna), to wish or long for, desire (acc.) KaṭhUp. MBh. &c

• to ask a person (acc.) for (acc. or loc.) or ask anything (acc.) from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to wish to or ask a person to (inf.) ib

• to demand in marriage, woo Ratnâv

• to look for, search Bhaṭṭ

• to have recourse to (acc.) Kathās

• to seize or fall upon, attack, assail Ragh. Kir

≫ prārtha

prấrtha mfn. (prob.) eager or ready to set out on a journey AV. Br

⋙ prārthaka

prârthaka mf(ikā)n. wishing for, soliciting, courting

• m. a wooer, suitor, Hit (vḷ.) Kull. ( See a-pr○)

⋙ prārthana

prârthana n. wish, desire, request, entreaty, solicitation, petition or suit for (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• ○nâbhāva m. absence of solicitation Hit

⋙ prārthanā

prârthanā f. = ○na MBh. Kāv. &c. (○nayā ind. at the request or petition of any one)

• prayer (as forming part of the worship of the gods) RTL. 16

• -duḥkha-bhāj mfn. one who feels the pain of begging Bhartṛ

• -pañcaka n. N. of wk. (containing prayers to Rāmânuja)

• -bhaṅga m. refusal of a request, asking in vain MārkP

• -śataka n. N. a Stotra (in praise of Durgā)

• -siddhi f. accomplishment of a desire Ragh

⋙ prārthanīya

prârthanīya mfn. to be desired or wished for, desirable MBh. Śaṃk. Pañcat

• to be asked or begged Kād

• n. the third or Dvāpara age of the world L

⋙ prārthayitavya

prârthayitavya mfn. worthy of desire, desirable Kālid

⋙ prārthayitṛ

prârthayitṛ mfn. one who wishes for or asks

• m. a solicitor, suitor, wooer Śak. Hit

⋙ prārthita

prârthita mfn. wished for, desired, wanted MBh. Kāv. &c

• requested, solicited ib

• attacked, assailed Ragh

• obstructed, besieged L

• killed, hurt L

• n. wish, desire R. Ragh

• -durlabha mfn. desired but hard to obtain Kum

• -vat mfn. one who has asked or asks W

⋙ prārthin

prârthin mfn. (ifc.) wishing for, desirous of Ragh. Rājat. Kathās

• attacking, assailing Ragh

⋙ prārthya

prârthya mfn. to be desired or wished for by (instr., gen. or comp.), desirable Hariv. Kāvyâd. BhP

• n. (impers.) one should request BhP

prārd

prârd (pra-√ard), Caus. prârdayati, to cause to flow away RV. vi, 17, 12

• to exert beyond measure, overwork Nir. vi, 32

⋙ prārdaka

prârdaka mfn. one who exerts beyond measure Nir. ib

prārdh

prârdh (pra-√ṛdh), Ā. prârdhate, to attain Divyâv

prārdha

prârdha See pari-prârdha

prārpaṇa

prârpaṇa See under prâr, col. 2

prārṣ

prârṣ (pra-√ṛṣ), P. prârṣati, to flow forth RV

prārṣabhīya

prārṣabhīya Nom. P. ○yati = prarṣabhīya Vop. [Page 709, Column 1] Contents of this page

prārh

prârh (pra-√arh), only 3. pl. pf. Ā. pra-arhire, to distinguish or signalize one's self RV. x, 92, 11

prālamba

prālamba prāleya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 2

prālkārīya

prālkārīya Nom. ○yati = pralkārīya Pāṇ. 6-1, 92 Sch

prāv

prâv (pra-√av), P. prâvati, to favour, befriend, help, protect, promote, comfort, sate, satisfy, content RV. VS. AV

⋙ prāvitṛ

prâvitṛ́ m. a protector, patron, friend RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

⋙ prāvitra

prâvitrá n. protection, guardianship Br. ŚāṅkhŚr

⋙ prāvī

prâvī́ mfn. attentive, mindful RV

prāvacana

prāvacana ○nika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvan

prāvan See kratu-pr○

prāvanij

prâva-nij (pra-ava-√nij), P. -nenekti, to wash off AV

prāvara

prāvara prāvarṣin, See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāvaso

prâva-so (pra-ava-√so), P. -syati, to settle among (acc.) ŚBr

prāviś

prâ-viś (pra-ā-√viś), P. -viśati, to come or resort to (acc.) ŚāṅkhŚr.: Caus. -veśayati, to let or lead in (loc.) MBh. Daś

prāviṣkriyamāṇa

prâviṣ-kriyamāṇa mfn. (√kṛ) shown Divyâv. (wṛ. for āviṣ-kr○?)

prāvṛ

prā-vṛ 1. √(prā prob. for pra

• cf. apā-√vṛ), P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute (inf. -varitum Mṛicch.), to cover, veil, conceal AV. Gaut. Āpast

• to put on, dress one's self in (acc., rarely instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• to fill MBh. -2

⋙ prāvara

prā-ḍvara m. (for 1. See under 3. prā. p. 702, col. 3) an enclosure, fence (cf. mahī-pr○) L

⋙ prāvaraka

prā-ḍvaraka m. N. of a district (= ○vāra) MBh

⋙ prāvaraṇa

prā-ḍváraṇa n. (ifc. f. ā) covering, veiling Āpast

• a cover, upper garment, cloak, mantle ŚBr. &c. &c

⋙ prāvaraṇīya

prā-ḍvaraṇīya n. an outer garment, cloak, mantle L

⋙ prāvāra

prā-ḍvāra m. id. MBh. Kām. Mṛicch. (also -ka)

• N. of a district (= ○varaka) MBh

• mfn. found in outer garments or cloaks Kāv

• -karṇa m. 'Cloak-Ear', N. of an owl MBh

• -kīṭa m. 'clothes-insect', = kuṇa L

• a louse W

• ○rika m. a maker of cloaks R

• ○rīya P. ○yati, to use as a cloaks Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Sch

⋙ prāvuvūrṣu

prā-ḍvuvūrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or intending to wear W

≫ prāvṛta

prā́-vṛta mfn. covered, enclosed, screened, hid in (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c

• put on (as a garment) Hcar. Kathās. Hit

• filled with (instr.) R

• m. n. a veil, mantle, wrapper L

• n. covering, concealing Gaut

• (ā), f. a veil, mantle ṢaḍvBr

⋙ prāvṛti

prā́-ḍvṛti f. an enclosure, fence, hedge L

• (with Śaivas) spiritual darkness (one of the 4 consequences of Māyā) Sarvad

prāvṛt

prā-√vṛt (prā m. c. for pra), Caus. -vartayati, to produce, create MBh. Hariv

⋙ prāvartaka

prā-ḍvartaka mf(ikā)n. producing, founding (a race) Hariv

prāvṛṣ

prā-vṛ́ṣ f. (fr. pra-√vṛṣ) the rainy season, wet season, rains (the months Āshāḍha and Śravaṇa, comprising the first half of the rainy season which lasts in some parts from the middle of June till the middle of October) RV. &c. &c. (○ṣi-ja mfn. produced in the rainy seasons Śiś.)

≫ prāvṛṭ

prāvṛṭ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙ prāvṛṭkāla

○kāla m. the rainy season Var. Pañcat

• -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing only in the rainy season MārkP

≫ prāvṛḍ

prāvṛḍ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙ prāvṛḍatyaya

○atyaya m. the time following the rainy season, autumn L

≫ prāvṛṇ

prāvṛṇ in comp. for prāvṛṣ

⋙ prāvṛṇmaya

○maya mf(ī)n. resembling the rainy season Hcar

≫ prāvṛṣa

prāvṛṣa m. the rainy season, the rains Hariv

• (ā), f. id. L

≫ prāvṛṣāyaṇī

prāvṛṣāyaṇī f. 'produced by rains', Boerhavia Procumbens L

• Mucuna Pruritus Bhpr

≫ prāvṛṣika

prāvṛṣika mfn. relating to or born in the rainy season BhP. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 26)

• m. a peacock L

⋙ prāvṛṣīṇa

prāvṛḍṣī́ṇa mfn. (day) beginning the rainy season RV

⋙ prāvṛṣeṇya

prāvṛḍṣeṇya mfn. relating to the rṭrainy season Kālid. Bālar. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-3, 17)

• coming in showers, abundant, much L

• m. Nauclea Cadamba or Cordifolia L

• Wrightia Antidysenterica L

• (ā), f. Mucuna Pruritus L

• a species of Punar-navā with red flowers L. [Page 709, Column 2]

⋙ prāvṛṣeya

prāvṛḍṣeya m. pl. N. of a people MBh

⋙ prāvṛṣya

prāvṛḍṣya m. Nauclea Cordifolia L

• Wrightia Antidysenterica L

• Asteracantha Longifolia L

• n. a cat's eye (gem) L

prāś 1

prâś (pra- √1. aś), P. prâśnoti (aor. prânaṭ), to reach, attain RV

• to fall to the lot or share of (acc.) ib.: Caus. prâśāpayati, to cause to reach or attain MānGṛ

≫ prāṣṭa

prâṣṭa mfn. arrived at, gained (= prâpta). Nir. (Sch.)

• -varṇa mfn. = pṛśni ib

prāś 2

prâś (pra- √2. aś), P. práśnāti (rarely Ā. ○nīte), to eat, consume, devour, taste, enjoy RV. &c. &c.: Caus. prâśayati, to cause to eat, feed ĀśvGṛ. Mn. Kathās

⋙ prāśa

prâśa m. eating, feeding upon (cf. ghṛta-, dhūma-pr○)

• food, victuals Kauś. MBh. Suśr

⋙ prāśaka

prâśaka m. eating, enjoying, Śāy. on RV. i, 40, 1

⋙ prāśana

prâśana n. eating, feeding upon, tasting GṛŚrS. &c. &c

• (fr. Caus.) causing to eat, feeding (esp. the first feeding of a child

• cf. anna-pr○) Mn. Yājñ

• food, victuals (cf. amṛta-pr○) MBh. R. Hariv

• (ī), f. enjoyment, (cf. rasa-pr○) Vait

• ○nârthīya mfn. meant for food ŚāṅkhGṛ

• ○nin, See parṇa- and prâṇa-prâśanin

⋙ prāśanīya

prâśanīya mfn. to be eaten, eatable, serving as food

• n. food MBh. R

⋙ prāśavya

prâśavyá n. (fr. prâś or prâśa) food, provisions RV

⋙ prāśita

prấśita mfn. eaten, tasted, devoured TS. &c. &c

• n. the daily oblation to deceased progenitors Mn. iii, 74

⋙ prāśitavya

prâśitavyá mfn. to be eaten, eatable, esculent ŚBr. MBh

⋙ prāśitṛ

prâśitṛ́ mfn. one who eats, an eater AV. MBh

⋙ prāśitra

prâśitrá n. the portion of Havis eaten by the Brahman at a sacrifice TS. ŚBr. ŚrS. (-vat ind. Vait.)

• = -haraṇa BhP

• anything edible W., n. a vessel in which the Brahman's portion of Havis is placed ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• ○triya, See a-prâśitriya

⋙ prāśin

prâśin See amṛta-pr○. 1

⋙ prāśū

prâśū m. (for 2. See below) an eater, guest(?) RV. i, 40, 5 (Mahidh. 'very swift' = śīghra, cf. prâśu)

⋙ prāśya

prâśya mfn. to be eaten, eatable TBr. KātyŚr. R

prāś 3

prā́ś m. (√prach) asking, inquiring, a questioner Yājñ. Sch. (cf. śabda-pr○ and Uṇ. ii, 57)

• f. (?) statement or assertion in a debate or lawsuit AV. ii, 27, 1 ; 5 (cf. prati-prāś)

≫ prāḍvivāka

prāḍ-vivāka m. 'one who interrogates and discriminates', a judge (esp. the chief judge of a stationary court) Mn. Gaut. Bhar. (cf. IW. 296, 1)

prāśastya

prāśastya &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāśā

prâśā (pra-āśā), f. ardent desire or longing for TāṇḍBr. Mālatīm

prāśātika

prāśātika n. a leguminous plant ĀpŚr

prāśu

prâśú (pra-āśú), mfn. very quick or speedy RV. (= kṣipra Naigh. i, 15)

• (u), ind. quickly, swiftly ĀpŚr

⋙ prāśuṣah

○ṣáh (-ṣā́h), mfn. (prob.) swiftly finishing (a meal) RV. iv, 25, 6 ('rapidly victorious' Sāy.)

prāśū 2

prāśū m. (for 1. See under 2. prâś) = parā-krama TBr. Sch. (cf. satya-pr○)

prāśnika

prāśnika mf(ī)n. (fr. praśna) containing questions (cf. bahu-pr○)

• m. an inquirer, arbitrator, umpire MBh. R. Mālav

• a witness L

• an assistant at a spectacle or assembly (?) W

≫ prāśnīputra

prā́śnī-putrá m. N. of a teacher ŚBr

prāśvamedha

prâśvamedha (pra-aśv○), m. a preliminary horse sacrifice Kathās

prāśvas

prâ-śvas (pra-ā-√śvas), Caus. -śvāsayate, to comfort, console R

prāṣṭa

prâṣṭa See above under 1. prâś

prās

prâs (pra- √1. as), P. prâsti, to be in front of or in an extraordinary degree, excel, preponderate RV

prās

prâs (pra- √2. as), P. prâsyati, to throw or hurl forth, throw into (loc.), cast, discharge (a missile) RV. &c. &c

• to upset Mn. xi, 176

• (with aṃśam) to cast lots, lay a wager TāṇḍBr

≫ prāsa

prâsa m. casting, throwing Br. ŚrS

• scattering, sprinkling Pratāp

• a barbed missile or dart MBh. Kathās

• a partic. constellation or position of a planet Var

• N. of a man Rājat

• -bhārata n. N. of a poem [Page 709, Column 3]

• ○saka m. a die, dice L

• ○sika mfn. armed with a dart or javelin Pāṇ. 4-4, 57 Sch

• m. a spearman L

⋙ prāsana

prâsana n. throwing forth or away or down, throwing, casting ŚrS. Jaim

⋙ prāsta

prâsta mfn. thrown away or off, cast, hurled, discharged BṛĀrUp. Mn

• expelled, turned out, banished W

prāsaṅga

prāsaṅga ○gika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāsāda

prāsāda m. (for pra-s○ lit. 'sitting forward', sitting on a seat in a conspicuous place

• Pāṇ. 6-3, 122) a lofty seat or platform for spectators, terrace ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn

• the top-story of a lofty building Kād

• a lofty palatial mansion (approached by steps), palace, temple AdbhBr. MBh. Kāv. &c

• (with Buddhists) the monks' hall for assembly and confession MWB. 426

⋙ prāsādakalpa

○kalpa m. N. of wk

⋙ prāsādakukkuṭa

○kukkuṭa m. a domestic pigeon L

⋙ prāsādagata

○gata mfn. gone to (the roof of) a palace Nal

⋙ prāsādagarbha

○garbha m. an inner apartment or sleeping chamber in a palace Hit

⋙ prāsādatala

○tala n. the flat roof of a house or palace MBh

⋙ prāsādadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ prāsādaparāmantra

○parā-mantra m. N. of a partic. magical formula (a combination of the letters ha and sa = parā-prāsāda-mantra) W

⋙ prāsādapṛṣṭha

○pṛṣṭha n. a terrace or balcony on the top of a palace Hit

⋙ prāsādapratiṣṭhā

○pratiṣṭhā f. the consecration of a temple

• -dīdhiti f. N. of wk

⋙ prāsādaprastara

○prastara m. = -tala Mn. ii, 204

⋙ prāsādamaṇḍanā

○maṇḍanā f. a kind of orpiment L

⋙ prāsādalakṣaṇa

○lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

⋙ prāsādavāsin

○vāsin mfn. dwelling in a palace Pat

⋙ prāsādaśāyin

○śāyin mfn. accustomed to sleep in a palace MBh

⋙ prāsādaśṛṅga

○śṛṅga n. the spire or pinnacle of a palace or temple a turret ib

⋙ prāsādastha

○stha mfn. standing on (the roof of) a palace Nal

⋙ prāsādāgra

prāsādâgra n. = ○da-tala R

⋙ prāsādāgrya

prāsādâgrya n. pl. most excellent palaces MW

⋙ prāsādāṅgana

prāsādâṅgana n. (or ○nā f.) the courtyard of a palace or temple Rājat. Pañcat

⋙ prāsādānukīrtana

prāsādânukīrtana n. N. of wk

⋙ prāsādārohaṇa

prāsādârohaṇa n. going up into or entering a palace

• ○ṇīya mfn. Pāṇ. 5-1, 111 Vārtt. 1 Pat

⋙ prāsādālaṃkāralakṣaṇa

prāsādâlaṃkāra-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk

≫ prāsādika

prāsādika mf(ā)n. (fr. pra-sāda) kind, amiable Lalit

• given by way of blessing or as a favour MW

• (fr. prā-sāda) pleasant, beautiful ib. Kāraṇḍ

• (ā), f. a chamber on the top of a palace Hcar

≫ prāsādivārika

prāsādivārika m. a kind of attendant in a monastery Buddh

≫ prāsādīya 1

prāsādīya Nom. P. ○yati, to imagine one's self to be in a palace Pāṇ. 3-1, 10 Vārtt. 1 Pat

≫ prāsādīya 2

prāsādīya mfn. belonging to a palace, palatial, splendid W

≫ prāsādya

prāsādya mfn. id., Śīl

prāsthika

prāsthika See p. 702, col. 3

prāh

prâh (pra-√ah), only pf. prâha, to announce, declare, utter, express, say, tell (with dat. or acc. of pers. and acc. of thing) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• to record, hand down by tradition ŚBr

• (with 2 acc.) to call, name, regard or consider as Mn. MBh. &c

prāha

prāha m. instruction in the art of dancing L

prāhaṇi

prāhaṇi prāharika &c. See under 3. prā, p. 702, col. 3

prāhavanīya

prāhavanīya mfn. (prā, or prâ + √hve?) worthy to be received as a guest Buddh

prāhuṇa

prāhuṇa m. (fr. prāghuṇa, q.v.) a guest Kathās

• (ī), f. ib

⋙ prāhuṇaka

prāhuṇaka m

⋙ prāhuṇikā

prāhuḍṇikā f. = prec. m. f. Kathās

prāhṇa

prâhṇa m. (fr. pra + ahna) the early part of the day, forenoon, morning ṢaḍvBr. BhP. Suśr

• (am), ind. in the morning, g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

≫ prāhṇe

prâhṇe ind. early, in the morning MBh. xiv, 1277

⋙ prāhṇetarām

○tarām and ind. earlier or very early in the morning

⋙ prāhṇetamām

○tamām ind. earlier or very early in the morning

≫ prāhṇetana

prâhṇetana mfn. relating to the forenoon, happening in the morning, matutinal Pāṇ. 4-3, 23

priya

priya priyāla, See under √1. prī below

prī 1

prī cl. 9. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxxi, 2) prīṇā́ti, prīṇīté

• cl. 4. Ā. (xxvi, 35) prīyate (rather Pass

• ep. and m. c. also ○ti and priyate, ○ti

• pf. pipriyé, p. ○yāṇá Subj. pipráyat

• Impv. pipráyasva or ○prīhí RV

• aor. apraiṣīt Br., Subj. préṣat RV. [Page 710, Column 1] Contents of this page

• apreṣṭa Gr

• fut. preṣyati, ○te, pretā ib.), P. to please, gladden, delight gratify, cheer, comfort, soothe, propitiate RV. &c. &c

• (mostly Ā. prīyate) to be pleased or satisfied with, delight in, enjoy (gen., instr., loc. or abl.) ib

• (Ā

• ep. and m. c. also P. and pri○) to like, love, be kind to (acc.) MBh. R.: Caus. prīṇayati (prāpayati Siddh., prāyayati Vop.), to please, delight gratify, propitiate ĀśvGṛ. Yājñ. MBh. &c

• to refresh, comfort Car.: Desid. píprīṣati, to wish to please or propitiate RV.: Intens. peprīyate, peprayīti, pepreti Gr. [Cf. Goth. frijôn, frijônds ; Germ. friunt, freund ; Angl. Sax. freónd

• Eng. friend ; Slav. prijati ; Lith. pre10telius &c.]

≫ priya

priyá mf(ā)n. beloved, dear to (gen., loc., dat. or comp.), liked, favourite, wanted, own RV. &c. &c. (with abl. 'dearer than' R. Kathās. Pañcat

• priyaṃ-√kṛ Ā. kurute, either 'to gain the affection of, win as a friend' RV

• or 'to feel affection for, love more and more' MBh.)

• dear, expensive, high in price (cf. priya-dhānyaka, priyânna-tva)

• fond of attached or devoted to (loc.) RV. (id. in comp., either ibc., e.g. priya-devana, 'fond of playing', or ifc., e.g. akṣa-priya, 'fond of dice', Pāṇ. 2-2, 35 Vārtt. 2

• ifc. also = pleasant, agreeable, e.g. gamana-priya, 'pleasant to go', vi, 2, 15 Sch.)

• m. a friend Gaut

• a lover, husband MBh. Kāv. &c

• a son-in-law Mn. iii, 119 (Kull.)

• a kind of deer L

• N. of 2 medicinal plants L. ; (ā), f. a mistress, wife MBh. Kāv. &c. [Old. Sax. frî, Angl. Sax. freó, 'a wife']

• the female of an animal Var

• news L

• small cardamoms L

• Arabian jasmine L

• spirituous liquor L

• N. of a daughter of Daksha VP

• of various metres Col

• n. love, kindness, favour, pleasure MBh. Kāv. &c

• (am), ind. agreeably, kindly, in a pleasant way Kāv

• (eṇa), id

• willingly Hit. (vḷ., also priya-priyeṇa Pāṇ. 8-1, 13)

⋙ priyaṃvada

○ṃ-vada mf(ā)n. speaking kindly, agreeable, affable to (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. a kind of bird R

• N. of a Gandharva Ragh

• of a poet Cat

• (ā), f. a kind of metre Col

• N. of a woman Śak. Daś

• ○da-ka m. N. of a man Mudr

⋙ priyakara

○kara mfn. causing or giving pleasure R

⋙ priyakarman

○karman mfn. doing kind actions, kind Kām

• n. the action of a lover BhP

⋙ priyakalatra

○kalatra m. fond of one's wife MW

⋙ priyakalaha

○kalaha mfn. quarrelsome VarBṛS

⋙ priyakāma

○kāma mf(ā)n. desirous of showing kindness to (gen.), friendly disposed MBh

⋙ priyakāmya

○kāmya m. Terminalia Tomentosa L

• (ā), f. the desire of showing kindness to (gen.) MBh

⋙ priyakāra

○kāra mfn. doing a kindness or a favour to (gen.) MBh

• congenial, suiting W

⋙ priyakāraka

○kāraka mfn. causing pleasure or gladness, agreeable Mn

⋙ priyakāraṇa

○kāraṇa n. the cause of any favour

• (āt), ind. for the sake of doing a favour MBh. R

⋙ priyakārin

○kārin mfn. showing kindness to

• ○ri-tva n. the act of showing kindness Kathās

⋙ priyakṛt

○kṛt mfn. doing a kindness MBh. R

• m. a friend, benefactor W

• -tama mfn. doing that which pleases most MW

⋙ priyakṣatra

○kṣatra mfn. ruling benevolently (said of the gods) RV. viii, 27, 19

⋙ priyaguḍa

○guḍa mfn. one who likes sugar, fond of showing Pāṇ. Sch

⋙ priyaṃkara

○ṃ-kara mf(ī or ā)n. acting kindly towards, showing kindness to (gen.) VS. MBh. Hariv. &c

• causing pleasure, agreeable Hariv

• exciting or attracting regard, amiable W

• m. N. of a Dānava Kathās

• of sev. men ib. Kshitîś

• (ī), f. Physalis Flexuosa L

• a white-blooming Kaṇṭakārī L

• = bṛhaj-jīvantī L

⋙ priyaṃkaraṇa

○ṃ-karaṇa mf(ī)n. acting kindly to Pāṇ. 3-2, 56

• exciting or attracting regard, amiable MW

⋙ priyaṃkāra

○ṃ-kāra mfn. = priya-kāra (q.v.) MW

⋙ priyacatura

○catura mfn. Vop. iii, 110

⋙ priyacikīrṣā

○cikīrṣā f. the desire of doing a kindness to (gen.) MBh

⋙ priyacikīrṣu

○cikīrṣu mfn. wishing to do a kṭkindness to (gen.) Bhag

⋙ priyajana

○jana m. a dear person, the beloved one Amar

⋙ priyajāta

○jāta mfn. dear when born, born beloved or desired (said of Agni) RV. viii, 60, 2

⋙ priyajāni

○jāni m. a gallant Hcar

⋙ priyajīva

○jīva m. Calosanthes Indica L

⋙ priyajīvita

○jīvita mfn. loving life

• -tā f. love of life Sāh

⋙ priyatanaya

○tanaya mfn. loving a son Jātakam

⋙ priyatanu

○tanu (priyá-), mfn. loving the body, loving life AV. v, 18, 6

⋙ priyatama

○tama (priyá-), mfn. most beloved, dearest RV. AV. ŚBr. (once = -tara R.)

• m. a lover husband Kāv

• Celosia Cristata L

• (ā), f. a mistress, wife Kāv

⋙ priyatara

○tara mfn. dearer &c. R. Pañcat

• -tva n. the being dearer to any one (loc.) than (abl.) MBh

⋙ priyatā

○tā (priyá-). f. the being dear ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

• the being fond of (comp.), love Kathās. Rājat

⋙ priyatoṣaṇa

○toṣaṇa m. a kind of coitus L

⋙ priyatva

○tva n. the being dear, being beloved MBh. R

• the being fond of (comp.) Kum. Suśr. [Page 710, Column 2]

⋙ priyada

○da mfn. giving desired objects L

• (ā), f. Rhinacanthus Communis L

⋙ priyadattā

○dattā f. a mystical N. of the earth MBh

• N. of a woman Kathās

⋙ priyadarśa

○darśa mfn. pleasant or agreeable to look at (opp. to dur-darśa) MBh

⋙ priyadarśana

○darśana mfn. pleasant or grateful to the sight of (gen.) MBh. Kāv

• m. a parrot L

• a kind of date tree L

• Terminalia Tomentosa L

• Mimusops Kauki L

• a plant growing in wet weather on trees and stones (in Marāṭhī called dagaḍaphūla, in Hindūstānī ?) L

• a partic. Kalpa Buddh

• N. of a prince of the Gandharvas Ragh

• of a son of Vāsuki Kathās

• (a), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

• of sev. women Vās. Priy

• (ī), f. Gracula Religiosa L

• n. the look of a friend Pañcat

⋙ priyadarśikā

○darśikā f. N. of a princess Priy

• of a drama

⋙ priyadarśin

○darśin m. 'looking with kindness upon everything', N. of Aśoka Inscr

⋙ priyadāsa

○dāsa m. N. of the author of a Comm. on the Bhakta-mālā MW

⋙ priyadevana

○devana mfn. fond of play or gambling MBh

⋙ priyadhanva

○dhanva m. 'fond of the bow', N. of Śiva MBh

⋙ priyadhā

○dhā́ ind. lovingly, kindly TS

⋙ priyadhānyakara

○dhānya-kara mfn. causing dearness of corn (opp. to su-bhikṣa-kārin) VarBṛS. iv, 20

⋙ priyadhāma

○dhāma (priyá-) mfn. fond of home, loving the sacrificial enclosure (said of Agni) RV. i, 140, 1

⋙ priyadhāman

○dhāman (priyá-), mfn. = prec. (said of Indra) AV

• (sṭsacrificial of the Ādityas) ŚBr. ŚrS

⋙ priyaṃdada

○ṃ-dada mfn. giving what is pleasant, Kāraṇd

• (ā), f. N. of a Gandharvii ib

⋙ priyanivedana

○nivedana n. good tidings Mṛicch

⋙ priyanivedayitṛ

○nivedayitṛ (or ○ditṛ), m. a messenger of good tidings Śak

⋙ priyanivedikā

○nivedikā f. a female mṭmessenger of good tidings Mālatīm

⋙ priyapati

○pati (priyá-), m. lord of the beloved or desired VS

⋙ priyaputra

○putra m. a kind of bird BrahmaP

⋙ priyaprada

○prada m. N. of an author of Śākta Mantras Cat

⋙ priyapraśna

○praśna m. a kind inquiry (as after any one's welfare &c.) Hcar

⋙ priyaprasādana

○prasādana n. the conciliation of a husband, reconciliation with any object of affection MW

• -vrata n. a vow for the conciliation of a husband ib

⋙ priyaprāṇa

○prâṇa mfn. fond of life ib

⋙ priyaprāya

○prâya mfn. exceedingly kind or amiable (as speech) L

• of pleasing speech, well-spoken, eloquent W

• n. eloquence in language W

⋙ priyapriyeṇa

○priyeṇa ind. with pleasure, willingly Pāṇ. 8-1, 13

⋙ priyaprepsu

○prêpsu mfn. desirous of obtaining a beloved object, lamenting the loss or absence of any bṭbeloved object, grieving for an object of affection W

⋙ priyabhāva

○bhāva m. feeling of love A

⋙ priyabhāṣaṇa

○bhāṣaṇa n. speaking kindly, kind or friendly speech Hit

⋙ priyabhāṣin

○bhāṣin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably R

• (iṇī), f. Gracula Religiosa L

⋙ priyabhojana

○bhojana mfn. fond of good food Bhpr

⋙ priyamaṅgalā

○maṅgalā f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

⋙ priyamaṇḍana

○maṇḍana mfn. fond of trinkets or ornaments Śak

⋙ priyamadhu

○madhu m. 'fond of wine', N. of Bala-rāma (the half-brother of Kṛishṇa) L

⋙ priyamānasa

○mānasa mfn. fond of the lake Mānasa (the Rāja-haṃsa or Royal-goose) MW

⋙ priyamālyānulepana

○mālyânulepana m. 'fond of garlands and ornaments', N. of an attendant of Skanda MBh

⋙ priyamitra

○mitra m. N. of a mythical Cakra-vartin W

⋙ priyamukhā

○mukhā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ

⋙ priyamukhyā

○mukhyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

⋙ priyamedha

○medha (priyá-), m. N. of a Ṛishi (a descendant of Aṅgiras and author of the hymns RV. viii, 1-40, 57, 58, 76 ; ix, 28) and (pl.) of his descendants RV. Nir

• of a descendant of Aja-mīḍha BhP

• -vát ind. as Priya-medha RV

• -stuta (priyá-m○), mfn. praised by Priya ib. (accord. to Sāy. = priya-yajñair ṛṣibhiḥ stutaḥ)

⋙ priyambhaviṣṇu

○m-bhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming dear or agreeable Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)

• -tā f. (W.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

⋙ priyabhāvuka

○bhāvuka mfn. becoming dear Gīt. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 57)

• -tā f. (Bhaṭṭ.) or -tva n. (MW.) the becoming dṭdear

⋙ priyayajña

○yajña mfn. fond of sacrifices Sāy

⋙ priyaraṇa

○raṇa mfn. delighting in war, warlike MW

⋙ priyaratha

○ratha (priyá-), N. of a man RV. i, 122, 7 (accord. to Sāy. mfn. = prīyamāṇa-ratha-yukta)

⋙ priyarūpa

○rūpa mfn. having an agreeable form, g. manojñâdi to Pāṇ. 5-1, 133

⋙ priyavaktṛ

○vaktṛ mfn. one who speaks kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer Pañcat

• -tva n. speaking kindly Cāṇ

⋙ priyavacana

○vacana mfn. one whose words are kind or friendly, speaking kindly Sāy. on RV. i, 13, 8

• m. = bhakti-mān rogī L

• n. kind or friendly speech Vikr

⋙ priyavacas

○vacas mfn. speaking kindly, not out of tune L

• n. kind or friendly speech Sāh

⋙ priyavat

○vat (priyá-), mfn. possessing friends Bhar

• containing the word priya TS. Kāṭh

⋙ priyavadya

○vadya n. = -vāda (q.v.) ĀpŚr

⋙ priyavayasya

○vayasya m. a dear friend MW

⋙ priyavarṇī

○varṇī f. = priyaṅgu L

• Echites Frutescens W

⋙ priyavallī

○vallī f. = priyaṅgu or phalinī L

⋙ priyavasantaka

○vasantaka m. 'the desired spring' and 'the dear Vasantaka' Ratnâv. i, 8. [Page 710, Column 3]

⋙ priyavastu

○vastu n. a favourite object or topic MW

⋙ priyavāc

○vāc mfn. one whose words are kind, kind in speech Kām. Var

• f. kind speech, gentle words, (-vāk-sahita mfn. accompanied by kindness words) Hit

⋙ priyavada

○vada m. kindness or agreeable speech MBh. R

⋙ priyavādikā

○vādikā f. a kind of musical instrument L

⋙ priyavadin

○vadín mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably, flattering, a flatterer VS. MBh. R. &c. (○di-tā f. MBh. R.)

• m. (Car.) or (inī), f. (L.) a kind of bird, Gracula Religiosa

⋙ priyavinākṛta

○vinā-kṛta mfn. abandoned by a lover, deserted by a husband MW

⋙ priyaviśva

○viśva mfn. Pāṇ. 1-1, 29 Sch

⋙ priyavrata

○vrata (priyá-), mfn. having desirable ordinances or fond of obedience (said of the gods) RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr

• m. N. of a king (a son of Manu and Śata-rūpā) Hariv. Pur

• of a man Br

⋙ priyaśālaka

○śālaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L. (also spelt -sālaka)

⋙ priyaśiṣyā

○śiṣyā f. N. of an Apsaras VP

⋙ priyaśravas

○śravas mfn. loving glory (said of Kṛishṇa) BhP

⋙ priyasa

○sá mfn. granting desired objects RV. ix, 97, 38

⋙ priyasaṃvāsa

○saṃvāsa m. living together with loved persons MBh

⋙ priyasakha

○sakha mfn. loving one's friends Laghuj

• m. a dear friend MBh. Bhartṛ. Megh

• the tree Acacia Catechu (= khadira) L

• (ī), f. a dear female friend Daś

⋙ priyasaṃgamana

○saṃgamana n. 'meeting of friends', N. of a place (in which Indra and Vishṇu are said to have met with their parents Aditi and Kaśyapa) Hariv. 7647

⋙ priyasatya

○satya mfn. pleasant and true (as speech) L

• a lover of truth A

• n. speech at once pleasing and true W

⋙ priyasaṃtati

○saṃtati mfn. having a beloved son MW

⋙ priyasaṃdeśa

○saṃdeśa m. a friendly message A

• Michelia Champaca L

⋙ priyasamāgama

○samāgama m. re-union with a beloved object MW

⋙ priyasamucita

○samucita mfn. befitting a lover ib

⋙ priyasamudra

○samudra m. N. of a merchant HPariś

⋙ priyasamprahāra

○samprahāra mfn. fond of litigation Bālar

⋙ priyasarpiṣka

○sarpiṣka mfn. fond of melted butter Laghuk

⋙ priyasahacarī

○sahacarī f. a dear female companion, beloved wife MW

⋙ priyasālaka

○sālaka m. = -śālaka, q.v

⋙ priyasāhasa

○sāhasa mfn. addicted to rashness

• -tva n. VarBṛS

⋙ priyasukha

○sukha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ priyasuhṛd

○suhṛd m. a dear friend, kind or good friend Hit

⋙ priyasena

○sena m. N. of a man Divyâv

⋙ priyasevaka

○sevaka mfn. loving servants, kind towards servants Rājat

⋙ priyastotra

○stotra mfn. fond of praise RV. i, 91, 6

⋙ priyasvapna

○svapna mfn. fond of sleep, sluggish Ragh

⋙ priyasvāmin

○svāmin m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ priyahita

○hita mfn. at once agreeable and salutary VP

• n. things which are a and servants MBh. Mn. R. Gaut. (du.)

⋙ priyākhya

priyâkhya mfn. announcing good tidings R. Pat

• called 'dear' Prab

⋙ priyākhyāna

priyâkhyāna n. agreeable news, pleasant tidings MW

• -dāna n. a gift in return for pleasant tidings Jātakam

• -puraḥsara mfn. preceded by pleasant tidings MW

⋙ priyākhyāyin

priyâkhyāyin m. a teller announcing good news Divyâv

⋙ priyājana

priyā-jana m. pl. mistresses, dear ones &c. (collectively) Śiś

⋙ priyātithi

priyâtithi mfn. fond of guests, hospitable MBh

⋙ priyātmaka

priyâtmaka m. a kind of bird classed with the Pratudas Car. (vḷ. ○tma-ja)

⋙ priyātman

priyâtman mfn. of a pleasant nature, plṭpleasant, agreeable R

• ○tma-ja m. = ○tmaka, q.v

⋙ priyādāsa

priyā-dāsa m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ priyādhāna

priyâdhāna n. a friendly office MW

⋙ priyānna

priyânna n. expensive food MW

• -tva n. dearth, scarcity VarBṛS

⋙ priyāpatya

priyâpatya m. a kind of vulture L

⋙ priyāpāya

priyâpâya m. the absence of a beloved object MW

⋙ priyāpriya

priyâpriyá n. sg. du. or pl. pleasant and unpleasant things AV. ChUp. Mn. &c

⋙ priyāmukhībhū

priyā-mukhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to be changed into the face of a loved woman Naish

⋙ priyāmbu

priyâmbu mfn. fond of water

• m. the mango tree L

⋙ priyārtham

priyârtham ind. for the sake of a beloved object, as a favour MBh. Megh. Rājat

⋙ priyārha

priyârha mfn. deserving love, amiable MW

• m. N. of Vishṇu A

⋙ priyālāpa

priyâlāpa m. N. of a man, Vṛishabhān

⋙ priyālāpin

priyâlāpin mfn. speaking kindly or agreeably Bhartṛ

⋙ priyāvat

priyā́-vat mfn. having a mistress, enamoured AV. iv, 18, 4

⋙ priyāviraha

priyā-viraha m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ priyāsu

priyâsu mfn. fond of lift W

⋙ priyāsūyamatī

priyâsūyamatī f. N. of a woman Rājat

⋙ priyailikā

priyâilikā f. a kind of bean L

⋙ priyaiṣin

priyâiṣin mfn. friendly disposed to (comp.) Hariv

⋙ priyokti

priyôkti f. friendly speech Sāh

⋙ priyodita

priyôdita mfn. kindly spoken W

• n. kind speech L

⋙ priyopapatti

priyôpapatti f. a happy event or circumstance, pleasant occurrence MW

⋙ priyopabhoga

priyôpabhoga m. the enjoyment of a lover or of a mistress ib

• -vandhya mfn. barren or destitute of the enjoyment of a lover ib

⋙ priyosriya

priyốsriya mfn. loving cows, amorous (said of a bull) RV. x, 40, 11

≫ priyaka

priyaka m. a kind of deer with a very soft skin Śiś. Suśr

• a chameleon L

• a kind of bird MBh

• a bee L. [Page 711, Column 1] Contents of this page

• N. of sev. plants (Nauclea Cadamba, Terminalia Tomentosa &c.) L

• a kind of tree R. Hariv. Var

• N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh

• of a man, g. bidâdi

• (ī), f. the skin of the Priyaka R

• n. N. of a flower Śiś

≫ priyaṅgu

priyáṅgu mf. panic seed, Panicum Italicum VS. TS. Br. Kauś

• Aglaia Odorata L

• Sinapis Ramosa MBh. Kathās

• long pepper L

• a medicinal plant and perfume (commonly called Priyaṅgu and described in some places as a fragrant seed) L

• a partic. creeper (said to put forth blossoms at the touch of women) MBh. Kāv. &c

• Italian millet MW

• n. (prob.) panic seed or mustard seed Suśr. Bhpr

• saffron L

⋙ priyaṅgudvīpa

○dvīpa n. N. of a country Buddh

⋙ priyaṅguśyāmā

○śyāmā f. N. of the wife of Nara-vāhanadatta Vās

⋙ priyaṅgvākhyā

priyaṅgv-ākhyā f. panic seed L

≫ priyaṅgukā

priyaṅgukā f. Panicum Italicum SāmavBr

≫ priyāka

priyāka m. N. of an author Cat

≫ priyākṛ

priyā-√kṛ P. -karoti, to act kindly towards, do a favour to (acc.). Pāṇ. Vop. Bhaṭṭ

≫ priyāya

priyāya Nom. Ā. ○yáte, to treat kindly AV. MBh. (vḷ. priyam ivâcarate Nīlak

• cf. prīyāya)

• to make friends with (instr.) RV

≫ priyāla

priyāla m. the tree Buchanania Latifolia (commonly called Piyāl) MBh. R. Suśr. (ā), f. a vine, a bunch of grapes (= drākṣā) L

priyālatālakharjūraharītakīvibhītaka3priyāla--tālakharjūra-harītakī-vibhītaka m. pl.Piyāl, palm, date and yellow and beleric myrobalan trees MW

≫ priyīya

priyīya Nom. P. ○yati, to think a person to be another's mistress HYog

≫ prī 2

prī mfn. (ifc.) kind, delighted ( See adhaprī, kadha-prī, ghṛta-prī &c.)

≫ prīṇa 1

prīṇa mfn. (for 2. See col. 3) pleased, satisfied W

≫ prīṇana

prīṇana mfn. pleasing, gratifying, appeasing, soothing Suśr

• n. the act of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP. Ratnâv

• a means of pleasing or delighting or satisfying MBh. BhP

≫ prīṇayitṛ

prīṇayitṛ mfn. one who gladdens or delights

• (trī), f. Sāy. on RV. iv, 42, 10 (wṛ. prīṇāyitrī)

≫ prīṇayitvā

prīṇayitvā ind. having pleased or propitiated W

≫ prīṇita

prīṇita mfn. pleased, gratified, delighted MBh. Pañcat. Bhaṭṭ

≫ prīta

prītá mfn. pleased, delighted, satisfied, joyful, glad

• pleased or delighted or satisfied with, jṭjoyful at, glad of (with instr., loc., gen., or ifc.) RV. &c. &c

• beloved, dear to (gen. or comp.) Cāṇ. Hit

• kind (as speech) Hit

• (ā), f. a symbolical expression for the sound ṣ RāmatUp. (vḷ. pītā)

• n. jest, mirth L

• pleasure, delight W

⋙ prītacitta

○citta mfn. delighted at heart A

⋙ prītatara

○tara mfn. more highly pleased Ragh

⋙ prītamanas

○manas (R.),

⋙ prītamānasa

○mānasa (MBh.), or (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

⋙ prītātman

prīḍtâtman (ib. Mn.), mfn. pleased or gratified in mind

≫ prīti

prīti f. any pleasurable sensation, pleasure, joy, gladness, satisfaction (with loc. or ifc

• with ind. p., 'joy at having done anything') GṛŚrS. &c. &c

• friendly disposition, kindness, favour, grace, amity (with samam or ifc.), affection, love (with gen., loc., or ifc.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• joy or gratification personified (esp. as a daughter of Daksha or as one of the two wives of Kāma-deva) Hariv. Pur. Kathās

• N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt

• the 2nd of the 27 astrological Yogas. L

• N. of the 13th Kalā of the moon Cat

• a symbolical expression for the sound dh RāmatUp

• (yā), ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy MBh. R. Ragh. Kathās

• in a friendly way, amicably Mn. Ragh. &c

⋙ prītikara

○kara mfn. causing pleasure to (comp.) MārkP. Pāṇ. 6-2, 15 Sch. (cf. a-p○)

• inspiring love or affection MW

• m. N. of two authors Cat

⋙ prītikaraṇa

○karaṇa n. the act of causing pleasure, gratifying MW

⋙ prītikarman

○karman n. an act of friendship or love, kind action Mn

⋙ prītikūṭa

○kūṭa N. of a village, Vāsav., introd

⋙ prīticandra

○candra m. N. of a preceptor MW

⋙ prīticcheda

○ccheda m. destruction of joy Mṛicch

⋙ prītijuṣā

○juṣā f. N. of the wife of A-niruddha L

⋙ prītitṛṣ

○tṛṣ m. N. of the god of love L

⋙ prītida

○da mfn. giving pleasure L

• inspiring love or regard, affectionate W

• m. a jester or buffoon in a play L

⋙ prītidatta

○datta mfn. given through love or affection L

• n. (?) property or valuables presented to a female by her relations and friends at the time of her marriage, and constituting part of her peculiar property MW

⋙ prītidāna

○dāna n. (Ragh.) or (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

⋙ prītidāya

○dāya m. (MBh. R. Rājat.) 'gift of love', a present made from love or affection

⋙ prītidhana

○dhana n. money given from love or friendship. R

⋙ prītipātra

○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

⋙ prītipuroga

○puroga mfn. preceded by affṭaffection, affectionate, loving MBh

⋙ prītipūrvakam

○pūrvakam (Mn. Bhag.) or (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column 2]

⋙ prītipūrvam

○pūrvam (MBh.), ind. with the accompaniment of kindness, kindly, affectionately. [Page 711, Column 2]

⋙ prītipramukha

○pramukha mfn. preceded by kindness, kind, friendly

• -vacana n. a speech preceded by kindness, kind spṭspeech, affectionate words Megh

⋙ prītibhāj

○bhāj mfn. enjoying friendship, receiving friendly offices Kathās

⋙ prītibhojya

○bhojya mfn. to be eaten joyfully or cheerfully MW

⋙ prītimat

○mat mfn. having pleasurable sensations, pleased, gratified, glad, satisfied MBh. Kāv. MārkP

• having love or affection for (loc., gen. or acc.), affectionate, favourable, loving MBh. R. Hariv. MārkP

• kind (as words) R

• (atī), f. a kind of metre Col

⋙ prītimanas

○manas mfn. joyous-minded, pleased in mind, content

• kind W

⋙ prītimaya

○maya mf(ī)n. made up of joy, arisen from joy (as tears) R

⋙ prītiyuj

○yuj mfn. beloved, dear Kir

⋙ prītirasāyana

○rasâyana n. 'an elixir of joy', any nectar-like beverage causing joy Hit

⋙ prītivacana

○vacana (A.) or (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

⋙ prītivacas

○vacas (Hit.), n. kind or friendly words

⋙ prītivardhana

○vardhana mfn. increasing love or joy. A

• m. the 4th month Sūryapr

• N. of Vishṇu A

⋙ prītivāda

○vāda m. a friendly discussion MW

⋙ prītivivāha

○vivāha m. a love-marriage, love-match ib

⋙ prītiviśrambhabhājana

○viśrambha-bhājana n. a repository of affection and confidence ib

⋙ prītiśrāddha

○śrāddha n. a funeral offering to the Pitṛis of both parents (performed by some one in place of the eldest surviving son, and to be re-performed at some other period by this son in person) ib

⋙ prītisaṃyoga

○saṃyoga m. relation of friendship R

⋙ prītisaṃgati

○saṃgati f. a covenant of frṭfriendship, friendly alliance with (instr.) ŚārṅgP

⋙ prītisaṃdarbha

○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk

⋙ prītisambodhyaṅga

○sambodhy-aṅga n. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge) Dharmas. 49

⋙ prītisnigdha

○snigdha mfn. moist through love or charming through affection (said of the eyes) Megh

≫ prīyati

prīyati m. an expression for √prī MBh

≫ prīyāya

prīyāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to rejoice at (acc.) MBh. (cf. priyāya)

≫ preṇā

preṇā́ instr. for premṇā́, See premán

≫ preṇi

preṇí mfn. = pretṛ́ RV. i, 112, 10 (of obscure meaning AV. vi, 89, 1)

≫ pretṛ

pretṛ́ mfn. a lover, cherisher, benefactor RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

≫ predhā

predhā́ ind. = priya-dhā́ (q.v.) MaitrS

≫ prema 1

prema (ifc. f. ā) = premán love, affection (cf. sa-p○)

• (ā), f. See below

≫ prema 2

prema in comp. for premán

⋙ prematattvanirūpaṇa

○tattvanirūpaṇa n. N. of a Bengālī poem by Kṛishṇadāsa

⋙ premadhara

○dhara m. N. of an author Cat

⋙ premanārāyaṇa

○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a king Inscr

⋙ premanidhi

○nidhi m. N. of sev. authors Cat

⋙ premapattanikā

○pattanikā, f. N. of wk

⋙ premapara

○para mfn. intent on love, filled with affection, affectionate, loving, constant W

⋙ premapātana

○pātana n. rheum L

• tears (of joy) W

⋙ premapātra

○pātra n. an object of affection, a beloved person or thing MW

⋙ premapīyūṣalatākartarī

○pīyūṣa-latākartarī f. N. of wk

⋙ premabandha

○bandha m. (ŚārṅgP. Rājat.) or (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

⋙ premabandhana

○bandhana n. (BhP.) the ties of love, love, affection

⋙ premabhakticandrikā

○bhakti-candrikā f

⋙ premabhaktistotra

○bhaktistotra n. N. of wks

⋙ premabhāva

○bhāva m. state of affection, love R

⋙ premarasāyana

○rasâyana n

⋙ premarasāyanānurāga

○rasâḍyanânurāga m

⋙ premarāja

○rāja m. N. of wks

⋙ premarāśībhū

○rāśī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become one mass of affection Megh

⋙ premarddhi

○rddhi (○ma-Rd○), f. increase of affṭaffection, ardent love MW

⋙ premalatikā

○latikā f. the small creeping plant 'love' Kpr

⋙ premavat

○vat mfn. full of love, affectionate Subh

• (atī), f. a mistress L

⋙ premaviśvāsabhūmi

○viśvāsa-bhūmi f. an object of love and confidence MW

⋙ premasāgara

○sāgara m. an ocean of love ib

⋙ premasāhi

○sāhi (sāhi = ?) m. = -nārāyaṇa Inscr

⋙ premasena

○sena m. N. of a prince Siṃhâs

⋙ premākara

premâkara m. abundance of love Daś

⋙ premāmṛta

premâmṛta n. 'love-ambrosia', N. of a metrical list of 112 names of Kṛishṇa and of sev. other wks

⋙ premārdra

premârdra mfn. overflowing with love Mālatīm

⋙ premāśru

premâśru n. a tear of affection MW

⋙ premendusāgara

premêndu-sāgara m

⋙ premoktyudaya

premôkty-udaya m. N. of wks

≫ premaṇīya

premaṇīya mfn. fit for exciting love &c. Buddh

≫ preman

premán m. n. love, affection, kindness, tender regard, favour, predilection, fondness, love &c. towards (loc. or comp.) TS. Br. Kāv. &c. (also pl.)

• joy L

• m. sport, a jest, joke Sāh

• wind L

• N. of Indra L

• of various men Rājat

• (premṇā, Ved. preṇā́), ind. through love or affection RV. TS. MBh

≫ premā

premā in comp. for premán

⋙ premābandha

○bandha m. = prema-b○ (above) Amar. Ratnâv. Veṇis

⋙ premāvatī

○vatī f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs

≫ premin

premin mfn. loving, affectionate L

≫ preyas

préyas mfn. (compar. fr. priya) dearer, more agreeable, more desired RV. AV. ŚBr. &c

• m. a lover Amar. Kathās

• a dear friend Mālatīm

• (asī), f. a mistress Bhartṛ. Dhūrtas. [Page 711, Column 3]

• n. (in rhet.) flattery Pratāp. Kuval. Sāh

⋙ preyaskara

○kara m. the hand of a lover BhP

⋙ preyastā

○tā f. (Rājat.) or (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

⋙ preyastva

○tva n. (BhP.) the being dearer or very dear

⋙ preyasvin

○vin mfn. containing flattery Kāv

⋙ preyopatya

preyo-'patya (fr. ○yas + ap○), m. 'very fond of offspring', a heron L

≫ preṣṭha

préṣṭha mfn. (superl. fr. priya) dearest, most beloved or desired RV

• (in address) KaṭhUp. BhP

• very fond of (loc.) RV. vi, 63, 1

• m. a lover, husband BhP

• (ā), f. a mistress, wife L

• a leg L

⋙ preṣṭhatama

○tama mfn. dearest, most beloved BhP

prīṇa 2

prīṇa (for 1. See under √prī), mfn. (fr. 1. pra) old, ancient, former Pāṇ. 5-4, 30 Vārtt. 7 Pat. (cf. pra-ṇa, pra-tna, pra-tana)

prītu

prītu m. a bird (?) W

pru

pru cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 61) pravate (pf. pupruve ŚBr

• aor. proṣṭhāḥ ĀśvŚr.), to spring up Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. prāvayati (aor. apupravat, or apipravat), to reach to (acc.) ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 86): Desid. of Caus. puprāvayiṣati or piprāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81 Sch. (cf. ati-√pru, apa-√pru &c

• and √plu)

≫ prut

prut (ifc.), See antarikṣa-, uda-, upari- and kṛṣṇa-prút

pruth

pruth cl. 1. P. Ā. próthati, ○te, to pant, neigh, snort (as a horse) RV. ĀśvŚr.: Caus. prothayati, to employ force Āpast.: Intens. (only p. pópruthat) to snort aloud RV. i, 30, 16 (cf. √proth)

≫ protha

protha m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) the nostrils of a horse MBh. Var. (cf. pṛthu-p○)

• the snout of a hog MBh

• m. the loins or hip (of a man) Bhpr

• the womb L

• a cave L

• a petticoat L

• terror, fright L

• a traveller(?) L

• mfn. notorious, famous (?) W

• placed, fixed (?) ib

⋙ prothatha

prothátha m. panting, snorting RV

⋙ prothin

prothin m. a horse L

pruṣ 1

pruṣ cl. 5. P. Ā. pruṣṇóti, ○ṇuté (fut. proṣíṣyate TS

• pf. puproṣa aor. aproṣīt, Gṛ.), to sprinkle, shower, wet, moisten RV. VS. TS

• cl. 10. P. Ā. (or Nom.) pruṣāyáti, ○te id. RV

• cl. 9. P. (Dhātup. xxxi, 55) pruṣṇāti (p. pruṣṇát Br.), id

• to become wet, fill L. ; cl. 4. P. pruṣyati, See vi-√pruṣ. [Cf. Lat. pruīna for prusviina ; Goth. frius ; Germ. friosan, frieren ; Eng. freeśe.]

≫ pruṣ 2

pruṣ (ifc.), See abhra- and ghṛta-prúṣ

≫ pruṣita

pruṣitá mfn. sprinkled, wet RV

⋙ pruṣitapsu

○psu (○tá-). mfn. dappled, piebald (as horses) ib

≫ pruṣṭā

pruṣṭā

⋙ pruṣṭāyate

pruṣḍṭāyate Pāṇ. 3-1, 17 Vārtt. 1

≫ pruṣva

pruṣva m. the rainy season Uṇ. i, 151 Sch

• (pruṣvā́ or prúṣvā), f. a drop of water, hoar-frost, ice AV. VS. ŚBr

≫ pruṣvāya

pruṣvāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to fall in drops, trickle Uṇ. i, 151

≫ proṣaka

proṣaka m. pl. N. of a people MBh

pruṣ 3

pruṣ cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 53) to burn

≫ pruṣṭa

pruṣṭa mfn. burnt L

≫ pruṣva

pruṣva m. head L

• mfn. hot L

≫ proṣa

proṣa m. burning, combustion L

prū

prū See kaṭa-prū

prūṣ

prūṣ (for pruṣ). See aṣṭā́-pruṣ

pre

prê (pra- √5. i), cl. 2. P. prâiti (Ved. inf. prâitos AitBr.), to come forth, appear, begin RV. BṛĀrUp. MBh

• to go on, proceed, advance (esp. as a sacrifice) RV. VS

• to go forwards or farther, come to, arrive at, enter (acc.) ib. ŚBr. Up. MBh

• to go out or away, depart (this life, with or without asmāl lokāt, or itas), die Br. Up. Mn. MBh. &c.: Intens. Ā. prêyate, to drive or go forth (said of Ushas) RV

≫ preta

prếta mfn. departed, deceased, dead, a dead person ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh

• m. the spirit of a dead person (esp. before obsequial rites are performed), a ghost, an evil being Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 241, 271 MWB. 219)

⋙ pretakarman

○karman n. an obsequial rite MBh

⋙ pretakalpa

○kalpa m. 'obsṭobsequial ordinance', N. of GāruḍaP. ii

⋙ pretakāya

○kāya m. a dead body, corpse Kathās

⋙ pretakārya

○kārya n. = -karman MBh. R. BhP

⋙ pretakṛtya

○kṛtya n. id. MBh. (ā f. Mn. iii, 127)

• -nirṇaya and ○tyâdi-nirṇaya m. N. of wks

⋙ pretagata

○gata mfn. gone to the departed, dead MBh

⋙ pretagati

○gati f. the way of the depṭdeparted (with √gam, 'to die') ib

⋙ pretagṛha

○gṛha n. 'dead-house', a burning-place L

⋙ pretagopa

○gopa m. guardian of the dead (in Yama's house) R. [Page 712, Column 1] Contents of this page

⋙ pretacārin

○cārin m. 'roaming among the dṭdead', N. of Śiva Śivag

⋙ pretatva

○tva n. being dead Hariv

• the state of a ghost Hcat. Kāraṇḍ

⋙ pretadāha

○dāha m. burning of the dead MW

• ○hâgni m. corpse-fire L

⋙ pretadīpikā

○dīpikā f. N. of wk

⋙ pretadhūma

○dhūma m. smoke of the dead i.e. of a funeral pile Mn. Yājñ

⋙ pretanadī

○nadī f. river of the dead (= vaitaraṇī, q.v.) L

⋙ pretanara

○nara m. a dead man, a ghost W

⋙ pretanātha

○nātha m. 'lord of the dead', N. of Yama Bālar

⋙ pretaniryātaka

○niryātaka m. a carrier of dṭdead bodies Mn. iii, 166

⋙ pretanirhāraka

○nirhāraka m. id. ib. (vḷ.)

⋙ pretapakṣa

○pakṣa or m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

⋙ pretapakṣaka

○pakḍṣaka m. = pitṛ-p○ (q.v.) L

⋙ pretapaṭaha

○paṭaha m. a drum beaten at the burning of the dead L

⋙ pretapatākā

○patākā f. a flag used at the bṭburning of the dead Hcar

⋙ pretapati

○pati m. = -nātha MārkP

• -paṭaha m. 'Yama's drum', drum beaten at the bṭburning of the dead Kād

⋙ pretapātra

○pātra n. a vessel used at a Śrāddha ceremony W

⋙ pretapiṇḍabhuj

○piṇḍa-bhuj mfn. one who partakes of the Piṇḍa (q.v.) at a Śrāddha Hcar

⋙ pretapitṛ

○pitṛ mfn. one whose father is dṭdead MānGṛ

⋙ pretapura

○pura n. (L.),

⋙ pretapurī

○purī f. (Daś.), city of the dṭdead, Yama's abode

⋙ pretapradīpa

○pradīpa m. N. of wk

⋙ pretaprasādhana

○prasādhana n. adornment of a corpse Kathās

⋙ pretabhakṣiṇī

○bhakṣiṇī f. N. of a goddess Cat

⋙ pretabhāva

○bhāva m. the being dead, death (○vāya saṃsiddhaḥ, 'ready to die') R

• -stha mfn. dead ib

⋙ pretabhūmi

○bhūmi f. 'place of the dead', a burning-ground MW

⋙ pretamañjarī

○mañjarī f. N. of ch. of GāruḍaP

⋙ pretamuktidā

○mukti-dā f. N. of wk

⋙ pretamedha

○medha m. a funeral sacrifice R

⋙ pretamokṣa

○mokṣa m. N. of ch. of the Māghamāhātmya

⋙ pretarākṣasī

○rākṣasī f. Ocimum Sanctum L. (vḷ. apêta- and a-prêta-r○)

⋙ pretarāja

○rāja m. = -nātha R

• -niveśana n. -pura n. Yama's abode or city MBh

⋙ pretaloka

○loka m. the world of the dead (in which they remain for one year or until the Śrāddha ceremonies are completed) MBh

⋙ pretavat

○vat ind. as if dead MW

⋙ pretavana

○vana n. 'grove of the dead', a burning-ground L

⋙ pretavaśa

○vaśa m. power of the dead (○śaṃ-√nī, to put to death) MBh

⋙ pretavāhita

○vāhita mfn. possessed by an evil spirit L

⋙ pretaśarīra

○śarīra n. the body with which a departed spirit is invested RTL. 28

⋙ pretaśilā

○śilā f. 'stone of the dead', N. of a stone near Gayā on which Piṇdas are offered ( See piṇḍa) GāruḍaP

⋙ pretaśuddhi

○śuddhi f. (Mn.),

⋙ pretaśauca

○śauca n. (GāruḍaP.) purification after the death of a kinsman

⋙ pretaśrāddha

○śrāddha n. the obsequial ceremonies performed for a relative at death and every month for a year and at every anniversary after death

⋙ pretasamkḷpta

○samkḷpta mfn. (food) prepared in honour of the dead Āpast

⋙ pretasparśin

○sparśin (ŚāṅkhGṛ.),

⋙ pretahāra

○hāra (Mn.), m. = -niryātaka

⋙ pretādhipa

prêtâdhipa m. = ○ta-nātha Hariv

• -nagarī f. Yama's residence Kād

⋙ pretādhipati

prêtâdhipati m. the lord of the dead or of departed spirits ṢaḍvBr

⋙ pretānna

prêtânna n. food offered to a dead person Mn. Āpast

⋙ pretāyana

prêtâyana m. 'way of the dead', N. of a partic. hell Kād. (wṛ. ○tāpana)

⋙ pretālaya

prêtâlaya m. a kind of thorn-apple L

⋙ pretāvāsa

prêtâvāsa m. = ○ta-gṛha BhP

⋙ pretāsthi

prêtâsthi n. a bone of a dead man

• -dhārin m. 'wearing dead men's bones', N. of Śiva Kāv

⋙ preteśa

prêtêśa (Yājñ. Sch.),

⋙ preteśvara

prêtêḍśvara (R.), m. = ○ta-nātha

⋙ pretoddeśa

prêtôddeśa m. an offering to deceased ancestors W

≫ preti

prếti f. departure, flight. RV. VS

• approach, arrival TāṇḍBr

⋙ pretivat

○vat (pr74○), mfn. containing the word prêti or any form of prê TS

⋙ pretīṣaṇi

prếtī-ṣaṇi (Padap. ○ti-S○), mfn. striving to move forwards (said of Agni) RV

≫ pretika

prêtika m. the soul of a dead man, a ghost L

≫ pretya

prếtya ind. having died, after death, in the next world, in the life to come, hereafter (opp. to iha) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c

⋙ pretyajāti

○jāti f. rank or position in the next world MBh

⋙ pretyabhāj

○bhāj mfn. enjoying (the fruits of anything) in the next world Hariv

⋙ pretyabhāva

○bhāva m. the state after death, future life Gaut. MBh. R. (cf. IW. 63)

• ○vika mfn. relating to it (opp. to aihalaukika) MBh

≫ pretvan

prêtvan mf(arī)n. moving along, straying about (as cattle) Br

• m. wind, air L

• N. of Indra L

≫ prehi

prêhi 2. sg. Impv. in comp. (cf. 1. prôha under prôh)

⋙ prehikaṭā

○kaṭā f. a rite in which no mats are allowed, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi

⋙ prehikardamā

○kardamā f. a rite in which no impurity of any kind is allṭallowed ib

⋙ prehidvitīyā

○dvitīyā f. a rite at which no second person is allṭallowed to be present ib

⋙ prehivaṇijā

○vaṇijā f. a rite at which no merchants are allowed to be present ib

prekīya

prékīya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + eka) Vop. (cf. prâikīya)

prekṣ

prêkṣ (pra-√īkṣ), Ā. prêkṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to look at, view, behold, observe TS. &c. &c. [Page 712, Column 2]

• to look on (without interfering), suffer, say nothing Mn. MBh

≫ prekṣaka

prêkṣaka mf(ikā)n. looking at, viewing or intending to view MBh. R. Hariv

• considering, judging Yājñ. Sch

• m. a spectator, member of an audience MānGṛ

• ○kêrita mfn. (a word) uttered by a spectator MBh

⋙ prekṣaṇa

prêkṣaṇa n. viewing, looking at or on (at a performance) GṛS. Mn. BhP

• (ifc. ā) a view, look, sight Megh

• the eye Suśr

• any public show or spectacle Mn. Pañcat. Kathās

• a place where public exhibitions are held W

• -kūṭa n. the pupil of the eye Suśr

• ○ṇâlambha n. sg. looking at and touching (women) Mn. ii, 179

⋙ prekṣaṇaka

prêkṣaṇaka mfn. looking at, a spectator Yājñ

• n. a spectacle, show (as opp. to reality) Bālar. Hcat

⋙ prekṣaṇika

prêkṣaṇika mfn. = prec, mfn. W

• m. an actor (?) Vet

• (ā), f. a woman fond of seeing shows W

⋙ prekṣaṇīya

prêkṣaṇīya mfn. to be seen, visible Śak

• (ifc.) looking like, resembling Megh

• worth seeing, sightly, beautiful to the view MBh. Kālid

• n. a show, spectacle Vet

• -ka n. = prec. n. Kathās

• -tama and -tara mfn. most and more sightly or beautiful MBh

• -tā f. sightliness, beautifulness Rājat

≫ prekṣā

prêkṣā f. seeing, viewing, beholding, regarding, looking on (at a performance) MBh. R. BhP. (often ifc., cf. dharma-prêkṣa, mukha-pr○)

• a sight or view (esp. a beautiful sight or view) BhP

• a public show or entertainment Mn. Hariv. Kathās

• (ifc.) the being understood or meant as Nir. i, 17

• circumspection, consideration, reflection MBh. Hariv. Rājat

• the branch of a tree L

⋙ prekṣākārin

○kārin mfn. one who acts with deliberation Kir

⋙ prekṣāgāra

○"ṣgāra (○kṣâg○), m. n. a play-house, theatre MBh. Hariv. VP

⋙ prekṣāgṛha

○gṛha n. id. Hariv

⋙ prekṣāpūrva

○pūrva (ibc.) or ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

⋙ prekṣāpūrvam

○pūrḍvam ind. with deliberation Hariv. Rājat

⋙ prekṣāprapañca

○prapañca m. a stage-play Bālar

⋙ prekṣāvat

○vat mfn. circumspect, deliberate, prudent Sāṃkhyak. Sch. Nīlak

⋙ prekṣāvidhi

○vidhi m. a stage-play Bālar

⋙ prekṣāsamāja

○samāja n. sg. public shows and assemblies Mn. ix, 84 (v. l. ○jau m. du.)

≫ prekṣita

prêkṣita mfn. looked at &c

• n. a look, glance MBh. R. &c

⋙ prekṣitavya

prêkṣitavya mfn. to be seen or beheld Ratnâv

⋙ prekṣitṛ

prêkṣitṛ mfn. one who looks on, spectator Hariv

≫ prekṣin

prêkṣin mfn. looking at, viewing, regarding (○kṣi-tva n.) MBh. R. &c

• (ifc.) having the eyes or glance of (cf. mṛga-p○)

≫ prekṣya

prêkṣya mfn. to be seen, visible MBh

• to be looked at or regarded Kathās

• worth seeing, sightly Kālid. Rājat

preṅkh

prêṅkh (pra-√īṅkh). P. Ā. prêṅkhati, ○te, to tremble, shake, vibrate AitĀr. Kāv.: Caus. P. prêṅkhayati, to swing (trans.) Ragh

• Ā. ○te, to swing one's self RV. vii, 88, 3

≫ preṅkha

prêṅkhá mfn. trembling, rocking, swaying, pitching RV. AV

• m. n. and (ā), f. a swing, a sort of hammock or swinging-cot Br. ŚrS. BhP. Suśr. (m. du. the two posts between which a swing moves Āpast

• id. [with nakulasya vāma-devasya] and sg. [with marutām] N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr

• ○kha-phalaka n. the board or seat in a swing ŚāṅkhŚr

• ○khêṅkhana n. swinging BhP.)

• (ā), f. dancing L

• a partic. pace of a horse L

• wandering, roaming L

≫ preṅkhaṇa

prêṅkhaṇa mfn. (ifc.) moving towards Bhaṭṭ

• n. swinging Bhar

• a swing L

• a kind of minor drama (having no Sūtra-dhāra, hero &c.) Sāh. IW. 472

• -kārikā f. a female swinger or dancer Bhar

⋙ preṅkhaṇīya

prêṅḍkhaṇīya mfn. to be swung or made to oscillate Vop

≫ preṅkhita

prêṅkhita mfn. swung, shaken, set in motion L

• joined to, being in contact with (?) W

≫ preṅkhola

prêṅkhola mfn. swinging, dancing, moving to and fro Vcar

• m. a swing hammock ib

• blowing (of the wind) Mālatīm

• Nom. ○lati, to swing, oscillate Mālatīm. Pracaṇḍ

≫ preṅkholana

prêṅkholana n. swinging, rocking Kād. Suśr

⋙ preṅkholaya

prêṅkhoḍlaya Nom. ○yati, to swing, rock Dhātup

⋙ preṅkholita

prêṅkhoḍlita mfn. swung, rocked, oscillating Kād

preṅgaṇa

prêṅgaṇa n. (fr. pra + √iṅg) Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch

preḍ

prêḍ (pra-√īḍ), Ā. prêṭṭe, to implore, praise, celebrate RV

preḍaka

preḍaka mfn. = prêraka Sāṃkhyak. Sch. (-tva n.)

preṇā

preṇā preṇi, See p. 711, col. 2. [Page 712, Column 3]

preta

prêta &c. See p. 711, col. 3

predi

predi m. N. of a man GopBr. (vḷ. proti, p. 713, col. 2)

preddha

prếddha (pra-iddha), mfn. kindled, lighted, aflame RV

prenv

prênv (pra-√inv), P. prênoti, to send forth, impel forwards or upwards RV

≫ prenvana

prênvana n

⋙ prenvanīya

prênḍvanīya mfn. Pāṇ. 8-4, 2 Vārtt. 6 Pat

prepa

prepa mfn. (pra + ap, water) Pat

prepsā

prêpsā f. (fr. Desid. of pra-√āp) wish to obtain, desire, longing for Nir. vii, 17

• supposition, assumption ib. vi, 32

≫ prepsu

prêpsu mfn. wishing to attain, desirous of obtaining, seeking, longing for, aiming at (acc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c

• anxious to rescue or save ( See prâṇa-pr○)

• supposing, assuming Nir. vi, 32

preman

preman preyas &c. See p. 711, col. 2

prer

prêr (pra-√īr), Ā. prêrte, to move (intrans.), come forth, arise, appear RV. AV. TS. ŚBr. Caus. prêrayati, to set in motion, push on, drive forwards, urge, stimulate, excite RV. &c. &c

• to send, dispatch MBh. R

• to turn, direct (the eyes) R. Śak. (vḷ.)

• to raise (the voice), utter, pronounce (words, prayers &c.) RV. &c. &c

≫ preraka

prêraka mfn. setting in motion, urging, dispatching, sending (-tva n.) Hariv. Rājat

⋙ preraṇa

prêraṇa n. driving out

• See paśu-pr○

• (also ā f.) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to (prati or comp.) Naish. Kathās. Rājat. Hit

• activity, action Yājñ. Megh

• the sense of the causal verb Vop

⋙ preraṇīya

prêraṇīya mfn. to be urged on or incited Rājat

⋙ prerayitṛ

prêrayitṛ mfn. one who urges or incites or sends MW

• a ruler ib

⋙ prerita

prêrita mfn. urged, impelled, dispatched, sent Kālid. Kathās. Suśr

• turned, directed (as the eye) Śak. (vḷ.)

• incited to speak Daś

• passed, spent (as time) Bhartṛ

⋙ preritṛ

prêritṛ mfn. one who urges or incites, an inciter ŚvetUp

⋙ prertvan

prêrtvan m. the sea, ocean Uṇ. iv, 116 Sch

• (arī), f. a river ib

preṣ 1

preṣ cl. 1. Ā. preṣate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 18 (vḷ. hreṣ)

preṣ 2

prêṣ (pra-√iṣ), P. Ā. prêṣyati, ○te (Ved. inf. prêṣe Pāṇ. 3-4, 9 Sch

• ind. p. prâi4ṣam s.v.), to drive on, urge, impel, send forth RV. MBh

• to invite, summon, call upon (another priest to commence a recitation or a ceremony acc., e.g. sāma prêṣyati, 'he calls upon to commence the recitation of a Sāman'

• esp. Impv. prêṣya, 'call upon to recite or offer acc. or gen. to dat.') ŚBr. KātyŚr. (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 61 ; viii, 2, 91): Caus. prêṣayati, to hurl, fling, cast, throw MBh. R. Bhaṭṭ

• to turn or direct the eyes Śak. ii, 2 (vḷ. prêrayantyâ)

• to send forth, dismiss, dispatch MBh. Kāv. &c

• to send into exile, banish R. Kathās

• to send word, send a message to a person (gen.) R

≫ preṣ 3

prếṣ f. pressing, pressure (with hemán, 'urging pressure') RV. ix, 97, 1

⋙ preṣa

prếṣa m. urging on, impelling, impulse ib. i, 68, 5

• sending, dispatching L

• pain, affliction L

⋙ preṣaka

prêṣaka mfn. sending, directing, commanding MBh

≫ preṣaṇa

prêṣaṇa n. the act of sending &c., charge, commission Gaut. MBh. R. BhP

• rendering a service MBh. Ratnâv. (pl.)

• -kṛt mfn. one who executes a commission MBh

• ○ṇâdhyakṣa m. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration Cāṇ

⋙ preṣaṇīya

prêṣaṇīya mfn. to be sent or dispatched MW

⋙ preṣayitṛ

prêṣayitṛ mfn. = prêṣaka R

⋙ preṣita

prếṣita mfn. set in motion, urged on, impelled RV

• hurled, flung, thrown ŚBr

• sent, dispatched on an errand MBh. Kāv. &c. (-vat mfn. Hit)

• sent into exile, banished R

• turned, directed (as the eyes) Śak. i, 23 (vḷ. prêrita)

• ordered, commanded Vop

⋙ preṣitavya

prêṣitavya mfn. to be invited (to commence a ceremony) AitBr

⋙ preṣya

prêṣya mfn. to be sent or dispatched, fit for a messenger Kathās

• m. a servant, menial, slave (ā f. a female servant, handmaid) MBh. Kāv. &c

• n. servitude Yājñ. (in śūdra-pr○ vḷ. for -praiṣya)

• behest, command ( See next)

• -kara mfn. executing the orders of (gen.) MBh

• -jana m. servants (collectively), household Mn. Nal

• a servant Prab. [Page 713, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -tā f. (Mn.), -tva n. (ib. MBh.), -bhāva m. (Mālav.) the state or condition of a servant, servitude

• -vadhū f. a female servant, handmaid MBh

• the wife of a slave MW

• -varga m. a train of servants, retinue R

• ○ṣyā-tva n. the state of a female servant, being a handmaid Rājat

≫ praiṣa

prâiṣá m. sending, direction, invitation, summons, order, call (esp. upon the assistant priest to commence a ceremony) AV. Br. MBh. &c

• pain, affliction, frenzy, madness (?) L

• -kara mfn. executing orders, a servant Āpast

• -kṛt mfn. id. Vait

• giving orders, commanding Kauś. (Sch.)

• -pratīka-yājyā f. a Yājyā beginning with a Praisha ĀpŚr

• ○ṣâdhyāya m. N. of wk

⋙ praiṣika

prâiḍṣika mfn. belonging to or connected with the Praishas Nir

≫ praiṣaṇika

praiṣaṇika mfn. (fr. prâiṣa) executing orders (as a means of livelihood), g. vetanâdi

• fitted for the execution of commands, g. chedâdi

≫ praiṣam

prâiṣam ind., in the formula prâiṣaiḥ or iṣṭibhiḥ prâiṣam icchati, 'he strives to start (the sacrifice compared to a hunted animal) with invocations or exclamations' AitBr. ŚBr

≫ praiṣya

prâiṣyá mfn. (with jana AV.) = m. a servant, slave Mn. R

• (ā), f. a female servant ib

• n. servitude ib. Var

⋙ praiṣyajana

○jana m. servants, train, retinue R

⋙ praiṣyabhāva

○bhāva m. the state or condition of a slave, servitude Kum

preṣṭha

preṣṭha See p. 711, col. 3

prehaṇa

prêhaṇa n. (fr. pra-√īh) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

prehi

prêhi &c. See p. 712, col. 2

praikīya

prâikīya Nom. P. ○yati = prékīya Vop

praiṇ

praiṇ cl. 1. P. praiṇati vḷ. for paiṇ

praiṇāna

praiṇāná mfn. = prīṇāná (√prī), propitiated, gratified AV

praitos

prâitos See pré (pra-√i), p. 711

praidh

prâidh (pra-√edh), cl. 1. Ā. prâidhate Pāṇ. 6-1, 89 Sch

praiya 1

praiya n. (fr. priya), g. pṛthv-ādi

≫ praiya 2

praiya Vṛiddhi form of priya in comp

⋙ praiyamedha

○medha m. patr. fr. Priya-mṭmedha AitBr. (wṛ. praiyyam○)

• N. of Sindhu-kshit RAnukr

• n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr

⋙ praiyarūpaka

○rūpaka n. (fr. priya-rūpa) Naish

⋙ praiyavrata

○vrata mf(ī)n. relating to Priya-vrata BhP

• m. patr. fr. PriyṭPriya-varata ib

• n. Priya-varata's life or adventures ib

≫ praiyaka

praiyaka m. patr. fr. priyaka g. bidâdi

≫ praiyaṅgava

praíyaṅgava mf(ī)n. (fr. priyaṅgu) relating to or prepared from panic grass, Maitr. TS. (wṛ. praiyyaṅ○ Kāṭh.)

⋙ praiyaṅgavika

praíyaṅgaḍvika mf(ī)n. knowing the tale of Priyaṅgu Pat

≫ praiyyamedha

praiyyamedha wṛ. for praiyam○

• See above

prokta

prôkta &c. See pra-√vac

prokṣ

prôkṣ (pra-√ukṣ), P. prôkṣati to sprinkle upon, besprinkle, consecrate (for sacrifice) RV. VS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS

• to sacrifice, kill, slaughter (a sacrificial victim) MBh. R.: Caus. prôkṣayati, to sprinkle, besprinkle Suśr

≫ prokṣa

prôkṣa m. the act of sprinkling upon ĀpŚr

⋙ prokṣaṇa

prốkṣaṇa n. id., consecration by sprinkling (of a sacrificial animal or of a dead body before burial) TS. &c. &c

• a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇī)

• immolation of victims L. (-vidhi m. N. of wk.)

• (ī), f. See below

⋙ prokṣaṇi

prốkṣaṇi f. pl. = ○ṇī pl. VS. ŚBr. &c

⋙ prokṣaṇī

prốkṣaṇī f. a vessel for holy water Hariv. (vḷ. ○ṇa)

• pl. water for sprinkling or consecrating (mixed with rice and barley) AV. VS. Br. GṛŚrS

• -dhānī f. (ĀpŚr.), -pātra n. (Nīlak.) a vessel for sprinkling water

• ○nyāsādana n. placing of the Prôkshaṇī vessel L

⋙ prokṣaṇīya

prôkṣaṇīya mfn. to be sprinkled

• n. (sg. and pl.) water used for consecrating Hariv. MārkP

⋙ prokṣita

prokṣita mfn. sprinkled, purified or consecrated by sprinkling ŚBr. Mn. Yājñ

• immolated, killed L

⋙ prokṣitavya

prôkṣitavya mfn. to be sprinkled or consecrated MārkP

proghiya

proghiya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pra + ogha) Vop. (cf. prâughīya)

proccaṇḍa

prôccaṇḍa (pra-ucc○), mfn. exceedingly terrible, very violent Uttarar. Mcar. [Page 713, Column 2]

proccar

prôc-car (pra-ud-√car), P. -carati, to utter a sound, utter, pronounce Hariv.: Caus. -carayati, to cause to sound Pañcat

⋙ proccārita

prôc-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to sound, sounding ib

proccal

prôc-cal (pra-ud-√cal), P. ○lati, to start, set out on a journey Kathās

proccāṭanā

prôccāṭanā (pra-ucc○), f. driving away, removal, destruction Prasannar

proccais

prôccais (pra-ucc○), ind. very loudly Kathās. Pañcat

• exceedingly high, in a very high degree Prab

procchal

prôc-chal (pra-ud-√śal), P. ○lati, to spurt out, gush or flow forth Śiś

procchūna

prôcchūna (pra-ucch○), mfn. swelled, swollen up W

procchrita

prôcchrita (pra-ucch○), mfn. lifted up, raised Hariv

• high, lofty Mṛicch

procchvas

prôc-chvas (pra-ud-√śvas), P. prôcchvasiti, to breathe strongly or loudly Pañcat

projjāsana

prôjjāsana (pra-ujj○), n. killing, slaughter L

projjval

prôj-jval (pra-ud-√jval), P. ○lati, to shine brightly, flash, glitter Hariv

projjh

prôjjh (pra-√ujjh), P. prôjjhati, to abandon, leave, quit, forsake, avoid, efface Pañcat. Hit

• to subtract, deduct Sūryas

≫ projjhana

prôjjhana n. abandoning, forsaking, quitting, letting go W

≫ projjhita

prôjjhita mfn. abandoned, forsaken, shunned, avoided Prab. Pañcat

• (ifc.) free from, wanting Var

≫ projjhya

prôjjhya ind. having left or abandoned, Kirāt

• leaving aside, with exception of Var

proñch

prôñch (pra-√uñch), P. prôñchati, to wipe out, efface Mṛicch

≫ proñchana

prôñchana n. wiping out, effacing (lit. and fig.) Naish. (ucchiṣṭa-pr○, gathering up the remnants Kull. on Mn. ii, 241)

proḍḍī

prôḍ-ḍī (pra-ud-√ḍī, only ind. p. -ḍīya, to fly up, fly away Mṛicch. (vḷ.) ○ḍīna mfn. having flown up or away MBh. R. Rājat

proḍham

proḍham ind., g. tiṣṭhadgv-ādi

proṇṭha

proṇṭha m. a spitting-pot, spittoon L

prota

prốta mfn. (fr. pra + uta, or ūta

• √ve) sewed (esp. with the threads lengthwise, and opp. to ôta, under. ā-√ve, p. 156)

• strung on, fixed on or in, put or sticking in (loc. or comp.) ChUp. MBh. &c

• set, inlaid MBh

• contained in (loc.), pervaded by (instr.) ŚBr. Up

• fixed, pierced, put on (a spit) MBh. Kāv. &c

• m. n. woven cloth, clothes L

⋙ protaghaṇa

○ghaṇa mfn. immersed in clouds (said of the horns of Śiva's bull) Kum

⋙ protaśūla

○śūla mfn. put on a spit, impaled Rājat. (cf. śūla-prôta)

⋙ prototsādana

prôtôtsādana n. a parasol, umbrella L

≫ protaya

prôtaya Nom. P. ○yati, to infix, insert, inlay KātyŚr. Sch

≫ proti

prốti (or prốti?), m. N. of a man ŚBr

protkaṭa

prôtkaṭa (pra-utk○), mfn. very great Kathās

⋙ protkaṭabhṛtya

○bhṛtya m. a high official Pañcat

protkaṇṭha

prôtkaṇṭha (pra-utk○), mfn. stretching out or lifting up the neck BhP

• Nom. P. ○ṭhayati, to awaken longings, excite desires in (acc.) Ṛitus

protkūj

prôt-kūj (pra-ud-√kūj), P. -kūjati, to hum, buzz Dhanaṃj

protkruṣṭa

prôt-kruṣṭa (pra-utk○), n. a loud cry or uproar, loud sound Hariv

protkṣipta

prôtkṣipta (pra-utk○), mfn. threshed, winnowed Bhpr

protkhan

prôt-khan (pra-ud-√khan), P. Ā. -khanati, ○te, to dig up or through or out R

⋙ protkhāta

prôt-ḍkhāta mfn. dug up, dug out Mṛicch

protkhai

prôt-khai (pra-ud-√khai), P. -khāyati, to dig up, dig out Bhaṭṭ. [Page 713, Column 3]

prottāna

prôttāna (pra-utt○), mfn. stretched out widely Var

prottāla

prôttāla (pra-utt○), mfn. very loud Prasannar

prottuṅga

prôttuṅga (pra-utt○), mfn. very high or lofty, elevated, prominent Kāv. Kathās. MārkP

prottṝ

prôt-tṝ (pra-ud-√tṝ), P. -tarati, cross over, emerge Rājat

protthā

prôt-thā (pra-ud-√sthā), P. prôttiṣṭhati, to rise, spring up, start MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās

⋙ protthita

prôtthita mfn. come forth, sprouted Ṛitus

• sprung from (comp.), issued Prab

protpat

prôt-pat (pra-ud-√pat), P. -patati, to fly upwards, soar aloft Bhaṭṭ

protpad

prôt-pad (pra-ud-√pad), Caus. -pādayati, to bring forth, produce, cause, effect MBh

⋙ protpanna

prôt-ḍpanna mfn. produced, originated, developed BhP

protphala

prôtphala (pra-ut-ph○), m. a species of tree resembling the fan-palm L

≫ protphulla

prôtphulla (pra-utphulla), mfn. (√phal) widely expanded, full blown MBh. Kāv

⋙ protphullanayana

○nayana mfn. having the eyes wide open MBh

protsad

prôt-sad (pra-ud-√sad), Caus. -sādayati, to drive away, remove, destroy MBh. R. (Mn. ix, 261 wṛ. for -sāh○)

⋙ protsādana

prôt-sādana n. causing to perish, destroying MW

• contriving, device (?) W

protsah

prôt-sah (pra-ud-√sah), P. -sahati, to take courage or heart, boldly prepare to (inf.) Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -sāhayati (irreg. -sāhati MBh. i, 2233), to exhort, urge on, inspirit, instigate Mn. ix, 261 (wṛ. -sād○) MBh. (vi, 4437 wṛ. for -sād○) R. Kathās. &c

⋙ protsāha

prôt-sāha m. great exertion, zeal, ardour Kathās

• stimulus, incitement W

⋙ protsāhaka

prôt-sāhaka m. an inciter, instigator (esp. of any crime) W

⋙ protsāhana

prôt-sāhana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of inspiriting or inciting, instigatlon, invitation to (comp.) MBh. R. &c

⋙ protsāhita

prôt-sāhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) incited, instigated, stimulated, encouraged R. Kathās. Prab

protsikta

prôtsikta (pra-uts○), mfn. exceedingly proud or arrogant Sāh

protsṛ

prôt-sṛ (pra-ud-√sṛ), P. -sarati, to pass away, disappear, be gone Caṇḍ.: Caus. -sārayati, ○te, to drive away, disperse, dispel, destroy MBh. Hariv. Mṛicch

• to urge on, exhort, incite MW

• to grant, offer ( See below)

≫ protsāraṇa

prot-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) sending away, removing, expelling W

⋙ protsārita

prot-sārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) offered, granted, given Hit

• ejected, expelled W

• urged forwards, incited MW

protsṛj

prôt-sṛj (pra-ud-√sṛj), P. -sṛjati, to cast out Divyâv

protsṛp

prôt-sṛp (pra-ud-√sṛp), Ā. -sarpate, to fall out of joint BhP

proth

proth cl. 1. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxi, 6) prothati, ○te, to be equal to or a match for, be able to withstand (gen. or dat.) Bhaṭṭ

• (P.) to be full L

• to destroy, subdue, overpower W. (cf. √pruth)

≫ protha

protha &c. See under √pruth

prodaka

prôdaka (pra-ud○), mfn. dripping, wet, moist Āpast

• that from which the water has run off Gobh

• ○kī-bhāva m. dripping off of water Āpast

prodara

prôdara (pra-ud○), mfn. big-bellied Pat

prodi

prôd-i (pra-ud- √5, i), P. -eti, to go up, rise Bhartṛ

• to come forth, appear Sāh. Subh

prodita

prôdita prôdyamāna, See pra-√vad

prodgata

prôdgata (pra-udy○), mfn. projecting, prominent Kathās

prodgārin

prôdgārin (pra-udg○), mfn. (ifc.) giving out from, emitting Dhanaṃj

⋙ prodgīrṇa

prôdgīrṇa mfn. cast out Divyâv

prodgīta

prôdgīta (pra-udg○), mfn. begun to be sung Prab. [Page 714, Column 1] Contents of this page

prodgrīvam

prôdgrīvam (pra-udg○), ind. while stretching out the neck Kāv

prodghuṣ

prôd-√ghuṣ (pra-ud-√ghuṣ), Caus. -ghoṣayati, to cause to resound, proclaim MBh

⋙ prodghuṣṭa

prôd-ghuṣṭa mfn. filled with noise, resonant, resounding ib

⋙ prodghoṣaṇā

prôd-ghoṣaṇā f. sounding aloud, proclaiming, proclamation Kathās. (also ○ṇa n. W.)

proddāṇḍa

prôddāṇḍa (pra-udd○), mfn. prominent, swollen Cat

proddāma

prôddāma (pra-udd○), mfn. immense, extraordinary, prodigious Inscr. Prasannar

proddīpta

prôddīpta (pra-udd○), mfn. blazing up, blazing Ml

proddhā

prôd-dhā (pra-ud- √2. hā, only Ā. pr. p. prôjjíhāna), to flash up, rise to the sky RV

proddhūṣita

prôddhūṣita See prôddhṛṣita

proddhṛ

prôd-dhṛ (pra-ud-√hṛ), P. Ā. -dharati, ○te, to lift up, draw up (as water from a well) MBh. Hariv. R

• to extract from (abl.), extricate, save, deliver Kathās. Prasannar

⋙ proddhāra

prôd-ḍdhāra m. lifting up, bearing Dharmaś

proddhṛṣita

prôddhṛṣita (pra-uddhṛṣ○), mfn. bristling (as the hair of the body), thrilling, shuddering Pañcat. 13 (wṛ. ○dhūṣita)

prodbuddha

prôdbuddha (pra-udb○), mfn. awakened (met.) Cat

⋙ prodbodha

prôdḍbodha m. awaking, appearing Gīt

• awakening, rousing Prasannar

prodbhinna

prôdbhinna (pra-udbh○), mfn. broken or burst forth, germinated Kāv

prodbhūta

prôdbhūta (pra-udbh○), mfn. come forth, sprung up, arisen Hariv. Kāv. MārkP

prodyam

prôd-yam (pra-ud-√yam), P. -yacchati, to lift up, raise Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prodyata

prôd-ḍyata mfn. uplifted (-yaṣṭi mfn. having an uplṭuplifted stick) Pañcat

• raised (voice) RV

• being about to (inf.) Hariv

prodvah

prôd-vah (pra-ud-√vah), P. -vahati, to utter, manifest Pañcar

⋙ prodvāha

prôd-ḍvāha m. marriage BhP

prodvij

prôd-vij (pra-ud-√vij), Caus. -vejayati, to frighten, terrify MBh. BhP

⋙ prodvigna

prôd-ḍvigna mfn. terrified, alarmed BhP

prodvīci

prôd-vīci (pra-udv○), mfn. waving, fluctuating Nalac

pronnad

prôn-nad (pra-ud-√nad), P. -nadati, to roar out, roar Hariv

pronnam

prôn-nam (pra-ud-√nam), Caus. -namayati, to raise up, erect Suśr

⋙ pronnata

prôn-ḍnata mfn. raised up, elevated, lofty, high Var. Pañcat

• superior Pañcat

⋙ pronnamita

prôn-ḍnamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) raised up, erected Suśr

pronnī

prôn-nī (pra-ud-√nī), P. -nayati, to lead or bring up, raise, elevate Kām. BhP

pronmath

prôn-math (pra-ud-√math), Pass. -mathyate, to be disturbed Divyâv

⋙ pronmāthin

prôn-ḍmāthin mfn. destroying, annihilating Prab

pronmad

prôn-mad (pra-ud-mad), P. -mādyati, to begin to grow furious, begin to rut (as an elephant) Inscr

pronmīl

prôn-√mīl (pra-ud-√mīl), P. -mīlati, to open the eyes Bhaṭṭ

• to open (as a flower), blossom Prab

• to come to light, appear Cat.: Caus. -mīlayati, to open (the eyes) Kathās

• to unfold, reveal, manifest Cat

pronmūlita

prôn-mūlita mfn. (pra-ud-√mūl) uprooted, disturbed (?) Divyâv

probh

prôbh (pra-√ubh, only ind. p. prôbhya), to bind ŚBr

≫ prombhaṇa

prômbhaṇa n. filling W. (cf. Pāṇ. 8-4, 32 Sch.)

⋙ prombhita

prômbhita mfn. filled W

proraka

proraka m. fever in an ass Gal

prorṇu

prôrṇu (pra-√ūrṇu), P. Ā. prôrṇoti, or ○ṇauti

• ○ṇute, to cover, veil, envelop AV. TS. KātyŚr. Bhaṭṭ

• (Ā.) to be covered or veiled VS. TS. Br. Kauś.: Intens. prôrṇonūyate, to cover completely Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 23 Vārtt. 3 Pat.) [Page 714, Column 2]

≫ prorṇunaviṣu

prôrṇunaviṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover or conceal Bhaṭṭ

⋙ prorṇunāva

prôrḍṇunāva (!), mfn

• (with jvara), m. a kind of fever Bhpr

⋙ prorṇunūṣu

prôrḍṇunūṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover W

⋙ prorṇuvitṛ

prôrḍṇuvitṛ mfn. one who covers or envelops W

prollaṅgh

prôl-laṅgh (pra-ud-√laṅgh), Caus. ○ghayati, to go beyond, transgress, violate Dharmaś. Divyâv

prollas

prôl-las (pra-ud-√las

• only P. pr. p. prôllasat), to shine brightly, glitter Śiś

• to sound, be heard Kathās

• to move to and fro Kathās

≫ prollāsita

prôllāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) gladdened, delighted Kathās

≫ prollāsin

prôllāsin (pra-ull○), mfn. shining, resplendent Nalac

prollāghita

prôllāghita (pra-ull○

• Pāṇ. 8-2, 55 Sch.), mfn. recovered from sickness, convalescent, strong, robust W

prollikh

prôl-likh (pra-ud-√likh), P. -likhati, to draw lines on (acc.) Amar

• to scratch in Gṛihyās

⋙ prollekhana

prôl-ḍlekhana n. drawing marks or lines, scratching, marking W

prollola

prôllola (pra-ull○), mfn. moving to and fro, unsteady Nalac

proṣa

proṣa proṣaka, See under √1. 3. pruṣ, p. 711

proṣadha

proṣadha m. fasting (= poṣadha) Bhadrab

proṣita

prôṣita &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proṣṭila

proṣṭila m. (with Jainas) N. of a Daśa-pūrvin (for prOṣṭh○?)

proṣṭha

próṣṭha m. (prob. fr. pra + oṣṭha = ava-stha, 'standing out below') a bench, stool TBr

• m. a bull Pāṇ. 5-4, 120 Sch

• N. of a man, g. śivâdi

• pl. N. of a people MBh. (○ṣṭa VP.)

• (ī), f. Cyprinus Pausius Bhpr. (also m. L.)

⋙ proṣṭhapada

○padá m. (and ā f.), sg. du. and pl. 'the foot of a stool', N. of a double Nakshatra of the 3rd and 4th lunar mansions AV. (próṣṭhāp○) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c

⋙ proṣṭhapāda

○pāda mf(ī)n. born under the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18

⋙ proṣṭheśaya

proṣṭhe-śayá mfn. lying on a bench RV

≫ proṣṭhika

proṣṭhika m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi

• (ā), f. Cyprinus Sophore Rasar

≫ prauṣṭha

prauṣṭha m. patr. fr. proṣṭha g. śivâdi

≫ prauṣṭhapada

prauṣṭhapada mf(ī)n. relating to the Nakshatra Proshṭha-pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 18

• m. (with or scil. māsa), the month Bhādra or August-September (also called pūrva-bhādrapadā and uttara-bh○) MBh. R. BhP

• N. of one of Kubera's treasure-keepers R

• (ā), f. pl. = proṣṭha-padā PārGṛ

• (ī), f. full moon in the month Bhādra GṛŚrS

• n. N. of a Pariś. of SV

≫ prauṣṭhapadika

prauṣṭhapadika mf(ī)n., fr. proṣṭha-padā Pāṇ. 4-2, 35

≫ prauṣṭhika

prauṣṭhika m. patr. fr. proṣṭhika g. śivâdi

proṣṇa

prôṣṇa (pra-uṣṇa), mfn. burning hot, scorching Pañcat

proṣya

prôṣya &c. See under pra- √5. vas

proh

prôh (pra- √1. ūh), P. prôhati, to push forward or away VS. KātyŚr. Nir

• to throw down KātyŚr

• to effect or bring about by transposition TāṇḍBr

≫ proha 1

prôha m. an elephant's foot or the ankle of an elephant L

• in prôha-kaṭā and -kardamā vḷ. for prêhikaṭā and -kard○ g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi Kāś

≫ prohaṇa

prôhaṇa n. the act of pushing away (?) Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch

≫ prohyapadi

prôhya-padi or (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

⋙ prohyapadipādi

○pādi (Kāś.), ind. (prob.) by or in pushing away the foot, g. dvidaṇḍy-âdi

≫ prauha 1

prauha m.= 1. prôha L

proha 2

prôha mfn. (fr. pra- √2. ūh) skilful, clever L

• m. logical reasoning ib

≫ prauha 2

prauha mfn. and m. id. L

praukta

praukta mf(ī)n. having the sense of 'tena-prôktam', proclaimed by that (said of a suffix) Pāṇ. 4-3, 101

prauga

prauga wṛ. for prau0ga, MānGṛŚrS. [Page 714, Column 3]

praughīya

praughīya Nom. ○yati = próghīya Vop

prauḍha

prâuḍha mfn. (fr. pra + ūḍha, √vah) raised or lifted up ( See -pāda)

• grown up, fullgrown Hariv. Kāv. Rājat

• mature, middle-aged (as a woman

• in Subh. bālā, taruṇī, prâuḍha and vṛddhā are distinguished

• f. below)

• married W

• luxuriant (as a plant) Bhartṛ. Kāvyâd

• large, great, mighty, strong Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat

• violent, impetuous (as love) Prab. Rājat

• thick, dense (as darkness) Mālatīm

• full (as the moon) W

• (ifc.) filled with, full of ( See mṛdu-pr○)

• proud, arrogant, confident, bold, audacious, impudent (esp. said of a woman) Kāv. BhP

• controverted W

• m. (in music) N. of one of the Rūpakas

• (with Śāktas) N. of one of the 7 Ullāsas

• n. (with brāhmaṇa) = tāṇḍya-brāhmaṇa Sāy

• (ā), f. a married woman from 30 to 55 years of age W

• a violent or impetuous woman (described as a Nāyikā who stands in no awe of her lover or husband) W

⋙ prauḍhacaritanāman

○carita-nāman n. pl. N. of wk. by Vallabhâcārya on the titles of Kṛishṇa derived from 128 of his exploits during adolescence

⋙ prauḍhajalada

○jalada m. a dense cloud Bhartṛ

⋙ prauḍhatātparyasaṃgraha

○tātparya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk

⋙ prauḍhatva

○tva n. confidence, arrogance Kathās

⋙ prauḍhadordaṇḍa

○dor-daṇḍa m. a strong and long arm Prab

⋙ prauḍhapāda

○pāda mfn. one whose feet are raised (on a bench or in some partic. position) Mn

• Gaut Hcat

⋙ prauḍhapuṣpa

○puṣpa mfn. having blossoms full-grown (as a tree) Megh

⋙ prauḍhaprakāśikā

○prakāśikā f. N. of a Comm. on Prab

⋙ prauḍhapratāpa

○pratāpa mfn. of mighty prowess, renowned in arms MW

• -mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wk. on the appropriate seasons for the worship of Vishṇu,

⋙ prauḍhapriyā

○priyā f. a bold or confident mistress Ragh

⋙ prauḍhamanoramā

○manoramā f. N. of a Comm. on Siddh. and other wks

• -kuca-mardana n. -khaṇḍana n. N. of wks

⋙ prauḍhayauvana

○yauvana mfn. being in the prime or bloom of youth (ati- and an-ati-pr○) Megh. Hit

⋙ prauḍhavatsā

○vatsā f. having a full-grown calf L

⋙ prauḍhavāda

○vāda m. a bold or arrogant assertion Hcar

⋙ prauḍhavyañjaka

○vyañjaka m. N. of wk

⋙ prauḍhasvaram

○svaram ind. with a strong or loud voice Pañcad

⋙ prauḍhākṛṣṭa

prâuḍhâkṛṣṭa mfn. impetuously or furiously dragged along Śak. i, 32 (vḷ. for pādâkṛ○)

⋙ praudhāṅganā

prâudhâṅganā f. a bold woman Bhartṛ

⋙ prauḍhācāra

prâuḍhâcāra m. pl. bold or confident behaviour Kathās

⋙ prauḍhānta

prâuḍhânta m. (with Śāktas) one of the 7 Ullāsas

⋙ prauḍhokti

prâuḍhôkti f. a bold expression or speech Kuval

≫ prauḍhi

prâuḍhi f. full growth, increase Kathās

• full development, maturity, perfection, high degree ib. BhP

• greatness, dignity Vcar

• self-confidence, boldness, assurance Kāv. Kathās

• zeal, exertion W

• controversy, discussion ib

⋙ prauḍhivāda

○vāda m. a bold assertion, pompous speech L. (cf. prâuḍha-v○)

≫ prauḍhiman

prâuḍhiman m. the state of full growth Vām. v, 2, 56

≫ praudhībhū

prâudhī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to grow up, increase, come to maturity Ragh. Rājat

prauṇa

prauṇa mfn. clever, learned, skilful L. (cf. 2. prauha, proha)

prauṣṭha

prauṣṭha &c. See under proṣṭha

prauha 1

prauha. 2 See col. 2

plaka

plaka See kaśa-plaká

plakṣ

plakṣ cl. 1. P. Ā. plakṣati, ○te, to eat, consume Dhātup. xxi, 27 (vḷ. for blakṣ)

plakṣa

plakṣá m. the waved-leaf fig-tree, Ficus Infectoria (a large and beautiful tree with small white fruit) AV. &c. &c

• the holy fig-tree, Ficus Religiosa L

• Thespesia Populneoides L

• a side door or the space at the space of a door L

• = dviipa Pur

• N. of a man TBr

• (with prāsravaṇa) = -prasravaṇa TāṇḍBr. ŚrS

• (ā), f. N. of the river Sarasvatī MBh. Hariv

⋙ plakṣagā

○gā f. N. of a river VP

⋙ plakṣajātā

○jātā f. 'rising near the fig-tree', N. of the Sarasvatī MBh

⋙ plakṣatīrtha

○tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage Hariv

⋙ plakṣatva

○tvá n. the state or condition of being a fig-tree MaitrS

⋙ plakṣadvīpa

○dvīpa m. n. N. of a Dviipa VP. (cf. IW. 420)

⋙ plakṣanyagrodha

○nyagrodha m. du. Ficus Infectoria and Ficus Indica Pāṇ. 2-2, 29 Sch

⋙ plakṣapraroha

○praroha m. the shoot or sprout of a fig-tree Ragh

⋙ plakṣaprasravaṇa

○prasravaṇa n. (ŚrS.),

⋙ plakṣarāj

○rāj m. (A.),

⋙ plakṣarāja

○rāja m. (MBh.), 'source and king of the fig-tree', N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises

⋙ plakṣavat

○vat mfn. surrounded by fig-trees

• (ī), f. N. of a river (prob. the Sarasvatī) MBh

⋙ plakṣaśākhā

○śākhā́ f. a branch of the fig-tree MaitrS. [Page 715, Column 1] Contents of this page

• -vat mfn. furnished with it Gobh

⋙ plakṣasamudbhavā

○samudbhavā f. = -jātā L

⋙ plakṣasamudravācakā

○samudra-vācakā f. N. of the river Sarasvatī L

⋙ plakṣasravaṇa

○sravaṇa n. = -prasr○ Kull

⋙ plakṣāvataraṇa

plakṣâvataraṇa n. N. of a place of pilgrimage MBh. MārkP

⋙ plakṣodumbara

plakṣôdumbara m. a species of tree Kauś

≫ plakṣakīya

plakṣakīya mfn. fr. plakṣa g. naḍâdi

≫ plākṣa

plā́kṣa mf(ī)n. belonging or relating to or coming from the Ficus Infectoria TS. AitBr

• m. pl. the school of Plākshi Pāṇ. 4-2, 112 Sch

• n. the fruit of the fig-tree L

• (with prasravaṇa) n. N. of the place where the Sarasvatī rises, ŚrS

≫ plākṣaki

plākṣaki m. patr. fr. plakṣa Pravar

≫ plākṣāyaṇa

plākṣāyaṇa m. patr. fr. plākṣi TPrāt

≫ plākṣi

plākṣí m. patr. fr. plakṣa TĀr. TBr

• (ī), f. Pāṇ. 4-1, 65 Sch

plakṣar

pla-√kṣar (for pra-kṣar, formed to explain plakṣa), Caus. -kṣārayati, to cause to stream forth, pour out MaitrS

platī

platī́ m. N. of a man RV

≫ plāta

plāta m. patr. fr. platí AitBr

plab

plab or plav, cl. 1. Ā. plabate, plavate, to go Dhātup. x, 10 (vḷ.) and xiv, 10 (cf. √plu)

playoga

pla-yoga m. (prob.= pra-y○) N. of a man Sāy

≫ plāyogi

plā́yogi m. patr. of Āsaṅga RV. ŚāṅkhŚr

plava

plava plavaka &c. See col. 2

plākṣa

plākṣa &c. See above

plāy

plây (pla = pra and √ay = i

• cf. pla-√kṣar and pla-yoga), Ā. plâyate, to go away, go along MaitrS

≫ plāya

plâya m. = prâya, abundance

• (ifc.) having plenty of (vyādhi-) ŚāṅkhŚr

plāva

plāva &c. See col. 2

plāśi

plāśí m. sg. and pl. a partic. part of the intestines (= śiśna, or śiśna-mūla-nāḍyaḥ Mahīdh.) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr

plāśuka

plấśuka mfn. (fr. pla = pra and āśu-ka) rapidly growing up again ŚBr. KātyŚr

≫ plāśucit

plâśu-cit mfn. quick, speedy (= kṣipra) Naigh. ii, 15

plih

plih cl. 1. Ā. plehate, to go, move Dhātup. xvi, 41 (formed to explain the next words?)

≫ plihan

plihan m. = plīhan, the spleen Yājñ. iii, 94

≫ plīha

plīha in comp. for plīhan

⋙ plīhaghna

○ghna m. 'destroying the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

⋙ plīhapuṣā

○puṣā f. Adelia Nereifolia L

⋙ plīhaśatru

○śatru m. 'enemy of the spleen', Andersonia Rohitaka L

⋙ plīhākarṇa

plīhā-kárṇa (for ○ha-k○), mfn. suffering from a partic. disease of the ear called plīhan VS. (Mahīdh.)

⋙ plīhāri

plīhâri m. 'id.', Ficus Religiosa L

⋙ plihodara

plihôdara n. disease of the spleen Suśr

• ○rin mfn. splenetic ib

≫ plīhan

plīhán m. the spleen (from which and from the liver the Hindūs suppose the blood to flow) AV. VS. ŚBr. Suśr

• disease of the spleen (said to be equally applied to enlargement of the mesenteric glands &c.) Suśr. [Orig. splīhan

• Gk. ? ; Lat. lien [715, 1] for splihen ; Slav. sleśena for spleśena

• Eng. spleen.]

≫ plīhā

plīhā f. = plīhan L

⋙ plīhāśatru

○śatru m. Adelia Nereifolia L. (cf. ○ha-s○)

⋙ plīhāhantrī

○hantrī f. id. Bhpr

plī

plī cl. 9. P. plināti, to go, move Dhātup. xxxi, 82 (vḷ.)

plīthā

plī́thā f. pl. N. of a partic. class of Apsaras MaitrS. (vḷ. plīyā́)

plu

plu cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xxii, 62

• xiv,. 40) plávate (rarely P. ○ti

• pf. pupluve Br. &c., 3. pl. ○vuḥ Hariv

• aor. aploṣṭa Br. &c., 2. pl. aploḍhvam Pāṇ. 8-3, 78 Sch

• Prec. ploṣīṣṭa, vii, 2, 43 Sch

• fut. ploṣyati, ○te Br. &c

• ind. p. -plū́ya ŚBr

• -plutya MBh. &c.), to float, swim RV. &c. &c

• to bathe MBh. Ragh

• to go or cross in a boat, sail, navigate MBh. Hariv

• to sway to and fro, hover, soar, fly Br. MBh. Hariv

• to blow (as the wind) MBh. Var

• to pass away, vanish by degrees ŚBr. R. (vḷ.)

• to be lengthened or prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) RPrāt. ĀpŚr. Sch

• (older form pru, q.v.) to hop, skip, leap, jump, spring from (abl.) or to or into or over or upon (acc.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. plāvayati (rarely ○te, or plāvayati

• aor. apiplavat Bhaṭṭ., apupl○ Gr.), to cause to float or swim, bathe, wash, inundate, submerge KātyŚr. MBh. &c. [Page 715, Column 2]

• to overwhelm i.e. supply abundantly with (instr.) MBh

• to wash away, remove (guilt, sin &c.) MBh. BhP

• to purify MBh

• to prolate (a vowel) ŚrS

• to cause to jump or stagger Bhaṭṭ.: Desid. of Caus. piplāvayiṣati or puplāvayiṣati Pāṇ. 7-4, 81: Desid. puplūṣate Gr.: Intens. poplūyate, to swim about or rapidly R. Var. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Old Lat. [715, 2] per-plovere ; Lat. pluit, pluvius ; Lith. plauti ; Angl. Sax. flovan ; Germ., flawjan, flawên, vlouwen &c.]

≫ plava

plavá mf(ā)n. swimming, floating ŚāṅkhGṛ. Suśr

• sloping towards, inclined Hariv. Var. Hcat. (in astrol. applied to a constellation situated in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent Var. Sch.)

• transient MuṇḍUp

• m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a float, raft, boat, small ship RV. &c. &c

• m. a kind of aquatic bird (= gātra-samplava, kāraṇḍava, jala-vāyasa, jala-kāka or jala-kukkuṭa L.) VS. &c. &c

• a frog L

• a monkey L

• & sheep L. an arm L

• a Caṇḍāla L

• an enemy L

• Ficus Infectoria L

• a snare or basket of wicker-work for catching fish L

• the 35th (or 9th) year in a cycle of Jupiter VarBṛS

• swimming, bathing (ifc. f. ā) MBh. R. Kathās

• flooding, a flood, the swelling of a river MBh. MārkP

• the prolated utterance of a vowel (= pluti) L

• protraction of a sentence through 3 or more Ślokas (= kulaka) L

• sloping down or towards, proclivity, inclination L

• (in astrol.) = plava-tva VarBṛS. Sch

• a kind of metre Col

• N. of a Sāman (also with vasiṣṭhasya) ĀrshBr

• jumping, leaping, plunging, going by leaps or plunges R. (cf. comp. below)

• returning L

• urging on L

• n. Cyperus Rotundus or a species of fragrant grass Suśr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ?] [715, 2]

⋙ plavaga

○ga mfn. = plava mfn. (in astrol.) VarBṛS. Sch

• m. 'going by leaps or plunges', a frog Hariv. R

• a monkey R. Ragh. Kathās

• a sort of aquatic bird, the diver L

• Acacia Sirissa L

• N. of the charioteer of the Sun L

• of a son of the Sun L

• (ā), f. the sign of the zodiac Virgo Var

• ○gêndra m. 'monkey chief', N. of Hanumat BhP

⋙ plavagati

○gati m. 'moving by jumps', a frog L

⋙ plavaṃga

○ṃ-ga mfn. 'moving by jumps', flickering (said of fire) MBh

• m. a monkey ib. Ṛitus

• a deer L

• Ficus Infectoria L

• N. of the 41st (15th) year in a sixty years' cycle of Jupiter Var

⋙ plavaṃgama

○ṃ-gama m. (cf. prec.) a frog R. Hariv

• a monkey Mn. R. Kathās

• (ā), f. a kind of metre Col

• ○mêndu m. 'monkey-moon', N. of Hanumat MW

⋙ plavatva

○tva n. (in astrol.) the position of a constellation in the quarter ruled by its planetary regent VarBṛS. -1

⋙ plavavat

○vat ind. as with a boat MBh. -2

⋙ plavavat

○vat mfn. possessing a ship or a boat ib

≫ plavaka

plavaka m. a leaper (by profession), a rope-dancer &c. MBh

• a frog L

• a Caṇdāla L

• Ficus Infectoria L

≫ plavana

plavana mf(ā)n. inclined, stooping down towards (cf. prāg-udak-pl○)

• m. a monkey L

• n. swimming, plunging into or bathing in (comp.) MBh. Gīt. Rājat. Suśr

• flying MBh. R

• leaping, jumping over (comp.) R

• capering (one of a horse's paces) Sāṃkhyak. Sch

• a kind of water Cyperus L

≫ plavākā

plavākā f. a boat L

⋙ plavika

plaḍvika m. a ferry-man L

≫ plavita

plavita n. swimming or springing Lalit

⋙ plavitṛ

plaḍvitṛ m. a leaper (with gen. of distance) R

≫ plāva

plāva m. flowing over, filling a vessel till it overflows Yājñ. MārkP

• leaping BhP

≫ plāvana

plāvana n. (fr. Caus.) bathing, immersion, ablution MBh

• filling a vessel to overflowing (for the purification of fluids) L

• inundation, flood, deluge (cf. jala-pl○)

• prolation (of a vowel) Āpast

⋙ plāvayitṛ

plāḍvayitṛ mfn. one who causes to swim, causing to cross or go in a boat MBh

⋙ plāvita

plāḍvita mfn. made to swim or overflow, deluged, soaked, moistened or covered with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c

• washed away, removed, destroyed BhP

• lengthened, prolated (as a vowel, See pluta) ŚrS. BhP

• n. inundation, food, deluge Kād

• a song in which the vowels are prolated BhP

⋙ plāvin

plāḍvin mfn. (ifc.) spreading, promulgating Yājñ

• flowing from Śiś

• m. a bird or a deer L

⋙ plāvya

plāḍvya mfn. to be bathed or steeped in (instr.) Var

• to be jumped or leaped W

≫ pluta

pluta mfn. floated, floating or swimming in (loc.), bathed, overflowed, submerged, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c

• protracted, prolated or lengthened (as a vowel) to 3 Mātrās (q.v.) Prāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 27 esp. ŚrS. &c. (also said of a kind of measure Cat.) [Page 715, Column 3]

• flown R

• leaped, leaping MBh. Hariv

• n. a flood, deluge (pl.) Hariv

• leaping, moving by leaps MBh. R. Vcar

• capering (one of a horse's paces) L

⋙ plutagati

○gati f. moving by leaps Dhātup

• m. a hare L

⋙ plutatva

○tva n. See udagra-pluta-tva

⋙ plutameru

○meru m. (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt

⋙ plutavat

○vat mfn. one who has leaped or jumped R. Hariv

≫ pluti

pluti f. overflowing, a flood Var

• prolation (of a vowel, cf. pluta) Prāt. Pāṇ. Sch. ŚrS

• a leap, jump Śak. i, 7, vḷ. (also met

• cf. maṇḍūka-pl○)

• capering, curvet (one of a horse's paces) L

pluṣ

pluṣ cl. 1. 4. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 54

• xxvi, 107) ploṣati and pluṣyati (pf. puploṣa Gr

• aor. aploṣīt ib

• fut. ploṣiṣyati, ploṣitā ib.), to burn, scorch, singe Suśr. (only pass. pluṣyate)

• cl. 9. P. pluṣṇāti (Impv. pluṣāṇa), id. Bhaṭṭ

• to sprinkle

• to anoint

• to fill Dhātup. xxxi, 56 (cf. √pruṣ)

≫ plukṣi

plukṣi m. fire Uṇ. iii, 155 Sch

• the burning of a house (?) L

• oil L

≫ pluṣi

plúṣi m. a species of noxious insect RV. VS. ŚBr. (a flying white-ant L. )

≫ pluṣṭa

pluṣṭa mfn. burned, scorched, singed Ṛitus. Var. Suśr

• frozen Vcar

≫ pluṣṭāya

pluṣṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 17

≫ ploṣa

ploṣa m. burning, combustion Ratnâv. Rājat

• a burning pain Car

≫ ploṣaṇa

ploṣaṇa (Mālatīm.),

⋙ ploṣin

ploḍṣin (Bālar.), mfn. burning, scorching, singeing

≫ ploṣṭṛ

ploṣṭṛ m. one who burns or consumes by fire Pur

plus

plus cl. 4. P. plusyati, to burn Dhātup. xxvi, 107 (vḷ. for pluṣ)

• to share Vop

pleṅkha

plêṅkhá (pla-īṅkha

• cf. prêṅkha), m. a swing TS. TBr

plev

plev cl. 1. Ā. plevate, to serve, wait upon Dhātup. iv, 38 (cf. √peb, pev, sev)

plota

plota m. or n. (?) cloth, stuff

• a bandage Suśr. (cf. prôta)

≫ ploti

ploti f. thread, connection (in karma-p○) Divyâv

ploṣa

ploṣa &c. See under √pluṣ

psā 1

psā cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 47) psā́ti (Impv. psāhi, psātu AV

• pf. papsau Gr

• aor. apsāsīt Bhaṭṭ

• Prec. psāyāt ŚBr

• or pseyāt Gr

• fut. psāsyati, psātā ib

• ind. p. -psā́ya Br

• Pass. impf. apsīyata ib.), to chew, swallow, devour, eat, consume

• to go Naigh. ii, 14. (For bhsā = bhasā = √bhas + ā

• √.mnā and man, √yā and i &c.)

≫ psaras

psáras n. a feast, enjoyment, delight RV. (cf. devá-psaras)

≫ psā 2

psā f. eating, food L

• hunger L

≫ psāta

psātá mfn. chewed, eaten, devoured ŚBr

• hungry L

≫ psāna

psāna n. eating, food L

≫ psu 1

psu See 1. á-psu

≫ psuras

psúras n. food, victuals RV. x, 26, 3. [Cf. Zd. fṣu.]

≫ psnya

psnya See viśvá-psnya

psātkāra

psāt-kāra m. a partic. sound L

psu 2

psu (prob. = bhsu fr. bhāsu, √bhās), aspect, appearance, form, shape (only ifc

• cf. aruṇá-, ṛta-psu, &c.)

 

Contents of this page

UKT notes